Wis. Admin. Code SPS — Department of Safety and Professional Services

agency-spsWis. Admin. Code SPSRegulation

Chapter SPS 1 PROCEDURES TO REVIEW DENIAL OF AN APPLICATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.01 Authority and scope {#sec-sps-1.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.01}

Rules in this chapter are adopted under authority in s. 440.03 (1), Stats., for the purpose of governing review of a decision to deny an application. Rules in this chapter do not apply to denial of an application for renewal of a credential. Rules in this chapter shall apply to applications received on or after July 1, 1996.

Note: Procedures used for denial of an application for renewal of a credential are found in Ch. SPS 2, Wis. Admin. Code and s. 227.01 (3) (b), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1985, No. 358, eff. 11-1-85; am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-1.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Applicant” means any person who applies for a credential from the applicable credentialing authority. “Person” in this subsection includes a business entity.

(1g) “Breach of examination security” means any of the following:

(a) Removing from the examination room any examination materials without authorization.

(b) Reproducing, or assisting a person in reproducing, any portion of the credentialing examination by any means and without authorization.

(c) Paying a person to take the credentialing examination to discover the content of any portion of the credentialing examination.

(d) Obtaining examination questions or other examination materials, except by specific authorization before, during, or after an examination.

(e) Using, or purporting to use, improperly obtained examination questions or materials to instruct or prepare an applicant for the credentialing examination.

(f) Selling, distributing, buying, receiving or having unauthorized possession of any portion of a future, current, or previously administered credentialing examination.

(1r) “Cheating on an examination” includes:

(a) Communicating with other persons inside or outside of the examination room concerning examination content using any means of communication while the examination is being administered.

(b) Copying the answers of another applicant, or permitting answers to be copied by another applicant.

(c) Substituting another person to write one or more of the examination answers or papers in the place of the applicant.

(d) Referring to “notes,” textbooks or other unauthorized information sources inside or outside the examination room while the examination is being administered.

(e) Disclosing the nature or content of any examination question or answer to another person prior to, during, or subsequent to the conclusion of the examination.

(f) Removing or attempting to remove any examination materials, notes or facsimiles of examination content such as photo, audiovisual, or electronic records from the examination room.

(g) Violating rules of conduct of the examination.

(2) “Credential” means a license, permit, or certificate of certification or registration that is issued under chs. 440 to 480, Stats.

(3) “Credentialing authority” means the department or an attached examining board, affiliated credentialing board or board having authority to issue or deny a credential.

(4) “Denial review proceeding” means a class 1 proceeding as defined in s. 227.01 (3) (a), Stats., in which a credentialing authority reviews either a decision to deny a completed application for a credential or a determination of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security.

(5) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(7) “Office of examinations” means the office of examinations in the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1985, No. 358, eff. 11-1-85; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 1988, No. 389; am. (1), (4), r. (2), renum. (3) to be (5), cr. (2), (3), (6), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: cr. (1g), (1r) and (7), am. (4) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (6) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.04 Examination failure: retake and hearing, consequences of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security {#sec-sps-1.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.04}

(1) An applicant may request a hearing to challenge the validity, scoring or administration of an examination if the applicant has exhausted other available administrative remedies, including, but not limited to, internal examination review and regrading, and if either:

(a) The applicant is no longer eligible to retake a qualifying examination.

(b) Reexamination is not available within 6 months from the date of the applicant’s last examination.

(2) A failing score on an examination does not give rise to the right to a hearing if the applicant is eligible to retake the examination and reexamination is available within 6 months from the date of the applicant’s last examination.

Note: An applicant is not eligible for a license until his or her application is complete. An application is not complete until an applicant has submitted proof of having successfully passed any required qualifying examination. If an applicant fails the qualifying examination, but has the right to retake it within 6 months, the applicant is not entitled to a hearing under this chapter.

(3)

(a) Consequences imposed for cheating on an examination or for committing a breach of examination security shall be related to the seriousness of the offense and may include: denial of grades; entering of a failing grade on all examinations in which cheating occurred; restrictions on reexamination; or denial of licensure. If more than one applicant are involved in a connected offense of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security, each applicant knowingly involved is subject to the consequences in this section.

(b) Restrictions on reexamination may include denying the applicant the right to retake the examination for a specified period of time or the imposition of a permanent bar on reexamination.

(c) The department may provide information on the consequences imposed upon an applicant to other jurisdictions where the applicant may apply for credentialing or examination.

(d) If an approved or credentialed school or instructor is found to have facilitated actions constituting cheating on an examination or breach of examination security, the school or instructor may be subject to disciplinary action or revocation of approval.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: cr. (3) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.05 Notice of intent to deny, notice of denial and notice of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security {#sec-sps-1.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.05}

(1) notice of intent to deny.

(a) A notice of intent to deny may be issued upon an initial determination that the applicant does not meet the eligibility requirements for a credential. A notice of intent to deny shall contain a short statement in plain language of the basis for the anticipated denial, specify the statute, rule or other standard upon which the denial will be based and state that the application shall be denied unless, within 45 calendar days from the date of the mailing of the notice, the credentialing authority receives additional information which shows that the applicant meets the requirements for a credential. The notice shall be substantially in the form shown in Appendix I.

(b) If the credentialing authority does not receive additional information within the 45 day period, the notice of intent to deny shall operate as a notice of denial and the 45 day period for requesting a hearing described in s. SPS 1.07 shall commence on the date of mailing of the notice of intent to deny.

(c) If the credentialing authority receives additional information within the 45 day period which fails to show that the applicant meets the requirements for a credential, a notice of denial shall be issued under sub. (2).

(2) notice of denial. If the credentialing authority determines that an applicant does not meet the requirements for a credential, the credentialing authority shall issue a notice of denial in the form shown in Appendix II. The notice shall contain a short statement in plain language of the basis for denial, specify the statute, rule or other standard upon which the denial is based, and be substantially in the form shown in Appendix II.

(3) Notice of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security. If after an investigation the office of examinations determines there is probable cause to believe that an applicant has cheated on an examination or breached examination security and the office of examinations and the applicant cannot agree upon a consequence acceptable to the credentialing authority, the office of examinations shall issue a notice of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security. The notice shall:

(a) Include the name and address of the applicant, the examination involved, and a statement identifying with reasonable particularity the grounds for the conclusion that the applicant has cheated on an examination or breached examination security.

(b) Be mailed to the applicant at the address provided in the materials submitted by the applicant when applying to take the examination. Notice is effective upon mailing.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: cr. (3) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.06 Parties to a denial review proceeding {#sec-sps-1.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.06}

Parties to a denial review proceeding are the applicant, the credentialing authority and any person admitted to appear under s. 227.44 (2m), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1985, No. 358, eff. 11-1-85; renum. from RL 1.04 and am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.07 Request for hearing {#sec-sps-1.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.07}

An applicant may request a hearing within 45 calendar days after the mailing of a notice of denial by the credentialing authority or notice of cheating on an examination or breach of examination security by the office of examinations. The request shall be in writing and set forth all of the following:

(1) The applicant’s name and address.

(2) The type of credential for which the applicant has applied.

(3) A specific description of the mistake in fact or law which constitutes reasonable grounds for reversing the decision to deny the application for a credential or for reversing a determination of cheating on an examination or a determination of breach of examination security. If the applicant asserts that a mistake in fact was made, the request shall include a concise statement of the essential facts which the applicant intends to prove at the hearing. If the applicant asserts a mistake in law was made, the request shall include a statement of the law upon which the applicant relies.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: am. (intro.) and (3) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.08 Procedure {#sec-sps-1.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.08}

The procedures for a denial review proceeding are:

(1) Review of request for hearing. Within 45 calendar days of receipt of a request for hearing, the credentialing authority or its designee shall grant or deny the request for a hearing on a denial of a credential or on a determination of cheating on an examination or a determination of breach of examination security. A request shall be granted if requirements in s. SPS 1.07 are met, and the credentialing authority or its designee shall notify the applicant of the time, place and nature of the hearing. If the requirements in s. SPS 1.07 are not met, a hearing shall be denied, and the credentialing authority or its designee shall inform the applicant in writing of the reason for denial. For purposes of a petition for review under s. 227.52, Stats., a request is denied if a response to a request for hearing is not issued within 45 calendar days of its receipt by the credentialing authority.

(2) Designation of presiding officer. An administrative law judge shall preside over denial hearings. The administrative law judge shall be employed by the department of administration.

(3) Discovery. Unless the parties otherwise agree, no discovery is permitted, except for the taking and preservation of evidence as provided in ch. 804, Stats., with respect to witnesses described in s. 227.45 (7) (a) to (d), Stats. An applicant may inspect records under s. 19.35, Stats., the public records law.

(4) Burden of proof. The applicant has the burden of proof to show by evidence satisfactory to the credentialing authority that the applicant meets the eligibility requirements set by law for the credential. The office of examinations has the burden of proof to show by a preponderance of the evidence that the applicant cheated on an examination or breached examination security.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: am. (1) and (4) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 13-077: am. (2) Register April 2014 No. 700, eff. 5-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.09 Conduct of hearing {#sec-sps-1.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.09}

(1) Record. A stenographic, electronic or other record shall be made of all hearings in which the testimony of witnesses is offered as evidence, and of other oral proceedings when requested by a party.

(2) Adjournments. The presiding officer may, for good cause, grant continuances, adjournments and extensions of time.

(3) Subpoenas.

(a) Subpoenas for the attendance of any witness at a hearing in the proceeding may be issued in accordance with s. 227.45 (6m), Stats.

(b) A presiding officer may issue protective orders according to the provisions of s. 805.07, Stats.

(4) Motions. All motions, except those made at hearing, shall be in writing, filed with the presiding officer and a copy served upon the opposing party not later than 5 days before the time specified for hearing the motion.

(4m) Summary judgement. The parties may use the summary judgment procedure provided in s. 802.08, Stats.

(5) Evidence. The credentialing authority, the office of examinations and the applicant shall have the right to appear in person or by counsel, to call, examine and cross-examine witnesses and to introduce evidence into the record. If the applicant submits evidence of eligibility for a credential which was not submitted to the credentialing authority prior to denial of the application, the presiding officer may request the credentialing authority to reconsider the application and the evidence of eligibility not previously considered.

(5m) Confidentiality of examination records. The presiding officer shall take appropriate precautions to preserve examination security in conjunction with the conduct of a hearing held pursuant to this section.

(6) Briefs. The presiding officer may require the filing of briefs.

(7) Location of hearing. All hearings shall be held at the offices of the department in Madison unless the presiding officer determines that the health or safety of a witness or of a party or an emergency requires that a hearing be held elsewhere.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: am. (5), cr. (5m) Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06; CR 14-019: cr. (4m) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.10 Service {#sec-sps-1.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.10}

Service of any document on an applicant may be made by mail addressed to the applicant at the last address filed in writing by the applicant with the credentialing authority. Service by mail is complete on the date of mailing.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1985, No. 358, eff. 11-1-85; renum. from RL 1.06 and am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.11 Failure to appear {#sec-sps-1.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.11}

In the event that neither the applicant nor his or her representative appears at the time and place designated for the hearing, the credentialing authority may take action based upon the record as submitted. By failing to appear, an applicant waives any right to appeal the action taken by the credentialing authority.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1985, No. 358, eff. 11-1-85; renum. from RL 1.07 and am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: am. Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.12 Withdrawal of request {#sec-sps-1.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.12}

A request for hearing may be withdrawn at any time. Upon receipt of a request for withdrawal, the credentialing authority shall issue an order affirming the withdrawal of a request for hearing on the denial or on the determination of cheating on an examination or determination of breach of examination security.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 05-050: am. Register January 2006 No. 601, eff. 2-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 1.13 Transcription fees {#sec-sps-1.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 1.13}

(1) The fee charged for a transcript of a proceeding under this chapter shall be computed by the person or reporting service preparing the transcript on the following basis:

(a) If the transcript is prepared by a reporting service, the fee charged for an original transcription and for copies shall be the amount identified in the state operational purchasing bulletin which identifies the reporting service and its fees.

(b) If a transcript is prepared by the department, the department shall charge a transcription fee of $1.75 per page and a copying charge of $.25 per page. If 2 or more persons request a transcript, the department shall charge each requester a copying fee of $.25 per page, but may divide the transcript fee equitably among the requesters. If the department has prepared a written transcript for its own use prior to the time a request is made, the department shall assume the transcription fee, but shall charge a copying fee of $.25 per page.

(2) A person who is without means and who requires a transcript for appeal or other reasonable purposes shall be furnished with a transcript without charge upon the filing of a petition of indigency signed under oath. For purposes of this section, a determination of indigency shall be based on the standards used for making a determination of indigency under s. 977.07, Stats.

History

  • Cr., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.

Chapter SPS 2 PROCEDURES FOR PLEADING AND HEARINGS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.01 Authority {#sec-sps-2.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.01}

The rules in ch. SPS 2 are adopted pursuant to authority in s. 440.03 (1), Stats., and procedures in ch. 227, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.02 Scope; kinds of proceedings {#sec-sps-2.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.02}

The rules in this chapter govern procedures in class 2 proceedings, as defined in s. 227.01 (3) (b), Stats., against licensees before the department and all disciplinary authorities attached to the department, except that s. SPS 2.17 applies also to class 1 proceedings, as defined in s. 227.01 (3) (a), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 1988, No. 389; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; emerg. am. eff. 11-14-95; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-2.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Complainant” means the person who signs a complaint.

(2) “Complaint” means a document which meets the requirements of ss. SPS 2.05 and 2.06.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Disciplinary authority” means the department or the attached examining board or board having authority to revoke the license of the holder whose conduct is under investigation.

(5) “Disciplinary proceeding” means a proceeding against one or more licensees in which a disciplinary authority may determine to revoke or suspend a license, to reprimand a licensee, to limit a license, to impose a forfeiture, or to refuse to renew a license because of a violation of law.

(6) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(7) “Informal complaint” means any written information submitted to the division or any disciplinary authority by any person which requests that a disciplinary proceeding be commenced against a licensee or which alleges facts, which if true, warrant discipline.

(8) “Licensee” means a person, partnership, corporation or association holding any license, permit, certificate or registration granted by a disciplinary authority or having any right to renew a license, permit, certificate or registration granted by a disciplinary authority.

(9) “Respondent” means the person against whom a disciplinary proceeding has been commenced and who is named as respondent in a complaint.

(10) “Settlement conference” means a proceeding before a disciplinary authority or its designee conducted according to s. SPS 2.036, in which a conference with one or more licensee is held to attempt to reach a fair disposition of an informal complaint prior to the commencement of a disciplinary proceeding.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (1) and (6), renum. (7) and (8) to be (8) and (9), cr. (7), Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; r. (1), renum. (2) to (4) to be (1) to (3), cr. (4) and (10), am. (5), (7) and (8), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction in (2), (3), (10) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (6) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.035 Receiving informal complaints {#sec-sps-2.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.035}

All informal complaints received shall be referred to the division for filing, screening and, if necessary, investigation. Screening shall be done by the disciplinary authority, or, if the disciplinary authority directs, by a disciplinary authority member or the division. In this section, screening is a preliminary review of complaints to determine whether an investigation is necessary. Considerations in screening include, but are not limited to:

(1) Whether the person complained against is licensed;

(2) Whether the violation alleged is a fee dispute;

(3) Whether the matter alleged, if taken as a whole, is trivial; and

(4) Whether the matter alleged is a violation of any statute, rule or standard of practice.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; am. (intro.) and (3), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.036 Procedure for settlement conferences {#sec-sps-2.036 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.036}

At the discretion of the disciplinary authority, a settlement conference may be held prior to the commencement of a disciplinary proceeding, pursuant to the following procedures:

(1) Selection of informal complaints. The disciplinary authority or its designee may determine that a settlement conference is appropriate during an investigation of an informal complaint if the information gathered during the investigation presents reasonable grounds to believe that a violation of the laws enforced by the disciplinary authority has occurred. Considerations in making the determination may include, but are not limited to:

(a) Whether the issues arising out of the investigation of the informal complaint are clear, discrete and sufficiently limited to allow for resolution in the informal setting of a settlement conference; and

(b) Whether the facts of the informal complaint are undisputed or clearly ascertainable from the documents received during investigation by the division.

(2) Procedures. When the disciplinary authority or its designee has selected an informal complaint for a possible settlement conference, the licensee shall be contacted by the division to determine whether the licensee desires to participate in a settlement conference. A notice of settlement conference and a description of settlement conference procedures, prepared on forms prescribed by the department, shall be sent to all participants in advance of any settlement conference. A settlement conference shall not be held without the consent of the licensee. No agreement reached between the licensee and the disciplinary authority or its designee at a settlement conference which imposes discipline upon the licensee shall be binding until the agreement is reduced to writing, signed by the licensee, and accepted by the disciplinary authority.

(3) Oral statements at settlement conference. Oral statements made during a settlement conference shall not be introduced into or made part of the record in a disciplinary proceeding.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.037 Parties to a disciplinary proceeding {#sec-sps-2.037 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.037}

Parties to a disciplinary proceeding are the respondent, the division and the disciplinary authority before which the disciplinary proceeding is heard.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; renum. from RL 2.036 and am., Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.04 Commencement of disciplinary proceedings {#sec-sps-2.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.04}

Disciplinary proceedings are commenced when a notice of hearing is filed in the disciplinary authority office or with a designated administrative law judge.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1979, No. 278, eff. 3-1-79; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.05 Pleadings to be captioned {#sec-sps-2.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.05}

All pleadings, notices, orders, and other papers filed in disciplinary proceedings shall be captioned: “BEFORE THE __________” and shall be entitled: “IN THE MATTER OF DISCIPLINARY PROCEEDINGS AGAINST _____________, RESPONDENT.”

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.06 Complaint {#sec-sps-2.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.06}

A complaint may be made on information and belief and shall contain:

(1) The name and address of the licensee complained against and the name and address of the complainant;

(2) A short statement in plain language of the cause for disciplinary action identifying with reasonable particularity the transaction, occurrence or event out of which the cause arises and specifying the statute, rule or other standard alleged to have been violated;

(3) A request in essentially the following form: “Wherefore, the complainant demands that the disciplinary authority hear evidence relevant to matters alleged in this complaint, determine and impose the discipline warranted, and assess the costs of the proceeding against the respondent;” and,

(4) The signature of the complainant.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (intro.), (3) and (4), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.07 Notice of hearing {#sec-sps-2.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.07}

(1) A notice of hearing shall be sent to the respondent at least 10 days prior to the hearing, unless for good cause such notice is impossible or impractical, in which case shorter notice may be given, but in no case may the notice be provided less than 48 hours in advance of the hearing.

(2) A notice of hearing to the respondent shall be substantially in the form shown in Appendix 1 and signed by a disciplinary authority member or an attorney in the division.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (2) (intro.), Register, February, 1979, No. 278, eff. 3-1-79; r. and recr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.08 Service and filing of complaint, notice of hearing and other papers {#sec-sps-2.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.08}

(1) The complaint, notice of hearing, all orders and other papers required to be served on a respondent may be served by mailing a copy of the paper to the respondent at the last known address of the respondent or by any procedure described in s. 801.14 (2), Stats. Service by mail is complete upon mailing.

(2) Any paper required to be filed with a disciplinary authority may be mailed to the disciplinary authority office or, if an administrative law judge has been designated to preside in the matter, to the administrative law judge and shall be deemed filed on the date of the postmark. Materials submitted by personal service and by inter-departmental mail shall be considered filed on the date they are received at the disciplinary authority office or by the administrative law judge. An answer under s. SPS 2.09, motions under s. SPS 2.15, and any other documents required to be filed may be filed and served by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail. For materials transmitted by facsimile, the date received shall determine the date of filing. For materials transmitted by electronic mail, the filing date shall be the date that the electronic mail was sent.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (2), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.09 Answer {#sec-sps-2.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.09}

(1) An answer to a complaint shall state in short and plain terms the defenses to each cause asserted and shall admit or deny the allegations upon which the complainant relies. If the respondent is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth of the allegation, the respondent shall so state and this has the effect of a denial. Denials shall fairly meet the substance of the allegations denied. The respondent shall make denials as specific denials of designated allegations or paragraphs but if the respondent intends in good faith to deny only a part or a qualification of an allegation, the respondent shall specify so much of it as true and material and shall deny only the remainder.

(2) The respondent shall set forth affirmatively in the answer any matter constituting an affirmative defense.

(3) Allegations in a complaint are admitted when not denied in the answer.

(4) An answer to a complaint shall be filed within 20 days from the date of service of the complaint.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (4), Register, February, 1979, No. 278, eff. 3-1-79; am. (1), (3) and (4), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.10 Administrative law judge {#sec-sps-2.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.10}

(1) Designation. Disciplinary hearings shall be presided over by an administrative law judge employed by the department of administration.

(2) Authority. An administrative law judge designated under this section to preside over any disciplinary proceeding has the authority described in s. 227.46 (1), Stats. Unless otherwise directed by a disciplinary authority pursuant to s. 227.46 (3), Stats., an administrative law judge presiding over a disciplinary proceeding shall prepare a proposed decision, including findings of fact, conclusions of law, order and opinion, in a form that may be adopted as the final decision in the case.

(3) Service of proposed decision. Unless otherwise directed by a disciplinary authority, the proposed decision shall be served by the administrative law judge on all parties with a notice providing each party adversely affected by the proposed decision with an opportunity to file with the disciplinary authority objections and written argument with respect to the objections. A party adversely affected by a proposed decision shall have at least 10 days from the date of service of the proposed decision to file objections and argument.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; r. and recr. (1), Register, November, 1986, No. 371, eff. 12-1-86; correction in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 1988, No. 389; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; CR 13-077: am. (1) Register April 2014 No. 700, eff. 5-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.11 Prehearing conference {#sec-sps-2.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.11}

In any matter pending before the disciplinary authority the complainant and the respondent, or their attorneys, may be directed by the disciplinary authority or administrative law judge to appear at a conference or to participate in a telephone conference to consider the simplification of issues, the necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleadings, the admission of facts or documents which will avoid unnecessary proof and such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the matter.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 1992.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.12 Settlements {#sec-sps-2.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.12}

No stipulation or settlement agreement disposing of a complaint or informal complaint shall be effective or binding in any respect until reduced to writing, signed by the respondent and approved by the disciplinary authority.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.13 Discovery {#sec-sps-2.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.13}

The person prosecuting the complaint and the respondent may, prior to the date set for hearing, obtain discovery by use of the methods described in ch. 804, Stats., for the purposes set forth therein. Protective orders, including orders to terminate or limit examinations, orders compelling discovery, sanctions provided in s. 804.12, Stats., or other remedies as are appropriate for failure to comply with such orders may be made by the presiding officer.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.14 Default {#sec-sps-2.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.14}

If the respondent fails to answer as required by s. SPS 2.09 or fails to appear at the hearing at the time fixed therefor, the respondent is in default and the disciplinary authority may make findings and enter an order on the basis of the complaint and other evidence. The disciplinary authority may, for good cause, relieve the respondent from the effect of such findings and permit the respondent to answer and defend at any time before the disciplinary authority enters an order or within a reasonable time thereafter.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.15 Conduct of hearing {#sec-sps-2.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.15}

(1) Presiding officer. The hearing shall be presided over by a member of the disciplinary authority or an administrative law judge designated pursuant to s. SPS 2.10.

(2) Record. A stenographic, electronic or other record shall be made of all hearings in which the testimony of witnesses is offered as evidence.

(3) Evidence. The complainant and the respondent shall have the right to appear in person or by counsel, to call, examine, and cross-examine witnesses and to introduce evidence into the record.

(4) Briefs. The presiding officer may require the filing of briefs.

(5) Motions. All motions, except those made at hearing, shall be in writing, filed with the presiding officer and a copy served upon the opposing party not later than 5 days before the time specified for hearing the motion.

(5m) Summary judgement. The parties may use the summary judgment procedure provided in s. 802.08, Stats.

(6) Adjournments. The presiding officer may, for good cause, grant continuances, adjournments and extensions of time.

(7) Subpoenas.

(a) Subpoenas for the attendance of any witness at a hearing in the proceeding may be issued in accordance with s. 885.01, Stats. Service shall be made in the manner provided in s. 805.07 (5), Stats. A subpoena may command the person to whom it is directed to produce the books, papers, documents, or tangible things designated therein.

(b) A presiding officer may issue protective orders according to the provision the provisions of s. 805.07, Stats.

(8) Location of hearing. All hearings shall be held at the offices of the department of safety and professional services in Madison unless the presiding officer determines that the health or safety of a witness or of a party or an emergency requires that a hearing be held elsewhere.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (1), (5) and (6), cr. (8), Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction in (1), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: cr. (5m) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.16 Witness fees and costs {#sec-sps-2.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.16}

Witnesses subpoenaed at the request of the division or the disciplinary authority shall be entitled to compensation from the state for attendance and travel as provided in ch. 885, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.17 Transcription fees {#sec-sps-2.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.17}

(1) The fee charged for a transcript of a proceeding under this chapter shall be computed by the person or reporting service preparing the transcript on the following basis:

(a) If the transcript is prepared by a reporting service, the fee charged for an original transcription and for copies shall be the amount identified in the state operational purchasing bulletin which identifies the reporting service and its fees.

(b) If a transcript is prepared by the department, the department shall charge a transcription fee of $1.75 per page and a copying charge of $.25 per page. If 2 or more persons request a transcript, the department shall charge each requester a copying fee of $.25 per page, but may divide the transcript fee equitably among the requesters. If the department has prepared a written transcript for its own use prior to the time a request is made, the department shall assume the transcription fee, but shall charge a copying fee of $.25 per page.

(2) A person who is without means and who requires a transcript for appeal or other reasonable purposes shall be furnished with a transcript without charge upon the filing of a petition of indigency signed under oath.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (1) Register, May, 1982, No. 317, eff. 6-1-82; r. and recr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1) (b), Register, August, 1993, No. 452, eff. 9-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.18 Assessment of costs {#sec-sps-2.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.18}

(1) The proposed decision of an administrative law judge following hearing shall include a recommendation whether all or part of the costs of the proceeding shall be assessed against the respondent.

(2) If a respondent objects to the recommendation of an administrative law judge that costs be assessed, objections to the assessment of costs shall be filed, along with any other objections to the proposed decision, within the time established for filing of objections.

(3) The disciplinary authority’s final decision and order imposing discipline in a disciplinary proceeding shall include a determination whether all or part of the costs of the proceeding shall be assessed against the respondent.

(4) When costs are imposed, the division and the administrative law judge shall file supporting affidavits showing costs incurred. The respondent shall file any objection to the affidavits within 15 days of the date of mailing of both affidavits from the division and administrative law judge to the respondent. The disciplinary authority shall review any objections, along with the affidavits, and issue an order fixing costs without a hearing.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; CR 14-019: am. (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 2.20 Extension of time limits in disciplinary actions against physicians {#sec-sps-2.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 2.20}

(1) Authority and purpose. The rules in this section are adopted under the authority of ss. 15.08 (5) (b), 227.11 (2) and 448.02 (3) (cm), Stats., to govern the extension of time limits in disciplinary actions against physicians.

(2) Computing time limits. In computing time limits under s. 448.02 (3) (cm), Stats., the date of initiating an investigation shall be the date of the decision to commence an investigation of an informal complaint following the screening of the informal complaint under s. SPS 2.035, except that if the decision to commence an investigation of an informal complaint is made more than 45 days after the date of receipt of the informal complaint in the division, or if no screening of the informal complaint is conducted, the time for initiating an investigation shall commence 45 days after the date of receipt of the informal complaint in the division. The date that the medical examining board initiates a disciplinary action shall be the date that a disciplinary proceeding is commenced under s. SPS 2.04.

(3) Procedure for requesting an extension of time. The medical examining board or the division on behalf of the medical examining board shall make a written request for an extension of time under s. 448.02 (3) (cm), Stats., to the secretary of the department of safety and professional services and shall state all of the following:

(a) The nature of the investigation and the date of initiating the investigation.

(b) The number of days the medical examining board requires as an extension in order to determine whether a physician is guilty of unprofessional conduct or negligence in treatment and to initiate disciplinary action.

(c) The reasons why the medical examining board has not made a decision within the time specified under s. 448.02 (3) (cm), Stats.

(4) Factors to be considered. In deciding whether to grant or deny a specified extension of time for the medical examining board to determine whether a physician is guilty of unprofessional conduct or negligence in treatment, the secretary of the department of safety and professional services shall consider the information set forth in the request and at least the following factors:

(a) The nature and complexity of the investigation including the cause of any delays encountered during the investigation.

(b) Whether delays encountered during the screening of the complaint or the complaint handling process were caused in whole or part by the fact that record custodians, witnesses, or persons investigated did not make a timely response to requests for records or other evidence.

(c) Whether civil or criminal litigation relating to the matter investigated caused any delay in the investigation.

(d) The quality and complexity of evidence available to the medical examining board.

(e) The extent to which the physician will be prejudiced by an extension of time.

(f) The potential harm to the public if the investigation is terminated without a determination of whether the physician complained about is guilty of unprofessional conduct or negligence in treatment.

(5) Approve or deny an extension. The secretary of the department of safety and professional services shall approve or deny a request for an extension within 20 days of receipt. A request not approved within 20 days shall be deemed denied.

History

  • CR 02-103: cr. Register March 2004 No. 579, eff. 4-1-04; correction in (2), (3) (intro.), (4) (intro.), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 3 ADMINISTRATIVE INJUNCTIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.01 Authority {#sec-sps-3.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.01}

The rules in ch. SPS 3 are adopted pursuant to authority in ss. 440.03 (1) and 440.21, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.02 Scope; kinds of proceedings {#sec-sps-3.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.02}

The rules in this chapter govern procedures in public hearings before the department to determine and make findings as to whether a person has engaged in a practice or used a title without a credential required under chs. 440 to 459, Stats., and for issuance of an administrative injunction.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-3.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Administrative injunction” means a special order enjoining a person from the continuation of a practice or use of a title without a credential required under chs. 440 to 459, Stats.

(2) “Credential” means a license, permit, or certificate of certification or registration that is issued under chs. 440 to 459, Stats.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(5) “Petition” means a document which meets the requirements of s. SPS 3.05.

(6) “Respondent” means the person against whom an administrative injunction proceeding has been commenced and who is named as respondent in a petition.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction in (3), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.04 Pleadings to be captioned {#sec-sps-3.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.04}

All pleadings, notices, orders, and other papers filed in an administrative injunction proceeding shall be captioned: “BEFORE THE DEPARTMENT OF SAFETY AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES” and shall be entitled: “IN THE MATTER OF A PETITION FOR AN ADMINISTRATIVE INJUNCTION INVOLVING _________________, RESPONDENT.”

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.05 Petition for administrative injunction {#sec-sps-3.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.05}

A petition for an administrative injunction shall allege that a person has engaged in a practice or used a title without a credential required under chs. 440 to 459, Stats. A petition may be made on information and belief and shall contain:

(1) The name and address of the respondent and the name and address of the attorney in the division who is prosecuting the petition for the division;

(2) A short statement in plain language of the basis for the division’s belief that the respondent has engaged in a practice or used a title without a credential required under chs. 440 to 459, Stats., and specifying the statute or rule alleged to have been violated;

(3) A request in essentially the following form: “Wherefore, the division demands that a public hearing be held and that the department issue a special order enjoining the person from the continuation of the practice or use of the title;” and,

(4) The signature of an attorney authorized by the division to sign the petition.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.06 Notice of hearing {#sec-sps-3.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.06}

(1) A notice of hearing shall be sent to the respondent by the division at least 10 days prior to the hearing, except in the case of an emergency in which shorter notice may be given, but in no case may the notice be provided less than 48 hours in advance of the hearing.

(2) A notice of hearing to the respondent shall be essentially in the form shown in Appendix I and signed by an attorney in the division.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.07 Service and filing of petition, notice of hearing and other papers {#sec-sps-3.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.07}

(1) The petition, notice of hearing, all orders and other papers required to be served on a respondent may be served by mailing a copy of the paper to the respondent at the last known address of the respondent or by any procedure described in s. 801.14 (2), Stats. Service by mail is complete upon mailing.

(2) Any paper required to be filed with the department may be mailed to the administrative law judge designated to preside in the matter and shall be deemed filed on receipt by the administrative law judge. An answer under s. SPS 3.08, and motions under s. SPS 3.14 may be filed and served by facsimile transmission. A document filed by facsimile transmission under this section shall also be mailed to the department. An answer or motion filed by facsimile transmission shall be deemed filed on the first business day after receipt by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.08 Answer {#sec-sps-3.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.08}

(1) An answer to a petition shall state in short and plain terms the defenses to each allegation asserted and shall admit or deny the allegations upon which the division relies. If the respondent is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth of the allegation, the respondent shall so state and this has the effect of a denial. Denials shall fairly meet the substance of the allegations denied. The respondent shall make denials as specific denials of designated allegations or paragraphs but if the respondent intends in good faith to deny only a part or to provide a qualification of an allegation, the respondent shall specify so much of it as true and material and shall deny only the remainder.

(2) The respondent shall set forth affirmatively in the answer any matter constituting an affirmative defense.

(3) Allegations in a petition are admitted when not denied in the answer.

(4) An answer to a petition shall be filed within 20 days from the date of service of the petition.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.09 Administrative law judge {#sec-sps-3.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.09}

(1) Designation. Administrative injunction proceedings shall be presided over by an administrative law judge. The administrative law judge shall be an attorney in the department designated by the department general counsel, an employee borrowed from another agency pursuant to s. 20.901, Stats., or a person employed as a special project or limited term employee by the department. The administrative law judge may not be an employee in the division.

(2) Authority. An administrative law judge designated under this section has the authority described in s. 227.46 (1), Stats. Unless otherwise directed under s. 227.46 (3), Stats., an administrative law judge shall prepare a proposed decision, including findings of fact, conclusions of law, order and opinion, in a form that may be adopted by the department as the final decision in the case.

(3) Service of proposed decision. The proposed decision shall be served by the administrative law judge on all parties with a notice providing each party adversely affected by the proposed decision with an opportunity to file with the department objections and written argument with respect to the objections. A party adversely affected by a proposed decision shall have at least 10 days from the date of service of the proposed decision to file objections and argument.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.10 Prehearing conference {#sec-sps-3.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.10}

In any matter pending before the department, the division and the respondent may be directed by the administrative law judge to appear at a conference or to participate in a telephone conference to consider the simplification of issues, the necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleading, the admission of facts or documents which will avoid unnecessary proof and such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the matter.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.11 Settlements {#sec-sps-3.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.11}

No stipulation or settlement agreement disposing of a petition or informal petition shall be effective or binding in any respect until reduced to writing, signed by the respondent and approved by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.12 Discovery {#sec-sps-3.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.12}

The division and the respondent may, prior to the date set for hearing, obtain discovery by use of the methods described in ch. 804, Stats., for the purposes set forth therein. Protective orders, including orders to terminate or limit examinations, orders compelling discovery, sanctions provided in s. 804.12, Stats., or other remedies as are appropriate for failure to comply with such orders may be made by the administrative law judge.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.13 Default {#sec-sps-3.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.13}

If the respondent fails to answer as required by s. SPS 3.08 or fails to appear at the hearing at the time fixed therefor, the respondent is in default and the department may make findings and enter an order on the basis of the petition and other evidence. The department may, for good cause, relieve the respondent from the effect of the findings and permit the respondent to answer and defend at any time before the department enters an order or within a reasonable time thereafter.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.14 Conduct of hearing {#sec-sps-3.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.14}

(1) Administrative law judge. The hearing shall be presided over by an administrative law judge designated pursuant to s. SPS 3.09.

(2) Record. A stenographic, electronic or other record shall be made of all hearings in which the testimony of witnesses is offered as evidence.

(3) Evidence. The division and the respondent shall have the right to appear in person or by counsel, to call, examine, and cross-examine witnesses and to introduce evidence into the record.

(4) Briefs. The administrative law judge may require the filing of briefs.

(5) Motions.

(a) How made. An application to the administrative law judge for an order shall be by motion which, unless made during a hearing or prehearing conference, shall be in writing, state with particularity the grounds for the order, and set forth the relief or order sought.

(b) Filing. A motion shall be filed with the administrative law judge and a copy served upon the opposing party not later than 5 days before the time specified for hearing the motion.

(c) Supporting papers. Any briefs or other papers in support of a motion, including affidavits and documentary evidence, shall be filed with the motion.

(6) Adjournments. The administrative law judge may, for good cause, grant continuances, adjournments and extensions of time.

(7) Subpoenas.

(a) Subpoenas for the attendance of any witness at a hearing in the proceeding may be issued in accordance with s. 885.01, Stats. Service shall be made in the manner provided in s. 805.07 (5), Stats. A subpoena may command the person to whom it is directed to produce the books, papers, documents, or tangible things designated therein.

(b) An administrative law judge may issue protective orders according to the provisions of s. 805.07, Stats.

(8) Location of hearing. All hearings shall be held at the offices of the department in Madison unless the administrative law judge determines that the health or safety of a witness or of a party or an emergency requires that a hearing be held elsewhere.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.15 Witness fees and costs {#sec-sps-3.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.15}

Witnesses subpoenaed at the request of the division shall be entitled to compensation from the state for attendance and travel as provided in ch. 885, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 3.16 Transcription fees {#sec-sps-3.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 3.16}

(1) The fee charged for a transcript of a proceeding under this chapter shall be computed by the person or reporting service preparing the transcript on the following basis:

(a) If the transcript is prepared by a reporting service, the fee charged for an original transcription and for copies shall be the amount identified in the state operational purchasing bulletin which identifies the reporting service and its fees.

Note: The State Operational Purchasing Bulletin may be obtained from the Department of Administration, State Bureau of Procurement, 101 E. Wilson Street, 6th Floor, P.O. Box 7867, Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7867.

(b) If a transcript is prepared by the department, the department shall charge a transcription fee of $1.75 per page and a copying charge of $.25 per page. If 2 or more persons request a transcript, the department shall charge each requester a copying fee of $.25 per page, but may divide the transcript fee equitably among the requesters. If the department has prepared a written transcript for its own use prior to the time a request is made, the department shall assume the transcription fee, but shall charge a copying fee of $.25 per page.

(2) A person who is without means and who requires a transcript for appeal or other reasonable purposes shall be furnished with a transcript without charge upon the filing of an affidavit showing that the person is indigent according to the standards adopted in rules of the state public defender under ch. 977, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93.

Chapter SPS 4 DEPARTMENT APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND APPLICATION FEE POLICIES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.01 Authorization {#sec-sps-4.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.01}

The following rules are adopted by the department of safety and professional services pursuant to ss. 440.03 (13) (a) and (am), 440.05, 440.06, and 440.07, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-4.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.02}

(1) “Applicant” means a person who applies for a license, permit, certificate or registration granted by the department or a board.

(1g) “Arrest record” means information indicating that an individual has been apprehended, taken into custody or detention, held for investigation, arrested, charged with, indicted or tried for any felony, misdemeanor or other offense pursuant to any law enforcement or military authority.

(2) “Authority” means the department or the attached examining board or board having authority to grant the credential for which an application has been filed.

(3) “Board” means the board of nursing and any examining board attached to the department.

(3e) “Conviction record” means information indicating that an individual has been convicted of any felony, misdemeanor or other offense, has been adjudicated delinquent, has been less than honorably discharged, or has been placed on probation, fined, imprisoned, placed on extended supervision or paroled pursuant to any law enforcement or military authority.

(3m) “Credential” means a license, permit, or certificate of certification or registration that is issued under chs. 440 to 480, Stats.

(3s) “Credentialing authority” means the department or an attached examining board, affiliated credentialing board or board having authority to issue or deny a credential.

(4) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(5) “Examination” means the written and practical tests required of an applicant by the authority.

(5m) “Investigate” means to determine the arrest and conviction record of an applicant or holder of a credential, including but not limited to:

(a) Determining whether an applicant or holder of a credential has been charged with or convicted of a crime.

(b) Determining the facts and circumstances surrounding an arrest, criminal charge, or conviction.

(c) Determining the outcome and status of an arrest, criminal charges or conviction record, including completion of sentence imposed, probationary terms or parole.

(d) Requiring disclosure of arrest or conviction record by an applicant.

(5s) “Reinstatement” means the process by which a credential holder who has unmet disciplinary requirements and failed to renew the credential within 5 years after the renewal date or whose credential has been surrendered or revoked, shall apply to have the credential reinstated.

(6) “Service provider” means a party other than the department or board who provides examination services such as application processing, examination products or administration of examinations.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; renum. (1) to (4) to be (4), (3), (1), (5) and am. (5), cr. (2) and (6), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 04-097: cr. (1g), (3e), (3m), (3s) and (5m) Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-067: cr. (5s) Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.03 Time for review and determination of credential applications {#sec-sps-4.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.03}

(1) Time limits. An authority shall review and make a determination on an original application for a credential within 60 business days after a completed application is received by the authority unless a different period for review and determination is specified by law.

(2) Completed applications. An application is completed when all materials necessary to make a determination on the application and all materials requested by the authority have been received by the authority.

(3) Effect of delay. A delay by an authority in making a determination on an application within the time period specified in this section shall be reported to the permit information center under s. 227.116, Stats. Delay by an authority in making a determination on an application within the time period specified in this section does not relieve any person from the obligation to secure approval from the authority nor affect in any way the authority’s responsibility to interpret requirements for approval and to grant or deny approval.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1992, No. 440, eff. 9-1-92; renum. from RL 4.06 and am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.04 Fees for examinations, reexaminations and proctoring examinations {#sec-sps-4.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.04}

(1) Examination fee schedule. A list of all current examination fees may be obtained at no charge from the Office of Examinations, Department of Safety and Professional Services, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P. O. Box 8366, Madison, WI 53708-8366.

(3) Explanation of procedures for setting examination fees.

(a) Fees for examinations shall be established under s. 440.05 (1) (b), Stats., at the department’s best estimate of the actual cost of preparing, administering and grading the examination or obtaining and administering an approved examination from a service provider.

(b) Examinations shall be obtained from a service provider through competitive procurement procedures described in ch. Adm 7.

(c) Fees for examination services provided by the department shall be established based on an estimate of the actual cost of the examination services. Computation of fees for examination services provided by the department shall include standard component amounts for contract administration services, test development services and written and practical test administration services.

(d) Examination fees shall be changed as needed to reflect changes in the actual costs to the department. Changes to fees shall be implemented according to par. (e).

(e) Examination fees shall be effective for examinations held 45 days or more after the date of publication of a notice in application forms. Applicants who have submitted fees in an amount less than that in the most current application form shall pay the correct amount prior to administration of the examination. Overpayments shall be refunded by the department. Initial credential fees shall become effective on the date specified by law.

(4) Reexamination of previously licensed individuals. Fees for examinations ordered as part of a disciplinary proceeding or late renewal under s. 440.08 (3) (b), Stats., are equal to the fee set for reexamination in the most recent examination application form, plus $10 application processing.

(5) Proctoring examinations for other states.

(a) Examinations administered by an authority of the state may be proctored for persons applying for credentials in another state if the person has been determined eligible in the other state and meets this state’s application deadlines. Examinations not administered by an authority of the state may only be proctored for Wisconsin residents or licensees applying for credentials in another state.

(b) Department fees for proctoring examinations of persons who are applying for a credential in another state are equal to the cost of administering the examination to those persons, plus any additional cost charged to the department by the service provider.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; r. and recr. Register, May, 1986, No. 365, eff. 6-1-86; am. Register, December, 1986, No. 372, eff. 1-1-87; am. Register, September, 1987, No. 381, eff. 10-1-87; am. (3), Register, September, 1988, No. 393, eff. 10-1-88; am. (3), Register, September, 1990, No. 417, eff. 10-1-90; r. and recr. (1) to (3), cr. (4), renum. Figure and am. Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; am. (4) Figure, cr. (5), Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; r. and recr. Register, November, 1993, No. 455, eff. 12-1-93; r. (2), am. (3) (a), (b), (c), (e), (4), (5), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (1) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.05 Fee for test review {#sec-sps-4.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.05}

(1) The fee for supervised review of examination results by a failing applicant which is conducted by the department is $28.

(2) The fee for review of examination results by a service provider is the fee established by the service provider.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.06 Refunds {#sec-sps-4.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.06}

(1) A refund of all but $10 of the applicant’s examination fee and initial credential fee submitted to the department shall be granted if any of the following occurs:

(a) An applicant is found to be unqualified for an examination administered by the authority.

(b) An applicant is found to be unqualified for a credential for which no examination is required.

(c) An applicant withdraws an application by written notice to the authority at least 10 days in advance of any scheduled examination.

(d) An applicant who fails to take an examination administered by the authority either provides written notice at least 10 days in advance of the examination date that the applicant is unable to take the examination, or if written notice was not provided, submits a written explanation satisfactory to the authority that the applicant’s failure to take the examination resulted from extreme personal hardship.

(2) An applicant eligible for a refund may forfeit the refund and choose instead to take an examination administered by the authority within 18 months of the originally scheduled examination at no added fee.

(3) An applicant who misses an examination as a result of being called to active military duty shall receive a full refund. The applicant requesting the refund shall supply a copy of the call up orders or a letter from the commanding officer attesting to the call up.

(4) Applicants who pay fees to service providers other than the department are subject to the refund policy established by the service provider.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1978, No. 274, eff. 11-1-78; am. (2) (intro.), Register, May, 1986, No. 365, eff. 6-1-86; am. (1) and (2) (intro.), renum. (2) (c) and (3) to be (3) and (4), cr. (5), Register, September, 1987, No. 381, eff. 10-1-87; r. and recr. (1) and (4), Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; r. (2), renum. (3) to (5) to be (2) to (4), Register, July, 1993, No. 451, eff. 8-1-93; renum. from RL 4.03 and am., Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.07 Investigation {#sec-sps-4.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.07}

The department shall investigate whether an applicant for any of the following credentials has been charged with or convicted of a crime:

(1) Accountant, certified public.

(2) Acupuncturist.

(3) Advanced practice nurse prescriber.

(4) Aesthetician.

(5) Aesthetics instructor.

(6) Appraiser, real estate, certified general.

(7) Appraiser, real estate, certified residential.

(8) Appraiser, real estate, licensed.

(9) Architect.

(10) Athlete agent.

(11) Athletic trainer.

(12) Auctioneer.

(13) Audiologist.

(14) Barber or cosmetologist.

(15) Barbering or cosmetology instructor.

(16) Barbering or cosmetology manager.

(17) Boxer.

(18) Cemetery preneed seller.

(19) Cemetery salesperson.

(20) Chiropractor.

(21) Dental hygienist.

(22) Dentist.

(23) Designer of engineering systems.

(24) Dietitian.

(25) Drug distributor.

(26) Drug manufacturer.

(27) Electrologist.

(28) Electrology instructor.

(29) Engineer, professional.

(31) Funeral director.

(32) Hearing instrument specialist.

(33) Home inspector.

(34) Landscape architect.

(35) Land surveyor.

(36) Manicuring instructor.

(37) Manicurist.

(38) Marriage and family therapist.

(39) Massage therapist or bodyworker.

(40) Music, art or dance therapist.

(41) Nurse, licensed practical.

(42) Nurse, registered.

(43) Nurse-midwife.

(44) Nursing home administrator.

(45) Occupational therapist.

(46) Occupational therapy assistant.

(47) Optometrist.

(48) Perfusionist.

(49) Pharmacist.

(50) Physical therapist.

(51) Physical therapist assistant.

(52) Physician.

(53) Physician assistant.

(54) Podiatrist.

(55) Private detective.

(56) Private practice school psychologist.

(57) Private security person.

(58) Professional counselor.

(60) Professional geologist.

(61) Professional hydrologist.

(62) Professional soil scientist.

(63) Psychologist.

(64) Real estate broker.

(65) Real estate salesperson.

(66) Registered interior designer.

(66m) Registered sanitarian.

(67) Respiratory care practitioner.

(68) Social worker.

(69) Social worker, advanced practice.

(70) Social worker, independent.

(71) Social worker, independent clinical.

(72) Speech-language pathologist.

(73) Time-share salesperson.

(74) Veterinarian.

(75) Veterinary technician.

History

  • CR 04-097: cr. Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; CR 06-125: cr. (66m) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 14-019: r. (30), (59) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.08 Photographs and fingerprints {#sec-sps-4.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.08}

The department may require an applicant for any of the credentials set forth in s. SPS 4.07 and not listed in sub. (2) to be photographed and fingerprinted as a part of the credentialing process, if there exits reason to believe that the applicant has failed to accurately describe his or her conviction record. The department may refer photographs and fingerprints so obtained to the department of justice for internal analysis or submission to the federal bureau of investigation for the purpose of verifying the identity of the applicant fingerprinted and obtaining records of his or her criminal arrests and convictions.

Note: Sub. (2) was repealed by CR14-019.

History

  • CR 04-097: cr. Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 11-027: renum 4.08 to be 4.08 (1) and am., cr. (2) Register January 2012 No. 673, eff. 2-1-12; CR 14-019: renum. (1) to SPS 4.08, r. (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in numbering made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.09 Credential holder charges or convictions {#sec-sps-4.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.09}

(1) Pursuant to the procedures set forth in ch. SPS 2 for the screening of informal complaints, the department may investigate whether a holder of any of the credentials set forth in s. SPS 4.07 has been arrested, charged with or convicted of a crime for the purposes of determining whether the circumstances of the arrest, charge or conviction substantially relate to the circumstances of the credentialed activity.

(2) A holder of any of the credentials set forth in s. SPS 4.07 who is convicted of a felony or misdemeanor in this state or elsewhere shall notify the department in writing of the date, place and nature of the conviction or finding within 48 hours after the entry of the judgment of conviction. Notice shall be made by mail and shall be proven by showing proof of the date of mailing the notice. Notice shall include a copy of the judgment of conviction and a copy of the complaint or other information which describes the nature of the crime and the judgment of conviction in order that the department may determine whether the circumstances of the crime of which the credential holder was convicted are substantially related to the practice of the credential holder.

(3) As a part of an investigation the department may require a holder of any of the credentials set forth in s. SPS 4.07 to be photographed and fingerprinted, if the credential holder’s arrest or conviction record is relevant to the investigation and a search based solely upon the credential holder’s name is unlikely to provide complete and accurate information. The department may refer photographs and fingerprints so obtained to the department of justice for internal analysis or submission of the fingerprint cards to the federal bureau of investigation for the purpose of verifying the identity of the persons fingerprinted and obtaining records of their criminal arrests and convictions.

History

  • CR 04-097: cr. Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; correction in (1), (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.10 Failure to renew within 5 years of the renewal date {#sec-sps-4.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.10}

A credential holder with an expired credential may not reapply for the credential using the initial application process. A credential holder who has not renewed their credential within 5 years of the renewal date shall renew an expired credential in accordance with the applicable requirements established in rule by the credentialing authority. This section does not apply to credential holders who have unmet disciplinary requirements or whose credentials have been surrendered or revoked.

History

  • CR 14-067: cr. Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 4.11 Credential Reinstatement {#sec-sps-4.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 4.11}

A credential may not be reinstated through the initial application process. A credential holder who has unmet disciplinary requirements and failed to renew the credential within 5 years after the renewal date or whose credential has been surrendered or revoked, shall apply to have the credential reinstated, with or without conditions, using the reinstatement process established in rule by the credentialing authority.

History

  • CR 14-067: cr. Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15.

Chapter SPS 6 SUMMARY SUSPENSIONS AND LIMITATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.01 Authority and intent {#sec-sps-6.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.01}

(1) This chapter is adopted pursuant to authority in ss. 227.11 (2) (a) and 440.03 (1), Stats., and interprets s. 227.51 (3), Stats.

(2) The intent of the department in creating this chapter is to specify uniform procedures for summary suspension or limitation of licenses, permits, certificates or registrations issued by the department or any board attached to the department in circumstances where the public health, safety or welfare imperatively requires emergency action.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 19-114: am. (2) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.02 Scope {#sec-sps-6.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.02}

This chapter governs procedures in all summary suspension or limitation proceedings against licensees before the department or any board attached to the department. To the extent that this chapter is not in conflict with s. 448.02 (4), Stats., the chapter shall also apply in proceedings brought under that section.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 19-114: am. Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-6.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Board” means the bingo control board, real estate board or any examining board attached to the department.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Disciplinary proceeding” means a proceeding against one or more licensees in which a licensing authority may determine to revoke or suspend a license, to reprimand a licensee, or to limit a license.

(4) “License” means any license, permit, certificate, or registration granted by a board or the department or a right to renew a license, permit, certificate or registration granted by a board or the department.

(5) “Licensee” means a person, partnership, corporation or association holding any license.

(6) “Licensing authority” means the bingo control board, real estate board or any examining board attached to the department, the department for licenses granted by the department, or one acting under a board’s or the department’s delegation under s. SPS 6.11.

(7) “Petitioner” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(8) “Respondent” means a licensee who is named as respondent in a petition for summary suspension or limitation.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (2), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (7) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-114: am. (8) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.04 Petition for summary suspension or limitation {#sec-sps-6.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.04}

(1) A petition for a summary suspension or limitation shall state the name and position of the person representing the petitioner, the address of the petitioner, the name and licensure status of the respondent, and an assertion of the facts establishing that the respondent has engaged in or is likely to engage in conduct such that the public health, safety or welfare imperatively requires emergency suspension or limitation of the respondent’s license.

(2) A petition for a summary suspension or limitation order shall be signed upon oath by the person representing the petitioner and may be made on information and belief.

(3) The petition shall be presented to the appropriate licensing authority.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 19-114: am. (title), (1), (2) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.05 Notice of petition to respondent {#sec-sps-6.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.05}

Prior to the presenting of the petition, the petitioner shall give notice to the respondent or respondent’s attorney of the time and place when the petition will be presented to the licensing authority. Notice may be given by mailing a copy of the petition and notice to the last-known address of the respondent as indicated in the records of the licensing authority as provided in s. 440.11 (2), Stats., as created by 1987 Wis. Act 27. Notice by mail is complete upon mailing. Notice may also be given by any procedure described in s. 801.11, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.06 Issuance of summary suspension or limitation order {#sec-sps-6.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.06}

(1) If the licensing authority finds that notice has been given under s. SPS 6.05 and finds probable cause to believe that the respondent has engaged in or is likely to engage in conduct such that the public health, safety or welfare imperatively requires emergency suspension or limitation of the respondent’s license, the licensing authority may issue an order for summary suspension or limitation. The order may be issued at any time prior to or subsequent to the commencement of a disciplinary proceeding under s. SPS 2.04.

(2) The petitioner may establish probable cause under sub. (1) by affidavit or other evidence.

(3) The summary suspension or limitation order shall be effective upon service under s. SPS 6.08, or upon actual notice of the summary suspension or limitation order to the respondent or respondent’s attorney, whichever is sooner, and continue through the effective date of the final decision and order made in the disciplinary proceeding against the respondent, unless the license is restored or the limitation is lifted under s. SPS 6.09 prior to a formal disciplinary hearing, or the disciplinary proceeding is otherwise terminated under s. SPS 6.10 (1) or (3) (a).

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (1), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 19-114: am. (title), (1), (3) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20; correction in (3) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register February 2020 No. 770.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.07 Contents of summary suspension or limitation order {#sec-sps-6.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.07}

The summary suspension or limitation order shall include all of the following:

(1) A statement that the suspension or limitation order is in effect and continues until the effective date of a final order and decision in the disciplinary proceeding against the respondent, unless otherwise ordered by the licensing authority.

(2) Notification of the respondent’s right to request a hearing to show cause why the summary suspension or limitation order should not be continued.

(3) The name and address of the licensing authority with whom a request for hearing should be filed.

(4) Notification that the hearing to show cause shall be scheduled for hearing on a date within 20 days of receipt by the licensing authority of respondent’s request for hearing, unless a later time is requested by or agreed to by the respondent.

(5) The identification of all witnesses providing evidence at the time the petition for summary suspension or limitation was presented and identification of the evidence used as a basis for the decision to issue the summary suspension or limitation order.

(6) The manner in which the respondent or the respondent’s attorney was notified of the petition for summary suspension or limitation.

(7) A finding that the public health, safety or welfare imperatively requires emergency suspension or limitation of the respondent’s license.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 19-114: am. (title), (intro.), (1), (2), (5), (6), (7) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20; correction in (intro.), (3), (4), (6) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register February 2020.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.08 Service of summary suspension or limitation order {#sec-sps-6.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.08}

An order of summary suspension or limitation shall be served upon the respondent by mail.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 14-019: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-114: am. Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.09 Hearing to show cause {#sec-sps-6.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.09}

(1) The respondent shall have the right to request a hearing to show cause why the summary suspension or limitation order should not be continued until the effective date of the final decision and order in the disciplinary action against the respondent.

(2) The request for hearing to show cause shall be filed with the licensing authority which issued the summary suspension or limitation order. The hearing shall be scheduled and heard promptly by the licensing authority or its delegate, but no later than 20 days after the filing of the request for hearing with the licensing authority, unless a later time is requested by or agreed to by the respondent.

(3) At the hearing to show cause the petitioner and the respondent may testify, call, examine and cross-examine witnesses, and offer other evidence. Unless the parties otherwise agree, no discovery is permitted, except for the taking and preservation of evidence as provided in ch. 804, Stats., with respect to witnesses described in s. 227.45 (7) (a) to (d), Stats. A respondent may inspect records under s. 19.35, Stats., the public records law.

(4) At the hearing to show cause the petitioner has the burden to show by a preponderance of the evidence why the summary suspension or limitation order should be continued.

(5) Immediately upon conclusion of the hearing to show cause the licensing authority or its delegate shall make findings and an order on the record. If it is determined that the summary suspension or limitation order should not be continued, the suspended license shall be immediately restored, and any limitation shall be lifted.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 14-019: am. (2), (3), (5) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-114: am. (1), (2), (4), (5) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.10 Commencement of disciplinary proceeding {#sec-sps-6.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.10}

(1) A notice of hearing commencing a disciplinary proceeding under s. SPS 2.06 against the respondent shall be issued no later than 10 days following the issuance of the summary suspension or limitation order or the suspension or limitation shall lapse on the tenth day following issuance of the summary suspension or limitation order. The formal disciplinary proceeding shall be determined promptly.

(2) If at any time the disciplinary proceeding is not advancing with reasonable promptness, the respondent may make a motion to the hearing officer or may directly petition the appropriate board, or the department, for an order granting relief.

(3) If it is found that the disciplinary proceeding is not advancing with reasonable promptness, and the delay is not as a result of the conduct of respondent or respondent’s counsel, a remedy, as would be just, shall be granted including:

(a) An order immediately terminating the summary suspension or limitation.

(b) An order compelling that the disciplinary proceeding be held and determined by a specific date.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 19-114: am. (1), (3) (a) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 6.11 Delegation {#sec-sps-6.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 6.11}

(1) A board may by two-thirds vote delegate authority to rule on a petition for summary suspension or limitation, to issue a summary suspension or limitation order, and to preside over and rule in a hearing provided for in s. SPS 6.09 through one of the following methods:

(a) Designate under s. 227.46 (1), Stats., a member of the board or an employee of the department.

(b) Appoint a panel of no less than two-thirds of the membership of the board.

(c) Designate under s. 227.46 (1), Stats., an administrative law judge employed by the department of administration.

(2) In matters in which the department is the licensing authority, an administrative law judge employed by the department of administration shall rule on a petition for summary suspension or limitation, issue a summary suspension or limitation order, and preside over and rule in a hearing provided for in s. SPS 6.09.

(3) Except as provided in s. 227.46 (3), Stats., a delegation of authority under subs. (1) and (2) may be continuing.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (1) (a), (b), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (1) (intro.), (a), (b), cr. (1) (c), am. (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-114: am. (1) (intro.), (2) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.

Chapter SPS 7 PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE PROCEDURE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.01 Authority and intent {#sec-sps-7.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.01}

(1) The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to authority in ss. 15.08 (5) (b), 51.30, 146.82, 227.11 and 440.03, Stats.

(2) The intent of the department in adopting rules in this chapter is to protect the public from credential holders who are impaired by reason of their abuse of alcohol or other drugs by promoting early identification of chemically dependent professionals and encouraging rehabilitation. This goal will be advanced by providing an option that may be used in conjunction with the formal disciplinary process for qualified credential holders committed to their own recovery. This procedure is intended to apply when allegations are made that a credential holder has practiced a profession while impaired by alcohol or other drugs or whose ability to practice is impaired by alcohol or other drugs or when a credential holder contacts the department and requests to participate in the procedure. It may be used in conjunction with the formal disciplinary process in situations where allegations exist that a credential holder has committed misconduct, negligence or violations of law, other than practice while impaired by alcohol or other drugs. The procedure may then be utilized to promote early identification of chemically dependent professionals and encourage their rehabilitation. Finally, the department’s procedure does not seek to diminish the prosecution of serious violations but rather it attempts to address the problem of alcohol and other drug abuse within the enforcement jurisdiction of the department.

(3) In administering this program, the department intends to encourage board members to share professional expertise so that all boards in the department have access to a range of professional expertise to handle problems involving impaired professionals.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (2), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 10-081: am. (2) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-7.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.02}

In this chapter:

(1) “Board” means any board, examining board or affiliated credentialing board attached to the department.

(2) “Board liaison” means the board member designated by the board or the secretary or the secretary’s designee as responsible for approving credential holders for the professional assistance procedure under s. SPS 7.03, for monitoring compliance with the requirements for participation under s. SPS 7.04, and for performing other responsibilities delegated to the board liaison under these rules.

(2a) “Coordinator” means a department employee who coordinates the professional assistance procedure.

(2b) “Credential holder” means a person holding any license, permit, certificate or registration granted by the department or any board. For purposes of this chapter, “credential holder” includes a person with a pending application for a credential for a period not to exceed one year from the date the application for the credential was submitted to the department.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(5) “Informal complaint” means any written information submitted by any person to the division, department or any board which requests that a disciplinary proceeding be commenced against a credential holder or which alleges facts, which if true, warrant discipline. “Informal complaint” includes requests for disciplinary proceedings under s. 440.20, Stats.

(6) “Medical review officer” means a medical doctor or doctor of osteopathy who is a licensed physician and who has knowledge of substance abuse disorders and has appropriate medical training to interpret and evaluate an individual’s confirmed positive test result together with an individual’s medical history and any other relevant biomedical information.

(7) “Procedure” means the professional assistance procedure.

(8) “Program” means any entity approved by the department to provide the full scope of drug testing services for the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (1), (2), (5), cr. (2a), (2b), r. (6), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; cr. (6) and (8), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 10-081: am. (1) to (2b), (7) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.03 Referral to and eligibility for the procedure {#sec-sps-7.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.03}

(1) A credential holder who contacts the department and requests to participate in the procedure shall be referred to the board liaison and the coordinator for determination of acceptance into the procedure.

(2) A credential holder who has been referred to the procedure and considered for eligibility shall be provided with an application for participation.

(3) All informal complaints involving allegations of impairment due to alcohol or chemical dependency shall be screened and investigated pursuant to s. SPS 2.035. After investigation, informal complaints involving impairment may be referred to the procedure along with a summary of the investigative results in the form of a draft statement of conduct to be used as a basis for the statement of conduct under s. SPS 7.05 (1) (a) and considered for eligibility for the procedure or for formal disciplinary proceedings under ch. SPS 2. The credential holder shall be provided with a written explanation of the credential holder’s options for resolution of the matter through participation in the procedure and of the formal disciplinary process pursuant to ch. SPS 2.

(4) Eligibility for the procedure shall be determined by the board liaison and coordinator who shall review all relevant materials including investigative results and the credential holder’s application for participation. Eligibility shall be determined upon criteria developed by the coordinator in consultation with the disciplinary authority. The decision on eligibility shall be consistent with the purposes of these procedures as described in s. SPS 7.01 (2). Credential holders who have committed violations of law may be eligible for the procedure. The board liaison shall have responsibility to make the determination of eligibility for the procedure.

(5) The credential holder shall obtain a comprehensive assessment for chemical dependency from a treatment facility or individual therapist approved under s. SPS 7.06. The credential holder shall arrange for the treatment facility or individual therapist to file a copy of its assessment with the board liaison or coordinator. The board liaison and the credential holder may agree to waive this requirement. The obtaining of the assessment shall not delay admission into the procedure.

(6) If a credential holder is determined to be ineligible for the procedure, the credential holder may be referred to the division for prosecution.

(7) A credential holder determined to be ineligible for the procedure by the board liaison or the department may, within 10 days of notice of the determination, request the credentialing authority to review the adverse determination.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (2) to (6), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 10-081: renum. (1) and (3) to (6) to be (3) to (7) and am. (3) to (6), cr. (1), am. (2) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (3), (4), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.04 Requirements for participation {#sec-sps-7.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.04}

(1) A credential holder who participates in the procedure shall:

(a) Sign an agreement for participation under s. SPS 7.05.

(b) Remain free of alcohol, controlled substances, and prescription drugs, unless prescribed for a valid medical purpose.

(c) Timely enroll and participate in a program for the treatment of chemical dependency conducted by a facility or individual therapist approved pursuant to s. SPS 7.06.

(d) Comply with any treatment recommendations and work restrictions or conditions deemed necessary by the board liaison or department.

(e) Submit random monitored physiological specimens for the purpose of screening for alcohol or controlled substances provided by a drug testing program approved by the department under s. SPS 7.11, as required.

(f) Execute releases valid under state and federal law to allow access to the credential holder’s counseling, treatment and monitoring records.

(g) Have the credential holder’s supervising therapist and work supervisors file quarterly reports with the coordinator.

(h) Notify the coordinator of any changes in the credential holder’s employer within 5 days.

(i) File quarterly reports documenting the credential holder’s attendance at meetings of self-help groups such as alcoholics anonymous or narcotics anonymous.

(2) If the board liaison or department determines, based on consultation with the person authorized to provide treatment to the credential holder or monitor the credential holder’s enrollment or participation in the procedure, or monitor any drug screening requirements or restrictions on employment under sub. (1), that a credential holder participating in the procedure has failed to meet any of the requirements set under sub. (1), the board liaison may refer the credential holder to the division. A failure to maintain abstinence is considered a relapse and shall be reviewed by the board liaison to determine whether the credential holder should be referred to the division. The board liaison may review the complete record in making this determination.

(3) If a credential holder violates the agreement and no referral to the division occurs, then a new admission under s. SPS 7.05 (1) (a) shall be obtained for relapses and for misconduct, negligence or violations of law which are substantial. If a new admission is not obtained, then a referral to the division by the coordinator shall occur.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; am. (1) (e), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 10-081: am. (1) (e), (f), (2), (3) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (c), (e), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.05 Agreement for participation {#sec-sps-7.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.05}

(1) The agreement for participation in the procedure shall at a minimum include:

(a) A statement describing conduct the credential holder agrees occurred relating to participation in the procedure and an agreement that the statement may be used as evidence in any disciplinary proceeding under ch. SPS 2.

(b) An acknowledgement by the credential holder of the need for treatment for chemical dependency;

(c) An agreement to participate at the credential holder’s expense in an approved treatment regimen.

(d) An agreement to submit to random monitored drug screens provided by a drug testing program approved by the department under s. SPS 7.11 at the credential holder’s expense, if deemed necessary by the board liaison.

(e) An agreement to submit to practice restrictions at any time during the treatment regimen as deemed necessary by the board liaison.

(f) An agreement to furnish the coordinator with signed consents for release of information from treatment providers and employers authorizing the release of information to the coordinator and board liaison for the purpose of monitoring the credential holder’s participation in the procedure.

(g) An agreement to authorize the board liaison or coordinator to release information described in pars. (a), (c) and (e), the fact that a credential holder has been dismissed under s. SPS 7.07 (3) (a) or violated terms of the agreement in s. SPS 7.04 (1) (b) to (e) and (h) concerning the credential holder’s participation in the procedure to the employer, therapist or treatment facility identified by the credential holder and an agreement to authorize the coordinator to release the results of random monitored drug screens under par. (d) to the therapist identified by the credential holder.

(h) An agreement to participate in the procedure for a period of time as established by the board.

(2) The board liaison may include additional requirements for an individual credential holder, if the circumstances of the informal complaint or the credential holder’s condition warrant additional safeguards.

(3) The board or board liaison may include a promise of confidentiality that all or certain records shall remain closed and not available for public inspection and copying. Any promise is subject to s. SPS 7.08 and ends upon a referral to the division. Information and records may be made available to staff within the department on an as-needed basis, to be determined by the coordinator.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (1) (a) to (g) and (2), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; am. (1) (d), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-011; CR 10-081: am. (3) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (d), (g), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.06 Standards for approval of treatment facilities or individual therapists {#sec-sps-7.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.06}

(1) The board or board liaison shall approve a treatment facility designated by a credential holder for the purpose of participation in the procedure if:

(a) The facility is certified by appropriate national or state certification agencies.

(b) The treatment program focus at the facility is on the individual with drug and alcohol abuse problems.

(c) Facility treatment plans and protocols are available to the board liaison and coordinator.

(d) The facility, through the credential holder’s supervising therapist, agrees to file reports as required, including quarterly progress reports and immediate reports if a credential holder withdraws from therapy, relapses, or is believed to be in an unsafe condition to practice.

(2) As an alternative to participation by means of a treatment facility, a credential holder may designate an individual therapist for the purpose of participation in the procedure. The board liaison shall approve an individual therapist who:

(a) Has credentials and experience determined by the board liaison to be in the credential holder’s area of need.

(b) Agrees to perform an appropriate assessment of the credential holder’s therapeutic needs and to establish and implement a comprehensive treatment regimen for the credential holder.

(c) Forwards copies of the therapist’s treatment regimen and office protocols to the coordinator.

(d) Agrees to file reports as required to the coordinator, including quarterly progress reports and immediate reports if a credential holder withdraws from therapy, relapses, or is believed to be in an unsafe condition to practice.

(3) If a board liaison does not approve a treatment facility or therapist as requested by the credential holder, the credential holder may, within 10 days of notice of the determination, request the board to review the board liaison’s adverse determination.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; r. (1) (d) and (2) (d), renum. (1) (e) and (2) (e) to be (1) (d) and (2) (d) and am., Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.07 Intradepartmental referral {#sec-sps-7.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.07}

(2) The division may refer individuals named in informal complaints to the board liaison for acceptance into the procedure.

(3) The board liaison may refer cases involving the following to the division for investigation or prosecution:

(a) Credential holders participating in the procedure who fail to meet the requirements of their rehabilitation program.

(b) Credential holders who apply and who are determined to be ineligible for the procedure where the board liaison is in possession of information indicating misconduct, negligence or a violation of law.

(c) Credential holders who do not complete an agreement for participation where the board liaison is in possession of information indicating misconduct, negligence or a violation of law.

(d) Credential holders initially referred by the division to the board liaison who fail to complete an agreement for participation.

(e) Credential holders who request early termination of an agreement for participation. In making the decision if a referral should occur, the board liaison shall consider whether the credential holder’s therapist approves the early termination and whether this opinion is supported by a second therapist selected by the department who shall always be consulted and shall concur.

(4) The board liaison shall refer credential holders who relapse in the context of the work setting to the division for investigation and prosecution. A credential holder referred under this subsection who has not been dismissed from the procedure may continue to participate in the procedure.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (1), (3) (a) to (d), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 10-081: r. (1), am. (3) (a), (b), (c), cr. (3) (e), (4) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.08 Records {#sec-sps-7.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.08}

(1) Custodian. All records relating to the procedure including applications for participation, agreements for participation and reports of participation shall be maintained in the custody of the department secretary or the secretary’s designee.

(2) Availability of procedure records for public inspection. Any requests to inspect procedure records shall be made to the custodian. The custodian shall evaluate each request on a case by case basis using the applicable law relating to open records and giving appropriate weight to relevant factors in order to determine whether public interest in nondisclosure outweighs the public interest in access to the records, including the reputational interests of the credential holder, the importance of confidentiality to the functional integrity of the procedure, the existence of any promise of confidentiality, statutory or common law rules which accord a status of confidentiality to the records and the likelihood that release of the records will impede an investigation. The fact of a credential holder’s participation in the procedure and the status of that participation may be disclosed to credentialing authorities of other jurisdictions.

(3) Treatment records. Treatment records concerning individuals who are receiving or who at any time have received services for mental illness, developmental disabilities, alcoholism, or drug dependence which are maintained by the department, by county departments under s. 51.42 or 51.437, Stats., and their staffs and by treatment facilities are confidential under s. 51.30, Stats., and shall not be made available for public inspection.

(4) Patient health care records. Patient health care records are confidential under s. 146.82, Stats., and shall not be made available to the public without the informed consent of the patient or of a person authorized by the patient or as provided under s. 146.82 (2), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. (2), Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96; CR 10-081: am. (2) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.09 Report {#sec-sps-7.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.09}

The board liaison or coordinator shall report on the procedure to the board at least twice a year and if requested to do so by a board.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.10 Applicability of procedures to direct licensing by the department {#sec-sps-7.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.10}

This procedure may be used by the department in resolving complaints against persons licensed directly by the department if the department has authority to discipline the credential holder. In such cases, the department secretary shall have the authority and responsibility of the “board” as the term is used in the procedure and shall designate an employee to perform the responsibilities of the “board liaison.”

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1991, No. 421, eff. 2-1-91; am. Register, July, 1996, No. 487, eff. 8-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 7.11 Approval of drug testing programs {#sec-sps-7.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 7.11}

The department shall approve drug testing programs for use by credential holders who participate in drug and alcohol monitoring programs pursuant to agreements between the department or boards and credential holders, or pursuant to disciplinary orders. To be approved as a drug testing program for the department, programs shall satisfactorily meet all of the following standards in the areas of program administration, collection site administration, laboratory requirements and reporting requirements:

(1) Program administration requirements are:

(a) The program shall enroll participants by setting up an account, establishing a method of payment and supplying preprinted chain-of-custody forms.

(b) The program shall provide the participant with the address and phone number of the nearest collection sites and shall assist in locating a qualified collection site when traveling outside the local area.

(c) Random selection of days when participants shall provide specimens shall begin upon enrollment and the program shall notify designated department staff that selection has begun.

(d) The program shall maintain a nationwide toll-free access or an internet website that is operational 24 hours per day, 7 days per week to inform participants of when to provide specimens and is able to document the date and time of contacts by credential holders.

(e) The program shall maintain and make available to the department and treatment providers through an internet website data that are updated on a daily basis verifying the date and time each participant was notified after random selection to provide a specimen, the date, time and location each specimen was collected, the results of drug screen and whether or not the participant complied as directed.

(f) The program shall maintain internal and external quality of test results and other services.

(g) The program shall maintain the confidentiality of participants in accordance with s. 146.82, Stats.

(h) The program shall inform participants of the total cost for each drug screen including the cost for program administration, collection, transportation, analysis, reporting and confirmation. Total cost shall not include the services of a medical review officer.

(i) The program shall immediately report to the department if the program, laboratory or any collection site fails to comply with this section. The department may remove a program from the approved list if the program fails to comply with this section.

(j) The program shall make available to the department experts to support a test result for 5 years after the test results are released to the department.

(k) The program shall not sell or otherwise transfer or transmit names and other personal identification information of the participants to other persons or entities without permission from the department. The program shall not solicit from participants presently or formerly in the monitoring program or otherwise contact participants except for purposes consistent with administering the program and only with permission from the department.

(L) The program and laboratory shall not disclose to the participant or the public the specific drugs tested.

(2) Collection site administration requirements are:

(a) The program shall locate, train and monitor collection sites for compliance with the U.S. department of transportation collection protocol under 49 CFR 40.

(b) The program shall require delivery of specimens to the laboratory within 24 hours of collection.

(3) Laboratory requirements are:

(a) The program shall utilize a laboratory that is certified by the U.S. department of health and human services, substance abuse and mental health services administration under 49 CFR 40. If the laboratory has had adverse or corrective action, the department shall evaluate the laboratory’s compliance on a case by case basis.

(b) The program shall utilize a laboratory capable of analyzing specimens for drugs specified by the department.

(c) Testing of specimens shall be initiated within 48 hours of pickup by courier.

(d) All positive drug screens shall be confirmed utilizing gas chromatography in combination with mass spectrometry, mass spectrometry, or another approved method.

(e) The laboratory shall allow department personnel to tour facilities where participant specimens are tested.

(4) The requirements for reporting of results are:

(a) The program shall provide results of each specimen to designated department personnel within 24 hours of processing.

(b) The program shall inform designated department personnel of confirmed positive test results on the same day the test results are confirmed or by the next business day if the results are confirmed after hours, on the weekend or on a state or federal holiday.

(c) The program shall fax, e-mail or electronically transmit laboratory copies of drug test results at the request of the department.

(d) The program shall provide a medical review officer upon request and at the expense of the participant, to review disputed positive test results.

(e) The program shall provide chain-of-custody transfer of disputed specimens to an approved independent laboratory for retesting at the request of the participant or the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 10-081: am. (1) (d), (e) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.

Chapter SPS 8 ADMINISTRATIVE WARNINGS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.01 Authority and scope {#sec-sps-8.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.01}

Rules in this chapter are adopted under the authority of s. 440.205, Stats., to establish uniform procedures for the issuance and use of administrative warnings.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-8.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.02}

As used in s. 440.205, Stats., and in this chapter:

(1) “Credential” means a license, permit, or certificate of certification or registration that is issued under chs. 440 to 480, Stats.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Disciplinary authority” means the department or an attached examining board, affiliated credentialing board or board having authority to reprimand a credential holder.

(4) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department.

(6) “Minor violation” means all of the following:

(a) No significant harm was caused by misconduct of the credential holder.

(b) Continued practice by the credential holder presents no immediate danger to the public.

(c) If prosecuted, the likely result of prosecution would be a reprimand or a limitation requiring the credential holder to obtain additional education.

(d) The complaint does not warrant use of prosecutorial resources.

(7) “Misconduct” means a violation of a statute or rule related to the profession or other conduct for which discipline may be imposed under chs. 440 to 480, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (2), (5) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-019: am. (4), renum. (5) (intro.) to (5) and am., r. (5) (a) to (c) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-114: r. (5), (6) (e) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.03 Findings before issuance of an administrative warning {#sec-sps-8.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.03}

Before issuance of an administrative warning, a disciplinary authority shall make all of the following findings:

(1) That there is specific evidence of misconduct by the credential holder.

(3) That the misconduct is a minor violation of a statute or rule related to the profession or other conduct for which discipline may be imposed.

(4) That issuance of an administrative warning will adequately protect the public.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 13-077: am. (3) Register April 2014 No. 700, eff. 5-1-14; CR 19-114: r. (2) Register February 2020 No. 770, eff. 3-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.04 Issuance of an administrative warning {#sec-sps-8.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.04}

(1) An administrative warning shall be substantially in the form shown in Appendix I.

(2) An administrative warning may be issued to a credential holder by mailing the administrative warning to the last address provided by the credential holder to the department. Service by mail is complete on the date of mailing.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.05 Request for a review of an administrative warning {#sec-sps-8.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.05}

A credential holder who has been issued an administrative warning may request the disciplinary authority to review the issuance of the administrative warning by filing a written request with the disciplinary authority within 20 days after the mailing of the administrative warning. The request shall be in writing and set forth:

(1) The credential holder’s name and address.

(2) The reason for requesting a review.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.06 Procedures {#sec-sps-8.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.06}

The procedures for an administrative warning review are:

(1) Within 45 calendar days of receipt of a request for review, the disciplinary authority shall notify the credential holder of the time and place of the review.

(2) No discovery is permitted. A credential holder may inspect records under s. 19.35, Stats., the public records law.

(3) The disciplinary authority or its designee shall preside over the review. The review shall be recorded by audio tape unless otherwise specified by the disciplinary authority.

(4) The disciplinary authority shall provide the credential holder with an opportunity to make a personal appearance before the disciplinary authority and present a statement. The disciplinary authority may request the division to appear and present a statement on issues raised by the credential holder. The disciplinary authority may establish a time limit for making a presentation. Unless otherwise determined by the disciplinary authority, the time for making a personal appearance shall be 20 minutes.

(5) If the credential holder fails to appear for a review, or withdraws the request for a review, the disciplinary authority may note the failure to appear in the minutes and leave the administrative warning in effect without further action.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 8.07 Transcription fees {#sec-sps-8.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 8.07}

(1) The fee charged for a transcript of a review under this chapter shall be computed by the person or reporting service preparing the transcript on the following basis:

(a) If the transcript is prepared by a reporting service, the fee charged for an original transcription and for copies shall be the amount identified in the state operational purchasing bulletin which identifies the reporting service and its fees.

(b) If a transcript is prepared by the department, the department shall charge a transcription fee of $1.75 per page and a copying charge of $.25 per page. If 2 or more persons request a transcript, the department shall charge each requester a copying fee of $.25 per page, but may divide the transcript fee equitably among the requesters. If the department has prepared a written transcript for its own use prior to the time a request is made, the department shall assume the transcription fee, but shall charge a copying fee of $.25 per page.

(2) A person who is without means and who requires a transcript for appeal or other reasonable purposes shall be furnished with a transcript without charge upon the filing of a petition of indigence signed under oath.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.

Chapter SPS 9 DENIAL OF RENEWAL APPLICATION BECAUSE APPLICANT IS LIABLE FOR DELINQUENT TAXES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 9.01 Authority {#sec-sps-9.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 9.01}

The rules in ch. SPS 9 are adopted under the authority in s. 440.03, Stats.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 11-14-96; cr. Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 9.02 Scope; nature of proceedings {#sec-sps-9.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 9.02}

The rules in this chapter govern the procedures for requesting the Wisconsin department of revenue to certify whether an applicant is liable for delinquent taxes owed to this state under s. 440.08 (4) (b), Stats., as created by 1995 Wis. Act 27 and amended by 1995 Wis. Act 233, to review denial of an application for renewal because the applicant is liable for delinquent taxes.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 11-14-96; cr. Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 9.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-9.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 9.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Applicant” means a person who applies for renewal of a credential. “Person” in this subsection includes a business entity.

(2) “Credential” has the meaning in s. 440.01 (2) (a), Stats.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Liable for any delinquent taxes owed to this state” has the meaning set forth in s. 73.0301 (1) (c), Stats.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 11-14-96; Cr. Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2007 No. 623; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 9.04 Procedures for requesting the department of revenue to certify whether an applicant for renewal is liable for delinquent taxes {#sec-sps-9.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 9.04}

(1) Renewal application form. If the department receives a renewal application that does not include the information required by s. 440.08 (2g) (b), Stats., the application shall be denied unless the applicant provides the missing information within 20 days after the department first received the application.

Note: 1997 Wis. Act 191 repealed s. 440.08 (2g) (b), Stats., and created s. 440.03 (11m), Stats. Section SPS 9.04 (1), Wis. Adm. Code, was affected by the statutory changes in 1997 Wis. Act 191, is no longer necessary, and will be removed in future rule-making by the department.

(2) Screening for liability for delinquent taxes. The name and social security number or federal employer identification number of an applicant shall be compared with information at the Wisconsin department of revenue that identifies individuals and organizations who are liable for delinquent taxes owed to this state.

(3) Notice of intent to deny because of tax delinquency. If an applicant is identified as being liable for any delinquent taxes owed to this state in the screening process under sub. (2), the Wisconsin department of revenue shall mail a notice to the applicant at the last known address of the applicant according to s. 440.11, Stats., or to the address identified in the applicant’s renewal application, if different from the address on file in the department. The notice shall state that the application for renewal submitted by the applicant shall be denied unless, within 10 days from the date of the mailing of the notice, the department of safety and professional services receives a copy of a certificate of tax clearance issued by the Wisconsin department of revenue which shows that the applicant is not liable for delinquent state taxes or unless the Wisconsin department of revenue provides documentation to the department showing that the applicant is not liable for delinquent state taxes.

(4) Other reasons for denial. If the department determines that grounds for denial of an application for renewal may exist other than the fact that the applicant is liable for any delinquent taxes owed to this state, the department shall make a determination on the issue of tax delinquency before investigating other issues of renewal eligibility.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 11-14-96; cr. Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 9.05 Denial of renewal {#sec-sps-9.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 9.05}

The department shall deny an application for credential renewal if the applicant fails to complete the information on the application form under s. SPS 9.04 or if the Wisconsin department of revenue certifies or affirms its certification under s. 440.08 (4) (b) 3., Stats., that the applicant is liable for delinquent taxes and the department does not receive a current certificate of tax clearance or the Wisconsin department of revenue does not provide documentation showing that the applicant is not liable for delinquent taxes within the time required under s. SPS 9.04 (2) and (3). The department shall mail a notice of denial to the applicant that includes a statement of the facts that warrant the denial under s. 440.08 (4) (b), Stats., and a notice that the applicant may file a written request with the department to have the denial reviewed at a hearing before the Wisconsin department of revenue.

Note: 1997 Wis. Act 237 repealed s. 440.08 (4) (b), Stats. 19997 Wis. Act 237 also created s. 440.12, Stats.; both statutory references in s. SPS 9.05, Wis. Admin. Code, should be to s. 440.12, Stats. Future rule-making by the department will correct these references.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 11-14-96; cr. Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 10 USE OF PHARMACEUTICAL AGENTS BY LICENSED OPTOMETRISTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 10.01 Authority {#sec-sps-10.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 10.01}

The rules in ch. SPS 10 are adopted under the authority in ss. 449.17 (1), 449.18 (6) (cm), and 961.39, Stats., to authorize the pharmaceutical agents for use by licensed optometrists in Wisconsin.

Note: To determine whether a licensed optometrist is eligible to use pharmaceutical agents under this chapter, refer to ch. Opt 6, relating to diagnostic and therapeutic pharmaceutical agents and removal of superficial foreign bodies from any eye or from an appendage to the eye.

History

  • CR 19-028: cr. Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 10.02 Diagnostic pharmaceutical agents {#sec-sps-10.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 10.02}

(1) A licensed optometrist, authorized in accordance with ch. Opt 6, may use topical ocular diagnostic pharmaceutical agents to determine the visual efficiency of the human visual system, including refractive and functional abilities, or to diagnose the presence of ocular disease or ocular manifestations of system disease and other departures from normal.

(2) Diagnostic pharmaceutical agents include:

(a) Mydriatics.

  1. Phenylephrine 2.5%.

  2. Hydroxyamphetamine 1%.

(b) Cycloplegics.

  1. Tropicamide 1%.

  2. Cyclopentolate 1%.

(c) Topical anesthetics.

  1. Benoxinate 0.4%.

  2. Proparacaine 0.5%.

  3. Tetracaine 0.5%.

  4. Benoxinate 0.4% - Fluorescein 0.25% Combination.

(d) Dyes.

  1. Fluorescein 0.25% - Benoxinate 0.4% Combination.

  2. Rose Bengal.

(e) Miotics.

  1. Dapiprazole HCl.

  2. Pilocarpine 0.125%.

(f) Any drug or device that is used for an ophthalmic diagnostic purpose and that is the subject of a new drug application approved by the food and drug administration under section 505 (c) (1) of the federal food, drug and cosmetic act, 21 USC 355, as amended.

(g) Any drug or device that is used for an ophthalmic diagnostic purpose and that is generally exempt from the new drug application approval requirement contained in section 505 of the federal food, drug and cosmetic act, 21 USC 355, as amended.

History

  • CR 19-028: cr. Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20; s. 35.17 correction in (2) (e) 2. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register January 2020 No. 769.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 10.03 Therapeutic pharmaceutical agents {#sec-sps-10.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 10.03}

(1) A licensed optometrist, authorized in accordance with ch. Opt 6, may prescribe or administer a drug, as specified in sub. (2), for ocular therapeutic purposes.

(2) For the purposes of this chapter, therapeutic pharmaceutical agents are limited to:

(a) Oral analgesics.

  1. Acetaminophen.

  2. Aspirin.

  3. Salicylates.

  4. Schedule III, IV and V narcotic analgesics.

(b) Controlled substances in schedule II with limitations, as specified in s. 961.39 (2m), Stats.

(c) Topical decongestant agents and decongestant combinations.

  1. Epinephrine HCl.

  2. Hydroxyamphetamine HBr.

  3. Naphazoline HCl.

  4. Oxymetazoline HCl.

  5. Phenylephrine HCl.

  6. Tetrahydrozoline HCl.

  7. Combinations of the agents identified in subds. 1. to 6. with antihistamines or zinc sulfate.

(d) Antiallergy agents.

  1. Topical and oral antihistamine agents in the following drug categories:

a. Alkyamines.

b. Ethanolamines.

c. Ethylenediamines.

d. Phenothiazines.

e. Piperazines.

f. Piperidines.

g. Terfenadines.

  1. Cromolyn sodium, a mast cell stabilizing agent.

(e) Artificial tear solutions, ophthalmic irrigants and ocular lubricants.

(f) Hypertonic sodium chloride, a topical hyperosmotic agent.

(g) Yellow mercuric oxide, a miscellaneous preparation and product.

(h) Topical anesthetics.

  1. Benoxinate HCl.

  2. Benoxinate HCl and sodium fluorescein.

  3. Proparacaine HCl.

  4. Tetracaine HCl.

(i) Antibiotics.

  1. Topical antibiotics.

a. Aminoglycosides.

b. Bacitracin.

c. Cephalosporins.

d. Ciprofloxacin HCl.

e. Erythromycin.

f. Gramicidin.

g. Norfloxacin.

h. Penicillins.

i. Polymyxin B.

j. Sulfonamides.

k. Tetracyclines.

L. Trimethoprim.

m. Zinc sulfate.

  1. Oral antibiotics.

a. Erythromycin.

b. Tetracycline.

  1. Topical antiviral agents.

a. Acyclovir.

b. Idoxuridine.

c. Trifluridine.

d. Vidarabine.

  1. Acyclovir, an oral antiviral agent.

(j) Anti-inflammatory agents.

  1. Oral non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents.

a. Fenoprofen.

b. Ibuprofen.

c. Ketoprofen.

d. Naproxen.

  1. Topical corticosteroid agents.

a. Dexamethasone.

b. Fluoromethalone.

c. Medrysone.

d. Prednisolone.

e. Prednisolone and atropine combinations.

f. Topical corticosteroid and antibiotic combinations.

g. Topical corticosteroid and mydriatic combinations.

  1. Topical non-steroidal agent, diclofenac sodium.

(k) Topical anticholinergic agents.

  1. Atropine.

  2. Atropine sulfate.

  3. Cyclopentolate.

  4. Homatropine.

  5. Homatropine hydrogen bromide.

  6. Scopolamine.

  7. Tropicamide.

(L) Antiglaucomatous agents.

  1. Sympathomimetics.

a. Dipivefrin.

b. Epinephrine.

  1. Miotics, direct acting.

a. Acetylcholine.

b. Carbachol.

c. Pilocarpine.

  1. Miotics, cholinesterase inhibitors.

a. Demecarium bromide.

b. Echothiophate.

c. Isoflurophate.

d. Physostigmine.

  1. Topical beta-adrenergic blocking agents.

a. Betaxolol.

b. Carteolol HCl.

c. Levobunolol.

d. Metipranolol HCl.

e. Timolol.

  1. Oral carbonic anhydrase inhibitors.

a. Acetazolamide.

b. Dichlorphenamide.

c. Methazolamide.

(m) Any drug or device that is used for an ophthalmic therapeutic purpose and that is the subject of a new drug application approved by the food and drug administration under section 505 (c) (1) of the federal food, drug and cosmetic act, 21 USC 355, as amended.

(n) Any drug or device that is used for an ophthalmic therapeutic purpose and that is generally exempt from the new drug application approval requirement contained in section 505 of the federal food, drug and cosmetic act, 21 USC 355, as amended.

(o) Any drug or device that is used for an ophthalmic therapeutic purpose and that is certified by the food and drug administration pursuant to section 507 (a) of the federal food, drug and cosmetic act, 21 USC 357, or is exempt from certification under section 507 (c) of the act, as amended.

(3) A licensed optometrist authorized to use therapeutic pharmaceutical agents may dispense a contact lens that delivers therapeutic pharmaceutical agents that are permitted under sub. (2).

History

  • CR 19-028: cr. Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20; corrections in (2) (c) 7. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 3., 4., Stats., Register January 2020 No. 769.

Chapter SPS 11 MILITARY MEDICAL PERSONNEL PROGRAM

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 11.01 Authorization {#sec-sps-11.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 11.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant s. 440.077 (5), Stats.

History

  • EmR2309: emerg. cr., eff. 6-1-23; CR 23-038: cr. Register March 2024 No. 819, eff. 4-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 11.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-11.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 11.02}

In this chapter:

(1) “Basic patient care” has the meaning given in s. Med 26.02 (4).

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Licensed supervising practitioner” has the meaning given in s. Med 26.02 (7).

(4) “Military medical personnel program participant” means a military medical personnel who qualifies in the program created under s. 440.077 (2) (a), Stats.

History

  • EmR2309: emerg. cr., eff. 6-1-23; CR 23-038: cr. Register March 2024 No. 819, eff. 4-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 11.03 Program {#sec-sps-11.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 11.03}

(1) Eligibility. A participant may temporarily perform certain basic patient care under the supervision of a licensed supervising practitioner and as stated under s. Med 26.04. In order to participate in the program, an applicant shall submit to the department all of the following:

(a) An estimated timeline to obtain licensure from the Medical Examining Board, the Podiatry Affiliated Credentialing Board, the Physician Assistant Affiliated Credentialing Board, or the Board of Nursing.

(b) An attestation that a signed Memorandum of Understanding as outlined in s. Med 26.04 has been filed with their employer. This document shall be made available to the department upon request and to any licensed supervising practitioner prior to the participant initiating basic patient care.

(c) Proof of military service and general or honorable discharge within the 12 months prior to the date the person signed the memorandum of understanding specified in s. Med 26.04 (1).

(2) Timeline to obtain licensure. A participant shall submit a signed reasonable timeline consistent with s. 440.077 (3) (c), Stats., that describes the actions the military medical personnel intend to take to obtain licensure in the state considering the requirements to obtain the license and any other relevant factors. A reasonable timeline is subject to approval by the Medical Examining Board under s. Med 26.05 (e).

History

  • EmR2309: emerg. cr., eff. 6-1-23; CR 23-038: cr. Register March 2024 No. 819, eff. 4-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 11.04 Expiration {#sec-sps-11.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 11.04}

A participant shall become ineligible for this program beginning on the day after the end of the estimated timeline to obtain licensure submitted under s. SPS 11.03 (1) (a). A participant may be granted a one-time extension upon request to the Medical Examining Board as stated in s. 440.077 (3) (d), Stats., and outlined in s. Med 26.06.

History

  • EmR2309: emerg. cr., eff. 6-1-23; CR 23-038: cr. Register March 2024 No. 819, eff. 4-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 11.05 Compliance, reporting, and complaints {#sec-sps-11.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 11.05}

(1) Pursuant to ch. Med 26, the medical examining board may receive and investigate complaints against participants, and may suspend or terminate a participant’s authority to perform delegated clinical acts.

(2) Failure to comply with the terms of this chapter and ch. Med 26, may result in disciplinary proceedings against the licensed supervising practitioner who delegated clinical acts to the participant. The board issuing the licensed supervising practitioner’s license shall apply the standards for licensed supervising practitioners who participate in the program outlined in s. Med 26.04 and determine if discipline is warranted under that board’s statutes and rules. Pursuant to ch. Med 26, the Medical Examining Board may also terminate or suspend a military medical personnel program participant’s ability to perform delegated clinical acts.

History

  • EmR2309: emerg. cr., eff. 6-1-23; CR 23-038: cr. Register March 2024 No. 819, eff. 4-1-24; correction in (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register March 2024 No. 819.

Chapter SPS 30 PRIVATE DETECTIVE AND AGENCY AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 30.01 Authority {#sec-sps-30.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 30.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.26, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 30.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-30.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 30.02}

In chs. SPS 30 to 35:

(1) “Agency” or “private detective agency” means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation holding a private detective agency license issued by the department or having a right to renew a license issued by the department to act as or employ private detectives or private security persons.

(1m) “Client” means a person for whom a private detective agency agrees to provide private detective services, as described in sub. (12) (a), or to supply private security personnel.

(1n) “Credential” has the meaning in s. 440.01 (2) (a), Stats.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

Note: The department is located at 1400 East Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53702, telephone (608) 266-1212.

(2m) “Electric weapon” has the meaning given in s. 941.295 (1c) (a), Stats.

(3) “Employee” means any person who receives earnings as payment for personal services rendered for the benefit of an employer. A person who is listed on an employer’s payroll records and for whom federal and state payroll deductions are taken and payroll taxes paid is presumed to be an employee. However, a person is not an employee unless the employer has a right to control and direct the employee who performs the services as to the result to be accomplished by the services and as to the details and means by which the result is to be accomplished.

(4) “Firearm” means a weapon from which a shot is discharged by gunpowder, including but not limited to handguns and shotguns.

(5) “License” means a license issued by the department to a private detective agency or to a private detective under s. 440.26, Stats.

(6) “Officer” means the president, vice-president, secretary or treasurer of a corporation.

(7) “On duty” means that time during which a private detective or private security person:

(a) Receives or is entitled to receive fees or other compensation for services as a private detective or a private security person; or

(b) Acts as a private detective or private security person.

(8) “Original agency license” means:

(a) A license issued to an agency which does not hold an agency license at the time it makes application and which is not eligible to renew a license; or

(b) A license issued to an agency which has applied for a license under s. SPS 32.07 after undergoing a change of controlling ownership.

(9) “Original private detective license” means a license issued to a person who does not hold a private detective license at the time the person makes application and who is not eligible to renew the license.

(10) “Owner” means the owner of an agency. For the purpose of chs. SPS 30 to 35:

(a) The owner of a sole proprietorship is the license holder.

(b) The owners of a corporation are the officers of the corporation.

(c) The owners of a partnership are the partners.

(d) The owners of a limited liability company are the members.

(10g) “Peace officer” has the meaning given in s. 939.22 (22), Stats.

(11) “Permit” means the private security permit described in s. 440.26 (5m), Stats., or a firearms permit described in s. SPS 34.015.

(12)

(a) “Private detective” means any of the following:

  1. A person who acts as, advertises or otherwise represents that the person is a private detective, private investigator or special investigator.

  2. A person engaged for compensation or other consideration on behalf of another, in investigating or otherwise obtaining or furnishing information relating to any of the following:

a. Crimes or wrongs done or threatened against the United States, any state or territory, or any political subdivision thereof.

b. The identity, conduct, business, honesty, activity, movement, whereabouts, affiliations, associations, transactions, acts, reputation or character of any person, if such information is obtained in secret, without the knowledge of the person being observed.

c. The location, disposition or recovery of lost or stolen property.

d. The cause or responsibility for fires, libels, losses, accidents, damage, injury or death.

e. Securing evidence to be used before any court, public board, officer, or investigating committee.

  1. A person who acts as a private security person and does not wear a uniform, including one who provides personal protection of individuals from bodily harm or death.

(b) “Private detective” does not include any of the following:

  1. A public officer or employee while performing an official duty.

  2. A person exempt from the licensing requirement under s. 440.26 (5), Stats.

  3. An individual, the members of a partnership and the officers of a corporation having a private detective agency license who are not engaged in the work of a private detective.

  4. Off-duty law enforcement officers when employed by a person or entity and when such employment has been officially authorized by the officer’s law enforcement employment department or agency as an appropriate extension of the officer’s function; provided that the law enforcement agency gives the hiring person or entity a written statement concerning who is responsible or liable for the actions of the off-duty law enforcement officer while that person is performing services for the hiring person or entity.

  5. Persons licensed by this state for activities other than those under s. 440.26, Stats., when performing acts within the scope of their license.

  6. Persons directly employed by an insurer and persons working as insurance adjusters under contract with an insurer.

  7. Persons employed to act as shoppers in business establishments and report on the efficiency of employees, the quality of services or the condition of the premises.

Note: Persons engaged in posing as patrons for the purpose of checking honesty of employees and then reporting to the employer are required to be licensed.

  1. Persons contracted as consultants to a private detective or private detective agency and who perform no investigatory work of any kind themselves.

  2. Scientific researchers, laboratory personnel and expert consultants who may provide testimony to any court, board, officer or investigating committee.

  3. A person who is not licensed as a private detective in Wisconsin, who commences an investigation in another jurisdiction and who physically enters into Wisconsin for the purpose of pursuing that investigation, provided that the person is accompanied by a licensed private detective while conducting the investigation and that the person is not armed with a firearm.

(13)

(a) “Private security person” means any private police, guard or any person who stands watch for security purposes. Except as provided in par. (b) 2., “private security person” includes a person employed by a private detective agency to act as an usher, a ticket-taker or an event attendant at events which include, but are not limited to, athletic events, concerts, fairs, festivals and trade shows.

(b) “Private security person” does not include any of the following:

  1. An off-duty law enforcement officer when employed by a person or entity and when such employment has been officially authorized by the officer’s law enforcement employment department or agency as an appropriate extension of the officer’s function; provided that the law enforcement agency gives the hiring person or entity a written statement concerning who is responsible or liable for the actions of the off-duty law enforcement officer while that person is performing services for the hiring person or entity.

  2. A person employed by a private detective agency who acts as an usher, ticket-taker or event attendant at events which include, but are not limited to, athletic events, concerts, fairs, festivals and trade shows, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

a. The person does not wear any clothing, badge, patch or lettering which identifies the person as one who provides a security function at the event or who refers to himself or herself by a title, such as a private security person, a private police officer or a private public safety person.

b. The person is not armed with a dangerous weapon.

(14) “Uniform” means any clothing, badge, patch or lettering which clearly identifies to the public a person being a security guard.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; cr. (12) (b) 11., Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. (1), (7) (b), (11), (12) (a) 1., 2. e., (b) 2. and 5., cr. (1m), (1n), (10) (d), r. (12) (b) 3. and r. and recr. (13), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; am. (9), cr. (10g), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (intro.), (2), (8) (b), (10) (intro.), (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 20-021: cr. (2m) Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.

Chapter SPS 31 CREDENTIALING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES FOR PRIVATE DETECTIVE AGENCY, PRIVATE DETECTIVE AND SECURITY PERSON

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.001 Authority {#sec-sps-31.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.001}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.26 (2), (3), (4), (5m) and (5r), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.01 Credential required {#sec-sps-31.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.01}

(1) Private detective agency.

(a) Except as provided in par. (c), a person shall obtain a private detective agency license before engaging in the following activities:

  1. Advertising, soliciting or engaging in the business of a private detective agency.

  2. Acting as a private detective, private investigator, investigator or private security person.

  3. Acting as a supplier of private security personnel.

  4. Soliciting business or performing any other type of service or investigation as a private detective or private security person.

  5. Receiving any fees or compensation for acting as any person, engaging in any business or performing any service specified in subds. 1. to 4.

(b) A private detective agency license may be issued to an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company or a corporation.

(c) An individual who holds a license as a private detective or a permit as a private security person and who is employed by a licensed private detective agency is not required to obtain a private detective agency license before acting as a private detective or a private security person.

(2) Private detective license.

(a) A private detective license is required to engage in the services of a private detective.

(b) A private detective may only provide private detective services on behalf of a private detective agency in the capacity of an employee and not as an independent contractor, unless the private detective has a private detective agency license.

(3) Private security permit.

(a) An employee of any licensed private detective agency doing business in this state as a supplier of uniformed private security persons to patrol exclusively on the private property of industrial plants, business establishments, schools, colleges, hospitals, sports stadiums, exhibits and similar activities is exempt from the license requirements under sub. (2), but shall obtain a private security permit as specified in s. 440.26 (5m) or (5r), Stats.

(b) A licensed private detective may be employed as a private security person without obtaining a private security permit.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr. (1), renum. and am. (3) to be (3) (a), cr. (3) (b), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.02 Qualifications {#sec-sps-31.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.02}

(1) Private detective agency license.

(a) To obtain a license as a private detective agency, an individual applicant, all members of a partnership or a limited liability company, or all corporate officers shall be listed on the application. The application of a partnership or a limited liability company shall be executed by all members of the partnership or limited liability company. An application of a corporation shall be executed by the secretary and the president or the vice president and, in addition, in the case of a foreign corporation, by the registered agent.

(b) A license may be granted under this section if the individual applicant or the members of a partnership or a limited liability company or all corporate officers who executed the application:

  1. Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., do not have an arrest or conviction record involving a misdemeanor or a violation, as defined in s. 440.26 (4m), Stats.

1m. Have not been convicted in this state or elsewhere of a felony, unless pardoned.

  1. Are not users of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to themselves or to other persons or to an extent which could impair a person’s ability to direct or perform private detective or private security activities responsibly.

  2. Does not have a physical, emotional or mental condition that might adversely affect the applicant’s ability to responsibly direct or perform private detective or private security activities.

(2) Private detective license. An applicant for licensure as a private detective may be granted a license under s. 440.26, Stats., if the applicant:

(a) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., does not have an arrest or conviction record involving a misdemeanor or a violation, as defined in s. 440.26 (4m), Stats.

(am) Has not been convicted in this state or elsewhere of a felony, unless pardoned.

(b) Is not a user of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to the applicant or others or to an extent which would impair the applicant’s ability to perform private detective or private security activities responsibly;

(c) Has passed the examination administered by the department as set forth in s. SPS 31.04.

(d) Does not have a physical, emotional or mental condition that might adversely affect the applicant’s ability to responsibly perform private detective or private security activities.

(3) Private security person permit. An applicant for a permit as a private security person may be granted a permit under s. 440.26, Stats., if the applicant:

(a) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., does not have an arrest or conviction record involving a misdemeanor or a violation, as defined in s. 440.26 (4m), Stats.

(b) Has not been convicted in this state or elsewhere of a felony, unless pardoned.

(c) Is not a user of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to the applicant or others or to an extent which would impair the applicant’s ability to responsibly perform private security activities.

(d) Does not have a physical, emotional or mental condition that might adversely affect the applicant’s ability to responsibly perform private security activities.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (1) (a), (b) (intro.), 1., and (2) (a), cr. (1) (b) 1m., (2) (am) and (3), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; cr. (1) (b) 3., (2) (d) and (3) (d), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (2) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.03 Application procedure for private detective agency licenses {#sec-sps-31.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.03}

(1) An applicant for a private detective agency license shall file with the department all of the following:

(a) A completed application on forms provided by the department.

Note: Information about application deadlines is available from the division of professional credential processing in the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53702, telephone (608)266-0829.

(b) Except as provided in sub. (1m), for each person who, pursuant to s. 440.26 (2) (b), Stats., executes the application, 2 complete and satisfactory sets of fingerprints on forms supplied by the department.

Note: Forms are available on request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P. O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(c) One recent photograph of the applicant’s head and shoulders only.

(d) A bond or liability policy, as required in s. 440.26 (4), Stats.

(e) The complete business location address of the applicant including the office or room number and street address. A post office box without a complete location address is inadequate.

(f) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(g) The costs incurred by the department in obtaining information related to the eligibility and qualifications of the applicant.

(1m) A peace officer is not required to file with the department fingerprints under sub. (1) (b), if the peace officer submits with the application for a license a letter from his or her employing law enforcement agency, written not more than one month before the date of the application and stating that the person is currently employed as a peace officer by the law enforcement agency.

(2) For each person who, pursuant to s. 440.26 (2) (b), Stats., executes the application, information about whether the person is or has, within the 5 years preceding the date of application, been a user of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to the person or other persons or to an extent which could impair the person’s ability to perform private detective or private security activities responsibly.

(3) The department shall provide reasonable accommodations to applicants with disabilities who are otherwise qualified.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; am. (1) (b), cr. (1m), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2005 No. 593.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.034 Private detective agency’s responsibility to obtain and maintain a bond or liability policy {#sec-sps-31.034 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.034}

(1) A private detective agency shall obtain and maintain a surety bond or liability policy as required under s. 440.26 (4), Stats. If an agency obtains a comprehensive general liability policy, the policy shall include coverage for bodily injury liability, property damage and personal injury. In any case, if an agency permits an officer or employee to carry a firearm in the course of duty, the agency shall obtain a liability policy which shall include coverage for injury or damage resulting from the use of firearms. Evidence of a comprehensive general liability policy shall consist of a certificate of insurance stating the licensee as insured and the department as certificate holder.

(2) Each licensee shall maintain without lapse in coverage the bond or comprehensive general liability policy submitted to the department before the issuance of an original or renewal license.

(3) If a private detective agency obtains a comprehensive general liability policy, the policy shall cover all licensed private detectives and private security personnel employed by the agency.

(4) An individual licensed employee is not required to obtain a bond or liability policy if the employee is covered by the employing agency’s liability policy.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.035 Application procedure for private detective licenses {#sec-sps-31.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.035}

(1) An applicant for a private detective license shall file with the department all of the following:

(a) A completed application on forms provided by the department.

(b) Two complete and satisfactory sets of fingerprints on forms supplied by the department.

Note: Forms are available on request to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(c) One recent photograph of the applicant’s head and shoulders only.

(d) A $2,000 surety bond, if the applicant’s private detective agency employer has obtained a bond pursuant to s. 440.26 (4), Stats.

(e) A complete address of the applicant. A post office box without a complete location address is inadequate.

(f) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(g) The costs incurred by the department in obtaining information related to the eligibility and qualifications of the applicant.

(h) A statement signed by an authorized representative of a licensed private detective agency, showing that the applicant will be employed by the agency when acting as a private detective.

(2) An applicant who is or who has, within the 5 years preceding the date of application, been a user of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to the person or other persons or to an extent which could impair the person’s liability to perform private detective or private security activities responsibly shall provide the department all information necessary for the department to determine the applicant’s fitness to practice.

(3) The department shall provide reasonable accommodations to applicants with disabilities who are otherwise qualified.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; am. (1) (b), cr. (1m), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 04-097: r. (1m) Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2005 No. 593.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.036 Application procedure for private security permits {#sec-sps-31.036 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.036}

(1) An applicant for a private security permit shall file with the department all of the following:

(a) A completed application on forms provided by the department.

(b) Two complete and satisfactory sets of fingerprints on forms supplied by the department.

Note: Forms are available on request to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(c) One recent photograph of the applicant’s head and shoulders only.

(d) A complete address of the applicant. A post office box without a complete location address is inadequate.

(e) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(f) The costs incurred by the department in obtaining information related to the eligibility and qualifications of the applicant.

(g) A statement signed by an authorized representative of a licensed private detective agency, showing that the applicant will be employed by the agency when acting as a private security person.

(2) An applicant who is or who has, within the 5 years preceding the date of application, been a user of drugs or alcohol to an extent dangerous to the person or other persons or to an extent which could impair the person’s ability to perform private detective or private security activities responsibly shall provide the department all information necessary for the department to determine the applicant’s fitness to practice.

(3) The department shall provide reasonable accommodations to applicants with disabilities who are otherwise qualified.

(4) The department shall issue a temporary private security permit pursuant to s. 440.26 (5r), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; am. (1) (b); cr. (1m), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 04-097: r. (1m) Register May 2005 No. 593, eff. 6-1-05; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2005 No. 593.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.037 Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-31.037 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.037}

A reciprocal private detective or private security person license shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 21-056: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.04 Examination for private detective licensure {#sec-sps-31.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.04}

(1) Administration. At least once every month the department shall administer or cause to be administered an examination for the licensure of private detectives.

(3) Subjects tested. The examination shall test the applicant’s knowledge or competence in those areas which the department, after consultation with subject matter experts, determines are appropriate for testing the applicant’s knowledge for protection of public health and safety.

(4) Dishonest act. An applicant may not engage in dishonest acts relating to the examination. The actions taken by the department when dishonest acts occur shall be related to the seriousness of the offense. These actions may include withholding the applicant’s score, entering a failing grade for the applicant, and suspending the ability of the applicant to sit for an examination for a specific period of time after the examination in which the dishonest acts occurred.

(5) Passing score. The score required to pass the examination shall be based on the department’s determination of the level of examination performance required for minimum acceptable competence in the profession. The department shall make the determination after consultation with subject matter experts who have reviewed a representative sample of the examination questions and available candidate performance statistics, and shall set the passing score for the examination at that point which represents minimum acceptable competence in the profession.

(6) Examination review.

(a) An applicant who fails the examination may request a review of that examination by filing a written request with the department within 30 days after the date on which examination results were mailed to the applicant.

(b) An examination review shall be conducted under the following conditions:

  1. The time for review shall be limited to one hour.

  2. The examination shall be reviewed only by the applicant and in the presence of a proctor.

  3. The proctor may not respond to inquiries by the applicant regarding allegations of examination error.

  4. Any comments or claims of error regarding specific questions or procedures in the examination may be placed in writing on the form provided for this purpose. The department shall review the comments or claims in consultation with a subject matter expert. The department shall notify the applicant in writing of the department’s decision. If the decision does not result in a passing grade, the applicant may retake the examination or file a claim of examination error pursuant to sub. (7).

  5. An applicant shall be permitted only one review of the failed examination each time it is taken and failed.

(7) Claim of examination error.

(a) An applicant wishing to claim examination error must file a written request for department review in the department office within 30 days of the date the examination was reviewed. The request shall include:

  1. The applicant’s name and address;

  2. The type of license applied for;

  3. A description of the perceived error; including specific questions or procedures claimed to be in error; and

  4. The facts which the applicant intends to prove, including reference text citations or other supporting evidence for the applicant’s claim.

(b) The department shall review the request in consultation with a subject matter expert. The applicant shall be notified in writing of the department’s decision.

(c) If the decision does not result in a passing grade, the applicant may retake the examination or request a hearing under s. SPS 1.05.

(8) Examination retakes.

(a) There is no limit to the number of times an applicant may take the examination.

(b) An applicant who reviews the examination pursuant to sub. (6) may not retake the examination within 30 days after the date on which the examination was reviewed.

(c) An applicant who passes the examination and remains unlicensed for one year or more after the date of the examination shall again take and pass the examination before being licensed.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr. (3) (a) to (b), am. (5), Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; r. (2), r. and recr. (3), (4), (6), (7) (b) and (c) and am. (8), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (7) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.05 Denial of credential {#sec-sps-31.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.05}

(1) An application for a credential under this chapter may be denied for any of the following reasons:

(a) The applicant commits fraud or misrepresentation in the application for a credential.

(b) The applicant has a physical, emotional or mental condition which might adversely affect performance of duties relating to the credential for which he or she has applied.

(c) The applicant is dependent on alcohol to such a degree that it interferes with his or her physical or mental health or social or economic functioning, except that the department in the exercise of its discretion may issue a credential if the person submits to examination, evaluation, treatment, and monitoring as directed by the department.

(d) The applicant is addicted to the use of controlled substances or controlled substance analogs, except that the department in the exercise of its discretion may issue a credential if the person submits to examination, evaluation, treatment, and monitoring as directed by the department.

(e) The applicant’s conduct is a ground for discipline of a credential holder under s. SPS 35.01.

(2) The department may require an applicant to undergo one or more physical, mental, alcohol or drug abuse evaluations and the department may consider the results of such evaluations if it believes that the results may be useful to the department in evaluating an applicant for a credential. The costs of evaluation shall be the responsibility of the applicant.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (1) (e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 31.06 Additional licensing requirements {#sec-sps-31.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 31.06}

(1) In this section ‘‘trade name” means a name that is in addition to the name under which a person obtained a private detective agency license.

(2) A person who is licensed as a private detective agency shall, before doing business under any trade name, notify the department in writing of the trade name.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.

Chapter SPS 32 PRIVATE DETECTIVE AND AGENCY LICENSE RENEWAL AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.01 Authority {#sec-sps-32.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 440.05 (7), 440.11 and 440.26 (3), (4), (5), (5m) and (5r), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2) (b) 7., Stats., Register, December, 1994, No. 468; r. and recr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.03 Renewal of license more than 5 years after renewal date {#sec-sps-32.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.03}

A private detective who applies for renewal of a license more than 5 years after the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., shall successfully pass the licensing examination pursuant to s. SPS 31.04 and pay the fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 61., Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.04 Change of name {#sec-sps-32.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.04}

A credential holder shall notify the department in writing within 30 days after a change of name or address.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (1) and r. (2), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.05 Transfer of employment {#sec-sps-32.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.05}

(1) Private detectives. A licensed private detective who wishes to transfer employment from one private detective agency to another shall submit to the department a transfer application accompanied by the fee specified in s. 440.05 (7), Stats. The licensed private detective may not conduct licensed activity for the new employer until that person has mailed or delivered the transfer application and required fee to the department. Every licensed private detective shall notify the department of the name of the private detective’s current employer or employers.

Note: Forms are available on request to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935 or accessible for download at the department webpage: http://dsps.wi.gov/Licenses-Permits/Credentialing.

(2) Private security persons. A licensed private detective agency shall notify in writing within 5 days of any change in the information which the agency has provided the department pursuant to s. 440.26 (5), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.06 Termination of employment {#sec-sps-32.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.06}

(1) Private detectives. A licensed private detective who terminates employment with an employing private detective agency shall send written notice to the department within 10 days after the termination.

(2) Private security persons. A private detective agency shall notify the department in writing within 5 days after the termination of employment of a private security person.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.07 Change of owners or officers {#sec-sps-32.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.07}

(1) Change of owners.

(a) If an agency undergoes a change of owner, the former owner shall surrender the agency license to the department within 30 days after receiving written notice from the department of the issuance of a license to the new owner.

(b) The prospective new owner of a licensed agency shall apply for and receive an original agency license before engaging in business.

(2) If there is a change in any of the officers of a corporation or members of a partnership or a limited liability company, the agency shall notify the department of the change before new officers or partners take office. Officers or members of an agency shall comply with s. SPS 31.02 (1) (b). This subsection does not apply to a change of registered agent by a foreign corporation holding an agency license, but a copy of any statement required under s. 180.1508, Stats., to be filed with the department of financial institutions shall be filed with the department within 30 days after a change of registered agent.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (1) (b) and (2), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 32.08 Termination of private detective agency business {#sec-sps-32.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 32.08}

An agency which terminates its business shall notify and surrender the agency license to the department within 30 days after termination.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88.

Chapter SPS 33 PRACTICE REQUIREMENTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.01 Authority {#sec-sps-33.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.26, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.02 Private security persons to wear uniforms {#sec-sps-33.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.02}

A private security person holding a permit shall wear a uniform while on duty. A person may perform security guard services as a private security person without wearing a uniform only if the person is licensed as a private detective or is exempt by law from the requirement for a license or permit.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.025 Private security persons to carry permits {#sec-sps-33.025 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.025}

A private security person shall possess while on duty as a private security person the private security permit issued by the department and, if carrying a firearm or electric weapon, the firearms permit issued by the department if a permit is required.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 20-021: am. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.03 Identification tags {#sec-sps-33.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.03}

A private detective agency shall furnish all employees acting as private security personnel with an identification or name tag which shall at a minimum contain the person’s name, number or other information which clearly identifies the person and the agency, or the person and the entity contracting with the agency. A private detective agency shall ensure that all employees who act as private security personnel wear identification or name tags which are visible to the public at all times and comply with this rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.04 Agency photo identification {#sec-sps-33.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.04}

A licensed private detective agency shall furnish all employees acting as private detectives with an identification which shall contain at a minimum a current full face, head and shoulders color photograph of the person, the person’s name and the name and address of the agency.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.05 Badges, shields and stars prohibited {#sec-sps-33.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.05}

Licensed private detectives may not wear, use or display any badge, shield or star in the course of acting as a private detective.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 33.06 Contracts required {#sec-sps-33.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 33.06}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), a private detective agency shall enter into a written agreement with a client before providing services to the client. The agreement shall contain at least the following provisions:

(a) The date of the agreement.

(b) The parties to the agreement.

(c) A description of the services to be provided by the agency.

(d) A description of the fees required by the agency for the services to be provided.

(e) A description of how or when the agreement will terminate or may be terminated by one or both parties.

(2) A private detective agency is not required to enter into a written agreement in any of the following circumstances:

(a) In an emergency situation when the services of the private detective agency are required and there is no time to enter into a written contract before conducting the services.

(b) When providing services to an attorney.

(c) When providing services to another licensed private detective agency.

(d) When providing services to an insurance company.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; cr. (2) (d), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01.

Chapter SPS 34 FIREARMS AND OTHER DANGEROUS WEAPONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.001 Authority {#sec-sps-34.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.001}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.26 (3m) and (5r), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.002 Definitions {#sec-sps-34.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.002}

In addition to definitions under s. SPS 30.02, in this chapter:

(1) “Carry” has the meaning given in s. 175.60 (1) (ag), Stats.

(2) “Dangerous weapon” has the meaning given in s. 939.22 (10), Stats.

(3) “Weapon” has the meaning given in s. 175.60 (1) (j), Stats.

History

  • CR 14-014: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.01 General conditions relating to carrying a firearm {#sec-sps-34.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.01}

(1) No owner or employee of an agency may carry any firearm unless all of the following conditions are met:

(a) The circumstances or conditions of the owner’s or employee’s assignment as a private security person give rise to a substantial need for being armed.

(am) The agency requires the owner or employee to carry a firearm when acting as a private security person.

(b) The client and the agency agree in writing that the agency will assign armed security personnel to the client.

(c) The agency has received a permit from the department pursuant to s. SPS 34.015.

(d) The owner or employee is not prohibited from possessing a firearm under s. 941.29, Stats., or any federal law.

(e) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., the owner or employee has not been convicted of a misdemeanor.

(g) The owner or employee complies with all federal or state laws or local ordinances when carrying a firearm.

(h) The owner or employee does not hold a temporary private security permit issued under s. 440.26 (5r), Stats.

(i) The agency has obtained a comprehensive general liability policy pursuant to s. SPS 31.034.

(2) Except as provided in subs. (5) to (8), an owner or employee of any agency may not carry any concealed firearm at a time when he or she is on duty.

(3) Except as provided in subs. (5) to (8), a private detective may only carry a firearm when all the conditions in sub. (1) are satisfied. This subsection does not prohibit a private detective from having on, about or near his or her person a firearm that the private detective obtained and is holding as evidence in an investigation.

(5) A person who is employed in this state by a public agency as a law enforcement officer to carry a concealed firearm and if s. 941.23 (1) (g) 2. to 5. and (2) (b) 1. to 3., Stats., applies, may carry on, about, or near his or her person a firearm, concealed or otherwise, when acting as a private detective or private security person, without first obtaining a firearms permit granted by the department.

(6) A person who is a qualified out-of-state law enforcement officer, as defined in s. 941.23 (1) (g), Stats., to carry a concealed firearm and if s. 941.23 (2) (b) 1. to 3., Stats., applies, may carry on, about, or near his or her person a firearm, concealed or otherwise, when acting as a private detective or private security person, without first obtaining a firearms permit granted by the department.

(7) A person who is a former officer, as defined in s. 941.23 (1) (c), Stats., to carry a concealed firearm and if s. 941.23 (2) (c), Stats., applies, may carry on, about, or near his or her person a firearm, concealed or otherwise, when acting as a private detective or private security person, without first obtaining a firearms permit granted by the department.

(8) A person who is a licensee, as defined in s. 175.60 (1) (d), Stats., or an out-of-state licensee, as defined in s. 175.60 (1) (g), Stats., to carry a concealed weapon as permitted under s. 175.60, Stats., may carry on, about or near his or her person a firearm, concealed or otherwise, when acting as a private detective or private security person, without first obtaining a firearms permit granted by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (1) (intro.), (a) to (c), cr. (1) (am), (d) to (g), (3) and (4), r. and recr. (2), Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. (1) (intro.), cr. (1) (fm), Register, January, 1997, No. 493, eff. 2-1-97; am. (1) (b) and (d) and cr. (1) (h) and (i), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; am. (4), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (1) (c), (i) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: am. (1) (intro.), r. (1) (f), (fm), am. (1) (h), (2), (3), r. (4), cr. (5) to (8) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.011 Conditions relating to transporting a loaded firearm in a vehicle {#sec-sps-34.011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.011}

Except as provided in s. SPS 34.01 (5) to (8), no owner or employee of an agency may transport a loaded firearm in a vehicle; unless all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The firearm is in plain view. In this section “in plain view” means it is visible from ordinary observation to a person outside the vehicle.

Note: A firearm located in a glove compartment, in a briefcase, under a seat of a vehicle, or covered by the clothing of an occupant, is not “in plain view.”

(2) If the firearm is a handgun, the owner or employee transports the firearm in a holster which is in plain view.

(3) If the firearm is other than a handgun, the owner or employee transports the firearm in a device inside the vehicle which locks the firearm in position and prevents an unauthorized person from removing the firearm from the locking device and which is in plain view.

(4) The owner or employee complies with the requirements in s. SPS 34.01.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1977, No. 493, eff. 2-1-97; am. (intro.), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: am. (intro.) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.015 Application for a permit to carry a firearm {#sec-sps-34.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.015}

(1) An agency who applies for a license or permit under ch. SPS 31 shall apply to the department for a permit to authorize any of its owners or employees to carry a firearm when assigned to do so by the agency.

Note: For a copy of Form #2156, Procedures for Certification of Proficiency to Carry a Firearm, contact the department at phone: (608) 266-1212 or download the form from the department’s webpage at http://dsps.wi.gov/Licenses-Permits/FirearmsPermit/FIREPforms.

(2) The department may grant a permit to an agency pursuant to sub. (1) if the department has determined that all of the conditions and requirements in ss. SPS 34.01, 34.02, 34.03, and 34.05 have been satisfied by the agency and the owner or employee who will be assigned by the agency to carry a firearm while on duty.

(3) A permit shall only be valid while the owner or employee performs private security services for the agency to which the permit was granted. When an owner or employee transfers employment to another agency, the other agency shall obtain a new permit before requiring or permitting the owner or employee to carry a firearm.

(4) The department may deny an application submitted to it pursuant to sub. (1) or may suspend, limit or revoke a permit which it has granted, if the department determines that the conditions and requirements described in sub. (2) have not been satisfied or do not continue to be satisfied. The department shall grant a hearing pursuant to ch. SPS 1 or 2.

(6) The agency shall pay the reasonable costs incurred by the department in obtaining information relating to the eligibility and qualifications of each owner or employee to whom the permit applies, including the reasonable costs of criminal history record searches and if submitted with a license or permit application under ch. SPS 31, shall include costs of finger printing and a U.S. FBI-national instant criminal background check system (NICS) search.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; r. (5), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (2), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: am. (title), (1), (2), (6) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2017 No. 737.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.02 Certificates of proficiency to carry a firearm {#sec-sps-34.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.02}

(1) Before an agency may receive a permit from the department pursuant to s. SPS 34.015, the owner or employee who will be assigned to carry a firearm while on duty shall obtain a certificate of proficiency in the care, handling and use of a firearm.

Note: For a copy of Form #467, Firearms Certification of Proficiency-Initial Certification, contact the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935 or download the form from the department’s webpage: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2)

(a) Certification shall be received from a person who is approved as a firearms proficiency certifier by the department under s. SPS 34.04.

(b) The certificate shall be notarized and shall include at least:

  1. A full and complete description of each type of firearm, the care, handling and use of which the owner or employee is proficient.

  2. Statements to the effect that the owner or employee has successfully completed the training required in s. SPS 34.03. These statements shall include the date, time of day, the number of hours and the location where the owner or employee completed the training.

(3) A certificate of proficiency shall be valid for one year. An owner or employee shall renew a certificate of proficiency by satisfying the requirements in subs. (1) and (2), except that the training course shall consist of a 6-hour refresher course which more briefly covers the required course contents described in s. SPS 34.03 (1). A person approved as a firearms proficiency certifier under s. SPS 34.04 may satisfy the 6-hour training requirement by conducting the 6-hour refresher course or the 36-hour course under s. SPS 34.03 (1).

(4) An owner or employee who has not obtained a certificate of proficiency under this section at any time during the 5 years preceding the issuance of a permit by the department pursuant to s. SPS 34.015 shall obtain a new certificate by successfully completing the full 36-hour course, as required in s. SPS 34.03.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. (3), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1), (2) (intro.), (b), (3), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: (2) (a), (b) renum. from (2) (intro.), am. (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.03 Initial training requirements for carrying a firearm {#sec-sps-34.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.03}

(1) General requirement. Except as provided in sub. (2), completion of a training program of not less than 36 hours consisting of the following is required as a prerequisite for obtaining an initial certificate of proficiency to carry a firearm under s. SPS 34.02. The training program shall include all of the following:

(a) Instruction in the dangers relating to the use of the firearm, safety rules, care and cleaning of the firearm.

(b) Training in the care, handling and use of the firearm, provided in accordance with the current firearms training guide which the Wisconsin law enforcement standards board has approved for training Wisconsin law enforcement officers. When the Wisconsin law enforcement standards board has approved a new edition of the training guide to replace an older edition, training which is received after the date of which a new edition is approved may be based on the older edition for a period not to exceed 12 months after approval of the new edition by the board.

Note: The firearms training guide approved by the Wisconsin Law Enforcement Standards Board is available for inspection at the Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, Madison, WI or download the guide from the department of justice webpage: http://doj.wi.gov/.

(c) Instruction in the legal use of firearms under the provisions of the Wisconsin criminal code and relevant court decisions.

(d) A presentation stressing the ethical and moral considerations which should be taken into account by any person who uses a firearm.

(e) A review of the law regarding lawful detentions.

(f) A review of the law on criminal and civil liability for intentional and negligent acts.

(2) Equivalent training. A person who had received at least 30 hours of training, as described in sub. (1), except that the training did not include the provisions of Wisconsin law, as in sub. (1) (b) and (c), shall complete the 6-hour refresher course under s. SPS 34.02 (3) to satisfy sub. (1), provided the person was authorized by another licensing jurisdiction or governmental agency to carry a firearm while on duty as a peace officer, a person who stands watch for security purposes or as a private detective at any time during the 5 years preceding application for a permit under s. SPS 34.015.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r and recr. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: am. (title), (1) (intro.) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.04 Approval as a firearms proficiency certifier {#sec-sps-34.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.04}

(1) Before certifying the proficiency of an owner or employee to carry a firearm pursuant to s. SPS 34.02, an individual shall obtain the approval of the department by submitting an application to the department on a form prepared by the department.

Note: Form #1912, Application For Approval of Firearms Proficiency Certifier, may be obtained from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935 or download from the department’s webpage: http://dsps.wi.gov/Licenses-Permits/FirearmsCertifier/FIRECforms.

(1m) A peace officer is not required to file with the department fingerprints under sub. (5), provided that the peace officer submits with the application for approval a letter from his or her employing law enforcement agency, written not more than one month before the date of the application and stating that the person is currently employed as a peace officer by the law enforcement agency.

(2) An applicant for approval as a firearms proficiency certifier shall at the time of application meet all of the following qualifications:

(a) The individual shall have received training as a police or security firearms instructor and shall provide evidence of one of the following:

  1. Current approval as a firearms instructor by the Wisconsin law enforcement standards board.

  2. Current certification as a law enforcement firearms instructor by the national rifle association of America, inc.

  3. At any time on or after January 1, 1995, was approved as a firearms instructor by the Wisconsin law enforcement standards board, or certified as a law enforcement firearms instructor, or a substantially equivalent designation, by the national rifle association of America, inc. and has completed a 6-hour firearms instructor refresher course within 12 months before application for approval by the department. The refresher course shall be presented by a regional training school approved by the Wisconsin law enforcement standards board or by a staff instructor in the law enforcement activities division of the national rifle association.

  4. Current certification or approval as a firearms instructor from a school in the Wisconsin technical college system, that certifies or approves firearms instructors in a manner which the department determines achieves equivalency to one of the outcomes prescribed in subds. 1. to 3.

  5. Current certification or approval as a firearms instructor from an institution approved by the U.S. department of education, that certifies or approves firearms instructors in a manner which the department determines achieves equivalency to one of the outcomes prescribed in subds. 1. to 3.

(b) Notwithstanding ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., the individual shall not have been convicted of a felony and is not prohibited from possessing a firearm under any state or federal law.

(c) The individual has, subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., not been charged with a crime or convicted of a misdemeanor.

(4) The department may deny an application submitted to it pursuant to sub. (1) or may suspend, limit or revoke an approval granted under this section, if the department determines that the conditions and requirements described in sub. (2) have not been satisfied or do not continue to be satisfied. The department shall grant a hearing pursuant to ch. SPS 1 or 2.

(5) Except as provided in sub. (1m), an applicant shall submit to the department two complete and satisfactory sets of fingerprints as specified under s. SPS 31.03 (1) (b), in order to carry a firearm and the department may obtain a criminal history record search from the Wisconsin department of justice and the federal bureau of investigation relating to the applicant before initially granting a permit for that individual.

(6) The applicant shall pay the reasonable costs incurred by the department in obtaining information relating to the eligibility and qualifications of the applicant, including the reasonable costs of criminal history record searches.

Note: Form #1912, Application For Approval of Firearms Proficiency Certifier, may be obtained from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935 or download from the department’s webpage: http://dsps.wi.gov/Licenses-Permits/FirearmsCertifier/FIRECforms.

(7) The approval of a firearms proficiency certifier shall expire on December 31 of each even-numbered year, unless the firearms proficiency certifier submits to the department an application for renewal on a form prescribed by the department and is reapproved by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; r. and recr. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; r. (3) and cr. (4), (5) and (6), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; cr. (1m), (2) (a) 1., 2., 3., (7), am. (2) (intro.), (b), (5) and (6), renum. (2) (a) to be (2) (a) (intro.), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (1), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; EmR1308: emerg. cr. (2) (a) 4., 5., eff. 6-13-13; CR 13-047: cr. (2) (a) 4., 5. Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; CR 14-014: am. (2) (a) 2., 3., (4) to (7) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.05 Agency firearms policy and laws {#sec-sps-34.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.05}

(1) Each agency shall file with the department a copy of its firearms policy before any of its owners or employees may receive a permit granted by the department pursuant to s. SPS 34.015 and thereafter within 30 days after any substantial changes to its firearms policy.

Note: For filing of an agency’s firearms policy, mail the policy to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935.

(2) Each agency shall maintain a current copy of ss. 939.48 and 939.49, Stats., relating to the use of force, and shall make these documents accessible to its owners and employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-014: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.06 Reporting the discharge of a firearm {#sec-sps-34.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.06}

If any owner or employee of an agency is responsible for the accidental or intentional discharge of any firearm other than in target practice, competition, or licensed hunting, or is responsible for the accidental or intentional use of deadly force by any means, the owner or employee shall immediately after the incident notify the local law enforcement agency where the incident took place and inform his or her supervisor of the incident. The supervisor or another person assigned by the agency shall investigate the incident as soon as possible, and shall make a signed, written report of the incident, identifying all persons involved in the incident, the investigator, and the agency, and fully describing the circumstances of the incident. As soon as possible after the investigation is completed, a copy of the report shall be filed with the department and with the local law enforcement agency.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.065 Electric weapons {#sec-sps-34.065 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.065}

An owner or employee of an agency may only be armed with an electric weapon while on duty if the owner or employee of the agency has been issued a permit under s. SPS 34.015 (2) to carry a firearm, or is exempt from the permit requirement under s. SPS 34.01 (5) to (8).

History

  • CR 20-021: cr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.07 Other dangerous weapons {#sec-sps-34.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.07}

An owner or employee of an agency may only be armed with a dangerous weapon other than a firearm or electric weapon, which based on their training, they are proficient in handling. The person shall understand the legal limits of force with the weapon, the dangers of misuse of the weapon and the safety rules relating to the weapon. The agency shall, upon request of the department, provide documentation of the training or experience which prepared the person to be proficient in the use of the weapon.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; CR 20-021: am. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 34.08 Replica or facsimile of a firearm {#sec-sps-34.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 34.08}

No owner or employee of an agency may, at any time while he or she is on duty, carry on, about, or near the person, concealed or otherwise, an object that looks like a firearm, but is not.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am., Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97; CR 14-014: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Chapter SPS 35 GROUNDS FOR DISCIPLINE AGAINST A PRIVATE DETECTIVE, A PRIVATE SECURITY PERSON OR A PRIVATE DETECTIVE AGENCY

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 35.001 Authority {#sec-sps-35.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 35.001}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.26 (2), (4m), (5m), (6) and (8), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 35.01 Unprofessional conduct {#sec-sps-35.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 35.01}

The department may deny an application for renewal, limit, suspend or revoke a credential, or reprimand a credential holder upon proof that the credential holder or any owner of an agency has engaged in conduct reflecting adversely on professional qualification. Conduct reflecting adversely on professional qualification includes, but is not limited to, any of the following:

(1) Performing private detective or private security related services while the ability of the credential holder to competently perform duties is impaired by mental or emotional disorder or alcohol or other drug abuse. A certified copy of an adjudication of mental incompetency shall constitute prima facie evidence of impairment by mental or emotional disorder under this subsection.

(2) Violating, or aiding or abetting the violation of, any law the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of a private detective or private security person. A credential holder who has been convicted of a felony, misdemeanor or ordinance violation, as defined in s. 440.26 (4m), Stats., shall send to the department within 48 hours after the judgment of conviction or the judgment finding that the person committed the violation, a copy of the complaint or other information which describes the nature of the crime or conviction and the judgment of conviction in order that the department may determine whether disciplinary action must or should be taken against credential holder.

(3) Operating under a name that is different than a name that the credential holder has provided to the department on an application for a credential or in other written form pursuant to s. SPS 31.06.

(4) Wearing, using or displaying a badge, shield or star in the course of acting as a private detective.

(4m) Failing to possess a private security permit while on duty as a private security person and, if carrying a firearm or electric weapon while on duty, failing to possess the firearms permit issued by the department if a permit is required.

(5) Pretending to be a law enforcement agency or peace officer including but not limited to:

(a) Operating a motor vehicle with flashing red or blue lights contrary to s. 347.25, Stats.

(b) Using the term “police department” in connection with advertising, badge, emblem, stationery, or vehicle.

(c) Intentionally wearing uniforms to closely resemble in style, color, accessories or insignia the uniforms of a police agency in whose jurisdiction the licensee conducts business.

(6) Using false, misleading or deceptive advertising.

(7) Advising any person to engage in an illegal act or course of conduct.

(8) Violating state or federal law rules or regulations related to the care, handling or use of firearms or other dangerous weapons.

(9) Violating any rule in chs. SPS 30 to 35.

(10) Employing any person who engages in any act or course of conduct for which the department may discipline a credential holder, if the employer knows or should know that the person is engaging or has engaged in the act or course of conduct.

(11) Failing to maintain a bond or liability policy for the period of licensure as required by s. 440.26, Stats.

(12) Neglecting, failing or refusing to render professional services to any person solely because of that person’s age, race, color, disability, sex, sexual orientation, religion, creed, national origin, marital status, lawful source of income, or ancestry.

(12m) Violating the requirements for written contracts in s. SPS 33.06.

(13) Assigning any person to perform private detective or security personnel duties who has not been issued a license or permit prior to performing the services or who has not properly notified the department of an employment transfer pursuant to s. SPS 32.05.

(14) Failing to provide clients with an accurate written account of services within a reasonable period of time after having been requested to do so by the client.

(15) Issuing checks on business or trust accounts which contain insufficient funds.

(16) Employing a person under the age of 18 years to act as a private detective or private security person.

(17) Providing false information in the application for a credential.

(18) Providing false information to the department or its agent.

(19) Practicing without a current credential.

(20) Obtaining or attempting to obtain anything of value from a client without the client’s consent.

(21) Obtaining or attempting to obtain any compensation from a client by fraud, misrepresentation, deceit or duress.

(22) Having disciplinary action through final board or agency action taken against one’s credential in another jurisdiction.

(23) After a request by the department, failing to cooperate in a timely manner with the department’s investigation of a complaint filed against the credential holder. There is a rebuttable presumption that a credential holder who takes longer than 30 days to respond to a request of the department has not acted in a timely manner.

(24) Providing private detective services to a client in any situation where the exercise of the private detective’s independent professional judgment on behalf of a client will be or is likely to be adversely affected.

(25) Providing services to 2 clients when the provision of services to one client directly and adversely affects the interests of the other client without the knowledge and written consent of the clients.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (2) and (12), cr. (12m), Register, December, 1994, No. 468, eff. 1-1-95; am. (intro.), (1), (2), (3). (10), (13), (17), (19), (22) and (23), r. and recr. (12m) and cr. (24) and (25), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff, 12-1-97; am. (1), cr. (4m), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (12m) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2007 No. 623; correction in (3), (9), (12m), (13) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 20-021: am. (4m) Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 35.02 Discipline against agency for private detective violations {#sec-sps-35.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 35.02}

The department may take disciplinary action against a licensed private detective agency for violations of chs. SPS 30 to 35 committed by licensed private detectives or security persons employed by the agency.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 35.03 Effect of suspensions, revocation or nonrenewal of agency license on agency employees {#sec-sps-35.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 35.03}

(1) Suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of an agency license shall terminate private detective or private security personnel activity by all employees of the agency.

(2) A credential holder employed by an agency whose agency license is suspended, revoked or not renewed by the department may transfer employment to another agency, provided that the private detective or private security person was not a party to the act or course of conduct which caused the suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of the agency license of the former employer.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1988, No. 394, eff. 11-1-88; am. (2), Register, November, 1997, No. 503, eff. 12-1-97.

Chapter SPS 50 BARBERS

Subchapter I General

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.100 Authority and scope {#sec-sps-50.100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.100}

Pursuant to subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., this chapter applies to licensing of barbers and barbering establishments.

Note: Under s. 454.22 (1), Stats., “No person may engage in barbering unless the person is one of the following:

(a) A licensed barber.

(c) An apprentice in barbering under s. 454.26.

(d) A student in a barbering course of instruction.

(e) A person who holds a temporary permit to practice barbering granted by the department under s. 454.23 (7).

(f) A licensed cosmetologist.

(h) An apprentice in cosmetology under s. 454.10.

(i) A student in a cosmetology course of instruction.

(j) A person who holds a temporary permit to practice cosmetology granted by the cosmetology examining board under s. 454.06 (10).

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: am. Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.110 Definitions {#sec-sps-50.110 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.110}

In this chapter:

(1) “Antiseptic” means a chemical that kills or inhibits the growth of organisms on skin or living tissue.

(1m) “Apprentice” means a person who is learning the practice of barbering under s. 454.26, Stats.

(2) “Barber” has the meaning given in s. 454.20 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 454.20 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “ ‘Barber’ means a person who practices barbering.”

(3) “Barbering” has the meaning given in s. 454.20 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 454.20 (2) of the Statutes reads as follows: “‘Barbering’ means, for compensation, arranging, styling, dressing, shampooing, cleansing, curling, dyeing, tinting, coloring, bleaching, waxing, waving, straightening, cutting, shaving, trimming, relaxing, singeing, or performing similar work upon the hair of the head, neck, or face of any person by any means. ‘Barbering’ does not include the removal of a person’s hair at the root or the application of temporary or permanent eyelash extensions to the eyelashes of a person.” The definition of barbering specifically allows barbers to perform waxing but prohibits barbers from performing all other forms of hair removal at the root.

(5) “Business day” means any day Monday to Friday, excluding Wisconsin legal holidays.

(6) “Contact equipment” includes combs, lifts, brushes, and rollers.

(7) “Contagious” means capable of being transmitted by direct or indirect contact.

(8) “Continuing education” means the planned, professional development activities designed to contribute to the advancement, extension, and enhancement of the professional skills or knowledge of the licensees in the practice of barbering.

(11) “Credential” means a license, permit, or certificate or certification of registration that is issued under ch. 454, Stats.

(12) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(13) “Disinfectant” means a chemical or product that destroys disease-causing bacteria, including any of the following:

(a) A solution of household bleach, which is 5¼% sodium hypochlorite, and water—if the solution is made fresh each day prior to use and contains at least 500 parts per million available chlorine.

Note: This concentration typically can be obtained with a dilution ratio of 1:100, which is two teaspoons of household bleach per quart of water.

(b) A solution of at least 70 percent isopropyl alcohol.

(c) A solution using a phenolic germicidal.

(d) A solution using an iodophor germicidal agent such as iodine or Betadine®.

(e) A solution using a quaternary-ammonium germicidal agent.

(14) “Disinfection” means application of a disinfectant following thorough cleaning of the utensil.

(15) “Division” means the division of legal services and compliance in the department of safety and professional services.

(16) “Establishment” has the meaning given in s. 454.01 (10), Stats.

Note: Section 454.01 (10) of the Statutes reads as follows: “ ‘Establishment’ means any place in which barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, electrology, or manicuring is performed.”

(17) “Full time” means work that is performed for 30 hours per week or the maximum number of hours an establishment is open if the establishment is open less than 30 hours per week.

(18) “Infectious” means capable of being transmitted, with or without contact.

(19) “Licensee” means a person who holds a license, permit, certificate, or registration issued by the department or who has the right to renew a license, permit, certificate, or registration issued by the department.

(20) “Manager” means a person who meets the criteria established in s. 454.25 (5), Stats.

(21) “Owner” means a person who holds an establishment license or right to renew an establishment license.

(22) “Patron” means a person to whom services from a barber are provided for compensation.

(23) “Personal care instruments” include scissors, razors, and clipper blades.

(24) “Physician” means a person licensed in Wisconsin to practice medicine and surgery.

(25) “Sterilization” means a process that destroys all forms of microbial life, including spores.

(26) “Supervision” means regular, on-premise coordination, direction, and inspection of the practice of another.

(27) “Temporary permit” means a permit issued by the department under s. 454.23 (7), Stats.

Note: Under section 454.23 (7) of the Statutes, temporary permits allow applicants to perform barbering for up to 6 months while they are scheduled to take the licensure examination.

(28) “Wound” means an injury to the body in which the skin or other tissue is broken, cut, pierced, or torn, such as through a scissors cut, razor cut, or other laceration.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 15-028: cr. (1m) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15; CR 23-055: r. (4), (9), (10), r. and recr. (20) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.

Subchapter II Practice of Barbering

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.200 Treatments prohibited, infectious and contagious diseases {#sec-sps-50.200 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.200}

(1) No licensee may treat any disease of the skin unless under the direction of a physician.

(2) No licensee may provide services to a patron suffering from an infectious or contagious scalp or skin disease unless the licensee takes appropriate precautions and uses safeguards to prevent the spread of the disease to other patrons and to the licensee.

(3) No licensee, having a known infectious or contagious disease, may provide a service to a patron if the licensee is, by reason of the disease, unable to safely and competently perform the service.

(4) No licensee may provide services to a patron if the licensee has a known infectious or contagious disease unless the licensee takes appropriate precautions and uses safeguards that prevent the spread of the disease to patrons.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.210 Practice standards {#sec-sps-50.210 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.210}

(1) Services provided by any licensee shall be performed in a manner that is consistent with basic and accepted practice standards and in accordance with all state statutes and department rules applicable to barbering.

(2) Licensees may provide only those services that they are competent to perform by training or experience and are licensed to provide.

(3) Licensees shall provide services to the best of their ability and make reasonable efforts to comply with requests in a manner that is satisfactory to a patron. Licensees may not provide services to a patron without first obtaining the consent of the patron or legal guardian of the patron.

(4) Licensees may neither consume alcohol nor take controlled substances during practice, unless prescribed by a physician.

(5) Licensees shall take adequate and necessary precautions to protect the patron from health and safety hazards when performing services. Licensees may not smoke while performing personal services on a patron.

(6) Licensees may not engage in sexual harassment or sexual assault of a patron, former patron, employee, employer, or co-worker. In this section, “sexual harassment” and “sexual assault” have the meanings defined in ss. 111.32 (13), 940.225 (1), (2), (3), and (3m) and 948.02 (1) and (2), Stats.

Note: Section 111.32 (13) of the Statutes defines sexual harassment as “ ...unwelcome sexual advances, unwelcome requests for sexual favors, unwelcome physical contact of a sexual nature or unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature. ‘Sexual harassment’ includes conduct directed by a person at another person of the same or opposite gender. ‘Unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature’ includes but is not limited to the deliberate, repeated making of unsolicited gestures or comments of a sexual nature; the deliberate, repeated display of offensive sexually graphic materials which is not necessary for business purposes; or deliberate verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature, whether or not repeated, that is sufficiently severe to interfere substantially with an employee’s work performance or to create an intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment.”

Note: Body piercers, body piercing establishments, tattooists, and tattoo establishments are regulated by the Department of Health Services under chapter DHS 173. Tanning facilities and tanning facility operators are regulated by the Department of Health Services under chapter DHS 161.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.211 Unauthorized practice {#sec-sps-50.211 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.211}

(1) Licensees may not assist or participate in the unauthorized or unlicensed practice of barbering.

(2) Licensees shall report to the department unauthorized or unlicensed practice or other violations of subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and this chapter.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.212 Practice outside of a licensed establishment {#sec-sps-50.212 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.212}

A person authorized to practice barbering under s. 454.22 (1), Stats. may provide barbering services outside of a licensed establishment if all the following are true:

(1) The person owns, manages, is employed by, or is affiliated with an establishment that is licensed to provide services under s. 454.08 (2) (a) or 454.25 (2), Stats.

(2) The person brings to the outside service location their active credential certificate, or a copy, provided to them under s. 454.23 (4), Stats.

(3) The person complies with all practice standards, equipment, and sanitation requirements provided in this chapter when providing barbering services outside of a licensed establishment.

(4) The services provided do not involve the use of a chemical process, with the exception of a chemical process in cleansing, cutting or styling hair.

Note: Section 454.21, Stats., states: 454.21 Limitations and Exceptions. Barbering does not include any of the following:

(1) A service performed by a person licensed, certified, or registered under the laws of this state as a physician, physician assistant, nurse, or funeral director if the service is within the scope of the license, certificate, or registration.

(2) A service performed in a correctional institution, hospital, or licensed nursing home under the supervision of a person responsible for inmate or patient care.

(3) (a) A service performed preparatory to a live public performance or appearance, whether in-person or through broadcast media, including the Internet.

(b) A service performed in the course of the production of any digital or analog recording of a moving or still image intended for public release or broadcast, including through the Internet.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: r. and recr. Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.220 Advertising {#sec-sps-50.220 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.220}

(1) Advertising by licensees shall be truthful and accurate and may not mislead the public.

(2) An establishment shall either post a list of cost of services in a conspicuous place or display a sign that states, “All establishment patrons have the right to be informed of the cost of services before the services are provided.”

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.230 Responsibilities of owners {#sec-sps-50.230 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.230}

The owner of any licensed establishment shall be responsible for compliance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and this chapter. The owner shall do all of the following:

(1) Provide supplies and equipment necessary to maintain safe and sanitary establishment conditions.

(2) Ensure the provision of supervision and training of apprentices and temporary permit holders.

Note: See section SPS 50.310 for additional requirements for owners who have apprentices.

(3) Owners shall maintain and provide appropriate records for apprentices, temporary permit holders, and barbers, including employment records, to enable apprentices or barbers to meet the requirements of s. 440.63 (3) (a) 2. or 454.23 (2), Stats., for credentialing as an instructor, or barber, respectively. Owners shall maintain these records for a minimum of 5 years.

(4) Employ at least one licensed barber or cosmetologist as a full-time manager who shall have direct authority over the operations of the establishment.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2018 No. 756; CR 23-055: am. (3), (4) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.231 Responsibilities of the manager {#sec-sps-50.231 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.231}

(1) The manager of a barbering establishment shall be responsible for the daily operations of the establishment and ensure that the establishment is in compliance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and this chapter. The manager shall maintain supplies and equipment necessary to ensure safe and sanitary establishment conditions.

(3) The manager shall, for a minimum of 5 years, maintain and provide appropriate records for apprentices, temporary permit holders, and barbers, including employment records, to enable apprentices or barbers to meet the requirements of ss. 440.63 (3) (a) 2. and 454.23 (2), Stats., for credentialing as an instructor or barber, respectively.

(4) The manager shall post all required licenses, permits, and notices within the establishment in a conspicuous location where they are readily visible to the public.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2018 No. 756; CR 23-055: r. (2), am. (3) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.232 Responsibilities of licensees {#sec-sps-50.232 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.232}

Licensees holding current licenses or permits granted under subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., shall be responsible for all of the following:

(1) Compliance with the sanitation and safety precautions contained in ss. SPS 50.270 to 50.290.

(2) Their own professional practice, conduct, and compliance with ss. SPS 50.200 to 50.220.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.240 Establishment requirements {#sec-sps-50.240 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.240}

(1) Barbering may not be practiced outside the confines of a licensed establishment except as provided in s. SPS 50.212.

(2) Establishments where apprentices are trained shall provide equipment, supplies, and products for all barbering services.

(3) Where an establishment is located in the same building as a residence, the business and living quarters shall be separate.

(4) Establishments shall provide a basin that has hot and cold running water, and a chair that is designed for the service to be provided. At least one basin shall be constructed and available to permit licensees to wash their hands prior to serving each patron and following removal of gloves. Establishments shall provide the equipment and supplies necessary to perform services offered. Basins may be shared with other establishments located on the same premises.

Note: See chapters SPS 361 to 366 or 320 to 325 for ventilation requirements in commercial buildings or one- and two-family dwellings, respectively.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.241 Establishment management and leasing requirements {#sec-sps-50.241 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.241}

(1) Manager required. The owner of a barbering establishment may not operate the establishment unless a manager is employed for the establishment, subject to the exception for temporary unavailability of a manager in s. SPS 50.230 (4). The manager shall be responsible for supervising and managing the operation of the establishment. The owner and the manager shall ensure that the establishment operates in compliance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and rules of the department including all of the following:

(a) The owner of more than one establishment shall employ a sufficient number of managers to satisfy the requirement that a manager be present full time in each establishment.

(b) The owner of a barbering establishment may satisfy the requirement in this section by employing a manager who also works at an establishment owned by a different person, provided the manager works full time at each establishment where he or she is employed as manager.

(c) A manager is required to be present in an establishment full time except if an establishment is open for more than 30 hours per week, the manager is not required to be present in the establishment at all times when the establishment is open for business, and the manager may be absent for reasonable brief periods during a day.

(2) Chair or booth leasing. An individual who is neither employed by nor otherwise hired by an owner may perform barbering or cosmetology with a chair or booth in the owner’s establishment only if all of the following are complied with:

(a) A lease agreement between the owner and individual, for the chair or booth, shall be executed in writing.

(b) The lessee shall be responsible for ensuring that the leased chair or booth operates in accordance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and the rules of the department.

(c) The lessee shall be a manager and shall hold an establishment license.

(d) The lessee may not supervise an apprentice who has an apprenticeship contract with another establishment.

Note: “Lease agreement” in this section includes chair and booth “rental” agreements. To avoid unintended insurance and tax consequences, all parties to a lease or rental agreement are advised to consult with appropriate business advisors and government agencies.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.242 Establishment licensure {#sec-sps-50.242 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.242}

(1) Before a person may open a new establishment, or change the ownership of an existing establishment, or relocate and create a new establishment as specified in s. SPS 50.260 (2), the person shall submit an application to the department on a form specified by the department.

Note: The application form is available on the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov/Home.

(2) The department shall require identification of the owner, business address, manager, and type of business, in addition to other information that may be needed to approve the issuance of a license.

(3) Upon approval of the application and issuance of the license, the establishment may open for business.

(4) Falsification of any information on the application may be grounds for denial, suspension, or revocation of the establishment license, as provided in s. 454.29, Stats., and subject the applicant to penalties as indicated in s. 454.295, Stats.

Note: Section 454.295 of the Statutes reads as follows: “Any person who violates this subchapter [II] or any rule promulgated under this subchapter shall be fined not less than $100 nor more than $5,000 or imprisoned for not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days or both.”

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.250 Inspections {#sec-sps-50.250 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.250}

(1) Inspections by field representatives or agents of the department may be conducted to assure compliance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and ss. SPS 50.100 to 50.310.

(2) Upon notification of violation, licensees shall respond within 10 business days either by notifying the department of correction of the violation or presenting a proposed plan of correction for department approval.

(3) Failure to respond to a notice of violation or to comply with a plan of correction approved by the department is subject to the provisions for misconduct under s. 440.205, Stats., and to the disciplinary proceedings and actions under s. 454.29, Stats.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.260 Change of ownership or location {#sec-sps-50.260 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.260}

(1) Change of ownership of any establishment constitutes the creation of a new establishment and shall include submission of an application to the department for a new establishment license.

(2) Change of location of any establishment constitutes the creation of a new establishment and shall include submission of an application to the department for a new establishment license. Relocation of a leased chair or booth that is licensed as an establishment and housed within a lessor establishment shall include written notification to the department identifying the change of chair or booth.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.270 Equipment and sanitation {#sec-sps-50.270 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.270}

(1) All areas of an establishment and the equipment, tools, and implements used by licensees for services in an establishment shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary, and safe condition.

(2) Licensees shall wash their hands thoroughly with soap and running water prior to serving each patron and following removal of gloves. Waterless hand washing agents that kill 99.99% of germs are an acceptable substitute for using soap and running water to wash hands that are not visibly soiled.

(3) Contact equipment that cannot be cleaned with soap or detergent and water shall be disposed of following each use.

(4) All liquids, creams, powders, and semi-solid substances shall be dispensed from a container in a manner that will prevent contamination of the unused portion of the substance.

(5) Shampoo bowls and basins shall be drained after each use and kept in a sanitary and safe condition.

(6) Clean towels shall be used for each patron. A neck strip or towel shall be placed around the neck of the patron to prevent contact with the cape. The head rest of any operating chair shall be covered with fresh linen or paper for each patron.

(7) All other equipment and instruments shall be clean to sight and touch.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.271 Disinfection {#sec-sps-50.271 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.271}

(1) Unless sterilized, disinfection is required prior to reusing any personal care instruments or contact equipment on another patron.

(2) Disinfection for personal care instruments shall consist of cleaning with soap and water to remove all organic material, wiping with or spraying with a disinfectant, and air-drying.

(3) Disinfection for contact equipment shall consist of cleaning with soap and water to remove all organic material, soaking in or spraying with a disinfectant, and air-drying.

(4) Clean and disinfected contact equipment shall be placed in one or more covered containers. One or more separate containers shall be provided for the immediate storage of soiled contact equipment until cleaned and disinfected.

(5) Disinfectant used for decontamination shall be changed as per manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be kept in a covered container.

(6) Laundry shall be disinfected by washing with a solution containing a germicidal compound.

Note: Bleach and Lysol® (brown bottle) are examples of germicidal compounds.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.272 Sterilization {#sec-sps-50.272 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.272}

(1) Sterilization shall be accomplished by use of a dry heat or steam sterilizer cleared for marketing by the food and drug administration, and shall be used according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If steam sterilization, moist heat, is utilized, heat exposure shall be at a minimum of 121°C or 250°F, for at least 30 minutes. If dry heat sterilization is utilized, heat exposure shall be at a minimum of 171°C or 340°F, for at least 60 minutes.

(2) Sterilizers shall be maintained in working order. Equipment shall be checked in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations at least monthly to ensure that it is reaching required temperatures.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.280 Supplies {#sec-sps-50.280 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.280}

(1) All work stations shall be supplied with at least one of the antiseptics listed in s. SPS 50.290 (2) or (4) for use by licensees in case of injury.

(2) All licensees working in a licensed establishment shall be supplied with bandages and disposable gloves.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.290 Procedure for exposure to blood {#sec-sps-50.290 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.290}

(1) When any patron or licensee is exposed to blood by a wound or other exposure to broken skin or a mucous membrane, the licensee shall stop barbering and then comply with sub. (2) and then sub. (3), or then comply with sub. (3) and then sub. (4), or whichever are applicable, before resuming the barbering.

(2) Thoroughly wash the exposed area or wound on the licensee’s body with soap and water, and then disinfect the exposed area or wound with a topical antiseptic such as iodine, 70% isopropyl alcohol, or 6% stabilized hydrogen peroxide or equivalent.

(3) Put on protective gloves.

(4) Thoroughly wash the exposed area or wound on the patron’s body with soap and water, and then disinfect the exposed area or wound with a topical antiseptic such as iodine, 70% isopropyl alcohol, or 6% stabilized hydrogen peroxide or equivalent.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.

Subchapter III Licensure Through School or Through Apprenticeship, Examinations, and Licensing

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.300 Licensure through school {#sec-sps-50.300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.300}

(1g) Approved schools. An applicant for licensure as a barber may receive instruction in a school licensed under s. 440.62 (3) (ag), Stats., exempted under s. 440.61, Stats., or accredited by any of the following:

(a) National Accrediting Commission of Career Arts & Sciences (NACCAS).

(b) Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC).

(c) Council on Occupational Education (COE).

(d) National Interstate Council of State Boards of Cosmetology (NIC).

(e) Any other accrediting agency relating to cosmetology that is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.

(1r) General. Schools that provide instruction to students for a barber’s license shall develop curricula for instruction which are based on the applicable syllabus approved by the department. A school may not deviate from the hours listed for subjects in the appropriate syllabus included in this section.

Note: See chapters SPS 60 to 65 for requirements relating to licensing and corresponding regulation of schools of barbering.

(2) Barber’s license syllabus. The syllabus for the barber’s license is shown in Table 50.300–1.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 15-028: cr. (1g), as renumbered, am. (1r), as renumbered, Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15; renum. (intro.), as created by CR 15-028, and (1) to (1g) and (1r) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., cr. (1g) (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register September 2015 No. 717; CR 23-055: am. (1g) (intro.), (1r), r. (3), Table 50.300-2 Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.310 Licensure through apprenticeship {#sec-sps-50.310 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.310}

(1) Apprenticeship applications and permits.

(a) The owner of an establishment seeking to train an apprentice shall contact the department of workforce development or the department of safety and professional services for an apprenticeship application. The application shall be submitted to the department of workforce development.

Note: The apprenticeship application form is available on the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov. After receiving and processing the application form, the DWD sends the form to the Department of Safety and Professional Services.

(b) An initial apprenticeship permit shall be issued by the department for a period of 3 years. The permit shall be extendable for one additional 1-year period upon submittal of all of the following:

  1. Payment of a $10 fee.

  2. Notification to the department of safety and professional services from the department of workforce development of acceptable progress by the apprentice in theory instruction and practical training.

(c) An apprentice may not engage in any barbering work or attend school until a permit has been issued.

(d) Each apprentice shall enter an apprenticeship contract with an establishment owner or his or her designated agent who shall employ and make arrangements for training of the apprentice in accordance with subch. II of ch. 454, Stats., and the rules of the department.

Note: Under section 454.26 (1) of the Statutes, every barber apprentice is also governed by section 106.01 of the Statutes and chapters DWD 295 and 296. Section 106.01 of the Statutes requires the Department of Workforce Development to also be a party to any contract under this paragraph.

(e) The owner or his or her designated agent shall provide the apprentice with the equipment necessary to learn all phases of practical barbering as listed in sub. (3) and keep records of all apprentice practical work hours.

(f) An apprentice seeking to transfer his or her apprenticeship contract to another establishment owner shall contact the department of workforce development or the department safety and professional services for transfer procedures. An apprentice may not transfer without prior approval of the department.

(g) Cancellation of an apprenticeship contract by the department of workforce development shall result in an automatic suspension of an apprenticeship permit.

Note: The Department of Workforce Development (DWD) informs the Department of Safety and Professional Services (DSPS) whenever an apprenticeship contract is cancelled, and DSPS informs DWD whenever an apprenticeship permit is suspended.

(h) An apprentice who has failed to complete an apprenticeship within 4 years from the date of issuance of his or her initial permit may apply for reentry into the apprenticeship program. Upon its review of the applicant’s apprenticeship records, the department may deny the application or issue another apprenticeship permit under specified terms and conditions. The department may allow an apprentice credit for theory and practical training actually obtained under a previous permit.

(2) Apprenticeship instruction and training.

(a) Following issuance of an apprenticeship permit, an apprentice shall enroll in the first available course of theory instruction at a school of barbering and shall maintain acceptable attendance and progress in instruction and practical training. The owner or manager shall pay the apprentice for the hours of school attendance and practical training.

(b) Schools that provide theory instruction for apprentices shall develop a curriculum based on the subjects and theory hours in Table 50.300–1.

(3) Practical training.

(a) The establishment owner with whom an apprentice contracts shall employ a licensed barber or licensed cosmetologist who has completed at least 2,000 hours of professional practice to train and supervise the apprentice. An apprentice shall only work under the supervision of a licensed barber or a licensed cosmetologist.

(b) Each apprentice shall receive at least 1,712 hours of training and experience in the practical services of barbering to qualify for the examination as a barber. Training and experience shall include the subjects and practical hours of training shown in Table 50.310.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 15-028: am. (3) (b), r. and recr. 50.310 Table Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15; CR 23-055: r. and recr. (3) (a) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.320 Transfers {#sec-sps-50.320 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.320}

(1) Transfer from a school to an apprenticeship.

(a) Any student transferring from a school to an apprenticeship program shall be granted apprenticeship credit for school hours attained, at a ratio of one student theory hour to one apprentice theory hour, and one student practical hour to one apprentice practical hour.

(b) The department shall grant transferees to an apprenticeship program credit for calendar time spent in prior training.

(2) Transfer from an apprenticeship to a school. Any apprentice transferring to a school program may be granted school credit for apprenticeship hours attained. The amount of credit that is granted shall be determined by the school.

(3) Transfer from a cosmetology apprenticeship to a barbering apprenticeship. Any cosmetology apprentice regulated under chs. Cos 1 to 10 who transfers to a barbering apprenticeship shall be allowed to transfer all cosmetology apprenticeship hours that are related to barbering to the barbering apprenticeship, on a one-to-one basis.

Note: The Department of Workforce Development may grant transferees to an apprenticeship program credit for calendar time spent in prior training.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2024 No. 821.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.330 Examinations {#sec-sps-50.330 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.330}

(1) Administration. The department may do any of the following:

(a) Prepare, administer, or grade examinations.

(b) Approve, in whole or in part, an examination prepared, administered, and graded by a test service provider.

(2) Competency testing.

(a) The department shall determine the subject matters for each license and design the examinations to test for minimum competence in the subjects tested.

(b) The department shall make available general information describing the competencies upon which the examination is based.

(3) Form of examination.

(a) Barber. An applicant for licensure as a barber shall complete a written examination and a practical examination.

(4) Passing scores. The passing score of the examination for licensure as a barber shall be based on the department’s determination of the level of examination performance needed for minimum competence in the profession.

(5) Unauthorized assistance. The department may deny a license to an applicant who gives or receives unauthorized assistance during the examination, or withhold the applicant’s score, and may schedule the applicant for reexamination at a future time at the applicant’s expense.

(6) Failure reports. Upon failure of an examination, the department or its agent shall provide the applicant with a report showing the areas where deficiencies resulted in the failure.

(7) Reexamination. An applicant may retake a failed written or practical examination, but only in its entirety.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: r. (3) (b), am. (4) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24; correction in (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2024 No. 821.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.340 Licensing {#sec-sps-50.340 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.340}

(1) Direct licensing.

(a) An applicant for licensure as a barber shall satisfy the requirements in s. 454.23 (1) and (2), Stats.

Note: Sections 454.23 (1) and (2) of the Statutes read as follows: “(1) Application. An applicant for licensure under this section shall submit an application to the department on a form prescribed by the department.

(2) Barber license. The department shall grant a barber license to any person who submits an application under sub. (1) and satisfies all of the following conditions:

(a) The applicant pays the initial credential fee determined by the department under s. 440.03 (9) (a), except as provided in s. 454.27 (1).

(b) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, the applicant presents evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has not been convicted of a felony committed while engaged in the practice of barbering.

(c) The applicant graduates from high school or attains high school graduation equivalency as determined by the department of public instruction; is participating in a program approved by the department; or is at least 18 years old and meets the ability to benefit rule under 20 USC 1091 (d).

(d) The applicant graduates from a course of instruction in barbering of at least 1,000 training hours in barbering in a school of barbering licensed under s. 440.62 (3) (ag) or accredited by an accrediting agency approved by the department, a school of cosmetology licensed under s. 440.62 (3) (ar) or accredited by an accrediting agency approved by the cosmetology examining board, or a school that is exempted under s. 440.61 or the applicant successfully completes an apprenticeship under s. 454.26.

(e) The applicant passes an examination conducted by the department to determine fitness to practice barbering.”

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(2) Reciprocity generally. Pursuant to s. 454.27, Stats., the department may grant a license to practice barbering without examination to a person from another state or territory of the United States or another country who holds a current license in the other jurisdiction to perform services that are substantially the same as those performed by a licensed barber in this state and pays the appropriate fee as indicated in s. 440.05, Stats., and if one of the following applies:

(a) The applicant completes a one-hour department approved course on Wisconsin statutes and administrative code relating to barbering practice, has never been disciplined by the licensing authority of another jurisdiction, and is not currently a party to disciplinary proceedings in another jurisdiction.

(b) The department has entered into a written reciprocal agreement with the licensing authority of another state, after determining that the education and services practiced are substantially equivalent to those in Wisconsin.

(2m) Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and their spouses. A reciprocal barbering license shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this subsection.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(3) Inactive license.

(a) Any person who has been granted an inactive license, under s. 454.23 (6), Stats., may not receive compensation for barbering services and may not practice in a licensed barbering establishment.

(b) Activities permitted under this subsection include purchasing supplies—or cutting hair outside an establishment, without compensation, such as for a resident in a nursing home.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2018 No. 756; CR 21-056: am. (2) (title), cr. (2m) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; CR 23-055: r. (1) (b), r. and recr. (2) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24; correction in (2) (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2024 No. 821.

Subchapter IV Renewals, Reinstatement, and Continuing Education

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.400 License renewal {#sec-sps-50.400 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.400}

To renew a license, a licensee shall, on or before March 31st of every odd-numbered year, file with the department all of the following:

(1) An application for renewal on a form prescribed by the department.

Note: An electronic link to the renewal form is included in a renewal notice the Department sends to each licensee.

(2) The fee determined by the department under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats.

(3) Certification on the application for renewal that the licensee has reviewed the digest under s. 454.267, Stats.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: am. (3) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.401 Late renewal {#sec-sps-50.401 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.401}

If the application for renewal is filed after the deadline in s. SPS 50.400 but less than 5 years after the expiration of the applicant’s last license, the applicant shall comply with the certification requirements in s. SPS 50.400 (3), and pay the late renewal fee in s. 440.08 (3) (a), Stats., in addition to the renewal fee under s. SPS 50.400 (2).

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: am. Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.402 Renewal that includes conversion from cosmetology {#sec-sps-50.402 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.402}

Until March 31, 2015, an active cosmetologist, cosmetology manager, or cosmetology establishment licensed under chs. Cos 1 to 10 may convert to a barbering license upon request to the department and satisfaction of the applicable renewal requirements for barbering.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2024 No. 822.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.410 Reinstatement of license {#sec-sps-50.410 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.410}

If an application for restoring a license occurs 5 years or more after expiration of the applicant’s most recent license, the applicant shall pass the examination specified in s. SPS 50.330 (3) prior to reinstatement of the license, no certification requirements under s. SPS 50.400 (3) apply to that reinstatement, and the fees listed in s. SPS 50.401 shall be submitted to the department. However, renewal of the reinstated license is subject to the certification requirements of s. SPS 50.400 (3).

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2024 No. 821.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.420 Continuing education {#sec-sps-50.420 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.420}

To ensure competency, the department may require specific remedial continuing education requirements for any licensee as part of a disciplinary process.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: r. and recr. Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.

Subchapter V Forfeitures

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.500 Scope {#sec-sps-50.500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.500}

(1) The citation procedures in this subchapter may be used in an action to recover a forfeiture under s. 454.29 (3), Stats.

Note: The forfeitures under section 454.29 of the Statutes may be assessed against any license holder or applicant who has committed any of the offenses listed in the section, and can be up to $1,000 for each separate offense. Each day of continued violation is a separate offense.

(2) The citation form provided under this subchapter may serve as the initial pleading for a disciplinary action and is adequate process to give the department jurisdiction over the credential holder, if the citation is served upon the credential holder.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.510 Citation for administrative forfeiture {#sec-sps-50.510 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.510}

A citation under this subchapter shall be issued by one of the department’s investigators and shall contain substantially all of the following information:

(1) The name, address, and credential number of the credential holder.

(2) The name and signature of the individual issuing the citation.

(3) A description of the violation alleged, the time and place of its occurrence, a statement that the respondent committed the violation, and the statute or administrative code provision violated.

(4) Notice that the credential holder may submit a response contesting the citation and requesting a hearing. The notice shall include the date and address for the timely submission of a request, and shall state that the request for a hearing must be in writing.

(5) The forfeiture assessment requested by the department.

(6) A summary of the citation procedure, including the provisions for deposit and stipulation in lieu of an appearance before an administrative law judge or the department.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.520 Service {#sec-sps-50.520 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.520}

Service of a citation under this subchapter may be accomplished by mailing a copy of the citation to the credential holder at the last known address of the credential holder or by any procedure described in s. 801.14 (2), Stats.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.530 Effect of payment {#sec-sps-50.530 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.530}

The credential holder may deposit the amount of forfeiture identified in the citation by mailing the deposit and a copy of the citation to the division. Payment shall be treated as a plea of no contest and submission to an order of forfeiture, not to exceed the amount of the deposit.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.540 Request for hearing {#sec-sps-50.540 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.540}

(1) Within 20 calendar days of the date of service of the citation, the licensee may enter a plea contesting the violation cited and request a hearing on the alleged violation cited.

(2) A plea contesting a violation and requesting a hearing shall be in writing and submitted to the division. The submission shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the licensee believes the forfeiture assessment and the grounds for assessment should be reviewed.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 50.550 Default {#sec-sps-50.550 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 50.550}

(1) If the credential holder does not make a deposit or otherwise respond to the citation in a timely fashion, the department may without further proceedings issue an order of default against the credential holder. A default order issued under this subchapter may assess a forfeiture, not to exceed the amount identified in the citation. Violation of an order issued under this subchapter may result in assessing a forfeiture, not to exceed the amount identified in the citation. Violation of an order issued pursuant to this subchapter may also result in a refusal to renew credentialing or additional disciplinary action.

(2) If the credential holder requests a hearing pursuant to s. SPS 50.540 but fails to appear at the hearing at the time scheduled, the credential holder is in default and the department may make findings and enter an order on the basis of the citation. The department may, for good cause, relieve the respondent from the effect of such findings and permit the respondent to answer and defend at any time before the department enters an order, or within a reasonable time.

Note: See sections 440.19 to 440.23 and 454.29 of the Statutes for other disciplinary proceedings and actions—such as administrative warnings, and suspension or revocation of a license, respectively.

History

  • EmR1302: emerg. cr., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: cr. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.

Chapter SPS 60 AUTHORITY, SCOPE, PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 60.01 Authority {#sec-sps-60.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 60.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 60 to 62 and 65 are adopted by the department under the authority of ss. 227.11 (2) (a), 440.62, and 440.64, Stats., to govern the licensing and regulation of schools of barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, electrology, and manicuring, and specialty schools of aesthetics, electrology, and manicuring.

History

  • Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; EmR1302: emerg. am., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: am. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 60.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-60.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 60.02}

As used in chs. SPS 60 to 62 and 65:

(1) “Aesthetician,” “aesthetics,” “barber,” “barbering,” “cosmetologist,” “cosmetology,” “electrologist,” “electrology,” “establishment,” “manicuring,” “manicurist,” “practical instruction,” “school,” “specialty school,” “student,” “theoretical instruction,” and “training hour” have the meanings given under s. 440.60, Stats.

(2) “Certificate” means an instructor certificate issued under s. 440.63, Stats.

(3) “Class day” means any day on which instruction is provided by the school or specialty school and the student is scheduled to attend.

Note: Holidays, scheduled vacation periods, other days on which instruction is not provided by the school, and periods for which the student is granted a leave of absence are not class days.

(4) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(5) “Enrollee” means an individual who has signed an application to attend a school or specialty school but has not started classes.

(6) “Licensee” means an owner who has received a school license or specialty school license.

(7) “Location” means the premises described in the floor plan submitted under s. SPS 61.03 (1) (c).

(8) “Owner” means an individual, partnership, firm, company, corporation, or other entity which controls the finances, management, or both, of any location of a school or specialty school.

(9) “Ownership” means the legal right to possession or control of the finances, management, or both, of any location of a school or specialty school.

(10) “Total cost of the course of instruction” means the sum of all charges made by the school for tuition, books, materials, supplies and any other charges made by the school which are required to be paid by the student as the result of enrollment in a specific course of instruction.

(11) “Unqualified” means a student who has neither a high school diploma, or a General Educational Development certificate (“GED”), nor has demonstrated, through testing, an aptitude to successfully complete the course of instruction offered by the school or specialty school.

History

  • Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (intro.), (4), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 15-028: am. (1) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15; CR 23-055: am. (1) Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24.

Chapter SPS 61 LICENSING OF SCHOOLS AND SPECIALTY SCHOOLS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.01 License period {#sec-sps-61.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.01}

All licenses issued under subch. VI of ch. 440, Stats., shall be renewed on or before April 1 of each odd-numbered year.

History

  • Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; CR 15-028: am. Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.03 Application requirements for an initial license {#sec-sps-61.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.03}

(1) An application for initial licensure as a school, or for an additional location of a school, shall be made by the owner of the school on the form provided by the department, and shall be submitted with the fee required by s. 440.62 (2) (a), Stats. The department shall grant or deny the license application within 45 business days following receipt of the application. A separate application shall be made for each location and contain all of the following information:

Note: Fees established by the department pursuant to s. 440.03 (9), Stats., are posted on the department’s website, at www.dsps.wisconsin.gov. The renewal fees for all other credentials are noted in the related statutes or rules.

(a) The names and addresses of all owners. If the owner is a corporation, a copy of the articles of incorporation and most recent annual report filed with the secretary of state, together with a list of the names and addresses of the incorporators, officers, directors, and shareholders of the corporation shall be submitted. No identification is required of any shareholder owning or controlling fewer than 10% of the shares of the corporation. If the owner is a partnership, the names and addresses of all partners and a copy of the partnership agreement.

(b) A statement that a certified public accountant has completed financial statements, consisting of a balance sheet, a profit and loss statement, and a cash flow statement, and that a copy of those statements will be made available for inspection by the department on request at any time. The department may require an audit of the finances of a school, at the applicant’s expense, if the licensing application contains information which reasonably gives rise to concern that the school is not financially sound or is not otherwise stable.

(c) A detailed floor plan of the premises to be used by the school which identifies the site of the school and includes a description of fixtures and equipment.

(d) A list of the names and addresses of all schools of any description whatsoever currently or previously owned or operated by any of the owners of the school applying for licensure. If the owner of the school applying for licensure is a corporation or partnership, a list of the names and addresses of all schools of any description whatsoever which are currently or were previously owned or operated by any of the incorporators, officers, directors, or shareholders of the corporation or partners. No report is required for any shareholder owning or controlling fewer than 10% of the shares of the corporation.

(e) For every school required to be listed by par. (d), a detailed statement with all pertinent details indicating:

  1. Whether the school was ever denied accreditation by any accrediting agency;

  2. Whether the school was ever denied a license or had a license suspended, limited, restricted, or revoked;

  3. Whether the school was ever subject to any form of receivership; and,

  4. Whether the school was ever the subject of or named in any lawsuit alleging fraud, misrepresentation or any violation of law.

(f) A copy of the printer’s proof of the catalog or bulletin described in s. SPS 62.01.

(g) A copy of any contract form used by the school or which the school intends to use in enrolling students.

(h) A list of the names and applicable license or certificate numbers of the instructors the school has hired to provide practical and theory instruction to its students.

(i) The number of students anticipated to be enrolled during the license period.

(j) The name and Wisconsin address of a designated agent upon whom any process, notice, demand or other document may be served.

(2) An application for initial licensure as a specialty school, or for an additional location of a specialty school, may be made for any establishment at which no more than one person will be trained at any time, and for which training no tuition will be charged. The application shall be made by the owner of the specialty school on the form provided by the department. The department shall grant or deny the license application within 45 days of receipt of the application. A separate application shall be made for each location and contain all of the following information:

(a) The names and addresses of all owners. If the owner is a corporation, a copy of the articles of incorporation and most recent annual report filed with the secretary of state, together with a list of the names and addresses of the incorporators, officers, directors, and shareholders of the corporation shall be submitted. No identification is required of any shareholder owning or controlling fewer than 10% of the shares of the corporation; if the owner is a partnership, the names and addresses of all partners and a copy of the partnership agreement.

(b) A statement that a certified public accountant has completed financial statements, consisting of a balance sheet, a profit and loss statement, and a cash flow statement, and that the statements will be made available for inspection by the department on request at any time. The department may require an audit of the finances of a specialty school, at the applicant’s expense, if the licensing application contains information which reasonably gives rise to concerns that the specialty school is not financially sound or is not otherwise stable.

(c) A list of the names and addresses of all schools of any description whatsoever currently or previously owned or operated by any of the owners of the specialty school applying for licensure. If the owner of the specialty school applying for licensure is a corporation or partnership, a list of the names and addresses of all schools of any description whatsoever which are currently or were previously owned or operated by any of the incorporators, officers, directors, or shareholders of the corporation or partners. No report is required for any shareholder owning or controlling fewer than 10% of the shares of the corporation

(d) A list of the names and applicable license or certificate numbers of the managers the specialty school has hired to provide practical and theory instruction to its students.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (1) (f) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 15-028: am. (1) (intro.) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.04 Application requirements for license renewal {#sec-sps-61.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.04}

(1) Application for the renewal of a license for a school or specialty school shall be filed on or before April 1 of each odd-numbered year. The department shall grant or deny the application for license renewal within 45 business days following receipt of the application.

(2) A renewal application shall be filed together with the fee required by s. 440.62 (2) (a), Stats., and shall contain the following information:

(a) All the information required for an initial license under s. SPS 61.03;

(b) A copy of every advertisement used by the school or specialty school in the 12 months preceding the date of the application for license renewal, including the script for every radio or television advertisement;

(c) The number of students currently enrolled in the school or specialty school and the number anticipated to be enrolled during the license period; and,

(d) A statement that a certified public accountant has completed financial statements, consisting of a balance sheet, a profit and loss statement, and a cash flow statement, for the school or specialty school, and that the report is on file at the school or specialty school and will be available for inspection by the department on request at any time during regular business hours. The department may require an audit of the finances of a school or specialty school, at the applicant’s request, if the licensing application contains information which reasonably gives rise to concerns that the school or specialty school is not financially sound or is not otherwise stable.

Note: Renewal fees established by the department pursuant to s. 440.03 (9), Stats., are posted on the department’s website, at www.dsps.wisconsin.gov. The renewal fees for all other credentials are noted in the related statutes or rules.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (2) (intro.), (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 15-028: am. (1), (2) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.05 Application requirements for reinstatement of an expired license {#sec-sps-61.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.05}

To apply for reinstatement of a license expired for one year or longer, the owner of a school or specialty school shall file an application for an initial license. To apply for reinstatement of a license expired for less than one year, the owner of a school or specialty school shall file an application for renewal, as required by s. SPS 61.04, together with the application fee and late fee required by s. 440.62 (2) (a), Stats. The department shall grant or deny the application for reinstatement within 45 business days of receiving the application. The application shall include the following additional material:

Note: Fees established by the department pursuant to s. 440.03 (9), Stats., are posted on the department’s website, at www.dsps.wisconsin.gov. The renewal fees for all other credentials are noted in the related statutes or rules.

(1) The dates on which any form of instruction was provided to students at the school or specialty school applying for license reinstatement during the period following the expiration of the license to the time the application for reinstatement is filed.

(2) The names and addresses of the instructors who provided any instruction to any student at the school or specialty school during the period following expiration of the license, the names and addresses of the students in attendance during the period following expiration of the license, and the number of hours of training in each topic each named student received during the period following expiration of the license.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 15-028: am. (intro.) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.06 Requirements for surety bonds {#sec-sps-61.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.06}

(1) Bond requirement. Before the department issues or renews a license for any school or specialty school, the school or specialty school shall provide the department with a surety bond acceptable to the department and executed by the applicant as principal and by a surety company qualified and authorized to do business in the state of Wisconsin.

(2) Amount of bonds. The amount of the bond required shall not be less than reflected in table 61.06, and may be increased if the department determines that a larger bond is required to protect students of the school or specialty school, and their parents, guardians, and sponsors from risk of economic loss. A school which exceeds the enrollment upon which its bonding amount is based shall increase the amount of its bond accordingly. The increased bond shall be filed with the department within 30 days of the day the school first exceeds the enrollment on which its bonding amount is based.

(3) Conditions of bonds.

(a) The surety bond shall be conditioned to provide indemnification to any student or enrollee of the school or specialty school, or the parent, guardian, or sponsor of such a student or enrollee who suffers any loss or damage as a result of any of the following:

  1. Fraud or misrepresentation by the school or specialty school;

  2. Violation of any state administrative rule, statute or school policy relating to the licensing or operation of a school or specialty school;

  3. A student or enrollee’s inability to complete the course or courses of instruction because the school or specialty school failed to perform its contractual obligations to the student or enrollee; or

  4. A student or enrollee being refused a tuition refund to which he or she is entitled.

(b) The surety bond shall be conditioned to provide indemnification to the department for the amount of any forfeitures assessed by the department under s. 440.64, Stats.

(c) In no case shall indemnification to any individual student or enrollee, or the parent, guardian, or sponsor of an individual student or enrollee, be less than the greater of either:

  1. The total of the advanced tuition, book fees, supply fees, equipment fees, and administration fees paid by or on behalf of the individual student or enrollee; or,

  2. The greater of the total of the student loans owed by the student or enrollee as a consequence of enrolling at the school or specialty school, or the total of the direct costs to the student or enrollee to complete and graduate from an equivalent course of instruction at another school or specialty school chosen by the student or enrollee as a substitute for the school or specialty school.

(d) The aggregate liability of the surety shall not exceed the penal sum of the bond, and the surety bond may be continuous.

(4) Cancellation of surety bond. A surety on a bond may be released from the bond on 90 days written notice to the secretary of the department. The secretary shall forthwith notify the school or specialty school named as principal on that bond that the school’s or specialty school’s license shall be suspended if satisfactory evidence of a replacement bond has not been presented within 15 business days of the date of the secretary’s notice to the school or specialty school. A school or specialty school which has its license suspended under this subsection shall provide written notice of the suspension and the reason therefor together with the identifying information of the bond from which the surety has sought release to its students and enrollees within 5 days of the suspension, and shall thereupon cease all operations as a school or specialty school under subch. VI of ch. 440, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; CR 15-028: am. (2), (2) Figure (title), (4) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 61.07 Change of ownership {#sec-sps-61.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 61.07}

Any change of ownership of a school or specialty school shall be reported to the department within 5 calendar days of the change of ownership, on the form provided by the department, and shall be accompanied by the fee equivalent to the fee for initial licensure and the surety bond required by s. 440.62 (2) (a), Stats. The bond accompanying the change of ownership report shall be in the same form as, and in an amount at least equal to, the bond filed by the previous owners of the school or specialty school. The department shall immediately suspend the license of any school or specialty school for which a change of ownership is reported unless it is accompanied by a surety bond in the specified form and amount, naming the new owners as principals.

Note: Fees established by the department pursuant to s. 440.03 (9), Stats., are posted on the department’s website, at www.dsps.wisconsin.gov. The renewal fees for all other credentials are noted in the related statutes or rules.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 15-028: am. Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.

Chapter SPS 62 REGULATION OF SCHOOLS AND SPECIALTY SCHOOLS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.01 Required contents for school and specialty school catalogs {#sec-sps-62.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.01}

A school or specialty school catalog or bulletin shall contain:

(1) Identifying data, including volume number, dates of publication and reprinting.

(2) Name of school or specialty school and its governing body and officials.

(3) A calendar showing dates of instruction for each course and vacation periods.

(4) The school or specialty school policy and regulations regarding specific entrance and graduation requirements for each course.

(5) The school or specialty school policy and regulations governing enrollment dates, leave, absences, tardiness, make-up work, and interruption or suspension for unsatisfactory work or attendance, and the conditions under which a student dismissed or suspended for unsatisfactory progress, conduct, or attendance may resume the course of instruction.

(6) The school’s or specialty school’s policy and regulations governing standards of progress required of the student, the grading system of the school or specialty school, the minimum grades considered satisfactory, conditions for interruption for unsatisfactory grades or progress, and a description of the probationary period, if any, as well as a description of the student progress records kept by the school or specialty school and furnished to the students.

(7) The school or specialty school policy and regulations governing student conduct and conditions of dismissal for unsatisfactory conduct.

(8) A detailed description of charges for tuition and a schedule of fees for student activities, laboratory fees, rentals, deposits and all other charges which are referred to or included in the contract. The school’s or specialty school’s refund policy shall be fully described in the catalog or bulletin.

(9) An outline for each course describing the subject of the course, the type of work or skill to be learned, the length of the course and the number of credits or clock hours to be earned towards licensing eligibility. In addition, the school or specialty school shall disclose any requirements imposed by the school or specialty school for graduation which exceed minimums required by the state to be eligible for the licensure examination. If graduation is required before a student is eligible to take the licensure examination, the catalog or bulletin shall so state.

(10) A statement of the school or specialty school policy and regulations under which it will grant credit for hours of previous education and training.

(11) A description of the school or specialty school placement services and other resources made available to assist students.

(12) A description of the surety bond under s. SPS 61.06 and an explanation of how a student may make a claim on the bond.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.02 Required contents for student contracts with schools and specialty schools {#sec-sps-62.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.02}

A contract between a school or specialty school and a student shall contain:

(1) Complete identifying information of both the school or specialty school and the student, including the address of the school or specialty school location and its administrative offices; and the name, local address and permanent address of the student. Other identifying information may be included.

(2) A statement of the total cost and the unit costs of the contract for which the student will be responsible, including tuition, all fees, and the charges for books, materials, and equipment.

(3) A detailed statement of obligations of the school or specialty school to the student.

(4) A clear reference identifying the specific edition of the school’s or specialty school’s catalog or bulletin which was given to the student to provide the student with information about the school or specialty school prior to entering into the contract with the school or specialty school.

(5) The anticipated starting and ending dates for the student’s course of instruction.

(6) A clear statement of the educational requirements for licensing in s. 454.06, Stats., and any requirements for graduation from the school or specialty school which exceed the requirements for eligibility to take the state licensing examination, and whether graduation from the school or specialty school is required before the student will be allowed to take the state licensing examination.

(7) A clear, simple description of the rules, policies, regulations and laws governing the rights and responsibilities of the school or specialty school and the student or enrollee in regard to any loans, financial aid, or credit extended to or on behalf of the student or enrollee by or through the school or specialty school. To the extent the details are known at the time the contract is signed, the description shall include the details of the amount of any loan, financial aid, or credit extended to or on behalf of the student or enrollee by or through the school or specialty school, and the nominal and effective interest rate, the payment terms, the default provisions, and the defenses to default, which are or may be applicable to the loan, financial aid or credit extended. When any details of an enrollee’s financial aid package are not known at the time the contract is signed, the contract shall identify those details which remain to be determined, and what effect, if any, the final determination of those details will have on the enrollee’s contract.

(8) A clear statement of the refund policy used by the school or specialty school.

(9) A clear statement of conditions the school or specialty school considers to be breach of the contract, and a description of the possible remedies to be pursued against the student.

(10) Notice that an enrollee has the right to cancel the contract until midnight of the third business day following receipt by the enrollee of a notice of right to cancel. In this paragraph, “business day” has the meaning given under s. 421.301 (6), Stats.

(a) The notice shall be printed in letters of not less than 12- point boldface type under the caption: “ENROLLEE’S RIGHT TO CANCEL” and read as follows:

(b) If the principal language of the enrollee is other than English, the school or specialty school shall give the enrollee written notice of the right to cancel in English and in the principal language of the enrollee.

(c) The school or specialty school shall deliver 2 copies of the notice of a right to cancel after the enrollee has signed the enrollment contract, but not before.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.03 Deceptive trade names prohibited {#sec-sps-62.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.03}

(1) No school or specialty school shall use a trade or business name, label, insignia, or designation which has the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading or deceiving prospective students with respect to the nature of the school or specialty school, its accreditation, programs of instruction or methods of teaching, or any other material fact.

(a) A school or specialty school shall not falsely represent directly or by implication through the use of a trade or business name or in any other manner that it is part of or connected with a branch, bureau, or agency of the United States government, or any state or local government or civil service commission.

(b) A school or specialty school shall not falsely represent directly or by implication through the use of a trade or business name or in any other manner that it is affiliated with or otherwise connected with a public or private religious or charitable organization, or any public or private college, university, or other institution of higher education.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.04 Deceptive sales practices prohibited {#sec-sps-62.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.04}

(1) No school or specialty school shall engage in any deceptive sales practices. The term “deceptive sales practice” includes, but is not limited to:

(a) The use of “help wanted” or other employment columns in a newspaper or other publication to contact prospective students in such a manner as to lead such prospective students into the belief that a job is offered.

(b) The use of “blind” advertisements or sales literature to attract prospective students when the advertisements or literature fails to set forth that courses of instruction or other educational services are being offered for sale.

(c) The making of false or deceptive statements or representations or any statements or representations which have the tendency or capacity to mislead or deceive students, prospective students, or the public regarding actual or probable earnings or opportunities in any field or vocation. It is an unfair and deceptive sales practice to represent or imply in any way that persons employed in a particular field or position earn a stated income or that persons completing a training course will earn the stated income or “up to” the stated income unless:

  1. The salary or income is equal to or less than the average salary or income of persons employed in the indicated field or position for less than 5 years and the advertisement or representation indicates the basis for calculation of the average salary or income; and,

  2. The advertisement or representation also states clearly and conspicuously that no guarantee is made that a person who purchases the advertised services will earn the stated salary or income, unless the guarantee is actually offered by the school or specialty school.

(d) The making of false or deceptive statements or representations, or any statements or representations which have the tendency or capacity to mislead or deceive prospective students, students, or the public regarding any opportunities in any vocation or field of activity as a result of the completion of any given course of instruction or educational service.

(e) The use of terms or titles such as “registrar”, “counselor”,“advisor”, or words of similar import to describe or refer to a school’s or specialty school’s salesmen, agents, representatives, or other employees in a manner which misrepresents the training, qualifications, experience, status, or position of the person to whom reference is made.

(f) The use of any illustration in any catalog, sales literature, or otherwise which tends to convey a false impression of the size, importance, location, or facilities of a school or specialty school.

(g) The making of any false or deceptive statement or representation which has the capacity or tendency to deceive or mislead any prospective student, student, or the public regarding the amount or nature or terms of a prospective student’s or student’s financial obligation to the school or specialty school or any third party as a result of any agreement between the prospective student or student, or on behalf of a prospective student or student, and the school or specialty school.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.05 Admission of unqualified students prohibited {#sec-sps-62.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.05}

No school or specialty school may admit any applicant as a student who does not have a high school diploma or General Educational Development (“GED”) certificate unless that applicant passes a nationally recognized, standardized, or industry developed test, subject to criteria developed by an appropriate accrediting association, measuring the applicant’s aptitude to successfully complete the program for which the applicant has applied.

Note: This testing requirement is drawn from the “ability to benefit” criteria of 20 USC 1091 (d).

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.06 Negotiability of promissory instruments {#sec-sps-62.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.06}

(1) Every assignee of an enrollment agreement takes the enrollment agreement subject to all claims and defenses of the student or successors in interest under the enrollment agreement.

(2) No school or specialty school may enter into any enrollment agreement in which the student waives the right to assert against the school or specialty school or any assignee any claim or defense the student may have against the school or specialty school. Any provision in an enrollment agreement by which the student agrees to a waiver is void.

(3)

(a) No school or specialty school may use a promissory note or instrument, other than a check, unless it bears the following statement in contrasting boldface type: This is an enrollment agreement instrument and is non-negotiable. Every holder takes the enrollment agreement subject to all other claims and defenses of the maker or obligor.

(b) Compliance with requirements of federal and state statutes, regulations and rules governing the form of notice of preservation of consumers’ claims and defenses shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of par. (a).

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.07 Refund standards {#sec-sps-62.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.07}

(1) Full refund. A school’s or specialty school’s refund policy shall provide for a full refund of all money paid by a student, except for a non-refundable application fee of no more than $10, if:

(a) The student cancels the enrollment agreement or enrollment application within 3 business days after receipt of notice of acceptance from the school or specialty school; or,

(b) The student was accepted for enrollment but was unqualified for entrance; or,

(c) The student’s enrollment was procured as the result of any written or oral misrepresentations made by the school or specialty school or its agents.

(2) Partial refund.

(a) In this subsection, “percentage of enrollment time” means the number of class days elapsed from the start of the student’s attendance until the student’s last date of attendance divided by the total number of class days required to complete the course of instruction.

(b) If, for any reason, a student withdraws or is dismissed by the school or specialty school prior to the commencement of classes, the charge may not exceed 15% of the total cost of the course of instruction or $100, whichever is less.

(c) If, for any reason, a student withdraws or is dismissed by the school or specialty school after the commencement of classes, the school’s or specialty school’s refund policy may not permit any charge to the student which exceeds $150 plus the amount shown on the “Partial Refund Chart,” in Table 62.07 (2). In no case may the charge to the student exceed the total cost of the course of instruction.

Note: Schools and specialty schools are encouraged to adopt a policy wherein the refund to the student may exceed amounts set forth above when mitigating circumstances are in evidence.

(3) Equipment fees. A school or specialty school shall reimburse the cost of the unused equipment or supplies that a student was required to purchase as a condition of enrollment or continued participation in the course of instruction to a student who, for any reason, withdraws or is dismissed by the school or specialty school and who, within 15 days of withdrawal or dismissal, tenders for reimbursement the equipment and supplies in their original condition.

(4) School closing. If a school or specialty school closes or terminates a program and no longer offers instruction in a program in which a person is enrolled, the person shall be entitled to a pro rata refund of the total cost of the course of instruction. No such refund may defeat any person’s claim to indemnification to which he or she is otherwise entitled under the bond required by s. SPS 61.06.

(5) Refund deadline. A school or specialty school shall make any refunds due to a student or enrollee within 30 days of the date the school or specialty school dismisses the student or enrollee or receives notice of withdrawal, or of the school or specialty school closing.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.08 Disclosure of information to the department {#sec-sps-62.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.08}

Within 10 days of any request by the department, a school or specialty school shall furnish the department with any information requested concerning the school’s or specialty school’s facilities, curricula, instructors, registration and enrollment policies, enrollment rosters, student training hours and contracts, financial records, tuition and other charges, refund policies and policies concerning the negotiability of promissory instruments received in payment of tuition and other charges.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.09 Inspection of facilities and records {#sec-sps-62.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.09}

A school or specialty school shall permit the department to inspect its facilities and its records at any time during the school’s or specialty school’s regular business hours upon the request of a representative of the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.10 Specialty topic instruction privileges and requirements for schools of cosmetology {#sec-sps-62.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.10}

A licensed school of cosmetology may offer a specialty training program in aesthetics or in manicuring, or both, without being licensed as a specialty school or paying license fees beyond those required to maintain licensure as a school of cosmetology.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; EmR1302: emerg. am., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: am. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.11 Prohibited conduct and discipline {#sec-sps-62.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.11}

(1) No owner, director, officer, shareholder, or managing employee of any school or specialty school may permit or engage in any of the following conduct:

(a) Holding classes without a current license for the school or specialty school.

(b) Engaging in false, misleading, or deceptive advertising, recruitment of students, enrollment procedures, or record keeping practices.

(c) Falsifying or misrepresenting any information on any application for an initial or renewal license.

(d) Being convicted of any crime involving fraud or other circumstances which substantially relate to the operation of a school or specialty school.

(e) Allowing an unlicensed person to provide practical instruction to any student.

(f) Harassing or discriminating against any enrollee or student because of age, race, creed, color, ancestry, national origin, marital status, sex, or sexual orientation.

(g) Violating subch. V of ch. 440, Stats., or ch. 454, Stats., or this chapter in the operation of a school or specialty school or establishment associated with a school or specialty school.

(h) Engaging in any promises or threats to students or employees of a school, specialty school, or establishment associated with a school or specialty school to obtain sexual or social contact or anything of value.

(i) Distributing or using school or specialty school student catalogs or contracts which do not comply with this chapter.

(j) Engaging in any conduct which could reasonably be detrimental to the health, safety, or welfare of the public, or the students or staff of any school, specialty school, or establishment associated with a school or specialty school.

(k) Failing to comply with the terms of any contract with a student of the school or specialty school.

(L) Holding classes, except for structured salon visits and instruction for individual student needs or industry trends, at any location other than that identified in the school’s or specialty school’s latest application for licensure.

(m) Denying the department the opportunity to inspect, or obstructing the department in the inspection of, the school’s or specialty school’s facilities or records at any time during regular business hours.

(n) Using any deceptive trade name, contrary to s. SPS 62.03.

(o) Engaging in any deceptive sales practices, contrary to s. SPS 62.04.

(2) The department may limit, suspend, or revoke the license of any school or specialty school whose owner, director, officer, shareholder, or managing employee permits or participates in any of the conduct prohibited by this rule, except that no school or specialty school shall be disciplined for the action of only one shareholder who owns or controls fewer than 10% of the shares of the corporation owning the school or specialty school.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; am. (1) (L), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (1) (n), (o) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 62.12 Forfeitures to the department {#sec-sps-62.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 62.12}

In addition to or in lieu of discipline imposed against any school or specialty school pursuant to s. SPS 62.07, and in addition to any costs assessed pursuant to s. 440.22, Stats., the department may assess a forfeiture of not less than $100 nor more than $5,000 for each violation of s. SPS 62.07. All forfeitures shall be paid to the department. In any case in which the department assesses both a forfeiture pursuant to this section and costs pursuant to s. 440.22, Stats., payments received by the department shall be applied first to the costs assessed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 65 PERSONS PROVIDING PRACTICAL INSTRUCTION IN SCHOOLS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.01 Application requirements for an instructor’s certificate {#sec-sps-65.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.01}

The department shall issue an instructor’s certificate in the fields of barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, manicuring, or electrology to any person who meets the requirements of s. 440.63 (3), Stats. Application shall be made on a form supplied by the department, and, except as provided in s. 45.44, Stats., shall be submitted with the fee required by s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; EmR1302: emerg. am., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: am. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13; CR 23-055: am. Register May 2024 No. 821, eff. 6-1-24; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2024 No. 821.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.015 Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-65.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.015}

A reciprocal instructor’s certificate in the fields of barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, manicuring, or electrology shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 21-056: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.03 Instructor theory training syllabus {#sec-sps-65.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.03}

(1) The instructor training required by ss. 440.63 (3) (a) 3., 440.63 (3) (b) 2., 440.63 (3) (c) 2., and 440.63 (3) (d) 2., Stats., is satisfied by successful completion of a course approved by the department in accordance with the syllabus set forth in Table 65.03. A person shall complete the 150 hours of training within 2 years of commencing the training.

(2) A school offering training for an instructor’s certificate may grant credit counting towards the 96 hours required for successful completion of college level courses in teaching skills and facilitating/managing skills.

(3) A school offering training for an instructor’s certificate may allow another institution to teach the 96 hours on teaching skills and facilitating/managing skills in the established curriculum and certify an instructor student’s eligibility for the examination for an instructor’s certificate.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; CR 15-028: am. (1), (3) Figure (title) Register September 2015 No. 717, eff. 10-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.04 Application requirements for reinstatement of an expired certificate {#sec-sps-65.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.04}

Applications for reinstatement of an instructor’s certificate which are received by the department more than 2 years after the expiration date of the certificate for which reinstatement is requested shall be considered as applications for an initial instructor’s certificate and shall be made on the form for and in the manner of an application for an initial instructor’s certificate.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.05 Administration of examination for instructor’s certification {#sec-sps-65.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.05}

(1) The department attempts to schedule applicants for examination at or near a requested examination site or date but may schedule at any site and date where space is available. Admission cards are mailed to applicants at the address provided by the applicant.

(2) The applicant shall present an admission card at the door of the examination room with the identification specified on the admission card.

(3) Applicants shall follow the rules of conduct for the examination provided at the beginning of the examination. Definite time limits may be placed on each portion of the examination.

(4) Issuance of a license may be denied if the department determines that the applicant violated the rules of conduct for the examination.

Note: The intent of the department is to use the word “certificate” rather than “license.”

(5) During practical examinations, applicants shall wear a numeric identification tag. The number shall be used in lieu of the applicant’s name on examination papers.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.06 Instructor’s competency tested {#sec-sps-65.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.06}

(1) Examinations shall test entry level competency to practice as an instructor.

(2) The department shall furnish to individuals upon request general information describing the competencies upon which the examination is based.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.07 Form of examination {#sec-sps-65.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.07}

An applicant for a certificate as an instructor shall pass a practical examination of the applicant’s competency to instruct students in a school of barbering or cosmetology, or in a school or specialty school of aesthetics, manicuring, and electrology.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; EmR1302: emerg. am., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: am. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.08 Passing scores {#sec-sps-65.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.08}

An applicant for a certificate as an instructor who achieves a score of no less than 75 on the practical examination shall receive a license.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.09 Unauthorized assistance {#sec-sps-65.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.09}

The department may withhold the score of an applicant who gives or receives unauthorized assistance during the examination and may schedule the applicant for reexamination at a future time.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.10 Failure of practical examination {#sec-sps-65.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.10}

(1) If it appears at the conclusion of a practical examination that an applicant will receive a failing score, 2 examiners shall confer on the applicant’s performance. An applicant shall not receive a failing score on a practical examination unless 2 examiners award a failing score and each signs the score sheet.

(2) A written description of the reasons for failure shall be provided to applicants failing practical examinations.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.11 Claim of examination error {#sec-sps-65.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.11}

(1) To claim examination error, an applicant shall file a written request for department review with the bureau of business and design professions within 30 days of the date the examination was reviewed. The request shall include:

(a) The applicant’s name and address;

(b) The type of certificate for which the applicant applied;

(c) A description of the mistakes the applicant believes were made in the examination content, procedures, or scoring, including the specific questions or procedures claimed to be in error; and,

(d) The facts which the applicant intends to prove, including reference text citations or other supporting evidence for the applicant’s claim.

(2) The department shall review the claim, make a determination of the validity of the objections and notify the applicant in writing of the department’s decision and any resulting score changes.

(3) The department shall take action on a claim of examination error within 90 days of receiving the written appeal.

(4) If the decision does not result in the applicant passing the examination, a notice of denial of license shall be issued. If the department issues a notice of denial following its review, the applicant may request a hearing under s. SPS 1.05.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.12 Prohibited conduct and discipline {#sec-sps-65.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.12}

(1) The department may take disciplinary action against any person holding an instructor’s certificate who has:

(a) Made any false statement or given any false information in connection with an application for a certificate, or for renewal or reinstatement of a certificate.

(b) Been issued a certificate through error.

(c) Been adjudicated mentally incompetent by a court.

(d) Been found guilty of an offense the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of an instructor in a school or specialty school.

(e) Violated ch. 440 or 454, Stats., ch. SPS 50, chs. SPS 60 to 62, this chapter, or chs. Cos 1 to 9.

(f) Practiced as an instructor in a school or specialty school while the person’s ability to practice was impaired by alcohol or other drugs, or physical or mental disability or disease.

(g) Participated in false, misleading, or deceptive advertising on the part of any school or specialty school, or knowingly distributed or used school or specialty school student catalogs or contracts which do not comply with these rules.

(h) Engaged in conduct which evidenced a lack of knowledge or ability to apply principles or skills of barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, manicuring, or electrology, in which the person holds an instructor’s certificate.

(i) Engaged in unprofessional conduct. “Unprofessional conduct” includes, but is not limited to:

  1. Engaging in any practice which constitutes a danger to the health, welfare, or safety of a student or the public.

  2. Engaging in any promises or threats to any student to obtain sexual or social contact or anything of value.

  3. Harassment of a student because of the student’s age, race, color, creed, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, ancestry, national origin, or physical or mental disability.

  4. Intentionally falsifying student records.

  5. Practicing or attempting to practice beyond the scope of the instructor’s certificate.

  6. Having a license to practice as a barber, or cosmetologist, or aesthetician, or manicurist, or electrologist limited, suspended, or revoked, or being subject to any other disciplinary action by any licensing authority regulating the practice of barbering, cosmetology, aesthetics, manicuring, or electrology.

(2) The department may reprimand the holder of an instructor’s certificate, or may limit, suspend, or revoke the instructor’s certificate of any person who has engaged in any conduct prohibited by this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction in (1) (e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; EmR1302: emerg. am. (1) (h) and (i) 6., eff. 2-14-13; CR 13-026: am. (1) (e), (h), and (i) 6. Register October 2013 No. 694, eff. 11-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 65.13 Forfeitures to the department {#sec-sps-65.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 65.13}

In addition to or in lieu of discipline imposed against any person pursuant to s. SPS 65.05, and in addition to any costs assessed pursuant to s. 440.22, Stats., the department may assess a forfeiture of not less than $100 nor more than $5,000 for each violation of s. SPS 65.05. All forfeitures shall be paid to the department. In any case in which the department assesses both a forfeiture pursuant to this section and costs pursuant to s. 440.22, Stats., payments received by the department shall be applied first to the costs assessed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1989, No. 408, eff. 1-1-90; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 70 AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 70.01 Authority {#sec-sps-70.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 70.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 70 to 73 are adopted by the department of safety and professional services under the authority of ss. 227.11 (2) (a), 451.04 (2) (d), 451.12, 451.14 (2) (g) and 451.16, Stats., to govern the certification and regulation of acupuncturists.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2007 No. 623; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 70.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-70.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 70.02}

As used in ch. 451, Stats., and chs. SPS 70 to 73:

(1)

(a) “Actively engaged in the certified practice of acupuncture” means using acupuncture, under the authorization of a license, certification or registration to practice acupuncture, as the primary means of treatment of patients, not as an adjunctive therapy, and the treatment is dependent upon a thorough understanding and application of Oriental diagnostic theories and practices.

(b) The applicant provides evidence satisfactory to the department that he or she has been “actively engaged in the certified practice of acupuncture” during the 5 years immediately preceding the application in any other state or territory of the United States. Any applicant, whether or not licensed, registered or certified to practice another healing art, shall provide the department with satisfactory evidence that the applicant:

  1. Uses acupuncture based on Oriental diagnostic and therapeutic theories and practices as the primary means of treating diseases and disorders in a minimum of 100 patients with a minimum of 500 patient visits during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of the application, as demonstrated by patient records or affidavits.

  2. Performs general health care in at least 70% of all patient visits, and performs specialized health care such as anesthetics, cosmetic treatments, addiction therapies or weight control in no more than 30% of patient visits.

  3. Practices consistent with the standards identified in a clean needle technique course acceptable to the department.

(2) “Acupressure” means the manual stimulation of acupuncture points.

(3) “Acupuncture” has the meaning given under s. 451.01 (1), Stats.

(4) “Acupuncturist” means a person who is certified under ch. 451, Stats., to practice acupuncture.

(5) “AIDS” means acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.

(6) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(8) “Herbal medicine” means the use of plant, animal and mineral substances to assist in attaining or maintaining a state of health or relief from symptoms of disease.

(9) “HIV” means human immunodeficiency virus.

(10) “Laserpuncture” means the use of lasers to stimulate acupuncture points.

(11) “Moxibustion” means the application of heat produced by burning dried moxa wool to specific points of the human body other than the burning of moxa wool directly on the skin.

(12) “NCCAOM” means the national certification commission for acupuncture and Oriental medicine.

(13) “Needle sickness” includes nausea, or dizziness, or other physical discomforts resulting from acupuncture treatment.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (intro.), (8) and (12), renum. (1) to (5) to be (2) to (6), cr. (1), r. (6), (7) and (14), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; correction in (intro.), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 71 CERTIFICATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 71.01 Application for certification {#sec-sps-71.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 71.01}

An applicant for certification as an acupuncturist who has never practiced acupuncture or who does not qualify for certification under s. SPS 71.03, shall submit to the department:

(1) An application on a form provided by the department.

Note: Application forms are available on request to the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(3) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(4) Evidence that the applicant has never been the subject of any disciplinary action by any professional or licensing authority, and subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., has not been convicted of any offense substantially related to the practice of acupuncture.

(5) Evidence of successful completion of the NCCAOM examination in acupuncture, with a passing score as determined by the NCCAOM.

(6) Evidence of successful completion of course of study and residency, the equivalent of at least 2 consecutive years of full-time education and clinical work in Oriental diagnostic and therapeutic theories and practices at a school accredited by the national accreditation commission for schools and colleges of acupuncture and Oriental medicine or the NCCAOM.

(7) Evidence of successful completion of a clean needle technique course acceptable to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90, am. (intro.), (4) to (6), r. (2), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 71.03 Application for reciprocal certification {#sec-sps-71.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 71.03}

(1) Reciprocity generally. Upon application and payment of the fee specified in s. 440.05 (2), Stats., the department shall grant an acupuncturist certificate of registration to any applicant who holds an acupuncturist certificate or license in another state or territory of the United States if the department determines that the applicant has actively engaged in the practice of acupuncture for at least 5 years or that the requirements for certification or licensure in the other state or territory are substantially equivalent to the requirements under s. 451.04, Stats.

(2) Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and spouses of service members or former service members. A reciprocal acupuncturist certificate shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this subsection.

History

  • Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.
  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; r. (intro.) and (1), renum. (2) to be RL 71.03 and am., Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; CR 21-056: r. and recr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 71.04 Renewal of certification after 5 years {#sec-sps-71.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 71.04}

An acupuncture certificate holder who fails to renew his or her credential within 5 years following the renewal date of the certificate shall take and pass the examination required under s. SPS 71.01 (5) within one year prior to the date of application for renewal, unless the applicant provides evidence satisfactory to the department that he or she has actively engaged in the certified practice of acupuncture during the 5 years immediately preceding the application in any other state or territory of the United States.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 72 SAFE PRACTICE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.01 Sanitation {#sec-sps-72.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.01}

All areas of an establishment and the equipment used by acupuncturists in the establishment shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and safe condition.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.02 Sterilization {#sec-sps-72.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.02}

(1) All nondisposable needles, acupuncture equipment that comes in contact with a patient’s blood or body fluids or penetrates the skin, and equipment used to handle or store needles shall be sterilized after each use.

(2) All equipment required to be sterilized by this section shall be thoroughly wiped clean with a disinfectant or cleansing solution before sterilization.

(3) Sterilization, as required by this section, shall be accomplished by use of one of the following in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions:

(a) Autoclave for 30 minutes at 250º F., 15 pounds of steam pressure. If this method is employed, the packaging used to store the needles shall have autoclave tape to verify sterilization.

(b) Dry heat sterilization for 2 hours at 338º F. If this method is employed, the acupuncturist shall check needles for breakage after sterilization.

(c) Ethylene oxide.

(4) The following procedures are not acceptable methods of sterilization:

(a) Boiling.

(b) Soaking in alcohol or other antiseptic solution.

(c) Glass bead sterilizer.

(5) Equipment used to sterilize shall be maintained in good working order. Sterilization equipment shall be monitored as required by the manufacturer to ensure that it is functioning in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications.

(6) Any equipment that has been sterilized shall be stored in packaging that protects against contamination and that is clearly marked to distinguish it from unsterile equipment. Sealed packages containing sterilized equipment shall be marked with an expiration date in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(7) Resterilization of equipment is required if any of the following occur:

(a) It is equipment stored in a sealed package beyond its expiration date.

(b) Its packaging is damaged in any way which adversely affects the ability of the packaging to maintain the sterility of its contents.

(c) It is not used on the day the equipment is removed from its package.

(8) No needle, cup, or other device shall be used on more than one point of any patient, or applied to a single point on any patient more than one time, before it is resterilized.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (1), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.03 Treatment procedures {#sec-sps-72.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.03}

(1) Before any treatment commences, a patient shall be given the option, at the patient’s own expense, to have treatment with disposable acupuncture needles, which have been sterilized and wrapped in accordance with s. 451.12, Stats., and maintained in accordance with s. SPS 72.02 (7).

(2) An acupuncturist shall wash his or her hands by scrubbing thoroughly for at least 10 seconds with soap or anti-microbial products between treatment of patients, immediately before an acupuncture procedure and after contact with blood or body fluids or obvious environmental contaminants.

(3) A clean field shall be maintained to protect sterility of equipment used in acupuncture treatment of each patient.

(4) A topical disinfectant shall be applied to the skin surface in the area prior to needle insertion or treatment that breaks the skin.

(5) A sterile needle shall be maintained in a sterile state prior to insertion into an acupuncture point and its shaft shall not come in contact with fingers during insertion, positioning or other manipulation.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (1), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.04 Disposal of needles {#sec-sps-72.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.04}

All needles shall be placed in a rigid, puncture-proof sealed container for disposal. Containers used for disposal shall be so labeled, and shall carry the warning “CONTAMINATED CONTENTS—USE PRECAUTIONS.” Disposal containers are to be handled and discarded appropriately.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.05 Procedure for exposure to blood {#sec-sps-72.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.05}

When a patient or acupuncturist is exposed to blood by bleeding needles, laceration, or other exposure to broken skin or mucous membrane, the acupuncturist shall stop, thoroughly wash the exposed area or wound on the patient’s or acupuncturist’s body with soap and water, and disinfect the exposed area or wound with a topical disinfectant. In the case of mucous membrane exposure, the acupuncturist shall wash or rinse the affected area with copious amounts of water.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.06 Precautionary procedures {#sec-sps-72.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.06}

(1) An acupuncturist shall cover any abrasions, oozing or open lesions or wounds on his or her hands or forearms prior to patient contact. If an acupuncturist has oozing or open lesions or weeping dermatitis on his or her hands or forearms that cannot be effectively covered, the acupuncturist shall refrain from direct patient contact until such condition has resolved.

(2) An acupuncturist shall use a new pair of disposable protective gloves in treating each patient who has oozing or open lesions or weeping dermatitis in the area where treatment is to be performed and dispose of the gloves after each such use.

(3) If an acupuncturist learns that a patient has AIDS, hepatitis, or any other blood-borne infectious disease, or has tested positive for HIV, then the acupuncturist shall use disposable needles in treating that patient.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (3), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 72.07 Safe practices {#sec-sps-72.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 72.07}

(1) No acupuncturist shall engage in any treatment which violates standards of good and accepted practice of acupuncture, or which makes use of any unsanitary or non-sterile equipment.

(2) An acupuncturist shall obtain from each patient a medical history pertinent to the patient’s chief complaints.

(3) When an acupuncturist encounters a patient with a potentially serious disorder including, but not limited to, cardiac conditions, uncontrolled hypertension, acute abdominal symptoms, acute undiagnosed neurological changes, unexplained weight loss or gain in excess of 15% of body weight within a 3 month period, suspected fracture or dislocation, suspected systemic infection, communicable disease, any serious undiagnosed hemorrhagic disorder or acute respiratory distress without previous history or diagnosis, the acupuncturist shall:

(a) In a non-emergency situation, request a consultation or written diagnosis from a licensed physician prior to commencing acupuncture treatment or continuing treatment if the situation is discovered in the course of treatment.

(b) In an emergency situation, provide life support and transportation to the nearest licensed medical facility.

(4) An acupuncturist shall have on file for each patient treated a written confirmation signed by the patient and the acupuncturist acknowledging that the patient has been advised to consult a physician regarding the conditions for which such patient seeks acupuncture treatment.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; renum. (2) and (3) to be (3) and (4) and am. (3) (a), cr. (2), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98.

Chapter SPS 73 GROUNDS FOR DISCIPLINE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 73.01 Grounds for denial of certification or discipline {#sec-sps-73.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 73.01}

For purposes of s. 451.14 (2) (b), Stats., engaging in conduct while practicing acupuncture that evidences a lack of knowledge or ability to apply professional principles or skills includes, but is not limited to:

(1) Practicing acupuncture while ability is impaired by a mental or emotional disorder, physical disability, alcohol or other drugs.

(2) Violating, or aiding or abetting violation of any law, the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of acupuncture or other healing art.

(3) Practicing acupuncture without a current and valid certificate.

(4) Having been disciplined in another jurisdiction in any way by a certifying, registering, or licensing authority for reasons substantially the same as those set forth in s. 451.14, Stats., or in chs. SPS 70 to 73.

(5) After a request by the department, failing to cooperate in a timely manner with the department’s investigation of a complaint filed against an acupuncturist. The department will apply a rebuttable presumption that an acupuncturist who takes longer than 30 days to respond to a request by the department has not acted in a timely manner.

(6) Practicing acupuncture fraudulently, beyond its authorized scope, with gross incompetence or gross negligence, with incompetence on one or more occasion, with negligence on more than one occasion, or practicing acupuncture or any secondary therapeutic technique beyond or inconsistent with training, education or experience.

(7) Refusing to provide professional services to a person solely on the basis of such person’s race, color, age, sex, sexual orientation, political or religious beliefs, handicap, marital status or national origin.

(8) Failing to provide duplicate patient records when requested by the patient or the department. If the original record is not in English, the acupuncturist shall provide the duplicate in English translation performed by a competent translator. Thirty days is presumed to be a reasonable period of time in which to obtain the translation.

(9) Failing to maintain complete and accurate records of each patient visit, including patient histories, summaries of examinations, diagnoses, and treatments performed or prescribed, and referrals to other practitioners of acupuncture or any other healing art, for a period of 7 years past the most recent visit of the patient to whom the record refers, or the time the patient reaches the age of majority.

(11) Providing acupuncture without the informed consent of a patient. Informed consent requires:

(a) The disclosure to the patient of the availability of all alternate, viable modes of acupuncture treatment and the benefits and risks of these treatments, including the risks and benefits associated with the use of:

  1. Acupuncture needles to stimulate acupuncture points and meridians, including the specific risks of needling certain points.

  2. Use of mechanical, magnetic or electrical stimulation of acupuncture points, particularly in instances where such stimulation is applied across the midline of the trunk or in patients with a history of heart trouble.

  3. Moxibustion.

  4. Herbal medicine.

  5. Laserpuncture.

  6. Acupressure.

(b) The disclosure to the patient shall involve a disclosure of the side effects including:

  1. Some pain at the site of needle insertion.

  2. Minor bruising.

  3. Infection and the risks from needling in the vicinity of an infection.

  4. Needle sickness.

  5. Broken needles.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; r. and recr. (intro.), am. (4), (6), (8) and (9), r. (10), Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 73.02 Use of titles {#sec-sps-73.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 73.02}

(1) Any person certified under ch. 451, Stats., to practice acupuncture shall include the title “acupuncturist,” “Wisconsin certified acupuncturist,” or a similar title in advertisements of acupuncture services.

(2) Any person certified under ch. 451, Stats., to practice acupuncture who has been conferred the degree of doctor of Oriental medicine may advertise his or her services as an acupuncturist to the public using the title “doctor of Oriental medicine” or “D.O.M.,” if the title “acupuncturist,” “Wisconsin certified acupuncturist,” or a similar title is used in the same advertisement.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 73.03 Examples of false, deceptive or misleading advertising {#sec-sps-73.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 73.03}

For purposes of s. 451.14 (2) (d), Stats., false, deceptive or misleading advertising includes:

(1) Advertising acupuncture services using a title that includes the words “medical doctor” or the initials “M.D.,” unless the acupuncturist meets the requirements of s. 448.03 (3) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 448.03 (3) USE OF TITLES. (a) No person may use or assume the title “doctor of medicine” or append to the person’s name the letters “M.D.” unless one of the following applies:

1. The person possesses the degree of doctor of medicine.

2. The person is licensed as a physician under this subchapter because the person satisfied the degree requirement of s. 448.05 (2) by possessing a medical degree that was conferred by a medical school recognized and listed as such by the World Health Organization of the United Nations.

(2) Advertising acupuncture services using the title “Doctor” or the abbreviation “Dr.,” or “Ph.D.” in connection with the practice of acupuncture unless the acupuncturist possesses a license or certificate which authorizes such use or possesses an earned doctorate degree which is in acupuncture or Oriental medicine.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1998, No. 509, eff. 6-1-98.

Chapter SPS 85 REAL ESTATE APPRAISERS

Subchapter I Authority, Intent, Adoption of Standards, and Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.100 Authority {#sec-sps-85.100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.100}

The rules in chs. SPS 85 to 87 are adopted under the authority of ss. 227.11 and 440.03 (1), Stats., and ch. 458, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; am. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR. 14-016: renum. from SPS 80.01 and am. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.110 Intent {#sec-sps-85.110 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.110}

The intent of the department in adopting chs. SPS 85 to 87 is to establish minimum standards for professional appraisal practice for certified and licensed appraisers that are consistent with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice issued by the Appraisal Standards Board of The Appraisal Foundation. It is further intended that these rules shall establish standards of competency such that persons certified or licensed as appraisers are qualified to perform appraisals for federally related transaction under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, 12 USC 3331 et seq.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. eff. 10-1-91; am, Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 80.02 and am. Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.115 Adoption of standards {#sec-sps-85.115 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.115}

The Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, 2024, issued by the Appraisal Standards Board of The Appraisal Foundation, are incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 85 to 87.

Note: Copies of the standards are on file in the offices of the legislative reference bureau. A copy of the standards may be purchased from the organization listed at www.appraisalfoundation.org.

History

  • CR 18-104: cr. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; CR 25-026: am. Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.120 Definitions {#sec-sps-85.120 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.120}

As used in chs. SPS 85 to 87 and in ch. 458, Stats.:

(1) “Accredited” means accredited by the Commission on Colleges, a national or regional accreditation association, or an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. department of education.

(1m) “Appraisal consulting” means the performance of consulting services in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

(2) “Appraisal experience” means experience obtained by the performance of appraisals, appraisal reviews, appraisal consulting assignments, or mass appraisals in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice in effect at the time the experience is obtained.

(3) “AQB” means the Appraiser Qualifications Board of The Appraisal Foundation.

Note: The Appraiser Qualifications Board of The Appraisal Foundation may be contacted at (202) 347-7722, info@appraisalfoundation.org, or www.appraisalfoundation.org.

(4) “Board” means the real estate appraisers board.

(5) “Class hour” means 60 minutes, of which at least 50 minutes are instruction attended by the student.

(6) “CLEP” means College Level Examination Program.

(7) “Complex 1-to-4 family residential property appraisal” means an appraisal of 1-to-4 family residential property in which the property to be appraised, the form of ownership, or market conditions are atypical.

(8) “Cosign” means the act of a noncertified or unlicensed appraiser signing a written appraisal in conjunction with a certified or licensed appraiser.

(9) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(10) “Distance education” means any education process based on the geographical separation of student and instructor.

(11) “Dwelling unit” means a structure or that part of a structure that is used or intended to be used as a residence.

(12) “Federal financial institutions regulatory agencies” means the board of governors of the federal reserve system, the federal deposit insurance corporation, the office of the comptroller of the currency, the office of thrift supervision and the national credit union administration.

(13) “Federally related transaction” means any real estate related financial transaction which a federal financial institutions regulatory agency engages in, contracts for or regulates and requires the services of an appraiser.

(14) “Fee and staff appraisal” means a real property appraisal developed and reported in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

(15) “FIRREA” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989.

(15m) “Former service member” has the meaning given in s. 440.09 (1) (a), Stats.

(16) “Highest and best use” means the reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value.

(17) “Hour of appraisal experience” means 60 minutes of verifiable appraisal experience.

(18) “Mass appraisal” means an appraisal of a universe of properties performed in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

(19) “Non-complex 1-to-4 family residential property appraisal” means an appraisal of 1-to-4 family residential property in which the property to be appraised, the form of ownership, or market conditions are typical.

(20) “Non-federally related transaction” means any real estate related transaction other than a federally related transaction.

(20m) “PAREA” means Practical Applications of Real Estate Appraisal, a virtual educational training program approved by the AQB designed to offer practical experience in a simulated and controlled environment.

(21) “Practice of a temporary nature” means the performance by an appraiser of one or more appraisals conducted for purposes of completing a specific appraiser assignment.

(21g) “Service member” has the meaning given in s. 440.09 (1) (b), Stats.

(21r) “Spouse” has the meaning given in s. 440.09 (1) (c), Stats.

(24) “Supervision” means direct, personal, and active oversight by a certified or licensed appraiser of employees or associates who assist in the preparation of appraisals.

(25) “Transaction value” means one of the following:

(a) For loans or other extensions of credit, the amount of the loan or extension of credit.

(b) For sales, leases, purchases, and investments in or exchanges of real property, the market value of the real property interest involved.

(c) For the pooling of loans or interests in real property for resale or purchase, the amount of the loan or market value of the real property calculated with respect to each such loan or interest in real property.

(26) “Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice” or “USPAP” means the standards issued by the Appraisal Standards Board of The Appraisal Foundation for the performance of real estate appraisals.

(27) “Written” means written on paper or administered electronically on a computer workstation or other device.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (4), (7) and (9), renum. (10) and (11) to be (12) and (13), cr. (10) and (11), eff. 10-1-91; am, (4), (7) and (9), renum. (10) and (11) to be (11) and (12), cr. (10), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (intro.), renum. (2) to (12) to be (3), (4), (6) to (10), (14), (16) to (18) and am. (16), cr. (2), (5), (11) to (13) and (15), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; renum. (1) to be (1a), cr. (1), (2a), (8a), (8b), (8c), (8d), am. (3), (8), (9), (17), r. (16), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (3), (13), (15) (intro.), (a), and (b), renum. (1) to (1a) to be (1a) and (1b), cr. (1), (10a), r. (17), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; cr. (8ag), (8ar) and (10r), renum. (10a) to be (10g); Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (1a), (2), (3), (8a), (8b), (8d), (9), (12), (13) and (14), r. (2a), cr. (7g) and (8bg), r. and recr. (10r), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: r. (1a), (1b), (7g) (a) and (b), am. (3), (9) and (13), r. and recr. (4m) and (10), renum. (7g) (intro.) to (7g) and am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: am. (10) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (7) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (intro.), (9) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: SPS 85.120 renum. from SPS 80.03; as renumbered, am. (intro.), r. (2), renum. (3) to (8) to (2), (4), (5), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), cr. (3), (6) renum. from SPS 84.001 and am., r. (8), renum. (8ag) to (8c) to (12) to (16), r. (8) (d), renum. (9) to (18) to (17) to (26) and am. (17); cr. (27) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in (17) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. (1) to (3), (6), (14), (15), (17), (18), r. (22), renum. (23) to (1m) and am., am. (24), (26) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; CR 20-086: cr. (15m), (21g), (21r) Register August 2021 No. 788, eff. 9-1-21; CR 25-025: cr. (20m) Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.

Subchapter II Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.200 Prerequisite to submitting credential application {#sec-sps-85.200 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.200}

Prior to submitting an application for a licensed or certified real estate appraiser credential, an individual shall successfully complete the education and experience hours required under ss. SPS 85.310 and 85.320, ss. SPS 85.410 and 85.420, or ss. SPS 85.510 and 85.520, as appropriate.

History

  • CR 04-007: cr. Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 06-033: am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 81.01 and am. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register December 2019 No. 768.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.210 Applications for certified and licensed appraisers {#sec-sps-85.210 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.210}

(1) An applicant for certification or licensure shall apply on a form provided by the department. The application shall include all of the following:

(a) The application fee established by the department and the annual registry fees required under s. 458.21, Stats.

(b) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., a statement relating to any pending criminal charge or conviction record. An applicant who has a pending criminal charge or a conviction record shall provide the department with all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending charge or conviction substantially relate to the practice of appraisal.

(c) Evidence of successful completion of the educational course work required under s. SPS 85.320, 85.420, or 85.520 for licensure or certification.

(d) Evidence of successful completion of the national and state examinations under s. SPS 85.600.

(e) The roster of appraisal experience required under s. SPS 85.700 (3).

Note: Applications are available from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2m) The department may request additional information to determine if an applicant is qualified for certification or licensure. Failure by an applicant to comply with a request for additional information within 120 days from the date of the request shall void the application and require the applicant to reapply for certification or licensure.

(3m) The department shall provide an applicant with a disability reasonable accommodations for completing an application.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. intro., (3), (6) and (7), eff. 10-1-91; am. (intro.), (3), (6), (7), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (intro.), (2) to (4), (6) and (7), cr. (8), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (intro.) and (1) to (7), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (3), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 02-067: am. (3), r. (4) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 04-007: renum. from RL 81.01 Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 06-033: am. (intro.), (3) and (7), r. (6) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; correction in (3), (5), (7), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: SPS 85.210 renum. from SPS 81.02, am. (3), (5), (7), r. (8) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: renum. (intro.) to (1) (intro.) and am., cr. (2m), (3m) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.220 Temporary registration {#sec-sps-85.220 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.220}

(1) Requirements. An appraiser who holds a current appraiser certificate in another state, which is not currently limited, suspended, or revoked, may use the titles described under s. 458.055, Stats., when performing an appraisal in this state, if all of the following apply:

(a) The appraisal is performed in a federally related transaction.

(b) The appraiser’s practice in this state is practice of a temporary nature.

(c) The appraiser completes an application and pays the fee specified in s. 440.05 (1) and (6), Stats.

(2) Application. An appraiser seeking a temporary registration shall apply on a form provided by the department. The application shall include all of the following:

(a) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1) and (6), Stats.

(b) A description of the appraisal assignment in this state, including information pertaining to the type of property being appraised, the location and approximate size of the property, the anticipated completion date, and the name and address of the lender requesting the appraisal.

(c) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., a statement relating to any pending criminal charge or conviction record. An applicant who has a pending criminal charge or a conviction record shall provide the department with all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending charge or conviction substantially relate to the practice of appraisal.

(d) A written statement identifying each state in which the applicant practices as an appraiser.

Note: Applications are available from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(3) Request for additional information. The department may request additional information to determine if an applicant is qualified for a temporary registration. Failure by an applicant to comply with a request for additional information within 120 days from the date of the request shall void the application and require the applicant to reapply for temporary registration.

(4) Accommodations. The department shall provide an applicant with a disability reasonable accommodations for completing an application.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2) (intro.), (d), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1) (c), (2), (a), (b) and (c), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98.; am. (2) (b), cr. (2) (e), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (1) (c), r. (2) (b), renum. (2) (c) to (e) to be (2) (b) to (d) and am. (2) (d), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (1) (intro.), (c), (2) (intro.) and (a) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 14-016: SPS 85.220 (1), (2) renum. from SPS 81.03 (1), (2) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; SPS 85.220 (title) renum. from 81.03 (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. (1) (intro.), (2) (intro.), (b), (c), cr. (3), (4) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.230 Reciprocal licensure and certification {#sec-sps-85.230 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.230}

(1) Except as provided under sub. (2m), an individual applying for licensure or certification as an appraiser on the basis of a license or certification in another state or territory of the United States shall do all of the following:

(a) Submit an application on a form provided by the department.

(b) Pay the fee specified in s. 440.05 (2), Stats.

(c) Submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant meets all of the following requirements:

  1. The applicant holds a current appraiser license or certification in another state or territory of the United States, which is not currently limited, suspended, or revoked and that was granted in accordance with the requirements of FIRREA.

  2. The applicant has successfully completed the examination under s. SPS 85.600 on statutes and rules of this state governing appraisers.

(d) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., provide a statement relating to any pending criminal charge or conviction record. An applicant who has a pending criminal charge or a conviction record shall provide the department with all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending charge or conviction substantially relate to the practice of appraisal.

(2) In determining whether to grant a reciprocal license or certification under sub. (1), the department shall consider whether the current requirements for a license or certification in the other state or territory meet or exceed the requirements for licensure or certification as an appraiser in this state.

(2m) As provided under s. 440.09, Stats., the department shall grant a reciprocal license or certification as an appraiser to an individual who the department determines meets all of the following requirements:

(a) The individual applies for a reciprocal license or certification under this subsection on a form prescribed by the department.

(b) The individual is a service member, a former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member and resides in this state.

(c) The individual holds a license, certification, registration, or permit that was granted by a governmental authority in a jurisdiction outside this state that qualifies the individual to perform appraisals conducted in connection with federally related transactions.

(d) The individual pays the fee specified under s. 440.05 (2), Stats.

(e) The individual is in good standing with the governmental authorities in every jurisdiction outside this state that have granted the individual a license, certification, registration, or permit that qualifies the individual to perform appraisals conducted in connection with federally related transactions. An individual does not meet the requirement under this paragraph if, during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of application under par. (a), the individual has been convicted of, or plead guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony substantially related to the practice of real estate appraisal. A felony substantially related to the practice of real estate appraisal does not include a felony involving an act other than fraud, dishonesty, breach of trust, or money laundering.

(3) Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request additional information to determine if an applicant is qualified for reciprocal licensure or certification. Failure by an applicant to comply with a request for additional information within 120 days from the date of the request shall void the application and require the applicant to reapply for reciprocal licensure or registration.

(4) The department shall provide an applicant with a disability reasonable accommodations for completing an application.

Note: Applications for reciprocal licensure and certification may be obtained from the department of safety and professional services at (608) 266-2112 or from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 06-033: am. (1) (c) (intro.) and 1. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: cr. (1) (c) 4. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (c) 2., 4. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; EmR1307: emerg. r. (1) (c) 3., 4., am. (2), eff. 6-18-13; CR 13-053: r. (1) (c) 3., 4., am. (2) Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; CR 14-016: SPS 85.230 renum. from SPS 81.04, am. (1) (c) 2., cr. (1) (c) 3. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) (c) (intro.), 1., 2., renum. (1) (c) 3. to (1) (d) and am., cr. (3), (4) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; correction in (1) (c) 3. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register December 2019 No. 768; CR 20-086: am. (1) (intro.), (2), cr. (2m), am. (3) Register August 2021 No. 788, eff. 9-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.240 Background checks {#sec-sps-85.240 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.240}

(1) Except for candidates for a reciprocal credential under s. SPS 85.230 (2m), all candidates for licensed or certified appraiser credentials shall undergo background screening in accordance with s. 440.03 (13) (c), Stats. The board may not issue a licensed or certified appraiser credential if any of the following applies:

(a) The applicant has had an appraiser license or certification revoked, or surrendered for cause, in any governmental jurisdiction within the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of application.

(b) The applicant has been convicted of, or plead guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony substantially related to the practice of real estate appraisal. This paragraph does not apply if the felony involved an act other than fraud, dishonesty, breach of trust, or money laundering and the conviction or plea occurred before the 5-year period immediately preceding the date of application.

(c) The applicant has failed to demonstrate character and general fitness such as to command the confidence of the community and to warrant a determination that the appraiser will operate honestly and fairly.

(2) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., an applicant who has a pending criminal charge or has a conviction record shall provide the department with all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending charge or conviction substantially relate to the practice of real estate appraisal.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-5; CR 18-104: am. (1) (a), (b) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; CR 20-086: am. (1) (intro.) Register August 2021 No. 788, eff. 9-1-21.

Subchapter III Certified General Appraiser

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.300 Certified general appraiser {#sec-sps-85.300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.300}

A certified general appraiser may conduct appraisals of 1-to-4 family residential real estate and commercial real estate without regard to transaction value.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 81.05 (1) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.310 Proof of experience {#sec-sps-85.310 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.310}

An applicant seeking certification as a general appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has at least 3,000 hours of appraisal experience obtained over a period of not less than 18 months.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 83.01 (title), (1), am. (title) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.320 Core curriculum and educational requirements {#sec-sps-85.320 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.320}

(1) An individual who applies for certification as a certified general appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the individual has successfully completed all of the following:

(a) The required 300 class hour core curriculum established by the AQB. The required curriculum consists of all of the following subject areas and corresponding class hours:

  1. Basic appraisal principles — 30 hours.

  2. Basic appraisal procedures — 30 hours.

  3. The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its AQB-approved equivalent — 15 hours.

  4. General appraisal market analysis and highest and best use — 30 hours.

  5. Statistics, modeling and finance — 15 hours.

  6. General appraiser sales comparison approach — 30 hours.

  7. General appraisal site valuation and cost approach — 30 hours.

  8. General appraiser income approach — 60 hours.

  9. General appraiser report writing and case studies — 30 hours.

  10. Appraisal subject matter electives that may include the minimum required in the subject areas described in subds. 1. to 9. — 30 hours.

(b) A bachelor’s degree or higher, in any field of study, from an accredited, degree-granting college or university.

(2) A licensed appraiser who applies for a certified general appraiser credential shall complete all of the following 150 hour course work, which is identified in the core curriculum under sub. (1) (a), and the college-level educational requirements under sub. (1) (b):

(a) General appraiser market analysis and highest and best use — 15 hours.

(b) Statistics, modeling and finance — 15 hours.

(c) General appraiser sales comparison approach — 15 hours.

(d) General appraiser site valuation and cost approach — 15 hours.

(e) General appraiser income approach — 45 hours.

(f) General appraiser report writing and case studies — 15 hours.

(g) Appraisal subject matter electives as provided in par. (a) — 30 hours.

(3) A certified residential appraiser who applies for a certified general appraiser credential shall complete all of the following 100 hour course work, which is identified in the core curriculum under sub. (1) (a), and the college-level educational requirements under sub. (1) (b):

(a) General appraiser market analysis and highest and best use — 15 hours.

(b) General appraiser sales comparison approach — 15 hours.

(c) General appraiser site valuation and cost approach — 15 hours.

(d) General appraiser income approach — 45 hours.

(e) General appraiser report writing and case studies — 10 hours.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1), (2) and (3) (intro.), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1), (2) (intro.) and (3) (intro.), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (2) (a), (3) (intro.), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1), (2) (intro.), (3) (a), (b), (c) 1., to 4. c., and (d) to (q), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 01-100: am. (2) (a), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 02-067: am. (1), (2) (intro.) and (a) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 06-033: renum. from s. RL 84.03 and am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: SPS 85.320 renum. from SPS 84.04; as renumbered, renum. (1) (b) (intro.) to (b) and am., r. (1) (b) 1. to 9. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (title), (1) (intro.), (a) (intro.), 3., (b) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.330 Prerequisite for examination {#sec-sps-85.330 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.330}

In order to obtain a certified general appraiser credential, an applicant shall complete the AQB-approved certified general real property appraiser examination. The prerequisite for taking the AQB-approved examination is completion of all of the following:

(1) Three hundred creditable class hours as specified in the course requirements found in s. SPS 85.320 (1) (a). As part of the 300 required hours, the applicant shall complete the 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its AQB-approved equivalent, and the corresponding examination.

(2) Completion of a bachelor’s degree or higher from an accredited college or university.

(3) Three thousand hours of qualifying experience obtained in no fewer than 18 months, a minimum of 1,500 hours of which shall be obtained in non-residential appraisal work. While the hours may be cumulative, the required number of months shall accrue before an individual may be certified.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (intro.), (1), (3) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter IV Certified Residential Appraiser

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.400 Certified residential appraiser {#sec-sps-85.400 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.400}

A certified residential appraiser may conduct appraisals of 1-to-4 family residential real estate without regard to transaction value and commercial real estate having a transaction value of not more than $500,000.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 81.05 (2) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.410 Proof of experience {#sec-sps-85.410 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.410}

An applicant seeking certification as a residential appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has at least 1,500 hours of appraisal experience obtained over a period of not less than 12 months.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 83.01 (1a), cr. (title) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.420 Core curriculum and educational requirements {#sec-sps-85.420 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.420}

(1) An individual who applies for certification as a certified residential appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the individual has successfully completed all of the following:

(a) The required 200 class hour core curriculum established by the AQB. The required curriculum consists of all of the following subject areas and corresponding class hours:

  1. Basic appraisal principles — 30 hours.

  2. Basic appraisal procedures — 30 hours.

  3. The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its equivalent — 15 hours.

  4. Residential market analysis and highest and best use — 15 hours.

  5. Residential appraiser site valuation and cost approach — 15 hours.

  6. Residential sales comparison and income approaches — 30 hours.

  7. Residential report writing and case studies — 15 hours.

  8. Statistics, modeling and finance — 15 hours.

  9. Advanced residential applications and case studies — 15 hours.

  10. Appraisal subject matter electives that may include hours over the minimum required in the subject areas described in subds. 1. to 9. — 20 hours.

(b) College-level education meeting the requirements under s. SPS 85.425.

(2) A licensed appraiser who applies for a certified residential appraiser credential shall complete all of the class hours under sub. (1) (a) 8. to 10. and college-level education meeting the requirements under s. SPS 85.425.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1), (2) and (3) (intro.), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1) to (3) (intro.), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (1) and (2), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (1), (3) (intro.), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2) and (3) (a) to (q), cr. (3) (r), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 01-100: am. (2), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 02-067: am. (1), renum. (2) to be (2) (intro.) and am., cr. (2) (a) and (b) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 06-033: renum. from s. RL 84.02 and am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: renum. SPS 85.420 from SPS 84.03; as renumbered, renum. (1) (b) (intro.) to (b) and am., r. (1) (b) 1. to 6. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (title), (1) (intro.), (a) (intro.), 3., (b), renum. (2) (intro.) to (2) and am., r. (2) (a) to (c) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.425 Qualifying college-level education {#sec-sps-85.425 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.425}

(1) Except as provided under sub. (2), an applicant shall satisfy one of the following requirements:

(a) A bachelor’s degree or higher in any field of study from an accredited, degree-granting college or university.

(b) An associate’s degree from an accredited, degree-granting college or university in a field of study related to one of the following:

  1. Business administration.

  2. Accounting.

  3. Finance.

  4. Economics.

  5. Real estate.

(c) Successful completion of 30 semester hours of college-level courses from an accredited, degree-granting college or university. The 30 semester hours shall include all of the following:

  1. Three semester hours in English composition.

  2. Three semester hours in microeconomics.

  3. Three semester hours in macroeconomics.

  4. Three semester hours in finance.

  5. Three semester hours in algebra, geometry, or higher mathematics.

  6. Three semester hours in statistics.

  7. Three semester hours in computer science.

  8. Three semester hours in business law or real estate law.

  9. Two elective courses of 3 semester hours each. Each course shall be in the subject area of accounting, geography, agricultural economics, business management, real estate, or one of the subject areas under subds. 1. to 8.

(d) Successful completion of all of the following CLEP examinations:

  1. College Algebra.

  2. College Composition.

  3. College Composition Modular.

  4. College Mathematics.

  5. Principles of Macroeconomics.

  6. Principles of Microeconomics.

  7. Introductory Business Law.

  8. Information Systems.

(e) Successful completion of any combination of the college-level courses and examinations under pars. (c) and (d) that is equivalent to at least 30 semester hours and applicable to all of the subject matter under par. (c). For purposes of this paragraph, all of the following shall apply:

  1. The examination under par. (d) 1. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to algebra, geometry, statistics, or higher mathematics.

  2. The examination under par. (d) 2. is equivalent to 6 semester hours and applicable to English composition.

  3. The examination under par. (d) 3. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to English composition.

  4. The examination under par. (d) 4. is equivalent to 6 semester hours and applicable to algebra, geometry, statistics, or higher mathematics.

  5. The examination under par. (d) 5. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to macroeconomics or finance.

  6. The examination under par. (d) 6. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to microeconomics or finance.

  7. The examination under par. (d) 7. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to business law or real estate law.

  8. The examination under par. (d) 8. is equivalent to 3 semester hours and applicable to computer science.

(2) The department shall consider an applicant to meet the requirements under sub. (1) if, during the 5 years immediately preceding the date of application, the applicant has been a licensed appraiser and has not been subject to any adverse, final, and non-appealable disciplinary action affecting eligibility to engage in appraisal practice.

History

  • CR 18-104: cr. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.430 Prerequisite for examination {#sec-sps-85.430 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.430}

(1) An applicant for a certified residential appraiser credential shall successfully complete the AQB-approved certified residential real property appraiser examination. The prerequisite for taking the AQB-approved examination is completion of all of the following:

(a) The 200 class hours under s. SPS 85.420 (1) (a). As part of the 200 required hours, applicants shall successfully complete the 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its AQB-approved equivalent, and the corresponding examination.

(b) Completion of college-level education meeting the requirements under s. SPS 85.425.

(c) One thousand five hundred hours of qualifying experience obtained in no fewer than 12 months. While the hours may be cumulative, the required number of months shall accrue before an individual may be certified.

(2) The only alternative to successful completion of the certified residential examination is the successful completion of the certified general examination.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter V Licensed Appraiser

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.500 Licensed appraiser {#sec-sps-85.500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.500}

A licensed appraiser may conduct appraisals of complex 1-to-4 family residential property having a transaction value of not more than $400,000, non-complex 1-to-4 family residential property having a transaction value of not more than one million dollars, and commercial real estate having a transaction value of not more than $500,000.

Note: Under federal law, a financial institution is responsible for making the final determination of whether an appraisal is complex. A financial institution may presume that appraisals of 1-to-4 family residential properties are not complex, unless the institution has readily available information that a given appraisal will be complex. If during the course of the appraisal a licensed appraiser identifies factors that would result in the property, form of ownership, or market conditions being considered atypical, the financial institution must either ask the licensed appraiser to complete the appraisal and have a certified appraiser approve and cosign the appraisal, or engage a certified appraiser to complete the appraisal. 12 CRF 225.63.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 81.05 (3) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; CR 20-086: am. Register August 2021 No. 788, eff. 9-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.510 Proof of experience {#sec-sps-85.510 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.510}

An applicant seeking licensure as an appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has at least 1,000 hours of appraisal experience obtained over a period of not less than 6 months.

History

  • CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 83.01 (2), cr. (title) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.520 Core curriculum requirements {#sec-sps-85.520 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.520}

An individual who applies for a license as an appraiser shall submit evidence satisfactory to the department that the individual has successfully completed the required 150 class hour core curriculum established by the AQB. The required curriculum consists of all of the following subject areas and corresponding class hours:

(1) Basic appraisal principles — 30 hours.

(2) Basic appraisal procedures — 30 hours.

(3) The 15-Hour National USPAP Course or its equivalent — 15 hours.

(4) Residential market analysis and highest and best use — 15 hours.

(5) Residential appraiser site valuation and cost approach — 15 hours.

(6) Residential sales comparison and income approaches — 30 hours.

(7) Residential report writing and case studies — 15 hours.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (1), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (3) (intro.), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1), (2) and (3) (a) to (p), cr. (3) (r), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 02-067: am. (1), renum. (2) to be (2) (intro.) and am., cr. (2) (a) and (b), Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 06-033: renum. from s. RL 84.04 and am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: SPS 85.520 renum. from SPS 84.02, cr. (8), (9) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (title), (intro.), (3), r. (8), (9) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.530 Prerequisite for examination {#sec-sps-85.530 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.530}

(1) An applicant for a licensed appraiser credential shall successfully complete the AQB-approved licensed residential real property appraiser examination. The prerequisite for taking the AQB-approved examination is completion of all of the following:

(a) The 150 class hours under s. SPS 85.520.

(c) One thousand hours of qualifying experience in no fewer than 6 months.

(2) The only alternative to successful completion of the licensed residential examination is the successful completion of the certified residential or certified general examinations.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) (intro.), (a), r. (1) (b), am. (1) (c) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter VI Examination

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.600 Examination {#sec-sps-85.600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.600}

(1) In order to obtain a residential or general appraiser certification or a certificate of licensure as an appraiser, an applicant shall pass the national examination required for certification as a residential appraiser or general appraiser or for licensure, as appropriate, and the examination on statutes and rules of this state governing appraisers.

Note: The examination on Wisconsin statutes and rules is administered by the department. The national examination is administered by a provider approved by the department.

(2) The national examination required for appraiser certification or licensure shall be consistent with and equivalent to the uniform state certification examination issued or endorsed by the AQB.

(3) A score determined by the department to represent minimum competence to practice is required to pass each examination. The department may adopt the passing grade on the national examination recommended by the examination provider. Following consultation with subject matter experts who have reviewed a representative sample of the examination questions and available candidate performance statistics, the department shall determine the passing grade for the examination on statutes and rules of this state. The department shall set the passing score for the statutes and rules examination to represent minimum acceptable competence in the profession.

(4) Individuals who apply for licensed and certified appraiser credentials have up to 24 months, after receiving authorization to sit for the examinations from the department, to take and pass the state and national examinations required under sub. (1).

(5) Successful completion of the state and national examinations required under sub. (1) is valid for a period not to exceed 24 months. An applicant who does not complete all requirements for a credential within 24 months after successful completion of the national examination shall do all of the following:

(a) Submit a new application for the appropriate credential.

(b) Pay the fees required under s. SPS 85.210 (1).

(c) Retake and pass the state and national examinations required under sub. (1).

(7) A new applicant not currently licensed or certified and in good standing in another jurisdiction, shall have up to 24 months, after receiving authorization to sit for the examination, to take and pass an AQB approved qualifying examination for the credential as required by s. SPS 85.600 (1). Successful scores are valid for a period of 24 months.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1) and (2), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1) and (2), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; CR 04-007: am. (1), cr. (4), (5) and (6) Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 06-033: am. (6) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: am. (1), (6) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (5) (b), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: SPS 85.600 renum. from SPS 82.01, am. (5) (b), r. (6), cr. (7) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; SPS 85.600 (title) renum. from 82.01 (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. (1) to (3) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.610 Examination procedures {#sec-sps-85.610 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.610}

(1) An applicant may not practice any deception or fraud with respect to the applicant’s identity in connection with taking an examination.

(2) An applicant may not cheat or attempt to cheat on an examination, including any of the following:

(a) Giving or attempting to give examination questions or answers to examination questions to another person.

(b) Receiving or attempting to receive examination questions or answers to examination questions from another person.

(c) Using unauthorized materials during any portion of the examination.

(d) Failing to comply with additional written instructions provided at the time of examination relating to cheating other than those specified in pars. (a) to (c).

(4) Silent cordless calculators may be used by the applicant when taking the examination.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; r. (1), renum. (2) and (3) to be (1) and (2) and r. and recr. (2) (d), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2) (intro.), (a), (b) and (c), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 01-100: am. (1), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 14-016: SPS 85.610 renum. from SPS 82.02 Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1), (2) (intro.), (a), (b) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.620 Reexamination {#sec-sps-85.620 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.620}

Upon payment of the required fee, an applicant may retake an examination.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; CR 01-100: r. (2), renum. (1) to be RL 82.03, Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 14-016: renum. from SPS 82.03 Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.630 Claim of examination error {#sec-sps-85.630 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.630}

(1) To claim an error on the Wisconsin statutes and rules examination, an applicant shall file a written request with the department within 30 days of the date the applicant reviews the examination. The request shall include all of the following:

(a) The applicant’s name and address.

(b) The type of certificate for which the applicant applied.

(c) A description of the mistakes the applicant believes were made in the examination content, procedures, or scoring, including the specific questions or procedures claimed to be in error.

(d) The facts the applicant intends to prove, including citations to references or other supporting evidence for the applicant’s claim.

(2) The department shall make a determination as to the validity of the claim and notify the applicant in writing of the decision and any resulting score changes.

(3) If the decision does not result in a passing grade, the applicant may retake the examination.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (3), eff. 10-1-91; am. (3), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (1) (intro.), (3), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1) (intro.), (a), (b) and (c), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; CR 14-016: SPS 85.630 renum. from SPS 82.04 Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) (d), (2) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter VII Experience

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.700 Proof of Experience {#sec-sps-85.700 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.700}

(1) The work claimed under ss. SPS 85.310, 85.410, and 85.510 for appraisal experience credit shall be approved by the department and meet all of the following requirements:

(a) Be in compliance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice in effect at the time the appraisals were prepared.

(b) Include one or more of the following types of appraisal experience:

  1. Appraisal.

  2. Appraisal review.

  3. Appraisal consulting.

  4. Mass appraisal.

(c) For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.310, include no more than 50 percent residential appraisal experience.

(cm) For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.310, an applicant who has completed a Licensed Residential PAREA program may receive 33 percent of the required experience hours toward the certified general credential. For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.310, an applicant who has completed a Certified Residential PAREA program may receive 50 percent of the required experience hours toward the certified general credential. In both of these cases, these hours are not eligible toward the non-residential property experience hours required under s. SPS 85.330 (3).

(d) For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.410 or 85.510, include no more than 25 percent commercial appraisal experience.

(dg) For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.410, an applicant who has completed a Licensed Residential PAREA program may receive 67 percent of the required experience hours toward the certified residential credential. For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.410, an applicant who has completed a Certified Residential PAREA program may receive 100 percent of the required experience hours toward the certified residential credential.

(dr) For experience claimed under s. SPS 85.510, an applicant who has completed a Licensed Residential or Certified Residential PAREA program may receive 100 percent of the required experience hours toward the licensed appraiser credential.

(e) Include no more than 50 percent of appraisal experience gained for appraisal work performed without a client. Case studies or practicum courses that are approved by the AQB may be claimed to satisfy non-client experience. All non-client appraisal experience may be reviewed by the department for compliance with the USPAP.

(em) Notwithstanding par. (e), a PAREA program may be claimed as experience hours that are either non-client or with a client.

(f) Demonstrate the same level of proficiency in appraisal principles, techniques, and skills as that demonstrated by appraisers practicing under Standard 1 of the USPAP.

(2) All experience required under ss. SPS 85.310, 85.410, and 85.510 shall be acquired after January 30, 1989.

(3) An applicant applying for certification or licensure under s. SPS 85.310, 85.410, or 85.510 shall submit on forms provided by the department a roster of appraisal experience that contains all of the following:

(a) Type of property.

(b) The date of the report.

(c) The address of the appraised property.

(d) A description of work performed by the applicant and scope of review and supervision of the supervising appraiser.

(e) The number of actual work hours by the applicant on the assignment.

(f) The signature and state certification number of the supervising appraiser, if applicable. Separate rosters shall be maintained for each supervising appraiser.

Note: Application forms may be obtained from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) Notwithstanding sub. (3), experience hours claimed from a PAREA program do not need to be included in a roster of appraisal experience submitted to the department when the experience hours are summarized within the coursework of the program. An applicant applying for certification or licensure under s. SPS 85.310, 85.410, or 85.510 who is using experience hours from a PAREA program shall submit to the department the certificate of completion from each PAREA program.

History

  • CR 14-016: (1), (2), (3) renum. from SPS 83.01 (3), (3m), (4); as renumbered, am. (1) (intro.), r. (1) (e), am. (2), consol. (3) (intro.), (b) into (3) (intro.) and am., r. (3) (c), cr. (title), (3) (a) to (f) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) (intro.), (a), renum. (1) (b) to (1) (b) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (b) 1. to 4., am. (1) (c) to (f), (2), (3) (intro.) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20; CR 25-025: cr. (1) (cm), (dg), (dr), (em), (4) Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.710 Verification of appraisal experience {#sec-sps-85.710 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.710}

For purposes of verifying appraisal experience claimed under this chapter, the department may require an applicant to submit any of the following:

(1) Business records, including tax records, which clearly demonstrate the practice of residential or commercial appraising claimed by the applicant.

(2) Employment records provided by an employer which verify the applicant’s experience as an appraiser or assessor. Employment records shall verify the number of hours employed, the type of experience, and a description of the applicant’s duties.

(3) Employment records provided by an official of a lending institution, insurance company, or similarly regulated agency, which verifies the applicant’s experience as a review appraiser.

(4) Copies of any appraisal listed in the documentation of experience required under s. SPS 85.700 (3). The department may contact any person listed on the application to obtain additional information about the experience of the applicant.

(5) Records of the department of revenue or a local governmental body that document the applicant’s experience as an assessor, including all of the following:

(a) A job description which identifies the job components relevant to practice as an assessor and the number of hours spent performing each component.

(b) Documents that demonstrate the applicant’s performance of the following components of the mass appraisal process in accordance with Standards 5 and 6 of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice:

  1. Highest and best use study.

  2. Model specification.

  3. Model calibration.

(6) Any additional information the department deems necessary to evaluate the applicant’s experience.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (2), (3), renum. (6) to be (7), cr. (6), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; CR 01-100: r. (2), renum. (3) to (7) to be (2) to (6) and am. (2) and (5) (b) (intro.), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (2) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: cr. (7) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: SPS 85.710 renum. from SPS 83.02, am. (4), r. (7) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. (5) (intro.), (b) (intro.) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter VIII Education

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.800 Course approval {#sec-sps-85.800 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.800}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (9), all educational courses designed to meet the requirements in s. 458.06 (2) (d), (3) (b) or (4) (b), Stats., s. 458.08 (3) (c), Stats., and this chapter, shall be submitted to the department for approval.

Note: Information relating to course approval is available from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Credit toward the course requirement may be granted only if the length of the educational course is at least 15 hours of instruction and the individual successfully completes an examination pertinent to that course.

(3) Credit may be granted for a distance education course that satisfies all requirements for a continuing education course established by the AQB that are in effect at the time the course is completed.

Note: The AQB may be contacted at info@appraisalfoundation.org, (202) 347-7722, or www.appraisalfoundation.org.

(4) Course instructors shall be approved by the department. An instructor whose appraiser certificate has been limited, suspended, or revoked may not instruct in approved courses while the disciplinary action is in effect. An approved instructor shall possess at least one of the following qualifications:

(a) Be an instructor of appraisal courses who teaches or has taught appraisal courses at an accredited college or university.

(b) Be a licensed or certified appraiser who has engaged in appraisal practice relevant to the subject matter being taught for at least 5 years.

(c) Be an instructor of assessor education courses who is approved by the department of revenue to teach assessor education programs that are relevant to appraisal practice.

(d) Be an instructor who teaches appraisal courses approved by the AQB.

(e) If applying to teach the 15-Hour National USPAP Course, or its equivalent, be a certified residential or general appraiser, and be certified by the AQB as an instructor to teach that course. Course equivalency shall be determined through the AQB course approval program or by an alternate method established by the AQB.

(f) Be an instructor who teaches an appraiser or assessor course approved by another state of the United States that is relevant to appraisal practice.

(g) Be an instructor who, in the judgment of the department, is qualified to teach course work that is relevant to appraisal practice.

(5) Credit may be granted for teaching an approved appraisal course.

(6) The course provider shall retain records of attendance of qualifying education programs for a period of 5 years that shall include all of the following:

(a) The name of the course.

(b) The date the course was offered.

(c) The names and addresses of individuals who completed the course.

(d) The number of hours of instruction in each required subject area.

(e) The examination results for each individual.

(7) The course provider shall monitor attendance by requiring each participant to sign an attendance sheet at the beginning and end of each program and shall furnish each participant with written evidence of having completed the course.

(8) The licensed and certified residential appraiser programs of study are expected to provide all appraisers with a foundation of knowledge. The courses that satisfy the requirements for appraiser licensure and residential appraiser certification may be acceptable towards satisfying the course work requirement for general appraiser certification.

(9) An appraisal course approved by the AQB shall be approved by the department without receipt of an application for course approval from the course provider.

(10) An appraisal course approved by another state or territory of the United States, which complies with the real property appraiser qualification criteria established by the AQB, shall be approved by the department without receipt of an application for course approval from the other state or territory.

(11) Credit awarded for the class hour requirement when a licensed appraiser seeks a certified appraiser certification, or a certified residential appraiser seeks a certified general appraiser certification, may also be awarded for the continuing education requirement of the license or certification held.

Note: A list of courses approved by the AQB is available from The Appraisal Foundation’s website at https://www.appraisalfoundation.org.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1) and (6), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1) and (6), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (1), renum. (6) to be (9), cr. (6) to (8), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (6) (intro.), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (6) (intro.), (a), (b), (c), (7) (a) and (9), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (1) and (6) (intro.), cr. (7) (c) and (d) and (10), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (1), r. and recr. (6), cr. (7) (e), (7g), (9), (10), and (13), r. (8), renum. (9) and (10) to be (11) and (12), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 02-067: cr. (6) (c), renum. (7g) to be (8), am. (11) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (1), (7) (b), (c), (9) (d), (e) and (12), r. (2), (5), (6) (a) to (c) and (13), renum. (6) (intro.) to be (6) and am., r. and recr. (7) (e) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: am. (1), cr. (7) (f), (g), (13), (14) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: SPS 85.800 renum. from section SPS 84.01; as renumbered, renum. (2) to (3), r. (4), renum. (6) to (14) to (3) to (11) and am. (4) (e) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; (title) renum. from 84.01 (title) and correction in numbering (10), (11) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., and correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. (3), (4) (intro.), (b), (d), (e), (9), (10) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.820 Distance Education {#sec-sps-85.820 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.820}

A distance education course is acceptable to meet class hour requirements if all of the following occur:

(1) The course provides a reciprocal environment where the student has verbal or written interaction with the instructor.

(2) Except as provided under sub. (2m), the content for the distance education course has been approved by any of the following:

(a) The AQB.

(b) A state appraiser regulatory jurisdiction.

(c) An accredited college, community college, or university that offers distance education programs.

(2m) A non-academic credit college course provided by a college shall be approved by the AQB or a state appraiser regulatory jurisdiction.

(3) One of the following approves the course delivery:

(a) An AQB-approved organization providing approval of course design and delivery.

(b) An accredited college or university that offers distance education programs and awards academic credit for the distance education course.

(c) An accredited college or university with a distance education delivery program that approves the course design and delivery that incorporate interactivity.

(4) The course includes a written, closed-book final examination, proctored by an official approved by the college or university, or by the sponsoring organization. The examination may take place at a library, testing center, college, university, or junior college.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1), (2) (intro.), (a), (c), r. (2) (d), (e), renum. (2) (f) to (2m) and am., am. (3) (a) to (c) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.830 Approved providers {#sec-sps-85.830 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.830}

Credit for the class hour requirement under ss. SPS 85.320, 85.420, and 85.520 may be obtained only from the following providers:

(1) Colleges or universities.

(2) Community or junior colleges.

(3) Real estate appraisal or real estate related organizations.

(4) State or federal agencies or commissions.

(5) Proprietary schools.

(6) Providers approved by the state certification or licensing agencies.

(7) The Appraisal Foundation or its boards.

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (7) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.840 College degree acceptance {#sec-sps-85.840 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.840}

(1) Credit toward qualifying education requirements may be obtained by completion of a degree in real estate from an accredited, degree-granting college or university approved by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, or a regional or national accreditation agency recognized by the U.S. department of education, provided that the college or university has had its curriculum reviewed and approved by the AQB.

(2) Education may not be substituted for experience, except for approved practicum courses under s. SPS 85.700 (1) (e).

History

  • CR 14-016: cr. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: am. Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Subchapter IX Continuing Education

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.900 Continuing education {#sec-sps-85.900 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.900}

(1) Except as provided under sub. (1m), every certified and licensed appraiser shall complete at least 28 class hours of continuing education in each biennial renewal period, including successful completion of the 7-Hour National USPAP Update Course or its AQB-approved equivalent.

(1m) If an appraiser is initially licensed or certified within a biennial renewal period, the appraiser shall complete 14 class hours of continuing education for each remaining year or partial year of licensure or certification in that renewal period, including successful completion of the 7-Hour National USPAP Update Course or its AQB-approved equivalent.

(2) Continuing education class hours may be applied only to satisfy the continuing education requirements for the biennial renewal period in which the hours were acquired and may not be carried over to the next biennial renewal period. Credit for completing any given continuing education course shall be claimed only once during a biennial renewal period.

(3) To obtain credit for continuing education class hours, a licensed or certified appraiser shall sign a statement on the renewal application certifying completion, within the biennial renewal period immediately preceding the date on which the application is submitted, of continuing education approved by the department.

Note: Renewal applications are provided by the department prior to each renewal date.

(4) The number of hours of attendance at and completion of continuing education courses required under sub. (1) or (1m) shall be reduced by one hour for each hour the applicant attends a continuing education course meeting all of the following requirements:

(a) The course is completed during the biennial renewal period immediately preceding the date the application for renewal is submitted.

(b) The course is attended by the applicant in order to continue to qualify for employment as an assessor.

(c) The department determines the course is substantially equivalent to a continuing education course that is relevant to the category of license or certification to which the application pertains.

(5) Up to 14 class hours may be claimed for teaching continuing education courses that are approved under s. SPS 85.910. Credit for instructing any given continuing education course or seminar shall be claimed only once during a biennial renewal period.

(6) To audit for compliance, the department may require any certified or licensed appraiser to submit evidence of completion, during the preceding biennial renewal period, of continuing education that meets the requirements of this section. Every certified and licensed appraiser shall retain records of continuing education credits for at least 5 years.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1), (3) to (5), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1), (3) to (5), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; renum. (5) to be (6), cr. (5), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (4), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1), (2) and (5), r. (3), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; cr. (3), am. (1) and (6), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (4) and (5), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2002 No. 554; CR 02-067: am. (1), cr. (1m) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 04-007: am. (1) Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 06-033: am. (1), (1m), (2), (3) and (5) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: am. (6) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: SPS 85.900 renum. from SPS 85.01, am. (2), cr. (7) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (1) to (3), renum. (4) to (4) (intro.) and am., cr. (4) (a) to (c), am. (5), (6), r. (7) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 85.910 Approval of continuing education courses {#sec-sps-85.910 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 85.910}

(1)

(a) Except as provided under sub. (10), to obtain approval of a continuing education course the course provider shall submit an application on forms provided by the department at least 45 days prior to the first date the course is offered. The application shall include all of the following:

  1. The name, date, and location of the course.

  2. A general description of the subject matter.

  3. An outline of the content of the course, including time segments for each subject.

  4. The name and qualifications of the course instructor.

(b) The department shall notify the course provider whether the course has been approved or denied within 20 business days from the date the application is received.

Note: Applications for course approval are available from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A continuing education course shall relate to one or more real property related appraisal topics, including any of the following:

(a) Ad valorem taxation.

(b) Arbitration, dispute resolution.

(c) Courses related to the practice of real estate appraisal or appraisal consulting.

(d) Development cost estimating.

(e) Ethics and standards of professional practice, USPAP.

(f) Land use planning, zoning.

(g) Real estate management, leasing, timesharing.

(h) Property development, partial interests.

(i) Real estate law, easements, and legal interests.

(j) Real estate litigation, damages, condemnation.

(k) Real estate financing and investment.

(L) Real estate appraisal related computer applications.

(m) Real estate securities and syndication.

(n) Developing opinions of real property value in appraisals that also include personal property of business value.

(o) Sell concessions and impact value.

(p) Energy efficient items and “green building” appraisals.

(3) The course shall be available to all certified and licensed appraisers regardless of membership in any organization.

(4) The course shall be at least 2 hours in length.

(5) The course provider shall monitor attendance by requiring each participant to sign an attendance sheet at the beginning and end of each course and shall furnish each participant with written evidence of having completed the course.

(6) Course providers may repeat a previously approved course without reapplication, provided that the subject matter and instructor have not changed.

(7)

(a) Credit may be granted for a distance education course that satisfies all requirements for a continuing education course established by the AQB that are in effect at the time the course is offered.

(b) A distance education course intended for use as continuing education shall include at least one of the following:

  1. A written examination proctored by an official approved by the college or university, or by the sponsoring organization. Oral examinations are not acceptable.

  2. Successful completion of prescribed course material required to demonstrate knowledge of the subject matter.

Note: Information concerning the course approval process established by the AQB is available at www.appraisalfoundation.org.

(8) Course instructors shall be approved by the department. An instructor whose appraiser certificate has been limited, suspended, or revoked may not instruct in approved courses while the disciplinary action is in effect. An approved instructor shall possess at least one of the following qualifications:

(a) Be an instructor of appraisal courses who teaches or has taught appraisal courses at an accredited college or university.

(b) Be a licensed or certified appraiser who practices in the aspects of appraising being taught such as, appraisal, appraisal review, appraisal consulting or mass appraisal, and who has engaged in the practice for at least 5 years.

(c) Be an instructor of assessor education courses who is approved by the department of revenue to teach continuing assessor education programs that are relevant to appraisal practice.

(d) Be an instructor who teaches appraisal courses approved by the AQB.

Note: Information concerning courses approved by the AQB is available at www.appraisalfoundation.org.

(e) If applying to teach the 7-Hour National USPAP Update Course or its equivalent, be a certified residential or general appraiser, and be certified by the AQB as an instructor to teach that course.

(f) Be an instructor who teaches an appraiser or assessor course approved by another state of the United States that is relevant to appraisal practice.

(g) Be an instructor who, in the judgment of the department, is qualified to teach course work that is relevant to appraisal practice.

(9) The course provider shall retain records of attendance of qualifying education programs for a period of 5 years. The records shall include all of the following:

(a) The name of the course.

(b) The date the course was offered.

(c) The names and addresses of individuals who completed the course.

(d) The number of hours of instruction.

(e) If administered, the examination results for each individual.

(10) An appraisal course approved by the AQB shall be approved by the department without receipt of an application for course approval from the course provider.

(11) An appraisal course approved by another state or territory of the United States, which complies with the real property appraiser qualification criteria established by the AQB, shall be approved by the department without receipt of an application for course approval from the other state or territory.

(12) Credit awarded for the classroom hour requirement when a licensed appraiser seeks a certified appraiser certification, or a certified residential appraiser seeks a certified general appraiser certification, may also be awarded for the continuing education requirement of the license or certification held.

Note: Information concerning courses approved by the AQB is available at www.appraisalfoundation.org.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (2) and (3), eff. 10-1-91; am. (2) and (3), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; renum. (7) to be (10), cr. (7) to (9), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (2), (8) (intro.), (9) (a), cr. (9) (c), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (8) (intro.), (a), (b), (c) and (9) (a), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (1) and (8) (intro.), cr. (9) (d) and (11), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (1) to (4) and (6), r. and recr. (5) and (7), r. (8), renum. (9) to (11) to be (8) to (10) and am. (9), cr. (11), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 02-067: cr. (7) (d) and (8) (e) Register November 2002 No. 563, eff. 12-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (1), (6), (8) (b), (c) and (10), renum. (2) and (7) (intro.) to be (2) (intro.) and (7) and am., cr. (2) (a) to (m), r. (7) (a) to (d) and (11), r. and recr. (8) (e), Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: cr. (8) (f), (g), (11), (12) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-016: SPS 85.910 renum. from SPS 85.02, cr. (2) (n) to (p), cr. (7) (a) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in numbering of (7) made under s. 13.92, (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 18-104: renum. (1) to (1) (a) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (a) 1. to 4., (b), am. (2) (intro.), (c), (7) (a), (b) (intro.), (8) (intro.), (d), (e), (9) (intro.), (10), (11) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Chapter SPS 86 RULES OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 86.01 Standards {#sec-sps-86.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 86.01}

(1) Certified and licensed appraisers shall comply with the standards of practice established by ch. 458, Stats., chs. SPS 85 and 86, and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. A violation of any provision in this chapter may result in disciplinary action under s. 458.26, Stats.

(2) All appraisals performed in conjunction with federally related transactions and non-federally related transactions shall conform to the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice in effect at the time the appraisals are performed.

(2a) No certified or licensed appraiser may sign any written appraisal report that was not prepared by the appraiser or under the appraiser’s supervision.

(3) A certified residential appraiser may not use the title “Wisconsin certified residential appraiser” or “WI certified residential appraiser” on any appraisal report or written appraisal agreement pertaining to commercial real estate having a transaction value of more than $500,000.

(4) A licensed appraiser who is not certified under s. 458.06, Stats., may not use the title “Wisconsin licensed appraiser” on any appraisal report or written agreement, except in conjunction with an appraisal performed within the scope of a licensed appraiser under s. SPS 85.500.

(5) Certified and licensed appraisers may not knowingly omit, understate, misrepresent, or conceal material facts in their appraisals.

(7) A certified or licensed appraiser shall avoid conflicts of interest. If a conflict arises, the certified or licensed appraiser shall immediately cease work on the appraisal and may not continue work on the appraisal without the written consent of the party who authorized the appraisal.

(8) All certified and licensed appraisers shall maintain records as required in s. 458.18, Stats. Such records shall be made available to the department, board, or agents of the department or board upon request for purposes of investigation, review, or audit.

(9) A certified or licensed appraiser may not solicit from or knowingly disclose to any person or entity the content of an examination for appraiser certification or licensure conducted under s. SPS 85.600.

(10) After a request for information made by the board, a certified or licensed appraiser shall cooperate in a timely manner with the board’s investigation of a complaint filed against the licensed or certified appraiser or of a complaint filed against an individual who practiced real estate appraising under the supervision of the licensed or certified appraiser. There is a rebuttable presumption that a licensed or certified appraiser who takes longer than 10 business days to respond to a request for information by the board has not acted in a timely manner under this subsection.

(11) All certified and licensed appraisers shall comply with Wisconsin and federal laws that substantially relate to the practice of real estate appraisal, including FIRREA, and all appraisal-related federal regulations promulgated by the federal financial institution regulatory agencies, as defined in s. SPS 85.120 (12).

(12) No certified or licensed appraiser may violate, or aid and abet the violation of any law, the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of a real estate appraiser.

(13) No certified or licensed appraiser may engage in conduct that reflects adversely on the appraiser’s fitness to practice, including engaging in any unprofessional or unethical conduct in the course of any real estate or appraisal transaction.

(14) A certified copy of any order, consent agreement, or similar document issued by the regulatory authority of another jurisdiction which finds a violation of any law or administrative rule administered by that regulatory authority by any person who is certified or licensed as an appraiser in this state shall constitute conduct reflecting adversely on the appraiser’s fitness to practice as a real estate appraiser in this state.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. (1), (2), (4) to (7), eff. 10-1-91; am. (1), (2), (4) to (7), Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; am. (3), renum. (4) to (7) to be (5) to (8), cr. (4), Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (8), cr. (9), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2), cr. (2a), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (2), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (4), r. (6), cr. (10), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (1), (2), (4) and (10), cr. (11) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 10-135: am. (10), (11), cr. (12), (13), (14) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (4), (9), (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: am. (1), (4), (9), (11) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; correction in (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014; CR 18-104: am. (1) to (7), (9), (11), (13) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 86.02 Advertising {#sec-sps-86.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 86.02}

(1) Advertising by certified and licensed appraisers shall be truthful and may not deceive or mislead the public.

(2) A certified or licensed appraiser shall disclose the appraiser’s name as it is on file with the department in all advertising.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1991, No. 429, eff. 10-1-91; emerg. am. eff. 10-1-91; am. Register, May, 1992, No. 437, eff. 6-1-92; CR 01-100: am. (1), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 86.03 Use of certificate number and title {#sec-sps-86.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 86.03}

(1) Except as provided in subs. (2) and (3), each licensed and certified appraiser shall place his or her certificate number adjacent to or immediately below the title “Wisconsin certified general appraiser,” “Wisconsin certified residential appraiser,” or “Wisconsin licensed appraiser,” as appropriate, on each appraisal report and each written appraisal agreement used by the appraiser in conducting appraisal activities.

(2) An appraiser may use the following abbreviations when placing his or her title on a report or agreement in the manner specified in sub. (1):

(a) “Appraiser” may be written as “app” or “appr.”

(b) “Certified” may be written as “cer” or “cert.”

(c) “General” may be written as “gen.”

(d) “Licensed” may be written as “lic.”

(e) “Residential” may be written as “res.”

(f) “Wisconsin” may be written as “WI” or “Wis.”

(3) In lieu of placing a title on a report or agreement in the manner specified in sub. (1), an appraiser may place his or her certificate number adjacent to or immediately below the initials “WCGA,” “WCRA” or “WLA,” as appropriate, on a report or agreement, in any instance in which the appraiser determines it is impractical to comply with the requirement in sub. (1) because of space limitations on a report or agreement.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; CR 18-104: am. (3) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Chapter SPS 87 CERTIFICATE RENEWAL

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 87.01 Renewal of certificate {#sec-sps-87.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 87.01}

(1) Applications for renewal shall be submitted prior to the applicable renewal date specified under s. 440.08 (2) (a), Stats., on a form provided by the department, along with the renewal fee specified under s. 440.08 (2) (a) 11., 11m. and 12., Stats., as appropriate, and proof of completion of 28 hours of continuing education course work as required under s. 458.13, Stats.

(2) An appraiser granted a certificate of certification under s. 458.06 (3) or (4), 1989 Stats., may renew the certificate by satisfying the requirements in sub. (1) and by submitting evidence of completion of the educational course work required under ss. SPS 85.420 and 85.320, as appropriate.

(3) An appraiser granted a certificate of licensure under s. 458.08 (3), 1991 Stats., may renew the certificate by satisfying the requirements in sub. (1), and submitting evidence of completion of the experience or educational course work required under ss. SPS 85.510 and 85.520, as appropriate.

Note: An application for renewal may be obtained from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (1), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. Register, February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: am. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; correction in (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: am. (2), (3) Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 87.02 Late renewal {#sec-sps-87.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 87.02}

An appraiser who fails to renew a certificate by the renewal date may renew or reinstate the certificate by submitting an application on a form provided by the department and satisfying one of the following requirements:

(1) If applying within 5 years after the renewal date, submitting all of the following:

(a) Verification of completion of the continuing education course work required in each biennial period under s. SPS 85.900.

(b) Verification of completion of the most recent edition, as of the date the application is filed, of the 7-Hour National USPAP Update Course or its AQB-approved equivalent.

(c) The renewal fee under s. 440.08 (2) (a) 11., 11m., or 12., Stats., and the late renewal fee under s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

(2) If applying more than 5 years after the renewal date, submitting all of the following:

(am) Verification of completion of the continuing education course work required in each biennial period under s. SPS 85.900.

(bm) Verification of completion of the most recent edition, as of the date the application is filed, of the 7-Hour National USPAP Update Course or its AQB-approved equivalent.

(cm) The renewal fee under s. 440.08 (2) (a) 11., 11m., or 12., Stats., and the late renewal fee under s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

(d) Verification of one or more of the following required by the department to ensure protection of the public health, safety, and welfare:

  1. Successful completion of educational course work.

  2. Successful completion of the examination on Wisconsin statutes and rules required under s. SPS 85.600 for appraiser licensure or certification.

  3. Successful completion of the national appraiser examination required under s. SPS 85.600 for appraiser licensure or certification.

(e) If the applicant has unmet disciplinary requirements, or if the applicant’s certificate has been denied at renewal, revoked, or surrendered, verification of all of the following:

  1. Completion of disciplinary requirements, if applicable.

  2. Rehabilitation or change in circumstances warranting reinstatement of the certificate.

Note: An application for late renewal or reinstatement may be obtained from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1994, No. 460, eff. 5-1-94; am. (2) (intro.), (a) and (b), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (1) and (2) (intro.), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 01-100: am. (intro.), (2) (intro.) and (a), Register February 2002 No. 554, eff. 3-1-02; CR 06-033: am. (1), (2) (intro.) and (b), cr. (2) (c) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; correction in (1), (2) (intro.), (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-016: am. Register September 2014 No. 705, eff. 1-1-15; CR 18-104: am. (intro.), renum. (1) to (1) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (a) to (c), am. (2) (intro.), renum. (2) (a) to (c) to (2) (d) 1. to 3., cr. (2) (am), (bm), (cm), (d) (intro.), (e) Register December 2019 No. 768, eff. 1-1-20.

Chapter SPS 88 REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL MANAGEMENT COMPANIES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 88.100 Definitions {#sec-sps-88.100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 88.100}

In this chapter:

(1) “Board” means the real estate appraisers board.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

History

  • EmR1912: emerg. cr., eff. 8-8-2019; CR 18-102: cr. Register April 2020 No. 772, eff. 5-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 88.110 Licensure {#sec-sps-88.110 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 88.110}

The department shall issue a license to a real estate appraisal management company that does all of the following:

(1) Submits to the department an application that meets the requirements under s. 458.33 (1), Stats.

(2) Pays the initial credential fee required under s. 458.33 (2) (b), Stats.

(3) Demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the department, that the company is qualified to competently perform appraisal management services in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws.

Note: An application for licensure is available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • EmR1912: emerg. cr., eff. 8-8-2019; CR 18-102: cr. Register April 2020 No. 772, eff. 5-1-20; correction in (3) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register April 2020.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 88.120 Unprofessional and unethical conduct {#sec-sps-88.120 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 88.120}

For purposes of s. 458.44 (3) (b), Stats., unprofessional or unethical conduct of an applicant or licensed appraisal management company or a controlling individual of an applicant or licensed appraisal management company includes any of the following:

(1) Refusing upon request to comply in a timely manner with an audit of records under s. 458.39 (2), Stats. There is a rebuttable presumption that a real estate appraisal management company that takes longer than 10 business days to respond to a request by the department for records or other information related to an audit has not acted in a timely manner under this subsection.

(2) Knowingly providing false or misleading information in a notification under s. 458.43 (1) (a) or (b), Stats.

(3) Failing to reinstate an appraiser upon order of the department under s. 458.43 (2) (c), Stats.

(4) Refusing to assign appraisal services to, or otherwise penalizing or retaliating against, an appraiser who has been reinstated under s. 458.43 (2) (c), Stats.

(5) Willfully failing to file a report or record required by the department or under state or federal law, willfully impeding or obstructing the filing of such a report or record or inducing another person to impede or obstruct such filing by another person, or making or filing such a report or record that is known to be false.

(6) Making a false or misleading representation concerning the results of an appraisal.

(7) Obtaining or attempting to obtain compensation for appraisal management services by fraud, including billing for services not rendered.

(8) Revealing confidential information concerning an appraiser or client without consent, except as required or authorized by law.

(9) Failing to notify the department in writing within 30 days of any disciplinary action against a license or other credential to act as a real estate appraisal management company in any jurisdiction.

(10) Failing to notify the department in writing of the date, place, and nature of a felony or misdemeanor conviction or finding in any jurisdiction within 48 hours after the entry of the felony or misdemeanor judgement or conviction.

(11) Failing to cooperate in a timely manner with an investigation of a complaint filed against the real estate appraisal management company. There is a rebuttable presumption that a real estate appraisal management company that takes longer than 10 business days to respond to a request by the board or department for information related to a complaint has not acted in a timely manner under this subsection.

(12) Having a license or other credential to act as a real estate appraisal management company in any state denied, refused, canceled, revoked, or surrendered in lieu of revocation, unless the license or other credential was later granted or reinstated.

(13) Any other act that demonstrates to the department a lack of good moral character.

History

  • EmR1912: emerg. cr., eff. 8-8-2019; CR 18-102: cr. Register April 2020 No. 772, eff. 5-1-20.

Chapter SPS 120 AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 120.01 Authority {#sec-sps-120.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 120.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under authority of s. 227.11 (2), Stats., and ch. 480, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 120.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-120.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 120.02}

As used in chs. SPS 120 to 128:

(1) “Absolute auction” means an auction in which:

(a) The goods or real estate are sold to the highest bidder.

(b) No minimum price will limit the bid.

(c) The seller may not withdraw the goods or real estate from the auction after the first bid is received.

(d) The seller may not nullify the sale by bidding themselves directly or through an agent.

Note: An “absolute auction” is also known as an “auction without reserve”. The department will construe written statements of an auctioneer or auction company in advertising or in other written materials relating to an auction, such as “everything will be sold” or “everything goes,” as being indicative of the auctioneer’s intent to conduct an absolute auction.

(1m) “Auction” has the meaning given in s. 480.01 (1), Stats., and includes services provided through a website or interactive computer service if an auctioneer, as defined in s. 480.01 (4), Stats., conducts the auction.

(2) “Auction with reserve” means an auction where the seller or his or her agent reserves the right to establish a minimum bid, to accept or reject any and all bids or to withdraw the goods or real estate from sale at any time prior to the announcement of the completion of the sale by the auctioneer.

(3) “Board” means the auctioneer board.

(4) “Buyer’s fee or surcharge” means an amount of money, usually based on a percentage of the successful bid, charged to the successful bidder and either added to the successful bid to determine the final selling price or paid separately by the successful bidder in addition to the successful bid.

(5) “Consignor” means the owner or representative of the owner who places goods or real estate with a registrant for sale at auction.

(6) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(7) “False bid” means a non-existent bid acknowledged by an auctioneer in an attempt to escalate bidding.

(8) “Minimum bid” means the lowest acceptable price at which the seller agrees to complete the sale.

(9) “Registrant” means a person registered as an auctioneer or auction company by the department.

(10) “Shill” means an employee or agent of the registrant who bids against legitimate bidders at an auction to escalate bidding.

(11) “State registration number” means the number issued to a registrant by the department, as indicated upon the certificate of registration.

(12) ‘‘Trade name” means a name other than the name appearing on an auctioneer’s or auction company’s registration certificate, under which an auctioneer or an auction company advertises or does business.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; am. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96; am. (4) and cr. (12), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (intro.), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 25-030: am. (1) (d), cr. (1m) Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26; correction in (1m) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register April 2026 No. 844.

Chapter SPS 121 APPLICATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.01 Authority {#sec-sps-121.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 440.03, 440.05, 440.08, 480.06, 480.08 and 480.10, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.02 Initial registration {#sec-sps-121.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.02}

(1) Auctioneer. The department may register as an auctioneer an applicant who satisfies the requirements in s. 480.08 (2) or (2m), Stats. The department shall consider s. 480.08 (2) (d), Stats., as having been satisfied, if the applicant has either received a seller’s permit from the department of revenue under s. 77.52 (9), Stats., or the applicant is not required to have a seller’s permit and is, therefore, not eligible to obtain a permit.

(2) Auction company. The department may register as an auction company an applicant who satisfies the requirements in s. 480.08 (3), Stats. The department shall consider s. 480.08 (3) (d), Stats., as having been satisfied, if the applicant has either received a seller’s permit from the department of revenue under s. 77.52 (9), Stats., or the applicant has determined that it is not required to have a seller’s permit and is, therefore, not eligible to obtain a permit. An auction company is not required to have any of its officers, partners or directors registered as an auctioneer unless such officers, partners or directors engage in acts specified in s. 480.08 (1) (a), Stats.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; CR 25-030: am. (1) Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.025 Temporary registration {#sec-sps-121.025 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.025}

A temporary registration certificate issued under s. 480.08 (7), Stats., shall be valid for no more than 60 days after the date that the applicant has filed an application for registration as an auctioneer with the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01.

The application of a nonresident person for registration as an auctioneer or auction company constitutes the appointment of the secretary of the department as the applicant’s agent upon whom process may be served in any action or proceeding against the applicant arising out of a transaction or operation connected with or incidental to the business of an auctioneer or auction company.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.035 Reciprocal credentials for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-121.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.035}

The department shall grant a reciprocal credential under this chapter to a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member who the board determines meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09, Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the board may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

Note: Section 480.12, Stats., contains requirements for general reciprocity.

History

  • CR 22-047: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.04 Renewal of registration {#sec-sps-121.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.04}

(1) Auctioneer.

(a) Except as provided in s. SPS 121.05, the department shall renew the credential of an auctioneer who files a completed application for renewal of registration before the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. The applicant has paid the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 14r., Stats.

  2. The applicant continues to meet the registration criteria in s. 480.08 (2) (a) to (d), Stats.

(b) Except as provided in s. SPS 121.05, the department shall renew the credential of an auctioneer who files a completed application for renewal of registration after the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., but less than 5 years after the renewal date, if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. The applicant has paid the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 14r., Stats., and the late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

  2. The applicant continues to meet the registration criteria in s. 480.08 (2) (a) to (d), Stats.

(c) The department shall renew the credential of an auctioneer who files a completed application for renewal of registration 5 years or more after the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., if the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. The applicant has paid the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 14r., Stats., and the late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

  2. The applicant continues to meet the registration criteria in s. 480.08 (2) (a) to (d), Stats.

  3. The applicant has taken and passed the registration examination within one year prior to the date of the application for renewal of registration.

(2) Auction company.

(a) Except as provided in s. SPS 121.05, the department shall renew the credential of an auction company which files a completed application for renewal of registration before the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. The applicant has paid the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 14g., Stats.

  2. The applicant continues to meet the registration criteria in s. 480.08 (3) (a) to (d), Stats.

(b) Except as provided in s. SPS 121.05, the department shall renew the credential of an auction company which files a completed application for renewal of registration at any time after the renewal date, as defined in s. 440.01 (1) (dm), Stats., if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

  1. The applicant has paid the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 14g., Stats., and the late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

  2. The applicant continues to meet the registration criteria in s. 480.08 (3) (a) to (d), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; am. (1) (c) 3., Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) (a) (intro.), (b) (intro.), (2) (a) (intro.), (b) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.05 Cause for denial of registration {#sec-sps-121.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.05}

The department may deny an application for registration as an auctioneer or auction company submitted by a person or entity who or which has committed fraud or misrepresentation in the application or who or which has done any acts which are grounds for discipline under s. 480.24, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.06 Change of name {#sec-sps-121.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.06}

If the name of a registered auctioneer or auction company appearing on the current registration certificate changes, written notice of the name change shall be sent to the department within 30 days after the name change.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 121.07 Use of trade name {#sec-sps-121.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 121.07}

A registered auctioneer or auction company, before doing business under any trade name, shall notify the department in writing of the trade name.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; r. (1) and renum. (2) to be RL 121.07, Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.

Chapter SPS 122 EXAMINATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.01 Authority {#sec-sps-122.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 480.06, 480.08 (2) (e) and (2m), and 480.10, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.02 Public notice {#sec-sps-122.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.02}

The department shall prepare an examination application form and informational materials which list the examination dates which have been scheduled by the department for no less than the 6 months following publication.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.03 Subjects tested {#sec-sps-122.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.03}

The department shall prepare examinations as required under s. 480.10, Stats. The examination shall be a written examination that tests the applicant’s knowledge or competence in all of the following areas:

(1) Solicitation.

(2) Contracts.

(3) Pre-auction preparation.

(4) Conducting an auction.

(5) Closing and sales records.

(6) Statutes and administrative rules substantially related to conducting an auction.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.04 Cheating on examination {#sec-sps-122.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.04}

An applicant may not give or receive unauthorized assistance during the examination, improperly remove notes, examination questions or secure documents from the examination setting, sell or distribute actual examination questions from the examination, buy or obtain unauthorized access to examination questions, or otherwise violate the published rules of conduct of the examination.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; am. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.05 Passing score {#sec-sps-122.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.05}

The score required to pass the examination shall be based on the department’s determination of the level of examination performance required for minimum acceptable competence in the profession. The department shall make the determination after consultation with subject matter experts who have reviewed a representative sample of the examination questions and available candidate performance statistics, and shall set the passing score for the examination at that point which represents minimum acceptable competence in the profession.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.06 Examination review {#sec-sps-122.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.06}

(1) An applicant who fails the examination may request a review of that examination by filing a written request to the department within 30 days after the date on which the examination results were mailed to the applicant.

(2) An examination review shall be conducted under the following conditions:

(a) The time for review shall be limited to one hour.

(b) The examination shall be reviewed only by the applicant and in the presence of a proctor.

(c) The proctor may not respond to inquiries by the applicant regarding allegations of examination error.

(d) Any comments or claims of error regarding specific questions or procedures in the examination may be placed in writing by the applicant on the form provided for this purpose. The request shall be reviewed by the department in consultation with a subject matter expert. The applicant shall be notified in writing of the department’s decision. If the decision does not result in a passing grade, the applicant may retake the examination.

(e) An applicant shall be permitted only one review of the failed examination each time it is taken and failed.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.07 Claim of examination error {#sec-sps-122.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.07}

(1) An applicant wishing to claim examination error must file a written request for department review in the department office within 30 days after the date the examination was reviewed. The request shall include:

(a) The applicant’s name and address.

(b) The type of registration applied for.

(c) A description of the perceived error, including reference text citations or other supporting evidence for the applicant’s claim.

(2) The request shall be reviewed by the department in consultation with a subject matter expert. The applicant shall be notified in writing of the department’s decision. If the decision does not result in a passing grade, the applicant may retake the examination.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 122.08 Examination retakes {#sec-sps-122.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 122.08}

(1) There is no limit to the number of times any applicant may retake the examination.

(2) An applicant who passes the examination and remains unregistered for one year or more after the date of the examination shall again take and pass the examination before being registered.

(3) An applicant who reviews an examination pursuant to s. SPS 122.06 may not retake the examination within 30 days after the date on which the examination was reviewed.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 123 ADVERTISING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 123.01 Authority {#sec-sps-123.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 123.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under authority of ss. 227.11 (2), 480.06, 480.20 and 480.24 (2) (d), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 123.02 False advertising {#sec-sps-123.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 123.02}

No registrant may advertise in a manner which is false, deceptive or misleading.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 123.03 Contents of advertising {#sec-sps-123.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 123.03}

All advertisements that an auction will be conducted shall contain the following information:

(1) The name or trade name of an auctioneer responsible for the auction conducted pursuant to the contract required under s. 480.14 (1), Stats., and the name or trade name of any auction company that is managing the auction.

(2) A statement that the auctioneer is a ‘registered Wisconsin auctioneer’ and the state registration number of the auctioneer.

(3) A statement of the terms and conditions under which the registrant will accept payment by buyers at the auction.

(4) The percentage or other amount of any buyer’s fee or surcharge which is a condition to sale.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; r. and recr., Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.

Chapter SPS 124 WRITTEN CONTRACTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 124.01 Authority {#sec-sps-124.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 124.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under authority in ss. 227.11 (2), 480.06 and 480.14, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 124.02 Written contracts; terms {#sec-sps-124.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 124.02}

No auctioneer may conduct an auction unless the auctioneer or the auction company that is managing the auction has entered into a prior written contract with each owner or consignor of goods or real estate that may be sold at the auction. The contract shall specify the terms and conditions upon which the auctioneer or auction company accepts the goods or real estate for sale and must contain:

(1) The registrant’s name, trade or business name, state registration number, business address and business telephone number.

(2) The name and address of the owner or consignor.

(3) A general description of the property to be sold at auction, any restrictions relating to conducting the auction and a statement indicating whether the registrant is authorized to purchase at the auction.

(4) A description of the services to be provided and the consideration for the services. The description must state which party is responsible for advertising and other expenses.

(5) A statement of whether a buyer’s fee or surcharge will be assessed and, if so, the percentage or other amount to be charged to the successful bidder.

(6) The date, dates or time period during which the items will be sold at auction.

(7) A statement by the seller that the seller has title and right to sell all property to be sold at auction free of encumbrances and liens; or, if some or all of the property to be sold is subject to encumbrances or liens, a specific itemization of such property.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; am. (5), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; CR 25-030: am. (7) Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 124.03 Written contracts; copies {#sec-sps-124.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 124.03}

An auctioneer or auction company shall give the owner or consignor a legible copy of the contract referred to in s. SPS 124.02 at the time of signing.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 125 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.01 Authority {#sec-sps-125.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 480.06, 480.14, 480.16 and 480.18, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.02 Definition {#sec-sps-125.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.02}

In this chapter, “trust funds” means cash, checks, share drafts, drafts or notes received by an auctioneer or an auction company on behalf of any other person while acting as an auctioneer or auction company for an auction of goods. “Trust funds” does not include proceeds received by an auctioneer or an auction company on behalf of any other person pursuant to an auction in which the written contract under s. 480.14, Stats., requires the registrant to pay the owner or consignor within 24 hours after the auction.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; am. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.025 Use of computers {#sec-sps-125.025 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.025}

An auctioneer or an auction company may maintain any records required by this chapter in a computerized system, provided that:

(1) A backup copy of the bookkeeping records is made on any day on which entries are made in the computerized bookkeeping system. The backup copy shall be made on a disk or other medium which is separate and distinct from that on which the source documents reside.

(2) All records which are not maintained as written paper records are capable of being immediately converted to written paper records and immediately made available without charge to the department for the purposes of department audit or investigation.

History

  • Renum. from RL 125.12 and am. (intro.), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.03 Account summary sheet for registrants not maintaining a trust account {#sec-sps-125.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.03}

An auctioneer or auction company that is not required to maintain a trust account shall maintain an account summary sheet which shows the receipts, deposits, expenses and disbursements of each individual auction.

Note: This provision applies only to registrants not required to maintain a trust account. Registrants for whom a trust account is required must use the trust account bookkeeping system described in s. SPS 125.12.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; r. and recr., Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.035 Trust account required {#sec-sps-125.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.035}

An auctioneer or auction company shall maintain a trust account when the registrant receives and holds auction funds which are not disbursed to the owner or consignor under a written contract under s. 480.14, Stats., within 24 hours after the auction.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.04 Type of account {#sec-sps-125.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.04}

An auctioneer or auction company may place trust funds in an interest-bearing or non-interest-bearing account, provided that none of the interest inures to the benefit of the auctioneer or auction company.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.05 Time of trust account deposit {#sec-sps-125.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.05}

An auctioneer or auction company shall deposit trust funds in a trust account within 48 hours after receipt by the auctioneer or auction company.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.06 Opening and closing trust accounts {#sec-sps-125.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.06}

(1) The department may not require an auctioneer or auction company to open a trust account before the auctioneer or auction company receives trust funds which must be deposited, unless the department finds, in a specific case, that an earlier opening of an account is needed in order to assure compliance with this chapter.

(2) An auctioneer or auction company may close a trust account when no trust funds remain in the auctioneer’s or auction company’s possession.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.07 Trust account designation {#sec-sps-125.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.07}

An auctioneer or auction company shall:

(1) Include the words “trust account” in the name of the trust account maintained by the auctioneer or auction company.

(2) Imprint the name of the auctioneer or auction company on the trust account checks, share drafts or drafts.

(3) Designate the account with the name appearing on the auctioneer’s or auction company’s registration certificate or with a trade name submitted to the department under s. SPS 121.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.08 Notification of the department regarding trust account {#sec-sps-125.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.08}

(1) An auctioneer or an auction company shall provide the department with the name and number of every trust account maintained by the auctioneer or auction company and the name of the depository institution in which the auctioneer or auction company holds each trust account. The auctioneer or auction company shall provide this notification to the department on a form prepared by the department no later than 10 days after opening a trust account. The auctioneer or auction company shall authorize representatives of the department to examine and audit all of the auctioneer’s or auction company’s trust accounts.

(2) An auctioneer or an auction company shall obtain the certification of every depository institution in which the auctioneer or auction company maintains a trust account, in which the depository institution attests to the existence of the account and consents to the examination and audit of the account by a duly authorized representative of the department.

Note: A Consent to Examine and Audit Auctioneer Trust Account form can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(3) An auctioneer or auction company shall notify the department no later than 10 days after a change has been made to an auction trust account name, auction trust account number or depository institution name. The notification shall be provided on a form prepared by the department.

Note: Forms can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) An auctioneer or auction company shall notify the department no later than 10 days after an auction trust account has been closed. This notification shall be made in written correspondence to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; cr. (3) and (4), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.09 Withdrawal of trust funds {#sec-sps-125.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.09}

An auctioneer or auction company shall withdraw funds to reimburse the auctioneer or auction company for expenses incurred and commissions and fees earned by the auctioneer or auction company within the 30 days specified in s. 480.14 (3), Stats., or as otherwise provided by the terms of a contract.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.10 Commingling prohibited {#sec-sps-125.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.10}

(1) Except as provided in subs. (2) and (3), an auctioneer or an auction company may not commingle the auctioneer’s or auction company’s personal or company funds which are not trust funds in a trust account maintained pursuant to this chapter.

(2) An auctioneer or auction company may place personal or company funds in a trust account under the following conditions:

(a) Funds equal to the amount of any checks received by the auctioneer or auction company on behalf of an owner or consignor when such funds are deposited by the auctioneer to cover potential or actual “non-sufficient funds” checks received from purchasers.

(b) Funds sufficient to cover service charges relating to the trust account.

(3) An auctioneer or an auction company shall deposit additional personal or other funds in the trust account within 10 business days following receipt of a statement or other notification from a depository institution that the trust account is overdrawn.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 125.12 Trust account bookkeeping system {#sec-sps-125.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 125.12}

An auctioneer or an auction company required to maintain a trust account shall maintain a bookkeeping system that enables the auctioneer or auction company to adequately account for all trust funds in a trust account, to maintain an accurate and sufficient balance in the account and to account for all trust funds received from specified buyers and paid to specified sellers for specified purchases. The bookkeeping system shall consist of at least the following:

(1) Check register. An auctioneer or an auction company shall maintain a record regarding a trust account, called a check register, which shall show the date, the payee, the number of the check, share draft or draft and the amount.

(2) Bank reconciliation. An auctioneer or an auction company shall reconcile the trust account in writing each month unless there has been no activity during the month. The written reconciliation shall include all of the following:

(a) The ending bank statement balance.

(b) The date and amounts of the deposits in transit.

(c) The check number and amounts of outstanding checks.

(d) The resulting reconciled bank statement ending balance.

(3) Validation. The auctioneer or auction company shall review the reconciled bank statement ending balance, the account summary sheets described in sub. (4), and the check register to ensure that all of the records are accurate and in agreement as of the date the trust account statement has been reconciled.

(4) Account summary sheet. An auctioneer or auction company shall maintain a record regarding a trust account, called an account summary sheet, which shows the receipts, deposits, expenses and disbursements as they affect each individual auction.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; renum. from RL 125.11, am. (intro.), cr. (1) to (4), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.

Chapter SPS 126 CONDUCT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 126.01 Authority {#sec-sps-126.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 126.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under authority in ss. 227.11 (2), 480.06 and 480.24 (2) (b), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 126.02 Unprofessional conduct {#sec-sps-126.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 126.02}

Conduct evidencing a lack of knowledge or ability to apply professional principles or skills, within the meaning of s. 480.24 (2) (b), Stats., includes, but is not limited to, engaging in or aiding or abetting the following conduct:

(1) Performing or offering to perform services for which the registrant is not qualified by education, training or experience.

(2) Violating a law or rule of any jurisdiction, the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice under the registration.

(3) Advertising an auction as an absolute auction if any item or items are to be sold with reserve or with minimum bids.

(4) Engaging in false, fraudulent, deceptive or misleading billing practices.

(5) Obtaining or attempting to obtain compensation by fraud or deceit.

(6) Reporting distorted, false or misleading information or making false statements in practice.

(7) Discriminating on the basis of age, race, color, sex, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, disability or sexual orientation by means of service provided or denied.

(8) Knowingly escalating or attempting to escalate bidding through false bids, shills or through collusion with another.

(9) Violating or attempting to violate any formal disciplinary order of the auctioneer board.

(10) Knowingly providing false information to the board, the department or their agents.

(11) Cheating on the registration examination contrary to s. SPS 122.04.

(12) Failing to post written notice at the location where the auction is to be conducted, prior to the commencement of an auction, of the terms and conditions under which the registrant will accept payment by buyers.

(13) If a buyer’s fee or surcharge is a condition of sale, failing to post written notice at the location where the auction is to be conducted, prior to the commencement of an auction, of the percentage or other amount of the buyer’s fee or surcharge.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1995, No. 474, eff. 7-1-95; cr. (11), (12) and (13), Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; am. (13), Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; correction in (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 126.03 Effect of suspension or revocation on registrant {#sec-sps-126.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 126.03}

(1) An auctioneer or auction company whose registration has been suspended or revoked shall notify all persons with whom the auctioneer or auction company has a contract for services to be performed during the period of suspension or following revocation. The notice shall be in writing, state that the registration of the auctioneer or auction company has been suspended or revoked, and describe the terms of the suspension or revocation.

(2) An auctioneer or auction company whose registration has been suspended or revoked by the board may not engage in the following activities during the term of the suspension or revocation:

(a) Call an auction by calling for, recognizing, or accepting offers for the purchase of goods or real estate at an auction.

(b) Advertise, represent or otherwise hold out as being available to call or manage an auction.

(c) Advertise, represent or otherwise hold out as being an auctioneer or auction company or use the title “auctioneer,” “registered auctioneer,” “certified auctioneer,” “licensed auctioneer,” “auction company,” “auction sales staff,” “auction team member” or any similar title.

(d) Solicit, negotiate or enter into any auction contract, auction listing, auction consignment, or related auction agreement, including assisting or aiding another registrant to perform auction-related duties.

(e) Perform, manage or supervise any of the following:

  1. Call for bids at any type of auction, including auctions under s. 480.02 (2) (a) to (h), Stats.

  2. Oversee, in any manner, the conducting of any auction.

  3. Accept any form of referral fee, finder’s fee, commission, commission sharing or splitting, or related compensation from any auctioneer, auction company, or auctioneer-related professional.

  4. Participate in any form of auctioneer-related bid-calling.

  5. Suggest or imply to the public, privately or through advertising, that the auctioneer or auction company is able to perform any of the activities in subds. 1. to 4.

(3) An auctioneer or auction company may not employ, retain or otherwise utilize an auctioneer or auction company whose registration has been suspended or revoked to perform any auction-related activity described in sub. (2). This section does not prohibit an auctioneer or auction company from contracting to perform services that an auctioneer or auction company is unable to perform because of a registration suspension or revocation and which the auctioneer or auction company contracted to perform prior to the license suspension or revocation.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 2001, No. 541, eff. 2-1-01; CR 25-030: am. (2) (e) 5. Register April 2026 No. 844, eff. 5-1-26.

Chapter SPS 127 SALE OF REAL ESTATE AT AUCTION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.01 Authority {#sec-sps-127.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under authority in ss. 227.11 (2), 480.01, 480.14 and 480.16, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.02 Auction of real estate {#sec-sps-127.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.02}

(1) Auctioneer. An auctioneer may engage in, or advertise or otherwise hold himself or herself out as being available to engage in, the calling for and the recognition and acceptance of offers for the purchase of real estate at an auction, and may handle sales proceeds, down payments, earnest money deposits or other trust funds received by the auctioneer on behalf of the auctioneer’s principal or any other person at or as a result of an auction of real estate.

(2) Auction company. An auction company may manage an auction of real estate and may have primary responsibility for handling sales proceeds, down payments, earnest money deposits or other trust funds received by the auction company on behalf of the auction company’s principal or any other person at or as a result of an auction of real estate.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.03 Limitations {#sec-sps-127.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.03}

(1) Registrant licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson. A registrant who is licensed as a real estate broker and who conducts an auction of real estate listed for sale with the registrant, or a registrant who is licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson and who conducts an auction of real estate listed for sale with the registrant’s real estate broker-employer, may prepare contracts or other documents necessary to transfer title to the real estate or conduct any other activities requiring a real estate license under ch. 452, Stats., and chs. REEB 11 to 25.

(2) Registrant not licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson.

(a) A registrant who is not licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson may, in connection with an auction of real estate:

  1. Distribute written information describing real estate or the condition of the real estate to be auctioned, if the information has been made available by the owner of the real estate or a real estate licensee.

  2. Provide access to real estate for the purpose of permitting prospective buyers to view the real estate.

  3. Conduct inquiries in person, by telephone or by other media to determine whether the person being contacted is interested in bidding upon the real estate to be auctioned.

  4. Perform other tasks relating to conducting an auction which do not require a real estate license under ch. 452, Stats.

(b) A registrant who is not licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson may not perform activities which require a real estate license under ch. 452, Stats., including but not limited to:

  1. Preparing any contracts or other documents necessary to transfer title to real estate.

  2. Distributing to prospective buyers written information about the real estate or conditions affecting the real estate which has not been provided by the owner of the real estate or the owner’s agent.

  3. Negotiating with a prospective buyer within the meaning of s. 452.01 (5m), Stats., other than by conducting an auction.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.04 Contract {#sec-sps-127.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.04}

A registrant shall have a written contract with the owner of real estate to be sold at an auction, or the owner’s agent, which specifies the terms and conditions upon which the auctioneer or auction company accepts the real estate for sale at auction. The following conditions apply to the contract:

(1) A registrant who is licensed as a real estate broker under ch. 452, Stats., shall use the appropriate approved listing contract form required under s. REEB 16.03, when contracting with the owner to conduct an auction of real estate, and shall include provisions which comply with s. SPS 124.02.

(2) A registrant who is licensed as a real estate salesperson shall use the appropriate approved listing contract form required under ch. REEB 16, when contracting with the owner to conduct an auction of real estate if the salesperson is employed by a real estate broker, and shall include provisions which comply with s. SPS 124.02.

(3) A registrant who is not licensed as a real estate broker or salesperson under ch. 452, Stats., shall use a contract that complies with s. SPS 124.02.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; correction in (1), (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.05 Real estate subject to exclusive listing contract {#sec-sps-127.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.05}

Prior to entering into any contract for the sale of real estate at an auction, the registrant shall determine whether the real estate is subject to an exclusive real estate listing contract. If the real estate to be sold at an auction is subject to an exclusive real estate listing contract between the seller and a real estate broker other than the registrant, the registrant:

(1) May only enter into a contract under s. SPS 127.04, with the real estate broker holding the exclusive real estate listing contract on the real estate.

(2) May not receive any sales proceeds, down payments, earnest money deposits or other trust funds as a result of an auction of the real estate, unless the contract under sub. (1) authorizes the registrant to do so.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 127.06 Solicitation of owners with exclusive listing contract prohibited {#sec-sps-127.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 127.06}

A registrant may not solicit an owner of real estate to sell the real estate at an auction if the registrant knows that the real estate is subject to an exclusive real estate listing contract.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96.

Chapter SPS 128 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.01 Authority {#sec-sps-128.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.01}

This chapter is adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 480.08 (6), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.015 Definitions {#sec-sps-128.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.015}

In this chapter:

(1) “Distance education” means the provision of educational programs or courses without an instructor or a representative of an approved school physically present with the students. “Distance education” includes the delivery of educational programs and courses on CD-ROM, videotape, computer disk, or the internet.

(2) “Hour” means a period of 50 minutes of actual instruction.

(3) “Program provider” means a provider of either a program or a course or both.

History

  • CR 02-030: cr. Register September 2002 No. 561, eff. 10-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.02 Education requirements prior to first renewal {#sec-sps-128.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.02}

(1) Except as provided in s. SPS 128.06, every registered auctioneer applying to renew a registration shall complete at least 12 hours in an educational program, except that a registered auctioneer who is initially registered less than 6 months prior to the first renewal date shall complete the educational program prior to the date for the second renewal of the registration under s. 440.08 (2), Stats.

(3) A registered auctioneer may attend approved courses of one or more program providers in order to complete the courses which are part of the educational program.

(4) A registered auctioneer who acts as an instructor of an approved educational program or course shall receive credit toward satisfaction of the registered auctioneer’s educational requirement. An instructor shall receive one hour of credit for each 50 minutes of instruction. The registered auctioneer may not receive credit for teaching a specific course more than one time during any biennium.

(5) The department may grant an extension of time for completion of the educational program by a registered auctioneer and the registered auctioneer may obtain a renewal registration for the extension period granted for one of the following:

(a) Health reasons which prevented attendance at the educational program or course.

(b) Active duty in the military service with assignment to a duty station outside Wisconsin.

(6) The department may either require a registered auctioneer to certify on a renewal application form that he or she has met the educational requirements when applying for renewal of the registration or the department may require a registered auctioneer to submit a certificate of completion which a registered auctioneer received from a program provider pursuant to s. SPS 128.05. The department shall deny the renewal application until the certificate or certification is provided.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96; CR 02-030: am. (1) and (4), r. (2), Register September 2002 No. 561, eff. 10-1-02; correction in (1), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.03 Courses; examinations {#sec-sps-128.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.03}

(1) Courses. The educational program shall consist of 12 hours, which shall include:

(a) Three hours in the Wisconsin laws relating to auctioneer ethical and professional conduct.

(b) Nine hours in topics pertinent to the practice of auctioneering that shall be approved by the department biennially, which may include a 7 hour national Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) update course approved by the Appraiser Qualifications Board (AQB) of the Appraisal Foundation for a person who holds credentials under both chs. 480 and 458, Stats.

(2) Examinations. A program provider shall give a written examination subsequent to the completion of instruction of each course. A registered auctioneer, except a registered auctioneer who teaches a course, shall pass the examination in order to successfully complete the course. The examination shall consist of at least 5 multiple-choice questions for each hour of instruction. The program provider shall design the examination so that a person who is competent to protect the public when practicing as an auctioneer would achieve a score of 70% or more. A registered auctioneer who fails to achieve a passing score on an examination shall be permitted to retake the examination within a reasonable time as determined by the program provider. A registered auctioneer who twice fails an examination shall not be credited with having completed the course and is required to retake the course.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96; CR 02-030: r. and recr. Register September 2002 No. 561, eff. 10-1-02; CR 06-014: am. (1) (intro.), (a) and (b), r. (1) (c) and (d) Register September 2006 No. 609, eff. 10-1-06; CR 11-029: am. (1) (b) Register January 2012 No. 673, eff. 2-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.04 Approval of educational programs; courses and instructors {#sec-sps-128.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.04}

(1) A program provider seeking initial approval from the department of an educational program or a course shall submit its application on a form provided by the department prior to the first date the program or course is offered. The program provider shall include a designation of the courses to be provided, the name and outline of the courses, the name and qualifications of the instructors, and the time segments of the courses. The department shall notify the provider whether the program or course has been approved or denied within 20 business days from the date the application is received. The department shall approve an educational program or course if the program provider submits to the department the information required by this subsection and agrees to comply with the provisions in subs. (2) to (6).

Note: Applications for educational program and course approval are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Office of Education and Examinations, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8366, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8366 or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(1m) A program provider seeking the approval of a continuing education program or course that will be presented as distance education shall comply with sub. (1) and shall, additionally, describe to the department how the program provider will do all of the following:

(a) Ensure that instructors approved by the department under sub. (6) are available to the students at reasonable times and by reasonable means.

(b) Provide a reasonable level of examination security for the examination given at the end of each distance education continuing education course.

(c) Sufficiently cover the subjects specified for continuing education courses.

(d) Provide reasonable oversight to ensure that the students who take the examination are the enrolled students.

(e) Provide a reasonable opportunity for student self-evaluation of mastery.

Note: Applications for educational program and course approval are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Office of Education and Examinations, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8366, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8366 or from the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) The educational program and courses shall be available to all registered auctioneers regardless of membership in any organization.

(3) Program providers shall agree to monitor attendance at the beginning and end of each course and to furnish each participant an individual certificate of completion. Program providers shall retain copies of attendance records and evidence of completion of the courses by registered auctioneers for at least 5 years from the date the courses were presented.

(4) Program providers shall agree to distribute course evaluation survey forms to registered auctioneers who attend the courses offered by the providers. Program providers shall retain the originals of the completed forms for at least 12 months after the date of completion of the course and, upon request from the department, make them available to the department.

(6) Course instructors shall be approved by the department. An instructor whose auctioneer registration has been limited, suspended or revoked in Wisconsin or any other jurisdiction may not instruct in approved courses while the disciplinary action is in effect. An approved instructor shall possess at least one of the following qualifications:

(a) Be an auctioneer who is currently practicing auctioneering, and who has engaged in such practice for at least 5 years.

(b) Be an attorney who is engaged in the field of auctioneering-related law.

(c) Be an appraiser who is approved by the AQB of the Appraisal Foundation to provide a 7 hour national USPAP update course.

(d) Be an instructor in a course approved under s. SPS 128.04 (1) and be a person, in good standing in the jurisdiction in which he or she is credentialed, with at least 5 years of education and experience in the subject matter of the approved course.

Note: Applications for approval of instructors are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Office of Education and Examinations, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8366, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8366 or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96; CR 02-030: am. (1), cr. (1m), r. (5), Register September 2002 No. 561, eff. 10-1-02; CR 11-029: cr. (6) (c) Register January 2012 No. 673, eff. 2-1-12; CR 13-056: am. (6) (a), cr. (6) (d) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.05 Certification of completion of courses {#sec-sps-128.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.05}

(1) Completion requirements. A registered auctioneer shall attend all the required hours before the program provider may give a certificate of completion to the registered auctioneer.

(2) Certification of completion. Program providers shall provide an individual certificate of completion to all registered auctioneers upon satisfactory completion of courses.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 128.06 Education examination {#sec-sps-128.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 128.06}

(1) The department shall conduct an education examination. A registered auctioneer may take the education examination conducted by the department in lieu of the educational program set forth in s. SPS 128.03. A registered auctioneer who passes the education examination shall not be required to complete the educational program.

(2) The education examination shall cover the courses required for the educational program approved by the department under s. SPS 128.03, and shall have no less than 5 questions for each hour of instruction in the approved education program or courses.

(3) The department shall permit a registered auctioneer to retake the education examination one time. If the registrant fails the examination a second time, the registrant shall attend an approved educational program or courses.

(4) The department shall require a minimum passing score of 70 on the education examination.

(5) The department shall permit registrants who take the education examination to review the examination and the examination results, as provided in s. SPS 122.06.

(6) Passing the examination for original registration as an auctioneer under s. 480.10, Stats., does not satisfy the requirements under this section.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1996, No. 491, eff. 12-1-96; correction in (1), (2), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 131 HOME INSPECTORS

Subchapter I General Provisions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.01 Authority {#sec-sps-131.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 440.972, 440.973, 440.974, 440.975, 440.978, and 440.979, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-131.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.02}

As used in ch. SPS 131:

(1) “Automatic safety controls” means devices designed and installed to protect systems and components from excessively high or low pressure and temperatures, excessive electrical current, loss of water, loss of ignition, fuel leaks, fire, freezing, or other similar unsafe conditions.

(2) “Central air conditioning” means a system which uses ducts to distribute cooling or dehumidified air to more than one room or uses pipes to distribute chilled water to heat exchangers in more than one room, and which is not plugged into an electrical convenience outlet.

(3) “Client” means a person who contracts with a home inspector for the purpose of a home inspection.

(4) “Component” means a readily accessible and observable element of a system, such as a floor or wall.

(4e) “Continuing education” means the planned, professional development activities designed to contribute to the advancement, extension, and enhancement of the professional skills or knowledge of a registered home inspector.

(4m) “Continuing education credit hour” means a unit of credit for a continuing education training program, where one continuing education credit hour equals 50 minutes of actual instruction in a continuing education training program.

(4s) “Continuing education training program” means any course, program or activity meeting the requirements of s. SPS 131.42 and having a clear purpose and objective of maintaining, improving, or expanding the skills and knowledge relevant to the registrant’s professional practice.

(5) “Cosmetic” means not required for the proper operation of the essential systems and components of a home.

(6) “Cross connection” means any physical connection or arrangement between potable water and any source of contamination.

(6m) “Defect” has the meaning given in s. 440.97 (2m), Stats.

(7) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(8) “Describe” means to identify in writing a system or component by type or characteristics.

(9) “Dismantle” means to take apart or remove any component, device, or piece of equipment that is bolted, screwed, or otherwise fastened and which would not be taken apart or removed in the ordinary course of household maintenance.

(10) “Dwelling unit” means a structure or that part of a structure that is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons who are maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others.

(11) “Functional drainage” means the emptying of a drain in a reasonable amount of time with no sign of overflow when another fixture is drained simultaneously.

(12) “Home inspection” means the process by which a home inspector examines the observable systems and components of improvements to residential real property that are readily accessible.

(13) “Home inspection report” means a written opinion of a home inspector concerning all of the following:

(a) The condition of the improvements to residential real property that contains not more than 4 dwelling units.

(b) The condition of mechanical and structural components of the improvements specified in par. (a).

(14) “Home inspector” means an individual who, for compensation, conducts a home inspection.

(15) “Household appliances” means washers, dryers, refrigerators, freezers, stoves, ovens, room air conditioners and other similar equipment.

(16) “Inspect” means to examine observable systems and components.

(17) “Material adverse fact” means a condition or occurrence that is generally recognized by a competent home inspector as doing any of the following:

(a) Significantly reducing the functionality or structural integrity of components or systems of the improvements to the property being inspected.

(b) Posing a significant health or safety risk to occupants of the improvements.

(18) “Normal operating controls” means homeowner operated devices including, but not limited to, thermostats and wall or safety switches.

(19) “On-site water supply quality” means the condition of water, based on the existence of bacteria, chemicals, minerals, solids, or other similar elements in the water.

(20) “On-site water supply quantity” means the rate of water flow from a well or a municipal water source.

(21) “Operate” means to cause a piece of equipment or a system to function.

(22) “Permanently installed” means attached or connected to an item in a manner which requires tools to remove.

(23) “Primary” means an item such as a window or door designed to remain in the same place year-round.

(24) “Reasonably competent and diligent home inspection” means an inspection that complies with the standards established under subch. XI of ch. 440, Stats., and ch. SPS 131.

(25) “Recreational facilities” means spas, saunas, steam baths, swimming pools, tennis courts, playground equipment, and other exercise, entertainment, or athletic facilities.

(25m) “Registrant” means a person who holds a home inspector registration issued by the department or who has the right to renew a home inspector registration issued by the department.

(26) “Roof drainage systems” means gutters, downspouts, leaders, splashblocks, and similar components used to carry water off a roof and away from a building.

(27) “Safety glazing” means tempered or laminated glass, or rigid plastic.

(28) “Solid fuel heating device” means any wood, coal, or other similar solid organic fuel burning device including, but not limited to, fireplaces, fireplace inserts and stoves, wood stoves, and central furnaces, or any combination of those devices.

(29) “Structural component” means a component which supports a load bearing member.

(30) “System” means a combination of interacting or interdependent components, assembled to carry out one or more functions.

(31) “Technically exhaustive” means the extensive use of measurements, instruments, testing, calculations, and other means to develop scientific or engineering findings, conclusions or recommendations.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (intro.), (7), (24) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-010: cr. (4e), (4m), (4s), (25m) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; corrections in (intro.), (24) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; EmR1822: emerg. cr. (6m) eff. 9-23-18; CR 18-076: cr. (6m) Register May 2019 No. 761, eff. 6-1-19; correction in (24) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2023 No. 805.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.03 Applicability {#sec-sps-131.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.03}

As used in s. 440.9712, Stats., the terms “act as a home inspector” and “provide home inspection services” do not include individuals or business entities who inspect the energy-related components of a dwelling unit in order to assess or rate a home’s energy performance, provided that the inspection is performed solely for this purpose and the individual or business entity is not described as a home inspector or does not convey the impression of being a home inspector.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99.

Subchapter II Applications

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.11 Application for home inspector registration {#sec-sps-131.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.11}

An applicant for registration as a home inspector shall submit all of the following:

(1) A completed application form.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(2) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(3) Evidence of having successfully passed the examination as specified in s. SPS 131.21 (2).

(4) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., evidence necessary for the department to determine that the applicant is not the subject of a pending criminal charge, nor has been convicted of an offense, the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of home inspection.

(5) Evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has completed at least 40 hours of pre-registration instruction approved by the department under s. 440.974 (1) (ag), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-010: renum. 132.11 from SPS 132.03 and am. (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR2202: emerg. am. (title), (intro.), r. and recr. (4), cr. (5), eff. 1-15-22; CR: 22-004: am. (title), (intro.), r. and recr. (4), cr. (5) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.113 Reciprocity, generally {#sec-sps-131.113 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.113}

(1) An applicant registered or licensed in good standing in another state may apply for home inspector registration by submitting the following materials:

(a) A completed application form.

(b) The fee specified in s. 440.05 (2), Stats.

(c) Evidence of successful passage of the examination specified in s. SPS 131.21 (2).

(d) Evidence that the individual is registered or licensed in good standing as a home inspector in another state.

(e) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., documentation necessary for the department to determine that the applicant is not the subject of a pending criminal charge, nor has been convicted of an offense, the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of home inspection.

(2) The department shall issue a reciprocal home inspector registration if both of the following are true:

(a) The department determines that the applicant satisfies the requirements in sub. (1).

(b) The department determines that the requirements for registration or licensure in the state where the applicant is currently registered or licensed meet or exceed the requirements in sub. (1).

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • EmR2202: emerg. cr., eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: cr. Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.115 Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-131.115 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.115}

(1) As used in this section:

(a) “Former service member” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (a), Stats.

(b) “Service member” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (b), Stats.

(c) “Spouse” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (c), Stats.

(2) The department shall register as a home inspector a service member, former service member, or spouse of a service member or former service member, who the board determines meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats.

(3) Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the board may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • EmR2202: emerg. cr., eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: cr. Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.12 License renewal {#sec-sps-131.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.12}

To renew a home inspector registration, a registrant shall file with the department all of the following:

(1) An application for renewal on a form provided by the department.

(2) Evidence that the registrant has, during the biennial period immediately preceding application, complied with the continuing education requirements in subch. V. This subsection does not apply to first and second renewal dates after the date on which the registrant was initially registered by the department.

(3) The fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) (intro.), (b), (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 13-030: am. (1) (intro.) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 14-010: renum. 131.12 (title), (intro.), (1) to (3) from SPS 132.05 (title), (1) (intro.), (1) (a) to (c) and am. (title), (intro.), (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR2202: emerg. am. (intro.), (2), eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: am. (intro.), (2) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.13 Late renewal {#sec-sps-131.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.13}

A registrant who fails to meet the requirements of s. SPS 131.12 by the renewal date may not engage in practice as a home inspector until the registration is renewed. A registrant who fails to meet the requirements of s. SPS 131.12 by the renewal date and who applies for renewal less than 5 years after the expiration date of his or her registration may renew by submitting all of the following to the department:

(1) An application for renewal on a form provided by the department.

(2) Evidence that the registrant has, during the biennial period immediately preceding application, completed the continuing education requirements specified in subch. V.

(3) The fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 38g., Stats.

(4) The late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3) (a), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; CR 14-010: renum. 131.13 (intro.), (1) to (4) from SPS 132.05 (2) (intro.), (a) to (c) and cr. (title) and am. (intro.), (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.14 Reinstatement of license {#sec-sps-131.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.14}

If an application for restoring a registration occurs 5 years or more after expiration of the applicant’s most recent registration, the applicant’s registration may be reinstated by filing with the department an application and the fees specified in s. 440.08 (3) (a), Stats. The department may also require demonstration of competence by various methods including, but not limited to, written or oral examination, documentation of home inspection in other jurisdictions, or documentation of current education or experience in the field. Any examination or education required under this section may not be more extensive than the educational or examination requirements for initial registration with the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) (intro.), (b), (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 13-030: renum. 131.14 from SPS 132.05 (3) and cr. (title) and am. Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.15 Denial of registration {#sec-sps-131.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.15}

An application for registration under this chapter may be denied for fraud or misrepresentation in the application for registration, or for any of the grounds under s. 440.978, Stats., for which the department may discipline a registrant.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; CR 14-010: renum. 131.15 from SPS 132.06 Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter III Examinations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.21 Examination requirements {#sec-sps-131.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.21}

(1) An applicant for registration as a home inspector shall file an application for examination on a form prescribed by the department and shall submit a fee specified in s. 440.05 (1) (b), Stats., at least 30 days before the date of the examination.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(2) The examination consists of two parts. Part I shall consist of an examination relating to the Wisconsin statutes and administrative rules that relate to the practice of home inspection. Part II shall consist of an examination relating to the principles and procedures that relate to the practice of home inspection.

Note: An otherwise qualified applicant with a disability shall be provided with reasonable accommodations.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; am. (3), Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 14-010: renum. 131.21 (title), (1), (2) from SPS 133.01 (title), (1), (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR2202: emerg.am. (2), eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: am. (2) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.22 Examination grade {#sec-sps-131.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.22}

(1) To pass each examination part the applicant shall receive a grade determined by the department to represent the minimum competence to practice. The department shall determine the passing grade for part I of the examination after consultation with subject matter experts who have reviewed a representative sample of the examination questions and available candidate performance statistics, and shall set the passing grade for the examination at that point which represents minimum acceptable competence in the profession. The department shall determine the passing grade for part II of the examination in the same manner as for part I or the department may accept the passing grade recommendation of a testing agency whose examination has been approved by the department.

(2) The department may refuse to release grades or issue a home inspector registration if the department determines that an applicant violated the rules of conduct of the examination or otherwise acted dishonestly.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; am. (1), Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 14-010: renum. 131.22 from SPS 133.02 Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.23 Examination review {#sec-sps-131.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.23}

An applicant who fails the required examination may request a review of that examination as permitted by the examination provider. If a review is provided, all of the following conditions apply:

(1) An applicant shall file a written request with the department within 30 days after the date on which the examination results were mailed and pay the fee specified in s. SPS 4.05.

(2) An applicant may review the examination by appointment only and shall be limited to the time permitted by the examination provider.

(3) An applicant may not be accompanied during the review by any person other than the proctor.

(4) An applicant shall be provided with a form on which to write comments, questions or claims of error regarding any items in the examination. Bound reference books shall be permitted. An applicant may not remove any notes from the area. Notes shall be retained by the proctor and made available to the applicant for use at a hearing, if desired. The proctor may not defend the examination nor attempt to refute claims of error during the review.

(5) An applicant may not review the examination more than once.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-010: renum. 131.23 from SPS 133.03 Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.24 Reexamination {#sec-sps-131.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.24}

An applicant who fails to achieve passing grades on the examinations required under this chapter may apply for reexamination on forms provided by the department. For each reexamination, the applicant shall pay the reexamination fee specified in s. 440.06, Stats.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 2662112.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; CR 14-010: renum. 131.24 from SPS 133.04 Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter IV Standards of Practice

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.31 General requirements {#sec-sps-131.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.31}

(1) A home inspector shall perform a reasonably competent and diligent home inspection of the readily accessible installed systems and components required to be inspected under s. SPS 131.32 to detect observable conditions of an improvement to residential real property. A reasonably competent and diligent home inspection is not required to be technically exhaustive.

(2) This section does not require a home inspector to do any of the following:

(a) Offer a warranty or guarantee of any kind.

(b) Calculate the strength, adequacy or efficiency of any component of an improvement to residential real property.

(c) Enter any area or perform any procedure that may damage an improvement to residential real property or a component of an improvement to residential real property, or enter any area or perform any procedure that may be dangerous to the home inspector or to other persons.

(d) Operate any component of an improvement to residential real property that is inoperable.

(e) Operate any component of an improvement to residential real property that does not respond to normal operating controls.

(f) Disturb insulation or move personal items, furniture, equipment, vegetation, soil, snow, ice or debris that obstructs access to or visibility of an improvement to residential real property or a component of an improvement to residential real property.

(g) Determine the effectiveness of a component of an improvement to residential real property that was installed to control or remove suspected hazardous substances.

(h) Evaluate acoustic characteristics of a component of an improvement to residential real property.

(i) Project or estimate the operating costs of a component of an improvement to residential real property.

(j) Predict future conditions, including the failure of component of an improvement to residential real property.

(k) Inspect for the presence or absence of pests, including rodents, insects and wood-damaging organisms.

(L) Inspect cosmetic items, underground items or items not permanently installed.

(m) Inspect for the presence of any hazardous substances.

(n) Disassemble any component of an improvement to residential real property, except for removing an access panel that is normally removed by an occupant of residential real property.

(3) This section does not prohibit a home inspector from doing any of the following:

(a) Reporting observations or conditions in addition to those required under this section.

(b) Excluding a component of an improvement to residential real property from the inspection, if requested to do so by his or her client.

(c) Engaging in an activity that requires an occupation credential if he or she holds the necessary credential.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-010: renum. 131.31 from SPS 134.02 and am. (1) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.32 Mechanical and structural components included in a home inspection {#sec-sps-131.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.32}

A reasonably competent and diligent home inspection shall meet the standards in subs. (1) to (11) and shall include an inspection of, and report on, all of the following items that are present on the property at the time of the home inspection:

(1) Foundations. A home inspector shall observe and describe the type and condition of the foundation.

(2) Columns. A home inspector shall observe and describe the type and condition of columns.

(3) Flooring systems. A home inspector shall observe and describe the type and condition of flooring systems.

(4) Roofs.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Roof coverings, including type.

  2. Roof drainage systems.

  3. Flashings.

  4. Skylights, chimneys and roof penetrations.

  5. Signs of leaks or abnormal condensation on building components.

(b) A home inspector shall describe the methods used to observe the roof.

(c) A home inspector is not required to do any of the following:

  1. Walk on the roofing.

  2. Observe attached accessories, including, but not limited to, solar systems, antennae and lightning arrestors.

  3. Observe internal gutter and downspout systems and related underground drainage piping.

(5) Exteriors.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Wall claddings, including type.

  2. Flashings and trim.

  3. Entryway doors and at least one window per side of a dwelling unit.

  4. Garage door operators, including whether any garage door operator automatically reverses or stops when meeting reasonable resistance during closing.

  5. Decks, balconies, stoops, steps and porches including railings.

  6. Eaves, soffits and fascias.

  7. Grading, drainage, driveways, patios, walkways, and retaining walls that abut the dwelling unit.

(b) A home inspector shall operate all entryway doors, garage doors, and at least one window per side of a dwelling unit.

(c) A home inspector is not required to observe the following:

  1. Storm windows, storm doors, screening, shutters, awnings, and similar seasonal accessories.

  2. Locks, latches or other security devices or systems.

  3. Intercom systems.

  4. Fences or privacy walls.

  5. Insulation or vapor barriers in exterior walls.

  6. Safety glazing.

  7. Garage door operator remote control transmitters.

  8. Geological or soil conditions.

  9. Recreational facilities.

  10. Out-buildings other than garages and carports.

  11. Trees, shrubs and other vegetation.

(6) Plumbing systems.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Interior water supply and distribution system, including piping materials, supports, fixtures, faucets, functional flow and drainage, leaks and cross connections.

  2. Interior drain, waste and vent system, including traps, drain, waste, and vent piping, piping supports and leaks.

  3. Hot water systems, including water heating equipment, normal operating controls, automatic safety controls, and the exterior surfaces of chimneys, flues, and vents.

  4. Fuel storage and distribution systems, including interior fuel storage equipment, supply piping, venting, supports and leaks.

  5. Sump pumps.

(b) A home inspector shall operate all plumbing fixtures, including their faucets and accessible exterior faucets attached to the dwelling unit.

(c) A home inspector is not required to do any of the following:

  1. State the effectiveness of anti-siphon devices.

  2. Determine whether the water supply and waste disposal systems are public or private.

  3. Operate automatic safety controls or sump pumps equipped with internal or water dependent switches.

  4. Operate any valve except water closet flush valves, fixture faucets and hose faucets.

  5. Observe water conditioning systems, fire and lawn sprinkler systems, on-site water supply quantity and quality, on-site disposal systems, foundation drainage systems, or spas.

  6. Observe the interior of flues, chimneys and vents, or solar water heating systems.

  7. Observe any exterior plumbing components such as water mains or swimming pools.

  8. Determine water temperature.

  9. Determine the proper sizing, design or use of plumbing materials.

(7) Electrical systems.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Service entrance conductors.

  2. Service equipment, grounding equipment, main over current device.

  3. Main and distribution panels, including their location.

  4. Amperage and voltage ratings of the service, including whether service type is overhead or underground.

  5. Branch circuit conductors, their over current devices, and the compatibility of their ampacities and voltages, including any aluminum branch circuit wiring.

  6. The operation of a representative number of installed lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles located inside the house, garage and any exterior walls.

  7. The polarity and grounding of all receptacles within 6 feet of interior plumbing fixtures, in the garage or carport, and on the exterior of inspected structures.

  8. The operation of ground fault circuit interrupters.

  9. The functionality of the power sources for smoke detectors.

(b) A home inspector is not required to do any of the following:

  1. Insert any tool, probe or testing device inside the panels.

  2. Test or operate any over current device except ground fault circuit interrupters.

  3. Dismantle any electrical device or control other than to remove the covers of the main and auxiliary distribution panels.

  4. Observe low voltage systems, telephones, security systems, cable TV, intercoms, or other ancillary wiring that is not a part of the primary electrical distribution systems.

  5. Measure amperage, voltage or impedance.

(8) Interiors.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Walls, ceilings and floors.

  2. Steps, stairways, balconies and railings.

  3. Counters and all sink base cabinets.

  4. A random sample of doors and windows.

  5. Separation walls, ceilings, and doors between a dwelling unit and an attached garage or another dwelling unit.

  6. Signs of water penetration into the building or signs of abnormal or harmful condensation on building components.

(b) A home inspector is not required to observe any of the following:

  1. Paint, wallpaper, and other cosmetic finish treatments on the interior walls, ceilings and floors.

  2. Carpeting.

  3. Draperies, blinds or other window treatments.

  4. Household appliances.

  5. Recreational facilities or another dwelling unit.

(9) Heating systems.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following within a permanently installed heating system:

  1. Heating equipment and distribution systems.

  2. Normal operating controls and energy source.

  3. Automatic safety controls.

  4. Exterior surfaces of chimneys, flues and vents.

  5. Solid fuel heating devices.

  6. The presence of an installed heat source in each room.

(b) A home inspector shall operate the systems using normal operating controls and open readily accessible access panels provided by the manufacturer or installer for routine homeowner maintenance.

(c) A home inspector is not required to do any of the following:

  1. Operate heating systems when weather conditions or other circumstances may cause equipment damage.

  2. Operate automatic safety controls.

  3. Ignite or extinguish fuel fires.

  4. Observe the interior of flues, fireplace insert flue connectors, humidifiers, electronic air filters, or the uniformity or adequacy of heat supply to the various rooms.

  5. Observe a heat exchanger unless it is readily observable and normally accessible to an occupant of a dwelling unit.

(10) Central air conditioning.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. Cooling and air handling equipment, including type and energy source.

  2. Normal operating controls.

  3. The presence of an installed cooling source in each room.

(b) A home inspector shall operate the systems, using normal operating controls, and open readily accessible access panels provided by the manufacturer or installer for routine homeowner maintenance.

(c) A home inspector is not required to do any of the following:

  1. Operate cooling systems when weather conditions or other circumstances may cause equipment damage.

  2. Observe non-central air conditioners.

  3. Observe the uniformity or adequacy of cool-air supply to the various rooms.

  4. Operate electronic air filters.

  5. Observe the pressure of the system coolant or determine the presence of leakage.

  6. Test the electrical current drawn by the unit.

(11) Insulation and ventilation.

(a) A home inspector shall observe and describe the condition of all of the following:

  1. The presence or absence of insulation in unfinished spaces.

  2. Ventilation of attics and foundation areas.

  3. Kitchen, bathroom, and laundry venting systems.

(b) A home inspector is not required to observe any of the following:

  1. Concealed insulation.

  2. Venting equipment which is integrated with household appliances.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; CR 14-010: renum. 131.32 from SPS 134.03 Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.33 Contents of a home inspection report {#sec-sps-131.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.33}

(1) After completing a home inspection, a home inspector shall submit a written report to a client that does all of the following:

(a) Lists the items described in s. SPS 131.32 that a home inspector is required to inspect.

(b) Lists the items described in s. SPS 131.32 that a home inspector has inspected.

(bm) States the property address, the name of the home inspector who conducted the home inspection, the date of the home inspection, the names of the individuals who prepared the report, the date the report was prepared, and, if applicable, the date the report was revised.

(c) Describes the condition of any item identified in s. SPS 131.32.

(d) Describes any defect that is detected by the home inspector during his or her home inspection. A home inspector shall use the term “defect” in describing a condition in the written report required under this subsection if the home inspector believes the condition satisfies the definition of “defect” under s. 440.97 (2m), Stats.

(e) Lists any material adverse facts that a home inspector has knowledge of or has observed.

(f) A summary page that includes at least all of the following:

  1. A list of conditions, labeled as defects, that are observed under par. (d) to be defects.

  2. Other than items labeled as defects, a listing of components needing repairs, components needing further evaluation, items to monitor, and maintenance items.

  3. References to the page, heading, or item number in the full written report for further information.

  4. The disclosures required under s. 440.975 (3) (cr) 3., Stats.

(2) A home inspector is not required to report on any of the following aspects of items identified in s. SPS 131.32:

(a) Their life expectancy.

(b) The reason for the necessity of a major repair.

(c) The method of making any repair or correction, the materials needed for any repair or correction, or the cost of any repair or correction.

(d) The suitability for any specialized use of an improvement to residential real property.

(e) Whether they comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

(4) A home inspector is not required to retain inspectors or investigators to perform follow-up inspections or investigations of any material adverse facts that a home inspector has knowledge of or has observed under sub. (1) (d).

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1999, No. 523, eff. 8-1-99; correction in (1) (a), (b), (c), (d), (2) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-010: renum. 131.33 from SPS 134.04 and am. (1) (a), (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; corrections in (1) (c), (d), (2) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; EmR1822: emerg. am. (1) (d), cr. (2m), (3m) eff. 9-23-18; CR 18-076: am. (1) (d), cr. (2m), (3m) Register May 2019 No. 761, eff. 6-1-19; EmR2202: emerg. cr. (1) (bm), r. and recr. (1) (d), cr. (1) (f), r. (2m), (3m), eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: cr. (1) (bm), r. and recr. (1) (d), cr. (1) (f), r. (2m), (3m) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23; correction in (1) (f) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 4., Stats., Register June 2023 No. 810.

Subchapter V Education Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.40 Education requirement for initial registration {#sec-sps-131.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.40}

An applicant for registration as a home inspector must have completed at least 40 hours of pre-registration instruction approved by the department under s. SPS 131.405.

History

  • EmR2202: emerg. cr., eff. 1-15-22: CR 22-004: cr. Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.405 Standards for approval of pre-registration education {#sec-sps-131.405 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.405}

An acceptable pre-registration instruction program shall meet all of the following criteria:

(1) Include instruction in an organized method of learning contributing directly to the professional competency of the registrant and pertaining to subject matters that significantly relate to the practice of home inspection.

(2) Include at least 20 hours of hands-on training in the performance of home inspections and drafting of home inspection reports.

(3) Be conducted by individuals or entities which have specialized education, training, or experience in the subject matter of home inspections.

(4) Provide a record evidencing completion of the training program that shall include all of the following:

(a) The name of the course.

(b) The provider’s name.

(c) The registrant’s name.

(d) The date of completion.

(e) The location of the course.

(f) The number of hours.

(g) A signature from the instructor or provider.

History

  • EmR2202: emerg. cr., eff. 1-15-22: CR 22-004: cr. Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.41 Continuing education requirements for registration renewal {#sec-sps-131.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.41}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), every registered home inspector shall complete a minimum of 40 continuing education credit hours during each biennial registration period.

(2) A registrant is not required to complete continuing education credit hours between initial registration and the conclusion of the second registration renewal period.

(3)

(a) If a registrant fails to satisfy the continuing education requirements provided in sub. (1) within a biennial registration period, continuing education credit hours acquired on or after December 15 of any even-numbered year will be first applied to the preceding biennium until the requirement is fulfilled. Continuing education credit hours may not apply to more than one biennium.

(b) A registrant who fails to meet the continuing education requirements provided in sub. (1) by December 14 of any even-numbered year may not engage in the practice of home inspection until the registration is renewed, except as provided in s. SPS 131.45.

(4) Continuing education credit hours shall be obtained through any of the following means:

(a) Attending seminars, corporate in-house courses, workshops, or professional or technical presentations made at meetings, conventions, or conferences meeting the requirements of s. SPS 131.42. Attendance may be in person or via remote classroom where a provider is available to participate to comment and answer questions.

(b) Teaching a continuing education training program. Fifty minutes of actual instruction is equivalent to one continuing education credit hour. No additional continuing education credit hours will be granted for subsequent presentations of identical material.

(c) Participating in a continuing education training program that does not meet in person including the completion of interactive short courses or tutorials, delivery of educational programs and courses on CD-ROM or the Internet, webinars, or correspondence courses.

(5) A registrant may only receive credit for the initial attendance of a continuing education training program during a biennium. A registrant may not receive additional continuing education credit hours for repeated attendance at a continuing education training program during a biennium.

(6) A registrant may not receive continuing education credit hours for work completed as part of the registrant’s regular duties as a home inspector.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR2202: emerg. am. (2), eff. 1-15-22: CR 22-004: am. (2) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.42 Standards for continuing education training programs {#sec-sps-131.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.42}

An acceptable continuing education training program shall meet all of the following criteria:

(1) Include instruction in an organized method of learning contributing directly to the professional competency of the registrant and pertaining to subject matters that significantly relate to the practice of home inspection. The instruction shall include amplification, evaluation, examples, and explanation of the course subject matter to the licensee.

(2) Be conducted by individuals or entities which have specialized education, training, or experience in the subject matter of the program.

(3) Provide attendance or completion verification records in the form of certificates of completion evidencing attendance at, or completion of, the continuing education training program. A certificate of completion shall include all of the following:

(a) The name of the course.

(b) The provider’s name.

(c) The registrant’s name.

(d) The date of completion.

(e) The location of the course.

(f) The number of hours.

(g) A signature from the instructor or provider.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in numbering in (3) (a) to (g) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.43 Certificate of completion, proof of attendance {#sec-sps-131.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.43}

(1) Each registrant shall certify on the registration renewal application that he or she has fully complied with the continuing education requirements of this subchapter.

(3) If evidence of compliance is required by the department or its designee, the registrant shall submit the requested information within 30 business days of receiving written notice. Failure to do so may result in disciplinary action.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR2202: emerg. r. (2), eff. 1-15-22; CR 22-004: r. (2) Register June 2023 No. 810, eff. 7-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.44 Recordkeeping {#sec-sps-131.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.44}

A registrant shall obtain a certificate of completion from the program provider for each continuing education training program completed. The registrant shall retain the certificate of completion and any other required, related documentation for a minimum of 5 years.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 131.45 Waiver of continuing education requirements {#sec-sps-131.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 131.45}

(1) A renewal applicant who is actively practicing in the profession and is unable to fully comply with the continuing education requirements due to temporary, extreme hardship, as determined by the department, may submit a written request for a waiver or a written request for an extension of time to complete the continuing education requirements. The department will review the request, and in its sole discretion may grant a full or partial waiver, or an extension of time to comply with the requirements.

(2) A renewal applicant who prior to the expiration date of the registration submits a request for a waiver and provides a written statement setting forth the basis for the request, shall be deemed to be in good standing until the final decision on the request is made by the department. If the waiver is denied and the registration has expired, the applicant shall immediately discontinue engaging in the practice of home inspection until the applicant meets the requirements of s. SPS 131.41 and submits evidence of compliance to the department.

(3) A renewal applicant may not receive a waiver under this section for 2 consecutive biennia.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Chapter SPS 140 AUTHORITY, PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 140.01 Authority {#sec-sps-140.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 140.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 140 to 142 are adopted by the department pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.03 (14) (am) and (d), Stats., to govern the registration of music, art and dance therapists and the issuance of licenses to practice psychotherapy to registrants.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: am. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 140.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-140.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 140.02}

As used in chs. SPS 140 to 142, unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) “ADTR” means the Academy of Dance Therapists Registered, as well as a member of the Academy of Dance Therapists Registered.

(2) “ATR” means art therapist registered.

(3) “Art therapy” means the specialized, professional and psychotherapeutic use of art media, images, the creative art process, and client responses to the created art productions as reflections of an individual’s development, abilities, personality, interests, concerns, and conflicts. “Art therapy” is based on knowledge of human development and theories which are implemented in the full spectrum of models of assessment and treatment including educational, cognitive, transpersonal, and other therapeutic means of reconciling emotional conflicts, fostering self-awareness, developing social skills, managing behavior, solving problems, reducing anxiety, aiding reality orientation, and increasing self-esteem. Art therapists serve individuals, couples, families and groups. “Art therapy” may include the use of elements of other art forms.

(4) “ATR-BC” means art therapist registered-board certified.

(5) “DTR” means dance therapist registered.

(6) “Dance therapy” means the specialized, professional and psychotherapeutic use of movement and dance. This is a process which furthers the emotional, cognitive, social and physical integration of the individual. It uses psychotherapeutic models for assessment and intervention and is practiced in a wide variety of settings. “Dance therapy” may be appropriate for groups and individuals of all ages and conditions of need. “Dance therapy” may include the use of elements of other art forms.

(7) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(8) “License to practice psychotherapy” or “psychotherapy license” means a credential issued by the department to a registrant that authorizes the registrant to practice psychotherapy within the registrant’s competence, education, training and experience.

(9) “Licensee” means a person registered as a music therapist who is granted a license to practice psychotherapy (MTRL), a person registered as an art therapist who is granted a license to practice psychotherapy (ATRL), or a person registered as a dance therapist who is granted a license to practice psychotherapy (DTRL), as provided by s. 440.03 (14) (am), Stats.

(10) “Music therapy” means the specialized, professional, therapeutic use of music in the service to individuals with needs in mental health, physical health, habilitation, rehabilitation, special education, self-care or personal growth. The purpose of music therapy is to assist and empower individuals to attain or maintain their maximum level of functioning and highest quality of life. “Music therapy” may include the use of elements of other art forms.

(11) “Psychotherapy” has the meaning specified in s. 457.01 (8m), Stats.

(13) “Registrant” means a person who is granted a registration as a music therapist (WMTR), an art therapist (WATR), or a dance therapist (WDTR) by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: renum. (1) to be (3), (2) to be (6), (3) to be (7) and (4) to be (10), renum. (5) to be (13) and am., cr. (1), (2), (4), (5), (8), (9) and (11), Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (intro.), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 141 APPLICATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.01 Application for registration {#sec-sps-141.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.01}

An individual applying for registration as a music, art or dance therapist shall submit all of the following to the department:

(1) An application on a form provided by the department.

Note: Application forms are available upon request to the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935.

(2) The fee required under s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(3) Information necessary for the department to determine all of the following:

(a) Whether the applicant has been convicted of, or at the time of application charged with, a crime or a traffic offense which did or could result in the suspension or revocation of the applicant’s driver’s license.

(b) Whether the circumstances of any pending charge or conviction are substantially related to the duties of practice under the registration as described in ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats.

(4) Written verification transmitted directly to the department by the appropriate organization stating that the applicant:

(a) If applying for registration as a music therapist, is certified, registered or accredited as a music therapist by the certification board for music therapists, national music therapy registry, American music therapy association or by another national organization that certifies, registers or accredits music therapists.

(b) If applying for registration as an art therapist, is certified, registered or accredited as an art therapist by the art therapy credentials board or by another national organization that certifies, registers or accredits art therapists.

(c) If applying for registration as a dance therapist, is certified, registered or accredited as a dance therapist by the American dance therapy association or by another national organization that certifies, registers or accredits dance therapists.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: r. and recr. (3) Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.02 Renewal of registration {#sec-sps-141.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.02}

(1) Registrations for music, art and dance therapists expire on October 1 of each odd-numbered year. In order to renew a registration the registrant shall submit on or before the renewal date all of the following to the department:

(a) A renewal application on a form provided by the department.

(b) The renewal fee required under s. 440.08 (2) (a), Stats.

(c) A signed statement contained on the renewal application verifying that the certification, registration or accreditation as a music, art or dance therapist, as appropriate, granted to him or her by the appropriate organization identified under s. SPS 141.01 (4), has not been revoked.

(2) A registrant who fails to renew his or her registration by the renewal date may renew the registration by satisfying the requirements under sub. (1) and paying the late renewal fee required under s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

(3) A registrant who pays the fee required to renew his or her license to practice psychotherapy as a music, art or dance therapist shall not pay a separate fee for renewal of the registration.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: am (1) (c), cr. (3) Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.03 Accommodations relating to a disability {#sec-sps-141.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.03}

A qualified applicant with a disability shall be provided with reasonable accommodations requested in connection with the completion of an application for registration or renewal of a registration as a music, art or dance therapist.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.04 Application for license to practice psychotherapy {#sec-sps-141.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.04}

(1) Every registrant who applies for a license to practice psychotherapy shall submit all of the following to the department:

(a) An application on a form provided by the department.

Note: Application forms are available upon request to the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935.

(b) The fee required under s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(c) Information necessary for the department to determine all of the following:

  1. Whether the applicant has been convicted of, or at the time of application charged with, a crime or a traffic offense which did or could result in the suspension or revocation of the applicant’s driver’s license.

  2. Whether the circumstances of any pending charge or conviction are substantially related to the duties of practice under the registration as required by ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats.

(2) Every registrant who applies for a license to practice psychotherapy shall pass an examination on the Wisconsin statutes and rules that relate to the profession.

(3) If the applicant is a registered music therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 1., Stats., the applicant shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide proof that the applicant holds a master’s or doctorate degree in music therapy from a program approved by the American Music Therapy Association, or a master’s or doctorate degree in a related field recognized and accepted by the American Music Therapy Association and the Certification Board for Music Therapists.

(b) Submit proof in the form of affidavits signed by the applicant and the applicant’s supervisor that the applicant has completed 3,000 hours of music therapy practiced as psychotherapy, supervised by a person licensed to practice psychotherapy, designated the primary supervisor, and that the primary supervisor met with the applicant an average of one hour per week during the supervised practice period. If the primary supervisor is not a registered music therapist, the applicant must receive supervision from a registered music therapist as a secondary supervisor for at least 1,500 hours. The supervision by primary and secondary supervisors may occur simultaneously. If the supervision by the primary supervisor occurred prior to November 1, 2002, the primary supervisor must have been qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time.

(c) Pass the examination required for certification by the Certification Board for Music Therapists, or hold registry from the National Music Therapy Registry.

(4) If the applicant is a registered art therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 2., Stats., the applicant shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide proof that the applicant holds a master’s or doctorate degree in art therapy from a program accredited or approved by the American Art Therapy Association, or a program recognized as equivalent by the Art Therapy Credentials Board.

(b) Submit proof in the form of affidavits signed by the applicant and the applicant’s supervisor that the applicant has completed 3,000 hours of art therapy practiced as psychotherapy, supervised by a person licensed to practice psychotherapy, designated the primary supervisor, and that the primary supervisor met with the applicant an average of one hour per week during the supervised practice period. If the primary supervisor is not a registered art therapist, the applicant must receive supervision from a registered art therapist as a secondary supervisor for at least 1,500 hours. The supervision by primary and secondary supervisors may occur simultaneously. If the supervision by the primary supervisor occurred prior to November 1, 2002, the primary supervisor must have been qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time.

(c) Pass the examination required for certification by the Art Therapy Credentials Board.

(5) If the applicant is a registered dance therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 3., Stats., the applicant shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide proof that the applicant holds a master’s or doctorate degree in dance therapy or dance/movement therapy approved by the American Dance Therapy Association, or has fulfilled the requirements of a program recognized by the American Dance Therapy Association as equivalent to a master’s or doctorate degree in dance therapy or dance/movement therapy.

(b) Submit proof in the form of affidavits signed by the applicant and the applicant’s supervisor that the applicant has completed 3,000 hours of dance therapy practiced as psychotherapy, supervised by a person licensed to practice psychotherapy, designated the primary supervisor, and that the primary supervisor met with the applicant an average of one hour per week during the supervised practice period. If the primary supervisor is not an ADTR, the applicant must receive supervision from an ADTR as a secondary supervisor for at least 1,500 hours. The supervision by the primary and secondary supervisors may occur simultaneously. If the supervision by the primary supervisor occurred prior to November 1, 2002, the primary supervisor must have [been] qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time.

(c) Pass the National Board for Certified Counselors examination or other certification examination approved by the American Dance Therapy Association.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.05 Renewal of registration with psychotherapy license {#sec-sps-141.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.05}

(1) Registrations for registered music therapists with psychotherapy license, registered art therapists with psychotherapy license, and registered dance therapists with psychotherapy license expire on October 1 of each odd-numbered year. In order to renew a registration, the registrant shall submit all of the following to the department on or before the renewal date:

(a) A renewal application on a form provided by the department.

Note: Application forms are available upon request to the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935.

(b) The renewal fee for registered music, art or dance therapist with psychotherapy license required under s. 440.08 (2) (a), Stats.

(c) A signed statement contained on the renewal application verifying that the certification, registration or accreditation as a music, art or dance therapist, as appropriate, granted by the appropriate organization identified under s. SPS 141.01 (4), has not been revoked.

(2) A registrant who fails to renew the registration with license to practice psychotherapy by the renewal date may renew the registration with license to practice psychotherapy by satisfying the requirements under sub. (1) and paying the late renewal fee required under s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.06 Application for license to practice psychotherapy by general reciprocity {#sec-sps-141.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.06}

An applicant who holds a license to practice psychotherapy in the practice of music, art or dance therapy in another state shall be granted licensure by reciprocity if the department determines that the requirements for licensure in the other state are substantially equivalent to the requirements in s. SPS 141.04, and if the applicant does all of the following:

(1) Completes an application on a form provided by the department and registers as a music, art or dance therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 1., 2. or 3., Stats.

Note: Application forms are available upon request to the department at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935.

(2) Pays the fee required under s. 440.05 (1), Stats.

(3) Provides all information necessary for the department to determine the following:

(a) Whether the applicant has been convicted of, or at the time of application charged with, a crime or a traffic offense which did or could result in the suspension or revocation of the applicant’s driver’s license.

(b) Whether the circumstances of any pending charge or conviction are substantially related to the duties of practice under the registration as required by ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats.

(4) Passes an examination on the Wisconsin statutes and rules that relate to the profession.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 21-056: am. (title) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.065 Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-141.065 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.065}

A reciprocal music, art, or dance therapy certificate of registration, or license to practice psychotherapy, shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 21-056: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 141.07 Licensure for persons registered before January 1, 2003 {#sec-sps-141.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 141.07}

(1) If an individual was registered as a music therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 1. a., Stats., prior to January 1, 2003, the registrant shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if the registrant applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2), and submits proof of all of the following:

(a) The registrant holds a master’s or doctorate degree in music therapy from a program approved by the American Music Therapy Association, or a master’s or doctorate degree in a related field recognized and accepted by the American Music Therapy Association and the Certification Board for Music Therapists.

(b) The registrant has engaged in at least 3,000 hours of the supervised practice of psychotherapy, either in a certified outpatient mental health clinic or in another supervised setting, supervised by a person qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time, which may be documented by a provider status letter from the bureau of quality assurance of the department of health services.

(2) If an individual was registered as an art therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 2., Stats., prior to January 1, 2003:

(a) The registrant shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if the registrant applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2) and submits proof of all of the following:

  1. The individual is an ATR-BC.

  2. The individual has engaged in at least 3,000 hours of the supervised practice of psychotherapy, either in a certified outpatient mental health clinic or in another supervised setting, supervised by a person qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time, which may be documented by a provider status letter from the bureau of quality assurance of the department of health services.

(b) The individual shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if the individual applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2) and submits proof of all of the following:

  1. The individual is an ATR.

  2. The individual engaged in at least 3,000 hours of the supervised practice of psychotherapy, either in a certified outpatient mental health clinic or in another supervised setting, supervised by a person qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time, which may be documented by a provider status letter from the bureau of quality assurance of the department of health services.

  3. Prior to January 1, 2003, he or she has passed either the National Counselor examination, the Certified Rehabilitation Counselor examination, the Association of Marital and Family Therapy Regulatory Boards examination, or the Association of Social Work Boards clinical social worker examination.

(c) The individual shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy that may be renewed only once if the individual applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2) and submits proof of all of the following:

  1. The individual is a registered ADTR.

  2. The individual has engaged in at least 3,000 hours of the supervised practice of psychotherapy, either in a certified outpatient mental health clinic or in another supervised setting, supervised by a person qualified and authorized to practice psychotherapy at the time.

(3) A registrant granted a once-renewable license under sub. (2) (c), may be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if prior to the expiration of the once-renewable license, he or she submits proof that he or she is an ATR-BC, or that he or she has passed either the National Counselor examination, the Certified Rehabilitation Counselor examination, the Association of Marital and Family Therapy Regulatory Boards examination, or the Association of Social Work Boards clinical social worker examination.

(4) If an individual was registered as a dance therapist under s. 440.03 (14) (a) 3., Stats., prior to January 1, 2003, the individual:

(a) Shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if the individual applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2) and submits proof that the individual is registered as an ADTR.

(b) Shall be granted a license to practice psychotherapy that may be renewed only once if the individual applies before July 1, 2003, satisfies the requirements in s. SPS 141.04 (1) and (2) and submits proof that the individual is registered as a DTR.

(5) A registrant granted a once-renewable license under sub. (4) (b), may be granted a license to practice psychotherapy if prior to the expiration of the once-renewable license, he or she submits proof that he or she is registered as an ADTR.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (1) (intro.), (b), (2) (a) (intro.), 2., (b) (intro.), 2., (c) (intro.), (4) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 142 SCOPE OF PRACTICE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.01 Music therapy {#sec-sps-142.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.01}

Music therapy practice shall be performed in accordance with the generally accepted standards recognized by the profession including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Objectives. Music therapy is the specialized use of music and the materials of music to restore, maintain, and improve the following areas of functioning:

(a) Cognitive.

(b) Psychological.

(c) Social or emotional.

(d) Affective.

(e) Physical.

(f) Sensory or sensorimotor.

(g) Motor.

(h) Communicative.

(i) Physiological functioning.

(2) Techniques. Techniques used in the practice of music therapy include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a) The use of music to provide participatory individual and group experiences.

(b) Musical improvisation.

(c) Therapeutic development of verbal skills and nonverbal behavior.

(d) Receptive music learning.

(e) Lyric discussions.

(f) Memory recall.

(g) Music and imagery.

(h) Self-expression through composition and song writing.

(i) Socialization and enhancement of self-esteem through music performance.

(j) Relaxation to music, including stress and pain management.

(k) Learning through music.

(L) Cultural and spiritual expression.

(m) Development of fine and gross motor skills through responses to rhythm.

(n) Respiratory and speech improvements through sound production.

(o) Sensory integration and stimulation.

(p) Increased awareness of music for development of recreation and leisure interests.

(q) Interactive verbal techniques to help facilitate, elicit or summarize the above techniques and build the therapeutic relationship.

(3) Scope of practice. Any music therapist who has attained registration pursuant to s. SPS 141.01 and who limits his or her practice to the specific techniques in sub. (2) shall be deemed not to be practicing psychotherapy.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: r. and recr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.02 Art therapy {#sec-sps-142.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.02}

Art therapy practice shall be performed in accordance with the generally accepted standards recognized by the profession including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Objectives. Art therapy alleviates distress and reduces physical, emotional, behavioral, and social impairment while supporting and promoting positive development through the use of art media.

(2) Technique. The practice of art therapy includes, but is not limited to, the use of art media to assess, treat and rehabilitate patients with mental, emotional, physical, or developmental disorders.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.03 Dance therapy {#sec-sps-142.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.03}

Dance therapy practice shall be performed in accordance with the generally accepted standards recognized by the profession including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Objectives. The goal of dance therapy includes, but is not limited to, the therapeutic use of dance and movement in order to enhance and promote psychological growth, contribute to assessment information, and aid creative, cognitive, emotional and motor development.

(2) Techniques. The practice of dance therapy includes, but is not limited to, the use of movement, nonverbal, and verbal modalities.

Note: Dance therapy is also known as dance/movement therapy.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: am. (1), Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.04 General procedures {#sec-sps-142.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.04}

In the delivery of music, art and dance therapy services, registrants shall follow general procedures that include all of the following:

(1) Referral and acceptance.

(2) Assessment.

(3) Development of treatment plans.

(4) Therapeutic intervention and treatment.

(5) Documentation.

(6) Termination of services.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.05 Prohibited practices {#sec-sps-142.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.05}

In the practice of music, art and dance therapy, prohibited practices include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Practicing beyond the scope of practice of music, art or dance therapy as provided in this chapter.

(2) Failing to practice music, art or dance therapy within the scope of the registrant’s competence, education, training or experience.

(3) Knowingly permitting any professional staff to provide music, art or dance therapy that exceeds that person’s competence, education, training or experience.

(4) Failing when indicated to refer a client to a health care practitioner for treatment beyond the qualifications or scope of practice of the music, art or dance therapist.

(5) Misrepresenting the scope of practice of music, art or dance therapy to a client or to the public.

(6) Misrepresenting qualifications, education, credentials or professional affiliations to a client or to the public.

(7) Failing to inform a client, or the client’s authorized representative, about contraindications of music, art or dance therapy.

(8) Providing music, art or dance therapy when benefits cannot reasonably be expected.

(9) Guaranteeing the results of services offered, except that reasonable statements relating to prognosis and progress may be made.

(10) Failing to inform a client, or the client’s authorized representative, of the purpose, nature and effects of assessment and treatment.

(11) Failing to avoid dual relationships, sexual misconduct and relationships with clients that may impair one’s objectivity or create a conflict of interest. Dual relationships include, but are not limited to, treating employees, supervisees, students, friends or relatives.

(12) Using an individual in research or as the subject of a teaching demonstration without obtaining the individual’s informed consent.

(13) Failing to assign credit to an individual who contributed to clinical services, publications, or presentations in proportion to the individual’s contribution.

(14) Engaging in conduct likely to deceive, defraud, or harm an individual or the public in the course of the practice of music, art or dance therapy.

(15) Advertising in a manner which is false, deceptive or misleading.

(16) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.34, Stats., practicing music, art or dance therapy while the registrant’s ability to practice is impaired by a mental or physical disorder, alcohol or drugs.

(17) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., being convicted of an offense the circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of music, art or dance therapy.

(18) Failing to maintain the confidentiality of all client information, unless consent is given by the client or disclosure is required by law or court order.

(19) Knowingly placing false information in a client’s records.

(20) Failing to provide appropriate access to client records when requested by the department or its representative.

(21) Knowingly providing false information to the department.

(22) Knowingly making a material misstatement on an application for registration or for renewal of a registration.

(23) Violating any rule adopted by the department relating to the practice of music, art or dance therapy.

(24) Violating any term, provision or condition of any order issued by the department relating to the practice of music, art or dance therapy.

(25) After a request by the department, failing to cooperate in a timely manner with the department’s investigation of complaints filed against the applicant or registrant. There is a rebuttable presumption that a registrant or applicant who takes longer than 30 days to respond to a request made by the department has not acted in a timely manner under this paragraph.

(26) Practicing psychotherapy, unless the registrant has been granted a license to practice psychotherapy.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1999, No. 520, eff. 5-1-99; CR 02-125: cr. (26) Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.06 Required reporting {#sec-sps-142.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.06}

Any person registered as a music therapist, art therapist, dance therapist, registered music therapist with psychotherapy license, registered art therapist with psychotherapy license, or registered dance therapist with psychotherapy license shall notify the department in writing within 30 days if an organization specified in s. 440.03 (14) (a) 1. a., 2. a., or 3. a., Stats., revokes the registrant’s certification, registration or accreditation. Upon receiving a verified report of the revocation, the department shall revoke any registration, certificate of registration, or registration with psychotherapy license issued to the person.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 142.07 Professional liability insurance {#sec-sps-142.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 142.07}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), a person registered as a music, art or dance therapist with a license to practice psychotherapy may not practice psychotherapy unless the person has in effect professional liability insurance in the amount of at least $1,000,000 for each occurrence and $3,000,000 for all occurrences in one year.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person practicing psychotherapy as an employee of a federal, state or local governmental agency, if the practice is part of the duties for which the person is employed and is solely within the confines of or under the jurisdiction of the agency by which the person is employed.

History

  • CR 02-125: cr. Register July 2003 No. 571, eff. 8-1-03.

Chapter SPS 150 AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 150.01 Authority {#sec-sps-150.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 150.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 150 to 154 are adopted pursuant to ss. 227.11 (2), 440.993, 440.9935 and 440.999, Stats.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 150.02 Definitions; generally {#sec-sps-150.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 150.02}

As used in chs. SPS 150 to 154:

(1) “Athlete agent” has the meaning given in s. 440.99 (2), Stats.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Educational institution” has the meaning given in s. 440.99 (4r), Stats.

(4) “Registration” has the meaning given in s. 440.99 (9), Stats.

(5) “State” has the meaning given in s. 440.99 (10), Stats.

(6) “Student athlete” has the meaning given in s. 440.99 (11), Stats.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; correction in (10) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2007 No. 623; correction in (intro.), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; correction in (10) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register July 2015 No. 715; CR 20-029: r. and recr. Register July 2021 N0 787, eff. 8-1-21.

Chapter SPS 151 ATHLETE AGENT REGISTRATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 151.01 Definitions; this chapter {#sec-sps-151.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 151.01}

As used in this chapter:

(1) “Former service member” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (a), Stats.

(2) “Service member” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (b), Stats.

(3) “Spouse” has the meaning provided in s. 440.09 (1) (c), Stats.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 20-029: r. and recr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 151.02 Applications {#sec-sps-151.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 151.02}

An applicant for an athlete agent certificate of registration under s. 440.9915 (1), Stats., shall submit all the following to the department:

(1) A completed application form provided by the department.

(2) The fee required under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats.

(3) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of an athlete agent.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 20-029: r. and recr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2021 No. 787.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 151.04 Reciprocity; generally {#sec-sps-151.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 151.04}

The department shall issue a certificate of registration to an applicant registered as an athlete agent in another state if the applicant submits all the following:

(1) A copy of the application for registration in the other state.

(2) A statement identifying any material change in information or verifying there is no material change in information on the application for registration in the other state.

(3) A copy of the certificate of registration from the other state.

(4) The fee required under s. 440.05 (2), Stats.

(5) Documentary evidence that the application and registration requirements of the other state are substantially similar to or more restrictive than the requirements for registration under s. 440.992, Stats.

(6) Documentary evidence that the registration of the other state has not been revoked or suspended and no action involving the individual’s conduct as an athlete agent is pending against the individual or the individual’s registration in any state.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; correction in (intro.), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 20-029: r. and recr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 151.06 Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and spouses of service members or former service members {#sec-sps-151.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 151.06}

The department shall issue a certificate of registration to a service member, former service member, or spouse of a service member or former service member who resides in this state and submits all the following:

(1) A completed reciprocity form provided by the department.

(2) The fee specified under s. 440.05 (2), Stats.

(3) Documentary evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant holds a license, certification, registration, or permit that was granted by a governmental authority in a jurisdiction outside this state that qualifies the applicant to perform the acts authorized under a certification of registration as an athlete agent.

(4) Documentary evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant is in good standing with the governmental authorities in every jurisdiction outside this state that have granted the individual a license, certification, registration, or permit that qualifies the individual to perform acts authorized under a certification of registration as an athlete agent.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 20-029: cr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 151.07 Renewal {#sec-sps-151.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 151.07}

(1) An athlete agent registered under s. SPS 151.02, 151.04, or 151.06 may renew a certificate of registration by submitting a completed renewal application form provided by the department and the fee required under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats.

(2) An athlete agent registered under s. SPS 151.06 may renew a certificate of registration by submitting all the following:

(a) A copy of the application for renewal in the other state.

(b) A copy of the renewed certificate of registration from the other state.

(c) The fee required under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats.

(3) An athlete agent registered under s. SPS 151.04 may renew a certificate of registration by submitting the documentation required in sub. (2), and if the following are true:

(a) The application and registration requirements of the other state are substantially similar to or more restrictive than the requirements for registration under s. 440.992, Stats.

(b) The registration of the other state has not been revoked or suspended and no action involving the individual’s conduct as an athlete agent is pending against the individual or the individual’s registration in any state.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 20-029: cr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21; correction in (1) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2021 No. 787.

Chapter SPS 154 UNPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 154.01 Unprofessional conduct {#sec-sps-154.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 154.01}

The following, or aiding or abetting the following, without limitation because of enumeration, constitutes unprofessional conduct by a registered athlete agent or an applicant for registration:

(1) An administrative or judicial determination that the registered athlete agent or applicant has made a false, misleading, deceptive, or fraudulent representation.

(2) Any instance in which the conduct of the registered athlete agent or applicant has resulted in the imposition of a sanction, suspension, or declaration of ineligibility to participate in an interscholastic or intercollegiate athletic event on a student athlete or educational institution.

(3) Any sanction, suspension, or disciplinary action taken against the registered athlete agent or applicant arising out of occupational or professional conduct.

(4) Failing to submit an official form of notice, judgment or other record from an administrative, judicial or other governing body forum within 30 days if the administrative judicial or other governing body forum has made a determination or issued a sanction, suspension, or disciplinary action against the registrant or the applicant as described in subs. (1), (2), and (3).

(5) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., for a registered athlete agent or an applicant to have been convicted of a felony in this state or a crime in another state that if committed in this state, would be a felony.

(6) If a registrant or an applicant is convicted of a crime, failing to submit to the department within 30 days a copy of the complaint or other information which describes the nature of the crime and the judgment of conviction.

(7) Making a materially false, misleading, deceptive, or fraudulent representation in the application for athlete agent registration.

(8) Engaging in conduct that would disqualify the applicant or registered athlete agent from serving in a fiduciary capacity.

(9) Having a registration or licensure as an athlete agent suspended, revoked or limited because of professional discipline in this state or any other state.

(10) Having a registration or licensure as an athlete agent denied or having a renewal of registration or licensure refused in any state.

(11) Having engaged in conduct that significantly adversely reflects on the applicant’s or registered athlete agent’s credibility, honesty, or integrity.

(12) Knowingly aiding, assisting, or advising in the unlawful practice of an athlete agent.

(13) Engaging in the practice as an athlete agent without a certificate of registration except as provided in s. 440.991 (2), Stats.

(14) Violating any of the provisions of ss. 440.994, 440.9945, 440.995, 440.9955, and 440.996, Stats.

History

  • CR 04-110: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; correction in (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 20-029: r. and recr. Register July 2021 No. 787, eff. 8-1-21; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 4., Stats., and correction in (14) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2021 No. 787.

Chapter SPS 160 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 160.01 Authority {#sec-sps-160.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 160.01}

Chapters SPS 160 to 168 are adopted pursuant to s. 227.11 (2), Stats., and subch. VIII of ch. 440, Stats.

History

  • CR 07-031: cr. Register November 2007 No. 623, eff. 12-1-07; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 14-059: am. Register May 2015 No. 713, eff. 6-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 160.015 Applicability {#sec-sps-160.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 160.015}

(1) Use of title. Except as consistent with sub. (2), a person may use the title “addiction counselor,” “substance abuse counselor,” “alcohol and drug counselor,” “substance use disorder counselor” or “chemical dependency counselor” only if the individual is certified as a substance abuse counselor, or as a clinical substance abuse counselor under s. 440.88, Stats.

(2) Chapters SPS 160 to 168 do not apply to any of the following:

(a) A physician, as defined in s. 448.01 (5), Stats., who practices as a clinical supervisor or provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(b) A clinical social worker, as defined in s. 457.01 (1r), Stats., who practices as a clinical supervisor or provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(bg) An advanced practice social worker, as defined in s. 457.01 (1c), Stats., who provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(br) An independent social worker, as defined in s. 457.01 (2g), Stats., who provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(c) A licensed psychologist, as defined in s. 990.0l (31m), Stats., who practices as a clinical supervisor or provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(d) A marriage and family therapist, as defined in s. 457.01 (3), who practices as a clinical supervisor or provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(dm) A professional counselor, as defined in s. 457.01 (7), Stats., who practices as a clinical supervisor or provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their licensure.

(e) The preparation of a patient for substance use disorder treatment by referral, the treatment of a patient for substance use disorder until a referral for substance use disorder treatment is completed, and the continuation of treatment with the nonsubstance use disorder issues of a person, when performed by a mental health provider practicing within the scope of their credential.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2023 No. 805; CR 25-093: r. and recr. (1), am. (2) (a), (b), cr. (2) (bg), (br), am. (2) (c), (d), cr. (2) (dm), am. (2) (e) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 160.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-160.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 160.02}

In chs. SPS 160 to 168:

(1) “Accredited” means accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.

(2) “Assessment” means the process and procedures by which a counselor or service identifies and evaluates an individual's strengths, weaknesses, problems and needs in order to develop a treatment plan for the individual based on an approved placement criteria as defined in s. DHS 75.03 (4).

(2m) “Assessment training” means education on the comprehensive process of collecting pertinent data about patients or patient systems and their environment, and appraising the data as a basis for making decisions regarding substance use disorder diagnosis and treatment or referral. The education shall consist of culturally inclusive studies in understanding addiction, psychopharmacology, recognition and differentiation of co-occurring medical and psychological disorders, clinical evaluation, and treatment planning.

(3) “Behavioral science field” means any of the following:

(a) Health science.

(b) Psychology.

(c) Sociology.

(d) Criminal justice.

(e) Social work, as defined in s. 457.01 (9), Stats.

(f) A field approved by the department.

(g) Marriage and family therapy, as defined in s. 457.01 (5), Stats.

(h) Professional counseling, as defined in s. 457.01 (6), Stats.

(3m) “Case management” means education on culturally appropriate administrative, clinical, and evaluative activities included in the process of coordinating and prioritizing patient treatment goals and working with the patient and significant others, as well as other services, agencies, and resources to achieve those treatment goals. The education shall include studies in implementing treatment plans including continuing assessment, the referral process, service coordination, including for co-occurring medical and psychological disorders, record management and documentation, and utilizing the written client record to guide and monitor services to reach measurable goals and objectives.

(5) “Clinical substance abuse counselor” means an individual who holds a clinical substance abuse counselor certificate granted by the department.

(6) “Clinical supervision” means a specific and definitive process of oversight of a counselor's professional development in the didactic, experiential and application of the transdisciplinary foundations, and practice dimensions including core functions. Supervision takes place between a clinical supervisor and a counselor provided on or off the site of a service to ensure that each patient has an individualized treatment plan and is receiving quality care. A primary purpose of “clinical supervision” is to ensure quality patient care.

(7) “Clinical supervisor” means an individual who practices or has training in substance use disorder clinical supervision; provides substance use disorder counseling, treatment, or prevention services within the scope of their credential; and holds an unencumbered and active credential in good standing granted by the department or respective examining board as one of the following:

(a) A certified clinical supervisor in training, except as provided in s. SPS 162.03 (3).

(b) A certified intermediate or independent clinical supervisor.

(c) A licensed physician.

(d) A licensed clinical social worker.

(e) A licensed psychologist.

(f) A licensed marriage and family therapist.

(g) A licensed professional counselor.

(8) “Clinical supervisor-in-training” means an individual who holds a clinical supervisor-in-training certificate granted by the department.

(9) “Continuing education credit hour” means 50 minutes of instruction or participation spent by the credential holder in actual attendance or completion of an approved educational activity.

(10m) “Counseling training” means education that includes the study of fundamental theories, principles, and techniques of substance use disorder counseling to facilitate the progress of diverse patients toward mutually determined treatment goals and objectives using culturally sensitive modalities. Counseling education shall include studies of understanding addiction, recognized treatment theory and practice, the recovery process, effective strategies for meeting the counseling needs of diverse patients, crisis management skills, and awareness of co-occurring medical and psychological disorders.

(11) “Credential” has the meaning given in s. 440.01 (2) (a), Stats.

(12) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(13) “DSM” means the most recent edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders published by the American Psychiatric Association.

(13m) “Encumbrance” means a revocation or suspension of, or any limitation on, the full and unrestricted practice of substance use disorder counseling imposed by the department or respective examining board.

(17) “Independent clinical supervisor” means an individual who holds an independent clinical supervisor certificate granted by the department.

(18) “Intermediate clinical supervisor” means an individual who holds an intermediate clinical supervisor certificate granted by the department.

(19) “Patient” means an individual who has completed the screening, placement and intake process and is receiving substance use disorder treatment services.

(19m) “Patient education” means education about the process of providing patients, groups, families, couples, significant others, and communities with information on risks related to substance use, the processes of dependence including signs, symptoms, and behavior patterns, and available resources for prevention, treatment, and recovery in culturally relevant ways. The education shall include studies in understanding addiction including addiction to nicotine, the classification and basic pharmacology of drugs, basic physiology and the effects of drug use on the human body and patient, learning styles and teaching methods, delivery of educational programs, health and behavior problems related to substance use including transmission of HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, sexually transmitted infections, and other infectious diseases, and basic life skills such as stress management, communication, and assertiveness.

(20) “Practice dimensions” means the 8 counselor practice dimensions used to effectively treat substance use disorders. They are:

(a) Clinical evaluation.

(b) Treatment planning.

(c) Referral.

(d) Service coordination.

(e) Counseling.

(f) Patient, family and community education.

(g) Documentation.

(h) Professional and ethical responsibilities.

(21) “Prevention” means a pro-active process of promoting supportive institutions, neighborhoods and communities that foster an environment conducive to the health and well being of individuals and families. Prevention may be targeted to specific populations or the larger community by any of the following:

(a) Promoting knowledge, attitudes, skills, values and relationships conducive to the health and well being of individuals and families.

(b) Promoting personal competence, significance and empowerment.

(c) Promoting responsibility, judgment, communication and conflict resolution.

(d) Promoting cultural competency and sensitivity to differences.

(e) Promoting community-wide asset building initiatives.

(f) Promoting healthy support systems in families, schools, workplaces and communities.

(g) Promoting healthy lifestyles and resistance to physical and psychological illness or psychological injury.

(h) Involving citizens in creating cultural changes related to health and wellness.

(i) Counteracting harmful circumstances such as substance use, health and safety hazards, isolation, violence, economic hardship and inadequate housing, childcare, transportation, education or social services.

(23) “Prevention specialist” means an individual who holds a prevention specialist certificate granted by the department.

(24) “Prevention specialist-in training” means an individual who holds a prevention specialist-in-training certificate granted by the department.

(24m) “Professional responsibility” means education that addresses standards of conduct or professional behavior expectations for counselors, supervisors, and prevention workers. Professional behavior areas to be studied shall include, at a minimum, legal issues specific to substance use disorder professional practice, patient welfare as a primary concern, responsibility for professional competence and professional development, participation in ongoing supervision and consultation, counselor values and self-care, relationships with other professionals and institutions, and the establishment of limits and boundaries in the patient relationship. This education shall also address the impact of specific cultural, ethnic, and racial influences and expectations.

(25) “Substance” has the meaning given in s. DHS 75.03 (84).

(26) “Substance abuse counselor” means an individual who holds a substance abuse counselor certificate granted by the department.

(27) “Substance abuse counselor-in-training” means an individual who holds a substance abuse counselor-in-training certificate granted by the department.

(28) “Substance use disorder” means the existence of a diagnosis of “substance use disorder” listed in the most current edition of DSM.

(29) “Substance use disorder counselor” means the holder of any credential issued by the department pursuant to s. 440.88, Stats., or issued by any Wisconsin accrediting board and practicing substance use disorder counseling within the scope of their credential.

(30) “Telehealth” has the meaning given in s. 440.01 (1) (hm), Stats.

History

  • CR 07-031: cr. Register November 2007 No. 623, eff. 12-1-07; correction in (intro.), (9), (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. (2m), (3) (g), (h), (3m), am. (6), r. (9), (10), cr. (10m), r. (14), (16), cr. (19m), r. (22), cr. (24m), am. (28), r. (29) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (2), (3) (e), r. (4), am. (6), r. and recr. (7), cr. (9), am. (11), cr. (13m), r. (15), am. (25), cr. (29), (30) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 160.04 Telehealth practice {#sec-sps-160.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 160.04}

(1) A person who uses telehealth in the diagnosis and treatment of a patient located in this state shall be credentialed to practice by the department.

(2) A person credentialed by the department located in this state treating patients via telehealth, who are not physically located in this state at the time of treatment, must comply with the regulations in the state the patient is physically located at the time of treatment.

(3) A person credentialed by the department shall be held to the same standards of practice and conduct including patient confidentiality and recordkeeping, regardless of whether health care services are provided in person or by telehealth.

(4) A person credentialed by the department who provides substance use disorder counseling services by telehealth is responsible for the quality and safe use of equipment and technology that is integral to patient diagnosis and treatment. The equipment and technology used to provide substance use disorder counseling services by telehealth shall be compliant with HIPAA regulations as established in 45 CFR 160 and 164, as of January 2026, and provide, at a minimum, information that will enable the substance use disorder counselor to meet or exceed the standard of minimally competent counseling practice.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 161 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.01 Substance abuse counselor-in-training application {#sec-sps-161.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.01}

An applicant for certification as a substance abuse counselor-in-training shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of successful passage of the jurisprudence examination.

(4) Evidence of completion of 100 hours of substance use disorder specialized education through a postsecondary institution or department-approved education program. The 100 hours shall be in all of the following:

(a) Fifteen hours in assessment training.

(b) Fifteen hours in counseling training.

(c) Ten hours in case management.

(d) Fifteen hours in patient education.

(e) Twenty hours in professional responsibility.

(f) Twenty-five hours in electives in any of the subjects in pars. (a) to (e).

(5) Evidence of current employment, a written offer of employment, internship, practicum, or an agreement authorizing volunteer hours at an agency providing substance use disorder treatment under the supervision of a clinical supervisor approved by the department prior to the start of the supervised practice.

(6) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1), (4) (intro.), (5), (6) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.02 Substance abuse counselor application {#sec-sps-161.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.02}

An applicant for certification as a substance abuse counselor shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of successful passage of the jurisprudence examination unless the applicant has previously passed the examination in the process of obtaining a substance abuse counselor-in-training credential.

(4) Evidence of completion of 360 hours of substance use disorder specialized education through a postsecondary institution or a department-approved education program. The 360 hours shall be in all of the following:

(a) Sixty hours in assessment training.

(b) Sixty hours in counseling training.

(c) Sixty hours in case management.

(d) Sixty hours in patient education.

(e) Sixty hours in professional responsibility.

(f) Six hours in boundaries and ethics.

(g) Fifty-four hours in electives in any of the subjects in pars. (a) to (f).

(5) Evidence of successful passage of the National Association for Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors’ NCAC I exam.

(6) Evidence of completion of 3,000 hours of work experience performing the practice dimensions supervised by a clinical supervisor and while holding a valid in-training license. Any 1,500 of the total 3,000 hours of work experience shall be completed within the 5 years immediately preceding the date of application. The 3,000 hours shall also include a minimum of 1,500 hours providing substance use disorder counseling, of which at least 500 hours is in a one-on-one individual modality setting.

(6m) An applicant who has completed any portion of substance use disorder treatment work experience in another state shall be given credit for those hours obtained provided the hours meet the requirements of sub. (6). If the work experience was completed under the supervision of an individual who did not take the National Association for Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors’ NCAC I exam, an applicant shall provide evidence of completion of required work experience hours supervised by an individual who passed the International Certification & Reciprocity Consortium prior to May 1, 2018.

(7) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

(8) An applicant who holds an active credential listed in s. 440.88 (3m), Stats., may count hours of practice gained under that credential that otherwise meet the requirements of sub. (6) regardless of whether the applicant held a substance abuse-in-training credential or received supervision from a clinical supervisor.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095; am. (1), r. and recr. (6), cr. (6m), am. (7), cr. (8) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; correction in (8) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.03 Clinical substance abuse counselor application {#sec-sps-161.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.03}

An applicant for certification as a clinical substance abuse counselor shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of successful passage of the jurisprudence examination unless the applicant has previously passed the examination in the process of obtaining a substance abuse counselor-in-training or substance abuse counselor credential.

(4) Evidence of one of the following:

(a) Holding a substance abuse counselor credential.

(b) Completion of 360 hours of substance use disorder specialized education through a postsecondary institution or department-approved education program. The 360 hours shall be in all of the following:

  1. Sixty hours in assessment training.

  2. Sixty hours in counseling training.

  3. Sixty hours in case management.

  4. Sixty hours in patient education.

  5. Sixty hours in professional responsibility.

  6. Six hours in boundaries and ethics.

  7. Fifty-four hours in electives in any of the subjects in subds. 1. to 6.

(5) Evidence of an associate’s degree or higher in a behavioral science field from an accredited university or college.

(6) Evidence of successful passage of the National Association for Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors’ NCAC I exam.

(7) Evidence of completion of 5,000 hours of work experience performing the practice dimensions, supervised by a clinical supervisor. Any 2,500 hours of the total 5,000 hours of work experience shall be completed within the 5 years immediately preceding the date of application. The 5,000 hours shall also include a minimum of 2,500 hours providing substance use disorder counseling, of which at least 800 hours is in a one-on-one individual modality setting. The hours may include any work experience hours obtained as a requirement of the substance abuse counselor credential.

(7m) An applicant who has completed any portion of substance use disorder treatment work experience in another state shall be given credit for those hours obtained provided the hours meet the requirements of sub. (7). If the work experience was completed under the supervision of an individual who did not take the National Association for Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors’ NCAC I exam, an applicant shall provide evidence of completion of required work experience hours supervised by an individual who passed the International Certification & Reciprocity Consortium prior to May 1, 2018.

(8) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

(9) An applicant who holds an active credential listed in s. 440.88 (3m), Stats., may count hours of practice gained under that credential that otherwise meet the requirements of sub. (7) regardless of whether the applicant held a substance abuse-in-training credential or received supervision from a clinical supervisor.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-093: am. (1), (7), cr. (7m), am. (8), cr. (9) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; correction in (9) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.04 Clinical supervisor-in-training application {#sec-sps-161.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.04}

An applicant for certification as a clinical supervisor-in-training shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of current employment, a written offer of employment, or an agreement authorizing volunteer hours under the supervision of a clinical supervisor approved by the department prior to the start of the supervised practice as a clinical supervisor of counselors providing substance use disorder treatment services who are certified under s. 440.88, Stats., or licensed under s. 457.08 (4), 457.10, 457.12, or 457.14 (1) (d) to (f), Stats.

(4) Evidence of one of the following:

(a) Holding an active clinical substance abuse counselor credential for at least 2 years.

(b) Holding an active license under s. 457.08 (4), 457.10, 457.12, or 457.14 (1) (d) to (f), Stats., at the master’s level or higher.

(5) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1), (3), (4) (a), (b), cr. (5) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; correction in (3), (4) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.05 Intermediate clinical supervisor or independent clinical supervisor application {#sec-sps-161.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.05}

An applicant for certification as an intermediate clinical supervisor or independent clinical supervisor shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of holding an active credential of one of the following:

(a) Clinical substance abuse counselor.

(b) A license under s. 457.08 (4), 457.10, 457.12, or 457.14 (1) (d) to (f), Stats., at the master’s level or higher.

(4) Evidence of at least one year of clinical supervisory experience as a supervisor-in-training within the last 5 years as the supervisor of counselors certified under s. 440.88, Stats., or having a license under s. 457.08 (4), 457.10, 457.12, or 457.14 (1) (d) to (f), Stats.

(5) Evidence of one of the following:

(b) Successful completion of 30 hours of education in clinical supervision, including a minimum of 6 hours of training in each of the following:

  1. Assessment and evaluation.

  2. Counselor development.

  3. Management and administration.

  4. Professional responsibility.

(c) Holding an American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy supervisor certification.

(6) Evidence of successful passage of the National Association of Alcoholism Counselors and Trainers’ NCSE exam.

(7) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1), (3) (b), (4), r. (5) (a), cr. (7) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; correction in (3), (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.06 Prevention specialist-in-training application {#sec-sps-161.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.06}

An applicant for certification as a prevention specialist-in-training shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of successful completion of 40 hours of approved education, including 5 hours specific to ethics, in the following content areas:

(a) Planning and evaluation.

(b) Prevention education and service delivery.

(c) Communication.

(d) Community organization.

(e) Public policy and environmental change.

(f) Professional growth and responsibility.

(4) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1), cr. (4) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.07 Prevention specialist application {#sec-sps-161.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.07}

An applicant for certification as a prevention specialist shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) Evidence of successful passage of the jurisprudence examination.

(4) Evidence of successful completion of 120 hours of approved education, including 50 hours specific to alcohol, tobacco, and other substance abuse and 6 hours specific to ethics, in the following content areas:

(a) Planning and evaluation.

(b) Prevention education and service delivery.

(c) Communication.

(d) Community organization.

(e) Public policy and environmental change.

(f) Professional growth and responsibility.

(5) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1), cr. (5) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.08 Reciprocity {#sec-sps-161.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.08}

An applicant holding a current credential in good standing as a substance abuse counselor, clinical substance abuse counselor, clinical supervisor, or prevention specialist or its equivalent in another state or U.S. territory with requirements for the credential that are not lower than specified in this chapter shall submit all of the following:

(1) A complete application.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) A fee as determined by the department under s. 440.05, Stats.

(3) For applicants who have a pending criminal charge or have been convicted of a crime, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the pending criminal charge or conviction are substantially related to the practice of substance use disorder counseling.

(4) For applicants who have had disciplinary or adverse action taken on their substance abuse counselor, clinical substance abuse counselor, clinical supervisor, or prevention specialist credential or its equivalent, all related information necessary for the department to determine whether the circumstances of the disciplinary action or adverse action warrant denial of the application.

(5) Evidence of successful passage of jurisprudence examination.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (intro.), (1), (3), (4) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 161.09 Reciprocal credentials for service members, former service members, and their spouses {#sec-sps-161.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 161.09}

A reciprocal license to practice as a substance abuse counselor, clinical supervisor, or prevention specialist shall be granted to a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member who the department determines meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Instructions for applications can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 162 SUPERVISED PRACTICE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 162.01 Required supervision {#sec-sps-162.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 162.01}

(1) Except as provided in s. SPS 162.03 (3), clinical supervisors shall exercise supervisory responsibility over substance abuse counselors-in-training, substance abuse counselors, clinical substance abuse counselors, clinical supervisors-in-training and intermediate clinical supervisors in regard to all activities listed in s. SPS 162.02 (2) and shall provide a minimum of:

(a) Two hours of clinical supervision for every 40 hours of work performed by a substance abuse counselor-in-training.

(b) Two hours of clinical supervision for every 40 hours of counseling provided by a substance abuse counselor.

(c) One hour of clinical supervision for every 40 hours of counseling provided by a clinical substance abuse counselor.

(d) One meeting each calendar month with a substance abuse counselor-in-training, substance abuse counselor or clinical substance abuse counselor. This meeting may fulfill a part of the requirements of pars. (a) to (c).

(e) One hour of clinical supervision for every 40 hours of counseling provided by a clinical supervisor-in-training.

(2) Supervision in group sessions shall meet all of the following:

(a) The group shall consist of no more than 6 persons for every one person providing supervision.

(b) Each person receiving supervision as part of the group session receives one hour credit for each hour that the group meets for supervision but may not credit any time which is primarily social activity with the group or supervisor as part of a supervision session.

(c) A supervision session for a group or individual which is provided by more than one supervisor may not be credited for more than the actual time elapsed during the supervision session, not including social activities.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; (2) (title) removed under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 162.02 Supervised practice {#sec-sps-162.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 162.02}

(1) Except as provided in s. SPS 162.03 (3), clinical supervision may be provided by a clinical supervisor, as defined in s. SPS 160.02 (7).

(2) A period of supervised practice of substance use disorder counseling shall include the performance of the practice dimensions and practice in each of the following activities:

(a) Evaluation and assessment of difficulties in psychosocial functioning of a group or another individual.

(b) Developing plans or policies to alleviate those difficulties.

(c) Intervention, which may include psychosocial evaluation and counseling of individuals, families and groups; advocacy; referral to community resources; and facilitation of organizational change to meet social needs.

(d) Counselor development including professional responsibility.

(3) Methods of supervision may include:

(a) Auditing of patient files.

(b) Case review and discussion of active cases.

(c) Direct observation of treatment.

(d) Video or audio review and observation of the counselor’s professional interaction with patients and staff.

(4) The clinical supervisor’s responsibilities include all of the following:

(a) Permitting a supervisee to engage in only substance use disorder counseling services the supervisor can competently perform.

(b) Being available or making appropriate provision for emergency consultation or intervention.

(c) Being legally and ethically responsible for the supervised activities of the supervisee.

(d) Being able to interrupt or stop the supervisee from practicing in given cases or recommend to the supervisee’s employer that the employer interrupt or stop the supervisee from practicing in given cases.

(e) Being able to terminate the supervised relationship.

(5) The goals of clinical supervision are to provide the opportunity to develop competency in the transdisciplinary foundations, practice dimensions and core functions, provide a context for professional growth and development and ensure continuity of quality patient care.

(6) Supervision may be performed in person or remotely by means of audio, telephone, video, or data communications.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26; correction in (1) made under s. 35.17, Stats., and (4) (title) removed under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register May 2026 No. 845.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 162.03 Prohibited practices {#sec-sps-162.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 162.03}

(1) A clinical supervisor may not permit students, employees, or supervisees to perform or hold themselves out as competent to perform professional services beyond their training, level of experience, competence or credential.

(2) Clinical supervisors may not disclose supervisee confidences, except:

(a) As mandated by law.

(b) To prevent a clear and immediate danger to a person or persons.

(c) In educational or training settings where there are multiple supervisors, and then only to other professional colleagues who share responsibility for training of the supervisee.

(3) A clinical supervisor-in-training shall not supervise a credential holder acquiring supervised experience as a clinical supervisor-in-training.

(4) The clinical supervisor shall not permit a supervisee to engage in any practice that the supervisee or the clinical supervisor is not competent to perform.

(5) The clinical supervisor shall not sign off on supervised experience that the clinical supervisor did not directly supervise. The department may on a case-by-case basis review supervised experience accrued under a clinical supervisor who is no longer available to sign off the supervised experience of the applicant due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, death of the supervisor or unplanned relocation of the supervisor.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 163 PRACTICE RESTRICTIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 163.02 Substance abuse counselor-in-training; limited scope of practice {#sec-sps-163.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 163.02}

The granting of a substance abuse counselor-in-training certificate does not denote or assure competency to provide substance use disorder counseling. A substance abuse counselor-in-training may provide services if authorized and documented by the clinical supervisor.

History

  • CR 07-031: cr. Register November 2007 No. 623, eff. 12-1-07; correction in (2) (b), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; 2017 Wis. Act 262: renum. (1) to SPS 163.02 and am., r. (2), (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.

Chapter SPS 164 UNPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER COUNSELORS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 164.01 Unprofessional conduct {#sec-sps-164.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 164.01}

(2) Unprofessional conduct comprises any practice or behavior that violates the minimum standards of the profession necessary for the protection of the health, safety, or welfare of a patient or the public. Misconduct or unprofessional conduct includes the following:

(a) Submitting fraudulent, deceptive, or misleading information in conjunction with an application for a credential.

(b) Violating, or aiding and abetting a violation of, any law or rule substantially related to practice as a substance use disorder counselor. A certified copy of a judgment of conviction is prima facie evidence of a violation.

Note: Pursuant to s. SPS 4.09, all credential holders licensed by the department need to report a criminal conviction within 48 hours after entry of a judgment against them. Instructions on how to report can be found on the department of safety and professional services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(c) Having a license, certificate, permit, registration, or other practice credential granted by another state or by any agency of the federal government to practice as a substance use disorder counselor, which the granting jurisdiction limits, restricts, suspends, or revokes, or having been subject to other adverse action by a licensing authority, any state agency or an agency of the federal government, including the denial or limitation of an original credential, or the surrender of a credential, whether or not accompanied by findings of negligence or unprofessional conduct. A certified copy of a state or federal final agency decision is prima facie evidence of a violation of this provision.

(d) Failing to notify the department that a license, certificate or registration for the practice of any profession issued to the substance use disorder counselor has been revoked, suspended, limited or denied, or subject to any other disciplinary action by the authorities of any jurisdiction.

(e) Violating or attempting to violate any term, provision, or condition of any order of the department.

(f) Performing or offering to perform services for which the substance use disorder counselor is not qualified by education, training or experience.

(fm) Allowing students or supervisees to perform services for which the substance use disorder counselor is not qualified by education, training, or experience to perform.

(g) Practicing or attempting to practice while the substance use disorder counselor is impaired as a result of any illness that impairs the substance use disorder counselor’s ability to appropriately carry out their professional functions in a manner consistent with the safety of patients or the public.

(h) Using alcohol or any drug to an extent that such use impairs the ability of the substance use disorder counselor to safely or reliably practice, or practicing or attempting to practice while the substance use disorder counselor is impaired due to the utilization of alcohol or other drugs.

(i) Engaging in false, fraudulent, misleading or deceptive behavior associated with the practice as a substance use disorder counselor, including advertising, billing practices, or reporting or falsifying or inappropriately altering patient records.

(j) Discriminating in practice on the basis of age, race, color, sex, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, disability, gender identity, or sexual orientation.

(k) Revealing to other personnel not engaged in the care of a patient or to members of the public information which concerns a patient’s identity or condition unless release of the information is authorized by the patient or required or authorized by law. This provision shall not be construed to prevent a credential holder from cooperating with the department in the investigation of complaints.

(L) Abusing a patient by any single or repeated act of force, violence, harassment, deprivation, neglect, or mental pressure which reasonably could cause physical pain or injury, mental anguish, or fear.

(m) Engaging in inappropriate sexual contact, exposure, gratification, or other sexual behavior with or in the presence of a patient. For the purposes of this subsection, an adult shall continue to be a patient for 2 years after the termination of professional services. If the person receiving services is a minor, the person shall continue to be a patient for the purposes of this subsection for 2 years after termination of services, or for one year after the patient reaches age 18, whichever is longer.

(n) Failing to avoid dual relationships or relationships that may impair the substance use disorder counselor’s objectivity or create a conflict of interest.

(o) Obtaining or attempting to obtain anything of value from a patient without the patient’s consent.

(p) Obtaining or attempting to obtain any compensation by fraud, misrepresentation, deceit or undue influence in the course of practice.

(q) Offering, giving or receiving commissions, rebates or any other forms of remuneration for a patient referral.

(r) Failing to provide the patient or patient’s authorized representative a reasonable description of anticipated tests, consultation, reports, fees, billing, therapeutic regimen or schedule, or failing to inform a patient of financial interests which might accrue to the substance use disorder counselor for referral to or for any use of service, product or publication.

(s) Failing to conduct an assessment, evaluation, or diagnosis as a basis for treatment provided.

(t) Failing to maintain adequate records relating to services provided a patient in the course of a professional relationship. The substance use disorder counselor shall maintain patient health care records on every patient administered to for a period of not less than 7 years after the date of the last entry, or for such longer period as may be otherwise required by law.

(u) Failing to make reasonable efforts to notify a patient or a patient’s authorized representative when professional services will be interrupted or terminated by the substance use disorder counselor.

(v) Engaging in a single act of gross negligence or in a pattern of negligence as a substance use disorder counselor.

(w) Failing to respond honestly and in a timely manner to a request for information from the department. Taking longer than 30 days to respond to a department request creates a rebuttable presumption that the response is not timely.

(x) Failing to report to the department or to supervisory personnel any violation of the rules of this chapter by a substance use disorder counselor.

(y) Disclosing supervisee confidences, except as follows:

  1. As mandated by law.

  2. To prevent a clear and immediate danger to a person.

  3. In educational or training settings where there are multiple supervisors who share responsibility for training of the supervisee.

(z) Withholding documentation, or approval for submission, of a supervisee’s substance use disorder treatment work experience hours required to obtain a credential.

History

  • CR 06-060: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 1-1-07; correction in (1) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. (2) (fm), am. (2) (j) (k), (x), cr. (2) (y) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: r. (1), am. (2) (b), (c), (d), (f) to (i), (n), (r), (t) to (v), (x), cr. (2) (z) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 164.02 Telehealth {#sec-sps-164.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 164.02}

The standards of practice and professional conduct under this chapter apply whether the health care service is provided in person or by telehealth.

History

  • CR 25-095: cr. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 165 RENEWAL AND REINSTATEMENT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 165.01 Late renewal {#sec-sps-165.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 165.01}

(1) General. A person with an expired credential under s. 440.88, Stats., may not reapply for a credential using the initial application process.

(2) Renewal within 5 years. A person renewing a credential under s. 440.88, Stats., within 5 years after its expiration shall do all of the following:

(a) Pay the renewal fee as determined by the department under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats., and any applicable late renewal fee.

(b) Certify the completion of continuing education under ch. SPS 168 during the 2-year period preceding the last renewal date.

(3) Renewal after 5 years. This subsection does not apply to a credential holder who has unsatisfied disciplinary requirements. A person renewing a credential under s. 440.88, Stats., after 5 years of its expiration shall do all of the following:

(a) Pay the renewal fee as determined by the department under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats., and the late renewal fee.

(b) Provide evidence of one of the following:

  1. Holding a substantially equivalent credential in another state.

  2. Completion of 60 hours of continuing education in the last 2 years, including 6 hours on ethics and boundaries and 6 hours of psychopharmacology.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 165.02 Reinstatement {#sec-sps-165.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 165.02}

A credential holder who has unsatisfied disciplinary requirements and has not renewed a credential under s. 440.88, Stats., within 5 years of its expiration or whose credential under s. 440.88, Stats., has been surrendered or revoked may apply for the credential to be reinstated by submitting all of the following:

(1) Evidence of completion of the requirements in s. SPS 165.01 (3) if the credential has not been active within the past 5 years.

(2) Evidence of completion of disciplinary requirements, if applicable.

(3) Evidence of rehabilitation or change in circumstances warranting reinstatement.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.

Chapter SPS 166 EDUCATION APPROVAL

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 166.01 Approval of substance use disorder counselor education {#sec-sps-166.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 166.01}

(1) An application to be a department-approved education program shall include all of the following:

(a) A detailed outline of each course, or for core competency programs a detailed outline of each core competency and how the competency will be measured.

(b) For each course or core competency, indicate the allocation of hours or competency hour equivalencies for the following content areas:

  1. Assessment training.

  2. Counseling training.

  3. Case management.

  4. Patient education.

  5. Professional responsibility.

  6. Boundaries and ethics.

(c) Evidence that each instructor satisfies one of the following:

  1. The instructor holds one of the following credentials in good standing:

a. Substance abuse counselor.

b. Clinical substance abuse counselor.

c. A license under ss. 457.08 (4), 457.10, 457.12, or 457.14 (1) (d) to (f), Stats.

  1. The instructor is a physician with knowledge and experience related to substance use disorder counseling.

  2. The instructor is a psychologist with knowledge and experience related to substance use disorder counseling.

  3. The instructor is an instructor of substance use disorder related courses at an accredited institution.

(2) An instructor whose credential has been limited, suspended, or revoked may not instruct in an approved program while the disciplinary action is in effect.

(3) An approved program shall inform the department in advance of any major change in a course or instructor qualifications.

(4) An approval of a program remains in effect for 5 years. After 5 years, the program shall resubmit a new application to become an approved educational program.

(5) An approved program shall provide a certificate of completion or transcript to each student and shall retain student records for at least 7 years after a student has completed the program.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (title), (1) (c) 1. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 166.02 Approved prevention specialist education {#sec-sps-166.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 166.02}

The department shall accept prevention specialist training provided, sponsored, or approved by any of the following:

(1) An accredited college or university.

(2) The Recovery and Addiction Professionals of Wisconsin.

(3) The National Association of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Counselors.

(7) The federal department of health and human services, or its agencies, institutes, administrations, or centers.

(8) The White House Office of National Drug Control Policy.

(9) The department of health services.

(10) The department of public instruction.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (2), r. (4) to (6) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 167 PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 167.01 Insurance requirement {#sec-sps-167.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 167.01}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), a person certified under s. 440.88, Stats., shall not practice substance use disorder counseling without active professional liability insurance in the amount of at least $1,000,000 for each occurrence and $3,000,000 for all occurrences in one year.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person practicing substance use disorder counseling as an employee of a federal, state, or local governmental agency, if the practice is part of the duties for which they are employed and is solely within the confines of or under the jurisdiction of the agency that employs them.

History

  • CR 07-031: cr. Register November 2007 No. 623, eff. 12-1-07; CR 25-095: am. Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.

Chapter SPS 168 CONTINUING EDUCATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 168.01 Continuing education requirements {#sec-sps-168.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 168.01}

(1) Unless granted a postponement or waiver of the continuing education requirements under s. SPS 168.03, a substance use disorder counselor or prevention specialist shall complete 30 continuing education credit hours in approved continuing education programs during each 2-year credential period and shall certify on the renewal application that all required continuing education was completed.

(2) A minimum of 4 continuing education credit hours of the required 30 credit hours shall be in the area of professional ethics and boundaries.

(3) A credential holder who also holds an active license granted under ss. 457.08 (2) to (4), 457.10, 457.11, 457.12, 457.13, or 457.14 (1) (b) to (f), Stats., may satisfy the continuing education requirements by meeting the continuing education requirements under s. 457.22, Stats.

(4) A clinical supervisor shall complete 4 hours of continuing education each 2-year credential period related to the supervision of substance use disorder counselors. The 4 hours completed under this subsection may count toward the continuing education required for renewal of a clinical substance abuse counselor certification.

(5) A new credential holder is not required to satisfy continuing education requirements during the time between initial credentialing and commencement of a full 2-year credential period.

(6) Continuing education credit hours shall apply only to the 2-year credential period during which the credit hours are completed. If a credential holder fails to satisfy the continuing education requirements during a 2-year credential period, any additional continuing education credit hours completed on or after the renewal date to satisfy the requirement of the preceding period will not apply to the period during which they are earned.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095:am. (1), (3), (4) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 168.02 Approved continuing education {#sec-sps-168.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 168.02}

(1) A continuing education program is approved if it is relevant to the practice of substance use disorder counseling and any of the following applies:

(a) The program is approved, sponsored, provided, endorsed, or authorized by any of the following:

  1. The National Association of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Counseling or one of its affiliated divisions.

  2. The International Certification & Reciprocity Consortium.

  3. The American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy or one of its affiliated divisions.

  4. The Wisconsin Association for Marriage and Family Therapy.

  5. The National Rehabilitation Counseling Association.

  6. The American Rehabilitation Counseling Association.

  7. The National Board for Certified Counselors.

  8. The Commission on Rehabilitation Counselor Certification.

  9. The Association of Social Work Boards.

  10. The National Association of Social Workers or one of its affiliated chapters.

  11. The Association of Baccalaureate Program Directors.

  12. The Council on Social Work Education.

  13. The Wisconsin Counseling Association.

  14. The American Counseling Association.

  15. The American Mental Health Counselors Association.

(b) The program or course is offered by a training program accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy Education.

(c) The program is approved, sponsored, or co-sponsored by a presenter approved by the Committee for the Approval of Continuing Education Sponsors of the American Psychological Association.

(d) The program or course is offered by an accredited college or university. A credential holder shall receive 15 continuing education credit hours for completing a semester course approved under this paragraph.

(e) The program is an employee sponsored inservice training and development program. No more than 15 continuing education credit hours earned through employee sponsored in-service training and development programs that are not approved under par. (a), (b), (c), or (d) may count toward satisfying continuing education requirements.

(2)

(a) A person may earn continuing education credit hours for engaging in any of the following activities, if the activity is relevant to the practice of substance use disorder counseling:

  1. ‘Presenting professional material.’ One continuing education credit hour is earned under this subdivision for each hour of a continuing education presentation, except that 15 credit hours are earned for presenting a semester-long educational course. No continuing education credit hours are earned by a person for repeating a presentation for which the person has previously earned continuing education credit hours. A person who presents for any of the following may earn continuing education credit hours under this subdivision:

a. A seminar, workshop, program, or institution that is approved under sub. (1).

b. A university, college, or vocational technical adult education course.

  1. ‘Developing professional material.’ One continuing education credit hour is earned under this subdivision for each hour spent developing continuing education professional material.

  2. ‘Authoring a published textbook or professional resource book.’ Fifteen continuing education credit hours are earned for authoring a book under this subdivision.

  3. ‘Authoring a professional journal article or a chapter published in a textbook or professional resource book.’ Eight continuing education credit hours are earned for authoring an article or chapter under this subdivision.

(b) A person may earn up to 15 continuing education credit hours that count toward satisfying continuing education requirements by completing continuing education that is approved under par. (a).

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 25-095: am. (1) (intro.), r. (1) (a) 7., cr. (1) (a) 14. to 16., am. (2) (a) (intro.), 1. (intro.) Register May 2026 No. 845, eff. 6-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 168.03 Postponement or waiver {#sec-sps-168.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 168.03}

A holder of a credential under s. 440.88, Stats., may apply to the department for a postponement or waiver of the requirements under this chapter on grounds of prolonged illness, disability, or other grounds constituting extreme hardship. The department shall consider each application individually on its merits.

History

  • 2017 Wis. Act 262: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.

Chapter SPS 174 REGISTERED SANITARIANS AUTHORITY, SCOPE, PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 174.01 Authority and intent {#sec-sps-174.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 174.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 174 to 177 are adopted pursuant to s. 440.98, Stats.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 174.02 Scope {#sec-sps-174.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 174.02}

The rules in chs. SPS 174 to 177 shall apply to all persons educated and experienced in the field of environmental health who desire to be registered as a “registered sanitarian.”

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 174.03 Purpose {#sec-sps-174.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 174.03}

Sanitarian registration minimum qualifications are established to:

(1) Safeguard life, health and the environment.

(2) Identify persons qualified in environmental health services.

(3) Develop reciprocity agreements with states having equivalent registration requirements.

(4) Promote the delivery of environmental health services by qualified individuals certified on the basis of recognized examination.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 174.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-174.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 174.04}

In chs. SPS 174 to 177:

(1) “Accredited college or university” means an educational institution that is accredited by a regional or national accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Environmental health” means the science and art which pertains to the protection of human health through the assessment, management, control and prevention of environmental factors that may adversely affect the health, comfort, safety or well being of individuals or the environment.

(4) “Field of environmental health” means employment, whether private or public, where the principles of environmental health are directly applied to one or more of the following areas:

(a) Air quality.

(b) Food protection.

(c) Hazardous substances.

(d) Product safety.

(e) Housing.

(f) Institutional health and safety.

(g) Radiation protection.

(h) Recreational areas and waters.

(i) Solid waste management.

(j) Vector control.

(k) Water quality.

(L) Wastewater technology and management.

(m) Hazardous waste management.

(n) Industrial hygiene.

(o) Water supply.

(5) “Full-time equivalent employment” means an accumulation of 2,080 hours for one year of creditable employment experience in the field of environmental health. All creditable hours shall be within the scope of environmental health practice.

(6) “Nationally recognized professional examination” means a department-approved written examination designed to assess the knowledge and competence of professional sanitarians.

(7) “Registered sanitarian” means a sanitarian or environmental health professional registered in accordance with the provisions of chs. SPS 174 to 177 and s. 440.98, Stats.

(8) “Registered sanitarian advisory committee” means the committee established by the secretary of the department, pursuant to s. 440.042, Stats., to advise the department in matters related to the administration of chs. SPS 174 to 177.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (intro.), (2), (7), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671.

Chapter SPS 175 APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 175.02 Application for registration {#sec-sps-175.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 175.02}

An applicant for registration as a sanitarian shall submit all of the following:

(1) A completed application on the form supplied by the department.

(2) The required fee under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats.

(3) Evidence of passage of the examination required under ch. SPS 176.

(4) An original official transcript evidencing completion of the education requirement in s. SPS 175.025. The transcript must be sent by the educational institution to the department.

(5) Verification of the work experience requirement in s. SPS 175.025, which shall include a detailed description of the position held, length of employment, duties of the position, and number of hours worked per year in the field of environmental health. This verification shall be submitted by the applicant’s work supervisor for each position used to meet the work experience requirement.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 19-065: r. and recr. Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20; correction in (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register March 2020 No. 771.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 175.025 Required education and work experience {#sec-sps-175.025 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 175.025}

An applicant for registration must have completed one of the following combinations of education and work experience:

(1) A baccalaureate or higher degree in environmental health from an accredited college or university with at least 30 semester or 45 quarter hour academic credits in environmental, physical, biological, chemical, or environmental health areas and one year of full-time equivalent employment in the field of environmental health.

(2) A baccalaureate or higher degree in physical or biological sciences from an accredited college or university with at least 30 semester or 45 quarter hour academic credits in environmental, physical, biological, chemical, or environmental health areas and 2 years of full-time equivalent employment in the field of environmental health.

(3) A baccalaureate or higher degree from an accredited college or university and 4 years of full-time equivalent employment in the field of environmental health.

(4) An associate degree from an accredited college, community college or technical institute in environmental, physical, biological or chemical sciences, and 5 years of full-time equivalent employment in the field of environmental health.

(5) An associate degree from an accredited college, community college or technical institute and 8 years of full-time equivalent employment in the field of environmental health.

History

  • CR 19-065: cr. Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 175.05 Application review {#sec-sps-175.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 175.05}

(1) An applicant shall submit a completed application for registration and application fee to the department.

(2) The department shall make an investigation as it deems necessary to determine if the applicant shall receive a certificate of registration and may request additional documentation prior to approving an application.

(3) The applicant shall be notified in writing of the department’s decision regarding their application. An applicant may appeal the application review decision of the department in accordance with ch. SPS 1 procedures.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (1), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 19-065: am. (1), (2) Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 175.06 Reciprocal licensure and certification {#sec-sps-175.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 175.06}

(1) Reciprocity generally. Upon application and payment of the appropriate application fee, an applicant who holds a certificate of registration or license as a sanitarian in good standing issued by the proper authority of any state, territory, or possession of the United States, any foreign country, or any other organization that registers or certifies sanitarians, may receive a certificate in this state provided that the requirements for the registration in the other jurisdiction are comparable to the qualifications for registration in this chapter. The successful passage of a recognized professional examination of any state, territory or possession of the United States, any foreign country or any other organization may be construed as tantamount to passing the required examination recognized by the department, provided that the scope of the examination and the applicant’s passing score are comparable to the examination and passing score administered under this chapter.

(2) Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and spouses of service members or former service members. A reciprocal sanitarian registration shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this subsection.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 21-056: r. and recr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.

Chapter SPS 176 EXAMINATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 176.01 Examination requirements {#sec-sps-176.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 176.01}

(1) Each applicant for registration shall be required to pass a nationally recognized professional examination or other professional examination approved by the department.

(2) Notice of eligibility to take the national examination shall be provided to each applicant by the department. The notice of eligibility shall be presented by the applicant to gain admittance to the examination site.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 19-065: am. (2), r. (3) Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 176.02 Notice of examination results {#sec-sps-176.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 176.02}

(1) An applicant for registration shall receive notification of their examination results.

(2) An applicant must receive a passing grade determined by the department to represent the minimum competence to practice. The department may accept the passing grade recommendation of a testing agency whose examination has been approved by the department.

(3) The department may refuse to release the grade or issue a certificate of registration if the department determines that an applicant violated the rules of conduct of the examination or otherwise acted dishonestly.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 176.03 Reexamination {#sec-sps-176.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 176.03}

An applicant who fails to achieve passing grades on the examinations required under this chapter may reapply for examination on forms provided by the department. No applicant shall make more than 3 attempts to pass the examination within any 12 month period. For each reexamination, the applicant shall pay the reexamination fee specified by the department.

Note: Application forms are available on request to the department located at 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708 or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.

Chapter SPS 177 UNPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 177.01 Authority and intent {#sec-sps-177.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 177.01}

(1) The rules of conduct in this chapter are adopted under authority of ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.98, Stats.

(2) The intent of the department in adopting this chapter is to establish rules of professional conduct for the profession of registered sanitarians. A violation of any standard specified in this chapter may result in disciplinary action under s. 440.98 (9), Stats.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 177.02 Unprofessional conduct {#sec-sps-177.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 177.02}

A registered sanitarian shall comply with the standards of practice established by s. 440.98, Stats., and this chapter. The violation of any provision of this chapter, or the aiding or abetting of any of the following constitutes unprofessional conduct and may result in disciplinary action:

(1) Making a materially false, misleading, deceptive, or fraudulent representation in an application for a certificate of registration, including misrepresenting qualifications, education, experience, credentials or professional affiliations.

(2) An administrative or judicial determination that the registered sanitarian has made false, misleading, deceptive, or fraudulent representations in the course of practice as a registered sanitarian.

(3) Any sanction, suspension, or disciplinary action taken against the registered sanitarian in this state or another jurisdiction arising out of any occupational or professional conduct.

(4) Violating any rule adopted by the department relating to the practice of a registered sanitarian, or any term, provision, or condition of any order issued by the department.

(5) Failing to practice as a registered sanitarian within the scope of the registered sanitarian’s competence, education, training and experience.

(6) Practicing in a manner that substantially departs from the standard of care ordinarily exercised by a registered sanitarian or any gross professional negligence, incompetence, or misconduct.

(7) Failing to notify the department of any criminal conviction within 30 days after the date of conviction and failing to provide a copy of the judgment of conviction to the department. Conviction of any crime which is substantially related to the practice of a registered sanitarian shall be grounds for discipline against the registered sanitarian.

(8) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., to have been convicted of a felony in this state or a crime in another state that if committed in this state would be a felony.

(9) Failing to cooperate in a timely manner with the department’s investigation of a complaint filed against the registered sanitarian. A registered sanitarian who takes longer than 30 calendar days to respond to a request of the department is subject to a rebuttable presumption of failing to act in a timely manner under this subsection.

History

  • CR 06-125: cr. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.

Chapter SPS 180 AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 180.01 Authority {#sec-sps-180.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 180.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 180 to 183 are adopted under the authority of ss. 227.11 (2) and 440.08 (3), Stats., and subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 19-066: am. Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 180.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-180.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 180.02}

As used in chs. SPS 180 to 183 and in subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats.:

(1) “Administer” means the direct provision of a prescription drug or device, whether by injection, ingestion or any other means, to the body of a client.

(1m) “Automated external defibrillator” has the meaning given in s. 440.01 (1) (ad), Stats.

(2) “Client” means a woman who obtains maternity care provided by a licensed midwife.

(3) “Consultation” means discussing the aspects of an individual client’s circumstance with other professionals to assure comprehensive and quality care for the client, consistent with the objectives in the client’s treatment plan or for purposes of making adjustments to the client’s treatment plan. Consultation may include history-taking, examination of the client, rendering an opinion concerning diagnosis or treatment, or offering service, assistance or advice.

(3m) “Defibrillation” has the meaning given in s. 440.01 (1) (ag), Stats.

(4) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(5) “Direct supervision” means immediate on-premises availability to continually coordinate, direct and inspect at first hand the practice of another.

(7) “HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, 42 USC 1320d et seq.

(8) “Licensed midwife” means a person who has been granted a license under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., to engage in the practice of midwifery.

(9) “Practice of midwifery” means providing maternity care during the antepartum, intrapartum, and postpartum periods consistent with the standards of practice set forth in ch. SPS 182.

(10) “Temporary permit” means a credential granted under s. SPS 181.01 (4), to an individual to practice midwifery under the direct supervision of a licensed midwife pending successful completion of the requirements for a license under s. SPS 181.01 (1).

(11) “Ventricular fibrillation” has the meaning given in s. 440.01 (1) (i), Stats.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; CR 08-087: cr. (1m), (3m), (11) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; corrections in (4) and (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6. and 7., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (intro.), (9), (10) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 19-066: am. (intro.), renum. (1m) (intro.) to (1m) and am., r. (1m) (a) to (c), am. (3m), r. (6), am. (8), (11) Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20.

Chapter SPS 181 APPLICATIONS FOR LICENSURE, RENEWAL OF LICENSES AND TEMPORARY PERMITS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 181.01 Applications {#sec-sps-181.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 181.01}

(1) Licenses. An individual who applies for a license as a midwife shall apply on a form provided by the department. An applicant who fails to comply with a request for information related to the application, or fails to meet all requirements for the license within 120 calendar days from the date of filing shall file a new application and fee if licensure is sought at a later date. The application shall include all of the following:

(a) The fee specified in s. 440.03 (9), Stats.

(b) Evidence satisfactory to the department of one of the following:

  1. That the applicant holds a valid certified professional midwife credential granted by the North American Registry of Midwives or a successor organization.

  2. That the applicant holds a valid certified nurse-midwife credential granted by the American College of Nurse Midwives or a successor organization.

(c) That the applicant, subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., does not have an arrest or conviction record. An applicant who has a pending criminal charge or has been convicted of any crime or ordinance violation shall provide the department with all information requested relating to the applicant’s pending criminal charge, conviction or other offense, as applicable. The department may not grant a midwife license to a person convicted of an offense under s. 940.22, 940.225, 944.06, 944.15, 944.17, 944.30, 944.31, 944.32, 944.33, 944.34, 948.02, 948.025, 948.06, 948.07, 948.075, 948.08, 948.09, 948.095, 948.10, 948.11 or 948.12, Stats.

(d) Evidence satisfactory to the department that the applicant has current proficiency in the use of an automated external defibrillator achieved through instruction provided by an individual, organization, or institution of higher education approved under s. 46.03 (38), Stats., to provide the instruction.

Note: Applications for licensure as a midwife are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(1m) Reciprocity for service members, former service members, and spouses of service members or former service members. A reciprocal midwife license shall be granted to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this subsection.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(2) Renewal of licenses.

(a) Except for temporary permits granted under sub. (4), the renewal date for licenses granted under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., is July 1 of each even-numbered year.

(b) Renewal applications shall be submitted to the department on a form provided by the department and shall include the renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 46w., Stats.

(c) At the time of renewal of a license under par. (b), a licensed midwife shall submit proof satisfactory to the department of all of the following:

  1. The licensee holds a valid certified professional midwife credential from the North American Registry of Midwives or a successor organization, or a valid certified nurse-midwife credential from the American College of Nurse Midwives or a successor organization.

  2. The licensee has current proficiency in the use of an automated external defibrillator achieved through instruction provided by an individual, organization, or institution of higher education approved under s. 46.03 (38), Stats., to provide the instruction.

(3) Late renewal of licenses. A licensed midwife who fails to renew a license by the renewal date may renew the license by submitting an application on a form provided by the department and satisfying the following requirements:

(a) If applying less than 5 years after the renewal date, satisfy the requirements under sub. (2), and pay the late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3), Stats.

(b) If applying 5 years or more after the renewal date, satisfy the requirements under sub. (2); pay the late renewal fee specified in s. 440.08 (3), Stats., and submit proof of one or more of the following, as determined by the department to ensure protection of the public health, safety and welfare:

  1. Successful completion of educational course work.

  2. Successful completion of the national examination required by the North American Registry of Midwives for certification as a certified professional midwife or successful completion of the national examination required by the American College of Nurse Midwives for certification as a certified nurse-midwife.

(4) Temporary permits.

(a) Application. An applicant seeking a temporary permit shall apply on a form provided by the department. An applicant who fails to comply with a request for information related to the application, or fails to meet all requirements for a permit within 120 calendar days from the date of filing shall submit a new application and fee if a permit is sought at a later date. The application shall include all of the following:

  1. The fee specified in s. 440.05 (6), Stats.

  2. Evidence satisfactory to the department of all of the following:

a. The applicant is actively engaged as a candidate for certification with the North American Registry of Midwives or a successor organization; or is currently enrolled in the portfolio evaluation process program through the North American Registry of Midwives or a successor organization, or a certified professional midwife educational program accredited by the Midwifery Education Accreditation Council.

b. The applicant has received a written commitment from a licensed midwife to directly supervise the applicant’s practice of midwifery during the duration of the temporary permit.

c. The applicant is currently certified by the American Red Cross or American Heart Association in neonatal resuscitation.

d. The applicant is currently certified by the American Red Cross or American Heart Association in adult cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

e. The applicant has attended at least 5 births as an observer.

f. The applicant, subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322 and 111.335, Stats., does not have an arrest or conviction record. An applicant who has a pending criminal charge or has been convicted of any crime or ordinance violation shall provide the department with all information requested relating to the applicant’s pending criminal charge, conviction or other offense, as applicable. The department may not grant a temporary permit to a person convicted of an offense under s. 940.22, 940.225, 944.06, 944.15, 944.17, 944.30, 944.31, 944.32, 944.33, 944.34, 948.02, 948.025, 948.06, 948.07, 948.075, 948.08, 948.09, 948.095, 948.10, 948.11 or 948.12, Stats.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(b) Duration of permit.

  1. The duration of a temporary permit is for a period of 3 years or until the permit holder ceases to be currently registered or actively engaged as a candidate for certification as specified in par. (a) 2., whichever is shorter.

  2. A licensed midwife with a written commitment to supervise the holder of a temporary permit shall notify the department immediately of a termination of the supervisory relationship.

  3. Upon termination of a supervisory relationship, the temporary permit shall be automatically suspended until the permit holder obtains another written supervisory commitment that complies with par. (a) 2. b.

  4. The department may in its discretion grant renewal of a temporary permit. Renewal shall be granted only once and for a period of no more than 3 years. A permit holder seeking renewal of a temporary permit shall submit documentation that satisfies the requirements for an initial permit under par. (a).

Note: The North American Registry of Midwives may be contacted at 5257 Rosestone Dr., Lilburn, GA 30047, 1-888-842-4784. The American College of Nurse-Midwives may be contacted at 8403 Colesville Road, Suite 1550, Silver Spring, MD 20910, (240) 485-1800.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; CR 08-087: cr. (1) (d), (2) (c) 1., 2., renum. (2) (c) to be (2) (c) (intro.) and am., am. (4) (b) 4. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 19-066: am. (1) (a), (c), (2) (a), (4) (a) 2. b., f. Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20; CR 21-056: cr. (1m) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.

Chapter SPS 182 STANDARDS OF PRACTICE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 182.01 Standards {#sec-sps-182.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 182.01}

Licensed midwives shall comply with the standards of practice of midwifery established by the National Association of Certified Professional Midwives.

Note: The standards of the National Association of Certified Professional Midwives are set forth in ch. SPS 183 Appendix I. The National Association of Certified Professional Midwives may be contacted at 234 Banning Road, Putney, VT 05346, (866) 704-9844.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07.

(1) Disclosure of information to client. A licensed midwife shall, at an initial consultation with a client, provide a copy of the rules promulgated by the department under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., and disclose to the client orally and in writing on a form provided by the department all of the following:

(a) The licensed midwife’s experience and training.

(b) Whether the licensed midwife has malpractice liability insurance coverage and the policy limits of the coverage.

(c) A protocol for medical emergencies, including transportation to a hospital, particular to each client.

(d) A protocol for and disclosure of risks associated with vaginal birth after a cesarean section.

(e) The number of babies delivered and the number of clients transferred to a hospital since the time the licensed midwife commenced practice of midwifery.

(f) A statement that the licensed midwife does not have the equipment, drugs or personnel available to perform neonatal resuscitations that would normally be available in a hospital setting.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708-8935, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(1m) Disclosure of information by temporary permit holder. A temporary permit holder shall inform a client orally and in writing that the temporary permit holder may not engage in the practice of midwifery unless the temporary permit holder practices under the direct supervision of a licensed midwife.

(2) Acknowledgement by client. A licensed midwife shall, at an initial consultation with a client, provide a copy of the written disclosures required under sub. (1), to the client and obtain the client’s signature acknowledging that she has been informed, orally and in writing, of the disclosures required under sub. (1).

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; CR 19-066: am. (1) (intro.), (e), (1m) Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 182.03 Practice {#sec-sps-182.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 182.03}

(1) Testing, care and screening. A licensed midwife shall:

(a) Offer each client routine prenatal care and testing in accordance with current American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists guidelines.

(b) Provide all clients with a plan for 24 hour on-call availability by a licensed midwife, certified nurse-midwife or licensed physician throughout pregnancy, intrapartum, and 6 weeks postpartum.

(c) Provide clients with labor support, fetal monitoring and routine assessment of vital signs once active labor is established.

(d) Supervise delivery of infant and placenta, assess newborn and maternal well being in immediate postpartum, and perform Apgar scores.

(e) Perform routine cord management and inspect for appropriate number of vessels.

(f) Inspect the placenta and membranes for completeness.

(g) Inspect the perineum and vagina postpartum for lacerations and stabilize.

(h) Observe mother and newborn postpartum until stable condition is achieved, but in no event for less than 2 hours.

(i) Instruct the mother, father and other support persons, both verbally and in writing, of the special care and precautions for both mother and newborn in the immediate postpartum period.

(j) Reevaluate maternal and newborn well being within 36 hours of delivery.

(k) Use universal precautions with all biohazard materials.

(L) Ensure that a birth certificate is accurately completed and filed in accordance with state law.

(m) Offer to obtain and submit a blood sample in accordance with the recommendations for metabolic screening of the newborn.

(n) Offer an injection of vitamin K for the newborn in accordance with the indication, dose and administration route set forth in sub. (3).

(o) Within one week of delivery, offer a newborn hearing screening to every newborn or refer the parents to a facility with a newborn hearing screening program.

(p) Within 2 hours of the birth offer the administration of antibiotic ointment into the eyes of the newborn, in accordance with state law on the prevention of infant blindness.

(q) Maintain adequate antenatal and perinatal records of each client and provide records to consulting licensed physicians and licensed certified nurse-midwives, in accordance with HIPAA regulations.

(2) Prescription drugs, devices and procedures. A licensed midwife may administer the following during the practice of midwifery:

(a) Oxygen for the treatment of fetal distress.

(b) Eye prophylactics – 0.5% erythromycin ophthalmic ointment or 1% tetracycline ophthalmic ointment for the prevention of neonatal ophthalmia.

(c) Oxytocin, or pitocin, as a postpartum antihemorrhagic agent.

(d) Methyl-ergonovine, or methergine, for the treatment of postpartum hemorrhage.

(e) Vitamin K for the prophylaxis of hemorrhagic disease of the newborn.

(f) RHo (D) immune globulin for the prevention of RHo (D) sensitization in RHo (D) negative women.

(g) Intravenous fluids for maternal stabilization – 5% dextrose in lactated Ringer’s solution (D5LR), unless unavailable or impractical in which case 0.9% sodium chloride may be administered.

(h) In addition to the drugs, devices and procedures that are identified in pars. (a) to (g), a licensed midwife may administer any other prescription drug, use any other device or perform any other procedure as an authorized agent of a licensed practitioner with prescriptive authority.

Note: Licensed midwives do not possess prescriptive authority. A licensed midwife may legally administer prescription drugs or devices only as an authorized agent of a practitioner with prescriptive authority. For physicians and advanced practice nurses, an agent may administer prescription drugs or devices pursuant to written standing orders and protocols.

Note: Medical oxygen, 0.5% erythromycin ophthalmic ointment, tetracycline ophthalmic ointment, oxytocin (pitocin), methyl-ergonovine (methergine), injectable vitamin K and RHo (D) immune globulin are prescription drugs. See s. SPS 180.02 (1).

(3) Indications, dose, administration and duration of treatment. The indications, dose, route of administration and duration of treatment relating to the administration of drugs and procedures identified under sub. (2) are as follows:

(4) Consultation and referral.

(a) A licensed midwife shall consult with a licensed physician or a licensed certified nurse-midwife providing obstetrical care, whenever there are significant deviations, including abnormal laboratory results, relative to a client’s pregnancy or to a neonate. If a referral to a physician is needed, the licensed midwife shall refer the client to a physician and, if possible, remain in consultation with the physician until resolution of the concern.

Note: Consultation does not preclude the possibility of an out-of-hospital birth. It is appropriate for the licensed midwife to maintain care of the client to the greatest degree possible, in accordance with the client’s wishes, during the pregnancy and, if possible, during labor, birth and the postpartum period.

(b) A licensed midwife shall consult with a licensed physician or certified nurse-midwife with regard to any mother who presents with or develops the following risk factors or presents with or develops other risk factors that in the judgment of the licensed midwife warrant consultation:

  1. Antepartum.

a. Pregnancy induced hypertension, as evidenced by a blood pressure of 140/90 on 2 occasions greater than 6 hours apart.

b. Persistent, severe headaches, epigastric pain or visual disturbances.

c. Persistent symptoms of urinary tract infection.

d. Significant vaginal bleeding before the onset of labor not associated with uncomplicated spontaneous abortion.

e. Rupture of membranes prior to the 37th week gestation.

f. Noted abnormal decrease in or cessation of fetal movement.

g. Anemia resistant to supplemental therapy.

h. Fever of 102° F or 39° C or greater for more than 24 hours.

i. Non-vertex presentation after 38 weeks gestation.

j. Hyperemisis or significant dehydration.

k. Isoimmunization, Rh-negative sensitized, positive titers, or any other positive antibody titer, which may have a detrimental effect on mother or fetus.

L. Elevated blood glucose levels unresponsive to dietary management.

m. Positive HIV antibody test.

n. Primary genital herpes infection in pregnancy.

o. Symptoms of malnutrition or anorexia or protracted weight loss or failure to gain weight.

p. Suspected deep vein thrombosis.

q. Documented placental anomaly or previa.

r. Documented low lying placenta in woman with history of previous cesarean delivery.

s. Labor prior to the 37th week of gestation.

t. History of prior uterine incision.

u. Lie other than vertex at term.

v. Multiple gestation.

w. Known fetal anomalies that may be affected by the site of birth.

x. Marked abnormal fetal heart tones.

y. Abnormal non-stress test or abnormal biophysical profile.

z. Marked or severe poly- or oligo-dydramnios.

za. Evidence of intrauterine growth restriction.

zb. Significant abnormal ultrasound findings.

zc. Gestation beyond 42 weeks by reliable confirmed dates.

  1. Intrapartum.

a. Rise in blood pressure above baseline, more than 30/15 points or greater than 140/90.

b. Persistent, severe headaches, epigastric pain or visual disturbances.

c. Significant proteinuria or ketonuria.

d. Fever over 100.6° F or 38° C in absence of environmental factors.

e. Ruptured membranes without onset of established labor after 18 hours.

f. Significant bleeding prior to delivery or any abnormal bleeding, with or without abdominal pain; or evidence of placental abruption.

g. Lie not compatible with spontaneous vaginal delivery or unstable fetal lie.

h. Failure to progress after 5 hours of active labor or following 2 hours of active second stage labor.

i. Signs or symptoms of maternal infection.

j. Active genital herpes at onset of labor.

k. Fetal heart tones with non-reassuring patterns.

L. Signs or symptoms of fetal distress.

m. Thick meconium or frank bleeding with birth not imminent.

n. Client or licensed midwife desires physician consultation or transfer.

  1. Postpartum.

a. Failure to void within 6 hours of birth.

b. Signs or symptoms of maternal shock.

c. Febrile: 102° F or 39° C and unresponsive to therapy for 12 hours.

d. Abnormal lochia or signs or symptoms of uterine sepsis.

e. Suspected deep vein thrombosis.

f. Signs of clinically significant depression.

(c) A licensed midwife shall consult with a licensed physician or licensed certified nurse-midwife with regard to any neonate who is born with or develops the following risk factors:

  1. Apgar score of 6 or less at 5 minutes without significant improvement by 10 minutes.

  2. Persistent grunting respirations or retractions.

  3. Persistent cardiac irregularities.

  4. Persistent central cyanosis or pallor.

  5. Persistent lethargy or poor muscle tone.

  6. Abnormal cry.

  7. Birth weight less than 2300 grams.

  8. Jitteriness or seizures.

  9. Jaundice occurring before 24 hours or outside of normal range.

  10. Failure to urinate within 24 hours of birth.

  11. Failure to pass meconium within 48 hours of birth.

  12. Edema.

  13. Prolonged temperature instability.

  14. Significant signs or symptoms of infection.

  15. Significant clinical evidence of glycemic instability.

  16. Abnormal, bulging, or depressed fontanel.

  17. Significant clinical evidence of prematurity.

  18. Medically significant congenital anomalies.

  19. Significant or suspected birth injury.

  20. Persistent inability to suck.

  21. Diminished consciousness.

  22. Clinically significant abnormalities in vital signs, muscle tone or behavior.

  23. Clinically significant color abnormality, cyanotic, or pale or abnormal perfusion.

  24. Abdominal distension or projectile vomiting.

  25. Signs of clinically significant dehydration or failure to thrive.

(5) Transfer.

(a) Transport via private vehicle is an acceptable method of transport if it is the most expedient and safest method for accessing medical services. The licensed midwife shall initiate immediate transport according to the licensed midwife’s emergency plan; provide emergency stabilization until emergency medical services arrive or transfer is completed; accompany the client or follow the client to a hospital in a timely fashion; provide pertinent information to the receiving facility and complete an emergency transport record. The following conditions shall require immediate physician notification and emergency transfer to a hospital:

  1. Seizures or unconsciousness.

  2. Respiratory distress or arrest.

  3. Evidence of shock.

  4. Psychosis.

  5. Symptomatic chest pain or cardiac arrhythmias.

  6. Prolapsed umbilical cord.

  7. Shoulder dystocia not resolved by Advanced Life Support in Obstetrics (ALSO) protocol.

  8. Symptoms of uterine rupture.

  9. Preeclampsia or eclampsia.

  10. Severe abdominal pain inconsistent with normal labor.

  11. Chorioamnionitis.

  12. Clinically significant fetal heart rate patterns or other manifestation of fetal distress.

  13. Presentation not compatible with spontaneous vaginal delivery.

  14. Laceration greater than second degree perineal or any cervical.

  15. Hemorrhage non-responsive to therapy.

  16. Uterine prolapse or inversion.

  17. Persistent uterine atony.

  18. Anaphylaxis.

  19. Failure to deliver placenta after one hour if there is no bleeding and fundus is firm.

  20. Sustained instability or persistent abnormal vital signs.

  21. Other conditions or symptoms that could threaten the life of the mother, fetus or neonate.

(b) A licensed midwife may deliver a client with any of the complications or conditions set forth in par. (a), if no physician or other equivalent medical services are available and the situation presents immediate harm to the health and safety of the client; if the complication or condition entails extraordinary and unnecessary human suffering; or if delivery occurs during transport.

(6) Prohibited practices. A licensed midwife may not do any of the following:

(a) Administer prescription pharmacological agents intended to induce or augment labor.

(b) Administer prescription pharmacological agents to provide pain management.

(c) Use vacuum extractors or forceps.

(d) Prescribe medications.

(e) Provide out-of-hospital care to a woman who has had a vertical incision cesarean section.

(f) Perform surgical procedures including, but not limited to, cesarean sections and circumcisions.

(g) Knowingly accept responsibility for prenatal or intrapartum care of a client with any of the following risk factors:

  1. Chronic significant maternal cardiac, pulmonary, renal or hepatic disease.

  2. Malignant disease in an active phase.

  3. Significant hematological disorders or coagulopathies, or pulmonary embolism.

  4. Insulin requiring diabetes mellitus.

  5. Known maternal congenital abnormalities affecting childbirth.

  6. Confirmed isoimmunization, Rh disease with positive titer.

  7. Active tuberculosis.

  8. Active syphilis or gonorrhea.

  9. Active genital herpes infection 2 weeks prior to labor or in labor.

  10. Pelvic or uterine abnormalities affecting normal vaginal births, including tumors and malformations.

  11. Alcoholism or abuse.

  12. Drug addiction or abuse.

  13. Confirmed AIDS status.

  14. Uncontrolled current serious psychiatric illness.

  15. Social or familial conditions unsatisfactory for out-of-hospital maternity care services.

  16. Fetus with suspected or diagnosed congenital abnormalities that may require immediate medical intervention.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; renumbers to (4) (b) 1. za., zb. and zc. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 1., Stats., Register November 2007 No. 623.

Chapter SPS 183 GROUNDS FOR DISCIPLINE

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 183.01 Disciplinary proceedings and actions {#sec-sps-183.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 183.01}

(1) Subject to the rules promulgated under s. 440.03 (1), Stats., the department may reprimand a licensed midwife or deny, limit, suspend, or revoke a license or temporary permit granted under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., if the department finds that the applicant, temporary permit holder, or licensed midwife has engaged in misconduct. Misconduct comprises any practice or behavior that violates the minimum standards of the profession necessary for the protection of the health, safety, or welfare of a client or the public. Misconduct includes the following:

(a) Submitting fraudulent, deceptive or misleading information in conjunction with an application for a credential.

(b) Violating, or aiding and abetting a violation, of any law or rule substantially related to practice as a midwife. A certified copy of a judgment of conviction is prima facie evidence of a violation.

Note: Pursuant to s. SPS 4.09, all credential holders licensed by the department need to report a criminal conviction within 48 hours after entry of a judgment against them. The department form for reporting convictions is available on the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(c) Having a license, certificate, permit, registration, or other practice credential granted by another state or by any agency of the federal government to practice as a midwife, which the granting jurisdiction limits, restricts, suspends, or revokes, or having been subject to other adverse action by a licensing authority, any state agency or an agency of the federal government including the denial or limitation of an original credential, or the surrender of a credential, whether or not accompanied by findings of negligence or unprofessional conduct. A certified copy of a state or federal final agency decision is prima facie evidence of a violation of this provision.

(d) Failing to notify the department that a license, certificate, or registration for the practice of any profession issued to the midwife has been revoked, suspended, limited or denied, or subject to any other disciplinary action by the authorities of any jurisdiction.

(e) Violating or attempting to violate any term, provision, or condition of any order of the department.

(f) Performing or offering to perform services for which the midwife is not qualified by education, training or experience.

(g) Practicing or attempting to practice while the midwife is impaired as a result of any condition that impairs the midwife’s ability to appropriately carry out professional functions in a manner consistent with the safety of clients or the public.

(h) Using alcohol or any drug to an extent that such use impairs the ability of the midwife to safely or reliably practice, or practicing or attempting to practice while the midwife is impaired due to the utilization of alcohol or other drugs.

(i) Engaging in false, fraudulent, misleading, or deceptive behavior associated with the practice as a midwife including advertising, billing practices, or reporting, falsifying, or inappropriately altering patient records.

(j) Discriminating in practice on the basis of age, race, color, sex, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, disability or sexual orientation.

(k) Revealing to other personnel not engaged in the care of a client or to members of the public information which concerns a client’s condition unless release of the information is authorized by the client or required or authorized by law. This provision shall not be construed to prevent a credential holder from cooperating with the department in the investigation of complaints.

(L) Abusing a client by any single or repeated act of force, violence, harassment, deprivation, neglect, or mental pressure which reasonably could cause physical pain or injury, or mental anguish or fear.

(m) Engaging in inappropriate sexual contact, exposure, gratification, or other sexual behavior with or in the presence of a client. For the purposes of this paragraph, an adult shall continue to be a client for 2 years after the termination of professional services. If the person receiving services is a minor, the person shall continue to be a client for the purposes of this paragraph for 2 years after termination of services, or for one year after the client reaches age 18, whichever is later.

(n) Obtaining or attempting to obtain anything of value from a client without the client’s consent.

(o) Obtaining or attempting to obtain any compensation by fraud, misrepresentation, deceit or undue influence in the course of practice.

(p) Offering, giving or receiving commissions, rebates or any other forms of remuneration for a client referral.

(q) Failing to provide the client or client’s authorized representative a description of what may be expected in the way of tests, consultation, reports, fees, billing, therapeutic regimen, or schedule, or failing to inform a client of financial interests which might accrue to the midwife for referral to or for any use of service, product, or publication.

(r) Failing to maintain adequate records relating to services provided a client in the course of a professional relationship.

(s) Engaging in a single act of gross negligence or in a pattern of negligence as a midwife, or in other conduct that evidences an inability to apply the principles or skills of midwifery.

(t) Failing to respond honestly and in a timely manner to a request for information from the department. Taking longer than 30 days to respond creates a rebuttable presumption that the response is not timely.

(u) Failing to report to the department or to institutional supervisory personnel any violation of the rules of this chapter by a midwife.

(v) Allowing another person to use a license granted under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats.

(w) Failing to provide direct supervision over a temporary permit holder while the permit holder is engaging in the practice of midwifery.

(2) Subject to the rules promulgated under s. 440.03 (1), Stats., the department shall revoke a license granted under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., if the licensed midwife is convicted of any of the offenses specified in s. 440.982 (2), Stats.

(3) Subject to s. 440.982, Stats., no person may engage in the practice of midwifery the person has been granted a license or a temporary permit to practice midwifery under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., or granted a license to practice as a nurse-midwife under s. 441.15, Stats.

(4) Subject to s. 440.981, Stats., no person may use the title “licensed midwife” unless the person has been granted a license to practice midwifery under subch. XIII of ch. 440, Stats., or granted a license to practice as a nurse-midwife under s. 441.15, Stats.

History

  • CR 06-096: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 5-1-07; CR 19-066: am. (1) (intro.), (g), (v), (2) to (4) Register January 2020 No. 769, eff. 2-1-20.

Chapter SPS 183 Appendix I ESSENTIAL DOCUMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CERTIFIED PROFESSIONAL MIDWIVES

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 183 ESSENTIAL DOCUMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CERTIFIED PROFESSIONAL MIDWIVES {#sec-chapter-sps-183 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 183}

Contents

I. Introduction

II. Philosophy

III. The NACPM Scope of Practice

IV. Standards for NACPM Practice

V. Endorsement Section

Gender references: To date, most NACPM members are women. For simplicity, this document uses female pronouns to refer to the NACPM member, with the understanding that men may also be NACPM members.

I. Introduction

The Essential Documents of the NACPM consist of the NACPM Philosophy, the NACPM Scope of Practice, and the Standards for NACPM Practice. They are written for Certified Professional Midwives (CPMs) who are members of the National Association of Certified Professional Midwives.

· They outline the understandings that NACPM members hold about midwifery.

· They identify the nature of responsible midwifery practice.

II. Philosophy and Principles of Practice

NACPM members respect the mystery, sanctity and potential for growth inherent in the experience of pregnancy and birth. NACPM members understand birth to be a pivotal life event for mother, baby, and family. It is the goal of midwifery care to support and empower the mother and to protect the natural process of birth. NACPM members respect the biological integrity of the processes of pregnancy and birth as aspects of a woman’s sexuality.

NACPM members recognize the inseparable and interdependent nature of the mother-baby pair.

NACPM members believe that responsible and ethical midwifery care respects the life of the baby by nurturing and respecting the mother, and, when necessary, counseling and educating her in ways to improve fetal/infant well-being.

NACPM members work as autonomous practitioners, recognizing that this autonomy makes possible a true partnership with the women they serve, and enables them to bring a broad range of skills to the partnership.

NACPM members recognize that decision-making involves a synthesis of knowledge, skills, intuition and clinical judgment.

NACPM members know that the best research demonstrates that out-of-hospital birth is a safe and rational choice for healthy women, and that the out-of-hospital setting provides optimal opportunity for the empowerment of the mother and the support and protection of the normal process of birth.

NACPM members recognize that the mother or baby may on occasion require medical consultation or collaboration.

NACPM members recognize that optimal care of women and babies during pregnancy and birth takes place within a network of relationships with other care providers who can provide service outside the scope of midwifery practice when needed.

III. Scope of Practice for the National Association of Certified Professional Midwives

The NACPM Scope of Practice is founded on the NACPM Philosophy. NACPM members offer expert care, education, counseling and support to women and their families throughout the caregiving partnership, including pregnancy, birth and the postpartum period. NACPM members work with women and families to identify their unique physical, social and emotional needs. They inform, educate and support women in making choices about their care through informed consent. NACPM members provide on-going care throughout pregnancy and continuous, hands-on care during labor, birth and the immediate postpartum period. NACPM members are trained to recognize abnormal or dangerous conditions needing expert help outside their scope. NACPM members each have a plan for consultation and referral when these conditions arise. When needed, they provide emergency care and support for mothers and babies until additional assistance is available. NACPM members may practice and serve women in all settings and have particular expertise in out-of-hospital settings.

IV. The Standards of Practice for NACPM Members

The NACPM member is accountable to the women she serves, to herself, and to the midwifery profession. The NACPM Philosophy and the NACPM Scope of Practice are the foundation for the midwifery practice of the NACPM member. The NACPM Standards of Practice provide a tool for measuring actual practice and appropriate usage of the body of knowledge of midwifery.

Standard One: The NACPM member works in partnership with each woman she serves. The NACPM member:

· Offers her experience, care, respect, counsel and support to each woman she serves

· Freely shares her midwifery philosophy, professional standards, personal scope of practice and expertise, as well as any limitations imposed upon her practice by local regulatory agencies and state law

· Recognizes that each woman she cares for is responsible for her own health and well-being

· Accepts the right of each woman to make decisions about her general health care and her pregnancy and birthing experience

· Negotiates her role as caregiver with the woman and clearly identifies mutual and individual responsibilities, as well as fees for her services

· Communicates openly and interactively with each woman she serves

· Provides for the social, psychological, physical, emotional, spiritual and cultural needs of each woman

· Does not impose her value system on the woman

· Solicits and respects the woman’s input regarding her own state of health

· Respects the importance of others in the woman’s life.

Standard Two: Midwifery actions are prioritized to optimize well-being and minimize risk, with attention to the individual needs of each woman and baby.

The NACPM member:

· Supports the natural process of pregnancy and childbirth

· Provides continuous care, when possible, to protect the integrity of the woman’s experience and the birth and to bring a broad range of skills and services into each woman’s care

· Bases her choices of interventions on empirical and/or research evidence, verifying that the probable benefits outweigh the risks

· Strives to minimize technological interventions

· Demonstrates competency in emergencies and gives priority to potentially life-threatening situations

· Refers the woman or baby to appropriate professionals when either needs care outside her scope of practice or expertise

· Works collaboratively with other health professionals

· Continues to provide supportive care when care is transferred to another provider, if possible, unless the mother declines

· Maintains her own health and well-being to optimize her ability to provide care.

Standard Three: The midwife supports each woman’s right to plan her care according to her needs and desires. The NACPM member:

· Shares all relevant information in language that is understandable to the woman

· Supports the woman in seeking information from a variety of sources to facilitate informed decision-making

· Reviews options with the woman and addresses her questions and concerns

· Respects the woman’s right to decline treatments or procedures and properly documents her choices

· Develops and documents a plan for midwifery care together with the woman

· Clearly states and documents when her professional judgment is in conflict with the decision or plans of the woman

· Clearly states and documents when a woman’s choices fall outside the NACPM member’s legal scope of practice or expertise

· Helps the woman access the type of care she has chosen

· May refuse to provide or continue care and refers the woman to other professionals if she deems the situation or the care requested to be unsafe or unacceptable

· Has the right and responsibility to transfer care in critical situations that she deems to be unsafe. She refers the woman to other professionals and remains with the woman until the transfer is complete.

Standard Four: The midwife concludes the caregiving partnership with each woman responsibly. The NACPM member:

· Continues her partnership with the woman until that partnership is ended at the final postnatal visit or until she or the woman ends the partnership and the midwife documents same

· Ensures that the woman is educated to care for herself and her baby prior to discharge from midwifery care

· Ensures that the woman has had an opportunity to reflect on and discuss her childbirth experience

· Informs the woman and her family of available community support networks and refers appropriately.

Standard Five: The NACPM member collects and records the woman’s and baby’s health data, problems, decisions and plans comprehensively throughout the caregiving partnership. The NACPM member:

· Keeps legible records for each woman, beginning at the first formal contact and continuing throughout the caregiving relationship

· Does not share the woman’s medical and midwifery records without her permission, except as legally required

· Reviews and updates records at each professional contact with the woman

· Includes the individual nature of each woman’s pregnancy in her assessments and documentation

· Uses her assessments as the basis for on-going midwifery care

· Clearly documents her objective findings, decisions and professional actions

· Documents the woman’s decisions regarding choices for care, including informed consent or refusal of care

· Makes records and other relevant information accessible and available at all times to the woman and other appropriate persons with the woman’s knowledge and consent

· Files legal documents appropriately.

Standard Six: The midwife continuously evaluates and improves her knowledge, skills and practice in her endeavor to provide the best possible care. The NACPM member:

· Continuously involves the women for whom she provides care in the evaluation of her practice

· Uses feedback from the women she serves to improve her practice

· Collects her practice statistics and uses the data to improve her practice

· Informs each woman she serves of mechanisms for complaints and review, including the NARM peer review and grievance process

· Participates in continuing midwifery education and peer review

· May identify areas for research and may conduct and/or collaborate in research

· Shares research findings and incorporates these into midwifery practice as appropriate

· Knows and understands the history of midwifery in the United States

· Acknowledges that social policies can influence the health of mothers, babies and families; therefore, she acts to influence such policies, as appropriate.

V. Endorsement of Supportive Statements

NACPM members endorse the Midwives Model of Care ({ 1996-2004 Midwifery Task Force), the Mother Friendly Childbirth Initiative ({ 1996 Coalition for Improving Maternity Services) and the Rights of Childbearing Women ({ 1999 Maternity Center Association, Revised 2004). For the full text of each of these statements, please refer to the following web pages.

Midwives Model of Care (MMOC)-http://www.cfmidwifery.org/Citizens/mmoc/define.aspx

Mother Friendly Childbirth Initiative (MFIC) -http://www.motherfriendly.org/MFCI/

Rights of Childbearing Women - http://www.maternitywise.org/mw/rights.html

Copyright © 2004 National Association of Certified Professional Midwives, All Rights Reserved

Chapter SPS 192 UNARMED COMBAT SPORTS

Subchapter I Authority, Scope, and Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.01 Authority and scope {#sec-sps-192.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted under the authority in s. 440.03 (1), (1m), and (7m) and ch. 444, Stats., and, with the exception of amateur boxing, regulate unarmed combat sports conducted in this state.

Note: Section 444.05, Stats., provides a person may conduct an amateur boxing contest in this state only if the contest is sanctioned by and conducted under the rules of the national governing body for amateur boxing that is recognized by the United States Olympic Committee under 36 USC 220521.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-192.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.02}

In this chapter:

(1) “ABC’s unified rules” means the unified rules of mixed martial arts, professional boxing, or other unarmed combat sport as adopted by the Association of Boxing Commissions.

Note: The ABC’s unified rules are available at www.abcboxing.com.

(2) “Amateur” means an individual who is not compensated or paid for competing in an unarmed combat sports bout or exhibition.

(3) “Anabolic steroid” has the meaning given in s. 961.01 (2m) (a), Stats.

(4) “Bout” means unarmed combat between 2 contestants.

(5) “Boxer” means a contestant who competes in a boxing bout.

(6) “Cage” means a fenced enclosure in which promotional organizations hold unarmed combat bouts.

(7) “Commissioner” means a person duly authorized to represent the department in administering the regulation of unarmed combat sports events.

(8) “Contestant” means a person licensed by the department who competes in an unarmed combat bout.

(9) “Controlled substance” has the meaning given in s. 961.01 (4), Stats.

(10) “Corner” means the portion of the fighting area that is reserved for a contestant and the contestant’s seconds between rounds.

(11) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(12) “Drug” means a controlled substance.

(13) “Event” means an organized contest or exhibition of unarmed combat sports.

(14) “Grappling” means techniques of throwing, locking, holding, and wrestling, as opposed to kicking and punching an opposing contestant.

(15) “Kickboxing” means the act of attack and defense with the fists and feet that is practiced as a sport under the rules described under subch. VI, or substantially similar rules.

(16) “Mixed martial arts” or “mixed martial arts bout” has the meaning given “mixed martial arts fighting” in s. 444.01 (1j), Stats.

(17) “Mixed martial arts contestant” means a person licensed by the department who competes in a mixed martial arts bout.

(18) “Muay Thai” means the act of attack and defense with the fists, forearms, elbows, knees, shins, and feet and clinching techniques that is practiced as a sport under the rules described under subch. VII, or substantially similar rules.

(19) “Official” means a referee, judge, timekeeper, ringside physician, inspector, or department representative involved in conducting an unarmed combat sports event.

(20) “Permit” means a credential issued to a promoter or professional club to conduct a specific unarmed combat sports event.

(21) “Professional” means an individual who is compensated or paid for competing in an unarmed combat sports bout or exhibition.

(22) “Professional club” means a club licensed under ch. 444, Stats., to conduct unarmed combat sports events.

(23) “Promoter” means any person, club, corporation, or association, and in the case of a corporate promoter includes any officer, director, employee, or stockholder, who conducts, produces, arranges, or stages an unarmed combat sports event.

(24) “Second” means an assistant to a contestant during a bout, unless the context requires otherwise.

(25) “Unarmed combat” has the meaning given “unarmed combat sports” in s. 444.01 (5), Stats.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter II License Applications and Permits

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.03 Bond required for promoter and club license {#sec-sps-192.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.03}

A promoter or club shall post a bond or other surety of not less than $10,000 as required by s. 444.035, Stats., with their application for a promoter or club license, to ensure payment of the expenses incurred in conducting an event including, in order of priority, the department, contestants, and the officials.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.04 Promoter’s license {#sec-sps-192.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.04}

(1) Application. A person, club, corporation, or association shall submit an application for a promoter’s license on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.03, Stats., prior to conducting an unarmed combat sports event in this state. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a promoter’s license, an applicant shall do all of the following:

  1. Comply with the requirements in s. 444.03, Stats.

  2. Comply with the requirements in s. 444.11, Stats., if applicable; submit a copy of their articles of incorporation and proof that the secretary of state has filed their articles pursuant to s. 180.0122, Stats.; and identify all persons connected with or having a proprietary interest in the professional club, corporation, or association and the percentage of proprietary interest.

  3. Acquire appropriate knowledge of the proper conduct of competition involved in unarmed combat sports as provided under this chapter.

  4. Post a $10,000 bond, or other surety made payable to the department, a copy of the certificate verifying the approval and the filing of the bond, or other surety with the department.

(b) The department shall issue a promoter’s license if it finds that the applicant is not in default on any payments, obligations, or debts payable to the state of Wisconsin.

(c) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.05 Matchmaker’s license {#sec-sps-192.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.05}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a matchmaker at any unarmed combat sports event. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a matchmaker, an applicant shall be at least 18 years of age.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.06 Contestant’s license {#sec-sps-192.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.06}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a professional boxer, a professional or amateur mixed martial arts contestant, or a professional or amateur kickboxing or Muay Thai contestant at any unarmed combat sports event.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility. To be eligible for a license as a professional or amateur contestant, an applicant shall comply with all of the following:

(a) Be at least 18 years of age.

(b) Be capable of engaging in an unarmed combat bout based on the information included in the application and any other information the department considers reliable.

(c) Submit to the department an application for an Association of Boxing Commissions’ mixed martial arts national identification number or boxing federal identification number along with a $10 processing fee or a $10 replacement fee.

(d) Submit results of a complete physical examination by a physician, including any laboratory tests, conducted no more than 180 days before the date of the application and conducted in accordance with ch. 448, Stats., affirming all of the following:

  1. Negative HIV.

  2. Negative hepatitis B surface antigen. If a contestant had a failing hepatitis B antigen test, the contestant shall pass a hepatitis B “PCR” quantitative test. The quantitative limit shall be within permissible limits according to the laboratory where the test was administered.

  3. Negative hepatitis C antibody. If a contestant had a failing hepatitis C antibody test, the contestant shall pass a hepatitis C “PCR” quantitative test. The quantitative limit shall be within permissible limits according to the laboratory where the test was administered.

(e) Submit results of a favorable eye examination by a licensed physician, ophthalmologist, or optometrist.

(f) If of age 40 or more, submit favorable results for all of the following examinations and tests conducted or obtained no more than 180 days before the date of application:

  1. An MRI or magnetic resonance angiography brain examination.

  2. A stress echocardiogram examination with cardiology clearance.

  3. A metabolic blood profile.

  4. A chest x-ray.

(g) Submit authorization for releasing medical records to the department.

(h) Submit any additional information requested by the department needed to determine an applicant’s eligibility for a license.

(3) Denial. The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.07 Judge’s license {#sec-sps-192.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.07}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a judge for any professional boxing bout, professional or amateur mixed martial arts bout, or professional or amateur kickboxing or Muay Thai bout. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a judge, an applicant shall be at least 18 years of age.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

(c) An applicant shall, on forms provided by the department, submit the results of an examination with corrective lenses.

(3) Qualifications. In accordance with s. 444.095 (3), Stats., the department shall determine whether an applicant possesses the knowledge and experience necessary to hold a license as a judge by reviewing one or more of the following:

(a) A certificate of completion of a judge’s training program from another state, other regulating bodies such as the Association of Boxing Commissions, and other organizations that have a judge’s training program certified by the Association of Boxing Commissions or another association recognized by the department.

(b) A resume with 3 professional references that can verify the number of years of experience as a judge along with a log of experience.

(c) A valid and current license as a judge from another state or organization.

(d)

  1. A passing grade on an examination administered by the department that tests the examinee’s knowledge, and successful completion of the trial judge program under subd. 2.

  2. The trial judge program administered and supervised by the commissioner, inspector, or department representative shall consist of all of the following:

a. Observing unarmed combat sports events.

b. Shadowing a licensed judge at unarmed combat sports events.

c. Officiating, on a trial basis, as a judge during an unarmed combat sports event under the supervision of the commissioner, inspector, or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.08 Referee’s license {#sec-sps-192.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.08}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a referee for any professional boxing bout, professional or amateur mixed martial arts bout, or professional or amateur kickboxing or Muay Thai bout. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a referee, an applicant shall be at least 18 years of age.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

(c) An applicant shall provide the results of a physical examination conducted by a licensed physician. The results of the examination shall be on forms provided by the department.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(3) Qualifications. In accordance with s. 444.095 (3), Stats., the department shall determine whether an applicant possesses the knowledge and experience necessary to hold a license as a referee by reviewing one or more of the following:

(a) A certificate of completion of a referee’s training program from another state, other regulating bodies such as the Association of Boxing Commissions, and other organizations that have a referee’s training program certified by the Association of Boxing Commissions or another association recognized by the department.

(b) A resume with 3 professional references that can verify the number of years of experience as a referee along with a log of experience.

(c) A valid and current license as a referee from another state or organization.

(d)

  1. A passing grade on an examination administered by the department that tests the examinee’s knowledge, and successful completion of the trial referee program under subd. 2.

  2. The trial referee program administered and supervised by the commissioner, inspector, or department representative shall consist of all of the following:

a. Observing unarmed combat sports events.

b. Officiating, on a trial basis, as a referee during an unarmed combat sports event under the supervision of the commissioner, inspector, or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.09 Ringside physician’s license {#sec-sps-192.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.09}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a ringside physician at any unarmed combat sports event. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a ringside physician, an applicant shall hold a license to practice medicine in this state issued under ch. 448, Stats.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.10 Second’s license {#sec-sps-192.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.10}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a second at any unarmed combat sports event. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a second, an applicant shall be at least 16 years of age.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.11 Timekeeper’s license {#sec-sps-192.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.11}

(1) Application. A person shall submit an application on forms provided by the department together with the fee specified in s. 444.11, Stats., prior to acting as a timekeeper at any unarmed combat sports event. The application form shall allow the applicant to request a license term of 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 months.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Eligibility.

(a) To be eligible for a license as a timekeeper, an applicant shall be at least 18 years of age.

(b) The department may deny a license to an applicant who has committed any act that would, if committed by a licensee, subject the applicant to discipline under subch. IX.

(3) Qualifications. In accordance with s. 444.095 (3), Stats., the department may determine whether a person possesses the knowledge and experience necessary to hold a license as a timekeeper by successful completion of the trial timekeeper program. The trial timekeeper program administered and supervised by the commissioner, inspector, or department representative may consist of any of the following:

(a) Observing unarmed combat sports events.

(b) Shadowing a licensed timekeeper at unarmed combat sports events.

(c) Timekeeping, on a trial basis, during an unarmed combat sports event under the supervision of the commissioner, inspector, or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.12 Term of license {#sec-sps-192.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.12}

(1) A license as a contestant shall expire 12 months after its date of issuance unless suspended or revoked under s. SPS 192.96.

(2) Unless suspended or revoked under s. SPS 192.96, a license as a promoter, matchmaker, second, judge, referee, ringside physician, or timekeeper shall expire at the end of the license term requested by the applicant under s. SPS 192.04 (1), 192.05 (1), 192.07 (1), 192.08 (1), 192.09 (1), 192.10 (1), or 192.11 (1). A license term shall begin on the date the license is issued.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.13 Renewal of license {#sec-sps-192.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.13}

(1) To renew a license as a promoter, matchmaker, contestant, judge, referee, ringside physician, second, or timekeeper, an application for renewal shall be filed with the department. Except as provided under sub. (2), criteria and conditions for applications for an original license apply equally to applications for renewal.

(2) Unless requested by the department, a contestant is only required to provide the medical information under s. SPS 192.06 (2) (f) with the first application submitted after the contestant has attained the age of 40.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.135 Reciprocal licenses for service members, former service members, and spouses of service members or former service members {#sec-sps-192.135 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.135}

A reciprocal promoter, matchmaker, contestant, judge, referee, ringside physician, second, or timekeeper license shall be granted under this section to an applicant who is a service member, former service member, or the spouse of a service member or former service member as defined in s. 440.09 (1), Stats., if the department determines that the applicant meets all of the requirements under s. 440.09 (2), Stats. Subject to s. 440.09 (2m), Stats., the department may request verification necessary to make a determination under this section.

Note: Application forms are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/pages/Home.aspx, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 21-056: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.14 Unarmed combat sports event permits {#sec-sps-192.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.14}

(1) A licensed promoter or club shall obtain a permit from the department prior to conducting an unarmed combat sports event. An application for a permit to conduct an event shall be submitted to the department at least 30 calendar days before the proposed date of the event and no more than 90 calendar days before an event by a promoter or an authorized representative of a licensed professional club, corporation, or association on forms provided by the department and shall include all of the following:

Note: Applications for permits are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(a) The name, address, phone number, and license number of the promoter or professional club, corporation, or association.

(b) The name and license number of the matchmaker that the promoter, or professional club, corporation, or association plans to use for the event. If the matchmaker is not licensed in Wisconsin, the event permit application shall include the proposed matchmaker’s application for licensure along with all required documents.

(c) The proposed date, starting time, and location of the event as well as all of the following information regarding the venue:

  1. Name and address.

  2. Seating capacity.

  3. A floor plan that indicates the dressing room locations and fire exits.

  4. Name and telephone number of the primary contact person of the proposed venue.

  5. Evidence satisfactory to the department that the promoter or professional club has entered into a valid agreement with the owner or manager of the venue where the proposed unarmed combat sports event will be conducted.

(d)

  1. Information regarding whether the proposed event will be all professional, all amateur, or combined professional and amateur, the form of unarmed combat for each bout, the number of rounds for each scheduled bout, and the proposed number of professional bouts and amateur bouts.

  2. If the proposed event is scheduled for less than 24 total rounds, a request for approval of an event of that duration.

(e) A non-refundable permit application processing fee pursuant to s. 444.02 (3), Stats.

(f) The preliminary fight card for the event, which shall include all of the following:

  1. The form of unarmed combat for each bout and the name and weight class of each of the proposed contestants in each bout.

  2. The proposed order in which the bouts are to take place.

  3. The names of the proposed seconds for each contestant.

  4. The proposed purse or purses.

(g) A detailed plan to provide medical personnel and equipment for the event and for evacuating a seriously injured contestant to a hospital, including the name of the promoter or professional club’s representative responsible for evacuating an injured contestant, a detailed evacuation route, method of removal from the venue, the means of transportation to the hospital, and the name of the nearest hospital, pursuant to s. 444.095 (2) (c) and (d), Stats.

(h) A detailed plan to furnish adequate police or private security personnel or alternate means of protecting spectators, contestants, and officials. Alternate means of protection may include a department-approved divider between the cage or ring and spectators.

(i) The date, time, and location of the official weigh-in and physical examination.

(j) Proof of having obtained the insurance required by s. 444.18, Stats.

(k) Proof of having complied with s. 444.035, Stats., and s. SPS 192.03.

(L) The admission fee of all tickets and the proposed number of tickets, including the number and proposed value of complimentary tickets.

(2) Upon receipt of an application for a permit to conduct an unarmed combat sports event, the department may deny the application upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The applicant does not provide all required information.

(b) The appropriate number of judges, referees, inspectors, or ringside physicians will not be available on that date.

(c) One or more of the contestants listed on the fight card are not licensed or are ineligible to compete due to being under a suspension or revocation order issued by the department or another licensing jurisdiction for any of the following reasons:

  1. A recent knock-out or series of consecutive losses.

  2. An injury, a requirement for a medical procedure, or a physician’s denial of certification.

  3. Testing positive for a prohibited drug.

  4. The use of false aliases, falsifying, or attempting to falsify official identification cards or documents issued pursuant to ch. 444, Stats.

  5. Unprofessional conduct or other inappropriate behavior inconsistent with generally accepted methods of competition at unarmed combat sports events.

(d) One or more of the bouts listed on the fight card will be conducted other than as provided under subchs. IV to VII or as approved by the department under s. SPS 192.93.

(e) A request for approval under sub. (1) (d) 2. has not been submitted with the application or has been denied by the commissioner or department representative.

(3) The department may grant a permit for the event but withhold approval of one or more contestants scheduled to compete in an event, require bouts take place in a different order than proposed under sub. (1) (f) 2., or withhold approval of any bout scheduled to be conducted other than as provided under subchs. IV to VII or as approved by the department under s. SPS 192.93.

(4) A permit issued under this section shall allow the permit holder to conduct only the event named in the permit. A permit is not transferable. The promoter or representative of the professional club, corporation, or association whose name appears on the permit shall be present at the weigh-in and at the event until the conclusion of the final bout unless excused by the department.

(5) The commissioner or department representative shall determine if the contestants are evenly and fairly matched according to skill level, experience, and weight so as to produce a fair and sportsmanlike event. If the commissioner or department representative determines the contestants for a bout are not evenly or fairly matched, approval for that bout shall be withheld.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.15 Permits, issuance and effect {#sec-sps-192.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.15}

(1) All promoters and professional clubs who have obtained a permit from the department under s. SPS 192.14 shall, no later than 4 business days before the scheduled event, submit all of the following:

(a) All complete and signed bout agreements, on forms provided by the department.

Note: Forms are available upon request to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708, or on the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(b) The complete and executed contract or rental agreement between the promoter or professional club and the venue.

(c) All required physical examination forms and laboratory reports from contestants.

(d) The final fight card for the event listing the form of fighting for each bout; the name, license number, bout history, weight class, scheduled rounds, and opponent of each contestant; and, if applicable, red and blue corner designations.

(e) Each contestant’s Wisconsin license number.

(f) The names and Wisconsin license numbers of each contestant’s seconds.

(2) If the department denies an application for a permit or refuses to approve a contestant whose name has been submitted to the department by the applicant, it shall provide the applicant with an opportunity to have that decision reviewed by the commissioner or department representative. The review shall be conducted at the discretion of the commissioner or department representative.

(3) Issuance of a permit by the department authorizes a promoter or professional club to conduct an unarmed combat sports event under the control of the commissioner, inspectors, department representatives, referees, and ringside physicians assigned and listed in the permit.

(4) A promoter may substitute a contestant listed on their permit application after requesting a substitute. The request shall be submitted to the department no later than one business day preceding the date of the event. Exceptions may be allowed at the discretion of the department.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.16 Canceling an event {#sec-sps-192.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.16}

(1) At any time during an event, the assigned department representative may cancel all or part of an event upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The commissioner or department representative reasonably believes that the event is not being conducted in accordance with this chapter, ch. 444, Stats., or the conditions stated in the permit which authorizes the event.

(b) The commissioner or department representative reasonably believes that the event poses an unreasonable threat to the health or safety of contestants, spectators, or officials.

(2) The commissioner or department representative may cancel an event at any time for a violation of this chapter.

(3) A promoter or professional club may cancel an event no later than 30 hours before it is scheduled to begin by notifying the department and those members of the media whom the promoter or professional club initially notified about the event. Any cancellation by a promoter shall result in an assessment of costs by the department pursuant to s. 444.035, Stats.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter III Officials for Events

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.17 Promoter duties {#sec-sps-192.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.17}

All promoters that have been issued a permit by the department to conduct an unarmed combat sports event shall comply with all of the following:

(1) Have proof of complying with s. 444.035, Stats., and s. SPS 192.03, to ensure payment of the expenses incurred in conducting an event including, in order of priority, the department, contestants, and the officials.

(2) Have a current license as a promoter.

(3) Submit to the department the bout agreement executed between a promoter and a contestant on a form provided by the department that includes the name and address of the contestant. No bout agreement may provide that a professional or amateur contestant shall fight exclusively for one promoter or that an amateur contestant shall fight at the option of the promoter.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) Submit to the department an event application that complies with s. SPS 192.14 and ss. 444.02 (3), 444.035, 444.095 (2) (c) and (d), and 444.18, Stats.

(5) Submit all contestants’ names to the official record keeper designated by the Association of Boxing Commissions and the commissioner or department representative for approval.

(6) Issue tickets that comply with all ticket and tax rules as defined in s. 444.02 (3) (b) and (c), Stats., and have all of the following:

(a) Price and date of the event.

(b) Seat, row, and section number, if applicable.

(c) The word “complimentary” in a prominent manner for all such tickets.

(7) Have a certified invoice from the ticket printer that indicates the total number of tickets printed in each price range, including the number of complimentary tickets.

(8) Have medical and life insurance for each contestant competing in the event, in accordance with s. 444.18, Stats. No promoter may allow a contestant to waive insurance coverage or provide any deductible payments.

Note: Under section 444.18 of the Statutes, a promoter “...shall insure each contestant participating for hospital, nursing, and medication expenses and physician’s and surgeon’s services according to an equitable fee schedule, not to exceed in the aggregate $25,000, to be paid to, or for the use of, any contestant to compensate for injuries sustained in any such contest; and shall insure each contestant for not less than $25,000 to be paid to the contestant’s estate in the event of the contestant’s death as the result of participation in such professional contest or amateur unarmed combat sports contest.”

(9) Submit to the department, no later than 4 days prior to the event, verification that medical and life insurance have been obtained for each contestant.

(10) No promoter may begin conducting an event without the presence of at least one licensed referee, at least 3 licensed judges, at least one licensed physician, or more at the discretion of the department, one licensed timekeeper, an ambulance, emergency medical personnel, and security personnel on site pursuant to s. 444.095 (2), Stats.

(11) Have disposable garbage bags in each dressing room and at cage side or ringside.

(12) Provide cleaning solution to be used for cleaning blood and debris in the cage or ring. A solution of 10% bleach and 90% water is an acceptable solution.

(13)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), provide at least 4 cage side or ringside police or private security personnel for the protection of the public, contestants, and officials.

(b) Less than 4 ringside police or private security personnel may be provided if the promoter provides alternate means of protection approved by the department. Alternate means of protection includes a department-approved divider between the cage or ring and spectators.

(14) Begin the event at the time designated on the event permit issued by the department. Failure to begin an event at the designated time may result in disciplinary action by the department.

(15) No promoter may exhibit nor allow any contestant to exhibit any type of entrance theme that includes music, video, or any type of physical display which contains any profanity or derogatory ethnic remarks. Failure to comply may subject the promoter or contestant to disciplinary action by the department.

(16) No promoter may allow a round-card carrier, or allow any of the promoter’s agents to use any language, including profanity or derogatory ethnic remarks, or exhibit any conduct or performance that the average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find appeals to the prurient interest; describes or shows sexual conduct in a patently offensive way; or lacks serious literary, artistic, political, educational or scientific value, in accordance with s. 944.21 (2) (d), Stats. Any promoter violating this subsection will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including being suspended for up to 6 months and be subject to criminal prosecution in accordance with s. 944.21 (3) (b) and (5), Stats.

(17) Submit a written report, verified by the promoter, to the department within 2 business days of conducting an event. Failure to timely file a complete and accurate report shall result in disciplinary action by the department pursuant to s. 444.04, Stats., and may cause the department to examine the books and records of the promoter as described in s. 444.15, Stats. The report shall include all of the following:

(a) Number of tickets sold, including the number of complimentary tickets.

(b) Total amount of gross proceeds.

(c) All unsold tickets with the stubs attached.

(18) Provide emergency medical personnel and equipment for the contest and for evacuating a seriously injured contestant to a hospital; and submit the name of the promoter or designated representative responsible for evacuating an injured contestant, a description of the method of removal from the venue and the means of transportation to the hospital, and the name of the nearest hospital, pursuant to s. SPS 192.14 (1) (g) and s. 444.095 (2) (c) and (d), Stats.

(19) Pay for pregnancy testing and drug testing of contestants.

(20) Compensate all officials and contestants.

(21) If requested by the commissioner, inspector, or department representative, place at least 2 video screens that meet the approval of the commissioner, inspector, or department representative and that will allow patrons to view action inside the cage.

(22) Pay the department the event and gate fee specified in s. 444.02 (3), Stats., within 2 business days of the event and upon determination by the inspector of the gross admission receipts.

(23) Comply with all rules and regulations relating to promoting events.

(24) Provide department-approved sound devices for the timekeeper.

(25) Unless otherwise approved by the commissioner or department representative, a promoter may not schedule more than 2 intermissions of 10 minutes or less in duration each. The ring announcer shall begin the bout following an intermission at the time directed by the department representative.

(26) Supply the contestants’ gloves and red and blue duct tape for sealing the wrist portion of the contestants’ gloves. Gloves shall be approved by the inspector or department representative prior to the contestants’ pre-bout rule meeting. New gloves never previously worn shall be supplied for both contestants for all title bouts, including state title bouts.

(27) Provide buckets and clean towels at cage side or ringside for all bouts.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.18 Inspectors’ duties {#sec-sps-192.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.18}

(1) Inspectors assigned to an event by the department represent the department and are delegated the department’s authority to conduct the event from the time of the weigh-in and pre-bout physical examination until 24 hours after the completion of the last bout in the scheduled event or the final determination of all bouts pursuant to s. 444.06, Stats.

(2) Additional inspectors may be assigned or designated by the department at any one venue for any one event and shall be compensated by the promoter in accordance with s. 444.06, Stats., including their actual and necessary travel expenses.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.19 Judges’ duties {#sec-sps-192.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.19}

(1) The department shall assign the judges for all bouts. Once assigned to a bout, a judge has all of the following duties and responsibilities:

(a) Shall render an independent decision at the end of each round.

(b) Shall give their score card to the referee or other person designated by the department at the end of each round and at the end of the final round of an event. The referee or other person designated by the department shall transfer the judge’s scorecard to the inspector assigned to the event.

(c) Shall use the 10-point must scoring system under the ABC’s unified rules or the scoring system under rules approved by the department under s. SPS 192.93 to determine the result of a bout, and their decision shall be final.

(2) The department may not assign a person to act as a judge if it has reasonable proof that the person has any of the following characteristics:

(a) Is not competent to act as a judge.

(b) Has a conflict of interest.

(c) Has been subject to a disciplinary action by the department or another jurisdiction that prohibits the person from acting as a judge.

(3) All judges are independent contractors and shall be assigned at the discretion of the commissioner or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.20 Referees’ duties {#sec-sps-192.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.20}

(1) The department shall assign the referee for all bouts. Once assigned to a bout, a referee has all of the following duties and responsibilities:

(a) Represent the department for the purpose of regulating contestants and others in the ring or cage area, pursuant to this chapter, the bout rules, and ch. 444, Stats.

(b) Maintain, direct, and control the bout at all stages.

(c) Before the bout, obtain the name of the chief second responsible for the conduct of any assistant second.

(d) Prevent a weakened or outclassed contestant from receiving excessive punishment.

(e) Interpret the rules relevant to a bout, make a determination, and take action upon any circumstance of a bout not covered by a rule.

(f) Caution, warn, or disqualify a contestant for committing a foul. Disqualification may occur after multiple fouls or if the referee determines a foul is flagrant.

(g) Act as the sole arbiter of the bout. The referee is the only official authorized to stop a bout pursuant to s. 444.12, Stats.

(h) Conduct rule meetings with each contestant.

(i) Consult with the ringside physician as needed during a bout.

(j) Issue cautions and deduct points for committed fouls.

(k) As soon as practical after a foul, call time and check the fouled contestant’s condition to determine if they may still participate in the bout, notify which contestant is being penalized and the total number of points the contestant is being penalized, and notify the judges and inspector of the foul and the total point deduction.

(L) Inspect the ring or cage before the beginning of a bout.

(m) When one or both of a boxing, kickboxing, or Muay Thai contestant’s gloves come into contact with the cage or ring floor, wipe the contestant’s gloves before continuing a bout.

(2) Attire for all referees shall be dark trousers or coaching pants and a department-approved collared shirt. The referee’s shoes shall be black and athletic so that the referee is able to maintain good footing on the surface of the ring or cage. Referees for title bouts may wear the assigned uniform of the sanctioning body.

(3) The department may not assign a person to act as a referee if it has reasonable proof the person has any of the following characteristics:

(a) Is not competent to act as a referee.

(b) Has a conflict of interest.

(c) Has been subject to a disciplinary action by the department or another jurisdiction that prohibits the person from acting as a referee.

(4) All referees are independent contractors and shall be assigned at the discretion of the commissioner or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.21 Ringside physician’s duties {#sec-sps-192.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.21}

Once assigned to an unarmed combat sports event, a ringside physician has all of the following duties and responsibilities relating to all bouts to which the ringside physician is assigned:

(1) Be prepared to administer medical procedures to contestants.

(2) If requested by the promoter, attend the official weigh-in.

(3) Conduct the pre-bout physical examination, including examining each contestant no earlier than 36 hours and no later than 2 hours before the event and certifying on forms provided by the department as to the physical fitness of each contestant to compete in an event.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) Provide continuous observation at cage or ring side of the physical condition of contestants during bouts including being prepared to administer emergent medical procedures to contestants that receive injuries during bouts.

(5) Conduct post-bout physical examinations, including recommending medical suspensions and medical requirements that must be met to clear medical suspensions.

(6) Attend to injured contestants between bouts.

(7) Complete records and reports.

(8) Provide all medical supplies that will be needed to attend to contestants and conduct examinations.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.22 Second’s duties {#sec-sps-192.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.22}

The following provisions apply to seconds assisting a contestant:

(1) A maximum of 3 licensed seconds will be allowed to assist any one contestant or be positioned in a designated area by the ring or cage during a non-championship bout. For championship bouts, there may be 4 licensed seconds allowed to assist any one contestant. The appropriate number of licensed seconds allowed for championship and non-championship bouts will be subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative and based on venue size and space. A licensed second under the age of 18 may not assist a contestant unless accompanied by a licensed second at least 18 years of age.

(2) A maximum of 2 seconds may enter the ring or cage to tend to a contestant between rounds. In case of an open cut, the ringside physician or a cut man who is licensed as a second may enter the ring or cage. With the exception of the contestants and referee, no other person may enter the ring or cage during a bout without approval from the commissioner or department representative.

(3) Licensed seconds under the age of 18 are prohibited from entering the ring or cage unless accompanied by a licensed second at least 18 years of age.

(4) There may be no profanity, insults, or degrading language from any person working the corner.

(5) If a second leaves the designated area, the contestant the second is assisting shall be disqualified.

(6) Any person violating any rule while working the corner shall be disqualified for the remainder of the event and subject to disciplinary action.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.23 Timekeepers’ duties {#sec-sps-192.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.23}

Once assigned to an event, a timekeeper has all of the following duties and responsibilities relating to all bouts to which the timekeeper is assigned:

(1) Provide 2 stopwatches that have been examined and approved by the inspector or department representative.

(2) Give a 10-second warning before the beginning of each round to signal all unauthorized persons to leave the ring or cage before the round begins.

(3) Give a 10-second warning before the end of a round to indicate that the end of the round is approaching.

(4) Provide notice to the referee that a rest period has ended.

(5) Provide notice that a round has ended. A timekeeper may not ring the bell or otherwise provide notice a round has ended until the command to continue is given by the referee at the conclusion of a count.

(6) For boxing, kickboxing, and Muay Thai bouts, begin the count when a contestant is knocked down or out of the ring. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the contestant went down or out of the ring and the time of counting “one.”

(7) If a bout terminates before the scheduled limit of a round, inform the inspector or department representative of the exact duration of the bout.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.24 Officials’ pay schedule {#sec-sps-192.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.24}

(1) The commissioner or department representative shall appoint all licensed officials for all unarmed combat sports events. Promoters shall compensate all officials appointed by the commissioner or department representative in accordance with the following pay schedule:

(a) A minimum of 3 judges at a minimum of $150 each.

(b) A minimum of one referee at a minimum of $300 each.

(c)

  1. Inspectors who travel less than 90 miles from their residence, at a minimum of $150 each.

  2. Inspectors who travel 90 miles or more from their residence, at a minimum of $200 each.

(d) The department shall assign a minimum of one ringside physician, but may assign additional ringside physicians as determined by the department. A ringside physician shall be assigned as either one of the following:

  1. The primary physician at a minimum of $600, not including the cost of any negotiated services or supplies, who shall attend the official weigh-in, conduct the pre-bout physical examination, and be in attendance at cage or ring side during each bout for the entire event.

  2. The secondary physician at a minimum of $300, who shall be in attendance during the entire event and conduct post-bout physical examinations. In the event of injuries to multiple contestants, the assigned primary physician may assist the secondary physician by alternating duties between attending contestants and remaining at cage or ring side during bouts.

(e) A minimum of one timekeeper at a minimum of $75 each.

(2) An individual who participates in an event as more than one type of official, alternating between individual professional bouts, shall be compensated at the rate of the highest level at which the individual officiated the event, pursuant to s. 444.06, Stats.

(3) The department reserves the right to require additional payments to assigned officials based on any of the following factors:

(a) Number of professional bouts scheduled for the event.

(b) Type of venue, including the venue’s seating capacity.

(c) Live broadcast of the event.

(d) Inclusion of a title bout at the event.

(e) Traveling more than 90 miles from a residence, which may result in being reimbursed up to an additional $150 for meals, mileage, and necessary expenses incurred in performance of the official’s duties. Any associated lodging shall be provided by the promoter.

(4) No later than 4 business days before the scheduled event, the department and the promoter or professional club shall agree to the amount of compensation for the officials assigned to the event. Failure to reach an agreement on the amount of compensation for assigned officials by the deadline may result in cancellation of the event.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter IV Conducting Boxing at Events

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.25 General provisions {#sec-sps-192.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.25}

(1) To participate in a professional bout a boxer shall be licensed by the department under s. SPS 192.06 and comply with the requirements under s. SPS 192.26.

(2) Each boxer shall present a completed Boxer’s Medical Examination Report form to the ringside physician at the pre-bout physical examination.

(3) No boxer may participate in more than 2 bouts in any one day.

(4) A female boxer and a male boxer may not compete against each other in a bout.

(5) A bout in which more than 2 contestants participate is prohibited.

(6) Only licensed participants or persons approved by the department may be allowed in the ring or designated locker rooms.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.26 Compliance with federal laws {#sec-sps-192.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.26}

Professional clubs, promoters, seconds and boxers shall comply with the Professional Boxing Safety Act and provide the department with information, copies of documents, identification cards, copies of contracts, disclosures and notifications, required by this Act.

Note: The Professional Boxing Safety Act may be found in 15 USC 6301 et seq.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.27 Weigh-in procedures and weight classes {#sec-sps-192.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.27}

(1) Boxers shall weigh in no more than 36 hours prior to the start time of the event in which they will compete. The weigh-in shall be conducted under the supervision of an inspector or department representative at a place designated by the promoter in an area with ample lighting to observe boxers and conduct the weigh-in.

(2) Boxers may wear a shirt, a pair of shorts, and socks at the weigh-in. Boxers may not wear any additional apparel or jewelry.

(3) The scale shall be provided by the promoter and approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Boxers may not participate in a bout where the weigh-in weight difference of opposing boxers exceeds the weight allowance shown in Table A. In this section, “weight allowance” means the difference in weight permitted between boxers in 2 different weight classes.

(5) After having communicated with the promoter, the commissioner or department representative shall have the sole discretion as to whether to cancel a bout if a boxer does not make weight.

(6) There may not be a difference of more than 3 pounds between weight classes from mini flyweight up to the bantamweight class for boxers competing in two different weight classes.

(7) There may not be a difference of more than 4 pounds between weight classes from super bantamweight up to the super featherweight class for boxers competing in two different weight classes.

(8) There may not be a difference of more than 5 pounds between weight classes from lightweight up to the super lightweight class for boxers competing in two different weight classes.

(9) There may not be a difference of more than 7 pounds between weight classes from welterweight up to the light heavyweight class for boxers competing in two different weight classes.

(10) There may not be a difference of more than 12 pounds between a boxer in the cruiserweight division competing against a boxer in the heavyweight division.

Example: A boxer weighing 134 pounds in the bantamweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 137 pounds in the featherweight class. A boxer weighing 184 pounds in the middleweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 191 pounds in the light heavyweight class.

(11) A one-pound weight variance is allowed for all weight classes for all bouts except title bouts and catch-weight bouts.

(12) A boxer in the welterweight class or lower may not lose more than 2 pounds within 1 hour. A contestant above the welterweight class may not lose more than 3 pounds within 1 hour.

(13) Weight allowances between weight classes do not apply to contestants in a title bout.

(14) The final agreement between a boxer and a promoter shall be provided to the department no later than 4 business days before the official weigh-in.

(15) Contestants who fail to arrive at their report time for weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

(16) Contestants who fail to make their contracted weight within 1 hour of their official weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.28 Fouls {#sec-sps-192.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.28}

The following are fouls:

(1) Hitting below the belt; and holding, tripping, or kicking.

(2) A hit or blow with the head, shoulder, forearm, elbow, knee, or foot; pressing with arm or elbow in an opponent’s face or neck; or pressing the head of the opponent back over the ropes.

(3) Hitting with an open glove, the inside of the glove, or the wrist or side of the hand.

(4) A hit that lands on the back of the opponent, and especially any blow on the back of the neck, or head or kidney caused by the boxer administering the punch.

(5) A blow which is delivered during or at the end of a 360-degree pivot.

(6) Attacking while holding the ropes or making any unfair use of the ropes.

(7) Wrestling, holding, or deliberately maintaining a clinch.

(8) Attacking an opponent who is down or who is in the act of rising.

(9) Holding.

(10) Holding and hitting, or pulling and hitting.

(11) Holding or locking of the opponent’s arm or head.

(12) Ducking below the belt of the opponent in a manner dangerous to the opponent.

(13) Defending oneself passively by means of double cover or falling intentionally to avoid a blow.

(14) Failure to obey the referee’s commands.

(15) Attempting to strike an opponent immediately after the referee has ordered “Break” or before taking a step back.

(16) Assaulting or behaving in an aggressive manner towards a referee.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.29 Injuries sustained by fouls {#sec-sps-192.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.29}

(1) Intentional foul.

(a) If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injured boxer is not able to continue, the boxer causing the injury shall lose by disqualification.

(b) If an intentional foul causes an injury and the bout is allowed to continue, the referee shall notify the boxer and the judges that 2 points shall be deducted from the score of the boxer who caused the foul.

(c) If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury results in the bout being stopped in a later round, the injured boxer shall win by technical decision if the boxer is ahead on the scorecards, or the bout shall result in a technical draw if the injured boxer is behind on the scorecards.

(d) If a boxer is injured while attempting to intentionally foul an opponent, the referee shall consider the injury the same as one produced by a fair blow.

(2) Accidental foul.

(a) If an accidental foul occurs before the completion of 4 rounds of a bout and the injured boxer is not able to continue the fight, the fight shall be declared a no contest.

(b) If an accidental foul occurs after the completion of 4 rounds of a bout and the fouled boxer is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout as a technical knock-out and the boxer who is ahead on points shall be declared the winner. In determining the points, the judges shall score the completed rounds and the incomplete round. If no action has occurred in an incomplete round, the round shall be scored as an even round.

(c) When a boxer is not able to continue boxing, the referee shall stop the action and inform the department representative or inspector, the judges, and both boxers that the foul was accidental. If in the later rounds the injury has worsened as a result of legal blows, and the injured boxer is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout based on the completed rounds and the incomplete round.

(d) The referee, in consultation with the ringside physician, shall allow an injured boxer up to 5 minutes to recover from an accidental foul.

(e) A boxer who is hit with an accidental low blow shall continue after a reasonable amount of time, not exceeding 5 minutes, or the boxer shall lose the bout. If a boxer is hit with an accidental low blow, the referee shall stop the action in a bout and inform the judges of any deduction of points made by the referee.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.30 Procedures after knock-downs {#sec-sps-192.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.30}

(1) When down. A boxer is considered down if any of the following occur:

(a) The boxer touches the floor with any part of the body other than the feet as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(b) The boxer hangs helplessly on the ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(c) The boxer is outside or partly outside the ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(d) Following a hard punch, the boxer has not fallen and is not lying on the ropes, but is in a semi-conscious state and cannot, in the opinion of the referee, continue the bout.

(2) Neutral corner. When a boxer is down, the opponent shall go at once to the neutral corner as designated by the referee. The bout may not continue until the command “Box” is given by the referee. If the opponent does not go to the neutral corner on command the count under sub. (3) shall be stopped until the opponent has done so. The counting shall then be continued where it has been interrupted.

(3) Count.

(a) When a boxer is down, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the boxer went down and the time of counting “one.”

(b) Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a mandatory 8 count and shall continue to count to 10 if the downed boxer is not able to continue fighting after the mandatory 8 count. The referee shall count aloud and provide intervals of one second between the numbers, and shall indicate each second with his or her hand in a manner such that the boxer who has been knocked down is aware of the count. The referee shall continue counting, even if the bell sounds, indicating the end of the round.

(4) Mandatory 8 count. When a boxer is down as the result of a blow, the bout may not be continued until the referee has reached the count of 8, even if the boxer is ready to continue before then. If, after the count of 8 has been reached, the boxer immediately falls again without having received a fresh blow, the boxer shall lose the bout by a decision of knock-out.

(5) Both boxers down. If both boxers go down at the same time, counting shall be continued as long as one of them is still down. If both boxers remain down until the count of “10”, the bout shall be stopped and the decision given in accordance with the points awarded up to the time of the knock-down.

(6) Failure to box. A boxer who fails to resume boxing immediately after the termination of the rest interval, who sustains an injury from a fair blow and the injury is severe enough to terminate a bout, or who, when knocked down by a fair blow, fails to resume within 10 seconds, shall lose the bout. A referee may not give a standing 8 count.

(7) Three knockdowns. The referee may not stop a bout solely because a boxer has been knocked down 3 times in one round.

(8) Twenty-second count. When a boxer is knocked out of the ring, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the boxer was knocked out of the ring and the time of counting “one.” Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a 20-second count to the boxer. The boxer shall return to the ring without assistance from the boxer’s seconds. Otherwise, the referee shall disqualify the boxer.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.31 Head blows {#sec-sps-192.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.31}

(1) Procedure. If a boxer has been knocked out in a bout as the result of head blows or received serious head blows, the boxer shall be examined by a ringside physician immediately. If the ringside physician determines that the boxer may have received head injuries, the ringside physician shall give the boxer a head injury slip meeting the requirements under s. SPS 192.33 and explain its meaning.

(2) Periods of rest required after knock-out or technical knockout.

(a) A boxer who is knocked out during a bout may not take part in competitive unarmed combat or sparring for a period of at least 60 days from the date of the bout. A boxer whose bout was terminated by a technical knock-out may not take part in competitive unarmed combat or sparring for a period of at least 30 days from the date of the bout.

(b) A boxer who, twice in a period of 3 months, has been knocked out may not take part in competitive unarmed combat or sparring during a period of 6 months from the second bout.

(c) A boxer who has been knocked out 3 times in a period of 12 months may not take part in competitive unarmed combat or sparring for a period of one year from the third knock-out.

(d) Before resuming unarmed combat after any of the periods of rest prescribed in par. (a), a boxer shall satisfy any requirements imposed by the department.

(e) The requirements and conditions under pars. (a) and (d) apply to knock-outs and technical knock-outs in bouts that occurred in this state. The requirements and conditions under pars. (b) and (c) apply to knock-outs and technical knock-outs regardless of whether the bouts occurred in this state or another jurisdiction.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.32 Attending a boxer injured or knocked out {#sec-sps-192.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.32}

(1) In the event of a knockout or serious injury, the referee shall immediately request the ringside physician to check the boxer’s condition and to render aid if necessary. A ringside physician shall enter the ring immediately if a bout ends in a knock-out or if it is stopped because of an injury.

(2) The attending ringside physician may, on the physician’s initiative, enter the ring between rounds and, at the request of the referee, during the round for the purpose of examining an injured boxer. If in the opinion of the ringside physician a boxer is in danger of further physical injury, the ringside physician shall notify the referee to terminate the bout. The injured boxer shall lose the bout by a technical knock-out, unless a fight is terminated under s. SPS 192.29 (1) (a), results in a technical draw under s. SPS 192.29 (1) (c), or is declared a no contest under s. SPS 192.29 (2).

(3) In the event of any serious injury, the ringside physician shall immediately render treatment and prescribe further treatment if necessary.

(4) Any boxer who sustains a severe injury or a knock-out in a bout shall follow the instructions of the attending ringside physician until the boxer’s personal physician is available.

(5) A boxer who has been knocked out may not be touched, except for removal of the mouthpiece, until the attending ringside physician enters the ring and personally attends the boxer and issues any instructions the ringside physician deems necessary.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.33 Head injury slip {#sec-sps-192.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.33}

A head injury slip shall provide instruction to immediately contact a physician if any of the following symptoms occur:

(1) Headache or dizziness lasting over 2 hours.

(2) Increasing drowsiness or loss of consciousness following the bout. The head injury slip shall instruct the boxer to awaken every 2 hours during the night following the bout to check for symptoms under this subsection.

(3) Vomiting.

(4) Blurred vision.

(5) Mental confusion or irrational behavior.

(6) Convulsive seizure.

(7) Inability to move a limb.

(8) Excessive restlessness.

(9) Oozing of blood or watery fluid from the ears or nose.

(10) Inability to control urine or feces.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.34 Mouthpiece and headgear {#sec-sps-192.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.34}

(1) All boxers shall wear a mouthpiece during competition. The round may not begin without the mouthpiece. If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action. The referee may deduct points or disqualify a contestant if the mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is judged the mouthpiece is being purposely spit out.

(2) Professional boxers, other than those participating in an exhibition bout, may not wear head gear. Boxers participating in an exhibition bout shall wear competition headgear weighing between 10 and 12 ounces that has been approved by USA Boxing, Incorporated or the commissioner or department representative. Headgear may include cheek protectors. Karate foam dipped style headgear, headgear with a jaw bar or face guard, and heavily padded training or sparring headgear are prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.35 Attire and appearance {#sec-sps-192.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.35}

(1) Boxers shall box in proper dress including an approved foul-proof protection cup for a male boxer, trunks with a belt line below or at the waistline, shoes of soft material, without spikes, cleats or heels, and socks which may extend to within one inch below the knee. Trunks may not have metal of any kind.

(2) Male boxers may not wear a shirt or top.

(3) Female boxers may wear breast protectors and shall wear a short-sleeved or sleeveless form-fitting rash guard, a sports bra, or both. Padding for a sports bra shall be secured to the fabric of the bra. Loose fitting tops are prohibited.

(4) Boxers may not wear metal straps, buckles, necklaces, jewelry, or other objects.

(5) No piercing accessories are permitted.

(6) Boxers may use a small amount of Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly on the facial area. No other substances may be used on the head or any other part of the body.

(7) Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly may be applied in between rounds to address a cut, but may not be reapplied to the entire facial area.

(8) Boxers shall secure their hair with soft, non-abrasive material if the referee informs them that their hair interferes with their vision.

(9) Boxers may not wear any equipment that fails to receive approval from the inspector or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.36 Gloves {#sec-sps-192.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.36}

(1) Gloves approved by the inspector prior to the contestants’ pre-bout rule meeting shall be worn by boxers in all bouts. Only thumbless or thumb-attached gloves shall be approved.

(2) Gloves shall weigh no less than 8 ounces each when worn by a boxer weighing under 140 pounds and not less than 10 ounces each when worn by a boxer weighing 140 pounds or more.

(3) Gloves shall be whole, clean and in sanitary condition. Breaking, roughing or twisting of gloves is prohibited. No foreign substances may be applied to gloves except for wrapping around the wrist area to safely secure the laces.

(4) The inspector shall be responsible for rejecting gloves that may pose a safety or health problem to the professional boxer.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.37 Preparation of hands {#sec-sps-192.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.37}

(1) Boxers may wrap their hands with gauze and tape prior to a bout. Boxers choosing to not wrap hands prior to a bout shall notify the inspector or department representative.

(2) Boxers shall use soft gauze cloth not more than 15 yards in length and 2 inches in width for each hand, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon’s tape one inch in width for each hand.

(3) No substances, liquid or material other than approved surgeon’s tape and gauze are allowed.

(4) The manager or chief second of the opponent may elect to be present when hands are being wrapped and gloves placed on a boxer.

(5) Gauze and surgeon’s tape shall be placed on the boxer’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative, who shall inspect and initial each legally wrapped hand.

(6) Surgeon’s tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist. The tape may not extend within an inch of the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.

(7) One strip of tape may be used between the fingers to hold down the bandages. Tape strips may be folded once, but braiding of tape strips is prohibited.

(8) Gloves shall be placed on a boxer’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative.

(9) The wrist portion of a boxer’s gloves shall be sealed with identifying red or blue duct tape and initialed by the inspector or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.38 Ring {#sec-sps-192.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.38}

All bouts shall be conducted in a ring which meets the following requirements:

(1) The ring shall be a square of not less than 16 nor more than 20 feet on a side within the ropes. The apron of the ring floor shall extend at least 18 inches beyond the ropes. The ring may not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building or grounds of an outdoor arena and shall have 3 sets of suitable steps for the use of boxers, coaches, and officials, one in each boxer’s corner and one in a neutral corner or area for use by ringside physicians and referees.

(2) The ring shall be circumscribed with at least 4 ropes. Ropes may not be less than one inch in diameter. Ropes may not be made of metal. Ropes shall be wrapped securely with soft material. The lowest rope shall be 18 inches above the ring floor, the second rope 30 inches, the third rope 42 inches, and the fourth rope 54 inches above the ring floor. The ropes shall be secured with 2 spacer ties on each side of the ring. The ring floor shall be padded with a one-inch layer of padding of felt, rubber or other similar material, placed on a one-inch base of building board or similar supporting base. Padding shall be covered with canvas duck, or similar material tightly stretched and laced securely in place, preferably under the apron.

(3) Ring posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter, extending from the floor to the height of 58 inches above the ring floor. Ropes shall be connected to posts with the extension not shorter than 18 inches. Turn-buckles shall be covered with a protective padding. Full-length vertical corner pads shall be secured in place.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.39 Corner equipment {#sec-sps-192.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.39}

(1) At least one second who works in a boxer’s corner may have the following equipment:

(a) A bucket.

(b) Clean towels.

(c) Sterile gauze pads, sterile cotton, and cotton-tipped swabs.

(d) Ice in a spill-proof sealed container.

(e) Water in clear plastic sealed containers.

(2) Seconds shall submit the bucket and corner equipment to the inspector or department representative for inspection and approval before a bout.

(3) In case of a cut, a boxer’s seconds may only make topical use of the following:

(a) A solution of adrenaline 1/1000.

(b) Avetine.

(c) Thrombin.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.40 Number of rounds in a bout {#sec-sps-192.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.40}

(1) No bout involving female boxers may be scheduled for more than 10 rounds with each round lasting 2 minutes and with a one-minute rest between rounds.

(2) No bout involving male boxers may be scheduled for more than 15 rounds with each round lasting 3 minutes and with a one-minute rest between rounds.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.41 Consumables {#sec-sps-192.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.41}

(1) Only water or an approved electrolyte-replacement beverage may be consumed during the bout. Electrolyte-replacement beverages include Gatorade®, Powerade®, Propel®, and Smartwater®. All consumables are subject to approval by the inspector or department representative.

(2) Beverages shall be brought to ring side unopened, sealed, and only in a plastic container. Unsealed beverages are prohibited.

(3) The inspector or department representative shall approve and sign off on any beverage.

(4) No stimulant beverages or beverages with caffeine, such as Red Bull® and Rockstar, are allowed.

(5) The department reserves the right to inspect, test, or remove any beverage from ring side. The department may test any contestant that an inspector or department representative believes is in violation of this section.

(6) Any beverage that is tested and found to have been altered in a manner that has not been approved by the inspector or department representative shall result in the contestant being subject to disqualification and disciplinary action.

(7) Tobacco use is not permitted in the contestant’s locker room.

(8) Use of any energy stimulant in pill or other form is not permitted.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter V Conducting Mixed Martial Arts at Events

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.42 General provisions {#sec-sps-192.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.42}

(1) Male and female contestants may not compete against each other in a bout.

(2) Each contestant shall present a completed medical examination report form containing the information in s. SPS 192.06 (2) (d) to the ringside physician at the pre-bout examination.

(3) All professional and amateur bouts shall be conducted under the supervision of the department.

(4) Only licensed participants or persons approved by the department may be allowed in the cage or designated locker rooms.

(5) Amateur contestants may not currently or have ever been a professional fighter in any combative sport. This includes mixed martial arts, boxing, karate, or any other form of a combative sport. Any contestant found in violation will be subject to disciplinary action.

(6) Debut amateur contestants shall complete a department-approved form detailing the contestant’s experience and training for mixed martial arts competitions. The trainer of the debut contestant shall certify that the contestant is skilled enough to compete and has never engaged in any form of unarmed combat as a professional.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(7) Amateur contestants shall have a minimum of 5 recorded amateur bouts on the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database prior to being permitted to compete as a professional contestant. The commissioner or department representative may waive this requirement.

(8) A bout in which more than 2 contestants participate is prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.43 Weigh-in procedures and weight classes {#sec-sps-192.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.43}

(1) Professional and amateur contestants shall weigh in no more than 36 hours prior to the start time of the event in which they will compete. The weigh-in shall be conducted under the supervision of an inspector or department representative at a place designated by the promoter in an area with ample lighting to observe contestants and conduct the weigh-in.

(2) Contestants may wear a shirt, a pair of shorts, and socks at the weigh-in. Contestants may not wear any additional apparel or jewelry.

(3) The scale shall be provided by the promoter and approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Contestants may not participate in a bout where the weigh-in weight difference of opposing contestants exceeds the weight allowance shown in Table A. In this section, “weight allowance” means the difference in weight permitted between contestants in 2 different weight classes.

(5) After having communicated with the promoter, the commissioner or department representative shall have the sole discretion as to whether to cancel a bout if a contestant does not make weight.

(6) There may not be a difference of more than 3 pounds between weight classes from straw weight up to the bantamweight class for fighters competing in two different weight classes.

(7) There may not be a difference of more than 5 pounds between weight classes from featherweight up to the welterweight class for fighters competing in two different weight classes.

(8) There may not be a difference of more than 7 pounds between weight classes from middleweight up to the superheavyweight class for fighters competing in two different weight classes.

Example: A fighter weighing 134 pounds in the bantamweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 137 pounds in the featherweight class. A fighter weighing 184 pounds in the middleweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 191 pounds in the light heavyweight class.

(9) A one-pound weight variance is allowed for all weight classes for all bouts except title bouts and catch-weight bouts.

(10) A contestant in the welterweight class or lower may not lose more than 2 pounds within 1 hour. A contestant above the welterweight class may not lose more than 3 pounds within 1 hour.

(11) Weight allowances between weight classes do not apply to contestants in a title bout.

(12) The final agreement between a contestant and a promoter shall be provided to the department no later than 4 business days before the official weigh-in.

(13) Contestants who fail to arrive at their report time for weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ mixed martial arts national database.

(14) Contestants who fail to make their contracted weight within 1 hour of their official weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

Note: On July 26, 2017, the Association of Boxing Commissions revised its unified rules of mixed martial arts to include 4 weight classes in addition to those listed in Table A. As required under s. 444.095 (4), Stats., the department is conducting mixed martial arts contests using the weight classes as revised by the ABC. A complete list of weight classes is available on the ABC’s website at http://www.abcboxing.com/unified-weight-classes-mma/. Table A will be revised in future rulemaking.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.44 Judging and scoring {#sec-sps-192.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.44}

(1) All bouts will be scored by 3 judges.

(2) The ten-point must scoring system under the ABC’s unified rules shall be the standard system of scoring a bout. The winner of the round shall be awarded 10 points, and the loser of the round shall be awarded 9 points or less, except for the rare occasion of an even round, that is scored 10 to 10.

Note: The ABC’s unified rules are available at www.abcboxing.com.

(3) Only the referee may assess a foul or any point deductions. Judges may not deduct points for what they interpret is a foul.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.45 Fouls {#sec-sps-192.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.45}

(1) The referee may caution, warn, or penalize a contestant for committing a foul.

(2) The penalty for a foul may be a deduction of points or disqualification. Any points deducted for a foul shall be deducted in the round in which the foul occurred. Disqualification may occur after multiple fouls or if the referee determines a foul is flagrant.

(3) If a bottom contestant commits a foul and in the referee’s judgment is not in control, unless the top contestant is injured, the bout shall continue so as not to jeopardize the top contestant’s superior positioning at the time.

(4) The referee shall verbally notify the bottom contestant of the foul.

(5) If an injury results from a foul and is severe enough to terminate the bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.

(6) If an intentional foul causes an injury and the bout is allowed to continue, a mandatory 2-point penalty shall be assessed to the contestant committing the foul.

(7) When an injury sustained by a contestant as a result of an intentional foul causes the contestant to be unable to continue at a subsequent point, the injured contestant shall win by a technical decision, if they are ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score card at the time of the stoppage, the bout shall be declared a technical draw.

(8) If a bout is stopped because of an unintentional foul, the referee shall determine whether the contestant who has been fouled can continue or not. If the contestant’s chance of winning has not been seriously jeopardized as a result of the foul, and if the foul did not involve concussive impact to the head of the contestant who has been fouled, the referee may order the bout continued after a recuperative interval of not more than 5 minutes. Immediately after stopping the bout or at the end of the round, the referee shall immediately inform the inspector, commissioner, or department representative of their determination that the foul was accidental and unintentional.

(9) If the referee determines either from their observation or that of the ringside physician that the bout may not continue because of the injury from the unintentional foul, the bout shall be declared a no contest if the foul occurred before completion of the first 2 rounds of a non-championship bout, or before completion of the first 3 rounds of a championship bout.

(10) If an unintentional foul renders the contestant unable to continue the bout, or an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by fair blows and the referee stops the bout because of the injury, after the completion of the second round in a non-championship bout or 3-round bout, or after the completion of the third round of a championship bout or 5-round bout, the outcome shall be determined by scoring the completed rounds and the partial round at which the referee stopped the bout.

(11) A contestant may not be declared the winner of a bout on the basis of their claim that the opponent fouled them unintentionally by hitting them in the groin. If after a recuperative interval of not more than 5 minutes a contestant is unwilling to continue because of the claim of being hit in the groin, the bout will be declared a no contest if the second round has not been completed in a 3-round bout or the third round has not been completed in a 5-round bout.

(12)

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), types of fouls in a mixed martial arts bout are those identified in the ABC’s unified rules for mixed martial arts.

(b) An illegal strike to the back of the head, resulting in a foul, include a strike in the nape of the neck area up to the top of the ears, and a strike in the mohawk area from the top of the ears to the crown of the head, or the area where the head begins to curve, as specified in the ABC’s unified rules.

(c) The following are additional fouls for amateur contestants:

  1. An elbow or forearm strike.

  2. Any strike to the head with the knee.

  3. Cranking the neck or using any hold that places a contestant’s neck in jeopardy from a crank.

  4. Any leg submission except a kneebar or straight ankle lock.

  5. A hand choke.

  6. Striking against the knees including any strike to or around the knee joint.

  7. A spinal crank or lock.

Note: The ABC’s unified rules are available at www.abcboxing.com.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.46 Mouthpiece {#sec-sps-192.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.46}

All contestants shall wear a mouthpiece during competition. The round may not begin without the mouthpiece. If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action. The referee may deduct points or disqualify a contestant if the mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is judged the mouthpiece is being purposely spit out.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.47 Appearance and attire {#sec-sps-192.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.47}

(1) Male contestants shall wear a groin protector that will protect them against injury from a foul blow.

(2) Female contestants may wear groin and breast protectors.

(3) Each contestant shall wear mixed martial arts shorts, biking shorts, or kickboxing shorts. Shorts shall be approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Male contestants may not wear a shirt, Gi, or other top.

(5) Female contestants shall wear a short-sleeved or sleeveless form-fitting rash guard, a sports bra, or both. Padding for a sports bra shall be secured to the fabric of the bra. Loose fitting tops are prohibited.

(6) No shoes are permitted.

(7) No grappling shin guards are permitted.

(8) No piercing accessories are permitted.

(9) No body grease, gels, balms, oils, or lotions may be applied to the hair, face or body. This includes the use of excessive amounts of water dumped on a contestant to make him or her slippery.

(10) Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly may be applied to the facial area, but only from the cheekbone area to the forehead, at cage side in the presence of an inspector, referee, or a person designated by the department. Any contestant applying anything other than petroleum jelly in an approved fashion prior to this may be penalized a point or disqualified. Petroleum jelly may be applied in between rounds to address a cut, but may not be reapplied to the entire facial area.

(11) Taping of hands, wrists, and ankles is permitted.

(12) Only neoprene joint supports may be used. Metal supports are prohibited.

(13) Fingernails and toenails shall be trimmed.

(14) The inspector or department representative shall determine whether head or facial hair presents any hazard to the safety of the contestant or their opponent or will interfere with the supervision and conduct of the event. Facial hair may not be braided.

(15) Contestants may not wear any equipment that fails to receive approval from the inspector or department representative.

(16) Amateur contestants shall wear mixed martial arts shorts, biking shorts, or boxing or kickboxing shorts during competition that will be subject to the approval of a department representative. The shorts may not have pockets, buttons, zippers, grommets, exposed hook-and-loop fasteners, or metal of any kind.

(17) Amateur contestants may not wear padding on their feet during a bout. Ankle guards or neoprene knee wraps are optional, and shall be approved by the department.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.48 Gloves {#sec-sps-192.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.48}

(1) All non-amateur contestants shall wear grappling gloves that weigh a minimum of 4 ounces and not more than 8 ounces. Amateur contestants shall wear gloves that weigh a minimum of 6 ounces and a maximum of 8 ounces.

(2) Gloves shall be supplied by the promoter. Contestants are not permitted to supply their own gloves. Gloves shall be new the first time they are being inspected by the department representative. Once inspected, new gloves may not be used more than 3 times. Used gloves may not be worn for title bouts. The promoter shall supply new gloves for both contestants competing in any title bout including state bouts.

(3) Both contestants in a bout shall wear gloves of the same weight.

(4) Each contestant’s gloves shall be inspected and approved by the inspector, referee, or department representative prior to the contestants’ pre-bout rule meeting.

(5) Amateur contestants may use a mitt-style glove.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.49 Preparation of hands {#sec-sps-192.49 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.49}

(1) Contestants may wrap their hands with gauze and tape prior to a bout. Contestants choosing to not wrap hands prior to a bout shall notify the inspector or department representative.

(2) Contestants shall use soft gauze cloth not more than 15 yards in length and 2 inches in width for each hand, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon’s tape one inch in width for each hand.

(3) No substances, liquid or material other than approved surgeon’s tape and gauze are allowed.

(4) The manager or chief second of the opponent may elect to be present when hands are being wrapped and gloves placed on a contestant.

(5) Gauze and surgeon’s tape shall be placed on the contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative, who shall inspect and initial each legally wrapped hand.

(6) Surgeon’s tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist. The tape may not extend within an inch of the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.

(7) One strip of tape may be used between the fingers to hold down the bandages. Tape strips may be folded once, but braiding of tape strips is prohibited.

(8) Gloves shall be placed on a contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative.

(9) The wrist portion of a contestant’s gloves shall be sealed with identifying red or blue duct tape and initialed by the inspector or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.50 Requirements for cage area {#sec-sps-192.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.50}

(1) All mixed martial arts bouts shall take place in a cage or fenced area that has been approved by the department and is subject to inspection prior to each bout by the referee, inspector, or department representative.

(2) Mixed martial arts bouts may not be conducted in a ring.

(3) The fighting-area floor shall be no smaller than 18 feet in diameter and no larger than 36 feet in diameter.

(4) The fighting-area floor shall be padded in a manner approved by the department, with at least a one-inch layer of foam padding. Padding shall extend beyond the fighting area and over the edge of the platform.

(5) The fighting-area floor shall not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building and shall have 2 sets of suitable steps or ramps for use by the contestants.

(6) Posts shall be made of metal not more than 6 inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of 58 inches above the fighting-area floor and shall be properly padded in a manner approved by the department.

(7) The fighting area shall be enclosed by a fence made of material, such as vinyl-coated chain-link fencing, that will not allow a contestant to fall out or break through it onto the building floor or spectators.

(8) All metal parts shall be covered and padded in a manner approved by the department and may not be abrasive to the contestants.

(9) The fighting area shall have 2 separate entries onto the fighting-area floor.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.51 Corner equipment {#sec-sps-192.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.51}

(1) At least one second who works in a contestant’s corner may have the following equipment:

(a) A bucket.

(b) Clean towels.

(c) Sterile gauze pads, sterile cotton, and cotton-tipped swabs.

(d) Ice in a spill-proof sealed container.

(e) Water in clear plastic sealed containers.

(2) Seconds shall submit the bucket and corner equipment to the inspector or department representative for inspection and approval before a bout.

(3) In case of a cut, a contestant’s seconds may only make topical use of the following:

(a) A solution of adrenaline 1/1000.

(b) Avetine.

(c) Thrombin.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.52 Number, type, and duration of rounds and bouts {#sec-sps-192.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.52}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), professional bouts shall be 3 rounds of 5 minutes each with a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(b) Professional championship bouts may be 4 or 5 rounds of 5 minutes each with a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(2)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), amateur bouts shall be 3 rounds of 3 minutes each with a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(b) Amateur championship bouts may be 4 or 5 rounds of 3 minutes each with a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(3) A minimum of 24 rounds shall be scheduled unless waived by the commissioner or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.53 Types of bout results {#sec-sps-192.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.53}

A mixed martial arts bout may end under any of the following results:

(1) Submission, as demonstrated by any of the following:

(a) Tap out, which occurs when a contestant physically uses their hands to indicate that they no longer wish to continue.

(b) Verbal tap out, which occurs when a contestant verbally announces to the referee that they do not wish to continue.

(2) Knock-out, as demonstrated when a contestant is rendered unconscious due to a legal strike.

(3) Technical knock-out, which occurs through any of the following:

(a) The referee stops the bout because the contestant can no longer defend himself or herself.

(b) The ringside physician advises the referee to stop the bout.

(c) An injury as a result of a legal maneuver is severe enough to terminate the bout.

(d) The referee stops the bout because a contestant is injured by a legal technique and cannot continue.

(4) Decision via scorecards, which may be of any of the following types:

(a) Unanimous, which occurs when all 3 judges score the bout for the same contestant.

(b) Split decision, which occurs when 2 judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent.

(c) Majority decision, which occurs when 2 judges score the bout for the same contestant and one judge scores the bout a draw.

(5) Draw, which may be of any of the following types:

(a) Unanimous, which occurs when all 3 judges score the bout a draw.

(b) Majority, which occurs when 2 judges score the bout a draw.

(c) Split, which occurs when all 3 judges score a bout differently.

(6) Disqualification, which occurs when an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul as determined by the referee is severe enough to terminate the bout. Under this situation, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.

(7) Forfeit, which occurs when a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the bout for reasons other than injury or indicating a tap out.

(8) Technical draw, which occurs through any of the following:

(a) An injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul, as determined by the referee, causes the injured contestant unable to continue at a subsequent point in the bout, and the injured contestant shall win by a technical decision if the contestant is ahead on the scorecards.

(b) The number of rounds specified in s. SPS 192.52 have been completed, with the results of the scorecards being a draw.

(9) Technical decision, which occurs through any of the following:

(a) When a bout is prematurely stopped due to an injury and a contestant is leading on the scorecards.

(b) When an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul, as determined by the referee, causes the injured contestant unable to continue at a subsequent point in the bout, the injured contestant shall win by a technical decision if the contestant is ahead on the scorecards.

(10) No contest, which occurs when a bout is prematurely stopped due to accidental injury and a sufficient number of rounds have not been completed to render a decision via the scorecards.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.54 Rule meetings {#sec-sps-192.54 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.54}

All contestants shall attend pre-bout meetings with the referee and a department representative to review the ABC’s unified rules, fouls, and department requirements. Seconds and other persons approved by the department may attend meetings under this section.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.55 Consumables {#sec-sps-192.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.55}

(1) Only water or an approved electrolyte-replacement beverage may be consumed during the bout. Electrolyte-replacement beverages include Gatorade®, Powerade®, Propel®, and Smartwater®. All consumables are subject to approval by the inspector or department representative.

(2) Beverages shall be brought to cage side unopened, sealed, and only in a plastic container. Unsealed beverages are prohibited.

(3) The inspector or department representative shall approve and sign off on any beverage.

(4) No stimulant beverages or beverages with caffeine, such as Red Bull® and Rockstar, are allowed.

(5) The department reserves the right to inspect, test, or remove any beverage from cage side. The department may test any contestant that an inspector or department representative believes is in violation of this section.

(6) Any beverage that is tested and found to have been altered in a manner that has not been approved by the inspector or department representative shall result in the contestant being subject to disqualification and disciplinary action.

(7) Tobacco use is not permitted in the contestant’s locker room.

(8) Use of any energy stimulant in pill or other form is not permitted.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter VI Conducting Kickboxing at Events

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.56 General provisions {#sec-sps-192.56 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.56}

(1) A male contestant may not compete against a female contestant in a bout.

(2) Each contestant shall present all required physical examination forms and laboratory reports to the ringside physician at the pre-bout examination.

(3) All professional and amateur bouts shall be conducted under the supervision of the department.

(4) Only licensed participants or persons approved by the department may be allowed in the ring or cage or designated locker rooms.

(5) Amateur contestants may not currently or have ever been a professional fighter in any combative sport. This includes mixed martial arts, boxing, karate, or any other form of a combative sport. Any contestant found in violation will be subject to disciplinary action.

(6) Debut amateur contestants shall complete a department-approved form detailing the contestant’s experience and training for unarmed combat sports competitions. The trainer of a debut contestant shall certify that the contestant is skilled enough to compete and has never engaged in any form of unarmed combat as a professional.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(7) A bout in which more than 2 contestants participate is prohibited.

(8) Bouts shall take place in a cage meeting the requirements under s. SPS 192.69 or ring meeting the requirements under s. SPS 192.70.

(9) Improper use of or tampering with equipment by a contestant or contestant’s second is prohibited. Any violation of this subdivision may result in a point reduction or disqualification of the contestant.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.57 Weigh-in procedures and weight classes {#sec-sps-192.57 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.57}

(1) Contestants shall weigh in no more than 36 hours prior to the start time of the event in which they will compete. The weigh-in shall be conducted under the supervision of an inspector or department representative at a place designated by the promoter in an area with ample lighting to observe contestants and conduct the weigh-in.

(2) Contestants may wear a shirt, a pair of shorts, and socks at the weigh-in. Contestants may not wear any additional apparel or jewelry.

(3) The scale shall be provided by the promoter and approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Contestants may not participate in a bout where the weigh-in weight difference of opposing contestants exceeds the weight allowance shown in Table A. In this section, “weight allowance” means the difference in weight permitted between contestants in 2 different weight classes.

(5) After having communicated with the promoter, the commissioner or department representative shall have the sole discretion as to whether to cancel a bout if a contestant does not make weight.

(6) There may not be a difference of more than 3 pounds between weight classes from mini flyweight up to the bantamweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(7) There may not be a difference of more than 4 pounds between weight classes from super bantamweight up to the super featherweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(8) There may not be a difference of more than 5 pounds between weight classes from lightweight up to the super lightweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(9) There may not be a difference of more than 7 pounds between weight classes from welterweight up to the light heavyweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(10) There may not be a difference of more than 12 pounds between a contestant in the cruiserweight division competing against a contestant in the heavyweight division.

Example: A contestant weighing 134 pounds in the bantamweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 137 pounds in the featherweight class. A contestant weighing 184 pounds in the middleweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 191 pounds in the light heavyweight class.

(11) A one-pound weight variance is allowed for all weight classes for all bouts except title bouts and catch-weight bouts.

(12) A contestant in the welterweight class or lower may not lose more than 2 pounds within 1 hour. A contestant above the welterweight class may not lose more than 3 pounds within 1 hour.

(13) Weight allowances between weight classes do not apply to contestants in a title bout.

(14) The final agreement between a contestant and a promoter shall be provided to the department no later than 4 business days before the official weigh-in.

(15) Contestants who fail to arrive at their report time for weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

(16) Contestants who fail to make their contracted weight within 1 hour of their official weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.58 Judging and scoring {#sec-sps-192.58 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.58}

(1) All bouts shall be scored by 3 judges.

(2) The ten-point must scoring system under the ABC’s unified rules shall be the standard system of scoring a bout. The winner of the round shall be awarded 10 points. The loser of the round shall be awarded 6, 7, 8, or 9 points. If the round is determined to be an even round, each contestant shall be awarded 10 points.

(3) Effective striking is judged by determining the total number of effective legal strikes landed. A strike resulting in a flash knockdown under s. SPS 192.60 (2) shall be judged less effective than a strike resulting in a knockdown requiring a count under s. SPS 192.60 (4).

(4) Effective control is judged by determining who is dictating the pace, location, and position of the bout.

(5) Effective aggressiveness means moving forward and landing legal strikes.

(6) Only the referee may assess a foul or any point deductions. Judges may not deduct points for what they interpret is a foul.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.59 Fouls {#sec-sps-192.59 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.59}

(1) The referee may caution, warn, or penalize a contestant for committing a foul.

(2) The penalty for a foul may be a deduction of points or disqualification. Any points deducted for a foul shall be deducted in the round in which the foul occurred. Disqualification may occur after multiple fouls or if the referee determines a foul is flagrant.

(3) If an injury results from an intentional foul and is severe enough to terminate the bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.

(4) When an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes and the referee stops a bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, the injured contestant shall win by a technical decision, if they are ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of the stoppage, the bout shall be declared a technical draw.

(5) If an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes and the referee stops a bout after completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, the outcome shall be determined by scoring the completed rounds and the partial round at which the referee stopped the bout.

(6)

(a) If an accidental foul occurs before the completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds of a bout and the injured contestant is not able to continue the fight, the fight shall be declared a no contest.

(b) If an accidental foul occurs after the completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds of a bout and the fouled contestant is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout as a technical knock-out and the contestant who is ahead on points shall be declared the winner. In determining the points, the judges shall score the completed rounds and the incomplete round. If no action has occurred in an incomplete round, the round shall be scored as an even round.

(c) When a contestant is not able to continue fighting, the referee shall stop the action and inform the department’s inspector, the judges and both contestants that the foul was accidental. If in the later rounds the injury has worsened as a result of legal blows, and the injured contestant is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout based on the completed rounds and the incomplete round.

(d) The referee, in consultation with the ringside physician, shall allow an injured contestant up to 5 minutes to recover from an accidental foul.

(e) A contestant who is hit with an accidental low blow shall continue after a reasonable amount of time, not exceeding 5 minutes, or the contestant shall lose the bout. If a contestant is hit with an accidental low blow, the referee shall stop the action in a bout and inform the judges of any deduction of points made by the referee.

(7) Types of fouls in a kickboxing bout include all of the following:

(a) Butting with the head.

(b) Attacking the throat.

(c) Targeting the back of the head or torso.

(d) Targeting below the waistline, except for a foot-to-foot sweep to the lead foot below the ankle or either foot below the ankle if all of the following apply:

  1. The contestant executing the sweep is squared to the opponent.

  2. Neither of the opponent’s feet is leading.

  3. The opponent has equal weight on both feet.

(e) Slapping.

(f) Spitting.

(g) Biting.

(h) Holding.

(i) Holding or pulling the opponent, ring, or cage and striking.

(j) Holding or locking of the opponent’s arm or head.

(k) Striking with the knee, elbow, or forearm.

(L) A palm heel strike.

(m) A backhand or backfist strike, except a spinning backhand or backfist strike.

(n) Attacking or manipulating any joint.

(o) A clubbing or hammerfist strike.

(p) A spinning foot or leg sweep.

(q) A karate chopping strike.

(r) Attacking an opponent who is down or who is in the act of rising.

(s) Abusive language or gesture.

(t) Failure to obey the referee’s commands.

(u) Fighting after the bell has signaled the end of a round.

(v) Pushing or shoving an opponent.

(w) Intentionally avoiding contact with the opponent.

(x) Intentionally delaying the bout.

(y) Eye gouging.

(z) Any other unsportsmanlike conduct as determined by the referee.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.60 Procedures after knock-downs {#sec-sps-192.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.60}

(1) When down. A contestant is considered down if any of the following occur:

(a) The contestant touches the floor with any part of the body other than the feet as the result of a blow or series of blows other than a foot-to-foot sweep.

(b) The contestant hangs helplessly on the cage or ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows other than a foot-to-foot sweep.

(c) The contestant is outside or partly outside the ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows other than a foot-to-foot sweep.

(d) Following a blow, the contestant has not fallen and is not lying on the cage or ropes, but is in a semi-conscious state and cannot, in the opinion of the referee, continue the bout.

(2) Flash knockdowns. A flash knockdown occurs when, after having been knocked down under sub. (1) (a), a contestant rises immediately to his or her feet. Subsections (3), (4), (5), and (6) do not apply to a flash knockdown.

(3) Neutral corner. When a contestant is down, the opponent shall go at once to the neutral corner as designated by the referee. The bout may not continue until the command “Fight” is given by the referee. If the opponent does not go to the neutral corner on command, the count under sub. (4) shall be stopped until the opponent has done so. The counting shall then be continued where it has been interrupted.

(4) Count.

(a) When a contestant is down, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the boxer went down and the time of counting “one.”

(b) Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a mandatory 8 count and shall continue to count to 10 if the downed contestant is not able to continue fighting after the mandatory 8 count. The referee shall count aloud and provide intervals of one second between the numbers, and shall indicate each second with his or her hand in a manner such that the contestant who has been knocked down is aware of the count. The referee shall continue counting, even if the bell sounds, indicating the end of the round.

(5) Mandatory 8 count. When a contestant is down as the result of a blow, the bout may not be continued until the referee has reached the count of 8, even if the contestant is ready to continue before then. If, after the count of 8 has been reached, a contestant immediately falls again without having received a fresh blow, the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of knock-out.

(6) Both contestants down. If both contestants go down at the same time, counting shall be continued as long as one of them is still down. If both contestants remain down until the count of “10,” the bout shall be stopped and the decision shall be a technical draw.

(7) Failure to fight.

(a) A contestant who fails to resume fighting immediately after the termination of the rest interval, who sustains an injury from a fair blow and the injury is severe enough to terminate a bout, or who, when knocked down by a fair blow, fails to resume within 10 seconds, shall lose the bout. Except as provided in par. (b), a referee may not give a standing 8 count.

(b) The referee of an amateur bout may give a standing 8 count to determine if a contestant who is not considered down is able to continue fighting. The referee shall count aloud and provide intervals of one second between the numbers, indicating each second with his or her hand in a manner such that the contestant is aware of the count. If the referee determines the contestant is unable to continue fighting, the bout shall be stopped and the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of technical knock-out.

(8) Three knockdowns. The referee may not stop a professional bout solely because a contestant has been knocked down 3 times in one round. The referee shall stop an amateur bout at any combination of 3 knockdowns requiring a count under s. SPS 192.60 (4) and standing 8 counts in one round. If an amateur bout is stopped under this subsection, the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of technical knock-out.

(9) Twenty-second count. When a contestant is knocked out of the ring, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the boxer went out of the ring and the time of counting “one.” Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a 20-second count to the contestant. The contestant shall return to the ring without assistance from the contestant’s seconds. Otherwise, the referee shall disqualify the contestant.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.61 Appearance and attire {#sec-sps-192.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.61}

(1) Male contestants shall wear a groin protector that will protect them against injury from a foul blow.

(2) Female contestants may wear groin and breast protectors.

(3)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), each contestant in a bout shall wear long pants designed for unarmed combat sports, mixed martial arts shorts, biking shorts, or kickboxing shorts. The pants or shorts may not have pockets, buttons, zippers, grommets, exposed hook-and-loop fasteners, or metal of any kind. Pants and shorts shall be approved by the inspector or department representative.

(b) For bouts in which kicks to the legs are permitted, a contestant may not wear long pants.

(4) Male contestants may not wear a shirt or top.

(5) Female contestants shall wear a short-sleeved or sleeveless form-fitting rash guard, a sports bra, or both. Padding for a sports bra shall be secured to the fabric of the bra. Loose fitting tops are prohibited.

(6) No piercing accessories are permitted.

(7) A contestant may wear soft contact lenses. No other corrective lenses are permitted.

(8) No shoes are permitted.

(9) No grappling or soccer shin guards are permitted.

(10) Contestants may use a small amount of Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly on the facial area. No other substances may be used on the head or any other part of the body.

(11) Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly may be applied in between rounds to address a cut, but may not be reapplied to the entire facial area.

(12) Taping of hands, wrists, and ankles is permitted.

(13) Only neoprene joint supports may be used. Metal supports are prohibited.

(14) Fingernails and toenails shall be trimmed.

(15) The inspector or department representative shall determine whether head or facial hair presents any hazard to the safety of the contestant or their opponent or will interfere with the supervision and conduct of the event. Facial hair may not be braided.

(16) Contestants may not wear any equipment that fails to receive approval from the inspector or department representative.

(17) Ankle guards that have been approved by the inspector or department representative may be worn.

(18) A contestant qualified as a black belt in any form of martial arts may wear a black belt during competition. A black belt shall be worn so that it will remain in place during competition.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.62 Gloves {#sec-sps-192.62 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.62}

(1) Except as otherwise approved by the inspector or commissioner, thumb-attached gloves of the same brand and style shall be provided to each contestant by the promoter. Gloves approved by the inspector or commissioner prior to the contestants’ pre-bout rule meeting shall be worn by contestants in all bouts.

(2) Except as provided in sub. (3) or otherwise approved by the inspector or commissioner, gloves for a professional contestant in a weight class of 147 pounds or less shall weigh 8 ounces each and gloves for a professional contestant in a weight class of more than 147 pounds shall weigh 10 ounces each. Gloves for all amateur contestants shall weigh 10 ounces each.

(3) If agreed to by both contestants and approved by the inspector or commissioner, contestants may wear gloves heavier than specified in sub. (2).

(4) Gloves shall be whole, clean, and in sanitary condition. Breaking, roughing, or twisting of gloves is prohibited. No foreign substances may be applied to gloves except for wrapping around the wrist area to safely secure the laces.

(5) The inspector or commissioner shall be responsible for rejecting gloves that may pose a safety or health risk to a contestant.

(6) Before being reused, gloves shall be cleaned using a solution of 10% bleach and 90% water.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.63 Preparation of hands {#sec-sps-192.63 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.63}

(1) Contestants may wrap their hands with gauze and tape prior to a bout. Contestants choosing to not wrap hands prior to a bout shall notify the inspector or department representative.

(2) Contestant’s shall use soft gauze cloth not more than 15 yards in length and 2 inches in width for each hand, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon’s tape one inch in width for each hand.

(3) No substances, liquid, or material other than approved surgeon’s tape and gauze are allowed.

(4) The manager or chief second of the opponent may elect to be present when hands are being wrapped and gloves placed on a contestant.

(5) Gauze and surgeon’s tape shall be placed on the contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative, who shall inspect and initial each legally wrapped hand.

(6) Surgeon’s tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist. The tape may not extend within an inch of the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.

(7) One strip of tape may be used between the fingers to hold down the bandages. Tape strips may be folded once, but braiding of tape strips is prohibited.

(8) Gloves shall be placed on a contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative.

(9) The wrist portion of a contestant’s gloves shall be sealed with identifying red or blue duct tape and initialed by the inspector or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.64 Mouthpiece {#sec-sps-192.64 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.64}

All contestants shall wear a mouthpiece during competition. The round may not begin without the mouthpiece. If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action. The referee may deduct points or disqualify a contestant if the mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is judged the mouthpiece is being purposely spit out.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.65 Headgear {#sec-sps-192.65 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.65}

(1) Professional contestants, other than those participating in an exhibition bout, may not wear head gear. Professional contestants participating in an exhibition bout shall wear competition headgear weighing between 10 and 12 ounces that has been approved by USA Boxing, Incorporated or the commissioner or department representative. Headgear may include cheek protectors. Karate foam dipped style headgear, headgear with a jaw bar or face guard, and heavily padded training or sparring headgear are prohibited.

(2) Amateur contestants shall wear competition headgear weighing between 10 and 12 ounces that has been approved by USA Boxing, Incorporated or the commissioner or department representative. Headgear may include cheek protectors. Karate foam dipped style headgear, headgear with a jaw bar or face guard, and heavily padded training or sparring headgear are prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.66 Foot pads {#sec-sps-192.66 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.66}

(1) Contestants shall wear foot pads that meet the requirements under sub. (2). Foot pads are subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative.

(2) Foot pads shall be secured to the feet with the foot pad’s elastic strap and medical or athletic tape. Foot pads shall cover all of the toes and the heel of the contestant’s feet, but may not cover the bottom of a contestant’s feet. Any laces on foot pads may not be exposed during competition.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.67 Shin pads {#sec-sps-192.67 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.67}

(1) Contestants shall wear shin pads that meet the requirements under sub. (2). Shin pads are subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative.

(2) Shin pads shall be of a soft material and secured to the shins with the shin pad’s elastic strap and medical or athletic tape. Shin instep pads are permitted, but shin pads with metal loop fasteners and grappling or soccer shin guards are prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.68 Corner equipment {#sec-sps-192.68 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.68}

(1) At least one second who works in a contestant’s corner may have the following equipment:

(a) A bucket.

(b) Clean towels.

(c) Sterile gauze pads, sterile cotton, and cotton-tipped swabs.

(d) Ice in a spill-proof sealed container.

(e) Water in clear plastic sealed containers.

(2) Seconds shall submit the bucket and corner equipment to the inspector or department representative for inspection and approval before a bout.

(3) In case of a cut, a contestant’s seconds may only make topical use of the following:

(a) A solution of adrenaline 1/1000.

(b) Avetine.

(c) Thrombin.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.69 Requirements for cage {#sec-sps-192.69 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.69}

Unless otherwise approved by the commissioner or department representative, the cage in which a bout is conducted shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The cage shall be approved by the department and may be inspected prior to each bout by the referee, inspector, or department representative.

(2) The fighting-area floor shall be no smaller than 18 feet in diameter and no larger than 36 feet in diameter.

(3) The fighting-area floor shall be padded in a manner approved by the department, with at least a one-inch layer of foam padding. Padding shall extend beyond the fighting area and over the edge of the platform.

(4) The fighting-area floor shall not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building and shall have 2 sets of suitable steps or ramps for use by the contestants.

(5) Posts shall be made of metal not more than 6 inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of 58 inches above the fighting-area floor and shall be properly padded in a manner approved by the department.

(6) The fighting area shall be enclosed by a fence made of material, such as vinyl-coated chain-link fencing, that will not allow a contestant to fall out or break through it onto the building floor or spectators.

(7) All metal parts shall be covered and padded in a manner approved by the department and may not be abrasive to the contestants.

(8) The cage shall have 2 separate entries onto the fighting-area floor.

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.70 Requirements for ring {#sec-sps-192.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.70}

Unless otherwise approved by the commissioner or department representative, the ring in which a bout is conducted shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The ring shall be a square of not less than 16 nor more than 20 feet on a side within the ropes. The apron of the ring floor shall extend at least 18 inches beyond the ropes. The ring may not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building or grounds of an outdoor arena and shall have 3 sets of suitable steps for the use of boxers, coaches, and officials, one in each boxer’s corner and one in a neutral corner or area for use by ringside physicians and referees.

(2) The ring shall be circumscribed with at least 4 ropes. Ropes may not be less than one inch in diameter or more than 2 inches in diameter. Ropes may not be made of metal. Ropes shall be wrapped securely with soft material. The lowest rope shall be 18 inches above the ring floor, the second rope 30 inches, the third rope 42 inches, and the fourth rope 54 inches above the ring floor. The ropes shall be secured with 2 spacer ties on each side of the ring. The ring floor shall be padded with a one−inch layer of padding of felt, rubber or other similar material, placed on a one−inch base of building board or similar supporting base. Padding shall be covered with canvas duck, or similar material tightly stretched and laced securely in place, preferably under the apron.

(3) Ring posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter, extending from the floor to the height of 58 inches above the ring floor. Ropes shall be connected to posts with the extension not shorter than 18 inches. Turn-buckles shall be covered with a protective padding. Full-length vertical corner pads shall be secured in place.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.71 Number, type, and duration of rounds and bouts {#sec-sps-192.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.71}

(1) Professional bouts shall be a minimum of 3 rounds and a maximum 12 rounds of no more than 3 minutes each. Each round shall have a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(2) Amateur bouts shall be a minimum of 3 rounds and a maximum of 5 rounds of no more than 2 minutes each. Each round shall have a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(3) A minimum of 24 rounds shall be scheduled for an event unless waived by the commissioner or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.72 Types of bout results {#sec-sps-192.72 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.72}

A kickboxing bout may end under any of the following results:

(1) Knock-out, which occurs when a contestant is down for at least 10 seconds as determined by the referee.

(2) Technical knock-out, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) The referee stops the bout because the contestant can no longer defend himself or herself.

(b) The ringside physician advises the referee to stop the bout.

(c) An injury as a result of a legal strike or series of legal strikes is severe enough to terminate the bout.

(d) The referee stops the bout because a contestant is injured by a legal strike or series of legal strikes and cannot continue.

(e) The referee stops an amateur bout because of a combination of 3 knockdowns and standing 8 counts.

(3) Decision via scorecards, which may be of any of the following types:

(a) Unanimous, which occurs when all 3 judges score the bout for the same contestant.

(b) Split decision, which occurs when 2 judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent.

(4) Disqualification, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) An injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul as determined by the referee is severe enough to terminate the bout.

(b) A contestant commits multiple fouls or a flagrant foul as determined by the referee.

(c) A contestant who has been knocked out of the ring does not, as determined by the referee, return to the ring before the count of 20.

(d) A contestant’s mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is determined by the referee the mouthpiece has purposely been spit out. As provided under s. SPS 192.64, disqualification under this paragraph is at the referee’s discretion.

(e) A contestant’s second leaves the designated area.

(5) Forfeit, which occurs when a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the bout for reasons other than injury.

(6) Technical draw, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) An injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes, the referee stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of the stoppage.

(b) Both contestants are down as described in s. SPS 192.60 (6) for at least 10 seconds as determined by the referee.

(7) Technical decision, which occurs when an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes, the referee stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, and the injured contestant is ahead on the score cards at the time of the stoppage.

(8) No contest, which occurs when the referee determines either from their observation or that of the ringside physician that the bout may not continue because of an unintentional foul or accidental injury and stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.73 Rule meetings {#sec-sps-192.73 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.73}

All contestants shall attend pre-bout meetings with the referee and a department representative to review the bout rules, fouls, and department requirements. Seconds and other persons approved by the department may attend meetings under this section.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.74 Consumables {#sec-sps-192.74 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.74}

(1) Only water or an approved electrolyte-replacement beverage may be consumed during the bout. Electrolyte-replacement beverages include Gatorade®, Powerade®, Propel®, and Smartwater®. All consumables are subject to approval by the inspector or department representative.

(2) Beverages shall be brought to ring or cage side unopened, sealed, and only in a plastic container. Unsealed beverages are prohibited.

(3) The inspector or department representative shall approve and sign off on any beverage.

(4) No stimulant beverages or beverages with caffeine, such as Red Bull® and Rockstar, are allowed.

(5) The department reserves the right to inspect, test, or remove any beverage from ring or cage side. The department may test any contestant that an inspector or department representative believes is in violation of this section.

(6) Any beverage that is tested and found to have been altered in a manner that has not been approved by the inspector or department representative shall result in the contestant being subject to disqualification and disciplinary action.

(7) Tobacco use is not permitted in the contestant’s locker room.

(8) Use of any energy stimulant in pill or other form is not permitted.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter VII Conducting Muay Thai at Events

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.75 General provisions {#sec-sps-192.75 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.75}

(1) A male contestant may not compete against a female contestant in a bout.

(2) Each contestant shall present all required physical examination forms and laboratory reports to the ringside physician at the pre-bout examination.

(3) All professional and amateur bouts shall be conducted under the supervision of the department.

(4) Only licensed participants or persons approved by the department may be allowed in the ring or cage or designated locker rooms.

(5) Amateur contestants may not currently or have ever been a professional fighter in any combative sport. This includes mixed martial arts, boxing, karate, or any other form of a combative sport. Any contestant found in violation will be subject to disciplinary action.

(6) Debut amateur contestants shall complete a department-approved form detailing the contestant’s experience and training for unarmed combat sports competitions. The trainer of a debut contestant shall certify that the contestant is skilled enough to compete and has never engaged in any form of unarmed combat as a professional.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(7) A bout in which more than 2 contestants participate is prohibited.

(8) Bouts shall take place in a cage meeting the requirements under s. SPS 192.87 or ring meeting the requirements under s. SPS 192.88.

(9) Improper use of or tampering with equipment by a contestant or contestant’s second is prohibited. Any violation of this subdivision may result in a point reduction or disqualification of the contestant.

(10) Contestants may perform a Ram Muay inside the ring or cage prior to the beginning of a bout. If both contestants in a bout choose to perform a Ram Muay, the contestants shall perform their Ram Muay at the same time. A Ram Muay may not exceed 3 minutes in duration. After completion of a Ram Muay, a contestant shall remove all attire and accessories not required or allowed under s. SPS 192.80.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.76 Weigh-in and weight classes {#sec-sps-192.76 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.76}

(1) Contestants shall weigh in no more than 36 hours prior to the start time of the event in which they will compete. The weigh-in shall be conducted under the supervision of an inspector or department representative at a place designated by the promoter in an area with ample lighting to observe contestants and conduct the weigh-in.

(2) Contestants may wear a shirt, a pair of shorts, and socks at the weigh-in. Contestants may not wear any additional apparel or jewelry.

(3) The scale shall be provided by the promoter and approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Contestants may not participate in a bout where the weigh-in weight difference of opposing contestants exceeds the weight allowance shown in Table A. In this section, “weight allowance” means the difference in weight permitted between contestants in 2 different weight classes.

(5) After having communicated with the promoter, the commissioner or department representative shall have the sole discretion as to whether to cancel a bout if a contestant does not make weight.

(6) There may not be a difference of more than 3 pounds between weight classes from mini flyweight up to the bantamweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(7) There may not be a difference of more than 4 pounds between weight classes from super bantamweight up to the super featherweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(8) There may not be a difference of more than 5 pounds between weight classes from lightweight up to the super lightweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(9) There may not be a difference of more than 7 pounds between weight classes from welterweight up to the light heavyweight class for contestants competing in two different weight classes.

(10) There may not be a difference of more than 12 pounds between a contestant in the cruiserweight class competing against a contestant in the heavyweight class.

Example: A contestant weighing 134 pounds in the bantamweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 137 pounds in the featherweight class. A contestant weighing 184 pounds in the middleweight class may not compete against an opponent who weighs more than 191 pounds in the light heavyweight class.

(11) A one-pound weight variance is allowed for all weight classes for all bouts except title bouts and catch-weight bouts.

(12) A contestant in the welterweight class or lower may not lose more than 2 pounds within 1 hour. A contestant above the welterweight class may not lose more than 3 pounds within 1 hour.

(13) Weight allowances between weight classes do not apply to contestants in a title bout.

(14) The final agreement between a contestant and a promoter shall be provided to the department no later than 4 business days before the official weigh-in.

(15) Contestants who fail to arrive at their report time for weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

(16) Contestants who fail to make their contracted weight within 1 hour of their official weigh-in will be subject to a suspension of up to 120 days, as reported in the Association of Boxing Commissions’ national database.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.77 Judging and scoring {#sec-sps-192.77 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.77}

(1) All bouts shall be scored by 3 judges.

(2) The ten-point must scoring system under the ABC’s unified rules shall be the standard system of scoring a bout. The winner of the round shall be awarded 10 points. The loser of the round shall be awarded 6, 7, 8, or 9 points. If the round is determined to be an even round, each contestant shall be awarded 10 points.

(3) Effective striking is judged by determining the total number of effective legal strikes landed. A strike resulting in a flash knockdown under s. SPS 192.79 (2) shall be judged less effective than a strike resulting in a knockdown requiring a count under s. SPS 192.79 (4).

(4) Effective control is judged by determining who is dictating the pace, location, and position of the bout.

(5) Effective aggressiveness means moving forward and landing legal strikes.

(6) Only the referee may assess a foul or any point deductions. Judges may not deduct points for what they interpret is a foul.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.78 Fouls {#sec-sps-192.78 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.78}

(1) The referee may caution, warn, or penalize a contestant for committing a foul.

(2) The penalty for a foul may be a deduction of points or disqualification. Any points deducted for a foul shall be deducted in the round in which the foul occurred. Disqualification may occur after multiple fouls or if the referee determines a foul is flagrant.

(3) If an injury results from an intentional foul and is severe enough to terminate the bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.

(4) When an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes and the referee stops a bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, the injured contestant shall win by a technical decision, if they are ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of the stoppage, the bout shall be declared a technical draw.

(5) If an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes and the referee stops a bout after completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, the outcome shall be determined by scoring the completed rounds and the partial round at which the referee stopped the bout.

(6)

(a) If an accidental foul occurs before the completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds of a bout and the injured contestant is not able to continue the fight, the fight shall be declared a no contest.

(b) If an accidental foul occurs after the completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds of a bout and the fouled contestant is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout as a technical knock-out and the contestant who is ahead on points shall be declared the winner. In determining the points, the judges shall score the completed rounds and the incomplete round. If no action has occurred in an incomplete round, the round shall be scored as an even round.

(c) When a contestant is not able to continue fighting, the referee shall stop the action and inform the department’s inspector, the judges and both contestants that the foul was accidental. If in the later rounds the injury has worsened as a result of legal blows, and the injured contestant is not able to continue, the judges shall score the bout based on the completed rounds and the incomplete round.

(d) The referee, in consultation with the ringside physician, shall allow an injured contestant up to 5 minutes to recover from an accidental foul.

(e) A contestant who is hit with an accidental low blow shall continue after a reasonable amount of time, not exceeding 5 minutes, or the contestant shall lose the bout. If a contestant is hit with an accidental low blow, the referee shall stop the action in a bout and inform the judges of any deduction of points made by the referee.

(7) Types of fouls in a Muay Thai bout include all of the following:

(a) Butting with the head.

(b) Attacking the throat.

(c) Targeting the back of the head or torso.

(d) Targeting the groin.

(e) Slapping.

(f) Spitting.

(g) Biting.

(h) Holding the ropes or cage.

(i) Targeting the knees.

(j) A palm heel strike.

(k) A backhand or backfist strike, except a spinning backhand or backfist strike.

(L) Striking downward using the point of the elbow. Arcing elbow strikes are permitted.

(m) Attacking or manipulating any joint.

(n) A clubbing or hammer fist strike.

(o) Tripping an opponent or kicking or sweeping with the instep of the foot to the opponent’s legs.

(p) A karate chopping strike.

(q) Attacking an opponent who is down or who is in the act of rising.

(r) Abusive language or gesture.

(s) Failure to obey the referee’s commands.

(t) Fighting after the bell has signaled the end of a round.

(u) Using a part of the body other than the hands and arms to throw an opponent off balance or to the floor of the cage or ring.

(v) Clinching an opponent without attacking or counter-attacking.

(w) Wheel barreling an opponent or taking more than 2 steps after catching an opponent’s kicking leg. Executing a single legal strike accompanied with taking one step is permitted, as is pushing the opponent’s kicking leg back at the opponent accompanied with taking one or 2 steps.

(x) Intentionally avoiding contact with the opponent.

(y) Intentionally delaying the bout.

(z) Eye gouging.

(za) Attacking the foot.

(zb) Grasping the opponent’s lower back while also forcing the opponent’s spine to hyperextend.

(zc) Attempting to spike an opponent’s head into the floor of the ring or cage.

(zd) Intentionally going to the floor of the ring or cage when the kicking leg has been caught by the opponent.

(ze) Any other unsportsmanlike conduct as determined by the referee.

(zf) The following are additional fouls for amateur contestants:

  1. Targeting any part of the head with the elbow, forearm, or knee.

  2. A spinning elbow or forearm strike.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.79 Procedures after knock-downs {#sec-sps-192.79 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.79}

(1) When down. A contestant is considered down if any of the following occur:

(a) The contestant touches the floor with any part of the body other than the feet as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(b) The contestant hangs helplessly on the cage or ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(c) The contestant is outside or partly outside the ropes as the result of a blow or series of blows.

(d) Following a blow, the contestant has not fallen and is not lying on the cage or ropes, but is in a semi-conscious state and cannot, in the opinion of the referee, continue the bout.

(2) Flash knockdowns. A flash knockdown occurs when, after having been knocked down under sub. (1) (a), a contestant rises immediately to his or her feet. Subsections (3), (4), (5), and (6) do not apply to a flash knockdown.

(3) Neutral corner. When a contestant is down, the opponent shall go at once to the neutral corner as designated by the referee. The bout may not continue until the command “Fight” is given by the referee. If the opponent does not go to the neutral corner on command, the count under sub. (4) shall be stopped until the opponent has done so. The counting shall then be continued where it has been interrupted.

(4) Count.

(a) When a contestant is down, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Before the number “one” is counted, an interval of one second shall have elapsed from the time the boxer went down and the time of counting “one.”

(b) Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a mandatory 8 count and shall continue to count to 10 if the downed contestant is not able to continue fighting after the mandatory 8 count. The referee shall count aloud and provide intervals of one second between the numbers, and shall indicate each second with his or her hand in a manner such that the contestant who has been knocked down is aware of the count. The referee shall continue counting, even if the bell sounds, indicating the end of the round.

(5) Mandatory 8 count. When a contestant is down as the result of a blow, the bout may not be continued until the referee has reached the count of 8, even if the contestant is ready to continue before then. If, after the count of 8 has been reached, a contestant immediately falls again without having received a fresh blow, the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of knock-out.

(6) Both contestants down. If both contestants go down at the same time, counting shall be continued as long as one of them is still down. If both contestants remain down until the count of “10,” the bout shall be stopped and the decision shall be a technical draw.

(7) Failure to fight.

(a) A contestant who fails to resume fighting immediately after the termination of the rest interval, who sustains an injury from a fair blow and the injury is severe enough to terminate a bout, or who, when knocked down by a fair blow, fails to resume within 10 seconds, shall lose the bout. Except as provided in par. (b), a referee may not give a standing 8 count.

(b) The referee of an amateur bout may give a standing 8 count to determine if a contestant who is not considered down is able to continue fighting. The referee shall count aloud and provide intervals of one second between the numbers, indicating each second with his or her hand in a manner such that the contestant is aware of the count. If the referee determines the contestant is unable to continue fighting, the bout shall be stopped and the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of technical knock-out.

(8) Three knockdowns. The referee may not stop a professional bout solely because a contestant has been knocked down 3 times in one round. The referee shall stop an amateur bout at any combination of 3 knockdowns requiring a count under s. SPS 192.60 (4) and standing 8 counts in one round. If an amateur bout is stopped under this subsection, the contestant shall lose the bout by a decision of technical knock-out.

(9) Twenty-second count. When a contestant is knocked completely out of the ring, the timekeeper shall immediately begin to count the seconds and continue until the count is taken over by the referee. Upon taking over the count from the timekeeper, the referee shall give a 20-second count to the contestant. The contestant shall return to the ring without assistance from the contestant’s seconds. Otherwise, the referee shall disqualify the contestant.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.80 Appearance and attire {#sec-sps-192.80 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.80}

(1) Male contestants shall wear a groin protector that will protect them against injury from a foul blow.

(2) Female contestants may wear groin and breast protectors.

(3) Each contestant shall wear Thai shorts. The shorts may not have pockets, buttons, zippers, grommets, exposed hook-and-loop fasteners, or metal of any kind. Shorts shall be approved by the inspector or department representative.

(4) Male contestants may not wear a shirt or top.

(5) Female contestants shall wear a short-sleeved or sleeveless form-fitting rash guard, a sports bra, or both. Padding for a sports bra shall be secured to the fabric of the bra. Loose fitting tops are prohibited.

(6) No piercing accessories are permitted.

(7) A contestant may wear soft contact lenses. No other corrective lenses are permitted.

(8) Namman Muay may be applied below the head on a contestant’s body, and a small amount of Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly may be used on the facial area. No other substances may be used on the head or any other part of the body.

(9) Vaseline® jelly or other petroleum jelly may be applied in between rounds to address a cut, but may not be reapplied to the entire facial area. Namman Muay may not be applied in between rounds.

(10) Taping of hands, wrists, and ankles is permitted.

(11) Only neoprene joint supports may be used. Metal supports are prohibited.

(12) Fingernails and toenails shall be trimmed.

(13) The inspector or department representative shall determine whether head or facial hair presents any hazard to the safety of the contestant or their opponent or will interfere with the supervision and conduct of the event. Facial hair may not be braided.

(14) Contestants may not wear any equipment that fails to receive approval from the inspector or department representative.

(15) Contestants may not wear shoes or padding on their feet during competition.

(16) Ankle guards that have been approved by the inspector or department representative may be worn.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.81 Gloves {#sec-sps-192.81 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.81}

(1) Except as otherwise approved by the inspector or commissioner, gloves of the same brand and style shall be provided to each contestant by the promoter. Gloves approved by the inspector or commissioner prior to the contestants’ pre-bout rule meeting shall be worn by contestants in all bouts.

(2) Except as provided in sub. (3) or otherwise approved by the inspector or commissioner, gloves for a professional contestant in a weight class of 147 pounds or less shall weigh 8 ounces each and gloves for a professional contestant in a weight class of more than 147 pounds shall weigh 10 ounces each. Gloves for all amateur contestants shall weigh 10 ounces each.

(3) If agreed to by both contestants and approved by the inspector or commissioner, contestants may wear gloves heavier than specified in sub. (2).

(4) Gloves shall be whole, clean, and in sanitary condition. Breaking, roughing, or twisting of gloves is prohibited. No foreign substances may be applied to gloves except for wrapping around the wrist area to safely secure the laces.

(5) The inspector or commissioner shall be responsible for rejecting gloves that may pose a safety or health risk to a contestant.

(6) Before being reused, gloves shall be cleaned using a solution of 10% bleach and 90% water.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.82 Preparation of hands {#sec-sps-192.82 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.82}

(1) Contestants may wrap their hands with gauze and tape prior to a bout. Contestants choosing to not wrap hands prior to a bout shall notify the inspector or department representative.

(2) Contestant’s shall use soft gauze cloth not more than 15 yards in length and 2 inches in width for each hand, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon’s tape one inch in width for each hand.

(3) No substances, liquid or material other than approved surgeon’s tape and gauze are allowed.

(4) The manager or chief second of the opponent may elect to be present when hands are being wrapped and gloves placed on a contestant.

(5) Gauze and surgeon’s tape shall be placed on the contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative, who shall inspect and initial each legally wrapped hand.

(6) Surgeon’s tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist. The tape may not extend within an inch of the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.

(7) One strip of tape may be used between the fingers to hold down the bandages. Tape strips may be folded once, but braiding of tape strips is prohibited.

(8) Gloves shall be placed on a contestant’s hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector or department representative.

(9) The wrist portion of a contestant’s gloves shall be sealed with identifying red or blue duct tape and initialed by the inspector or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.83 Mouthpiece {#sec-sps-192.83 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.83}

All contestants shall wear a mouthpiece during competition. The round may not begin without the mouthpiece. If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action. The referee may deduct points or disqualify a contestant if the mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is judged the mouthpiece is being purposely spit out.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.84 Headgear {#sec-sps-192.84 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.84}

(1) Professional contestants, other than those participating in an exhibition bout, may not wear head gear. Professional contestants participating in an exhibition bout shall wear competition headgear weighing between 10 and 12 ounces that has been approved by USA Boxing, Incorporated or the commissioner or department representative. Headgear may include cheek protectors. Karate foam dipped style headgear, headgear with a jaw bar or face guard, and heavily padded training or sparring headgear are prohibited.

(2) Amateur contestants shall wear competition headgear weighing between 10 and 12 ounces that has been approved by USA Boxing, Incorporated or the commissioner or department representative. Headgear may include cheek protectors. Karate foam dipped style headgear, headgear with a jaw bar or face guard, and heavily padded training or sparring headgear are prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.85 Shin pads {#sec-sps-192.85 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.85}

(1) Professional contestants may not wear shin pads. Amateur contestants shall wear shin pads that meet the requirements under sub. (2). Shin pads are subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative.

(2) Shin pads shall be of a soft material and secured to the shins with the shin pad’s elastic strap and medical or athletic tape. Shin instep pads are permitted, but shin pads with metal loop fasteners and grappling or soccer shin guards are prohibited.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.86 Corner equipment {#sec-sps-192.86 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.86}

(1) At least one second who works in a contestant’s corner may have the following equipment:

(a) A bucket.

(b) Clean towels.

(c) Sterile gauze pads, sterile cotton, and cotton-tipped swabs.

(d) Ice in a spill-proof sealed container.

(e) Water in clear plastic sealed containers.

(2) Seconds shall submit the bucket and corner equipment to the inspector or department representative for inspection and approval before a bout.

(3) In case of a cut, a contestant’s seconds may only make topical use of the following:

(a) A solution of adrenaline 1/1000.

(b) Avetine.

(c) Thrombin.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.87 Requirements for cage {#sec-sps-192.87 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.87}

Unless otherwise approved by the commissioner or department representative, the cage in which a bout is conducted shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The cage shall be approved by the department and may be inspected prior to each bout by the referee, inspector, or department representative.

(2) The fighting-area floor shall be no smaller than 18 feet in diameter and no larger than 36 feet in diameter.

(3) The fighting-area floor shall be padded in a manner approved by the department, with at least a one-inch layer of foam padding. Padding shall extend beyond the fighting area and over the edge of the platform.

(4) The fighting-area floor shall not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building and shall have 2 sets of suitable steps or ramps for use by the contestants.

(5) Posts shall be made of metal not more than 6 inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of 58 inches above the fighting-area floor and shall be properly padded in a manner approved by the department.

(6) The fighting area shall be enclosed by a fence made of material, such as vinyl-coated chain-link fencing, that will not allow a contestant to fall out or break through it onto the building floor or spectators.

(7) All metal parts shall be covered and padded in a manner approved by the department and may not be abrasive to the contestants.

(8) The fighting area shall have 2 separate entries onto the fighting-area floor.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.88 Requirements for ring {#sec-sps-192.88 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.88}

Unless otherwise approved by the commissioner or department representative, the ring in which a bout is conducted shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The ring shall be a square of not less than 16 nor more than 20 feet on a side within the ropes. The apron of the ring floor shall extend at least 18 inches beyond the ropes. The ring may not be more than 4 feet above the floor of the building or grounds of an outdoor arena and shall have 3 sets of suitable steps for the use of boxers, coaches, and officials, one in each boxer’s corner and one in a neutral corner or area for use by ringside physicians and referees.

(2) The ring shall be circumscribed with at least 4 ropes. Ropes may not be less than one inch in diameter or more than 2 inches in diameter. Ropes may not be made of metal. Ropes shall be wrapped securely with soft material. The lowest rope shall be 18 inches above the ring floor, the second rope 30 inches, the third rope 42 inches, and the fourth rope 54 inches above the ring floor. The ropes shall be secured with 2 spacer ties on each side of the ring. The ring floor shall be padded with a one-inch layer of padding of felt, rubber or other similar material, placed on a one-inch base of building board or similar supporting base. Padding shall be covered with canvas duck, or similar material tightly stretched and laced securely in place, preferably under the apron.

(3) Ring posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter, extending from the floor to the height of 58 inches above the ring floor. Ropes shall be connected to posts with the extension not shorter than 18 inches. Turn-buckles shall be covered with a protective padding. Full-length vertical corner pads shall be secured in place.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.89 Number, type, and duration of rounds and bouts {#sec-sps-192.89 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.89}

(1) Professional bouts shall be a minimum of 3 rounds and a maximum 12 rounds of no more than 3 minutes each. Each round shall have a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(2) Amateur bouts shall be a minimum of 3 rounds and a maximum of 5 rounds of no more than 2 minutes each. Each round shall have a one minute rest period that includes a 10 second warning signal.

(3) A minimum of 24 rounds shall be scheduled for an event unless waived by the commissioner or department representative.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.90 Types of bout results {#sec-sps-192.90 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.90}

A Muay Thai bout may end under any of the following results:

(1) Knock-out, which occurs when a contestant is down for at least 10 seconds as determined by the referee.

(2) Technical knock-out, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) The referee stops the bout because the contestant can no longer defend himself or herself.

(b) The ringside physician advises the referee to stop the bout.

(c) An injury as a result of a legal strike or series of legal strikes is severe enough to terminate the bout.

(d) The referee stops the bout because a contestant is injured by a legal strike or series of legal strikes and cannot continue.

(e) The referee stops an amateur bout because of a combination of 3 knockdowns and standing 8 counts.

(3) Decision via scorecards, which may be of any of the following types:

(a) Unanimous, which occurs when all 3 judges score the bout for the same contestant.

(b) Split decision, which occurs when 2 judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent.

(4) Disqualification, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) An injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul as determined by the referee is severe enough to terminate the bout.

(b) A contestant commits multiple fouls or a flagrant foul as determined by the referee.

(c) A contestant who has been knocked out of the ring does not, as determined by the referee under s. SPS 192.79 (9), return to the ring before the count of 20.

(d) A contestant’s mouthpiece is repeatedly dislodged or it is determined by the referee the mouthpiece has purposely been spit out. As provided under s. SPS 192.83, disqualification under this paragraph is at the referee’s discretion.

(e) A contestant’s second leaves the designated area.

(5) Forfeit, which occurs when a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the bout for reasons other than injury.

(6) Technical draw, which occurs under any of the following circumstances:

(a) An injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes, the referee stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of the stoppage.

(b) Both contestants are down as described in s. SPS 192.79 (6) for at least 10 seconds as determined by the referee.

(7) Technical decision, which occurs when an injury from an intentional foul later becomes aggravated by legal strikes, the referee stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds because of the injury, and the injured contestant is ahead on the score cards at the time of the stoppage.

(8) No contest, which occurs when the referee determines either from their observation or that of the ringside physician that the bout may not continue because of an unintentional foul or accidental injury and stops the bout before completion of a majority of the scheduled rounds.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.91 Rule meetings {#sec-sps-192.91 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.91}

All contestants shall attend pre-bout meetings with the referee and a department representative to review the bout rules, fouls, and department requirements. Seconds and other persons approved by the department may attend meetings under this section.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.92 Consumables {#sec-sps-192.92 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.92}

(1) Only water or an approved electrolyte-replacement beverage may be consumed during the bout. Electrolyte-replacement beverages include Gatorade®, Powerade®, Propel®, and Smartwater®. All consumables are subject to approval by the inspector or department representative.

(2) Beverages shall be brought to ring or cage side unopened, sealed, and only in a plastic container. Unsealed beverages are prohibited.

(3) The inspector or department representative shall approve and sign off on any beverage.

(4) No stimulant beverages or beverages with caffeine, such as Red Bull® and Rockstar, are allowed.

(5) The department reserves the right to inspect, test, or remove any beverage from ring or cage side. The department may test any contestant that an inspector or department representative believes is in violation of this section.

(6) Any beverage that is tested and found to have been altered in a manner that has not been approved by the inspector or department representative shall result in the contestant being subject to disqualification and disciplinary action.

(7) Tobacco use is not permitted in the contestant’s locker room.

(8) Use of any energy stimulant in pill or other form is not permitted.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter VIII Conducting Unarmed Combat Sports under Alternate Rules

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.93 Department approval required {#sec-sps-192.93 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.93}

(1) Unarmed combat sports bouts conducted other than as provided under s. 444.05, Stats., and subchs. IV to VII are prohibited, except as approved by the department. A request for approval under this section shall be submitted to the department at least 45 calendar days before the proposed date of an event and no more than 90 calendar days before an event by a licensed promoter on forms provided by the department and shall include the proposed date, starting time, and location of the event and a copy of all rules and regulations under which the proposed bouts will be conducted.

(2) The department may deny a request for approval under sub. (1) if the department determines any of the following:

(a) The request does not provide all required information.

(b) The requestor does not have appropriate knowledge of the proper conduct of the proposed bouts.

(c) Referees licensed under s. SPS 192.08 would generally not possess the knowledge and experience necessary to act as a referee for the proposed bouts.

(d) Judges licensed under s. SPS 192.07 would generally not possess the knowledge and experience necessary to act as a judge for the proposed bouts.

(e) Contestants licensed under s. SPS 192.06 would generally not possess the knowledge and experience necessary to compete in the proposed bouts.

(f) The proposed bouts pose an unreasonable threat to the health or safety of contestants, spectators, or officials.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.94 Effect of approval and withdrawal of approval {#sec-sps-192.94 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.94}

(1) Approval issued under s. SPS 192.93 permits the requestor to include the approved bouts in the application under s. SPS 192.14 and may not be construed as approval of the event or any portion thereof. Approval may not be transferred to another event or to another promoter.

(2) The department may establish rules and requirements for conducting bouts in addition to those approved under s. SPS 192.93.

(3) The department may withdraw approval under s. SPS 192.93 at any time for violation of ch. 444, Stats., or this chapter.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Subchapter IX Medical Requirements, Discipline, Suspensions, Rest Periods, and Drug Testing

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.95 Medical requirements, physicals, and examinations {#sec-sps-192.95 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.95}

(1)

(a) Contestants shall produce all required physical examination and laboratory results required to obtain or renew a license under s. SPS 192.06.

(b) The commissioner, department representative, or ringside physician may require that a contestant take an additional HIV test, hepatitis B surface antigen test, or hepatitis C antibody test and provide the results within 2 weeks of an event in which a contestant is scheduled to compete.

(2) The commissioner, department representative, or ringside physician may order a computed tomography, or CT, scan with contrast; a magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, examination; or any other medical examination needed to determine if a contestant is in satisfactory physical condition to compete in unarmed combat sports.

(3) All contestants shall have a pre-bout physical examination by the ringside physician within 36 hours before each bout, and if requested by a contestant, referee, or inspector, after a bout. After each pre-bout and post-bout examination of a contestant, the ringside physician shall complete a report, on forms provided by the department, and submit the completed reports to the department representative.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) The ringside physician shall review all documents provided by contestants regarding medical examinations and laboratory results and examine each contestant as appropriate in the ringside physician’s judgment including heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, vision, and lungs. The ringside physician shall certify as fit those contestants whose physical condition appears satisfactory for competition and shall disqualify others. The results of the examination shall be recorded on a form provided by the department and submitted by the ringside physician to the inspector.

Note: Forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Division of Professional Credentialing, 1400 E. Washington Avenue, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at: http://dsps.wi.gov.

(5) A contestant who has been knocked out or injured in a bout that was terminated by a referee shall undergo a thorough physical examination by a physician licensed in accordance with ch. 448, Stats., and be certified fit to participate in competitive unarmed combat sports. If a contestant has been knocked out or injured by a head blow, a medical suspension is required under s. SPS 192.97.

(6) Female contestants shall submit to a pregnancy test conducted under the supervision of the inspector or ringside physician at their pre-bout physical examination, pursuant to s. 444.095 (3) (b) 3., Stats.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.96 Grounds for discipline {#sec-sps-192.96 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.96}

(1) The department may deny a credential application for, reprimand, or limit, suspend, or revoke the credential of any promoter or professional club member, matchmaker, official, or representative who does any of the following:

(a) Violates any state statute or rule related to unarmed combat sports.

(b) Conducts an event or engages in conduct at an event in a manner that would pose unreasonable risk of harm to spectators or participants.

(c) Interferes with an inspector, judge, referee, or ringside physician while performing their official duties at an event.

(d) Misrepresents material facts related to an event including the identity or record of a contestant.

(e) Associates or consorts with bookmakers or gamblers as defined in ch. 945, Stats., or has engaged in similar pursuits.

(f) Has engaged in any fraud or misrepresentation substantially related to unarmed combat sports, or any discrimination addressed in ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats.

(g) Has violated any law related to fraud or misrepresentation substantially related to unarmed combat sports, or any discrimination addressed in ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats.

(h) Fails to meet the financial obligations required by this chapter.

(2) No person whose license has been suspended or revoked may participate in any unarmed combat sports event including entering the locker rooms or entering the ring or cage at any event. If a person’s suspended license has been reinstated that person may participate in any unarmed combat sports event including entering the locker rooms or entering the ring or cage at any event.

(3) The department may deny a credential application for, reprimand, or limit, suspend, or revoke the credential of any contestant or second who does any of the following:

(a) Violates any state statute or rule related to unarmed combat sports.

(b) Fails to comply with a directive of or interferes with an inspector, referee, or ringside physician while performing their official duties at an event.

(c) Engages in conduct which would cause spectators, officials, or participants at an event an unreasonable risk of harm, including throwing a mouthpiece into the audience during or after a bout.

(d) Makes a materially false statement in an application or provides any materially false information to the department or its representatives or other officials.

(e) Receives a revocation, limitation, or suspension for a license to engage in an unarmed combat sport, from another jurisdiction, for reasons that are substantially the same as the grounds for revocation, limitation, or suspension stated in this section.

(f) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., has been convicted of a crime or subject to an adverse action. The licensee shall send to the department within 48 hours of the judgment of conviction a copy of the complaint or other information that describes the nature of the conviction. The applicant shall disclose the nature of any conviction or pending criminal allegation while their application is under review.

(g) Fails to compete in a bout due to the use of alcohol or drugs. The department may require a contestant to submit to a drug test pursuant to s. SPS 192.99 and s. 444.095 (3) (c), Stats.

(h) Fails to be sufficiently physically fit to engage in unarmed combat sports as a professional, or fails to perform to the best of their ability based on information contained in a physical examination report or other reliable information.

(i) Participates in any unarmed combat sports event in Wisconsin not sanctioned and approved by the department. This paragraph does not apply to an unarmed combat sports event on tribal land that is equivalently regulated by the Association of Boxing Commissions or the commission of an American Indian tribe or band recognized or assigned by the Association of Boxing Commissions.

(j) If licensed as a professional in any form of unarmed combat, in any jurisdiction, competes in a bout as an amateur.

(k) Fails to appear or compete in a bout in which they signed a bout agreement to appear. The contestant may provide a certificate from a physician, subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative, verifying a physical disability. The contestant who files a certificate from a physician stating they are unable to fulfill a bout agreement because of physical disability, shall be given a medical suspension for a term deemed appropriate by the department. The contestant shall submit a medical clearance from a physician, subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative, before having their medical suspension cleared and their license reinstated.

(L) Fails to appear for their report time for their official weigh-in or fails to make their contracted weight within 1 hour of their official weigh-in time, and as a result their scheduled bout is cancelled.

(m) Verbally harasses or physically abuses any department representative or official before, during, or after an event regulated by the department.

(4) The commissioner or department representative may seek an order to hold the purse of a contestant who tests positive for alcohol, drugs, controlled substances, anabolic steroids, or illegal enhancement substances in violation of s. SPS 192.99 or s. 444.095 (3) (c), Stats.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.97 Medical suspensions and mandatory rest periods {#sec-sps-192.97 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.97}

(1) A contestant who is determined by the referee to have sustained a knock-out is subject to a mandatory 60-day suspension before competing again.

(2) A contestant who is determined by the referee to have sustained a technical knock-out is subject to a mandatory 30-day suspension before competing again.

(3) The ringside physician may also determine that a contestant is subject to a medical suspension, after conducting the post-bout examination.

(4) The suspension under sub. (1), (2), or (3) may not be cleared by the department until a contestant complies with all post-bout medical requirements determined by the ringside physician.

(5) Without a release from the commissioner or department representative, a contestant may not compete again until 7 days have elapsed after their last bout. The 7-day period begins the day following the event in which they competed.

(6) Without a release from the commissioner or department representative, an amateur or a professional contestant competing in a non-sanctioned event may not compete again until 60 days have elapsed after their last bout. The 60-day period begins the day following the event in which they last competed. This subsection does not apply to an unarmed combat sports event on tribal land that is equivalently regulated by the Association of Boxing Commissions or the commission of an American Indian tribe or band recognized or assigned by the Association of Boxing Commissions.

(7) If a contestant is reported on a suspension list maintained by another jurisdiction, or on any other suspension list recognized by the department, the contestant may not compete without a release from the commissioner, inspector, or department representative.

(8) A contestant subject to a medical suspension or mandatory rest period under this section may not compete in any unarmed combat sports for the duration of the medical suspension or mandatory rest period.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.98 Administrative suspensions {#sec-sps-192.98 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.98}

A contestant who is determined by the commissioner, inspector, or department representative to have engaged in unsportsmanlike conduct or to have not complied with requirements under this chapter is subject to a mandatory suspension of 30 to 180 days before competing again, unless released sooner by the commissioner or department representative. A contestant subject to a suspension under this section may not compete in any unarmed combat sports for the duration of the suspension.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 192.99 Mandatory drug testing {#sec-sps-192.99 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 192.99}

(1) Contestants may not engage in the personal use of drugs, including all anabolic steroids or controlled substances, pursuant to s. 444.095 (3) (c), Stats., while participating in a bout, except when prescribed, dispensed, or administered by a licensed physician or dentist for a legitimate medical condition.

(2) To exercise the exception in sub. (1), the contestant shall provide written notice or a prescription to the department before participating in any event. The written notice or prescription shall contain the name of the substance, the quantity and dosage of the substance prescribed, and the name, address, and telephone number of the physician or dentist prescribing the substance.

(3) Contestants may not be under the influence of alcohol while participating in a bout.

(4) The commissioner, department representative, or ringside physician may require any contestant to submit to a drug test, including the testing of urine, hair, or blood specimens.

(5) The department representative or ringside physician may require a contestant to submit to testing for the presence of alcohol, drugs, controlled substances, or steroids at any time after the official weigh-in, on the day of the bout in which the contestant is participating, or within 24 hours of competing in a bout based on reasonable cause or random selection.

(6) Grounds for reasonable cause to require a contestant to submit to a drug test under sub. (5) include any of the following:

(a) The commissioner, inspector, department representative, or ringside physician observes the contestant or receives information that a contestant is under the influence of alcohol, drugs, controlled substances, or steroids.

(b) The contestant has previously tested positive for drugs, controlled substances, or steroids.

(7) The random testing of contestants competing in a bout shall be conducted by the inspector or department representative. The department representative shall determine the number of random tests for each event. Both contestants competing in a selected bout shall submit to a drug test.

(8) The collection of specimens from contestants for drug testing shall be taken in the presence of the inspector, department representative, or ringside physician in a manner prescribed by the official. Specimens may include urine, hair samples, or blood. Specimens shall be tested at a facility acceptable to the department. Results of all drug tests shall be submitted directly to the department.

(9) If laboratory testing of a contestant’s specimen test positive for any alcohol, drug, controlled substance, anabolic steroids, or illegal enhancement substances, the contestant shall be disciplined. A contestant who is disciplined and who was the winner of a bout shall be disqualified and the decision shall be changed to no contest. The results of a bout shall remain unchanged if a contestant who is disciplined was the loser of the bout.

(10) If the laboratory test results prove to be negative or inconclusive, no action shall be taken and all results of the contestant’s bout shall stand.

(11) Contestants who are prohibited, restrained, disqualified, or are otherwise ineligible to compete in another state or jurisdiction due to a disciplinary action that involves the use of drugs may not compete in any department-authorized event until such time as the period of prohibition, restraint, disqualification, or ineligibility is completed or removed and subject to the approval of the commissioner or department representative.

(12) Subject to the discretion of the commissioner or department representative, a contestant with a previous disciplinary action in another state or jurisdiction may be required to take a drug test before being allowed to compete in any department-authorized event.

(13) The promoter shall be responsible for the costs of testing contestants for drugs. Any requests for follow-up or additional testing shall be the financial responsibility of the contestant.

History

  • CR 17-016: cr. Register November 2017 No. 743, eff. 12-1-17.

Chapter SPS 200 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETERS; AUTHORITY AND DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 200.01 Authority {#sec-sps-200.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 200.01}

The rules in chs. SPS 200, 201, 203, and 204 are adopted by the department in consultation with the sign language interpreters advisory committee pursuant to s. 440.032 (4m), (5m), and (7) (b), Stats.

History

  • CR 11-018: cr. Register September 2011 No. 669, eff. 10-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 22-001: am. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 200.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-200.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 200.02}

As used in chs. SPS 200, 201, 203, and 204:

(1) “Advocate” means an individual who provides assistance to an individual who is deaf, deaf-blind, or hard of hearing and may provide counsel, personal opinions, advice, and assist an individual in making personal decisions.

(1g) “Client” has the meaning in s. 440.032 (1) (a), Stats.

(1r) “Committee” has the meaning in s. 440.032 (1) (am), Stats.

(2) “Conflict of interest” means a conflict, either actual or perceived, between the private interests, whether personal, financial, or professional, and the official or professional responsibilities of a DSPS-licensed interpreter, deriving from a specific interpreting situation.

(3) “Consumer” means any individual or entity that is part of the interpreting situation, including individuals who are deaf, deaf-blind, hard of hearing, and hearing.

(5) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) “DSPS” means the department of safety and professional services.

(8) “DSPS-licensed interpreter” means an individual who provides sign language interpreter services, for compensation, and who is licensed under s. 440.032 (3), Stats.

(8m) “Interpreter training program” has the meaning in s. 440.032 (1) (bm), Stats.

(9) “Interpreting situation” means any instance of a DSPS-licensed interpreter performing interpreting services for consumers.

(10) “Interpreting” means rendering accurate and equivalent messages using sign language to facilitate cultural and linguistic communication.

(13) “Support service provider” has the meaning in s. 440.032 (1) (c), Stats.

History

  • CR 11-018: cr. Register September 2011 No. 669, eff. 10-1-11; correction in (intro.), (2), (5), (6), (8), (9) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 22-001: am. (intro.), cr. (1g), (1r), r. (4), (7), (11), cr. (12), (13). Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., and (12) renumbered to (8m) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.

Chapter SPS 201 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETERS; UNPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 201.01 Unprofessional conduct is prohibited {#sec-sps-201.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 201.01}

Unprofessional conduct includes any of the following:

(1) Conduct in the practice of sign language interpretation which evidences a lack of knowledge or ability to apply professional principles or skills.

(2) Failing to notify the department in writing within 30 days of any certification, verification, or membership required for licensure being revoked, suspended, expired, or invalidated. This may include certification, verification, or membership by or in National Association of the Deaf, Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc., Wisconsin Interpreting and Transliterating Assessment, Board for Evaluation of Interpreters, or any other certification determined to be substantially similar to certification by the National Association of the Deaf or Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc. by the department.

(3) Failing to notify the department in writing within 48 hours of being convicted of a felony or misdemeanor as required by s. 440.03 (13) (am), Stats.

Note: Required notice under this section should be given by completing and submitting Department of Safety and Professional Services form #2704DLSC which can be found at http://dsps.wi.gov.

(4) Violating the terms of any disciplinary order or rule of the department.

(5) Disclosing any aspect of a confidential communication facilitated by the DSPS-licensed interpreter unless one of the following conditions apply:

(a) All parties to the confidential communication consent to the disclosure.

(b) A court determines that the disclosure is necessary for the proper administration of justice.

(c) Disclosure is necessary to comply with state or federal mandatory reporting requirements.

(6) Failing to convey the content of communications accurately, using language most readily understood by consumers, accounting for their requests or needs regarding language preferences, and correcting errors discreetly and expeditiously.

(7) Failing to facilitate communication in a way that allows for meaningful and equitable access to communication that will support the full interaction and independence of consumers.

(8) Discriminating in the provision of services on the basis of the race, color, national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, or sexual orientation of any party to an interpreting situation.

(9) Providing services when not competent to do so due to physical, mental, or emotional incapacity.

(10) Providing services while the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s ability to provide such services is impaired by alcohol or other drugs.

(11) Providing services which are inconsistent with the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s skill levels or for which the DSPS-licensed interpreter is not qualified to perform services given the language used, communication mode and setting, or consumer needs.

(12) Failing to monitor the accuracy of the message, and correct such message as necessary, while functioning as a team member.

(13) Failing to request deaf interpreters, when necessary to fully convey the message or to address exceptional communication challenges such as may arise from cognitive disabilities, emerging or limited language proficiency, lack of formal instruction or language, or the use of foreign sign language.

(14) Failing to obtain the consent of all parties to an interpreting situation before allowing an intern to observe or participate in an assignment.

(15) Performing services in situations that involve an actual or perceived conflict of interest unless there is disclosure to all participants and agreement to proceed regardless of the conflict of interest or perceived conflict of interest. DSPS-licensed interpreters may not proceed to perform services if the party for whom the services are being provided may not have the mental capacity to appreciate the actual or perceived conflict of interest.

(16) Performing services in a medical, mental health treatment, or legal setting for a minor family member or individual under the interpreter’s legal guardianship, if there is an existing conflict of interest or if it would create a conflict of interest under sub. (15).

(18) Assuming dual or conflicting roles in interdisciplinary settings.

(19) Using confidential interpreted information for personal, monetary, or professional gain or for the benefit of professional affiliations or entities.

(20) Acting as an advocate while functioning as a DSPS-licensed interpreter or as an interpreting team member.

(21) Being convicted of any state or federal crime which substantially relates to the practice of sign language interpreting, subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats.

(22) Failing to maintain ethical business practices whether in private practice or as an employee of an agency or other entity.

(23) Failing to accurately represent the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s qualifications, such as certification, education, and experience, failing to provide documentation of the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s qualifications when requested, or failing to ensure that the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s qualifications are accurately represented by any agencies or entities that contract for or schedule the DSPS-licensed interpreter’s services.

(24) Engaging in any harassing, intimidating, or coercive business tactics.

(25) Failing to comply with continuing education requirements as mandated for its members by the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc., the National Association of the Deaf, or their successors, or any other certifying organization that the department determines to be substantially equivalent to the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc., the National Association of the Deaf, or their successors.

(26) Failing to maintain a professional demeanor when working with consumers, colleagues, interns, or students.

(27) Failing to honor professional commitments or terminating assignments, unless fair and justifiable grounds exist.

(28) Failing to inform appropriate parties in a timely manner when delayed or unable to fulfill assignments.

(29) Failing to cooperate in a timely manner with the department’s investigation of a complaint filed against a credential holder, after a request by the department. There is a rebuttable presumption that a credential holder who takes longer than 30 days to respond to a request of the department has not acted in a timely manner.

History

  • CR 11-018: cr. Register September 2011 No. 669, eff. 10-1-11; correction in (5), (10), (11), (15), (17), (20), (23) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2011 No. 671; CR 22-001: am. (2) to (4), cr. (5) (c), am. (16), r. (17), am. (21),cr. (26) to (29) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.

Chapter SPS 203 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETERS; SCOPE OF PRACTICE RESTRICTIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 203.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-203.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 203.01}

In this chapter:

(1) “Acute mental health crisis” means any situation in which a individual’s behavior puts them at risk of hurting themselves or others or prevents them from being able to care for themselves or to function effectively in the community.

(2) “Medical setting” means any interpretation situation involving the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of illness or injury, not including a mental health treatment setting.

(3) “Mental health treatment setting” means an interpretation situation involving any of the following settings or situations:

(a) Psychiatric, psychological, or neuropsychological evaluations.

(b) Mental health or substance use assessments or screenings.

(c) Court ordered mental health, behavioral health, or substance use disorder treatments.

(d) State and county facilities that house individuals with mental illness, mental health, or substance use disorder diagnoses.

(e) Legal settings involving mental health, behavioral health, or substance use disorder concerns.

(f) An acute mental health crisis.

(g) Evaluation, diagnosis, or treatment of minors or those under guardianship relating to mental health, behavioral health, and substance use disorder concerns.

(4) “Legal setting” means any interpretation situation involving consultation with an attorney, law enforcement related setting, or during any immigration related proceedings, for the purposes of obtaining legal advice, any interpretation situation involving a negotiation or meeting in which one of the parties is represented by an attorney, or any interpretation situation taking place within a law enforcement setting, immigration proceeding or courts of the state of Wisconsin or United States.

(5) “Team interpreting” means the practice of using two or more interpreters who work together to provide interpretation for an individual, either due to a speech impairment, hearing loss, deafness, deaf-blindness, or other disability, so that the individual can adequately hear, understand, or communicate effectively in English.

(6) “Video Relay Services” means the practice of individuals who use sign language to use video equipment to communicate with other individuals who are using a voice telephone.

(7) “Video Remote Interpreting” means the practice of providing interpreting services through video technology, and the interpreter is offsite or remote while providing services to the client.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 203.02 Provision of services in a medical setting {#sec-sps-203.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 203.02}

Only individuals who meet one of the following criteria may provide sign language interpretation services in a medical setting:

(1) Hold a sign language interpreter - intermediate hearing license under s. 440.032 (3) (c), Stats., and is team interpreting with an individual who is licensed either as a sign language interpreter - advanced hearing license under s. 440.032 (3) (d), Stats., or licensed as a sign language interpreter – advanced deaf license under s. 440.032 (3) (f), Stats.

(2) Hold a sign language interpreter – advanced hearing license under s. 440.032 (3) (d), Stats.

(3) Hold a sign language interpreter – intermediate deaf license under s. 440.032 (3) (e), Stats.

(4) Hold a sign language interpreter – advanced deaf license under s. 440.032 (3) (f), Stats.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; corrections in (1) to (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 203.03 Provision of services in a mental health treatment setting {#sec-sps-203.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 203.03}

This section only applies to applications for licensure received on or after September 1, 2023.

(1) Individuals who hold an active qualified equivalency from the Alabama Department of Deaf Services may provide sign language interpretation services in a mental health treatment setting.

(2) Individuals who do not hold the qualified equivalency must meet the following alternative pathway criteria to provide sign language interpretation services in a mental health treatment setting:

(a) Hold either a sign language interpreter – advanced hearing license under s. 440.032 (3) (d), Stats., or a sign language interpreter – advanced deaf license under s. 440.032 (3) (f), Stats., and

(b) Submit documentation, satisfactory to the department that they have completed a minimum of 40 clock hours of training within the previous 2-year license cycle including the following topics:

  1. ‘Mentoring and supervision skills.’

a. Interpreting methods and appropriate use of simultaneous, consecutive, and narrative interpreting.

b. Knowledge of the difference between interpreting and communication assistance or language intervention.

c. Identifying care providers, identifying mental health disciplines, and familiarity with milieus and settings.

d. The role of an interpreter as a professional consultant.

e. Professional boundaries.

f. Confidentiality and privilege, including abuse reporting, the duty to warn, and protections specific to Wisconsin statutes.

  1. ‘Mental health knowledge.’

a. Mental health issues and treatment options in Wisconsin.

b. Specialized vocabulary used in psychiatric settings in both the source and the target languages.

c. Psychopathologies, including knowledge of the names of the major mental illnesses treated in both the target and source languages.

d. Symptomology of major mental illnesses experienced by the patients as presented within the psycholinguistic context of the target language group.

e. Assessment methods and understanding of the impact of interpretation when doing an assessment.

f. Etiology and its impact on mental health, hearing loss, and language.

  1. ‘Cultural competency.’

a. Treatment approaches.

b. Impact of cultural influences on assessment and treatment.

c. Inpatient settings and the various staff that will be working in those settings and how interpreting and cultural differences can influence therapeutic relationships in those settings.

d. Outpatient settings, self-help and support groups and the specialized vocabulary used in those groups.

e. Influence of interpreting and cultural differences on therapeutic relationships in both inpatient and outpatient settings.

f. Cultural views of mental illness, mental health, behavioral health, and substance abuse specific to the populations the interpreter works with.

g. Constructs of deafness and hearing loss relative to majority/minority cultures and pathological models.

h. Sociological impact of cross-cultural mental health service provision and the impact of an interpreter on the therapeutic dyad.

i. The impact of stereotypes on mental health service delivery.

  1. ‘Substance use disorders.’

a. Specialized vocabulary used in substance use disorder treatment in both the source and the target languages.

b. Substance use disorder theory and issues involving substance use disorder.

c. Assessment methods and treatment approaches.

  1. ‘Disability knowledge.’ Issues involving developmental disability and any additional disabilities and the role culture and language plays in providing services to people with developmental disabilities or additional disabilities.

  2. ‘Practice competencies.’

a. Personal safety issues, including an understanding of at-risk conduct and personal boundaries as it applies to mental health interpreting work and an awareness of de-escalation techniques and universal precautions.

b. Assessing communication effectiveness.

c. Matching the interpreting method with the client and the setting.

d. The impact of emotionally charged language.

e. Unusual or changed word or sign selection.

f. Linguistic dysfluency or marked changes in linguistic fluency within a psycholinguistic context.

g. Conveying information without alteration, emotional language without escalation, and ambiguous or emotionless language.

h. Isolating peculiar features of eccentric or dysfluent language use.

i. Reading client case documentation and recording appropriate documentation of linguistic significance.

j. Personal mental health issues and maintaining the personal mental health of the interpreter.

k. The impact of personal issues on the interpreting process.

L. Awareness of countertransference in the interpreter and familiarity with transference to the clinician or to the interpreter.

(c) Submit documentation to the department indicating that they have completed a 40-clock-hour supervised practicum within one year meeting all the following requirements:

  1. The practicum site must be primarily clinical in nature.

  2. The site is approved by the practicum supervisor.

  3. The work must be direct interpreting and may not be social in nature.

  4. The practicum must involve both in-patient and out-patient practice.

(d) Submit documentation to the department indicating that they have passed an examination approved by the department on the topics covered in par. (b).

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction in (2) (a), (b) (intro.), 1. f., (c) (intro.), (d) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 203.04 Provision of services via video relay services or video remote interpreting {#sec-sps-203.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 203.04}

(1) A Wisconsin interpreter licensee is required to provide interpreting services via video remote interpreting under all circumstances where the licensee or the client resides in the state.

(2) Video relay services are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission. Wisconsin licensed interpreters should follow federal regulations under all circumstances where video relay services are used.

Note: Federal Communications Commission regulations on video relay services can be found under 47 CFR 64 at http://www.ecfr.gov.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 203.05 Maintenance of qualified mental health interpreter status {#sec-sps-203.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 203.05}

This section only applies to renewal applications for licensure received on or after September 1, 2023. An individual recognized as an interpreter qualified to provide services within a mental health treatment setting by the department under s. SPS 203.03 must submit documentation indicating completion of one of the following requirements to the department as part of the application for renewal of the individual’s sign language interpreter – advanced deaf license issued under s. 440.032 (3) (f), Stats., or sign language interpreter – advanced hearing license under s. 440.032 (3) (d), Stats.:

(1) At least 40 clock hours of actual interpretation work in a mental health or substance abuse setting annually. This requirement includes 20 clock hours of actual interpreting and 20 clock hours of health-related training.

(2) Attending 40 clock hours of mental health related training annually.

(3) Any combination of the above equaling 80 hours during the two-year license cycle.

Note: Section s. SPS 203.05 applies to all sign language interpreter – advanced hearing and sign language interpreter – advanced deaf renewal applicants who provide sign language interpretation services in a mental health treatment setting. Any sign language interpreter – advanced hearing and sign language interpreter – advanced deaf initial applicant who applies for initial licensure on or after September 1, 2023, must meet the requirements in s. SPS 203.03 in order to provide sign language interpretation services in a mental health treatment setting.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.

Chapter SPS 204 SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETERS; IDENTIFICATION CARDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 204.01 Identification card required {#sec-sps-204.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 204.01}

Interpreters licensed by the department must carry an identification card as identified under s. 440.032 (5m), Stats., at all times while providing sign language interpretation services to clients for compensation and must be shown by the interpreter upon request. Digital reproductions of the identification card are not sufficient to fulfill this requirement. The physical identification card shall be worn on the interpreter’s body at all times while providing services to clients.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 1-1-24; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 204.02 Content and format {#sec-sps-204.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 204.02}

The identification card referenced in s. SPS 204.01 shall include all the following information:

(1) The interpreter’s full name.

(2) The interpreter’s licensure category, and whether the interpreter is qualified under ch. SPS 203 to interpret in a mental health or legal setting, including color coding as follows:

(a) Intermediate hearing and deaf licenses shall be color-coded yellow.

(b) Advanced hearing and deaf licenses shall be color-coded green.

(c) A blue sticker if the individual is qualified under ch. SPS 203 to interpret in a mental health setting.

(d) A silver sticker if the individual is qualified under ch. SPS 203 to interpret in a legal setting.

(3) Any applicable licensure restriction.

(4) A statement whether the interpreter is authorized by the supreme court to act as a qualified interpreter in court proceedings under s. 885.38 (2), Stats., and whether that authorization is provisional.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; correction in (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register July 2023 No. 811.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 204.03 Identification card renewal {#sec-sps-204.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 204.03}

The identification card shall be provided with an approved license by the department and be valid until the license expires. An identification card is reissued at renewal and when any personal information or licensure categories listed on the card have changed. Interpreters are required to maintain a valid and correct identification card.

Note: Request for changes in personal information or updated identification cards under this section should be sent to the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708 or online at http://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • CR 22-001: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.

Chapter SPS 210 TRANSPORTATION NETWORK COMPANIES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 210.01 Authority {#sec-sps-210.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 210.01}

The rules in this chapter are adopted pursuant to the authority delegated by ss. 227.11 (2) (a), 227.11 (2) (b), 440.415 (1) (a), and 440.415 (2) (a), Stats.

History

  • EmR1518: emerg. cr., eff. 4-1-16; CR 15-071: cr. Register March 2016 No. 723, eff. 4-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 210.20 Definitions {#sec-sps-210.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 210.20}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Licensed company” has the meaning given in s. 440.40 (2), Stats.

(3) “Participating driver” has the meaning given in s. 440.40 (3), Stats.

(4) “Transportation network company” has the meaning given in s. 440.40 (6), Stats.

(5) “Transportation network services” has the meaning given in s. 440.40 (7), Stats.

History

  • EmR1518: emerg. cr., eff. 4-1-16; CR 15-071: cr. Register March 2016 No. 723, eff. 4-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 210.30 License required {#sec-sps-210.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 210.30}

(1) Transportation network company. As provided under s. 440.41 (1), Stats., no person may operate a transportation network company unless the transportation network company is licensed by the department.

(2) Initial license. The department shall grant a license to operate a transportation network company upon payment of an initial licensure fee of $5,000, notwithstanding s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats., and submittal of an application on a form prescribed by the department. The application shall include the applicant’s name, address, tax identification number, and an attestation that the applicant is a transportation network company that satisfies all applicable requirements under ss. 440.42, 440.44, 440.45, and 440.48, Stats.

Note: Application forms are available on the Department’s website at www.dsps.wi.gov/Home or upon request from the Department, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P. O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(3) Renewal. To renew a license, a licensed company shall, by the date specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 69m., Stats., file with the department a renewal fee of $5,000, or the renewal fee determined by the department under s. 440.03 (9) (a), Stats., whichever is less; and a renewal application on a form prescribed by the department. The application shall include an attestation that the applicant is a transportation network company that satisfies all applicable requirements under ss. 440.42, 440.44, 440.45, and 440.48, Stats.

Note: Application forms are available on the Department’s website at www.dsps.wi.gov/Home or upon request from the Department, Division of Professional Credential Processing, 1400 East Washington Avenue, P. O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708.

(4) Late renewal and reinstatement.

(a) Late renewal before 5 years. If the application for renewal is filed after the deadline specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 69m., Stats., but less than 5 years after the expiration of the applicant’s license, the applicant shall meet the requirements under sub. (3) and the applicant shall pay the late renewal fee in s. 440.08 (3) (a), Stats., in addition to the renewal fee determined by the department under sub. (3). This paragraph does not apply to licensed companies whose licenses have been surrendered or revoked.

(b) Late renewal after 5 years. If the application for renewal is filed 5 years or more after the deadline specified in s. 440.08 (2) (a) 69m., Stats., the applicant shall pay the late renewal fee in s. 440.08 (3) (a), Stats., in addition to the renewal fee determined by the department under sub. (3). The department may require the applicant to complete the requirements for initial licensure under sub. (2). This paragraph does not apply to licensed companies who have unmet disciplinary requirements or whose licenses have been surrendered or revoked.

(c) Reinstatement. A transportation network company whose license has been surrendered or revoked or who has a license with unmet disciplinary requirements which has not been renewed within 5 years of the renewal date may apply to have the license reinstated in accordance with all of the following:

  1. Evidence of completion of the requirements in sub. (4) (b), if the credential has not been active within the last 5 years.

  2. Evidence of completion of disciplinary requirements, if applicable.

  3. Evidence of rehabilitation or change in circumstances warranting reinstatement of the credential.

(5) Participating Driver. As provided in s. 440.41 (2), Stats., no person may engage in transportation network services in this state unless the person is a participating driver for a transportation network company licensed by the department.

History

  • EmR1518: emerg. cr., eff. 4-1-16; CR 15-071: cr. Register March 2016 No. 723, eff. 4-1-16; s. 35.17 correction in (4) (c).
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 210.40 Disciplinary proceedings and actions {#sec-sps-210.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 210.40}

(1) Investigations and hearings. Subject to the rules promulgated under s. 440.03 (1), Stats., the department may conduct investigations and hold hearings to determine whether a violation of subchapter IV of Chapter 440, Stats., or any rule promulgated under subchapter IV of Chapter 440, Stats., or a violation of any other law that substantially relates to the operation of a transportation network company or to transportation network services has occurred.

(2) Discipline. Subject to the rules promulgated under s. 440.03 (1), Stats., the department may reprimand a licensed company or deny, limit, suspend, or revoke a license granted under s. 440.415, Stats., if the department finds that an applicant for licensure or a licensed company has done any of the following:

(a) Intentionally made a material misstatement in an application for a license or license renewal.

(b) Advertised in a manner that is false or misleading.

(c) Obtained or attempted to obtain compensation through fraud or deceit.

(d) Violated subchapter IV of Chapter 440, Stats., or any rule promulgated under subchapter IV of Chapter 440, Stats., or violated any other law that substantially relates to the operation of a transportation network company or to transportation network services. A transportation network company that has been the subject of an administrative, judicial, or other sanction shall send to the department within 30 days after the determination or sanction becomes final, an official form of notice, judgment, or other record from the administrative, judicial, or other governing body forum.

(e) Failed to cooperate with the department in connection with an investigation under this section. Failure to provide a substantive response to an inquiry or a request for information by the department in connection with an investigation under this section constitutes a failure to cooperate.

(f) Failed to timely respond to a request for information by the department in connection with an investigation under this section. There is a rebuttable presumption that a credential holder has failed to respond in a timely manner if the credential holder takes longer than 30 days to respond to a request for information or longer than 10 days to respond if provided with an investigative subpoena.

(3) Forfeitures. In addition to or in lieu of a reprimand or other action under sub. (2), the department may assess against a licensed company, for the violations under sub. (2), a forfeiture of not more than $1,000 for each separate offense. Each day of non-compliance constitutes a separate offense

History

  • EmR1518: emerg. cr., eff. 4-1-16; CR 15-071: cr. Register March 2016 No. 723, eff. 4-1-16.

Chapter SPS 220 TANNING FACILITIES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.01 Authority and purpose {#sec-sps-220.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.01}

This chapter is promulgated under the authority of s. 463.25 (2) (b) and (12), Stats., to regulate the use of tanning devices in the interests of helping prevent injury and skin cancer caused or promoted by ultraviolet radiation emitted by tanning devices. The standards in this chapter conform generally to nationally accepted standards for protection against the harmful effects of ultraviolet radiation.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, August, 1995, No. 476; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.02 Applicability {#sec-sps-220.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.02}

This chapter applies to all persons who possess or operate tanning devices available to the public for the purpose of artificial light skin tanning, including those offered for use as part of a membership or premium offer in a health club, condominium ownership, apartment complex activity center, hotel or motel room rental.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-220.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Applicant” means any person who applies to the department for a permit to operate a tanning facility.

(2) “Customer” means any member of the public who is provided access to a tanning device in exchange for a fee or other compensation, or any individual who, in exchange for a fee or other compensation, is afforded use of a tanning device as a benefit of membership in or access to a health club, condominium ownership, apartment complex activity center, hotel or motel room rental or other offer.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Operator” means an individual designated by the permit holder to manage the tanning facility and to assist and instruct the public in the correct operation of the tanning devices.

(5) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, association, trust, estate, public or private institution, group or agency, or a representative or agent of any of these.

(6) “Protective eyewear” means any apparatus designed to be worn over the eyes by a user of tanning devices which absorbs all UV-A, UV-B and visible light up to 500 nanometers but permits sufficient light to pass through to allow a user to safely negotiate obstacles, and that complies with the standards set forth in 21 CFR 1040.20.

(7) “Radiation” means ultraviolet radiation.

(8) “Tanning device” has the meaning given in s. 463.25 (1) (b), Stats.

(9) “Tanning facility” or “facility” means a place or business that provides access to a tanning device, which may be a room or booth or a group of rooms or booths housing ultraviolet lamps or products containing lamps intended for the irradiation of any part of the body for cosmetic or nonmedical-related purposes but does not include any sunlamp located in a bathroom or dressing room or any germicidal lamp used for bacteria control.

(10) “Ultraviolet radiation” means electromagnetic radiation with a wavelength in air of 200 to 400 nanometers.

(11) “UV-A” means ultraviolet radiation having a wavelength in air of 320 to 400 nanometers.

(12) “UV-B” means ultraviolet radiation having a wavelength in air of 290 to 320 nanometers.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 6., Stats., Register, October, 1997, No. 502; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register January 2009 No. 637; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720; CR 19-085: am. (8) Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.04 Permit requirements {#sec-sps-220.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.04}

No person may operate a tanning facility without a permit issued by the department. Applicants for a permit and permit holders shall comply with all of the following conditions:

(1) Application for a permit shall be submitted annually on a form provided by the department, which shall include all of the following information:

(a) The name and complete mailing address of the tanning facility.

(b) The name of the facility operator.

(c) The phone number of the facility.

(d) The brand and model number of each tanning device.

(e) The primary type of business in which the facility is located.

(f) A statement as to whether the applicant has ever been convicted of a felony committed while engaged in the practice of operating a tanning facility.

(2) The application in sub. (1) shall be accompanied by the permit fee established by the department under ss. 440.03 (9) (a) and 440.05 (1), Stats.

(3) Subject to ss. 111.321, 111.322, and 111.335, Stats., applicants for a permit and permit holders may not have been convicted of a felony committed while engaged in the practice of operating a tanning facility.

(4) A permit holder shall notify the department in writing of any change in information that appears on the permit, such as facility ownership, business status, or address. That notification shall be sent to the department within 30 days after the change is made.

(5) Permit holders and permit applicants shall correct, or take substantial steps approved by the department to correct, a violation of any sanitary or other rule of the department within the time limit stated by the department in a notification of violation.

(6) No permit issued by the department may be transferred from one person to another or from one facility to another.

Note: Applications are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; CR 19-085: r. and recr. Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.045 Permit expiration {#sec-sps-220.045 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.045}

Permits issued by the department shall expire annually on June 30.

History

  • CR 19-085: cr. Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.05 Advertising {#sec-sps-220.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.05}

(1) No tanning facility may state in any advertising, written or verbal, that the tanning facility holds a license or permit issued by the department to operate the tanning facility.

(2) No tanning facility may state in any advertising, written or verbal, that tanning has any health benefit or the tanning device is free of hazards from ultraviolet radiation.

(3) No person may state or imply that any activity under a permit has been approved by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.06 Public information {#sec-sps-220.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.06}

(1) Notice. A tanning facility shall give written notice to each customer, before the customer uses a tanning device, of all of the following:

(a) Failure to wear protective eyewear provided by the tanning facility may result in damage to the customer’s eyes and cause cataracts or other eye injury.

(b) Overexposure to a tanning device causes burns.

(c) Repeated exposure to a tanning device may cause premature aging of the skin and skin cancer.

(d) Abnormal skin sensitivity or burning of the skin while using a tanning device may be caused by any of the following:

  1. Certain foods.

  2. Certain cosmetics.

  3. Certain medications, including but not limited to tranquilizers, diuretics, antibiotics, high blood pressure medications, and birth control pills. The notice shall include a statement that any person who is taking medication should consult with a physician before using a tanning device.

(2) Lists of certain foods, chemicals, and medications. Literature containing lists of known photosensitizing foods and medications shall be available at the facility for customer review.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.07 Warning sign {#sec-sps-220.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.07}

(1) Location and content. Tanning facilities shall prominently display a warning sign in each area where a tanning device is used. A sign shall be located within one meter of each device. The sign shall be readily legible, clearly visible and not obstructed by any barrier, equipment or other item present so that the customer can easily view the warning sign before turning on the tanning device. The sign shall convey the following directions and information:

(a) Follow instructions.

(b) Avoid too frequent or too lengthy exposure. Like exposure to the sun, use of a tanning device can cause eye and skin injury and allergic reactions. Repeated exposure can cause chronic sun damage which is characterized by wrinkling, dryness, fragility and bruising of the skin, and skin cancer.

(c) Wear protective eyewear. FAILURE TO USE PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR MAY RESULT IN SEVERE BURNS OR LONG-TERM INJURY TO THE EYES.

(d) Ultraviolet radiation from tanning devices will aggravate the effects of the sun, so do not sunbathe during the 24 hours immediately preceding or immediately following the use of a tanning device.

(e) Medications or cosmetics may increase your sensitivity to the ultraviolet radiation. Consult a physician before using tanning devices if you are using medications or have a history of skin problems, or believe yourself especially sensitive to sunlight. Women who are pregnant or using birth control pills and who use a tanning device may develop discolored skin.

(f) If you do not tan in the sun, you are unlikely to tan from the use of this device.

(2) Lettering. The lettering on each warning sign shall be at least one centimeter high for the word “WARNING”. All capital letters shall be at least 4 millimeters high and all lower case letters shall be at least 3 millimeters high.

Note: The department will provide one sign for each facility for duplication and placement as required.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.08 Lamp replacement {#sec-sps-220.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.08}

(1) A tanning facility shall post a sign in each area where a tanning device is used which states the date at which tubes, bulbs or lamps in that tanning device were replaced. The tanning facility shall maintain a record of the dates on which the tubes, bulbs, or lamps were replaced.

(2) The tubes, bulbs, or lamps shall be replaced at the frequency recommended by the manufacturer or when the tubes, bulbs, or lamps become damaged or defective. A replacement lamp for a tanning unit shall be compatible with the original lamp as specified by the manufacturer of the unit or shall be substantially equivalent to the manufacturer’s original lamp type. In this subsection, “substantially equivalent” means within 10% of the UV-B emission of the original lamp and meeting the performance requirements of the U.S. food and drug administration in 21 CFR 1040.20 (c) (1).

(3) A facility may only use tubes, bulbs or lamps which meet the standards of the U.S. food and drug administration in 21 CFR 1040.20. This applies to original or replacement tubes, bulbs or lamps.

(4) The facility shall maintain the device manufacturer’s literature indicating the rating, output, or intensity of the tube, lamp or bulb required for replacement.

(5) No tube, bulb, or lamp designated for medical use only may be used.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.09 Liability {#sec-sps-220.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.09}

A tanning facility’s compliance with ss. SPS 220.06 and 220.07 does not relieve the owner or any employee of the tanning facility from liability for an injury sustained by a customer from use of a tanning device.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.10 Duties of the owner {#sec-sps-220.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.10}

The owner of a tanning facility shall ensure that all of the following requirements are fulfilled:

(1) No customer under 16 years of age may be permitted to use a tanning device.

(2) During operating hours there shall be present at the tanning facility, in the tanning area, a trained operator who is able to inform customers about the tanning devices and assist customers in the proper use of the tanning devices. Training of the operator shall include:

(a) The requirements of this chapter.

(b) Procedures for correct operation of tanning devices.

(c) Recognition of injury and overexposure.

(d) Manufacturer’s procedures for operation and maintenance of the tanning equipment.

(e) Determination of the customer’s skin type using the skin types outlined in Appendix A of this chapter, and appropriate spacing of sequential exposures and maximum exposure times as recommended by the device manufacturer.

(f) Knowledge of potential photosensitizing agents.

(g) Procedures for sanitizing protective eyewear and tanning equipment.

(h) Emergency procedures in case of injury.

(3) Each tanning device shall be properly sanitized after each use with sanitizing agents approved by the manufacturer of the tanning device as safe and effective.

(4) Each customer, before he or she begins using a tanning device, shall be provided with properly sanitized and securely fitting protective eyewear that protects the wearer’s eyes from ultraviolet radiation and allows enough vision to maintain balance. The eyewear shall meet the requirement of 21 CFR 1040.20 (c) (4).

(5) A customer shall not be permitted to use a device unless the customer uses protective eyewear.

(6) For stand-up booths, there shall be physical barriers or other means such as handrails or floor markings to indicate the proper exposure distance between ultraviolet source and the customer’s skin. Customers shall be shown how to use these aids. Access to a booth shall be of rigid construction. Doors shall open outwardly. Handrails and non-slip floor covering shall be provided.

(7) A timing device shall be provided for each tanning device that is accurate to within 10% of the maximum exposure. If the timing device is token operated, no customer may be issued more tokens than is required for that session.

(8) Each tanning device shall be equipped with a mechanism that allows the customer to turn the tanning device off when the customer is using the device.

(9) A customer shall be limited to the maximum exposure time recommended by the manufacturer for the type of tubes, bulbs or lamps in the device.

(10) A customer shall not be permitted to use a tanning device more than once every 24 hours.

(11) The temperature shall not exceed 100º F in the room in which the tanning device is located.

(12) A customer’s statement of agreement required under s. 463.25 (10) (a), Stats., shall be retained for 3 years or until the customer signs a new statement.

(13) Only tanning equipment manufactured in accordance with the specifications set forth in 21 CFR 1040.20 may be used in tanning facilities.

(14) Protective acrylic sheets shall be in place when a tanning device is in use, except that the protective acrylic may be sleeves over the lamps in the upper portion of a device or over lamps in booth devices.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; correction in (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2009 No. 637; correction in (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.11 Reports of injury {#sec-sps-220.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.11}

(1) If a person requires medical attention due to use of a tanning device, the permit holder or operator of the facility shall report that injury to the department in writing and send a copy of the report to the injured person. The permit holder of the tanning facility shall retain a copy of the report for 3 years. The report shall include all of the following:

(a) The name of the affected individual and date of the actual or alleged injury.

(b) The name and location of the tanning facility.

(c) The nature of the injury and identification of the tanning device and duration of the exposure.

(d) Any other information considered relevant to the situation.

(2) The department may inspect a facility upon receipt of a notice of injury.

Note: Injury report forms are available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or from the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; CR 19-085: am. (2) Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 220.12 Denial, suspension or revocation of permit {#sec-sps-220.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 220.12}

The department may deny issuance of a permit or suspend or revoke a permit issued under s. SPS 220.04 if the applicant or permit holder does not comply with or violates s. 463.25, Stats., or any provision of this chapter or if the applicant or permit holder does any of the following:

(1) Submits false or misleading information in the application or in reports.

(2) Fails to construct, operate, or maintain the tanning facility in accordance with the application.

(3) Operates the tanning facility in a way that causes or creates a nuisance or hazard to the public health or safety.

(4) Violates any condition upon which the permit was issued.

(5) Fails to allow the department or a duly authorized agent to inspect the facility at a reasonable hour and in a reasonable manner for the purpose of determining compliance with this chapter.

(6) Fails to pay the permit fee.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1993, No. 450, eff. 7-1-93; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, August, 1995, No. 476; corrections in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720; CR 19-085: r. (1) (title), (2), (3), renum. (1) to SPS 220.12 under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. Register March 2020 No. 771, eff. 4-1-20.

Chapter SPS 220 Appendix A APPENDIX A

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 220 APPENDIX A {#sec-chapter-sps-220 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 220}

SUN-REACTIVE SKIN TYPES USED IN CLINICAL PRACTICES

  • See PDF for table

Note: Categories are based on the Fitzpatrick Skin Type Scale.

*Based on the first 45-60 minutes (equals 2-3 minimum erythema dose) exposure of the summer sun (early June) at sea level.

**Immediate pigment darkening refers to the skin’s response to sun exposure that occurs within the first few minutes to a few hours after exposure to sunlight.

Chapter SPS 221 TATTOOING AND BODY PIERCING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.01 Authority and purpose {#sec-sps-221.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.01}

This chapter is promulgated under the authority of ss. 463.10 (4), 463.12 (4) and 463.16 (9), Stats., for the purpose of regulating tattooists, tattoo establishments, body piercers, and body-piercing establishments in order to protect public health and safety.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.01 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.02 Scope {#sec-sps-221.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.02}

(1) Applicability. This chapter applies to all tattooists, body piercers, tattoo establishments, and body-piercing establishments.

(2) Approved comparable compliance. When it appears to the department that strict adherence to a provision of this chapter is impractical for a particular tattooist, tattoo establishment, body piercer, or body-piercing establishment, the department may approve a modification in that requirement for that person or establishment if the department is provided with satisfactory proof that the grant of a variance will not jeopardize the public’s health, safety, or welfare.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.02 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-221.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Agent” means a local health department serving a population greater than 5,000 which is designated by the department under a written agreement authorized by s. 463.16 (1), Stats., to issue licenses to and make investigations or inspections of tattooists, tattoo establishments, body piercers, and body-piercing establishments.

(2) “Antiseptic” means a chemical that kills or inhibits the growth of organisms on skin or living tissue.

(3) “Approved” means acceptable to the department based on its determination of conformance to this chapter and good public health practices.

(4) “Autoclave” means an apparatus that is registered and listed with the federal food and drug administration for sterilizing articles by using superheated steam under pressure.

(5) “Body pierce,” as a verb, means to perforate any human body part or tissue, except an ear, and to place a foreign object in the perforation to prevent the perforation from closing.

(6) “Body piercer” means a person who performs body piercing on another person at that person’s request.

(7) “Body piercing” means perforating any human body part or tissue, except an ear, and placing a foreign object in the perforation to prevent the perforation from closing.

(8) “Body-piercing establishment” means the premises where a body piercer performs body piercing.

(9) “Cleaning” means the removal of foreign material from objects, normally accomplished with detergent, water, and mechanical action.

(10) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(11) “Disinfectant” means a chemical that is capable of destroying disease-causing organisms on inanimate objects, with the exception of bacterial spores.

(11m) “Establishment” means a body-piercing establishment, a tattoo establishment, or combined tattoo and body piercing establishment.

(12) “Hot water” means water at a temperature of 110°F. or higher.

(13) “Local health department” means an agency of local government that takes any of the forms specified in s. 250.01 (4), Stats.

(14) “Operator” means the owner or person responsible to the owner for the operation of a tattoo or body-piercing establishment.

(15) “Patron” means a person receiving a tattoo or body piercing.

(16) “Practitioner” means a tattooist or body piercer.

(17) “Premises” means a building, structure, area, or location where tattooing or body piercing is performed.

(18) “Sharps waste” means waste that consists of medical equipment or clinical laboratory articles that may cause punctures or cuts, such as hypodermic needles, syringes with attached needles, and lancets, whether contaminated, unused, or disinfected.

(19) “Single-use” means a product or item that is disposed of after one use, such as a cotton swab, a tissue or paper product, a paper or soft plastic cup, or gauze or other sanitary covering.

(20) “Sterilization” means the killing of all organisms and spores through use of an autoclave operated at a minimum of 250°F. (121°C.) at pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch for not less then 30 minutes or through use of an autoclave approved by the department that is operated at different temperature and pressure levels but is equally effective in killing all organisms and spores.

(21) “Tattoo,” as a verb, means to insert pigment under the surface of the skin of a person, by pricking with a needle or otherwise, so as to produce an indelible mark or figure through the skin.

(22) “Tattoo establishment” means the premises where a tattooist applies a tattoo to another person.

(23) “Tattooist” means a person who tattoos another person at that person’s request.

(24) “Tempered water” means water ranging in temperature from 85°F. to less than 110°F.

(25) “Temporary establishment” means a single building, structure, area or location where a tattooist or body piercer performs tattooing or body piercing for a maximum of 7 days per event.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.03 and am. (10), cr. (11m) Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction in (1) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., correction in (10) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.04 Licenses {#sec-sps-221.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.04}

(1) License required.

(a) Establishments.

  1. No person may operate an establishment until the person has obtained a license from the department or its agent by submitting an application under sub. (3) and paying the applicable fee specified under s. SPS 221.05. A separate license is required for each establishment.

Note: Local health departments that are agents for the department have authority under s. 463.16 (4), Stats., to establish and collect fees for licenses issued by the local health department. If your establishment was licensed by a local health department, contact the local health department for its license fee schedule.

  1. The operator of an establishment shall notify the department or its agent of the operator’s intention to cease operations and shall supply the department with the name and mailing address of any new operator. An establishment license is not transferable. If an operator sells or otherwise transfers ownership or operation of an establishment to another person, a new initial license is required, and the establishment may not be opened to the public until the department has issued a new initial license.

(b) Practitioner. No person may tattoo or body pierce another person, use or assume the title of tattooist or body piercer, or designate or represent himself or herself as a body piercer unless the person has obtained a license from the department by application made upon a form furnished by the department under sub. (3).

(2) License duration and renewal.

(a) Each establishment and practitioner’s license issued under this chapter shall expire on June 30, except that a license initially issued during the period beginning on April 1 and ending on June 30 expires on June 30 of the following year.

(b) Each license shall be renewed annually as provided in sub. (3) (b).

(3) License application.

(a) Initial license. Application for an initial or new practitioner or establishment license shall be made on an application form furnished by the department or its agent and accompanied by all of the following:

  1. The applicable fees specified under s. SPS 221.05 and any fees previously due to the department or its agent.

Note: Local health departments that are agents for the department have authority under s. 463.16 (4), Stats., to establish and collect fees for licenses issued by the local health department. If your establishment was licensed by a local health department, contact the local health department for its license fee schedule.

  1. Information, as determined by the department or its agent, indicating that the establishment will be maintained and operated in compliance with applicable federal and state laws and that rules have been implemented for the operation of the establishment that will protect the health, safety, and welfare of the public.

(b) Renewal license.

  1. To renew the license of an establishment, the operator shall pay the department, the applicable establishment license fee specified under s. SPS 221.05 before the license expires. If the payment to renew the license of an establishment is not made to the department before the expiration date of the establishment license, the late fee specified under s. SPS 221.05 (2) (c) shall be paid in addition to the license fee.

  2. To renew a practitioner’s license, the practitioner shall pay the department the fee specified under s. SPS 221.05 before the license expires.

Note: Local health departments that are agents for the department have authority under s. 463.16 (4), Stats., to establish and collect fees for licenses issued by the local health department. If your establishment was licensed by a local health department, contact the local health department for its license fee schedule.

(4) Department and agent action on license application.

(a) The department or its agent shall issue or deny a license within 30 days after receiving a complete application, all applicable fees, and the other information required under sub. (3).

(b) Except as provided in ss. 440.13 and 463.14, Stats., the initial issuance, renewal or continued validity of a license issued under this subsection may be conditioned upon the requirement that the licensee correct a violation of this chapter, s. 463.10 or 463.12, Stats., or ordinances adopted under s. 463.16, Stats., within the period of time specified. If the condition is not met within the specified time or after an extension of time as approved by the department, the license is void. No person may operate an establishment or practice as a tattooist or body piercer after the person’s license has been voided under this paragraph, and any person who does may be subject to the penalties under s. 463.18, Stats. A person whose license is voided under this paragraph may appeal the decision under s. SPS 221.08.

(c) The department or its agent may refuse to issue or renew a license to operate an establishment under any of the following circumstances:

  1. The department or its agent has not conducted a preinspection of an establishment for which an initial or new license is required under sub. (1).

  2. The operator of an establishment has not corrected a condition for which the department or agent has issued a written health or safety–related order.

  3. All applicable fees owed to the department or its agent have not been paid, including the license fee, preinspection fee, reinspection fee, or other applicable fees.

  4. The operator has modified, repaired or maintained the establishment in a manner that is not in accordance with what the department recognizes as safe practice as outlined in this chapter.

  5. The operator, license applicant, or licensee has failed to provide the department or its agent with information required under sub. (3).

  6. The operator or license applicant has violated ch. 463, Stats., this chapter, or any order, ordinance, or regulation created by a village, city, county, or local board of health having jurisdiction, provided such violation is related to the operation of an establishment.

(d) The department may refuse to issue or renew a license to practice as a tattooist or body piercer if the practitioner or applicant for a practitioner’s license has violated ch. 463, Stats., this chapter, or any order, ordinance, or regulation created by a village, city, county, or local board of health having jurisdiction, provided such violation is related to the operation of an establishment or the practice of tattooing or body piercing.

(e) If the department or its agent denies an application for a license, the applicant shall be given reasons, in writing, for the denial and information regarding appeal rights under s. SPS 221.08.

(5) Voided license for failure to pay fees. If a license applicant, operator, or practitioner fails to pay all applicable fees and processing charges under s. SPS 221.05 within 15 days after the license applicant, operator, or practitioner receives notice of an insufficiency under s. SPS 221.05, or within 45 days after the expiration of the license, whichever occurs first, the license is void. An operator or practitioner whose license is voided under this subsection may appeal the decision under s. SPS 221.08. In an appeal concerning a voided license under this subsection, the burden is on the license applicant, operator, or practitioner to show that the entire applicable fees and processing charges have been paid. During any appeal process concerning a payment dispute, operation of an establishment, or practice as a tattooist or body piercer, is deemed to be operation or practice without a license and is subject to the fees under s. SPS 221.05 (2) (e) in addition to the fees otherwise due, unless the license applicant, operator, or practitioner meets its burden of proof under this subsection.

(7) Display of license. The operator of an establishment shall display in the establishment, in a place visible to the public, the licenses issued by the department or its agent for the establishment and for all practitioners working in the establishment. A license may not be altered or defaced.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.04, r. and recr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction in (1), (3) (a) 1., (b), (4) (b), (c) 6., (d), (e), (5) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.05 Department fees {#sec-sps-221.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.05}

(1) Fee schedules. The fees listed in Table SPS 221.05 A shall apply to licenses issued from April 1, 2009 through March 31, 2011. The fees listed in Table SPS 221.05 B shall apply to licenses issued on or after April 1, 2011.

Note: Local health departments that are agents for the department have authority under s. 463.16 (4), Stats., to establish and collect fees for licenses issued by the local health department. If your establishment was licensed by a local health department, contact the local health department for its license fee schedule.

(2) Types of fees.

(a) Preinspection fee. The operator of an establishment shall, pursuant to sub. (1), pay the applicable preinspection fee listed in Table SPS 221.05 A or B to the department before an initial or new license is issued under s. SPS 221.04.

(b) License fee.

  1. ‘Establishment.’ The operator of an establishment shall, pursuant to sub. (1), pay the applicable license fee listed in Table SPS 221.05 A or B to the department for each establishment that the operator applies for a license to operate under s. SPS 221.04 (1) or (2).

  2. ‘Practitioner.’ A practitioner shall, pursuant to sub. (1), pay the applicable license fee listed in the Table SPS 221.05 A or B to the department.

(c) Late fee. If the license fee for a license renewal is not paid before the expiration date of the license, the operator shall pay to the department a late fee of $85.00 in addition to the renewal license fee.

(d) Reinspection fee. If the department conducts a reinspection of an establishment under s. SPS 221.06 (1) (b), the operator shall, pursuant to sub. (1), pay to the department the applicable reinspection fee listed in Table SPS 221.05 A or B. The department shall assess an additional reinspection fee as listed in Table SPS 221.05 A or B, whichever is applicable, for any additional reinspection conducted under s. SPS 221.06 (1) (b) 4.

(e) Fees for operating without a license. An establishment found to be operating without a license shall pay to the department an amount of $749.00, in addition to all applicable fees and any processing charges under s. SPS 221.04 (5). A practitioner found to be practicing without a license shall pay to the department $150, in addition to all applicable fees and any processing charges under s. SPS 221.04 (5).

Note: Any person who willfully violates or obstructs the execution of any state statute or rule, county, city or village ordinance or departmental order under this chapter and relating to the public health, for which no other penalty is prescribed, shall be imprisoned for not more than 30 days or fined not more than $500 or both.

(f) Duplicate license. The department shall charge the operator or practitioner, as applicable, $15.00 for a duplicate license.

(g) Fees for special condition inspections. For inspection or consultation activities that are not directly related to the department’s licensing responsibilities, the department shall charge the operator or the entity requesting the inspection or consultation $175.00.

(3) Method of payment. If the payment for an initial or renewal license is by check or other draft drawn upon an account containing insufficient funds, the applicant or owner shall, within 15 days after receipt of notice from the department of the insufficiency, pay all applicable fees under sub. (1) and the financial institution’s processing charges by cashier’s check or other certified draft, money order, or cash.

History

  • CR 08-073: cr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (d), (e), Tables A and B under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.06 Enforcement {#sec-sps-221.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.06}

(1) Inspections and access to the premises.

(a) Inspections. Under s. 463.10, 463.12, or 463.16, Stats., an authorized employee or agent of the department, upon presenting proper identification, may enter any establishment at any reasonable time, for any of the following purposes:

  1. To inspect the establishment.

  2. To determine if there has been a violation of this chapter, s. 463.10 or 463.12, Stats., or an ordinance enacted under s. 463.16, Stats.

  3. To determine compliance with previously written violation orders.

  4. To secure samples or specimens.

  5. To examine and copy relevant documents and records provided such information is related to the operation of the establishment.

  6. To obtain photographic or other evidence needed to enforce this chapter.

(b) Reinspections.

  1. The department or its agent may reinspect an establishment whenever an inspection or the investigation of a complaint reveals the existence of a violation that is potentially hazardous to the health and welfare of patrons or employees of the establishment.

  2. A reinspection shall be scheduled to allow the operator a reasonably sufficient time to correct the deficiencies.

  3. A reinspection fee shall be charged for the reinspection according to Table SPS 221.05 A or B, or applicable charges as determined by an agent of the department.

  4. If an additional reinspection is required because a violation has not been corrected in the scheduled time, the department shall assess the operator an additional reinspection fee. The department may order the operator to show just cause why the license should not be suspended or revoked under s. SPS 221.07.

(2) General orders to correct violations.

(a) If upon inspection of an establishment, the department or agent finds that the establishment is not designed, constructed, equipped or operated as required under this chapter, the department or agent shall issue a written order to correct the violation. The order shall specify the correction needed for compliance and the time period within which the correction should be made. The time period specified in the order may be extended at the discretion of the department or agent.

(b) If the order to correct a violation is not carried out by the expiration of the time period stated in the order, or any extension of time granted by the department or agent, the department or agent may suspend or revoke the license to operate the establishment.

(c) Any person who fails to comply with an order of the department shall forfeit $10 for each day of noncompliance after the order is served upon or directed to him or her. A person may appeal a forfeiture under s. SPS 221.08.

(3) Temporary orders.

(a) As provided under s. 227.51 (3), Stats., whenever the department or agent has reasonable cause to believe that an immediate danger to health or safety exists as a result of an inspection under sub. (1), the department or agent may issue a temporary order without advance notice or hearing to do any of the following:

  1. Prohibit the continued operation or method of operation of specific equipment.

  2. Require the premises to cease operations and close until remedies are applied which eliminate the immediate danger to health or safety.

  3. Require a practitioner to cease tattooing or body piercing.

(b)

  1. A temporary order shall take effect upon delivery to the operator, establishment, or practitioner, as applicable. Except as provided in par. (c), the temporary order shall remain in effect for 14 days from the date of delivery. A temporary order may be re-issued for one additional 14-day period if necessary to complete any analysis or examination of samples, specimens, or other evidence.

  2. No operation or method of operation prohibited by the temporary order may be resumed without the approval of the department or agent until the order has terminated or the time period specified in subd. 1. has expired, whichever occurs first. If, upon completed analysis or examination, the department or agent determines that construction, sanitary condition, operation or method of operation of the premises or equipment does not constitute an immediate danger to health or safety, the department or agent shall immediately notify the operator or responsible supervisor in writing and the temporary order shall terminate upon receipt of the written notice.

(c) If the analysis or examination shows that the construction, sanitary condition, operation or method of operation of the premises or equipment constitutes an immediate danger to health or safety, the department or agent, within the effective period of the temporary order specified in par. (b) 1., shall provide written notice of the findings to the operator or responsible supervisor. Upon receipt of the notice, the temporary order remains in effect until a final decision is issued under s. SPS 221.08. The notice shall include a statement that the facility has a right to request a hearing under s. SPS 221.08 within 15 days after issuance of the notice.

(d) Pursuant to s. 463.18, Stats., any person who willfully violates or obstructs a departmental order relating to the public health, for which no other penalty is prescribed, shall be imprisoned for not more than 30 days or fined not more than $500 or both.

History

  • CR 08-073: cr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction in (1) (a), 2., (b) 3., 4., (2) (c), (3) (a) (intro.), (c), (d) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.065 Level III local health department {#sec-sps-221.065 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.065}

A level III local health department shall do all of the following:

(1) Conduct inspections and investigations, issue licenses and enforce the department’s rules, ch. SPS 221, promulgated under ss. 463.10 (4) and 463.12 (4), Stats., for regulation of tattooists and tattoo establishments and regulation of body piercers and body-piercing establishments, upon entering into an agreement with the department under s. 463.16, Stats., to serve as the department’s agent for this purpose in the local health department’s area of jurisdiction.

History

  • Renum. from DHS 140.06 (1) (d) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.07 Suspension or revocation of license {#sec-sps-221.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.07}

The department may, after a hearing under s. SPS 221.08, suspend or revoke a license for violation of s. 463.10 or 463.12, Stats., this chapter, or an order issued by the department. The suspension or revocation order shall take effect 15 days after the date of issuance unless a hearing is requested under s. SPS 221.08 (1).

History

  • CR 08-073: cr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2009 No. 637; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.08 Appeals of actions by the department {#sec-sps-221.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.08}

(1)

(a) Except as specified under sub. (2) or (3), a request for a hearing to contest denial of a license, a voided license, suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or order given under s. SPS 221.06 (1) (b) 4. or (2), shall be submitted in writing to the department of administration’s division of hearings and appeals within 15 days after receipt of the notice of the department’s action.

(b) A request for hearing that is mailed to the division of hearings and appeals shall be considered filed with the division on the date of the postmark.

(c) A request for hearing that is hand-delivered to the division of hearings and appeals shall be considered filed on the date the request is received by the division of hearings and appeals.

(d) A request for hearing transmitted by facsimile to the division of hearings and appeals shall be considered filed on the date and time imprinted by the division’s facsimile machine on the transaction report that accompanies the document. Documents received by facsimile after midnight local time shall be deemed filed on the first following business day.

Note: A request for hearing can be submitted by mail or hand-delivered to the Division of Hearings and Appeals, at 5005 University Ave., Room 201, Madison, WI 53705-5400, or faxed to the Division at (608) 264-9885.

(2) As a condition for requesting a hearing to appeal the voiding of a license, a license applicant or operator, or practitioner, as applicable, shall comply with sub. (4). In an appeal concerning voiding a license, the burden is on the applicant or owner to show that the entire applicable fees and processing charges have been paid.

(3) A request for hearing on a temporary order given by the department under s. SPS 221.06 (3) shall be made in writing to the department within 15 days of receipt of the order. The department shall hold a hearing within 15 days after the department receives the written request for hearing, unless the department and the appellant agree to a later date, the immediate danger to health is removed, the order is not contested or the appellant and the department mutually agree that no purpose would be served by a hearing. A final decision shall be issued under s. 227.47, Stats., within 10 days following the conclusion of the hearing. The decision may order any of the following to remove the danger to health:

(a) Changes to or replacement of equipment or construction.

(b) Changes in or cessations of any operation or method of operation of the equipment or premises.

(4) If the department voids a license under s. SPS 221.04 (5), for failure to pay fees, the licensee shall submit, within 15 days after receipt of the notice of the department’s action, documentary evidence that all applicable fees, late fees and processing charges have been paid and that there are no outstanding payments due to the department.

History

  • CR 08-073: cr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction in (1) (a), (3) (intro.), (4) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.09 Appeals of actions by agent health departments {#sec-sps-221.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.09}

If an agent issues licenses directly under s. 463.16, Stats., the agent shall create enforcement and appeal procedures in accordance with s. 66.0417, Stats., which shall supersede enforcement and appeal procedures under s. SPS 221.08 (2) and (4).

History

  • CR 08-073: cr. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.10 Patrons {#sec-sps-221.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.10}

(1) Limitations.

(a) Consent. A tattooist or body piercer may not tattoo or body pierce a patron without first obtaining the signed, informed consent of the person on a form approved by the department.

(b) Minors.

  1. No person under 16 years of age may be body pierced.

  2. No person age 16 or 17 may be body pierced unless an informed consent form has been signed by his or her parent or legal guardian in the presence of the operator.

  3. No person under 18 years of age may be tattooed except by a physician in the course of the physician’s professional practice, as permitted under s. 948.70 (3), Stats.

  4. A body-piercing establishment shall post a notice in a conspicuous place in the establishment stating that it is illegal to body pierce a person under the age of 18 without the signed, informed consent of that person’s parent or legal guardian.

  5. A tattoo establishment shall post a sign in a conspicuous place in the establishment stating that no person under the age of 18 may be tattooed.

(c) Barriers to procedure. A tattooist or body piercer may not tattoo or body pierce any of the following:

  1. A person who appears to be under the influence of alcohol or a mind-altering drug.

  2. A person who has evident skin lesions or skin infections in the area of the procedure.

(2) Record. Every tattooist and body piercer shall keep a record of each patron. A patron’s record shall include the patron’s name, address, age and consent form, the name of the practitioner doing the procedure and any adverse effects arising from the procedure. A patron’s record shall be retained for a minimum of 2 years following completion of the procedure.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.05 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.11 Physical facilities and environment {#sec-sps-221.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.11}

(1) Floors. Floors in the area where tattoo or body-piercing procedures are performed shall be constructed of smooth, durable and non-porous material and shall be maintained in a clean condition and in good repair. Carpeting is prohibited.

(2) Walls and ceilings. Walls and ceilings in the area where tattoo and body-piercing procedures are performed shall be light-colored, smooth, and easily cleanable.

(3) Lighting. Tattoo and body-piercing application areas shall maintain a minimum illumination of 50 footcandles.

(4) Premises. The premises and all facilities used in connection with the premises shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and vermin-free condition.

(5) Living areas. Tattoo and body-piercing areas shall be completely separated from any living quarters by floor-to-ceiling partitioning and solid doors which are kept closed during business hours. A direct outside entrance to the tattoo or body-piercing establishment shall be provided.

(6) Toilet rooms.

(a) All tattoo and body-piercing establishments shall have a public toilet and handwashing facility which is separated from any living area.

(b) Toilet room fixtures shall be kept clean and in good repair. An easily cleanable covered waste receptacle shall be provided in the toilet room.

(7) Handwashing facilities.

(a) At least one handwashing facility shall be conveniently located in the tattoo or body-piercing area, in addition to what is provided in the toilet room.

(b) Anti-bacterial soap in a dispenser and single-service towels for drying hands shall be provided at all handwashing facilities.

(c) Hot and cold potable water under pressure shall be available at all handwashing facilities except that tempered water rather than hot water may be provided.

(8) Refuse. Easily cleanable waste containers with non-absorbent, durable plastic liners shall be used for disposal of all tissues, towels, gauze pads and other similar items used on a patron. Infectious waste, including sharps waste, shall be stored and disposed of in an approved manner consistent with subch. II of ch. NR 526.

(9) Equipment storage. Instruments, dyes, pigments, stencils and other tattoo and body-piercing equipment shall be stored in closed cabinets exclusively used for that purpose.

(10) Privacy. A panel or other barrier of sufficient height and width to effectively separate a patron on whom a procedure is being performed from any unwanted observers or waiting patrons shall be in place or readily available at the patron’s request.

(11) Smoking and eating prohibited in area of procedure. No smoking or consumption of food or drink is permitted in the area where a tattoo or body-piercing procedure is performed, except that clients may consume a non-alcoholic beverage during the procedure.

(12) Animals prohibited in establishment. No animals, except for those that provide services to persons with disabilities, are permitted in a tattoo or body-piercing establishment.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.06 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.12 Personnel {#sec-sps-221.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.12}

(1) Absence of skin condition. No tattooist or body piercer with an exposed rash, skin lesion or boil may engage in the practice of tattooing or body piercing.

(2) Restriction. No tattooist or body piercer may work while under the influence of alcohol or a mind-altering drug.

(3) Personal cleanliness.

(a) Tattooists and body piercers shall thoroughly wash their hands and the exposed portions of their arms with dispensed soap and tempered water before and after each tattoo or body-piercing procedure and more often as necessary to keep them clean.

(b) Tattooists and body piercers shall dry their hands and arms with individual single-service towels.

(c) Tattooists and body piercers shall maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness and shall conform to good hygiene practices during procedures.

(4) Clothing. All tattooists and body piercers shall wear clean, washable outer clothing.

(5) Hygienic practices.

(a) When preparing the skin and during a procedure, a tattooist or body piercer shall wear non-absorbent gloves which shall be disposed of after completing the procedure.

(b) If interrupted during a procedure, a tattooist or body piercer shall rewash his or her hands and put on new gloves if the interruption required use of hands.

(c) Tattooists shall use single-use plastic covers to cover spray bottles or other reusable accessories to minimize the possibility of transmitting body fluids or disease during application of tattoos to successive patrons.

(d) Disposable-type razors shall be for single-use only and disposed of in accordance with ch. NR 526. Electric razors used for skin preparation prior to a procedure shall have screens cleaned and disinfected between patron use.

(e) Body-piercing needles shall be disposable, sterile and for single-patron use only. Tattoo needles may be reused if cleaned, sterilized and stored in an approved manner between patrons. Body piercing jewelry shall be cleaned, individually packaged, and sterilized prior to use.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.07 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.13 Equipment {#sec-sps-221.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.13}

(1) All surfaces, counters and general-use equipment in the tattoo or body-piercing area shall be cleaned and disinfected before a patron is seated.

(2) All inks and pigments shall be obtained from sources generally recognized as safe. Information indicating the sources of all inks and pigments shall be available to the department or agent upon request. Sterile single-use or sterile individual containers of pigment or ink shall be used for each patron. No pigment or ink in which needles were dipped may be used on another person. Pigment and ink cups shall be for single-patron use. All bulk materials used for the procedure shall be dispensed with single-use utensils. The remainder of dispensed portions shall be disposed of after application.

(3) Needles, bars and tubes shall be constructed in a manner that permits easy cleaning and sterilizing.

(4) Acetate tattoo stencils shall be single-use.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.08 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.14 Cleaning and sterilization {#sec-sps-221.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.14}

(1) Cleaning.

(a) After each use, tattooing and body-piercing equipment shall be cleaned to remove blood and tissue residue before sterilization.

(b) Reusable needles, tubes and body-piercing equipment shall be placed in a covered stainless steel container of cleaning or disinfectant solution until they can be cleaned and sterilized.

(c) All containers holding contaminated needles, tubes, reusable body-piercing equipment and container lids shall be cleaned and disinfected at least daily.

(d) The tattoo machine shall be cleaned and disinfected before each use.

(e) Gloved personnel shall clean needles and tubes prior to sterilization by doing all of the following:

  1. Manually pre-cleaning the items with care taken to ensure removal of residue; thoroughly rinsing the items with warm water and then draining the water; cleaning the items by soaking them in a protein-dissolving detergent-enzyme cleaner used according to manufacturer’s instructions; and cleaning the items further in an ultrasonic cleaning unit which operates at 40 to 60 hertz and is used according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

  2. Rinsing and drying the items.

(f) Prior to autoclaving, all needles and tubes shall be packaged either individually or in quantities appropriate for individual procedures. Packages shall be identifiable and dated.

(2) Sterilization.

(a) Equipment requiring sterilization shall be pressure-sterilized at the establishment in an autoclave and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(b) Each batch of sterilized equipment shall be monitored for sterilization by use of heat-sensitive indicators capable of indicating approximate time and temperature achieved.

(c) Autoclaves shall be spore-tested at least monthly. Spore kill test effectiveness shall be conducted by an independent laboratory.

(d) Sterilized equipment shall be wrapped or covered and stored in a manner which will ensure that it will remain sterile until used.

(e) Each tattoo or body-piercing establishment shall maintain sterilization records including spore tests for at least one year from the date of the last entry, which shall include the following information:

  1. Date of sterilization.

  2. Name of the person operating the equipment.

  3. Result of heat-sensitive indicator.

(f) Sterilized equipment shall be re-sterilized if the package is opened, damaged or becomes wet.

(g) All methods of sterilization other than autoclaving are prohibited.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.09 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.15 Preparation and care of site {#sec-sps-221.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.15}

(1) Preparation by practitioner. Before beginning a procedure, the tattooist or body piercer shall clean the skin area for the tattooing or piercing and then prepare it with an antiseptic. The solution shall be applied with cotton, gauze or single-use toweling.

(2) Care instructions for patron. After completing a procedure, the tattooist or body-piercer shall provide the patron with oral and written instructions on the care of the tattoo or pierce.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.10 Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.16 Temporary establishments {#sec-sps-221.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.16}

In addition to requirements under ss. SPS 221.01 to 221.15 that apply to all establishments, the following requirements apply specifically to temporary establishments:

(1) License.

(a) No temporary establishment may be operated without a license granted by the department or its agent. Application for a temporary license shall be made under s. SPS 221.04 (1).

(b) No temporary license may be issued without a prior inspection.

(c) A temporary establishment’s license along with the license of each on-staff tattooist or body piercer shall be conspicuously displayed in the temporary establishment.

(d) An operator of a temporary establishment whom the department or its agent has found to repeatedly violate any provision of this chapter may be denied a license to operate the establishment or may have the license revoked.

(2) Water. A temporary establishment shall have all of the following:

(a) An approved toilet and handwashing facility.

(b) Potable water under pressure.

(c) Hot or tempered water for handwashing and cleaning.

(d) Connection to an approved sewage collection system.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.11, am. (intro.) Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction made in (1) (a) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2009 No. 637; correction in (intro.), (1) (a) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 221.17 State fees {#sec-sps-221.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 221.17}

Pursuant to s. 463.16 (9), Stats., a local health department serving as an agent of the department for purposes of administering this chapter shall include a state fee in each fee the agent establishes for a license issued under this chapter. The state fee shall be 10% of the department’s license fee established under s. SPS 221.05 (2) (b) 1., and shall be forwarded to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 1998, No. 511, eff. 8-1-98; CR 08-073: renum. from HFS 173.13 and am. Register January 2009 No. 637, eff. 2-1-09; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.

Chapter SPS 301 ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES FOR DEPARTMENT ACTIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-301.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish policies and procedures to be used by the department in the implementation of s. 1.11, Stats. This chapter:

(1) Establishes a policy to ensure departmental consideration of the environmental impacts of its policies, plans and programs upon the human environment.

(2) Establishes a classification of departmental actions with regard to their need for an environmental impact statement.

(3) Establishes a process and procedures for creating environmental documents.

(4) Provides an opportunity for public input on environmental documents.

(5) Provides procedures to guide inter-agency interactions in the development of environmental documents.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.02 Policy {#sec-sps-301.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.02}

(1) The department acknowledges the Wisconsin environmental policy act, s. 1.11, Stats., as a legal obligation to evaluate and consider potential environmental impacts of its proposed actions. This obligation is shared by all divisions of the department.

(2) In carrying out its responsibility under s. 1.11, Stats., the department shall substantially follow the guidelines issued as rules by the United States council on environmental quality at 40 CFR Parts 1500 through 1508 (1987), as amended July 1, 1990, and its addenda.

(3) The department will implement procedures that will make the environmental analysis process useful to decision makers and the public. Environmental impact statements shall be concise, clear, and to the point. The statements shall emphasize major environmental issues relating to the proposed action and identify alternatives as necessary to inform department decision makers and the public.

(4) Public involvement, interagency coordination and consultation, and a systematic interdisciplinary approach to analysis of the issues shall be essential parts of the process of evaluating and considering environmental impacts.

(5) The department’s decisions on proposed actions shall consider the findings of environmental documents.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.03 Applicability {#sec-sps-301.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.03}

This chapter shall apply to an action initiated or undertaken by the department under its statutory authority which may significantly and adversely affect the quality of the human environment.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-301.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.04}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Environmental assessment” means a concise document which provides sufficient evidence and analysis to determine whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact.

(3) “Environmental document” means an environmental assessment, a finding of no significant impact, an environmental impact statement, notice of intent or record of decision.

(4) “Environmental impact statement” means a detailed written report which describes the need for the action, the alternatives to be considered, the affected environment and the environmental impact.

(5) “Finding of no significant impact” means a document briefly presenting the reasons why an action not categorically excluded will not have a significant adverse impact on the human environment.

(6) “Human environment” means the natural and physical surroundings and the relationship of people to those surroundings.

(7) “Impact” means a reasonable and foreseeable effect relative to the human environment, including ecological, aesthetic, historic, cultural, economic, social or health effects.

(8) “Secretary” means the secretary of the department of safety and professional services.

(9) “Significant impact” means considerable and important adverse effect on the human environment.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.05 Administration {#sec-sps-301.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.05}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), before undertaking an action as described specified in Tables 301.11-1 and 301.11-2, the department shall determine the need for preparing an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.

(b) An environmental assessment, environmental impact statement or any other type of environmental analysis is not required to be prepared for rule-making actions initiated under s. 227.24, Stats.

(c) The process to analyze or determine environmental impacts, if required under s. SPS 301.11, for actions described specified in s. SPS 301.10 (2) to (9), shall be undertaken at the time of rule-making that establishes or revises the procedures or process for the particular action.

(2) The department may:

(a) Prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement itself;

(b) Prepare an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement jointly with other agencies which may have concurrent authority; or

(c) Adopt an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement or any portion of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement prepared by others after reviewing and determining that the environmental assessment or environmental impact statement meets the requirements of this chapter with respect to content and public participation.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.10 Action categories {#sec-sps-301.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.10}

For the purpose of this chapter, the department shall undertake or initiate the following actions as delineated in relating to the activities listed in Tables 301.11-1 and 301.11-2:

(1) Policy development and implementation which includes proposing legislation or proposing and adopting administrative rules that implement policy, principles and objectives which set limits for the actions or the results of actions of others.

(2) Credentialing which authorizes individuals or businesses to undertake specific actions dependent upon the individuals’ or businesses’ qualifications or registrations.

(3) Plan review which involves the evaluation of plan documents, reports or data, including petitions for variance, to determine compliance with department policies, principles and objectives.

(4) Evaluation services which involves the assessment of products or methods and their intended functions or results and the determination that the function or results comply with department policies, principles and objectives.

(5) Permits to operate which recognize or authorize individuals or businesses to use equipment or devices contingent upon compliance with department policies, principles and objectives.

(6) Consultation and training which involves providing information and advice through various media to enable individuals or businesses to comply with department policies, principles and objectives.

(7) Financial aid which involves providing funding or reimbursement to eligible individuals, groups, businesses or communities.

(8) Investigation which involves the evaluation of objects, the actions of others or the results of the actions of others and determining whether the object, action or results comply with department policies, principles and objectives.

(9) Auditing which involves reviewing the use of financial aid or evaluating the actions of others charged with the responsibility of administering or enforcing department policies, principles and objectives.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.11 Action types {#sec-sps-301.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.11}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in sub. (2), Tables 301.11-1 and 301.11-2 specify the environmental action type for actions undertaken by the department.

(b)

  1. An environmental type I action shall normally require the preparation of an environmental impact statement in accordance with s. SPS 301.22.

  2. An environmental type II action indicates that an action cannot be categorized as either a environmental type I or type III action without additional information and shall normally require the preparation of an environment assessment in accordance with s. SPS 301.21.

  3. An environmental type III action shall normally:

a. Not require the preparation of an environmental impact statement or environmental assessment;

b. Not require the need for additional environmental analysis; and

c. Require a record of decision indicating a categorical exclusion.

(2) No environmental analysis shall be undertaken by the department for any of the following:

(a) Actions exempted by statute.

(b) Emergency actions, including those under s. 227.24, Stats., to protect public health, safety, or welfare.

(c) Ancillary activities which are part of a routine series of related department actions.

(3) A proposed action to be undertaken by the department which is not described under s. SPS 301.10, Table 301.11-1 or Table 301.11-2 shall be evaluated as to its environmental action type and treated accordingly.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1) (a), (b) 1., 2., (3), Table 301.11-2 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.20 Public notice {#sec-sps-301.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.20}

(1) The department shall provide public notice when the following environmental documents are available for public review:

(a) A preliminary environmental assessment;

(b) A final environmental assessment, except as provided under s. SPS 301.21 (1) (c);

(c) A notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement;

(d) A draft environmental impact statement;

(e) A final environmental impact statement; and

(f) A record of decision relative to an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement.

(2) The public notice of the availability of an environmental document shall include at least the following:

(a) The type of environmental document;

(b) The date the document will be available to the public;

(c) The name of the proposed action;

(d) A brief description of the proposed action; and

(e) The name and address of a contact within the department who can receive comments and respond to questions relative to the environmental document.

(3) The department shall provide public notice when a public hearing is to be held on an environmental impact statement under s. SPS 301.22 (8).

(4) Public notice of the availability of environmental documents or a public hearing for an environmental impact statement may be combined with public notice of other required public participation activities related to the proposed action.

(5) Public notice of the availability of environmental documents and the public hearing for an environmental impact statement shall be published as a class 1 notice under ch. 985, Stats., in:

(a) The official state newspaper for a proposed action which has a statewide impact; and

(b) A newspaper covering the affected area for a proposed action which does not have a statewide impact.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1) (b), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.21 Environmental assessments {#sec-sps-301.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.21}

(1) General.

(a) An environmental assessment shall be prepared in two steps, consisting of a preliminary environmental assessment and a final environmental assessment.

(b) If, during the preparation of a preliminary or final environmental assessment, the department determines that a proposed action would have a significant impact on the human environment, the department shall discontinue preparing the environmental assessment and issue a notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.

(c) The department shall consider a preliminary environmental assessment as a final environmental assessment without further public notice under s. SPS 301.20, provided there are no revisions or supplements made to the preliminary environmental assessment.

(2) Contents.

(a) An environmental assessment shall address the significant environmental issues relevant to a proposed action.

(b) An environmental assessment shall address all of the following:

  1. A description of the proposed action, including the purpose or need for the action.

  2. A description of reasonable alternative actions to the proposed action, including the alternative of taking no action.

  3. A description of the possible environmental impacts of the proposed action and alternatives.

  4. Identification of persons and agencies consulted relative to the preparation of the environmental assessment.

  5. A preliminary recommendation on whether or not the proposed action warrants the preparation of an environmental impact statement.

(3) Record of decision.

(a) The department shall decide whether the evidence in an environmental assessment indicates that a proposed action may have a significant impact on the human environment.

(b)

  1. If the department determines that the action will have no significant impact on the human environment, the department shall prepare a finding of no significant impact.

  2. A finding of no significant impact shall include a summary of the reasons for the finding.

  3. A finding of no significant impact shall be filed with the secretary or his or her designee and shall be accompanied by:

a. A copy of the environmental assessment; and

b. A summary of public comments received, if any, relative to the environmental assessment.

(c) If the department determines that the action may have a significant impact on the human environment, the department shall provide public notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement in accordance with s. SPS 301.20.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1) (c), (3) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 301.22 Environmental impact statements {#sec-sps-301.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 301.22}

(1) Process. The preparation of an environmental impact statement shall involve at least all of the following:

(a) Public notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.

(b) A scoping process.

(c) A draft environmental impact statement and a final environmental impact statement.

(d) Public notice of the availability of environmental documents in accordance with s. SPS 301.20.

(e) At least one public hearing.

(2) Scoping.

(a) Before preparing an environmental impact statement, the department shall use a scoping process to determine all of the following:

  1. The environmental issues to be addressed in depth in the environmental impact statement.

  2. Environmental issues which are not significant or which have been covered in previous environmental analyses.

  3. A timeline for the preparation of the statement and for public comment.

(b)

  1. The scoping process shall include, to the extent possible, other affected or interested individuals and agencies.

  2. The department may utilize meetings, hearings, workshops, surveys, questionnaires, committees, or other methods or activities to gather public input for the scoping process.

  3. The department may integrate any or all of the scoping process activities with other required public participation activities related to the proposed action.

(3) Contents.

(a) An environmental impact statement shall describe the proposed action and identify the environmental consequences of the action.

(b) An environmental impact statement shall address all of the following:

  1. A description of the proposed action, including the purpose or need for the action.

  2. A description of reasonable alternative actions to the proposed action, including the alternative of taking no action.

  3. A description of the possible environmental impacts of the proposed action and alternatives.

  4. An identification of any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the action be undertaken.

  5. The description of the relationship between local short-term uses of the human environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity.

  6. An identification of any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.

  7. An identification of any beneficial aspects of the proposed action.

  8. An identification of any economic advantages and disadvantages of the proposed action.

(4) Format. The department shall prepare an environmental impact statement in a format which facilitates good analysis and clear presentation.

(5) Distribution. The department shall provide a copy of an environmental impact statement to at least all of the following:

(a) The office of the governor.

(b) The secretary of the department of natural resources.

(c) Any individual or organization that has requested a copy.

(6) Public comment period.

(a) The department shall establish a public comment period for a draft environmental impact statement.

(b) The public comment period for a draft environmental impact statement shall extend not less than 30 days from the document availability date under s. SPS 301.20 (2) (b)

(7) Public hearing.

(a) The department shall hold at least one public hearing on each draft environmental impact statement.

(b) The department shall provide public notice in accordance with s. SPS 301.20 (5) at least 30 days prior to the date of the first public hearing to be held for a draft environmental impact statement.

(c) The department shall conduct the public hearing for a draft environmental impact statement in accordance with s. 227.18, Stats.

(8) Comment review.

(a) After the public hearing and comment period for a draft environmental impact statement, the department shall summarize the comments received.

(b) The department shall prepare a written response to the summarized comments received on the draft environmental impact statement.

(9) Revision procedures. Before issuing a record of decision under sub. (10) (b), the department may revise, including the use of a supplement or addendum, all or part of the draft or final environmental impact statement.

(10) Record of decision.

(a) After a final environmental impact statement has been completed, the department shall prepare and file a written record of decision on a proposed action.

(b) The written record of decision following the completion of an environmental impact statement shall include all of the following:

  1. A statement of the decision.

  2. The identification of all alternatives considered.

  3. The reason for choosing an alternative action.

(c) Upon completion of a final environmental impact statement, the department shall file in the office of the secretary a copy of all of the following:

  1. The written record of decision.

  2. The final version of the environmental impact statement.

  3. The notice of public hearing for the draft environmental impact statement.

  4. The summary of public hearing comments, if any.

  5. The department’s response to the public hearing comments.

  6. The draft environmental impact statement.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; correction in (1) (d), (6) (b), (7) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 302 FEE SCHEDULE

Subchapter I Miscellaneous

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.001 Scope {#sec-sps-302.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.001}

The fees established in this chapter shall be paid to the Wisconsin department of safety and professional services, for providing those services authorized in the Wisconsin Statutes. The divisions may withhold providing services to individuals who have past due accounts with the division.

Note: All checks or money orders are to be made payable to Wisconsin department of safety and professional services.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.02 Handling, copying and miscellaneous fees {#sec-sps-302.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.02}

(1) Handling fees.

(a) The department may charge a handling fee, determined at $30.00 per hour, with a minimum fee of $30.00, in addition to any other fee provided in this chapter, to offset administrative costs.

(b) A handling fee of $60.00 per plan shall be charged to the submitting party for any plan which is submitted to the department, entered into the department’s plan system and, then, requested to be returned by the submitting party prior to review. This fee does not apply to building plan components, other than the original building or heating and ventilation plan noted in s. SPS 302.31 (1) (a), submitted after the original plan submittal.

(2) Photocopying fees. A photocopying fee of $0.30 per page may be charged.

(3) Plan reproduction fees. A fee of $6.00 per plan sheet shall be charged to the submitting party for plan reproduction on plan sheets larger than legal size. Plan sheets at or smaller than legal size may be charged the normal photocopying fee.

(4) Plan approval — additional sets. A maximum of 5 sets of plans shall be stamped approved without additional fees being charged. Upon request, additional sets of plans identical to previously approved plans shall be stamped approved upon receipt of a $25.00 fee per plan.

Note: The 5 sets include the one set retained by the department.

(5) Fee for extension of plan approval. The examination fee for a plan previously approved by the department for which an approval extension is requested shall be $120.00 per plan.

(6) Mailing lists. The fee for mailing lists shall be $30.00 for the first 1,000 names and $6.00 for each 1,000 names thereafter. This fee shall be doubled, if gummed labels are requested.

(7) Computer information. Information from computer files is available for the costs incurred in generating the data requested.

(8) Inspection and copying of files, plans and specifications. The department shall allow inspection and copying of all files and plans, specifications and related materials filed with the department, except as follows:

(a) The department may restrict, on a case by case basis, the right of inspection or copying of files and plans, specifications and related materials where the possible harm to the public interest outweighs the benefits of inspection or copying for the following types of buildings and facilities:

  1. Banks, savings and loans, credit unions, securities dealers and other types or parts of buildings where large sums of money, negotiable securities or valuables are stored in secured areas;

  2. Jails and other correctional institutions;

  3. Public facilities regularly used for the storage or evaluation of evidence in criminal proceedings;

  4. Armories;

  5. Public broadcasting facilities;

  6. Power generating facilities;

  7. Museums and libraries; and

  8. Noncommercial storage tanks which store heating oil for consumptive use on the premises.

  9. Buildings that are or are anticipated to be owned by or leased to the state.

(b) The department shall allow inspection or copying of files and plans, specifications and related materials of all buildings in response to lawful subpoena or written requests from law enforcement agencies.

(c) Prior to any inspection or copying of files and plans, specifications and related materials, a written, signed application shall be obtained from the person requesting the inspection or copying. The application shall contain a general description of the files or premises for which inspection or copying is requested and the full name, address and telephone number of the requester. The written request shall contain a statement that any information obtained from the inspection or copying shall not be used for any unlawful purpose or unfair competitive practice, and that the information set out therein is true and correct. The department will consider the information supplied in the request in conjunction with the type of buildings noted in par. (a) in determining whether the request for inspection or copying shall be granted. The department may transmit a copy of this statement to the owner and submitter of the documents being inspected or copied.

(d) The department may charge a reasonable amount to defray its costs in providing copies.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1) (a), r. and recr. (4), cr. (4m), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, July, 2000, No. 535; CR 05-038: r. (7), cr. (8) (a) 9. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (1) to (4), renum. (4m) to (6) to be (5) to (7) and am. (5) and (6) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.04 Miscellaneous plan reviews, inspections and services {#sec-sps-302.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.04}

(1) Miscellaneous plan reviews. Unless specified otherwise in this chapter, the fee for department costs incurred in performing miscellaneous plan reviews shall be $80.00 per hour per plan, with a minimum fee of $80.00 per plan.

(2) Miscellaneous inspections and investigations. Unless specified otherwise in this chapter, fees for department costs incurred in performing miscellaneous inspections or investigations, including special inspections for alterations, fabrication, repairs, testing, electrical construction and quality assurance methods, which are either provided on request or to satisfy administrative code requirements, shall be determined and assessed in accordance with Table 302.04. An additional amount may be charged to cover all expenses, including travel time, mileage, meals and lodging. Travel expenses shall be limited to those allowed under ss. 16.53 and 20.916, Stats., and collective bargaining agreements.

(3) Minimum charge. In reference to Table 302.04 lines 1. and 2., a minimum charge of 4 hours shall be assessed for all special inspections required during fabrication and testing of ASME code items.

(4) Miscellaneous goods and services. The department may collect a fee for providing goods and services related to work that has been delegated by the department to authorized agents, municipalities or other state agencies based upon actual cost.

(5) Inspection assessments. The department may inspect any installation which is also inspected by a certified inspector. When the department inspection confirms that the inspection report is incomplete, invalid or unacceptable, the department shall assess the inspector or his or her employer a fee determined in accordance with sub. (2).

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1), r. and recr. (2), cr. (2m), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-025: renum. Comm 2.16 to be (4) and am. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (1) and Table 2.04, renum. (2m) to (4) to be (3) to (5) and am. (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.06 Fee assessment and collection {#sec-sps-302.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.06}

(1) Assessment. Unless specified otherwise in this chapter, registration, inspection and all other fees in this chapter shall be paid annually before registration is processed by the department.

(2) Collection. All fees not paid within 60 calendar days after the first invoice date may be assessed a late payment fee equal to one percent per month of the outstanding balance.

(3) Monthly billing service. Upon request and advance approval, the department may bill for services rendered on a monthly basis rather than requiring payment on an individual fee basis. Advance approval shall be obtained from the director in charge of the affected program. The decision to grant the request shall be based on the applicant’s past record of paying for the service, the credit rating from a recognized credit organization or a letter of financial reference concerning loan and account information from a financial institution.

(4) Charge card. The department may accept fee payment by electronic payment.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am (2), r. Table 2.06, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 08-039: am. (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.07 Fee refunds {#sec-sps-302.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.07}

(1) General. If a request for a permit, for which a fee is paid and a processing time is specified, is not processed by the department within the time specified, a refund of 50% of the fee paid shall be made to the person who paid for the request for the permit.

(2) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply in this section:

(a) “Fee” means the amount of money paid for a single permit or request for service, but does not mean the total amount of money which may be submitted with an application covering more than one permit or request for service.

(b) “Permit” includes an examination of plans, initial permit to operate, registration of a device, approval of a material or product, shaft excavation permit, petition for variance, permission to start construction, rental unit certificate of compliance, priority review and petition, and underground tank registration and use permit, but does not include any inspection services.

(3) Processing time.

(a) Starting date. When an appointment process exists for a specific type of permit, the permit processing time shall begin on the appointment date. When an appointment process does not exist for a specific type of permit, the permit processing time shall begin on the day after receipt of the request for the permit whether submitted by mail or in person. When the department finds a permit application has been submitted with inadequate information or fees, the application will be placed on hold and the department will notify the applicant of the information needed to process the application. Upon receipt of the complete information, the department will process the permit, except that the length of the processing time shall start over and the processing time shall begin the day after the receipt of the additional information or fees.

(b) Ending date. The ending date which shall be used to assess whether the permit was processed within the time period specified shall be the date the department actually made a determination to approve, deny or withhold the permit, and not the date on the correspondence noting the action or the date the permit was mailed out.

Note: The specific processing times for various permits may be found in the respective chapters where the permits are required.

(4) Determination.

(a) The starting and the ending dates recorded on the computer record or individual file shall be the dates used to assess whether a refund is to be made.

(b) The initial determination as to whether the permit was processed within the time period specified shall be made by the director of the bureau responsible for issuing the permit.

(c) Determinations subject to dispute shall be forwarded to the division administrator for a final determination.

(5) Payment of refund fees.

(a) All refunds made by the department shall be forwarded through the United States postal service.

(b) Refunds shall be mailed to the person who paid for the request for the permit at the address of record indicated on the department’s request for service forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (2) (b), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (b), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 06-119: am. (3) (a) and (4) (a) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.08 Waiver of fee assessments {#sec-sps-302.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.08}

All or a portion of any fee may be waived upon a determination of indigency. Waivers under this section may be granted only by the secretary of the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.09 Priority review {#sec-sps-302.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.09}

A person may request and make an appointment with the department to facilitate the examination of plans, or the review of a product or material for approval, on a priority basis. The fee for examination or review on a priority basis shall be twice the normal rate, based on the appropriate rate specified in this chapter. Scheduling on a priority basis shall be contingent upon the department having sufficient time and staff to accommodate the request.

History

  • CR 05-038: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.10 Projects without approval {#sec-sps-302.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.10}

The plan examination fees specified in this chapter shall be doubled for projects where the installation, erection or construction was initiated without the required departmental approval.

History

  • CR 05-038: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05.

Subchapter II Safety Services

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.11 Boilers and pressure vessels {#sec-sps-302.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.11}

(1) Boiler fees. Inspection fees for boilers shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.11-1.

(2) Pressure vessel fees. Inspection fees for pressure vessels shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.11-2.

(3) Reinspection fees. A fee of $80.00 per inspection shall be assessed for inspections made by the department to gain compliance with ch. SPS 341, after orders have been issued by the department.

(5) Fee for failure to have boiler or pressure vessel ready for inspection. A fee equal to 50% of the applicable inspection fee shall be assessed for failure to have the boiler or pressure vessel ready for inspection on the date specified, unless the department is notified, in writing, 7 business days prior to the specified inspection date.

(6) Permit to operate. The fee for the issuance of a permit to operate each boiler or pressure vessel shall be $50.00.

(7) Piping investigation. Fees related to piping investigations performed by the department shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(8) National board exam. The fee for the application for and the administration of the national board of boiler and pressure vessel inspectors competency examination shall be $250.00.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; corrections in (3), (4) and (6) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, November, 1999, No. 527; am. (3), (4) and (6) and Tables 2.11-1 and 2.11-2, cr. (7), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-025: am. Tables 2.11-1 and 2.11-2 and (5), r. (4), cr. (8) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-01; CR 08-039: am. (3), (8) and Tables 2.11-1 and 2.11-2 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. (6) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (1), (2), (3), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.12 Anhydrous ammonia systems {#sec-sps-302.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.12}

(1) Plan examination and inspection fees. A fee of $700.00 shall be submitted for plan examination and external inspection of each new anhydrous ammonia handling or storage facility.

(2) Periodic inspection fees.

(a) Storage facilities. Fees for the required periodic inspection of storage facilities shall be $150.00 per facility.

(b) Nurse tanks. Fees for the required periodic inspection of nurse tanks shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.12.

(3) Reinspection fees. A fee in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2) shall be assessed for inspections made by the department to gain compliance with ch. SPS 343, after orders directing compliance have been issued by the department.

(4) Permit to operate. The fee for the issuance of a permit to operate each anhydrous ammonia system shall be $50.00.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1), (2) (a) and (3) and Table 2.12, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-038: am. (1), cr. (2m) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (1), (2) and Table 2.12, renum. (2m) and (3) to be (3) and (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. (4) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (2) (b), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.13 Mechanical refrigeration systems {#sec-sps-302.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.13}

(1) Inspection fees.

(a) The inspection fees, based on the aggregate tonnage of the mechanical refrigeration system, shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.13.

Note: For the purpose of assessing the inspection fee, the capacity of a mechanical refrigeration system will be determined in tons. One ton of refrigeration capacity is considered to be the equivalent of abstracting heat at the rate of 12,000 Btu per hour.

(b) Fees related to steel-piping inspections performed by the department shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(2) Reinspection fees. A fee of $80.00 per inspection shall be assessed for inspections made by the department to gain compliance with ch. SPS 345, after orders directing compliance have been issued by the department.

(3) Permit to operate. The fee for the issuance of a permit to operate each mechanical refrigeration system shall be $50.00.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; correction in (3) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, November, 1994, No. 467; r. (3), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Table 2.13 and (2), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-038: cr. (1m) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. Table 2.13, renum. (1m) and (2) to be (2) and (3) and am. (2) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. (3) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; CR 10-011: renum. (1) to be (1) (a), cr. (1) (b) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (1) (a), (b), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.15 Elevators, power dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks and ramps, lifts for accessibility and material lifts {#sec-sps-302.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.15}

(1) Plan examination, application and initial inspection fees. Fees for the initial inspection and for the examination of plans or for an application for installation or alteration, or both, submitted in accordance with the requirements of s. SPS 318.1007 or 318.1008, shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.15. A reinspection fee as specified in Table 302.15 shall be charged for each inspection conducted until the installation or alteration qualifies for a permit to operate.

(2) Periodic inspection and reinspection fees. Fees for periodic inspections and reinspections of all classes of elevators and lifting devices within the scope of ch. SPS 318 shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.15. An inspection fee shall also be charged for each reinspection of an elevator in accordance with Table 302.15 until the installation or alteration qualifies for a permit to operate.

(3) Fee for failure to have equipment ready for inspection. A fee equal to 50% of the applicable inspection fee shall be assessed for failure to have the elevator or lifting device ready for inspection on the date specified, unless the department is notified, in writing, 7 business days prior to the specified inspection date.

(4) Permit to operate. The fee for the issuance of a permit to operate each conveyance shall be $50.00.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (3) and r. Table 2.15-2, Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; emerg. r. and recr., eff. 6-1-97; r. and recr., Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (1) and (3), Register, November, 1999, No. 527, eff. 12-1-99; am. (1) to (3), cr. (2m), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2004 No. 587; CR 05-038: am. Table 2.15-1, Table 2.15-2, and (2m) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (1) and (2), r. Tables 2.15-1 and 2.15-2, cr. Table 2.15, renum. (2m) and (3) to be (3) and (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. (4) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2017 No. 744.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.17 Mines, pits and quarries {#sec-sps-302.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.17}

(1) Submittal requirements. The person or firm operating the crushing, screening or washing equipment shall submit, with the fee specified in sub. (2), the name of the mine, pit or quarry; the name of the company; the mailing address; the telephone number; and the type of product to be mined, such as ore, stone, clay, lime or aggregate.

(2) Safety service. The annual safety service fee for each metal or nonmetal mine, pit or quarry shall be based on the size of the respective operation for the calendar year. Production records shall be made available upon request. The fee shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.17. This fee does not apply to mines, pits or quarries used for private domestic use.

Note: The department intends to review the fees in Table 302.17 with the Mines, Pits and Quarries Advisory Council by June 1, 2001, and annually thereafter.

(3) Shaft excavation permit. The fee for obtaining a shaft excavation permit shall be $400.00 per permit.

(4) Miscellaneous inspections. The fee for miscellaneous consultation inspections provided on request shall be in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(5) Training. The fee for annual refresher training provided by the department and required by the federal mine safety and health administration shall be $330.00 per course.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1) and (2) and Table 2.17, renum. (3) (a) and (c) to be (3) and (4) and am., r. (3) (b) and (4), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 02-042: am. Table 2.17 and (5), Register October 2002 No. 562, eff. 11-1-02; CR 08-039: am. Table 2.17 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.18 Explosive materials {#sec-sps-302.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.18}

(1) Use. Fees for conducting a safety inspection of the use of explosive materials shall be assessed in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2). Use of explosive materials shall include the storage of daily supplies.

(2) Permanent storage. Fees for conducting a safety inspection of a permanent explosive materials storage facility shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.18. The fees are based on the combined volume of one or more magazines at any given site. This inspection fee applies to blasters and explosive materials contractors working independently of mine, pit or quarry operations.

(3) Temporary storage in a community. Fees for department costs incurred in the performance of safety inspections of temporary explosive materials storage magazines in a community shall be $80.00 per magazine.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; r. (1) and Table 2.18-1, Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; renum. (2) to be (1) to (3) and am., am. Table 2.18, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 08-039: am. Table 2.18 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.19 Fireworks manufacturing plants {#sec-sps-302.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.19}

Fees for department costs incurred in the performance of inspection of fireworks manufacturing plants shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; r. (2), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.20 Amusement rides {#sec-sps-302.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.20}

(1) Plan examination, data review, registration and inspections. Fees for amusement rides shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

(a) Plan examination for new amusement ride tramways $280.00 per plan submittal.

Note: See ch. SPS 333 for definitions of tramways.

(b) Review of engineering analysis and test data associated with the acceptance of amusement rides $280.00 per ride.

(c)

  1. Annual registration for all amusement rides $55.00 per ride.

  2. Late registration fee for failure to register amusement ride before opening it to the public $200.00 per ride.

(d) Initial inspection of custom-built, site-specific amusement rides not used in a portable mode per s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(e) Periodic inspection of coin operated kiddie rides $70.00 per ride.

(f) Periodic inspection of Class 1 amusement rides $140.00 per ride.

(g) Periodic inspection of Class 2 amusement rides, except amusement rides that the manufacturer estimates require more than 40 work hours for erection $250.00 per ride.

(h) Periodic inspection of Class 2 amusement rides that the manufacturer estimates require more than 40 work hours for erection $350.00 per ride.

(i) Periodic inspection of amusement ride tramways $420.00 per tramway.

(j) Reinspection fee for noncompliance with orders previously issued by the department $100.00 per ride.

Note: See ch. SPS 334 for definitions of ride classes.

(2) Fee assessment and collection. Registration and outstanding inspection fees for amusement rides shall be paid before registration is processed by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 08-039: am. (1) (a), (b) and (2), renum. (1) (c), (d) to (h) and (k) to be (1) (c) 1., (e) to (i) and (j) and am., cr. (1) (c) 2. and (d), r. (1) (i) and (j) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.21 Passenger ropeways {#sec-sps-302.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.21}

(1) Plan examination fee. Fees for the examination of plans for passenger ropeways shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.21-1.

Note: See ch. SPS 334 for definition of the term “Amusement Ride” as it applies to passenger ropeways used as amusement rides.

Note: Surface tows include T-bar, platter and similar devices.

(2) Inspection fees. Fees for the inspection of new installations, annual inspections and other inspections of passenger ropeways shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.21-2.

Note: See ch. SPS 334 for definition of the term “Amusement Ride” as it applies to passenger ropeways used as amusement rides.

Note: Surface tows include T-bar, platter and similar devices.

(3) Load test fee. The fee for certifying a load test of a passenger ropeway shall be $420.00 per load test.

(4) Permit to operate. The fee for the issuance of a permit to operate each passenger ropeway shall be $50.00.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (3), (4), Tables 2.21-1 and 2.21-2, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 00-132: am. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; CR 08-039: am. (3) and Tables 2.21-1 and 2.21-2 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. (4) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Buildings

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.31 Buildings, structures, heating, ventilation and fire protection systems {#sec-sps-302.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.31}

(1) Plan submittal.

(a) General. Fees relating to the submittal of all plans, submitted in accordance with the requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366, shall be determined in accordance with this section.

(b) Plan review fees. Fees relating to the submittal of all building plans, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) plans, and fire protection system plans shall be computed on the basis of the total gross square footage of each building or affected area. The fees shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.31-1 for buildings not located in municipalities that have assumed building inspection responsibilities. The fees shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.31-2 for buildings located in agent municipalities and counties that have assumed the building inspection responsibilities specified under s. 101.12 (3) (g), Stats., and ch. SPS 361.

(c) Multiple identical buildings. The fees set forth in this paragraph may be applied to a project which contains multiple identical buildings. In order to qualify for the multiple identical building fee, plans for all buildings shall be submitted at the same time. The fees for the submittal of plans for the first building shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.31-1 or 302.31-2 on the basis of the total gross area of one building. The fee for each of the remaining identical buildings shall be computed on the basis of an area of less than 2,500 square feet.

(d) Miscellaneous plans. The fee for miscellaneous plans shall be $250 per plan. Miscellaneous plans are plans which have no building, HVAC or fire protection system plan submissions and those plans for which no area may be associated. Miscellaneous plans include, but are not limited to, all of the following:

  1. Footing and foundation plans submitted prior to the submission of the building plans.

  2. Exhaust systems for dust, fumes, vapors and gases.

  3. Stadium, grandstand and bleacher plans, and interior bleacher plans submitted as independent projects.

  4. Any building component, other than building, HVAC and fire protection systems, submitted after installation.

(e) Permission to start construction. The fee for a permission to start construction shall be $75.00.

(f) Revisions. The fee for revisions to previously approved plans and plans that have been previously reviewed but not denied shall be $75.00.

(g) Second class city. A second class city that is certified to perform the expanded plan examinations specified in s. SPS 361.60 (5) (b) shall submit to the department the fee specified in Table 302.31-3 for each building or structure reviewed which exceeds the limits specified in s. SPS 361.60 (5) (c).

(h) Appointed agent. An agent that is appointed by the department under s. 101.12 (3g), stats., to perform plan examinations shall submit to the department the fees specified in Table 302.31-3 for each building or structure reviewed under s. 101.12 (3g), Stats.

(i) Resubmission. The fee for building, HVAC or fire protection system plans resubmitted within 8 months following denial of plan approval shall be $250 per plan.

(2) Fee for plan entry. In addition to the plan review and inspection fees for a project, each separate submission of plans for the project shall be accompanied by a $100.00 plan entry fee. When plans for multiple projects are submitted together, each project shall constitute a separate submission and requires a $100.00 plan entry fee.

Note: For example, the total fee to be submitted under Table 302.31-1 for a 15,000 square foot building that includes building plans, HVAC plans, fire alarm plans and fire suppression plans would be $800 + $450 + $200 + $200 + $100 = $1,750.

(3) Fee for missing a plan review appointment. A fee of $60.00 may be charged for missing a plan review appointment that was processed and scheduled by the department.

(4) Reinspection fee. A fee as specified in s. SPS 302.04 (2) shall be assessed for inspections made by the department to gain compliance with rules after orders have been issued by the department.

(5) Completion statement. A fee of $15.00 shall be assessed for any project where the department has issued orders for a completion statement to be submitted as required by s. SPS 361.40.

(6) Fee refunds. The department may refund the difference in fees between Tables 302.31-1 and 302.31-2 for projects that are abandoned prior to construction.

(7) Collection of fees. Fees shall be remitted at the time the plans are submitted. No plan examinations, approvals or inspections shall be made until fees are received.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. (1) (intro.), Register, March, 1995, No. 471, eff. 4-1-95; cr. (1) (a) 2. g.; r. and recr. Table 2.31-1 and 2.31-2, Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 4-1-97; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, November, 1999, No. 527; r. and recr. (1), (2) and Tables 2.31-1 and 2.31-2; cr. Table 2.31-3, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (1) (a), (b), (g), (h), (i), (3) and (5) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; corrections in (1) (g) and (h) made under s. 13.93 (2m) b) 7., Stats., Register January 2005 No. 589; CR 05-038: r. and recr. (2), cr. (2m), r. (3) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 06-119: am. tables 2.31-1 to 2.31-3 Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 06-120: am. (1) (a), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-039: am. (1) (d) to (f), (i), (5) and Tables 2.31-1, 2.31-2 and 2.31-3, renum. (2m) to be (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-046: am. (1) (d) 6. and Table 2.31-1, Register March 2010 No. 651, eff. 4-1-10; CR 10-103: am. (1) (a) and (d), r. and recr. (1) (i), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (b), (c), (g), (h), (4), (5), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; 2017 Wis. Act 198: am. (1) (h) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.33 Manufactured homes {#sec-sps-302.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.33}

(1) Certification and inspection fees. Fees for certification and inspection relative to the manufacture of manufactured homes shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.33-1.

(2) Community plan review and inspections. Fees for plan review and inspection of new or expanded manufactured home communities shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.33-2.

(3) Community permits.

(a) Permit fees for manufactured home communities shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.33-3.

(b) A late fee of $80.00 shall be required for each permit if the renewal fee is not paid before the permit expires.

(c) Agents issuing permits shall reimburse the department 37% of the permit fees specified in par. (a).

(4) Certificate of title fees. Fees for a certificate of title for a manufactured home shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

(a) For filing an application for the first certificate of title $8.50

(b) A manufactured housing rehabilitation and recycling fee upon filing an application under par. (a) or (d) $7.00

(c) For the original notation and subsequent release of each security interest noted upon a certificate of title $4.00

(d) For a certificate of title after a transfer $8.50

(e) A supplemental title fee upon filing an application under par. (a) or (d), except that this fee shall be waived with respect to an application under par. (d) for transfer of a decedent’s interest in a manufactured home to his or her surviving spouse $7.50

(f) For each assignment of a security interest noted upon a certificate of title $1.00

(g) For a replacement certificate of title $8.00

(h) For processing applications for certificates of title that have special handling requests for fast service $15.00

(i) For the reinstatement of a certificate of title previously suspended or revoked $25.00

(j) For conducting a file search of manufactured home title records $3.00

(k) For each notification under s. 101.9213 (8), Stats., that a security interest has not been satisfied $4.00

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. Table 2.33, Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-038: am. (1) and (2) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; emerg. cr. (5), eff. 2-1-05; CR 04-135: cr. (3), (4) and (5) Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 08-039: am. (1), r. (2), renum. (3) to (5) and Table 2.33 to be (2) to (4) and Table 2.33-1 and am. (2), (3) and Table 2.33-1, cr. Tables 2.33-2 and 2.33-3 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1), (2), (3), Table 302.33-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.34 One- and two-family dwellings, multifamily dwellings, manufactured dwellings, manufactured multifamily dwellings, and camping units {#sec-sps-302.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.34}

(1) Uniform building permit seal. A fee of $30.00 shall be remitted to the department at the time of application for a Wisconsin Uniform Building Permit Seal. Municipalities or UDC inspection agencies administering the Uniform Dwelling Code shall purchase one $30.00 permit seal for each new dwelling.

(2) Departmental inspections. Where an employee of the department performs an on-site inspection related to the enforcement of the Uniform Dwelling Code as a result of a consumer complaint or a request by an individual in a municipality where permits are not issued and inspections are not performed, a fee may be assessed to the individual requesting the inspection determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2), with a minimum fee of $160.00 per inspection, payable in advance to the department.

(3) Multifamily dwellings. Fees related to plan examination and field inspections for multifamily dwellings shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.31.

(4) Modular homes.

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), where employees of the department perform plan reviews, plant evaluations, consumer complaint investigations or any other type of enforcement-related activity for modular homes, the manufacturer shall be assessed at the rates determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04.

(b) The minimum fee for plan review shall be $80.00 per plan.

(c) The minimum fee for inspections shall be $160.00 per inspection.

(5) Manufactured multifamily dwellings.

(a) Fees related to plan examination and field inspections for manufactured multifamily dwellings shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.31.

(b) Fees related to in-plant inspections for manufactured multifamily dwellings performed by the department shall be assessed and determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(6) Wisconsin insignias. Fees for Wisconsin insignias shall be assessed and computed on the basis of $25.00 for each dwelling unit or camping unit.

(7) Miscellaneous fees. When the department provides goods or services not specifically covered by the fees in subs. (1) to (6), fees may be charged to persons or organizations requesting the goods and services based upon actual cost.

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.35 Electrical systems {#sec-sps-302.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.35}

(1) General. Fees for all permits issued and inspection services provided under s. SPS 316.011 (2) (a) shall be determined in accordance with this section.

(2) Permit and inspection fee.

(a) Except as provided under sub. (3), the permit and inspection fee for an electrical wiring installation described under s. SPS 316.012 (1) (a) or (b) shall be the greater of the sum of the fees determined in accordance with Table 302.35 or $160.

(b) The fee under par. (a) includes the fees for a minimum of one rough-in inspection and one final inspection.

(c) Any of the fees under Table 302.35 may, at the discretion of the department, be doubled for projects where the installation, erection, or construction of an installation component is initiated without the required permit.

(3) Inspection agency permit and inspection fee. The permit and inspection fee assessed by an inspection agency for an electrical wiring installation described under s. SPS 316.012 (1) (a) or (b) may be determined by contract between the inspection agency and the department. In this subsection, “inspection agency” means an inspection agency registered under s. SPS 305.629.

(4) Plan review fee. A fee of $160 shall be assessed for each electrical system plan review that is required or is requested by the permit applicant.

(5) Reinspection fee. A fee of $160 shall be assessed for a department reinspection conducted to gain compliance after an order has been issued by the department.

(6) Refund of permit and inspection fee.

(a) The department may refund all or a portion of a fee assessed under sub. (2) for a project if installation of the electrical wiring has not commenced within 12 months after the date the permit is issued.

(b) The permit holder may request from the department a refund of a fee assessed under sub. (2) for a component that at the conclusion of the project has not been installed.

Note: Also see s. SPS 302.07.

(7) Fee for an incomplete or incorrect permit. An additional fee of $80 may be assessed if a permit application is submitted with incomplete or incorrect information.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; renum. (4) to (7) to be (5) to (8), cr. (4), Register, March, 1995, No. 471, eff. 4-1-95; CR 00-159: am. (1), r. and recr. (2), r. (3), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; CR 05-038: am. (3) and (5) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (1), (2), (4) (title), (a) and (c) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2), (3), (4) (a), (5) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; EmR1703: emerg. am. (6), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: am. (title), (6) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; CR 19-099: cr. Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.

Subchapter IV Gas Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.44 Gas system equipment {#sec-sps-302.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.44}

Fees for examination of plans and site inspections under ch. SPS 340 for the storage or vehicle-fuel dispensing of liquefied petroleum gas, liquefied natural gas, compressed natural gas, gaseous hydrogen or liquefied hydrogen shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.44.

History

  • CR 05-038: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. Table 2.44 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-002: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Material Approvals and Petitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.51 Material approvals {#sec-sps-302.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.51}

(1) The fee for department review of an application for the approval of a material, equipment or product, other than a plumbing product, or for approval of an alternate standard, shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.51.

(2) The fee for a special inspection of an installation of a material, equipment or product for which an experimental approval has been issued in accordance with s. SPS 320.18 or 361.50 shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 05-038: am. Table 2.51 Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (2) and Table 2.51 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1), (2), Table 302.51 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.52 Petitions for variance {#sec-sps-302.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.52}

(1) General. The department shall consider and may grant a variance from an administrative rule upon receipt of a fee, a completed petition for variance form from the owner, and a position statement from the fire department where applicable, provided an equivalency is established which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned.

(2) Petitions for variance on rules under chs. SPS 320 to 325, uniform dwelling code, and ch. SPS 327, camping units. The fee for reviewing petitions for variance on rules under chs. SPS 320 to 325, and 327 shall be $175.00 per petition.

(3) Petitions for variance on rules under chs. SPS 361 to 366, commercial building code.

(a) Except as provided under sub. (4), the fee for reviewing petitions for variance on rules under chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall be $550.00 per petition.

(b) Except as provided in par. (d), a separate petition shall be submitted for each building, even if the buildings are similar. If, after review, it is determined that some or all of the petitions may be processed using a precedent, a portion of the variance fee may be refunded in accordance with sub. (10) (b).

(c) Where identical petitions are submitted for identical buildings with a common owner on a single piece of property, the fee for the first building shall be $550.00 and the fee for each subsequent building shall be submitted in accordance with sub. (10) (b) for precedent petitions.

(d) Where an identical variance is sought for identical buildings with a common owner in a single municipality, and all of the buildings are listed on one submitted petition, the fee for the first building shall be $550.00, and the fee for each subsequent building shall be $50.

(4) Petitions for variance on historic buildings. The fee for reviewing petitions for variance on rules for historic buildings shall be $300.00 per petition.

(5) Petitions for variance on rules under chs. SPS 381 to 387, uniform plumbing code. The fee per petition for processing petitions for variance to rules under chs. SPS 381 to 387 shall be $300.00.

(6) Petitions for variance under s. 101.055 (4), stats. The fee for reviewing petitions for temporary, experimental and permanent variances under s. 101.055 (4), Stats., shall be $300.00 per petition.

(7) Petitions for variance, other rules. Except as provided in ch. SPS 305, the fee for reviewing petitions for variance on rules of the department, administered by the division of industry services and not specifically mentioned under this section, shall be $300.00 per petition.

(8) Priority petitions.

(a) Upon request, the department will process petitions for variance on a priority basis. Except as specified in par. (b), the fees for processing these petitions shall be double the amounts specified in subs. (2), (3), (5) to (7) and (9).

(b) The fees for processing petitions for variance on rules for historic buildings, pursuant to s. 101.121 (3) (b), Stats., shall be as specified in sub. (4).

(9) Revisions.

(a) Statements or conditions in a petition for variance may be revised within one year of the date of the written decision. The fee per petition for revisions to previously determined petitions for variance shall be as follows:

  1. Petitions on rules under sub. (2) $50.00

  2. Petitions on rules under sub. (5) $75.00

  3. All other petitions $100.00

(b) For revisions requested after one year from the date of the written decision, a new petition for variance shall be submitted.

(10) Additional and reduced fees.

(a) For complex petitions for variance which require more than 8 hours to review and process, an additional fee may be charged at the rate of $80.00 per hour for each hour in excess of 8 hours. For precedent petitions for variance which require more than 3 hours to review and process, an additional fee may be charged at the rate of $80.00 per hour for each hour in excess of 3 hours.

(b) For petitions processed under sub. (3) or (4), a refund may be returned. The minimum fee per petition charged by the department shall be based on the following schedule:

  1. The minimum fee for a petition for variance that is returned without decision before assignment for staff review shall be 25% of the required fee.

  2. The minimum fee for a petition for variance that is returned without decision after staff review shall be 25% of the required fee plus $80.00 per hour of review and processing time.

  3. The minimum fee for a non-priority petition for variance based on precedence shall be 50% of the required fee.

  4. The minimum fee for a priority petition for variance based on precedence shall be 75% of the required fee.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; emerg. cr. (6m), eff. 10-1-93; cr. (6m), Register, March, 1994, No. 459, eff. 4-1-94; am. (3) (a), Register, March, 1995, No. 471, eff. 4-1-95; correction in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, November, 1999, No. 527; r. and recr. (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; am. (3) (a), (c), (6), (7), (10) (a) and (b) 2., r. (6m), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; am. (3) (b), cr. (3) (d), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (3) (a) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 05-038: am. (3) (d), (5) and (7) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (3) (title) and (a), (4) and (8) (b), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-039: am. (2), (3) (a), (c), (d), (5), (7), (10) (a), (b) 2. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (3) (title) and (a) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2), (3) (title), (a), (5), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694; EmR1703: emerg. am. (2), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: am. (2) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; correction in (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register March 2018 No. 747; CR 18-056: am. (2) Register November 2018 No. 755, eff. 12-1-18.

Subchapter VI Building Water Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.61 Miscellaneous inspections, reviews and services {#sec-sps-302.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.61}

(1) Special plumbing inspections.

(a) The fees for plumbing inspections for sanitary districts or other special purpose districts shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(b) The department may assess a fee determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2) for a field inspection for a department representative to conduct a soil evaluation.

(2) Revisions. The fee for revisions to previously approved plumbing and private sewage plans shall be $85.00 for the first hour and $80.00 per hour thereafter per plan. This fee shall apply when plans are revised for reasons other than those which were requested by the department.

(3) Miscellaneous services. When the department provides goods or services not specifically covered in this section, fees may be charged to organizations requesting such goods and services.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; r. and recr. (3), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; am. (1) and (2), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 05-038: am. (1) (a), r. (3) and (4) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (2), renum. (5) to be (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.635 Lot restriction waivers {#sec-sps-302.635 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.635}

The fee for any lot restriction waiver issued by the department shall be $100.00 per lot.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 08-039: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.64 Plumbing systems {#sec-sps-302.64 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.64}

(1) General. Plan examination fees for preliminary or complete plans shall accompany the plans and specifications when submitted. If the department determines, upon review of the plans, that inadequate fees were provided, the necessary additional fees shall be provided prior to departmental approval.

(2) Examination fees. The plan examination fee shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.64-1. The minimum fee shall be $85.00 per plan.

** For table entries 5. to 11., no additional fee would be required if submitted with the respective drain and vent system.*

*** This fee is in addition to building stormwater and clearwater plumbing systems.*

(3) Examination fees for additions and remodeling. When new or relocated fixtures or both are connected to the existing piping inside a building, the fee shall be determined in accordance with the following procedures:

(a) Sanitary building sewer, drain and vent.

  1. Total all of the drainage fixture units which are being added or relocated.

  2. Refer to s. SPS 382.30 Table 382.30-2, and determine the horizontal drain size which would be required if all new or relocated fixtures discharged through one pipe.

Note: Disregard the asterisk limitation regarding water closets. This pipe size is used for determining the fee only and does not necessarily mean this pipe size is used in actual design or installation.

  1. Determine the fee based on pipe diameter in Table 302.64-1, line 1.

(b) Building water distribution system.

  1. Total all of the water supply fixture units which are being added or relocated, using s. SPS 382.40 Tables 382.40-1 and 2, and convert to gallons per minute (GPM) in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 Table 382.40-3.

  2. The fees shall be determined in accordance with GPM demand of the new or relocated fixtures as specified in Table 302.64-2.

(c) Building storm sewer and drainage system.

  1. Total each different type of area which the new or relocated drains serve and convert to GPM using ch. SPS 382 Tables 382.36-1, 2 and 3. To this, add the GPM discharge from any added or relocated clear water drains located inside the building.

  2. Refer to ch. SPS 382 Table 382.36-4, using the column for 1/4 inch per foot pitch, to determine the horizontal drain size which would be required if all new or relocated fixtures discharged through one pipe. Use this pipe size for determining the fee.

  3. Determine the fee based on pipe diameter in Table 302.64-1, line 18. a.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; am. Table 2.64-1, Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; am. Table 2.64-1; Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; am. (3) (a) 3. and (c) 3. and Tables 2.64-1 and 2.64-2, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 02-002: am. Table 2.64-1 Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am Table 2.64-1 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-039: am. (2), (3) (a) 3., (c) 3. and Tables 2.64-1 and 2.64-2 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: am. Table 2.64-1 Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (3) (a) 2., 3., (b) 1., 2., (c) 1., 2., 3., Table 302.64-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.645 Cross connection control assemblies {#sec-sps-302.645 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.645}

(1) The registration fee for each cross connection control assembly submitted to the department in accordance with s. SPS 382.20 (1) (c) shall be one of the following:

(a) Thirty dollars.

(b) Twenty dollars, if completed and filed electronically via the industry services division’s web site.

Note: The Industry Services Division Web address is http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(2) The filing fee for each cross connection control assembly performance test report required under s. SPS 382.22 (8) shall be one of the following:

(a) Thirty dollars.

(b) Twenty dollars, if completed and filed electronically via the industry services division’s web site.

History

  • CR 02-002: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129, am. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 08-039: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 09-050: r. and recr. Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (1) (b), (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.65 Private onsite wastewater treatment systems {#sec-sps-302.65 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.65}

(1) General. The plan examination fee as determined under this section shall accompany the plans and specifications for the proposed design of a private onsite wastewater treatment system at a specific site. If the department determines, upon review of the plans, that inadequate fees were provided, the department will not make a final determination on the plans until the appropriate fees are received.

(2) Examination fees. The plan examination fee for a private onsite wastewater treatment system submitted to the department for review shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.65, rounded to the nearest dollar.

(3) Data review. The fee to review soil saturation monitoring studies or reports in accordance with s. SPS 385.60 (2) or (3) shall be $240.00 per site.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; r. and recr., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (table) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 08-039: am. (3) and Table 2.65 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2), (3), Table 302.65 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.66 Product and standard approvals {#sec-sps-302.66 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.66}

(1) Approvals.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the fee for the request of a review by the department for a plumbing product under s. SPS 384.10 (2) or for an alternate standard under s. SPS 381.20 (2) shall be determined in accordance with Table 302.66.

(b) The fee for a minor revision to a previously issued approval for an exterior grease interceptor, or prefabricated holding or treatment component for a POWTS shall be $70.00 plus $10.00 for each approval affected in lieu of the fee specified in Table 302.66. For the purpose of this subdivision, a minor revision shall be considered a modification that does not affect the function, retention capacity, basic shape or size of the tank. The expiration date of the original approval shall not be extended if the minor revision is approved.

(c)

  1. The fee for the request of an alternate approval to be issued by the department for a plumbing product shall be $400.00.

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., the fee for the request of a revision or renewal of an alternate approval to be issued by the department for a plumbing product shall be $200.00.

b. The fee for a minor revision to a previously issued alternate approval for an exterior grease interceptor, holding, septic or other sewage treatment tank shall be $70.00 plus $10.00 for each approval affected in lieu of the fee specified in subd. 2. a. For the purpose of this subparagraph, a minor revision shall be considered a modification that does not affect the function, retention capacity, basic shape or size of the tank, or the basis of the approval being classified as an alternate. The expiration date of the original approval shall not be extended if the minor revision is approved.

(d)

  1. The fee for the request of an experimental approval to be issued by the department for a plumbing product shall be $1,000.00.

  2. The fee for the request of a revision or renewal of an experimental approval to be issued by the department for a plumbing material or product shall be $500.00.

(e) The fee for a special inspection of an installation of a product, for which an experimental approval has been issued in accordance with s. SPS 384.50, shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(2) POWTS approvals and manufacturer changes.

(a)

  1. The fee for the request to have a method or technology reviewed as a POWTS holding, treatment or dispersal component or site constructed private onsite wastewater treatment system component by the department, in accordance with s. SPS 384.10 (3), shall be $400.00 per method, technology, or site constructed component.

  2. The fee for the request of a revision or renewal of a method or technology reviewed as a POWTS holding, treatment or dispersal component or site constructed private onsite wastewater treatment system component by the department, in accordance with s. SPS 384.10 (3), shall be $150.00 per method, technology, or site constructed component.

(b) The fee for the request of a change of manufacturer’s name or address on an approval issued by the department for a plumbing product shall be $20.00. The expiration date of the original approval shall not be extended.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; emerg. am. Table 2.66 and (1) (b) 1., eff. 5-12-94; am. Table 2.66, (1) (b) 1., Register, October, 1994, No. 466, eff. 11-1-94; am. Table 2.66, (1) (d) 2. and r. and recr. (2) (a), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; am. (1) (e) and Table 2.66, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 02-002: am. Table Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (1) (a) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. Table 2.66, r. (1) (b) 1., renum. (1) (b) 2. to be (1) (b) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-100: am. Table 2.66 and (2) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-039: am. (1) (b) to (d), (2) (a) 1., (b) and Table 2.66 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (a), (b), (e), (2) (a) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.67 Sanitary permits {#sec-sps-302.67 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.67}

(1) Fee.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.19 (5), Stats., the fee for a sanitary permit issued by a governmental unit shall be at least $141.00.

Note: Section 145.19 (5) of the Statutes was repealed in 2012; however, section 145.19 (2) of the Statutes requires a permit fee that is no less than the amount determined under the department’s rules.

(b) The fee for a sanitary permit issued by the department under s. SPS 383.21 shall be $300.00.

(2) Portion forwarded to the department. The governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private onsite wastewater treatment systems shall forward to the department $100.00 of each sanitary permit fee, determined in accord with s. 145.19, Stats.

Note: The $100.00 includes the $25.00 groundwater fee, required by s. 145.19 (6), Stats., that is forwarded to the department of natural resources.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1992, No. 438, eff. 7-1-92; renum. and am. (1) to be (1) (a), cr. (1) (b) and am. (2), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 08-039: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.675 Privy registrations {#sec-sps-302.675 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.675}

(1) Vault privy. The fee for registering a vault privy that is to serve a state-owned facility shall be $70.00.

(2) Pit privy. The fee for registering a pit privy that is to serve a state-owned facility shall be $90.00.

History

  • CR 02-129: cr. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 08-039: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 302.68 Public swimming pool and water attraction plan review and inspection fees {#sec-sps-302.68 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 302.68}

(1) Plan examination and inspection fees for public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides shall accompany plans and specifications when submitted to the department for review. If the department determines, upon review of the plans, that inadequate fees were received, the necessary additional fees shall be received by the department prior to plan review and determination.

(2) Except as provided in sub. (3), plan examination and inspection fees for the construction or modification of public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides shall be as listed in Tables 302.68-1 and 302.68-2.

(3)

(a) Virginia Graeme Baker alterations.

  1. Fees for the review and approval of modifications to existing pools involving circulation systems or submerged suction outlets for the sole purpose of complying with the federal Virginia Graeme Baker Consumer Product Safety Commission rules shall be one of the following:

a. Three hundred fifty dollars, if the modification inspection is performed by department staff.

b. Two hundred dollars, if the modification inspection is not performed by department staff.

  1. Modification inspections, beyond the initial modification inspection, performed by department staff for modifications to existing pools involving circulation systems or submerged suction outlets for the sole purpose of complying with the federal Virginia Graeme Baker Consumer Product Safety Commission rules shall be assessed in accordance with s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(b) Alternate and experimental system design review. Fees for the review and approval of alternate and experimental system designs shall be as specified in Table 302.68-1. A fee for the minor revision to a previously approved alternate or experimental system design may be assessed. The expiration date of the original approval may not be extended if a minor revision is approved.

(d) Reinspection fee. A fee of $300.00 may be assessed for a second or subsequent final inspection where the initial final inspection is scheduled and partially conducted by the inspector, and the pool installation is found to be incomplete.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 10-1-93; cr. Register, March, 1994, No. 459, eff. 4-1-94; r. and recr., Register, November, 2000, No. 539, eff. 12-1-00; CR 02-002: am. (1), (2) and Table 2.68-1, cr. Table 2.68-2 Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-052: am. (1) and (2) and Tables 2.68-1 and 2.68-2, cr. (3) (d) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; CR 05-038: r. (3) (a) and (c) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-039: am. (3) (d) and Tables 2.68-1 and 2.68-2 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; EmR0934: emerg. cr. (3) (a), eff. 1-1-10; CR 09-116: cr. (3) (a), am. (3) (d) and Tables 2.68-1 and 2.68-2 Register May 2010 No. 653, eff. 6-1-10; correction in (2), (3) (a) 2., (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 303 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

Subchapter I Petition for Variance Procedures

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-303.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.001}

The purpose of this subchapter is to specify procedures for applying for a variance from a rule administered and enforced by the department. If the provisions of this subchapter differ from those specified in the code containing the rule from which the variance is being requested, the most restrictive requirement shall govern.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; CR 05-049: am. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.002 Scope {#sec-sps-303.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.002}

This subchapter specifies who may apply for a petition for variance from a rule, the procedures that must be followed when applying for and processing a petition for variance, and the procedures for appealing a decision on a petition for variance.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; CR 05-049: am. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.01 Petition procedures {#sec-sps-303.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.01}

Except as specified in ss. SPS 303.04 and 303.05, all petitions for variance from rules of the department shall be processed as provided for in s. SPS 303.03. Appeals shall be handled as set forth in s. SPS 303.06.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; CR 05-049: am. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-303.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.02}

In this subchapter:

(1) “Administrator” means the department administrator of the division administering and enforcing the rule being petitioned, or his or her designee.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Division” means the division administering and enforcing the rule being petitioned.

(4) “Equivalency” means the same intent and degree of safety, health or public welfare as contained in the requirements specified in a rule.

(5) “Public employee” means any employee of the state, of any state agency or of any political subdivision of the state.

(6) “Public employer” means the state, any state agency or any political subdivision of the state.

(7) “Secretary” means the secretary of the department.

(8) “Variance” means a specified alternative to or deviation from a rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; am. (1), r. (3) and (6), renum. (4), (5) and (7) to (11) to be (3), (4) and (5) to (9), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 05-049: am. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.03 General variances {#sec-sps-303.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.03}

(1) Scope. Any person affected by a rule of the department may petition for a variance from the rule. The petition for variance shall establish an equivalency which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned.

(2) Application for petition for variance. Application for a petition for variance from a rule shall be made on forms furnished by the division. The following shall be submitted when requesting a variance from a rule:

(a) A completed petition for variance form including a clear and concise written statement of the specific provisions of the rule from which the variance is requested along with a specific statement of the procedures and materials to be used if the variance is granted;

(b) A petition for variance fee as specified in ch. SPS 302;

(c) A completed position statement on the petition for variance from the department of health services, where applicable;

(d) A completed position statement on the petition for variance from the chief of the fire department having jurisdiction, where applicable; and

(e) A completed municipal recommendation on the petition for variance from the enforcement official of the municipality exercising jurisdiction, where applicable.

Note: The submittal of position statements and municipal recommendations is dependent on the rule being petitioned and is specified in the code under which the variance is requested.

Note: The department form required in this section is available from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone 608/266-3151 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/ .

(3) Division action.

(a) Upon receipt of the petition for variance form, the applicable fee and the position statement, and any other documents the petitioner may wish to submit, the division shall evaluate the petition for variance and determine if the petition for variance provides for an equivalency which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned.

(b) Except as provided in sub. (5), requests for petitions for variance shall be evaluated on a first come, first serve basis with respect to the code involved.

(c) If additional information is needed by the division to review the petition for variance and make a determination, the division shall notify the owner in writing of the specific information required.

(d) If it is determined that the petition for variance provides an equivalency, the petition for variance shall be approved by the division.

(e) If it is determined that the petition for variance does not provide an equivalency, the division may:

  1. Approve the petition for variance subject to specific conditions determined by the division which shall establish an equivalency which meets the intent of the rule;

  2. Grant a temporary variance to delay enforcement of a rule to a specified date, not to exceed one year. In requesting the variance, the petitioner shall demonstrate that all available steps are being taken to safeguard the public and employees against the hazard covered by the rule from which the variance is sought and shall possess and describe a program for coming into compliance with the rule as quickly as possible. A temporary variance may be renewed no more than twice, not to exceed one year each, and only if the petitioner files an application for renewal at least 90 calendar days before expiration of the temporary variance;

  3. Grant an experimental variance to allow the petitioner to participate in an experiment approved by the division to demonstrate or validate new or improved techniques to safeguard the health or safety of the public and employees; or

  4. Deny the petition for variance.

(4) Notification of petition for variance determination. The division shall notify the petitioner in writing of the petition for variance determination, including any conditions of approval. Any denial shall include the reason for denial, and information on the appeals procedure.

(5) Time limit for processing.

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) to (d), the division shall review and make a determination on an application for a petition for variance within 30 business days. When an appointment process exists for a specific type of petition, the processing time shall begin on the appointment date. When an appointment process does not exist for a specific type of petition, the processing time shall begin on the day after receipt of the application and all forms, fees and other documents necessary to complete the review.

(b) Upon request of the petitioner and submittal of the required fee, the division shall facilitate the review of a petition in less than the processing time specified in par. (a). The fee for this type of priority petition review shall be twice the fee required for the processing time specified in par. (a). The division shall review and make a determination on an application for a priority petition for variance within 10 business days.

(c) Petitions for variance from a rule contained in chs. SPS 320 to 325 shall be processed by the division within 10 business days where a municipality administers and enforces the code, and within 15 business days where the division administers and enforces the code.

(d) Pursuant to s. 101.121 (3) (b), Stats., petitions for variance from a rule for a historic building shall be processed by the division within 10 business days.

(e) When additional information is requested by the division to complete the review of the petition, the amount of time from the date of the request to the date of receipt by the division of the information will not be included in the processing times specified in pars. (a) to (d). The full period for review specified in pars. (a) to (d) shall apply from the date of receipt of the additional information.

(f)

  1. If a petition for variance is submitted with a request for a plan review under s. SPS 382.20, the processing times of this subsection for the petition and the processing times of s. SPS 382.20 (1) for the plan review shall run concurrently.

  2. If a petition for variance is submitted with a request for a plan review under either s. SPS 361.31 or 383.22, the processing times of this subsection for the petition and the processing times of ss. SPS 361.31 (3) (a) and 383.22 (3) (a) for the plan review shall run consecutively, with the petition being processed first.

(6) Modifications and revisions.

(a) If a petition for variance is initially denied by the division, the petitioner may, in writing, modify the request for variance by submitting additional or other alternatives in order to provide an equivalency and resubmit the application for the petition for variance.

(b) The petitioner may, in writing, request that his or her original petition statements or the conditions of approval be modified and resubmit the application for the petition for variance.

(7) Revocation. The division may revoke any petition for variance where it is determined that the variance was obtained through fraud or deceit or where the petitioner has violated the specific conditions on which the variance was approved.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1995, No. 469; am. (3) (a), (c), (d), (e) (intro.), 1., 3., (4), (6) (a) and (7), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (5) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, September, 2000, No. 537; CR 01-139: am. (5) (f) 2. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (2) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 6., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; CR 05-049: am. (1) (2) (e) and (5) (a) to (e) Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; CR 06-119: am. (5) (a) to (e) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 06-120: am. (5) (d), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) (b), (c), (5) (c), (f) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (2) (a), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.04 Public employer variances {#sec-sps-303.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.04}

(1) Types of variances. Pursuant to s. 101.055 (4), Stats., a public employer may apply to the division for a temporary, experimental or permanent variance on occupational safety and health rules affecting public employees.

(a) Temporary variance.

  1. The division may grant a temporary variance before a rule goes into effect if the public employer complies with subs. (2) and (3) and establishes that it is unable to comply with a rule by the rule’s effective date because of unavailability of professional or technical personnel or of necessary materials or equipment or because necessary construction or alteration of facilities cannot be completed by the effective date.

  2. The employer shall also show that it is taking all available steps to safeguard employees against the hazard covered by the rule from which the variance is sought and shall possess and describe a program for coming into compliance with the rule as quickly as possible.

  3. If a hearing on the application for variance is requested, the division may state in writing that non-compliance with the rule is permitted for 180 calendar days or until a decision is made after the hearing, whichever is earlier.

  4. A temporary variance shall be in effect for a period to time needed by the employer to achieve compliance with the rule or for one year, whichever is shorter.

  5. A temporary variance may be renewed no more than twice, and only if the public employer files an application for renewal at least 90 calendar days before expiration of the temporary variance.

(b) Experimental variance. The division may grant an experimental variance if the public employer complies with subs. (2) and (3) and it is determined that the variance is necessary to permit the employer to participate in an experiment approved by the division to demonstrate or validate new or improved techniques to safeguard the health or safety of employees.

(c) Permanent variance. The division may grant a permanent variance if the public employer complies with subs. (2) and (3) and it is determined that the employer has demonstrated by a preponderance of the evidence that the conditions and methods the employer uses or proposes to use provide employment or a place of employment which is as safe and healthful as that provided under the rule from which the employer seeks a permanent variance. A permanent variance may be modified or revoked upon application by the employer, an affected employee, a public employee representative or the department and after opportunity for a hearing on the application, but not sooner than 6 months after issuance of the permanent variance.

(2) Application for petition for variance. Application for a petition for variance of a rule shall be made on forms furnished by the division. The following shall be submitted when requesting a variance from a rule:

(a) A completed and notarized petition for variance form including a clear and concise written statement of the specific provisions of the rule from which the variance is requested along with a specific statement of the procedures and materials to be used if the variance is granted; and

(b) A petition for variance fee as specified in ch. SPS 302.

Note: The Department form required in this section is available from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone 608/266-3151 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(3) Notification to employees.

(a) The employer shall provide a copy of the application for petition for variance to the appropriate public employee representatives.

(b) A copy of the petition for variance shall be posted by the employer at places where notices to employees are normally posted.

(c) The notice shall summarize the application and inform public employees of the right to request a hearing. Employees shall have 15 business days to request a hearing.

(d) The public employer shall furnish evidence to the division that conditions specified in par. (c) have been satisfied and that public employees have no interest in requesting a hearing from the division.

(4) Hearing.

(a) Upon receipt of a written request for a hearing from a public employer, an affected public employee or a public employee representative, the division shall schedule a hearing on the petition and inform the parties in writing about the date, time and place for the hearing. The division shall hold the hearing within 30 business days from receipt of the request, unless the person requesting the hearing asks for an extension.

(b) Where a hearing is requested, no decision may be made by the division until a hearing has been held.

(5) Division action.

(a) Unless a hearing is requested upon receipt of the petition for variance form, the division shall evaluate the petition for variance and determine if the petition for variance provides for an equivalent degree of safety or health. The petition shall prescribe the methods and conditions which the employer must adopt and maintain while the variance is in effect.

(b) If additional information is needed by the division to review the petition for variance and make a determination, the division shall notify the owner in writing of the specific information requested.

(c) If it is determined that the petition for variance provides an equivalent degree of safety or health, the petition for variance shall be approved by the division.

(d) If it is determined that the petition for variance does not provide an equivalent degree of safety or health, the division may:

  1. Approve the petition for variance subject to specific conditions determined by the division which will establish an equivalent degree of safety or health as specified in the rule;

  2. Grant a temporary variance as specified in sub. (1) (a);

  3. Grant an experimental variance as specified in sub. (1) (b); or

  4. Deny the petition for variance.

(6) Notification of petition for variance determination. The division shall notify the petitioner and affected parties in writing of the petition for variance determination. Any denial shall include the reason for denial, and information on appeals procedure.

(7) Time limit for processing. The division shall process petitions submitted under this section as specified in s. SPS 303.03 (5).

(8) Revocation. The division may revoke any petition for variance where it is determined that the variance was obtained through fraud or deceit or where the petitioner has violated the specific conditions on which the variance was approved.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1995, No. 469; am. (1) (intro.), (a) 1., 3., (b), (c), (3) (d), (4), (5) (a) to (c), (d) (intro.), 1., (6) and (8), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 05-049: am. (2) (b) and (7) Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction in (2) (b), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.05 Exemptions under the right-to-know law {#sec-sps-303.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.05}

(1) Definitions. In this section:

(a) “Employee” means any person as defined in s. 101.58 (2) (c), Stats.

(b) “Employee representative” means any individual or organization as defined in s. 101.58 (2) (d), Stats.

(c) “Employer” means any person as defined in s. 101.58 (2) (e), Stats.

(2) Petitions.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.598 (2), Stats., an employer may petition the division for an exemption from retaining a data sheet or maintaining an identification list as specified in s. 101.583 (1), Stats., regarding any mixture containing a toxic substance.

(b) A petition for the exemption shall be in writing.

Note: Petitions for exemption should be sent to the Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658.

(c) The petition shall be accompanied by the appropriate information and documentation indicating:

  1. That the nature of the toxic substance or the quantity of the toxic substance present in the mixture is such that the mixture is highly unlikely to pose an unreasonable acute or chronic health hazard to an employee who works with or is likely to be exposed to the mixture; and

  2. The specific conditions and procedures under which the mixture is to be used if the exemption is granted.

(d) An employer requesting an exemption shall provide a copy of the petition to the appropriate employee representative and shall post a statement at the place where notices to employees are normally posted. The posted statement shall summarize the petition, specify a place where employees may examine it and inform employees of their right to request a hearing on it. Employees shall have 15 business days to request a hearing.

(3) Division action.

(a) Upon receipt of a petition for exemption, the applicable fee and any other documents the employer may wish to submit, the division shall evaluate the petition and determine if the exemption may be granted.

(b) If additional information is needed by the division to review the petition in order to make a determination, the division shall notify the employer in writing of the specific information required.

(c) Upon receipt of a written request for a hearing from the employer, an affected employee or employee representative, the division shall schedule a hearing on the petition and inform the interested parties in writing about the date, time and place for the hearing. If a hearing has been requested, the division shall not act on the petition for exemption until the hearing has been held. The division shall hold the hearing within 30 business days from receipt of the request, unless the person requesting the hearing asks for an extension.

(d) The division shall review and make a determination on a petition for exemption within 60 business days, but no sooner than 15 business days, after receipt of the petition and any additional information which may be required by the division or after a hearing is held in accordance with par. (c).

(e) The division shall notify the employer and any interested parties as to the determination of the petition.

(f) The division may grant the petition for exemption subject to specific conditions.

(g) A denial of the exemption shall include the reason for the denial and information on the appeals procedure.

(h) If the petition for exemption is granted, the employer shall post a statement at the place where notices to employees are normally posted. The posted notice shall summarize the exemption and the specific conditions under which the exemption is granted and inform employees of their right to appeal the exemption.

(4) Revocation. The division may revoke an exemption when it is determined that the exemption was obtained through fraud or deceit, where the employer has violated the specific conditions of the exemption or new information repudiates the original information on which the exemption was granted.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; am. (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) to (f) and (4), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.06 Appeals on petitions {#sec-sps-303.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.06}

(1) Application. The provisions of this section shall apply to appeals on any determinations made under ss. SPS 303.03, 303.04 and 303.05.

(2) Request for review by the administrator.

(a) Any person whose petition for variance is denied, approved with conditions, approved as a temporary variance, or approved as an experimental variance or any person whose rights are affected by the granting of a petition for variance may request a review by the administrator. The review by the administrator shall not be considered as a contested case hearing.

(b) A person otherwise entitled to review by the administrator under par. (a) may waive a review by submitting to the secretary a written request clearly indicating the intent to waive review and requesting to proceed to a contested case hearing under sub. (6).

(c) The request for review by the administrator shall be in writing and shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the person believes the division’s decision on the petition for variance is incorrect.

Note: Requests for a review by the administrator may be sent to Administrator, Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658.

(d) A review by the administrator shall be denied if the request for review is received more than 30 days after the date of the decision on the petition for variance.

(e) A review shall be denied, and the petition remanded to staff in the division, if the request for review contains significant new information not considered by the division in making the decision on the petition for variance. The administrator may remand the petition to staff in the division at any point in the review process if significant new information is presented by the petitioner or other persons seeking review by the administrator, and that information was not available to the division at the time of its decision on the petition for variance. Following a remand, the division shall issue a decision on the petition for variance within 30 days after the date the petition for variance is remanded by the administrator. Petitioners and other persons affected by a petition for variance may request a review by the administrator or a hearing by the secretary under this section following a decision by the division on remand.

(3) Decision.

(a) If the administrator determines that insufficient reasons are provided in the request for review, the request may be denied. The denial shall be in writing and shall provide the petitioner with the reason for denial and with information about the right to appeal the decision on the petition to the secretary.

(b) If the administrator grants the request for review, the petitioner shall be notified of the date, time and place where the review will be conducted. The administrator shall schedule the review within 30 business days after the request for review, unless the person requesting the review asks for an extension.

(4) Review conference.

(a) If a review is granted, the person requesting the review and any other interested persons shall be provided an opportunity to meet with the administrator to present statements and documents regarding the petition for variance. The administrator may require the attendance of division staff familiar with the basis for the decision on the petition for variance to explain the decision, to comment on the testimony and documents presented by the person requesting review, and to answer questions from the person requesting review.

(b) The administrator may conduct the review conference personally or may designate one or more persons to review the division’s decision on the petition for variance. If a designation is made, the person requesting review shall be notified prior to the review conference who will conduct the conference and who will make the decision following the review conference.

(c) At the request of the person requesting review, the administrator may issue subpoenas under s. 101.02 (5) (c), Stats., to compel the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of documents. The administrator may refuse to issue a subpoena if the information to be provided by the witness or the documents identified in the subpoena will not contribute materially to an effective review of the decision on the petition for variance.

(d) The administrator may electronically record a review conference. No transcript shall be prepared by the administrator. A person requesting review may, at his or her own expense, provide a court reporter to transcribe the proceedings or any portion thereof.

(e) The person requesting review, department staff responsible for the decision on the petition for variance, and witnesses called by the person requesting review or department staff shall provide informal statements. There shall be no sworn testimony. The person requesting review and staff designated by the administrator may ask questions of any person making a statement in a review conference. The administrator may limit questions and statements if the information being requested or provided does not contribute substantially to an understanding of the issues involved in the review.

(5) Decision of the administrator. The administrator shall issue a written decision within 30 business days following the review conference that shall affirm, vacate, or modify the division’s decision on the petition for review. The written decision shall inform the person requesting review of the right to appeal to the secretary under this section.

(6) Hearing by the secretary.

(a) Any person adversely affected by a decision on a petition for variance may request a hearing by the secretary whether or not that person has first requested a review by the administrator.

(b) The appeal to the secretary shall be in writing and shall indicate the nature of the person’s interest in the petition for variance, the identity of all other known parties who may have an interest in the decision on the petition for variance, and a statement of the reasons why the person believes the division’s decision on the petition for variance is incorrect. An appeal may be returned to the petitioner for additional information, however the date the appeal was first received by the secretary shall be the date used to determine the timeliness of the appeal.

(c) No hearing by the secretary may be held if the request for hearing is received more than 30 days after the date of the division’s decision on the petition for variance or the date of the administrator’s decision following a review conference, whichever is later. A request for hearing may be denied under the provision of s. 101.02 (6) (g), Stats. A denial of a hearing shall be in writing and shall contain the reasons for the denial and a statement of the person’s appeal rights, if any.

(d) The hearing by the secretary shall be a contested case hearing. The hearing and decision issued after the hearing shall be governed by the provisions of ch. 227, Stats.

Note: Requests for a contested case hearing may be forwarded to the Department of Safety and Professional Services Legal Counsel, P.O. Box 7190, Madison, WI 53707-7190.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; r. and recr. (2) to (6) and r. (7) to (10), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 05-049: am. (2) (c) Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter II Stop Work and Stop Use Procedures

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.10 Purpose {#sec-sps-303.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.10}

The purpose of this subchapter is to specify procedures used by the division of industry services in the department when issuing stop work orders or stop use orders as part of the division’s responsibility to protect public safety and health and the waters of the state. Where statutory provisions specify other procedures for issuing orders for the immediate protection of safety and health, those provisions take precedence over this subchapter.

History

  • CR 05-049: cr. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.11 Scope {#sec-sps-303.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.11}

This subchapter specifies the reasons and the procedures for issuing a stop work order or stop use order, and the procedures for a review and appeal of the order.

History

  • CR 05-049: cr. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.12 Definitions {#sec-sps-303.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.12}

In this subchapter:

(1) “Administrator” means the administrator of the division of industry services in the department, or his or her designee.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Division” means the division of industry services.

(4) “Secretary” means the secretary of the department.

History

  • CR 05-049: cr. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (1), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 303.13 Stop work and stop use procedures {#sec-sps-303.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 303.13}

(1) Reasons for issuance. Pursuant to the statutory goals regarding the protection of public safety and health enumerated under chs. 101, 145 and 167, Stats., the division may, without advance written notice, issue an order to immediately cease any construction, installation, operation, or activity or the use of a building, building component, structure or mechanical device for any of the following reasons:

(a) There is reasonable cause to believe that the construction, installation, activity, existing condition or method of operation creates an imminent danger to public safety or health as a result of a violation of a statute or administrative rule administered by the division.

(b) The activity is being performed or conducted by an individual who does not hold the appropriate license, certification or registration as required by statute or administrative rule administered by the division.

(c) The construction, installation, activity or operation has not been approved or been issued the appropriate permit as required by statute or administrative rule administered by the division.

(2) Issuance of order.

(a) A stop work order or stop use order shall be issued only upon the review and approval of the inspector’s supervisor.

(b) A stop work order or stop use order shall be in writing and shall include at least all of the following:

  1. Citation of the administrative rule or rules involved and a description of the rule or rules relationship to the reasons under sub. (1).

  2. Identifying the application and the extent of the order describing the object, component or activity covered by the order.

(c) A stop work order or stop use order shall include instructions for appealing the order.

(d) A stop work order or stop use order shall remain in effect until the conditions of the order are fulfilled, or the order is rescinded or overturned under either sub. (3) or (4).

(e) The division may post a sign or notice to the public regarding the issuance of a stop work order or stop use order. The sign or notice shall be posted in a conspicuous location and shall remain where posted until the conditions of the order are fulfilled, or the order is rescinded or overturned under sub. (3) or (4).

(f) Relating to the construction of building, a stop work or stop use order may not extend to other activities or portions of a building, structure, building component or mechanical device that is not directly associated with the a reason under sub. (1).

(3) Review by the administrator.

(a) The recipient of a stop work order or stop use order or any person who is adversely affected by a stop work order or stop use order may request a review of the order by the administrator.

(b) A request for a review of a stop work order or stop use order by the administrator shall be in writing and shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the person believes that the issuance of the order is incorrect or inappropriate.

Note: Requests for a review by the administrator may be sent to Administrator, Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658.

(c) The request for a review of a stop work order or stop use order shall be denied if the request for review is received more than 30 days after the date of the order.

(d)

  1. The administrator shall make a decision on the request to review the issuance of a stop work order or stop use order within 5 business days of receipt of the request.

  2. If the administrator determines that insufficient reasons are provided in the request for a review of a stop work order or stop use order, the request may be denied.

  3. The denial of a review of a stop work order or stop use order shall be in writing and shall state the reasons for denial and include information about the right to appeal the denial.

  4. If the administrator determines that sufficient reasons are provided in the request for a review of a stop work order or stop use order, the request shall be granted.

  5. If the administrator grants the request for a review of a stop work order or stop use order, the administrator shall notify the person making the request in writing of the date, time and location where the review will take place and who will conduct the review. The review shall be held within 10 days after the request for review is granted, unless the person requesting the review asks for and is granted an extension.

  6. If a review of a stop work order or stop use order is granted, the person requesting the review shall be provided an opportunity to meet with the administrator to present statements and documents regarding the order.

(e) The administrator shall issue a written decision within 5 business days following a review of a stop work order or stop use order.

(f) The written decision from the administrator shall include information about appeal rights and procedures if the decision adversely affects the person requesting the review.

(4) Hearing by the secretary.

(a) A person adversely affected by the decision of the administrator under sub. (3) on the issuance of a stop work order or stop use order may request a hearing on the order by the secretary.

(b) A request for a hearing to review the decision of the administrator regarding a stop work order or stop use order shall be made in writing to the secretary.

(c) A request for a hearing to review the decision of the administrator regarding a stop work order or stop use order shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the person believes the decision is incorrect or inappropriate.

(d) A request for a hearing to review the decision of the administrator regarding a stop work order or stop use order shall be denied if the request is received more than 30 days after issuance of the decision.

(e) A hearing held by the secretary or designee to review the decision of the administrator regarding a stop work order or stop use order shall be a contested case hearing. The hearing and the decision issued after the hearing shall be governed by the provisions of ch. 227, Stats.

Note: Requests for a contested case hearing may be sent to the Department of Safety and Professional Services Legal Counsel, P.O. Box 7190, Madison, WI 53707-7190.

History

  • CR 05-049: cr. Register July 2006 No. 607, eff. 8-1-06.

Chapter SPS 305 LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS AND REGISTRATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-305.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.001}

This chapter is to protect public and employee health, safety, and welfare by establishing minimum standards for the qualifications and responsibilities of persons and businesses that are required or permitted to obtain licenses, certifications, registrations, or enrollment under chs. 101, 145, and 167, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.002 Scope {#sec-sps-305.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.002}

This chapter applies to any person or business engaging or offering to engage in an activity or provide a service for which a license, certification, registration, or enrollment is required or desired under chs. 101, 145, and 167, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.003 Definitions {#sec-sps-305.003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.003}

In this chapter:

(1) “Approved” means accepted by the department.

(2) “ASME” means American society of mechanical engineers.

(2m) “ASSE” means American society of sanitary engineering.

(3) “Automatic fire sprinkler contractor” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (1), Stats.

Note: Under section 145.01 (1), Stats., “automatic fire sprinkler contractor” means any individual, firm or corporation who has paid the annual license fee and obtained a license to conduct a business in the design, installation, maintenance or repair of automatic fire sprinkler systems.

(4) “Automatic fire sprinkler system” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (2), Stats., “automatic fire sprinkler system”, for fire protection purposes, means an integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The system includes a suitable water supply, such as a gravity tank, fire pump, reservoir or pressure tank or connection beginning at the supply side of an approved gate valve located at or near the property line where the pipe or piping system provides water used exclusively for fire protection and related appurtenances and to standpipes connected to automatic sprinkler systems. The portion of the sprinkler system above ground is a network of specially sized or hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area, generally overhead, and to which sprinklers are connected in a systematic pattern. The system includes a controlling valve and a device for actuating an alarm when the system is in operation. The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire area.

(5) “Automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (3), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (3), Stats., “automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice” means any person other than an automatic fire sprinkler system contractor or a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler system fitter who is engaged in learning and assisting in the installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems and who is indentured under ch. 106, Stats.

(6) “Blasting” means any method of loosening, moving or shattering masses of solid matter by use of an explosive.

(7) “Blasting operation” means any enterprise or activity involving blasting.

(8) “Branch” means an office, other than the main business office, involved in the sales of manufactured homes that advertises as a sales location, displays new or used homes, takes sales calls, is staffed by licensed salespersons, has signage of a licensed dealer, and accepts offers or contracts on manufactured homes.

(9) “Broker” means a manufactured home dealer who has no sales lot, no inventory and no ownership interest in the manufactured homes being sold.

(10) “Building permit” means an official document or certificate granting permission to perform construction or erosion control work, except for electrical, plumbing or HVAC, on a one- or 2-family dwelling.

(11) “Business establishment” means any industrial or commercial organization or enterprise, including but not limited to a proprietorship, partnership, firm, business trust, joint venture, syndicate, corporation or association.

(12) “Cash price” means the manufactured home dealer asking price including dealer installed options and accessories and additional dealer mark-up, profit and transportation charges, minus the dollar value of cash discounts.

(13) “Cathodic protection tester” means a person who demonstrates an understanding of the principles and measurements of all common types of cathodic protection systems as applied to buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks.

(14) “Conflict of interest” means a certified inspector inspecting work in which the inspector or the inspector’s employer, other than the state or a municipality, has participated or has a monetary or personal interest.

(15) “Conveyance” has the meaning defined in ch. SPS 318.

(16) “Corrosion expert” means a person who is qualified to engage in the practice of corrosion control on buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks by reason of thorough knowledge of the physical sciences and the principles of engineering and mathematics acquired by a professional education and related practical experience.

(17) “Damage” means defects caused by reasons other than normal wear through home age and usage.

(18) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(19) “Direct supervision” means to assume the responsibility of an activity of others and its results by providing oversight and guidance at the site where the activity is being conducted.

(20) “Dwelling contractor” means any person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of performing construction or erosion control work on a one- or 2- family dwelling.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.654 (1) (b), Stats., “dwelling contractor” does not include an owner of a dwelling who resides or will reside in the dwelling.

(21) “Electrical construction” means the installation of electrical wiring. “Electrical construction” does not include the maintenance, repair or fabrication of electrical equipment or the installation of electrical wiring and equipment covered by ch. PSC 114.

(22) “Electrical wiring” has the meaning given in s. 101.80 (1m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.80 (1m), Stats., “electrical wiring” means all equipment, wiring, material, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, and apparatus used for the production, modification, regulation, control, distribution, utilization, or safeguarding of electrical energy for mechanical, chemical, cosmetic, heating, lighting, or similar purposes, as specified under the state electrical wiring code. “Electrical wiring” does not include the equipment, wiring, material, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, and apparatus used by a public utility, an electric cooperative, or a wholesale merchant operator for the purpose of generating, transmitting, distributing, or controlling heat, light, power, or natural gas to its customers or members.

(23) “Financial statement” means a balance sheet showing assets, liabilities and net worth.

(24) “Fireworks” has the meaning specified under s. 167.10 (1), Stats.

Note: Under s. 167.10 (1), Stats., “fireworks” means anything manufactured, processed or packaged for exploding, emitting sparks or combustion which does not have another common use, but does not include any of the following:

(a) Fuel or a lubricant.

(b) A firearm cartridge or shotgun shell.

(c) A flare used or possessed or sold for use as a signal in an emergency or in the operation of a railway, aircraft, watercraft or motor vehicle.

(d) A match, cigarette lighter, stove, furnace, candle, lantern or space heater.

(e) A cap containing not more than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture, if the cap is used or possessed or sold for use in a device which prevents direct bodily contact with a cap when it is in place for explosion.

(f) A toy snake which contains no mercury.

(g) A model rocket engine.

(h) Tobacco and a tobacco product.

(i) A sparkler on a wire or wood stick not exceeding 36 inches in length that is designed to produce audible or visible effects or to produce audible and visible effects.

(j) A device designed to spray out paper confetti or streamers and which contains less than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture.

(k) A fuseless device that is designed to produce audible or visible effects or audible and visible effects, and that contains less than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture.

(L) A device that is designed primarily to burn pyrotechnic smoke-producing mixtures, at a controlled rate, and that produces audible or visible effects, or audible and visible effects.

(m) A cylindrical fountain that consists of one or more tubes and that is classified by the federal department of transportation as a Division 1.4 explosive, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

(n) A cone fountain that is classified by the federal department of transportation as a Division 1.4 explosive, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

(25) “General supervision” means to assume the responsibility of an activity of others and its results without being present at the site where the activity is being conducted.

(26) “HVAC” means heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

(27) “HVAC equipment” means materials, piping, fittings, devices, appliances, apparatus, controls and control wiring used as part of or in connection with permanent heating, ventilating, air conditioning or exhausting systems serving buildings. HVAC equipment does not include residential bathroom fans and kitchen hoods, water heaters, process heating equipment, and space heaters such as masonry fireplaces and chimneys, factory-built fireplaces and venting systems, decorative gas fireplaces, and wood-burning stoves.

(28) “Incompetence” means conduct which evidences a lack of competence or ability to discharge the duty required to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public, lack of knowledge of the fundamental principles of a particular trade or practice, or an inability to apply those principles, or failure to maintain competency in the current practices and methods applicable to the activity and the state statutes and rules governing the activity.

(29) “Journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (6), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (6), Stats., “journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter” means any person other than an automatic fire sprinkler contractor who is engaged in the practical installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems.

(30) “Journeyman plumber” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (7), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (7), Stats., “journeyman plumber” means any person other than a master plumber, who is engaged in the practical installation of plumbing.

(31) “Journeyman plumber-restricted” means a person licensed under s. 145.14, Stats.

(32) “Licensee” means any manufactured home dealer or manufactured home salesperson or any person who is both a manufactured home dealer and a manufactured home salesperson.

(33) “Lift” means a conveyance device covered under the scope of American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) A18.1a – Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts.

(34) “Liquefied petroleum gas” has the meaning specified under s. 101.16 (1) (b), Stats.

Note: Section 101.16 (1) (b), Stats., reads: “ ‘Liquefied petroleum gas’ means any material which is composed predominantly of, or any mixtures of, any of the following hydrocarbons including their isomers:

1. Propane.

2. Propylene.

3. Butane.

4. Butylene.

(35) “Listed device” has the meaning specified under s. 167.10 (1) (e), (f) and (i) to (n), Stats.

Note: See the note after the definition of “fireworks”, sub. (18), for the statutory language of s. 167.10 (1) (e), (f) and (i) to (n).

(36) “Main business office” means an office involved in the sales of manufactured homes that is the primary management location of the licensed manufactured home dealer.

(37) “Manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (2), Stats., “manufactured home” means any of the following:

(am) A structure that is designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation and that is certified by the federal department of housing and urban development as complying with the standards established under 42 USC 5401 to 5425.

(c) A mobile home, unless a mobile home is specifically excluded under the applicable statute.

(38) “Manufactured home dealer” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (3), Stats., except for a person who sells no more than one new or used manufactured home in any one calendar year.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (3), Stats., “manufactured home dealer” means a person who, for a commission or other thing of value, sells, exchanges, buys or rents, or offers or attempts to negotiate a sale or exchange of an interest in, manufactured homes or who is engaged wholly or partially in the business of selling manufactured homes, whether or not the manufactured homes are owned by the person, but does not include:

(a) A receiver, trustee, personal representative, guardian, or other person appointed by or acting under the judgment or order of any court.

(b) Any public officer while performing that officer’s official duty.

(c) Any employee of a person enumerated in par. (a) or (b).

(d) Any lender, as defined in s. 421.301 (22).

(e) A person transferring a manufactured home used for that person’s personal, family or household purposes, if the transfer is an occasional sale and is not part of the business of the transferor.

(39) “Manufactured home community” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (5m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (5m), Stats., “manufactured home community” means any plot or plots of ground upon which 3 or more manufactured homes that are occupied for dwelling or sleeping purposes are located. “Manufactured home community” does not include a farm where the occupants of the manufactured homes are the father, mother, son, daughter, brother or sister of the farm owner or operator or where the occupants of the manufactured homes work on the farm.

(40) “Material hoist” has the meaning as given in s. 101.981 (1) (g), Stats.

Note: Section 101.981 (1) (g), Stats., reads: “Material hoist” means a hoist, other than a personnel hoist, that is used to raise or lower materials during construction, alteration, or demolition of a building or structure.

(41) “Master plumber” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (8), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (8), Stats., “master plumber” means any person skilled in the planning, superintending and the practical installation of plumbing and familiar with the laws, rules and regulations governing the same.

(42) “Master plumber-restricted” means a person licensed under s. 145.14, Stats.

(43) “Misconduct” means an act performed by an individual relating to the responsibilities or duties for which the individual has been licensed, registered or certified that jeopardizes the interests of the public, including violation of federal or state laws, local ordinances or administrative rules; preparation of deficient or falsified reports; failure to submit information or reports required by law or contract when requested by the municipality or the department; conduct which evidences a lack of trustworthiness; misrepresentation of qualifications such as education, experience or certification; illegal entry of premises; misuse of funds; or misrepresentation of authority.

(44) “Multipurpose piping system” means a type of water distribution system conveying potable water to plumbing fixtures and appliances and automatic fire sprinklers with the intention of serving both domestic water needs and fire protection needs within a one- or 2-family dwelling or manufactured dwelling.

(45) “Municipality” means a city, village, town or county.

(46) “Negligence” means the failure to exercise the degree of care and judgment to protect public health and safety normally expected of an individual performing activities within the scope of a license, certification or registration category.

(47) “Net worth” means the difference between the asset and liability values on a financial statement. Negative net worth is the excess of liabilities over assets.

(48) “New manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (11), Stats., “new manufactured home” means a manufactured home that has never been occupied, used or sold for personal or business use.

(49) “Non-broker” means a manufactured home dealer who has a sales lot, inventory or ownership interest in the manufactured homes being sold.

(50) “PECFA” means petroleum environmental cleanup fund award, as established in s. 292.63, Stats.

Note: Authority over sub. (50) was transferred to the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) by 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (7) (f). Sub. (50) is subject to future rulemaking by DNR. See also ss. SPS 305.80 and 305.81 and ch. NR 747.

(51) “Personnel hoist” has the meaning as given in s. 101.981 (1) (h), Stats.

Note: Section 101.981 (1) (h), Stats., reads: “Personnel hoist” means a hoist that is installed inside or outside a building or structure during the construction, alteration, or demolition of the building or structure and that is used to raise and lower workers, other personnel, and materials which the hoist is designed to carry.

(52) “Pipelayer” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (9), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (9), Stats., “pipelayer” means a person registered under s. 145.07 (11).

(53) “Plumbing” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (10), Stats.

Note: Section 145.01 (10), Stats., reads:

(10) Plumbing. (a) “Plumbing” means:

1. All piping, fixtures, appliances, equipment, devices, and appurtenances in connection with water supply systems, water distribution systems, wastewater drainage systems, reclaimed water systems, and stormwater use systems, including hot water storage tanks, water treatment devices, and water heaters connected with these systems and also includes the installation thereof.

2. The construction, connection, installation, service, or repair of any drain or wastewater piping system that connects to the mains or other terminal within the bounds of, or beneath an area subject to easement for highway purposes, including private sewage systems and stormwater treatment and dispersal systems, and the alteration of any such systems, drains or wastewater piping.

3. The construction, connection, installation, service, or repair of water service piping that connects to the main or other water utility service terminal within the bounds of, or beneath an area subject to easement for highway purposes and its connections.

4. The water pressure system other than municipal systems as provided in ch. 281.

5. A plumbing and drainage system so designed and vent piping so installed as to keep the air within the system in free circulation and movement; to prevent with a margin of safety unequal air pressures of such force as might blow, siphon or affect trap seals, or retard the discharge from plumbing fixtures, or permit sewer air to escape into the building; to prohibit cross-connection, contamination or pollution of the water supply and distribution systems; and to provide an adequate supply of water to properly serve, cleanse and operate all fixtures, equipment, appurtenances and appliances served by the plumbing system.

(br) “Plumbing” does not include any of the following:

1. A rainwater gutter or downspout down to the point that it discharges into a plumbing system, a subsoil drain, or a foundation drain.

2g. A process water reuse system if the process water reuse system is not connected to any plumbing fixture or appliance.

2m. A stormwater culvert under a roadway or walkway that is placed there only to equalize the water level from one end of the culvert to the other end.

3. The practical installation of process piping within a sewage disposal plant.

(54) “Plumbing appliance” means any one of a class of plumbing devices which is intended to perform a special function. The operation or control of the appliance may be dependent upon one or more energized components, such as motors, controls, heating elements, or pressure or temperature sensing elements. The devices may be manually adjusted or controlled by the user or operator, or may operate automatically through one or more of the following actions: a time cycle, a temperature range, a pressure range, a measured volume or weight.

(55) “Plumbing apprentice” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (11), Stats., “plumbing apprentice” means any person other than a journeyman or master plumber who is engaged in learning and assisting in the installation of plumbing and drainage.

(56) “Place of employment” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (11), Stats., “place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer unrelated residents.

(57) “POWTS” means private onsite wastewater treatment system and has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (12), Stats., for “private sewage system”.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (12), Stats., “private sewage system” means a sewage treatment and disposal system serving a single structure with a septic tank and soil absorption field located on the same parcel as the structure. This term also means an alternative sewage system approved by the department including a substitute for the septic tank or soil absorption field, a holding tank, a system serving more than one structure or a system located on a different parcel than the structure. A private sewage system may be owned by the property owner or by a special purpose district.

(58) “Private interceptor main sewer” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (193).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (193) “private interceptor main sewer” means a sewer serving 2 or more buildings and not part of the municipal sewer system.

(59) “Private water main” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (195).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (195) “private water main” means a water main serving 2 or more buildings and not part of the municipal water system.

(60) “Process piping” means that piping which is separated from a water supply system or drain system by the appropriate methods or means specified under ch. SPS 382 and is part of a system used exclusively for refining, manufacturing, industrial or shipping purposes of every character and description.

(61) “Public building” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (12), Stats., “public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer unrelated residents or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(63) “Registered learner” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (13), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (13), Stats., “registered learner” means a person, other than a restricted plumber licensee, who is learning a limited type of plumbing and is engaged in assisting a restricted plumber licensee.

(65) “Restricted plumber licensee” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (14), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (14), Stats., “restricted plumber licensee” means any person licensed as a master plumber (restricted) or a journeyman plumber (restricted) under s. 145.14, Stats.

(66) “Retail purchaser” means any purchaser not licensed as a manufactured home dealer or a manufactured home salesperson.

(67) “Sanitary building sewer” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (45).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (45) “sanitary building sewer” means a building sewer which conveys wastewater consisting in part of domestic wastewater.

(68) “Site” means any plot of land which is owned or rented, and used or intended to be used for the accommodation of a manufactured home for residential purposes.

(69) “Storm building sewer” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (46).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (46) “storm building sewer” means a building sewer which conveys storm water wastes or clear water wastes, or both.

(70) “UDC” means chs. SPS 320 to 325, the Wisconsin uniform dwelling code.

(71) “Used manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (12), Stats., “used manufactured home” means a manufactured home that has previously been occupied, used or sold for personal or business use.

(72) “Utility contractor” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (15), Stats.

(73) “Water service” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (282).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (282) “water service” means that portion of a water supply system from the water main or private water supply to the building control valve.

(74) “Water supply system” has the meaning specified under s. SPS 381.01 (284).

Note: Under s. SPS 381.01 (284) “water supply system” means the piping of a private water main, water service and water distribution system, fixture supply connectors, fittings, valves, and appurtenances through which water is conveyed to points of usage such as plumbing fixtures, plumbing appliances, water using equipment or other piping systems to be served.

(75) “Year” means 12 consecutive months.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b), 6. and 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; cr. (1m), (32m), am. (7), (15), (16), (33), (36), (37) and (42), r. (11); Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; r. (12), cr. (30m), am. (32), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 00-159: cr. (48m), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 10-1-01; CR 04-134: cr. (6m), (6s), (8m), (11), (17m), (26m), (27e), (27m), (27s), (27w), (32e), (32h), (46m), (47m), and (48s) Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 04-058: am. (32m) Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 5-1-06; CR 06-031: am. (22) Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; emerg. cr. (10g), (27y) and (32s), eff. 6-1-07; CR 06-127: r. and recr. (9), cr. (10m), renum. (17m) and (18) to be (18) and (19), r. (19), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; emerg. cr. (10g), (27y) and (32s), eff. 6-1-07; CR 07-089: cr. (10g), (26t), (27y) and (32s) Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-030: am. (10g) (a) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; CR 08-092: cr. (26x) Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; CR 09-028: r. and recr. (17) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; CR 11-020: renum. (1m) to (32h) to be (2) to (48), (32m) to (52) to be (50) to (75), cr. (49), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (18), (58), (59), (60), (67), (68), (70), (73), (74), as renumbered, made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: r. and recr. (15), r. (62) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; correction in (50) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2013; CR 14-020: am. (15) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 14-010: r. and recr. (15) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (64) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats.; CR 23-006: cr. (2m) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.004 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-305.004 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.004}

The following standards of the American Welding Society are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter:

(1) D1.1-10, Structural Welding Code — Steel.

(2) D 1.2-08, Structural Welding Code — Aluminum.

(3) D1.3-08, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel.

(4) D 1.6-07, Structural Welding Code — Stainless Steel.

Note: Copies of the American Welding Society (AWS) standards can be purchased from Global Engineering Documents, 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112-5776, telephone 800-854-7179, or through the AWS web site at www.aws.org/.

Note: Copies of standards incorporated by reference are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 03-075: cr. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 07-089: am. (1) Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 11-020: am. (1), renum. (2) to be (3) and amend, cr. (2), (4) Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12.

Subchapter I General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.01 Application {#sec-sps-305.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.01}

(1) Application for a license, certification, registration, or enrollment or a license, certification, registration, or enrollment examination covered under this chapter shall be submitted on a form prescribed by the department.

Note: Applications and related forms for licenses, certifications, registrations, or enrollment covered under subchapters II to VII and IX and X of this chapter are available from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7082, Madison, WI 53707-7082; or at telephone (608) 261-8467 or (877) 617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

Note: Applications and related forms for registrations covered under ss. SPS 305.80 and 305.81 are available from the Department of Natural Resources at P.O. Box 7921, Madison, WI 53707-7921; or at the Department’s Web site at http://dnr.wi.gov/topic/brownfields/pecfa.html.

Note: Applications and related forms for certifications or registrations covered under ss. SPS 305.68 and 305.82 to 305.89 are available from the Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection at P.O. Box 8911, Madison, WI 53708-8911; or at telephone 608-224-4929; or at the Department’s Web site at https://datcp.wi.gov/Pages/Programs_Services/PetroleumHazStorageTanks.aspx.

(2) An application for a license, certification or registration which either requires or recognizes the attendance at or completion of educational courses as a qualification for the license, certification or registration shall be accompanied by such evidence, including but not limited to transcripts, that verifies fulfillment of the prerequisite.

(3) Pursuant to s. 101.022, Stats., the department may not issue or renew any license, certification, registration, or enrollment under this chapter unless the applicant for the license, certification, registration, or enrollment includes his or her social security number, or in the case of a license, certification, registration, or enrollment for a business, the applicant includes the federal employer identification number. The department shall consider the failure by the applicant to provide a social security number or federal employer identification number as an incomplete application and shall not process the application further until the appropriate number is provided.

(4) A business having multiple locations covered under one federal employer identification number applying for any of the following licenses, certifications or registrations need not obtain a separate license, certification or registration for each location:

(a) Dwelling contractor.

(b) Electrical contractor.

(c) UDC inspection agency.

(d) HVAC contractor.

(e) PECFA consulting firm.

(f) Tank specialty firm.

(g) Elevator contractor.

(h) Gas supplier.

(j) Inspection agency.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (2), cr. (3), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: cr. (4) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 07-007: am. (4) (a) Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07; CR 07-089: cr. (4) (g) Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-092: cr. (4) (h) Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; EmR0904: emerg. cr. (4) (i), eff. 3-2-09; CR 08-110: cr. (4) (i) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 14-010: r. (4) (i) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-093: am. (1), (3), cr. (4) (j) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.02 Fees {#sec-sps-305.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.02}

(1)

(a) Fees required for the various licenses, certifications, registrations, or enrollment and their processing under this chapter shall be determined in accordance with Table 305.02, except as provided in par. (b).

(b)

  1. Pursuant to s. 145.05, Stats., a person who holds a master plumber license, master plumber-restricted license, journeyman plumber license or journeyman plumber-restricted license and who is employed by a city of the first, second or third class as a plumbing inspector is not required to submit a license fee in order to renew his or her license.

  2. A person who applies to renew his or her master plumber license, master plumber-restricted license, journeyman plumber license or journeyman plumber-restricted license without the license fee as permitted under subd. 1. shall provide evidence that he or she is a plumbing inspector for a first, second or third class city with the application for renewal.

Note: The exemption of not having to pay a license fee does not relieve an individual of fulfilling all other obligations or responsibilities to renew the license such as continuing education requirements.

(2) Fees required under this chapter for licenses, certifications, registrations, and enrollment and for processing examinations shall not be refundable.

(3) The department shall prorate a license, certification, registration, or enrollment fee on a monthly basis for the initial issuance of a license, certification, registration, or enrollment that is issued for less than the full license, certification, registration, or enrollment period.

(4)

(a) The fee for a petition for variance submitted for a rule relative to this chapter shall be $200.00, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) The fee for a petition for variance submitted and requested by the submitter to be reviewed on a priority basis shall be $400.00.

(5) A fee of $15.00 shall be charged to replace a lost or destroyed license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

NA means Not Applicable

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. line 11, renum. lines 11 to 63 to be 12 to 64; Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) to (3), (5) and Table 5.02, Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; except Table 5.02 line 17 eff. 7-1-00; am. Table 5.02, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 00-159: renumber Table 5.02 lines 37 to 65 to be lines 38 to 66, cr. line 37; Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 10-1-01; CR 03-075: am. (1) (a) and Table 5.02 Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 04-134: cr. lines 11e, 11m and 11s of Table 5.02 Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 06-031: am. Table 5.02 Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 06-071: cr. line 11w Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 07-007: am. lines 9 and 10, cr. line 9m of Table 5.02 Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07; CR 06-127: am. Table 5.02 Line 49, cr. Table 5.02 Lines 54g and 54r, Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 07-089: am. Table 5.02 line 39, cr. lines 67 to 75 Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-039: am. (5) and Table 5.02 Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 08-092: cr. lines 50m and 50n of Table 5.02 Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; EmR0904: emerg. cr. line 8m of Table 5.02, eff. 3-2-09; CR 08-110: cr. line 8m of Table 5.02 Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 09-046: am. lines 1 to 8, 13 to 15, 18 to 20, 29, 33, 34, 44, 50 and 68 to 70 of Table 5.02 Register March 2010 No. 651, eff. 4-1-10; CR 09-028: am. Table 5.02 lines 22, 24, 25, 26, cr. lines 24m, 25g, 25r, 26e, 26m, and 26s, r. line 23 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10, except repeal of line 23, eff. 4-1-13; CR 10-039: am. Table 5.02 line 19, r. Table 5.02 line 20 Register November 2010 No. 659, eff. 12-1-10; CR 10-090: cr. Table 5.02 lines 50r to 50t Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; CR 11-020: cr. Table 305.02 line 32m, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a), Table footnote a made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 12-007: r. Table 305.02 lines 50r. to 50t Register July 2012 No. 679, eff. 8-1-12; CR 13-014: r. Table 305.02 line 50 Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 14-010: r. Table 305.02 line 8m. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR1415: emerg. cr. Table 305.02 line 24r., eff. 8-6-14; CR 14-049: cr. Table 305.02 line 24r. Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15; EmR1524: cr. Table 305.02 line 37m., eff. 11-21-15; CR 15-086: cr. Table 305.02 line 37m., Register June 2016 No. 726, eff. 7-1-16; CR 16-093: am. (1) (a), (2), (3), (5), Table 305.02 (intro), line 26., cr. Table 305.02 line 37s. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 23-006: am. Table 305.02 line 73. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.03 Petitions for variance {#sec-sps-305.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.03}

An individual may submit a petition for variance to any rule in this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303.

Note: Many of the rules relating to credentials reflect specific statutory requirements; in such cases the department is not able to grant a petition for variance if it would supersede a statutory requirement.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.04 Processing times {#sec-sps-305.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.04}

(1) An application for a license, certification, registration, or enrollment covered under this chapter shall be granted or denied by the department within 21 calendar days after the department receives all of the application materials necessary to obtain the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

Note: Pursuant to s. 227.116, Stats., the failure by the department to make a determination on an application results in the department having to prepare and file a report with the permit information center of the department. The failure by the department to make a determination on an application does not relieve a person from the obligation to comply with the requirements or qualifications of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment or to secure the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

(2)

(a) If the license, certification, registration, or enrollment application information is insufficient, the department shall request additional information within 21 calendar days of receipt of the application.

(b) If an applicant does not respond to a request by the department for additional information within 3 months after the date of the request, the department shall make a determination on the application based upon the information on hand.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (2) (a), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.05 Mailing {#sec-sps-305.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.05}

(1) Unless otherwise provided by law, all orders, notices and other papers may be served by the department by first class mail at the address on file with the department.

(2) A license, certification, registration, or enrollment holder shall be responsible for notifying the department of any change in mailing address.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 16-093: am. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.06 Terms {#sec-sps-305.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.06}

(1) A license, certification, registration, or enrollment issued under this chapter shall be valid for a period of time no longer than that specified in Table 305.06.

(2) A license, certification, registration, or enrollment issued under this chapter shall expire at midnight on the day or date of expiration of the term specified in Table 305.06.

** Authority for terms under Table 305.06 lines 46 and 47 was transferred to the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (7) (f). Table 305.06 lines 46 and 47 are subject to future rulemaking by DNR. See also ss. SPS 305.80 and 305.81.*

*** Authority for terms under Table 305.06 lines 42 and 48 to 54r was transferred to the Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection (DATCP) under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f). Table 305.06 lines 42 and 48 to 54r are subject to future rulemaking by DATCP. See also ss. SPS 305.68 and 305.82 to 305.89.*

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Table, line 36, Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; renum. lines 11 to 63 to 12 to 64 and am. line 21 and 39, cr. line 11, Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; except Table 5.06 line 17 eff. 7-1-00; CR 00-159: renum. Table 5.06, lines 37 to 65 to be 38 to 66, cr. line 37, Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 10-1-01; CR 03-075: am. (2) and Table 5.06 Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 04-134: cr. lines 11e, 11m and 11s of Table 5.06 Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 05-025: am. Table 5.06 lines 28 and 29 Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 06-031: am. Table 5.06 Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 06-071: cr. line 11w Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 07-007: am. lines 9. and 10., cr. line 9m. of Table 5.06 Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07; CR 06-127: am. Table 5.06 Lines 42 and 49 to 53, cr. Table 5.06 Lines 54g and 54r, Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 07-089: cr. lines 67 to 75 of Table 5.06 Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-092: cr. lines 45m and 45n of Table 5.06 Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; correction to numbering of lines 45m and 45n made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register May 2009 No. 641; EmR0904: emerg. cr. line 8m of Table 5.06, eff. 3-2-09; CR 08-110: cr. line 8m of Table 5.06 Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 09-028: am. Table 5.06 line 21, cr. lines 19m, 20g, 20r, 21e, 21m, and 21s, r. line 18 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10, except repeal of line 18, eff. 4-1-13; CR 10-039: am. Table 5.06 line 14, r. Table 5.06 line 15 Register November 2010 No. 659, ef. 12-1-10; CR 10-064: am. Table 5.06 line 66 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 10-090: cr. Table 5.06 lines 45r to 45t Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; CR 11-020: cr. Table 305.06 line 27m, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672: CR 12-007: r. Table 305.06 lines 45r. to 45t. Register July 2012 No. 679, eff. 8-1-12; CR 13-014: r. Table 305.06 line 45 Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 14-010: r. Table 305.06 line 8m, column (5) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; EmR1415: emerg. cr. Table 305.06 line 19r., eff. 8-6-14; CR 14-049: cr. Table 305.06 line 19r. Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15; EmR1524: cr. Table 305.06 line 32m., eff. 11-21-15; CR 15-086: cr. Table 305.06 line 32m., Register June 2016 No. 726, eff. 7-1-16; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2), Table 305.06 (intro.), line 21., cr. Table 305.06 line 32s. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 19-118: am. Table 305.06 line 39 Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; CR 23-006: am. Table 305.06 line 66. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.07 Renewal {#sec-sps-305.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.07}

(1)

(a) Except under s. SPS 305.96, a notice of renewal shall be mailed by the department to a license, certification, registration, or enrollment holder at least 30 calendar days prior to the expiration of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

(b) Failure to receive a notice for renewal of a license, certification, registration, or enrollment shall not be considered as an excuse or good cause for failure to renew a license, certification, registration, or enrollment prior to the expiration of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

(2)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), upon receipt of the renewal application from the department, a person may apply to renew his or her license, certification, registration, or enrollment provided an application, a license, certification, registration, or enrollment fee and evidence of all renewal obligations, if any, are submitted to the department prior to the expiration date of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

Note: Qualification obligations for renewal are specified under the appropriate license, certification, registration, or enrollment category sections.

(b)

  1. A person may apply to renew his or her license, certification, registration, or enrollment in accordance with par. (a) no later than one term after expiration of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment as specified in Table 305.06 in accordance with all of the following conditions:

a. An application fee as specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 shall accompany the renewal application.

b. Any continuing education credit obtained after the expiration date of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment, but prior to one term after the expiration date of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment as specified in Table 305.06, that is needed to fulfill the renewal obligations shall be documented and filed with the department on a form prescribed by the department.

Note: The form to document late continuing education credit may be obtained from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7082, Madison, WI 53707-7082; or at telephone 608/261-8500 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay).

  1. The submission of a form under subd. 1. b. to the department shall include a $25.00 processing fee.

a. Subdivisions 1. and 2. and par. (c) do not apply to a license, certification or registration issued under s. SPS 305.68 or ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.88.

b. A person who files for renewal after the expiration date of a license, certification or registration issued under s. SPS 305.68 or ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.88 shall comply with this chapter’s requirements for initially receiving that license, certification or registration.

c. A person who files for renewal of a license, certification or registration issued under s. SPS 305.68, 305.84 or 305.85, and who has not obtained all continuing education credit required for renewal shall comply with this chapter’s requirements for initially receiving that license, certification or registration.

d. For a license, certification or registration issued under s. SPS 305.68, 305.84 or 305.85, the time period for obtaining continuing education credits shall extend from the beginning date to the expiration date of that license, certification or registration.

(c) A person who files for renewal more than one term after expiration of his or her license, certification, registration, or enrollment may be reinstated by filing with the department an administrative fee of $200.00, an application, and the application fee and the license, certification, registration, or enrollment fee specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02. The department may also require demonstration of competence by various methods including written or oral examination, documentation of relevant work experience in other jurisdictions, or documentation of education or experience in the field. Any education or examination required by the department may not be more extensive than the requirements in effect at the time of the request for reinstatement.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; am. (2), Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (2) (c) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-127: cr. (2) (b) 3., Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; correction in (1) (a), (2) (b) 1. (intro.), a., b., 3. a., b., c., d., (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (2) (b) 1. b. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2) (a), (b) 1., (intro.), b., (c) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.08 Continuing education {#sec-sps-305.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.08}

(1) Program specifications.

(a) Only courses, programs and seminars approved in writing by the department shall be used for credit to fulfill continuing education requirements.

(b)

  1. Requests for a course, program or seminar to be recognized for approval shall be submitted in writing to the department.

  2. Requests for approval shall include sufficient information to determine if the course, program or seminar complies with this subsection.

  3. The department shall review and make a determination on a request for approval within 21 calendar days of receipt of the request and information necessary to complete the review.

(c)

  1. Thirty minutes of attendance in an approved course, program or seminar shall be deemed equal to 0.5 hours of acceptable continuing education.

  2. Continuing education credit for attendance in approved continuing education courses, programs or seminars in other than 30 minute increments shall be rounded down to the next half hour.

(d) Courses, programs and seminars to be considered for approval towards continuing education credit shall relate to the skills and knowledge of one or more license, certification or registration categories.

(e)

  1. The department may limit credit approval to specific license, certification, or registration categories when approving a course, program, or seminar for continuing education credit.

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. c., the approval of a course, program or seminar for continuing education credit shall expire 5 years after the date of approval.

b. Approval of courses, programs or seminars for continuing education credit may be renewed. Renewal shall be in accordance with par. (b).

c. An approval of a course, program or seminar for continuing education credit under s. SPS 305.68 or subch. VIII shall expire either 3 years after the date of approval, or as otherwise specified in the approval.

  1. The department may revoke the approval of a course, program or seminar for continuing education credit for any false statements, misrepresentation of facts or violation of the conditions on which the approval was based. The department may not revoke the approval of a course, program or seminar less than 30 calendar days prior to the course, program or seminar being held.

(f)

  1. The individual or organization which had obtained the course, program or seminar approval shall maintain an attendance record of those individuals who have attended and completed the course, program or seminar for at least 5 years from the date of the course, program or seminar.

  2. The attendance record shall include all of the following:

a. The course name.

b. The course identification number assigned by the department.

c. The date or dates the course was held or completed.

d. The name of each attendee.

e. The name of each license, certification or registration held by the attendee for which the course applies.

f. The license, certification or registration number assigned by the department of each attendee.

  1. A copy of the attendance record shall be forwarded by the person or organization which had obtained the course, program or seminar approval to the department within 14 calendar days after completion of the course or program.

(g) Any individual or organization that obtains a course, program, or seminar approval for continuing education credit under s. SPS 305.68 or subch. VIII shall notify the department of any material changes to the information submitted for that approval.

(h) Any individual or organization that obtains a course, program, or seminar approval for continuing education credit under s. SPS 305.68 or subch. VIII shall notify the department if the course, program, or seminar is discontinued before the end of its approval period.

(2) Evidence of compliance. Each license, certification or registration holder shall retain evidence of compliance with continuing education requirements throughout the license, certification or registration period for which continuing education credit was required for renewal of the license, certification or registration.

(a) The department shall accept as evidence of compliance original or copies of documents, certified by the individual or organization providing the course, program or seminar, indicating attendance and completion of the continuing education credit.

(b) The department may require a license, certification or registration holder to submit evidence of compliance for the continuing education credit which was required to renew the license, certification or registration.

(3) Continuing educational cycle.

(a) Except as provided under s. SPS 305.07 (2) (b), for those license, certification or registration categories which require continuing educational credit for renewal, the license, certification or registration holder shall obtain the necessary amount of continuing educational credit prior to the expiration date of the license, certification, or registration as specified in Table 305.06.

(c) The attendance of a continuing education course, program or seminar in order to fulfill late renewal obligations under s. SPS 305.07 (2) (b) may not be credited toward more than one renewal cycle for a specific license, certification or registration.

Note: The provisions under par. (c) do not limit an individual in attending or completing courses, programs or seminars multiple times on separate occasions for continuing education credit.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3) (a), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (d), (e) 1., (f) 2. e., f., (2) (intro.), (b) and (3), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; am. (3), Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 03-075: r. (1) (b) 2., renum. (1) (b) 3. and 4. to be (1) (b) 2. and 3., r. and recr. (1) (e) 2. b. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-127: am. (1) (e) 2. a., cr. (1) (e) 2. c., (g) and (h), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 09-046: am. (1) (f) 1. Register March 2010 No. 651, eff. 4-1-10; correction in (1) (e) 2. c., (g), (h), (3) (a), (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (1) (e) 1., (3) (a), r. (3) (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.09 Examinations administered by the department {#sec-sps-305.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.09}

(1) For those license, certification or registration categories which require examination, the department shall conduct at least 4 license, certification or registration examinations annually for each license, certification or registration category at times and locations specified by the department.

(2) An application and fee for a license, certification or registration that requires an examination shall be received by the department at least 30 calendar days prior to the day of the examination. The department may postpone the applicant’s appearance to another examination date if any of the following occur:

(a) The applicant fails to have the application on file with the department within the required time.

(b) The application information or required qualifications are incomplete.

(c) The examination center is filled to capacity.

(3) Upon verification of the application and the required qualifications, the department shall notify an applicant in writing of the date, time and place of the examination.

(4)

(a) An applicant for license, certification or registration examination shall provide a photo identification or other appropriate evidence to gain admittance to an examination.

(b) An applicant shall bring to a license, certification or registration examination all necessary materials as specified by the department.

(c)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., an applicant who fails to appear at a scheduled license, certification or registration examination without giving notice to the department at least 24 hours before the examination shall be considered to have failed the examination and shall be required to submit a re-examination application and examination fee.

  2. The department may waive the 24-hour notification requirement of subd. 1. due to inclement weather, if the applicant notifies the department the day of the examination.

(5) The examination for a license, certification or registration shall be based on a job analysis of the knowledge, skills and abilities associated with the license, certification or registration. The examination shall include all of the following subject matter:

(a) Regulations and standards governing the work or activities required or permitted under the license, certification or registration.

(b) Theories, principles, and practices associated with the activities required or permitted under the license, certification or registration.

(6)

(a) A grade of 70% or greater in each part of a license, certification or registration examination shall be considered a passing grade.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., an applicant failing a part of a multi-part license, certification or registration examination shall be required to retake only those parts failed.

  2. An applicant who does not pass all required parts of a multi-part license, certification or registration examination within one year after the date of the initial examination shall apply, retake and pass all parts of the license, certification or registration examination.

(7)

(a) The department shall inform an applicant of the results of an examination in writing within 21 calendar days from the examination date.

(b) Upon notification of failing a license, certification or registration examination, an applicant may request another examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(c)

  1. An applicant who has successfully passed a license, certification or registration examination may submit an application and the license, certification or registration fee as specified under s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 for the appropriate license, certification or registration within 3 months after the date the department had mailed the results of the examination.

  2. Failure to apply for a license, certification or registration in accordance with subd. 1., shall necessitate the applicant to apply, retake and pass another license, certification or registration examination in order to obtain the license, certification or registration.

(8)

(a) An applicant may request and make an appointment with the department to review his or her examination.

(b) The request to review an examination relating to subchs. II to VII, but not including s. SPS 305.68, and subchs. IX and X shall be accompanied by a $15 fee.

(c) An applicant who has failed his or her examination may not review the examination less than 7 calendar days before the applicant is scheduled to retake the examination.

(d) The department shall retain license, certification or registration examinations at least 2 months after the date of the examination.

Note: This section only applies to examinations administered by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1), (2) (intro.), (4) (a), (b), (c) 1., (5), (6), (7) (b), (c) and (8) (c), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 09-046: renum. (8) (b) and (c) to be (8) (c) and (d), cr. (8) (b) Register March 2010 No. 651, eff. 4-1-10; correction in (7) (b), (c) 1., (8) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (title) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.10 Denial, suspension and revocation {#sec-sps-305.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.10}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2) pertaining to licenses or registrations for master plumbers, journeyman plumbers, cross connection control assembly testers, and utility contractors, the department may deny, suspend, or revoke a license, certification, registration, or enrollment under this chapter in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Reasons. The department may deny, suspend, or revoke a license, certification, registration, or enrollment under this chapter if the department determines that an applicant or holder of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment is responsible for any of the following:

  1. Fails to meet the qualifications for the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  2. Has obtained the license, certification, registration, or enrollment through fraud or deceit.

  3. Has demonstrated negligence or incompetence in fulfilling the responsibilities or obligations of the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  4. Has a conflict of interest in fulfilling the responsibilities or obligations under the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  5. Has demonstrated misconduct in fulfilling the responsibilities or obligations under the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  6. Has been arrested or convicted for a crime substantially related to the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  7. Has a physical or mental impairment which prevents the applicant or holder from fulfilling the responsibilities or obligations under the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  8. Has violated state, federal, or local laws or regulations relating to the conduct of the activities under the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

  9. Has been certified by the department of revenue under s. 73.0301, Stats., to be liable for taxes.

  10. Has been delinquent in making court-ordered payments relating to the support of a child or former spouse pursuant to s. 101.022, Stats.

  11. Has failed to comply with a subpoena or warrant issued by the department of workforce development or a county child support agency relating to paternity or child support proceedings pursuant to s. 101.022, Stats.

  12. If registered or certified under ss. SPS 305.80 to 305.81, has performed any of the following:

a. Intentionally shifted costs, for the purpose of making ineligible costs appear to be eligible.

b. Intentionally billed for activities not undertaken at a specific cleanup site.

c. Rebated the deductible or structured a claim to provide a responsible party with a rebate or reimbursement of the deductible.

d. Intentionally submitted invoices or bills containing fraud, or submitted claims that were incomplete or contained fraud.

e. Conducted unnecessary, ineffective or incomplete remedial activities or services.

f. Attempted to defraud, including but not limited to false or double billing of clients for work conducted.

g. Charged a fee that the department determined was excessive, after written notice from the department that the fee was excessive and should not have been charged.

h. Exhibited a pattern of attempting and failing to complete remediations of PECFA sites.

i. Performed activities that result in both exceeding a cost cap established by the department, and submittal of a claim to the department for the cost in excess of that cost cap.

j. Failed to pay a financial penalty assessed under ch. NR 747 for a grossly ineligible cost.

  1. If registered or certified under s. SPS 305.68 or subch. VIII, has performed any of the following:

a. Failed to maintain required records.

b. Denied the department access to requested records.

c. Failed to submit a required notice or report to the department, within a required time period.

d. Submitted false reports to the department.

e. Exhibited a pattern of submitting substantially inadequate reports.

  1. If registered under s. SPS 305.31 as a dwelling contractor, has done or has been any of the following:

a. Failed to hold or to engage, as an employee, a person who holds a dwelling contractor qualifier certification under s. SPS 305.315 in obtaining a building permit.

b. Engaged in the construction of a dwelling without a uniform building permit when required under s. SPS 320.08.

c. Convicted of a crime related to the construction of a dwelling.

d. Adjudged bankrupt on 2 or more occasions.

(b) Notice of denial, suspension or revocation. Except as provided under s. 101.654 (4), Stats., relative to a dwelling contractor certification, and par. (c), a notice of denial, suspension, or revocation shall be sent to the applicant or the license, certification, registration, or enrollment holder. The notice shall include all of the following:

  1. The basis for the denial, suspension or revocation, including the facts relied on by the department to make its decision and a citation of applicable statutes and administrative rules establishing the legal basis for the decision; and

  2. A statement that the applicant or the license, certification, registration, or enrollment holder may file a request for an administrative hearing.

(c) Summary suspension. Under s. 227.51 (3), Stats., the department may summarily suspend any license, certification, registration, or enrollment if the department finds that immediate action is necessary for public health, safety, or welfare. The summary suspension of a license, certification, registration, or enrollment shall remain in effect until after a final decision is issued following a hearing.

(d) Hearing.

  1. The request for an administrative hearing shall be received by the office of legal counsel of the department no later than 30 days following the date of mailing of the notice under par. (b), otherwise, the request for hearing shall be denied by the department.

Note: Requests for an administrative hearing may be mailed to the Department of Safety and Professional Services Legal Counsel, P.O. Box 7190, Madison, WI 53707-7190.

  1. Hearings shall comply with the provisions of ch. 227, Stats.

(e) Surrender of license, certification, registration, or enrollment. A person whose license, certification, registration, or enrollment has been suspended or revoked shall surrender the license, certification, registration, or enrollment to the department upon request.

(f) Reinstatement.

  1. ‘Suspension.’

a. A person whose license, certification, registration, or enrollment has been suspended may apply to have the license, certification, registration, or enrollment reissued only after the time set for suspension by the department or hearing examiner has passed and by complying with the conditions set forth in the suspension order.

b. The request to the department to have a suspended license, certification, registration, or enrollment reissued shall be made in writing.

c. The department may require a person whose license, certification, registration, or enrollment has been suspended to apply for the license, certification, registration, or enrollment by complying with all of the requirements for a new applicant, including paying the application fees and successfully passing an examination.

d. The department may impose conditions on the reissued license, certification, registration, or enrollment to assure compliance with this chapter.

  1. ‘Revocation.’ A person whose license, certification, registration, or enrollment has been revoked may not apply to receive such a license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

(2) Pursuant to s. 145.10, Stats., the department may suspend or revoke the license or registration of any master plumber, journeyman plumber, master plumber-restricted, journeyman plumber-restricted, utility contractor, or cross connection control assembly tester in accordance with this subsection.

(a) General. The department may suspend or revoke a license or registration for any of the following reasons:

  1. The practice of fraud or deceit in obtaining a license or registration.

  2. Negligence, incompetence or misconduct in the practice or work allowed by the license or registration.

  3. Failure to correct an installation for which the license or registration holder is responsible within the time prescribed by the department.

Note: Section 145.10 (1) (b), Stats., indicates that the correction of an installation must take place within 30 days following notification by the department of a violation.

  1. Falsified information on an inspection form under s. 145.20 (5), Stats.

(b) Investigations. The department may conduct an investigation of any alleged violations of this chapter or chs. SPS 382 and 383. If it is determined that no further action is warranted, the department shall notify the persons affected. If the department determines that there is probable cause, it shall order a hearing and notify the persons affected.

(c) Summary suspension. Under s. 227.51 (3), Stats., the department may summarily suspend any license or registration if the department finds that immediate action is necessary for public health, safety or welfare. The summary suspension of a license or registration shall remain in effect until after a final decision is issued following a hearing.

(d) Hearings. The hearing for the suspension or revocation of a license or registration shall be conducted as a contested case hearing in accordance with ch. 227, Stats., and s. 145.10, Stats.

(e) Findings. The department may make findings and enter its order on the basis of the facts revealed by its investigation. Any findings as a result of petition or hearing shall be in writing and shall be binding unless appealed to the secretary.

  1. ‘Suspension.’ The period for suspension shall be determined by the hearing examiner or the department. The period for suspension may not exceed one year. A person whose license or registration has been suspended may apply to have the license or registration reinstated by filing a new application and payment of the appropriate fee specified in s. SPS 305.02.

  2. ‘Revocation.’ The period for revocation shall be determined by the hearing examiner or the department. The period for revocation shall not exceed one year. A person whose license or registration has been revoked shall be eligible for the license or registration only after the time set for revocation by department order has passed. A person whose license or registration has been revoked may apply to have the license or registration reinstated only after submitting a completed application for license or registration examination, if required, payment of the examination fee, passing of the examination and payment of the license or registration fee specified in s. SPS 305.02.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a) (intro.), r. and recr. (1) (e), (2) (c), cr. (1) (f), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (intro.), (a), (b) (intro.), 2., (c), (e), (f), (2) (intro.) to (a) 3., (c), (d), (e) 1. and 2., cr. (1) (a) 9. to 11., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; correction in (2) (a) 4. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 04-058: cr. (1) (a) 12. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 5-1-06; correction in (2) (a) 4. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2006 No. 610; CR 07-007: cr. (1) (a) 14., am. (1) (b) (intro.) Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07; CR 06-127: renum. (1) (a) 12. h. to k. to be (1) (a) 13. a. to c. and 12. h., cr. (1) (a) 12. i. and j. and 13. (intro), d. and e., Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; correction in (1) (a) 12. (intro.), j., 13. (intro.), 14. (intro.), a., b., (2) (b), (e) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (1) (a) 12. j. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694; CR 16-093: am. (1) (a) (intro.), 1. to 8., (b) (intro.), 2., (c), (e), (f) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; correction in (1) (a) 10., 11. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750; CR 23-006: am. (1) (intro.), (2) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.11 Responsibilities {#sec-sps-305.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.11}

(1) A person who holds a license, certification, registration, or enrollment under this chapter shall carry on his or her person the license, certification, registration, or enrollment issued by the department while performing or conducting the activity or activities permitted under the license, certification, registration, or enrollment.

(2) A person who holds a license, certification, registration, or enrollment under this chapter shall upon request of the department or its representative present the license, certification, registration, or enrollment for identification.

(3) The requirements of this section apply to licenses, certifications, registrations, or enrollment issued to an individual and not to a business.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (3), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.12 Penalties {#sec-sps-305.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.12}

In addition to the forfeitures provided for in s. SPS 305.125, penalties for violations of the provisions of this chapter may be assessed in accordance with the respective penalty provisions in the statutes, depending upon the license, certification, registration, or enrollment category or activity involved.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 07-069: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.; correction in (2) (h) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2009 No. 641; CR 09-021: am. (1), cr. (2m) Register November 2009 No. 647, eff. 12-1-09; correction in (2) (h) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2009 No. 648; CR 10-039: renum. (1) to be Comm 5.12 and am., renum. (2) to (7) to be Comm 5.125 (1), (2), and (4) to (8) and am. (1) (a) Register November 2010 No. 659, eff. 12-1-10; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.125 Administrative forfeitures {#sec-sps-305.125 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.125}

(1) Plumbing forfeitures.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.12 (5), Stats., the department may assess a forfeiture in the amount listed in pars. (b) to (i) to a violator of the licensing requirements under s. 145.06, Stats.

Note: A violation of each paragraph is considered separately when assessing a first, second or third violation. For example: violating paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) creates a first violation for each paragraph, not a first, second and third violation.

(b) The amount of forfeiture assessed against an individual who does not hold the appropriate type of plumbing license under subch. IX and who installs plumbing when a master plumber is not in charge of the plumbing installation shall be one of the following:

  1. First offense — $1,000.

  2. Second offense — $1,500.

  3. Third and subsequent offense — $2,000.

(c) The amount of forfeiture assessed against an individual who does not hold the appropriate type of plumbing license under subch. IX and who installs plumbing where a master plumber is in charge of the plumbing installation shall be one of the following:

  1. First offense — $100.

  2. Second offense — $500.

  3. Third and subsequent offense — $1,000.

(d) The amount of forfeiture assessed against a master plumber who allows the use of his or her master plumber license for the purpose of obtaining a plumbing permit without that master plumber assuming responsibility for the plumbing installation shall be one of the following:

  1. First offense — $1,000.

  2. Second offense — $1,500.

  3. Third and subsequent offense — $2,000.

(e) The amount of forfeiture assessed against a master plumber who allows another licensed plumber to install plumbing in the master plumber’s name when that master plumber is not in charge of the plumbing installation shall be one of the following:

  1. First violation offense — $500.

  2. Second violation offense — $1,000.

  3. Third and subsequent violation offense — $2,000.

(f) The amount of forfeiture assessed against a master plumber who allows an individual who does not hold the appropriate license under subch. IX to install plumbing when that master plumber is in charge of the plumbing installation shall be one of the following:

  1. First violation offense — $1,500.

  2. Second violation offense — $1,750.

  3. Third and subsequent violation offense — $2,000.

(g) The amount of forfeiture assessed against an individual who does not hold an appropriate master plumber license under s. SPS 305.91 and who engages in the business or offers to engage in the business of superintending plumbing installations shall be one of the following:

  1. First violation offense — $1,000.

  2. Second violation offense — $1,500.

  3. Third and subsequent violation offense — $2,000.

(h) The amount of forfeiture assessed against an individual who does not hold a registration as a cross connection control assembly tester under s. SPS 305.99 and who tests cross connection control assemblies to meet the requirements in s. SPS 382.22 (8) shall be one of the following:

  1. First violation offense — $500.

  2. Second violation offense — $1,000.

  3. Third and subsequent violation offense — $2,000.

Note: See section 145.06, Stats., for exemptions to the licensing requirements.

(i) When a violator creates an imminent health risk the forfeiture amounts under pars. (b) to (h) shall be doubled within the maximum statutory limit of $2,000.

(2) POWTS forfeitures.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.12 (5) (a), Stats., the department may assess a forfeiture in the amount listed in par. (b) to a violator of the restriction requirements under s. 145.20 (6) (a), Stats.

(b) The amount of forfeiture assessed against an individual who violates the restriction requirements under s. 145.20 (6) (a), Stats., shall be one of the following:

  1. First offense — $1,000.

  2. Second offense — $1,500.

  3. Third and subsequent offense — $2,000.

(4) Forfeiture process.

(a) The department shall assess an administrative forfeiture in writing.

(b) A notice of administrative forfeiture shall include the following:

  1. The rule or rules violated.

  2. A statement or explanation of how the violation was determined.

  3. The amount of forfeiture.

  4. A statement or explanation of how the amount of forfeiture was determined.

  5. Information about how to contest the notice of administrative forfeiture.

(5) Forfeiture payments.

(a) Except as provided in sub. (6), all forfeitures shall be paid to the department within 30 days after issuance of the notice.

(b) An interest penalty shall be imposed in accordance with s. 145.12 (5) (d), Stats., for a forfeiture not paid in accordance with par. (a).

Note: Section 145.12 (5) (d), Stats., reads: In the case of any failure in the payment of a forfeiture, the department shall impose an interest penalty of 12% per year from the time when the forfeiture should have been paid.

(c) The department may refer unpaid forfeitures to the attorney general.

Note: Section 145.12 (5) (e), Stats., reads: The attorney general may bring an action in the name of the state to collect any forfeiture imposed, or interest accrued, under this subsection if the forfeitures or interest has not been paid after the exhaustion of all administrative and judicial reviews.

(6) Forfeiture appeal.

(a) A person assessed an administrative forfeiture may request a review of the assessment of forfeiture issued under sub. (1) and the grounds for the assessment in accordance with all of the following procedures:

  1. A request for review of an assessment of forfeiture under this subsection shall be on the basis to completely overturn the assessment.

  2. A request for review of an assessment of forfeiture shall be made in writing to the administrator of the division of industry services.

Note: Requests for a review by the administrator may be sent to Administrator, Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658.

  1. A request for review of an assessment of forfeiture shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the person believes the administrative forfeiture and the grounds for the assessment should be overturned.

(b) A request for review of an assessment of an administrative of forfeiture and the grounds for the assessment shall be denied if the request is received more than 30 days after issuance of the forfeiture notice.

(c)

  1. The administrator shall make a decision on a request for review of an assessment of administrative forfeiture and the grounds for assessment within 15 days of receipt of the request.

  2. If the administrator determines that insufficient reasons are provided in a request for review, the request may be denied.

  3. A denial of a request for review shall be in writing and shall state the reasons for denial and information about the right to appeal the denial.

  4. If the administrator determines that sufficient reasons are provided in a request for review, the request shall be granted.

  5. If the administrator grants a request for review, the administrator shall notify the person making the request in writing of the date, time and location where the review will take place and who will conduct the review. The review shall be scheduled within 10 days after the request for review is granted, unless the person requesting the review asks for and is granted an extension.

  6. If a review is granted, the person requesting the review shall be provided an opportunity to meet with the administrator or designee to present statements and documents regarding the contested notice of administrative forfeiture and the grounds for the assessment.

  7. If a review is granted, the division shall provide technical expertise to represent the department’s position.

(7) Administrator review.

(a) The administrator shall issue a written decision within 30 days following a review under sub. (6) (c) 5.

(b) The written decision from the administrator shall include information about appeal rights and procedures if the decision is to deny overturning the assessment of administrative forfeiture and the grounds for assessment.

(8) Secretary review.

(a) A person adversely affected by the decision of the administrator under sub. (7) may request a hearing by the secretary to review an assessment of administrative forfeiture and the grounds for assessment in accordance with all of the following procedures:

  1. A request for a hearing shall be made in writing to the secretary.

  2. A request for a hearing shall include a statement of the specific reasons why the person believes the forfeiture assessment and the grounds for assessment should be overturned.

  3. A request for a hearing shall be denied if the request is received more than 30 days after issuance of the decision by the administrator under sub. (7).

(b) A hearing held by the secretary or designee to review the decision of the administrator on an administrative forfeiture shall be a contested case hearing. The hearing and the decision issued after the hearing shall be governed by the provisions under ch. 227, Stats.

History

  • CR 10-039: renum. from Comm 5.12 (2) to (8) and am. (1) (a), cr. (3) Register November 2010 No. 659, eff. 12-1-10; corrections in (5) (a), (6) (a) (intro.), (7) (a), (8) (a) (intro.) and 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2010 No. 659; CR 10-090: cr. (3m) Register January 2010 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; correction in (1) (g) (intro.), (h) (intro.), (3) (c) (intro.), (3m) (a), (b) (intro.), (c) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 12-007: r. (3m) Register July 2012 No. 679, eff 8-1-12; correction in (6) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693; CR 14-010: r. (3) (a) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: r. (3) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; CR 23-006: am. (1) (h) (intro.) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter II Blasting and Fireworks

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.20 Blasters {#sec-sps-305.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.20}

(1) General.

(a) No person may prepare explosive charges or conduct blasting operations unless the person complies with one of the following conditions:

  1. Holds a license issued by the department as a licensed class 1 blaster, licensed class 2 blaster, licensed class 3 blaster, licensed class 4 blaster, licensed class 5 blaster, licensed class 6 blaster or licensed class 7 blaster.

  2. Is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license issued by the department as a licensed blaster in one or more of the categories specified in subd. 1.

(b) The operations and activities associated with a person who holds a license as a licensed class 1 blaster, licensed class 2 blaster, licensed class 3 blaster, licensed class 4 blaster, licensed class 5 blaster, licensed class 6 blaster or licensed class 7 blaster shall be limited to the operations or activities delineated under this paragraph.

  1. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 1 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 1 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities not closer than 500 feet to an inhabited building for stumps, boulders, ice, frost, concrete, footings, foundations, pole settings, drainage ditches, beaver dams, pot holes, seismic tests, boiler tubes, fertilizer piles, silos, dimension stone, well shooting, metal forms, black powder or coal piles.

  2. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 2 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 2 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities for stumps, boulders, ice, frost, concrete, footings, foundations, pole settings, drainage ditches, beaver dams, pot holes, seismic tests, boiler tubes, fertilizer piles, silos, dimension stone, well shooting, metal forms, black powder or coal piles.

  3. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 3 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 3 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities for underground mining, underground construction or tunnels.

  4. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 4 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 4 blaster, may conduct blasting operation and activities not closer than 2500 feet to an inhabited building for quarries, open pits, road cuts, trenches, site excavations, basements, underwater demolition or underground excavations.

  5. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 5 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 5 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities 2500 feet and closer to an inhabited building for quarries, open pits and road cuts.

  6. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 6 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 6 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities 2500 feet and closer to an inhabited building for trenches, site excavations, basements, underwater demolition, underground excavations or structures 15 feet or less in height.

  7. A person, who either holds a license as a licensed class 7 blaster or is under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed class 7 blaster, may conduct blasting operations and activities for structures greater than 15 feet in height, bridges, towers or any of the objects or purposes specified under subds. 1. to 6.

(c) A person who holds a valid blaster license which was issued prior to November 1, 1996 shall be deemed to hold the category of blaster license specified in Table 305.20 and may conduct blasting operations and activities under par. (b).

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a blaster license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination.

(a) A person applying to take a blaster license examination shall be at least 21 years old.

(b) A person applying to take a blaster license examination shall have one or more of the following qualifying experience:

  1. At least 640 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 1 blaster license for a class 1 blaster license examination.

  2. At least 640 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 2 blaster license for a class 2 blaster license examination.

  3. At least 640 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 3 blaster license for a class 3 blaster license examination.

  4. At least 640 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 4, class 5 or class 6 blaster license for a class 4 license examination.

  5. At least 640 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 5 blaster license for a class 5 blaster license examination.

  6. At least 1000 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 6 blaster license for a class 6 blaster license examination.

  7. At least 2000 hours of experience working under the direct supervision of a person who holds a class 7 blaster license for a class 7 blaster license examination.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a blaster license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a blaster license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a blaster.

  2. A blaster license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a blaster license shall be contingent upon the applicant completing and passing a take home examination.

(c) The renewal of a blaster license shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the state department of justice.

Note: The department will obtain the criminal history record directly from the state department of justice.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (2) (c), (6) (c), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) 1. and 2., (b) and (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: r. (2) (c), am. (6) (c) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; correction in (1) (c), (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (6) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.21 Fireworks manufacturers {#sec-sps-305.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.21}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 167.10 (6m), Stats., no person may manufacture fireworks or a listed device in this state unless the person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed fireworks manufacturer.

(b) A fireworks manufacturer license shall be obtained and held for each plant where fireworks or listed devices are to be manufactured.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for a fireworks manufacturer license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for license.

(a) A person applying for a license as a fireworks manufacturer shall hold a federal license issued under 18 USC chapter 40 section 843.

(b) The person applying for a fireworks manufacturer license shall be the owner of the business, a partner in the business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the corporation.

(3m) Responsibilities. A person who holds a fireworks manufacturer license shall post the license at the plant where the fireworks are to be manufactured.

(4) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a fireworks manufacturer.

  2. A fireworks manufacturer license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a fireworks manufacturer license shall be contingent upon the applicant possessing a federal license issued under 18 USC chapter 40 section 843.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (3m), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Dwellings, Structures and Sites

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.31 Dwelling contractor {#sec-sps-305.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.31}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 101.654 (1) (a), Stats., no person may obtain a building permit for a one- or 2-family dwelling unless the person complies with all of the following, except as provided under s. 101.654 (1) (b) and (c) 2., Stats.:

(a) Holds one of the following credentials issued by the department:

  1. A dwelling contractor certification.

  2. A dwelling contractor — restricted certification.

(b) Holds or engages, as an employee, a person who holds a certification issued by the department as a dwelling contractor qualifier.

Note: Section 101.654 (1) (b), Stats., exempts an owner of a dwelling who resides or will reside in the dwelling and who applies for a building permit to perform work on the dwelling from obtaining a dwelling contractor financial responsibility certification.

Note: Section 101.654 (1) (c) 2., Stats., reads: “The continuing education requirements under par. (a) and the rules promulgated by the department under sub. (1m) do not apply to any person who holds a current license issued by the department at the time that the person obtains a building permit if the work the person does under the permit is work for which the person is licensed.”

(2) Application for dwelling contractor certification. A person applying for a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

Note: A dwelling contractor — restricted certification will be issued to an individual who applies using a bond of less than $25,000. The card issued by the department for a dwelling contractor — restricted certification will read “Financial Responsibility-by a bond under $25,000 Certification”.

(3) Qualifications for certification.

(a) A person applying for a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall provide all of the following:

  1. A statement certifying that the person complies with the worker’s compensation requirements and unemployment compensation requirements as specified under s. 101.654 (2), Stats.

  2. Evidence of compliance with the liability or bond insurance requirements as specified under s. 101.654 (2) and (2m), Stats.

(b) The person applying for a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall be the owner of the contracting business, a partner in the contracting business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the contracting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who holds a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall comply with the responsibilities under s. 101.654 (4), Stats.

(b) For any construction project that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification may not commence construction until a permit is issued for the construction.

(c) For any construction project that involves installation or modification of a private onsite wastewater treatment system, a person who holds a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification may not commence construction until a sanitary permit is issued for the construction in accordance with s. SPS 383.21.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., provides that: The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(5) Renewal.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.654 (3), Stats., a dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall be valid for no longer than one year after the date of issuance.

(b)

  1. A person may renew his or her dwelling contractor certification or dwelling contractor — restricted certification.

  2. A dwelling contractor certification or a dwelling contractor — restricted certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (4) to be (4) (a), cr. (4) (b) and (c) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 07-007: r. and recr. Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07, except (1) (b) eff. 1-1-08; CR 08-110: am. (1) (a), (4) and (5) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (b), (c), (d), (5) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 19-118: r. (d) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.315 Dwelling contractor qualifier {#sec-sps-305.315 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.315}

(1) General. The purpose of the dwelling contractor qualifier certification is to provide proof of fulfilling the continuing education obligations to the issuers of building permits as required under s. 101.654 (1) (a), Stats.

(2) Application. A person applying for a dwelling contractor qualifier certification shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Evidence that the person has completed at least 12 hours in an approved course in dwelling construction within one year prior to the date of application. The course shall include instruction in at least the following subject matter and one or more tests on at least the following subject matter:

  1. Construction laws.

  2. Construction codes.

  3. Construction business practices.

(3) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a dwelling contractor qualifier.

  2. A dwelling contractor qualifier certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a certification as a dwelling contractor qualifier shall be contingent upon the individual completing at least 12 hours of approved continuing education prior to the expiration of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in sub. (5).

(c) Continuing education shall be obtained through any of the following means:

  1. Attending seminars, corporate in-house courses, workshops, or professional or technical presentations made at meetings, conventions, or conferences meeting the requirements of sub. (4). Attendance may be in person or via remote classroom where a provider is available to participate to comment and answer questions.

  2. Teaching a continuing education program that meets the requirements of sub. (4). A person who teaches may only receive credit for the initial offering or presentation of a course or program during a biennium.

  3. Participating in continuing education program that does not meet in person that meets the requirements of sub. (4) including the completion of interactive short courses or tutorials, delivery of educational programs and courses on CD-ROM or the Internet, webinars, or correspondence courses.

  4. Attending technical or professional society meetings that meet the requirements of sub. (4). A maximum of 6 hours per biennial renewal cycle may be counted toward continuing education requirements.

(d) Each certification holder shall retain evidence of compliance with continuing education requirements in accordance with s. SPS 305.08 (2).

(4) Standards for continuing education. Only courses, programs, meetings, and seminars approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 305.08 shall be used to fulfill continuing education requirements for renewal of a dwelling contractor qualifier certification. Continuing education shall meet all of the following criteria:

(a) Include instruction in an organized method of learning contributing directly to the professional competency of the certification holder and pertaining to subject matters that integrally relate to the practice of the profession. The instruction shall include amplification, evaluation, examples, and explanation of the course subject matter to the certification holder.

(b) Be conducted by individuals or entities which have specialized education, training, or experience in the subject matter of the program.

(c) Include at least 10 review questions for each credit hour if the continuing education credit is obtained through distance education as specified in sub. (3) (c) 3. The department may require submittal of the review questions for approval.

(d) Include at least 30 questions for each credit hour if the continuing education course, program, or seminar is predominantly question-and-answer based. A minimum score of 70 percent is required to receive continuing education credit. The department may require submittal of the questions for approval.

(e) Include any of the following content:

  1. Construction laws and codes.

  2. Construction safety topics that are directly related to operating a residential construction business.

  3. Business management, estimating, and job costing.

  4. Changes in construction and business management laws.

  5. Design and building science.

  6. Contracts, liability, and risk management.

  7. Marketing and sales topics regarding the provision of accurate and ethical information to the customer.

  8. Project management, personnel management, and scheduling.

  9. Carpentry, concrete, swimming pool installation, damp proofing a basement, excavation, insulation work, masonry work, painting and decorating, roofing, siding and gutters, screen or storm sash installation, tile and marble work, or house wrecking.

  10. Accounting, finance, and taxes.

  11. Communication and customer service.

  12. Environmental or land use analysis.

  13. Zoning and governance policies and procedures.

  14. Mold, lead, asbestos, or other hazardous material mitigation.

  15. Energy codes and energy conservation methods applicable to residential structures.

  16. Other subject matter approved by the department.

(5) Waiver. A person who holds a certification as a dwelling contractor qualifier may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under sub. (3) (b) on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • CR 07-007: cr. Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07; CR 11-020: r. (2) (c) (intro.), 2., renum. (2) (c) 1. to be (2) (c), correction in (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: renum. (3) (b) 1., 2. to (3) (b), (5) and am. (b), cr. (3) (c), (d), (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (5) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register July 2015 No. 715.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.32 Manufactured home manufacturers {#sec-sps-305.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.32}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.95, Stats., no manufacturer of manufactured homes may manufacture, sell or distribute for sale manufactured homes unless the manufacturer holds a license issued by the department as a licensed manufactured home manufacturer.

(b) A manufactured home manufacturer license shall be required for each manufacturing plant which manufactures homes to be sold or distributed for sale in the state.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for a manufactured home manufacturer license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for license. The person applying for a manufactured home manufacturer license shall be the owner of the manufacturing business, a partner in the manufacturing business applying on behalf of the partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the manufacturing corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who holds a manufactured home manufacturer license shall post the license at the plant which manufactures homes to be sold or distributed for sale in the state.

(b) A person who holds a manufactured home manufacturer license shall comply with the warranty and disclosure responsibilities under s. 101.953, Stats.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her manufactured home manufacturer license.

(b) A manufactured home manufacturer license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (3m), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: am. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; correction in (1) (a) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2006 No. 602; CR 06-071: renum. (3m) to be (3m) (a), cr. (3m) (b) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 11-020: renum. (3m), (4) to be (4), (5), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (b), as renumbered, made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.323 Manufactured home dealer {#sec-sps-305.323 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.323}

(1) General. Under s. 101.951 (1), Stats., no person may engage in the business of selling manufactured homes to a consumer or to the retail market unless the person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed manufactured home dealer. A branch license shall also be obtained for each branch operated by the licensed manufactured home dealer to sell homes.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for a manufactured home dealer license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) A license fee for each branch in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(d) One of the following forms of security:

  1. ‘Surety bond.’ A surety bond shall be filed on form SBD-10679 and issued by a bonding company licensed by this state. The surety bond shall be payable for the benefit of any person sustaining a loss because of an act of the licensee constituting grounds for the suspension or revocation of a license under s. 101.951 (6), Stats.

  2. ‘Financial statement.’ A financial statement shall be filed on form SBD-10678 or the equivalent in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and be dated not more than 90 days prior to the date of application. A small business, as defined in s. 227.114 (1), Stats., that does no interim financial reporting may submit a financial statement from the close of the business’s most recent fiscal year. Financial statements anticipating some future event shall not be accepted.

(3) Qualifications.

(a) Minimum net worth or bond. The minimum level of net worth or surety bond of an applicant shall be determined in accordance with Table 305.323-1 for a non-broker or Table 305.323-2 for a broker. The department shall deny the license of any applicant who fails to meet the net worth or surety bond criteria specified in the tables.

(b) Person applying. The person applying for a manufactured home dealer license shall be the owner of the business, a partner in the business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairperson of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the corporation.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who holds a manufactured home dealer license shall post the license at the main business office and shall comply with the trade practices, facilities and records requirements specified in subs. (5) to (9).

(5) Advertising and sales representations.

(a) Truthful. The use of false, deceptive or misleading advertising or representations by any licensee to induce the purchase of a manufactured home is prohibited.

(b) Factual. Any licensee, making a statement of fact to the public in an advertisement, written statement or representation concerning the manufactured home offered for sale, the services provided or any other aspects of business operation, shall, upon request of the department, furnish evidence of the validity and accuracy of the statement of fact at the time it was made.

(c) Disclosures required when advertising price. When the price of a manufactured home is advertised by a licensee, the advertised price shall include all charges that shall be paid by the retail purchaser to acquire ownership of the advertised home with the exception of sales tax, title registration fees, government required permits, and charges from lenders or other entities.

(d) Name. Advertisements for manufactured home sales shall include the licensed business name.

(e) New or used. When advertising a manufactured home, a licensee shall state the model year of the home or whether the home is a new manufactured home or a used manufactured home. If the manufactured homes in an advertisement are either all new or all used, one reference in the advertisement designating that they are new or used is sufficient.

(f) Expiration terms of sales or promotions. Whenever a sale or promotion offering gifts, merchandise, equipment, accessories, service, discounts, price reductions or cash is advertised, the advertisement shall specifically disclose the expiration terms or date of the sale or promotion.

(g) Relocations. Whenever a licensee advertises a manufactured home on a rental lot site that may have to be moved as a condition of the sale, that fact shall be stated in the advertisement.

Note: See Department of Agricultural, Trade and Consumer Protection rules under section ATCP 125.02 regarding tie-in sales; separate or discriminatory charges.

(6) Purchase contract.

(a) Usage.

  1. A licensee shall furnish retail purchasers with a manufactured home purchase contract that clearly states that the retail purchaser is making an offer to purchase a manufactured home. An exact copy of the purchase contract shall be provided to the retail purchaser at the time the retail purchaser signs the offer and again after the offer is accepted by the manufactured home dealer if accepted at a different time than accepted by the retail purchaser. Any changes in the purchase contract after signing by the retail purchaser or subsequent to acceptance by the manufactured home dealer shall be initialed by all the parties on all copies.

  2. A manufactured home purchase contract shall be executed whenever the licensee accepts a down payment, deposit, or title for a trade-in unit from a prospective retail purchaser.

(b) Contract requirements. A manufactured home purchase contract shall be completed on form SBD-10807.

(c) Termination of offer to purchase.

  1. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the offer to purchase is automatically voided if the licensee fails to accept or reject the offer by the close of the manufactured home dealer’s next business day.

  2. The licensee shall not sell the manufactured home to any other person until the offer is rejected by the licensee or the offer is voided in accordance with this subsection, or the retail purchaser cancels the contract in accordance with par. (d).

  3. Any down payment, deposit or title shall be returned to the prospective retail purchaser within 2 working hours of the time the offer to purchase is rejected by the licensee. If the prospective retail purchaser is not present or available during the 2 hour period, those items shall be returned in person or mailed by the close of the manufactured home dealer’s next business day.

(d) Cancellation of agreements.

  1. The purchase contract shall clearly state that cancellation of a manufactured home contract within one business day of acceptance by a manufactured home dealer may subject the retail purchaser to a penalty of up to 1% of the cash price of the manufactured home and that cancellation after the close of the next business day may subject the retail purchaser to a penalty not to exceed the penalty amount specified in the contract. Modification of the purchase contract shall not extend the cancellation period. Documented proof of notification of cancellation is required regardless of the method of notification.

  2. The title and any down payment or deposit which is not retained by the manufactured home dealer as a penalty in accordance with subd. 1. shall be returned to the retail purchaser by the close of the manufactured home dealer’s next business day following receipt of the retail purchaser’s notice of cancellation.

  3. Whenever a manufactured home is sold away from the licensed place of business, the manufactured home dealer shall furnish the customer with a written notice of the 3-day consumer cancellation rights in accordance with s. 423.202, Stats.

(e) Price changes. Any increase in price to a retail purchaser after the manufactured home dealer has accepted an offer is prohibited except when the price increase is due to any of the following:

  1. The addition of new equipment required by local, state or federal law.

  2. Local, state or federal tax changes.

  3. The reappraisal of a trade-in unit that has suffered damage or is missing furnishings, appliances or accessories that were part of the trade-in unit at the time the purchase contract was executed. Reappraisal by the licensee shall be limited to an amount equal to the retail repair costs of the damage incurred, or to the value of furnishings, appliances or accessories removed.

(f) Contract notice. The purchase contract shall include information regarding possible price increases due to any of the items in par. (e) 1. to 3.

(g) Warranties. Warranties and disclosures shall be provided in accordance with s. 101.953, Stats.

(h) Name of prior owner. The purchase contract shall include the name and address of the current titled owner if the manufactured home is consigned to or listed by the licensee. The name and address of the previous owner shall be kept on file at the manufactured home dealer’s main business office if the manufactured home is owned and offered for sale by the licensee.

(i) On-site sales. If the manufactured home is displayed for sale on a rental lot site or if a licensee represents that a manufactured home may occupy a site in a specified manufactured home community, the manufactured home dealer shall do all of the following:

  1. Clearly state on the purchase contract whether or not the manufactured home may have to be moved from the site.

  2. Clearly state on the purchase contract that the contract is voidable by the retail purchaser if the retail purchaser is rejected by, or the purchaser’s manufactured home is not permitted in, the manufactured home community.

  3. If the manufactured home may remain on site, inform the prospective retail purchaser in writing prior to the execution of the contract that a copy of the current manufactured home community lease and rules may be obtained from the current manufactured home owner or manufactured home community operator.

(j) Service fees. A licensee shall not assess a retail purchaser an additional service charge or fee for completing any sales-related home inspection forms that are required by law or rule.

(k) Waiver. The use of a manufactured home purchase contract that requires the retail purchaser to waive any claims the retail purchaser may have for breach of contract by the licensee is prohibited.

(7) Consignment and listing agreements.

(a) Usage and contents.

  1. Form SBD-10808 shall be used whenever a manufactured home dealer lists or offers to sell a used manufactured home on consignment.

  2. Form SBD-10807 shall be used whenever a manufactured home dealer sells a listed or consigned used manufactured home.

(b) On-site sales on rental sites. Manufactured homes selling agreements for units offered for sale on-site on rental sites shall comply with sub. (6) (i).

(c) Net sales prohibited. Licensees shall not obtain, negotiate, or attempt to negotiate any manufactured home selling agreement providing for a stipulated net price to the owner with the excess over the stipulated net price to be received by the licensee as commission.

(8) Disclosure of the conditions of the manufactured home.

(a) Model year designation. Changing the model year of a manufactured home is prohibited. If no model year is designated, the year of manufacture applies.

(b) New manufactured home disclosure. The licensee shall, on the face of the new manufactured home purchase contract, disclose all manufactured home dealer installed options or accessories and whether or not the options or accessories are warranted.

(c) Used manufactured home general condition disclosure.

  1. Before the execution of a purchase contract for a used manufactured home owned by a licensee, the licensee shall inform a prospective retail purchaser of all significant structural or mechanical defects or damage on form SBD-10809. If the licensee is unable to determine whether specific damage or defects exist, that fact shall be noted on the disclosure form. Disclosure of information shall include that which the licensee discovers as a result of a reasonably competent and diligent inspection which shall consist of, but is not limited to, a walk-around and interior inspection, an under-home inspection, roof inspection and inspection of the appliances. A reasonably competent and diligent inspection is not required to cover every possible technical detail. The licensee is not required to dismantle any part of the manufactured home during the inspection process.

  2. The seller of a listed or consigned used manufactured home shall provide a completed form SBD-10809 to the licensee. The licensee shall provide the completed disclosure statement to the prospective retail purchaser.

  3. Unless otherwise agreed to in the purchase contract, the inspection disclosures shall not create any warranties, expressed or implied, or affect warranty coverage provided for in the purchase contract.

(9) Facilities and records.

(a) Business facilities. Manufactured home dealers shall provide and maintain business facilities that comply with all of the following:

  1. A main business office that maintains books, records and files necessary to conduct business. The required business office may be established within a residence if the office is accessible to an outside entrance and is used primarily for conducting the manufactured home business.

  2. A display lot within the same block or directly across the street from the main business office, if a display lot is provided.

  3. A repair shop, or a service agreement with a nearby repair shop, where there are repair tools, repair equipment and personnel to perform the services provided for in a warranty applicable to a manufactured home sold by the manufactured home dealer. Any service agreement shall be on form SBD-10685.

(b) Relocation. A main business office may not be relocated without notice to the department.

(c) Sign. Manufactured home dealers who carry and display inventory shall provide an exterior business sign in compliance with s. 100.18 (5), Stats.

(d) Temporary sales locations.

  1. Manufactured home dealers shall be permitted to display and sell manufactured homes at a temporary site other than the licensed place of business.

  2. A temporary sales location may not be used for longer than 30 days.

  3. A consigned, listed or model manufactured home shall not be considered a temporary sales location.

Note: There may be zoning, building code and permit requirements relating to business locations that are enforced by local municipalities.

(e) Records kept. The books, records and files required to be kept and maintained at the main business office by a manufactured home dealer shall include all of the following:

  1. A written verification that the manufactured home dealer has in place a dealership arrangement or an established relationship with a manufacturer to sell and advertise the manufacturer’s new manufactured homes.

  2. The title or other evidence of ownership for each used manufactured home owned and offered for sale and the manufacturer’s statement of origin information for each new manufactured home owned and offered for sale. The manufactured home dealer shall also have a factory invoice, a completed manufactured home dealer reassignment form or a purchase contract evidencing trade-in or purchase when a manufacturer or lending institution is holding the title or manufacturer’s statement of origin of the manufactured home.

  3. A written selling agreement between the owner and the manufactured home dealer for each manufactured home owned by an individual and offered for sale or listed by the manufactured home dealer.

  4. The original or a copy of all manufactured home purchase contracts, purchase orders and invoices. The records shall also include a copy of form SBD-10687 as additional evidence of the sale as well as information regarding collection of sales tax and Wisconsin title and registration fees, if applicable.

  5. A record of every manufactured home bought, sold, exchanged, consigned, or listed that includes the following information: date acquired, acquired from name and address, new or used, year, model and identification number, date sold or disposed of, disposed of or sold to name and address.

(f) Maintenance of records. The records under par. (e) shall be maintained for 5 years. The records shall be open to inspection and copying by the department during reasonable business hours.

(10) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her manufactured home dealer license.

  2. A manufactured home dealer license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a license as a manufactured home dealer shall be contingent upon the applicant providing the information required under sub. (2) (d).

History

  • CR 04-134: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 06-031: am. (1) Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 06-071: r. and recr. (6) (f), am. (6) (h) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 11-020: am. (6) (e) (intro.), (i) (intro.), (7) (b), renum. (6) (e) 4., (f) to (g) to be (6) (f), (g) to (k), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (c), (3) (a), (10) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.325 Manufactured home salesperson {#sec-sps-305.325 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.325}

(1) General. Under s. 101.952 (1), Stats., no person may engage in the business of selling manufactured homes to a consumer or to the retail market unless the person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed manufactured home salesperson. A manufactured home dealer who acts as a manufactured home salesperson shall secure a manufactured home salesperson license in addition to the manufactured home dealer license.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for a manufactured home salesperson license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for license. A person applying for a manufactured home salesperson license shall hold a manufactured home dealer license issued by the department or shall be employed by a person who holds a manufactured home dealer license issued by the department.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who holds a manufactured home salesperson license shall comply with the responsibilities under ss. 101.952 (3), and 101.953, Stats.

Note: Section 101.952 (3), Stats., indicates that every licensee shall carry his or her license when engaged in his or her business and display the same upon request.

(b) A person who holds a manufactured home salesperson license shall comply with the provisions under s. SPS 305.323 that apply to a licensee.

(5) Invalid license. A manufactured home salesperson license shall remain valid until one of the following conditions occur:

(a) The manufactured home salesperson is not employed by a person who holds a manufactured home dealer license issued by the department.

(b) The department suspends or revokes the manufactured home salesperson’s license.

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her manufactured home salesperson license.

(b) A manufactured home salesperson license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 04-134: cr. Register June 2005 No. 594, eff. 7-1-05; CR 06-071: am. (4) (a) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 11-020: renum. (1) (a)to be (1), renum. (5) (a) (intro.), 1., 4. to be (5) (intro.), (a), (b) and am., r. (1) (b), (5) (a) 2., 3., (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (b), (6) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.327 Manufactured home installer {#sec-sps-305.327 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.327}

(1) General.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), beginning on January 1, 2007, pursuant to s. 101.96, Stats., no person may install a manufactured home onto a foundation or other support system unless the person complies with one of the following conditions:

  1. The person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed manufactured home installer.

  2. The person is under the general supervision of another person who holds a license issued by the department as a licensed manufactured home installer.

(b)

  1. The owner of a manufactured home who will reside in the home may install his or her own manufactured home without holding a license as a licensed manufactured home installer. This exemption does not apply to the owner who contracts for or otherwise arranges for the installation.

  2. A person is not required to hold a license as a licensed manufactured home installer for electrical, plumbing or HVAC work associated with the installation of a manufactured home.

Note: There may be other state or local licensing requirements involved in the installation of manufactured homes.

(2) Qualifications for license. A person applying for a manufactured home installer license shall comply with all of the following conditions:

(a) The person is at least 18 years old.

(b) The person has not been found responsible in any judicial or administrative forum for any violation of s. 101.96, Stats., during the 2 years before the date on which the person’s license application is submitted.

(c) The person has not been found responsible in any judicial or administrative forum during the 2 years before the date on which the person’s license application is submitted for any failure to perform an installation of a manufactured home as required under contract or for defrauding any person with regard to the provision of installation services.

(3) Application for license. A person may apply for a license as a licensed manufactured home installer by submitting an application, an application fee and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

(a) Evidence that the person holds a manufactured home installer license issued by the federal department of housing and urban development.

(b) Evidence that the person holds a manufactured home installer license issued by a state administrative agency (SAA) that has an installer licensing program that is equivalent to the rules under this section.

(c) Evidence that the person has completed at least 12 hours in an approved course or courses in the installation of manufactured homes within one year prior to the date of application. The course or courses shall include instruction in at least the following subject matter and one or more tests on the subject matter:

  1. Soil mechanics.

  2. Site preparation.

  3. Structural support, stabilization and anchorage.

  4. Setting.

  5. Ventilation of crawl spaces.

  6. Connections, plumbing, electrical, HVAC.

  7. Joining of home sections.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who installs or supervises the installation of manufactured homes as a licensed manufactured home installer shall be responsible for compliance with the installation requirements in ch. SPS 321.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a manufactured home installer.

  2. A manufactured home installer license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a manufactured home installer shall be contingent upon the manufactured home installer obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a manufactured home installer may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

(c) The renewal of a license as a manufactured home installer shall be contingent upon all of the following conditions:

  1. The person has not been found responsible in any judicial or administrative forum for any violation of s. 101.96, Stats., during the previous 2 years.

  2. The person has not been found responsible in any judicial or administrative forum during the previous 2 years for any failure to perform an installation of a manufactured home as required under contract or for defrauding any person with regard to the provision of installation services.

History

  • CR 06-071: cr. Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register July 2007 No. 619; CR 08-110: r. (3) (b), renum. (3) (a) and (4) to be (3) and (4) (a), cr. (4) (b) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction to renumber of (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register September 2009 No. 645; correction in (3) (intro.), (4) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (5) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: renum. (4) (a) to (4), r. (4) (b) Register May 2020 No. 772, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.33 Soil testers {#sec-sps-305.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.33}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 145.045, Stats., no person may conduct soil evaluations relative to the discharge or disposal of liquid domestic wastes into the soil unless the person holds a certification issued by the department as a certified soil tester.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a soil tester certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying to take a soil tester certification examination shall be at least 18 years old.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a soil tester certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for certification. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for soil tester certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and a certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Responsibilities. A certified soil tester who, as an employee of a local governmental unit is responsible for administering regulations governing private onsite wastewater treatment systems may not provide soil evaluations relative to the design, installation or maintenance of private onsite wastewater treatment systems within the boundaries of the local governmental unit and adjacent local governmental units.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a soil tester.

  2. A soil tester certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified soil tester shall be contingent upon the soil tester obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified soil tester may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1), (5) and (7) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (7) (b) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (7) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 09-021: am. (6) Register November 2009 No. 647, eff. 12-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.34 Welders {#sec-sps-305.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.34}

(1) General. No person may perform structural steel welding under chs. SPS 334 and 361 to 366 unless the person holds a registration issued by the department as a registered welder.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a welder registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration.

(a) The person applying for a welder registration shall have taken and passed, not more than one year before the date the application is received by the department, one or more welding tests in accordance with the following standards:

  1. American Welding Society D 1.1, section 4, part C.

  2. American Welding Society D1.2, section 3, part D.

  3. American Welding Society D 1.3, section 4, part C.

  4. American Welding Society D1.6, section 4, part B.

(b) The test under par. (a) shall have been conducted by a person who is a certified weld test conductor in accordance with s. SPS 305.35 or is under the general supervision of a certified weld test conductor.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who does structural steel welding as a registered welder shall do all of the following:

(a) Perform only those structural welding procedures for which the person has qualified by test within the last 4 years.

(b) Carry proof as to which welding procedures the person has qualified by test.

(c) Present upon request to the department or its representative proof of the qualified welding procedures.

(d) Identify the welding on each structurally significant member with a distinguishing mark stamped on the member by the person doing the welding.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a welder.

(b) A welder registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) The renewal of a welder registration shall be contingent upon the welder having taken and passed not more than one year before the date of the renewal application a welding test in accordance with sub. (3).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3) (a) (intro.), (b), (5) (c), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1), (2) (b) and (3) (a) (intro.), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (1) and (3) (a) (intro.) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 03-075: am. (3) (a) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 05-011: am. (4) (intro.), (a) and (b), cr. (4) (d) Register July 2005 No. 595, eff. 8-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 07-089: am. (1) and (4) (intro.) Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-110: r. (5) (d) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 11-020: am. (2) (b), renum. (3) (a) 2. to be (3) (a) 3., cr. (3) (a) 2., 4., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3) (b), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.35 Weld test conductors {#sec-sps-305.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.35}

(1) General. No person may conduct welding tests for the purpose of qualifying structural steel welders under s. SPS 305.34 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department as a certified weld test conductor.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a weld test conductor certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. The person seeking to obtain a weld test conductor certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for weld test conductor certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who conducts welding tests for qualifying structural steel welders under s. SPS 305.34 as a certified weld test conductor shall do all of the following:

(a) Ensure that the welding tests, the testing facilities and testing equipment conform with the following appropriate standard or standards:

  1. American Welding Society D 1.1, section 4, part C.

  2. American Welding Society D 1.2, section 3, part D.

  3. American Welding Society D 1.3, section 4, part C.

  4. American Welding Society D 1.6, section 4, part C.

(b) Provide to each individual who passes a qualifying welding test, documentation in a format specified by the department, indicating the welding procedures for which the individual qualified.

(c)

  1. Maintain a record of those individuals who passed a structural welding qualifying test, including the procedures for which the individuals qualified, for at least 5 years after the date of the test.

  2. Present upon request to the department or its representative the records under subd. 1.

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a weld test conductor.

(b) A weld test conductor certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1), (4) and (5) (a) (intro.), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (5) (a) (intro.) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 03-075: am. (5) (a) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 05-011: am. (5) (intro.), (b) and (c) 1., Register July 2005 No. 595, eff. 8-1-05; CR 07-089: am. (1) and (5) (intro.) Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-110: r. (6) (c) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 10-039: am. (1), (2) (intro.), (3) (a), (5) (intro.) and (6) Register November 2010 No. 659, eff. 12-1-10; CR 11-020: am. (2) (b), renum. (5) (a) 2. to be (5) (a) 3., cr. (5) (a) 2., 4., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; (3) (a) renumbered to be (3) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (intro.), (6) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.36 POWTS maintainers {#sec-sps-305.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.36}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. SPS 383.52 (3), a person who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered POWTS maintainer may evaluate, monitor and maintain POWTS components for the purpose of providing the management of a POWTS under subch. V of Ch. SPS 383.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a POWTS maintainer registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application and registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Information or documentation relating to the qualifications under sub. (3).

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for a POWTS maintainer registration shall have completed or obtained at least one of the following:

(a) At least 6 hours in a course or courses approved under s. SPS 305.08 that relate to the theory, operation, maintenance and inspection of POWTS treatment and dispersal components, including instruction in at least all of the following:

  1. Sand filters.

  2. Effluent pumps and switches.

  3. Alarms and floats.

  4. Active filtration devices.

  5. Valves and solenoids for distributing effluent.

  6. Aerobic treatment units.

(b) At least 60 hours of experience as a licensed master plumber, master plumber-restricted service, journeyman plumber or journeyman plumber-restricted service installing POWTS treatment and dispersal components that involve installation of at least all of the devices delineated under par. (a) 1. to 6.

(4) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as a POWTS maintainer.

  2. A POWTS maintainer registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a registration as a registered POWTS maintainer shall be contingent upon the POWTS maintainer obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the registration as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a registration as a POWTS maintainer may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (4) (b) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (1) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (4) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) (intro.), (4) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (4) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter IV Electrical

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.40 Electricians {#sec-sps-305.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.40}

(1) Except as provided under s. 101.862 (4), Stats., no person as of April 1, 2014, may install, repair, or maintain electrical wiring unless the person holds a license or registration issued by the department or is enrolled by the department as one of the following:

(a) A licensed master electrician.

(b) A licensed residential master electrician.

(bm) A registered master electrician.

(c) A licensed journeyman electrician.

(d) A licensed industrial journeyman electrician.

(e) A licensed residential journeyman electrician.

(f) An enrolled registered electrician.

(g) A registered electrical apprentice.

(h) A registered industrial electrical apprentice.

(i) A registered residential electrical apprentice.

(2)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the electrical wiring activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a licensed residential master electrician, a licensed residential journeyman electrician or a registered residential electrical apprentice shall be limited to wiring associated with dwellings, dwelling units and detached accessory buildings and structures serving the dwellings or the dwelling units, such as garages, carports, gazebos, and swimming pools.

(b) A person who holds a license or registration as a licensed residential master electrician, a licensed residential journeyman electrician, or a registered residential electrical apprentice may perform electrical wiring not associated with dwellings and dwelling units, provided the person is under the direct supervision of a licensed master electrician, a registered master electrician, or a licensed journeyman electrician.

(3)

(a) The electrical wiring activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician or a registered industrial electrical apprentice shall be limited to wiring within the facilities or properties of the business establishment where the person is employed.

(b) A person who holds a license or registration as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician or a registered industrial electrical apprentice may perform electrical wiring not associated with the facilities or properties of the business establishment where the person is employed, provided the person is under the direct supervision of a licensed master electrician, a registered master electrician, or a licensed journeyman electrician.

(4)

(a)

  1. A person who holds a license as a licensed journeyman electrician or a registration as a registered electrical apprentice shall perform electrical wiring activities under the general supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed master electrician or a registration as a registered master electrician, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed journeyman electrician or a registration as a registered electrical apprentice may perform electrical wiring activities under the general supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed residential master electrician provided the wiring is associated with dwellings, dwelling units and detached accessory buildings and structures serving the dwellings or the dwelling units, such as garages, carports, gazebos, and swimming pools.

(b) A person who holds a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician or a registration as a registered industrial electrical apprentice shall perform electrical wiring within the facilities or properties of the business establishment where the person is employed under the general supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed master electrician or a registration as a registered master electrician.

(c) A person who holds a license as a licensed residential journeyman electrician or a registration as a registered residential electrical apprentice shall perform electrical wiring activities associated with dwellings and dwelling units under the general supervision of a person who holds a license either as a licensed master electrician or a licensed residential master electrician, or holds a registration as a registered master electrician.

(d)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., a person who is enrolled as a registered electrician shall perform electrical wiring activities under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license either as a licensed master electrician or a licensed journeyman electrician, or holds a registration as a registered master electrician.

  2. A person who is enrolled as a registered electrician may perform electrical wiring activities under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed residential master electrician or licensed residential journeyman electrician provided the wiring is associated with dwellings, dwelling units and detached accessory buildings and structures serving the dwellings or the dwelling units, such as garages, carports, gazebos, and swimming pools.

  3. A person who is enrolled as a registered electrician may perform electrical wiring activities under the direct supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician provided the wiring is within the facilities or properties of the business establishment where the industrial journeyman electrician is employed.

(5) At any time, for any electrical wiring project, the total number of registered beginning electricians at an installation site may not exceed twice the total number of licensed or registered master electricians and journeyman electricians at the installation site plus two.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 05-011: r. (2) Register July 2005 No. 595, eff. 8-1-05; CR 09-028: r. and recr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 4-1-13; EmR1415: emerg. am. (2) (b), (3) (b), (4) (a) 1., (b), (c), (d) 1., (5), eff. 8-6-14; CR 14-049: am. (2) (b), (3) (b), (4) (a) 1., (b), (c), (d) 1., (5) Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15; CR 16-093: am. (1) (intro.), (f), (4) (d) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 19-118: am. (1) (intro.) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2020 No. 773.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.405 Terminology {#sec-sps-305.405 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.405}

For the purposes of this subchapter, electrical contractor certifications and master and journeyman electrician certifications issued prior to April 1, 2014, shall be considered to be licenses.

Note: 2007 Wisconsin Act 63 changed the nomenclature from electrical certifications to electrical licenses.

History

  • CR 09-028: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; CR 19-118: am. Register May 2020 No. 773; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2020 No. 773.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.41 Electrical contractors {#sec-sps-305.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.41}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.862, Stats., no person or entity, as of April 1, 2014, may engage in the business or offer to engage in the business of installing, repairing, or maintaining electrical wiring unless the person or entity holds a license or certification issued by the department as a licensed electrical contractor, except as provided under s. 101.862 (4), Stats.

(b) For the purposes of this section, unexpired electrical contractor certifications issued prior to April 1, 2014, shall be considered licenses.

Note: 2007 Wisconsin Act 63 changed the nomenclature from electrical certifications to electrical licenses.

Note: Section 101.862 (4), Stats., exempts the following:

(a) A residential property owner who installs, repairs, or maintains electrical wiring on premises that the property owner owns and occupies as a residence, unless a license or registration issued by the department is required by local ordinance.

(am) A person engaged in installing electrical wiring within an existing industrial facility or existing manufacturing facility owned or leased by the person or by an entity for which the person is an agent or employee.

(b) A person engaged in maintaining or repairing electrical wiring within an existing facility or on premises owned or leased by the person or by an entity for which the person is an agent or employee.

(c) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment for elevators and escalators.

(d) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining equipment or systems that operate at 100 volts or less.

(e) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining an electronic system designed to monitor a premises for the presence of an emergency, to issue an alarm for an emergency, or to detect and summon aid for an emergency.

(f) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining electrical wiring of transmission facilities that support telecommunications service, as defined in s. 182.017 (1g) (cq), that is provided by a telecommunications provider, as defined in s. 196.01 (8p).

(g) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining manufactured equipment or utilization equipment, including ballasts, electric signs and luminaires, or any other manufactured system that is designed to provide a function that is not primarily electrical in nature if the installation, repair, or maintenance only involves the modification or installation of conductors beyond the disconnecting point or beyond the last junction, pull, or device box, whichever is nearer to the point where the person is performing the installation, repair, or maintenance that are considered part of the equipment or system under this paragraph. For purposes of this paragraph, any conductor going from the disconnecting point or the nearest junction, pull, or device box to the manufactured equipment or utilization equipment or the manufactured system is considered part of the equipment or system.

(h) A person engaged in installing electrical wiring for components of a manufactured home, as defined in s. 101.91 (2), or a manufactured building, as defined in s. 101.71 (6), while the manufactured home or the manufactured building is at or in the facility at which it is being manufactured.

(i) A person employed by an electricity provider, or a subcontractor of an electricity provider, who installs, repairs, or maintains electrical wiring for equipment that is installed in the normal course of providing utility services by the electricity provider.

(j) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining electrical wiring that provides lighting or signals for public thoroughfares and for public airports.

(k) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining electric lines on the utility side of substations and other distribution facilities owned or operated by customers or members of electricity providers.

(L) A person employed by an electricity provider, or a subcontractor of an electricity provider, who installs, repairs, or maintains primary voltage electric facilities that are owned by the electricity provider’s customers or members and that operate at greater than 600 volts.

(m) A person employed by an electricity provider, or a subcontractor of an electricity provider, who restores service during an emergency.

(n) A person who installs a replacement for an existing switch or outlet if the replacement switch or outlet has a rating of not more than 20 amperes.

(p) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining a private on-site wastewater treatment system, as defined in s. 145.01 (12), if the activity only involves installing or modifying a conductor going from the system’s junction, pull, or device box to the nearest disconnecting point and the conductor is buried with the system.

(q) A person engaged in installing, repairing, or maintaining a pump for a well if the activity only involves installing or modifying a conductor going from the pump’s junction, pull, or device box to the nearest disconnecting point and the conductor is buried with the pump.

Note: As of April 1, 2014, the department will no longer issue or renew a certification for electrical contractor-restricted. The department will issue an electrical contractor license to those individuals who hold an electrical contractor-restricted certification prior to April 1, 2014. The issuance of the license will indicate the same expiration date as the current restricted-certification.

(2) Application for licensure. A person applying for an electrical contractor license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) A statement certifying compliance with worker’s compensation requirements under ch. 102, Stats., and unemployment compensation requirements under ch. 108, Stats.

(3) Qualifications for licensure. The person applying for an electrical contractor license shall be the owner of the contracting business, a partner in the contracting business applying on behalf of the partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the contracting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A licensed electrical contractor shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered individuals to construct, install, repair or maintain electrical wiring.

(b) For any electrical installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds an electrical contractor license may not commence installation of electrical wiring until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chapters SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(d) A person or entity that holds a electrical contractor license shall include his or her license number on all construction bids and contracts.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her license as an electrical contractor.

(b) An electrical contractor license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) 2., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (3) to be (3) (a), cr. (3) (b) Register June 2004 No, 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 08-110: cr. (3) (c) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 09-028: r. and recr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (b), (c), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 19-118: am. (1) (a), (b), r. (4) (c) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2020 No. 773.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.43 Master electricians {#sec-sps-305.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.43}

(1) Application for examination. A person applying to take a master electrician license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(2) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a master electrician license examination shall have at least one of the following qualifications:

(a) A bachelor’s degree or master’s degree in electrical engineering.

(b) Twelve months of experience in installing, repairing, and maintaining electrical wiring while being licensed as a journeyman electrician.

(c) Experience in installing, repairing, and maintaining electrical wiring during a period of not less than 60 months, with at least 10,000 hours of experience over that period.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a master electrician license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a master electrician license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities.

(a) For any electrical installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a master electrician license may not commence installation of electrical wiring until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(b) A person who as a licensed master electrician is responsible for the installation, repair or maintenance of electrical wiring shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered individuals to construct, install, repair or maintain electrical wiring.

(6) Exchanges.

(a) A person who holds a master electrician license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her master electrician license for a journeyman electrician license.

(b) A person who has exchanged his or her master electrician license for a journeyman electrician license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her journeyman electrician license for a master electrician license in accordance with the following provisions:

  1. The person holds a valid journeyman electrician license.

  2. The person submits with the application a copy of his or her former master electrician license.

  3. The license fee for a master electrician specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 is submitted.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a master electrician.

  2. A master electrician license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed master electrician shall be contingent upon the master electrician obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed master electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (b), (5) (b) 1., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (4) and (5) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (5) to be (6) and r. and recr. (6) (b) 1., cr. (5) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 09-028: am. (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (3) and (4), renum. (5) and (6) to be (5) (a) and (7) and am., cr. (5) (b) and (6) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10, except (5) (b), eff. 4-1-13; correction in (1) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (a), (6) (b) 3., (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-093: r. and recr. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.435 Residential master electricians {#sec-sps-305.435 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.435}

(1) Application for examination. A person applying to take a residential master electrician licensure examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(2) Qualifications for examination.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), a person applying for a residential master electrician licensure examination shall have at least 1,000 hours per year of experience for at least 5 years in electrical wiring work.

(b) Relative to the experience required under par. (a), each semester spent full-time in a school of electrical engineering or other accredited college, university, technical or vocational school in an electrical-related program shall be considered equivalent to 500 hours of experience, with no more than 3,000 hours and 3 years of experience through education being credited toward the required experience.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a residential master electrician license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for licensure. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a residential master electrician license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities.

(a) For any electrical installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a residential master electrician license may not commence installation of electrical wiring until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(b) A person who as a licensed residential master electrician is responsible for the installation, repair or maintenance of electrical wiring shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered individuals to construct, install, repair or maintain electrical wiring.

(6) Exchanges.

(a) A person who holds a residential master electrician license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her residential master electrician license for a residential journeyman electrician license.

(b) A person who has exchanged his or her residential master electrician license for a residential journeyman electrician license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her residential journeyman electrician license for a residential master electrician license in accordance with the following provisions:

  1. The person holds a valid residential journeyman electrician license.

  2. The person submits with the application a copy of his or her former residential master electrician license.

  3. The license fee for a residential master electrician specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 is submitted.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a residential master electrician.

  2. A residential master electrician license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed residential master electrician shall be contingent upon the residential master electrician obtaining at least 18 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed residential master electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • CR 09-028: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (1) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (a), (6) (b) 3., (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.437 Registered master electricians {#sec-sps-305.437 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.437}

(1) Application for registration. A person applying for registration as a registered master electrician shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Documented verification of meeting the requirements in sub. (2).

(2) Qualifications. A person applying for registration as a registered master electrician shall have a birth date of on or before January 1, 1956; and shall have at least 15 years of experience in installing, repairing or maintaining electrical wiring.

(3) Responsibilities.

(a) For any electrical installation that is required to have a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a master electrician registration may not commence installation of electrical wiring until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: The Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling Code (UDC), which consists of chapters SPS 320 to 325, applies to one- and two-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The Department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located, or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(b) A person who as a registered master electrician is responsible for the installation, repair or maintenance of electrical wiring shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered individuals to construct, install, repair or maintain electrical wiring.

History

  • EmR1415: emerg. cr., eff. 8-6-14; CR 14-049: cr. Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.44 Journeyman electricians {#sec-sps-305.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.44}

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a journeyman electrician license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a journeyman electrician license examination shall have at least one of the following qualifications:

(a) Completion of a construction electrician apprenticeship program in installing, repairing, and maintaining electrical wiring that has a duration of at least 3 years and that is approved by the U.S. department of labor or by the department of workforce development.

(b) Experience in installing, repairing, and maintaining electrical wiring during a period of not less than 48 months, with at least 8,000 hours of experience over that period. For purposes of meeting this requirement, a degree or diploma from a 2-year program in a school of electrical engineering or from a 2-year program in an accredited technical or vocational school in an electrical-related program shall be accepted by the department as being equivalent to 12 months and 2,000 hours of experience.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a journeyman electrician license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for certification. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a journeyman electrician license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a journeyman electrician.

  2. A journeyman electrician license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed journeyman electrician shall be contingent upon the journeyman electrician obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed journeyman electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her journeyman electrician license without having successfully passed a journeyman electrician license examination and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the journeyman electrician license examination in order to reacquire the journeyman electrician license.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (b), (3) (b), (5) (b) 2., (6) (b) 3., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (intro.), (5) (a), (b) (intro.) and 1., (6) (b) 1. and 2., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (6) (b) 1., am. (6) (b) 3. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 09-028: am. (1) (intro.), (2) (intro.), (3) (a), (4), (5) (a), (b) (intro.), 1., and (6) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-093: r. (1), r. and recr. (3), renum. (5) (a) to (5), r. (5) (b), am. (6) (b) 3. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.443 Industrial journeyman electricians {#sec-sps-305.443 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.443}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician by either one of the following:

(a) Taking and passing the industrial journeyman electrician licensure examination.

(b) Completing an industrial electrical apprenticeship.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an industrial journeyman electrician licensure examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), a person applying for a industrial journeyman electrician licensure examination shall have at least 1,000 hours per year of experience for at least 5 years in industrial electrical wiring work.

(b) Relative to the experience required under par. (a), each semester spent full-time in a school of electrical engineering or other accredited college, university, technical or vocational school in an electrical-related program shall be considered equivalent to 500 hours of experience, with no more than 2,000 hours and 2 years of experience through education being credited toward the required experience.

(4) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (1) (b), a person seeking to obtain an industrial journeyman electrician license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for licensure.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an industrial journeyman electrician license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, application fee and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

  2. Evidence of completing an industrial electrical apprenticeship program and the program has been recognized by the department of workforce development and the federal department of labor.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as an industrial journeyman electrician.

  2. An industrial journeyman electrician license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician shall be contingent upon the industrial journeyman electrician obtaining at least 18 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed industrial journeyman electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her industrial journeyman electrician license by completing an industrial electrical apprenticeship and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the industrial journeyman electrician licensure examination in order to reacquire the industrial journeyman electrician license.

History

  • CR 09-028: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.447 Residential journeyman electricians {#sec-sps-305.447 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.447}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a licensed residential journeyman electrician by either one of the following:

(a) Taking and passing the residential journeyman electrician licensure examination.

(b) Completing a residential electrical wiring apprenticeship.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a residential journeyman electrician licensure examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), a person applying for a residential journeyman electrician licensure examination shall have at least 1,000 hours per year of experience for at least 3 years in residential electrical wiring work.

(b) Relative to the experience required under par. (a), each semester spent full-time in a school of electrical engineering or other accredited college, university, technical or vocational school in an electrical-related program shall be considered equivalent to 500 hours of experience, with no more than 2,000 hours and 2 years of experience through education being credited toward the required experience.

(4) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (1) (b), a person seeking to obtain a residential journeyman electrician license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for licensure.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a residential journeyman electrician license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed residential journeyman electrician by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, application fee and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

  2. Evidence of completing a residential electrical wiring apprenticeship program and the program has been recognized by the department of workforce development and the federal department of labor.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a residential journeyman electrician.

  2. A residential journeyman electrician license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed residential journeyman electrician shall be contingent upon the residential journeyman electrician obtaining at least 18 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed residential journeyman electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her residential journeyman electrician license by completing a residential electrical wiring apprenticeship and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the residential journeyman electrician licensure examination in order to reacquire the residential journeyman electrician license.

History

  • CR 09-028: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.45 Registered electricians {#sec-sps-305.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.45}

(1) Application for enrollment. A person applying for enrollment as a registered electrician shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(2) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her enrollment as a registered electrician.

(b) A registered electrician enrollment shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a registered electrician enrollment shall be for a term of one year.

  2. The renewal of an enrollment as a registered electrician shall be contingent upon the registered electrician obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the enrollment as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06. This subdivision does not apply to an individual who, at the time of applying for renewal of an enrollment, is participating in a youth apprenticeship program under s. 106.13, Stats.

  3. A person enrolled as a registered electrician may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 2. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  4. A person who initially obtained a registered electrician enrollment and fails to renew the enrollment shall be required to complete at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education within one year prior to date of application to reacquire the registered electrician enrollment. This subdivision does not apply to an individual who, at the time of applying for reacquisition of an enrollment, is participating in a youth apprenticeship program under s. 106.13, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 09-028: r. and recr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (1) (a), (b), (2) (b), (c) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (2) (c) 2. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-093: am. (title), (1) (intro.), (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 20-035: am. (2) (c) 2., 4. Register April 2021 No. 784, eff. 5-1-21.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.46 Electrical apprentices {#sec-sps-305.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.46}

(1) Application for registration. A person applying for registration as a registered electrical apprentice, a registered industrial electrical apprentice, or a registered residential electrical apprentice shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(2) Qualifications. A person applying for an electrical apprentice, an industrial electrical apprentice, or a residential electrical apprentice registration shall be entered into an electrical apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(3) Responsibilities. A person who installs, repairs, or maintains electrical wiring as a registered electrical apprentice, registered industrial electrical apprentice, or registered residential electrical apprentice may do so as long as he or she is entered into an electrical apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an electrical-apprentice, industrial electrical apprentice, or residential electrical apprentice.

(b)

  1. An electrical-apprentice, industrial electrical apprentice, or residential electrical apprentice registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

  2. The renewal of registration as an electrical apprentice, industrial electrical apprentice, or residential electrical apprentice shall be contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into an electrical apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

History

  • CR 09-028: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; CR 11-020: am. (2), (3), (4) (b) 2., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a), (b), (4) (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.47 Reciprocity {#sec-sps-305.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.47}

As provided under s. 101.874, Stats., the department may enter into a reciprocal agreement with another state under which credentials issued to electricians, electrical apprentices, electrical contractors, and electrical inspectors by either state are recognized as comparable credentials by the other state.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.

Subchapter V Fire Sprinkler

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.50 Fire sprinkler installers {#sec-sps-305.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.50}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), pursuant to ss. 145.15 (4), 145.165 and 145.175, Stats., no person may install, maintain or repair automatic fire sprinkler systems unless the person holds a license or registration issued by the department as a licensed automatic fire sprinkler contractor, a licensed journeyman sprinkler fitter, a registered automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice, a registered automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance, or a registered automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance.

(b) Paragraph (a) does not apply to a person repairing, replacing or maintaining electrical supervisory devices for existing automatic fire sprinkler systems.

(2) No person may conduct the annual activities relative to inspection and testing of an existing automatic fire sprinkler system and components as required by ch. SPS 314 unless the person holds a license or registration issued by the department as a licensed automatic fire sprinkler contractor, a licensed journeyman sprinkler fitter, a registered automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice, a registered automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance, a registered automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance, a registered automatic fire sprinkler system tester or a registered sprinkler tester learner.

Note: The rules of this subchapter further restrict or limit the type of automatic fire sprinkler installations and activities that certain license or registration categories may perform or undertake.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 11-020: am. (2), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.51 Sprinkler contractors {#sec-sps-305.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.51}

(1) General. Except as provided in s. SPS 305.54, a person licensed as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for each installation of an automatic fire sprinkler system.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an automatic fire sprinkler contractor license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler contractor license examination shall have one of the following qualifications relating to the engineering principles and skills associated with the design, installation and maintenance of automatic fire sprinkler systems:

(a) At least 1000 hours of experience per year for at least 3 consecutive years as a licensed journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter.

(b) Graduated from an accredited 4-year university or college with a degree in civil engineering, mechanical engineering or other approved engineering curriculum related to automatic fire sprinklers.

(c) At least 1000 hours of experience per year for at least 7 years in automatic fire sprinkler design or installation. Each semester spent full-time in a school of civil or mechanical engineering or other accredited college, university, technical or vocational school in an automatic fire sprinkler-related program shall be considered equivalent to 500 hours of experience, with no more than 3,000 hours and 3 years of experience through education being credited toward the 7 years of experience.

(d) A level III certification in fire protection/automatic fire sprinkler system layout from the national institute for certification in engineering technologies.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an automatic fire sprinkler contractor license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an automatic fire sprinkler system contractor license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who installs, inspects, tests or maintains an automatic fire sprinkler system as a licensed automatic fire sprinkler contractor shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered persons to install, inspect, test or maintain automatic fire sprinkler systems.

(b) For any construction project that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a sprinkler contractor certification may not commence installation of fire sprinklers until a general construction permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(7) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her license as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor.

(b) An automatic fire sprinkler contractor license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

a. The renewal of a license as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor which has an expiration date on or before June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the automatic fire sprinkler contractor obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

b. The renewal of a license as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor which has an expiration date after June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the automatic fire sprinkler contractor obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  1. A person who holds a license as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (2m) and (6) (c), am. (4) and (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (5) to be (5) (a), cr. (5) (b) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-031: renum. (6) (c) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (6) (c) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: renum. (2m) to (6) to be (3) to (7), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), and in (4), (5), (6) (b), (7) (b), (c) 1. a., b., as renumbered, made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.52 Journeyman sprinkler fitters {#sec-sps-305.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.52}

(1) General. The activities under s. SPS 305.50 that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a licensed journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who holds a license as a licensed automatic fire sprinkler contractor.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter license examination shall have completed an automatic fire sprinkler system apprenticeship recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler system fitter license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her license as a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter.

(b) A journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

a. The renewal of a license as a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter which has an expiration date on or before June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

b. The renewal of a license as a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter which has an expiration date after June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  1. A person who holds a license as a journeyman automatic fire sprinkler fitter may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (5), cr. (6) (c), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-031: renum. (6) (c) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (6) (c) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (6) (b), (c) 1. a., b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (c) 1. a., b. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.53 Sprinkler system apprentices {#sec-sps-305.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.53}

(1) General. The activities under s. SPS 305.50 that may be undertaken by a person who holds a registration as a registered automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed automatic fire sprinkler contractor.

Note: The Department of Workforce Development, Bureau of Apprenticeship Standards has additional supervision standards for apprentices for the purpose of training and education.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice registration to install, test or maintain automatic fire sprinkler systems shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for automatic fire sprinkler apprentice registration to install, test or maintain automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be entered into a sprinkler fitter apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(4) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as an automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice.

  2. An automatic fire sprinkler system apprentice registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler apprentice is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into a sprinkler fitter apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 11-020: am. (3), (4) (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (4) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.54 Sprinkler maintenance contractors {#sec-sps-305.54 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.54}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 145.175, Stats., the activities under s. SPS 305.50 that may be undertaken by a person who holds a registration as a registered automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance shall be:

(a) Performed only within the facilities or properties of the business establishment where the person is employed; and

(b) Limited to modifying or extending an existing automatic fire sprinkler system by no more than 15 sprinklers per project.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance registration examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance registration shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for registration. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance registration, a person may obtain the registration by submitting an application and the registration fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance.

(b) An automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

a. The renewal of a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance which has an expiration date on or before June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance obtaining at least 6 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the registration as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

b. The renewal of a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance which has an expiration date after June 30, 2010 shall be contingent upon the automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the registration as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  1. A person who holds a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (intro.) and (4), cr. (5) (c), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-031: renum. (5) (c) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (5) (c) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 06-119: am. (5) (c) 1. b. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (b), (c) 1. a., b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (5) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.55 Sprinkler maintenance fitters {#sec-sps-305.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.55}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 145.165, Stats., the activities under s. SPS 305.50 that may be undertaken by a person registered as an automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance shall be performed:

(a) Only within the facilities or properties of the business establishment where employed; and

(b) Under the general supervision of a person who holds a registration as a registered automatic fire sprinkler contractor-maintenance.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance.

(b) An automatic fire sprinkler fitter-maintenance registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (b), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (b) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.56 Sprinkler testers {#sec-sps-305.56 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.56}

(1) General. A person who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered automatic fire sprinkler system tester may conduct the annual activities relative to inspection and testing of an existing automatic fire sprinkler system and components as required by ch. SPS 314 and NFPA 25.

(2) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler system tester shall have one of the following qualifications:

(a) A level II certification in the inspection and testing of water-based automatic fire sprinkler systems from the national institute for certification in engineering technologies.

(b) At least 1,500 hour of automatic fire sprinkler system testing as a registered automatic fire sprinkler system tester learner for at least 18 months.

(3) Application for examination. A person applying to take an automatic fire sprinkler system tester registration examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an automatic fire sprinkler system tester registration shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for registration. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an automatic fire sprinkler system tester registration, a person may obtain the registration by submitting an application and the registration fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an automatic fire sprinkler system tester.

(b) An automatic fire sprinkler system tester registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler system tester which has an expiration date after December 31, 2013 shall be contingent upon the automatic fire sprinkler system tester obtaining at least 12 hours of approved continuing education prior to the expiration date of the registration as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a registration as an automatic fire sprinkler system tester may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (b), (4), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (1) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 11-020: cr. (6) (c), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; CR 11-020: renum. (3) to (5) to be (4) to (6), cr. (2), (6) (c), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-13; renumbering of (6) (c) to be (5) (c) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., correction in (1), (3) (a), (b), (4), (5), (6) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.57 Sprinkler tester learners {#sec-sps-305.57 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.57}

(1) General. The automatic fire sprinkler system tester activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a registration as a registered automatic fire sprinkler system tester learner shall be performed under the direct supervision of a person who holds a fire sprinkler contractor license, a journeyman fire sprinkler license, or automatic fire sprinkler tester registration.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler system tester learner registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualification for registration. A person applying for an automatic fire sprinkler system tester learner registration shall be at least 16 years old and shall have completed the 12th grade in school or equivalent.

History

  • CR 11-020: cr., correction in (2) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12.

Subchapter VI Inspection

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.60 Boiler-pressure vessel inspectors {#sec-sps-305.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.60}

(1) General. No person may inspect, as required under ch. SPS 341, a boiler or pressure vessel for the purpose of determining compliance with ch. SPS 341 or submit an inspection report to the department documenting compliance or noncompliance with ch. SPS 341 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department as a:

(a) Certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector; or

(b) Certified in-service field inspector working under the general supervision of a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector who has assumed responsibility for the inspection or the report.

(2) Application for certification. A person applying for a boiler-pressure vessel inspector certification or an in-service field inspector certification shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for certification.

(a) A person applying for a boiler-pressure vessel inspector certification shall have:

  1. Passed the competency examination by the national board of boiler and pressure vessel inspectors; and

Note: See ch. SPS 302 for the fee for the competency examination.

a. A degree in engineering from an accredited college or university and at least 1,000 hours in one year of experience in the design, construction, operation or inspection of boilers or pressure vessels;

b. An associate degree in mechanical technology from an accredited college or school and at least 1,000 hours per year for at least 2 years of experience in the design, construction, operation or inspection of boilers or pressure vessels; or

c. At least 1,000 hours per year for at least 3 years of experience in the design, construction, operation, or inspection of boilers or pressure vessels.

(b) A person applying for an in-service field inspector certification shall have:

  1. Passed the competency examination by the national board of boiler and pressure vessel inspectors; and

a. A degree in engineering from an accredited college or university;

b. An associate degree in mechanical technology from an accredited college or school and at least 1,000 hours in one year of experience in the design, construction, operation or inspection of boilers or pressure vessels; or

c. At least 1,000 hours per year for at least 2 years of experience in the design, construction, operation or inspection of boilers or pressure vessels.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who inspects boilers and pressure vessels as a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector or a certified in-service field inspector shall:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections;

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the property owner or his or her agent; and

(c) Make available to the department upon request or as required under ch. SPS 341, his or her inspection records.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a boiler-pressure vessel inspector or an in-service field inspector.

(b) A boiler-pressure vessel inspector certification and an in-service field inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector or certified in-service field inspector shall be contingent upon the boiler-pressure vessel inspector or in-service field inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector or certified in-service field inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. The department shall consider each application for waiver individually on its merits.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her boiler-pressure vessel inspector certification or in-service field inspector certification by providing evidence of having passed the competency examination by the national board and whose request to renew his or her certification is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the competency examination in order to reacquire the boiler-pressure vessel inspector certification or the in-service field inspector certification.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3) (a) 2. a., (4) (b), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (intro.) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; corrections in (1) and (4) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 05-025: cr. (5) (c) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (5) (c) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (4) (c), (5) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (5) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.61 Commercial building inspectors {#sec-sps-305.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.61}

(1) General. A person who holds a certification issued by the department as a certified commercial building inspector may conduct inspections of public buildings and places of employment for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 361 to 366 and 375 to 379.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.14 (2), Stats., deputies of the department may perform fire prevention inspections of public buildings and places of employment without holding the certification as a certified commercial building inspector.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a commercial building inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (4) (b), a person seeking to obtain a commercial building inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a commercial building inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a certification as a certified commercial building inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

  1. Evidence that the person holds a certificate issued by the International Code Council as one of the following:

a. Commercial combination inspector.

b. Building inspector.

c. Combination plans examiner.

d. Commercial building inspector and commercial mechanical inspector.

e. Building plans examiner and mechanical plans examiner.

  1. Evidence that the person holds a registration issued under ch. 443, Stats., as one of the following:

a. Architect.

b. Engineer.

(5) Responsibilities. A person who inspects public buildings and places of employment as a certified commercial building inspector shall:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections;

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the property or his or her agent; and

(c) Make available to the department upon request his or her inspection records.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a commercial building inspector.

  2. A commercial building inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified commercial building inspector shall be contingent upon the commercial building inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified commercial building inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her commercial building inspector certification by providing evidence of registration as an architect or engineer and whose request to renew his or her certification is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the commercial building inspector certification examination in order to reacquire the commercial building inspector certification.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (6) (a) 2., (b) 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (4), r. (6) (b), renum. (6) (c) to be (6) (b) and am., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (1) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 03-075: am. (3), renum. (4) to be (4) (a), cr. (4) (b) and (6) (b) 3., r. and recr. (6) (b) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 05-113: am. (1) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-120: am. (1) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (6) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 10-103: am. (1) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4) (a), (b) (intro.), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.62 Commercial electrical inspectors {#sec-sps-305.62 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.62}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 101.875 (1), Stats., no person may conduct the inspection of electrical wiring in public buildings and places of employment for the purpose of administering and enforcing ch. SPS 316 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department as a certified commercial electrical inspector.

Note: Those persons who hold a valid certification as a certified restricted commercial electrical inspector will be issued a certification as a certified commercial electrical inspector upon application for renewal.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a commercial electrical inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying to take a commercial electrical inspector certification examination shall have:

(a)

  1. At least 1,000 hours per year for at least 6 years of experience in electrical work, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. Relative to the experience required under subd. 1., each full-time semester spent in a school of electrical engineering or other accredited college, university, technical or vocational school in an electrical-related program shall be considered equivalent to 500 hours of experience, with no more than 3,000 hours and 3 years of experience through education being credited toward the required experience;

(b) At least 1,000 hours per year for at least 3 years of experience in electrical work and has a degree in electrical engineering from an accredited college or university; or

(c) At least 1,000 hours per year for at least 3 years of experience in electrical work and holds a registration or certification under ch. 443, Stats., as a registered professional engineer, a registered architect or a certified designer of electrical systems.

(4) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (5) (b), a person seeking to obtain a commercial electrical inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for certification.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a commercial electrical inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a certification as a certified commercial electrical inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

  1. Evidence that the person holds a certification as a master electrician issued under s. SPS 305.43.

  2. Evidence that the person holds a certification issued by the International Code Council as either an electrical inspector or a commercial electrical inspector.

  3. Evidence that the person holds a certification issued under the International Association of Electrical Inspectors/National Fire Protection Association certification program as a certified electrical inspector-master.

(6) Responsibilities. A person who inspects electrical construction work as a certified commercial electrical inspector shall do all of the following:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections.

(b) Document any compliance deficiencies in the inspection report, and include the specific code reference or citation relative to the deficiency.

(c) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the property owner or his or her agent.

(d) Make inspection records available to the department upon request.

(e) Contact and indicate to the electrical utility, cooperative, or other entity furnishing electric current when an electrical service installation complies with ch. SPS 316 within 2 business days of the determination of compliance.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a commercial electrical inspector.

  2. A commercial electrical inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified commercial electrical inspector shall be contingent upon the commercial electrical inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified commercial electrical inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1), (3), (4) and (7) (b) 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1), (3) (c) and (5), r. (7) (b), renum. (7) (c) to be (7) (b) and am., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: am. (1), r. and recr. (5) (b) and (7) (b) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (7) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) (intro.), 1., (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 16-093: r. and recr. (6) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.625 Commercial plumbing inspectors {#sec-sps-305.625 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.625}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.05 (1), Stats., a city of the first, second or third class shall supervise the installation, alteration and repair of plumbing within its jurisdiction in accordance with one of the following approaches:

  1. The city shall utilize at least one supervisor to oversee all plumbing inspections and all plumbing plan reviews who shall hold a certification as a commercial plumbing inspector issued under this section and who shall hold a license as a master plumber issued under s. SPS 305.91 or a license as a journeyman plumber issued under s. SPS 305.93.

  2. The city shall utilize at least one individual to conduct all plumbing inspections and all plumbing plan reviews who shall hold a certification as a commercial plumbing inspector issued under this section and who shall hold a license as a master plumber issued under s. SPS 305.91 or a license as a journeyman plumber issued under s. SPS 305.93.

Note: Utilizing the approach under subd. 2. does not prevent the employment of individuals to organizationally supervise the plumbing inspectors and plumbing plan reviewers. In such cases, where the individuals are providing administrative supervision, the supervisors are not required to be certified as commercial plumbing inspectors or to be licensed plumbers.

Note: The requirements for review of plumbing plans by agent municipalities are contained in s. SPS 382.20 (2).

(b)

  1. Under par. (a) 1., individuals who, under a supervisor, conduct plumbing inspections and plumbing plan reviews shall hold a certification as a commercial plumbing inspector, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. Individuals who, under a supervisor, conduct plumbing inspections and plumbing plan reviews for the purpose of administering and enforcing ch. SPS 325 shall hold a certification as a commercial plumbing inspector issued under this section or as a UDC-plumbing inspector issued under s. SPS 305.63.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a commercial plumbing inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (4) (b), a person seeking to obtain a commercial plumbing inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a commercial plumbing inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for certification as a certified commercial plumbing inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

  1. Evidence that the person holds a license as a master plumber issued under s. SPS 305.91.

  2. Evidence that the person holds a license as a journeyman plumber issued under s. SPS 305.93.

(5) Responsibilities. A person who inspects plumbing as a certified commercial plumbing inspector shall:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections;

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the property owner or his or her agent; and

(c) Make his or her inspection records available to the department upon request.

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a commercial plumbing inspector. A commercial plumbing inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified commercial plumbing inspector shall be contingent upon the commercial plumbing inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified commercial plumbing inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. The department shall consider each application for waiver individually on its merits.

History

  • CR 03-075: cr. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04, except (1) is eff. 2-1-05; CR 06-031: r. (4) (c) Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Register October 2006 No. 610; correction in (1) (a) 1., 2., (b) 2., (2) (a), (b), (3), (4) (a), (b) (intro.), 1., 2., (6) (a), (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.627 Fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspectors {#sec-sps-305.627 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.627}

(1) General. No person may perform inspections of fire detection, prevention, and suppression devices being installed during the construction or alteration of, or the addition to, public buildings and places of employment for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 361 to 366 and 375 to 379 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department as a certified fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector or holds a certification as a commercial building inspector.

(2) Application for certification. A person applying for a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector certification shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Evidence that the person holds one of the following certifications to perform fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspections:

  1. A valid certification from the national fire protection association qualifying him or her as a certified fire inspector I.

  2. A valid equivalent certification as determined by the department.

(3) Certification maintenance. A person holding a certification listed in sub. (2) (c) shall maintain that certification at all times during which he or she is certified as a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector under this section.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who inspects fire detection, prevention, and suppression devices as a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector shall do all of the following:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections.

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the property owner or his or her agent.

(c) Make their inspection records available to the department upon request.

(5) Renewal. Provisions for renewal of certification include all of the following:

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector.

(b) If a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector certification is renewed, it shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) The renewal of a certification as a fire detection, prevention, and suppression inspector is contingent upon the person submitting evidence as required by the department that the person holds a valid certification listed under sub. (2) (c). The department may audit compliance with this section.

History

  • EmR1524: cr., eff. 11-21-15; CR 15-086: cr. Register June 2016, No. 726, eff. 7-1-16; CR 23-007: am. (1) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.629 Inspection agency {#sec-sps-305.629 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.629}

(1) General. No person or municipality may engage in or offer to engage in providing plan review, permit issuance, or inspections regarding electrical wiring under the scope of ch. SPS 316 unless the person or municipality holds a registration from the department as a registered inspection agency.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an inspection agency registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. The person applying for an inspection agency registration shall be one of the following:

(a) If a municipality, the department head of the agency administering the electrical program.

(b) If not a municipality, the owner of the business, a partner in the business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of a corporation.

(4) Responsibilities. A person or municipality who is responsible for facilitating plan review, permit issuance, or inspection regarding electrical wiring under ch. SPS 316 as a registered inspection agency shall be responsible for all of the following:

(a) Utilizing persons appropriately certified under s. SPS 305.62 to conduct the inspections.

(b) Maintaining a record of the electrical permits issued under s. SPS 316.012.

(c) Making the records relative to permit issuance and inspections available to the department upon request.

(d) Providing inspection services for all inspections required under s. SPS 316.013.

(e) Cooperating with the department in any program monitoring, enforcement activities, and investigations related to electrical wiring under the scope of ch. SPS 316.

(f) Following all procedures established by the department for enforcement.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an inspection agency.

(b) An inspection agency registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18, except sub. (1), eff. 3-1-19.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.63 Dwelling inspectors {#sec-sps-305.63 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.63}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to ss. 101.66 (2) and 101.96 (1), Stats., no person may conduct the inspection of one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 320 to 325, unless the person holds one or more of the following certifications issued by the department:

  1. Certified UDC-construction inspector.

  2. Certified UDC-electrical inspector.

  3. Certified UDC-HVAC inspector.

  4. Certified UDC-plumbing inspector.

  5. Certified soil erosion inspector.

  6. Certified commercial electrical inspector.

  7. Certified commercial plumbing inspector.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.14 (1) (bm), Stats., deputies of the department may perform inspections for smoke detector installation and maintenance without holding a certification issued by the department.

(b) A person who holds a certification as a:

  1. Certified UDC-construction inspector may inspect one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 320 to 322.

  2. Certified UDC-electrical inspector or certified commercial electrical inspector may inspect one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 316 and 324.

  3. Certified UDC-HVAC inspector may inspect one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing ch. SPS 323.

  4. Certified UDC-plumbing inspector or certified commercial plumbing inspector may inspect one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 325, 382 and 384.

  5. Certified soil erosion inspector may inspect one- and 2-family dwellings for the purpose of administering and enforcing s. SPS 321.125.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a UDC-construction inspector certification examination, UDC-electrical inspector certification examination, UDC-HVAC inspector certification examination, or UDC-plumbing inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (4) (a) 2., (b) 2. and (c) 2., a person seeking to obtain a UDC-construction inspector certification, UDC-electrical inspector certification, UDC-HVAC inspector certification, or UDC-plumbing inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certifications.

(a) UDC-construction.

  1. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a UDC-construction inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

  2. A person may apply for certification as a certified UDC-construction inspector by submitting all of the following:

a. An application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02.

b. Evidence that the person holds a certification as a commercial building inspector issued under s. SPS 305.61.

(b) UDC-electrical.

  1. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a UDC-electrical inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

  2. A person may apply for certification as a certified UDC-electrical inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

a. Evidence that the person holds a certification as a journeyman electrician issued under s. SPS 305.44.

b. Evidence that the person holds a certification issued under the International Association of Electrical Inspectors/National Fire Protection Association certification program as a certified electrical inspector-residential.

c. Evidence that the person holds a license as a residential master electrician issued under s. SPS 305.435.

(c) UDC-HVAC.

  1. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a UDC-HVAC inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

  2. A person may apply for certification as a certified UDC-HVAC inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

a. Evidence that the person holds a certification as an HVAC qualifier issued under s. SPS 305.71.

b. Evidence that the person holds a certification as a commercial building inspector issued under s. SPS 305.61.

(d) UDC-plumbing. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a UDC-plumbing inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(e) Soil erosion. A person may apply for certification as a certified soil erosion inspector by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02.

  2. Evidence that the person has completed an approved training course on soil erosion control standards.

(5) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who inspects one- and 2-family dwellings as a certified UDC-construction inspector, certified UDC-electrical inspector, certified UDC-HVAC inspector, certified UDC-plumbing inspector, or certified soil erosion inspector shall do all of the following:

  1. Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections.

  2. Document any compliance deficiencies in the inspection report, and include the specific code reference or citation relative to the deficiency.

  3. Provide a copy of the inspection report to the property owner or his or her agent.

  4. Make inspection records available to the department upon request.

(b) A person who inspects one- and 2- family dwellings as a certified UDC-electrical inspector shall contact and indicate to the electrical utility, cooperative, or other entity furnishing electric current when an electrical service installation complies with ch. SPS 316 within 2 business days of the determination of compliance.

(6) Limitations. A person who inspects the installation of manufactured homes as a certified UDC-construction inspector may not perform the inspection of a particular manufactured home if the person is, is employed by, or is an independent contractor of any of the following:

(a) A manufactured home manufacturer who was directly involved in the sale of the particular manufactured home.

(b) A manufactured home salesperson who was directly involved in the sale of the particular manufactured home.

(c) An installer who was directly involved in the sale of the particular manufactured home.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a UDC-construction inspector, UDC-electrical inspector, UDC-HVAC inspector, UDC-plumbing inspector or soil erosion inspector.

  2. An inspector certification under this section shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified UDC-construction inspector, certified UDC-electrical inspector, certified UDC-HVAC inspector or certified UDC-plumbing inspector shall be contingent upon the inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified UDC-construction inspector, certified UDC-electrical inspector, certified UDC-HVAC inspector, or certified UDC-plumbing inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person who initially obtained his or her UDC-construction inspector certification or UDC-HVAC inspector certification by providing evidence of certification as a commercial building inspector and whose request to renew his or her certification is denied because of the failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the UDC-construction inspector certification examination or UDC-HVAC inspector certification examination in order to reacquire the respective UDC inspector certification.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a) (intro.), (5) (a), (6) (b), 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) (intro.), (b) (intro.), (4) (a) and (b) 1., r. (6) (b), renum. (6) (c) to be (6) (b) and am., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; corrections in (1) (a) and (b) 1. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 03-075: am. (1) (a), (b) 2., 4. and (3), r. and recr. (4) and (6) (b) 1., cr. (6) (b) 3. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-071: am. (1) (a) (intro.), cr. (5m) Register November 2006 No. 611, eff. 12-1-06; CR 05-113: am. (1) (b) 5. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (6) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; CR 09-028: cr. (4) (b) 2. c. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; CR 10-103: am. (1) (b) 5. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 11-020: renum. (5m), (6) to be (6), (7), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a) (intro.), (b) 1. to 5., (2) (a), (b), (3), (4) (a) 1., 2. a., b., (b) 1., 2. (intro.), a., c., (c) 1., 2. (intro.), a., b., (d), (e) 1., (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 16-093: r. and recr. (5) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.635 UDC inspection agency {#sec-sps-305.635 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.635}

(1) General. No person may engage in or offer to engage in the activities of facilitating plan review, issuance of Wisconsin uniform building permits, or inspection of one- and 2-family dwellings in a municipality where the department has jurisdiction pursuant to s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats., unless the person obtains a registration from the department as a registered UDC inspection agency.

Note: Section 990.01 (26), Stats., states that the term “person” includes all partnerships, associations and bodies politic or corporate.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a UDC inspection agency registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. The person applying for a UDC inspection agency registration shall be the owner of the business, a partner in the business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the corporation.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who is responsible for facilitating plan review, issuance of Wisconsin uniform building permits and the inspections for one- and 2-family dwellings as a registered UDC inspection agency shall be responsible for all of the following:

(a) Utilizing persons appropriately certified under s. SPS 305.63 to review the plans, issue the permits and conduct the inspections.

(b) Making the records relative to the plan review, issuance of permits and inspections available to the department upon request.

(c) Providing inspection services for all inspections required under s. SPS 320.10.

(d) Cooperating with the department in any program monitoring, enforcement activities, and investigations.

(e) Following all procedures established by the department for UDC enforcement by inspection agencies.

(f) Reporting to the department in writing when the agency has been dismissed by the owner or builder.

(g) Making any records associated with their permit, plan review and inspection activities available to the permit holder upon request.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a UDC inspection agency.

(b) A UDC inspection agency registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 00-159: cr. Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 10-1-01; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (c), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.64 Elevator inspectors {#sec-sps-305.64 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.64}

(1) General. No person, as an authorized representative of the department, may provide inspections required under ch. SPS 318 unless the person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed elevator inspector.

(2) Application for license. A person may apply for a license as a licensed elevator inspector by submitting all of the following:

(a) An application, an application fee and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02.

(b) Evidence that the person holds a certification in accordance with the procedures established under the standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspector (QEI-1) from an independent organization acceptable to the department.

Note: As of October 1, 2013 acceptable independent organizations include the Elevator Industry Work Preservation Fund, the National Association of Elevator Safety Authorities International (NAESA International), and QEI Services, Inc.

(3) Responsibilities. A person who inspects conveyances as a licensed elevator inspector shall be responsible for all of the following:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections.

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection record to the conveyance owner or his or her agent.

(c) Make available to the department upon request his or her inspection records.

(d) Maintain his or her QEI certification.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her license as an elevator inspector.

(b) An elevator inspector license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a license as a licensed elevator inspector shall be contingent upon the elevator inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a licensed elevator inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

(d) The renewal of a license as an elevator inspector is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person holds a certification as an QEI elevator inspector.

(e) The renewal of a license as an elevator inspector shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the department of justice.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; r. and recr. (1), renum. (2) and (3) to be (3) and (2) and r. and recr. (2) and (4), cr. (6) (c), Register, January, 1998, No. 505, eff. 2-1-98; am. (5) (c), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1), (2) (intro.), (4) and (6) (c) 2., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (6) (c) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 07-089: r. and recr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; correction in (1), (2) (a), (4) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (2) (b), (3) (d), (4) (c) 1., (d) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.66 POWTS inspectors {#sec-sps-305.66 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.66}

(1) General. A person who holds a certification issued by the department as a certified POWTS inspector or a commercial plumbing inspector may inspect privately owned wastewater treatment systems, POWTS, for the purpose of administering and enforcing the provisions of chs. SPS 381 to 387, as an authorized representative of the department or a local governmental unit.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a POWTS inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (4) (b), a person seeking to obtain a POWTS inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a POWTS inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a certification as a certified POWTS inspector by submitting an application, an application fee and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and one of the following:

  1. Evidence that the person holds a license as a master plumber issued under s. SPS 305.91.

  2. Evidence that the person holds a license as a master plumber-restricted service issued under s. SPS 305.92.

  3. Evidence that the person holds a license as a journeyman plumber issued under s. SPS 305.93.

  4. Evidence that the person holds a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service issued under s. SPS 305.94.

(5) Responsibilities. A person who inspects privately owned wastewater treatment systems as a certified POWTS inspector shall:

(a) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections;

(b) Provide a copy of the inspection record to the privately owned wastewater treatment system owner or his or her agent; and

(c) Make available to the department upon request his or her inspection records.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a POWTS inspector.

  2. A POWTS inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified POWTS inspector shall be contingent upon the inspector obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified POWTS inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (5) (c), (6) (a) 2., (b) 2., March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (4), r. (6) (b), renum. (6) (c) to be (6) (b) and am., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: am. (1) and (3), renum. (4) to be (4) (a), cr. (4) (b), r. and recr. (6) (b) 1. Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 08-110: r. and recr. (6) (b) 1. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4) (a), (b) (intro.), 1. to 4., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.68 Tank system inspectors {#sec-sps-305.68 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.68}

(1) General. No person may inspect a tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93, to administer and enforce ch. ATCP 93, unless the person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or the department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system inspector.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a tank system inspector certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying to take a tank system inspector certification examination shall have completed an approved educational course or training program that included at least 3 days of field exercises, within the 2 years immediately preceding the application.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a tank system inspector certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for a tank system inspector certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Responsibilities. A person who inspects tank systems as a certified tank system inspector shall:

(a) Perform regulatory enforcement of related code requirements in chs. ATCP 93 and SPS 305.

(b) Issue non-compliance or violation-correction orders and conduct follow-up inspections as necessary to verify correction.

Note: Inspectors with authority granted by the local municipality may utilize the respective enforcement procedures as granted by the respective authority.

(c) Pursue failure to comply with correction orders through local or department enforcement referral procedures.

(d) Maintain a record of the inspections made including the dates and the findings of the inspections.

(e) Provide a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the tank system or his or her agent.

(f) Make available to the department upon request his or her tank system inspection records.

Note: Section 19.32 (2), Stats., considers a record to be material containing written or electromagnetic information. The department will consider computer records to be equivalent to written reports.

(7) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as a tank system inspector.

  2. A tank system inspector certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a certified tank system inspector shall be contingent upon the inspector obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a certified tank system inspector may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

Note: Authority over s. SPS 305.68 was transferred to the Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (b), r. and recr. (4) and (7) (a), Register, March, 1998, eff, 4-1-98; am. (1), (5) and (7) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: am. (1), (3) and (7) (b) 1., Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: renum. (6) (a) to (c) to be (d) to (f), cr. (6) (a) to (c), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (6) (a), (7) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1), (6) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694; CR 14-010: am. (7) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter VII Mechanical

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.70 HVAC contractors {#sec-sps-305.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.70}

(1) General.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), pursuant to s. 101.178 (2), Stats., no person, entity, or business may engage or offer to engage in installing or servicing heating, ventilating, or air conditioning equipment, unless the person, entity, or business holds a registration issued by the department as a registered HVAC contractor.

(b)

  1. A person, entity, or business is not required to hold a registration as a registered HVAC contractor to service existing heating, ventilating, air conditioning, or refrigeration equipment within facilities or properties owned by the person, entity, or business.

  2. A person, entity, or business is not required to hold a registration as a registered HVAC contractor to install or service heating, ventilating, air conditioning, or refrigeration equipment within a dwelling owned by the person, entity, or business and in which the person, entity, or business resides or will reside.

  3. A person, entity, or business is not required to hold a registration as a registered HVAC contractor for electrical or plumbing work associated with the installation or servicing of the HVAC equipment or systems.

Note: Pursuant to federal regulations individuals who install or service HVAC equipment involving ozone-depleting refrigerants are required to hold a Type I, II, III, or Universal technician certification issued in accordance with section 608 of the federal Clean Air Act and title 40 CFR part 82, subpart F.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an HVAC contractor registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. The person applying for an HVAC contractor registration shall be the owner of the contracting business, a partner in the contracting business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the contracting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities. For any HVAC equipment installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person, entity or business which holds an HVAC contractor registration may not commence installation of HVAC equipment until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., provides that: The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as an HVAC contractor.

  2. An HVAC contractor registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) A person, entity or business upon expiration of their registration to handle ozone-depleting refrigerants may renew the registration as an HVAC contractor in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (b) 3., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a), (b) 1., 2. and (2) (b), r. (1) (b) 3. and 4., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (4) to be (5), cr. (4) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-031: r. and recr. (1) Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 08-110: renum. (4) to be (4) (a), cr. (4) (b) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2., (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: r. and recr. (1) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 19-118: renum. (4) (a) to (4), r. (4) (b) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.71 HVAC qualifiers {#sec-sps-305.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.71}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.178 (3), Stats., an individual may obtain in accordance with this section an HVAC qualifier certification from the department relative to the business of installing or servicing heating, ventilating or air conditioning equipment.

(b) A person or entity who utilizes a person who holds an HVAC qualifier certification under this section shall be deemed to be a certified HVAC business and pursuant to s. 101.178 (3) (c), Stats., may not be required to obtain a local certification, license or other approval in order to engage in the business of installing or servicing heating, ventilating or air conditioning equipment.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take HVAC qualifier certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for an HVAC qualifier certification examination shall have completed:

(a) At least 1000 hours per year for at least 4 years of experience in supervising or performing the design, installation, servicing or maintenance of HVAC systems or equipment;

(b) At least 4 years of attendance in a school of mechanical engineering or in an accredited college, university, or technical, vocational or apprenticeship school in an HVAC-related program; or

(c) Any combination of 4 years of experience recognized under par. (a) and education recognized under par. (b).

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an HVAC qualifier certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for certification. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for HVAC qualifier certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Responsibilities. For any HVAC equipment installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds an HVAC qualifier certification may not commence installation of HVAC equipment until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., provides that: The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(7) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her HVAC qualifier certification.

(b) An HVAC qualifier certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: renum. (6) to be (7), cr. (6) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (6), (7) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.73 Liquefied gas suppliers {#sec-sps-305.73 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.73}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.16 (3g), Stats., as of August 1, 2009, no person may engage in the business of filling containers with liquefied petroleum gas that is intended to be used directly from the containers as fuel, unless the person holds a license issued by the department as a licensed liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted, except as provided under either of the following conditions:

  1. The business is engaged in only filling containers that have a water capacity of less than 4 pounds.

  2. The filling of the containers with liquefied petroleum gas is for the person’s or the entity’s own use.

(b) A person who holds a license as a licensed liquefied gas supplier — restricted shall be limited to filling only department of transportation cylinders with liquefied petroleum gas.

Note: Under s. 101.16 (1) (c), Stats., a “department of transportation cylinder” means a container that holds liquefied petroleum gas and that meets the specifications established by the federal department of transportation.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for a liquefied gas supplier or a liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for license.

(a) A person applying for either a liquefied gas supplier or a liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall, as required under s. 101.16 (3r) (c), Stats., obtain commercial general liability insurance as an endorsement to an existing policy or as a separate policy from an insurer, or a risk retention group, that is licensed to transact the business of insurance in this state or that is eligible to provide insurance as a surplus lines insurer in one or more states.

(b) The person applying for either a liquefied gas supplier or a liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall be the owner of the contracting business, a partner in the contracting business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the contracting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who holds either a liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall maintain commercial general liability insurance in accordance with s. 101.16 (3r) (a) or (b), Stats.

Note: Except as provided in s. 101.16 (3r) (b), Stats., s. 101.16 (3r) (a), Stats., requires a licensed liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted to maintain commercial general liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of $2,000,000 for compensating 3rd parties for bodily injury and property damages for incidents associated with the release of liquefied petroleum gas.

Section 101.16 (3r) (b), Stats., requires a licensed liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted who only fills department of transportation cylinders or who only fills containers for engine and recreational vehicle fueling systems to maintain commercial general liability insurance in the amount of $500,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of $1,000,000 for compensating 3rd parties for bodily injury and property damages for incidents associated with the release of liquefied petroleum gas.

(b) Pursuant to s. 101.16 (3r) (g), Stats., a person who holds either a liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall notify the department at least 60 days before cancelling or failing to renew commercial general liability insurance.

Note: Section 101.16 (3r) (f), Stats., requires a 3rd party that issues commercial general liability insurance to a licensed liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted to provide written notice to the licensee and to the department at least 60 days before canceling, revoking, suspending, or failing to renew the insurance.

(c) Pursuant to s. 101.16 (4) (c), Stats., a person who holds either a liquefied gas supplier or a liquefied gas supplier — restricted license and fills a container that is part of a propane gas system shall provide written information notices to customers in accordance with s. 101.16 (4) (c), Stats.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (c), Stats., requires a licensed liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted filling a container that is part of a propane gas system to provide written notice to the customer of the customer’s duty to timely notify the licensee of any interruption in the operation of the propane gas system due to the replacement, modification, repair, or servicing of the propane gas system by any person other than the licensee. The notice is required to be provided to the customer before the first delivery of propane gas to the customer and subsequently on an annual basis. The notice is required to include all of the following information concerning the customer’s duty to notify:

1. The name, address, and telephone number of the licensee.

2. The purpose of giving the notification to the licensee.

3. A description of the type of propane gas system that is subject to the notification requirement.

4. A description of the types of activities that constitute a replacement, modification, repair, or servicing of a propane system.

5. A copy of the provisions under s. 101.16 (4) (b), Stats.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her liquefied gas supplier or liquefied gas supplier — restricted license.

(b) A liquefied gas supplier or a liquefied gas supplier — restricted license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 08-092: cr. Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-092: am. (3) (a), (4) (a), (b) Register August 2017 No. 740, eff. 9-1-17; correction in (1) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750.

Subchapter VIII Storage Tanks

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.80 PECFA consulting firms {#sec-sps-305.80 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.80}

(1) General.

(a) A corporation, partnership, sole proprietor or independent contractor that performs or provides professional level engineering or hydrogeological services related to a claim submitted for reimbursement under the PECFA program, ch. NR 747, shall hold a registration issued by the department of natural resources or department of safety and professional services as a registered PECFA consulting firm.

Note: See chs. 443 and 470, Stats., for additional requirements relating to the practice of professional engineering; and the practices of professional geology, professional hydrology, and professional soil science, respectively.

(b) The services referred to in par. (a) include but are not limited to:

  1. Conducting site investigations;

  2. Preparing remedial action plans and alternatives;

  3. Designing and supervising the installation of remedial systems; and

  4. Planning for passive bio-remediation with long term monitoring.

  5. Preparing and submitting bids in the competitive public bidding process prescribed in ch. NR 747.

(2) Application for registration. An entity applying for a PECFA consulting firm registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Proof of employing at least one Wisconsin-registered PECFA consultant.

(d) Proof of being registered by the department of safety and professional services to engage in the practice of professional engineering, geology, hydrology, or soil science.

(e) Proof of the liability coverage specified in sub. (4) (a) 3. or (b), and (c).

(3) Qualifications for registration. The person applying for a PECFA consulting firm registration shall be the owner of the consulting business, a partner in the consulting business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the consulting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) An entity that performs or provides professional level engineering, geological, hydrological, or soil science services related to a claim submitted for reimbursement under the PECFA program, ch. NR 747, as a registered PECFA consulting firm shall do all of the following:

  1. Ensure that only Wisconsin-registered professional engineers, professional geologists, professional hydrologists, or professional soil scientists perform professional-level engineering, geological, hydrological, or soil science services related to the PECFA program, unless those services are under the supervision of those professionals.

  2. Ensure that only PECFA consultants who are so registered under this chapter perform the services referenced in s. SPS 305.81.

  3. Hold errors and omissions professional liability coverage, including pollution impairment liability, of no less than $1,000,000 per claim, $1,000,000 annual aggregate and with a deductible of no more than $100,000 per claim, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) A consulting firm may request the department of natural resources’ approval of an alternate mechanism for meeting the requirement of the maximum deductible in par. (a) 3. The department of natural resources shall review the request and determine whether it meets the requirement of the rule.

(c) The insurance coverage required under this subsection shall be obtained from a firm that has an A.M. Best rating of at least “A-.”

(5) Renewal.

(a) An entity may renew their registration as a PECFA consulting firm.

(b) A PECFA consulting firm registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) The renewal of a registration as a PECFA consulting firm shall be contingent upon all of the following:

  1. Employing at least one Wisconsin-registered PECFA consultant.

  2. Being registered by the department of safety and professional services to engage in the practice of professional engineering, geology, hydrology, or soil science.

  3. Holding the liability coverage specified in sub. (4) (a) 3. or (b), and (c).

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.80 and 305.81 was transferred to Department of Natural Resources under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (7) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 04-058: cr. (1) (b) 5., (2) (c) and (d), (4) (a) 2., (b), (c), and (5) (c), r. (5) (b), renum. and am. (4) (intro.), (a) and (b) and (5) (a) 1. and 2. to be (4) (a) (intro.), 1. and 3. and (5) (a) and (b) Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 5-1-06; CR 06-127: cr. (2) (e) and (5) (c) 3., Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; correction in (1) (a), (b) 5., (2) (a), (b), (d) (4) (a) (intro.), 2., (5) (b), (c) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (a), (b) 5., (2) (d), (4) (a) (intro.), (b), (5) (c) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.81 PECFA consultants {#sec-sps-305.81 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.81}

(1) General.

(a) A person who performs or provides professional level investigation, interpretation, design or technical project management services related to a claim submitted for reimbursement under the PECFA program, ch. NR 747, shall hold a registration issued by the department of natural resources or department of safety and professional services as a registered PECFA consultant.

Note: See chs. 443 and 470, Stats., for additional requirements relating to the practice of professional engineering; and the practices of professional geology, professional hydrology, and professional soil science, respectively.

(b) The services referred to in par. (a) include but are not limited to:

  1. Conducting site investigations;

  2. Preparing remedial action plans and alternatives; or

  3. Interpretation of data for passive or active bio-remediation systems.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a PECFA consultant registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Proof of being registered by the department of safety and professional services as a professional engineer, professional geologist, professional hydrologist, or professional soil scientist, or proof of being supervised by a person who is so registered.

(d) Proof of the liability coverage specified in sub. (3).

(3) Responsibilities. A person who performs or provides professional level investigation, interpretation, design or technical project management services related to a claim submitted for reimbursement under the PECFA program, ch. NR 747, as a registered PECFA consultant shall either hold or be covered by errors and omissions professional liability coverage, including pollution impairment liability, of no less than $1,000,000 per claim, $1,000,000 annual aggregate and with a deductible of no more than $100,000 per claim.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a PECFA consultant.

(b) A PECFA consultant registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) The renewal of a registration as a PECFA consultant shall be contingent upon both of the following:

  1. Being registered by the department of safety and professional services as a professional engineer, professional geologist, professional hydrologist, or professional soil scientist, or proof of being supervised by a person who is so registered.

  2. Holding or being covered by the liability coverage specified in sub. (3).

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.80 and 305.81 was transferred to Department of Natural Resources under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (7) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 04-058: cr. (2) (c) and (4) (c), r. (4) (b), renum. (4) (a) 1. and 2. to be (4) (a) and (b) Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 5-1-06; CR 06-127: cr. (2) (d), r. and recr. (4) (c), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), (c), (3), (4) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (a), (2) (c), (3), (4) (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.82 Tank specialty firms {#sec-sps-305.82 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.82}

(1) General. A corporation, partnership, sole proprietor, independent contractor, or person that provides or offers to provide installation, removal, testing, lining, cleaning or assessments for a tank system which is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 shall hold both of the following:

(a) A registration issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or the department of safety and professional services as a registered tank specialty firm.

(b) Contractor liability coverage, including pollution impairment liability, of no less than $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000 annual aggregate and with a deductible of no more than $100,000 per claim.

(2) Application for registration. An entity applying for a tank specialty firm registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Proof of the liability coverage specified in sub. (1) (b).

(3) Qualifications for registration. The person applying for a tank specialty firm registration shall be the owner of the business, a partner in the business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the corporation.

(4) Responsibilities. An entity that provides storage tank system installation, removal, testing, lining, cleaning or site assessments as a registered tank specialty firm shall utilize the appropriate credentialed persons to install, remove, test, line, or clean storage tanks; to design or install a cathodic protection system for a tank system; or to provide tank-system site assessments.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a tank specialty firm.

(b) A tank specialty firm registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) An application for a renewal under this section shall include proof of the liability coverage specified in sub. (1) (b).

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (5) (a) 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: r. and recr. (1), cr. (2) (c) and (5) (c), am. (4), renum. (5) (a) 1. and 2. to be (5) (a) and (b), r. (5) (b), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: am. (1) (intro.), (a), (2) (intro.), (3), (4), (5) (a), (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (intro.), (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.83 Tank-system site assessors {#sec-sps-305.83 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.83}

(1) General.

(a) No person may conduct a tank-system site assessment required under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank-system site assessor.

(b) Each tank-system site assessment shall be performed by a person who has no personal or monetary interest in the facility and whose employer has no personal or monetary interest in the facility.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a tank-system site assessor certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a tank-system site assessor certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for a tank-system site assessor certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a tank-system site assessor.

(b) A tank-system site assessor certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: am. (title), (1), (2) (intro.), (3), and (4), renum. (5) (a) 1. and 2. to be (5) (a) and (b) and am., r. (5) (b), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.84 Aboveground tank system installers {#sec-sps-305.84 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.84}

(1) General. Except as provided in sub. (7), no person may install an aboveground tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person complies with one of the following:

(a) The person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified aboveground tank system installer.

(b) The person holds a registration as a professional engineer and is competent in the engineering methods and requirements in Wisconsin for designing and installing storage tank systems for flammable, combustible or hazardous liquids.

(c) The person is under the direct supervision of another person who holds a certification or registration under par. (a) or (b) and who is responsible for the installation.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an aboveground tank system installer certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an aboveground tank system installer certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for an aboveground tank system installer certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who installs or supervises the installation of tank systems as a certified aboveground tank system installer shall be present at the job site for at least all of the following activities:

(a) Preinstallation tank system testing.

(b) Inspection and repair of coatings.

(c) Placement of tanks.

(d) Installation and testing of all connections and tank-related piping including vapor recovery, vents and supply pipes.

(e) Installation of monitoring or leak detection devices.

(f) Installation of pumps.

(g) Installation of any underground piping.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as an aboveground tank system installer.

  2. An aboveground tank system installer certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as an aboveground tank system installer shall be contingent upon the installer obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as an aboveground tank system installer may apply to the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection.

(7) Exclusion. This section does not apply to field-constructed aboveground tanks.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a), (b) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: am. (1) (intro.) and (5) (e) and (f), cr. (5) (g) and (7), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: r. and recr. (1), am. (6) (b) 1., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction of numbering (5) (a), as renumbered, under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (intro.), (a), (6) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.85 Underground tank system installers {#sec-sps-305.85 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.85}

(1) General. No person may install an underground tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person complies with one of the following:

(a) The person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified underground tank system installer.

(b) The person holds a registration as a professional engineer and is competent in the engineering methods and requirements in Wisconsin for designing and installing storage tank systems for flammable, combustible or hazardous liquids.

(c) The person is under the direct supervision of another person who holds a certification or registration under par. (a) or (b) and who is responsible for the installation.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an underground tank system installer certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an underground tank system installer certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for an underground tank system installer certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who installs or supervises the installation of tanks as a certified underground tank system installer shall be present at the job site for at least all of the following activities:

(a) Preinstallation tank system testing.

(b) Inspection and repair of coatings.

(c) Placing of bedding material and the setting and bedding of tanks.

(d) Backfilling operations and compacting of backfill around tanks and piping.

(e) Installation or activation of department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection-accepted, factory-supplied cathodic protection systems.

Note: The Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection has accepted factory-supplied cathodic protection systems that comply with the sti-P3® specifications from the Steel Tank Institute, and may accept other systems of this type without a rule change.

(f) Installation and testing of all connections and tank-related piping including vapor recovery, vents and supply pipes.

(g) Installation of leak detection devices and any monitoring wells.

(h) Testing of tanks and piping both prior to and after backfilling.

(i) Installation of pumps.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her certification as an underground tank system installer.

  2. An underground tank system installer certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a certification as an underground tank system installer shall be contingent upon the installer obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as an underground tank system installer may apply to the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a), (b) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: am. (1) (intro.), (5) (e) and (i), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: r. and recr. (1), am. (6) (b) 1., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (intro.), (a), (5) (e), (6) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.86 Underground tank system liners {#sec-sps-305.86 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.86}

(1) General. No person may line or reline an underground tank system that has held or will hold flammable or combustible liquids which are regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person complies with one of the following:

(a) The person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system liner.

(b) The person is under the direct supervision of another person who holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system liner.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a tank system liner certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a tank system liner certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for a tank system liner certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who lines or supervises the lining of underground tanks as a certified tank system liner shall be present at the job site for at least all of the following activities:

(a) Removal of product from the tanks and making the atmosphere of the tanks inert or vapor-free.

Note: Chapter ATCP 93 requires plan submittal and approval prior to lining a tank.

(b) Cutting of openings in tanks.

(c) Removal and handling of sludge and other wastes from tanks.

(d) Sand blasting of the tank interior.

(e) Inspection for holes and wall thickness.

(f) Notifying the owner if an internal tank assessment determines that a tank system assessment under ch. ATCP 93 is required.

(g) Repair of holes.

(h) Notifying and arranging for a certified tank system inspector to visit the site and authorize the lining, prior to applying the lining to the tank.

(i) Coating of tanks.

(j) Testing for holidays.

(k) Testing for coating hardness.

(L) Resealing of tanks.

(m) Completing an API 1631 inspection form B, as required by ch. ATCP 93, and submitting it to the owner, inspector and department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection.

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a tank system liner.

(b) A tank system liner certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a), (b) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: am. (1) (intro.), and (5) (intro.), renum. (5) (f) and (g) to (j) to be (5) (g) and (i) to (L), cr. (5) (f), (h) and (m), renum. (6) (a) 1. and 2. to be (6) (a) and (b), r. (6) (b), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: r. and recr. (1), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (3), (4), (5) (f), (m), (6) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (intro.), (a), (b), (5) (f), (m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.87 Tank system removers and cleaners {#sec-sps-305.87 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.87}

(1) General. Except as provided in sub. (7), no person may remove or clean a tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person complies with one of the following:

(a) The person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system remover-cleaner.

(b) The person is under the direct supervision of another person who holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system remover-cleaner.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a tank system remover-cleaner certification examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Proof of the liability coverage specified in s. SPS 305.82 (1) (b).

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a tank system remover-cleaner certification shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(4) Application for certification. Upon notification of successfully passing the examination for a tank system remover-cleaner certification, a person may obtain the certification by submitting an application and the certification fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who removes or cleans or supervises the removing or cleaning of tanks as a certified tank system remover-cleaner shall be present at the job site for at least all of the following activities:

(a) Disconnecting and draining of piping.

(b) Capping of piping.

(c) Vapor freeing or inerting of tanks.

(d) Cleaning of tanks and handling of sludge and other wastes.

(e) Removal of tank systems from the ground and loading them for transport or filling the tank systems with an inert material.

(f) Visual inspection of the soils around the excavation or tank system location.

(6) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a tank system remover-cleaner.

(b) A tank system remover-cleaner certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c) An application for a renewal under this section shall include proof of the liability coverage specified in s. SPS 305.82 (1) (b).

(7) Exclusions. This section does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Field-constructed aboveground tanks.

(b) Heating fuel tanks located aboveground or in basements of 1- or 2-family dwellings.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (b), (6) (a) 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a), (b) and (4), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: r. and recr. (1) (intro.), renum. (1) (a) and (b) to be (1) (b) and (c) and am. (b), cr. (1) (d), (2) (c), (6) (c) and (7), renum. (6) (a) 1. and 2. to be (6) (a) and (b), r. (6) (b), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: renum. (1) (a) to (c) to be (1) (intro.), (a), (b) and am., r. (1) (d), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) (a), (b), (c), (3), (4), (6) (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (intro.), (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.88 Tank system tightness testers {#sec-sps-305.88 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.88}

(1) General.

(a) No person may conduct the tightness testing specified in ch. ATCP 93 for a tank system unless the person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified tank system tightness tester.

(b) Tank system tightness testing shall be performed by a person with no personal or monetary interest in the facility and whose employer has no personal or monetary interest in the facility.

(2) Application for certification. A person applying for a tank system tightness tester certification shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for certification.

(a) A person applying for a tank system tightness tester certification shall have completed training in one or more tightness test methods that have been approved under ch. ATCP 93, within the 2 years immediately preceding the application.

(b) The test methodology training qualifying for certification shall have been provided by the person or entity that obtained the approval under ch. ATCP 93 for the methodology.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who conducts tightness tests for tank systems as a certified tank system tightness tester shall do all of the following:

(a) Conduct tightness tests in accordance with the material approval under ch. ATCP 93 and any additional manufacturer’s instructions.

(b) Employ only those test methodologies for which training has been obtained.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a tank system tightness tester.

(b) A tank system tightness tester certification shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (5) (b), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-127: renum. (1) to be (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), am. (3) and (4) (a), Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: am. (3) (a), (4) (intro.), correction in (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), (3) (a), (b), (4) (a), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (a), (3) (a), (b), (4) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.89 Cathodic protection specialties {#sec-sps-305.89 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.89}

(1) General.

(a) Cathodic protection tester. No person may conduct cathodic protection testing of a tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified cathodic protection tester.

(b) Corrosion expert.

  1. No person may design or install a cathodic protection system for a tank system that is regulated under ch. ATCP 93 unless the person holds a certification issued by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection or department of safety and professional services as a certified corrosion expert.

  2. This paragraph does not apply to department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection-accepted, factory-supplied cathodic protection systems.

Note: The Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection has accepted factory-supplied cathodic protection systems that comply with the sti-P3® specifications from the Steel Tank Institute, and may accept other systems of this type without a rule change.

(c) Independence. Cathodic protection activities covered under this section shall be performed by a person with no personal or monetary interest in the facility and whose employer has no personal or monetary interest in the facility.

(2) Application for certification. A person applying for certification as a cathodic protection tester or a corrosion expert shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and certification fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(c) Documentation showing formal education relating to soil resistivity, stray current, structure-to-soil potential, component electrical isolation measurements of buried metal piping and tank systems, and corrosion control.

(d) Documentation from a cathodic protection certification entity recognized by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection, showing the applicant has successfully completed a certification examination that corresponds to the cathodic protection specialty addressed in the application.

Note: The Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection will accept the following certifications as demonstrating compliance with pars. (c) and (d), for a cathodic protection tester:

NACE certification as a CP1, CP2 or CP3 cathodic protection technician. NACE certification as a senior corrosion technologist. NACE certification as a corrosion technologist. NACE certification as a corrosion technician. STI certification in UST system cathodic protection monitoring.

Note: The department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection will accept the following certifications as demonstrating compliance with pars. (c) and (d), for a corrosion expert:

NACE certification as a corrosion specialist. NACE certification as a CP4 cathodic protection specialist.

Note: NACE, formerly known as the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, can be contacted at NACE International, P.O. Box 218340, Houston, TX 77218. STI can be contacted at Steel Tank Institute, 570 Oakwood Road, Lake Zurich, IL 60047.

(3) Responsibilities. A person who conducts cathodic protection tests or who designs or installs cathodic protection systems shall do all of the following:

(a) Conduct all cathodic protection tests in accordance with ch. ATCP 93 and any manufacturer’s instructions.

(b) Employ only those methodologies for which training has been obtained and documented.

Note: Although several different levels of expertise may qualify for the same certification, this section is intended to prohibit performing cathodic protection activities unless the specific expertise for that activity has been attained and documented.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her certification as a cathodic protection tester or corrosion expert.

(b) A certification for a cathodic protection tester or corrosion expert shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

Note: Authority over ss. SPS 305.82 to 305.89 was transferred to Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection under 2013 Wis. Act 20, s. 9138 (3) (fm) and (4) (f).

History

  • CR 06-127: cr. Register September 2007 No. 621, eff. 10-1-07; CR 11-020: am. (title), cr. (1) (c) (title), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a), (b) 1., (2) (a), (b), (3) (a), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (1) (a), (b) 1., 2., (2) (d), (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register October 2013 No. 694.

Subchapter IX Plumbing

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.90 Plumbing {#sec-sps-305.90 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.90}

(1)

(a) Except as provided under s. 145.06 (4), Stats., and pursuant to s. 145.06, Stats., no person may install plumbing unless the person holds a license or registration issued by the department as a master plumber, master plumber-restricted, journeyman plumber, journeyman plumber-restricted, plumbing apprentice, plumbing learner-restricted, utility contractor, or pipelayer.

(b)

  1. Pursuant to s. 145.14, Stats., the plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a master plumber-restricted service, journeyman plumber-restricted service, or a plumbing learner-restricted service shall be limited to the installation or modification of the following:

a. Privately owned wastewater treatment systems and components as defined in ch. SPS 381.

b. Building sewers, sanitary; building sewers, storm; and private interceptor main sewers, as defined in ch. SPS 381, from the street main to the immediate inside or proposed inside foundation wall of a building.

c. Water services, private water mains, manufactured home community water supply systems, and campground or recreational vehicle park water supply systems as defined in ch. SPS 381.

d. That portion of the drain system or water supply system that connects a building sewer or water service to the connection provided by the manufactured/mobile home manufacturer.

e. Manufactured home community drain systems, sanitary; manufactured home community drain systems, storm; campground or recreational vehicle park drain systems, sanitary; and campground or recreational vehicle park drain systems, storm, as defined in ch. SPS 381.

f. Wastewater treatment devices, as defined in ch. SPS 381, not located within a building’s foundation perimeter.

g. Stormwater use systems, not located within a building’s foundation perimeter.

h. Reclaimed water systems, not located within a building’s foundation perimeter.

a. The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a master plumber-restricted service type 2 or journeyman plumber-restricted service type 2 shall be limited to the installation or modification of underground drain and vent piping and plumbing delineated under subd. 1.

b. The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a master plumber-restricted service type 3 or journeyman plumber-restricted service type 3 shall be limited to the modification of existing water distribution systems and plumbing delineated under subd. 1.

c. The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a master plumber-restricted service type 4 or journeyman plumber-restricted service type 4 shall be limited to the installation or modification of drain and vent piping to existing drain stacks and vent stacks for the conversion from a private sewage system to municipal sewers and plumbing delineated under subd. 1.

Note: Prior to November 1, 1996, plumber-restricted service licenses were referred to as plumber-restricted sewer licenses and those licenses formerly referred to as plumber-restricted sewer type 1 are now titled plumber-restricted service. Restricted service plumbing licenses types 2 to 4 are no longer available to new applicants. Individuals who currently hold these types of licenses are permitted to renew the licenses and continue to perform the activities under subd. 2. Individuals who hold a journeyman plumber-restricted service type 2 to 4 may seek to obtain the appropriate type of master plumber-restricted service license in accordance with s. SPS 305.92.

  1. Pursuant to s. 145.14, Stats., the plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a master plumber-restricted appliance, journeyman plumber-restricted appliance, or plumbing learner-restricted appliance shall be limited to connections with an existing water distribution system which do not require a direct connection to the drain system for the installation and modification of the following:

a. Items requiring connection with a water distribution system.

b. Stormwater use or reclaimed water supply systems.

c. The minimum required piping to connect allowed installations to the system.

  1. The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a utility contractor or pipelayer shall be limited to the installation or modification of the following:

a. Water services and private water mains, as defined in ch. SPS 381, from the street main to the immediate inside building perimeter.

b. Building sanitary sewers, building storm sewers, and private interceptor main sewers, as defined in ch. SPS 381, from the street main to the immediate inside building perimeter.

(2) Pursuant to s. 145.06 (3m), Stats., no person may perform the required testing of cross connection control assemblies unless the person holds a registration issued by the department as a cross-connection control assembly tester.

(3) A business engaged in the installation of plumbing that utilizes plumbing learners shall maintain a ratio of at least one journeyman plumber or journeyman plumber-restricted for each plumbing learner. For this purpose, a master plumber or master plumber-restricted may act as a journeyman plumber or journeyman plumber-restricted, respectively.

(4) Pursuant to s. 145.09, Stats., a person may be accepted for examination for the appropriate classification of license upon submittal of any of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01, together with the application fee, and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(b) A petition for variance documenting evidence of equivalency as provided in s. 145.09 (1m) (a) or (b), Stats., and a petition for variance fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02 (4).

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (2), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: am. (1) (b) 1. a. to c., cr. (1) (b) 1. d. and (4) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 11-020: am. (1) (b) 4., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (b) 1. a., b., c., (4) (a), (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (4) (intro.), consol. (4) (a) and (b) and renum. to (a) and am., renum. (4) (c) to (b) and am., r. (4) (d) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018; CR 23-006: am. (1) (a), (b) 1. (intro.), b., c., cr. (1) (b) 1. e. to h., am. (1) (b) 2., renum. (1) (b) 3. to (1) (b) 3. (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (b) 3. a. to c., renum. (1) (b) 4. to (1) (b) 4. (intro.) and a. and am., cr. (1) (b) 4. b., am. (2) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (1) (b) 4. a. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.91 Master plumbers {#sec-sps-305.91 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.91}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a master plumber by taking and passing the master plumber license examination.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a master plumber license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a master plumber license examination shall have one of the following qualifications:

(a) At least 1,000 hours of plumbing-related work experience per year for at least 3 years as a licensed journeyman plumber.

(b) Graduated from an accredited engineering university or college with a degree in civil engineering, mechanical engineering or other approved engineering curriculum related to plumbing.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a master plumber license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

Note: After December 31, 2001, the examination for a master plumber license will include questions relative to the design and installation of multipurpose piping systems.

(5) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a master plumber license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed master plumber by submitting an application, application fee, and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

(6) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who as a licensed master plumber is responsible for the installation or modification of plumbing shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered persons to install or modify plumbing.

(b)

  1. A person who has obtained his or her master plumber license prior to January 1, 2002 and who is responsible for the installation or modification of a multipurpose piping system shall have completed an approved course in the engineering principles and skills associated with the design, installation and maintenance of multipurpose piping systems prior to installing such a system.

  2. A course to fulfill the obligation under subd. 1. shall be approved and conducted in accordance with s. SPS 305.08.

(c) For any plumbing installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a master plumber license may not commence installation of plumbing until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(d) For any construction that involves installation or modification of a private onsite wastewater treatment system, a person who holds a master plumber license may not commence installation of plumbing until a sanitary permit is issued for the installation in accordance with s. SPS 383.21.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., provides that: The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(7) Exchanges.

(a) A person who holds a master plumber license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her master plumber license for a journeyman plumber license.

(b) A person who has exchanged his or her master plumber license for a journeyman plumber license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her journeyman plumber license for a master plumber license provided:

  1. The person holds a valid journeyman plumber license;

  2. The person submits with the application a copy of his or her former master plumber license; and

  3. The license fee for a master plumber specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 is submitted.

(8) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a master plumber.

  2. A master plumber license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a master plumber shall be contingent upon the master plumber obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a master plumber may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (intro.), (5), (7) (b) 3. and (8) (b), renum. (6) to be (6) (a) and am., cr. (6) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00, except (6) (b) 1. eff. 8-1-00; CR 03-075: am. (3) (a), cr. (6) (c) and (d) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-031: renum. (8) (b) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (8) (b) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: r. (8) (b) 1. a., renum. (8) (b) 1. b. to be (8) (b) 1. and amend, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (b) 2., (c), (d), (7) (b) 3., (8) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: am. (3) (a) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 14-010: renum. (1) (intro.) to (1) and am., r. (1) (a), (b), renum. (5) (b) (intro.) to (5) (b) and am., r. (5) (b) 1., 2., am. (8) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (4) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; CR 23-006: am. (1) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.92 Master plumbers-restricted {#sec-sps-305.92 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.92}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a master plumber-restricted by taking and passing the master plumber-restricted license examination.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a master plumber-restricted service license examination or master plumber-restricted appliance license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination.

(a) A person applying for a master plumber-restricted service license examination shall have at least 1,000 hours of plumbing-related work experience per year for at least 2 years as a licensed journeyman plumber or a licensed journeyman plumber-restricted service.

(b) A person applying for a master plumber-restricted appliance license examination shall have at least 1,000 hours of plumbing-related work experience per year for at least 2 years as a licensed journeyman plumber or a licensed journeyman plumber-restricted appliance.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a master plumber-restricted service or a master plumber-restricted appliance license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

Note: After December 31, 2001, the examination for a master plumber-restricted appliance license will include questions relative to the design and installation of multipurpose piping systems.

(5) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a master plumber-restricted service or master plumber-restricted appliance license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a master plumber-restricted service or a master plumber-restricted appliance by submitting an application, application fee, and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and Table 305.02.

(6) Responsibilities.

(a) A person who, as a licensed master plumber-restricted service or licensed master plumber-restricted appliance, is responsible for an installation or modification of plumbing shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered persons to install or modify plumbing.

(c) For any plumbing installation that requires a uniform building permit under s. SPS 320.08, a person who holds a master plumber-restricted appliance license or a master plumber-restricted service license may not commence installation of plumbing until a permit is issued for the installation.

Note: Chs. SPS 320 to 325 apply to one- and 2-family dwellings and manufactured dwellings. The department’s uniform building permit is issued either by the municipality in which the dwelling is located or by a UDC inspection agency where the municipality does not administer the Uniform Dwelling Code.

(d) For any construction that involves installation or modification of a private onsite wastewater treatment system, a person who holds a master plumber-restricted service license may not commence installation of plumbing until a sanitary permit is issued for the installation in accordance with s. SPS 383.21.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (a), Stats., provides that: The person performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department showing the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(7) Exchanges.

(a) A person who holds a master plumber-restricted service license or master plumber-restricted appliance license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her master plumber license for the appropriate journeyman plumber-restricted license.

(b) A person who has exchanged his or her master plumber-restricted license for a journeyman plumber-restricted license may, upon application to the department, exchange his or her journeyman plumber-restricted license for the appropriate master plumber-restricted license provided:

  1. The person holds a valid journeyman plumber-restricted license;

  2. The person submits with the application a copy of his or her former master plumber-restricted license; and

  3. The license fee for a master plumber-restricted license specified in s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02 is submitted.

(8) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a master plumber-restricted service or master plumber-restricted appliance.

  2. A master plumber-restricted service license and a master plumber-restricted appliance license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a master plumber-restricted service or master plumber-restricted appliance shall be contingent upon the master plumber obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a master plumber-restricted service or master plumber-restricted appliance may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (7) (b) (intro.), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (intro.), (5), (6), (7) (b) 3. and (8) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; am. (3), Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 03-075: am. (3), renum. (6) to be (6) (a), cr. (6) (b) and (c) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 05-011: renum. (6) (b) and (c) to be (6) (c) and (d), cr. (6) (b) Register July 2005 No. 595, eff. 8-1-05; CR 06-031: renum. (8) (b) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (8) (b) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: r. (8) (b) 1. a., renum. (8) (b) 1. b. to be (8) (b) 1. and amend, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (b) 2., (c), (d), (7) (b) 3., (8) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: am. (3) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 14-010: renum. (1) (intro.) to (1) and am., r. (1) (a), (b), renum. (5) (b) (intro.) to (5) (b) and am., r. (5) (b) 1., 2., r. (6) (b), am. (8) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (4) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; CR 23-006: am. (1), (5) (b) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (5) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.93 Journeyman plumbers {#sec-sps-305.93 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.93}

(1) General.

(a) The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who holds a master plumber license, master plumber-restricted license, or utility contractor license.

Note: A journeyman plumber who is working under the general supervision of a licensed master plumber-restricted or licensed utility contractor is limited to the type of plumbing installations associated with the specific license of the person providing the supervision.

(b) A person may obtain a license as a journeyman plumber by taking and passing the journeyman plumber license examination.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a journeyman plumber license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a journeyman plumber license examination shall have completed a plumbing apprenticeship program recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(4) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (1) (b), a person seeking to obtain a journeyman plumber license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a journeyman plumber license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a journeyman plumber by submitting an application, application fee, and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02 and Table 305.02.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a journeyman plumber.

  2. A journeyman plumber license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a journeyman plumber shall be contingent upon the journeyman plumber obtaining at least 24 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (6) (a) 2., Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) (a), (b) (intro.) and (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-031: renum. (6) (b) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (6) (b) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: r. (6) (b) 1. a., renum. (6) (b) 1. b. to be (6) (b) 1. and amend, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR14-010: renum. (1) (b) (intro.) to (1) and am., r. (1) (b) 1., 2., renum. (5) (b) (intro.) to (5) (b) and am., r. (5) (b) 1., 2., am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (1), (5) (b) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (5) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.94 Journeyman plumbers-restricted service {#sec-sps-305.94 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.94}

(1) General.

(a) The plumbing activities as delineated under s. SPS 305.90 (1) (b) that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed master plumber or a licensed master plumber-restricted service.

(b) A person may obtain a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service by taking and passing the journeyman plumber-restricted license examination.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a journeyman plumber-restricted service license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a journeyman plumber-restricted service license examination shall have met all of the following:

(a) Completed one continuous year of plumbing-related work experience consisting of not less than 1,000 hours.

(b) Received shop training and instruction in at least the following:

  1. Forty hours of plumbing code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

  2. Twenty hours of blueprint or blueline reading.

  3. Ten hours of transit or builder’s level.

  4. Twenty hours of plumbing-related mathematics.

  5. Ten hours of first aid and safety.

(4) Examination. Except as provided in sub. (1) (b), a person seeking to obtain a journeyman plumber-restricted service license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a journeyman plumber-restricted license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service by submitting an application, an application fee, and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service.

  2. A journeyman plumber-restricted service license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service shall be contingent upon the journeyman plumber obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted service may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) (a), (b) (intro.) and (5), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; corrections in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 03-075: r. and recr. (3) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; CR 06-031: renum. (6) (b) 1. to be 1. a. and am., cr. (6) (b) 1. b. Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: r. (6) (b) 1. a., renum. (6) (b) 1. b. to be (6) (b) 1. and amend, Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a) 1., 2., (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) 2. a., (b) 2. a., (4), (5) (a), (b) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (title), renum. (1) (a) 1. to (1) (a), r. (1) (a) 2., renum. (1) (b) (intro.) to (1) (b) and am., r. (1) (b) 1., 2., am. (2) (intro.), renum. (3) (a) to (3) (intro.), r. (3) (b), renum. (3) (a) 1., 2. to (3) (a), (b) and am. (a), am. (4), renum. (5) (b) (intro.) to (5) (b) and am., r. (5) (b) 1., 2., am. (6) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (1), (3) (a), (5) (b) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.945 Journeyman plumbers-restricted appliance {#sec-sps-305.945 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.945}

(1) General. The plumbing activities as delineated under s. SPS 305.90 (1) (b) 3. that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed master plumber or a licensed master plumber-restricted appliance.

(2) Qualifications for licensure. A person applying for a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license shall complete all of the following:

(a) At least 1,000 hours of plumbing-related work experience as a registered learner-restricted appliance.

(b) Shop training and instruction in at least all of the following:

  1. Plumbing code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

  2. Blueprint or blueline reading.

  3. Appliance and equipment servicing.

(c) Successful passage of an examination administered by the department or an examination approved by the department in accordance with subs. (3) and (4).

(3) Examination. A person seeking to obtain a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license shall take and pass an examination administered by the department, as provided in s. SPS 305.09, or an examination approved by the department and deemed to be equivalent to the department administered examination. Examination providers shall receive written approval from the department prior to administering a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license examination.

(4) Examination approval.

(a) Examination providers seeking department approval of a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license examination shall submit to the department all of the following:

  1. All exam items in the exam item bank.

  2. An example of an exam score report.

  3. An example test form or forms.

  4. An exam content outline clearly indicating exam topic areas.

(b) A journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license examination approved by the department shall be determined by the department to have examination content equivalent to the examination content of the journeyman plumbers-restricted appliance exam administered by the department. The department may conduct an examination site inspection during an exam administration to ensure compliance with general test industry standards. The department may revoke the approval status of any examination.

(c) A score determined by the department to represent minimum competence to practice is required to pass each examination.

(d) Providers of approved journeyman plumber restricted-appliance license examinations shall provide exam applicants with the results of the examination in writing within 21 days of the examination date.

(e)

  1. Providers of approved journeyman plumber restricted-appliance license examinations shall maintain examination records of those individuals who completed the examination for at least 5 years from the date of the examination and must make the records available to the department and to individual exam candidates upon request.

  2. The attendance record for each exam candidate shall include all of the following:

a. The date the examination was held.

b. The name of the exam candidate.

c. The exam score and results indicating the pass or fail status of the exam candidate.

d. The name and address of the exam provider.

(f) Providers of approved journeyman plumber restricted-appliance license examinations shall notify the department of changes to the examination content outline, newly developed items in the exam item bank, and any other changes that bring the examination out of compliance with this section.

Note: Additional information regarding exam equivalency is available from the Department of Safety and Professional Services at P.O. Box 8366, Madison, WI 53708-8366 or at the Department Web site: http://dsps.wi.gov/Home.

(5) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of a department administered examination for a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license a person may apply for a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and SPS 305.09 (7) (c).

  2. An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

  3. Proof of satisfactory completion of the qualifications for licensure under sub. (2).

(b) Upon notification of the successful passage of an examination approved by the department for a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license a person may apply for a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance within 3 months after the date that notice of exam results is released by the exam provider to the candidate. Failure to apply for a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license within 3 months, shall necessitate the applicant to apply, retake, and pass another license examination in order to obtain the journeyman plumber restricted appliance license. A person may apply for a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

  2. An application fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

  3. Proof of satisfactory completion of the qualifications for licensure under sub. (2).

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance.

  2. A journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance shall be contingent upon the journeyman plumber obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • CR 14-010: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (4) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014; CR 23-006: am. (1), (5) (a) (intro.), (b) (intro.) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.95 Plumbing apprentices {#sec-sps-305.95 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.95}

(1) General. A person who holds a registration as a plumbing apprentice may install or modify plumbing under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed master plumber.

Note: The Department of workforce development, bureau of apprenticeship standards has additional supervision standards for apprentices for the purpose of training and education.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a plumbing apprentice registration to install plumbing shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications. A person applying for plumbing apprentice registration to install plumbing shall be entered into a plumbing apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who installs or modifies plumbing as a registered plumbing apprentice may do so if he or she is entered into a plumbing apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as a plumbing apprentice.

  2. A plumbing apprentice registration to install plumbing shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a registration as a plumbing apprentice is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into a plumbing apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (5) (b), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 11-020: am, (3), (4), (5) (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (1) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.96 Plumbing learners {#sec-sps-305.96 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.96}

(1) General.

(a) The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a registration as a learner-restricted service shall be performed under the direct supervision of a person who holds a master plumber license, a master plumber-restricted service license, a journeyman plumber license or a journeyman plumber-restricted service license.

(b) The plumbing activities that may be undertaken by a person who holds a registration as a learner-restricted appliance shall be performed under the direct supervision of a person who holds a master plumber license, a master plumber-restricted appliance license, a journeyman plumber license or a journeyman plumber-restricted appliance license.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a plumbing learner-restricted service registration or plumbing learner-restricted appliance registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for a plumbing learner-restricted service registration or plumbing learner-restricted appliance registration to install or modify plumbing shall be at least 16 years old and shall have completed the 12th grade in school or its equivalent.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; correction in (2) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (1) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.97 Utility contractors {#sec-sps-305.97 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.97}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a utility contractor by taking and passing the utility contractor license examination.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an utility contractor license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. The person applying for an utility contractor license examination shall be at least 18 years old.

(4) Examination. A person seeking to obtain an utility contractor license shall take and pass an examination in accordance with s. SPS 305.09.

(5) Application for license. Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a utility contractor license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(6) Responsibilities. A person who, as a licensed utility contractor, installs or modifies water services; private water mains; building sewers, sanitary; building sewers, storm; or private interceptor main sewers, as defined in ch. SPS 381, from the street main to the immediate inside or proposed inside foundation wall of the building shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered persons to install or modify the plumbing.

(7) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her license as a utility contractor.

(b) An utility contractor license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a license as a utility contractor shall be contingent upon the utility contractor obtaining at least 6 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a utility contractor may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (1), (5) and (6), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 06-031: cr. (7) (c) Register October 2006 No. 610, eff. 11-1-06; CR 11-020: r. and recr. (1), am, (7) (c) 1., Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4), (5), (7) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (7) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (1), (6) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.98 Pipelayers {#sec-sps-305.98 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.98}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 145.07 (11), Stats., a person who holds a registration as a pipelayer may install or modify water services; private water mains; building sewers, sanitary; building sewers, storm; or private interceptor main sewers, as defined in ch. SPS 381, from the street main to the immediate inside or proposed inside foundation wall of the building under the general supervision of a licensed utility contractor, licensed master plumber, or a licensed master plumber-restricted service.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a pipelayer registration to install plumbing shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for a pipelayer registration to install plumbing shall be at least 18 years old.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a pipelayer.

(b) A pipelayer registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (a) and (b), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (1) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.99 Cross connection control assembly testers {#sec-sps-305.99 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.99}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 145.06 (3m), Stats., no person may conduct a performance test of a cross connection control assembly as required by s. SPS 382.22 (8) unless the person holds a registration issued by the department as a cross connection control assembly tester.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a cross connection control assembly tester registration shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for a cross connection control assembly tester registration shall have completed, at a minimum, one of the following:

(am) At least 40 hours in a department approved course or courses in the theory of cross connection control, the operation, testing and maintenance of cross connection control assemblies, and the national standards for these cross connection control assemblies.

(bm) An ASSE approved course meeting standard ASSE 5150.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who, as a registered cross connection control assembly tester, conducts performance tests of cross connection control assemblies shall be responsible for all of the following

(a) Maintaining a record of each cross connection control assembly performance test conducted, including the date and the result of the test, for at least 2 years.

(b) Making available to the department upon request his or her performance test records.

(c) Following all procedures established by the department for conducting performance tests and filing the results.

(5) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a cross connection control assembly tester.

(b) A cross connection control assembly tester registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(c)

  1. The renewal of a certification as a cross connection control assembly tester shall be contingent upon the cross connection control assembly tester obtaining at least 6 hours of approved continuing education prior to the expiration date of the certification as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a certification as a cross connection control assembly tester may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. The department shall consider each application for waiver individually on its merits.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3) (b) to (e), cr. (3) (f), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; am. (1) and (2) (b), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 5-1-00; CR 03-075: am. (3) (intro.) Register June 2004 No. 582, eff. 8-1-04; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2009 No. 641; CR 09-050: am. (1) and (3), renum. (4) to be (5), cr. (4) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; CR 10-064: cr. (5) (c) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b), (5) (b), (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (5) (c) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (title), (1), (2) (intro.), (3) (intro.), r. (3) (a) to (f), cr. (3) (am), (bm), am. (4) (intro.), (5) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter X Conveyances

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.9905 Elevator contractor {#sec-sps-305.9905 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.9905}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.984 (1), Stats., no person or entity, as of June 1, 2008, may engage in the business or offer to engage in the business of constructing, installing, altering, servicing, replacing or maintaining conveyances unless the person or entity holds a license issued by the department as a licensed elevator contractor, except as provided under par. (b).

(b) A person, entity or business is not required to hold a license as a licensed elevator contractor to service or maintain existing conveyances within facilities or properties owned by the person, entity or business.

(2) Application for license. A person applying for an elevator contractor license shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a license fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for license.

(a) A person applying for an elevator contractor license shall provide all of the following:

  1. A statement certifying that the person complies with the worker’s compensation requirements under ch. 102, Stats.

  2. Evidence of compliance with the liability insurance requirements as specified under s. 101.985 (1), Stats.

(b) The person applying for an elevator contractor license shall be the owner of the contracting business, a partner in the contracting business applying on behalf of a partnership, or the chairman of the board or chief executive officer applying on behalf of the contracting corporation.

(4) Responsibilities.

(a) A licensed elevator contractor shall be responsible for the contractor’s work on conveyances with respect to compliance to ch. SPS 318.

(b) A licensed elevator contractor shall utilize the appropriately licensed or registered individuals to construct, install, alter, service, replace or maintain conveyances.

(c) For any construction, installation, alteration, repair or replacement of a conveyance or conveyance component that requires a permit under s. SPS 318.1007, a licensed elevator contractor may not commence the work until a permit is issued for the project.

(d) A licensed elevator contractor shall maintain their liability insurance as specified under s. 101.985 (1), Stats.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her elevator contractor license.

  2. An elevator contractor license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a license as an elevator contractor shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the department of justice.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08, except (1) eff. 1-1-09; renumber from Comm 5.990 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register June 2008 No. 630; correction in (4) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2008 No. 630; CR 08-110: cr. (4) (e) Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (c), (e), (5) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 19-118: r. (3) (e) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.991 Elevator installers {#sec-sps-305.991 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.991}

(1) General.

(a) Except as specified in sub. (2), no person may erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, test, remove, or dismantle conveyances unless the person holds a license or registration issued by the department as one of the following:

  1. A licensed elevator mechanic.

  2. A licensed elevator mechanic-restricted.

  3. A registered elevator apprentice.

  4. A registered elevator apprentice-restricted.

  5. A registered elevator helper.

  6. A licensed lift mechanic.

  7. A registered lift apprentice.

  8. A registered lift helper.

(b) The activities under par. (a) (intro.) that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted or a registered elevator apprentice-restricted shall be limited to the repair and maintenance of conveyances and the replacement of conveyance components and subsystems except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes.

(c) The activities under par. (a) (intro.) that may be undertaken by a person who holds a license or registration as a licensed lift mechanic, a registered lift apprentice, or a registered lift helper shall be limited to the erection, construction, alteration, replacement, maintenance, repair, testing, removal, or dismantling of conveyances covered under ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.8.

(2) Exceptions.

(a) Removal or dismantling of conveyances. The requirements under sub. (1) do not apply to the removal or dismantling of conveyances as addressed under s. 101.984 (2) (c) 1., Stats.

(b) Maintenance or repair of conveyances. The requirements under sub. (1) do not apply to maintenance or repair activities that do not affect the operation of the conveyance including any of the following:

  1. Changes to the interior finishes of a conveyance that do not significantly affect the dead load of the conveyance.

  2. Changing lamps for conveyance illumination.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 1-1-09; CR 08-030: am. (1) (c) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; CR 19-118: am. (1) (a) (intro.), (c) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.992 Elevator mechanic {#sec-sps-305.992 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.992}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a licensed elevator mechanic by one of the following methods:

(a) Taking and passing the elevator mechanic license examination.

(b) Completing an elevator apprenticeship program lasting at least 4 years and recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or recognized by the U.S. department of labor.

(c) Completing a 4-year training program established by the national elevator industry educational program or department approved equivalent and having one of the following employment experiences:

  1. Having been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 5 years immediately preceding the date of license application and the employment in each of the years involves any of the following:

a. Management activities for a company that engages in the sale, installation, repair, or maintenance of conveyances.

b. Supervision of elevator mechanic activities.

c. Conveyance labor relations.

  1. Having been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 5 years preceding the date of license application and the employment includes elevator mechanic level work experience in each year of the 5 years.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an elevator mechanic license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for an elevator mechanic license examination shall have been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 5 consecutive years immediately preceding the date of application and the employment includes elevator mechanic level work experience in each year of the 5 years.

(4) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an elevator mechanic license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed elevator mechanic by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, application fee and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

  2. The appropriate evidence documenting eligibility under sub. (1) (b) or (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person, who as a licensed elevator mechanic provides supervision of a registered elevator apprentice, a registered elevator apprentice-restricted, a registered elevator helper, a registered lift apprentice or a registered lift helper, shall be responsible for the work of the apprentice or helper with respect to compliance to ch. SPS 318.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as an elevator mechanic.

  2. An elevator mechanic license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as an elevator mechanic shall be contingent upon the elevator mechanic obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as an elevator mechanic may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person, who initially obtained his or her elevator mechanic license by completing an elevator apprenticeship and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the elevator mechanic examination in order to reacquire the elevator mechanic license.

(c) The renewal of a license as an elevator mechanic shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the department of justice.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (b) 1., (5), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: r. and recr. (1) (c) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.993 Elevator mechanic-restricted {#sec-sps-305.993 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.993}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted by one of the following methods:

(a) Taking and passing the elevator mechanic-restricted license examination.

(b) Completing an elevator maintenance apprenticeship program lasting at least 2 years and recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or recognized by the U.S. department of labor.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take an elevator-restricted mechanic license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for an elevator mechanic-restricted license examination shall have been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 3 consecutive years immediately preceding the date of application and the employment includes elevator mechanic-restricted level work experience in each year of the 3 years.

(4) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for an elevator mechanic-restricted license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, application fee and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

  2. The appropriate evidence documenting eligibility under sub. (1) (b).

(5) Responsibilities. A person, who as a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted provides supervision of a registered elevator apprentice, a registered elevator apprentice-restricted, a registered elevator helper, a registered lift apprentice or a registered lift helper, shall be responsible for the work of the apprentice or helper with to respect to compliance to ch. SPS 318.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as an elevator mechanic-restricted.

  2. An elevator mechanic-restricted license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as an elevator mechanic-restricted shall be contingent upon the elevator mechanic obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as an elevator mechanic-restricted may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person, who initially obtained his or her elevator mechanic-restricted license by completing a elevator maintenance apprenticeship and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the elevator mechanic-restricted examination in order to reacquire the elevator mechanic-restricted license.

(c) The renewal of a license as an elevator mechanic-restricted shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the department of justice.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (b) 1., (5), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: r. (1) (c) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13; correction in (4) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.994 Elevator apprentice {#sec-sps-305.994 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.994}

(1) General.

(a) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator apprentice to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic, except as provided in par. (b).

(b)

  1. The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator apprentice to maintain and repair conveyances and to replace conveyance components and subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted.

  2. The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator apprentice to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances covered under ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 section 5.2, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic or lift mechanic.

Note: The Department of workforce development, bureau of apprenticeship standards may have additional supervision standards for apprentices for the purpose of training and education.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an elevator apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications. A person applying for an elevator apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who erects, constructs, alters, replaces, maintains, repairs, removes or dismantles conveyances as a registered elevator apprentice may do so if he or she is entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or the U.S. department of labor.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as an elevator apprentice.

  2. An elevator apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a registration as an elevator apprentice is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into an elevator apprentice contract program recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 11-020: am. (3), (4), (5) (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.995 Elevator apprentice-restricted {#sec-sps-305.995 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.995}

(1) General.

(a) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator apprentice-restricted to maintain and repair conveyances and replace conveyance components and subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic or licensed elevator mechanic-restricted, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator apprentice-restricted to maintain and repair conveyances covered under ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 section 5.2, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic, a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted, or a licensed lift mechanic.

Note: The Department of workforce development, bureau of apprenticeship standards may have additional supervision standards for apprentices for the purpose of training and education.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an elevator apprentice-restricted registration to maintain or repair conveyances or replace conveyance components or subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications. A person applying for an elevator apprentice-restricted registration to maintain or repair conveyances or replace conveyance components or subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, shall be entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who maintains or repairs conveyances or replaces conveyance components or subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, as a registered elevator apprentice-restricted may do so if he or she is entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or the U.S. department of labor.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as an elevator apprentice-restricted.

  2. An elevator apprentice-restricted registration to maintain or repair conveyances or replace conveyance components or subsystems, except the replacement of hoist ropes and governor ropes, shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a registration as an elevator apprentice-restricted is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 11-020: am. (3), (4), (5) (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.996 Elevator helpers {#sec-sps-305.996 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.996}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.984 (2), Stats., the activities of an individual, who holds a registration as a registered elevator helper to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances, shall be performed under the direct supervision of a licensed elevator mechanic, except as provided in par. (b).

(b)

  1. The activities of an individual, who holds a registration as a registered elevator helper to maintain and repair conveyances and to replace conveyance components and subsystems, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted.

  2. The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered elevator helper to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances covered under ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 section 5.2, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed elevator mechanic or lift mechanic.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for an elevator helper registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for an elevator helper registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be at least 18 years old.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as an elevator helper.

(b) An elevator helper registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.997 Lift mechanic {#sec-sps-305.997 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.997}

(1) General. A person may obtain a license as a licensed lift mechanic by one of the following methods:

(a) Taking and passing the lift mechanic license examination.

(b) Completing a lift apprenticeship program lasting at least 2 years and recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or recognized by the U.S. department of labor.

(c)

  1. Having been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 3 years preceding the date of application and employment includes lift mechanic level work experience in each year of the 3 years.

  2. This paragraph does not apply 2 years after July 1, 2008.

(2) Application for examination. A person applying to take a lift mechanic license examination shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and examination fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for examination. A person applying for a lift mechanic license examination shall have been employed for at least 1,000 hours per year for 3 consecutive years immediately preceding the date of application and the employment includes lift mechanic level work experience in each year of the 3 years.

(4) Application for license.

(a) Upon notification of the successful passage of the examination for a lift mechanic license, a person may obtain the license by submitting an application and the license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.09 (7) (c).

(b) A person may apply for a license as a licensed lift mechanic by submitting all of the following:

  1. An application, application fee and a license fee in accordance with ss. SPS 305.01 and 305.02, Table 305.02.

  2. The appropriate evidence documenting eligibility under sub. (1) (b) or (c).

(5) Responsibilities. A person who as a licensed lift mechanic provides supervision of a registered lift apprentice or a registered lift helper shall be responsible for the work of the apprentice or helper with to respect to compliance to ch. SPS 318.

(6) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her license as a lift mechanic.

  2. A lift mechanic license shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b)

  1. The renewal of a license as a lift mechanic shall be contingent upon the lift mechanic obtaining at least 12 hours of acceptable continuing education prior to the expiration date of the license as specified in s. SPS 305.08 and Table 305.06, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A person who holds a license as a lift mechanic may apply to the department for waiver of the continuing education requirements under subd. 1. on the grounds of prolonged illness or disability or similar circumstances. Each application for waiver shall be considered individually on its merits by the department.

  3. A person, who initially obtained his or her lift mechanic license by completing a lift apprenticeship and whose request to renew his or her license is denied because of failure to fulfill the continuing education requirements of subd. 1., shall be required to take and pass the lift mechanic examination in order to reacquire the lift mechanic license.

(c) The renewal of a license as a lift mechanic-restricted shall be contingent upon the department’s review of the applicant’s criminal history record from the department of justice.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; correction in (2) (a), (b), (4) (a), (b) 1., (5), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: am. (6) (b) 1. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (6) (c) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.998 Lift apprentice {#sec-sps-305.998 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.998}

(1) General.

(a) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered lift apprentice to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances as described under s. SPS 305.991, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed lift mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered lift apprentice to maintain and repair conveyances under the scope of ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.8, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed lift mechanic, a licensed elevator mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted.

Note: The department of workforce development, bureau of apprenticeship standards may have additional supervision standards for apprentices for the purpose of training and education.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a lift apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications. A person applying for a lift apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

(4) Responsibilities. A person who erects, constructs, alters, replaces, maintains, repairs, removes or dismantles conveyances as a registered lift apprentice may do so if he or she is entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or the U.S. department of labor.

(5) Renewal.

(a)

  1. A person may renew his or her registration as a lift apprentice.

  2. A lift apprentice registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

(b) The renewal of a registration as a lift apprentice is contingent upon the person submitting evidence that the person is entered into an elevator apprentice contract recognized under ch. 106, Stats., or by the U.S. department of labor.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-030: am. (1) (b) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; CR 11-020: am. (3), (4), (5) (b), Register December 2011 No. 672, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), (5) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 305.999 Lift helpers {#sec-sps-305.999 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 305.999}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.984 (2), Stats., the activities of an individual, who holds a registration as a registered lift helper to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances as described under s. SPS 305.991, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed lift mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) The activities of an individual, who holds a registration issued by the department as a registered lift helper to maintain and repair conveyances under the scope of ASME A18.1 and ASME A17.1 sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and 7.8, shall be performed under the general supervision of a person who is a licensed lift mechanic, a licensed elevator mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted.

(2) Application for registration. A person applying for a lift helper registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall submit all of the following:

(a) An application in accordance with s. SPS 305.01.

(b) An application fee and a registration fee in accordance with s. SPS 305.02, Table 305.02.

(3) Qualifications for registration. A person applying for a lift helper registration to erect, construct, alter, replace, maintain, repair, remove or dismantle conveyances shall be at least 18 years old.

(4) Renewal.

(a) A person may renew his or her registration as a lift helper.

(b) A lift helper registration shall be renewed in accordance with s. SPS 305.07.

History

  • CR 07-089: cr. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 7-1-08; CR 08-030: am. (1) (b) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 306 SMALL BUSINESS ENFORCEMENT DISCRETION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 306.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-306.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 306.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to set forth the extent of discretion the department will exercise in enforcement actions undertaken to obtain compliance with department rules and guidelines, by a small business.

Note: This chapter does not limit the department’s general statutory authority, such as under s. 101.02, Stats., to exercise discretion in the enforcement of rules in order to gain compliance by any business.

History

  • CR 07-005: cr. Register March 2008 No. 627, eff. 4-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 306.02 Policy {#sec-sps-306.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 306.02}

The department acknowledges the objectives under s. 227.04, Stats., as an obligation to evaluate and consider the potential impacts on small businesses with regard to the department’s enforcement actions. This obligation is shared by all divisions of the department.

History

  • CR 07-005: cr. Register March 2008 No. 627, eff. 4-1-08; CR 14-019: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 306.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-306.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 306.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(1m) “Minor violation” has the meaning given in s. 227.04 (1) (a).

Note: Section 227.04 (1) (a) of the Statues reads as follows: “‘Minor violation’ means a rule violation that does not cause serious harm to the public, is committed by a small business, and the violation is not willful, the violation is not likely to be repeated, there is a history of compliance by the violator, or the small business has voluntarily disclosed the violation.”

(2) “Small business” has the meaning given in s. 227.114 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 227.114 (1), Stats., reads in part, as follows: ”’Small business’ means a business entity, including its affiliates, which is independently owned and operated and not dominant in its field, and which employs 25 or fewer full-time employees or which has gross annual sales of less than $5,000,000.”

History

  • CR 07-005: cr. Register March 2008 No. 627, eff. 4-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-019: cr. (1m), am. (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in numbering made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 306.04 Exercise of discretion {#sec-sps-306.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 306.04}

The department may exercise leniency in the enforcement of rules against small businesses, as compared to other regulated businesses if all of the following apply:

(1) The department has statutory authority to exercise discretion.

(2) The exercise of discretion, in favor of small business, is not contrary to the situations set out in s. 227.04 (2m) (c), Stats., or other applicable law.

(3) The rule violation committed by the small business is a minor violation.

History

  • CR 14-019: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 306.10 Enforcement of rules {#sec-sps-306.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 306.10}

The department shall consider the following criteria for allowing discretion in the enforcement of rules and the reduction or waiver of penalties with respect to an entity that identifies itself as a small business, when the penalties are under the direct control of the department:

Note: Most monetary penalties are determined and imposed by the judicial system. The department may only determine the amount of a monetary penalty that is imposed by citation or administrative forfeiture under specific statutory authority.

Note: Under s. 101.02 (6), Stats., the department may grant an extension of time to any entity, regardless of size, as may be reasonably necessary to achieve compliance with a rule or guideline.

(1) The difficulty and cost of compliance with the rule by the small business.

(2) The financial capacity of the small business, including the ability of the small business to pay the amount of any penalty that may be imposed.

(3) The compliance options available, including options for achieving voluntary compliance with the rule.

(4) The level of public interest and concern.

(5) The opportunities available to the small business to understand and comply with the rule.

(6) Fairness to the small business and to other persons, including competitors and the public.

History

  • CR 07-005: cr. Register March 2008 No. 627, eff. 4-1-08; CR 14-019: r. and recr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Chapter SPS 307 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS

Subchapter I General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-307.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.01}

(1) Explosives. Pursuant to s. 101.15 (2) (e), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish standards for the use of explosive materials.

(2) Fireworks. Pursuant to s. 167.10 (6m), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish licensing procedures for the manufacture of fireworks.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.02 Scope {#sec-sps-307.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.02}

(1) Explosives. The provisions of this chapter establish uniform limits on permissible levels of blasting resultants relating to the use of explosive materials.

Note: See ch. SPS 305 for rules pertaining to the licensing of blasters. See ch. SPS 314 for rules pertaining to general safety and fire prevention related to the storage, handling of explosive materials. See chs. SPS 361 to 366 for rules pertaining to the design and construction of buildings related to the storage of explosive materials.

(2) Fireworks. The provisions of this chapter establish licensing and inspection standards relating to the manufacture of fireworks.

Note: See s. 167.10, Stats., and ch. SPS 314 for requirements pertaining to the manufacture, sale, storage and handling of fireworks.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.03 Fees {#sec-sps-307.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.03}

Fees for safety inspections and petitions for variance shall be submitted as specified in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.06 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-307.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.06}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.10 Penalties {#sec-sps-307.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.10}

(1) Explosives. Penalties for violation of any provision in this chapter relating to explosives shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

(2) Fireworks. Pursuant to s. 167.10 (9) (g), Stats., a person who violates any provision of this chapter relating to fireworks may be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than 10 years or both.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.

Subchapter II Definitions and Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.20 Definitions {#sec-sps-307.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.20}

In this chapter:

(1) “Airblast” means an airborne shock wave resulting from the detonation of explosives.

(2) “Barrier” means a material object that separates, keeps apart, or demarcates in a conspicuous manner such as cones, a warning sign, or tape.

(3) “Blast area” means the area of a blast within the influence of flying rock, missiles, gases, and concussion as determined by the blaster in charge.

(4) “Blast site” means the area where explosive material is handled during loading of blastholes, including 50 feet in all directions from the perimeter formed by the loaded holes. A minimum of 30 feet may replace the 50-foot requirement if the perimeter of loaded holes is marked and separated from non-blast site areas by a barrier. The 50-foot or 30-foot distance requirements, as applicable, apply in all directions along the full depth of the blasthole. In underground mines, at least 15 feet of a solid rib, pillar, or broken rock may be substituted for the 50 foot distance.

(5) “Blaster” means any individual holding a valid blaster’s license issued by the department.

(6) “Blaster in charge” means that qualified person in charge of, and responsible for, the loading and firing of a blast.

(7) “Blasting” means any method of loosening, moving or shattering masses of solid matter by use of an explosive.

(8) “Blasting operation” means any operation, enterprise or activity involving the use of blasting.

(9) “Blasting resultants” means the physical manifestations of forces released by blasting, including but not limited to projectile matter, vibration and concussion, which might cause injury, damage or unreasonable annoyance to persons or property located outside the controlled blasting site area.

(10) “Controlled blasting site area” means the area that surrounds a blast site and that meets one of the following conditions:

(a) Is owned by the operator.

(b) With respect to which, because of property ownership, an employment relationship or an agreement with the property owner, the operator can take reasonably adequate measures to exclude or to assure the safety of persons and property.

(11) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(12) “Explosive” means any chemical compound, mixture or device, the primary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion unless the compound, mixture or device is otherwise classified by the department by rule.

(13) “Explosive materials” means explosives, blasting agents and detonators. The term includes, but is not limited to, dynamite and other high explosives, slurries, emulsions, water gels, blasting agents, black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord and igniters.

(14) “Fireworks” has the meaning given in s. 167.10 (1) (intro.), Stats., and includes a device listed under s. 167.10 (1) (e), (f) or (i) to (n), Stats.

Note: Section 167.10 (6m) (a), Stats., states that a person must have a fireworks manufacturing license in order to manufacture fireworks or a device listed under s. 167.10 (1) (e), (f) or (i) to (n), Stats.

Note: Under s. 167.10 (1) (intro.), Stats., “fireworks” means anything manufactured, processed or packaged for exploding, emitting sparks or combustion which does not have another common use. Section 167.10 (1) (e), (f) and (i) to (n), Stats., reads as follows:

Section 167.10 (1) (e) A cap containing not more than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture, if the cap is used or possessed or sold for use in a device which prevents direct bodily contact with a cap when it is in place for explosion.

(f) A toy snake which contains no mercury.

(i) A sparkler on a wire or wood stick not exceeding 36 inches in length that is designed to produce audible or visible effects or to produce audible and visible effects.

(j) A device designed to spray out paper confetti or streamers and which contains less than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture.

(k) A fuseless device that is designed to produce audible or visible effects or audible and visible effects, and that contains less than one-quarter grain of explosive mixture.

(L) A device that is designed primarily to burn pyrotechnic smoke-producing mixtures, at a controlled rate, and that produces audible or visible effects, or audible and visible effects.

(m) A cylindrical fountain that consists of one or more tubes and that is classified by the federal department of transportation as a Division 1.4 explosive, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

(n) A cone fountain that is classified by the federal department of transportation as a Division 1.4 explosive, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

(15) “Flyrock” means rock that is propelled through the air from a blast.

(15m) “GPS” means the Global Positioning System.

(16) “Ground vibration” means a shaking of the ground caused by the elastic wave emanating from a blast.

(17) “Inhabited building” means a building regularly occupied in whole or in part as a habitation for human beings, or any church, schoolhouse, railroad station, store or other structure where people are accustomed to assemble, except any building or structure occupied in connection with the manufacture, transportation, storage or use of explosive materials.

(17m) “Municipality” means a city, village, or town in this state.

(18) “Operator” means the person who is responsible for the operation at a mine, pit, quarry, or construction site where blasting activity occurs.

(19) “Particle velocity” means any measure of ground vibration describing the velocity at which a particle of ground vibrates when excited by a seismic wave.

(20) “Person” means any individual, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership, society or joint stock company.

(21) “Unreasonable annoyance” means an excessive, repeated noise, action, or other disturbance caused by use of explosive materials that is not in compliance with the standards under this chapter.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-034: cr. (15m), (17m), am. (21), Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.21 Adoption of standards {#sec-sps-307.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.21}

NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code, 2013, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: A copy of NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code is on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies of NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code, may be purchased from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA, 02169-7471.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: am., Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter III Use of Blasting Materials

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.30 General {#sec-sps-307.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.30}

The use of explosive materials for blasting shall be executed in accordance with NFPA 495 chapter 10.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.31 Changes, additions or omissions to NFPA 495 {#sec-sps-307.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.31}

(1) Changes, additions or omissions to NFPA 495 chapter 10 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the NFPA 495 standard.

(2) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFP A 495 section 10.1.4:

(a) Blaster requirements. When blasting operations are conducted in a municipality, the shots shall be designed and initiated by a properly licensed Class 5, 6, or 7 blaster.

Note: See ch. SPS 305 for blaster license requirements and classifications.

(b) Notifications.

  1. Any person conducting blasting operations in a municipality at a location other than a mine, pit, or quarry shall notify the department, local fire department, and local law enforcement agency of the first date on which blasting is scheduled and the location of the blasting operation. Notification shall be made on forms provided by the department and occur at least 10 days prior to the first date on which blasting is scheduled. Unless notification of subsequent blasting is requested by the local fire department or local law enforcement agency or required by municipal ordinance, only one initial notice is required under this subdivision.

  2. Each calendar year before annual blasting begins at a mine, pit, or quarry located in a municipality, the person conducting blasting operations shall notify the department that blasting is about to begin. Notification shall be made on forms provided by the department and occur at least 10 days prior to the date on which blasting is scheduled to begin. Unless notification of annual or subsequent blasting is requested by the local fire department or local law enforcement agency or required by municipal ordinance, only one initial notice to the department each calendar year is required under this subdivision.

Note: A notice of blasting form is available from the department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; by email at dsps@wisconsin.gov; by telephone at (608) 266-2112, (877) 617-1565, or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(3) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 495 section 10.2:

(a) Explosive materials used in underground blasting shall be fume class 1; however, fume class 2 and fume class 3 may be used if adequate ventilation has been provided as determined by the blaster in charge.

Note: Fume class 1 explosives produce less than 0.16 cubic feet of poisonous gases per 1-1/4 x 8” cartridge when detonated in the Bichel Gauge.

(b) All blast holes in open work shall be stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge.

(4) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 495 chapter 10:

(a) Required log. A blasting log shall be required for each blast fired.

(b) Filing and availability. All blasting logs shall be kept on file by the blaster for a minimum period of 3 years, and shall be made available to the department upon request.

(c) Information. Each blasting log shall contain at least all of the following information:

  1. Name, signature and license number of the blaster in charge of the blast.

  2. Specific blast location, including GPS location or latitude and longitude coordinates, address, and bench and station number if applicable.

  3. Type of blasting operation.

  4. Date and time of the blast.

  5. Weather conditions at the time of the blast.

  6. Diagram of the blast layout and the delay pattern.

  7. Number of holes.

  8. Hole depth and diameter.

  9. Spacing.

  10. Burden.

  11. Maximum holes per delay.

  12. Maximum pounds of explosives per delay.

  13. Depth of top stemming used.

  14. Number, type and length of stemming used between decks.

  15. Total pounds and type of explosives used.

  16. Distance to nearest inhabited building not owned by the operator.

  17. Type of initiation used.

  18. Seismographic and airblast records, which shall include all of the following:

a. Type of instrument and last laboratory calibration date.

b. Exact location of instrument and the date, time, and distance from the blast.

c. Name of the person and firm taking the reading.

d. Trigger levels for ground and air vibrations.

e. The vibration and airblast levels recorded.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: am. (2) (intro.), (a), renum. (2) (b) to (2) (b) 1. and am., cr. (2) (b) 2., am. (4) (c) 2., Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter IV Blasting Resultants

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.40 Regulation of blasting resultants {#sec-sps-307.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.40}

Pursuant to s. 101.15 (2) (e), Stats., the purpose of this subchapter is to provide for the establishment of uniform limits on permissible levels of blasting resultants to reasonably assure that blasting resultants do not cause injury, damage or unreasonable annoyance to persons or property outside any controlled blasting site area.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.41 Preblasting notification {#sec-sps-307.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.41}

(1) Preblasting survey.

(a) At least 24 hours prior to initial blasting at a blast site, the blaster in charge shall make a reasonable effort to notify in writing or verbally all residents or owners of affected dwellings or other structures, as determined under sub. (2), that a blasting operation is to begin. The blaster in charge shall offer to perform a preblasting survey for the residents or owners. If a resident or owner requests a copy of the preblasting survey, the blaster in charge shall provide a copy for not more than the actual cost of the copy within 48 hours of the request. Except as provided under pars. (b) and (c), only one initial preblasting survey is required for a blast site.

(b) The blaster in charge shall offer to perform a preblasting survey for the residents or owners of any dwelling or other structure that becomes an affected dwelling or other structure, as determined under sub. (2), after the initial preblasting survey under par. (a) is performed.

(c) The blaster in charge shall offer to perform a preblasting survey for the residents or owners of an affected dwelling or other structure, as determined under sub. (2), constructed or renovated after the initial preblasting survey under par. (a) is performed.

Note: A preblasting survey provides a baseline record of the pre-existing condition of a structure against which the effects of blasting can be assessed, and it should include the interior and exterior of the buildings.

(2) Affected buildings. Affected dwellings or other structures shall be determined based on the scaled-distance equation, W = (D/Ds)2. Using a scaled-distance factor Ds of 55, affected dwellings or other structures shall be those located within the distance D of the controlled blasting site area for the weight per delay W of explosives to be used.

Note: An example calculation to determine D is as follows: For 4 pounds of explosives, D = Ds(W)1/2 = 55 (4)1/2 = 110 feet.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: renum. (1) to (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), (c), Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.42 Blasting schedules {#sec-sps-307.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.42}

All surface blasting shall be conducted between sunrise and sunset, unless one of the following conditions applies:

(1) More restrictive time periods are specified by the department.

(2) The blasting is approved by the department based on a showing by the operator that the public will not be adversely affected by noise and other impacts.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.43 Instrumentation {#sec-sps-307.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.43}

All seismographs used to determine compliance with this subchapter shall meet the following minimum specifications:

(1) Seismic frequency range: 2 to 200 Hz, plus or minus 3 Hz.

(2) Acoustic frequency range: 2 to 200 dB, plus or minus 1 dB.

(3) Velocity range: 0.02 to 4.0 inches/second.

(4) Sound range: 110 to 140 dB linear.

(5) Transducers: Three mutually perpendicular axes.

(6) Recording: Provide time-history of waveform.

(7) Calibration: Be laboratory calibrated as often as necessary, but at least once every 12 months according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: am. (1), (2) Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.44 Control of adverse effects {#sec-sps-307.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.44}

(1) General requirements. Blasting shall be conducted so as to prevent injury and unreasonable annoyance to persons and damage to public or private property outside the controlled blasting site area.

(2) Flyrock. Flyrock traveling in the air or along the ground shall meet all of the following conditions:

(a) Remain within the controlled blasting site area.

(b) Not be cast more than one-half the distance to the nearest inhabited building within or outside of the controlled blasting site area.

(3) Airblast.

(a) An airblast may not exceed 133 peak dB at the location of any dwelling, public building or place of employment outside the controlled blasting site area.

(b) The blaster shall conduct monitoring of every blast to determine compliance with the airblast limit. The measuring system used shall have a lower-end flat frequency response of not more than 2 Hz and an upper-end flat frequency response of at least 200 Hz.

(4) Ground vibration.

(a)

  1. The maximum ground vibration at the location of any dwelling, public building or place of employment outside the controlled blasting site area shall be established in accordance with the blasting-level chart of par. (b).

  2. All structures in the vicinity of the controlled blasting site area, not listed in subd. 1., such as water towers, pipelines and other utilities, tunnels, dams, impoundments and underground mines, shall be protected from damage by establishment by the blaster of a maximum allowable limit on the ground vibration. The blaster shall establish the limit after consulting with the owner of the structure.

(b) The blaster shall use the ground vibration limits specified in Figure 7.44 to determine the maximum allowable ground vibration. Ground vibration shall be measured as the particle velocity. Particle velocity shall be recorded in 3 mutually perpendicular directions.

(c) The blaster shall make and keep a seismograph record including both particle velocity and vibration frequency levels for each blast. The method of analysis shall be subject to discretionary review by the department.

Note: Local municipalities may have more restrictive regulations than the department.

(5) Reporting adverse effects. The blaster in charge shall report to the department any flyrock, airblast, or ground vibration that does not meet the requirements under this section.

Note: Adverse effects may be reported to the department by telephone at (608) 267-9378 or by email to DSPSMineSafety@wisconsin.gov.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: r. (4) (d), cr. (5) Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter V Fireworks

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.50 Licensing of fireworks manufacturers {#sec-sps-307.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.50}

(1) License required. No person may manufacture fireworks unless that person holds a license issued by the department in accordance with ch. SPS 305.

(2) Posting. A fireworks manufacturer license shall be posted at each plant where fireworks are to be manufactured.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 307.51 Inspections {#sec-sps-307.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 307.51}

(1) General. The authorized inspectors of the department may enter and inspect at reasonable times the premises on which each person licensed under this chapter manufactures fireworks.

(2) Initial inspections. Upon receipt of an application for a fireworks manufacturing license, the department or the department’s designated deputy shall inspect the premises for which the application is made.

(3) Periodic inspections. The department or the department’s designated deputy shall, at least once every 3 years, conduct a safety inspection of a permanent explosive materials storage facility located on the premises on which each person licensed under this chapter manufactures fireworks. Fees for an inspection under this subsection shall be assessed as specified in s. SPS 302.18 (2).

(4) Federal inspection acceptance. Where an inspection of a fireworks manufacturing plant has been conducted by the federal bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms and explosives, the department may accept a federal inspection report in lieu of the department inspection.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 17-034: am. (3), Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.

Chapter SPS 308 MINES, PITS AND QUARRIES

Subchapter I Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-308.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.01}

Pursuant to s. 101.15 (2) (e), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish rules to effect the safety of mines, quarries and related activities.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.02 Scope {#sec-sps-308.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.02}

(1) Covered. This chapter covers openings or excavations in the earth for the purpose of extracting minerals or other materials and the equipment related to processing or manufacturing of ores, aggregates, cements, lime, clay and silica sands in a mine, pit or quarry.

Note: The department of natural of resources has administrative rules concerning metallic mineral exploration, metallic mineral prospecting, mineral mining and mine reclamation.

(2) Not covered. This chapter does not cover openings or excavations in the earth created by a person for domestic or farm use at his or her residence or farm.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.03 Application {#sec-sps-308.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.03}

This chapter applies to both new and existing mines, pits and quarries, unless specifically stated otherwise.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-308.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.04}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Excavation” or “workings” has the meaning given in s. 101.15 (2) (a) 1., Stats.

Note: Section 101.15 (2) (a) 1., Stats., defines “excavation” or “workings” as any or all parts of a mine excavated or being excavated, including shafts, tunnels, drifts, cross cuts, raises, winzes, stopes and all other working places in a mine.

(3) “Mine” means a surface or underground opening or excavation in the earth for the purpose of extracting minerals or other materials.

(4) “Mineral” has the meaning given in s. 101.15 (2) (a) 2., Stats.

Note: Section 101.15 (2) (a) 2., Stats., defines “mineral” as a product recognized by standard authorities as mineral, whether metalliferous or nonmetalliferous.

(5) “Operator” means the person or firm that operates or is responsible for an excavation in the earth for the purpose of extracting minerals or other materials.

(6) “Pit” means a surface opening or excavation in the earth for the purpose of extracting minerals or other materials.

(7) “Quarry” means a surface opening or excavation in the earth for the purpose of extracting nonmetallic minerals or other nonmetallic materials.

(8) “Shaft” has the meaning given in s. 101.15 (2) (a) 3., Stats.

Note: Section 101.15 (2) (a) 3., Stats., defines “shaft” as an opening made for mining minerals, for hoisting and lowering persons or material, or for ventilating underground workings.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.05 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-308.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.05}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: The petition for variance form is available from the department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; by email at dsps@wisconsin.gov; by telephone at (608) 266-2112, (877) 617-1565, or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.06 Penalties {#sec-sps-308.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.06}

The department may impose penalties and obtain additional remedies for violations of this chapter, as provided in ss. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a) and 101.15 (2) (f) 2., Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates that if any employer, employee, owner, or other person violates ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats., or fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or fails, neglects or refuses to obey any lawful order given or made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats., for each such violation, failure or refusal, such employer, employee, owner or other person shall forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 or more than $100 for each such offense.

Note: Section 101.15 (2) (f) 2., Stats., indicates that the department may apply to a court of record for the closing of any underground mine, quarry, pit, zinc works or other excavation where the same is being operated in violation of any of its rules or orders, and the owners or operators have failed within a reasonable time to correct any unsafe methods of operation. The failure of any owner or operator to comply with the order or judgment of the court shall subject such party or parties to criminal contempt proceedings.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.07 Appeals {#sec-sps-308.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.07}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any employer or other person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

Note: Section 101.01 (4), Stats., defines “employer” as any person, firm, corporation, state, county, town, city, village, school district, sewer district, drainage district and other public or quasi-public corporations as well as any agent, manager, representative or other person having control or custody of any employment, place of employment or of any employee.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

Note: Section 101.01 (8), Stats., defines “local order” as any ordinance, order, rule or determination of any common council, board of alderpersons, board of trustees or the village board, of any village or city, a regulation or order of the local board of health, as defined in s. 250.01 (3), Stats., or an order or direction of any official of a municipality, upon any matter over which the department has jurisdiction.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.

Subchapter II General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.10 Notification to begin crushing operation {#sec-sps-308.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.10}

Each calendar year before crushing work is commenced in a mine, pit, or quarry, the owner of the mine, pit, or quarry or other person responsible for the crushing work shall notify the department that work is about to begin. The notification shall be made to the department at least 10 days prior to the beginning of crushing work in each mine, pit, or quarry. Only one initial notice is required for a mine, pit, or quarry where crushing work is performed on an intermittent basis during the calendar year.

Note: A notification form is available from the department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; by email at dsps@wisconsin.gov; by telephone at (608) 266-2112, (877) 617-1565, or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services. Notification may also be provided by email to DSPSMineSafety@wisconsin.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 17-034: am. Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.11 Arrangements for medical assistance {#sec-sps-308.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.11}

Each year before any work is commenced in a mine, pit or quarry, the mine, pit or quarry operator shall make arrangements for obtaining emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured persons.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.12 Permits {#sec-sps-308.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.12}

(1) General. Before an excavation of a shaft may be commenced, a permit shall be obtained from the department. As provided by s. 101.15 (2) (c), Stats., this section does not apply to shafts less than 50 feet in depth wherein persons are not employed, shafts not equipped with power driven hoists used for hoisting persons in and out of shafts, or shafts not covered with a flammable building.

(2) Application for permit. Application for a shaft excavation permit shall be made on forms provided by the department together with the payment of the permit fee.

Note: The mine shaft excavation permit application is available from the Department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; by email at dsps@wisconsin.gov; by telephone at (608) 266-2112, (877) 617-1565, or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the division’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(3) Plans and specifications. Plans and specifications shall be submitted with the application for a shaft excavation permit which show that the shaft, excavation and workings are in compliance with this chapter.

(4) Permit processing time. The department shall review and make a determination on a shaft excavation permit application within 30 business days of receiving the required information and fees.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR 17-034: am. (2), Register March 2018 No. 747 eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.13 Fees {#sec-sps-308.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.13}

(1) Safety service fee. An annual safety service fee as specified in ch. SPS 302 shall be paid by the person or firm operating the crushing, screening or washing equipment.

(2) Shaft excavation permit fee. A shaft excavation permit fee as specified in ch. SPS 302 shall be paid by the person applying for the permit.

(3) Inspection fee. A miscellaneous inspection fee as specified in ch. SPS 302 shall be paid by the person requesting a consultation inspection of the person’s operation, if that person is not required to pay a safety service fee under sub. (1).

(4) Training fee. A training fee as specified in ch. SPS 302 shall be paid by the person requesting annual refresher training provided by the department and required by the federal mine safety and health administration.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01; CR02-042: am. (4), Register October 2002 No. 562, eff. 11-1-02; correction in (1), (2), (3), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.14 Inspections {#sec-sps-308.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.14}

(1) General. Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (15) (g) and 101.15 (2) (f) 1., Stats., the department may enter and cause the inspections of mines, pits and quarries in order to determine compliance with this chapter.

(2) Overdue inspections. If the department determines that an inspection of a mine, pit or quarry as required under s. 101.15 (2) (f) 1., Stats., has not been performed, the department shall notify the federal mine safety and health administration that an inspection is due.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.15 Federal requirements {#sec-sps-308.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.15}

No person may operate a mine, pit or quarry unless the person complies with 30 USC 811, 957 and 961 and the safety and health standards in Title 30 CFR Parts 1 to 199.

Note: Authority over mines is given to the federal government under the federal Mine Safety and Health Act. The safety and health related requirements for the operation of surface and underground mines are contained in the Code of Federal Regulations issued by the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor, under Title 30 CFR Parts 46, 56 and 57.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.

Subchapter III Additions to Federal Regulations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.20 Additions to federal regulations {#sec-sps-308.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.20}

The additions to the federal mine safety and health administration regulations are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 308.21 Abandoned shafts and wells {#sec-sps-308.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 308.21}

(1) Protection. All abandoned mine shafts, exploration shafts and test wells in this state shall comply with s. 167.27 (5) and (6), Stats.

(2) Mapping of underground workings.

(a) All underground workings shall be surveyed and mapped within a reasonable time as work develops. All underground workings shall be surveyed and mapped before they are allowed to become inaccessible. All surveys shall be tied to an exterior quarter section corner.

(b) Before any mine having underground workings is abandoned, the operator of the mine shall have an engineer or surveyor make a map, on a scale not smaller than 100 feet to the inch, showing all underground workings. A print or copy of such a map certified by the operator or designee as being accurate shall be filed with the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 2001, No. 545, eff. 6-1-01.

Chapter SPS 309 ANCHORING AND SECURING OF MOVABLE SOCCER GOALS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 309.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-309.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 309.01}

This chapter establishes minimum standards for the anchoring or securing of movable soccer goals to limit injuries resulting from overturning.

History

  • CR 11-003: cr. Register June 2011 No. 666, eff. 7-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 309.02 Scope and application {#sec-sps-309.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 309.02}

(1) Scope.

(a) This chapter applies to movable soccer goals whose inside measurements are 6.5 to 8 feet high and 18 to 24 feet wide, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) This chapter does not apply to tip-resistant goals that are labeled indicating conformance to ASTM F2673, Standard Safety Specification for Special Tip-Resistant Movable Soccer Goals.

(2) Application. This chapter applies to all of the following:

(a) Movable soccer goals existing before, on and after July 1, 2011.

(b) Movable soccer goals located or to be located on public land.

History

  • CR 11-003: cr. Register June 2011 No. 666, eff. 7-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 309.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-309.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 309.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Movable soccer goal” has the meaning as given in s. 167.21 (1) (c), Stats.

Note: Section 167.21 (1) (c) reads: “Movable soccer goals” means a freestanding structure that consists of at least 2 upright posts, a crossbar, and support bars and that is designed to be used as a soccer goal and to be movable to different locations.

(2) “Public land” means any public and private land where a movable soccer goal is made available for public use.

History

  • CR 11-003: cr. Register June 2011 No. 666, eff. 7-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 309.10 General requirements {#sec-sps-309.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 309.10}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), as of July 1, 2011, a movable soccer goal shall be anchored or secured by a method that will reduce the possibility of it overturning at every location and relocation where the goal is made accessible for public use.

(b) Anchorage or securement of a movable goal need not occur for site maintenance activities such as the temporary movement of a goal for mowing.

(2)

(a) Methods for anchoring or securing movable soccer goals shall take into account at least the following variables:

  1. The amount of force applied to a crossbar of the soccer goal to pull the goal over or down.

  2. The about wind force to cause the soccer goal to tip over.

  3. The slope of terrain where the soccer goal is to be located.

(b) Acceptable methods that reduce the possibility of overturning movable soccer goals recognized by the department shall include those delineated under the following guidelines:

  1. Guidelines published by the federal consumer product safety commission under the designation CPSC 326, Soccer Goal Guidelines.

  2. Guidelines published by the ASTM under designation F1938, Standard Guide for Safer Use of Movable Soccer Goals.

(3) The method of anchoring or securing a movable soccer goal may not in itself create a hazard.

(4)

(a) A permanent label warning the risk of overturning shall be fixed to each movable soccer goal.

(b) The label shall depict graphically the potential injury hazard and warning of climbing on or hanging from an unanchored or unsecured soccer goal.

Note: See the federal CPSC Guidelines or ASTM standards F1938 and F2056 for examples of warning labels.

(c) The label shall be affixed to a movable soccer goal in a position to be visible from the ground.

(5)

(a) Movable soccer goals shall be moved and anchored or secured by authorized and trained personnel.

(b) The authorization and training for moving and anchoring or securing soccer goals shall be provided by the owners of the goals.

History

  • CR 11-003: cr. Register June 2011 No. 666, eff. 7-1-11.

Chapter SPS 314 FIRE PREVENTION

Subchapter I Adoption and Application of NFPA® 1, Fire Code

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.001 Adoption and application {#sec-sps-314.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.001}

(1) NFPA 1.

(a) Adoption of model fire code. NFPA 1, Fire Code — 2012, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: A copy of NFPA 1, Fire Code, is on file in the offices of the Department and the Legislative Reference Bureau. Copies of NFPA 1, Fire Code, may be purchased from the National Fire Protection Association at 11 Tracy Drive, Avon, MA 02322; and may be purchased or accessed free of charge at www.nfpa.org.

(b) Application of model fire code. The use, operation and maintenance of public buildings and places of employment shall comply with NFPA 1 as referenced in par. (a), except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

(2) Alternate model fire code. Where a municipality has by ordinance adopted requirements of an alternate model fire code and any additional requirements, that, in total, are equivalent to NFPA 1 as referenced in sub. (1), the department will not consider that ordinance to be in conflict with sub. (1); and property owners or managers, or employers, need only comply with that ordinance.

Note: In assisting a municipality that has adopted or plans to adopt an alternate model fire code, Departmental staff typically will provide expertise relating only to NFPA 1 and this chapter, and should not be expected to be familiar with the alternate fire code and any local requirements needed to establish equivalency with NFPA 1 and this chapter. Creating that equivalency is the responsibility of that municipality, not the Department.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: am. (1) (a), (b), renum. (2) (a) to be (2) and am., r. (2) (b) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register December 2010 No. 660; CR 13-105: am. (1) (a), (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter II Modifications of NFPA 1, Fire Code

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.01 Administration {#sec-sps-314.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.01}

(1) Scope. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.1:

(a)

  1. This chapter applies to all public buildings and places of employment that exist on or after September 1, 2014, except as provided in pars. (b) to (d).

  2. This chapter applies to the inspection, testing, and maintenance of all fire safety features as specified in this chapter, for all public buildings and places of employment that exist on or after September 1, 2014, except as provided in pars. (b) to (d).

Note: As established in s. SPS 314.01 (2) (a) 1., this chapter does not prescribe how to design public buildings. However, this chapter includes requirements that may apply during the construction of a public building, such as the safeguards in NFPA 1 chapter 16 for fire safety during construction. See Chs. SPS 361 to 366 for design requirements for public buildings and places of employment.

(b) This chapter does not apply to buildings or situations listed under the exclusions in s. 101.01 (11) and (12), Stats., or under the exemptions in s. 101.05, Stats.

Note: See Appendix for a reprint of the above-referenced sections of the Statutes.

(c)

  1. This chapter does not apply to any of the buildings, structures, or situations specified in subds. 3. and 4.

  2. All of the buildings, structures, or situations in subds. 3. to 8. are neither public buildings nor places of employment under this chapter.

a. Buildings or structures located on Indian reservation land that are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

b. Buildings or structures which are located on off-reservation Indian land that is held in trust by the United States – and which are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

  1. Buildings and portions of buildings that are either federally owned or exempted by federal statutes, regulations, or treaties.

  2. Buildings and structures that are on a farm premises and used exclusively for farming purposes, provided any use of the building or structure by the public consists only of consumers directly receiving farm commodities, substantially all of which have been planted or produced on the farm premises. In this application, “substantially all” means at least 90 percent of the commodities were planted or produced on the farm premises.

Note: As referenced in par. (b) and Note, see Appendix for a reprint of the exclusions referenced in s. 101.01 (11) and (12) of the Statutes, which includes definitions of “farming” and “farm premises.”

  1. A one- or 2-family dwelling used as a foster home, treatment foster home, or group home, or as a residential care center for children and youth that has a capacity for 8 or fewer children, all as defined in s. 48.02, Stats.

Note: The definitions in s. 48.02 of the Statutes limit foster homes to no more than 4 children unless the children are siblings, limit treatment foster homes to no more than 4 children, and limit group homes to no more than 8 children. Where permitted by the Department of Children and Families, a group home or a residential care center for children and youth that has a capacity for 8 or fewer children may be located in a one- or 2-family dwelling as a community living arrangement, as defined in s. 46.03 (22) of the Statutes.

  1. A one- or 2-family dwelling in which a public or private day care center for 8 or fewer children is located.

Note: Chapter DCF 250, as administered by the Department of Children and Families, defines a “family child care center” as a being “a facility where a person provides care and supervision for less than 24 hours a day for at least 4 and not more than 8 children who are not related to the provider.” Chapter DCF 250 applies various licensing and other requirements to these centers, including for fire protection and other aspects of the physical plant.

  1. That portion of or space within a one- or 2-family dwelling in which a home occupation is located.

(d) In this section, “home occupation” means any business, profession, trade or employment conducted in a person’s dwelling unit, that may involve the person’s immediate family or household and a maximum of one other unrelated person, but does not involve any of the following:

  1. Explosives, fireworks or repair of motor vehicles.

  2. More than 25% of the habitable floor area of the dwelling unit.

(e)

  1. The requirements in sub. (11) apply to all fire responses, rather than only to fire responses for public buildings and places of employment.

  2. The requirements in sub. (13) (d) 2. apply to fire responses to first alarms for all buildings, rather than only for public buildings.

(f) Except for facilities that are exempted from this chapter under par. (c) 3. and 4. — and regardless of pars. (b), (c) 5. to 8. and (d) — this chapter applies to all facilities and structures which exist on or after September 1, 2014, and which involve flammable-, combustible- or hazardous-liquid storage, transfer, or dispensing.

Note: Chapter SPS 305 regulates persons or businesses that are required or permitted to obtain licenses, certifications, or registrations under chapters 101, 145, 167, or 168 of the statutes. Section SPS 305.68 states:

“No person may inspect a tank system which has held or will hold flammable, combustible or hazardous liquids to determine compliance with chapter ATCP 93 unless the person holds a certification issued by the Department as a certified tank system inspector.”

Chapters ATCP 93 and SPS 305 do not preclude a fire inspector from conducting fire safety inspections involving flammable, combustible, or hazardous liquids under ch. ATCP 93; or from enforcing fire safety requirements under ch. SPS 314 or ss. 101.14 (1) (a) or (b) or (2) of the statutes.

Note: In conjunction with addressing the quality and retail sales of petroleum products, ch. ATCP 94 also regulates containers which have a capacity of under 275 gallons and which are used for storing gasoline or any other petroleum product that has a flash point of less than 100°F. Chapter ATCP 94 requires these containers to be colored red and appropriately labeled, and prohibits using red containers for storing petroleum products that have a flash point of 100°F or more.

Note: See the annotations under s. 101.11 of the Statutes for further guidance in determining which facilities are or are not places of employment.

(g)

  1. Except for facilities that are exempted from this chapter under par. (c) 3. and 4. — and regardless of pars. (b), (c) 5. to 8. and (d) — the department or its deputies may apply this chapter to any building or other structure or premises or public thoroughfare, which exists on or after September 1, 2014, and which has either of the following characteristics:

a. It is especially liable to fire and is so situated as to endanger other buildings or property.

b. It contains combustible or explosive material or inflammable conditions that are dangerous to the safety of any building or premises or the occupants thereof, or endangering or hindering fire fighters in case of fire.

  1. The purpose of applying this chapter under this paragraph is to cause correction of any of the following:

a. A condition liable to cause damaging fire.

b. A violation of any law or order relating to fire hazards or to the prevention of fire.

Note: See s. 101.14 (1) (a) to (bm) of the Statutes for the authorization to apply this chapter in this manner, and for limitations on entry into the interior of private dwellings.

Note: Under s. 101.14 (2) (a) of the Statutes, and as referenced in s.SPS 314.01 (13) (a), “The chief of the fire department in every city, village, or town, except cities of the 1st class, is constituted a deputy of the department.”

Note: See s. 66.0413 of the Statutes for (1) the authority of municipalities to order removal or repair of buildings that are dangerous, unsafe, unsanitary, or otherwise unfit for human habitation; and (2) extensive criteria relating to executing this authority, such as for dilapidated buildings.

Note: See ch. ATCP 93 for orders of the Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection relating to flammable, combustible and hazardous liquids; and see ch. SPS 340 for orders of the Department relating to fuel gas systems.

Note: See Appendix for a list of tanks, containers, tank systems, and facilities that are not regulated by ch. ATCP 93.

(2) Application.

(a) General. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 1.3.2.4. to 1.3.2.4.3:

  1. The design requirements in NFPA 1 and in any standard or code adopted therein that apply to public buildings or places of employment are not included as part of this chapter, except as specified in subds. 3. a. and 4.

Note: Because of this subdivision, this chapter does not prescribe how to design public buildings. However, this chapter includes requirements that may apply during the construction of a public building, such as the safeguards in NFPA 1 chapter 16 for fire safety during construction. See chs. SPS 361 to 366 for design requirements for public buildings and places of employment.

  1. The codes and standards that are referenced in this chapter, and any additional codes and standards which are subsequently referenced in those codes and standards, shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

a. The design requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 18 for fire department access and water supply are included as part of this chapter.

b. The requirements in NFPA 1 sections 18.2.3 and 18.3 do not apply to buildings constructed prior to September 1, 2014. Buildings constructed prior to that date but on or after March 1, 2008, shall comply with the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 18.2.3 and 18.3 which were in effect under this subdivision during that period. The requirement in NFPA 1 section 18.2.2.1 that an access box be listed in accordance with UL 1037 does not apply to access boxes installed prior to September 1, 2014.

  1. The design requirements in NFPA 1 sections 50.2.1.1 and 50.4 for an exhaust hood and an automatic fire suppression system are included as part of this chapter, for mobile kitchens only.

(b) Conflicts. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.3.3:

  1. Where any rule written by the department differs from a requirement within a document referenced in this chapter, the rule written by the department shall govern.

  2. Where rules of the department specify conflicting requirements, types of materials, methods, processes or procedures, the most restrictive rule shall govern, except as provided in subds. 1. and 3.

Note: If the most restrictive of two or more conflicting requirements is not readily apparent, a determination of which is more restrictive can be obtained from the Department.

  1. Where a rule prescribes a general requirement and another rule prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in subd. 1.

(3) Alternatives. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.4.1: Nothing in this chapter is intended to prohibit or discourage the design and use of new materials or components, or new processes, elements or systems, provided written approval from the department or AHJ is obtained first.

(4) Petition for variance. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 1.4.2 to 1.4.6: The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days. The SBD-9890 form is available in the Appendix or at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

Note: See ch. SPS 302 for the fee that must be included when submitting a petition for variance.

(5) Temporary use. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.4: A fire code official may allow a building or a portion of a building to be used temporarily in a manner that differs from the approved use for the building or space, or may approve a temporary building to be used by the public, subject to all of the following provisions:

(a) The official shall determine the time frame within which the temporary use is permitted, based on the extent hazards are created by the temporary use. This time frame may not exceed 180 days, except the official may grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

(b) Buildings or spaces considered for temporary use shall conform to the requirements of this chapter as necessary to ensure the public safety, health, and general welfare, except as provided in par. (c).

(c) The official may require additional safety requirements for a temporary use as a trade-off for any safety provisions that may be lacking.

(d) The official may terminate the approval for a temporary use at any time and order immediate discontinuance of the use or complete evacuation of the building or space.

Note: The Department and other state agencies may have additional rules that affect the design, construction, inspection, maintenance, and use of public buildings, places of employment and premises, including chs. SPS 305, Credentials; SPS 307, Explosives and Fireworks; SPS 316, Electrical; SPS 318, Elevators, Escalators and Lift Devices; SPS 340, Gas Systems; SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels; SPS 343, Anhydrous Ammonia; SPS 345, Mechanical Refrigeration; SPS 361 to 366, Commercial Building Code; SPS 375 to 379, Buildings Constructed Prior to 1914; SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing; SPS 390, Public Swimming Pools and Water Attractions; and SPS 391, Sanitation. The Department’s Division of Industry Services administers all of these listed codes.

(6) Interpretations. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.7.3:

(a) Department authority. Any departmental interpretation of the requirements in this chapter or in the codes and standards that are adopted in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by either a lower level jurisdiction or an issuer of the adopted code or standard.

Note: The National Fire Protection Association, which issues the NFPA Fire Code that is adopted in this chapter, also issues an NFPA 1 Fire Code Handbook. The Handbook contains explanatory information on many of the Code’s requirements along with case studies and illustrative examples that may be helpful in understanding the Code’s requirements. Go to www.nfpa.org for further information about the Handbook.

(b) Local ordinances.

  1. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7), Stats., no city, village, or town may enact or enforce an additional or more restrictive local ordinance that establishes minimum standards for constructing, altering, or adding to public buildings or buildings that are places of employment.

  2. Nothing in this chapter affects the authority of a municipality or county to enact and enforce requirements for fire districts, land use, or zoning under ss. 59.69, 60.61, 60.62, 61.35, and 62.23 (7), Stats.

(7) Exclusions.

(a)

  1. The requirements in the following NFPA 1 sections are not included as part of this chapter: 1.7.10.2, 1.7.10.4, 1.9.1 to 1.9.3, and 1.10.

  2. Any permit referenced in NFPA 1 section 1.12 or referred to elsewhere under this chapter is not required by this chapter, but may be required at the local level if done so through a local ordinance.

  3. Any certificate of fitness referenced in NFPA 1 section 1.13 or referred to elsewhere under this chapter is not required by this chapter, but may be required at the local level if done so through a local ordinance.

(b) Any requirement which is specified in par. (a) and which is subsequently referred to elsewhere under this chapter is not included as part of this chapter.

(7m) Stop orders. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 1.7.14:

(8) Owner’s responsibility. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 1: The owner of each building, structure and premises shall be responsible for maintaining the property in compliance with this chapter. Compliance with this chapter does not relieve the owner of a public building or place of employment from compliance with the other administrative rules established by the department or other state agencies.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.11 (2) (a) of the Statutes, no employer or owner, or other person may hereafter construct or occupy or maintain any place of employment, or public building, that is not safe, nor prepare plans which fail to provide for making the same safe. See the annotations under s. 101.11 (3) of the Statutes for substantial additional information relating to the duties of owners and employers to provide and maintain places of employment and public buildings that are safe.

Note: See Appendix for statutory penalties relating to interfering with fire fighting, and to false alarms.

(9) Appeals. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 1:

(a) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(b) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing.

Note: See Appendix for a reprint of s. 101.02 (7) (c) of the Statutes, which addresses the Department’s response to a petition received under this paragraph; and for the definition of “local order,” from s. 101.02 (8) of the Statutes.

(10) Revocation of approval. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 1:

(a) Department revocation. The department may revoke any approval, issued under the provisions of this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(b) Local revocation. The fire chief, or in first class cities the commissioner of building inspection, may revoke any local approval issued by them under the provisions of this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based. The fire chief, and in first class cities the commissioner of building inspection, may not revoke an approval issued by the department.

(11) Fire incident reports. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.11.3.2:

(a)

  1. For each fire, a record shall be compiled by a fire department serving the municipality in which the fire occurred.

  2. The record in subd. 1. shall include all applicable information specified in s. 101.141 (2), Stats., shall be filed with the federal agency specified in s. 101.141 (1), Stats., and shall be filed no later than the deadline specified in s. 101.141 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 101.141 of the Statutes reads as follows: “Record keeping of fires. (1) Each city, village, and town fire department shall file a report for each fire that involves a building and that occurs within the boundaries of the city, village, or town with the U.S. fire administration for placement in the fire incident reporting system maintained by the U.S. fire administration. The report shall be filed within 60 days after the fire occurs.

(2) Each report filed under sub. (1) shall include all of the following information:

(a) The age of the building.

(b) The purpose for which the building was used at the time of the fire.

(c) If the building was used as a home, whether the building was a multifamily dwelling complex, a single-family dwelling, or a mixed-use building with one or more dwelling units.

(d) The number of dwelling units in the building, if the building was a multifamily dwelling complex or a mixed-use building.

(e) Whether the building had an automatic fire sprinkler system at the time of the fire and, if so, whether the system was operational.

(f) Whether the building had a fire alarm system at the time of the fire and, if so, whether the system was operational.

(g) The cause of the fire.

(gg) An estimate of the amount of damages to the building as a result of the fire.

(gm) The number of human deaths due to the fire, if any.

(gr) The number of human injuries due to the fire, if any.

(h) Any other relevant information concerning the building, as determined by the fire department.

(3) The Department may review, correct, and update any report filed by a fire department under this section.”

(b)

  1. In reporting the age of a building under par. (a), only the age of the portion of the building where the fire occurred is required, and this age may be estimated.

Note: Various software programs for reporting the information under this section may accommodate reporting a building’s age only as a note in a narrative.

  1. In reporting the amount of damages to a building under par. (a), either assessed values or expected replacement costs may be used, and either an estimated dollar loss or an estimated percentage of the building that is damaged may be used.

  2. Prior to correcting or updating any report filed by a fire department under s. 101.141, Stats., the department shall obtain the consent of the chief of that fire department.

(11m) Records with a register of deeds. Any text in NFPA 1 section 1.12.3 that permits an authority having jurisdiction, as defined in NFPA 1 section 3.2.2, to require recording anything at a register of deeds office is not included as part of this chapter.

(12) Penalties. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 1.16: Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12) of the Statutes indicates that each day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Section 101.02 (13) (a) of the Statutes indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the Department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the Department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599 of the Statutes. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

(13) Fire chief and fire department duties. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 1:

(a) Authorized deputy of the department. The fire chief of the fire department in every city, village or town, except cities of the first class, is a duly authorized deputy of the department.

(b) Fire prevention inspections.

  1. ‘General.’ The chief of the fire department shall be responsible for having all public buildings and places of employment within the territory of the fire department inspected for the purpose of ascertaining and causing to be corrected any conditions liable to cause fire, or any violations of any law or ordinance relating to fire hazards or to the prevention of fires.

  2. ‘Determining the buildings that are to be inspected.’ The fire chief shall be responsible for determining those public buildings and places of employment that are to be inspected, for each municipality for which the fire department has responsibility.

  3. ‘Scheduling of inspections.’ Fire prevention inspections shall be conducted at least once in each non-overlapping 6-month period per calendar year, or more often if ordered by the fire chief, in all territory served by the fire department, except as provided in subds. 4. to 7.

Note: The Department of Health Services may require additional fire inspections for nursing homes.

  1. ‘Exception for first class cities.’ In first class cities, the fire chief may establish the schedule of fire inspections. The fire chief shall base the frequency of the inspections on hazard classification, the proportion of public area, the record of fire code violations, the ratio of occupancy to size and any other factor the chief deems significant. Property other than residential property with 4 dwelling units or less shall be inspected at least once annually.

  2. ‘General exception for other municipalities.’ Within the territory of each fire department, in each municipality other than first class cities, the following types of occupancies shall be inspected at least once per calendar year, provided the interval between those inspections does not exceed 15 months:

a. Offices, outpatient clinics and dental clinics, if less than 3 stories in height.

b. Unoccupied utility facilities, such as a water well facility, electric power substation and communication facility.

c. Places of worship that do not have a rental hall, child day care facility or preschool to 12th grade instruction within the immediate church building.

d. Buildings at colleges and universities, if used exclusively for classroom lecture or offices, provided there are no laboratories, chemical storage or industrial arts rooms in the building.

e. Libraries, museums and art galleries.

f. Hotels and motels, if less than 3 stories in height.

g. Townhouses and rowhouses, if less than 3 stories in height.

h. Residential condominiums and apartments, if there are less than 5 units under one roof.

i. Convents and monasteries.

j. Detention and correctional facilities.

k. Garages used for storage only.

L. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels, membrane structures, open parking structures, outdoor theaters, assembly seating areas, greenhouses and mini-storage buildings. If interior access to mini-storage buildings cannot be obtained, an exterior inspection shall be conducted.

m. Vacant or unoccupied buildings. If interior access to vacant or unoccupied buildings cannot be obtained, an exterior inspection shall be conducted.

n. Confined spaces. An area that is identified by a sign as a permit-required confined space need not be internally inspected, but an exterior inspection shall be conducted.

o. Townhouses, rowhouses, residential condominiums and apartments with no common use areas. An exterior inspection of these occupancies shall be conducted.

p. Fully-sprinklered office buildings up to 60 feet in height.

q. Fully-sprinklered residential condominiums and apartments, if less than 3 stories in height.

r. Fully-sprinklered townhouses and rowhouses, if less than 4 stories in height.

Note: Fully-sprinklered buildings are protected throughout by an automatic fire sprinkler system as specified in NFPA 13 or 13R, as referenced in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

s. Seasonal or periodic occupancies, provided at least one interior inspection is conducted during an occupancy period and provided the occupancy does not extend beyond 6 months in any calendar year.

  1. ‘Discretionary exception for other municipalities.’

a. For low-use buildings or places of employment, including those specified in subd. 6. b. to f., in lieu of the inspection frequency specified in subd. 3. or 5., the fire chief may base the frequency of the inspections on hazard classification, the proportion of public area, the record of fire code violations, the ratio of occupancy to size and any other factor the chief deems significant. Property other than residential property with 4 dwelling units or less shall be inspected at least once annually.

b. Seasonal occupancies.

c. Temporary-occupancy uses — such as farm structures temporarily used for winter storage, horse stables or riding arenas.

d. Home-occupation accessory buildings used as businesses.

e. Seldom or infrequently occupied buildings.

f. Unoccupied buildings.

Note: To reduce the potential for difficulties to arise during the audits addressed in s. SPS 314.01 (14) (d), fire chiefs who exercise this discretion should either declare the corresponding buildings and inspection frequency in advance, or maintain a corresponding list of buildings to be inspected and their inspection frequency.

  1. ‘Local ordinances for reducing the frequency of inspections.’

a. Where authorized by a local ordinance, a city, village or town may reduce the inspections required under subd. 3. to at least once per calendar year, provided the interval between those inspections does not exceed 15 months.

b. Any local ordinance adopted under subd. 7. a. shall be made available to the department during an audit conducted under sub. (14) (d).

  1. ‘Inspection reports.’ The fire chief shall make and keep on file reports of fire prevention inspections, except in first class cities the commissioner of the building inspection department shall make and keep the reports. For at least 7 years, the reports shall be maintained in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable amount of time.

Note: The Department has developed fire inspection report forms that may be used by fire departments. The fire inspection report forms (SBD-10615A and SBD-5295) are available from the Division of Industry Services through one or more of the following means: in the Appendix; at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

  1. ‘Inspectors.’ Fire safety inspections shall be conducted by the department or deputy or an authorized representative of the deputy.

  2. ‘Statutory inspection authority.’ The rules of this chapter do not limit or deny the ability of department deputies to conduct the activities under s. 101.14 (1) (a) and (b), Stats., for the purpose of ascertaining and causing to be corrected any condition liable to cause fire, or any violation of any law or order relating to fire hazards or to the prevention of fire.

Note: Under s. 101.14 (2) (a) of the Statutes, and as referenced in s. SPS 314.01 (14) (a), “The chief of the fire department in every city, village, or town, except cities of the 1st class, is constituted a deputy of the department.”

  1. ‘Fire inspector training.’ All fire department personnel directly involved in conducting fire inspections are authorized by the department and by the fire chief to conduct the inspections upon completion of training approved by the fire chief.

(c) Public fire education services. Each fire department shall provide public fire education services within the territory served by the fire department. The services may be selected from the following public fire education-related activities, or may be other activities acceptable to the department:

  1. ‘Fire prevention week program.’ Fire departments complete any combination of the following activities during national fire prevention week: children’s poster contest; fire department open house; school visits to teach children fire safety; fire department fire safety demonstrations, including but not limited to fire fighting demonstrations, fire extinguisher and smoke detector demonstrations, stop, drop and roll demonstrations or an activity that specifically relates to a national fire prevention week theme.

  2. ‘Residential fire inspection program.’ Fire departments advertise and conduct residential fire inspections on a request basis or in response to local ordinance.

  3. ‘Building plan review program.’ Fire departments conduct plan reviews and approvals of fire safety related elements prior to construction of public buildings and places of employment.

  4. ‘School education program.’ Fire departments conduct approved fire safety education programs in the school districts for which they have responsibility.

  5. ‘Continuing public fire education program.’ Fire departments conduct public fire education programs, which may include monthly public service announcements for radio or television, monthly newspaper articles, booths at fairs, demonstrations at shopping centers, and billboards with fire safety messages.

  6. ‘Public fire education speaking bureau.’ Fire departments organize a group of speakers to make public fire education presentations to civic organizations, professional organizations, school organizations and similar groups.

  7. ‘Youth fire awareness program.’ Fire departments conduct youth fire awareness programs, including skill award and merit badge clinics for scouts, junior fire marshal program, juvenile fire setters program, first aid and CPR training and related activities.

  8. ‘Fire extinguisher training program.’ Fire departments conduct training programs for the public or industry regarding the operation of fire extinguishers. Industrial fire brigade training programs may be conducted to complete this activity.

  9. ‘Occupancy inspection program.’ Fire departments conduct inspections of public buildings and places of employment prior to the issuance of local occupancy permits. Written documentation of the inspections is kept by each fire department.

  10. ‘Smoke detector awareness program.’ Fire departments conduct programs to inform people regarding the effectiveness and proper installation of smoke detectors in residential buildings, public buildings and places of employment.

(d) Record keeping. The following fire department dues entitlement records shall be generated and maintained by each fire department:

  1. Current roster of active fire department members.

  2. Time, date, location, and number of firefighters responding, excluding the chief, for each first alarm for a building. For any of these responses that are in combination with another fire department under a mutual aid agreement, the record under this paragraph shall include the name of that department and the number of firefighters, excluding the chief, responding from that department.

  3. Number and duration of, and attendance at, fire department meetings, if the fire department is a volunteer fire department. For the purposes of this requirement, a volunteer fire department does not have any member who is paid for 36 hours or more of work, on a weekly basis.

  4. Number and duration of, topic of and attendance at fire department training sessions.

  5. Number, type, and duration of, and attendance of fire department members at, public fire education related activities.

(e) Availability of records. For at least 7 years, the records specified in par. (d) shall be maintained in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable amount of time; and shall be made available to the department and to the public, upon request to the fire department.

Note: Section 19.32 (2) of the Statutes considers a record to be material containing written or electromagnetic information. The department will consider computer records to be equivalent to written reports.

(14) Fire department dues. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 1:

(a) Eligibility.

a. In order to be eligible to receive a fire department dues payment, a municipality shall be in substantial compliance with the requirements for fire protection, fire reporting and fire prevention services specified in ss. 101.14 (2), 101.141 (1) and (2), and 101.575, Stats., and this chapter, throughout the entire municipality.

b. The training program required under s. 101.575 (3) (a) 3., Stats., shall be in accordance with ch. SPS 330 for public sector fire departments and in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.156 for private sector fire departments.

a. Fire protection and fire prevention services shall be provided by the fire department, except as provided in subd. 2. b. A municipality not maintaining a fire department shall have the services provided through contract. A fire department may use mutual aid agreements as a means of providing fire protection services.

b. In first class cities, fire inspections may be provided by the neighborhood services department.

(b) Compliance determination.

  1. ‘General.’ The department shall determine substantial compliance with the fire department dues entitlement program through the processes specified in this paragraph and pars. (c) and (d).

  2. ‘Multiple fire departments.’ Where a municipality is served by more than one fire department and any one of the fire departments is determined to be in noncompliance within that municipality, the entire municipality shall be determined to be in noncompliance.

  3. ‘Notice of noncompliance.’ The department shall issue a notice of noncompliance to the municipality and the chief of the fire department that the department has determined to be in noncompliance. The determination shall be based on one or more of the following causes:

a. The municipality fails to submit self-certification input on time.

b. The municipality submits incomplete self-certification input.

c. The municipality self-certifies noncompliance.

d. An audit results in failure.

(c) Self-certification.

  1. A municipality shall annually complete and submit fire department dues entitlement self-certification input for the previous calendar year. The input shall be in a format prescribed by the department and shall be submitted to the department on or before April 1.

Note: Further information about the Department’s Web-based registration and self-certification process is available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov, through links to the Industry Services Division’s Fire Prevention program and then Wisconsin’s fire program online system.

  1. A municipality shall include in the self-certification input the name of every fire department and the chief of the fire department that provided fire protection services and fire prevention services, to the municipality in the last calendar year. This identification shall be used to determine which fire departments are entitled to receive fire department dues from the municipality.

  2. The chief of the fire department that provided the fire protection and fire prevention services and the clerk of the municipality shall each provide the input required by this paragraph, as to whether or not the municipality is in substantial compliance with state regulations regarding the fire department dues entitlement program. In first class cities, the commissioner of the building inspection department shall also submit the self-certification input.

(d) Audit.

  1. In addition to the self-certification process, the department shall periodically conduct audits of fire department dues entitlement records to determine substantial compliance with the fire department dues entitlement program for the previous calendar year.

Note: The definition of “substantial compliance” in s. SPS 314.03 (1) (i) is not intended to infer that the Department must make a separate determination about substantial compliance in each of the fire-dues eligibility categories prescribed in ss. 101.14 (2) and 101.575 (3) and (6) of the Statutes. Nor is that definition intended to infer that a fire department could do virtually no inspections and still be in compliance. Instead, Department staff use their expert judgment, in looking at the overall performance of a fire department and the municipality, to make an overall determination of whether substantial compliance occurred.

  1. The department shall periodically examine fire department dues entitlement records, including the records required in sub. (13) (b) 8. and (d), and in NFPA 1 section 1.11.2, to verify that the required fire prevention and fire protection services were provided within the territory served by the fire department and, within first class cities, by the building inspection department.

Note: The information required in the entitlement records is as specified in ss. 101.14 (2) and 101.575 of the Statutes. Under those sections, the fire incident reports that are addressed in sub. (11), and any records of fire prevention inspections beyond public buildings and places of employment, are not fire dues entitlement records.

  1. The department shall write a report summarizing the results of each audit.

(e) Appeals of audit determinations.

  1. A department audit determination under this subsection may be appealed only in accordance with this paragraph or ch. 227, Stats.

  2. ‘Filing an appeal.’

a. The appeal shall be filed in writing, with the department.

b. An appeal may be filed only by either a fire department that fails an audit conducted under par. (d), or by a municipality served by that fire department.

  1. ‘Timing of an appeal.’ An appeal may only be filed after the department issues a written determination of failure, but no later than 30 business days after that issuance. If no appeal is received by the department within that time period, the initial determination of failure shall become effective.

  2. ‘Processing an appeal.’ The department shall forward the appeal to the appeals board established under subd. 5.

  3. ‘Appeals board.’ The department shall appoint an appeals board comprised of the following members: a volunteer fire chief, a paid fire chief, a fire inspector, a volunteer firefighter, a paid firefighter, a representative of the League of Wisconsin Municipalities, and a representative of the Wisconsin Towns Association.

  4. ‘Support staff and resources.’ The department shall provide support staff and other resources needed for the functions of the appeals board.

  5. ‘New information.’ New information submitted with an appeal may result in remanding the appeal back to a lower level.

  6. ‘Hearing.’ If requested by the appellant, the board shall allow oral testimony in addition to the written material filed under subd. 2. a. Any oral testimony shall be presented either through a teleconference or at a hearing location determined by the department.

  7. ‘Determinations of the board.’

a. Four members of the board shall constitute a quorum. For the purpose of conducting business, a majority vote of the entire board, excluding any vacant positions, is required.

b. Findings of the appeals board shall be forwarded to the secretary of the department no later than 30 business days after the department receives the appeal, unless a later deadline is agreed upon by both the appellant and the appeals board.

  1. ‘Decision by the secretary.’ No later than 30 days after receipt of the findings of the appeals board, the secretary of the department shall consider the findings and, in writing, either uphold or overturn the department’s initial determination of failure.

  2. ‘Completion of the appeal process.’ Any appeal filed under this paragraph shall progress through subd. 10. no later than August 1 in the year the appeal is filed, unless withdrawn by the appellant.

  3. ‘Appeal of the secretary’s decision.’ A secretary decision under this paragraph may be appealed only through the contested-case provisions in ch. 227, Stats.

(f) Fire department registration.

  1. A fire department that provides fire prevention and fire protection services to a municipality shall register with the department on the form provided by the department.

Note: The Department sends form SBD-10638 upon request to the fire department. This form is also available from the Division of Industry Services through one or more of the following means: in the Appendix; at P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701–2658; or at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

  1. The fire chief of a registered fire department shall annually review the information submitted under subd. 1. and then report any corrections to the department by February 1, through the department’s online registration system for fire departments.

Note: The Department’s online registration system for fire departments is available at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov, through links to the Industry Services Division’s Fire Prevention program and then Wisconsin’s fire program online system.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: renum. (1) (a), (1) (c) (intro.) to 7., (2) (intro.), (a) 1. b., 2. to 4., (2) (c) to (f), (3), (4), (6) to (10), (11) (title), (intro.), (a), (b) (title), 1. to 5., 6. to 10., (c) to (e), (12) to be (1) (a) 1., (c) 1. and 3. to 9., (2) (a) (intro.), (1) (a) 2., (2) (a) 1. to 3., (6) (a), (b), (3), (5) (intro.) to (d), (4), (7) to (12), (13) (title), (intro.), (a), (b) (title), 1. to 5., 7. to 11., (c) to (e), (14), and am., cr. (1) (c) 2., (g), (2) (a) 4., (b) (intro.), (6) (title), (intro.), (11) (a), (b), (13) (b) 6., am. (1) (e), (f), r. (2) (a) 1. (intro.), a., (5), (9), (a), (b) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (13) (b) 7. c. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 14., Stats., Register January 2011 No. 661; correction in (2) (b) 4., (4), (14) (a) 1. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (2) (b) 4. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2013 No. 696; CR 13-105: am. (1) (a), (c) 1., 2., 4., r. (1) (c) 5., renum. (1) (c) 6. to 9. to 5. to 8., am. (1) (f), (g) 1. (intro.), (2) (a) 1., renum. (2) (a) 3. a., b. to 3. c., d. and am. 3. d., cr. (2) (a) 3. a., b., am. (2) (b) 2., r. (2) (b) 4., cr. (7m), am. (9) (a), cr. (11m), r. (13) (b) 7. c., am. (14) (a) 1. a., (b) 1., 3. a., b., (c) 1. to 3., am. (14) (f) 2. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2) (b) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 16-094: r. (2) (a) 3. a., b., renum. (2) (a) 3. c. and d. to (2) (a) 3. a. and b., am. (6) (b) 1. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) (a) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-314.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.03}

(1) These are department definitions for this chapter in addition to the definitions in NFPA 1 chapter 3:

(a)

  1. “Administrative expenses,” for the appropriation under s. 20.165 (2) (La), Stats., means expenditures for the direct costs and indirect costs of administering ss. 101.14, 101.141 and 101.573, Stats.

  2. In this paragraph:

a. “Direct costs” means the cost of salaries, limited term employees, fringe benefits and supplies to administer ss. 101.14, 101.141 and 101.573, Stats.

b. “Indirect costs” means the cost, determined on a pro rata basis, of management and administrative services provided to administer ss. 101.14, 101.141 and 101.573, Stats.

c. “Supplies” means equipment, memberships, postage, printing, rent, subscriptions, telecommunications, travel, utilities and similar outfitting and services, directly related to administering ss. 101.14, 101.141 and 101.573, Stats.

(b) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(bm) “Design requirements” means any requirements that a designer would otherwise need to follow when specifying the permanent physical characteristics of a building. These include the materials of construction, structural members, fire-resistance and fire protection systems, means of egress and accessibility, energy efficiency, electrical systems, plumbing and other mechanical systems.

(c) “Fire chief” means the chief or authorized representative of the fire department serving the unit of government having authority over the public building or place of employment. Fire chief also means the representative designated by the local unit of government to carry out the duties of this chapter.

(d) “Fire department” means a municipal fire department, public safety department, or public or private organization, such as a fire association, fire district, fire company or fire corporation, organized or created for the purpose of extinguishing fires and preventing fire hazards.

(dm) “Governing authority” means the department of safety and professional services.

Note: Under NFPA 1 section 1.6, any local unit of government adopting local fire prevention requirements that apply in addition to this chapter is the “governing authority” for those requirements.

(e) “Municipality” means a city, village or town.

(f) “NFPA 1” means the 2012 edition of NFPA 1, Fire Code, as adopted and modified in this chapter.

(g) “Place of employment” has the meaning as defined in s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: See Appendix for a reprint of s. 101.01 (11) of the Statutes.

(h) “Public building” has the meaning as defined in s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: See Appendix for a reprint of s. 101.01 (12) of the Statutes.

(i) “Substantial compliance,” for the purposes of s. 101.575 (4) (a) 1. and 2., Stats., means an ample amount of the required activity was performed through a concerted effort aimed at total compliance. A determination of substantial compliance is obtained through a common-sense approach to evaluating whether enough effort was made to comply with the applicable statute or code requirements. Substantial compliance is not a specific number or percent of compliance. A determination of substantial compliance in any one year or regulatory standard does not mean that the same amount of compliance or effort in the following year or in another area of the code automatically equals substantial compliance.

Note: Under s. 101.575 (4) (a) 1. of the Statutes, the Department may not pay fire department dues to a city, village, town or fire department, unless the Department determines that the city, village, town or fire department is in substantial compliance with ss. 101.575 (6), 101.14 (2), and 101.141 (1) and (2) of the Statutes.

(2) Substitute the following definition for the definition in NFPA 1 section 3.3.182.22: “One- and 2-family dwelling” has the meaning as defined for dwelling in s. 101.61 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 101.61 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “‘Dwelling’ means any building that contains one or 2 dwelling units. ‘Dwelling unit’ means a structure or that part of a structure which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others.”

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: renum. (intro.), (1) to (6), (8) to (10), (7) to be (1) (intro.), (a) to (i), (2) and am. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a) 1., (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-105: am. (1) (a) 2., cr. (1) (bm), (dm), am. (1) (f), (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.10 General fire safety {#sec-sps-314.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.10}

(1) NFPA 101®, Life safety code®. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 10.1.2:

(2) Emergency plans. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 10.9.2.2:

(2m) Open flames. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 section 10.11.2: The AHJ shall have the authority to prohibit any or all open flames, and open, recreational, and cooking fires or other sources of ignition, or establish special regulations on the use of any form of fire or smoking material where circumstances make such conditions hazardous.

(2r) Cooking equipment on balconies. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 1 section 10.11.6.2: For other than one- and two-family dwellings, no fuel for a hibachi, grill, or other similar device used for cooking may be stored with that equipment on a balcony.

(3) Christmas trees.

(a) Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7e), Stats., no city, village, or town may enact or enforce an ordinance related to fire safety that prohibits the seasonal placement of a Christmas tree in a church.

(b) This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 10.14:

Note: Guidance on use of natural-cut Christmas trees is available at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to the Fire Prevention program in the Division of Industry Services.

(4) Outside storage. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 10.16:

Note: See Appendix for related explanatory material.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: renum. (2) to be (4), cr. (2), (3) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 13-105: am. (2), cr. (2m), (2r) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2r) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 16-094: renum. (3) to (3) (b), cr. (3) (a), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.11 Building services {#sec-sps-314.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.11}

(1) Fire service elevator keys. Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 11.3.6.1 to 11.3.6.5.1.7:

(2) Portable unvented heaters. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 11.5: Portable, fuel-fired, unvented heating appliances are prohibited — except during construction or demolition of a building, provided adequate ventilation is supplied.

(3) Two-way radio communication enhancement systems. The requirements in NFPA 1 section 11.10 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See chs. SPS 361 to 366 for requirements for other heating appliances.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 13-105: renum. section 314.11 and (title) to 314.11 (2) and (title), cr. section 314.11 (title), (1), (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.13 Fire protection systems {#sec-sps-314.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.13}

(1) Inspection, testing and maintenance of cross connection control devices. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 13.3 to 13.5: All cross connection control devices installed in water-based fire protection systems shall be inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with this chapter and ch. SPS 382.

(2) Credentials for testers of fire sprinkler systems. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 13.3.3:

(2m) Inspection and testing of fire and smoke dampers. The periodic inspection and testing of fire and smoke dampers required under NFPA 1, NFPA 80, and NFPA 105 shall be conducted by a person with current fire life safety certification from a program accredited by the American National Standards Institute.

(3) This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 1 section 13.6.9.1.2:

(4) Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 13.7.1.5 and 13.7.2.9.4 to 13.7.2.9.4.4:

(5) Maintenance of smoke detectors and alarms. These are department informational notes to be used under NFPA 1 section 13.7.4.6:

(6) Manual wet sprinkler systems. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 1 section 13.8: Inspection, testing and maintenance of manual wet sprinkler systems shall comply with all of the requirements of NFPA 25, for an automatic fire sprinkler system, except that the main drain test specified in NFPA 25 is not required.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (3) (title), (intro.) and (4) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-105: renum. (3), (4) to (5), (6), cr. (3), (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 23-007: cr. (2m) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.15 Fire department service delivery concurrency evaluation {#sec-sps-314.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.15}

The requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 15 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 13-105: cr. Register August 2014 N0. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.16 Hose threads during construction {#sec-sps-314.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.16}

These are department informational notes to be used under NFPA 1 section 16.4.3.3.2.6:

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.20 Open flame devices and pyrotechnics {#sec-sps-314.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.20}

Substitute the following wording for the introductory paragraph in NFPA 1 section 20.1.5.3: No open flame devices or pyrotechnic devices may be used in any occupancy, unless otherwise permitted by the following:

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: am Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.27 Manufactured home and recreational vehicle sites {#sec-sps-314.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.27}

The requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 27 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See subch. XI of ch. SPS 321 and ch. SPS 326 for requirements for manufactured home sites and communities.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.50 Commercial cooking equipment for mobile kitchens {#sec-sps-314.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.50}

This is a department exception to the requirements in NFPA 1 sections 50.2.1.1 and 50.4: Neither an exhaust hood nor an automatic fire suppression system is required for a mobile kitchen where all of the following conditions are met:

(1) The kitchen is less than 365 square feet in size.

(2) The kitchen is used on fewer than 12 days in a calendar year, for the purpose of cooking.

(3) The owner or operator of the kitchen maintains a record demonstrating compliance with sub. (2), retains the record with the kitchen, and makes the record available to an inspector upon request.

Note: A Department form that can be used in complying with the recordkeeping requirements in this section is available at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 09-104: cr. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.53 Mechanical refrigeration {#sec-sps-314.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.53}

The requirements in NFPA 1 chapter 53 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See ch. SPS 345 for requirements for mechanical refrigeration.

History

  • CR 09-104: cr. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 314.65 Explosives, fireworks and model rocketry {#sec-sps-314.65 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 314.65}

(1) Enforcement. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 495 section 1.6, as referenced in NFPA 1 section 65.9.1:

(2) Mixing plant operation. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in NFPA 495 chapter 5 as referenced in NFPA 1 section 65.9.1:

(a) Personnel limitations. Only persons essential to the mixing and packaging operations shall be allowed in the mixing and packaging area at any one time.

(b) Production limitations. No more than one day’s production of blasting agent shall be permitted in the mixing and packaging area at any one time.

(c) Labeling. All cartridges, bags or other containers of blasting agents shall be labeled to indicate their contents. Ammonium nitrate bags may not be re-used as containers for blasting agents unless they are clearly relabeled so that no mistake can be made regarding their contents.

(3) Magazine inspection. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 495 section 9.7.2 as referenced in NFPA 1 section 65.9.1: All magazines containing explosive materials shall be opened and inspected at maximum intervals of 7 days to determine whether there has been unauthorized or attempted entry into the magazines or whether there has been unauthorized removal of the magazines or their contents.

(4) Use of explosive materials. The requirements in NFPA 495 chapters 10 and 11 as referenced in NFPA 1 section 65.9.1 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See ch. SPS 307 for requirements relating to the use of explosive materials.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 13-105: am. (2) (intro.), (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Chapter SPS 314 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 314 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-314 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 314}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only and is numbered to correspond to the number of the rule as the rule appears in the text of this chapter.

A-314.01 (1) Statutory definitions of terms used in this chapter. (a) Public buildings and places of employment. Section 101.01 (11), Stats., reads:

(11) “Place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade, or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade, or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies, or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of the farm or employees for use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include any of the following:

(a) An adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(b) Except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(c) A home-based business, as defined by the department by rule.

Section 101.01 (12), Stats., reads:

(12) “Public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform, or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include any of the following:

(a) A previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(b) An adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(c) A home-based business, as defined by the department by rule.

(b) Exclusions referenced in ss. 101.01 (11) and (12), Stats., and exemptions in s. 101.05, Stats. Section 102.04 (3), Stats., as referenced in s. 101.01 (11), Stats., reads:

(3) As used in this chapter “farming” means the operation of farm premises owned or rented by the operator. “Farm premises” means areas used for operations herein set forth, but does not include other areas, greenhouses or other similar structures unless used principally for the production of food and farm plants. “Farmer” means any person engaged in farming as defined. Operation of farm premises shall be deemed to be the planting and cultivating of the soil thereof; the raising and harvesting of agricultural, horticultural or arboricultural crops thereon; the raising, breeding, tending, training and management of livestock, bees, poultry, fur-bearing animals, wildlife or aquatic life, or their products, thereon; the processing, drying, packing, packaging, freezing, grading, storing, delivering to storage, to market or to a carrier for transportation to market, distributing directly to consumers or marketing any of the above-named commodities, substantially all of which have been planted or produced thereon; the clearing of such premises and the salvaging of timber and management and use of wood lots thereon, but not including logging, lumbering or wood cutting operations unless conducted as an accessory to other farming operations; the managing, conserving, improving and maintaining of such premises or the tools, equipment and improvements thereon and the exchange of labor, services or the exchange of use of equipment with other farmers in pursuing such activities. The operation for not to exceed 30 days during any calendar year, by any person deriving the person’s principal income from farming, of farm machinery in performing farming services for other farmers for a consideration other than exchange of labor shall be deemed farming. Operation of such premises shall be deemed to include also any other activities commonly considered to be farming whether conducted on or off such premises by the farm operator.

Section 50.01 (1), Stats., as referenced in s. 101.01 (12), Stats., reads:

(1) “Adult family home” means one of the following and does not include a place that is specified in sub. (1g) (a) to (d), (f), or (g):

(a) A private residence to which all of the following apply:

  1. Care and maintenance above the level of room and board but not including nursing care are provided in the private residence by the care provider whose primary domicile is this residence for 3 or 4 adults, or more adults if all of the adults are siblings, each of whom has a developmental disability, as defined in s. 51.01 (5), or, if the residence is licensed as a foster home, care and maintenance are provided to children, the combined total of adults and children so served being no more than 4, or more adults or children if all of the adults or all of the children are siblings.

  2. The private residence was licensed under s. 48.62 as a home for the care of the adults specified in subd. 1. at least 12 months before any of the adults attained 18 years of age.

(b) A place where 3 or 4 adults who are not related to the operator reside and receive care, treatment or services that are above the level of room and board and that may include up to 7 hours per week of nursing care per resident.

Section 50.01 (1g), Stats., as referenced in s. 101.01 (12), Stats., reads:

(1g) “Community-based residential facility” means a place where 5 or more adults who are not related to the operator or administrator and who do not require care above intermediate level nursing care reside and receive care, treatment or services that are above the level of room and board but that include no more than 3 hours of nursing care per week per resident. “Community-based residential facility” does not include any of the following:

(a) A convent or facility owned or operated by members of a religious order exclusively for the reception and care or treatment of members of that order.

(b) A facility or private home that provides care, treatment, and services only for victims of domestic abuse, as defined in s. 49.165 (1) (a), and their children.

(c) A shelter facility as defined under s. 16.308 (1) (d).

(d) A place that provides lodging for individuals and in which all of the following conditions are met:

  1. Each lodged individual is able to exit the place under emergency conditions without the assistance of another individual.

  2. No lodged individual receives from the owner, manager or operator of the place or the owner’s, manager’s or operator’s agent or employee any of the following:

a. Personal care, supervision or treatment, or management, control or supervision of prescription medications.

b. Care or services other than board, information, referral, advocacy or job guidance; location and coordination of social services by an agency that is not affiliated with the owner, manager or operator, for which arrangements were made for an individual before he or she lodged in the place; or, in the case of an emergency, arrangement for the provision of health care or social services by an agency that is not affiliated with the owner, manager or operator.

(e) An adult family home.

(f) A residential care apartment complex.

(g) A residential facility in the village of Union Grove that was authorized to operate without a license under a final judgment entered by a court before January 1, 1982, and that continues to comply with the judgment notwithstanding the expiration of the judgment.

(h) A private residence that is the home to adults who independently arrange for and receive care, treatment, or services for themselves from a person or agency that has no authority to exercise direction or control over the residence.

Section 101.05, Stats., reads:

101.05 Exempt buildings and projects. (1) No building code adopted by the department under this chapter shall affect buildings located on research or laboratory farms of public universities or other state institutions and used primarily for housing livestock or other agricultural purposes.

(2) A bed and breakfast establishment, as defined under s. 97.01 (1g), is not subject to building codes adopted by the department under this subchapter.

(3) No standard, rule, code or regulation of the department under this subchapter applies to construction undertaken by the state for the purpose of renovation of the state capitol building.

(4) No standard, rule, order, code or regulation adopted, promulgated, enforced or administered by the department under this chapter applies to a rural school building if all of the following are satisfied:

(a) The school building consists of one classroom.

(b) The school building is used as a school that is operated by and for members of a bona fide religious denomination in accordance with the teachings and beliefs of the denomination.

(c) The teachings and beliefs of the bona fide religious denomination that operates the school prohibit the use of certain products, devices or designs that are necessary to comply with a standard, rule, order, code or regulation adopted, promulgated, enforced or administered by the department under this chapter.

Section 97.01 (1g), Stats., as referenced in s. 101.05, Stats., reads:

97.01 (1g) Provides 8 or fewer rooms for rent to no more than a total of 20 tourists or transients.

(b) Provides no meals other than breakfast and provides the breakfast only to renters of the place.

(c) Is the owner’s personal residence.

(d) Is occupied by the owner at the time of rental.

(e) Was originally built and occupied as a single-family residence, or, prior to use as a place of lodging,

A–314.01 (1) (g) The following tanks, containers, tank systems and facilities are not regulated by ch. ATCP 93:

(a) Underground storage tanks that have a capacity of less than 60 gallons.

(b) Aboveground storage tanks and intermediate bulk containers that have a capacity of less than 110 gallons.

(c) Tanks storing products regulated under ch. ATCP 33 that are located either at facilities which are also regulated under ch. ATCP 33 or on farm premises.

Note: Chapter ATCP 33 addresses bulk storage of pesticides and fertilizers.

(d) Aboveground storage tanks storing liquids that are used in processes covered in any of the following standards:

  1. NFPA 33 Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials.

  2. NFPA 34 Dipping & Coating Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids.

  3. NFPA 35 Manufacture of Organic Coatings.

  4. NFPA 45 Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals.

(e) Dedicated breakout tanks that are located at pipeline facilities.

(f) Odorant or other additive injection tanks that are directly connected to a pipeline.

(g) Contractor tanks that are mounted on pickup trucks.

(h) Oil-filled electrical equipment and transformers.

(i) Accumulator tanks.

(j) Process tanks.

(k) Product recovery tanks.

(L) Service tanks.

(m) Marine fueling facilities where fuel is stored and dispensed into the fuel tanks of marine craft of 300 gross tons or more.

(n) Aboveground or underground tank systems that store nonflammable and noncombustible hazardous liquids in concentrations of less than 1 percent by volume.

Note: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be consulted for flash point and concentration.

(o) Aboveground tank systems which have a capacity of less than 5,000 gallons and which store nonflammable and noncombustible hazardous liquids in concentrations of 1 percent or more by volume.

Note: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be consulted for flash point and concentration.

(p) Tank systems that store a hazardous waste which is listed or identified under subtitle C of the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, or a mixture of such hazardous waste and other regulated substances that is nonflammable and noncombustible.

(q) Any wastewater treatment tank system that is part of a wastewater treatment facility regulated under section 307 (b) or 402 of the federal Clean Water Act.

(r) Underground storage tank systems that contain radioactive material which is regulated under the federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954.

Note: The Atomic Energy Act of 1954 is contained in 42 USC 2011 et seq.

(s) Underground storage tank systems that are part of an emergency generator system at nuclear power generation facilities regulated by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 10 CFR 50 Appendix A.

(t) Asphalt-plant AC tanks which are used as burner or material-supply tanks in the process of making asphalt and which comply with all of the following:

  1. Tank configurations are single-wall or double-wall, with or without heating coils.

  2. The products stored in the tank are Class II or III liquids ranging from heating oil to used oil, to #4 or #5 heavy oils.

  3. The asphalt process equipment and the tank are typically located at an isolated location, such as a quarry, and are generally relocated from year to year or every couple of years.

(u) 1. Facilities located on Indian reservation land that are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

  1. Facilities which are located on off-reservation Indian land that is held in trust by the United States – and which are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

A-314.01 (8) Interfering with fire fighting, and false alarms. Section 941.12, Stats., reads:

941.12 Interfering with fire fighting. (1) Whoever intentionally interferes with the proper functioning of a fire alarm system or the lawful efforts of fire fighters to extinguish a fire is guilty of a Class I felony.

(2) Whoever interferes with, tampers with or removes, without authorization, any fire extinguisher, fire hose or any other fire fighting equipment, is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.

(3) Whoever interferes with accessibility to a fire hydrant by piling or dumping material near it without first obtaining permission from the appropriate municipal authority is guilty of a Class C misdemeanor. Every day during which the interference continues constitutes a separate offense.

Section 941.13, Stats., reads:

941.13 False alarms. Whoever intentionally gives a false alarm to any public officer or employee, whether by means of a fire alarm system or otherwise, is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.

A–314.01 (9) (b) Section 101.02 (7) (c) of the Statutes reads:

(c) Upon receipt of such petition the department shall order a hearing thereon, to consider and determine the issues raised by such appeal, such hearing to be held in the village, city or municipality where the local order appealed from was made. Notice of the time and place of such hearing shall be given to the petitioner and such other persons as the department may find directly interested in such decision, including the clerk of the municipality or town from which such appeal comes. If upon such investigation it shall be found that the local order appealed from is unreasonable and in conflict with the order of the department, the department may modify its order and shall substitute for the local order appealed from such order as shall be reasonable and legal in the premises, and thereafter the said local order shall, in such particulars, be void and of no effect.

Section 101.01 (8) of the statutes defines “local order”and reads:

(8) “Local order” means any ordinance, order, rule or determination of any common council, board of alderpersons, board of trustees or the village board, of any village or city, a regulation or order of the local board of health, as defined in s. 250.01 (3), or an order or direction of any official of a municipality, upon any matter over which the department has jurisdiction.

A-314.01 (13) The pages after the following page contain the forms the Department has developed for use with this chapter, which are primarily intended for use by local fire departments. More-current versions of these forms may be available at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

SPS A–314.10 (4) (intro.) The dimensions in the following figure are compiled from NFPA 1 sections 10.16.1, 10.16.2, 10.16.5, 18.2.3.4.1.1 and 31.3.3.3.5. NFPA 1 contains additional requirements for outside storage, such as in chapter 33 for tires, and in section 34.10 for idle pallets.

A-314.10 (4) Outside storage schematic.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Page 2 of ______

Fire Department Position Statement

To be completed for fire or life-safety related variances requested from SPS 361-66, SPS 316, and other fire-related requirements.

I have read the application for variance and recommend: (check appropriate box)

⬜ Approval ⬜ Conditional Approval ⬜ Denial ⬜ No Comment

Explanation for recommendation including any conflicts with local rules and regulations and suggested conditions:





  • See PDF for table

Municipal Buildings Inspection Recommendation

To be completed for variances requested from SPS 320-323. Also to be used for SPS 316 electrical petitions, if SPS 361- 366 plan review is by municipality or orders are written on the building under construction; optional in other cases.

Please submit a copy of the orders.

I have read the application for variance and recommend: (check appropriate box)

⬜ Approval ⬜ Conditional Approval ⬜ Denial ⬜ No Comment

Explanation for recommendation including any conflicts with local rules and regulations and suggested conditions:





  • See PDF for table

Industry Services Division

Petition for Variance

Information and Instructions SPS 303

In instances where exact compliance with a particular code requirement cannot be met or alternative designs are desired, the division has a petition for variance process in which it reviews and considers acceptance of alternatives which are not in strict conformance with the letter of the code, but which meet the intent of the code. A variance is not a waiver from a code requirement. The petitioner must provide an equivalency which meets the intent of the code section petitioned to obtain a variance. Documentation of the rationale for the equivalency is required. Failure to provide adequate information may delay a decision on the petition. Pictures, sketches, and plans may be submitted to support equivalency. If the proposed equivalency does not adequately safeguard the health, safety, and welfare of building occupants, frequenters, firefighters, etc., the variance request will be denied. NOTE: A SEPARATE PETITION IS REQUIRED FOR EACH BUILDING AND EACH CODE ISSUE PETITIONED (i.e., window issue cannot be processed on the same petition as stair issue). It should be noted that a petition for variance does not take the place of any required plan review submittal.

The division is unable to process petitions for variance that are not properly completed. Before submitting the application, the following items should be checked for completeness in order to avoid delays:

• Petitioner’s name (typed or printed)

• Petitioner’s signature

• The application must be signed by the owner of the building or system unless a Power of Attorney is submitted.

• Notary Public signature with affixed seal

• Analysis to establish equivalency, including any pictures, illustrations or sketches of the existing and proposed conditions to clearly convey your proposal to the reviewer.

• Proper fee

• Any required position statements by fire chief or municipal official

A position statement from the chief of the local fire department is required for fire or life-safety issues. No fire department position statement is required for topics such as plumbing, private onsite sewage systems, or energy conservation. Submit a municipal building inspection department position for SPS 316 electrical petitions, or if SPS 361-366 commercial building plan review is by the municipality or orders are written on the building under construction. (Submit a copy of the orders.) For rules relating to one- and two-family dwellings, only a position statement is required only if the local municipality is the enforcing body. Position statements must be completed and signed by the appropriate fire chief or municipal enforcement official. Signatures or seals on all documents must be originals. Photocopies are not acceptable.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 316 ELECTRICAL

Subchapter I Purpose, Scope, and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-316.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.001}

(1) Practical safeguarding. Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (1), 101.63 (1), 101.73 (1), and 101.82 (1), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is the practical safeguarding of persons and property from hazards arising from the installation and use of electricity.

Note: Hazards often occur because of overloading of wiring systems by methods or usage not in conformity with this chapter. This occurs because initial wiring did not provide for increases in the use of electricity. An adequate initial installation and reasonable provisions for system changes will provide for future increases in the use of electricity.

(2) Code intention. This chapter is not intended as a design specification or as an instruction manual for untrained persons.

Note: The Wisconsin state electrical code is issued and administered by the department and by the public service commission in 2 chapters of the Wisconsin administrative code. The department has the responsibility for issuance and administration of this chapter, and the public service commission has the responsibility for issuance and administration of ch. PSC 114.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.01 and am. (2) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.002 Scope {#sec-sps-316.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.002}

(1) General. Except as provided in sub. (2), this chapter applies to electrical wiring installations.

(2) Exclusions. This chapter does not cover any of the following electrical wiring installations:

(a) Installations in ships, watercraft other than floating buildings, railway rolling stock, aircraft, or automotive vehicles other than mobile homes and recreational vehicles.

(b) Installations for generation, transformation, or distribution of power used exclusively by railways for signaling and communication purposes, other than conductors and equipment connecting the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served.

(c) Installations of communication equipment under exclusive control of communication utilities, located outdoors or in building spaces used exclusively for such installations, other than conductors and equipment connecting the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served.

(d) Installations in manufactured homes, other than electrical wiring alterations in existing manufactured homes.

(e) Installations under the exclusive control of an electric utility, or an electric cooperative where such installations meet any of the following situations:

  1. Consist of service drops or service laterals, and associated metering.

  2. Are located in legally established easements or right-of-ways designated by public service commissions, utility commissions, or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction for such installations.

  3. Are on property owned or leased by the electric utility for the purpose of communications, metering, generation, control, transformation, transmission, storage, or distribution of electric energy.

(f) Installations for the purpose of street or area lighting owned and under exclusive control of electrical utilities or municipalities where located outdoors on property owned or leased by the utility; on or along public highways, streets, roads, or similar public thoroughfares; or outdoors on private property by established rights such as easements shall comply with this chapter or ch. PSC 114.

(g) Installations in properties that are exempted by federal statutes or treaties.

(h) Installations in portions of buildings leased to the federal government provided all of the following conditions are met:

  1. A statement is recorded with the register of deeds that describes the steps necessary for compliance with this chapter if the space is converted to a nonexempt use.

  2. The statement recorded with the register of deeds is recorded in a manner that will permit the existence of the statement to be determined by reference to the property where the building is located.

  3. The owner of the building submits a copy of the recorded document to the department or its authorized representative.

(i) Installations in buildings or structures located on Indian reservation land that are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

(j) Installations in buildings or structures which are located on off−reservation Indian land that is held in trust by the United States and which are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (1) (b) and (c), Register, March, 1994, No. 459, eff. 4-1-94; cr. (1) (e), r. and recr. (2) (d), (e), Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; cr. (1) (f), Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 02-072: am. (2) (e) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.02 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: r. and recr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (2) (b), (c), cr. (2) (g) to (j) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.003 Application {#sec-sps-316.003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.003}

(1) Types of installations. The provisions of this chapter apply to all new installations, reconstructions, alterations and extensions.

(3) Existing installations. Existing electrical installations shall conform to the electrical code that applied when the installations were installed. When a hazard to life, health, or property exists or is created by an existing installation the authority having jurisdiction may, in the authority’s sole discretion, require that the installation be brought into compliance with the current code’s requirements within a time period determined by the authority.

Note: Changes in use or occupancy of a space may require alterations to electrical installations to remain compliant with the provisions of the NEC and this chapter.

(4) Repairs. Repairs to electrical installations shall conform to the electrical code that applied when the installations were installed. When a hazard to life, health, or property exists or is created by an existing installation the authority having jurisdiction may, in the authority’s sole discretion, require that the installation be brought into compliance with the current code’s requirements within a time period determined by the authority.

(5) Differing rules.

(a) Where any department rule in this chapter differs from a requirement within a standard referenced in this chapter, the department rule shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(6) Additions and alterations. Additions and alterations to electrical systems covered by this chapter shall comply with all provisions of this chapter at the time of permit application or, if no permit is required, the beginning of the project.

Note: This chapter does not nullify any exclusions specified in the standards adopted under s. SPS 316.007.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 02-072: r. and recr. (3), cr. (4) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.03 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (title), cr. (5) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: cr. (6) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. (2), am. (3), (4) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.004 Department authority {#sec-sps-316.004 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.004}

Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards. Any interpretation under this section shall supersede any differing interpretation by either a lower level jurisdiction or an issuer of the adopted code or standard.

Note: Section 101.86, Stats., prohibits municipalities from enacting rules that are more restrictive than this chapter. Section 101.86 (1) (a), Stats., provides a municipality may “[e]nact an electrical code or otherwise exercise jurisdiction over electrical wiring and inspection of electrical wiring by enactment of ordinances, provided that the electrical code or ordinance strictly conforms with the state electrical wiring code promulgated by the department under s. 101.82 (1). A county ordinance shall apply in any city, village or town which has not enacted such an ordinance.”

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (1), Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; am. (2) and r. (3), Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.04 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-042: am. (1) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: r. and recr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.005 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-316.005 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.005}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: The submittal of position statements and municipal recommendations is dependent on the rule being petitioned and is specified in the code under which the variance is requested.

Note: The department form required in this section is available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; r. and recr., Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.05 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.006 Definitions {#sec-sps-316.006 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.006}

In this chapter:

(1e) “Authority having jurisdiction” means an organization, office, or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure.

Note: An authority having jurisdiction may be a municipality operating under s. SPS 316.011 (1) or the department operating under s. SPS 316.011 (2), however s. SPS 316.004 provides that “Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards. Any interpretation under this section shall supersede any differing interpretation by either a lower-level jurisdiction or an issuer of the adopted code or standard.”

(1m) “Campground” means a parcel or tract of land that requires a license to operate under s. ATCP 79.05 (1).

(1s) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Electrical wiring” has the meaning given in s. 101.80 (1m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.80 (1m), Stats., “electrical wiring” means all equipment, wiring, material, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, and apparatus used for the production, modification, regulation, control, distribution, utilization, or safeguarding of electrical energy for mechanical, chemical, cosmetic, heating, lighting, or similar purposes, as specified under the state electrical wiring code. “Electrical wiring” does not include the equipment, wiring, material, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, and apparatus used by a public utility, an electric cooperative, or a wholesale merchant operator for the purpose of generating, transmitting, distributing, or controlling heat, light, power, or natural gas to its customers or members.

(3) “Farm” means a place where farming is conducted.

(4) “Farming” has the meaning given in s. 102.04 (3), Stats.

Note: Under s. 102.04 (3), Stats., “farming” means the operation of farm premises owned or rented by the operator. “Farm premises” means areas used for operations herein set forth, but does not include other areas, greenhouses or other similar structures unless used principally for the production of food and farm plants.

Note: Section 102.04 (3), Stats., states that the operation of farm premises shall be deemed to be the planting and cultivating of the soil thereof; the raising and harvesting of agricultural, horticultural or arboricultural crops thereon; the raising, breeding, tending, training and management of livestock, bees, poultry, fur–bearing animals, wildlife or aquatic life, or their products, thereon; the processing, drying, packing, packaging, freezing, grading, storing, delivering to storage, to market or to a carrier for transportation to market, distributing directly to consumers or marketing any of the above-named commodities, substantially all of which have been planted or produced thereon; the clearing of such premises and the salvaging of timber and management and use of wood lots thereon, but not including logging, lumbering or wood cutting operations unless conducted as an accessory to other farming operations; the managing, conserving, improving and maintaining of such premises or the tools, equipment and improvements thereon and the exchange of labor, services or the exchange of use of equipment with other farmers in pursuing such activities.

(5) “Multifamily dwelling” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (8m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (8m), Stats., “multifamily dwelling” means “an apartment building, rowhouse, town house, condominium or modular home, as defined in s. 101.71 (6), that does not exceed 60 feet in height or 6 stories and that consists of 3 or more attached dwelling units, as defined in s. 101.61 (1), the initial construction of which is begun on or after January 1, 1993. ‘Multifamily dwelling’ does not include a facility licensed under ch. 50.”

(6) “Municipality” means a city, village, town, or county in this state.

(7) “One- and 2- family dwellings” means any buildings that contain one or 2 dwelling units the construction of which commenced on or after December 1, 1978.

(8) “Place of employment” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (11), Stats., “place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), Stats., and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), Stats., or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, Stats., a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), Stats., which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(9) “Public building” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (12), Stats., “public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), Stats., which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), Stats.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2018 No. 755; CR 26-016: renum. (1) to (1s), cr. (1e), (1m) Register June 2026 No. 846, ef. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.007 Adoption of standards by reference {#sec-sps-316.007 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.007}

(1) Primary Standards. The following standard is incorporated by reference into this chapter, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter:

(a) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), One Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471, telephone 800-344-3555, www.nfpa.org: NFPA 70 National Electrical Code, (NEC) – 2023, including all Temporary Interim Amendments and Errata prior to January 1, 2025.

Note: Copies of the standards are on file in the office of the Legislative Reference Bureau. A copy of the code may be purchased from the organization listed or may be reviewed on the organization's website at no cost if the person is a registered user for the site.

(b) If a requirement in the standard adopted in par. (a) contains a cross-reference to another requirement modified by this chapter, the modification shall apply to the cross-reference unless specified otherwise in this chapter.

(2) Secondary references. Any codes or standards referenced in the standard adopted in sub. (1) (a) shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(3) Alternate standards. Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

Note: See s. SPS 316.005 for petition for variance.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am. (1), Register, March, 1994, No. 459, eff. 4-1-94; am. (1), Register, August, 1996, No. 488, eff. 9-1-96; r. and recr., Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 02-072: r. (1), renum. (2) to be Comm 16.12 and am. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 05-010: am. Register August 2005 No. 596, eff. 9-1-05; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.12 and am. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: r. and recr. Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.014 and am. (1) (intro.), (a), cr. (1) (am), am. (1) (b), (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (1) (intro.), (a), r. (1) (am), am. (1) (b), (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Subchapter II Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.011 Administration {#sec-sps-316.011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.011}

(1) Municipal administration.

(a) Jurisdiction conditions. Pursuant to s. 101.86 (1), Stats., municipalities may exercise jurisdiction over the inspection of electrical wiring installations at farms, public buildings, places of employment, campgrounds, manufactured home communities, public marinas, piers, docks, or wharves and recreational vehicle parks provided the municipality complies with all of the following:

  1. The municipality holds a registration issued by the department as an inspection agency for the purpose of issuing permits and inspecting electrical wiring at farms, public buildings, places of employment, campgrounds, manufactured home communities, public marinas, piers, docks, or wharves and recreational vehicle parks.

  2. The municipality notifies the department at least 60 days prior to the date upon which the municipality intends to assume the jurisdiction.

  3. The municipality provides the department with a copy of its electrical ordinances and subsequent revisions to the ordinances.

  4. The municipality’s ordinances adopt this chapter in its entirety.

  5. The municipality employs or contracts with certified commercial electrical inspectors or independent inspection agencies to perform electrical inspection activities.

  6. The municipality provides the department with the names of its certified commercial electrical inspectors and independent inspection agencies employed or contracted by the municipality, if applicable.

Note: Section 13.48 (13), Stats., exempts state buildings from local ordinances or regulations relating to building construction, permits, and similar restrictions.

Note: These provisions do not limit municipal authority to implement regulatory oversight for other electrical wiring installations at other locations not addressed under this section. The permitting and inspection of electrical wiring installations for the construction of new one- and 2- family dwellings are addressed under ch. SPS 320.

(b) County. Ordinances enacted by a county under this subsection establishing electrical inspection functions may not prevent or prohibit a municipality within that county from assuming those functions at any time.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.86 (1) (a), Stats., a county ordinance shall apply in any city, village or town which has not enacted such an ordinance.

(c) Relinquishing of jurisdiction. A municipality shall notify the department, in writing, at least 60 days prior to the date upon which the municipality intends to relinquish jurisdiction responsibilities.

(2) Department administration.

(a) In municipalities not exercising jurisdiction under sub. (1), the department shall provide permit and inspection services for the installation of electrical wiring on farms and in public buildings, places of employment, campgrounds, manufactured home communities, public marinas, piers, docks, or wharves and recreational vehicle parks.

(b) Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (5) and (15) and 101.82 (2m), Stats., municipalities engaging in providing plan review, permit issuance, or inspections regarding electrical wiring under the scope of this chapter as a designated inspection agency may be monitored or audited by the department for compliance with administrative requirements of this chapter and s. SPS 305.627.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18, except (1) (a) 1., eff. 3-1-19, and (2), eff. 1-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.012 Permits {#sec-sps-316.012 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.012}

(1)

(a) Except for an electrical wiring project described in s. 101.875 (2), Stats., and as provided in par. (b), no electrical wiring project may commence unless the owner of the premises where the installation is to occur or their agent holds a permit from the designated inspection agency if the project involves the installation of new or an addition to any electrical service, feeder, or branch circuit serving any of the following:

  1. A farm.

  2. A public building, structure, or premises.

  3. A place of employment.

  4. A campground.

  5. A manufactured home community.

  6. A public marina, pier, dock, or wharf.

  7. A recreational vehicle park.

  8. Except as specifically exempted by rule or statute, vacant land for which a permit under this chapter or ch. SPS 320 has not already been issued.

  9. Except as specifically exempted by rule or statute, any structure for which a permit under this chapter or ch. SPS 320 has not already been issued.

(b) Under emergency conditions, the necessary electrical wiring may commence without obtaining a permit, provided the owner of the premises where the installation is to occur or their agent submits a permit application to the inspection agency designated by the department to provide electrical inspections for the installation no later than the next business day after commencement of the installation.

(2) The application for a permit required under sub. (1) shall contain all of the following information:

(a) The name of the applicant.

(b) The name of the building or property owner.

(c) The location of the electrical wiring installation.

(d) The scope and extent of the electrical wiring installation.

(e)

  1. The name of the person responsible for the installation.

  2. The name and license number of the master electrician, residential master electrician, or registered master electrician under s. SPS 305.437 responsible for the installation, unless exempted under s. 101.862 (4), Stats.

(3)

(a) The issuing inspection agency shall indicate on the electrical permit the date of issuance.

(b) A permit required under sub. (1) shall expire 12 months after the date of issuance, if installation of the electrical wiring has not commenced.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff.1-1-20; CR 26-016: cr. (1) (a) 8., 9. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.013 Inspections {#sec-sps-316.013 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.013}

(1) Except as provided under s. 101.875 (2), Stats., electrical wiring installations shall be subject to inspection.

Note: See s. SPS 320.10 regarding the inspections for the construction of new one- and 2- family dwellings.

(2) Inspections of electrical wiring installations described under s. SPS 316.012 (1) (a) shall be conducted by a certified commercial electrical inspector.

Note: See s. SPS 305.62 for certification provisions for commercial electrical inspectors.

(3)

(a) The building owner or their agent shall notify the inspection agency designated by the department to provide electrical inspections when the electrical wiring installation is ready for inspection.

(b) Except as provided in par. (c), to facilitate inspection all of the following shall apply:

  1. Electrical wiring shall remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes.

  2. Electrical wiring may not be energized.

(c)

  1. The concealment or energizing of electrical wiring, other than an electrical service, may proceed if inspection has not been completed within 2 business days after notification is received or as otherwise agreed between the wiring installer and the designated inspection agency providing the inspection.

  2. The notification that an electrical wiring installation is ready for final inspection shall be made to indicate when all electrical fixtures, outlets and face plates are in place and the installation or that portion of the installation is energized.

(d)

  1. If upon inspection, it is found that the installation is in compliance with this chapter, the certified inspector shall approve the installation prior to concealment or energizing of the electrical wiring.

  2. If upon inspection, it is found that the installation is incomplete or not in compliance with this chapter, orders to correct shall be issued. An order may include the condition that the electrical wiring is to remain unconcealed and non-energized until re-inspected.

(4) Records of inspections shall comply with one of the following:

(a) Municipal enforcement. Municipalities that have adopted an ordinance to enforce this code shall maintain records in accordance with all of the following:

  1. A record shall be made of each visit to a site, each inspection type performed and the pass or fail results of each inspection.

  2. Applications, plans, forms, correction orders, correspondence, permits, and inspection records shall be maintained for 7 years after completion.

(b) State enforcement. Inspectors working under a state contract shall maintain records in accordance with the provisions of the contract that were in effect at the time the inspections were completed.

History

  • CR 16-093: cr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 1-1-20.; CR 26-016: cr. (4) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.014 Penalties {#sec-sps-316.014 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.014}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13), or s. 101.88 (3), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats. For each violation, failure or refusal, the employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; am., Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.06 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.006 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.015 Appeals {#sec-sps-316.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.015}

(1) Appeal of local order. Any person affected by a local order which may be in conflict with a provision of this chapter may petition the department for a hearing on the grounds that the local order is unreasonable and in conflict with the provision of this chapter. All appeals shall be acted on and a decision in writing shall be issued by the department within 30 business days of receiving an appeal.

Note: Section 101.01 (l) (f), Stats., defines “local order” as any ordinance, order, rule or determination of any common council, board of aldermen, board of trustees or the village board, of any village or city, or the board of health of any municipality, or an order or direction of any official of such municipality, upon any matter over which the department has jurisdiction.

(2) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.07 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.008 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.016 Electrical plan review {#sec-sps-316.016 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.016}

Upon request, the department may perform electrical plan review for dwellings, public buildings, places of employment and electrical services.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.930 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.017 Technical assistance {#sec-sps-316.017 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.017}

The department shall provide technical assistance to the extent possible with the available resources to any person, upon written request, regarding interpretation and application of this chapter. The technical assistance may consist of telephone, written, in-office or on-site review of specific problems.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1999, No. 525, eff. 10-1-99; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.67 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.960 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.

Subchapter III General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.020 Construction and operation {#sec-sps-316.020 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.020}

(1) General. All electrical power and communication equipment and lines shall be constructed, installed, operated, and maintained so as to minimize hazards to life and property. All electrical installations shall conform to the National Electrical Code, incorporated by reference in this chapter, and the requirements specified in this chapter.

Note: The federal and state Fair Housing Acts, the federal Americans with Disabilities Act, and the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code under chs. SPS 361 to 366 contain requirements relating to making buildings accessible to and usable by people with disabilities. Some of those requirements apply to the installation of various electrical devices. For example, in the federal Fair Housing Accessibility Guidelines, devices such as light switches, electrical outlets, thermostats and other environmental controls would meet the requirements if operable parts of the controls are located no higher than 48 inches, and no lower than 15 inches, above the floor. If the reach is over an obstruction between 20 and 25 inches in depth, the maximum height is reduced to 44 inches for forward approach; or 46 inches for side approach, provided the obstruction is no more than 24 inches in depth. Complete copies of the federal Fair Housing Accessibility Guidelines or the federal Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines can be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954.

Note: Changes in use or occupancy of a space may require alterations to electrical installations to remain compliant with the provisions of the NEC and this chapter.

(2) Installations over 600 volts. Installations over 600 volts shall, in addition to the requirements of this chapter, comply with ch. PSC 114.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.08 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.009 and am. (1) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.021 Maintenance {#sec-sps-316.021 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.021}

All electrical wiring installations and equipment shall be cleaned and inspected at intervals as experience has shown to be necessary. Any equipment or electrical wiring installation known to be defective so as to endanger life or property shall be promptly repaired, permanently disconnected or isolated until repairs can be made.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.09 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.010 and am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.022 Use of approved materials and construction methods {#sec-sps-316.022 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.022}

(1) Materials. Materials, equipment, and products that do not comply with the requirements of this chapter shall not be used unless approved in writing by the department in an approval of a petition for variance. Approval of materials, equipment, and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests, and other evidence that prove the material, equipment, or product meets the intent of the requirements of this chapter. Data, tests, and other evidence shall be provided by a qualified independent third party.

Note: Examples of a qualified independent third party include a nationally recognized testing laboratory and a professional engineer registered in the state of Wisconsin.

(2) Methods of installation. Methods of installation that do not comply with the regulations of this chapter shall not be used unless approved in writing by the department in an approval of a petition for variance.

(3) New products, constructions or materials. The incorporated National Electrical Code® may require new products, constructions, or materials that may not be available at the time this chapter is adopted. In such event, the department may permit the use of the products, constructions or materials which comply with a previous edition of the National Electrical Code®.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1990, No. 418, eff. 11-1-90; CR 02-072: r. and recr. (1) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-047: renum. from Comm 16.11 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (1) to (3) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.012 and am. (1), (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.023 Electric fences {#sec-sps-316.023 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.023}

The following is a department rule in addition to the requirements of the NEC: Electric fence controllers shall be installed and used in the exact manner and for the exact purpose indicated by the manufacturer's instructions, markings, listings or labels.

Note: Under s. 101.18, Stats., the Department is responsible for establishing “…reasonable standards, rules or regulations for the erection, construction, repair and maintenance of electric fences as shall render them safe.”

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.013, cr. (3) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Subchapter IV Changes, Additions or Omissions to the NEC®

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.080 Changes, additions or omissions to NEC® {#sec-sps-316.080 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.080}

Changes, additions or omissions to the National Electrical Code® (NEC®) are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and not requirements of the NEC®.

Note: The referenced NEC® article or section number will correspond with the SPS designation number and title and will precede the text of the rule. Example: SPS 316.100 [NEC 100].

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: renum. from SPS 316.015 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.090 Introduction {#sec-sps-316.090 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.090}

The requirements specified in NEC 90.1, NEC 90.2, and NEC 90.4 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (title) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.100 Definitions {#sec-sps-316.100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.100}

(1) Additions. The following are department definitions in addition to the definitions in NEC 100:

(a) “Floors” means stories as specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) “Nonrated construction” means Types III, IV and V construction in accordance with chs. SPS 361 to 366 and is considered to be nonfire-rated for the purposes of this chapter.

(c) “Private sewage system” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 145.01 (12), Stats., “private sewage system” means a sewage treatment and disposal system serving a single structure with a septic tank and soil absorption field located on the same parcel as the structure. This term also means an alternative sewage system approved by the department including a substitute for the septic tank or soil absorption field, a holding tank, a system serving more than one structure or a system located on a different parcel than the structure. A private sewage system may be owned by the property owner or a special purpose district.

(2) Substitutions. The following department definition is a substitution for the respective definition in NEC 100: “Special permission” means a petition for variance in accordance with s. SPS 316.005.

Note: See chs. SPS 361 to 366 for fire-resistance standards.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (a), (b), (c), (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-093: r. (1) (a), renum. (1) (b) to (d) to (1) (a) to (c), (2) (intro.), (b) consolidated and renum. to (2) and am., r. (2) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.110 Examination, identification, installation, use, and listing of equipment {#sec-sps-316.110 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.110}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NEC 110.3 (B): Equipment that is listed, labeled, or both, or identified for a use shall be installed and used in accordance with any instructions included in the listing, labeling, or identification provided the instructions, listing, or labeling do not conflict with this chapter.

(2) This is a department exception to the requirements of NEC 110.3 (C): Exception: As provided under s. SPS 316.022 (1), product testing and evaluation may be conducted by a qualified independent third party, including a nationally recognized testing laboratory or a professional engineer registered in the state of Wisconsin.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: r. and recr. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; correction in numbering made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. Register June 2018 No. 750; CR 26-016: am. (1), (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.210 Branch circuits {#sec-sps-316.210 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.210}

(1) Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.

(a) Substitute the following wording for NEC 210.8 (A): All 125−volt, single−phase, 15− and 20−ampere receptacles installed in the following locations shall have ground−fault circuit interrupter protection for personnel:

(b) Substitute the following wording for NEC 210.8 (A) (5): Unfinished portions or areas of the basement not intended as habitable rooms.

(c) The requirements in NEC 210.8 (A) (7) are not included as part of this chapter.

(d) The requirements in NEC 210.8 (D) (8), (9), (10), and (11) are not included as part of this chapter.

(e) The requirements in NEC 210.8 (F) are not included as part of this chapter.

(2) Arc-fault circuit-interrupter protection. The requirements in NEC 210.12 (E) are not included as part of this chapter.

(3) Dwelling unit receptacle outlets.

(a) Substitute the following wording for NEC 210.52 (C) (2): At least one receptacle shall be installed at each island and peninsular countertop space with a long dimension of 600 millimeters (24 inches) or greater and a short dimension of 300 millimeters (12 inches) or greater. A peninsular countertop is measured from the connected perpendicular wall.

(b) The following are department exceptions to the requirements of NEC 210.52 (C) (3):

  1. In construction for the physically impaired receptacles may be mounted below the countertop or work surface. Receptacles mounted below a countertop or work surface shall be mounted not more than 300 millimeters (12 inches) below the countertop or work surface and may not be located where the countertop or work surface extends more than 150 millimeters (6 inches) beyond its support base.

  2. On island and peninsular countertops or work surface where the surface is flat across its entire surface (no backsplashes, dividers, etc.) and there are no means to mount a receptacle within 500 millimeters (20 inches) above the countertop or work surface, such as an overhead cabinet receptacles may be mounted below the countertop or work surface. Receptacles mounted below a countertop or work surface shall be mounted not more than 300 millimeters (12 inches) below the countertop or work surface and may not be located where the countertop or work surface extends more than 150 millimeters (6 inches) beyond its support base.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: r. (2) (a), (c), renum. (2) (b) to (2), r. and recr. (4), renum. (6) to (5), cr. (6) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: r. and recr. (1) to (6), cr. (7), (8) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.220 Branch-circuit, feeder and service calculations {#sec-sps-316.220 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.220}

Substitute the following wording for NEC 220.5 (C): The floor area for each floor shall be calculated from the outside dimensions of the building, dwelling unit, or other area involved. For dwelling units, the calculated floor area shall not include open porches, garages, or unfinished areas not adaptable for future use as a habitable room or occupiable space.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: r. and recr. (1) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.225 Outside branch circuits and feeders {#sec-sps-316.225 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.225}

(1) Number of supplies. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NEC 225.30: Multi−occupancy buildings or structures may have one set of branch circuit conductors installed from a dwelling unit to the second building or structure’s respective occupied space.

(2) Location. The following are department rules in addition to the requirements of NEC 225.31:

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements of NEC 225.31 (B): Raceways containing feeder or branch circuit conductors, or feeder or branch circuit cables not contained within a raceway, may not extend longer than 8 feet into a building to the disconnect or the first disconnect of a group of disconnects as permitted by NEC 225.33. The raceways, cables, or conductors shall be considered to have entered the building at the point where they pass through the outer surface of the building exterior, except as permitted by NEC 230.6.

(b) Where the disconnecting means is installed outside of a building or structure the disconnecting means shall be located not more than 30 feet from and within sight of the building or structure that the disconnect serves.

(3) Emergency disconnects. The requirements of NEC 225.41 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-042: r. (1), renum. (2) to (5) to (1) to (4) and am. (2) (a) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2) (intro.), (3), (4), (6) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.230 Services {#sec-sps-316.230 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.230}

(1) Number of services.

(a) This is a department informational note to be used under NEC 230.2 (intro.): Note: It is recommended that the electric utility or cooperative supplying electric current be contacted prior to service equipment installations for any special requirements.

(b) Substitute the following wording for NEC 230.2 (B) (2): Two or more service drops or laterals for the same class of service if located more than 150 feet apart, measured in a straight line, and provided that all electrical wiring supplied by each service has no common raceway or connection with any other service.

(3) Service equipment — disconnecting means.

(b) Location. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements of NEC 230.70 (A): Raceways containing service conductors or cables, or service entrance cable not contained within a raceway, may not extend longer than 8 feet into a building to the service disconnect or the first service disconnect of a group of disconnects as permitted by NEC 230.71. The raceways or conductors shall be considered to have entered the building at the point where they pass through the outer surface of the building exterior, except as permitted by NEC 230.6.

(c) Outside disconnects. Where the service disconnecting means is installed outside of a building or structure, the service disconnecting means shall be no more than 30 feet and within sight from the building or structure it serves.

(4) Emergency disconnects. The requirements of NEC 230.85 are not included as part of this chapter.

(5) Rating of service disconnecting means — 2017 NEC. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements of 2017 NEC 230.79: For 2-family or multi-family dwellings, the service equipment shall have a rating of not less than 150 amperes, 3-wire or 4-wire.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: renum. (3) to (3) (b) and am. (3) (b) (title), renum. (4) to (3) (a) and am. (3) (title), (3) (a) (title), renum. (5) to (4) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. (1) (a) (intro.), (c), (2), (3) (a), (b), (4) (intro.), cr. (5) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (1) (a), r. (1) (c), (2), (3) (a), am. (3) (b), cr. (3) (c), r. and recr. (4), r. (5) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.250 Grounding and bonding {#sec-sps-316.250 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.250}

(1) Supplemental electrode required. The exception in NEC 250.53 (A) (2) is not included as part of this chapter.

(2) Supplemental electrode. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NEC 250.53 (A) (3): A single electrode consisting of a rod, pipe or plate shall be augmented by one additional electrode of any of the types in NEC 250.52 (A) (4) to (A) (8).

(3) Types of equipment grounding conductors. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements of NEC 250.118: A metallic raceway installed in direct contact with earth, in concrete slabs or floors poured on earth, or in exterior concrete walls below grade shall be augmented with a supplemental equipment grounding conductor identified in NEC 250.118 (A) (1). This supplemental conductor shall be sized in accordance with NEC 250.122. An aluminum equipment grounding conductor used for this purpose shall be insulated.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: r. and recr. Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. (1), (2), cr. (3) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.300 Wiring methods {#sec-sps-316.300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.300}

(1) Electrical requirements for private onsite wastewater treatment systems. These department rules apply to private onsite wastewater treatment systems and are in addition to the requirements of NEC 300:

(a) Wiring methods. All effluent pump circuit wiring shall comply with the approved wiring methods as specified in NEC 300 and all of the following requirements:

  1. Effluent pumps shall be supplied by a separate branch circuit supplying no other loads.

  2. Alarm wiring may not be connected to the pump circuit.

  3. All aboveground cables and flexible cords shall be enclosed to protect against physical damage.

  4. The neutral conductor may not be common to both alarm and pump circuits.

  5. Where the wiring enclosure for the alarm and pump circuit is located outside the pump chamber, any openings into the pump chamber for circuit wiring shall be sealed or plugged to prevent the passage of gas or vapor into the wiring enclosure.

Note: This prohibits use of a multi-wire branch circuit to supply both the alarm and pump.

Note: See NEC 430.102 for location of disconnects.

(b) Ground-fault circuit protection. A single receptacle located at the pump chamber that has an alarm or pump connected to it does not require ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection unless recommended or required by the alarm or pump manufacturer.

(2) Protection against physical damage. This is a department exception in addition to the exceptions under NEC 300.4 (D): Exception No. 4: This distance does not need to be maintained within 8 inches of a device, junction box, splice, or termination point.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09: CR 13-042: cr. (1) (a) 5. Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. (1) (title), (intro.), renum. (2) to (2) (a) and am., cr. (2) (b) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (1) (intro.), (b), r. (2) (a), am. (2) (b) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; (2) (b) renum. to (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2026 No. 848.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.310 Conductors for general wiring {#sec-sps-316.310 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.310}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NEC 310.15 (C) (1): The derating factors shown in NEC Table 310.15 (C) (1) do not apply to branch circuits supplying an individual dwelling unit.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (title), (intro.) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; corrections in (intro.), (1), (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Register November 2013 No. 695; CR 16-093: renum. (intro.) to (1) (intro.), cr. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. (1), am. (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, ef. 9-1-26; (2) renum. to SPS 316.310 under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2026 No. 848.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.312 Cabinets, cutout boxes and meter socket enclosures {#sec-sps-316.312 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.312}

(1) Cables. Substitute the following wording for NEC 312.5 (C) Exception No. 1 (intro.): Exception No. 1: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths may enter an enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways of not less than 12 inches and not more than 10 feet in length, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(2) Omission. The requirements specified in NEC 312.5 (C) Exception No. 1 sub. (2) are not included as part of this chapter.

(3) Fitting. Substitute the following wording for NEC 312.5 (C) Exception No. 1 sub. (3): A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to protect the cable from abrasion.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. Register June 2026 No. 846, ef. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.314 Outlet, device, pull and junction boxes; conduit bodies; fittings; and handhole enclosures – conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies, or fittings {#sec-sps-316.314 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.314}

This is a department exception to the requirements of NEC 314.17 (B): Exception: Nonmetallic sheathed cable is not required to be secured to the enclosure or conduit body where it is installed in accordance with s. SPS 316.312.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-042: am. (title) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. (1), r. (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; renum. (1) to SPS 316.314 under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., and am. (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2026 No. 848.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.334 Nonmetallic-sheathed cable: Types NM and NMC {#sec-sps-316.334 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.334}

(1) Uses permitted. Substitute the following wording for NEC 334.10 (3): Other structures permitted to be of Types III, IV, and V construction except as prohibited in NEC 334.12.

(2) Types NM and NMC. The requirements specified in NEC 334.12 (A) (2) are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (2) (title) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: am. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.400 Flexible cords and cables {#sec-sps-316.400 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.400}

Substitute the following wording for the exception in NEC 400.12 (4): Exception: Flexible cord and flexible cable may be attached to building surfaces for a use permitted under NEC 400.10 (A) if all of the following apply:

(1) The source is not a busway.

(2) The equipment is adequately supported.

(3) The type of cable and attachment to the building, the equipment, and the support comply with the provisions of NEC 368.56 (B) and 590.4.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (title) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: renum. SPS 316.400 to (1) and am., cr. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.406 Receptacles, cord connectors and attachment plugs (caps) {#sec-sps-316.406 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.406}

(1) Arc-fault circuit-interrupter protection. The requirements in NEC 406.4 (D) (4) are not included as part of this chapter.

(2) Bathtub and shower space. Substitute the following wording for NEC 406.9 (C): Receptacles shall not be installed within or directly over a bathtub or shower stall. Exception: Weight supporting ceiling receptacles (WSCR) shall be permitted to be installed for listed luminaires that employ a weight supporting attachment fitting (WSAF) in damp locations complying with NEC 410.10 (D).

Note: See NEC 210.8 (A) (1) for GFCI requirements in a bathroom.

Note: See NEC 210.11 (C) for requirements for bathroom branch circuits.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: renum. SPS 316.406 to (1) and am., cr. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: cr. (1) (title), am. (1), r. and recr. (2) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 316.450 Transformers and transformer vaults (including secondary ties), location {#sec-sps-316.450 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 316.450}

Substitute the following wording for NEC 450.41: Vaults containing oil-insulated transformers shall be located where the vaults can be ventilated to the outside air without using flues or ducts, except where a petition for variance is approved.

History

  • CR 08-047: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 13-042: am. (title), (1) Register November 2013 No. 695, eff. 12-1-13; CR 16-093: am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 8-1-18; CR 26-016: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Chapter SPS 318 ELEVATORS, ESCALATORS, AND LIFT DEVICES

Subchapter I Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1001 Purpose {#sec-sps-318.1001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1001}

Pursuant to ss. 101.982 and 101.983, Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum safety standards for the design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, repair, and replacement of conveyances.

History

  • CR 03-047: cr. Register March 2004 No. 579, eff. 4-1-04; CR 08-030: am. Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; CR 14-020: r. and recr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1002 Scope {#sec-sps-318.1002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1002}

This chapter applies to conveyances as defined in s. SPS 318.1004 (10).

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1003 Application {#sec-sps-318.1003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1003}

(1) Retroactivity.

(a) The design, construction, and installation rules of this chapter, including the acceptance-inspection requirements and the applied criteria from the standards adopted in s. SPS 318.1005, do not apply retroactively to conveyances existing prior to the effective date of the rule unless specifically stated in the administrative rule or standard.

(b)

  1. The operation, testing, maintenance, and periodic inspection requirements of this chapter apply to all conveyances that exist on or after June 1, 2020, except as provided in subd. 2. and pars. (c) to (e).

  2. The provisions of subd. 1. do not apply to a conveyance with a contract date of prior to January 1, 2009, that serves a dwelling unit.

Note: Although the provisions of subdivision 1. do not apply as stated above, these conveyances are subject to the requirements in section 101.983 (3) of the Statutes, which reads as follows: “If the owner and a prospective buyer of an individual residential dwelling unit that is served by a dumbwaiter or an elevator enter into a contract of sale for the unit that includes a provision requiring that the dumbwaiter or elevator be inspected, the inspection shall be performed by an elevator inspector licensed under s. 101.985 (3).”

(c)

  1. The design, construction, and installation requirements of this chapter, including the acceptance-inspection requirements apply to any alterations, repairs, and replacement parts or components for any conveyance that have a contract date of on or after June 1, 2020, except as provided in subd. 2., par. (e), and sub. (1m).

Note: See section SPS 318.1007 (3) for further information about plan review for alterations and replacements.

  1. The provisions of subd. 1. do not apply to a conveyance with a contract date of prior to January 1, 2009, that serves a dwelling unit.

Note: A proposed alteration for an existing conveyance may necessitate modifying other components of the conveyance to make the proposed alteration comply with this chapter — and some alterations may necessitate modifying other features of a building that must comply with requirements in chapters SPS 320 to 325, the Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling (One- and Two-Family Dwelling) Code, and chapters SPS 361 to 366, the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

(e) Periodic inspections are not required under this chapter for any conveyances that receive periodic inspections by United States government inspectors.

(1m) Exclusions. This chapter does not apply to any conveyances for any of the following buildings or structures:

(a)

  1. Buildings or structures located on Indian reservation land that are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

  2. Buildings or structures which are located on off-reservation Indian land that is held in trust by the United States – and which are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

(b) Buildings and portions of buildings that are federally owned or exempted by federal statutes, regulations, or treaties.

(c) Portions of buildings leased to the federal government provided all of the following conditions are met:

  1. A statement is recorded with the register of deeds that describes the steps necessary for compliance to this chapter if the space is converted to a nonexempt use.

  2. The statement recorded with the register of deeds is recorded in a manner that will permit the existence of the statement to be determined by reference to the property where the building is located.

  3. The owner of the building submits a copy of the recorded document to the department or its authorized representative.

(d) Buildings and structures that are on a farm premises and used primarily for purposes relating to farming or livestock, provided any use of the building or structure by the public consists only of consumers directly using the livestock or receiving farm commodities, substantially all of which have been produced on the farm premises. In this paragraph, “substantially all” means at least 90 percent of the commodities have been planted or produced on the farm premises.

(2) Differing rules.

(a) Where any department-written rule in this chapter differs from a requirement within a standard referenced in this chapter, the department-written rule shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(3) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards adopted under s. SPS 318.1005.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (1) (b) 1., (c) 1., renum. (1) (d) to (1m), cr. (1m) (title), (1m) (d), r. (4) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Subchapter II Definitions and Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1004 Definitions {#sec-sps-318.1004 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1004}

In this chapter:

(1) “Agent municipality” means any municipality designated as an agent of the department under s. SPS 318.1012 (1) (a).

(2) “Alteration” means any change to equipment, including its parts, components, or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement.

(3) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(4) “ANSI” means the American National Standards Institute.

(4m) “ANSI E1.42” means ANSI E1.42-2018, Entertainment Technology – Design, Installation, and Use of Orchestra Pit Lifts, as adopted under s. SPS 318.1005 (1) and modified by this chapter.

(5) “ASME” means the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

(6) “ASME A17.1” means ASME A17.1–2016/CSA B44–16, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, as adopted under s. SPS 318.1005 (1) and modified by this chapter.

(7) “ASME A18.1” means ASME A18.1–2017, Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, as adopted under s. SPS 318.1005 (1) and modified by this chapter.

(8) “Building code” means chs. SPS 361 to 366, which is the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

Note: The Wisconsin Commercial Building Code, chapters SPS 361 to 366, adopts by reference the International Building Code® (IBC), the International Energy Conservation Code® (IECC), the International Mechanical Code® (IMC), the International Fuel Gas Code® (IFGC), and the International Existing Building Code® (IEBC). Chapter SPS 314, Fire Prevention Code, may have rules that may affect the maintenance and use of an existing building.

(9) “Contract date” means the date of a written contract between an owner or owner’s agent, and an elevator contractor who is so licensed under ch. SPS 305, under which a conveyance has been or is to be installed or is to undergo an alteration, repair, or replacement.

(10) “Conveyance” means the following types of devices, as they are subsequently defined:

(ag) “Dumbwaiter” has the meaning as given in s. 101.981 (1) (d), Stats.

(ar) “Elevator” has the meaning as given in s. 101.981 (1) (e), Stats.

(b) “Escalator” has the meaning as given in s. 101.981 (1) (f), Stats.

(c) “Freight elevator” means an elevator used primarily for carrying freight and on which only the operator and the persons necessary for unloading and loading the freight are permitted to ride.

(d) “Inclined platform lift” means a powered hoisting and lowering mechanism designed to transport persons with physical disabilities on a guided platform that travels on an incline.

(e) “Limited-use, limited-application elevator” means a power passenger elevator in which the use and application is limited by size, capacity, speed, and rise.

(f) “Moving walk” means a type of passenger-carrying device on which passengers stand or walk, and in which the passenger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted.

(g) “Orchestra pit lift” means a permanent powered hoisting and lowering mechanism which is within or adjacent to a theatrical or musical stage and which is intended to accommodate performers and their equipment. “Orchestra pit lift” includes orchestra elevators and stage elevators.

(h) “Part V elevator” means an elevator of the private-residence type serving a commercial building and having a contract date of between September 1, 1988, and April 1, 2004.

(i) “Passenger elevator” means an elevator used primarily to carry persons other than the operator and persons necessary for loading and unloading. This term does not include limited-use, limited-application elevators, elevators in dwelling units, orchestra pit lifts, special purpose personnel elevators, sidewalk elevators, rooftop elevators, and type B material lifts.

(j) “Private residence elevator” means a power passenger elevator which is limited in size, capacity, rise, and speed, and which is installed to provide access to or within an individual dwelling unit.

(k) “Rooftop elevator” means a power passenger or freight elevator operating between a landing at roof level and other landings, and that opens onto the exterior roof level of a building through a horizontal opening.

(L) “Sidewalk elevator”means a device with on-car controls for the raising or lowering of materials operating between a landing in a sidewalk or other exterior area and floors below the sidewalk or grade level and that opens onto the exterior area through a horizontal opening.

(m) “Special purpose personnel elevator” means an elevator that is to provide vertical transportation of authorized personnel and their tools and equipment only; is limited in size, capacity, and speed; and is permanently installed in any of the following structures:

  1. Antenna towers.

  2. Assembly facilities, such as installations providing access to catwalks or equipment.

  3. Breweries.

  4. Bridge towers.

  5. Dams.

  6. Feed or grain facilities.

  7. Mine-product drying facilities.

  8. Observatories.

  9. Paper mills.

  10. Power plants.

  11. Refineries.

  12. Underground facilities, excluding mine-shaft elevators.

  13. Wastewater treatment structures.

(o) “Stairway chairlift” means a powered hoisting and lowering mechanism that is guided and equipped with a seat to transport a passenger along a stairway.

(om) “Type B material lift” means a powered hoisting and lowering mechanism used for carrying material and on which only the operator or the person necessary for unloading and loading the material is permitted to ride.

(p) “Vertical platform lift” means a powered hoisting and lowering mechanism designed to transport mobility-impaired persons on a guided platform that travels vertically.

(11) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(12) “Dwelling unit” has the meaning given in s. 101.61 (1), Stats.

(12e) “Electrical code” means ch. SPS 316, which is the Wisconsin Electrical Code.

(12m) “First-aid treatment” has the meaning given to “first aid” in 29 CFR 1904.7 (b) (5) (ii), regardless of who is providing the treatment.

(12s) “Hoistway” means a shaft or opening through a building or structure for the travel of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending from the pit floor to a ceiling above.

(13) “Licensed elevator inspector” means an individual who holds a valid credential issued by the department under ch. SPS 305 as an elevator inspector.

(14) “Maintenance” means a process of routine examination, lubrication, cleaning, and adjustment of parts, components, or subsystems for the purpose of ensuring performance in accordance with the applicable requirements of this chapter.

(15) “Repair” means the reconditioning or renewal of parts, components, or subsystems necessary to keep equipment in compliance with the applicable requirements of this chapter.

(16) “Replacement” means the substitution of a device, component, or subsystem, in its entirety, with a unit that is basically the same as the original for the purpose of ensuring performance in accordance with the applicable requirements of this chapter.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cr. (4m), am. (6), (7), renum. (10) (a) to (10) (ar), cr. (10) (ag), am. (10) (g), (i), (L), r. (10) (n), cr. (10) (om), (12e), (12m), (12s) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1005 Adoption of standards by reference {#sec-sps-318.1005 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1005}

(1) Primary standards. The following standards are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter:

(a) Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1–2016/CSA B44–16.

(b) Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, ASME A18.1–2017.

(c) Entertainment Technology-Design, Installation, and Use of Orchestra Pit Lifts, ANSI E1.42-2018.

(2) Secondary references. Any codes or standards referenced in the standards adopted in sub. (1) shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(3) Alternate standards. Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (1) (intro), (a), (b), cr. (c) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1006 Fees {#sec-sps-318.1006 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1006}

Fees for plan review, permit application, inspection, permit to operate, and other services performed by the department pertaining to elevators, escalators, and lift devices shall be as determined in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • CR 03-047: cr. Register March 2004 No. 579, eff. 4-1-04; CR 07-089: am. Register June 2008 No. 630, eff. 1-1-09; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-020: r. and recr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1007 Plan review and approval {#sec-sps-318.1007 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1007}

(1) Approvals.

(a)

  1. Before commencing the construction or installation of a conveyance, an approval shall be obtained from the department or agent municipality within whose boundaries the conveyance is to be located.

  2. Before commencing an alteration of an existing conveyance as delineated in Tables SPS 318.1007-1 to 318.1007-4, an approval shall be obtained from the department or agent municipality within whose boundaries the conveyance is located.

(b) Pursuant to s. 101.983 (1) (a), Stats., the approval issued by the department or agent municipality shall be considered a permit.

(2) New installations.

(a) Number of plans.

  1. When seeking an approval from the department, at least 3 copies of plans and one set of specifications shall be submitted for review for a new conveyance installation, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. In lieu of 3 copies of an installation plan, a plan in an electronic format acceptable to the department may be submitted.

Note: An acceptable electronic format does not include a facsimile.

(b) Level of detail. An installation plan submitted for review shall be of sufficient clarity and detail to show how the proposed design will conform to this chapter.

(c) Material to submit.

  1. ‘Plan submittals.’ A plan submittal to the department for installation approval shall be accompanied by all of the following:

a. At least 3 copies of the completed application, on an approved form.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

b. A plan review fee.

c. An acceptance-inspection fee.

d. The initial permit-to-operate fee.

e. Sufficient information, calculations, or data to substantiate compliance with this chapter.

  1. ‘Elevators or dumbwaiters.’ For an elevator or dumbwaiter, submitted materials shall include the information in the layout-drawings section in the applicable Part of ASME A17.1, and at least all of the following:

a. A plan of the car and hoistway showing all clearances, including all inside car or platform dimensions, as specified in this chapter and the building code.

b. A plan of the machine room, control room, or control space showing clearances around the machine, controller, and disconnecting means, as specified in this chapter, the building code, and the electrical code, where applicable.

c. A cross-section through the hoistway, pit, and car, showing all applicable dimensions.

d. The size and weight per foot of guiderails and details of their support, including reinforcements where required.

e. Landings indicating types of hoistway doors or gates.

  1. ‘Escalators or moving walks.’ For an escalator or moving walk, plans submitted for review shall include all of the following:

a. A plan view showing step, pallet, or belt-treadway width and machine-space clearances.

b. An elevation view showing all applicable dimensions.

Note: Under this subdivision, if the scope of work for an escalator includes a replacement of the majority of internal parts, the work is considered to be a new installation even if a majority of the truss is retained.

  1. ‘Vertical platform lifts.’ For a vertical platform lift, plans submitted for review shall include all of the following:

a. A plan of the platform enclosure and runway including all inside platform dimensions and clearances specified in this chapter and the building code where applicable.

b. A section through the runway, pit, and platform showing all dimensions and clearances.

c. Landings indicating types of runway doors or gates. Where manual doors or gates are provided, plans showing the clearances at manual doors or gates meeting the building code.

  1. ‘Inclined platform lifts or stairway chair lifts.’ For an inclined platform lift or stairway chair lift, plans submitted for review shall include the following:

a. A plan of the lift shown in its unfolded operational position at each landing and on the stairway with egress past the lift dimensioned.

b. A section through the stairway or runway showing clearances to steps and overhead with the lift in its unfolded, usable position.

c. A calculation of egress width past the lift meeting the building code, prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, or evidence such calculation has been approved by the building code authority.

(3) Scope of alterations, repairs, and replacements.

(a) For proposed alterations, repairs, or replacements listed in Table SPS 318.1007-1 Items 1. to 4. and Tables SPS 318.1007-2, 318.1007-3, and 318.1007-4, all of the following shall be submitted with the request for approval:

  1. At least 3 copies of the completed application, on an approved form, if the submittal is to the department.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

  1. At least 3 copies of bound equipment layout plans and specifications that conform to the applicable sections in ASME A17.1 or ASME A18.1.

  2. A plan review fee.

  3. An acceptance-inspection fee.

Note: See chapter SPS 302 for the amount of the fee remitted to the department when a conveyance plan is filed.

  1. Sufficient data and information to determine if the proposed alteration complies with the requirements of this chapter.

(b) For proposed alterations listed in Table SPS 318.1007-1 Items 5. to 33., all of the following shall be submitted with the request for approval:

  1. At least 3 copies of the completed application, on an approved form, if the submittal is to the department.

  2. A plan review fee.

  3. An acceptance-inspection fee.

  4. Sufficient data and information to determine if the proposed alteration complies with this chapter.

Note: See chapter SPS 302 for fee requirements.

History

  • CR: 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (2) (a) (title), (b) (title), (c) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 19-118: am. (2) (c) 1. a., (3) (title), (a) (intro.), 1., Table SPS 318.1007-1, Table SPS 318.1007-2, Table SPS 318.1007-3, Table SPS 318.1007-4 Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1008 Plan review actions {#sec-sps-318.1008 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1008}

(1) Processing. The department shall review and make a determination on a request for plan approval within 15 business days, except as provided in sub. (2) (d).

(2) Determinations.

(a) Conditional approval.

  1. If the department determines the application and plans for installation or alteration substantially comply with the provisions of this chapter, the department shall grant a conditional approval in writing.

  2. Non-code-complying conditions stated in the conditional approval shall be corrected before or during installation.

  3. A conditional approval issued by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for the design or construction of the equipment.

  4. The issuance of a conditional approval by the department does not alleviate the responsibility to correct any non-code-complying condition, element, or component not specifically enumerated in a conditional approval.

(b) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke any approval issued by department if the department determines any of the following:

  1. That information provided for obtaining the approval contains false statements or misinterpretations of material fact.

  2. That the approval was issued in error.

  3. That the work performed is not consistent with the approval or is in violation of this chapter.

(c) Denial of approval. The request for plan approval shall be denied, in writing, if the department determines that the plans or the application do not substantially comply with the provisions of this chapter.

(d) Hold.

  1. The request for plan approval shall be placed on hold if the department determines that the submittal is not of sufficient detail or missing information to determine whether the proposal conforms to this chapter.

  2. If the request for plan approval is placed on hold, the permit-processing timeframe in par. (a) shall also be interrupted until the appropriate information is submitted to complete the review, except the request for approval and the hold shall expire if the appropriate information is not submitted within 90 calendar days of being requested.

(e) Expiration. As required under s. 101.983 (1) (d), Stats., an approval issued under this chapter expires under any of the following circumstances:

  1. If the work authorized under the approval does not commence within 6 months after the date on which the approval is issued.

  2. If the work authorized under the approval is suspended or abandoned for 60 consecutive days at any time following the commencement of the work.

a. On the date specified by the department under subd. 3. b.

b. The department may, notwithstanding subds. 1. and 2., specify a shorter period of time at the time the approval is issued, which shall be no later than 2 years after the approval date shown on the approved plans. Upon request to the secretary, the expiration date may be extended for a one-time, 2-year period at the discretion of the secretary provided the written request is submitted prior to expiration of the original approval.

(f) Re-submittal. When an approval expires under par. (e), plans shall be resubmitted in accordance with s. SPS 318.1007.

(3) Revisions to approved plans.

(a) All proposed revisions and modifications which involve rules under this chapter and which are made to construction documents that have previously been granted approval by the department or agent municipality shall be submitted for review to the entity that granted the approval, unless determined by the department or agent municipality to be too minor to warrant re-submittal.

(b) All revisions and modifications to the plans shall be approved in writing by the department or agent municipality prior to the work involved in the revision or modification being carried out.

(4) Evidence of approval. Where plan approval is required by this chapter, one set of plans bearing the stamp of approval, a copy of the specifications, the approval-application form, and the approval letter shall be kept at the installation or alteration site from the beginning of construction until an inspection determines compliance with this chapter for the approved scope of work.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cr. (2) (e) 3. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1009 Identification of conveyances {#sec-sps-318.1009 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1009}

(1) Registration number. All conveyances that are required to have a permit to operate shall be identified by a registration number supplied by the department or agent municipality.

(2) Posting. The registration number shall be posted in the following manner:

(a) For a conveyance having a machine room, control room, or control space accessed directly from a building floor level or roof, on the main electrical disconnect or controller.

(b) For a conveyance having an inspection and test panel, inside the cover of the inspection and test panel.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1010 Product approvals {#sec-sps-318.1010 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1010}

(1) Voluntary approval.

(a) Materials, equipment, and products regulated by this chapter may receive a written approval from the department indicating code compliance.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment, and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests, and other evidence that prove the material, equipment, or product is in compliance with the standards specified in this chapter.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations documenting compliance shall be provided by one of the following:

a. A qualified independent third party.

b. A Wisconsin-registered architect or engineer.

(2) Review, approval, and revocation processes.

(a)

  1. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for a material, equipment, or product.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval after receipt of all forms, fees, plans, and information required to complete the review.

  3. A determination shall be made within 45 business days of receipt of all required materials.

(b)

  1. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval.

  2. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

(c) If the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with this chapter or the intent of this chapter, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(d) If an approved material, equipment, or product is modified, the approval shall be considered null and void, and the modification shall be submitted to the department for review.

(e)

  1. The department may revoke or deny an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of relevant facts or data; unacceptability of a third party that provided any information on which the approval was based; or as a result of material, equipment, or product failure.

  2. The department may reexamine an approved material, equipment, or product and issue a revised approval at any time.

  3. The department may revoke an approval if the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with this chapter or the intent of this chapter due to a change in the chapter or department interpretation of the chapter.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1011 Inspections and permits to operate {#sec-sps-318.1011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1011}

(1) General. Pursuant to s. 101.983 (2), Stats., no person may allow a conveyance to operate on property owned by the person unless the person holds a valid permit to operate for the conveyance, except this requirement does not apply to elevators or dumbwaiters that serve dwelling units.

Note: Although a permit to operate is not required under this subsection for elevators and dumbwaiters serving dwelling units, these elevators and dumbwaiters are subject to the requirements in section 101.983 (3) of the Statutes, which reads as follows: “If the owner and a prospective buyer of an individual residential dwelling unit that is served by a dumbwaiter or an elevator enter into a contract of sale for the unit that includes a provision requiring that the dumbwaiter or elevator be inspected, the inspection shall be performed by an elevator inspector licensed under s. 101.985 (3).”

(2) Initial issuance.

(a) The department or agent municipality shall issue a permit to operate for the installation of a conveyance after an acceptance inspection by one of the following determines and documents that the conveyance was installed and constructed in compliance with this chapter:

  1. The department.

  2. An agent municipality.

  3. A licensed elevator inspector who is referred to as enforcing this chapter, in a written contract between the inspection provider and the department.

(b) The issuance of a permit to operate by the department or agent municipality shall occur within 10 business days of completing and filing the inspection report.

(4) Permit expiration.

(a) Each conveyance shall be assigned an inspection anniversary date by the department or agent municipality.

(b) A permit to operate shall be valid for one year from the assigned inspection anniversary date.

(5) Permit renewal.

(a)

  1. The renewal of a permit to operate shall be contingent upon one or more inspections that determine that a conveyance is in compliance with this chapter and any preceding design, construction, and installation requirements of this chapter that were in effect during construction or installation of the conveyance.

  2. The inspection or inspections under subd. 1. shall be conducted no sooner than 120 days prior to the expiration of the permit to operate.

  3. The owner of an existing conveyance for which a permit to operate was issued by the department or agent municipality may have the inspection or inspections for the renewal of the permit conducted by one of the following:

a. The department.

b. An agent municipality.

c. An independent licensed elevator inspector.

d. A licensed elevator inspector who is referred to as enforcing this chapter, in a written contract between the inspection provider and the department.

  1. If an independent licensed elevator inspector conducts the inspection or inspections under subd. 1, the renewal of the permit by the department or agent municipality shall be contingent upon receipt of a report under sub. (8) and the recommendation to issue the permit to operate.

(b) The inspection to renew a permit to operate shall include at least all of either of the following:

  1. For elevators, escalators, moving walks, dumbwaiters, and material lifts, the items listed in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6 and 8.11.2 to 8.11.5, as modified by this chapter and depending upon the type of conveyance.

  2. For platform lifts and stairway chairlifts, the items listed in ASME A18.1 sections 10.2.2, 10.3.1.1 to 10.3.1.7, and 10.3.3.4, as modified by this chapter and depending upon the type of conveyance.

(6) Alteration inspections. The alteration of a conveyance requiring plan approval as specified under s. SPS 318.1007 shall be inspected by one of the following before placing the conveyance back into service:

(a) The department.

(b) An agent municipality.

(c) A licensed elevator inspector who is referred to as enforcing this chapter, in a written contract between the inspection provider and the department.

Note: Under section 101.983 (2) (e) and (3) of the Statutes, alterations, repairs, and replacements of components for an elevator or dumbwaiter that serves a dwelling unit — short of a complete replacement of the conveyance — are not required to have plan approvals, or acceptance inspections corresponding to such approvals.

(7) Preparations for department inspection.

(a) Notice of inspection. Where the installation or alteration inspection is to be conducted by the department or agent municipality for a conveyance which has received an approval under s. SPS 318.1007, the installation contractor or the owner or owner’s agent shall notify the department or agent municipality at least 5 business days in advance of when all work will be completed and the conveyance will be ready for inspection. If the equipment is not complete and ready for inspection at the scheduled time, all of the following may occur:

  1. The inspection may be cancelled.

  2. A cancellation fee may be assessed in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

  3. The inspection may be rescheduled.

Note: All notifications under this paragraph should occur only with the consent of the installing contractor, in order to avoid the penalties in subdivisions 1. to 3.

(b) Arrangements. The owner or owner’s agent shall make arrangements to enable the department or agent municipality to inspect all parts of the conveyance and any related equipment during the scheduled time.

(bm) Elevator mechanic. The installation contractor or the owner or owner’s agent shall make arrangements to ensure that a licensed elevator mechanic or a licensed elevator mechanic-restricted is present for the inspection of the conveyance or related equipment during the entire inspection.

(c) Cancellation. Where a scheduled inspection is to be cancelled, the owner or owner’s agent of a conveyance shall notify the department or agent municipality at least 2 business days before the scheduled time. Failure to do so may result in a cancellation fee assessed in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(8) Inspection report. Where an inspection specified in sub. (2), (5), or (6) is performed by someone other than an a licensed elevator inspector of the department or an agent municipality, the licensed elevator inspector shall file an inspection report with the department in accordance with all of the following:

(a) Reports shall be sent to the department in accordance with the department’s electronic data interchange transfer guidelines, except as provided in par. (b), within 5 business days after completing the inspection unless additional time is authorized by the department.

(b) An approved form may be used in lieu of the electronic data interchange system where approved in advance by the department.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(c)

  1. The inspection report shall explain any violation or unsafe condition, with references to specific code sections and the nature of the deficiency.

  2. Where an inspection report denotes conditions that pose an imminent threat to life or limb and require the conveyance to be taken out of service, both of the following shall be done immediately:

a. The owner or owner’s agent shall take the conveyance out of service.

b. The licensed elevator inspector shall notify the department.

Note: The Department may be contacted at telephone (608) 266-7548 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at (800) 943-0003 during non-business hours.

  1. The licensed elevator inspector shall provide the owner or owner’s agent with a copy of the inspection report within 5 business days of the inspection.

(d) The inspection report shall be legible and complete.

(9) Independent licensed elevator inspector procedures. Where inspections are provided by an independent licensed elevator inspector, all of the following requirements apply:

(a) The licensed elevator inspector shall submit written verification to the department of an agreement between the owner and the inspector for inspection services, no later than 30 calendar days after inspection service on equipment covered by this chapter is started. If the owner or inspector discontinues that service, the inspector shall notify the department no later than 30 days after the date of cancellation.

(b) If the licensed elevator inspector does not file a periodic inspection report with the department by 30 calendar days prior to the expiration date of the permit to operate, the department may conduct the inspection. If the department conducts the inspection, the owner will be charged a fee in accordance with ch. SPS 302 for each inspection.

(c) If the licensed elevator inspector is unable to obtain compliance with this chapter, the inspector shall notify the department. If the department conducts the inspection, the owner will be charged a fee in accordance with ch. SPS 302 for each inspection.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: r. (3), cr. (7) (bm), am. (8) (intro.), (c) 2. b., 3. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1012 Agent municipalities {#sec-sps-318.1012 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1012}

(1) Designation.

(a) Pursuant to ss. 101.12 and 101.983 (4), Stats., the department may designate a municipality as an agent of the department and thereby assign the authority to review and approve conveyance plans and specifications, conduct inspections and issue permits to operate those installations located within the municipality’s boundaries.

(b) The plan review activities of a municipality that is not a 1st or 2nd class city shall be limited to parameters specified in s. 101.12 (3) (b), Stats.

(2) Conditions of agent designation.

(a) In addition to the statutory provisions under s. 101.12 (3) (a) to (b), Stats., all agent municipalities shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Employ or contract with licensed elevator inspectors to perform plan review and inspection functions.

  2. Forward to the department any information requested by the department relative to the examination of plans and inspections of conveyances.

  3. Notify the department, in writing, at least 60 days prior to the date upon which the agent municipality intends to relinquish the plan examination and inspection responsibilities for equipment covered under this chapter.

(b) An agent municipality may waive its jurisdiction for plan review and approval for any project. In that case, plans shall be submitted to the department for review and approval.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1013 Accident reporting {#sec-sps-318.1013 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1013}

(1)

(a) Any bodily injury requiring more than first-aid treatment, that occurs in conjunction with a conveyance, shall be reported by the owner or owner’s agent to the department or agent municipality within 2 business days of the injury, except as provided in par. (b).

(b)

  1. Any fatality under par. (a) shall be reported to the department or agent municipality within 24 hours of the fatality.

  2. For the purposes of this section, the agent municipality is the entity that issued the permit to operate for the conveyance.

(c) At minimum, a report in an acceptable format shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality.

Note: The department may be contacted by telephone at (262) 548-8600 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at (800) 943-0003 during non-business hours. A copy of the elevator/escalator accident report form SBD-10782 and the minimum information needed is available on the Industry Services’ website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(2) The owner of a conveyance that causes a bodily injury under sub. (1) may not remove or disturb the conveyance or any of its components or permit any such removal or disturbance prior to receiving authorization from the department or agent municipality, except for the purpose of reducing further bodily injury or property damage, or as provided in sub. (4).

(3) The owner of a conveyance that causes a bodily injury under sub. (1) may not return or allow the return of the conveyance back into operation or service until receiving authorization from the department or agent municipality that issued the permit to operate, except as provided in sub. (4).

(4) Where authorized by a licensed elevator inspector, the conveyance may be temporarily returned to service until an inspection by the department or agent municipality verifies that continuation of service is acceptable.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (2) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1014 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-318.1014 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1014}

A petition for variance relating to a provision in this chapter may be submitted and shall be processed in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department or local building official having jurisdiction, or both.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD 9890X) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1015 Enforcement {#sec-sps-318.1015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1015}

Where an agent municipality administers and enforces this chapter, a regulated item or activity shall be directed to or addressed by the agent municipality before requesting input from the department.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1016 Appeals {#sec-sps-318.1016 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1016}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or operates a conveyance that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with a provision of this chapter may petition the department for a hearing on the grounds that the local order is unreasonable and in conflict with the rule of the department.

(3) Contested case hearing. In addition to any other right provided by law, any interested person may file a written request for a contested case hearing, as specified in s. 227.42, Stats.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: r. (4) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1017 Penalties {#sec-sps-318.1017 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1017}

Penalties for violations of this chapter are subject to and may be assessed in accordance with s. 101.988 (3), Stats.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1018 Investigations initiated by public {#sec-sps-318.1018 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1018}

(1) Verification of receipt. The department shall provide verification of receipt for any notice filed in accordance with s. 101.988 (1) (b), Stats. The department shall provide electronic verification of receipt of a web-based complaint form within 5 days of submission.

Note: Generally, the department provides verification of receipt within 60 days, unless submitted using the web-based complaint form. The web-based complaint form is available at https://dsps.wi.gov.

(2) Reasonable grounds to investigate. The department shall provide electronic notice, or other notice as appropriate, to the person who filed the written notice of whether the department has determined that there are reasonable grounds to investigate within 45 days of making this determination.

(3) Investigation concluded. The department shall provide electronic notice, or other notice as appropriate, to the person who filed the written notice within 30 days after the conclusion of the resulting investigation.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Subchapter IV Changes, Additions, or Omissions to ASME A17.1

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1700 Changes, additions, or omissions to ASME A17.1 {#sec-sps-318.1700 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1700}

(1) General. Elevators, escalators, moving walks, and lifts shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated, maintained, tested, and inspected in accordance with ASME A17.1, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

(2) Changes, additions, and omissions. Changes, additions, or omissions to ASME A17.1 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of ASME A17.1.

(3) ASME A17.2, A17.3, and A17.5. All references in ASME 17.1 to ASME A17.2, A17.3, and A17.5 are informational only and are not requirements of this chapter.

Note: The sections in this subchapter are generally numbered to correspond with the section numbering in ASME A17.1. For example, section SPS 318.1702 corresponds to ASME A17.1 Part 2.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: renum. (1) (a) to (1), r. (1) (b) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1701 Scope, application, and definitions {#sec-sps-318.1701 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1701}

(1) Substitute the following informational notes for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 1.1:

(2) Substitute the following definitions for the corresponding definitions specified in ASME A17.1 section 1.3:

(a) “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department of safety and professional services, except as designated under s. SPS 318.1012.

(b) “Rated speed, down” means all of the following:

  1. Prior to passing an acceptance inspection, the speed at which the car, platform, or chair of an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, vertical platform lift, inclined platform lift, or stairway chairlift is designed to operate in the down direction with rated load.

  2. Upon acceptance inspection, the actual speed at which the car, platform, or chair of an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, vertical platform lift, inclined platform lift, or stairway chairlift operates in the down direction with rated load.

Note: “Rated speed, down” applies to components where “rated speed” is used to describe the speed in the down direction for determining performance criteria for that code section. For the actual downspeed of a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift, see the definition for “operating speed in the down direction.”

(c) “Rated speed, up” means all of the following:

  1. Prior to passing an acceptance inspection, the speed which the car, platform, or chair of an elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, vertical platform lift, inclined platform lift, or stairway chairlift is designed to operate in the up direction with rated load.

  2. Upon acceptance inspection, the actual speed at which the car, platform, or chair of an elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, vertical platform lift, inclined platform lift, or stairway chairlift operates in the up direction with rated load.

Note: “Rated speed, up” applies to components where “rated speed” is used to describe the speed in the up direction for determining performance criteria for that code section.

(3) This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 1.3:

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: renum. (2) to (2) (intro.) and am., cr. (2) (a) to (c), am. (3) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1702 Electric elevators {#sec-sps-318.1702 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1702}

(1) Pit drains and sumps.

(a) This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.2.2.3:

(b) Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.2.2.5:

(bm) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.4.5: The data plate shall indicate the minimum designed counterweight runby.

(c) This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.7:

(2) Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms.

(a) Access to machine rooms and machinery spaces. This a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.7.3.1: Access to a machine room, machinery space, control room, or control space may not be through any toilet room, locker room, sleeping room, or similar room or space, except in one- or two-family dwellings.

(b) Access doors and openings.

  1. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.7.3.4.1: The entrance to a machine room, control space, or control room shall be identified with a permanent sign. The lettering on the sign shall be at least 1-inch high and state “elevator machine room,” or equivalent wording.

  2. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.7.3.4.3: Hoistway access doors shall be provided with an electric contact to remove power to the driving means when the panel is not in the closed position.

(c) Headroom in machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, and control spaces. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.7.4.1: For elevators installed to serve one- and two-family dwellings, headroom in these spaces may comply with the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.2.1.7.1.

(d) Temperature and humidity. This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.7.9.2:

(3) Equipment in hoistways, machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms.

(a) Equipment allowed. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.8.1: Access to machinery, equipment, wiring, piping, and other building components that are not used directly in connection with the elevator may not be permitted through hoistways, machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, and control spaces.

(b) Sprinklers. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.8.3.3.2: A means to disconnect the main-line power is not required for elevators installed to serve one- and two-family dwellings.

(4) Protection of hoistway openings.

(a) Opening of hoistway doors. The requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.11.6.3 (e) are not included as part of this chapter.

(b) Illumination at landing sills. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.11.10.2: Landing sills are not required to be illuminated at all times for elevators installed to serve one- and two-family dwellings.

(5) Hoistway door locking devices and electric contacts, and hoistway access switches. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.12.6.2:

(a) Where the elevator has a machine room, control room, or control space accessed from a floor level of the building, the unlocking device operating key shall be located adjacent to the elevator disconnecting means in that room or space. A label at the key shall state: “Hoistway door unlocking key. Place the disconnecting means in the off position and lock it, prior to using the hoistway door unlocking key.”

(b) Where the elevator has an inspection and test panel without a machine room, control room, or control space, the unlocking device operating key shall be located in the key box required by sub. (10) (b) 3. A label inside the key box or on the key shall identify the key and state: “Place the disconnecting means in the off position and lock it, prior to using the hoistway door unlocking key.”

(6) Car frames and platforms. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.15.9: Where an existing elevator is required to comply with ASME A17.1 section 2.15.9.2(a) as part of an alteration, and the depth of the existing pit does not allow for a platform guard of 48 inches in height, the car platform guard shall conform to section 2.15.9 to the extent that the existing pit will permit, but in no case less than the leveling or truck zone plus 3 inches. Raising the car buffer to provide only 1 inch of bottom-car runby may be necessary to maximize the height of the platform guard.

(7) Capacity and loading. This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.16.1.1:

(8) Car and counterweight safeties. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.17.14: The manufacturer’s model number shall also be marked on the metal plate.

(9) Speed governors. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.18.9: The manufacturer’s model number shall also be marked on the metal plate.

(10) Emergency operation and signaling devices.

(a) Emergency or standby power system. This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.27.2:

(b) Firefighters’ emergency operation.

1g. This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.2.1:

1r. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.2.3 (a): The activation of a fire alarm initiating device specified in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.2.1 at any elevator lobby, other than at the designated level, shall cause all elevators that serve that lobby, and any associated elevator of a group automatic operation, to be returned nonstop to the designated level.

  1. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.2.4 (a): The activation of a fire alarm initiating device specified in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.2.1(a) that is located in the elevator lobby at the designated level, shall cause all elevators serving that lobby to be recalled to the alternate level, unless Phase I emergency recall is in effect.

  2. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.8:

a. An additional set of switch keys shall be kept in a lockable metal box mounted in a conspicuous location adjacent to the main elevator entrance or entrances at the designated level landing. Where a building has no fire command center and multiple lockable metal boxes, each box shall be openable by the same key. The box shall be openable only by the fire department, police department, licensed elevator inspector, and other authorized personnel. This does not prohibit additional keys from being placed in other approved locations.

b. Where the elevator has a machine room, control room, or control space, the key box shall also contain a key to access the machine room, control room, or control space, and the key shall be labeled for its use. A label inside the key box shall provide directions to the location of the disconnects, including room number where applicable.

c. Where the elevator has an inspection and test panel without a machine room, control room, or control space, the key box shall also contain the key for the lock used to secure the space, panel, or panels for the main disconnect, car light disconnect, and disconnects for any other elevator-utilization equipment. A label inside the key box shall provide directions to the location of the disconnects including room number where applicable.

  1. This is a department exception to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.9: The department may approve an equivalent sign.

(c) One- and two-family dwellings.

  1. This is a department exception to the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 2.27.3 to 2.27.9: The requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 2.27.3 to 2.27.9 apply to elevators serving one- or two-family dwellings as follows: where components addressed in those sections are installed, such components shall operate in accordance with those sections.

  2. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.1: The elevator shall be provided with a hard-wired telephone or a telephone utilizing wireless, cellular, or other technology capable of operating at all points of elevator travel. The telephone shall be available in the elevator, charged if battery powered, and operational any time the elevator is in use. If the telephone is not a hard-wired land line type, the elevator shall include a sign informing riders that a telephone is required to be present while operating the elevator.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cr. (1) (bm), renum. (10) (b) 1. to (10) (b) 1r., cr. (10) (b) 1g., am. (10) (b) 3. a., b., cr. (10) (b) 4., renum. (10) (c) to (10) (c) 1., cr. (10) (c) 2. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1703 Hydraulic Elevators {#sec-sps-318.1703 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1703}

(1) Hydraulic jacks. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 3.18.3.8.3(b):

(a) The cylinder bottom and sides below the pit floor shall be completely surrounded by a protective material designed to withstand a static head of water from the ground level to the bottom of the cylinder, based on the manufacturer’s rating of the material.

(b) The top of the material shall be visible at the pit floor.

(c) A means shall be provided between the material and cylinder to monitor the space for the entrance of water. The means to monitor shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Extend from above the pit floor to below the bottom of the jack.

  2. Be open on the bottom.

  3. Be exposed and visible at the pit floor.

  4. Be capped, plugged, or otherwise sealed at the top with a removable means.

(d) The space between the material, the means to monitor and the jack shall be sealed at or near the pit floor to prevent the entrance of water from the pit.

(e) The material shall be one of the following:

  1. Rigid, non-metallic material such as polyvinylchloride or high-density polyethylene, of a schedule that will withstand the installation process.

  2. Flexible material that is approved by the department. Monitoring for the entrance of ground water shall be performed according to the following schedule with findings recorded in the maintenance record:

a. At the time of the acceptance inspection.

b. Quarterly for the first 2 years corresponding with quarterly checking of oil usage required by s. SPS 318.17086 (11) (a).

c. Annually thereafter.

(f) If at any time water is found that cannot be explained by some type of accidental entry, the material shall be replaced within 6 months.

(2) Operating devices and control equipment. Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 3.26.3.1.2:

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: am. (1) (e) 2. b. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1705 Special application elevators {#sec-sps-318.1705 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1705}

(1) Limited-use, limited-application elevators. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.2.1.7: Equipment shall be permitted to be located in rooms containing other equipment essential for the operation of the building.

(2) Hydraulic limited-use, limited-application elevators. This is a department exception to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.2.2: Hydraulic limited-use, limited-application elevators are not required to conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.2.1.19.

(3) Private residence elevators.

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3: Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms where provided shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.2.1.7.

(ag) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3: A previously approved residential elevator installed to serve a commercial building may be replaced with a residential type elevator in the existing hoistway. A new installation permit is required.

(ar) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.1.1: With the car at the lowest landing, the space above the car shall be guarded on all accessible sides by a partial enclosure extension or skirt. The extension shall be solid material or openwork that will reject a ball 1/2 inch diameter. The extension shall extend from the lower landing ceiling to 1 to 2 inches below the top edge of the car. Horizontal clearance between the car and the extension shall be 3/8 inch to 3/4 inch.

(c) This is a department rule in addition to ASME A17.1 requirement 5.3.1.7.2: The vertical clearance between the hoistway door and the floor surface shall not exceed 3/8 inch.

(cc) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.8.1:

  1. The top of the car enclosure shall comply with the load requirements specified under ASME A17.1 section 2.14.1.6, except as specified in subd. 2.

  2. A car enclosure shall be permitted to have a top that is not load bearing provided the top of the car enclosure is not needed to be accessed to service, maintain, or inspect any part of the elevator equipment and contains a sign meeting ANSI Z535.4 or its equivalent indicating the car top is not load bearing.

(cg) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.6.1: Ropes and chains passing through a wall outside the hoistway enclosure shall be enclosed with a solid or openwork enclosure. If the enclosure is openwork, the enclosure shall reject a ball 13 mm, or 0.5 in., in diameter. Means for inspection shall be provided. The openings may not be larger than is necessary to clear the suspension means.

(cn) The allowance in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.7.4 (a) is not included as part of this chapter.

(cr) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.14: Where the hoistway ends above an occupiable area, the floor below the car and counterweight must have sufficient strength to withstand, without failure, the impact of the car with rated load and counterweight descending at 125% of rated speed or governor tripping speed if a governor is provided.

(cw) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.16: Rotating parts located outside of the hoistway for private residence elevators shall be enclosed with a solid or openwork enclosure. If the enclosure is openwork, the enclosure shall reject a ball 13 mm, or 0.5 in., in diameter. Means for inspection shall be provided. The openings may not be larger than is necessary to clear the rotating parts.

(d) The requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.3.1.16.2(i)(2) are not included as part of this chapter.

(e) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in A17.1 section 5.3.1.19: The elevator shall be provided with a hard-wired telephone or a telephone utilizing wireless, cellular, or other technology capable of operating at all points of elevator travel. The telephone shall be available in the elevator, charged if battery powered, and operational any time the elevator is in use. If the telephone is not a hard-wired land line type, the elevator shall include a sign informing riders that a telephone is required to be present while operating the elevator.

Note: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, ICC A117.1, Section 409 for private residence elevators standards is applicable in commercial buildings, under the incorporation of the International Building Code® in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(4) Elevators used for construction. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 5.10.1.21.2: All elevators shall have an assigned operator while in use.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cr. (3) (ag), (ar), renum. (3) (b) to (3) (cc) and, as renumbered, am. (3) (cc) 2., cr. (3) (c) 5., (cg), (cn), (cr),, (cw) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; correction in (3) (c) 5. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 5-1-20; CR 20-057: renum. (3) (c) (intro.) to (3) (c) and am., r. (3) (c) 1. to 5. Register April 2021 No. 784.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1707 Dumbwaiter and Type B material lifts {#sec-sps-318.1707 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1707}

(1) Power and hand dumbwaiters without automatic transfer devices. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 Part 7, Scope: This part applies to power dumbwaiters and Type B material lifts.

(2) Hoistway-access doors. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 7.1.11.5: Hoistway access door panels for power dumbwaiters shall be provided with an electric contact to remove power to the driving machine when the panel is not in the closed position.

(3) Hoistway-door vision panels. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.l section 7.1.11.8: Vision panels shall be provided in hoistway doors where position indicators are not provided. Vision panels shall comply with the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 2.11.7.1.2, 2.11.7.1.3, 2.11.7.1.4, and 2.11.7.1.6, and the total area of one or more vision panels in any hoistway door may not be less than 4 square inches and not more than 25 square inches.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.17081 Security {#sec-sps-318.17081 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.17081}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.1: Key access for installations after June 1, 2020, as specified in this section, shall be verified by the department or agent municipality.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.17086 Maintenance, repair, replacement, and testing {#sec-sps-318.17086 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.17086}

(1) Application of ASME A17.1 section 8.6. The introductory paragraph of ASME A17.1 section 8.6 is not included as part of this chapter.

(2) Documentation.

(a) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.1.3:

  1. A new or updated maintenance control program, maintenance records, and wiring diagrams in electronic form shall be transferred to a paper copy of the documents by the installing or service contractor within 3 months of the associated maintenance, repair, replacement, or alteration.

  2. The maintenance control program, including any devices and procedures needed to meet ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.1 (f), and the maintenance records and wiring diagrams are the property of the conveyance owner, not a conveyance installer or service company. They may be removed only with the permission of the owner.

  3. An additional set of electrical wiring diagrams may be securely located on the top of the car only if another complete set is located in a place that is accessible by the owner or the owner’s agent.

(b) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.1 (a): For new installations, the initial maintenance control program shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer. For existing equipment undergoing any alteration, repair, or replacement, the maintenance control program for the altered, repaired, or replaced components shall be provided by the person or firm performing the work. The maintenance control program shall be made available to elevator personnel at the scheduled time for service, tests, or inspection.

(c) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.1 (d): A copy of the maintenance control program shall be located as follows:

  1. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having a machine room, control room, or control space accessed directly from a building floor level or the roof, the program shall be located in that machine room, control room, or control space.

  2. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having an inspection and test panel, the inside cover of the inspection and test panel shall provide instructions for locating the maintenance control program. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

  3. For a conveyance serving a dwelling unit, either the maintenance control program shall be at the controller or the front of the controller shall provide instructions for locating the maintenance control program. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

(d) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the introductory paragraph of ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.2: The documents specified in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.1.2.2 (a), (b), and (c), and par. (e) shall be located as follows:

  1. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having a machine room, control room, or control space accessed directly from a building floor level or the roof, the documents shall be located in that machine room, control room, or control space.

  2. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having an inspection and test panel, the inside cover of the inspection and test panel shall provide instructions for locating the on-site documentation. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

  3. For a conveyance serving a dwelling unit, either the on-site documentation shall be at the controller or the front of the controller shall provide instructions for locating the onsite documentation. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

(e) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.2 (a), (b), and (c): Any plan approval letter, application form, and the plans issued under s. SPS 318.1008.

(f) This is a department rule in addition to the requirement in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.2.2 (c) (3): Written checkout procedures for two-way communication means shall be required for installations after June 1, 2020.

(g) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the introductory paragraph of ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.4: Maintenance records shall document compliance with the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6. The maintenance records shall be retained for the most recent 5 years minimum, or from the date of installation or adoption of this chapter edition. Existing maintenance records up to 5 years minimum shall be retained. Maintenance records shall be located as follows:

  1. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having a machine room, control room, or control space accessed directly from a building floor level or the roof, the maintenance records shall be located in that machine room, control room, or control space.

  2. For a conveyance serving a commercial building and having an inspection and test panel, the inside cover of the inspection and test panel shall provide instructions for locating the maintenance records. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 in height.

  3. For a conveyance serving a dwelling unit, either the maintenance records shall be at the controller or the front of the controller shall provide instructions for locating the maintenance records. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

(h) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.4.2: The record of trouble calls shall be included in the on-site maintenance record.

(3) Fire extinguishers. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.6.5: In commercial buildings, a class “ABC” fire extinguisher shall be provided inside of, or within view and within 25 feet of, a dedicated elevator machine room, control room, machinery space, control space, or inspection and test panel as applicable, or a walk-in machine or control room for an escalator or moving walk.

(4) Witnessing periodic tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.7.1: Periodic tests may be witnessed by the department or agent municipality or by a person authorized by the department or agent municipality.

(5) Periodic test record. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.1.7.2.: A record of the required periodic tests shall be included in the maintenance record and comply with all of the following:

(a) The test record shall include the tests, applicable code requirements, dates performed, the test results, and the name of the person performing the tests.

(b) The test record shall include the license number of the person performing the tests and the name of the company employing the license holder, for tests listed in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.14, 8.6.5.15, 8.6.6.1.1, 8.6.6.2.1, 8.6.6.3.1, 8.6.7.1.1, 8.6.7.2.1, 8.6.7.5.1, 8.6.7.6.1, 8.6.7.7.1, 8.6.7.10, 8.6.8.15, 8.6.10.1.1, and 8.6.10.2.1.

(c) If an alternative test method in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.20 is utilized, the test report and test tag shall indicate alternative testing was utilized for the applicable requirement.

(6) Emergency communications. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.19.15: Written checkout procedures for emergency communications shall be required for installations after June 1, 2020.

(7) Auxiliary power system tests. Where an existing conveyance has an auxiliary power system designed to move the car in order to evacuate passengers, the system shall be tested as part of the Category 1 tests in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.

(8) Maintenance and testing of electric elevators.

(a) Periodic test requirements, Category 5. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.20: Results of all Category 5 tests shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(b) Car and counterweight safeties. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.20.1: Any damaged section of wood guide rails shall be replaced.

(9) Periodic test requirements - Category 1.

(a) Hydraulic tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the introductory paragraph of ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.8: An elevator that has hydraulic piping or a portion of its hydraulic cylinder either in the ground or below the pit floor, and not visible for inspection, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.5.14.1 and 8.6.5.14.2 or shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.8 (a) or 8.6.5.8 (b).

(b) Relief valve verification of setting and system pressure test. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.14.1: Results of the relief valve setting and system pressure test shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(c) Hydraulic cylinders and pressure piping. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.14.2.: Results of the hydraulic cylinder and pressure piping tests shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(d) Remove from service. An elevator that fails a test specified in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.5.14.1 or 8.6.5.14.2 may not be issued a permit to operate and may not be returned to service until the elevator conforms with the testing requirements.

(e) Additional tests. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.14.3:

  1. Additional tests shall be performed including the emergency communications, in accordance with ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.19.15, and the means to restrict hoistway or car door opening, in accordance with ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.19.16.

  2. Where an auxiliary power lowering operation, in accordance with ASME A17.1 section 3.26.10, is installed as part of the standby or emergency power operation, a test shall be performed as part of the Category 1 test requirements.

(10) Periodic test requirements.

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.16: Results of all Category 5 tests shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms,

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.7.3.1: Where an elevator of the private-residence type or Part V type serves a commercial building and is equipped with a safety device that is subject to testing, the 5-year safety test in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.20.1 – and where applicable, the governor test in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.4.20.2 – shall be performed. The test results shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on an approved form.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(11) Special provisions.

(a) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.11:

  1. The record of oil level and oil usage shall be kept quarterly, as part of the record of oil usage required under ASME A17.1 section 8.6.5.7.

  2. The record of oil level and oil usage required under subd. 1. shall be included in the maintenance record.

(b) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.11.1: Elevators provided with firefighters’ emergency operation shall be subjected quarterly by authorized personnel to Phase I recall by use of the key switch, and a minimum of one floor operation on Phase II where equipped. Deficiencies shall be corrected. A record of the findings shall be included in the maintenance record.

Note: Other federal and state laws may require certain facilities to perform at more frequent intervals.

(c) This is a department informational note to be used under ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.11.4 to 8.6.11.9:

(12) Alternative test method report. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.11.10.4: Where a completed test report for a Category 5 test is required to be sent to the department or agent municipality, the alternative test method report shall be sent to the department or agent municipality.

(13) Examinations after events. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.11.11 to 8.6.11.14: A record of the findings shall be included in the maintenance record.

(14) Permit to operate - Category 1. Category 1 test results shall be valid for one permit to operate term, regardless of whether the test is valid for the purposes of ASME A17.1.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.17087 Alterations {#sec-sps-318.17087 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.17087}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.8: Where sprinklers are added to an existing elevator machine room, machinery space, control room, control space, or top of hoistway, the installation shall comply with the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.28 (c) and (e), except as follows:

(a) Where the elevator already is equipped with Phase I and Phase II firefighters’ emergency operation and the existing car operating panel will remain, the elevator is not required to have the firefighters’ emergency operation functions on the car operating panel behind a locked cover, unless required by another part of ASME A17.1 section 8.7.

(b) Where the elevator already is equipped with a Phase I key switch of the bypass-off-on type, the key switch is not required to meet ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.1 unless required by another part of ASME A17.1 section 8.7.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.14.1: Where an alteration consists of the installation of a new car, the installation shall conform to sections 2.14, 2.15, and 2.17.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.14.2 (i): Where an alteration consists of the installation of a car door or gate on an existing elevator car, the installation shall conform to 2.14.4, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6.

(4) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.16.4 (a): Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed, they shall conform to 2.14.4, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6.

(5) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.17.1: Where an elevator is not equipped with Phase I and Phase II firefighters’ emergency operation and an increase in rise results in travel of 25 feet or more above or below the designated level, the installation shall meet the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 2.27.3 to 2.27.9 for the installation of firefighters’ emergency operation.

(6) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.17.2 (b) (4): Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed, they shall conform to section 2.14.

(7) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.28 (c): All elevators in the building equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.8 for switch keys.

(8) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.2.28 (d): All elevators in the building equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.8 for switch keys.

(9) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.8: Where sprinklers are added to an existing elevator machine room, machinery space, control room, control space, or top of hoistway, the installation shall comply with the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.31.8 (c) and (e), except as follows:

(a) Where the elevator already is equipped with Phase I and Phase II firefighters’ emergency operation and the existing car operating panel will remain, the elevator is not required to have the firefighters’ emergency operation functions on the car operating panel behind a locked cover, unless required by another part of ASME A17.1 section 8.7.

(b) Where the elevator already is equipped with a Phase I key switch of the bypass-off-on type, the key switch is not required to meet ASME A17.1 section 2.27.3.1 unless required by another part of ASME A17.1 section 8.7.

(10) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.22.1:

(a) Where an elevator is not equipped with Phase I and Phase II firefighters’ emergency operation and an increase in rise results in travel of 25 feet or more above or below the designated level, the installation shall meet the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.31.8 (c) for the installation of firefighters’ emergency operation.

(b) A decrease in travel shall conform to the requirements of ASME A17.1 section 3.4.3.

(11) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.31.8 (c): All elevators in the building equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.8 for switch keys.

(12) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.3.31.8 (d): All elevators in the building equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.27.8 for switch keys.

(13) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.4.1: Where any alteration is made to a rack-and-pinion elevator, the altered portion shall comply with section 4.1.

(14) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.4.2: Where any alteration is made to a screw-column elevator, the altered portion shall comply with section 4.2.

(15) The requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.7.5.3 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.17089 Code data plate {#sec-sps-318.17089 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.17089}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the introductory paragraph of ASME A17.1 section 8.9: ASME A17.1 section 8.9 contains requirements for all new equipment within the scope of this chapter.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.170810 Acceptance inspections and tests, general requirements {#sec-sps-318.170810 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.170810}

(1) Persons authorized to make acceptance inspections and tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 8.10.1.1.1 and 8.10.1.1.3: All acceptance inspections shall be performed by licensed elevator inspectors.

(2) Persons installing or altering equipment. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.10.1.1.2: The installation may not be placed in service until authorized by the department or agent municipality.

(3) Acceptance test reports. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.10.1.1.5: The results of acceptance tests including those required to be witnessed by the licensed elevator inspector shall be recorded on forms of the department or agent municipality. Where witnessed, forms are not required to be submitted to the department or agent municipality.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(4) Replacement of speed governor inspection and test requirements. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.10.2.3.2 (f): Where a speed governor is replaced, in accordance with 8.6.3.6.1, tests shall be performed as specified in ASME A17.1 sections 8.10.2.2.2 (hh) and 8.6.4.20.2 (b).

(5) Elevators used for construction. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.10.5.10: The department may conduct a maximum of 2 billable construction use inspections in a 90-day period unless the department finds probable cause for additional inspections.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.170811 General requirements for periodic inspections and witnessing of tests {#sec-sps-318.170811 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.170811}

(1) Persons authorized to perform periodic inspections and to witness tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 8.11.1.1 and 8.11.1.1.1: Licensed elevator inspectors performing periodic inspections shall comply with the applicable credentialing requirements in ch. SPS 305.

(2) Persons authorized to perform periodic tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.11.1.1.2 (a): Licensed or registered elevator personnel performing periodic inspections and tests under ASME A17.1 section 8.11 shall comply with ch. SPS 305. Licensed elevator inspectors may choose to witness tests.

(3) Periodic test reports. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.11.1.1.2 (b): Results of required tests shall be reported by the person performing the test, on approved forms, where required.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(4) Periodic inspection and test frequency. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.11.1.3:

(a) Periodic inspections shall be made at intervals not longer than one year.

(b) Except as provided in sub. (8), category 1 periodic tests shall be made at intervals not longer than one year.

(c) Category 3 periodic tests shall be made at intervals not longer than 3 years.

(d) Category 5 periodic tests shall be made at intervals not longer than 5 years.

(5) Installation placed out of service. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.11.1.4:

(a) Placing a conveyance out of service shall include all of the following:

  1. Removal of power feed lines from the load side terminals of the electrical disconnecting means.

  2. Sealing of the disconnecting means in the open position.

  3. Hoistway doors and access doors for an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift shall be permanently barricaded or mechanically fastened in the closed position with additional means. Only the landing where the car or platform is located may be secured by using the interlock.

Note: See ASME A17.1 section 8.1.3 for requirements relating to Group 2 security.

  1. Securing the car and counterweights, where provided, to prevent either from falling due to suspension-member or equipment failure.

  2. For escalators or moving walks, barricading of entrances to prevent access. Barricades shall be constructed in accordance with the building code.

  3. Verification of compliance with subds. 1. to 4. by the department or agent municipality.

  4. Written approval of the building code authority where a conveyance is part of a required accessible route in an occupied building.

(b) A conveyance placed out of service is no longer required to have periodic inspections or tests.

(c) Before the conveyance may be returned to service, a conveyance placed out of service shall have all applicable periodic inspections and tests performed, and shall meet the permit to operate requirements in s. SPS 318.1011.

(6) Installation converted to a type a material lift. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.11.1.4:

(a) Converting an existing elevator to a type A material lift shall include all of the following:

  1. Removal of in-car controls.

  2. Installations of signs meeting ANSI Z535.4 or its equivalent stating “For Material Only. No Riders Permitted” at the hall controls and the former location of the car operating panel in letters not less than 1/2 inch in height and centered on the back wall of the car 72 inches above the car floor in letters not less than 2 inches in height.

  3. Verification of compliance with subds. 1. and 2. by the department or agent municipality.

  4. Written approval of the building code authority where the elevator is part of a required accessible route in an occupied building.

(b) A conveyance converted to a type A material lift is no longer required to have periodic inspections or tests.

Note: A type A material lift, although not regulated by the department, is still subject to federal or state regulations regarding occupational safety. Improper maintenance can result in injury or death for persons loading or unloading materials, maintaining equipment, or otherwise occupying the building.

(c) Converting a type A material lift back to a conveyance shall include complying with the permit-to-operate requirements in s. SPS 318.1011 and satisfactory completion of all applicable tests and inspections prior to returning the elevator to service.

(7) Periodic inspection and tests of escalators and moving walks.

(a) Clearance between step and skirt. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.8.2: Results of the clearance between the step and skirt shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms.

(b) Step/skirt performance index. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 sections 8.6.8.3.1 to 8.6.8.3.3: Results of the step/skirt performance index test shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on approved forms.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(8) Periodic tests of dumbwaiters. Category 1 periodic tests of dumbwaiters shall be made at intervals of not longer than 5 years.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20; correction in (5) (a) 6. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register May 2020 No. 773.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1709 Reference codes, standards, and specifications {#sec-sps-318.1709 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1709}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A17.1 Part 9: Any code or standard listed in section 9.1 without a specific year of issuance shall mean the published edition of that code or standard which was available on May 30, 2017, except where a different edition is specified directly or indirectly in the building code, that different edition applies.

(2)

(a) Substitute chs. SPS 361 to 366 for the reference to ICC/ANSI A117.1 in ASME A17.1 section 9.1 and in any other ASME A17.1 section where that reference appears.

(b) Substitute ch. SPS 316 for the reference to NFPA 70 in ASME A17.1 section 9.1 and in any other ASME A17.1 section where that reference appears.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cons. and renum. (1) (intro.) and (a) to (1) and am., r. (1) (b) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Subchapter V Changes, Additions, or Omissions to ASME A18.1

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1800 Platform lifts and stairway lifts {#sec-sps-318.1800 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1800}

(1) General. Vertical platform lifts, inclined platform lifts, and stairway lifts shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated, maintained, tested, and inspected in accordance with ASME A18.1, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

Note: The commercial building code, chapters SPS 361 to 366, establishes standards for buildings and components that may be associated with platform lifts and stairway lifts, including ramps, ramp slopes, stairway egress width, and the location, clearances, or position of controls for people with disabilities.

(2) Changes, additions, and omissions. Changes, additions, or omissions to ASME A18.1 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements in ASME A18.1.

Note: The sections in this chapter are generally numbered to correspond with the section numbering in ASME A18.1. For example, section SPS 318.1801 corresponds to ASME A18.1 Section 1.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1801 Scope, application, and definitions {#sec-sps-318.1801 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1801}

(1) Scope and application. Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 1.1:

(2) Definitions.

(a) Substitute the following definitions for the corresponding definitions specified in ASME A18.1 section 1.3:

  1. “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department of safety and professional services, except as designated under s. SPS 318.1012.

  2. “Building code” means chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) This definition is in addition to the definitions in ASME A18.1 section 1.3: “Periodic inspection and tests” means routine inspection and tests plus additional detailed examination and operation of equipment at specified intervals to check for compliance with the applicable requirements.

(3) Reference codes, standards, and specifications.

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 1.5: Any code or standard listed in Table 1.5-1 without a specific year of issuance shall mean the published edition of that code or standard which was available on August 3, 2017, except where a different edition is specified directly or indirectly in the building code.

(b) Substitute ASME A17.1–2016 for the ASME A17.1 reference in ASME A18.1 Table 1.5-1.

(c) Substitute ch. SPS 316 for the reference to NFPA 70 in ASME A18.1 Table 1.5-1 and in any other ASME A18.1 section where that reference appears.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: renum. (2) (intro.), (a), (b) to (2) (a) (intro.), 1., 2., renum. (2) (c) to (2) (b) and am., am. (3) (a), (b) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1802 Vertical platform lifts {#sec-sps-318.1802 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1802}

(1) Runway enclosure provided.

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 2.1.1.2 and 2.1.1.3: The clearance between the platform and the glazing in a fire-rated runway door shall be not more than 1 1/4 inches. The shear condition at the top of any glazing in the door shall be beveled at not less than 45 degrees.

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.1.1.7: Where the platform enclosure extends less than 79 inches above the platform, the horizontal clearance between the platform enclosure on a side not containing an entrance and the adjacent runway enclosure wall or the vertical surface of the machine tower may not exceed 4 inches. The horizontal clearance between the platform enclosure and the runway enclosure walls on either side of the machine tower may not exceed 12 inches. These maximum clearances do not apply to spaces above the machine tower or to any point more than 42 inches above the top landing.

(2) Partial runway enclosure provided.

(ag) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 2.1.1.2 and 2.1.1.3: Where the lift side of the door and sill present a smooth surface located not closer than 3/8 inch and not more than 3/4 inch from the access edge of the platform floor, the clearance between the edge of the platform floor and the glazing in a fire-rated runway door may not be more than 1 1/4 inches. The shear condition at the top of any glazing in the door shall be beveled at not less than 45 degrees.

(ar) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.1.2.1: Where the platform enclosure extends less than 79 inches above the platform, the horizontal clearance between the platform enclosure on a side not containing an entrance and the adjacent runway enclosure wall or the vertical surface of the machine tower may not exceed 4 inches. The horizontal clearance between the platform enclosure and the runway enclosure walls on either side of the machine tower may not exceed 12 inches. These maximum clearances do not apply to spaces above the machine tower or to any point more than 42 inches above the top landing.

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.1.2.3: Where the lift side of the door and sill present a smooth surface located not closer than 3/8 inch and not more than ¾ inch from the access edge of the platform floor, the clearance between the edge of the platform floor and the glazing in a fire-rated runway door shall be not more than 1¼ inches. The shear condition at the top of any glazing in the door shall be beveled at not less than 45 degrees.

(3) Runway enclosure not provided. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.1.3: Lifts without runway enclosures shall meet the building code, specifically for any unguarded space below the lift platform of more than 27 inches above the floor.

(3m) Relocatable lifts. The requirements of ASME A18.1 section 2.1.5 are not included as part of this chapter.

(4) Ramps.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.1.7.1: Ramps, where provided, shall be in accordance with the building code.

Note: A surface steeper than 1:48 within the wheelchair-maneuvering clearances that are required by the building code at a lift entrance are also required by the building code to have a power-opening entrance, with clearances to the lift call and door-opener button also meeting the building code.

(b) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the last sentence and pars. (a) to (e) of ASME A18.1 section 2.1.7.2: When in use, the inclination of retractable ramps shall be in accordance with the building code.

(5) Size of end entrance platforms. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.6.5: Platform lifts shall have a minimum clear width of 36 inches and a minimum clear length of 54 inches. For lifts complying with ASME A18.1 sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, and 2.1.3, the net inside floor area may not exceed 18 square feet. For lifts complying with ASME A18.1 section 2.1.4, the net inside floor area may not exceed 25 square feet. Platform lift controls and the required grab rail or grab bar may not project more than 4 inches from the platform side wall measured between a minimum of 30 inches to a maximum of 48 inches above the platform floor.

(6) Illumination. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.6.6.3: An auxiliary illumination source shall be provided to give general illumination of not less than 0.2 foot candles on the floor and controls. The auxiliary illumination system shall function according to all of the following:

(a) Activate when normal illumination fails.

(b) Utilize not less than 2 lamps of approximately equal intensity.

(c) Provide illumination of at least 0.2 foot candles for at least 90 minutes if the lift is designed and installed to operate normally for at least 2 cycles up and down after the lift’s main power fails.

(d) Provide illumination of at least 0.2 foot candles for at least 4 hours if the lift is not designed and installed to operate normally for at least 2 cycles up and down after the lift’s main power fails.

(7) Limitation on load speed and travel. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the first and second sentences of ASME A18.1 section 2.7.1: Platforms with a floor area of 18 square feet or less shall have a rated load of not less than 750 pounds.

(8) Operating devices. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.10.1: Operation of the lift from the landings and platform shall be controlled by continuous-pressure-type switches. The operating devices shall be designed so that both the up and down circuits cannot be operated at the same time.

Note: See the building code for requirements relating to accessible controls, operation, and signage.

(9) Manual operation. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.10.10: A vertical platform lift which is not connected to a building’s standby or emergency power and which is not equipped with rechargeable battery power capable of cycling the lift under full load for at least 2 cycles after normal building power is removed shall be provided with a means to manually raise or lower the platform to a landing. The means shall be operable only by lift personnel, and from a landing, without working directly over the platform.

(10) Emergency signals.

(am) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 2.11, 2.11.1, and 2.11.3:

  1. A vertical platform lift installed outdoors shall have an emergency signaling device provided in accordance with the requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 2.11.1 and 2.11.3, with a sound pressure rating of not less than 80 decibels nor greater than 90 decibels at 10 feet away. The signal shall respond without delay when the switch is activated.

  2. A vertical platform lift installed indoors in a building that is staffed 24 hours per day shall have a signaling device provided in accordance with ASME A18.1 sections 2.11.1 and 2.11.3, which is audible at 10 decibels minimum above ambient sound, at a continuously-staffed location. The signal shall respond without delay when the switch is activated.

(bm) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME 18.1 section 2.11.2: A vertical platform lift meeting the requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, or 2.1.3 that is installed indoors in an area which is not visible to personnel at all times shall have emergency signaling devices provided in accordance with the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 2.11.1 and ASME A17.1 sections 2.27.1.1.1 to 2.27.1.1.3 and 2.27.1.1.5 except “in the elevator” and “in the car” mean “on the platform.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: renum. (2) (a) to (2) (ar), cr. (2) (ag), am. (2) (b), cr. (3m), am. (4) (a), (b), cons. and renum. (5) (intro.) and (a) to (5) and am., r. (5) (b), am. (9), renum. (10) (intro.), (a), (b), (c) to (10) (am) (intro.), 1., 2., (bm) and, as renumbered, am. (10) (am) (intro.), (bm) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1803 Inclined platform lifts {#sec-sps-318.1803 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1803}

(1) Runways. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 3.1.1: Inclined platform lifts shall be installed so that the necessary means of egress is maintained as required in the building code. For new installations, the egress width shall be measured with the inclined platform lift in the unfolded, usable position. For replacement of a previously approved inclined platform lift, the egress width may remain as it has been with the original lift in place, but may not be reduced by the replacement.

(2) Lower level access ramps and pits.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 3.1.4.1: Ramping inclinations for floor-mounted ramps shall be in accordance with the building code.

Note: Under the building code, a floor surface steeper than 1:48 within the required wheelchair-maneuvering clearances at a lift entrance is a ramp, and a lift entrance at a ramp must have a power-opening device. Clearances to the lift call and door-opener button must also meet the building code.

(b) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in the last sentence and pars. (a) to (e) of ASME A18.1 section 3.1.4.2: When in use, the inclination of retractable ramps shall be in accordance with the building code.

(3) Operating devices. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in A18.1 section 3.10.1: Operation of the lift from the landings and platform shall be controlled by continuous-pressure-type switches. The operating devices shall be designed so that both the up and down circuits cannot be operated at the same time.

Note: See the building code for requirements relating to accessible controls, operation, and signage.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1804 Inclined stairway chair lifts {#sec-sps-318.1804 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1804}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 4.1.1: Stairway chairlifts shall be installed so that the required means of egress is maintained as required in the building code. For new installations, the egress width shall be measured with the stairway chair lift in the unfolded, usable position. For replacement of a previously approved stairway chair lift, the egress width may remain as it has been with the original lift in place, but may not be reduced by the replacement.

Note: Stairway chairlifts complying with this section may be installed as a convenience for individuals but are not recognized by the building code as providing accessibility due to the inability of a wheelchair user to use them without assistance.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1808 Hydraulic driving means {#sec-sps-318.1808 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1808}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 8.1:

(1) Shutoff valve.

(a) A manually operated shutoff valve shall be provided between the hydraulic pump unit and the hydraulic cylinder.

(b) For a lift with a machine room, the shutoff valve under par. (a) shall be located inside the machine room and adjacent to the hydraulic pump unit.

(2) Pump relief valve.

(a) General. Each pump or group of pumps shall be equipped with one or more relief valves conforming to all of the following, except as specified in par. (b):

  1. Be located between the pump and the check valve.

  2. Be of such a type and so installed in the bypass connection, that the valve cannot be shut off from the hydraulic system.

  3. Be of sufficient size, individually or accumulatively, to pass the maximum rated capacity of the pump without raising the pressure more than 50% above the working pressure. Two or more relief valves may be used to obtain the required capacity.

  4. Be sealed after being set to the correct pressure.

(b) No relief valve. A relief valve is not required for centrifugal pumps driven by induction motors, provided the shut-off, or maximum pressure that the pump can develop, is not greater than 135% of the working pressure at the pump.

(3) Check valve. A check valve shall be provided that will hold the platform lift with the rated load at any point if either of the following occurs:

(a) The pump stops and the down valves are closed.

(b) The maintained pressure drops below the minimum operating pressure.

(4) Pressure-gauge fittings. A pressure-gauge fitting with a shutoff valve shall be provided at either of the following locations:

(a) On the cylinder side of the check valve.

(b) Immediately adjacent to the hydraulic control valve.

(5) Type tests, certification, and marking plates for control valves.

(a) Engineering tests and certification process. Each type or model and make of a hydraulic control valve shall be subjected to the engineering tests and to the certification process specified in ASME A17.1 section 8.3.5, except ASME A17.1 section 8.3.5.3.1 does not apply.

(b) Hydraulic controls. Hydraulic control valves shall be plainly marked in a permanent manner with all of the following information:

  1. The certifying organization’s name or identifying symbol.

  2. The name, trademark, or file number by which the organization that manufactured the product can be identified.

  3. Type designation.

  4. Component-rated pressure.

  5. Electrical coil data.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1809 Rope sockets {#sec-sps-318.1809 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1809}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 9.8: Where wedge rope sockets are provided, they shall conform to the requirements in ASME A17.1 section 2.20.9.5.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1810 Routine, periodic, and acceptance inspections and tests {#sec-sps-318.1810 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1810}

(1) Inspectors. The requirements in ASME A18.1 sections 10.1.1 to 10.1.4 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See s. SPS 318.1011 for additional requirements relating to inspections

(2) Applicability of inspection and test requirements. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.1.5: Inspections and tests required by subs. (4) to (8) are to determine whether the equipment conforms to whichever of the following are applicable:

(a) The standard in effect on the contract date for the original installation.

(b) For altered components, the standard in effect on the contract date for the alteration.

(3) Installation placed out of service. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.1.6:

(a) When an installation is placed out of service, all of the following requirements shall be met:

  1. The power feed lines shall be disconnected from the machine disconnect switch or equivalent.

  2. For a vertical platform lift, the doors or gates shall be secured against opening.

  3. The department or agent municipality shall be notified.

  4. The department or agent municipality may inspect the lift and charge an inspection fee.

  5. Periodic inspections and tests may be discontinued while a lift is out of service.

  6. Written approval of the building code authority where a conveyance is part of a required accessible route in an occupied building.

(b) Before the lift may be placed back into service, all applicable inspections and tests shall be performed as required by subs. (2) and (4) to (8), and the permit-to-operate requirements in s. SPS 318.1011 shall be met.

Note: The building code may prohibit placing a vertical or inclined platform lift out of service where used by persons with disabilities. Consult with a building inspector for written permission prior to placing it out of service.

(4) Routine inspections and tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.2.1: Routine inspections and tests of sections 2 and 3 lifts shall be performed at intervals of not longer than one year. Routine inspections and tests of section 4 lifts shall be performed at intervals of not longer than 3 years.

(5) Inspections and test requirements. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.2.2: Routine inspections shall include the applicable items listed in ASME A18.1 sections 10.2.2.1 to 10.2.2.4. Where an inspection reveals a need for a test to be conducted, the licensed elevator inspector may order the test.

(6) Periodic inspections and tests. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.3: Periodic inspections shall be performed at the same time as routine inspections. Where an inspection reveals a need for a test to be conducted, the inspector may order the test.

(7) Five-year inspection and test requirements.

(a) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.3.3.1: Where a lift is equipped with a safety device that is subject to testing, the 5-year safety test – and where applicable, the governor test in ASME A18.1 section 10.3.3.2 – shall be performed. The test results shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality on an approved form.

Note: Forms required under this chapter are available on the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53708, or call (608) 266-2112.

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.1.3: The hydraulic control valves shall be tested in accordance with the requirements in ASME A17.1 8.10.3.2.2 (v).

(c) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 subsection 10.3.3.1 (b): For Type A safeties and Type A safety parts of Type C safeties, there shall be sufficient travel of the safety rollers or dogs remaining after the test to bring the platform and its rated load to rest on safety application at governor tripping speed. A metal tag shall be attached to the lift tower in a permanent manner that is readily visible to inspectors without disassembly, giving the date of the safety test together with the name of the person or firm who performed the test.

(8) Inspection and test requirements for altered installations. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ASME A18.1 section 10.5: Where an alteration is made to an existing installation, the affected components shall comply with the applicable portions of ASME A18.1 sections 2 to 4, 8, and 9.

Note: Where plan submittal and approval and inspections are required under Table SPS 318.1007-4, inspections and tests are required as specified in subsection (2).

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 19-118: cr. (3) (a) 6., am. (4), (5), renum. (7) to (7) (a), cr. (7) (b), (c) Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.1811 Maintenance logs {#sec-sps-318.1811 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.1811}

(1) Weekly operation procedure. The requirements in ASME A18.1 section 11.1.2 (c) are not included as part of this chapter.

(2) On-site documentation. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ASME A18.1 part 11.3: For a lift having an inspection and test panel, the inside cover of the inspection and test panel shall provide instructions for locating the on-site documentation. Instructions shall be permanently legible with lettering not less than 1/8 inch in height.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Subchapter VI Changes, Additions, or Omissions to ANSI E1.42

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4200 Entertainment technology {#sec-sps-318.4200 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4200}

(1) General. Orchestra pit lifts shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated, maintained, tested, and inspected in accordance with ANSI E1.42, except as otherwise provided in this subchapter.

(2) Changes, additions, and omissions. Changes, additions, or omissions to ANSI E1.42 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements in ANSI E1.42.

Note: The sections in this subchapter are generally numbered to correspond with the chapter numbering in ANSI E1.42. For example, section SPS 318.4201 corresponds to ANSI E1.42 Chapter 1.

(3) Retroactivity. The operation, testing, maintenance, and periodic inspection requirements of this subchapter apply to all orchestra pit lifts existing prior to June 1, 2020.

(4) Pit access. Orchestra pit lifts installed after June 1, 2020, in accordance with this subchapter shall include a means to access the pit for use when the lift is at the lowest landing.

(5) Stage fall protection plan. An orchestra pit lift owner shall develop and implement a protection plan to address the hazard of stage edge falls.

Note: An example of a stage edge fall protection plan is available in ANSI E1.42 Annex B.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4201 Scope and application {#sec-sps-318.4201 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4201}

(1) The statement in ANSI E1.42 section 1.1.1.1 is not included as part of this subchapter.

(2) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 1.1.2: This subchapter covers the design, construction, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, and repair of orchestra pit lifts and the associated parts, rooms, spaces, and hoistways.

(3) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 1.1.4: An orchestra pit lift that is not covered by this subchapter shall be subject to s. SPS 318.1700 (1).

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4202 Reference codes, standards, and specifications {#sec-sps-318.4202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4202}

Substitute the following requirement for ANSI E1.42 section 2.1: All references listed in ANSI E1.42 section 2.2 are informational only and are not requirements of this subchapter.

History

  • CR: 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4203 Definitions {#sec-sps-318.4203 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4203}

(1) Substitute the following definitions for the corresponding definitions specified in ANSI E1.42 chapter 3:

(a) “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department of safety and professional services, except as designated under s. SPS 318.1012.

(b) “Lifting load” means the load that the equipment is designed and installed to lift at the rated speed.

(c) “Qualified person” means one who is licensed for the corresponding work by the department under s. SPS 305.991.

(d) “Static load” means the live load that the orchestra pit lift is designed and installed to support while the lift platform is not in motion as provided by the manufacturer upon installation or as approved by the department.

(2) This is a department definition in addition to the definitions in ANSI E1.42 chapter 3: “Orchestra pit lift” has the meaning given in s. SPS 318.1004 (10) (g).

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4204 Design requirements {#sec-sps-318.4204 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4204}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 4.3.3: The horizontal gaps between the edges of the lift platform floor and fixed floors shall be greater than zero, in order to avoid direct contact, and not greater than 3/4 inch.

(2) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 4.1.4.1: The means of stopping and preventing unintended movement of the lift platform shall be tested at 100% of rated load.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 4.1.4.1.2: An inherently self-locking gear reducer or actuator that resists motion by a restraining force 150% or greater than the applied force may be permitted for use as secondary means against uncontrolled or unintended movement, where available from the manufacturer. Where the secondary means is installed, it shall be inspected by a qualified person.

(4) This is a department rule in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 4.3.3.1: The horizontal gaps shall be measured between the edge of the lift platform surface and the edge of the fixed floor.

(5) This is a department rule in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 4.6.1: The illumination levels shall be a minimum of 19 foot candles at the controller with the door open or closed, at the main disconnect location, and at the drive machines. The remainder of the pit floor shall be a minimum of 10 foot candles, including at access levels, the route to controller and disconnect location, and any other Group 2 areas, in accordance with ASME A17.1, section 2.2.5, as applicable.

History

  • CR 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4205 Control systems {#sec-sps-318.4205 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4205}

(1) This is a department informational note to be used under ANSI E1.42 section 5.1.3:

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 5.5.4: When actual and stored position data differ, setting or restoring position data for the lift shall only be done by qualified or competent persons.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 5.6.1.2: The circumstances requiring the override shall be investigated by a competent person before an override is engaged and may only be performed by an authorized person in communication with the operator. Override devices shall be located in a position so as to provide the authorized person a clear line of sight to the condition requiring the override. Indicators at all operator positions shall change state to inform the operator that the override has been engaged. The override device may not initiate motion without the direct action of the lift operator and shall limit speed and direction of travel while engaged.

History

  • CR: 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4206 Safety systems {#sec-sps-318.4206 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4206}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 6.3.1.2: Suitable active guarding mechanisms shall be per manufacturer’s recommendations or as approved by the department.

(2) This is a department rule in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 6.4.6: The emergency unlocking or unlatching release systems shall be accessible only to competent persons.

History

  • CR: 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4207 Installation and inspections {#sec-sps-318.4207 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4207}

(1) Substitute the following for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 7.1.1: Orchestra pit lifts shall be tested in accordance with the applicable criteria in ASME A17.1 section 8.6.

(2) The requirement in ANSI E1.42 section 7.1.4 is not included as part of this subchapter.

(3) Substitute the following for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 7.2.2: Compliance testing may be observed by the department.

(4) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 7.9.7.5: Any additional issues as identified by the manufacturer’s instructions or noted by the department during previous inspections.

(5) These are department rules in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 chapter 7:

(a) Periodic inspections shall be made at intervals not longer than one year.

(b) Periodic tests in conformance with ANSI E1.42 sections 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, and 7.8 shall be made at intervals not longer than one year.

(c) Periodic tests in conformance with ANSI E1.42 sections 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, and 7.10 shall be made at intervals not longer than 5 years.

History

  • CR: 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 318.4208 Operation, maintenance, and repair {#sec-sps-318.4208 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 318.4208}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.1.2: A written record of all trainings for competent persons and authorized persons, including the names of the competent persons, the names of the authorized persons, the names and affiliations of the trainers, and the dates of any training received from the trainers shall be maintained and shall be made available for inspection on request.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.2.4: If a fault, malfunction, damage, unusual sound, or other unusual performance of the orchestra pit lift occurs, then the operator shall stop the lift and evaluate the lift status. If corrective action cannot be taken within the authority of the operator, then the lift shall be taken out of service and referred to a competent person. Any such event and resulting actions shall be reported in accordance with section 8.3.4.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.3.3: For new installations, the initial maintenance control program shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer. For existing equipment undergoing any alteration, repair, or replacement, the maintenance control program for the altered, repaired, or replaced components shall be provided by the person or firm performing the work. The maintenance control program shall be made available at the scheduled time for service, tests, or inspection.

(4) This is a department rule in addition to requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.3.4: A paper copy of the record shall be available.

(5) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.4.1.2: Alterations and repairs to orchestra pit lifts manufactured to this standard shall be performed or supervised by qualified persons, in accordance with s. 101.984, Stats.

(6) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI E1.42 section 8.4.6.1: Orchestra pit lifts subject to this subchapter shall be inspected and operationally tested in accordance with ANSI E1.42 by a qualified person after any alterations, replacements, or repairs listed in table SPS 318.1007-1, as applicable. An orchestra pit lift may not be returned to service until it is in compliance with ANSI E1.42 section 8.4.6.

History

  • CR: 19-118: cr. Register May 2020 No. 773, eff. 6-1-20.

Chapter SPS 320 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

Subchapter I Purpose and Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-320.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.01}

(1) The purpose of this code is to establish uniform statewide construction standards and inspection procedures for one- and 2-family dwellings and modular homes in accordance with the requirements of ss. 101.60 and 101.70, Stats.

(2) The purpose of this code is to establish uniform installation and inspection procedures for manufactured homes in accordance with the requirements of s. 101.96, Stats.

Note: The design and construction of manufactured homes is regulated by the federal Department of Housing and Urban Development under Title 24 CFR Part 3280.

Note: See ch. SPS 305 for licensing requirements for manufactured home manufacturers and manufactured home installers.

Note: Other agencies may have regulations that affect the design, construction or placement of the dwelling and accessory structures or systems serving the dwelling. The regulations may necessitate additional administrative procedures or inspections for compliance.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; CR 06-071: renum. s. Comm 320.01 to be (1), cr. (2) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.02 Scope {#sec-sps-320.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.02}

(1) General. The provisions of this code apply to all of the following:

(a) All one- and 2-family dwellings built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03.

Note: This includes site-built dwellings, manufactured buildings used as dwellings, modular homes and dwellings that may be designated as cabins, seasonal homes, temporary residences, etc., (except for manufactured or HUD homes, which are covered separately under this section).

(b) Adult family homes providing care, treatment and services for 3 or 4 unrelated adults built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03.

(c) Community-based residential facilities providing care, treatment and services for 5 to 8 unrelated adults built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03.

(ce) A one- or 2-family dwelling built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03 that is used as a foster home or group home, or as a residential care center for children and youth that has a capacity for 8 or fewer children, all as defined in s. 48.02, Stats. Where such a home or center is operated in each dwelling unit of a 2-family dwelling, the capacity limit for each unit is independent of the other unit only if the two operations are independent of each other.

Note: Note: The definitions in s. 48.02, Stats., limit foster homes to no more than 4 children unless the children are siblings, and limit group homes to no more than 8 children. Where permitted by the Department of Children and Families, a group home or a residential care center for children and youth that has a capacity for 8 or fewer children may be located in a one- or 2-family dwelling as a community living arrangement, as defined in s. 46.03 (22), Stats.

(cm) A one- or 2-family dwelling built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03, in which a public or private day care center for 8 or fewer children is located. Where such a day care center is operated in each dwelling unit of a 2-family dwelling, the capacity limit for each unit is independent of the other unit only if the two operations are independent of each other.

Note: Section DCF 250.03 (9), as administered by the Department of Children and Families, defines a “family child care center” as being “a facility where a person provides care and supervision for less than 24 hours a day for at least 4 and not more than 12 children who are not related to the provider.” Chapter DCF 250 applies various licensing and other requirements to these centers, including for fire protection and other aspects of the physical plant.

Note: 2025 WI Act 15 updated statutes and rules to increase capacity for a family child care center to 4 to 12 children. Rulemaking is in progress to update the definition in this subsection.

(cs)

  1. Any portion of or space within a one- or 2-family dwelling built on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03, in which a home occupation is located.

  2. In this paragraph, “home occupation” means any business, profession, trade, or employment conducted in a person’s dwelling unit, that may involve the person’s immediate family or household and a maximum of one other unrelated person, but does not involve any of the following:

a. Explosives, fireworks, or repair of motor vehicles.

b. More than 25% of the habitable floor area of the dwelling unit.

Note: See chs. SPS 361 to 366 for buildings that are beyond the scope of this code.

(d) The onsite installation of a mobile home or manufactured home on piers, regardless of the date of production of the home.

Note: The design and construction of a manufactured home is regulated by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and is not subject to UDC requirements. Prior to regulation by HUD in 1976, manufactured homes were known as mobile homes and their design and construction were not uniformly regulated. See s. SPS 320.07 (52m) for the statutory definition.

(e) The onsite installation of a manufactured home, regardless of the type of foundation, where the manufactured home has a production date on or after April 1, 2007.

(f) The design and construction of a crawlspace, basement or foundation, other than piers, under a manufactured home where the manufactured home has a production date on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03.

(g) All garages, carports, porches, stoops, decks, balconies, stairways and similar structures that are attached to any building covered under this section that was constructed or had a production date on or after the effective dates under s. SPS 320.03.

(h) Adjacent, unattached structures listed under par. (g) that serve an exit from a dwelling.

(2) Municipal ordinances.

(a) A municipality may not adopt an ordinance on any subject falling within the scope of this code including establishing restrictions on the occupancy of dwellings for any reason other than noncompliance with the provisions of this code as set forth in s. SPS 320.10 (4). This code does not apply to occupancy requirements occurring after the first occupancy for residential purposes following the final inspection required under s. SPS 320.10 (3) (h).

(b) This code shall not be construed to affect local requirements relating to land use, zoning, post-construction storm water management, fire districts, side, front and rear setback requirements, property line requirements or other similar requirements. This code shall not affect the right of municipalities to establish safety regulations for the protection of the public from hazards at the job site.

(c) Any municipality may, by ordinance, require permits and fees for any construction, additions, alterations or repairs not within the scope of this code.

(d) Any municipality may, by ordinance, adopt the provisions of chs. SPS 320 to 325 to apply to any additions or alterations to existing dwellings.

(e) Nothing in this chapter shall prevent a municipality from any of the following:

  1. Implementing erosion and sediment control requirements that are more stringent than the standards of this code when directed by an order of the United States Environmental Protection Agency or by an administrative rule of the department of natural resources under s. NR 151.004.

  2. Regulating erosion and sediment control for sites that are not under the scope of this chapter.

(f) This code shall not be construed to affect the authority of the Department of Natural Resources to enforce chapters 281 and 283, Stats., and administrative rules promulgated there under.

(3) Legal responsibility. The department or the municipality having jurisdiction shall not assume legal responsibility for the design or construction of dwellings.

(4) Retroactivity. The provisions of this code are not retroactive, except as specifically stated in a rule.

(6) Landscaping. Except for construction erosion control, the scope of this code does not extend to driveways, sidewalks, landscaping and other similar features not having an impact on the dwelling structure.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (intro.), cr. (1) (d), r. and recr. (6), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. (6), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3), Register, April, 1990, No. 412, eff. 5-1-90; am. (5), Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; am. (1) (a), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; CR 00-159: renum. (intro.) to be (1) (a) and (1) to (5) to be (2) to (6); cr. (1) (b), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; CR 03-097: r. and recr. (1) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 05-113: am. (2) (b), cr. (2) (e) and (f) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-071: renum. (1) to be (1) (a), cr. (1) (b) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (1), am. (2) (e) 1. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; corrections in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; CR 10-089: am. (4) Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (b), (c), (f), (g), (2) (a), (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: cr. (1) (ce), (cm), (cs), renum. (5) to SPS 321.02 (4) and am. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.03 Effective date {#sec-sps-320.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.03}

The effective date of ch. SPS 322 is December 1, 1978. The effective date of chs. SPS 320, 321, 323, 324 and 325 is June 1, 1980.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4., Stats., Register, January, 1989, No. 397; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.04 Applications {#sec-sps-320.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.04}

(1) New dwellings.

(a) This code applies to all dwellings, dwelling units and foundations for dwelling units, for which the building permit application was made or construction commenced on or after the effective date of this code.

(b) All dwellings covered under par. (a) shall meet the requirements of ch. SPS 321.

(c)

  1. The installation of heating, air conditioning, plumbing or electrical systems is not required.

  2. If any of the systems under subd. 1. are installed, the systems and their installation shall comply with this code.

  3. If a heating or air conditioning system is installed, the dwelling shall comply with ch. SPS 322.

(2) Additions and alterations. Additions and alterations to dwellings covered by this code shall comply with all provisions of this code at the time of permit application or the beginning of the project, if no permit is required.

(3) Bed and breakfast establishments. The following portions of a bed and breakfast establishment shall comply with the provisions of this code:

(a) The third floor when used for other than storage.

(b) A structural addition, for which no use other than as a bed and breakfast establishment is proposed.

(4) Change of use. A building previously used for another purpose, such as a barn or garage, shall comply with this code upon conversion to residential use.

(5) Reuse of a dwelling or foundation.

(a) Existing dwelling or manufactured home placed on a different foundation. Where an existing dwelling or manufactured home is placed on a different foundation, the new foundation is considered an addition or alteration to the existing dwelling or manufactured home.

Note: The applicability of this code to an addition or alteration to an existing dwelling or manufactured home is determined by the original date of construction of the dwelling or manufactured home and is not altered by any movement of the structure.

(b) New dwelling or manufactured home. A new dwelling or manufactured home placed on a new or existing foundation shall meet the permitting, construction and inspection requirements of a new dwelling or manufactured home.

(6) Separated buildings. For a building to be considered a separate single-family dwelling or a separate 2-family dwelling within the scope of this code, regardless of ownership or occupancy arrangements, all of the following conditions shall be met:

(a) No structural members other than a common footing may be shared between any 2 dwellings.

Note: Two separated, insulated foundation walls may share the same structural footing.

(b) The adjoining exterior walls of the separate dwellings shall each have exterior coverings meeting the requirements of s. SPS 321.24.

(c) The adjoining exterior walls, including foundations, of the separate dwellings shall each meet the energy requirements under ch. SPS 322, irrespective of any adjacent dwelling.

(d) Both sides of any 2 adjoining walls, floors, ceilings and attics between dwellings shall meet the dwelling separation requirements of s. SPS 321.08 (1) for 2 dwellings on the same property less than 5 feet apart.

Note: 1. Flashing is acceptable to connect the roofs between dwelling units. See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for further information.

2. A building of 3 or more dwelling units without the separations specified in this section is a commercial building and shall meet the requirements set forth in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; cr. (3), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (1), r. and recr. (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (1), renum. (2) and (3) to be (3) and (4), cr. (2) and (5), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. (3) and (4), renum. (1) to be (1) (a) and (5) to be (4), and cr. (1) (b), (c), and (3), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 06-071: renum. (2) to be (2) (a), cr. (2) (b) and (5) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (2) and (5), cr. (6) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (b), (c) 3., (6) (b), (c), (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.05 Exemptions {#sec-sps-320.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.05}

(1) Existing dwellings. The provisions of this code shall not apply to dwellings and dwelling units, the construction of which was commenced prior to the effective date of this code, or to additions or alterations to such dwellings.

Note: The provisions of chs. SPS 320 to 325 may be adopted by a municipality to apply to any additions or alterations to existing dwellings.

(2) Multifamily dwellings. The provisions of this code shall not apply to residences occupied by 3 or more families living independently or occupied by 2 such families and used also for business purposes.

(3) Repairs. The provisions of this code do not apply to repairs or maintenance to dwellings or dwelling units, or to the repair of electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other systems installed therein.

(4) Accessory buildings. With the exception of s. SPS 321.08 (1), the provisions of this code do not apply to detached garages or to any accessory buildings detached from the dwelling.

(5) Detached decks. The provisions of this code do not apply to detached decks provided the deck does not serve an exit from the dwelling.

(6) Farm buildings. The provisions of this code do not apply to the buildings used exclusively for farm operations and not for human habitation.

(7) Indian reservations. The provisions of this code do not apply to dwellings located on Indian reservation land held in trust by the United States.

(8) Manufactured and modular homes. The provisions of this code do not apply to manufactured homes and modular homes used exclusively for display purposes.

(9) Motor homes and recreational vehicles. The provisions of this code do not apply to motor homes and recreational vehicles that are, or have been, titled through the department of transportation.

Note: Section 340.01 (33m) and (48r), Stats., read as follows:

(33m) “Motor home” means a motor vehicle designed to be operated upon a highway for use as a temporary or recreational dwelling and having the same internal characteristics and equipment as a mobile home.

(48r) “Recreational vehicle” means a vehicle that is designed to be towed upon a highway by a motor vehicle, that is equipped and used, or intended to be used, primarily for temporary or recreational human habitation, that has walls of rigid construction, and that does not exceed 45 feet in length.

Note: In accordance with Wis. Stat. s. 342.05 (1), the owner of a (recreational) vehicle, whether or not such vehicle is operated on any highway of this state, shall make application for certificate of title for the vehicle with the department of transportation. Examples of recreational vehicles are: travel trailer, 5th wheel and “park model”. Recreational vehicles are normally constructed to the standards: ANSI/NFPA 1192, Standard for RVs, and NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Recreational vehicles require a towbar (hitch), chassis, axles and wheels for transportation. At the installation site, the chassis and axles shall remain on the unit, with the towbar (hitch) and wheels left at the site. Otherwise the unit, including a park model, is subject to the UDC.

(10) Camping units. The provisions of this code do not apply to camping units subject to the provisions of ch. SPS 327.

(11) Religious waiver. The provisions of this code do not apply to dwellings where a religious waiver has been accepted by the authority having jurisdiction or the department under s. 101.648, Stats.

(12) Primitive rural hunting cabins. The provisions of this code do not apply to a primitive rural hunting cabin.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (5), r. (9), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (8), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (3), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. (8), renum. (6) and (7) to be (7) and (8) and cr. (6) and (9), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (5) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 06-071: r. and recr. (9) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: r. (4), renum. (5) to (9) to be (4) to (8) and am. (6), cr. (9) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; EmR1703: emerg. cr. (10), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. (10) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; CR 21-047: cr. (11), (12) Register May 2022 No. 797, eff. 6-1-22.

Subchapter II Jurisdiction

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.06 Procedure for municipalities {#sec-sps-320.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.06}

(1) Municipal jurisdiction.

(a) General.

  1. Except as provided in ss. 101.65 (1c) and 101.651 (1) and (2m), Stats., cities, villages and towns shall exercise jurisdiction over the construction and inspection of new dwellings.

Note: Section 101.65 (1c), Stats., reads as follows:

101.65 Municipal authority. Except as provided by s. 101.651, cities, villages, towns and counties:

(1c) May not make or enforce an ordinance under sub. (1) that is applied to a dwelling and that does not conform to this subchapter and the uniform dwelling code adopted by the department under this subchapter or is contrary to an order of the department under this subchapter. If any provision of a contract between a city, village, town, or county and an owner requires the owner to comply with an ordinance that does not conform to this subchapter or the uniform dwelling code adopted by the department under this subchapter or is contrary to an order of the department under this subchapter, the owner may waive the provision, and the provision, if waived, is void and unenforceable.

Note: Sections 101.651 (1) and (2m), Stats., read as follows.

101.651 Special requirements for smaller municipalities. (1) Definition. In this section, “municipality” means a city, village or town with a population of 2,500 or less.

(2m) Enforcement options. A municipality shall exercise jurisdiction over the construction and inspection of new one– and 2–family dwellings by enacting ordinances under s. 101.65 (1) (a) or shall exercise the jurisdiction granted under s. 101.65 (1) (a) jointly under s. 101.65 (1) (b), unless any of the following conditions are met:

(a) The municipality adopts a resolution requesting under sub. (3) (a) that a county enforce this subchapter or an ordinance enacted under s. 101.65 (1) (a) throughout the municipality and that a county provide inspection services in the municipality to administer and enforce this subchapter or an ordinance enacted under s. 101.65 (1) (a).

(c) Under sub. (3) (b), the department enforces this subchapter throughout the municipality and provides inspection services in the municipality to administer and enforce this subchapter.

  1. Municipalities intending to exercise jurisdiction shall, by ordinance, adopt this code in its entirety.

  2. No additional requirements within the scope of this code may be adopted by a municipality unless approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 320.20.

(b) Intent to exercise jurisdiction. Municipalities intending to exercise jurisdiction shall notify the department, in writing, at least 30 days prior to the date upon which the municipality intends to exercise jurisdiction under this code. The notification of intent shall include a statement by the municipality as to which of the following methods will be used for enforcement:

  1. Individual municipal enforcement;

  2. Joint municipal enforcement;

  3. Contract with certified UDC inspector or inspectors or independent inspection agency;

  4. Contract with another municipality;

(c) Submission of ordinances and resolutions.

  1. ‘Ordinances.’

a. Municipalities intending to exercise jurisdiction shall submit all ordinances adopting this code to the department at the same time as the notice of intent.

b. The department shall review and make a determination regarding municipal intent to exercise jurisdiction over new dwellings within 15 business days of receipt of municipal ordinances adopting this code.

c. A municipality may appeal a determination by the department in accordance with the procedure under s. SPS 320.21 (2).

  1. ‘Resolutions.’ Municipalities adopting a resolution under s. 101.651 (2m) (a), Stats., for enforcement by the county, shall file a certified copy of the resolution with the department within 30 days of adoption.

  2. ‘Recision of ordinances or resolutions.’ Municipalities that rescind an ordinance or a resolution under subd. 1. or 2. shall file a certified copy of the recision with the department within 30 days of adoption.

(d) Passage of ordinances. A certified copy of all adopted ordinances and subsequent amendments thereto shall be filed with the department within 30 days after adoption.

Note: A copy of a model ordinance for adoption is available from the department.

(2) County jurisdiction. A county ordinance shall apply in any city, village or town which has not enacted ordinances pursuant to this section. No county ordinance may apply until after 30 business days after the effective date of this code unless a municipality within the county informs the department of its intent to have this code administered and enforced by the county. This section shall not be construed to prevent or prohibit any municipality from enacting and administering this code at any time after the effective date of this code. The department shall review and make a determination regarding county jurisdiction over new buildings within 15 business days of receipt of the county ordinances adopting the uniform dwelling code.

(3) Departmental jurisdiction. In municipalities not adopting a resolution under s. 101.651 (2m), Stats., and not adopting an ordinance to enforce the code under s. SPS 320.06, the department will oversee enforcement and inspection services for new dwellings, including manufactured buildings used as dwellings.

(4) Continuing jurisdiction for permit issuers. Any dwelling, for which a permit is issued by a municipality or registered UDC inspection agency prior to a municipal action under sub. (1) (c) 2. or 3. shall have all required inspections completed by the municipality or agency that issued the permit.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (b) and (2), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1) (a) 3., Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; CR 00-159: r. (1) (intro.), renum. (1) (a) to (c) to be (1) (b) to (d), cr. (1) (a), r. and recr. (1) (c) and (3), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; correction in (1) (c) 2. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats.; CR 03-097: r. (1) (b) 5., am. (1) (c) 2., cr. (4) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; correction in (1) (a) 3., (c) 1. c., (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 21-047: am. (1) (a) 1. Register May 2022 No. 797, eff. 6-1-22.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.065 State jurisdiction {#sec-sps-320.065 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.065}

(1) In accordance with s. 101.64 (1) (h), Stats., municipalities administering the code may be monitored by the department for compliance with the administrative requirements under this code.

(2) In accordance with s. 101.653 (5), Stats., municipalities administering the code may be audited by the department for compliance with the erosion control requirements under this code.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2018 No. 753.

Subchapter III Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.07 Definitions {#sec-sps-320.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.07}

In chs. SPS 320 to 325:

(1) “Accessory building” means a detached building, not used as a dwelling unit but is incidental to that of the main building and which is located on the same lot. Accessory building does not mean farm building.

(2) “Addition” means new construction performed on a dwelling which increases the outside dimensions of the dwelling.

(3) “Allowable stress” means the specified maximum permissible stress of a material expressed in load per unit area.

(4) “Alteration” means an enhancement, upgrading or substantial change or modification other than an addition or repair to a dwelling or to electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other systems within a dwelling.

(5) “Approved” means an approval by the department or its authorized representative. (Approval is not to be construed as an assumption of any legal responsibility for the design or construction of the dwelling or building component.)

(5m) “Attached,” defining the relationship between another building and a dwelling, means at least one of the following conditions is present:

(a) There is a continuous, weatherproof roof between the two structures.

Note: The sides are not required to be enclosed with walls.

(b) There is a continuous, structural floor system between the two structures.

(c) There is a continuous foundation system between the two structures.

(6) “Attic” means a space under the roof and above the ceiling of the topmost part of a dwelling.

(7) A “balcony” is a landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building.

(7m) “Base flood elevation” means the depth or peak elevation of flooding, including wave height, which has a one percent or greater chance of occurring in any given year.

(8) “Basement” means that portion of a dwelling below the first floor or groundfloor with its entire floor below grade.

(8m) “Best management practices” is defined in s. 101.653, Stats., and means practices, techniques or measures that the department determines to be effective means of preventing or reducing pollutants of surface water generated from construction sites.

(9) “Building component” means any subsystem, subassembly or other system designed for use in or as part of a structure, which may include structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems and other systems affecting health and safety.

(10) “Building system” means plans, specifications and documentation for a system of manufactured building or for a type or a system of building components, which may include structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and variations which are submitted as part of the building system.

(10m) “Business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday.

(10r) “Camping unit” has the meaning given in s. SPS 327.08 (9).

(10t) “Carport” means a structure used for storing motorized vehicles that is attached to a dwelling and that has at least 2 sides completely unenclosed.

(11) “Ceiling height” means the clear vertical distance from the finished floor to the finished ceiling.

(12) “Certified inspector” means a person certified by the department to engage in the administration and enforcement of this code.

(12m) “Ch. SPS 325 Appendix” means chs. SPS 320 to 325 Appendix.

(13) A “chimney” is one or more vertical, or nearly so, passageways or flues for the purpose of conveying flue gases to the atmosphere.

(14) “Chimney connector”. Same as smoke pipe.

(15) “Closed construction” means any building, building component, assembly or system manufactured in such a manner that it cannot be inspected before installation at the building site without disassembly, damage or destruction.

(15g) “Coarse aggregate” means granular material, such as gravel or crushed stone, that is predominately retained on a sieve with square openings of 4.75 mm or 0.18 inch.

(15m) “Coastal floodplain” means an area along the coast of Lake Michigan or Lake Superior below base flood elevation that is subject to wave runup or wave heights of 3 feet or more.

(16) “Code” means chs. SPS 320 to 325, the Wisconsin uniform dwelling code.

(17) “Combustion air” means the total amount of air necessary for the complete combustion of a fuel.

(18) “Common use area” means kitchens, hallways, basements, garages and all habitable rooms.

Note: These areas must meet the circulation requirements under s. SPS 321.035.

(19) “Compliance assurance program” means the detailed system documentation and methods of assuring that manufactured dwellings and dwelling components are manufactured, stored, transported, assembled, handled and installed in accordance with this code.

(19m) “Composting toilet system” means a method that collects, stores and converts by bacterial digestion nonliquid-carried human wastes or organic kitchen wastes, or both, into humus.

(19r) “Control practice” means a method or device implemented to prevent or reduce erosion or the resulting deposition of soil or sediment.

(20) “Cooling load” is the rate at which heat must be removed from the space to maintain a selected indoor air temperature during periods of design outdoor weather conditions.

(21) “Dead load” means the vertical load due to all permanent structural and nonstructural components of the building such as joists, rafters, sheathing, finishes and construction assemblies such as walls, partitions, floors, ceilings and roofs, and systems.

(21m) “Deck” means an unenclosed exterior structure, attached or adjacent to the exterior wall of a building, which has a floor, but no roof.

(23) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(24) “Detached building” means any building which is not physically connected to the dwelling.

(24m) “Dilution air” means air that is provided for the purpose of mixing with flue gases in a draft hood or draft regulator.

(24r) “Direct-vent appliance” means a gas-burning appliance that is constructed and installed so that all air for combustion is derived directly from the outside atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to the outside atmosphere.

(25) “Dwelling” has the meaning given in s. 101.61 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 101.61 (1), Stats., reads as follows: “Dwelling” means any building that contains one or 2 dwelling units. “Dwelling unit” means a structure or that part of a structure which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others. “Dwelling” and “dwelling unit” do not include a primitive rural hunting cabin.

(26) “Dwelling contractor” means any person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of performing erosion control or construction work such as framing, roofing, siding, insulating, masonry or window replacement work covered under this code and who takes out a building permit. “Dwelling contractor” does not include the owner of an existing dwelling, an owner who will reside in a new dwelling or a person, firm or corporation engaging exclusively in electrical, plumbing, or heating, ventilating and air conditioning work.

(27) “Dwelling unit” has the meaning given in s. 101.61 (1), Stats.

Note: Section 101.61 (1), Stats., reads as follows: “Dwelling” means any building that contains one or 2 dwelling units. “Dwelling unit” means a structure or that part of a structure which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others. “Dwelling” and “dwelling unit” do not include a primitive rural hunting cabin.

(28t) “Erosion” means the detachment and movement of soil, sediment or rock fragments by water, wind, ice or gravity.

(29) “Exit” means a direct, continuous, unobstructed means of egress from inside the dwelling to the exterior of the dwelling.

(30) “Farm operation” is the planting and cultivating of the soil and growing of farm products substantially all of which have been planted or produced on the farm premises.

Note: According to s. 102.04 (3), Stats., the farm operation includes the management, conserving, improving and maintaining of the premises, tools, equipment improvements and the exchange of labor or services with other farmers; the processing, drying, packing, packaging, freezing, grading, storing, delivery to storage, carrying to market or to a carrier for transportation to market and distributing directly to the consumer; the clearing of such premises and the salvaging of timber and the management and use of wood lots thereon but does not include logging, lumbering and wood-cutting operations unless the operations are conducted as an accessory to other farm operations.

(31) “Farm premises” is defined to be the area which is planted and cultivated. The farm premises does not include greenhouses, structures or other areas unless used principally for the production of food or farm products.

(32) “Farm products” are defined as agricultural, horticultural and arboricultural crops. Animals considered within the definition of agricultural include livestock, bees, poultry, fur-bearing animals, and wildlife or aquatic life.

(33) “Farming” means the operation of a farm premises owned or rented by the operator.

(33m) “Fireblocking” means a material or device used to retard or prevent the spread of flame or hot gases through concealed spaces into adjacent rooms or areas.

(34) “Firebox” means that part of the fireplace used as the combustion chamber.

(34e) “First floor” means the first floor level above any groundfloor or basement or, in the absence of a groundfloor or basement, means the lowest floor level in the dwelling.

(34f) “Flight” means a continuous series of risers and treads, with no intermediate landings.

(34g) “Floodfringe area” means that portion of the floodplain outside of the floodway that is at or below base flood elevation. The term “floodfringe” is intended to designate an area of standing, rather than flowing, water.

(34h) “Floodplain” means land which is subject to flooding which is at or below base flood elevation. The floodplain includes the floodway and floodfringe areas.

(34i) “Floodway” means the channel of a river or stream and those portions of the floodplain adjoining the channel required to carry the flood discharge. The term “floodway” is intended to designate an area of flowing, rather than standing, water.

(34s) “Foundation” means the structural system used to transfer the weight of the building to the earth.

Note: The foundation may include one or more components such as footings, piers, columns, slabs and walls.

(35) “Garage” means a structure used for storing motorized vehicles that has any more than 2 sides completely enclosed.

(36) “Gas appliance” means any device that uses gas as a fuel or raw material to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration or air conditioning.

(36m) “Groundfloor” means that level of a dwelling, below the first floor, located on a site with a sloping or multilevel grade and which has a portion of its floor line at grade.

(36r) “Guard” means a barrier erected to prevent a person from falling to a lower level.

(37) “Habitable room” means any room used for sleeping, living or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed places as kitchens, closets, pantries, bath or toilet rooms, hallways, laundries, storage spaces, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

(37m) “Handrail” means a horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by a hand, for guidance or support or preventing a fall down a stair.

(38) “Hearth” means the floor area within the fire chamber of a fireplace.

(38m) “Hearth extension” means the surfacing applied to the floor area extending in front of and at the sides of the fireplace opening.

(40) “Heating load” is the estimated heat loss of each room or space to be heated, based on maintaining a selected indoor air temperature during periods of design outdoor weather conditions. The total heat load includes: the transmission losses of heat transmitted through the wall, floor, ceiling, glass or other surfaces; and either the infiltration losses or heat required to warm outdoor air used for ventilation.

Note: Infiltration losses include heat required to warm outside air which leaks through cracks and crevices, around doors and windows or through open doors and windows.

(40m) “Hollow unit” means a masonry unit which has a net cross-sectional area parallel to the bearing face which is less than 75% of the gross cross-sectional area.

(40t) “Incinerating toilet” means a self-contained device for the treatment of nonliquid carried wastes that deposits the wastes directly into a combustion chamber, reduces the solid portion to ash and evaporates the liquid portion.

(41) “Independent inspection agency” means any person, firm, association, partnership or corporation certified by the department to perform certified inspections under this code.

(42) “Initial construction” means the date of issuance of the Wisconsin uniform building permit.

(43) “Insignia.” See “Wisconsin insignia.”

(44) “Installation” means the assembly of a manufactured building on site and the process of affixing a manufactured building to land, a foundation, footing or an existing building.

(46) “Kitchen” means an area used, or designed to be used, for the preparation of food.

(46m) “Land disturbing construction activity” means any man-made alteration of the land surface resulting in a change in the topography or existing vegetative or non-vegetative soil cover, that may result in storm water runoff and lead to an increase in soil erosion and movement of sediment. Land disturbing construction activity includes clearing and grubbing, demolition, excavating, pit or trench dewatering, filling and grading activities.

(47) “Landing” means the level portion of a stairs located between flights of stairs or located at the top and base of a stairs.

(48) “Listed and listing” means equipment or building components which are tested by an independent testing agency and accepted by the department.

(49) “Live load” means the weight superimposed on the floors, roof and structural and nonstructural components of the dwelling through use and by snow, ice or rain.

(50) “Loft” means an upper room or floor which has at least 50% of the common wall open to the floor below. The opening may be infringed upon by an open guard constructed in compliance with s. SPS 321.04 (2), but not by a window or half-wall guard. All habitable rooms of lofts are open to the floor below.

(51) “Manufacture” means the process of making, fabricating, constructing, forming or assembling a product from raw, unfinished, semifinished or finished materials.

(52m) “Manufactured home” has the meaning as given in s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 101.91 (2), Stats., reads as follows:

(2) “Manufactured home” means any of the following:

(am) A structure that is designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation and that is certified by the federal department of housing and urban development as complying with the standards established under 42 USC 5401 to 5425.

(c) A mobile home, unless a mobile home is specifically excluded under the applicable statute.

Note: “Mobile home” is defined in section 101.91 (10), Stats., as follows: “‘Mobile home’ means a vehicle manufactured or assembled before June 15, 1976, designed to be towed as a single unit or in sections upon a highway by a motor vehicle and equipped and used, or intended to be used, primarily for human habitation, with walls of rigid uncollapsible construction, which has an overall length in excess of 45 feet. ‘Mobile home’ includes the mobile home structure, its plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical systems, and all appliances and all other equipment carrying a manufacturer’s warranty.”

(53) “Mechanical draft venting system” means a venting system for a gas burning appliance that is designed to remove flue or vent gases by mechanical means, such as a fan, which may consist of an induced draft portion under non-positive static pressure or a forced draft portion under positive static pressure.

(53f) “Modular home” has the meaning given in s. 101.71 (6), Stats.

Note: Section 101.71 (6) (a), Stats., reads as follows:

(a) “Modular home” means any structure or component thereof which is intended for use as a dwelling and:

1. Is of closed construction and fabricated or assembled on-site or off-site in manufacturing facilities for installation, connection, or assembly and installation, at the building site; or

2. Is a building of open construction which is made or assembled in manufacturing facilities away from the building site for installation, connection, or assembly and installation, on the building site and for which certification is sought by the manufacturer.

(b) “Modular home” does not mean any manufactured home under s. 101.91 or any building of open construction which is not subject to par. (a) 2.

Note: See s. SPS 320.07 (52m) for the definition of manufactured home.

(53m) “Multiple station smoke alarm” means an assembly that incorporates the smoke detector, the control equipment and the alarm-sounding device in one unit that is capable of being interconnected with one or more additional alarms so that the actuation of one alarm causes the operation of all interconnected alarms.

(54) A “multi-wythe wall” is a masonry wall composed of 2 or more wythes of masonry units tied or bonded together.

(55) “Municipality” means any city, village, town or county in this state.

(55m) “Naturally vented appliance” means an appliance with a venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases under non-positive static vent pressure entirely by natural draft.

(56) “Open construction” means any building, building component, assembly or system manufactured in such a manner that it can be readily inspected at the building site without disassembly, damage or destruction.

(57) “Owner” means any person having a legal or equitable interest in the dwelling.

(58) “Perm” means a unit of permeance which is measured in grains per (hour) (square foot) (inch of mercury vapor pressure difference).

Note: The lower the perm rating of a material is, the more difficult it is for water vapor to pass through it.

(59) “Pilaster” is a projection of masonry or a filled cell area of masonry for the purpose of bearing concentrated loads or to stiffen the wall against lateral forces.

(59m) “Porch” means an unenclosed exterior structure at or near grade attached or adjacent to the exterior wall of any building, and having a roof and floor.

(59p) “Primitive rural hunting cabin” has the meaning given in s. 101.61 (3), Stats.

Note: Section 101.61 (3), Stats., reads as follows:

(3) “Primitive rural hunting cabin” means a structure that satisfies all of the following:

(a) The structure is not used as a home or residence.

(b) The structure is used principally for recreational hunting activity.

(c) The structure does not exceed 2 stories in height.

(d) The structure satisfies any of the following:

1. The structure was constructed before December 31, 1997.

2. The structure results from alterations made to a structure described in subd.1.

3. The structure replaces a structure described in subd. 1.

(59t) “Privy” means an enclosed nonportable toilet into which nonwater-carried human wastes are deposited to a subsurface storage chamber.

(60m) “Registered UDC inspection agency” means a person, business or entity that is registered with the department for the purpose of facilitating plan review, issuance of Wisconsin uniform building permits, and inspection of one- and 2-family dwellings in municipalities where the department has jurisdiction pursuant to s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats.

(61) “Repair” means the act or process of restoring to original soundness, including redecorating, refinishing, nonstructural repairs or maintenance, or the replacement of existing fixtures, systems or equipment with the equivalent fixture, system or equipment.

(62) “Shingle” means a unit of roof-covering material that has been manufactured to specific dimensions and is applied in overlapping fashion. “Shingle” includes all of the following:

(a) “Fiberglass asphalt shingle” means a type of shingle with an internal mat composed of nonwoven, resin-bonded glass fibers, that is impregnated and coated with asphalt.

(b) “Laminated shingle” means a shingle with a second layer of asphalt and mat laminated to the first layer, usually in a design pattern to simulate the dimensional appearance of natural slate or wood shakes.

(c) “Organic asphalt shingle” means a shingle with an internal mat composed of organic fibers, such as cellulose, that is saturated and coated with asphalt.

(d) “Strip shingle” means a rectangular shingle that relies either on a sealant or on a combination of weight and stiffness to resist wind uplift, rather than using interlocking tabs.

(63) A “single-wythe wall” is a masonry wall consisting of one unit of thickness.

(64) A “smoke chamber” is that part of a fireplace which acts as a funnel to compress the smoke and gases from the fire so that they will enter the chimney above.

(65) A “smoke pipe” is a connector between the solid or liquid fuel-burning appliance and the chimney.

(65m) “Solid unit” means a masonry unit which has a net cross-sectional area parallel to the bearing face which is 75% or more of the gross cross-sectional area.

(65r) “Stabilized” means the condition where vegetation is established or other practices are in place on exposed soil surfaces so as to reduce erosion.

(66) “Stair,” “stairs,” or “stairway” means one or more risers and the necessary treads, which form a continuous passage from one elevation to another. Multiple stairways can be connected by platforms and landings.

(68) A “story” is that portion of a building located above the basement, between the floor and the ceiling.

(69) A “stove” is a nonportable solid-fuel-burning, vented, nonducted heat-producing appliance located in the space that it is intended to heat. This definition does not include cooking appliances.

(70) “Stovepipe.” Same as smoke pipe.

(71) “Strain” means a change in the physical shape of a material caused by stress.

(72) “Stress” means internal resistance to an external force expressed in load per unit area; stresses acting perpendicular (compression or tension) to the surface, shear stresses acting in the plane of the surface, or bending stresses which cause curving.

(73) “Structural analysis” is a branch of the physical sciences which uses the principles of mechanics in analyzing the impact of loads and forces and their effect on the physical properties of materials in the form of internal stress and strain.

(75) The “throat” of a fireplace is the slot-like opening above the firebox through which flames, smoke and other products of combustion pass into the smoke chamber.

(75m) “UDC” means chs. SPS 320 to 325, the Wisconsin uniform dwelling code.

(76) “Vent” means a vertical flue or passageway to vent fuel-burning appliances.

(77) A “vent connector” is a connector between a fuel-burning appliance and the chimney or vent.

(77f) “Water-resistive barrier” means a material, including flashing, behind an exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that has penetrated behind the permanent weather-resistant finish from further intruding into the exterior wall assembly.

(77m) “Waters of the state” includes those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, and all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, watercourses, drainage systems and other surface waters or groundwaters, natural or artificial, public or private, within the state or its jurisdiction.

(78) “Window” means a glazed opening in an exterior wall, including glazed portions of doors, within a conditioned space.

(78m) “Wisconsin Administrative Permit” means a permit issued by a municipality that does not conduct inspections or plan reviews under this code.

(79) “Wisconsin insignia” means a device or seal approved by the department to certify compliance with this code.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; cr. (34m) and (36m), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (8), (22), (36m), (50), (58), (62) and (74), r. (18) and (53), renum. (26) to (29m) and am., cr. (34r), (38m), (40m), (59m) and (65m), r. and recr. (38), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (16), (34m), (40), (52) (a) (intro.) and (b), cr. (21m), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (16), cr. (intro), (8m), (28t), (28v), (63m), (65r) and (77m), Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; am. (4) and (65r), renum. (62) to be (73r), cr. (26), (62), (78m), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; emerg. cr. (7m), (34L) and (40f), eff. 5-8-96; correction in (23) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; emerg. cr. (7m), (34L) and (40f), eff. 5-8-96; cr. (7m), (15m), (34g), (34h) and (34i), renum. (34k) to be (34e), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; r. (22), (27m), (39), (73r) and (74), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; cr. (19m), (40t) and (59t), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; r. (4m), (28), (28r), (41m), (45), (56m), (60) and (73m), cr. (10m), (15g), (24m), (24r), (33m), (34f), (53), (53m), and (55m), r. and recr. (17) and (36) and am. (47) and (61), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 00-159: cr. (60m) and (75m), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; CR 02-077: cr. (10t), r. and recr. (29) and (35) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 05-113: cr. (19r), (46m) and (67m), r. (28v) and (63m), r. and recr. (65r) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-071: am. (52) (b), cr. (52m) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: cr. (5m), (18), (34s), (53f) and (77f), r. (29m) and (52) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (intro.), (16), (23), (50), (75m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (34f), r. (34m), cr. (36r), (37m), am. (47), (50), (62) (intro.), (66), r. (67), (67m) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-043: cr. (12m) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; correction in (12m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720; EmR1703: emerg. cr. (10r), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. (10r) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; CR 21-047: am. (25), (27), cr. (59p) Register May 2022 No. 797, eff. 6-1-22.

Subchapter IV Approval and Inspection of One- and 2-Family Dwellings

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.08 Wisconsin uniform building permit {#sec-sps-320.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.08}

(1) Where required. Except as provided under s. SPS 320.09 (9) (b), a Wisconsin uniform building permit shall be obtained from the municipality administering and enforcing this code or from a registered UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code in a municipality where the department has jurisdiction pursuant to s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats., before any on–site construction, including excavation for a structure, may begin.

(2) Inspections. A person who obtains a Wisconsin uniform building permit from a registered UDC inspection agency shall retain the same agency to conduct the inspections for the project under s. SPS 320.10.

Note: Section SPS 320.09 (9) (b) permits the issuance of a footing and foundation permit prior to the issuance of the Wisconsin uniform building permit.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; CR 00-159: r. and recr., Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; CR 03-097: am. (1) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2007 No. 620; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.09 Procedure for obtaining uniform building permit {#sec-sps-320.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.09}

(1) Application. Application for a Wisconsin uniform building permit shall be on forms obtained from the department, the municipality or the authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code. No application shall be accepted that does not contain all the information requested on the form.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for a copy of the Wisconsin uniform building permit and application.

Note: Any municipality exercising jurisdiction may require reasonable supplementary information not contained on the Wisconsin building permit application.

(2) Filing of permit applications.

(a) Construction or installation of a dwelling.

  1. A Wisconsin uniform building permit application for the construction or installation of a dwelling shall be filed with the municipality or the authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code.

  2. Pursuant to s. 101.63 (7m), Stats., each municipality shall contact the department to register and enroll in the department’s online building permit system. Municipalities or its contracted agent shall then file all building permits in the format acceptable to the department no later than the 15th of the following month after the date the permit was issued.

Note: To register for the electronic building permit process the department may be contacted by telephone at (608) 266-2112, or via email at DSPSSBUDCTech@wisconsin.gov.

  1. If the municipality administering and enforcing this code fails to file the electronic permit form information by the end of the first month following the date of issuance, the municipality, or the contracted inspection agency of that municipality shall refund to the person to whom the building permit was issued the amount of the permit fees less the fee paid to the state for the Wisconsin uniform building permit seal.

  2. The Wisconsin uniform building permit shall not be issued nor shall the permit information be submitted electronically to the department prior to the receipt of all completed forms, fees, plans, and documents required to process the application and completion of other local prerequisite permitting requirements.

Note: The department requires copies of permits that are issued for new dwelling construction or installation only. Permits issued for additions, alterations, accessory buildings, etc., should not be filed with the department.

(b) Additions, alterations and repairs.

  1. When required by local ordinance, permit applications for additions, alterations and repairs shall be filed with municipalities and counties in accordance with their adopted ordinances.

Note: The Department of Safety and Professional Services requires copies of permits that are issued for new dwelling construction only. Any permits issued for additions, alterations, repairs, garage construction, etc. are not required to be filed with the department.

  1. Pursuant to s. 101.65 (1m), Stats., a building permit required under subd. 1. may not be issued unless the conditions of sub. (5) (c) are satisfied, except as provided under s. 101.654 (1) (b), Stats.

  2. Building permits for additions, alterations and repairs are not required in municipalities where the department has jurisdiction under s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats.

(c) General requirements.

  1. The permit application shall be reviewed by a certified UDC inspector.

  2. A permit may be issued only after approval of the requirements under this section by a certified UDC inspector.

  3. Dwellings for which a permit has been issued shall be inspected in accordance with s. SPS 320.10.

(3) Fees.

(a) Municipal fees.

  1. The municipality shall, by ordinance, determine fees to cover expenses of plan examination, inspection and the issuance of the Wisconsin uniform building permit.

  2. The municipality shall purchase a Wisconsin uniform building permit seal from the department for each new dwelling in accordance with s. SPS 302.34.

(b) Inspection agency fees.

  1. UDC inspection agency fees shall be determined by contract between the municipality and the agency or between the department and the agency, where the agency has been authorized to conduct inspections on behalf of the department.

  2. A UDC inspection agency shall purchase a Wisconsin uniform building permit seal from the department in accordance with s. SPS 302.34.

(4) Plan submittals. At least 2 sets of plans for all one- and 2-family dwellings shall be submitted to the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code, for examination and approval at the time the Wisconsin uniform building permit application is filed.

(5) Required plans. The required building plans shall be legible and drawn to scale or dimensioned and shall include all of the following:

(a) Site plan. The site plan shall show all of the following:

  1. The location of the dwelling and any other buildings, wells, surface waters and dispersal systems on the site with respect to property lines and surface waters adjacent to the site.

  2. The areas of land-disturbing construction activity and the location of all erosion and sediment control measures to be employed in order to comply with s. SPS 321.125.

  3. The pre-construction ground surface slope and direction of runoff flow within the proposed areas of land disturbance.

(b) Floor plan.

  1. Floor plans shall be provided for each floor.

  2. The following features shall be included on all floor plans:

a. The size and location of all rooms, doors, windows, structural features, exit passageways and stairs.

b. The use of each room.

c. The location of plumbing fixtures, chimneys, heating and cooling appliances, and a heating distribution layout.

d. The location and construction details of wall bracing on each building side and floor level. The details may consist of the Wall Bracing Compliance Worksheet or a legend showing which wall bracing method is used and the lengths or number of braced wall panels and demarcation of the circumscribed rectangles if more than one is used.

(c) Elevations. The elevations shall show all of the following:

  1. The exterior appearance of the building, including the type of exterior materials.

  2. The location, size and configuration of doors, windows, roof, chimneys, exterior grade, footings and foundation walls.

(6) Required data.

(a) All plans submitted for approval shall be accompanied by sufficient data, calculations and information to determine if the dwelling will meet the requirements of this code.

(b) The data and information for determining compliance with the energy conservation standards shall be submitted in a format approved by the department.

(c) Except as required under s. SPS 321.33, a municipality exercising jurisdiction may not require plans or calculations to be stamped or sealed by an architect or engineer.

(d) The name of the initial downstream receiving water of the state from the dwelling shall be identified, regarding erosion and sediment control.

(7) Master plans.

(a) Where a dwelling is intended to be identically and repetitively constructed at different locations, a master plan may be submitted for approval.

(b) The plans shall include plans and data as required under subs. (5) and (6).

(c) If the plans conform to the provisions of the code, an approval and a master plan number shall be issued.

(d) The number issued may be used in lieu of submitting building plans for each location.

(e) A plot plan shall be submitted for each location at the time of application for the Wisconsin uniform building permit.

(8) Approval of plans.

(a) If the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing the code determines that the plans submitted for a one- or 2-family dwelling substantially conform to the provisions of this code and other legal requirements, an approval shall be issued.

(b) The plans shall be stamped “conditionally approved” by a certified inspector who holds the respective credential for the plans reviewed.

(c) One copy shall be returned to the applicant and one copy shall be retained by the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code.

(d) The conditions of approval shall be indicated by a letter or on the permit.

(e) All conditions of the approval shall be met during construction.

(9) Issuance and posting of permits.

(a) Uniform building permit.

  1. The Wisconsin uniform building permit shall be issued if the requirements for filing and fees are satisfied and the plans have been conditionally approved.

  2. Pursuant to s. 101.65 (1m), Stats., a Wisconsin uniform building permit may not be issued to a person unless the person complies with subds. 3. and 4., except as provided under s. 101.654 (1) (b) and (c) 2., Stats.

Note: Section 101.654 (1) (b), Stats., exempts an owner of a dwelling who resides or will reside in the dwelling and who applies for a building permit to perform work on the dwelling from obtaining a dwelling contractor financial responsibility registration. Under s. 101.65 (1r), an owner who obtains a building permit needs to sign a statement advising the owner of the potential consequences of hiring a contractor to perform work under the permit who is not bonded or insured under s. 101.654 (2) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.654 (1) (c) 2., Stats., reads: “The continuing education requirements under par. (a) and the rules promulgated by the department under sub. (1m) do not apply to any person who holds a current license issued by the department at the time that the person obtains a building permit if the work the person does under the permit is work for which the person is licensed.”

  1. A person applying for a Wisconsin uniform building permit for work covered under ch. SPS 321 or 322 who is not the owner who resides or will reside in the dwelling shall hold one of the following credentials issued by the department:

a. A dwelling contractor certification.

b. A dwelling contractor — restricted certification.

c. A dwelling contractor financial responsibility certification.

d. A dwelling contractor financial responsibility — restricted certification.

  1. A person applying for a Wisconsin uniform building permit for work covered under ch. SPS 321 or 322 who is not the owner who resides or will reside in the dwelling shall hold or engage, as an employee, a person who holds a certification issued by the department as a dwelling contractor qualifier.

  2. The permit shall expire 24 months after issuance if the dwelling exterior has not been completed.

  3. Pursuant to s. 101.63 (7), Stats., the name and license number of the Wisconsin master plumber responsible for the installation of plumbing shall be entered on the permit by the issuing entity at the time of issuance.

(b) Permit to start construction of footings and foundation.

  1. Construction may begin on footings and foundations prior to the issuance of the Wisconsin uniform building permit where a permit to start construction is obtained.

  2. Upon submittal of the application for a permit to start construction, a plot plan, complete footing and foundation information including exterior grading, and a fee, the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency enforcing this code may issue a permit to start construction of the footings and foundation.

  3. The issuance of a permit to start construction shall not influence the approval or denial of the Wisconsin uniform building permit application.

(c) Private onsite wastewater treatment systems. Pursuant to s. 145.195, Stats., if the proposed construction requires connection to a private onsite wastewater treatment system, a Wisconsin uniform building permit may not be issued unless conformance with s. SPS 383.25 (2) has first been determined.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for a reprint of s. SPS 383.25 (2).

(d) Posting of permit.

  1. The Wisconsin uniform building permit shall be posted in a conspicuous place at the dwelling site.

  2. The Wisconsin uniform building permit seal shall be affixed to the posted permit or to the Wisconsin uniform building permit application. The permit seal number shall appear on both documents.

(10) Disapproval of plans and denial of permits.

(a) General. Approval shall be denied if the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code determines that the Wisconsin uniform building permit application or the plans do not substantially conform to the provisions of this code and other legal requirements.

(b) Denial of application. A copy of the denied application, accompanied by a written statement specifying the reasons for denial, shall be sent to the applicant and to the owner as specified on the Wisconsin uniform building permit application.

(c) Stamping of plans.

  1. Plans which do not substantially conform to the provisions of the code shall be stamped “not approved.”

  2. One copy shall be returned to the person applying for the Wisconsin uniform building permit and one copy shall be retained by the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing the code.

(d) Appeals. The applicant may appeal a denial of the application in accordance with the procedure outlined in s. SPS 320.21.

(11) Time-span for approval or denial. Action to approve or deny a uniform building permit application shall be completed within 10 business days of receipt of all forms, fees, plans and documents required to process the application, and completion of other local prerequisite permitting requirements.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. (7), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (4) (b) and (5) (b) 1., Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3) (a) and (4) (a) 2., Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (4) (a) 1., (5) (a), (b) 2. and (6) (intro.), Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., am. (3) and (7), cr. (2) (b), (3) (c), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (5) (b) 1., Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (4) (a) 1. a. and (b), r. and recr. (4) (a) 1. b., r. (4) (a) 1. c. and d., Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; am. (5) (a), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; cr. (5) (b) 1. c. and d., Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; cr. (5) (b) 3., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (5) (b) 3. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats; correction in (5) (b) 3. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 00-159: am. (1), (2), (4) (intro.), (5) (a), (5) (b) 2. and (c), (6) (intro.) and (b), r. and recr. (3), (5) (b) 1. d., cr. (8), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; correction in (5) (b) 1. b. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2003 No. 569; CR 03-097: am. (1), (2) (a), r. (2) (a) 2., (b), (3) (b), and (8), cr. (2) (b), renum. (3) (c) to be (3) (b) and am, Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 05-113: r. and recr. (4) (a) 1., renum. (4) (b) and (c) to be (4) (c) and (d) and am. (4) (c), cr. (4) (b) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 07-007: r. and recr. (2) (b) and (5) Register August 2007 No. 620, eff. 9-1-07, except (5) (c) 2. eff. 1-1-08; CR 08-043: r. and recr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (c) 3., (3) (a) 2., (b) 2., (5) (a) 2., (d) 2., (6) (c), (9) (a) 3., 4., (c), (10) (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-015: am. (5) (b) 2. d. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 15-041: am. (5) (b) 2. d., r. (5) (d), am. (6) (d) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 17-001: r. and recr. (2) (a) 2., cr. (2) (a) 3., 4. Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.10 Inspections {#sec-sps-320.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.10}

(1) Inspector certification. All inspections, for the purpose of administering and enforcing this code, shall be performed by an inspector certified in accordance with ch. SPS 305 who holds the respective credential for the inspection performed.

(2) General inspection requirements.

(a) General. Inspections shall be conducted by the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code to determine if the construction or installations conform to the conditionally approved plans, the Wisconsin uniform building permit application and the provisions of this code.

(b) Inspection notice.

  1. The applicant or an authorized representative shall request inspections from the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code.

  2. Except as provided under subd. 3., construction may not proceed beyond the point of inspection until the inspection has been completed.

  3. Construction may proceed if the inspection has not taken place by the end of the second business day following the day of notification or as otherwise agreed between the applicant and the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency.

(3) Inspection types.

(a) General. The inspections described in pars. (b) to (i) shall be performed to determine if the work complies with this code.

(b) Erosion control inspection. Erosion control inspections shall be performed concurrently with all other required construction inspections. Additional inspections for erosion control may be performed by the delegated authority.

(c) Foundation excavation inspection.

  1. The excavation for the foundation shall be inspected after the placement of any forms or required reinforcement and prior to the placement of the permanent foundation material.

  2. If a drain tile system is required, by the local inspector or by groundwater levels in the excavation, the presence and location of bleeders used to connect the interior and exterior drain tile shall be inspected at the same time as the excavation.

Note: This excavation inspection may be used to determine the need for drain tile under s. SPS 321.17.

(d) Foundation reinforcement inspection. The placement of reinforcement shall be inspected where the reinforcement is required for code compliance.

(e) Foundation inspection. The foundation shall be inspected after completion. Where dampproofing, exterior insulation or drain tile are required for code compliance, the foundation shall be inspected prior to backfilling.

(f) Rough inspection.

  1. A rough inspection shall be performed for each inspection category listed under subd. 1. a. to e. after the rough work is constructed but before it is concealed.

a. The basement floor area.

Note: The inspection of the basement floor area should include the following: any underfloor plumbing, electrical, or HVAC; any interior drain tile with base course required under s. SPS 321.17; the structural base course for the floor slab if required under s. SPS 321.20; and the underfloor vapor retarder as required under s. SPS 322.38.

b. General construction, including framing.

c. Rough electrical.

d. Rough plumbing.

e. Rough heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

  1. All categories of work for rough inspections may be completed before the notice for inspection is given, provided the work has not been covered.

  2. The applicant may request one rough inspection or individual rough inspections.

  3. A separate fee may be charged for each individual inspection.

(g) Insulation inspection. An inspection shall be made of the insulation and vapor retarders after they are installed but before they are concealed.

(h) Final inspection.

  1. Except as provided under subd. 2., the dwelling may not be occupied until a final inspection has been made that finds no critical violations of this code that could reasonably be expected to affect the health or safety of a person using the dwelling.

  2. Occupancy may proceed in accordance with local ordinances if the inspection has not been completed by the end of the fifth business day following the day of notification or as otherwise agreed between the applicant and the department or municipality.

(i) Installation inspection. An inspection shall be performed on the installation of a manufactured home or modular home.

Note: The design and construction of manufactured homes is regulated by the federal Department of Housing and Urban Development under Title 24 CFR Part 3280.

(4) Notice of compliance or noncompliance.

(a) General.

  1. Notice of compliance or noncompliance with this code shall be written on the building permit or another readily visible means and posted at the job site. Alternatively, the notice may be delivered electronically if mutually agreed upon by the applicant and inspector.

  2. Upon finding of noncompliance, the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency enforcing this code shall also notify the applicant of record and the owner, in writing, of the violations to be corrected. Alternatively, the notification may be delivered electronically if mutually agreed upon by the applicant and inspector.

  3. Except as specified under par. (b), the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency shall order all cited violations corrected within 30 days after written notification, unless an extension of time is granted under s. SPS 320.21.

(b) Erosion and sediment control requirements.

  1. The time period allowed for compliance with the erosion and sediment control provisions under s. SPS 321.125 shall be determined based on the severity of the noncompliance in relation to soil loss or potential damage to the waters of the state.

  2. Pursuant to s. 101.653 (7) (b), Stats., the department, a municipality or the designated UDC inspection agency may issue a special order directing an immediate cessation of construction work on other aspects of the dwelling until compliance with the erosion and sediment control provisions under s. SPS 321.125 is attained. Construction work may resume once the erosion and sediment control compliance corrections are completed.

Note: Section 101.653 (7) (b) reads: “The department or a city, village, town or county may issue a special order directing the immediate cessation of work on a one- or 2-family dwelling until the necessary plan approval is obtained or until the site complies with the rules promulgated under sub. (2).”

(5) Voluntary inspection. The department or its authorized representative may, at the request of the owner or the lawful occupant, enter and inspect dwellings, subject to the provisions of this code, to ascertain compliance with this code.

(6) Record keeping.

(a) Municipal enforcement. Municipalities that have adopted an ordinance to enforce this code shall maintain records in accordance with all of the following:

  1. A record shall be made of each visit to a site, each inspection type performed and the pass or fail results of each inspection.

  2. Approved plans shall be retained for 4 years after completion of the dwelling.

  3. Applications forms, correction orders, correspondence and inspection records shall be maintained for 7 years after completion of the dwelling.

(b) State enforcement. Inspectors working under state contract shall maintain records in accordance with the provisions of the contract that was in effect at the time the inspections were completed.

Note: Records generated by the plan review and inspection functions are public records and are subject to the open-records law.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (a), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (1) (b) 2. f., Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; correction (1) (b) 2. intro. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4., Stats., Register, January, 1989, No. 397; r. (1) (b) 2. e., renum. (1) (b) 2. f. and 3. and (3) to be (1) (b) 2. e. and 4. and (2), cr. (1) (b) 3., Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (1) (c), Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; cr. (1) (b) 5., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (intro.), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; r. and recr. (1) (c), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; am. (intro.), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; r. and recr. (1) (b) 4., Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 00-159: am. (1) (intro.), (c) 1. and 2. a., r. and recr. (1) (a), Register September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; CR 05-113: r. and recr. (1) (c) 2. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-071: am. (1) (b) (intro.) cr. (1) (b) 6. and (3) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: r. and recr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (3) (i) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (1), (4) (a) 3., (b) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-088: am. (4) (a) 1., 2. Register May 2016 No. 725, eff. 6-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.11 Suspension or revocation of Wisconsin uniform building permit {#sec-sps-320.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.11}

(1)

(a) The municipality or the registered UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code may suspend or revoke any Wisconsin uniform building permit where it appears that the permit or approval was obtained through fraud or deceit, where the applicant has willfully refused to correct a violation order or where the inspector is denied access to the premises.

(b) No construction may take place on the dwelling after suspension or revocation of the permit.

(2) Any person aggrieved by a determination made by the department, a municipality or a registered UDC inspection agency may appeal the decision in accordance with s. SPS 320.21.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; CR 00-159: r. (1), renum. (intro.) to be (1), am. (2), Register, September 2001 No. 549 eff. 12-1-01; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Approval and Inspection of Modular Homes and Their Components

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.12 Scope {#sec-sps-320.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.12}

This part shall govern the design, manufacture, installation and inspection of modular homes, manufactured building systems and the components of the building systems displaying the Wisconsin insignia.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.13 Manufacture, sale and installation of homes {#sec-sps-320.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.13}

(1) Manufacture and sale. No modular home, manufactured building system or component of the building system subject to this part shall be manufactured for use, sold for initial use or installed in this state unless it is approved by the department and it bears the Wisconsin insignia issued or a state seal or an insignia reciprocally recognized by the department.

(2) Installation. A Wisconsin uniform building permit shall be obtained in accordance with s. SPS 320.09 (1) to (5) (a) before any on-site construction falling within the scope of this code is commenced for a modular home. The permit shall be issued in accordance with s. SPS 320.09 (9).

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; correction in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2007 No. 620; CR 08-043: am. (2) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.14 Approval procedures {#sec-sps-320.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.14}

(1) Application for approval.

(a) An application for approval of any modular home, building system or component shall be submitted to the department in the form required by the department, along with the appropriate fees in accordance with s. SPS 302.34.

(b) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval of a modular home, building system or component within 3 months.

(2) Approval of building systems and components.

(a) Approval of building systems.

  1. ‘Plans and specifications.’ All plans and specifications shall be submitted to the department according to subd. 1. a. or b.:

a. Three complete sets of building, structural, mechanical and electrical plans, (including elevations, sections and details), specifications and calculations shall be submitted to the department on behalf of the manufacturer for examination and approval.

b. At least one complete set of building, structural, mechanical and electrical plans, (including elevations, sections and details), specifications and calculations shall be submitted to the department on behalf of a manufacturer. All plans and specifications submitted to the department shall be stamped “conditionally approved” by a UDC certified inspector or inspectors.

  1. ‘Compliance assurance program.’

a. Three sets of the compliance assurance program shall be submitted for examination and approval.

b. The compliance assurance program shall meet the standards of the Model Documents for the Evaluation, Approval and Inspection of Manufactured Buildings or an equivalent standard acceptable to the department.

(b) Approval of building components.

  1. ‘Plans and specifications.’ All plans and specifications shall be submitted to the department according to subd. 1. a. or b.:

a. At least 3 complete sets of plans and specifications for manufactured dwelling building components shall be submitted to the department on behalf of the manufacturer for examination and approval.

b. At least one complete set of plans and specifications for manufactured dwelling building components shall be submitted to the department on behalf of the manufacturer. All plans and specifications submitted to the department shall be stamped “conditionally approved” by a UDC certified inspector or inspectors.

  1. ‘Compliance assurance program.’

a. Three sets of the compliance assurance program shall be submitted to the department for examination and approval of components.

b. The compliance assurance program shall meet the requirements established by the department or, where applicable, be in the form of the Model Documents for the Evaluation, Approval and Inspection of Manufactured Buildings or an equivalent standard acceptable to the department.

(3) Notification of approval or denial of plans, specifications and compliance assurance program.

(a) Conditional approval. If the department determines that the plans, specifications, compliance assurance program and application for approval submitted for such building system or component substantially conform to the provisions of this code, a conditional approval shall be issued. A conditional approval issued by the department shall not constitute an assumption of any liability for the design or construction of the manufactured building.

  1. ‘Written notice.’ The conditional approval shall be in writing and sent to the manufacturer and the person submitting the application for approval. Any noncompliance specified in the conditional approval shall be corrected before the manufacture, sale or installation of the dwelling, building system or component.

  2. ‘Stamping of plans, specifications and compliance assurance program.’ Approved plans, specifications and compliance assurance programs shall be stamped “conditionally approved.” At least 2 copies shall be returned to the person designated on the application for approval; one copy shall be retained by the department.

(b) Denial. If the department determines that the plans, specifications, compliance assurance program or the application for approval do not substantially conform to the provisions of this code, the application for approval shall be denied.

  1. ‘Written notice.’ The denial shall be in writing and sent to the manufacturer and the person submitting the application for approval. The notice shall state the reasons for denial.

  2. ‘Stamping of plans, specifications and compliance assurance program.’ Plans, specifications and compliance assurance programs shall be stamped“not approved.” At least 2 copies shall be returned to the person submitting the application for approval; one copy shall be retained by the department.

(4) Evidence of approval. The manufacturer shall keep at each manufacturing plant where such building system or component is manufactured, one set of plans, specifications and compliance assurance program bearing the stamp of conditional approval. The conditionally approved plans, specifications and compliance assurance program shall be available for inspection by an authorized representative of the department during normal working hours.

(5) Inspections. Manufacturers shall contract with the department or an independent inspection agency to conduct in-plant inspections to assure that the building system and components manufactured are in compliance with the plans, specifications and the compliance assurance program approved by the department. All inspections, for the purpose of administering and enforcing this code, shall be performed by a certified UDC inspector or inspectors.

(6) Wisconsin insignia. Upon departmental approval of the plans, specifications and compliance assurance program, and satisfactory in-plant inspections of the building system and components, Wisconsin insignias shall be purchased from the department in accordance with the fee established in s. SPS 302.34. A manufacturer shall be entitled to display the Wisconsin insignia on any approved system or component.

(a) Lost or damaged insignia.

  1. ‘Notification.’ If Wisconsin insignias become lost or damaged, the department shall be notified immediately, in writing, by the manufacturer or dealer.

  2. ‘Return of damaged insignias.’ If Wisconsin insignias become damaged, the insignia shall be returned to the department with the appropriate fee to obtain a new insignia.

(b) Affixing Wisconsin insignias. Each Wisconsin insignia shall be assigned and affixed to a specific manufactured dwelling or component in the manner approved by the department before the dwelling is shipped from the manufacturing plant.

(c) Insignia records.

  1. ‘Manufacturer’s insignia records.’ The manufacturer shall keep permanent records regarding the handling of all Wisconsin insignias, including construction compliance certificates, indicating the number of Wisconsin insignias which have been affixed to manufactured dwellings or manufactured building components (or groups of components); which Wisconsin insignias have been applied to which manufactured dwelling or manufactured building component; the disposition of any damaged or rejected Wisconsin insignias; and the location and custody of all unused Wisconsin insignias. The records shall be maintained by the manufacturer or by the independent inspection agency for at least 10 years. A copy of the records shall be sent to the department upon request.

  2. ‘Construction compliance certificate.’ Within 30 days after receiving the original Wisconsin insignias from the department, and at the end of each month thereafter, the manufacturer shall submit a construction compliance certificate, in the form determined by the department, for each manufactured dwelling intended for sale, use or installation in the state.

(d) Unit identification. Each modular home and major transportable section or component shall be assigned a serial number. The serial number shall be located on the manufacturer’s data plate.

(e) Manufacturer’s data plate. The manufacturer’s data plate for building systems shall contain the following information, where applicable:

  1. Manufacturer’s name and address;

  2. Date of manufacture;

  3. Serial number of unit;

  4. Model designation;

  5. Identification of type of gas required for appliances and directions for water and drain connections;

  6. Identification of date of the codes or standards complied with;

  7. State insignia number;

  8. Design loads;

  9. Special conditions or limitations of unit;

  10. Electrical ratings; instructions and warnings on voltage, phase, size and connections of units and grounding requirements.

(7) Reciprocity. Upon request, the department will make available to any person a list of those states whose dwelling codes are considered equal to the codes established by the department and whose products are accepted reciprocally by Wisconsin.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (a), r. and recr. (2) (a) 1. and (b) 1., Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; correction in (6) (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, September, 1992, No. 441; am. (1), (2) (a) 2., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (2) (a) 1. b., (b) 1. b., (5), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; correction in (6) (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 1998, No. 507; correction in (2) (a) 2. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2003 No. 569; CR 06-119: am. (1) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 08-043: am. (1), (2) (a) 2. and (b) 2. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; corrections in (2) (a) 2. b., (b) 2. b. and (6) (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (1) (a), (6) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.15 Effect of approval {#sec-sps-320.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.15}

(1) Right to bear insignia. A modular home or building component approved by the department, manufactured and inspected in accordance with this code, shall be entitled to bear the Wisconsin insignia.

(2) Effect of insignia. Modular homes and manufactured building components bearing the Wisconsin insignia are deemed to comply with this code, except as to installation site requirements, regardless of the provisions of any other ordinance, rule, regulation or requirement.

(3) Right to install. Modular homes and components bearing the Wisconsin insignia may be manufactured, offered for sale and shall be entitled to be installed anywhere in Wisconsin where the installation site complies with the other provisions of this code.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.16 Suspension and revocation of approval {#sec-sps-320.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.16}

The department shall suspend or revoke its approval of a manufactured building system or manufactured building component if it determines that the standards for construction or the manufacture and installation of a manufactured building system or manufactured building component do not meet this code or that such standards are not being enforced as required by this code. The procedure for suspension and revocation of approval shall be as follows:

(1) Filing of complaint. Proceedings to suspend or revoke an approval shall be initiated by the department or an independent inspection agency or UDC certified inspector having a contract with the manufacturer whose approval is sought to be suspended or revoked. Initiation shall be by a signed, written complaint filed with the department. Any alleged violation of the code shall be set forth in the complaint with particular reference to time, place and circumstance.

(2) Investigation and notification. The department may investigate alleged violations on its own initiative or upon the filing of a complaint. If it is determined that no further action is warranted, the department shall notify the persons affected. If the department determines that there is probable cause, it shall order a hearing and notify the persons affected.

(3) Mailing. Unless otherwise provided by law, all orders, notices and other papers may be served by the department by certified mail to the persons affected at their last known address. If the service is refused, service may be made by sheriff without amendment of the original order, notice or other paper.

(4) Response. Upon receipt of notification of hearing from the department, the person charged with noncompliance or nonenforcement may submit to the department a written response within 30 days of the date of service. If the person charged files a timely written response, such person shall thereafter be referred to as the respondent.

(5) Conciliation agreement prior to hearing. If the department and the respondent are able to reach agreement on disposition of a complaint prior to hearing, such agreement shall:

(a) Be transmitted in writing to the secretary;

(b) Not be binding upon any party until signed by all parties and accepted by the secretary;

(c) Not be considered a waiver of any defense nor an admission of any fact until accepted by the secretary.

(6) Hearings.

(a) Subpoenas; witness fees. Subpoenas shall be signed and issued by the department or the clerk of any court of record. Witness fees and mileage of witnesses subpoenaed on behalf of the department shall be paid at the rate prescribed for witnesses in circuit court.

(b) Conduct of hearings. All hearings shall be conducted by persons selected by the department. Persons so designated may administer oaths or affirmations and may grant continuances and adjournments for cause shown. The respondent shall appear in person and may be represented by an attorney-at-law. Witnesses may be examined by persons designated by all parties.

(7) Findings. The department shall make findings and enter its order within 14 days of the hearing. Any findings as a result of petition or hearing shall be in writing and shall be binding unless appealed to the secretary.

(8) Appeal arguments. Appeal arguments shall be submitted to the department in writing in accordance with ch. 227, Stats., unless otherwise ordered. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of notification of suspension or revocation of approval within 45 business days of receipt of the appeal.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (8), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.17 Effect of suspension and revocation {#sec-sps-320.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.17}

(1) Bearing of insignia. Upon suspension or revocation by the department of the approval of any modular home or manufactured building component, no further insignia shall be attached to any home or building component manufactured with respect to which the approval was suspended or revoked. Upon termination of such suspension or revocation, insignias may again be attached to the home or building component manufactured after the date approval is reinstated. Should any home or building component have been manufactured during the period of suspension or revocation, it shall not be entitled to bear the Wisconsin insignia unless the department has inspected, or caused to be inspected, such modular home or manufactured building component and is satisfied that all requirements for certification have been met.

(2) Return of insignias. The manufacturer shall return to the department all insignias allocated for a modular home or manufactured building component no later than 30 days from the effective date of any suspension or revocation of the approval by the department. The manufacturer shall also return to the department all insignias which it determines for any reason are no longer needed.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639.

Subchapter VI Approval of Products

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.18 Building product approvals {#sec-sps-320.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.18}

(1) Voluntary approval.

(a) Materials, equipment and products regulated by this code may receive a written approval from the department indicating code compliance.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests and other evidence that prove the material, equipment or product is in compliance with the standards specified in this code.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations for materials, equipment and products shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(2) Alternate approval.

(a) Materials, equipment and products which meet the intent of this code and which are not approved under sub. (1) shall be permitted if approved in writing by the department.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests and other evidence that prove the material, equipment or product meets the intent of the standards specified in this code.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations for materials, equipment and products shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(3) Experimental approval.

(a) The department may allow use of an experimental material, equipment or product for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of this code.

(b) The department may require the submission of any information deemed necessary for review.

(c) The department may limit the number of applications it will accept for approval of experimental materials, equipment or products.

(d) Installations of a material, equipment or product under an experimental approval shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Plans detailing the installation for each project where the experimental material, equipment or product is to be used shall be submitted to the department.

  2. A copy of the experimental approval shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans.

a. A letter of consent from the owner of the installation shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans.

b. The letter under subd. 3. a. shall acknowledge that the owner has received and read a copy of the experimental approval and is in compliance with all conditions of the approval.

  1. A person responsible for construction of the project shall be designated in writing by the owner.

  2. The person designated as responsible for the construction of the project shall, upon completion of construction, certify in writing to the department that the installation is in compliance with the experimental approval, approved plans, specifications and data.

(e)

  1. Any onsite inspections shall be performed by the department, or other person authorized by the department, at time intervals as specified by the department, but not less than once a year. The inspector shall write an inspection report.

  2. The department may assess a fee for each inspection conducted under subd. 1.

(f) Five years and 6 months after the date of the completed installation, the department shall order the removal of the experimental material, equipment or product, or issue an approval for the material, equipment or product.

(g) Paragraphs (e) and (f) do not apply to an experimental system if this code is revised to include or enable the experimental system to conform to the intent of this code.

(4) Review, approval and revocation processes.

(a)

  1. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for a material, equipment or product.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval after receipt of all forms, fees, plans and information required to complete the review.

  3. For voluntary and alternate approvals, a determination shall be made within 40 business days of receipt of all required materials.

  4. For an experimental approval, a determination shall be made within 6 months of receipt of all required materials.

(b)

  1. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval.

  2. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this code.

(c) If the department determines that the material, equipment or product does not comply with this code or the intent of this code, or that an experimental approval will not be issued, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(d) If an approved material, equipment or product is modified, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the material, equipment or product is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(e)

  1. The department may revoke or deny an approval of a material, equipment or product for any false statements or misrepresentations of relevant facts or data, unacceptability of a third party providing information, or as a result of material, equipment or product failure.

  2. The department may re-examine an approved material, equipment or product and issue a revised approval at any time.

(f) The department may revoke an approval if the department determines that the material, equipment or product does not comply with this code or the intent of this code due to a change in the code or department interpretation of the code.

(g) An approval issued by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of the approved material, equipment or product nor for any damages that may result.

(h) Fees for the review of a material, equipment or product under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(5) Ungraded or used materials.

(a) Ungraded or used building materials may be used or reused as long as the material possesses the essential properties necessary to achieve the level of performance required by the code for the intended use.

(b) The department or the municipality enforcing this code may require tests in accordance with sub. (1) or (2).

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; cr. (3), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; r. and recr., Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (4) (h) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VII Variances, Appeals, Violations and Penalties

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.19 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-320.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.19}

The department may grant a variance to a rule only if the variance does not result in lowering the level of health, safety and welfare established or intended by the rule. The department may consider other criteria in determining whether a variance should be granted including the effect of the variance on uniformity.

(1) Application for variance. The applicant shall submit the petition for variance application to the municipality exercising jurisdiction in order to receive the municipal recommendation. Where no municipality exercises jurisdiction, the application shall be submitted to the department. The following items shall be submitted when requesting a variance:

(a) A clear written statement of the specific provisions of this code from which a variance is requested and the method of establishing equivalency to those provisions.

(b) A fee in accordance with s. SPS 302.52. The municipality may require a fee for the processing of the application in addition to the department’s fee.

Note: A copy of the Petition for Variance form (SBD-9890) is contained in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

(2) Municipal recommendation. The municipality administering and enforcing this code shall submit all applications for variance to the department, together with a municipal recommendation within 10 business days after receipt of the application. The recommendation of the municipality shall include the following items:

(a) Inspections performed on the property.

(b) The issuance of correction orders on the property.

(c) An assessment of the overall impact of the variance on the municipality.

Note: A copy of the Municipal Recommendation form (SBD-9890) is contained in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

(3) Departmental action. Where a municipality administers and enforces the code, the department shall decide petitions for variance and shall mail notification to the municipality and the applicant within 5 business days after receipt of the application and municipal recommendation. Where the department enforces the code, the department shall decide petitions for variance within 15 business days after receipt of the application and fees.

(4) Appeals. A person or municipality may appeal the determination of the department in the manner set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.20 Municipal variance from the code {#sec-sps-320.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.20}

Any municipality exercising or intending to exercise jurisdiction under this code may apply to the department for a variance permitting the municipality to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code. The department shall review and make a determination on a municipal request to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code within 60 business days of receipt of the request.

(1) Application for variance. The department may grant an application only under the following circumstances:

(a) The municipality has demonstrated that the variance is necessary to protect the health, safety or welfare of individuals within the municipality because of specific climate or soil conditions generally existing within the municipality.

(b) The municipality has demonstrated that the granting of the variance, when viewed both individually and in conjunction with other variances requested by the municipality, does not impair the statewide uniformity of this code.

(2) Departmental inquiry. Prior to making a determination, the department shall solicit within the municipality and consider the statements of any interested persons as to whether or not said application should be granted.

(3) Appeals. Any municipality aggrieved by the denial of an application may appeal the determination in accordance with the procedure set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of denial of a municipal request to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code within 60 business days of receipt of the appeal.

(4) Uniformity. This section shall be strictly construed in accordance with the goal of promoting statewide uniformity.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (intro.) and (3), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.21 Appeals of orders, determinations, and for extension of time {#sec-sps-320.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.21}

(1) Appeals of orders and determinations by a municipality exercising jurisdiction. Appeals of order or determination of a municipality exercising jurisdiction under this code, including denials of application for permits, shall be made in accordance with the procedure set out in ch. 68, Stats., prior to making an appeal to the department, except as follows:

(a) Appeals of final determinations by a municipality exercising jurisdiction. Appeals of final determination by municipalities shall be made to the department after the procedures prescribed in ch. 68, Stats., have been exhausted. All appeals to the department shall be in writing stating the reason for the appeal. All appeals shall be filed with the department within 10 business days of the date the final determination is rendered under ch. 68, Stats. The department shall render a written decision on all appeals within 60 business days of receipt of all calculations and documents necessary to complete the review.

Note: Chapter 68, Stats., provides that municipalities may adopt alternate administrative appeal procedures that provide the same due process rights as ch. 68, Stats. Municipalities having adopted such alternate procedures may follow those alternate procedures.

(2) Appeals of orders and determinations by the department. Appeals of an order of the department made pursuant to the provisions of this code, including denials of application for permits, shall be in accordance with the procedure set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of an order or determination within 60 business days of receipt of all calculations and documents necessary to complete the review.

(3) Extensions of time.

(a) The time for correction of cited orders as set out in s. SPS 320.10 shall automatically be extended in the event that an appeal of said orders is filed. The extension of time shall extend to the termination of the appeal procedure and for such additional time as the department or municipality administering and enforcing this code may allow.

(b) The department or municipality administering and enforcing this code may grant additional reasonable time in which to comply with a violation order.

(4) Appeals of soil erosion control orders by a municipality for cessation of work.

(a) Appeals of orders for cessation of work issued under s. SPS 320.10 (4) may be made to the authority issuing the cessation of work order. The authority shall make a determination on such appeal within 3 business days. Determination of appeals by a municipality may be conducted in consultation with the department.

(b) Appeals of a final determination by a municipality on cessation of work orders may be made to the department. The department shall issue a final determination on the appeal within 3 business days after receipt of such appeal.

(c) If the issuing authority determines the site to be compliant with s. SPS 321.125, orders shall be rescinded and work may commence.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (a) and (2), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (4), Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; CR 08-043: am. (1) (intro.) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (4) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (3), (4) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.22 Penalties and violations {#sec-sps-320.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.22}

(1) Violations. No person shall construct or alter any dwelling in violation of any of the provisions of this code.

(a) Injunction. When violations occur, the department may bring legal action to enjoin any violations.

(b) Ordinances. This code shall not affect the enforcement of any ordinance or regulation, the violation of which occurred prior to the effective date of this code.

(2) Penalties.

(a) Pursuant to ss. 101.66 and 101.77, Stats., whoever violates this code shall forfeit to the state not less than $25 nor more than $500 for each violation. Each day that the violation continues, after notice, shall constitute a separate offense.

(b) Any person violating any rule of this code applying to manufactured homes is subject to the penalties prescribed in s. 101.94 (8), Stats.

(3) Municipal enforcement. Any municipality which administers and enforces this code may provide, by ordinance, remedies and penalties for violation of that jurisdiction exercised under s. 101.65, Stats. These remedies and penalties shall be in addition to those which the state may impose under subs. (1) and (2).

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; CR 06-071: renum. (2) to be (2) (a), cr. (2) (b) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07.

Subchapter IX Adoption of Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 320.24 Adoption of standards {#sec-sps-320.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 320.24}

(1) Consent. Pursuant to s. 227.21 (2), Stats., the attorney general has consented to the incorporation by reference of the standards listed in Tables 320.24-1 to 320.24-13.

(2) Adoption of standards. The standards referenced in Tables 320.24-1 to 320.24-13 are incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies of the standards may be purchased, or are available for free, through the respective organizations or other information listed in Tables 320.24-1 to 320.24-13.

(3) Alternate standards.

(a) Alternate standards that are equivalent to or more stringent than the standards incorporated by reference in this chapter may be used in lieu of incorporated standards when approved by the department or if written approval is issued by the department in accordance with par. (b).

(b)

a. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for the use of the alternate standard.

b. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 40 business days of receipt of all forms, fees, and documents required to complete the review.

  1. Determination of approval shall be based on an analysis of the alternate standard and the incorporated standard, prepared by a qualified independent third party or the organization that published the incorporated standard.

  2. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this code.

  3. If the department determines that the alternate standard is not equivalent to or more stringent than the standards incorporated by reference, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

  4. The department may revoke an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts on which the approval was based. The department may re-examine an approved alternate standard and issue a revised approval at any time.

  5. Fees for review of standards under this paragraph shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (intro.) and (2), cr. (2m) and (2n), r. and recr. (4), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; renum. (2m) to be (2k) and am., cr. (2m), Register, July, 1986, No. 367, eff. 1-1-87; am. (intro.), (1), (2k) and (4), r. (2n), cr. (2p), (2s) and (3m), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (intro.), (1), (2), (2k), (2m), (2p), (2s), (3m), (4), (5), cr. (6), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr., Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; renum. (1) to (14) to be (4) to (17), r. and recr. (intro.) and cr. (2) and (3), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; renum. (1) to be (1) (a), (1) (b) to be (4) (b), (7) (f) to (i) to be (g) to (j), and (j) to (p) to be (L) to (r), cr. (1) (b), (7) (f), and (k), and am. (4) and (12), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (1) and (2), r. (4) to (17), cr. Tables 20.24-1 to 12 Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. Tables 1 to 3 and 6, r. Tables 4 and 10, renum. Tables 5, 7 to 9, 11 and 12 to be Tables 4, 9 to 11, 12 and 13 and am. 9, 10, 12 and 13, cr. Tables 5, 7 and 8 Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; EmR0826: emerg. am. (1) and (2), cr. Table 14, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-085: am. (1) and (2), cr. Table 14 Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; CR 10-089: r. Table 20.24-14 Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; CR 11-002: am. Table 20.24-10 Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2), (3) (b) 6. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 15-041: am. (1), (2), Table 1, renum. Table 2 to 6m and am., am. Table 3 to 7, r. Table 8, am. Table 10 to 13 Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Chapter SPS 321 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

Subchapter I Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.01 Scope {#sec-sps-321.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.01}

The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the design and construction of all one- and 2-family dwellings.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.

Subchapter II Design Criteria

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.02 Loads and materials {#sec-sps-321.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.02}

Every dwelling shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.

(1) Design load. Every dwelling shall be designed and constructed to support the actual dead load, live loads and wind loads acting upon it without exceeding the allowable stresses of the material. The construction of buildings and structures shall result in a system that provides a complete load path capable of transferring all loads from point of origin through the load-resisting elements to the foundation.

(a) Dead loads. Every dwelling shall be designed and constructed to support the actual weight of all components and materials. Earth-sheltered dwellings shall be designed and constructed to support the actual weight of all soil loads.

(b) Live loads.

  1. ‘Floors and ceilings.’ Floors and ceilings shall be designed and constructed to support the minimum live loads listed in Table 321.02. The design load shall be applied uniformly over the component area.

  2. ‘Snow loads.’ Roofs shall be designed and constructed to support the minimum snow loads listed on the zone map. The loads shall be assumed to act vertically over the roof area projected upon a horizontal plane.

(c) Wind loads. Dwellings shall be designed and constructed to withstand either a horizontal and uplift pressure of 20 pounds per square foot acting over the surface area or the wind loads determined in accordance with ASCE 7–05, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.

Note: ASCE 7–05 allows for substantial reduction from 20 psf as applied to the surface area.

(2) Methods of design. All dwellings shall be designed by the method of structural analysis or the method of accepted practice specified in each part of this code.

Note: See ch. NR 116, rules of the department of natural resources, for special requirements relating to buildings located in flood plain zones. Information regarding the elevation of the regional flood may be obtained from the local zoning official.

(3) Structural standards.

(a) General. Design, construction, installation, practice and structural analysis shall conform to the following nationally recognized standards.

(b) Wood.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 1. a. and b., structural lumber, glue-laminated timber, timber pilings and fastenings shall be designed in accordance with the “National Design Specification for Wood Construction” and the “Design Values for Wood Construction,” a supplement to the National Design Specification for Wood Construction.

a. Section 2.2.5.3. The cumulative effects of short-time loads, such as snow, shall be considered in determining duration of load. For snow load, no greater duration of load factor than 1.15 shall be used.

b. Section 4.1.7. The provisions of this section shall also apply to reused lumber. Reused lumber shall be considered to have a duration of load factor of 0.90.

  1. Span tables for joists and rafters printed in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A or approved by the department may be used in lieu of designing by structural analysis.

  2. Sawn lumber that is not graded in accordance with the standards under subd. 1., shall use the NDS published allowable design stresses for the lumber species using grade number 3 when used for studs, stringers, rafters or joists and may use grade number 1 when used for beams, posts or timbers.

(c) Structural steel. The design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings shall conform to Specification for Structural Steel Buildings and the provisions of the accompanying commentary as adopted under Table 320.24-3.

(d) Concrete. Plain, reinforced or prestressed concrete construction shall conform to the following standards:

  1. ACI Standard 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

  2. ACI Standard 332, Residential Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

Note: Concrete construction in one- and two-family dwellings should meet the standards established in ACI 332. Construction means, materials, or methods not addressed in ACI 332 should meet the standards established in ACI 318.

(e) Masonry. The design and construction of masonry shall conform to the following standards:

  1. ACI 530, Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.

  2. ACI 530.1, Specification for Masonry Structures.

(f) Engineered structural components. Engineered structural components shall be used in accordance with structural analysis or with load tables supplied by the manufacturer, provided those load tables were developed using structural analysis or load testing.

(g) Whole logs. Dwellings constructed of whole logs shall conform to ICC 400, Standard on the Design and Construction of Log Structures.

Note: This standard requires the minimum log diameter to be 8 inches.

(h) Fasteners.

  1. All building components shall be fastened to withstand the dead load, live load, snow load, and wind load.

  2. Fasteners shall comply with the schedule listed in Table 321.02-2.

Note: Other fastening methods may be allowed if engineered under s. SPS 321.02 (3).

(4) Alternate materials and standards. No part of this code is intended to prohibit or discourage use of alternate, equivalent materials or standards; or the construction of innovative dwellings such as a dwelling built below ground, a geodesic dome, a concrete house, a fiberglass house, or any other nonconventional structure.

Note: Examples of materials addressed by this subsection include structural insulated panels that are used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or structural analysis, and cold-formed steel framing complying with AISI S230 Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing — Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. (3) (a), am. (3) (c) and Table 21.02, cr. (3) (c) 2., Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (3) (a) 3., am. (3) (b), renum. (3) (e) to be (3) (d), and am., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; renum. and am. (1) (c) to be (1) (c) 1., cr. (1) (c) 2. and 3., am. (3) (d), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. (3) (a) 3. and cr. (3) (e), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; correction in (3) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 02-077: am. (1) (intro.) and (d) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; corrections in (3) (b) and (d) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2003 No. 569; CR 08-043: r. (1) (c) 2. and 3., renum. (1) (c) 1., (3) (a) to (e) and (intro.) to be (1) (c), (3) (b) to (f) and (3) (a) and am. (3) (a) and (e), am. (3) (title), cr. (3) (b) 3., (e) 1., 2. and (g), am. (3) (e) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (b) 1., (3) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; EmR1403: emerg. am. (1) (c), eff. 4-1-14; CR 14-015: am. (1) (c) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 15-041: renum. Table 321.02 to Table 321.02-1 and (1) (d) to (3) (h) 1. and am., am. (3) (c), (d) 1., 2., consol. (3) (g) (intro.) and 2. and renum. to (3) (g) and am., r. (3) (g) 1., cr. (3) (h) 2., Table 321.02-2 renum. from SPS 320 to 325 Appendix and am., (4) renum. from SPS 320.02 (5) and am. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; correction in (3) (b) 2. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.03 Exits {#sec-sps-321.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.03}

Exits, doors and hallways shall be constructed as specified in this section.

(1) Exits from the first floor.

(a) Except as allowed under par. (h), every dwelling unit shall be provided with at least 2 exit doors accessible from the first floor.

(b) At least one of the exits shall discharge to grade and may not go through a garage. This exit may include interior or exterior stairs.

Note: Under this paragraph, only one of the two exit doors that are addressed in par. (a) is required to exit directly to grade.

(c) Any exit that does not comply with par. (b) may discharge to an outside balcony that complies with sub. (8).

(d) Any exit that does not comply with par. (b) may discharge into an attached garage provided the garage has an exit door that discharges to grade. An overhead garage door may not be used as an exit door.

(e) Except as allowed under pars. (f) and (h), the 2 required exit doors shall be separated by at least the greater of the following distances:

  1. One-third the length of the longest diagonal of the floor in plan view, exclusive of an attached garage.

  2. 20 feet.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for examples of exit separation design.

(f)

  1. First floor levels that do not meet the separation requirements under par. (e), shall have at least one egress window complying with sub. (6) on that floor level.

  2. An egress window to comply with subd. 1. shall be separated from at least one door on the first floor by one of the distances under par. (e).

  3. If first floor levels that do not meet the separation requirements under par. (e) contain one or more sleeping rooms, each sleeping room shall have at least one egress window complying with sub. (6).

(g)

  1. The exit separation distance required under par. (e) shall be calculated or measured as a straight line from the midpoint of one doorway to the midpoint of the other doorway.

  2. For exiting through an attached garage, the separation distance shall be measured using the door connecting the garage and the dwelling. Distance within the garage shall be ignored.

(h)

  1. Dwellings consisting of no more than a first floor with a maximum floor area of 400 square feet and a loft area not exceeding half of the first floor area, shall be provided with at least one exit door leading directly to the exterior and at least one egress window that complies with sub. (6).

a. Dwellings that meet the size restrictions under subd. 1., are not required to meet the exit separation requirements under par. (e) or (f).

b. If a dwelling that meets the size restrictions under subd. 1., has more than one room on the first floor, the door and the egress window shall be located in different rooms.

  1. One of the exit doors required in par. (a) may be omitted for a dwelling unit that has one or more egress windows on the first floor. If there are bedrooms, each must have a window that complies with sub. (6).

(2) Exits from the second floor.

(a) At least 2 exits shall be provided from the second floor. At least one of the exits shall be a stairway or ramp and lead to the first floor or discharge to grade. The second exit may be via a stairway or ramp that discharges to grade, or to a balcony which complies with sub. (8), or to a deck that complies with s. SPS 321.225 and that is no more than 15 feet above the grade below.

(b) Windows that comply with sub. (6) may be provided in each second floor bedroom — or in another location on the second floor if there are no bedrooms on that floor — in lieu of the second exit from that floor.

(c) Where the second floor of a building is the lowest floor level in a dwelling unit, as in an up-and-down duplex, no exit from the unit may go through another dwelling unit or other party’s occupancy on the first floor.

(3) Exits above the second floor.

(a) Except as provided under pars. (b) and (c), each habitable floor above the second floor shall be provided with at least 2 exits that meet all of the following requirements:

  1. The exits shall be stairways or ramps that lead to the second floor or discharge to grade.

  2. The exits shall be located such that an exit is accessible to the second floor if another exit is blocked.

(b) A second stairway or ramp exit is not required for habitable areas on a third floor that meet all of the following requirements:

  1. The habitable area consists of a single room.

Note: Non-habitable areas, such as closets and bathrooms may be partitioned off.

  1. The room is not used for sleeping.

  2. The habitable area has a floor area of 400 square feet or less.

  3. There is at least one egress window meeting the requirements of sub. (6) in the habitable area.

(c) A second stairway or ramp exit is not required for habitable areas on a third floor that meet all of the following requirements:

  1. The dwelling is fully sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13R or NFPA 13D.

  2. If a required exit includes an attached garage, the garage shall be sprinklered.

(4) Exits from lofts.

(a) At least one stairway exit shall be provided, to the floor below, for a loft exceeding 400 square feet in area.

(b) At least one stairway or ladder exit shall be provided to the floor below for a loft, 400 square feet or less, in area.

(5) Exits from basements and ground floors.

(a) General. Except as provided in par. (b), all basements and ground floors shall be provided with at least one exit of the following types:

  1. A door to the exterior of the dwelling.

  2. A stairway or ramp that leads to the floor above.

(b) Basements and ground floors used for sleeping.

  1. Basements and ground floors used for sleeping shall be provided with at least 2 exits.

  2. The exits shall be located as far apart as practical.

  3. The exits may not be accessed from the same ramp or stairway.

  4. In addition to the exit type required under par. (a), the second exit from a basement or ground floor used for sleeping shall be one of the following types:

a. A door to the exterior of the dwelling.

b. A stairway or ramp that leads to the floor above.

c. A stairway that leads to a garage provided the garage has an exit door other than the overhead door.

d. An egress window that complies with sub. (6), located in each bedroom.

(6) Windows used for exiting. Windows which are installed for exit purposes shall comply with the requirements of this subsection.

(a) The window shall be openable from the inside without the use of tools or the removal of a sash. If equipped with a storm or screen, it shall be openable from the inside.

(b)

  1. The nominal size of the net clear window opening shall be at least 20 inches by 24 inches irrespective of height or width. Nominal dimensions shall be determined by rounding up fractions of inches if they are ½-inch or greater or rounding down fractions of inches if they are less than ½-inch.

  2. No portion of the window, including stops, stools, meeting rails and operator arms, shall infringe on the required opening.

(c) The area and dimension requirements of par. (b) may be infringed on by a storm window.

(d)

  1. For any window used for exiting, the lowest point of clear opening shall be no more than 60 inches above the floor.

  2. If the lowest point of clear opening is more than 46 inches above the floor, a permanent platform or fixture shall be installed such that a flat surface at least 20 inches wide and 9 inches deep is located no more than 46 inches directly below the clear opening.

  3. The topmost surface of the platform or fixture shall be no more than 24 inches above the floor.

  4. The topmost surface of the platform or fixture shall support a live load of at least 200 pounds.

  5. A stair used for the sole purpose of reaching the top of the platform or fixture is exempt from the requirements of s. SPS 321.04.

(e)

  1. An egress window with any point of clear opening below adjacent grade shall be provided with an areaway in accordance with this section.

  2. The width of the areaway shall be at least equal to the width of the window.

  3. The areaway shall be a minimum of 36 inches measured perpendicular from the outer surface of the below-grade wall.

  4. If the bottom of the areaway is more than 46 inches below adjacent grade or the top of the areaway enclosure, the areaway shall be provided with a ladder or stair to aid egress. Stairs used to comply with this section are exempt from the requirements of s. SPS 321.04.

a. Ladders or other stairs used to comply with subd. 4. may infringe on the required area of the areaway by a maximum of 6 inches.

b. Ladder rungs shall have a minimum inside width of at least 12 inches and shall project at least 3 inches from the wall behind the ladder.

c. Ladder rungs shall be able to support a concentrated load of 200 pounds.

d. Ladder rungs shall have a maximum rise of 12 inches between rungs and shall extend to within 12 inches of exterior grade.

  1. The areaway shall be constructed such that water entering the areaway does not enter the dwelling.

(f) An egress window under a deck or porch shall discharge through a clear path of at least 36 inches in height and 36 inches in width, and no more than 15 feet in length, to a yard or open space.

Note: Under this paragraph, there is no maximum height above grade for an egress window. Similarly, egress windows are not prohibited from discharging to a roof, regardless of the slope of the roof.

(7) Doors used for exiting.

(a) Doors used for exiting from a dwelling shall meet the following dimensions:

  1. At least one exit door shall be a swing-type door at least 80 inches high by 36 inches wide.

  2. Except as allowed under subds. 3. and 4., other required exit doors shall be at least 76 inches high by 32 inches wide.

  3. Where double doors are used as a required exit, each door leaf shall provide a clear opening at least 30 inches wide and be at least 76 inches high.

  4. Where sliding doors are used as a required exit, the clear opening shall be at least 29 inches wide and be at least 76 inches high.

(b) All exit doors shall be openable from the interior without the use of a key.

(8) Balconies.

(a) Balconies shall be made of concrete, metal or wood which is treated, protected or naturally decay-resistive in accordance with s. SPS 321.10.

(b) Balconies shall be provided with guards in accordance with s. SPS 321.04 (3).

(c) Balconies which are required for exit purposes shall also comply with all of the following requirements:

  1. The balcony guard shall terminate no more than 46 inches above the floor level of the balcony.

  2. The floor level of the balcony shall be no more than 15 feet above the grade below.

  3. The floor of the balcony shall have minimum dimensions of 3 feet by 3 feet. The guard and its supports may infringe on the dimensions of the required area no more than 4.5 inches.

(9) Split level dwellings. In determining the exit requirement in a split level dwelling, all levels that are to be considered a single story shall be within 5 feet of each other.

(10) Two-family dwellings. In a 2-family dwelling, each dwelling unit shall be provided with exits in compliance with this section.

(11) Exits to courtyards. No exit may discharge to a courtyard having a perimeter that is entirely enclosed by exterior building walls or other obstructions that prevent pedestrian passage.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; emerg. am. (1) (b), (2) and (5) (b) 2., eff. 5-7-85; r. (1) (b), renum. (1) (a) to be (1), am. (2), (7) and (8), r. and recr. (5) to (6), cr. (6m) and (10) to (12), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3) and (7), r. and recr. (10) and (11), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (8), r. and recr. (10) (a), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (6m) (b) 1. and 2., r. (6m) (b) 3., Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. and recr. (1), (5), (7) and (8), am. (2) (b), r. (6), renum. (6m) to be (6) and r. and recr. (6) (d) and (e) as renum., Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; reprinted to correct printing error in (6) (e) 2., Register September 2001 No. 549; CR 02-077: am. (1) (a), (5) (a) (intro.) and (10) (b), r. and recr. (1) (e), cr. (1) (f) to (h), Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 03-097: am. (1) (h) 1., Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 08-043: am. (title) and (1) (b), r. and recr. (3) and (7), renum. (6) (e) 5. and (10) to (12) to be (6) (e) 5. a. and (8) to (10), cr. (6) (e) 5. b. to d., r. (8) and (9) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; CR 09-104: am. (1) (c) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (6) (d) 5., (e) 4., (8) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (1) (c), (d), cr. (1) (h) 3., am. (2) (a) to (c), (6) (d) 5., (e) 4., 5. a., cr. (6) (f), am. (7) (a) 4., (8) (b), (c) 1., 3., cr. (11) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.035 Interior circulation {#sec-sps-321.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.035}

(1) Doors and openings. All doors and openings to the following areas shall be at least 80 inches high and provide either a net clear opening width of 30 inches or be a 32-inch door:

(a) Except as provided under pars. (b) and (c), all entrances into common use areas.

(b) At least 50% of the bedrooms.

(c)

  1. At least one full bathroom, including doors or openings to a sink, toilet and tub or shower. If this bathroom is accessible only through a bedroom, the bedroom door shall meet the minimum width requirements of this section.

  2. If one or more full bathrooms are provided on the first floor, the bathroom meeting the requirements under this section shall be on the first floor.

Note: This section does not require a full bathroom on the first floor.

(2) Hallways.

(a) Except as allowed under par. (b), the clear width of hallways shall be at least 36 inches.

(b) The following are allowed to infringe on the required clear width of a hallway:

  1. Door hardware and finish trim.

  2. Handrails may infringe into the minimum width of a hallway up to 4½ inches on each side.

  3. Heating registers may infringe into the minimum width of a hallway up to 4½ inches and no part of the register may be more than 38 inches above the floor.

  4. Ducts, pipes, light fixtures, structural features, and corner treatments that are within 84 inches of the floor may infringe into the minimum width of a hallway by a maximum of 4½ inches on each side.

  5. Unlimited infringements are allowed in a hallway more than 84 inches above the floor.

(3) Kitchens.

(a) There shall be at least 30 inches of clearance between a wall, a permanently-installed kitchen island, permanently-installed kitchen cabinets and the following kitchen appliances, if provided:

  1. A range, cook top or oven.

  2. A sink, refrigerator or freezer.

(b) Measurements shall be taken from the face of the wall, island, cabinet or appliance, ignoring knobs and handles.

Note: See ICC/ANSI A117.1 chapter 10 for more guidelines relating to doors and accessible routes. Under that standard, doors must be at least 80-inches in height and provide a minimum net clear opening of 31¾-inches in width in order to provide accessibility for people with disabilities.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.04 Stairways and elevated areas {#sec-sps-321.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.04}

(1) Scope.

(a) General. Except as provided under par. (b), the following stairways shall conform to the requirements of this section.

  1. Every interior and exterior stairway attached to, or supported by any part of the structure covered under this code.

  2. Tub access stairs, unless they are an integral part of an approved plumbing product.

(b) Exceptions. The following stairways are not required to comply with the requirements of this section:

  1. Stairways leading to non-habitable attics or crawl spaces.

  2. Non-required stairways connecting the basement directly to the exterior of the structure without communicating with any other part of the structure.

(2) Details.

(a) Width.

  1. Except for spiral staircases under subd. 2., stairways shall measure at least 36 inches in width. Handrails and associated trim may project a maximum of 4.5 inches into the required width at each side of the stairway. The minimum clear width at and below the handrail, including at treads and landings, may not be less than 31.5 inches where a handrail is installed on one side, and 27 inches where handrails are provided on both sides.

  2. Spiral staircases shall be at least 26 inches wide measured from the outer edge of the supporting column to the inner edge of the handrail.

(b) Riser height.

a. Except for spiral staircases under subd. 2., risers may not exceed 8 inches in height measured vertically from tread to tread.

b. At the top and bottom of a flight, measurement shall be taken from the top of the nosing to the finished floor surface unless the finished surface is carpeting, in which case measurement shall be made to the hard surface below the carpeting.

  1. Risers in spiral staircases may not exceed 9.5 inches in height measured vertically from tread to tread.

(c) Tread depth.

  1. ‘Rectangular treads.’ Rectangular treads shall have minimum tread depth of 9 inches measured horizontally from nosing to nosing.

  2. ‘Spiral staircase treads.’ Spiral staircase treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 7 inches from nosing to nosing measured at a point 12 inches from the outer edge of the center column.

  3. ‘Winder treads in series.’ Two or more winder treads may be placed immediately adjacent to each other anywhere in a stairway provided both of the following conditions are met:

a. The winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 7 inches measured at a point 12 inches from the narrow end of the tread.

b. The depth of the immediately adjoining winder treads shall be equal at a point 12 inches from the narrow end of the tread or inside face of spindles or balusters.

c. Winder treads may not be used on a straight stairway.

  1. ‘Individual winder treads.’

a. An individual winder tread may be placed between rectangular treads or at the end of a flight of rectangular treads provided the tread depth is at least 9 inches, when measured at a distance of 12 inches from the narrow end of the tread or from the inside face of the wall.

b. There may be more than one individual winder tread in a stairway.

c. Winder treads may not be used on a straight stairway.

(d) Headroom.

  1. Stairways shall be provided with a minimum headroom clearance of 76 inches measured vertically from a line parallel to the nosing of the treads to the ceiling, soffit or any overhead obstruction directly above that line.

  2. The headroom clearance shall be maintained over an intermediate landing.

  3. The headroom clearance shall be maintained over a landing that is at the top or bottom of a stairway for a minimum distance of 36 inches in the direction of travel of the stairway.

(e) Uniformity.

  1. Within a stairway flight, the greatest tread depth may not exceed the smallest tread depth by more than 3/8 inch and the greatest riser height may not exceed the smallest riser height by more than 3/8 inch.

  2. The allowed variation in uniformity under subd. 1. may not be used to exceed the maximum riser height under par. (b) or to decrease the minimum tread depth under par. (c).

(f) Open risers. Stairways with open risers shall be constructed to prevent the through-passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 inches or larger between any 2 adjacent treads.

(g) Walking surface. The walking surface of stair treads and landings shall be a planar surface that is free of lips or protrusions that could present a tripping hazard.

(3) Handrails and guards.

(a) General.

  1. A flight of stairs with more than 3 risers shall be provided with at least one handrail for the full length of the flight.

  2. Guards shall be provided on all open sides of stairs consisting of more than 3 risers and on all open sides of areas that are elevated more than 24 inches above the floor or exterior grade.

Note: A handrail provided at 30 to 38 inches above the tread nosing meets the height requirement for a guard on a stairway.

a. Except as provided in subd. 3. b., guards shall be constructed to prevent the through-passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 3/8 inches, when applying a force of 4 pounds.

b. The triangular area formed by the tread, riser and bottom rail shall have an opening size that prevents the through-passage of a sphere with a diameter of 6 inches, when applying a force of 4 pounds.

c. Rope, cable, or similar materials used in guard infill shall be strung with maximum openings of 3 1/2 inches with vertical supports a maximum of 4 feet apart.

Note: In some cases, the vertical supports could be simple cable stays that offer vertical support to the rope or cable span. Structural posts must be supplied to provide the rail with the minimum 200 pound load resistance, as well as to resist the tensile loads exerted by the tightened rope or cable.

a. Handrails and guards shall be designed and constructed to withstand a 200 pound load applied in any direction.

b. Handrail or guard infill components, balusters and panel fillers shall withstand a horizontally applied perpendicular load of 50 pounds on any one-foot-square area.

c. Glazing used in handrail or guard assemblies shall be safety glazing.

  1. Exterior handrails and guards shall be constructed of metal, decay resistant or pressure-treated wood, or shall be protected from the weather.

(b) Handrails.

  1. ‘Height.’

a. Handrails shall be located at least 30 inches, but no more than 38 inches above the nosing of the treads, except as provided in subds. 1. b. to d. Measurement shall be taken from the hard structural surface beneath any finish material to the top of the rail. Variations in uniformity are allowed only when a rail contacts a wall or newel post or where a turnout or volute is provided at the bottom tread.

b. A volute, turnout, or starting easing that does not comply with subd. 1. a. may extend over the lowest tread.

c. Transition fittings on handrails may extend above the 38-inch height limit.

d. Where handrail fittings or bendings are used to provide a continuous transition between flights, or at winder treads, or from a handrail to a guard, or at the start of a flight, the height at the fittings or bendings may exceed 38 inches.

  1. ‘Clearance.’ The clearance between a handrail and the wall surface shall be at least 1 1/2 inches.

  2. ‘Winders.’

a. Except as provided under subd. 3. b., the required handrail on winder stairs shall be placed on the side where the treads are wider.

b. Where all winder treads in a flight have a depth of at least 9 inches from nosing to nosing measured at a point 12 inches from the narrow end of the tread, the required handrail may be located on either side of the stairway.

  1. ‘Projection.’ Handrails and associated trim may project into the required width of stairs and landings a maximum of 4 1/2 inches on each side.

  2. ‘Size and configuration.’ Handrails shall be symmetrical about the vertical centerline to allow for equal wraparound of the thumb and fingers.

a. Handrails with a round or truncated round cross sectional gripping surface shall have a maximum whole diameter of 2 inches.

b. Handrails with a rectangular cross sectional gripping surface shall have a maximum perimeter of 6 1/4 inches with a maximum cross sectional dimension of 2 7/8 inches.

c. Handrails with other cross sections shall have a maximum cross sectional dimension of the gripping surface of 2 7/8 inches with a maximum linear gripping surface measurement of 6 1/4 inches and a minimum linear gripping surface of 4 inches.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for further information on handrail measurement.

  1. ‘Continuity.’ Handrails shall be continuous for the entire length of the stairs except in any one of the following cases:

a. A handrail may be discontinuous at an intermediate landing.

b. A handrail may have newel posts.

c. A handrail may terminate at an intermediate wall provided the lower end of the upper rail is returned to the wall or provided with a flared end, the horizontal offset between the 2 rails is no more than 12 inches measured from the center of the rails, and both the upper and lower rails can be reached from the same tread without taking a step.

(c) Guards.

  1. ‘Application.’

a. All openings between floors, and open sides of landings, platforms, balconies or porches that are more than 24 inches above grade or a floor shall be protected with guards.

b. The requirements under subd. 1. a. apply where insect screens are the only means of enclosure or protection for a surface that is more than 24 inches above grade or a floor.

c. For exterior applications, the 24 inch vertical measurement shall be taken from the lowest point within 3 feet horizontally from the edge of the deck, landing, porch or similar structure.

d. This paragraph does not apply to window wells, egress wells, and retaining walls.

  1. ‘Height.’ Guards shall extend to at least 36 inches above the floor or to the underside of a stair handrail complying with s. SPS 321.04 (3) (b). Measurement shall be taken from the hard structural surface beneath any finish material to the top of the guard.

  2. ‘Opening size.’ Guards shall be constructed to prevent the through-passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 3/8 inches, when applying a force of 4 pounds.

(4) Landings.

(a) Intermediate landings.

  1. A level intermediate landing shall be provided in any stairway with a height of 12 feet or more.

  2. Intermediate landings that connect 2 or more straight flights of stairs, or 2 flights of stairs at a right angle, shall be at least as wide as the treads and shall measure at least 36 inches in the direction of travel.

  3. Curved or irregular landing shall have a radius of at least 36 inches.

  4. Curved or irregular landings shall have a minimum straight line measurement of 26 inches between the nosing of the 2 connecting treads measured at a point 18 inches from the narrow end of the landing measured along the nosing of the 2 treads.

(b) Landings at the top and base of stairs. A level landing shall be provided at the top and base of every stairs except as provided in par. (d). The landing shall be at least as wide as the treads and shall measure at least 3 feet in the direction of travel.

(c) Doors at landings. Except as provided in subds. 1. to 3. and par. (d), level landings shall be provided on each side of any door located at the top or base of a stair, regardless of the direction of swing. In the following exceptions, a stairway between a dwelling and an attached garage, carport or porch is considered to be an interior stair:

  1. A landing is not required between the door and the top of interior stairs if the door does not swing over the stairs.

  2. A landing is not required between the door and the top of an interior stairs of 1 or 2 risers regardless of the direction of swing.

  3. A landing is not required between a sliding glass door or an in-swinging glass door and the top of an exterior stairway of 3 or fewer risers.

(d) Exterior landings.

  1. The exterior landing, platform, or sidewalk at an exterior doorway shall be located a maximum of 8 inches below the interior floor elevation, be sloped away from the doorway at a minimal rate that ensures drainage, and have a length of at least 36 inches in the direction of travel out of the dwelling.

  2. The landing at the base of an exterior stair shall be sloped away from the stair at a minimal rate that ensures drainage.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (intro.), r. and recr. (1) (c), renum. (3) (f) to Comm 21.042, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (intro.) and (3) (c), am. (1) (a), (2) (a) and (c) 2. and (3) (a), cr. (2) (c) 6., March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (1) (c) 1. and (d), renum. (2) (intro.) to (b) to be (2) (a) to (c) and am. (a), r. (2) (b) (intro.), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; reprinted to restore dropped copy, Register, March, 1997, No. 495; r. (1), renum. (intro.) to be (1) and am., renum. (2) and (3) to be (3) and (4), cr. (2) and r. and recr. (4) (a), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (2) (b) 1., (e) 1. and (3) (a), cr. (2) (f) and (3) (c) 3., r. and recr. (3) (b) 3., renum. (4) (c) to be (4) (c) 1. (intro.), a. to c. and 2. and am. (4) (c) 1. (intro.) and 2. Register May 2003, No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 03-097: am. (2) (f), (3) (a) 3., and (c) 3. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (1), am. (2) (c) 2., 3. b. and (e) 1., cr. (2) (c) 3. c., 4. c., (g), (3) (a) 3. c., 4. b., c., (c) 1. b. and c., renum. (3) (a) 4. and (c) 1. to be (3) (a) 4. a. and (c) 1. a. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: am. (1) (a) 2., (2) (a) 1., (c) 4. a., b., (3) (title), (a) 1. to 5., renum. (3) (b) 1. to (3) (b) 1. a. and am., cr. (3) (b) 1. b. to d., am. (3) (b) 3. a., b., (c) (title), 1. a., cr. (3) (c) 1. d., am. (3) (c) 2., 3., (4) (a) 2., (b), renum. (4) (c) 1. to (c) and am. (intro.) and 3., renum. (4) (c) 2. to (4) (d) 1. and am., cr. (4) (d) (title), 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-041: am. (4) (c) 3. (omitted Register December 2015 No. 720) Register January 2016 No. 721.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.042 Ladders {#sec-sps-321.042 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.042}

Ladders which are used as part of a required exit shall conform to this section.

(1) Design load. Ladders shall be designed to withstand loads of at least 200 pounds.

(2) Tread or rungs.

(a) Minimum tread requirements shall be specified in Table 321.042. Treads less than 9 inches in width shall have open risers. All treads shall be uniform in dimension.

(b) Rungs may only be used for ladders with a pitch range of 75° to 90°. Rungs shall be at least 1 inch in diameter for metal ladders and 1 1/2 inch for wood ladders. All rungs shall be uniform in dimension.

(3) Risers. Risers shall be uniform in height and shall conform with Table 321.042.

(4) Width. The width of the ladder shall be a minimum of 20 inches wide and a maximum of 30 inches wide.

(5) Handrails.

(a) Handrails shall be required for ladders with pitches less than 65°.

(b) Handrails shall be located so the top of the handrail is at least 30 inches, but not more than 38 inches, above the nosing of the treads.

(c) Open handrails shall be provided with intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern such that a sphere with a diameter of 6 inches or larger cannot pass through.

(d) The clearance between the handrail and the wall surface shall be at least 1½ inches.

(e) Handrails shall be designed and constructed to withstand a 200 pound load applied in any direction.

(6) Clearances.

(a) The ladder shall have a minimum clearance of at least 15 inches on either side of the center of the tread.

(b) The edge of the tread nearest to the wall behind the ladder shall be separated from the wall by at least 7 inches.

(c) A passage way clearance of at least 30 inches parallel to the slope of a 90° ladder shall be provided. A passage way clearance of at least 36 inches parallel to the slope of a 75° ladder shall be provided. Clearances for intermediate pitches shall vary between these 2 limits in proportion to the slope.

(d) For ladders with less than a 75° pitch the vertical clearance above any tread or rung to an overhead obstruction shall be at least 6 feet 4 inches measured from the leading edge of the tread or rung.

History

  • Renum. from Comm 21.04 (3) (f), cr. (intro.), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (6) (b), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (5) (b) and (c), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (2) (a), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.045 Ramps {#sec-sps-321.045 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.045}

(1) General. Every exterior or interior ramp which leads to or from an exit shall comply with the requirements of this section.

Note: See ICC/ANSI A117.1 chapter 5 for more guidelines relating to the design and construction of an accessible ramp. Under that standard, ramps along an accessible route for people with disabilities should have a slope of not more than 1-foot of rise in 12-feet of run and should have handrails on both sides of the ramp.

(2) Slope. Ramps shall not have a gradient greater than 1 in 8 or one foot of rise in 8 feet of run. Walkways with gradients less than 1 in 20 or one foot of rise in 20 feet of run are not considered to be ramps.

(3) Surface and width. Ramps shall have a slip resistant surface and shall have a minimum width of 36 inches measured between handrails.

(4) Handrails. Handrails shall be provided on all open sides of ramps. Every ramp that overcomes a change in elevation of more than 8 inches shall be provided with at least one handrail.

(a) Ramps which have a gradient greater than 8.33% or 1:12 or one foot rise in 12 feet of run and which overcome a change in elevation of more than 24 inches, shall be provided with handrails on both sides.

(b) Handrails shall be located so the top of the handrail is at least 30 inches, but not more than 38 inches above the ramp surface.

(c)

  1. Open-sided ramps shall have the area below the handrail protected by intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern to prevent the passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 3/8 inches when applying a force of 4 pounds, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. This paragraph does not apply to ramps having a walking surface that is less than 24 inches above adjacent grade, if a toe-kick or side rail is provided to 4 inches above the walking surface, and a mid-rail is provided between the toe-kick or side rail and the handrail.

(d) The clear space between the handrail and any adjoining wall shall be at least 1½ inches.

(5) Landings. A level landing shall be provided at the top, at the foot and at any change in direction of the ramp. The landing shall be at least as wide as the ramp and shall measure at least 3 feet in the direction of travel.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3) (intro.), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (3) (c), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (3) (b), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 03-097: am. (3) (c) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 08-043: renum. (intro.) and (1) to (4) to be (1) to (5) and am. (1) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: renum. (4) (c) to (4) (c) 1. and am., cr. (4) (c) 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.05 Natural light and natural ventilation {#sec-sps-321.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.05}

(1) Natural light. Each habitable room shall be provided with natural light by means of glazed openings. The area of the glazed openings shall be at least 8% of the net floor area, except under the following circumstances:

(a) Exception. Habitable rooms, other than bedrooms, located in basements, ground floors or above garages do not require natural light.

(b) Exception. Natural light may be obtained from adjoining areas through glazed openings, louvers or other approved methods. Door openings into adjoining areas may not be used to satisfy this requirement.

(1m) Net floor area. For the purposes of subs. (1) and (2), “net floor area” does not include any area with a ceiling height of less than 5 feet.

(2) Ventilation.

(a) Natural ventilation.

  1. Natural ventilation shall be provided to each habitable room by means of openable doors, skylights or windows. The net area of the openable doors, skylights or windows shall be at least 3.5% of the net floor area of the room, except as provided in subd. 2. Balanced mechanical ventilation may be provided in lieu of openable exterior doors, skylights or windows provided the system is capable of providing at least one air change per hour of fresh outside air while the room is occupied. Infiltration may not be considered as make-up air for balancing purposes.

  2. Any area with a ceiling height of less than 5 feet may be excluded from the net floor area.

(b) Exhaust ventilation. All exhaust ventilation shall terminate outside the building.

(3) Safety glass.

(am) Except as provided in par. (bm), glazing shall consist of safety glass meeting the requirements of either 16 CFR Part 1201 or ANSI Z97.1 when installed in any of the following locations:

  1. In any sidelight or glazing adjacent to a door, that meets all of the following:

a. The nearest point of the glazing is within 2 feet of the door when the door is in the closed position.

b. The nearest point of the glazing is within 5 feet of the floor.

c. The plane of the glazing is within 30 degrees of the plane of the door when the door is in the closed position.

  1. In any wall where the glazing is within 5 feet vertically of the lowest drain inlet and within 3 feet horizontally of the nearest part of the inner rim of a bathtub, hot tub, shower, spa or whirlpool appliance.

  2. Within 4 feet vertically of a tread or landing in a stairway and within one foot horizontally of the near edge of the tread or landing.

  3. Within 4 feet vertically of the floor and 3 feet horizontally of the nosing of the top or bottom tread of a stair.

  4. In guard assemblies.

(bm) Safety glass is not required where glazing meets any of the following:

  1. The size of an individual pane of glass is 8 inches or less in the least dimension.

  2. The safety glass is required by sub. (3) (am) 1. and the only door within 2 feet of the glazing is the fixed panel of a patio door.

  3. The safety glass is required by sub. (3) (am) 1. and there is an intervening wall or other permanent barrier between the door and the glazing.

Note: The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission requires safety glass for glazing in internal and external doors, including storm doors and patio doors, as well as for the tub or shower enclosures themselves. These federal rules, contained in 16 CFR, subchapter B, part 1201, apply in addition to any state rules or statutes.

Note: Glass blocks are considered to be masonry products and are regulated under the ACI 530 standard adopted under s. SPS 320.24. They are not required to be safety glazing.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. (1) and (2), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. (3) and (4), Register, July, 1986, No. 367, eff. 1-1-87; am. (4), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (2) (a), (4) and (5), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (2) (a), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (3), r. and recr. (4) and (5), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 02-077: am. (1) (a) and (5) (b) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (title), r. (3) and (4), renum. (5) to be (3) and am. (3) (intro.), r. and recr. (3) (a) and (b) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: am. (1) (intro.), cr. (1m), renum. (2) (a) to (2) (a) 1. and am., cr. (2) (a) 2., renum. (3) (intro.) and (a) to (d) to (3) (am) (intro.) and 1. to 4. and am. (am) (intro.), 1. (intro.), a., cr. (3) (am) 5., renum. (3) (e) to (3) (bm) (intro.) and am., cr. (3) (bm) 1. to 3. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-089: am. (1) (a) Register May 2016 No. 725, eff. 6-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.06 Ceiling height {#sec-sps-321.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.06}

All habitable rooms, kitchens, hallways, bathrooms and corridors shall have a ceiling height of at least 7 feet, except as follows:

(1)

(a) Rooms may have ceiling heights of less than 7 feet provided at least 50% of the room’s floor area has a ceiling height of at least 7 feet. Any area with a ceiling height of less than 5 feet may be ignored in this calculation.

(b) The 50% limit in par. (a) does not apply to subs. (3) to (6).

(2) Beams and girders or other projections may project to no more than 8 inches below the required ceiling height.

(3) The ceiling height extending back from the front edge of a water closet may slope to below 7 feet, but may not go below 5 feet until beyond the back of the water closet.

(4) The ceiling height extending back from the front edge of a lavatory may be less than 7 feet, but may not go below 5 feet until beyond the back of the lavatory.

(5) A ceiling height of less than 7 feet may be provided between the rear rim of a bathtub and a wall of the room abutting that rim, or between the side rim and a room wall abutting that rim.

(6) A ceiling height of less than 7 feet may be provided between the rear wall of a shower stall and a wall of the room abutting that rear wall, or between the side wall of a shower and a room wall abutting that side wall.

Note: Section SPS 384.20 (5) (o) 4. establishes minimum horizontal clearances for water closets, and reads as follows: “A water closet may not be located closer than 15 inches from its center to any side wall, partition, vanity, or other obstruction, nor closer than 30 inches center to center, between water closets. There shall be at least 24 inches clearance in front of a water closet to any wall, fixture or door.”

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; CR 15-041: renum. 321.06 to 321.06 (intro.), (1) (a), and (2) and am., cr. (1) (b), (3) to (6) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.07 Attic and crawl space access {#sec-sps-321.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.07}

(1) Attic. Attics with 150 or more square feet of area and 30 or more inches of clear height between the top of the ceiling framing and the bottom of the rafter or top truss chord framing shall be provided with an access opening of at least 14 by 24 inches, accessible from inside the structure.

(2) Crawl spaces. Crawl spaces with 18 inches of clearance or more between the crawl space floor and the underside of the house floor joist framing shall be provided with an access opening of at least 14 by 24 inches.

Note: Access to plumbing or electrical systems may be required under chs. SPS 382 to 387, Plumbing Code or ch. SPS 316, Electrical Code, Volume 2.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (1), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.08 Fire separation and dwelling unit separation {#sec-sps-321.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.08}

(1) Fire separation. Dwelling units shall be separated from garage spaces, accessory buildings, property lines and other dwelling units in accordance with Table 321.08 and the following requirements:

(a) Attached garages.

  1. The walls and ceiling between an attached garage and any portion of the dwelling, including attic or soffit areas, shall be ¾-hour fire-resistive construction or shall be constructed as specified in any of the following:

a. One layer of 5/8-inch Type X gypsum drywall shall be used on the garage side of the separation wall or ceiling.

b. One layer of ½-inch gypsum drywall shall be used on each side of the separation wall or ceiling.

c. Two layers of ½-inch gypsum drywall shall be used on the garage side of the separation wall or ceiling.

  1. For all methods listed under subd. 1., drywall joints shall comply with one of the following:

a. Joints shall be taped or sealed.

b. Joints shall be fitted so that the gap is no more than 1/20-inch with joints backed by either solid wood or another layer of drywall such that the joints are staggered.

Note: 1/20-inch is approximately the thickness of a U.S. dime.

  1. Vertical separations between an attached garage and a dwelling shall extend from the top of a concrete or masonry foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing or fire-resistive ceiling construction.

(b) Structural elements exposed in an attached garage. Beams, columns and bearing walls which are exposed to the garage and which provide support for habitable portions of the dwelling shall be protected by one of the methods specified in par. (a) 1. a. or c. or other ¾ hour fire-resistive protection.

(c) Doors.

  1. The door and frame assembly between the dwelling unit and an attached garage shall be labeled by an independent testing agency as having a minimum fire-resistive rating of 20 minutes. The test to determine the 20-minute rating is not required to include the hose stream portion of the test.

Note: Acceptable tests for fire rating of door assemblies include ASTM E-152, UL 10B, and NFPA 252.

  1. Only glazing allowed by the door’s listing may be installed in any door required under this section.

(d) Other openings.

  1. Access openings in fire separation walls or ceilings shall be protected in one of the following ways:

a. The opening is protected with a material that has a finish rating of at least 20 minutes.

b. The opening is protected in the same way as the wall or ceiling where the opening is located.

  1. The cover or door of the access opening shall be permanently installed with hardware that will maintain it in the closed position when not in use.

(2) Dwelling unit separation.

(a) General. In 2-family dwellings, dwelling units shall be separated from each other and from shared tenant spaces including attics, basements, garages, vestibules and corridors.

(b) Attic separation. Dwelling units with attic space that extends over both units shall be separated in accordance with one of the following:

  1. ‘Complete separation.’ The units shall be provided with wall construction under par. (d) that extends all the way to the underside of the roof deck.

  2. ‘Vertical and horizontal separation.’

a. The units shall be provided with wall construction under par. (d) that extends to the dwelling unit ceiling and ceiling construction under par. (e).

b. Dwelling units using this method of separation shall provide attic draft stopping under par. (f) that extends all the way to the underside of the roof deck above and in line with the separation wall.

(c) Doors. Any door installed in the dwelling unit separation shall have the door and frame assembly labeled by an independent testing agency as having a minimum fire-resistive rating of 20 minutes. The test to determine the 20-minute rating is not required to include the hose stream portion of the test.

(d) Walls. Walls in the dwelling unit separation shall be protected by not less than one layer of 5/8-inch Type X gypsum wallboard or 2 layers of ½-inch gypsum wallboard or equivalent on each side of the wall with joints in compliance with sub. (1) (a) 2.

(e) Floors and ceilings. A fire protective membrane of one layer of 5/8-inch Type X gypsum wallboard with joints in compliance with sub. (1) (a) 2., shall be provided on the ceiling beneath the floor construction that provides the separation.

(f) Draft stopping for concealed roof spaces and attics.

  1. Attic areas, mansards, overhangs and other concealed roof spaces shall be draft stopped above and in line with the separation wall.

  2. Acceptable draft stopping materials include:

a. 3/8-inch wood structural panel.

b. ½-inch gypsum board.

(3) Penetrations.

(a) Ducts.

  1. Except as allowed under subd. 2., all heating and ventilating ducts that penetrate a required separation shall be protected with a listed fire damper with a rating of at least 90 minutes.

  2. The fire damper required under subd. 1. may be omitted in any of the following cases:

a. There is a minimum of 6 feet of continuous steel ductwork on at least one side of the penetration.

b. The duct has a maximum cross-sectional area of 20 square inches.

(b) Electrical and plumbing components. Penetrations of a required separation by electrical and plumbing components shall be firmly packed with noncombustible material or shall be protected with a listed through-penetration firestop system with a rating of at least one hour.

(c) Plastic Piping. Penetrations of a required separation by plastic pipe shall be protected by a penetration firestop system approved by the department and installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water (3 pa), and shall have an F rating of not less than the required fire-resistance rating of the assembly penetrated.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (1m), am. (2), (5) (c) and Table, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (2), (4) and (5) (a) (intro.), renum. (5) (b) and (c) to be (5) (c) and (d) and am. (5) (d), cr. (5) (b) and (e), (6), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. (3) (a), (5) (d), renum. (3) (b) and (c), (5) (e) to be (3) (a) and (b), (5) (d), am. (5) (a) (intro.), (6), cr. (6) (c) to (e), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (5) and (6) (b), am. (6) (c) and (d), r. (6) (e) and cr. (7), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. (1) to (4), renum. (5) to (7) to be (1) to (3), and cr. (2) (e), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; corrections in (2) (c) and (d) were made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 02-077: am. (1) (a) 1. and (2) (a) to (c) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (1) (intro.) and Table, r. (1) (a) 4. and (2) (e), renum. (1) (c), (2) (b), (c) and (d) to be (1) (c) 1., (2) (c), (d) and (e) and am. (2) (d), cr. (1) (c) 2., (2) (b) and (f), r. and recr. (1) (d) 1. and (2) (a) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in Table 21.08 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. Table 321.08, cr. (3) (c) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.085 Fireblocking {#sec-sps-321.085 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.085}

(1) Fireblocking locations. Fireblocking shall be provided in all of the following locations:

(a) In concealed spaces of walls and partitions, including furred spaces, at the ceiling and floor levels.

(b) At all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces including the attachment between a carport and a dwelling.

(c) In concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom of the run and at any intervening floor level.

(d) At all openings around wires, cables, vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceiling and floor level.

(2) Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall consist of one of the following:

(a) 2-inch nominal lumber.

(b) Two layers of one-inch nominal lumber.

(c) One thickness of ¾-inch nominal plywood or wood structural panel with any joints backed with the same material.

(d) One thickness of ½-inch gypsum wallboard, face nailed or face screwed to solid wood, with any joints backed with the same material.

(e) Fiberglass or mineral wool batt insulation may be used if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The least dimension of the opening may not exceed 4 inches.

  2. The batt shall be installed to fill the entire thickness of the opening or stud cavity.

(f) For wires, cables, pipes and vents only, non-shrinking caulk, putty mortar, or similar material may be used provided no dimension of the opening exceeds ½ inch around the penetrating object.

(g) For chimneys, fireplaces and metal vents, fireblocking shall be metal, cement board or other noncombustible material.

History

  • Cr. Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (1) (b) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.09 Smoke detectors {#sec-sps-321.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.09}

(1) A listed and labeled multiple-station smoke alarm with battery backup shall be installed in all of the following locations:

(a) An alarm shall be installed inside each sleeping room.

(b) On floor levels that contain one or more sleeping areas, an alarm shall be installed outside of the sleeping rooms, within 21 feet of the centerline of the door opening to any sleeping room and in an exit path from any sleeping room.

(c) On floor levels that do not contain a sleeping area, an alarm shall be installed in a common area on each floor level.

Note: Section 50.035 (2), Stats., requires the installation of a complete low voltage, interconnected or radio-transmitting smoke detection system in all community-based residential facilities including those having 8 or fewer beds.

Note: Section 101.645 (3), Stats., requires the owner of a dwelling to install a functional smoke detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic or storage area of each dwelling unit. The occupant of such a dwelling unit shall maintain any smoke detector in that unit, except that if any occupant who is not the owner, or any state, county, city, village or town officer, agent or employee charged under statute or municipal ordinance with powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property, gives written notice to the owner that the smoke detector is not functional the owner shall provide, within 5 days after receipt of that notice, any maintenance necessary to make that smoke detector functional.

Note: Section 101.745 (4), Stats., requires that the manufacturer of a modular home shall install a functional smoke detector on each floor level except the attic or storage area of each dwelling unit.

(2)

(a) Except for dwellings with no electrical service, smoke detectors required by this section shall be continuously powered by the house electrical service, and shall be interconnected so that activation of one detector will cause activation of all detectors.

Note: Wireless interconnectivity is permitted under this paragraph.

(b) Dwellings with no electrical service shall be provided with battery-powered smoke detectors in the locations under sub. (1). Interconnection and battery-backup are not required in these dwellings.

(3) For family living units with one or more communicating split levels or open adjacent levels with less than 5 feet of separation between levels, one smoke detector on the upper level shall suffice for an adjacent lower level, including basements. Where there is an intervening door between one level and the adjacent lower level, smoke detectors shall be installed on each level.

(4) Smoke alarms and detectors shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

(5) For envelope dwellings, at least 3 smoke alarms shall be placed in the air passageways. The alarms shall be placed as far apart as possible.

(6) In basements where two required exits are separated by a continuous wall, a smoke detector shall be placed on each side of the wall within 21 feet of each exit.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Register, April, 1990, No. 412, eff. 5-1-90; renum. to be (1), cr. (2) and (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; renum. (2) and (3) to be (3) and (4), cr. (2), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (1), r. (2), renum. (3) and (4) to be (2) and (3), and cr. (4) and (5), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 08-043: am. (1) (b) and (3), renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., cr. (2) (b) and (6) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.095 Automatic fire sprinklers {#sec-sps-321.095 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.095}

(1) Except as provided in subs. (2) and (3), the design, installation, testing and maintenance of automatic fire sprinklers shall conform to NFPA 13D.

(2)

(a) The requirements of NFPA 13D sections 6.3 (4), 8.1.3 and 8.6 are not included as part of this code.

(b) Fire department connections are prohibited in multipurpose piping systems.

(3)

(a) Limited area automatic fire sprinkler systems are allowed in dwellings.

(b)

  1. A limited area automatic fire sprinkler system shall add the following wording to the warning sign required in 6.3(5) of NFPA 13D: “The number and location of sprinklers in this system does not conform to NFPA 13D.”

  2. An automatic fire sprinkler system providing fire protection throughout the dwelling in accordance with NFPA 13D shall add the following wording to the warning sign required in 6.3(5) of NFPA 13D: “The number and location of sprinklers in this system conform with NFPA 13D.”

Note: Multipurpose piping systems need to conform to provisions of the Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 381 to 387. These systems attach fire sprinkler heads to the dwelling’s potable water piping system.

Note: Chapter 145 of the Statutes requires automatic fire sprinkler systems on dedicated water supply systems, to be installed by a licensed sprinkler fitter.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.097 Carbon monoxide detectors {#sec-sps-321.097 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.097}

(1) Definitions. In this section:

(ag) “Carbon monoxide detector” has the meaning given in s. 101.149 (1) (am), Stats.

Note: Section 101.149 (1) (am), Stats., reads as follows: “Carbon monoxide detector” means an electronic or battery-operated device or system that sounds an alarm when an unsafe level of carbon monoxide is in the air.

(ar) “Fuel-burning appliance” has the meaning given in s. 101.149 (1) (as), Stats. Fuel-burning appliances include stoves, ovens, grills, clothes dryers, furnaces, boilers, water heaters, fireplaces and heaters.

Note: Section 101.149 (1) (as), Stats., reads as follows: “Fuel-burning appliance” means a device that burns fossil fuel or carbon-based fuel and that produces carbon monoxide as a combustion by-product.

(2) New construction.

(a) General. Listed and labeled carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with s. 101.647 (2) to (6), Stats., in one and 2-family dwellings, for which building permit applications were made or construction commenced on or after February 1, 2011.

Note: Section 101.647 (2) to (6), Stats., reads:

(2) Installation and safety certification. The owner of a dwelling shall install any carbon monoxide detector required under this section according to the directions and specifications of the manufacturer of the carbon monoxide detector. A carbon monoxide detector required under this section shall bear an Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listing mark and may be a device that is combined with a smoke detector.

(3) Requirements. (a) The owner of a dwelling shall install a functional carbon monoxide detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic, garage, or storage area of each dwelling unit. A carbon monoxide detector wired to the dwelling’s electrical wiring system shall have a backup battery power supply. Except as provided under par. (b), the occupant of the dwelling unit shall maintain any carbon monoxide detector in that unit. This paragraph does not apply to the owner of a dwelling that has no attached garage, no fireplace, and no fuel-burning appliance.

(am) 1. If the building permit for the initial construction of a dwelling was issued on or after February 1, 2011, and the electrical service for the dwelling is provided by a public utility, as defined in s. 196.01 (5), the owner of the dwelling shall install each carbon monoxide detector required under par. (a) so that it is powered by the dwelling’s electrical wiring system, except as provided under subd. 2.

  1. The requirement that each carbon monoxide detector be installed in the manner provided under subd. 1. does not apply to a dwelling if the dwelling, when initially constructed, had no attached garage, no fireplace, and no fuel-burning appliance.

(b) If any occupant who is not the owner of a dwelling, or any person authorized by state law or by city, village, town, or county ordinance or resolution to exercise powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property, gives written notice to the owner that the carbon monoxide detector is not functional, the owner shall provide, within 5 days after receipt of that notice, any maintenance necessary to make that carbon monoxide detector functional.

(4) Inspection. Except as provided under s. 101.64 (2m), the department or person authorized by state law or by city, village, town, or county ordinance or resolution to exercise powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property may inspect a new dwelling and, at the request of the owner or renter, may inspect the interior of a dwelling unit in a dwelling to ensure compliance with this section.

(5) Liability exemption. The owner of a dwelling is not liable for damages resulting from any of the following:

(a) A false alarm from a carbon monoxide detector if the carbon monoxide detector was reasonably maintained by the owner of the dwelling.

(b) The failure of a carbon monoxide detector to operate properly if that failure was the result of tampering with, or removal or destruction of, the carbon monoxide detector by a person other than the owner of the dwelling or the result of a faulty detector that was reasonably maintained by the owner of the dwelling.

(6) Tampering prohibited. No person may tamper with, remove, destroy, disconnect, or remove batteries from an installed carbon monoxide detector, except in the course of inspection, maintenance, or replacement of the detector.

(b) Location.

  1. On floor levels that contain one or more sleeping areas, a carbon monoxide detector shall be installed outside of the sleeping area, within 21 feet of the centerline of the door opening to any sleeping area and in an exit path from any sleeping area.

  2. On floor levels that do not contain a sleeping area, a carbon monoxide detector shall be installed in a common area on each floor level.

(c) Electrical service and interconnection.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., carbon monoxide detectors shall be continuously powered by the house electrical service, shall have a backup power supply and shall be interconnected so that activation of one alarm will cause activation of all alarms.

  2. Dwellings with no electrical service shall be provided with battery-powered carbon monoxide detectors in the locations under par. (b). Interconnection is not required in these dwellings.

(d) Standards. The devices shall conform with one of the following standards:

  1. Carbon monoxide detectors shall be listed and labeled identifying conformance with UL 2034.

Note: Pursuant to this subdivision, carbon monoxide detectors need to be acceptable under the 2005 edition of the UL 2034 standard, Single and Multiple State Carbon Monoxide Alarms.

  1. Carbon monoxide detectors and sensors as part of a gas detection or emergency signaling system shall be listed and labeled identifying conformance with UL 2075.

Note: Pursuant to this subdivision, carbon monoxide detectors and sensors need to be acceptable under the 2007 edition of the UL 2075 standard, Gas and Vapor Protectors and Sensors.

(3) Existing dwellings. Listed and labeled carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with s. 101.647 (2) to (6), Stats., in one and 2-family dwellings, for which building permit applications were made or initial construction commenced on or after June 1, 1980, and before February 1, 2011.

Note: See statutory reprint under s. SPS 321.097 (2) (a).

History

  • EmR0826: emerg. cr. eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-085: cr. Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; renumbered under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. and corrections in (1) (b) 2. and (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2009 No. 641; CR 10-089: renum. (1) (a), (2), (3), (5), (6), (7) to be (4) (a), (b), (c), (e), (g), (h) and am. (4) (g) and (h), r. (1) (b), (4), cr. (1), (2), (3), (4) (title), (d), (f) Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734; CR 21-047: am. (title), renum. (1) (a) to (1) (ar) and am., cr. (1) (ag), r. (1) (b), am. (2) (a) to (c), (d) 1., (3), r. (4) Register May 2022 No. 797, eff. 6-1-22.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.10 Protection against decay and termites {#sec-sps-321.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.10}

(1) Wood used in any of the applications under this section shall meet all of the following requirements:

(a) The wood shall be labeled and pressure treated with preservative in accordance with an AWPA standard or shall be naturally durable and decay-resistant or shall be engineered to be decay resistant.

(b) The wood shall be pressure treated with preservative or shall be naturally termite-resistant unless additional steps are taken to make the wood termite-resistant.

(2) Wood used in the following locations shall be as required under sub. (1):

(a) Resting directly upon or embedded in earth.

(b) Floor joists or sleepers that meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The joists or sleepers are protected from the weather.

  2. The joists or sleepers are within 18 inches above a lower floor surface, deck or soil.

  3. There is no vapor retarder that meets the requirements under s. SPS 322.38 (1) (a) between the joists or sleepers and the soil below.

Note: This situation could occur with a floor over a crawl space or when a floor is added over a patio deck or a garage slab.

(c) Floor joists exterior to the dwelling that are within 18 inches above exterior grade, unless protected with a moisture barrier.

Note: Acceptable moisture barriers for this application include ¾-inch exterior preservative-treated plywood, or ice dam protection material listed as meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1970 or vapor retarder material, provided they are protected from physical and UV light damage.

(d) Girders that span directly over and within 12 inches of earth.

(e) Sills and rim joists that rest on concrete or masonry and are also below grade or within 8 inches above final exterior grade.

(f)

  1. Siding and sheathing in contact with concrete, masonry or earth and within 6 inches above final exterior grade.

  2. Siding and sheathing in contact with concrete or masonry and within 2 inches above an impervious surface.

(g) Ends of wood structural members and their shims resting on or supported in masonry or concrete walls and having clearances of less than ½ inch on the top, sides and ends.

(h) Bottom plates or sole plates of walls that rest on concrete or masonry and that are below exterior grade or less than 8 inches above final exterior grade.

(i) Columns in direct contact with concrete or masonry unless supported by a structural pedestal or plinth block at least one inch above the floor.

(j) Any structural part of an outdoor deck, including the decking.

(k) Permanent wood foundations.

(3) Wood girders that rest directly on exterior concrete or masonry shall be protected by one of the following methods:

(a) The wood shall be pressure treated with preservative or shall be a naturally durable and decay-resistant species.

(b) Material, such as pressure-treated plywood, flashing material, steel shims, or water-resistant membrane material shall be placed between the wood and the concrete or masonry.

(4) All pressure-treated wood and plywood shall be identified by a quality mark or certificate of inspection of an approved inspection agency which maintains continued supervision, testing and inspection over the quality of the product.

Note: Heartwood of redwood, cypress, black walnut, catalpa, chestnut, sage orange, red mulberry, white oak, or cedar lumber are considered by the department to be naturally decay-resistant. Heartwood of bald cypress, redwood, and eastern red cedar are considered by the department to be naturally termite resistant.

(5) Fasteners.

(a) Fasteners for pressure-preservative treated wood and fire-retardant-treated wood shall meet one of the following requirements:

  1. The fastener is a steel bolt with a diameter of 0.5 inch or greater.

  2. The fastener is made of stainless steel.

  3. The fastener is made of hot-dipped, zinc-galvanized steel with the coating weight and thickness labeled as complying with ASTM A 153.

  4. The fastener is made of steel with a mechanically-deposited zinc coating labeled as complying with ASTM B 695, Class 55 or greater.

  5. The fastener has coating types and weights in accordance with the fastener manufacturer’s recommendations. In the absence of the manufacturer’s recommendations subd. 1., 2., 3., or 4. shall apply.

Note: “Zinc plated,” “zinc coated,” “chrome plated,” etc., fasteners do not necessarily comply with either of these standards.

(b) When a fastener is used with a hanger or other metal fixture, the fastener shall be of the same material as the hanger or metal fixture.

Note: When separate pieces are in close contact, zinc corrodes rapidly in the presence of plain steel. Zinc corrodes much more rapidly in the presence of stainless steel.

(c) For the purposes of this section, a fastener includes nails, screws and bolts, along with nuts and washers.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1) (b) and (3), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (1) (intro.) and (b), am. (1) (f), renum. (3) (intro.) to be (3) (a), cr. (3) (b), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (1) (a), (b), (3), cr. (1) (g), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. (1) and (2), renum. (3) to be (4), and cr. (1) to (3), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (4) (a) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (1), (2) (a) and (i), r. and recr. (2) (b) and (h), r. (2) (g) and (4) (b), renum. (2) (c) to (f) and (4) (a) to be (2) (d) to (g) and (4) and am. (2) (e), (f) 1. and (g), cr. (2) (c), (k) and (5) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (a) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (2) (b) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (2) (f) to (2) (f) 1., cr. (2) (f) 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.11 Foam plastic {#sec-sps-321.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.11}

(1)

(a) General. Foam plastic insulation shall have a flame-spread rating of 75 or less and a smoke-developed rating of 450 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84.

(b) Thermal barrier. Except as provided in par. (c), foam plastic insulation shall be separated from the interior of the dwelling by one of the following thermal barriers:

  1. ½-inch gypsum wallboard.

  2. ½-inch nominal wood structural panel.

  3. ¾-inch sawn lumber with tongue-and-groove or lap joints.

  4. 1-inch of masonry or concrete.

  5. A product or material shown by an independent laboratory to limit the temperature rise on the unexposed surface to 250°F for 15 minutes when tested in accordance with ASTM E-119.

  6. For doors only, sheet metal with a minimum thickness of 26 standard steel gauge or aluminum with a minimum thickness of 0.032 inch.

Note: Number 26 standard steel gauge is approximately equal to 0.018-inch.

(c) Exemptions from thermal barrier requirement. The following applications of foam plastic do not require a thermal barrier:

  1. On overhead garage doors.

  2. In the box sill of the basement or ground floor, above the bottom of the floor joists.

(2) Insulation that does not meet the requirements of this section may be approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 320.18. Approval will be based on tests that evaluate materials or products representative of actual end-use applications.

Note: See s. SPS 322.21 (3) for requirements for protecting foam plastic on the exterior of a dwelling.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (b), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (1) (intro.), am. (1) (a), renum. (1) (b) and (c) to be (1) (c) and (d) and am. (1) (c), cr. (1) (b), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (1) (d), (2), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.115 Installation of elevators or dumbwaiters {#sec-sps-321.115 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.115}

Elevators or dumbwaiters serving dwelling units shall comply with the requirements under ch. SPS 318.

History

  • CR 08-030: cr. Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Excavations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.12 Drainage {#sec-sps-321.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.12}

(1) Grade. The finished grade of the soil shall slope away from the dwelling at a rate of at least 1/2 inch per foot for at least 10 feet, except as provided in subs. (2) and (3).

(2) Other surfaces. Where the finished surface is impervious, it shall slope away from the dwelling for at least 10 feet at a rate that ensures equivalent drainage.

(3) Obstructions. Where lot lines, walls, slopes, or other barriers prevent having the 10-foot distance in sub. (2), swales or other means shall be provided to ensure equivalent drainage away from the dwelling.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; CR 02-077: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 15-041: renum. 321.12 to 321.12 (1) and am., cr. 321.12 (title), (2), (3) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.125 Erosion control and sediment control {#sec-sps-321.125 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.125}

(1) General.

(a) Where land disturbing construction activity is to occur erosion and sediment control practices shall be employed, as necessary, and maintained to prevent or reduce the potential deposition of soil or sediment to all of the following:

  1. The waters of the state.

  2. Adjacent properties.

Note: Authority over erosion and sediment control at construction sites having a land-disturbance area of one acre or more was transferred to the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) under 2013 Wis. Act 20, sections 1712 and 2088. Consequently, the Department of Safety and Professional Services no longer applies the requirements in this section to those sites. Information regarding the DNR permit requirements and standards may be available at http://dnr.wi.gov/topic/stormwater/construction.

(b) Land disturbing construction activities, except those activities necessary to implement erosion or sediment control practices, may not begin until the sediment control practices are in place for each area to be disturbed in accordance with the approved plan.

(c) Erosion and sediment control practices shall be maintained until the disturbed areas are stabilized. A disturbed area shall be considered stabilized by vegetation when a perennial cover has been established with a density of at least 70%.

(d) Erosion and sediment control practices shall either be approved by the department or listed by the department of natural resources in accordance with the process under s. NR 151.32 (2).

Note: Listed practices can be found through the Division of Industry Services website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services or by contacting the Division at telephone (608) 266-3151 or (877) 617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay).

(2) Mandated practices. Specific practices at each site where land disturbing construction activity is to occur shall be utilized to prevent or reduce all of the following:

(a) The deposition of soil from being tracked onto streets by vehicles.

(b) The discharge of sediment from disturbed areas into on-site storm water inlets.

(c) The discharge of sediment from disturbed areas into abutting waters of the state.

(d) The discharge of sediment from drainage ways that flow off the site.

(e) The discharge of sediment by dewatering activities.

(f) The discharge of sediment eroding from soil stockpiles existing for more than 7 days.

(3) Control standards. Including the practices under sub. (2), additional erosion and sediment control practices shall be employed, as necessary, to accomplish one of the following:

(a) A potential annual cumulative soil loss rate of not more than one of the following:

  1. Five tons per acre per year where sand, loamy sand, sandy loam, loam, sandy clay loam, clay loam, sandy clay, silty clay or clay textures are exposed.

  2. Seven and 1/2 tons per acre per year where silt, silty clay loam, or silt loam textures are exposed.

(c) A reduction of at least 40% of the potential sediment load in storm water runoff from the site on an average annual basis as compared with no sediment or erosion controls for the site where less than one acre of land disturbing construction activity is to occur.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for further explanatory material regarding compliance solutions for 80 and 40% reductions.

(4) Soil loss analysis. Potential soil loss shall be determined using an engineer analytical modeling acceptable to the department.

Note: The Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation II is an example of an acceptable model to determine soil loss.

(5) Monitoring.

(a) The owner or owner’s agent shall check the erosion and sediment control practices for maintenance needs at all the following intervals until the site is stabilized:

  1. At least weekly.

  2. Within 24 hours after a rainfall event of 0.5 inches or greater. A rainfall event shall be considered to be the total amount of rainfall recorded in any continuous 24 hour period.

  3. At all intervals cited on the erosion and sediment control plan.

(b) The owner or owner’s agent shall maintain a monitoring record when the land disturbing construction activity involves one or more acres.

(c) The monitoring record shall contain at least the following information:

  1. The condition of the erosion and sediment control practices at the intervals specified under par. (a).

  2. A description of the maintenance conducted to repair or replace erosion and sediment control practices.

(6) Maintenance.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 3., off-site sediment deposition resulting from the failure of an erosion or sediment control practice shall be cleaned up by the end of the next day.

Note: Contact the Department of Natural Resources before attempting to clean up any sediment deposited or discharged into the waters of the state.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 3., off-site soil deposition, resulting from construction activity, that creates a nuisance shall be cleaned up by the end of the work day.

  2. A municipality may enact more stringent requirements regarding cleanup of soil or sediment deposition onto public ways.

(b)

  1. Except as required in subd. 2., the owner or owner’s agent shall complete repair or replacement of erosion and sediment control practices as necessary within 48 hours of an interval specified under sub. (5).

  2. When the failure of erosion or sediment control practices results in an immediate threat of sediment entering public sewers or the waters of the state, procedures shall be implemented immediately to repair or replace the practices.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 12-1-92; am. (1) (b), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (1) (a), renum. (1) (b) to (e) to be (1) (c) to (f) and am. (c), cr. (1) (b), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; CR 02-077: cr. (4) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 05-113: r. and recr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 15-041: am. (3) (a) 2., r. (3) (b) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.13 Excavations adjacent to adjoining property {#sec-sps-321.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.13}

(1) Notice. Any person making or causing an excavation which may affect the lateral soil support of adjoining property or buildings shall provide at least 30 days written notice to all owners of adjoining buildings of the intention to excavate. The notice shall state that adjoining buildings may require permanent protection.

(a) Exception. The 30-day time limit for written notification may be waived if such waiver is signed by the owner(s) of the adjoining properties.

(2) Responsibility for underpinning and foundation extensions.

(a) Excavations less than 12 feet in depth. If the excavation is made to a depth of 12 feet or less below grade, the person making or causing the excavation shall not be responsible for any necessary underpinning or extension of the foundations of any adjoining buildings.

(b) Excavations greater than 12 feet in depth. If the excavation is made to a depth in excess of 12 feet below grade, the owner(s) of adjoining buildings shall be responsible for any necessary underpinning or extension of the foundations of their buildings to a depth of 12 feet below grade. The person making or causing the excavation shall be responsible for any underpinning or extension of foundations below the depth of 12 feet below grade.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.14 Excavations for footings and foundations {#sec-sps-321.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.14}

(1) Excavations below footings and foundations. No excavation shall be made below the footing and foundation unless provisions are taken to prevent the collapse of the footing or foundation.

(2) Excavations for footings. All footings shall be located on undisturbed or compacted soil, free of organic material, unless the footings are reinforced to bridge poor soil conditions.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.

Subchapter IV Footings

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.15 Footings {#sec-sps-321.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.15}

(1) General.

(a) The dwelling and attached structures, such as decks and garages, shall be supported on a structural system designed to transmit and safely distribute the loads to the soil.

(b) The loads for determining the footing size shall include the weight of the live load, roof, walls, floors, pier or column, plus the weight of the structural system and the soil over the footing.

(c) Footings shall be sized to not exceed the allowable material stresses.

(d) The bearing area shall be at least equal to the area required to transfer the loads to the supporting soil without exceeding the bearing capacity of the soil.

(e)

  1. Structures supported on floating slabs or similar shallow foundations may not be physically attached to structures that are supported by footings that extend below the frost line unless an isolation joint is used between the structures, except as provided in subd. 2. This isolation shall extend for the full height of the structure.

  2. Exterior ramps are not required to comply with subd. 1.

(2) Size and type. Unless designed by structural analysis, unreinforced concrete footings shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) Continuous footings. The minimum width of the footing on each side of the foundation wall shall measure at least 4 inches wider than the wall. The footing depth shall be at least 8 inches nominal. Footing placed in unstable soil shall be formed. Lintels may be used in place of continuous footings when there is a change in footing elevation.

Note: Unstable soil includes soils that are unable to support themselves at a 90 degree angle for the full depth of the footing.

(b) Column or pier footing.

  1. The minimum width and length of column or pier footings shall measure at least 2 feet by 2 feet.

  2. The minimum depth of column or pier footings shall measure at least 12 inches nominal.

(c) Trench footings. Footings poured integrally with the wall may be used when soil conditions permit. The minimum width shall be at least 8 inches nominal.

(d) Chimney and fireplace footings. Footing for chimneys or fireplaces shall extend at least 4 inches on each side of the chimney or fireplace. The minimum depth shall measure at least 12 inches nominal.

(e) Floating slabs. Any dwelling supported on a floating slab on grade shall be designed through structural analysis.

(f) Deck footings. Decks attached to dwellings and detached decks which serve an exit shall be supported on a structural system designed to transmit and safely distribute the loads to the soil. Footings shall be sized to not exceed the allowable material stresses. The bearing area shall be at least equal to the area required to transfer the loads to the supporting soil without exceeding the bearing values of the soil.

(3) Soil-bearing capacity. No footing or foundation shall be placed on soil with a bearing capacity of less than 2,000 pounds per square foot unless the footing or foundation has been designed through structural analysis. The soil-bearing values of common soils may be determined through soil identification.

Note: The department will accept the soil-bearing values for the types of soil listed in the following table:

(a) Minimum soil-bearing values. If the soil located directly under a footing or foundation overlies a layer of soil having a smaller allowable bearing value, the smaller soil-bearing value shall be used.

(b) Unprepared fill material, organic material. No footing or foundation shall be placed upon unprepared fill material, organic soil, alluvial soil or mud unless the load will be supported. When requested, soil data shall be provided.

Note: The decomposition of organic material in landfill sites established for the disposal of organic wastes may produce odorous, toxic and explosive concentrations of gas which may seep into buildings through storm sewers and similar underground utilities unless provisions are taken to release the gases to the atmosphere.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) (a), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; cr. (1) (f), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (1) (e), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. (1) (e), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 08-043: renum. (intro.), (1) and (2) to be (1), (2) and (3) and am. (1), (2) (b) and (e), cr. (1) (e) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: renum. (1) (e) to (1) (e) 1. and am., cr. (1) (e) 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.16 Frost protection {#sec-sps-321.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.16}

(1) General.

(a) Footings and foundations, including those for landings and stoops, shall be placed below the frost penetration level or at least 48 inches below adjacent grade, whichever is deeper, except as allowed under sub. (2).

(b) Footings may not be placed on frozen material.

(2) Exceptions.

(a) Frost protected shallow foundations shall be designed in accordance with ASCE–32 as adopted in Table 320.24-5.

(b) Portions of footings or foundations located directly under window areaways do not require frost protection provided the rest of the foundation is protected in accordance with this section.

(c) Footings and foundations may bear directly on bedrock less than 48 inches below adjacent grade provided all of the following conditions are met.

  1. The rock shall be cleaned of all earth prior to placement.

  2. All clay in crevices of the rock shall be removed to the level of frost penetration or to 1.5 times the width of the rock crevice, whichever is less.

  3. Provisions shall be taken to prevent water from collecting anywhere along the foundation.

(d) Subsection (1) (a) does not apply to the footing for a ramp and its handrail posts unless the ramp abuts a frost-protected stoop or landing, in which case only the footing for that abutting end of the ramp is required to have the frost protection under sub. (1) (a), such as by bearing onto the stoop or landing, so that a tripping hazard is not created.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for further information.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (intro.), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; renum. (intro.) and (1) to be (1) and (2) and am. (2) (d), cr. (2) (e), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (1), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; correction in (2) (e) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 08-043: r. and recr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (1) (a), cr. (2) (d) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.17 Drain tiles {#sec-sps-321.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.17}

(1) Determination of need.

(a) New construction.

  1. Except as provided under sub. (2), a complete drain tile or pipe system shall be installed around the foundation of dwellings under construction where groundwater occurs above the bottom of the footing.

  2. For the purposes of this section, a complete drain tile or pipe system includes all of the following:

a. The drain tile or pipe installed inside and outside the foundation, except as allowed under s. SPS 321.17 (3) (d) 1. b.

b. Bleeders connecting the inside tile or pipe to the outside tile or pipe.

c. The sump pit or crock.

d. The discharge piping.

e. A pump or other means of discharging water to grade.

(b) Optional systems.

  1. If a complete drain tile or pipe system is not required by natural conditions under par. (a) or by a municipality or registered UDC inspection agency, a partial drain tile or pipe system may be installed.

  2. For the purposes of this section, a partial drain tile or pipe system includes a means of discharging water from the tile or pipe and may include any of the other elements under par. (a) 2.

Note: Means of discharging water include a sump pit, a crock or natural means of drainage to daylight.

(2) Optional systems.

(a) New construction.

  1. For new dwelling construction, a municipality or registered UDC inspection agency may determine the soil types and natural or seasonal groundwater levels for which a complete drain tile or pipe system is required.

  2. For new dwelling construction, a municipality may not enact requirements for other than complete drain tile or pipe systems.

(b) Alterations to an existing dwelling. For an alteration to an existing dwelling covered by this code, a municipality may not require a complete drain tile or pipe system.

(c) Partial systems. Municipalities may allow partial drain tile or pipe systems for new dwellings under construction or existing dwellings.

(3) Material and installation requirements for required systems.

(a) General. Complete drain tile or pipe systems required by natural conditions under sub. (1) (a) or by a municipality or registered UDC inspection agency shall comply with the requirements of this subsection.

(b) Basement floor slabs. The basement slab shall be placed on at least 4 inches of clean graded sand, gravel or crushed stone.

(c) Manufactured drainage systems. Manufactured drainage systems not meeting the requirements of this section shall be submitted to the department for review and approval prior to installation.

(d) Drain tile or pipe installation. Drain tile or pipe used for foundation drainage shall comply with the following requirements:

a. Except as allowed under subd. 1. b., the top of the tile or pipe shall be at or below the top of the footing.

b. Where the top of the footing is more than 4 inches below the bottom of the floor slab, tile or pipe is required on the interior of the foundation only and it shall be placed directly under the floor.

Note: This situation will commonly occur with a walk-out basement.

  1. Drain tile or pipe shall have an inside diameter of at least 3 inches.

  2. Drain tile or pipe shall have open seams, joints or perforations to allow water to enter.

  3. Where individual tiles are used, they shall be laid with 1/8 inch open joints. Joints between tiles shall be covered with a strip of asphalt or tar impregnated felt.

  4. The tile or pipe shall be placed upon at least 2 inches of coarse aggregate and shall be covered on the top and the side facing away from the dwelling with at least 12 inches of coarse aggregate that meets all of the following criteria:

a. 100% of the aggregate shall pass a 1-inch sieve.

b. 90-100% of the aggregate shall pass a ¾-inch sieve.

c. 0-55% of the aggregate shall pass a 3/8-inch sieve.

d. 0-5% of the aggregate shall pass a #8 sieve.

Note: A #8 sieve has square openings of 2.36 mm or 0.09 inch.

Note: These specifications encompass aggregate sizes #6 and #67 per ASTM standard C 33. Of the two sizes, #6 is coarser.

a. Bleeder tiles or pipes shall be provided at no more than 8-foot intervals to connect the exterior drain tile or pipe to the interior drain tile or pipe.

b. Bleeder tiles or pipes shall have a minimum interior diameter of 3 inches.

c. Direct connection of the bleeders is not required if the intersection of the bleeder with the tile or pipe is covered with a membrane or fabric that prevents soil and fines from entering the system.

  1. The drain tiles or pipe that lead from the footing tiles to the sump pit shall be laid at a grade of at least 1/8 inch per foot leading to the sump pit. The remaining drain tiles or pipe shall be level or graded downward to the line leading to the sump pit.

(e) Drain tile or pipe discharge.

  1. Drain tiles or pipe shall be connected to the sump pit.

  2. The sump pit shall discharge to natural grade or be equipped with a pump.

  3. All other aspects of drain tile discharge shall be in accordance with the uniform plumbing code, chs. SPS 382 to 387.

Note: The following is a reprint of a pertinent section of the plumbing code:

SPS 382.36 (8) Sumps and pumps. (a) Sumps. 1. ‘General.’ All storm building subdrains shall discharge into a sump, the contents of which shall be automatically lifted and discharged, dispersed or used in accordance with sub. (4).

  1. ‘Construction and installation’. a. Except as provided in subd. 2. c. and d., an interior sump shall have a rim extending at least one inch above the floor immediately adjacent to the sump.

b. A sump shall have a removable cover of sufficient strength for anticipated loads.

c. Where a sump is installed in an exterior meter pit or elevator pit, the rim may be level with the floor.

d. When a sump is provided with an airtight, solid cover.

  1. ‘Location’. All sumps installed for the purpose of receiving clearwater, groundwater or stormwater shall be separated from water wells by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812, or as otherwise permitted by the department of natural resources.

Note: See Appendix A-382.30 (11) (d) for material reprinted from s. NR 812.08.

  1. ‘Size’. Except as recommended by the pump manufacturer, the size of each sump shall be no smaller than 16 inches in diameter at the top, 14 inches in diameter at the bottom, and 22 inches in depth.

(b) Pumps. 1. ‘Size.’ The pump shall be of a capacity appropriate for the anticipated use.

  1. ‘Discharge piping.’ a. Where a pump discharges into a storm drain system, a check valve shall be installed.

b. The minimum diameter discharge piping shall be based on the design flow rate of the pump and a minimum velocity of one foot/second.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. (3) (a) 3. and (4), Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (2) (f), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr, (4) (c) 3., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; cr. (5), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; am. (3) (d) 4., Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 03-097: am. (1) (b) 1., (2) (a) 1., and (3) (a) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 1-1-05; CR 08-043: am. (1) (a) 2. and (b) 2., renum. (3) (d) 1. to 4., 5. and 6. to be (3) (d) 2. to 5., 6. a. and 7., cr. (3) (d) 1., 6. b. and c. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (a) 2. a., (3) (e) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Foundations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.18 Foundations {#sec-sps-321.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.18}

(1) General.

(a) Design. Foundation walls shall be designed and constructed to support the vertical loads of the dwelling, lateral soil pressure, and other loads without exceeding the allowable stresses of the materials of which the foundations are constructed.

(b) Lateral support at base. Lateral support such as floor slabs or framing shall be provided at the base of foundation walls.

(c) Lateral support at top. Lateral support shall be provided at the top of the foundation walls by one of the following:

  1. Structural analysis. A system designed through structural analysis.

  2. Anchor bolts.

a. Structural steel anchor bolts, at least 1/2 inch in diameter, embedded at least 7 inches into the concrete or grouted masonry with a maximum spacing of 72 inches and located within 18 inches of wall corners.

b. A properly sized nut and washer shall be tightened on each bolt to the plate or sill.

c. When vertical-reinforcing steel is provided in masonry construction, as required under sub. (3), the location requirements under subd. 3. a. shall be modified as necessary so anchor bolts are placed in the same core as the reinforcement without exceeding the limits of subd. 3. a.

d. Alternate foundation anchorage, designed and spaced in accordance with structural analysis and as required to provide equivalent anchorage to the requirements of subd. 3. a., is allowable.

  1. Other mechanical fasteners.

a. Mechanical fasteners used in accordance with the manufacturer’s testing and listing.

b. When vertical-reinforcing steel is provided in masonry construction, as required under sub. (3), the location requirements under subd. 4. a. shall be modified as necessary so the fasteners are placed in the same core as the reinforcement without exceeding the limits of subd. 4. a.

(d) Floor framing.

  1. Floor framing shall be fastened to the sill plate by one of the following methods:

a. Mechanical fasteners used in accordance with the manufacturer’s testing and listing.

b. In accordance with structural analysis.

c. In accordance with the fastener table printed in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

Note: Per s. SPS 321.22 (1), sill plates are not required on foundation walls of poured concrete or on masonry walls with mortar- or grout-filled cores or on masonry walls with a solid block top course.

a. Where the floor framing is parallel to the foundation wall, solid blocking or bridging shall be installed in at least the first adjacent joist space at a spacing of no more than 32 inches on center.

b. Blocking and bridging shall be the same depth as the joist.

c. Fastening of the blocking or bridging shall be in accordance with structural analysis or the fastener schedule in Table 321.02-2.

Note: The floor-framing elements required in this section are intended to provide lateral support to the top of the foundation wall. See s. SPS 321.22 (9) for further requirements relating to floor framing, including for bridging of floor framing to provide restraint against rotation or lateral displacement of the floor framing.

(e) Soil lateral load. Unless designed through structural analysis, soil lateral loads shall be determined from Table 321.18-A.

(2) Concrete foundation walls.

(a) General structural requirements. Except as provided in par. (b), unless designed through structural analysis, the minimum thickness of concrete foundation walls shall be determined from Table 321.18-B, but in no case shall the thickness of the foundation wall be less than the thickness of the wall it supports.

(b) Equalized loading. A 6-inch nominal wall thickness may be used provided the fill on one side of the wall is within 12 inches vertically of the fill on the other side of the wall.

Note: See s. SPS 321.15 (1) (c) for trench footing requirements.

(3) Masonry foundation walls.

(a) Dampproofing.

  1. Except as allowed under subd. 3., masonry block foundation walls shall be coated with a layer of minimum 3/8-inch thick type M or S portland cement mortar parging on the exterior of the wall from footing to finished grade.

  2. Masonry foundation walls shall be damp-proofed by applying to the exterior surface of the portland cement parging from footing to finished grade, a continuous coating of one of the following:

a. A bituminous coating applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

b. Acrylic-modified cement applied at a minimum rate of 3 pounds per square yard.

c. A layer of minimum 1/8-inch thick structural surface bonding material labeled as complying with ASTM C887.

Note: The ASTM C887 standard is entitled, “Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Surface Bonding Mortar.”

d. A waterproofing treatment applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

a. Parging of masonry block foundation walls is not required where a dampproofing material is sufficiently flexible to be listed or designed for direct application to masonry block.

b. Parging of masonry block foundation walls is not required where a layer of minimum ¼-inch thick structural surface bonding material labeled as complying with ASTM C887 is used for dampproofing.

(b) Structural requirements. Unless designed through structural analysis, the masonry foundation walls shall be constructed in accordance with ACI 530.1 and the following requirements:

  1. The minimum thickness of unreinforced masonry foundation walls shall be determined by Table 321.18-C, but in no case shall the thickness be less than the thickness of the wall it supports.

  2. Reinforced masonry walls shall be reinforced in accordance with the requirements of Tables 321.18-D, 321.18-E or 321.18-F. Vertical reinforcement shall be provided on each side of any opening and at intervals indicated in the appropriate table.

  3. Vertical reinforcement shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi.

  4. Solid-grouted hollow units or cores containing vertical reinforcement shall be filled with masonry grout that complies with ASTM C 476.

  5. In lieu of the reinforcement provisions of Tables 321.18-D, 321.18-E and 321.18-F, alternative reinforcing bar size and spacing having an equivalent cross-sectional area or reinforcement per linear foot of wall is permitted, provided the spacing of the reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches and reinforcing bar size does not exceed No. 11.

  6. The depth below grade, wall height and reinforcement spacing may exceed the maximum values indicated in Tables 321.18-D, 321.18-E and 321.18-F only if the design is based on structural analysis.

(4) Wood foundations. Wood foundations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the wood-foundation standard adopted in Table 320.24-6m.

Note: The department will accept Permanent Wood Foundations Design and Construction Guide published by the Southern Forest Products Association through the Southern Pine Council, as complying with this standard. The Design and Construction Guide requires a 3.5 inch thick floor slab if a poured concrete floor slab is used.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (3) (intro), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (2) (c) to (e), r. and recr. Tables C and D, r. (3) (a) 2., renum. (3) (a) 1. to be (a), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (intro.), (2) (b), (3) (b) and Table 21.18-D, cr. Table 21.18, r. (2) (c), renum. (2) (d) and (e) to be (2) (c) and (d), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; renum. (1) to (3) to be (2) to (4), and am. (3) (b), (4) (intro.) and (b), Table 21.18-A, r. (intro.) and Table 21.18, cr. (1), (3) (e), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am (2), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. and recr. (1) (b), (3), Tables 21.18-C and D, am. (2) (a), r. Table 21.18-B, renum. Table 21.18-A to be Table 21.18-B and cr. (1) (c), (d), Tables 21.18-A, E and F, Register March 2001 No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: r. (1) (c) 1., renum. (1) (d) to be (1) (e), cr. (1) (d), am. (4) (intro.), (b) and Tables 21.18-A, C and F Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (1) (d) 2. b. and Tables 21.18-C to F, cr. (2) (a) (title) and (b) (title), r. and recr. (3) (a) and (4) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (e), (2) (a), (3) (b) 1., 2., 5., 6., (4), Table 321.18-C to -F made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (1) (c) 3. a., cr. (1) (c) 3. d., am. (1) (d) 2. c., (4) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-043: am. (1) (d) 1. c. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Register December 2015 No. 720.

Subchapter VI Floors

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.19 Floor design {#sec-sps-321.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.19}

Floors shall support all dead loads plus the minimum unit live loads as set forth in s. SPS 321.02. The live loads shall be applied to act vertically and uniformly to each square foot of horizontal floor area. Basements shall be provided with wood or concrete or similar type floors that comply with s. SPS 321.20 or 321.205.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr., Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.20 Concrete floors {#sec-sps-321.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.20}

(1) When concrete floors are provided, the thickness of the concrete shall measure at least 3 inches.

(2) When a concrete floor is placed in clay soils, a 4-inch thick base course shall be placed in the subgrade consisting of clean graded sand, gravel or crushed stone.

(3) When a concrete floor is placed on sand or gravel soils, the base course may be omitted unless drain tile is installed. If drain tile is installed, the requirements of s. SPS 321.17 shall be met.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.203 Garage floors {#sec-sps-321.203 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.203}

(1) Materials. Garage floors shall be constructed of concrete or other noncombustible materials which are impermeable to petroleum products. Slab-on-grade concrete garage floors shall be at least 4 inches thick and placed over at least 4 inches of granular fill.

Note: It is not the intent of sub. (1) to require a concrete floor to be sealed to make it completely impermeable.

(2) Configuration. The floor shall be sloped such that water is removed in accordance with one of the following:

(a) Water drains toward the overhead door or to exterior grade such that no damage will be caused to any structural member or wall covering of the garage or the dwelling.

(b) Water drains into an interior floor drain that complies with the requirements of ch. SPS 382.

Note: See s. SPS 382.34 for floor drain requirements.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; CR 02-077: r. and recr. (2) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.205 Wood floors in contact with the ground {#sec-sps-321.205 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.205}

Wood floors in contact with the ground shall comply with the requirements under s. SPS 321.18 (4).

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 02-077: r. and recr. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.21 Precast concrete floors {#sec-sps-321.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.21}

Precast concrete floors shall be designed through structural analysis, or load tables furnished by the precast product fabricator may be used, provided the load tables were developed using structural analysis or load testing.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.22 Wood frame floors {#sec-sps-321.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.22}

Unless designed through structural analysis, wood frame floors shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) Floor joists.

(a) General.

  1. Floor joists shall comply with the structural requirements and live load determination under s. SPS 321.02.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for design information.

  1. Where the joists of a floor system are parallel to, and located between bearing walls above and below, the joists shall be doubled.

(b) Floor joists on concrete walls. Where a sill plate is provided for floor joists on poured concrete, the sill plates shall be fastened to the foundation.

Note: Section SPS 321.18 (1) (d) requires the floor joists to also be fastened to the sill plate.

(c) Floor joists on masonry walls with a solid top course. Where a sill plate is provided for floor joists on solid block top course masonry, the sill plate shall be fastened to the foundation.

(d) Floor joists on masonry walls with open top course.

  1. Where the masonry wall has an open top course, a sill plate at least as wide as the foundation wall shall be fastened to the foundation.

  2. Where anchor bolts are used on masonry walls with an open top course, the minimum width of an individual piece making up the sill plate shall be at least 5.5 inches.

Note: A sill plate can be made of multiple pieces to achieve the full width.

(2) Floor trusses. Metal plate connected wood floor trusses shall be designed in accordance with the Design Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses and the National Design Specification for Wood Construction. Truss members shall not be cut, bored or notched.

(3) Girders and beams.

(a) Girders and beams shall be selected from Table 321.22-A1 or Table 321.22-A2 or shall be designed through structural analysis.

(b) Wood girders and beams shall be fitted at the post or column. Adjoining ends shall be fastened to each other to transfer horizontal loads across the joint. Beams shall also be fastened to the posts with framing anchors, angle clips, or equivalent.

(c) Where intermediate beams are used, they shall rest on top of the girders; or shall be supported by ledgers or blocks fastened to the sides of the girders; or they may be supported by approved metal hangers into which the ends of the beams shall be fitted.

(d) Lateral restraint for all wood beams shall be provided at all columns using a saddle or other approved connection where the beam meets one of the following conditions:

  1. The beam is not restrained at both ends.

  2. The beam is more than 11.25 inches deep using actual measurement.

Note: A saddle supports the beam on the bottom and allows for the through-connection of fasteners into the side of the beam.

(4) Bearing and end configuration.

(a) Sawn lumber.

  1. ‘Joists.’ Wood joists made of sawn lumber shall meet the following bearing requirements:

a. Wood joists supported on wood or metal shall have a bearing surface of at least 1½-inches measured from the end of the joist.

b. Wood joists supported on masonry or concrete shall have a bearing surface of at least 3 inches measured from the end of the joist.

c. The tail end of a floor joist may not extend past the edge of a beam by more than the depth of the floor joist.

d. Wood floor joists with ends that intersect over a beam shall have the ends overlap at least 3 inches and be securely fastened together with at least two 12d common nails or the ends shall be butt-jointed or face-jointed and fastened with ties, straps, plates or solid blocking.

  1. ‘Beams and girders.’ Beams and girders made of sawn lumber shall have a bearing surface on their supports of at least 3 inches parallel to the beam or girder and be at least as wide as the beam or girder.

(b) Engineered wood products. Bearing surface for engineered wood products shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing and are applicable to the configuration.

(5) Notching and boring. Notching and boring of beams or girders is prohibited unless determined through structural analysis.

(a) Notching of floor joists.

  1. Notches located in the top or bottom of floor joists shall not have a depth exceeding 1/6 the depth of the joist, shall not have a length exceeding 1/3 the joist depth nor be located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the joist.

  2. Where floor joists are notched on the ends, the notch shall not exceed ¼ the depth of the joist. Notches over supports may extend the full bearing width of the support.

(b) Boring of floor joists.

  1. ‘General.’ A hole may not be bored in a floor joist within 2 inches of a notch or another hole. In no case shall the distance between adjacent holes be less than the diameter of the larger hole.

  2. ‘Holes near the edge.’ Holes bored in the top or bottom 2 inches of a joist shall follow the limitations for notching under par. (a).

  3. ‘Other holes.’ Holes bored in floor joists that are not within 2 inches of the top or bottom of the joist shall have their diameter limited to 1/3 the depth of the joist.

(c) Engineered wood products. Notching or boring of engineered wood products shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing.

(6) Overhang of floors.

(a) General. Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), a floor joist overhang shall be cantilevered beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it by no more than the actual depth of the joist or shall be designed through structural analysis in accordance with s. SPS 321.02 (3).

(b) Joist overhangs parallel to the main floor framing system. Joist overhangs that are extensions of, and parallel to, the main floor framing system may extend beyond the depth of the joist without structural analysis provided they meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The overhang is cantilevered no more than 2 feet beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it.

a. The overhang supports a uniform load limited to the weight of the bearing wall and the tributary roof area above it.

b. The tributary length of the roof area, excluding the eave overhang, is no more than 2 feet greater than the actual length of the joist directly below.

c. The eave overhang is no more than 2 feet.

Note: The tributary length is usually half the span of the joist or rafter.

  1. The joist overhang does not support any concentrated loads. For the purposes of this subsection, a framed opening in the wall with a rough opening of 4 feet or less shall be considered uniform loading.

a. The cantilevered joist is doubled at the supporting wall.

b. The doubled joist length extends inward beyond the inner edge of the supporting wall by the same distance as the cantilever.

c. The added joist member is secured to the main joist as stated in the nailing schedule in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A, under the heading for “floor framing, built-up girder and beams, top loaded”.

(c) Joist overhangs perpendicular to the main floor framing system. Joist overhangs that are perpendicular to the main floor framing system, or lookout joists, may extend beyond the depth of the joist without structural analysis provided they meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The joist overhang is cantilevered no more than 2 feet beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it.

a. A double floor joist is used to support the lookout joist.

b. The double floor joist is located a distance of at least 2 times the cantilever length inward from the outer edge of the supporting wall below.

c. The lookout joists are fastened to the double joist with metal hangers.

  1. The joist overhang supports no more than either a non-bearing wall or a wall that supports only a roof which spans no more than the floor overhang cantilever length plus the eave overhang.

(d) All overhangs longer than the depth of the supporting joist that do not meet all of the conditions under par. (b) or (c) shall be designed through structural analysis.

(7) Floor openings. Trimmers and headers shall be doubled when the span of the header exceeds 4 feet. Headers which span more than 6 feet shall have the ends supported by joist hangers or framing anchors, unless the ends are supported on a partition or beam. Tail joists (joists which frame into headers) more than 8 feet long shall be supported on metal framing anchors or on ledger strips of at least 2 inches by 2 inches nominal.

(8) Floor shathing, boards and planks.

(a) Plywood sheathing. Plywood sheathing used for floors shall be limited to the allowable loads and spans shown in Table 321.22-B.

(c) Combination subfloor-underlayment. Combination subfloor-underlayment shall be installed in accordance with Table 321.22-D.

(d) Floor boards. Where wood boards are used for floor sheathing, the boards shall comply with the minimum thicknesses shown in Table 321.22-E.

(e) Planks. Planks shall be tongue and groove or splined and at least 2 inches, nominal, in thickness. Planks shall terminate over beams unless the joints are end matched. The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support. Planks shall be nailed to each beam.

(9) Bridging.

(a) Sawn lumber. Bridging shall be provided for sawn lumber framing at intervals not exceeding 8 feet where the nominal depth to thickness ratio is greater than 4 to 1.

Note: This 4:1 ratio means bridging is required for wood-framed floors having nominal 2X10 or deeper solid-sawn-lumber joists, to provide restraint against rotation or lateral displacement.

(b) Engineered products. Bridging shall be provided for engineered framing products in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Note: See s. SPS 321.18 (1) (d) for further requirements relating to floor framing, including for bridging or blocking of floor framing to provide lateral support to the top of foundation walls.

(10) Sill plates. All of the following requirements apply to a sawn-lumber sill plate with uniform loading that is partially extended beyond the load-bearing surface of a foundation wall in order to put the exterior surface of an upper-lying wall flush with or beyond the exterior surface of insulation that is placed on the outside of the foundation wall:

(a) The center of any anchor bolt shall be set back from the side edge of the sill plate by a distance of at least 4 times the diameter of the bolt.

(b) The thickness of the concrete or mortar cover around any anchor bolt shall comply with ACI 318 section 7.7.

Note: Under ACI 318 section 7.7, the minimum cover for a 5/8-inch-diameter or smaller bolt is 1 1/2 inches.

(c) With wood floor joists that are parallel to the foundation wall, the sill plate may not extend beyond the load-bearing surface of the wall by more than one-half of the nominal thickness of the joist that bears on the sill plate.

Note: As used throughout this chapter and in the standards that the chapter incorporates by reference, the shorter side of the cross-sectional area of a wood member is the thickness of the member. The longer side of the cross-sectional area is the depth, when the longer side is vertical; and it is the width when the longer side is horizontal.

Note: Under sub. (6), wood floor joists that are perpendicular to the foundation wall can extend beyond the foundation wall by a distance of up to the depth of the joist.

Note: Subsection (1) (d) requires a full-width sill plate for floor joists over open-core masonry units.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) and cr. (1m), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; renum. (8) (c) and (d) to be (8) (d) and (e) and am. (8) (d), renum. Table 21.22-A and D to be Table 21.22 A1 and E, cr. (8) (c), Table 21.22 A2, r. and recr. Tables 21.22 B and C, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (2), (4), (5), (6) and (9), r. and recr. Table 21.22-A2, Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (5) (b) and cr. (5) (c), Table 21.22-A1, r. Table 21.22-A, Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (9), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. and recr. (1m), (4), and (5) (b), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (5) (b) 1., r. and recr. (6) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (1), r. (1m), (8) (b) and Table 21.22-C, renum. (3) (intro.), (a) and (b) to be (3) (a), (b) and (c), cr. (3) (d) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (a) 1., (3) (a), (6) (a), (8) (a), (c), (d), Table 321.22-A2 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: cr. (10) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-043: am. (6) (b) 4. c. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.225 Decks {#sec-sps-321.225 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.225}

(1) Decks attached to dwellings and any detached decks that serve an exit shall comply with the applicable provisions of subchs. II to X of ch. SPS 321, including all of the following:

(a) Excavation requirements under s. SPS 321.14;

(b) Footing requirements under s. SPS 321.15 (2) (f);

(c) Frost penetration requirements under s. SPS 321.16;

(d) Load requirements under s. SPS 321.02;

(e) Stair, handrail and guard requirements of s. SPS 321.04.

(f) Decay protection requirements of s. SPS 321.10.

(2) A deck that complies with the standards in ch. SPS 325 Appendix B, and ch. SPS 325 Appendix C, if applicable, shall be considered as complying with sub. (1).

History

  • Cr. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; correction in (1) to (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-043: Renum. to (1) and am., cr. (2) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Subchapter VII Walls

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.23 Wall design {#sec-sps-321.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.23}

(1) Live and dead loads. All walls shall support all superimposed vertical dead loads and live loads from floors and roofs.

(2) Horizontal wind load. Walls shall be designed to withstand a horizontal wind pressure of at least 20 pounds per square foot applied to the vertical projection of that portion of the dwelling above grade. No wind load reduction shall be permitted for the shielding effect of other buildings.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.24 Exterior covering {#sec-sps-321.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.24}

(1) General. The exterior walls shall be covered with a permanent weather resistant finish.

(2) During construction. During construction, wall cavity insulation may not be installed until a water-resistant covering is in place over the wall cavity and windows, doors and a roof with at least underlayment are installed.

Note: An example of acceptable water-resistant covering for a wall is foam sheathing with permanently taped joints.

(3) Flashing.

(a) Corrosion-resistant flashing shall be installed in the exterior wall to prevent water from entering the wall cavity or coming in contact with the structural framing components.

(b) The flashing shall extend to the surface of the exterior wall finish and prevent water from reentering the exterior wall.

(c)

  1. Any joints between 2 pieces of flashing that form a vertical joint shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches and sealed.

  2. Any joints between 2 pieces of flashing that form a horizontal joint shall be lapped a minimum of 2 inches and sealed unless otherwise specified by the flashing manufacturer.

  3. Sealants used for flashing shall be exterior grade and shall be compatible with the materials being sealed.

(d) Flashing shall be provided at all of the following locations:

  1. At the top of all exterior door and window openings, unless using self-flashing windows that provide at least one inch of flashing around the opening, including the corners.

  2. At the intersection of chimneys or other masonry construction with frame walls.

  3. Under and at the ends of masonry, wood or metal copings and sills.

  4. Continuously above all projecting wood trim.

  5. Where porches, decks or stairs attach to a wall or floor assembly of wood frame construction.

  6. At wall and roof intersections.

  7. At built-in gutters.

  8. Along the bottom of door openings that are elevated above-grade.

Note: Flashing placed along the bottom of a door opening that is elevated above-grade can subsequently accommodate adding a deck outside the door.

(e) For a roof that intersects with an upper-lying head wall and rake wall, such as where a dormer is provided, the vertical metal flashing along the rake wall shall extend down the roof at least one-half inch past the vertical flashing on the head wall.

Note: A head wall as addressed in this paragraph intersects a sloping roof at a horizontal line along the top of a roof segment. A rake wall intersects a sloping roof along the side of a roof segment.

(f) For a roof eave that intersects with a sidewall, the end of the roof flashing shall be installed so that it diverts water away from the sidewall and onto the roof or into the gutter.

Note: See s. SPS 321.26 (5) for additional flashing requirements with masonry cavity walls and s. SPS 321.28 (7) for additional flashing requirements with roofing.

Note: See s. SPS 321.26 (8) for further requirements relating to flashing for masonry.

(4) Water-resistive barrier requirements.

(a) General.

  1. Exterior walls of wood or metal frame construction shall be provided with a water-resistive barrier from the highest point to the bottom of the permanent weather-resistant covering.

Note: Acceptable water-resistive barrier materials include polymeric-based house wraps and spray-applied water-resistive barriers installed per the manufacturer’s instructions, #15 or greater asphalt-saturated felts that comply with ASTM D 226 for type I felt and extruded foam sheathing with permanently taped joints. Duct tape or similar will not result in a permanently taped joint.

  1. Structural products with an integral water-resistive barrier may be approved by the department as a complete assembly.

(b) Material compatibility. The water-resistive barrier material shall be compatible with the other materials in the wall with which it will come into contact.

Note: Spray-applied water-resistive barriers may not be compatible with foam plastic insulation.

(c) Performance requirements.

  1. Polymer-based house wraps shall meet all of the following requirements:

a. A water vapor permeability rating of 5 perms or higher when tested in accordance with ASTM E96.

b. An acceptable water-resistance rating determined in accordance with ASTM D779, AATCC 127 or CCMC 07102.

Note: Asphalt-saturated felt or “tar paper” is not a polymeric-based house wrap.

Note: For more information on the water-resistance tests and their results, see the International Code Council Evaluation Services Acceptance Criteria AC 38.

  1. Spray-applied water-resistive barriers shall be approved under the International Code Council Evaluation Services.

Note: For approval criteria, see ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC 212 or successor document.

(d) Application.

  1. Horizontal seams in sheet or strip material shall be overlapped such that the upper layer extends over the lower layer at least 2 inches.

  2. Vertical seams in sheet or strip materials shall be overlapped at least 6 inches.

  3. Any rips, tears or voids shall be patched in accordance with subds. 1. and 2.

(e) Penetrations.

  1. Penetrations caused by fasteners of the water-resistive barrier or the weather-resistant exterior covering do not require sealing.

  2. Penetrations of 5 square inches or less with an annular space of no more than ½ inch shall be sealed with caulk or similar material.

  3. Penetrations of greater than 5 square inches shall be flashed in accordance with sub. (3).

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: cr. (3) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (2), renum. (3) (c) to be (3) (d), cr. (3) (c) and (4) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: cr. (3) (e), (f) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-043: cr. (3) (d) 8. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.25 Wood frame walls {#sec-sps-321.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.25}

Unless designed through structural analysis, wood frame walls shall comply with the following requirements.

(1) Stud configuration. Wood studs shall comply with the size and spacing requirements indicated in Table 321.25-A. Studs in the exterior walls shall be placed with the wide faces perpendicular to the plane of the wall.

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for acceptable nailing schedule.

Note: See s. SPS 321.10 for requirements on treating wood for decay and termite resistance.

(2) Top plates.

(a) General. Except as allowed under subd. 3., top plates shall be provided and configured as follows:

  1. Studs at bearing walls shall be capped with double top plates.

  2. End joints in double top plates shall be offset at least 2 stud spaces.

  3. Double top plates shall be overlapped at the corners and at intersections of partitions.

  4. The plate immediately above the stud may have a joint only when directly over the stud.

(b) Notching and boring.

  1. When piping or ductwork is placed in an exterior wall or an interior load-bearing wall, such that at least half of the top plate is removed, the plate shall be reinforced with a steel angle at least 2 inches by 2 inches by 20 gauge thick.

Note: 20 gauge is approximately 0.036 inch.

  1. The steel angle shall span the gap and extend at least to the midpoint of the adjacent stud spaces.

  2. Other equivalent materials may be used in accordance with s. SPS 321.02.

(c) Exceptions.

  1. A single top plate may be used in place of a double top plate provided a rafter is located directly over the studs and the plate is securely tied at the end joints, corners and intersecting walls. Joints may occur in single top plates only when directly over a stud.

  2. A continuous header, consisting of two 2-inch members set on edge, may be used in lieu of a double plate if tied to the adjacent wall.

(2m) Bottom plates.

(a) Masonry foundation walls with open top course.

  1. Where a masonry foundation wall has an open top course, a bottom plate at least as wide as the foundation wall shall be fastened to the foundation.

  2. Where anchor bolts are used on a masonry foundation wall with an open top course, the minimum width of an individual piece making up the bottom plate shall be at least 5 1/2 inches.

Note: A sill plate can be made of multiple pieces to achieve the full width.

(b) Extension beyond the bearing surface. All of the following requirements apply to a sawn-lumber sill plate with uniform loading that is partially extended beyond the load-bearing surface of a foundation wall in order to put the exterior surface of an upper-lying wall flush with or beyond the exterior surface of insulation which is placed on the outside of the foundation wall:

  1. The center of any anchor bolt shall be set back from the side edge of the sill plate by a distance of at least 4 times the diameter of the bolt.

  2. The thickness of the concrete or mortar cover around any anchor bolt shall comply with ACI 318 section 7.7.

Note: Under ACI 318 section 7.7, the minimum cover for a 5/8-inch-diameter or smaller bolt is 1 1/2 inches.

  1. Where a stud wall bears directly on a double bottom plate, the plate may not extend more than 1 1/2 inches beyond the load-bearing surface of the foundation wall.

  2. Where a stud wall bears directly on a single bottom plate, the plate may not extend more than 1 inch beyond the load-bearing surface of the foundation wall.

(3) Wall openings.

(am) Headers. Where doors or windows occur, headers shall be used to carry the load across the opening.

(bm) Header size. The size of headers shall be determined in accordance with the spans and loading conditions listed in Tables 321.25-B, 321.25-C and 321.25-D. Headers for longer spans shall be designed by an engineering method under s. SPS 321.02.

(cm) Header support. Headers in bearing walls shall be supported in accordance with subd. 1. or 2. or 3.

  1. Headers 3 feet or less in length shall be directly supported on each end by either:

a. The single common stud and a shoulder stud; or

b. The single common stud with a framing anchor attached.

  1. Headers greater than 3 feet but less than or equal to 6 feet in length shall be directly supported on each end by the single common stud and a shoulder stud.

  2. Headers greater than 6 feet in length shall be directly supported on each end by the single common stud and 2 shoulder studs.

(4) Notching. Notching and boring of columns or posts is prohibited unless designed through structural analysis. Studs shall not be cut or bored more than 1/3 the depth of the stud, unless the stud is reinforced.

(5) Partitions. Load-bearing partitions shall be placed over beams, girders, or other load-bearing partitions. Load-bearing partitions running at right angles to the joists shall not be offset from the main girder or walls more than the depth of the joist unless the joists are designed to carry the load.

(6) Posts and columns.

(a) General.

  1. Posts and columns shall be installed to resist imposed loads.

  2. Posts and columns shall bear directly over the middle 1/3 of a footing.

  3. Posts and columns shall be restrained at the top and bottom to resist displacement.

  4. All columns shall be positively attached to the beams they support using clips, straps or saddles.

  5. Posts and columns that use a height adjustment mechanism shall have the mechanism imbedded in concrete or permanently disabled after installation.

(b) Bearing surface. Posts and columns shall have a steel bearing plate affixed to one or both ends to distribute any applied loads and to prevent fiber crushing of any structural member being supported.

(c) Steel posts or columns. Steel posts or columns shall be sized according to one of the following methods:

  1. Manufactured columns shall follow the manufacturer’s testing and listing.

Note: A 3-story frame house with walls constructed of 2 x 4 standard grade studs would require a 12-inch stud spacing on the lowest level, a 24-inch stud spacing on the intermediate level, and a 24-inch stud spacing on the upper level.

  1. Columns made solely of steel pipe stock shall follow Table 321.25-E.

  2. Columns made of steel stock, not meeting the requirements of subd. 1.or 2., shall follow a nationally accepted design specification or the size shall be determined through structural analysis or load testing.

(d) Wood posts or columns. Wood posts or columns shall be sized according to Table 321.25-F or the size shall be determined through structural analysis or load testing.

Note: This Table is based on a modulus of elasticity or E of 1,000,000 psi and a fiber bending strength or Fb of 1,000 psi.

(7) foundation cripple walls.

(a) Foundation cripple walls shall be framed with studs at least as large as the studs above.

(b) When more than 4 feet in height, cripple walls shall be framed with studs needed for an additional floor level.

(c) Cripple walls with a stud height of less than 14 inches shall be sheathed on at least one side for its entire length with a wood structural panel that is fastened to both the top and bottom plates or the cripple walls shall be constructed of solid blocking.

(d) Cripple walls with a stud height of 14 inches or greater shall be braced in accordance with sub. (8).

(e) Cripple walls shall be fully supported by a continuous foundation.

(8) Wall bracing.

(a) General. Dwellings using wood-framed walls shall be braced in accordance with this section. Where a building, or a portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.

Note: Acceptable engineering wall bracing practices include any of the following:

1. The provisions under section R602.10 or R602.12 of the International Residential Code (IRC) – 2012.

2. Design in accordance with the engineering basis of the 2012 IRC bracing provisions, such as described in Crandell, J. and Martin, Z., “The Story Behind the 2009 IRC Wall Bracing Provisions (Part 2: New Wind Bracing Requirements),” Wood Design Focus, Forest Products Society, Peachtree Corners, GA, Spring 2009.

3. Installation instructions from the manufacturer of the bracing product that are compliant with s. SPS 321.02.

Note: For a walk-out basement where some of the walls are concrete and other walls or portions thereof are wood-framed, the Department considers a minimum 8-inch-nominal-thickness poured-in-place concrete basement wall as being equivalent in lateral load and shear resistance to any of the allowable wood-framed wall bracing materials. To determine the required bracing for a walk-out basement, first draw a rectangle around the entire floor plan and projections as if all of the walls are wood-framed. Determine the required bracing amounts per the chosen bracing material and method and then locate the bracing to meet the requirements of Figure 321.25-C. Any required braced wall panel locations that occur on a wall or portion of a wall that is actually of poured-in-place concrete construction is considered equivalent, and that amount of bracing will count towards the minimum required amount and will not need to be provided in another location on that rectangle side.

(b) Bracing Materials and Methods. Wall bracing shall consist of the materials and methods listed in Table 321.25–G or approved alternatives capable of providing the required wind load resistance as determined in accordance with s. SPS 321.02 (1) (c).

(c) Bracing amount. Bracing methods and materials complying with Table 321.25–G shall be applied to walls in accordance with all of the following requirements:

  1. For the purpose of determining bracing amounts, the outermost extents of the building plan at each floor level shall be circumscribed with a rectangle to define the overall length of each building side as shown in Figure 321.25–B.

  2. In no case may the amount of bracing be less than two braced wall panels on walls parallel to each rectangle side for each floor level of the building.

  3. Where used, the number of intermittent brace panels applied to walls parallel to each rectangle side shall comply with Table 321.25–I.

  4. Where used, the total length of continuous sheathed brace panels applied to walls parallel to each building side shall comply with Table 321.25–J.

  5. The location of brace panels applied to walls parallel to each building side shall comply with Figure 321.25–C.

  6. Balloon-frame walls may be no longer than 21 feet and shall have a maximum height of two floors unless constructed in accordance with an approved design. Wall framing shall be continuous from the lowest floor to the wall top plate at the roof. All edges of sheathing shall be supported on and fastened to blocking or framing. Braced wall panels may not be required on the balloon-frame wall portion provided the bracing amount and brace spacing requirement are satisfied for the building side. Where brace panels are located on the balloon-frame wall portion, they shall have a height-to-width ratio of not more than 2.5:1.

  7. For a gable end wall, if the brace-panel height does not exceed 12 feet at the highest portion and if the 12½-foot and 21-foot spacing requirements in Figure 321.25–C are met, the wall is adequately braced. Where a brace panel exceeds 12 feet in height, it shall have a height-to-width ratio of not more than 2.5:1, and comply with Figure 21.25–C.

(d) Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panels shall be supported on floor framing or foundations as follows:

  1. Where joists are perpendicular to braced wall lines above or below, blocking shall be provided between the joists at braced wall panel locations to permit fastening of wall plates in accordance with the fastener table in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

  2. Where joists are parallel to braced wall lines above or below, a rim joist or other parallel framing member shall be provided at the wall to permit fastening of wall plates in accordance with the fastener table in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

  3. Braced wall panels shall be permitted to be supported on cantilevered floor joists meeting the cantilever limits of s. SPS 321.22 (6) provided joists are blocked at the nearest bearing wall location, except such blocking is not required for cantilevers not exceeding 24 inches where a full height rim joist is provided.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; cr. (1) (d) and am. (3) (b), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. (3) (b), am. Table 21.25 B and E, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3) (a) and (6), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (1) (c), am. Table 21.25-D, cr. Table 21.25-F, Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; am. Table 21.25-A, Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. (1) (b) and (c), renum. (1) (d) to be (b), r. and recr. (2), (6) and Tables 21.25-E and F, and am. (3) (b) 3., Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: r. (3) (c) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: am. (1) (title), r. (1) (b), renum. (1) (a) and (6) (a) 4. to be (1) and (6) (a) 5., r. and recr. Table 21.25-A, cr. (6) (a) 4., (7), (8) and (9) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in Figure 21.25-E made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; CR 09-104: am. 21.25 (8) (e) 2., Table 21.25-H, (9) (b) 3., Table 21.25-J, Figure 21.25-G (c), (9) (c) 4. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1), (2) (b) 3., (3) (a), (6) (c) 2., (d), (8) (c) 1. d., 2. c., (d), (e) 2., 3., (f) 2., (g) 3., (h) 2. b., (9) (b) 1., 2. b., d., 4. b., c., i., (c) 2. (intro.), b., c., d., 3., 4., 5. a., c., d., g., h., i., Table 321.25-H, Figure 321.25-F, -H to -K made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; EmR1403: emerg. am. Table 321.25-A, (7) (d), r. and recr. (8) (b), (c), Tables 321.25-G to 321.25-J, Figures 321.25-A to 321.25-C, r. (8) (d) to (f), renum. (8) (g) (title), (intro.), 1. to 3. to (8) (d) (title), (intro.), 1. to 3., r. (8) (g) 4., (h), (9), Tables 321.25-K, 321.25-L, Figures 321.25-D to 321.25-K, eff. 4-1-14; CR 14-015: am. Table 321.25-A, (7) (d), r. and recr. (8) (b), (c), Tables 321.25-G to 321.25-J, Figures 321.25-A to 321.25-C, r. (8) (d) to (f), renum. (8) (g) (title), (intro.), 1. to 3. to (8) (d) (title), (intro.), 1. to 3., r. (8) (g) 4., (h), (9), Tables 321.25-K, 321.25-L, Figures 321.25-D to 321.25-K Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 15-041: cr. (2m), renum. (3) (intro.), (a), (b) to (3) (am), (bm), (cm), cr. (3) (am) (title), am Table I (title), Table J (title) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-043: am. (8) (d) 1., 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.26 Masonry walls {#sec-sps-321.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.26}

Masonry walls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.

(1) Cold weather work. When ambient air temperature is below 40°F, the cold weather construction procedures under ACI 530.1 shall be followed.

Note: The requirements for cold weather work are in sections 1.8 and 1.8C of the 2005 edition of the ACI standard.

(2) Masonry units.

(a) Unused concrete units. Previously unused concrete masonry units shall conform to the ASTM C 90 standard.

(b) Unused clay or shale units. Previously unused clay or shale masonry units shall conform to the appropriate ASTM standard: C 62; C 216; or C 652. Units which will be exposed to weathering or frost action shall be Grade SW as specified in these standards.

(c) Used masonry units. All previously used masonry units shall be free from physical defects which interfere with the installation or impair the structural properties of the unit.

(3) Types of mortar.

(a) Mortar specifications. The type of mortar shall be determined from Table 321.26-A. The mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-270.

(b) Surface bond mortars. Surface bond mortars for masonry walls shall be mixed in accordance with the proportions specified on the bag.

(4) Mortar components. Mortar components shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) Water. Water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, or organic materials.

(b) Admixtures or mortar colors. Admixtures or mortar colors shall not be added to the mortar unless the resulting mortar conforms to the mortar specifications. Only mineral oxide may be used as mortar color and shall not exceed 10% by weight of the cement.

(c) Mixing. Mortar shall be mixed for at least 3 minutes after all ingredients have been added with the maximum amount of water to produce a workable consistency. Mortars that have stiffened due to water evaporation shall be retempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore the required consistency. Mortars shall be used and placed in final position within 2½ hours after mixing.

Note: To ensure proper mortar mixing, machine mixing is recommended.

(d) Cementitious material. Cementitious material shall conform to the standards approved by the department.

Note: The department will accept cementitious material conforming to the following standards: ASTM C91, Masonry Cement; ASTM C150, Portland Cement; ASTM C595, Portland Blast-Furnace Slag Cement; ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; and ASTM C5, Quick Lime for Structural Purposes.

(e) Aggregates. Aggregates for use in masonry mortar shall consist of natural sand or manufactured sand and shall be graded.

Note: The department will accept aggregates in accordance with ASTM C144.

(5) Cavity wall.

(a) Corbels. Corbels shall be constructed in accordance with ACI 530.

(b) Projections. The projection of a wall beyond the edge of a supporting member other than masonry, such as a shelf angle or edge of a beam, shall not exceed 1¼ inches, unless at least 2/3 the mass of the wythe of masonry involved is located directly over the load-carrying member.

(6) Openings and lintels.

(a) Openings. The masonry above openings shall be supported. The bearing length of structural elements which support the masonry above the opening shall be not less than 4 inches.

(b) Lintels. Unless designed through structural analysis, lintels shall be provided using either steel angles or reinforcing bars in accordance with Table 321.26-C.

(7) Masonry veneers.

(a) Veneer over frame construction.

  1. Masonry veneers may be corbeled over the foundation wall, but the corbeling shall not exceed one inch.

  2. A minimum one-inch air space shall be provided between the veneer and the sheathing unless a manufactured offset material is used.

  3. Where no brick ledge is formed in the foundation wall, corrosion resistant metal or other water-resistant flashing shall extend over the top of the foundation wall from the outside face of the wall and shall extend at least 6 inches up on the sheathing. The flashing shall be installed to drain any water outward.

  4. Weep holes shall be provided at the bottom masonry course at maximum intervals of 2 feet.

  5. Ventilation openings shall be provided at the top of the wall.

Note: The ventilation opening could be other than a weep hole.

  1. Studs and sheathing behind masonry veneer shall be covered with material used to construct the water-resistive barrier as required under s. SPS 321.24 (4).

Note: Acceptable water-resistive barrier materials include polymeric-based house wraps and #15 or greater asphalt-saturated felts that comply with ASTM D 226 for type I felt.

  1. Masonry or brick veneer shall be above final exterior grade unless there is through-wall flashing at grade or within 2 courses above grade.

(b) Veneer over masonry back-up. Corrosion-resistant metal or other water-resistant base flashing shall be provided at the bottom of the veneer and shall extend over the top of the foundation and up at least 6 inches and be embedded in the back-up course. The flashing shall be installed to drain any water outward. Weep holes shall be provided at maximum intervals of 3 feet.

(c) Veneer attachment. Veneers shall be anchored or adhered in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1.

(8) Flashing.

(a) General.

  1. Flashing shall be installed in accordance with this section to drain any water outward away from structural members, sheathing and insulation.

  2. Open joints or weep holes shall be provided in the facing immediately above the flashing at a horizontal spacing not exceeding 2 feet.

  3. Flashing that will be exposed to ultraviolet light shall consist of materials which are durable and permanently UV-resistant, such as sheet metal or heavy-gauge PVC.

Note: Materials including house wrap, asphalt-impregnated building paper, plastic sheeting, peel-and-stick rubberized sheet material, and light-gauge PVC are not acceptable as meeting this requirement.

(b) Location.

  1. ‘Lintels and chimneys.’ In exterior hollow masonry walls, flashing shall be installed at the backsides of chimneys and at the bottom of the cavity formed by openings such as lintels over doors and windows.

  2. ‘Veneer.’ Flashing shall be installed at the bottom of veneer and shall extend over the top of the foundation and up at least 8 inches and be embedded in the backing course.

(c) Weep holes.

  1. Weep holes may not be placed below final grade.

  2. Rope or similar material used to form a weep hole shall be removed as soon as the mortar sets.

  3. Weep holes shall be 3/8-inch minimum diameter.

Note: See s. SPS 321.24 (3) for further requirements relating to flashing for masonry.

(9) Bearing.

(a) Concentrated loads. Beams, girders, trusses, joists and other members producing concentrated loads shall bear a minimum of 3 inches on one of the following:

  1. ‘Concrete beam.’ The equivalent of a nominally reinforced 2,500 psi concrete beam 8 inches in height.

  2. ‘Solid masonry.’ At least 8 inches in height of masonry composed of solid masonry units with all voids and joints completely filled with mortar.

  3. ‘Metal plate.’ A metal plate of sufficient thickness and size to distribute the load to masonry units. For piers and columns, the bearing plate shall not exceed 60% of the cross-sectional area of the pier or column and the resultant reaction of all vertical and horizontal loads shall fall within the middle third of the member.

  4. ‘Bond beam.’ The bond beam shall be the equivalent of not less than an 8-inch lintel (bond beam) block with 2 No. 4 bars embedded in high strength mortar fill or equivalent. The loads shall bear on the fill.

(b) Continuous loads. Joists, trusses and beams other than wood, spaced 4 feet or less on center and 40 feet or less in length, slabs or other members causing continuous loads shall be transmitted to masonry with a minimum bearing of 3 inches upon solid masonry at least 2½ inches in height, or as indicated for concentrated loads.

(c) Stack bond walls. Concentrated loads shall be distributed into masonry laid in stack bond by a concrete beam or bond beam as defined in par. (a). For masonry of solid units, 2 additional rows of a continuous tie assembly may be used instead of a concrete beam or bond beam.

(d) Support of wood floor members. Where a wood structural member is buried in masonry for support, it shall be firecut or a self-releasing device shall be used. Where the end of a wood structural member is built into an exterior wall, a ½-inch air space shall be provided at the sides, top and end of such member.

(10) Bonding. Unless designed through structural analysis, all masonry walls shall be bonded as follows:

(a) Single-wythe walls. Masonry units in single-wythe walls shall be lapped at least 2 inches or one-third the height of the masonry unit, whichever is greater, or through the use of continuous tie assemblies spaced at 16-inch vertical intervals.

(b) Multi-wythe walls. Adjacent wythes shall be bonded with continuous tie assemblies spaced at vertical intervals not exceeding 16 inches; or individual ties of at least 3/16-inch diameter for each 4½ square feet of wall area, spaced at a maximum vertical distance of 18 inches and a maximum horizontal distance of 36 inches; or bonded with a full course of masonry headers every seventh course. The clear distance between bond courses shall not exceed 16 inches for solid masonry units and 24 inches for hollow masonry units. Hollow walls shall not be bonded with headers.

(11) Bolts and anchors. The allowable shear on steel bolts and anchors shall not exceed the values given in Table 321.26.

(12) Joints. Joints in masonry construction shall be constructed in accordance with ACI 530.1.

(13) Cleaning. Chemical cleaning agents shall be prevented from harming the metal reinforcement of structural components and shall not be of a strength which will adversely affect the mortar.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (3) and cr. Table 21.26-B1 Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (9) (b), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (6) (b), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (2), am. (5) (c), (7) (a) 3., 4., (b), r. (14), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; CR 02-077: am. (7) (a) 4. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (1), (5) (a), (8) and (12), renum. (3) (intro.) and (a) to be (3) (a) and (b) and am. (3) (a), am. (4) (b) and (7) (a) 2., r. (5) (c), Tables 21.26-B and B1, cr. (7) (a) 5. to 7. and (c) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 09-104: am. (8) (a) 3. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (9) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2011 No. 661; correction in (3) (a), (6) (b), (7) (a) 6., (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VIII Roof and Ceilings

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.27 Roof design and framing {#sec-sps-321.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.27}

(1) Structural design.

(a) General. Roof and roof-ceiling assemblies shall support all dead loads plus the minimum live loads under par. (c) and s. SPS 321.02.

(b) Applicability of tables. The joist and rafter tables in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A are valid for roofs with a minimum slope of 3 in 12. Lesser slopes require engineering analysis or shall be provided with a ridge beam.

(c) Sloped roof snow loads. Snow loads specified in s. SPS 321.02 (1) (b) 2. may be reduced for roof slopes greater than 30° by multiplying the snow load by Cs. The value of Cs shall be determined by the following: - See PDF for diagram

Note: A roof pitch of 7 in 12 is equal to 30°.

(2) Lateral restraint of walls. Provisions shall be taken to absorb the horizontal thrust produced by a sloping roof through the use of wall ties, ceiling joists, beams at the ridge or at the wall or a system designed through structural analysis.

(3) Uplift and suction forces.

(a) General.

  1. Roofs shall withstand a pressure of at least 20 pounds per square foot acting upward normal to the roof surface.

  2. Roof overhangs, eaves, canopies and cornices shall withstand an upward wind pressure of at least 20 pounds per square foot applied to the entire exposed area.

(b) Anchorage.

  1. Roof framing members spanning more than 6 feet measured from the outermost edge of the roof shall be permanently fastened to the top plate of load bearing walls using engineered clips, straps or hangers.

  2. Roof framing members spanning 6 feet or less measured from the outermost edge of the roof shall be permanently fastened to the top plate of load bearing walls using toe-nailing or engineered clips, straps or hangers.

Note: For information on toe nailing, see the fastener schedule table in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

(4) Roof rafters.

(a) General.

  1. Rafters shall be notched to fit the exterior wall plate and fastened to the wall.

  2. Collar ties shall be installed on the upper third of every third pair of abutting roof rafters or every 48 inches, whichever is less.

Note: Collar ties are intended to provide stability to the roof at the ridge. Lateral restraint for the walls must be provided in accordance with sub. (2).

(b) Ridge boards.

  1. Where rafters meet to form a ridge, the rafters shall be attached to a ridge board.

  2. The ridge board shall have a depth at least equal to the length of the cut end of the rafter abutting it.

  3. Where all rafters are placed directly opposite each other or are offset at the ridge board by less than the thickness of the rafter, the ridge board shall have a nominal thickness of at least 1 inch.

  4. Where one or more rafters are offset at the ridge board by more than the thickness of the rafter, the ridge board shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.

(c) Ridge beams. Rafters shall be attached to ridge beams using engineered clips, straps or hangers or the connection shall be designed through structural analysis.

(d) Bearing. The required bearing for wood rafters shall be in accordance with the NDS adopted in Table 320.24-6m, except in no case shall the bearing be less than 1 1/2 inches on wood or metal or less than 3 inches on masonry or concrete.

(e) Ladders.

  1. Overhangs at gable end walls of more than 12 inches shall be provided with ladders which extend into the structure a distance no less than the length of the overhang.

  2. The ladders shall be fastened at the wall.

  3. The interior end of each ladder shall be attached to a rafter or truss with a hanger.

Note: For the purposes of this section, a ladder is defined as a perpendicular projection extending beyond the face of the wall below.

(5) Ceiling joists.

(a) Ceiling joists shall be nailed to exterior walls and to the ends of rafters.

(b) Ends of ceiling joists shall be lapped at least 3 inches and be fastened either with 3-16d nails or in accordance with the floor joist requirements under s. SPS 321.22 (4) (a) 1. d.

Note: See the fastener table in the ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for a nailing schedule for ceiling joists.

(c) Where ceiling joists are placed at right angles to the rafters, the lookout joist or ties shall be fastened to the parallel ceiling joists or rafters using engineered clips, straps or hangers or the connection shall be designed through structural analysis.

(6) Valley and hip rafters.

(a) Valley rafters.

  1. Where no bearing is provided under valley rafters at the intersection of 2 roof areas, the valley rafters shall be doubled in thickness and shall be at least 2 inches deeper than the required common rafter to permit full bearing at the beveled end.

  2. Where ridges are provided at different elevations, vertical support shall be provided for the interior end of the lower ridge board or ridge beam.

(b) Hip rafters. Where no bearing is provided under hip rafters, the hip rafters shall be of the same thickness as common rafters and shall be at least 2 inches deeper than required to permit full contact with the jack rafter.

(7) Roof trusses.

(a) Metal plate connected wood roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with TPI 1 and the NDS adopted under s. SPS 320.24.

(b) Truss members shall not be cut, bored or notched, except as allowed under sub. (8) (d).

(c) If connection is provided to stabilize a non-load bearing wall, a slotted expansion joint or clip shall be used.

(8) Notching and boring.

(a) General.

  1. Notching and boring of beams or girders is prohibited unless determined through structural analysis.

  2. Notching and boring of ceiling joists and rafters shall comply with pars. (b) and (c).

(b) Notching.

  1. Notches located in the top or bottom of ceiling joists and rafters are prohibited from all of the following:

a. Having a depth exceeding 1/6 the depth of the member.

b. Having a length exceeding 1/3 the depth of the member.

c. Being located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the member.

  1. Where ceiling joists or rafters are notched at the ends, the notch may not exceed ¼ the depth of the member.

  2. Bird mouth cuts may not exceed 1/3 the depth of the rafter unless the seat cut bears fully on the wall plate.

(c) Boring.

  1. Holes bored within 2 inches of the top or bottom of ceiling joists or rafters may not be located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the member.

  2. The diameter of a hole may not exceed 1/3 the depth of the member.

  3. A hole may not be bored within 2 inches of a notch or another hole.

  4. The distance between adjacent holes may not be less than the diameter of the larger hole.

(d) Engineered wood products. Notching or boring of engineered wood products shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing.

(9) Roof sheathing, boards and planking.

(a) Structural sheathing. The allowable loads and spans for structural sheathing shall be in accordance with the grade stamp on the panel.

(b) Roof boards.

  1. Where the rafter spacing is 24 inches on center or less, roof boards may be used that have a minimum thickness of 5/8-inch for solid sheathing and 3/4-inch for spaced sheathing.

  2. Where the rafter spacing is greater than 24 inches on center, roof boards shall be tongue and groove, at least 1.5 inches thick.

(c) Roof planks.

  1. Roof planks shall be tongue and groove or splined and at least 2 inches, nominal, in thickness.

  2. Planks shall terminate over beams unless the joints are end matched.

  3. The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support.

  4. Planks shall be nailed or fastened to each beam.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am (3) (a), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (1), am. (3) (a), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (3) (a), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (3) (a) 1. and 2. c., Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; am. (3) (a) 1. a., Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: r. and recr. (3) (b) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: r. and recr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) (a), (c), (4) (d), (5) (b), (7) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (4) (d) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.28 Weather protection for roofs {#sec-sps-321.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.28}

(1) General.

(a) All roofs shall be designed and constructed to assure drainage of water.

(b) All fasteners shall be corrosion resistant.

(2) Underlayment for shingles. Underlayment consisting of number 15 asphalt-impregnated felt paper or equivalent or other type I material that shows no water transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM D 226 or ASTM D 4869 shall be provided under shingles.

Note: Underlayment materials meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1970 meet the performance requirements of this section.

(3) Asphalt shingles.

(a) General.

  1. Shingles that have a self-sealing adhesive strip shall include a sealant which has an average bond strength of at least 1.5 pounds per 3.75 inches of shingle width, at 32°F.

Note: The department will accept results of testing conducted in accordance with an approved test method for verifying compliance with the sealant uplift resistance required in this paragraph. Information on the applicable test method may be obtained from the department.

  1. Each shingle package shall be labeled by the manufacturer to indicate conformance to the applicable ASTM standard for each type of shingle or the exception in par. (c).

  2. Shingles shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

  3. Shingles shall have at least 4 fasteners per strip shingle or 2 fasteners per interlocking shingle, unless the manufacturer has other specifications.

  4. Shingle head lap shall be at least 2 inches, unless the manufacturer has other specifications.

  5. All fasteners for shingles shall be corrosion-resistant.

Note: See s. SPS 320.07 (62) for definitions of shingle terms.

Note: Section SPS 320.04 (2) requires compliance with all parts of this code, including these roofing provisions, for an alteration to any dwelling that is regulated under this code.

(c) Fiberglass shingles. Fiberglass asphalt shingles shall conform to ASTM D 3462 except that laminated shingles shall have a tear strength of at least 1450 grams in each ply.

(4) Ice dam protection.

(a) Shingled or shake roofs that extend over a heated area of a dwelling or attached garage and that have a slope of 4:12 or less shall be provided with ice dam protection in the form of sheet metal or a product labeled as meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1970.

(b) The ice dam protection shall extend at least 30 inches up the roof slope from the roof edge and at least 12 inches up the roof slope beyond the inner face of the exterior wall.

(5) Other roof coverings. All roof coverings not otherwise addressed in this section shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or a national standard recognized by the department.

(6) Reroofing. New roof coverings may not be installed over existing roof coverings where any of the following conditions exist:

(a) The existing roof or roof covering is water-soaked or has deteriorated such that it is inadequate as a base for additional roofing.

(b) The existing roof is wood shake, slate, clay, cement or asbestos-cement tile.

(c) The existing roof has 2 or more applications of any type of permanent roof covering.

(7) Flashing.

(a) General. Flashing shall be installed at the junction of chimneys and roofs, in all valleys, and around all roof openings.

(b) Flashing of open valleys.

  1. Open valleys shall be flashed with at least No. 28 gauge corrosion-resistant sheet metal, 16 inches wide, or a layer of at least 50-pound roll roofing, 16 inches wide, placed over a layer of number 15 roofing underlayment.

  2. Flashing sections shall be overlapped by at least 4 inches.

(c) Flashing of closed valleys. Where shingles are laced or woven over the valley, the valley shall be flashed with one of the following:

  1. At least one layer of 50-pound roofing, at least 20 inches wide, over a layer of number 15 roofing underlayment.

  2. A product labeled as meeting the requirements of ASTM D1970.

(d) Chimney flashing.

  1. Chimneys shall be flashed and counter-flashed to a height of at least 6 inches.

  2. Chimney crickets or saddles shall be installed where the upper side of a chimney is more than 30 inches wide on a sloping roof.

  3. The intersection of the cricket and the chimney shall be flashed and counter-flashed to a height of at least 6 inches.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (7) (a), r. and recr. Table 321.28-A, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (1), (5) and (6), cr. (2m) and (6) (a) 3., r. and recr. (4) (c), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; cr. (6) (c), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; CR 02-077: r. and recr. (1) (a), renum. (6) (intro) to (c) to be (6) (a) to (d) and am. (6) (a) to (c) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; CR 08-043: r. and recr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: am. (3) (a) 2., cr. (3) (a) 6., r. (3) (b), renum. (7) (c) to (7) (c) (intro.) and 1. and am., cr. (7) (c) 2. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; correction in (3) (a) 2. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.

Subchapter IX Fireplace Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.29 Masonry fireplaces {#sec-sps-321.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.29}

Masonry fireplaces shall be constructed of masonry, stone or concrete. Masonry fireplaces shall be supported on foundations of concrete or masonry. Structural walls shall be at least 8 inches thick. Masonry fireplaces shall conform to the following requirements:

(1) Flue size. The fireplace flue size shall be based on the type of flue and the fireplace opening indicated in Table 321.29.

(2) Termination of chimney. Masonry fireplace chimneys shall extend at least 3 feet above the highest point where the chimney passes through the roof and at least 2 feet higher than any portion of the dwelling within 10 feet of the chimney.

(3) Firebox materials. The firebox shall be of the preformed metal type, at least ¼-inch thick, or listed by a nationally recognized laboratory; or shall be lined with firebrick, at least 2 inches thick and laid in thin joints of refractory cement. The back and sidewalls of the firebox, including the lining, shall be at least 8 inches nominally thick masonry, at least 4 inches of which shall be solid.

(4) Lintel. Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a lintel of steel or masonry.

(5) Ducts. Warm-air circulating ducts shall be constructed of masonry or metal.

(5m) Return air grilles. Return air grilles shall not be located in bathrooms, kitchens, garages, utility spaces or in a confined space defined under s. SPS 323.06 in which a draft diverter or draft regulator is located.

(6) Hearth extension.

(a) Masonry fireplaces shall have a hearth extension made of noncombustible material.

(b) The structural support for the hearth and hearth extension shall be a minimum of 4 inches of reinforced concrete.

(c) There shall be no structural framing material within 1 inch of the hearth or hearth extension in any direction. Any wooden forms or supports used during construction shall be removed.

(d) The minimum dimensions of the hearth extension shall be in accordance with Table 321.29-1.

(7) Dampers. Dampers shall be made of cast iron or at least No. 12 gauge sheet metal. The area of the damper opening shall be at least 90% of the required flue area when in the open position.

(8) Hoods. Metal hoods, used in lieu of a masonry smoke chamber, shall be constructed of at least No. 19 gauge corrosion-resistant metal with all seams and connections of smokeproof construction. The hood shall be sloped at an angle of 45° or less from the vertical and shall extend horizontally at least 6 inches beyond the firebox limits. Metal hoods shall be kept a minimum of 18 inches from the combustible materials unless approved for reduced clearances.

Note: The department will accept dampers and hoods listed by nationally recognized laboratories.

(9) Flue liners.

(a) Flue liners shall be installed in accordance with s. SPS 321.30 (7) and this section.

(b) Flue liners shall start at the top of the fireplace throat and extend to a point at least 4 inches above the top of the chimney cap.

(c) Firebrick may be used in the throat of the fireplace as an inlet to the flue liner.

(10) Cleanout openings. Fireplaces with ash dumps shall be provided with cleanout openings at the base. Doors and frames of the opening shall be made of ferrous materials.

(11) Mantel shelves and combustible trim. Woodwork or other combustible materials shall not be placed within 6 inches of the fireplace opening. Combustible materials located within 12 inches of the fireplace opening shall not project perpendicularly more than 1/8-inch for each inch distance from the opening.

(12) Framing around fireplaces. Combustible materials located near fireplaces shall be installed in accordance with s. SPS 321.30 (9).

(13) Corbeling. Unless designed through structural analysis, masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled from a wall more than 6 inches nor shall a masonry chimney be corbeled from a wall less than 12 inches in nominal thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall. The corbeling shall not exceed one-inch projection for each brick course.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (6) and Table 21.29-1, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (intro.) and (12), cr. (5m), r. and recr. (6), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. (12) and renum. (13) and (14) to be (12) and (13), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. and recr. (6) and (9), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; correction in (1), (5m), (6) (d), (9) (a), (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.30 Masonry chimneys {#sec-sps-321.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.30}

Masonry chimneys shall conform to the following provisions:

(1) Materials. No masonry chimney shall rest upon wood. The foundation shall be designed and built in conformity with the requirements for foundations. Masonry chimney walls shall be at least 4 inches in nominal thickness. Hollow cored masonry units may be used to meet the 4 inch nominal thickness requirement.

(2) Flue size. Chimney flues for appliances shall be at least equal in area to that of the area of the connector from the appliance.

(3) Multiple flue separation. When more than one flue is contained in the same chimney, a masonry separation of at least 4 inches nominal in thickness shall be provided between the individual flues. The joints of adjacent flue linings shall be staggered by at least 7 inches.

(4) Corbeling. Unless designed through structural analysis, masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled from a wall more than 6 inches nor shall a masonry chimney be corbeled from a wall less than 12 inches in nominal thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall. The corbeling shall not exceed one-inch projection for each brick course.

(5) Inlets. Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter the side and be provided with thimbles. Thimbles shall be at least No. 24 manufacturer’s standard gauge (0.024 inch) or 5/8-inch thick, refractory material. Each chimney shall have an inlet installed at the time of construction.

(6) Clean-out opening. Every masonry chimney shall be provided with a clean-out opening at the base. Such openings shall be equipped with metal doors and frames arranged to remain closed when not in use. Clean-out openings shall be located below the lowest inlet to the flue.

(7) Flue liners.

(a) Masonry chimneys shall be lined with a material that will resist corrosion, softening and cracking at temperatures up to 1800°F, such as vitrified clay sewer pipe or minimum 5/8-inch thick fireclay lining material.

(b) All flue liners shall be laid in a full bed of refractory mortar or refractory cement.

(c) Variations in inside and outside dimensions shall not exceed ¼ inch for clay flue liners.

(d) There shall be a minimum clearance of ½-inch and a maximum clearance of 1-inch between the flue liner and the chimney walls.

(e) Unless serving a masonry fireplace under s. SPS 321.29, flue liners shall commence at the chimney footing.

(8) Chimney caps. Chimneys shall be provided with precast or cast-in-place concrete chimney caps. Chimney caps shall have a minimum thickness of 2 inches, shall slope outwards away from the flue, and shall provide a one-inch overhang and drip edge on all sides. A slip joint shall be installed between the flue and the cap. The slip joint shall be filled with ¼-inch felt or similar material and shall be caulked with high-temperature caulk or similar material to prevent water infiltration.

(9) Clearance to combustibles.

(a) The minimum clearance between combustibles and masonry chimneys which have any portion located within the exterior wall of the dwelling shall be 2 inches. The minimum clearance between combustibles and masonry chimneys which have all parts completely outside the dwelling, exclusive of soffit or cornice areas, shall be one inch.

(b) Except as required under pars. (c) and (d), the clearance spaces shall remain completely open.

(c) The clearance spaces between chimneys and wood joists, beams, headers or other structural members shall be fireblocked at each floor level from chimney footing all the way to the roof flashing with galvanized steel, at least 26 gage thick or with noncombustible sheet material.

(d) Noncombustible material shall be used to prevent entry of debris into the clearance spaces.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (8), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (8) and (9); Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (7) (a), cr. (7) (d) and (e), and am. (9) (c), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (7) (b) and (d) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (7) (e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.32 Factory-built fireplaces {#sec-sps-321.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.32}

Factory-built fireplaces consisting of a fire chamber assembly, one or more chimney sections, a roof assembly and other parts shall be tested and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(1) Fireplace assembly and maintenance. The fireplace assembly shall be erected and maintained in accordance with the conditions of the listing.

(a) All joints between the wall or decorative facing material and the fireplace unit shall be completely sealed, firestopped or draft-stopped with a noncombustible caulk or equivalent.

(b) Doors installed on factory built fireplaces shall conform with the terms of the listing and the manufacturers installation instructions for the fireplace unit.

(2) Distance from combustibles. Portions of the manufactured chimney extending through combustible floors or roof/ceiling assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the distances listed on the chimney in order to prevent contact with combustible materials.

(3) Hearth extensions. Hearth extensions shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s listing. Where no hearth extension is specified in the listing, a hearth extension shall be provided in accordance with s. SPS 321.29 (6).

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; renum. from Ind 21.30 and r. and recr. (3), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; cr. (1) (a) and (b), am. (3) and Table 21.32-1, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter X Construction in Floodplains

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.33 Construction in floodplains {#sec-sps-321.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.33}

(1) General. Where dwelling construction is allowed by local zoning ordinances to take place in floodfringe areas of floodplains, the dwelling shall meet the requirements of this subchapter.

Note: The department of natural resources (DNR) and the federal emergency management agency (FEMA) also have regulations that apply to construction in floodfringe areas.

(2) Elevation.

(a) General. Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), all dwellings constructed within a floodfringe area shall be elevated so the lowest floor and all basement floor surfaces are located at or above the base flood elevation.

(b) Certified floodproof basements. Floodproof basements may have the top of the basement floor no more than 5 feet below the base flood elevation provided the basement is designed by a registered architect or engineer to be watertight and impermeable. No limitation is placed on the use or occupancy of a certified floodproof basement by the provisions of this subchapter.

(c) Other enclosed spaces.

  1. Enclosed spaces not meeting the requirements of par. (b) are allowed at any depth below the base flood elevation provided the spaces are used only for one or more of the following purposes:

a. Means of egress.

b. Entrance foyers.

c. Stairways.

d. Incidental storage of portable or mobile items.

  1. Fully enclosed spaces used only for those purposes listed in subd. 1. shall be designed to automatically equalize the hydrostatic pressure on exterior walls by allowing the entry and exit of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement shall be certified by a registered architect or engineer or shall meet all of the following requirements:

a. There shall be at least 2 pressure relieving openings and the openings shall have a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding.

b. The bottom of all openings shall be no more than 12 inches above grade.

c. Openings may not be equipped with screens, louvers, valves or other coverings or devices unless such devices permit the automatic entry and discharge of floodwaters.

(3) Certification of elevation. A registered land surveyor, architect or engineer shall certify the actual elevation in relation to mean sea level of the lowest structural member required to be elevated by the provisions of this subchapter.

(4) Anchorage. The structural systems of all dwellings shall be designed, connected and anchored to resist flotation, collapse or permanent lateral movement due to structural loads and stresses at the base flood elevation.

(5) Protection of electrical and mechanical systems. Electrical and mechanical equipment shall be placed above the base flood elevation or shall be designed to prevent water contact with the equipment in case of a flood up to the base flood elevation.

(6) Construction materials and methods. All dwellings constructed in floodplains shall be constructed using materials and methods designed to minimize flood and water damage.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 5-8-96; cr. Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.34 Construction in coastal floodplains {#sec-sps-321.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.34}

(1) General. All dwellings constructed in coastal floodplains shall be designed by a registered architect or engineer and shall meet the requirements of this section and s. SPS 321.33.

(2) Elevation. All dwellings constructed in a coastal floodplain shall be elevated so the lowest portion of all structural members supporting the lowest floor, with the exception of mat or raft foundations, pilings, piling caps, columns, grade beams and bracing, is located at or above the base flood elevation.

(3) Enclosures below base flood elevation. Enclosures below the base flood elevation in a coastal floodplain may not be used for human occupancy and shall be free of all obstructions, except for non-loadbearing walls and partitions. Non-loadbearing walls and partitions below base flood elevation shall be constructed to break away without causing any structural damage to the elevated portion of the dwelling or foundation system due to the effect of wind loads and water loads acting simultaneously.

(4) Foundations. All dwellings located in a coastal floodplain shall be supported and anchored on pilings or columns. The piling or column shall have adequate soil penetration to resist combined water and wind loads at the base flood elevation. Piling or column design shall consider the effect of scour of soil strata. Mat or raft foundations to support columns may not be used where soil under the mat or raft is subject to scour or other erosion from wave flow conditions.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 5-8-96; cr. Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter XI Installation of Manufactured Homes

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 321.40 Installation standards {#sec-sps-321.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 321.40}

(1) Produced on or after April 1, 2007.

(a) Adoption of standards. The federal Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards, 24 CFR part 3285, as in effect on December 1, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: A copy of this edition of 24 CFR 3285 is on file in the offices of the Department and the Legislative Reference Bureau. Copies of 24 CFR 3285 are available at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/granule/CFR-2013-title24-vol5/CFR-2013-title24-vol5-part3285.

Note: Section 24 CFR 3285.1(a)(1) reads as follows: “States that choose to operate an installation program for manufactured homes in lieu of the federal program must implement installation standards that provide protection to its residents that equals or exceeds the protection provided by these Model Installation Standards.”

(b) Compliance.

  1. A manufactured home produced on or after April 1, 2007, shall be installed in accordance with 24 CFR part 3285 except as otherwise provided by this subsection.

Note: As provided under 24 CFR 3285.1(a)(intro.), “The manufacturer’s installation instructions, including specific methods for performing a specific operation or assembly, will be deemed to comply with these Model Installation Standards, provided they meet or exceed the minimum requirements of these Model Installation Standards and do not take the home out of compliance with the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFR part 3280).”

  1. If a requirement of this code applies to a manufactured home or to an attachment to a manufactured home, the manufactured home owner shall comply with that requirement. If the manufactured home is located in a manufactured home community, the manufactured home community operator is not responsible for compliance with that requirement unless the manufactured home community operator is the manufactured home owner.

(c) Additional definitions. These are department definitions in addition to the definitions in 24 CFR 3285.5:

  1. “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

  2. “HUD” means the federal department of housing and urban development.

2m. “Manufactured home owner” has the meaning given in s. 101.652 (1) (d), Stats.

Note: Section 101.652(1)(d), Stats. reads as follows: “Manufactured home owner” does not include a person that leases a manufactured home from another.

  1. “Manufactured home section” means a portion of a manufactured home which when installed does not provide all the facilities for year–round residential occupancy.

  2. “Manufactured home unit” means a complete manufactured home which when installed provides all the facilities for year–round residential occupancy.

(d) Substituted definitions. Substitute the following definitions and informational note for the corresponding definitions in 24 CRF 3285.5:

  1. “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

  2. “Base flood elevation” means the elevation of the base flood, including wave height, relative to the datum specified on a county’s flood hazard map.

  3. “Flood hazard area” means the greater of either of the following:

a. The special flood hazard area shown on the flood insurance rate map.

b. The area subject to flooding during the design flood and shown on a county’s flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated.

  1. “Flood hazard map” means a map delineating the flood hazard area and adopted by a county.

  2. “Local authority having jurisdiction (LAHJ)” means the department; except where it is used in conjunction with “flood hazard map,” in which case it means the county.

  3. “Manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 101.91 (2) of the Statutes is reprinted in a Note under s. SPS 320.07 (52m).

(e) Fire separation. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.101: Fire separation distances shall be provided in accordance with the distances specified in s. SPS 326.12.

(f) Flood hazard. Substitute the following wording and informational note for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.102(c): Prior to the initial installation of a new manufactured home, the owner or permit applicant is responsible to determine whether the home site lies wholly or partly within a special flood hazard area as shown on the county’s flood insurance rate map, flood boundary and floodway map, or flood hazard boundary map. If so located, the map and supporting studies adopted by the county may be used to determine the flood hazard zone and base flood elevation at the site.

Note: The department of natural resources and the federal emergency management agency may also have regulations that apply to construction in flood hazard areas.

(g) Wind loads. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.103(a):

Note: The HUD-required wind loads for Wisconsin, Zone 1, are not less than 15 psf horizontal and not less than 9 psf uplift.

(h) Roof loads. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.103(b):

Note: See ch. SPS 325 Appendix A for a reprint of HUD’s roof-load zone map.

(i) Thermal zone. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.103(c):

Note: The HUD-required thermal zone for Wisconsin is Zone 3, for an overall maximum coefficient of heat transmission not to exceed 0.079 Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.)(°F).

(j) Soil test. This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.202(a): Where a community-wide soil test does not exist and a soil test is required by this chapter, such as for a proposed frost-free-foundation design, the test shall be conducted to determine the soils in the entire community rather than at an individual site.

(k) Footings and foundations. This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.301: Footings and foundations may be designed in accordance with subchs. IV and V, which include a frost depth of at least 48 inches.

(L) Caps. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.304(b)(2): A combination of up to two 4-inch-thick solid-concrete blocks and no more than one 2-inch-thick piece of hardwood lumber shall be permitted as cap material. Lumber used as cap and gap filler material may be of 2-inch nominal lumber at least equal to No. 2 spruce/pine/fir having a minimum fiber bending stress rating of 1200 psi. All lumber used as cap and gap filler shall be the same species of wood. Lumber used to fill a gap in the pier may only be placed at the top of the pier.

(m) Gaps. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.304(c)(1):

Note: See lumber specifications under par. (L).

(n) Additional blocking. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.304(c)(3): If a pier is provided with a cap block of 4-inch concrete or 2-inch lumber, another 4-inch concrete block may be placed anywhere in the pier but may not be placed directly upon the footing.

(o) Illustration. This is a department figure to be used under 24 CFR 3285.304:

(p) Footings and foundations. This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.312: Footings and foundations may be designed in accordance with any of the following:

  1. Subchs. IV and V.

  2. The department-approved slab design that is shown in the figure and limitations at the end of this paragraph.

  3. Other proprietary designs approved by the department.

(q) Anchors and tie-down straps. This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.402(b)(1) and (2): Ground anchors and tie-down straps may be of painted steel to provide the weather-deterioration protection required by this section.

(r) Severe climate. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.404: In frost-susceptible soil locations, ground-anchor augers shall be installed to the design depth of the anchor but not less than 30 inches, unless the foundation system is frost-protected to prevent the effects of frost heave, in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and ss. 24 CFR 3280.306 and 3285.312.

(s) Ventilation openings. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 24 CFR 3285.505(d): Ventilation openings shall be covered for their full height and width with a perforated corrosion- and weather-resistant covering that is designed to prevent entry of rodents.

(t) Plumbing. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.601:

Note: The Department’s rules relating to registration and licensing of plumbers are in ch. SPS 305. The Department’s rules relating to pipe supports; pitch of sanitary drainage piping, storm water or clear water piping, and water supply piping; and plumbing specific to manufactured homes and manufactured home communities are in chapter SPS 382.

(u) Access for a transporter. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.902(a): Before attempting to move a home, ensure that the transportation equipment and home can be routed to the installation site and that all special transportation permits required by the department of transportation have been obtained.

(v) Drainage structures. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.902(b): The use of ditches and culverts to drain surface runoff is subject to local and state regulations and shall be included and considered in the overall site preparation.

(w) Local permits. Substitute the following wording and informational note for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.903(a): All locally required permits shall be obtained and all corresponding fees shall be paid.

Note: See s. SPS 320.08 for the Department’s requirements for obtaining a Wisconsin uniform building permit prior to each installation.

(x) Local plan approval. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.903(b): Prior to alteration of a home’s pier blocking, the local municipality shall be contacted to determine if plan approval and permits are required.

(y) Accessory buildings and structures. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.903(c): Each accessory building and structure is designed to support all of its own live and dead loads, unless the structure, including any attached garage, carport, deck, or porch, is attached to the manufactured home and is otherwise included in the installation instructions.

(z) Contacting the utility providers. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.904(a): The utility providers shall be consulted before connecting the manufactured home to any utilities.

(za) Conversion of gas appliances. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.904(d)(1): A service person acceptable to the utility provider shall convert the appliance from one type of gas to another, following instructions by the manufacturer of each appliance.

(zb) Gas appliance startup procedures. Substitute the following wording for the recommended requirements in 24 CFR 3285.904(d)(4)(intro.): When required by the utility provider, the installer shall perform the following procedures:

(zc) Heating oil systems. This is a department informational note to be used under 24 CFR 3285.905:

Note: See ch. ATCP 93 for additional requirements relating to installation of heating oil systems.

(2) Produced before April 1, 2007.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the installation of a manufactured home produced before April 1, 2007 shall be installed in conformance with the requirements in effect at the time the manufactured home was produced.

(b) The installation of a manufactured home produced before April 1, 2007 to be installed on piers shall conform to at least all of the following requirements:

  1. No footing may be placed upon unprepared fill material, topsoil, alluvial soil or mud. All organic matter shall be removed from the area that will be beneath any footing.

  2. The soil bearing capacity shall be determined through test by a pocket penetrometer or other means of analysis. If the soil bearing capacity under each intended pier location is less than 2000 pounds per square foot, piers shall be located in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  3. The home site shall be graded to permit water to drain from under the home and away from the home for a minimum of 5 feet from the home.

  4. Every pier shall be supported by a footing. Each footing shall be no less than a nominal 16 inches by 16 inches.

  5. Each footing shall consist of one of the following:

a. One nominal 4–inch by 16–inch by 16–inch solid concrete block or 2 nominal 4–inch by 8–inch by 16–inch solid concrete blocks. If a single block pier and 2 footing blocks are used, the 2 footing blocks shall be positioned with the joint parallel to the main frame. If a double block pier and 2 footing blocks are used, the 2 footing blocks shall be positioned with the joint either parallel or perpendicular to the main frame.

b. A 16–inch by 16–inch pad constructed of acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) having a rated load bearing capacity of not less than 6000 pounds.

c. An 18–inch diameter hole bored to below the frost line or to unfractured bedrock and filled with poured concrete.

d. Any other materials and systems approved in advance by the department.

  1. Piers shall be constructed of concrete blocks, manufactured steel stands or manufactured concrete stands. Manufactured stands shall be labeled for use as piers for manufactured homes.

  2. Piers constructed of single stacked concrete blocks shall be limited to a height of 36 inches. Piers constructed of concrete blocks and exceeding 36 inches but less than 80 inches shall be constructed using double stacked blocks with each layer opposing the direction of the layer underneath it. Piers constructed of concrete blocks and exceeding 80 inches shall be constructed using double blocks laid in concrete mortar with each layer opposing the direction of the layer underneath it and with each core filled with concrete and a ½–inch steel reinforcing rod.

  3. All concrete blocks shall be 2–core design, construction grade blocks having nominal dimensions of at least 8 inches by 8 inches by 16 inches. All concrete blocks shall be placed with the cores open vertically. The concrete block nearest the main frame of the manufactured home shall be perpendicular to the linear direction of the frame. None of these concrete blocks may contact the main frame of the home.

  4. Alternative materials may be used for pier installations provided they are approved in advance by the department.

  5. Piers shall be placed under the main frame of the chassis at intervals of not more than 7 feet on–center and no more than 3 feet from the exterior side of each end wall. The 7–foot spacing requirement may be varied as permitted by footing, spacing and soil capacity tables provided by the home manufacturer.

  6. Piers shall be placed under the bearing points of clear–span openings of 4 feet or more in center mating walls.

  7. Piers shall be plumb and centered under the contact area at the point of support.

a. Each pier shall be capped with a solid concrete block at least 4 inches thick or a solid wood block having a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.

b. The cap shall be the same width and length as the top of the pier.

c. The cap shall consist of no more than 2 pieces.

d. Two-piece caps shall be positioned with the joint perpendicular to the main frame.

  1. Where shims are utilized, wood shims shall be installed between the pier cap and the frame. Shims shall be driven from opposing sides and shall be no less than 4 inches by 8 inches.

  2. Wood caps and shims shall be at least equal to No. 2 spruce pine fir having a minimum fiber bending stress rating of 1200 psi. All wood caps shall be the same species of wood, and all shims shall be the same species of wood.

  3. The combination of a nominal 2-inch solid concrete block or a nominal 2-inch wood cap plus shims shall not exceed 3 ½ inches.

  4. A minimum clearance of 12 inches shall be maintained beneath the lowest point of the main frame in the area of any utility connection. A minimum clearance of 12 inches shall also be maintained under the home for at least 75% of the home. The remainder of the home may be less than 12 inches above the ground but may not touch the ground.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 08-043: am. (2) (b) 13. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 14-017: r. and recr. (1), cr. (2) (title), am. (2) (b) 8. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in numbering in (1) (za) to (zc) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; correction in (1) (p) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; corrections in (1) (g) to (i) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 15-034: am. (1) (a) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 21-047: renum. (1) (b) to (1) (b) 1., cr. (1) (b) 2., (c) 2m. Register May 2022 No. 797, eff. 6-1-22.

Chapter SPS 322 ENERGY CONSERVATION

Subchapter I Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.01 Scope {#sec-sps-322.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.01}

(1) This chapter applies to all one- and 2-family dwellings covered by this code that use any amount of non-renewable energy for heat generation.

Note: Non-renewable energy sources used for heat distribution only will not require compliance with this chapter.

Note: Although the actual source of heat delivered by a heat pump is renewable, a dwelling using a heat pump is not exempt from the requirements of this chapter due to the required input of electricity to run the pump and compressor.

(2) The equipment efficiency standards in this chapter apply to all one- and 2-family dwellings covered by this code that use the respective equipment.

(3)

(a) The vapor retarder requirements under s. SPS 322.38 and the moisture control and ventilation requirements under s. SPS 322.39 apply to any dwelling with insulation installed, whether or not the insulation is required under this code.

(b) The vapor retarder requirements under s. SPS 322.38 do not apply to an unheated space, such as an attached, unheated garage.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (3) to (3) (a), cr. (3) (b) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.02 Application {#sec-sps-322.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.02}

(1) This chapter is not intended to conflict with any safety or health requirements. Where a conflict occurs, the safety and health requirements shall govern.

(2) This chapter allows the designer the option of using various methods to demonstrate compliance with thermal performance requirements. The designer shall identify on the plan submittal form what method or subchapter is being used, and indicate the design criteria and how it is being applied. Unless specifically exempted, all requirements of this chapter apply regardless of the method used.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.10 Definitions {#sec-sps-322.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.10}

(1) “Air-impermeable” means having an air permeance less than or equal to 0.02 L/s-m2 at a pressure differential of 75 pascals when tested according to ASTM E 2178 or ASTM E 283.

(2) “Conditioned floor area” means the sum of areas of all floors in conditioned space in the structure, including basements, cellars, and intermediate floored levels measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center line of interior walls, excluding covered walkways, open roofed-over areas, porches, exterior terraces or steps, chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.

(3) “Conditioned space” means space within the dwelling thermal envelope which is provided with heated air or surfaces to provide a heated space capable of maintaining the temperature of the space to at least 50°F at design conditions.

(4) “Crawl space wall” means the opaque portion of a wall which encloses a crawl space and is partially or totally below grade.

(5) “Dwelling thermal envelope” means the elements of a dwelling with enclosed conditioned space through which thermal energy may be transferred to or from unconditioned space or the exterior.

(6) “Exterior wall area” means the normal projection of the dwelling envelope wall area bounding interior space which is conditioned by an energy-using system including opaque wall, window and door area. Any skylight shaft walls that are 12 inches or more in depth, measured from the ceiling plane to the roof deck, are considered in the area of exterior walls and are not considered part of the roof assembly.

(7) “Heated slab” means a floor slab in which an uninsulated heating element, uninsulated hydronic tubing or uninsulated hot air distribution system is in contact with the slab or placed within the slab or the subgrade.

(8) “HVAC” means heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

(9) “HVAC system” means the equipment, distribution network, and terminals that provide either collectively or individually the processes of heating, ventilating, or air conditioning to a building.

(10) “Infiltration” means the uncontrolled inward air leakage through cracks and interstices in any dwelling element and around windows and doors of a dwelling caused by the pressure effects of wind, and the effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air density.

(11) “IC-rated” means an electrical fixture tested and listed by an independent testing laboratory as being suitable for installation in a cavity where the fixture may be in direct contact with thermal insulation or combustible materials.

(12) “Mass wall” means a wall of concrete block, concrete, insulated concrete forms, masonry cavity, brick other than brick veneer, earth and solid timber or logs.

(13) “Opaque areas” means all exposed areas of a dwelling envelope which enclose conditioned space except openings for windows, skylights, doors and dwelling service systems.

(14) “Proposed design” means a description of the proposed dwelling used to estimate annual energy use for determining compliance based on total building performance.

(15) “Renewable energy sources” means sources of energy, excluding minerals and petroleum products, derived from incoming solar radiation, trees and other plants, wind, waves and tides, lake or pond thermal differences and from the internal heat of the earth.

(16) “Roof assembly” means all components of the roof and ceiling envelope through which heat flows, thus creating a building transmission heat loss or gain, where such assembly is exposed to outdoor air and encloses a heated space. Any skylight shaft walls less than 12 inches in depth, as measured from the ceiling plane to the roof deck, are considered in the roof assembly and are not considered in the area of exterior walls.

(17) “Sun room” means a one-story structure attached to a dwelling with a glazing area in excess of 40% of the gross area of the structure’s exterior walls and roof and with any screened areas capable of being covered or replaced with glazing during the heating season.

Note: A thermally isolated sun room does not count in the calculation of amount of glazing.

(18) “System” means a combination of central or terminal equipment and their components, controls, accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal devices by which energy is transformed so as to perform a specific function, such as HVAC, water heating, or illumination.

(19) “Thermal resistance” or “R-value” means a measure of the ability to retard the flow of heat. The R-value is the reciprocal of thermal transmittance or U-factor expressed as R = 1/U.

Note: The higher the R-value of a material, the more difficult it is for heat to be transmitted through the material.

(20) “Thermal transmittance” or “U-factor” means the time rate of heat flow through a body or assembly which is located between 2 different environments, expressed in Btu/h · ft.2 · °F. The U-factor applies to combinations of different materials used in series along the heat flow path and also to single materials that comprise a dwelling section, including cavity air spaces and air films on both sides of a dwelling element.

Note: The lower the U-factor of a material, the more difficult it is for heat to be transmitted through the material.

Note: The thermal transmittance is also referred to as the coefficient of heat transfer or the coefficient of heat transmission.

(21) “Thermally isolated” means physically and thermally separated with separate zone or separate equipment controls for space heating.

(22) “Thermostat” means an automatic control device actuated by temperature and designed to be responsive to temperature.

(23) “Ventilation” means the process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any space. The air may or may not have been conditioned.

(24) “Zone” means a space or group of spaces within a dwelling with heating requirements sufficiently similar so that comfort conditions can be maintained throughout by a single controlling device.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 09-104: am. (17) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11.

Subchapter III Insulation Materials and Installation

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.20 Basic requirements {#sec-sps-322.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.20}

(1) General. When available, information and values on thermal properties, performance of building envelope sections and components, and heat transfer shall be obtained from the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.

(2) Computation of R-values.

(a) Insulation material used in layers, such as framing cavity insulation and insulating sheathing, shall be summed to compute the component R-value.

(b) The manufacturer’s settled R-value shall be used for blown insulation.

(c) Computed R-values may not include values for air films or for building materials other than insulation materials.

Note: The REScheck program will automatically account for air films and other building materials.

(3) Laboratory or field test measurements.

(a) General dwelling thermal envelope materials. When information specified under sub. (1) is not available, or when a different value is claimed, supporting data shall be obtained using one of the following test methods:

  1. ASTM C177, Standard test method for steady state heat flux measurements and thermal transmission properties by means of the guarded-hot-plate apparatus.

  2. ASTM C335, Standard test method for steady state heat transfer properties of pipe insulation.

  3. ASTM C518, Standard test method for steady state thermal transmission properties by means of the heat flow meter apparatus.

  4. ASTM C1363, Standard test method for the thermal performance of building materials and envelope assemblies by means of a hot box apparatus.

(b) Foam plastic insulation.

  1. When information specified under sub. (1) is not available, or when a different value is claimed, foam plastic insulation that uses a gas other than air as the insulating medium shall use laboratory or field tests conducted on representative samples that have been aged for the equivalent of 5 years or until the R–value has stabilized.

  2. The tests shall be conducted by an independent third party using the standards listed under par. (a) and shall be submitted for department review and approval in accordance with s. SPS 320.18.

(c) Concrete masonry units. Systems using integrally-insulated concrete masonry units shall be evaluated for thermal performance in accordance with one of the following:

  1. Default values as approved by the department with no extrapolations or interpolations.

  2. Laboratory or field test measurements specified under par. (a).

  3. The material approval process specified in s. SPS 320.18.

(4) General installation.

(a) Materials, equipment and systems shall be identified in a manner that will allow a determination of their compliance with the applicable provisions of this code.

(b) All insulation materials, caulking and weatherstripping, fenestration assemblies, mechanical equipment and systems components, and water-heating equipment and system components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

(c) Manufacturer’s installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection.

(d) Roof and ceiling, floor and wall cavity batt or board insulation shall be installed in a manner which will permit inspection of the manufacturer’s R-value identification mark.

(5) Identification.

(a) A thermal resistance identification mark shall be applied by the manufacturer to each piece of dwelling envelope insulation 12-inches or greater in width.

(b)

  1. The thickness of blown-in roof and ceiling insulation shall be identified by thickness markings that are labeled in inches and installed at least one for every 300 square feet through the attic space.

  2. The markers shall be affixed to trusses or joists marking the minimum initial installed thickness and minimum settled thickness with numbers a minimum of one-inch in height.

  3. Each marker shall face the attic access.

  4. The thickness of installed insulation shall meet or exceed the minimum initial installed thickness shown by the marker.

(6) Certificate.

(a) A permanent certificate shall be posted on or immediately adjacent to the electrical distribution panel.

(b) The certificate shall be completed by the owner, builder or insulation installer.

(c) The certificate shall list at least the following information:

  1. The predominant R-values of insulation installed in or on ceilings or roofs, walls, foundation walls, slabs and any heating ducts that are outside the thermal envelope.

  2. The U-factors of all windows, skylights and doors.

(d) If using the REScheck or REM/Rate software programs, the certificate shall be printed from that program.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (3) (b) 2., (c) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.21 Protection of insulation {#sec-sps-322.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.21}

(1) Blanket insulation. Insulating blankets or batts shall be held in place with a covering or other means of mechanical or adhesive fastening.

Note: If the insulation is on a below-grade wall, s. SPS 322.38 (4) may prohibit the use of vapor retarder material used as the covering.

(2) Wind wash protection.

(a) Except as provided under s. SPS 322.39 (4) for cathedral ceilings, all air-permeable insulation materials installed in any position other than horizontal, shall be covered on the cold-in-winter side with a permanently attached material of low air permeability to maintain the R-value of the insulation.

Note: Suitable materials for this purpose include house wrap permanently attached with batten strips, asphalt-impregnated felt or tar paper, plywood, oriented strand board or OSB, siding material, rigid insulation sheathing, etc.

(b) If non-rigid sheet material is used, it shall be water vapor permeable.

Note: Water vapor permeable materials for this purpose include house wrap permanently attached with batten strips and asphalt-impregnated felt or tar paper.

(3) Foam plastic insulation.

(a) Exterior foam plastic insulation shall be protected from physical damage and damage from ultraviolet light with a permanent, opaque, weather-resistant covering or coating.

(b) The protective covering shall cover the exposed exterior insulation and extend a minimum of 2 inches below grade, except the covering is not required below a brick ledge.

Note: For interior applications, a thermal barrier may be required under s. SPS 321.11.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (3) (b) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Subchapter IV Dwelling Thermal Envelope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.30 General design requirements {#sec-sps-322.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.30}

(1) General. Dwelling thermal envelope insulation amounts and details shall be determined using one of the methods described in this subchapter.

(2) Infiltration.

(a) Infiltration for heating design loads shall be calculated based on a maximum of 0.5 air change per hour in the heated space.

(b)

  1. If the proposed design takes credit for a reduced air change per hour level, documentation of the measures providing the reduction or the results of a post-construction blower door test conducted in accordance ASTM E 779 shall be provided to the department.

  2. The minimum air change per hour rate may not be less than 0.2, unless mechanical ventilation is provided.

(3) Basements and crawl spaces. Where basement and crawl space walls are part of the dwelling thermal envelope, their R-values and U-factors shall be based on the wall components. Adjacent soil may not be considered in the determination.

(4) Garages.

(a) Except as provided under par. (b), a garage may not be provided with any supplemental heat unless all of the following conditions are met:

Note: Because of the scope of this chapter, the requirements under this subsection apply only to heat generated from non-renewable sources.

  1. The dwelling shall be thermally isolated from the garage.

  2. The garage floor, ceiling and walls shall be provided with a vapor retarder in accordance with s. SPS 322.38.

  3. All building elements shall meet the requirements of s. SPS 322.31.

(b) The thermal envelope requirements under par. (a) are not required if all of the following conditions are met:

  1. The thermostat is permanently limited to a maximum of 50°F.

  2. Heating equipment is either separate from the dwelling unit equipment or installed as a separate zone.

  3. Separate heating equipment shall be sized to provide a maximum indoor temperature of 50°F.

(5) Masonry veneer. When insulation is placed on the exterior of a foundation supporting a masonry veneer exterior, the horizontal foundation surface supporting the veneer is not required to be insulated to satisfy the foundation insulation requirement.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (4) (a) 2., 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.31 Prescriptive insulation and fenestration criteria {#sec-sps-322.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.31}

(1) Requirements.

(a) Except as specifically provided under this subchapter, dwellings using the prescriptive method shall meet the requirements of Table 322.31-1 or 322.31-2.

(b) In Tables 322.31-1 and 322.31-2, zone 2 consists of the following 15 northern counties: Ashland, Bayfield, Burnett, Douglas, Florence, Forest, Iron, Langlade, Lincoln, Oneida, Price, Sawyer, Taylor, Vilas and Washburn. Zone 1 consists of all other counties not included in zone 2.

(2) Thermal envelope.

(a) General. If the total dwelling thermal envelope UA is less than or equal to the total UA resulting from using the U-factors in Table 322.31-2 multiplied by the same assembly area as in the proposed building, the dwelling is in compliance with this chapter. The UA calculation shall be done using a method consistent with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals and shall include the thermal bridging effects of framing materials.

Note: UA is equal to the product of the U-factor times the assembly area.

Note: REScheck is an acceptable software program for determining compliance with this section.

(b) Software version. If a REScheck software program is used to show compliance with this section, a version approved by the department shall be used.

Note: The IECC 2009 version of REScheck meets the thermal envelope requirements of this code.

(3) Appliance efficiency.

(a) Except as allowed under par. (b) and s. SPS 322.46, oil-fired and gas-fired furnaces and boilers shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements in Table 322.31-3.

(b) In new construction, an oil-fired or gas-fired furnace or boiler meeting the federal efficiency standard but not the requirements of Table 322.31-3 may be installed if the dwelling thermal envelope requirements of Table 322.31-4 are met.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; EmR0917: emerg. am. (2) (b), eff. 9-5-09; CR 09-072: am. (2) (b) Register March 2010 No. 651, eff. 4-1-10; CR 09-104: am. Tables 22.31-1 and 22.31-4 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (b), (2) (a), (b), (3) (a), (b), Table 322.31-1, Table 322.31-4 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672l; CR 15-041: am. Table 322.31-1, Table 322.31-2, Table 322.31-4 Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.32 Specific insulation requirements {#sec-sps-322.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.32}

(1) Ceilings with attic spaces.

(a) R-38 will satisfy the ceiling R-value requirement for a dwelling where the full height of uncompressed R-38 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves.

(b) An attic-access cover shall be weatherstripped and insulated to a level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding surfaces when the attic is an unconditioned space. A wood framed or equivalent baffle or retainer is required to be provided when loose fill insulation is installed, the purpose of which is to prevent loose fill insulation from spilling into the living space when the attic access is opened, and to provide a permanent means of maintaining the installed R-value of the loose fill insulation.

(2) Ceilings without attic spaces. Where the design of the roof or ceiling assembly does not allow sufficient space for the required R-49 insulation, the minimum required insulation for the roof or ceiling assembly shall be R-30. This reduction of insulation shall be limited to 500 square feet of ceiling area.

(3) Mass walls. The requirements of Table 322.31-1 are applicable to mass walls.

(4) Steel-frame ceilings, walls and floors.

(a) Steel-frame ceilings, walls and floors shall meet the insulation requirements of Table 322.32 or shall meet the U-factor requirements in Table 322.31-2.

(b) The calculation of the U-factor for a steel-frame envelope assembly shall use a series-parallel path calculation method.

(5) Floors. Floor insulation shall be installed to maintain permanent contact with the underside of the subfloor decking.

(6) Basement walls.

(a) Walls associated with conditioned basements shall be insulated from the top of the basement wall down to the basement floor.

(b) Walls associated with unconditioned basements shall meet the requirement in par. (a) unless the floor overhead is insulated in accordance with Table 322.31-1.

(c) Where the total basement wall area is less than 50 percent below grade, the entire wall area, including the below-grade portion, is included as part of the area of exterior walls.

(7) Box sill and rim joist spaces. Box sills and joist spaces at outside walls shall be insulated to the required wall R-value with air-impermeable insulation that is sealed on all sides to all framing members and the foundation, or with air-permeable insulation held in place as required under s. SPS 322.21 (1).

(8) Overhang joist spaces.

(a) Joist spaces that extend beyond exterior walls shall be insulated with an R-value of 30 or higher with insulation that completely fills the cavity including over the top of the exterior wall supporting the joists.

(b) The joist space insulation shall be air sealed either by using an air-impermeable insulation that is sealed to all framing members or by covering the insulation with a rigid material that is caulked or sealed to all framing members.

(c) If piping that is subject to freezing is located in the joist space, additional insulation shall be provided on the unconditioned side of the space.

(9) Wall insulation.

(a) Except for closed-cell sprayed foam, wall insulation shall completely fill the wall cavity.

(b) The vertical and flared walls in a skylight shall meet the insulation requirements for walls. Tube skylights shall be insulated per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (3) (a), (b), (4) (a), (6) (b), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (1) to (1) (a), cr. (1) (b), renum. (3) (a) to (3) and am., r. (3) (b), renum. (9) to (9) (a), cr. (9) (b) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.33 Slab floors {#sec-sps-322.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.33}

(1) Heated or unheated slabs.

(a) Any heated or unheated slab floor, the bottom of which is less than 12 inches below adjacent grade, shall be provided with perimeter insulation in accordance with Table 322.31-1 or Table 322.31-4, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) At the threshold or the base of any door opening that leads directly to the exterior of the structure, the vertical perimeter insulation shall be at least R-5, excluding all garage doors.

(2) Heated slabs. In addition to meeting the requirement under sub. (1), if applicable, heated slab floors of any depth below grade shall meet the under-slab R-value requirement in accordance with Table 322.31-1 or Table 322.31-4.

(3) Details.

(a) The top edge of insulation installed between the exterior wall and the edge of the interior slab may be cut at a 45 degree angle away from the exterior wall.

(b) Horizontal insulation extending outside of the foundation shall be covered by soil a minimum of 10 inches thick or by pavement.

(c) Insulation on a foundation wall for a basement may be interrupted at the junction with a foundation wall.

Note: See Appendix for further explanatory materials.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 09-104: am. (1), (2) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (1) to (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), (3) (c) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.34 Crawl spaces {#sec-sps-322.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.34}

(1) Frost protection. If the bottom of the crawl space serving as the dwelling foundation is less than 48 inches below adjacent grade, the foundation shall be frost protected in accordance with Table 322.31-1 for frost protected slabs.

(2) Vapor retarder. Any exposed earth in crawl spaces shall be covered with a continuous vapor retarder.

(b) All decayable organic material, including topsoil, shall be removed from crawl space floors prior to placing the vapor retarder.

(c) All joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by 6 inches and be sealed or taped.

(d) The edges of the vapor retarder shall extend at least 6 inches up the foundation wall and shall be attached and sealed to the foundation wall or insulation.

(3) crawl spaces.

(a) Crawl space walls shall be insulated in accordance with Table 322.31-1.

(b) Crawl space wall insulation shall be permanently fastened to the wall and shall extend the entire height of the wall.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1), (3) (c), (4) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: am. (2) (d) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 15-090: r. (3), (4) (c), renum. (4) to (3) and am. Register May 2016 No. 725, eff. 6-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.35 Thermally isolated sunrooms {#sec-sps-322.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.35}

(1) The minimum opaque ceiling insulation R-value shall be R-24. The minimum opaque wall R-value shall be R-13.

(2) The maximum fenestration U-factor shall be 0.50 and the maximum skylight U-factor shall be 0.75.

(3) New walls, windows and doors separating a sunroom from conditioned space shall meet the building thermal envelope requirements.

(4) The temperature in the conditioned space shall be controlled as a separate zone or shall use separate heating equipment.

(5) Glazing in a thermally-isolated sunroom is not considered to be in the dwelling thermal envelope.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.36 Fenestration {#sec-sps-322.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.36}

(1) Average U-factors. An area-weighted average of fenestration products may be used to satisfy the U-factor requirements.

(2) Maximum fenestration U-factor. The area weighted average maximum fenestration U-factor permitted using trade offs from s. SPS 322.31 (2) or subchapter VI shall be 0.40 for vertical fenestration, and 0.75 for skylights.

(3) Glazed fenestration exemption. Up to 15 square feet of glazed fenestration per dwelling unit may be exempt from U-factor requirements of the chapter.

(4) Opaque door exemption. One opaque door assembly is exempted from the U-factor requirements of this chapter.

(5) Replacement fenestration. Where an existing fenestration unit is replaced with a new fenestration unit, including sash and glazing, the replacement unit shall meet the U-factor requirements of this chapter.

(6) Certified products. Except as provided in sub. (7), fenestration rating, certification and labeling of U-factors for windows, doors and skylights shall be in accordance with NFRC 100.

(7) Default values. When a manufacturer has not determined product U-factor in accordance with NFRC 100, U-factors shall be determined by assigning a default value in accordance with Tables 322.36-1 and 322.36-2. Where a composite of materials of two different product types is used, the product shall be assigned the higher U-factor.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.37 Air leakage {#sec-sps-322.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.37}

(1) General. The requirements of this section apply to those components that separate interior conditioned space from a garage or an unconditioned space.

(2) Window and door assemblies.

(a) General. Except as specified in par. (b), windows, skylights and sliding glass doors shall have an air infiltration rate of no more than 0.3 cfm per square foot, and swinging doors no more than 0.5 cfm per square foot, when tested according to NFRC 400 or AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 by an accredited, independent laboratory and listed and labeled by the manufacturer.

(b) Exception. Site-constructed doors and windows shall be sealed with gasketing or weatherstripping or shall be covered with a storm door or storm window.

(3) Joint and penetration sealing.

(a) Exterior joints, seams or penetrations in the dwelling envelope, which are sources of air leakage, shall be sealed with durable caulking materials, closed with gasketing systems, taped, or covered with water-vapor-permeable house wrap. Joints to be treated include all of the following:

  1. Openings, cracks and joints between wall cavities and window or door frames.

  2. Between separate wall assemblies or their sill-plates and foundations.

  3. Between walls, roof, ceilings or attic ceiling seals, and between separate wall panel assemblies, including between interior and exterior walls.

  4. Penetrations of utility services through walls, floor and roof assemblies, and penetrations through top and bottom wall plates.

(b) Sealing shall be provided at the attic and crawl space panels, at recessed lights and around all plumbing and electrical penetrations, where these openings are located in the dwelling thermal envelope.

(c) The sealing methods between dissimilar materials shall allow for differential expansion and contraction.

(4) Recessed lighting. When installed in the dwelling envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall be sealed to limit air leakage between conditioned and unconditioned spaces by one of the following means:

(a) The fixture shall be IC-rated and labeled with enclosures that are sealed or gasketed to prevent air leakage to the ceiling cavity or unconditioned space.

(b) The fixture shall be IC-rated and labeled as meeting ASTM E 283 when tested at 1.57 psi pressure differential with no more than 2.0 cfm of air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity.

(c)

  1. The fixture shall be located inside an airtight sealed box with clearances of at least 0.5 inch from combustible material and 3 inches from insulation.

  2. If the fixture is non-IC-rated, the box shall be constructed of noncombustible material that does not readily conduct heat.

Note: The department will accept cement board, drywall, and other materials that exhibit flame spread and smoke developed indices of 10 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84.

(5) Fan housings. Gaps between a fan housing and a ceiling or wall that could result in air leaks shall be gasketed, sealed or caulked.

(6) Compliance demonstration. Building envelope air tightness and insulation installation shall be demonstrated to comply with one of the following options:

(a) Testing option. Building envelope tightness and insulation installation shall be considered acceptable when tested air leakage is less than seven air changes per hour (ACH) when tested with a blower door at a pressure of 33.5 psf (50 Pa). Testing shall occur after rough in and after installation of penetrations of the building envelope, including penetrations for utilities, plumbing, electrical, ventilation and combustion appliances. During testing all of the following shall be done:

  1. Exterior windows and doors, fireplace and stove doors shall be closed, but not sealed.

  2. Dampers shall be closed, but not sealed, including exhaust, intake, makeup air, backdraft and flue dampers.

  3. Interior doors shall be open.

  4. Exterior openings for continuous ventilation systems and heat recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed.

  5. Heating and cooling system(s) shall be turned off.

  6. HVAC ducts shall not be sealed.

  7. Supply and return registers shall not be sealed.

(b) Visual inspection option. Building envelope tightness and insulation installation shall be considered acceptable when the items listed in Table 332.37, applicable to the method of construction, are field verified. Where required by the code official, an approved party independent from the installer of the insulation shall inspect the air barrier and insulation.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: cr. (6), Table 322.37 Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; correction in (6) (a) 6. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register December 2015 No. 720.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.38 Vapor retarders {#sec-sps-322.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.38}

(1) General.

(a) Definition. Under this section, a vapor retarder is a material with no intrinsic thermal or structural properties that has a rating of 1.0 perm or less when tested in accordance with ASTM standard E 96, Procedure A.

(b) Continuity.

  1. The vapor retarder shall be continuous. All joints in a vapor retarder consisting of sheet material shall be overlapped 6 inches and taped or sealed, except as provided in subd. 2. Rips, punctures, and voids in the vapor retarder shall be patched with vapor retarder materials and taped or sealed. Seams that are not over a framing member shall be taped or sealed.

  2. Taping or sealing a vapor retarder is not required around doors and windows, behind bathtub enclosures, and at top and bottom wall plates, if the retarder is held to those materials in an airtight manner by other building components, such as gypsum wallboard.

(2) Frame assemblies.

(a) General. Except as provided under par. (c), all frame walls, frame floors and frame ceilings that comprise the thermal envelope, shall have a vapor retarder installed on the warm-in-winter side of the thermal insulation.

(b) Coverage. The vapor retarder shall cover the exposed insulation and the interior face of the framing.

(c) Exceptions.

  1. Where the vapor retarder is omitted, as allowed under subds. 2. to 4., all sources of air leakage, such as between double top or bottom plates or between double studs, shall be caulked or sealed.

  2. No vapor retarder is required in the box sill.

  3. No vapor retarder is required where batt insulation is provided with foil or kraft paper backing on the warm-in-winter side and the nailing tabs are tightly fastened to the warm-in-winter face of the framing members.

  4. No vapor retarder is required over cavities that have at least 50% of the required R-value provided by spray-applied foam having a perm rating of 1.0 or less, unless required by the foam manufacturer.

  5. A vapor retarder for a floor over an open, unheated area may consist of 5/8-inch tongue-and-groove oriented-strand board, or 3/4-inch tongue-and-groove CDX plywood, which is exposure-rated plywood.

(3) Concrete floors.

(a) Except as allowed under par. (d), a vapor retarder shall be installed directly under the concrete floor slab or under the base course of concrete floor slabs.

(b) Vapor retarder material shall be at least 6 mils in thickness or shall be a reinforced material.

(c) Joints in the vapor retarder shall be overlapped at least 6 inches and taped or sealed.

(d) A vapor retarder is not required under the slab of an unconditioned attached garage.

(4) Concrete or masonry basement walls. A non-rigid sheet vapor retarder with a perm rating of 0.1 or less is prohibited in all of the following locations:

(a) On a concrete or masonry wall which is below grade to any extent.

(b) On an insulated frame wall constructed in front of a concrete or masonry wall which is below grade to any extent.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 09-104: r. (3) (d), renum. (3) (e) to be (3) (d) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Register December 2010 No. 660; CR 15-041: renum. (1) (b) to (1) (b) 1. and am., cr. (1) (b) 2., am. (2) (c) 4., cr. (2) (c) 5. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.39 Ventilation and moisture control {#sec-sps-322.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.39}

(1) General. Design and construction shall prevent deterioration from moisture condensation and ice damming.

(2) Vented attics.

(a)

  1. Except as allowed under subd. 6., where air-permeable ceiling or attic insulation is installed in a horizontal position, ventilation shall be provided above the insulation in accordance with this paragraph.

  2. At least 50% of the net free ventilating area shall be distributed at the high sides of the roof.

  3. The remainder of the net free ventilating area shall be distributed in the lower half of the roof or attic area.

  4. If more than 50%, but less than 75% of the net free ventilating area is provided at the high sides of the roof, the total net free ventilating area shall be a minimum of 1/300 of the horizontal area of the ceiling.

  5. If 75% or more of the net free ventilating area is provided at the upper sides of the roof, the total net free ventilating area shall be at least 1/150 of the horizontal area of the ceiling.

  6. Ventilation is not required for separated roof areas, such as dormers, bump-outs or bays that cover a floor area of 40 ft2 or less.

(b) Engineered systems that provide equivalent ventilation to that required under this subsection may be used.

(c) Insulation shall not block the free flow of air.

(3) Conditioned attics. Attic spaces are not required to be vented where air-impermeable insulation is attached directly to the underside of the roof deck and all of the following conditions are met:

(a) No interior vapor retarders are installed between the living space and the conditioned attic.

(b) The temperature in the attic space is maintained high enough to prevent any moisture condensation on the insulation.

Note: Maintaining the interior surface temperature of the insulation at or above the dew point temperature of the interior air will minimize condensation. Maintaining at least 45°F on the surface of the insulation will minimize condensation on the surface when the interior air temperature is 70°F and the interior relative humidity is 45%.

(4) Cathedral ceilings. Air-permeable insulation in a cathedral ceiling assembly shall fill the entire cavity space unless an air barrier separates the top of the insulation from the ventilation space.

(5) Mechanical ventilation. Outdoor air intakes and exhausts shall have automatic or gravity dampers that close when the ventilation system is not operating.

(6) Clothes dryers. Clothes dryers shall be vented to the outside of the structure.

Note: See s. SPS 323.14 for vent material requirements.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.

Subchapter V Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.40 Indoor temperatures and equipment sizing {#sec-sps-322.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.40}

(1) General. The indoor temperatures listed under sub. (2) shall be used to determine the total dwelling heat loss and to select the size of the of the heating equipment.

(2) Indoor design temperatures. Unheated, non-habitable basement areas shall use a heating design temperature of less than 50°F. All other areas of a dwelling shall use a heating design temperature of 70°F.

(3) Equipment sizing. Heating design loads including ventilation loads for the purpose of sizing systems shall be determined in accordance with the REScheck or REM/RATE software programs or one of the procedures described in Chapter 29 of ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.

Note: Residential heat balance, residential load factor, Canadian F280 and ACCA Manuals J and S are among the methods recognized as equipment-sizing protocols under chapter 29.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.41 Temperature control {#sec-sps-322.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.41}

(1) General. Each system shall be provided with an adjustable thermostat for the regulation of temperature.

(2) Circulating hot water systems. Circulating hot water systems shall include an automatic or readily accessible manual switch to turn off the circulating pump when the system is not in use.

(3) Mercury thermostats. The installation of thermostats containing mercury is prohibited.

Note: This section does not require the replacement of existing mercury-containing thermostats.

(4) Heat pump supplementary heat. Heat pumps having supplementary electric-resistance heat shall have controls that, except during defrost, prevent supplemental heat operation when the heat pump compressor can meet the heating load.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.42 Duct systems {#sec-sps-322.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.42}

(1) Supply and return heating ducts, or portions thereof, that are not located completely within the thermal envelope, shall be provided with insulation with a thermal resistance of at least R-8.

(1m) Cooling supply ducts that pass through unconditioned spaces conducive to condensation, such as attics, shall be provided with insulation having a thermal resistance of at least R–8. The exterior of that insulation shall be covered with a vapor retarder that meets the requirements in s. SPS 322.38 (1)

(2) Building framing cavities may not be used as supply ducts.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: cr. (1m) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.43 Duct and plenum sealing {#sec-sps-322.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.43}

(1) Duct systems with joints not located entirely within the conditioned space or with joints located on the unconditioned side of stud bays, joist cavities and similar spaces, shall be sealed in accordance with this section.

(2) Sealing shall be accomplished using welds, gaskets, mastics, mastic-plus-embedded-fabric systems or tapes installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(3) Insulation that provides a continuous air barrier may be used in lieu of sealing metal ducts.

(4) Tapes and mastics used with rigid fibrous glass ducts shall be listed and labeled as complying with UL 181A.

(5) Tapes and mastics used with flexible air ducts shall be listed and labeled as complying with UL 181B.

(6) Tapes with rubber-based adhesives may not be used.

(7) Except where exempted as indicated in sub. (8), duct tightness shall be verified by either of the following:

(a) Postconstruction test: Leakage to outdoors shall be less than or equal to 8 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area or a total leakage less than or equal to 12 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer’s air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test.

(b) Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to 6 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inches w.c. (25 Pa) across the roughed in system, including the manufacturer’s air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less than or equal to 4 cfm per 100 ft2 of conditioned floor area.

(8) A duct tightness test is not required if the air handler and all ducts are located within conditioned space.

Note: Standard duct tape or “duck tape” has a rubber-based adhesive and does not comply with the requirements of this section.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: cr. (7), (8) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; numbering correction in (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., and correction in (7) (intro.), (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register December 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.44 Pipe insulation {#sec-sps-322.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.44}

(1) Mechanical system piping capable of carrying fluids above 105°F (41°C) or below 55°F (13°C) shall be insulated to a minimum of R-3.

(2) All circulating service hot water piping shall be insulated to at least R-2. Circulating hot water systems shall include an automatic or readily accessible manual switch that can turn off the hotwater circulating pump when the system is not in use.

(3) Heating pipes in unheated spaces shall be insulated with material providing a minimum thermal resistance of R-4 as measured on a flat surface in accordance with ASTM standard C 335 at a mean temperature of 75°F.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; CR 15-041: renum. 322.44 to 322.44 (3), cr. (1), (2) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.45 Air conditioner and heat pump efficiencies {#sec-sps-322.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.45}

(1) Heating and cooling equipment shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements in Table 322.45 when tested and rated in accordance with the applicable test procedure.

(2) The efficiency shall be verified through certification under an approved certification program or, if no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the manufacturer.

(3) Where multiple rating conditions or performance requirements are provided, the equipment shall satisfy all efficiency requirements under this chapter.

(4) Where components, such as indoor or outdoor coils, from different manufacturers are used, calculations and supporting data shall be furnished by the designer that demonstrate that the combined efficiency of the specified components meets the requirements under this section.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.46 Replacement furnace and boiler efficiencies {#sec-sps-322.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.46}

(1) A replacement furnace in existing construction may meet only the prevailing federal efficiency standard provided the duct distribution system is sealed and tested at 0.02 inches water gage across the entire system, including the manufacturer’s air handler enclosure, to have air leakage less than 10 percent of the furnace manufacturer’s rated air flow across the blower at high speed.

Note: 0.02 inches water gage is equal to approximately 25 pascals.

(2) A replacement boiler in existing construction may meet only the prevailing federal standard provided there is no installed circulation pump larger than 1/20 horsepower and no circulation pump runs continuously.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.47 Equipment requirements {#sec-sps-322.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.47}

(1) Mechanical ventilation outdoor air intakes and exhausts shall have automatic or gravity dampers that close when the ventilation system is not operating.

(2) Snow melt system controls. Snow- and ice-melting systems, supplied through energy service to the building, shall include automatic controls capable of shutting off the system when the pavement temperature is above 50°F, and no precipitation is falling and an automatic or manual control that will allow shutoff when the outdoor temperature is above 40°F.

History

  • CR 15-041: cr. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.48 Indoor Pools {#sec-sps-322.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.48}

Indoor pools shall be provided with energy-conserving measures in accordance with all of the following:

(1) Pool heaters. All pool heaters shall be equipped with a readily accessible on-off switch to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the thermostat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas shall not have continuously burning pilot lights.

(2) Time switches.

(a) Except where allowed in pars. (b) and (c), time switches that can automatically turn off and on heaters and pumps according to a preset schedule shall be installed on swimming pool heaters and pumps.

(b) Where public health standards require 24-hour pump operation, time switches are not required.

(c) Where pumps are required to operate solar- and waste-heat-recovery pool heating systems, time switches are not required.

History

  • CR 15-041: cr. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.49 Lighting Equipment {#sec-sps-322.49 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.49}

A minimum of 50 percent of the lamps in permanently installed lighting fixtures shall be high-efficacy lamps.

History

  • CR 15-041: cr. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Subchapter VI Simulated Performance Alternative

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.50 General {#sec-sps-322.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.50}

This subchapter establishes criteria for compliance using simulated energy performance analysis. The analysis shall include heating, cooling, and service water heating energy only.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.51 Performance-based compliance {#sec-sps-322.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.51}

Compliance based on simulated energy performance requires that a proposed dwelling be shown to have an annual energy cost that is less than or equal to the annual energy cost of the standard reference design.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.52 Documentation {#sec-sps-322.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.52}

(1) Compliance software tools. Documentation verifying that the methods and accuracy of the compliance software tools conform to the provisions of this subchapter shall be provided to the inspector.

Note: REM/Rate is an acceptable software program for determining compliance with this section.

(2) Compliance report. Compliance software tools shall generate a report that documents that the proposed design has annual energy costs less than or equal to the annual energy costs of the standard reference design. The compliance documentation shall include all of the following information:

(a) Address of the dwelling.

(b)

  1. An inspection checklist documenting the building component characteristics of the proposed design as listed in Table 322.53-1.

  2. The inspection checklist shall show the estimated annual energy cost for both the standard reference design and the proposed design.

(c) Name of individual completing the compliance report.

(d) Name and version of the compliance software tool.

(3) Additional documentation. The inspector may require any of the following documents:

(a) Documentation of the building component characteristics of the standard reference design.

(b) A certification signed by the builder providing the building component characteristics of the proposed design as given in Table 322.53-1.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (b), (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 322.53 Calculation procedure {#sec-sps-322.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 322.53}

(1) General. Except as specifically allowed under this section, the standard reference design and proposed design shall be configured and analyzed using identical methods and techniques.

(2) Reference and proposed designs. The standard reference design and proposed design shall be configured and analyzed as specified by Table 322.53-1. Table 322.53-1 shall include by reference all notes contained in Table 322.31-1.

(3) Calculation software tools. Calculation procedures used to comply with this section shall be capable of calculating the annual energy consumption of all building elements that differ between the standard reference design and the proposed design and shall include the following capabilities:

(a) Computer generation of the standard reference design using only the input for the proposed design. The calculation procedure may not allow the user to directly modify the building component characteristics of the standard reference design.

(b) Calculation of whole-building sizing as a single zone for the heating and cooling equipment in the standard reference design residence in accordance with s. SPS 322.40 (3).

(c) Calculations that account for the effects of indoor and outdoor temperatures and part-load ratios on the performance of heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment based on climate and equipment sizing.

(d) Printed code official inspection checklist listing each of the proposed design component characteristics from Table 322.53-1 determined by the analysis to provide compliance, along with their respective performance ratings.

History

  • CR 08-043: cr. Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2), (3) (b), (d), Table 322.53-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 323 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Subchapter I Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.01 Scope {#sec-sps-323.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.01}

The provisions of this chapter shall apply to the design, installation and construction of all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems in dwellings covered by this code.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.

Subchapter II Design

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.02 Design {#sec-sps-323.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.02}

Every dwelling shall be equipped with a heating system designed in accordance with this section. Heating equipment requirements may be waived for recreational dwellings used only during the non-heating season. Where a cooling system is provided, the cooling requirements of this section shall be met.

(1) Heating and cooling system design.

(a) The heating and cooling systems shall be designed to maintain the indoor design temperature at outdoor design conditions.

(b) When requested, room-by-room heat loss and heat gain calculations shall be furnished.

Note: See Appendix for outdoor design temperature map.

(2) Distribution systems. Distribution systems shall be sized and located to satisfy the heating and cooling loads of each conditioned space. When requested, a layout of the distribution system shall be furnished to show that the system meets the requirements of this code.

(3) Ventilation.

(a) General.

  1. All exhaust vents shall terminate outside the structure.

  2. Automatic or gravity dampers that close when the system is not operating shall be provided for outdoor air intake and exhaust.

(b) Balancing.

  1. General. Except as provided under subd. 2., mechanical ventilation systems shall be balanced.

  2. Exception. Passive intake air ducts providing makeup air for intermittent exhaust fans shall be sized to provide at least 40% of the total air that would be exhausted with all intermittent exhaust ventilation in the dwelling operating simultaneously.

  3. Kitchen range hoods.

a. Kitchen range hoods that exhaust air from the kitchen area are considered as exhaust ventilation for balancing and makeup purposes.

b. Kitchen range hoods that are listed and installed to recirculate air without exhausting it are not required to be balanced.

  1. Infiltration.

a. Infiltration may be considered as makeup air for balancing purposes only where there are no naturally vented space- or water-heating appliances in the dwelling.

b. For the purpose of complying with this subdivision, naturally vented space- or water-heating appliances are those that take combustion or dilution air from inside the dwelling, including unsealed fireplaces and draft hood appliances with power venting.

Note: Whole-house fans that are used in the summer to bring cool night air in through open windows and exhaust into the attic are considered to be a supplemental cooling system rather than part of the ventilation system.

Note: See s. SPS 322.39 (5) for additional requirements on mechanical ventilation.

(c) Habitable rooms. Habitable rooms without openable windows shall be provided with a balanced mechanical ventilation system producing one air change per hour of fresh outside air while the room is occupied.

(d) Rooms with toilets, tubs or showers.

  1. Except as provided under subd. 2., any room with a toilet, tub or shower shall be provided with exhaust ventilation capable of exhausting 50 cubic feet per minute on an intermittent basis or 20 cubic feet on a continuous basis.

  2. For dwellings with no electrical service, any room with a toilet, tub or shower shall be provided with an openable window.

Note: The department will accept designs which meet the Air Conditioning Contractors of America manual; the Mechanical Contractors Association manual; and the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association standards for heating and air conditioning systems for one- and 2-family dwellings.

(4) Controls. The temperature rise through the equipment shall not exceed 100° F unless listed. Controls shall be provided to maintain the inside temperature. Where forced, warm-air systems are used, controls shall be installed to control air movement.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1) Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (3), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (1) and (3) (a), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; r. and recr. (3) (a), renum. (3) (b) and (c) to be (3) (c) and (d), and cr. (3) (b), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 08-043: r. (1) (a), renum. (1) (b), (c) and (3) (a) to be (1) (a), (b) and (3) (a) 1., cr. (3) (a) 2., am. (3) (d) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.

Subchapter III Heating Equipment

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.03 Selection of equipment {#sec-sps-323.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.03}

All heating and central cooling equipment shall be selected on the basis of air-handling capacity, pumping capacity, and thermal capacity to handle the calculated design heating or cooling load.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.04 Types and location of equipment {#sec-sps-323.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.04}

(1) General.

(a) All heat producing appliances and cooling appliances shall be listed by a testing agency acceptable to the department.

(b) Installation and maintenance of gas-fueled appliances shall comply with the appliance listing and the requirements of NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, except as otherwise required under this chapter.

(c) The clearances from combustible materials in Tables 323.04-A and 323.04-B shall apply unless otherwise shown on listed appliances.

1 Standard clearances may be reduced by affording protection to combustible material in accordance with Table 323.04-B.

2 Rooms which are large in comparison to the size of the appliance are those having a volume equal to at least 12 times the total volume of a furnace and at least 16 times the total volume of a boiler. If the actual ceiling height of a room is greater than 8 feet, the volume of a room should be figured on the basis of a ceiling height of 8 feet.

3 The minimum dimension should be that necessary for servicing the appliance including access for cleaning and normal care, tube removal, etc.

4 For a listed oil, combination gas-oil, gas, or electric furnace this dimension may be 2 inches if the furnace limit control cannot be set higher than 250° F or this dimension may be one inch if the limit control cannot be set higher than 200° F.

5 To combustible material or metal cabinets. If the underside of such combustible material or metal cabinet is protected with asbestos millboard at least 1/4-inch thick covered with sheet metal of not less than No. 28 gauge, the distance may be not less than 24 inches. Also, if the manufacturer of the range, cooktop, or cooking stove specifies a shorter clearance, that clearance may be used instead.

6 Clearance above charging door should be not less than 48 inches.

*All clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the equipment to the combustible material disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.

**A factory fabricated board formed with noncombustible materials, normally fibers, and having a thermal conductivity in the range of 1 Btu inch per square foot per °F, or less.

***Spacers shall be of noncombustible material.

(2) Furnaces. The input and output capacity of furnaces shall be listed on the nameplate. All nameplates shall show evidence that the equipment has been listed by a recognized testing laboratory.

(a) Fuel supply. Furnaces shall be fired with the fuel for which they have been approved, except as provided in par. (d). Fuels shall be supplied to the furnace in the volume and at the pressure required on the label.

(b) Unvented furnaces and space heaters. The use of unvented furnaces and space heaters fueled by natural gas, kerosene, alcohol or other fuel shall be prohibited due to concerns about oxygen depletion; contamination from carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, formaldehyde and other combustion related contaminants; and water vapor buildups.

(c) Vented wall furnaces. Vented wall furnaces shall not be equipped with duct extensions beyond the vertical and horizontal limits of the enclosure unless listed. Vented wall furnaces shall be located to prevent the restriction of air circulation by doors, projections, or other openings. Vented wall furnaces shall be provided with combustion air.

(d) Conversion burners. Conversion burners shall be listed by a recognized testing laboratory. The existing equipment shall be reconditioned and defective parts replaced before a conversion burner is installed. Conversion burners shall be installed in accordance with the installation instructions.

(3) Heat pump appliances.

(a) Size. Heat pump appliances shall be sized to provide control of the wet and dry bulb temperatures during cooling and maximum performance during heating. The heating balance point shall be considered to determine the outdoor temperature at which the heat pump must operate 100% of the time to offset the dwelling heat loss.

(b) Auxiliary heaters. Provisions for auxiliary heat to supplement the heat pump at outdoor temperatures below the balance point shall be provided. Auxiliary heaters shall be sized so that the heat pump auxiliary will offset the dwelling heat loss down to the heating design temperature.

(4) Boilers.

(a) Boilers and solid fuel-fired water-heating appliances that serve a one-or 2-family dwelling, whether located inside or outside the dwelling, shall comply with ch. SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels.

(b) Solid fuel-fired water-heating appliances installed inside one or two family dwellings are exempt from the requirements of s. SPS 341.49 (3).

Note: The department will accept equipment listed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Underwriters’ Laboratories, and the American Gas Association.

Note: The appliances addressed in this section include non-pressurized solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances used for space heating.

(5) Water heaters used for space heating.

(a) Listing.

  1. Water heaters used for space heating shall be listed for such use.

  2. The data plate shall indicate that the unit is suitable for simultaneous water heating and space heating.

Note: ANSI Z21.10.1 or ANSI Z21.10.3 are acceptable listing standards for dual use water heaters.

(b) Sizing. A dual use water heater shall be sized to provide sufficient hot water to supply both the daily and hourly peak loads of the dwelling.

(c) Installation. Dual use water heaters shall be installed to provide both space heating and potable water.

Note: The Wisconsin Uniform Plumbing Code requires dual use water heaters to be installed by a licensed plumber when installed in a new, not-yet-occupied dwelling. The plumbing code also requires that a floor drain be provided, if the water heater is installed on the lowest floor level and that all piping be suitable for potable water.

(d) Heat exchanger. A single-wall heat exchanger may not be used with a toxic heat transfer fluid.

(6) Location.

(a) Enclosed spaces. Except as provided in par. (c), no space heating or water-heating appliance shall be installed in a bedroom, bathroom, closet, or garage unless listed for such installation.

(b) Garages. Appliances installed in garages shall have burners and burner ignition devices located at least 18 inches above the floor and shall be protected or located so the furnace is not subject to damage from a vehicle.

(c) Exceptions.

  1. Vented decorative gas appliances and decorative gas appliances for installation in vented fireplaces may be installed in bedrooms or bathrooms only when both of the following conditions are met:

a. The volume of the space in which the appliance is located is not less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btu/h of the combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space. The space may be made up of more than one room if the rooms are connected through doorway openings without doors.

b. The vapor retarder is not continuous on walls and ceilings exposed to the outside atmosphere as allowed under s. SPS 322.38.

  1. Water heaters may be installed in a closet located in a bathroom or bedroom where the closet is used exclusively for the water heater, where the enclosed space has a weather-stripped solid door with a self-closing device, and where all air for combustion is obtained from the outdoors.

Note: Section SPS 323.06 still requires combustion air to be provided to the appliance.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. (1) (b), and am. (4) (b), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1985, No. 350; am. (intro.) and Table 23.04-A, r. (4), renum. Figures to ILHR 23.045, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1989, No. 397; am. (intro.) and (1) (e), r. and recr. Table 23.04-B, Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. (1) (e) and cr. (4), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 08-028: am. (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 08-043: renum. (intro.), (1) to (3) and (4) to be (1) to (4) and (6) and am. (1), cr. (5) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (6) (c) 1. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction in (1) (c), (4), (6) (c) 1. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (4) to (4) (a), cr. (4) (b) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.045 Solid-fuel-burning appliances {#sec-sps-323.045 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.045}

(1) General. Solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be installed as specified in this section unless the manufacturer or listing specifies the use of protection or clearances other than those specified in this section. All solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be tested and listed by an accepted testing agency.

Note: Factory-built fireplaces shall comply with s. SPS 321.32.

(2) Location of appliances.

(a) Servicing. Every appliance shall be located to permit access to the appliance. Sufficient clearance shall be maintained around the equipment to permit cleaning of surfaces; the replacement of air filters, blowers, motors, controls and chimney connectors; the lubrication and servicing of moving parts; and the adjustment and servicing of stokers and appliance components.

(b) Garages. Solid-fuel-burning appliances may not be installed in a garage unless listed for that application.

(3) Chimneys.

(a) Solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be connected to one of the following types of chimneys:

  1. ‘Factory-built chimneys or vents.’ A listed residential-type and building heating appliance chimney may be used with solid-fuel-burning appliances if the chimneys have been tested 3 times to a minimum flue gas temperature exposure of 2100° F, under the conditions specified by the listing agency, for at least 10 minutes each time.

Note: Products listed and labeled as complying with UL 103 - “Type HT” meet this requirement. UL 103 uses several temperature ranges for different products but only the “Type HT”-designated products have met the 2100° F testing requirement.

  1. ‘Masonry chimneys.’ Masonry chimneys shall be constructed as specified in s. SPS 321.30.

(b) Wood-burning equipment shall not be connected to a flue serving a fireplace or other equipment.

(c) The chimney shall be designed to create a natural draft to carry away the products of combustion or provision shall be made for mechanically maintaining constant updraft during equipment operation.

(d) A cleanout opening shall be provided.

(e) A listed, multifuel appliance may be vented into a single flue.

(4) Chimney connectors.

(a) All solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be connected to chimneys with factory-built chimney material, Type L vent material or steel pipe with minimum thicknesses as specified in Table 323.045-A.

(b) The required clearance to combustibles for chimney connectors shall be 18 inches. This clearance may be reduced in accordance with Table 323.045-B. The specified protection shall be applied to and cover all combustible material as specified in Figure 323.045-A.

(c) Connectors and chimneys for solid fuel-burning appliances shall be designed, located and installed to permit ready access for internal inspection and cleaning.

(d)

  1. Chimney connectors shall have no more than two 90° elbows.

  2. The horizontal length shall not exceed 75% of the total vertical height of the entire venting system measured from the appliance outlet.

  3. The connector shall maintain a rise of at least 1/4 inch per foot from the appliance outlet to the chimney inlet.

  4. Connectors shall be securely supported and joints fastened with a minimum of 3 sheet metal screws or rivets.

  5. Appliances used mainly for wood burning shall have the joints assembled so that the crimped end points towards the stove. Appliances burning coal shall have the joints assembled so that the crimped end points away from the appliance.

  6. A connector to a masonry chimney shall extend through the wall to the innerface of the liner but not beyond.

  7. The effective area of the connector shall not be less than the area of the appliance flue collar.

(e) No chimney connectors may pass through any floor, ceiling, window, door or combustible wall nor be concealed in any closet, attic or similar space. A connector may pass through a combustible wall if the connector is guarded at the point of passage by one of the following methods:

  1. Metal ventilated thimble not less than 12 inches larger in diameter than the connector.

  2. All combustible material in the wall is cut away from the connector a sufficient distance to provide the required 18-inch clearance. Any material used to close up such openings shall be noncombustible.

(f) A manual, cast iron damper to control draft shall be provided in the chimney connector. The damper shall not obstruct more than 80% of the connector area. Listed solid-fuel appliances whose listing prohibits the use of manual dampers in the connector shall not require a manual damper to be installed.

1 Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material.

2 All methods of protection require adequate ventilation between protective material and adjacent combustible walls and ceilings.

3 Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 pounds per cubic foot and a minimum melting point of 1550° F.

4 If a single wall connector passes through the masonry wall there shall be at least 1/2 inch of open ventilated air space between the connector and the masonry.

(5) Mounting on floors. Appliances shall be placed on surfaces as described in Table 323.045-C. Solid-fuel-burning appliances listed specifically for installation on a floor constructed of combustible material may be installed in accordance with the terms of the listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.

(5m) Mounting on the ground. Ground-based solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

(6) Clearances.

(a) General. Solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be installed with clearances not less than specified in Table 323.045-D, except as provided in pars. (b) and (c).

(b) Listed appliances exception. Listed appliances shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing if greater clearances other than those specified by Table 323.045-D are required in accordance with the listing.

(c) Clearance with protection exception. Solid-fuel-burning appliances may be installed with reduced clearances provided the combustible material is protected as described in Table 323.045-E. The specified protection shall be applied to and cover all combustible material as specified in Figure 323.045-B.

(7) Accessories. Accessories for solid fuel-burning appliances such as heat exchangers, stove mats, floor pad and protection shields, shall be listed and shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing.

(8) Supplemental units. Supplemental solid-fuel-burning units connected to a furnace shall be connected to the warm air side of the furnace as illustrated in Figures 323.045-C to E, and shall be installed in accordance with all of the following:

(a) Return air duct. The area of the return air duct shall be at least equal to the area of the warm air supply duct. The return air duct shall be of the same material as specified for supply air ducts. Return air grilles shall not be located in bathrooms, kitchens, garages, utility spaces or in a confined space defined under s. SPS 323.06 in which a draft diverter or draft regulator is located.

(b) Blower. The blower on the furnace shall maintain the manufacturer’s specifications for cubic feet per minute air flow and static pressure when the supplemental unit is in operation.

(c) Outside air intake. The outside air intake shall be connected to the cold air return plenum of the furnace. A volume damper shall be placed in the duct for the fresh air intake.

(d) Thermostat. The thermostat control on the supplemental heating unit shall activate the blower motor at a temperature between 100° and 120° F.

(e) Supplemental units. Supplemental solid-fuel-burning units shall be installed to maintain a 3-foot clearance between the unit and the furnace or shall be installed in accordance with the listings of both the supplemental unit and the furnace if such an installation is specifically covered by the listings.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

(9) Supply ducts. Supply ducts connected to solid-fuel-burning appliances shall have the following minimum clearances to combustibles:

(a) Horizontal ducts. The clearance from combustibles for horizontal ducts shall be as specified in Table 323.045-F.

1 Clearance can be reduced in accordance with Table 323.045-B

(b) Vertical ducts.

  1. Air shall travel 6 feet and change directions equivalent to one 90° turn before entering an enclosure of combustible material.

  2. Ducts shall have 3/16 inch clearance between the duct and any combustible material.

(10) Combination appliances. Appliances capable of burning multi-types of fuel shall be listed and installed in accordance with their listing.

  • See PDF for diagram

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1), (3) (a) 1., (4) (b), (5), (6) (a), (6) (b) 2., (8) (intro.) and (9) (a), renum. Tables 23.045-B to E to be Tables 23.045-C, D, B and F and am. B and F, Figures 23.045-C to E renum. from Figures 23.01-A to C, cr. (2) (c), (3) (b) to (e) and (8) (e), Table 23.045-E and Figure 23.045-B, r. and recr. (6) (b) 1., Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (1), (2) (b) (intro.), (3) (a) 1., (8) (a) and Table A, cr. (2) (b) 4., r. and recr. Table C, Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. Table C, Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. (2) (b) and renum. and am. (2) (c) to be (2) (b), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 08-043: am. (2) (b) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (3) (a) 2., (4) (a), (b), (5) (a), (6) (a) (intro.), 1., 2., (8) (intro.), (a), (9) (a), Figure 323.045-A, Table 323.045-E, 323.045-F made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (5) (a) to (5), cr. (5m), cr. (6) (a) (title), renum. (6) (a) (intro.) to (a) and am. (intro.), am. (8) (intro.) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.05 Safety controls {#sec-sps-323.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.05}

High limit, maximum outlet air temperature and similar safety controls shall be provided on heating equipment.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.06 Combustion air {#sec-sps-323.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.06}

(1) Scope.

(a) Naturally vented appliances and other appliances that require air for combustion and dilution of flue gases to be taken from within the building shall comply with this section.

(b) Appliances that are provided with a direct supply of outside air for combustion in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and listing are not required to comply with this section.

(c) Where the appliance listing and manufacturer’s instructions are more stringent than the provisions of this section, the listing and manufacturer’s instructions apply.

(d) Listed fireplace stoves are not required to comply with this section if permitted in the manufacturer’s instructions.

(e) Masonry fireplaces shall conform to the requirements of s. SPS 321.29.

(f) Listed factory-built fireplaces shall comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall conform with the requirements of s. SPS 321.32.

(2) Methods for providing air. Air for combustion and dilution shall be provided in accordance with one of the following:

(a) If the vapor retarder is not continuous on walls and ceilings exposed to the outside atmosphere as allowed by s. SPS 322.38, air may be provided from inside the building in accordance with sub. (3).

(b) Air may be provided from outside the building in accordance with sub. (4).

(c) The appliance may be installed in accordance with its listing and manufacturer’s instructions. Where all walls and ceilings exposed to the outside atmosphere are provided with a continuous vapor retarder, any requirements for unusually tight construction shall be met.

(d) An engineered system providing an adequate supply of air for combustion ventilation and dilution of flue gases may be installed if approved by the department.

(3) Air from inside the building.

(a)

  1. The equipment shall be located in a space with a volume not less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btu/h of the combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from that space.

  2. The space may be made up of more than one room if the rooms are connected through doorways without doors or connected through sets of openings described in par. (b).

(b)

  1. When needed to connect rooms, two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

  2. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

  3. The net free area of each opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 1000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the communicating rooms, but shall be not less than 100 square inches.

(4) Air from outside the building.

(a) When air for combustion and dilution is provided from outside the building, as allowed under sub. (2) (b), one of the methods specified in pars. (b) to (d) shall be used.

(b) Openings may be provided to connect rooms containing appliances to the outdoors.

a. Two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

b. Openings may connect directly to the outdoors or to the outdoors through a horizontal or vertical duct.

c. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

  1. The net free area of each direct opening to the outdoors not using a duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 4000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

a. The net free area of each opening connected to the outdoors through a horizontal duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 2000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

a. The net free area of each opening connected to the outdoors through a vertical duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 4000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

(c)

  1. Where all appliances drawing air for combustion and dilution from the room are gas appliances, air may be provided via a single opening to connect the room to the outdoors in accordance with this paragraph.

a. The opening shall be located within one foot of the ceiling of the room.

b. The opening may connect directly to the outdoors, may connect to the outdoors through a horizontal duct, or may connect to the outdoors through a vertical duct.

c. The net free area of the opening shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

a. The net free area of the opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 3000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room, and not less than the combined cross-sectional flow areas of the appliance flue collars or draft hood outlets.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

  1. The appliances shall have a minimum clearance to the surfaces of the room of one inch at the sides and back of the appliance and 6 inches at the front of the appliance.

(d)

  1. A combination of openings to the outside and openings to other rooms may be used in accordance with this paragraph.

a. One opening shall connect directly to the outdoors, connect to the outdoors through a horizontal duct, or connect to the outdoors through a vertical duct.

b. The net free area of the openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

c. The net free area of the opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 5000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

d. The cross-sectional area of a duct, if used, shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

a. The equipment shall be located in a space with a volume not less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btu/h of the combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space.

b. The space may be made up of more than one room if the rooms are connected through openings without doors or connected through sets of openings described in subd. 4.

a. When needed to connect rooms, two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

b. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

c. The net free area of each opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 1000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the communicating rooms, but shall be not less than 100 square inches.

(5) Net free area calculation.

(a) The required size of openings for combustion and dilution air shall be based on the net free area of each opening.

(b) The net free area of an opening shall be that specified by the manufacturer of the opening covering or by a source approved by the department.

(c) In the absence of such information, openings covered with metal louvers shall be deemed to have a net free area of 75 percent of the area of the opening, and openings covered with wood louvers shall be deemed to have a net free area of 25 percent of the area of the opening.

(6) Interlocking of dampers.

(a) Where the combustion air openings are provided with volume, smoke or fire dampers, the dampers shall be electronically interlocked with the firing cycle of the appliances served, so as to prevent operation of any appliance that draws combustion and dilution air from the room when any of the dampers are closed.

(b) Manually operated dampers shall not be installed in combustion air openings.

(7) Simultaneous operation.

(a) The equipment and appliance within every room containing fuel-burning appliances shall be installed so as to allow the free circulation of air.

(b) Provisions shall be made to allow for the simultaneous operation of mechanical exhaust systems, fireplaces, clothes dryers or other equipment and appliances operating in the same room or space from which combustion air and dilution air is being drawn. The provisions shall prevent the operation of the appliances, equipment and systems from affecting the supply of combustion and dilution air.

Note: Wood typically has a heating value of 8600 BTU per pound.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (intro.), (1) (a) and (2) (a), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; correction (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: cr. (1) (d) to (f) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.062 Mechanical draft systems {#sec-sps-323.062 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.062}

Where a mechanical draft system, such as a fan is used, provision shall be made to prevent the flow of gas to the main burners when the draft system is not performing so as to satisfy the operating requirements of the system for safe performance.

History

  • Cr. Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.065 Equipment maintenance information {#sec-sps-323.065 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.065}

Required regular maintenance actions for equipment shall be clearly stated and incorporated on a readily accessible label. The label may be limited to identifying, by title or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of equipment. Maintenance instructions shall be furnished for equipment which requires preventive maintenance for efficient operation. Manufacturer’s manuals for all installed heating and cooling equipment and service water heating equipment shall be provided.

History

  • Cr., Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99.

Subchapter IV Delivery Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.07 Air distribution systems {#sec-sps-323.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.07}

(1) Sizing. All air distribution systems shall be sized using the velocities and static pressure losses listed in Table 323.07.

(2) System sizing. The distribution system, including the evaporator coil, air filters (installed external to the heating unit), ducts, fittings, grilles and registers, shall be sized so that the total external static pressure shall not exceed the static pressure capacity of the fan at the system rated air flow.

(3) Changes in duct size. Where duct sizes are changed, the slope angle of the transition duct shall not exceed 45°.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287 eff. 6-1-80; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.08 Ductwork {#sec-sps-323.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.08}

(1) Duct use. Ducts designed for the transmission of air shall be used for no other purpose.

(2) Interior ducts. All interior ducts shall be constructed in accordance with the following:

(a) Supply and return air ducts. Supply and return air ducts shall comply with this paragraph except that ducts attached to appliances may be constructed of materials specified in the appliance listing.

  1. Kitchen exhaust ducts and ducts for air exceeding 250° F shall be constructed of sheet metal or lined with sheet metal or constructed of other noncombustible noncorrugated materials.

  2. Ducts connected to furnaces shall be constructed of sheet metal for at least 6 feet from the furnace.

  3. Spaces formed by unlined wood joists, studs or wood I-joists with solid webs may be used as return air ducts. Spaces used as return air ducts shall be cut off from all remaining unused portions of the space by tight-fitting stops of sheet metal or of wood joist material. Bridging shall be removed from the joist space.

(b) Under-floor plenums. An under-floor space may be used as a plenum in a single dwelling unit in accordance with this section.

  1. The use of the under-floor space shall be limited to buildings not more than 2 stories in height. Except for the floor immediately above the under-floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from the plenum to registers or other floor levels.

  2. The under-floor spaces shall not be used for storage, shall be cleaned of all loose scrap material and shall be tightly and substantially enclosed.

  3. The enclosing material of the under-floor space, including the side wall insulation and vapor barriers, shall not be more flammable than one-inch (nominal) wood boards (flame spread classification of 200).

  4. Access shall be through an opening in the floor which shall be 18 inches by 24 inches.

  5. The furnace supplying warm air to the under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic control which will start the air circulating fan when the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not higher than 150° F. Such control shall be one that cannot be set higher than 150° F.

  6. The furnace supplying warm air to the under-floor space shall be equipped with an approved temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 200° F.

  7. A noncombustible receptacle shall be placed below each floor opening into the air chamber. The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the floor members and shall be not more than 18 inches below the floor opening. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches beyond the opening on all sides. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical lip at least one inch high at the open sides if it is at the level of the bottom of the joist, or 3 inches high if the receptacle is suspended.

  8. Floor registers shall be designed for easy removal to permit access for cleaning the receptacles.

  9. Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at the floor.

  10. Each wall register shall be connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot.

  11. A duct conforming to par. (a) shall extend from the furnace supply outlet at least 6 inches below combustible framing.

  12. The entire ground surface and enclosing exterior walls of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a vapor permeability rating of one perm or less and a flame spread rating of 200 or less.

  13. Fuel gas lines may not be located within the under-floor space.

  14. A smoke detector shall be placed in the under-floor space. The alarm and low-battery signal of the smoke detector shall be audible in the occupied areas of the dwelling, when actuated.

  15. The exterior walls of the under-floor spaces shall be insulated in accordance with subch. IV of ch. SPS 322. The insulation may not be omitted under the provisions of s. SPS 322.21 or subch. VII of ch. SPS 322.

Note: Subch. VII of ch. SPS 322 was repealed.

  1. Electrical wiring installed in the plenum shall be in conformance with the Wisconsin Administrative Electrical Code Volume 2.

(3) Exterior ducts.

(a) General. Except as provided in par. (b), ducts, which are located in garages, storage attics and similar spaces susceptible to physical damage, shall be constructed of galvanized steel or corrosion-resistive metal.

(b) Exception. Plastic may be used for bath fan or air-to-air heat exchanger exhaust runs located in spaces outside the dwelling.

(4) Underground ducts. Ducts, plenums and fittings constructed of metal encased in concrete or ceramic, or other approved materials, may be installed in the ground. Encasement of underground supply air ducts shall be moistureproof.

Note: See s. SPS 322.42 for insulation requirements for underground ducts.

(5) Duct construction. Ductwork shall be constructed and installed in accordance with any one of the appropriate following standards:

(a) ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and Equipment.

(b) SMACNA, Residential Comfort System Installation Standards Manual

(c) SMACNA, HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible.

(d) SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards.

(e) ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook.

(f) NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards.

(6) Thickness. Sheet metal ducts shall conform to the minimum thicknesses listed in Table 323.08-A.

(7) Duct support. Rigid metal ductwork shall be supported in accordance with Table 323.08-B.

Note: This table does not prohibit nailing for duct support.

(8) Joints and seams. All joints and seams shall be securely fastened or locked. Round pipe slip joints shall be lapped at least one inch.

(9) Vibration control. When used, vibration isolation connectors shall be installed at the joint between the duct and fan or heating equipment. Vibration isolation connectors shall not be used where the air temperature is in excess of 250° F.

(10) Air passageways of envelope dwellings. The air passageways of envelope type dwellings shall comply with this subsection.

(a) No heating equipment shall be placed in the air passageways.

(b) Wood exposed to the air passageways shall be of at least 2 inches nominal thickness.

(c) Finishes and insulation exposed to the air passageway shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke development rating of 50 or less.

(d) A vapor barrier shall be installed on the warm side of insulation which forms a part of the thermal envelope of the dwelling. In the roof-ceiling air passageway, a vapor barrier for the insulation of the ceiling may be omitted if heated air is circulated on both sides of the ceiling insulation. The insulation on the roof side of the air passageway shall be provided with a vapor barrier on the warm side of the insulation. Any vapor barrier exposed to circulating air shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke development rating of 50 or less.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; cr. (2) (b) and (10), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. and recr. (2) (a), am. (3) and (6), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am. (2) (a) 3., (2) (b) 15., (3) (a), and (4), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; r. and recr. (2) (b) 15. and (5), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; CR 08-043: r. and recr. (7) and Table 23.08-B Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09; correction in (2) (b) 15. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register March 2009 No. 639; CR 09-104: am. (4) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (2) (b) 15., (6), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.09 Dampers, registers and grilles {#sec-sps-323.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.09}

(1) Volume and backdraft dampers.

(a) Volume duct dampers shall be provided to permit balancing of the system.

(b) Volume dampers shall be provided with access.

Note: Acceptable means of access include a manufactured access panel, an air grille used as a cover, a plastic ceiling cap or a damper accessible through an air diffuser or grille.

(c) Supply ducts may not terminate in a garage unless a backdraft damper is provided.

(2) Air registers and grilles.

(a) Supply air registers. All supply air outlets shall be provided with registers or devices which will provide a uniform distribution of air.

(b) Return air grilles. Return air grilles shall not be located in bathrooms, kitchens, garages, utility spaces or a confined space in which a draft diverter or draft regulator is located. All other habitable spaces shall have permanent openings to a return air grille equal in area to the supply outlet serving those areas. At least one return air opening shall be provided for each floor.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; CR 08-043: renum. (1) to (1) (a), cr. (1) (b) Register March 2009 No. 639, eff. 4-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.10 Piping {#sec-sps-323.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.10}

(1) Pipe sizes and arrangement. All steam and hot water supply and return piping, air-line piping and auxiliary equipment shall be of appropriate sizes, elevations and arrangements to accomplish the calculated results without stress or other detriment.

Note: The sizes of pipe to be used for mains and risers may be selected from the ASHRAE Guide and Data Book, published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers; or the manuals published by the Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers or the Mechanical Contractors Association of America.

(2) Expansion and contraction. The piping for the heating system shall be equipped with anchors, expansion swings or joints, supports and similar devices to relieve stress and strain caused by temperature change of the pipe material.

(3) Pipe insulation. Unguarded steam, hot water supply and return piping shall be covered with insulating material where the pipes pass through occupied areas and the surface temperature exceeds 180° F.

(4) Steam and hot water pipes. No pipe carrying hot water or steam at a surface temperature exceeding 250° F shall be placed within one inch of any combustible material, pass through a combustible floor, ceiling or partition unless the pipe is protected by a metal sleeve one inch larger in diameter than the pipe or with approved pipe covering.

(5) Balancing. Balancing cocks shall be provided in each circuit of a hot water distribution system.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.

Subchapter V Chimneys and Vents

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.11 General requirements {#sec-sps-323.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.11}

(1) Types of chimneys and vents. All heating appliances using solid, liquid or gas fuels shall be vented to the outside by an all-fuel factory-built, masonry chimney or other listed venting system designed to remove the products of combustion.

(2) Termination.

(a) Chimneys. All listed factory manufactured chimneys depending on a principle of gravity for the removal of the products of combustion shall terminate at the location specified in the product listing. For masonry chimneys or where termination location is not specified as a part of the listing, the chimney shall extend at least 3 feet above the highest point where the chimney passes through the roof of the building, and at least 2 feet higher than any ridge, peak, wall, or roof within 10 feet horizontally of the chimney.

(b) Vents. Gas and oil appliance vents shall terminate in locations specified in their listings.

(3) Sizing. Vents for new or replacement equipment shall be sized to adequately exhaust combustion products from the dwelling.

Note: The department recommends vent sizing in accordance with NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code or its appendix.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; renum. (intro) to (2) to be (1) to (3) and am. (1), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. (3), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; am. (2), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; cr. (3), Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.12 Masonry chimneys {#sec-sps-323.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.12}

Masonry chimneys shall conform to the requirements of s. SPS 321.30.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; r. and recr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (8), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr., November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.13 Factory-built chimneys or vents {#sec-sps-323.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.13}

Factory-built chimneys or vents shall be of an approved type.

Note: The department recognizes as approved, factory-built chimneys or vents designated as “residential type and building heating appliance,” “building heating appliance,” “B,” “BW,” and “L” types listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.

(1) Residential type and building heating appliance. An approved “residential type and building heating appliance” chimney may be used with liquid or gas-fired heating appliances where the flue gas temperature does not exceed 1000° F continuously, and does not exceed 1400° F for infrequent brief periods of forced firing.

(2) Type “B”. An approved type “B” gas vent may be used with a vented, recessed wall heater.

(3) Type “BW”. An approved type “BW” gas vent may be used with a vented, recessed wall heater.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (1), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.14 Gas vents {#sec-sps-323.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.14}

(1) General.

(a) All gas-fired equipment shall be provided with vent pipes conforming with s. SPS 323.15 (2) (e), unless the manufacturer specifies other materials.

(b) Plastic pipes and fittings used in venting flue gas shall bear the manufacturer’s identification data.

(2) Dryer venting.

(a)

  1. All venting for clothes dryers, including for electric dryers, shall be rigid and smooth-walled. The connection to the dryer shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

  2. Gas-fired clothes dryers shall be provided with metal venting.

Note: Section SPS 322.39 (6) requires all dryer venting to terminate outside the structure.

(b) Where dryer vent piping is concealed, a rigid metal vent pipe conforming with s. SPS 323.15 (2) (e) shall be used.

(3) Venting system location.

(a) A venting system shall terminate at least 3 feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet horizontally. This provision does not apply to the combustion air intake of a direct-vent appliance.

(b) The venting system of other than a direct-vent appliance shall terminate at least 4 feet below, 4 feet horizontally from, or one foot above any door, window, or gravity air inlet into any building. The bottom of the vent shall be located at least 12 inches above grade.

(c) The vent terminal of a direct-vent appliance with an input of 10,000 Btu per hour or less shall be located at least 6 inches from any air opening into a building.

(d) The vent terminal of a direct-vent appliance with an input over 10,000 Btu per hour but not over 50,000 Btu per hour shall be located at least 9 inches from any air opening into a building.

(e) The vent terminal of a direct-vent appliance with an input over 50,000 Btu per hour shall be located at least 12 inches from any air opening into a building.

(f) The bottom of the vent terminal and the air intake of a direct-vent appliance shall be located at least 12 inches above grade.

(g) The exit terminal of a mechanical draft system shall be not less than 7 feet above grade where located within 3 feet of a public walkway that is intended for use by the general public.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 1992, No. 435; r. and recr., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; cr. (3), Register, March, 2001, No. 543, eff. 4-1-01; CR 02-077: am. (2) (a) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (1), (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. (1) to (1) (a), cr. (1) (b), renum. (2) (a) to (2) (a) 2. and am., cr. (2) (a) 1. Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.15 Chimney connectors, smoke pipes and stovepipes {#sec-sps-323.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.15}

(1) Definition. Chimney connectors, smoke pipes or stovepipes are passages for conducting the products of combustion from a fuel-fired appliance to the chimney.

(2) Construction and installation. The construction and installation of chimney connectors of solid-fuel-burning appliances shall comply with s. SPS 323.045 (4). The chimney connectors of all other fuel-fired appliances shall conform with the following requirements:

(a) Concealed space. No chimney connector shall pass through any outside window, door or combustible outside wall, nor be concealed in any closet, attic or similar space.

(b) Combustible partitions. Connectors for appliances shall not pass through walls or partitions constructed of combustible material unless they are guarded at the point of passage by:

  1. Metal ventilated thimbles not less than 12 inches larger in diameter than the connector;

  2. Metal or burned fireclay thimbles built in brickwork or other approved fireproofing materials extending not less than 8 inches beyond all sides of the thimble.

(c) Pitch and length. Chimney or vent connectors shall have no more than two 45° offsets with the vertical. The horizontal length shall not exceed 75% of the total vertical height of the total venting system measured from the appliance outlet. Chimney or vent connectors shall be pitched at least 1/4-inch per foot from the appliance outlet collar vent to the chimney inlet.

(d) Dampers.

  1. Manually operated dampers are prohibited in chimney or vent connectors of all appliances except wood-burning appliances.

  2. A listed, automatically operated damper may be used with any heating appliance provided it is installed and used in accordance with the appliance and damper listing.

(e) Materials and thickness. Chimney or vent connectors serving liquid fuel or gas appliances shall conform to the type of material and thickness indicated in Table 323.15-A or 323.15-B.

(f) Clearance. Single wall metal connectors shall be installed with clearance to combustibles as indicated in Table 323.15-C. These clearances may be reduced if the combustible material is protected in accordance with the requirements of Table 323.04-B.

1 These clearances apply except if the listing of an appliance specifies different clearance, in which case the listed clearance takes precedence.

2 If listed type L venting system piping is used, the clearance may be in accordance with the venting system listing.

3 If listed type B or type L venting system piping is used, the clearance may be in accordance with the venting system listing.

4 The clearances from connectors to combustible materials may be reduced if the combustible material is protected in accordance with Table 323.04-B.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. (2) (intro.) and (g), Tables 23.15-A and C, renum. (2) (d) to be ILHR 23.155, Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. (2) (c) and (f), renum. (2) (e), (g) and (h) to be (2) (c), (e) and (f), cr. (2) (d), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. and recr. (2) (d), Register, January, 1999, No. 517, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (2) (intro.), (e), (f), Table 323.15-C made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.155 Multiple appliance venting {#sec-sps-323.155 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.155}

Two or more listed gas-or liquid-fueled appliances may be connected to a common gravity-type flue provided the appliances are equipped with listed primary safety controls and listed shutoff devices and comply with the following requirements.

(1) The appliances shall be located in the same story, except for engineered venting systems.

(2) The appliances shall be joined at a manifold or Y-type fitting as close to the chimney as possible, unless the connector from each appliance enters a separate chimney inlet and the inlets are offset at least 12 inches vertically or the separate inlets occur at right angles to each other.

(3) The chimney connector and chimney flue shall be sized to accommodate the total volume of flue gases. For gas-burning appliances the venting area shall be at least equal to the size of the largest vent connectors plus at least 50% of the area of the other vent connectors.

History

  • Renum. from ILHR 23.15 (2) (d) and am. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff 2-1-89; r. (2), renum. (1) (intro.), (a) to (c) to be (intro.), (1) to (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.156 Condensate drains {#sec-sps-323.156 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.156}

Provisions shall be made so that condensate from heating equipment drains into the sanitary drain system.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89.

Subchapter VI Fuel Supply Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.16 Fuel storage {#sec-sps-323.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.16}

(1) LP gas storage tanks.

(a) All LP gas storage tanks shall be constructed, installed and maintained to conform with the applicable sections of ch. SPS 340.

(b) LP gas tanks may not be located inside dwellings.

(c) LP gas tanks shall have welded steel supports and be permanently installed on concrete pads or foundations.

(2) Oil storage tanks.

(a) The total oil storage capacity inside any dwelling unit shall be limited to 550 gallons in one tank, or not more than 275 gallons in each of 2 tanks cross-connected to a single burner.

(b) Oil storage tanks on the inside of any dwelling shall be located at the same level as the burner it serves.

Note: Except as provided in pars. (a) and (b), the installation of oil storage tanks is regulated under ch. ATCP 93, Flammable, Combustible, and Hazardous Liquids.

(3) Gas piping systems. Gas piping systems, extending from the point of delivery to the connection with each gas-fired appliance or device, shall be installed to conform with NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code.

(4) Shutoff and control devices.

(a) Any oil-fired appliance or device connected to a fuel piping system shall have an accessible, approved manual shutoff valve installed upstream of any connector.

(b) Automatic gas-burning heating appliances shall be equipped with listed devices which will shut off the gas to the pilot light and main burner(s) in the event of pilot failure.

(c) Liquid fuel-burning appliances shall be equipped with primary safety controls which will shut off the flow of fuel to the burner(s) in the event of ignition failure.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; correction in (1) (intro.), made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, 3-1-85; r. and recr. (2), (3) and (4) (a), Register, January, 1989, No. 397, eff. 2-1-89; r. (1) (b), renum. (1) (c) to be (1) (b), am. (2), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; CR 02-077: r. and recr. (1) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 8-1-03; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2013 No. 696; CR14-010: r. (2) (a), renum. (2) (b), (c) to (a), (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 15-041: am. (2) (a) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Subchapter VII Equipment Location and Operation

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.17 Equipment location {#sec-sps-323.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.17}

(1) Outdoor equipment. Outdoor equipment shall be located so as to not restrict the air flow or recirculation of air. Outdoor equipment so located as to be subject to damage shall be protected.

(2) Indoor equipment. All indoor equipment shall be installed with a minimum of 24 inches of clearance for service.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 323.18 Operation {#sec-sps-323.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 323.18}

(1) Instructions. Written instructions shall be provided the owner for the operation and maintenance of the system and equipment.

(2) Final test required. The installer shall test and balance every heating, ventilating and air conditioning system.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80.

Chapter SPS 324 ELECTRICAL STANDARDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 324.01 Electrical standards {#sec-sps-324.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 324.01}

(1) All electrical wiring, installations, equipment and materials used in the construction of dwellings shall comply with the requirements of the Wisconsin Administrative Electrical Code, Vol. 2., ch. SPS 316, except as provided in sub. (2).

(2) The requirements in NEC section 210.70 (A) (2) (b) do not apply to a stairway for a deck.

Note: A light over the stairs is not required, but a light outside the door is.

History

  • Cr. Register, November, 1979, No. 287, eff. 6-1-80; am. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-043: am. (1), cr. (2) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16.

Chapter SPS 325 PLUMBING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 325.01 Plumbing Standard {#sec-sps-325.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 325.01}

All plumbing design, construction, installation, materials, and inspection used in the construction of one- and 2-family dwellings shall comply with the requirements of the Wisconsin Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

History

  • Cr. Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; am., Register, November, 1995, No. 479, eff. 12-1-95; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-041: renum. 325.01 to 325.01 (1) and am., cr. (1) (title), (2) to (4) Register December 2015 No. 720, eff. 1-1-16; CR 26-019: r. and recr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 325.02 Sanitation facilities and devices {#sec-sps-325.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 325.02}

The design, construction, installation and maintenance of sanitation facilities and devices such as composting toilets, incinerating toilets and privies to serve one- and 2-family dwellings shall comply with the requirements of ch. SPS 391.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 325 Appendix A UDC Appendix A

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapters SPS 320 to 325 Appendix A UDC Appendix A {#sec-chapters-sps-320-to-325-appendix-a omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapters SPS 320 to 325 Appendix A}

UDC Appendix

Table of Contents

  • See PDF for table

320.04 (6) – Dwelling Separations

Normally, for 3 or more attached dwelling units, the Commercial Building Code (CBC) applies. Attached means some construction (other than footings and their bearing material) is shared by the units.

Where 3 or more adjacent but unattached dwelling units are each built with the outside walls that comply with the Uniform Dwelling Code (UDC), the UDC applies throughout and the CBC does not apply, even if those outside walls are adjacent to or adjoin each other. If flashing is added over the top of two such adjoining walls, the UDC would still apply.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Model Ordinance for Adoption of Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling Code

It is intended that this model will assist local jurisdictions, working with corporation counsel, through regular procedures, in adopting a local ordinance. The Wisconsin Division of Industry Services also offers an electronic version of this model ordinance and a more comprehensive model building code on our website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services, on the One- and Two-Family (Uniform Dwelling Code) program page. Upon adoption of a new building code, send a certified copy to the Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658, or fax it to (608) 283-7457, along with the name of your certified inspector(s).

Town, Village, City, County of ______________________.

ORDINANCE #

CONTENTS

1.1 Authority

1.2 Purpose

1.3 Scope

1.4 Adoption of Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling Code

1.5 Building Inspector

1.6 Building Permit Required

1.7 Building Permit Fees

1.8 Penalties

1.9 Effective Date

1.1 AUTHORITY. These regulations are adopted under the authority granted by s. 101.65, Wisconsin Statutes

[IF COUNTY ORDINANCE] This ordinance shall apply in any municipality of over 2,500 population without a Uniform Dwelling Code enforcement program and the following other municipalities requesting county enforcement: _____________ ________ and in the following other municipalities that the Wisconsin Department of Safety and Professional Services has delegated enforcement to our county .

1.2 PURPOSE. The purpose of this ordinance is to promote the general health, safety and welfare and to maintain required local uniformity with the administrative and technical requirements of the Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling Code.

1.3 SCOPE. The scope of this ordinance includes the construction and inspection of one- and two-family dwellings built since June 1, 1980.

[OPTIONAL] Not withstanding s. SPS 320.05, the scope also includes the construction and inspection of alterations and additions to one- and two-family dwellings built before June 1, 1980. Because such projects are not under state jurisdiction, petitions for variance and final appeals under ss. SPS 320.19 and 320.21, respectively, shall be decided by the municipal board of appeals. Petitions for variance shall be decided per s. SPS 320.19 (intro.) so that equivalency is maintained to the intent of the rule being petitioned. As the board of appeals approves petitions for variance, the chief inspector is granted the power to apply the results to similar circumstances by precedent.

[OPTIONAL] Not withstanding s. SPS 320.05, the scope also includes the construction and inspection of detached garages serving one and two family dwellings. The building structure and any heating, electrical or plumbing systems shall comply with the Uniform Dwelling Code. Petitions for variance and appeals shall be handled as in the previous paragraph.

1.4 WISCONSIN UNIFORM DWELLING CODE ADOPTED. The Wisconsin Uniform Dwelling Code, Chs. SPS 320-325 of the Wisconsin Administrative Code, and all amendments thereto, is adopted and incorporated by reference and shall apply to all buildings within the scope of this ordinance.

1.5 BUILDING INSPECTOR. There is hereby created the position of Building Inspector, who shall administer and enforce this ordinance and shall be certified by the Department of Safety and Professional Services, as specified by Wisconsin Statutes, Section 101.66 (2), in the category of Uniform Dwelling Code Construction Inspector. Additionally, this or other assistant inspectors shall possess the certification categories of UDC HVAC, UDC Electrical, and UDC Plumbing. (NOTE: Contact the Department of Safety and Professional Services at (608) 261-8500 for certification information.)

1.6 BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. If a person alters a building in excess of [INSERT AMOUNT] $ value in any 12-month period, adds onto a building in excess of [INSERT VALUE or AREA AMOUNT] ____________ in any 12-month period, or builds or installs a new building, within the scope of this ordinance, they shall first obtain a building permit for such work from the building inspector. Any structural changes or major changes to mechanical systems that involve extensions shall require permits if over the foregoing thresholds. Restoration or repair of an installation to its previous code- compliant condition as determined by the building inspector is exempted from permit requirements. Residing, re-roofing, finishing of interior surfaces and installation of cabinetry shall be [CHOOSE OPTION] included/exempted from permit requirements.

(NOTE: Fill in the threshold amount above which permits are required. Also decide whether new interior and exterior surfaces or cabinetry shall be included or exempted.)

1.7 BUILDING PERMIT FEE. The building permit fees shall be determined by resolution and shall include $25.00 to be forwarded to the Wisconsin Department of Safety and Professional Services for a UDC permit seal that shall be assigned to any new dwelling.

1.8 PENALTIES. The enforcement of this section and all other laws and ordinances relating to building shall be by means of the withholding of building permits, imposition of forfeitures and injunctive action. Forfeitures shall be not less than $25.00 nor more than $1,000.00 for each day of noncompliance.

1.9 EFFECTIVE DATE. This ordinance shall be effective , upon passage and publication as provided by law.

1.10 The building inspector(s) shall keep a log of all inspections completed.

Adopted this , day of ,


(Mayor, President, Chairperson)

Attest: _________________________

Published: ______________________

  • See PDF for diagram

INSTRUCTIONS

The owner, builder or agents shall complete the application form down through the Signature of Applicant block and submit it and building plans and specifications to the enforcing jurisdiction, which is usually your municipality or county. Permit application data is used for statewide statistical gathering on new one- and two-family dwellings, as well as for local code administration.

Please type or use ink and press firmly with multi-ply form.

PERMIT REQUESTED

• Check off type of Permit Requested, such as structural, HVAC, Electrical or Plumbing.

• Fill in owner’s current Mailing Address and Telephone Number.

• If the project will disturb one acre or more of soil, the project is subject to the additional erosion control and stormwater provisions of ch. NR 151 of the WI Administrative Code. Checking this box will satisfy the related notification requirements of ch. NR 216.

• Fill in Contractor and Contractor Qualifier Information. Per s. 101.654 (1) WI Stats., an individual taking out an erosion control or construction permit shall enter his or her dwelling contractor certificate number, and name and certificate number of the dwelling contractor qualifier employed by the contactor, unless they reside or will reside in the dwelling. Per s. 101.63 (7) Wis. Stats., the master plumber name and license number must be entered before issuing a plumbing permit.

PROJECT LOCATION

• Fill in Building Address (number and street or sufficient information so that the building inspector can locate the site.

• Local zoning, land use and flood plain requirements must be satisfied before a building permit can be issued. County approval may be necessary.

• Fill in Zoning District, lot area and required building setbacks.

PROJECT DATA — Fill in all numbered project data blocks (1-14) with the required information. All data blocks must be filled in, including the following:

  1. Area (involved in project):

Basements — include unfinished area only

Living area — include any finished area including finished areas in basements

Two-family dwellings — include separate and total combined areas

  1. Occupancy — Check only “Single-Family” or “Two-Family” if that is what is being worked on. In other words, do not check either of these two blocks if only a new detached garage is being built, even if it serves a one or two family dwelling. Instead, check “Garage” and number of stalls. If the project is a community based residential facility serving 3 to 8 residents, it is considered a single-family dwelling.

  2. HVAC Equipment — Check only the major source of heat, plus central air conditioning if present. Only check ”Radiant Baseboard” if there is no central source of heat.

  3. Plumbing — A building permit cannot be issued until a sanitary permit has been issued for any new or affected existing private onsite wastewater treatment system.

  4. Estimated Cost — Include the total cost of construction, including materials and market rate labor, but not the cost of land or landscaping.

SIGNATURE — The owner or the contractor’s authorized agent shall sign and date this application form. If you do not possess the Dwelling Contractor certification, then you will need to check the owner-occupancy statement for any erosion control or construction permits.

CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL — The authority having jurisdiction uses this section to state any conditions that must be complied with pursuant to issuing the building permit.

ISSUING JURISDICTION: This must be completed by the authority having jurisdiction.

• Check off Jurisdiction Status, such as town, village, city, county or state and fill in Municipality Name

• Fill in State Inspection Agency number only if working under state inspection jurisdiction.

• Fill in Municipality Number of Dwelling Location

• Check off type of Permit Issued, such as construction, HVAC, electrical or plumbing.

• Fill in Wisconsin Uniform Permit Seal Number, if project is a new one- or two-family dwelling.

• Fill in Name and Inspector Certification Number of person reviewing building plans and date building permit issued.

INSPECTORS: PLEASE RETURN SECOND PLY WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER ISSUANCE TO (You may fold

along the dashed lines and insert this form into a window envelope.):

Industry Services Division

PO Box 7302

Madison WI 53707-7302

(Part of Ply 4 for Applicants)

Cautionary Statement to Owners Obtaining Building Permits

101.65(lr) of the Wisconsin Statutes requires municipalities that enforce the Uniform Dwelling Code to provide an owner who applies for a building permit with a statement advising the owner that:

If the owner hires a contractor to perform work under the building permit and the contractor is not bonded or insured as required under s. 101.654 (2) (a), the following consequences might occur:

(a) The owner may be held liable for any bodily injury to or death of others or for any damage to the property of others that arises out of the work performed under the building permit or that is caused by any negligence by the contractor that occurs in connection with the work performed under the building permit.

(b) The owner may not be able to collect from the contractor damages for any loss sustained by the owner because of a violation by the contractor of the one- and two- family dwelling code or an ordinance enacted under sub. (1) (a), because of any bodily injury to or death of others or damage to the property of others that arises out of the work performed under the building permit or because of any bodily injury to or death of others or damage to the property of others that is caused by any negligence by the contractor that occurs in connection with the work performed under the building permit.

Cautionary Statement to Contractors for Projects Involving Building Built Before 1978

If this project is in a dwelling or child-occupied facility, built before 1978, and disturbs 6 sq. ft. or more of paint per room, 20 sq. ft. or more of exterior paint, or involves windows, then the requirements of ch. DHS 163 requiring Lead-Safe Renovation Training and Certification apply. Call (608)261-6876 or go to the Wisconsin Department of Health Services’ lead homepage for details of how to be in compliance

Wetlands Notice to Permit Applicants

You are responsible for complying with state and federal laws concerning the construction near or on wetlands, lakes, and streams. Wetlands that are not associated with open water can be difficult to identify. Failure to comply may result in removal or modification of construction that violates the law or other penalties or costs. For more information, visit the Department of Natural Resources wetlands identification web page or contact a Department of Natural Resources service center.

Additional Responsibilities for Owners of Projects Disturbing One or More Acre of Soil

I understand that this project is subject to ch. NR 151 regarding additional erosion control and stormwater management and will comply with those standards.

Owner’s Signature:

Contractor Credential Requirements

All contractors shall possess an appropriate contractor credential issued by the Wisconsin Division of Industry Services. Contractors are also required to only subcontract with contractors that hold the appropriate contractor credentials.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Page 2 of ______

Fire Department Position Statement

To be completed for fire or life-safety related variances requested from SPS 361-66, SPS 316, and other fire-related requirements.

I have read the application for variance and recommend: (check appropriate box)

⬜ Approval ⬜ Conditional Approval ⬜ Denial ⬜ No Comment

Explanation for recommendation including any conflicts with local rules and regulations and suggested conditions:





  • See PDF for table

Municipal Buildings Inspection Recommendation

To be completed for variances requested from SPS 320-323. Also to be used for SPS 316 electrical petitions, if SPS 361- 366 plan review is by municipality or orders are written on the building under construction; optional in other cases.

Please submit a copy of the orders.

I have read the application for variance and recommend: (check appropriate box)

⬜ Approval ⬜ Conditional Approval ⬜ Denial ⬜ No Comment

Explanation for recommendation including any conflicts with local rules and regulations and suggested conditions:





  • See PDF for table

Industry Services Division

Petition for Variance

Information and Instructions SPS 303

In instances where exact compliance with a particular code requirement cannot be met or alternative designs are desired, the division has a petition for variance process in which it reviews and considers acceptance of alternatives which are not in strict conformance with the letter of the code, but which meet the intent of the code. A variance is not a waiver from a code requirement. The petitioner must provide an equivalency which meets the intent of the code section petitioned to obtain a variance. Documentation of the rationale for the equivalency is required. Failure to provide adequate information may delay a decision on the petition. Pictures, sketches, and plans may be submitted to support equivalency. If the proposed equivalency does not adequately safeguard the health, safety, and welfare of building occupants, frequenters, firefighters, etc., the variance request will be denied. NOTE: A SEPARATE PETITION IS REQUIRED FOR EACH BUILDING AND EACH CODE ISSUE PETITIONED (i.e., window issue cannot be processed on the same petition as stair issue). It should be noted that a petition for variance does not take the place of any required plan review submittal.

The division is unable to process petitions for variance that are not properly completed. Before submitting the application, the following items should be checked for completeness in order to avoid delays:

• Petitioner’s name (typed or printed)

• Petitioner’s signature

• The application must be signed by the owner of the building or system unless a Power of Attorney is submitted.

• Notary Public signature with affixed seal

• Analysis to establish equivalency, including any pictures, illustrations or sketches of the existing and proposed conditions to clearly convey your proposal to the reviewer.

• Proper fee

• Any required position statements by fire chief or municipal official

A position statement from the chief of the local fire department is required for fire or life-safety issues. No fire department position statement is required for topics such as plumbing, private onsite sewage systems, or energy conservation. Submit a municipal building inspection department position for SPS 316 electrical petitions, or if SPS 361-366 commercial building plan review is by the municipality or orders are written on the building under construction. (Submit a copy of the orders.) For rules relating to one- and two-family dwellings, only a position statement is required only if the local municipality is the enforcing body. Position statements must be completed and signed by the appropriate fire chief or municipal enforcement official. Signatures or seals on all documents must be originals. Photocopies are not acceptable.

  • See PDF for diagram

SANITARY PERMIT REQUIREMENTS

Section SPS 320.09 (9) (c) refers to s. SPS 383.25 (2), which reads as follows:

SPS 383.25 (2) ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMITS. (a) General. Pursuant to s. 145.195, Stats., the issuance of building permits by a municipality for unsewered properties shall be in accordance with this subsection.

Note: See appendix for a reprint of s. 145.195, Stats.

(b) New construction. A municipality may not issue a building permit to commence construction or installation of a structure that necessitates the use of a POWTS to serve the structure, unless:

  1. The owner of the property possesses a sanitary permit for the installation of a POWTS in accordance with s. SPS 383.21; or

Note: Section SPS 383.21 outlines the procedures for the issuance of sanitary permits. Section 145.19, Stats., mandates that no private sewage system may be installed unless the owner of the property holds a valid sanitary permit.

  1. A POWTS of adequate capability and capacity to accommodate the wastewater flow and contaminant load already exists to serve the structure.

Note: See ss. SPS 383.02 and 383.03 concerning the application of current code requirements to existing POWTS.

(c) Construction affecting wastewater flow or contaminant load. 1. A municipality may not issue a building permit to commence construction of any addition or alteration to an existing structure when the proposed construction will modify the design wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both, to an existing POWTS, unless the owner of the property:

a. Possesses a sanitary permit to either modify the existing POWTS or construct a POWTS to accommodate the modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both; or

b. Provides documentation to verify that the existing POWTS is sufficient to accommodate the modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both.

  1. For the purpose of this paragraph, a modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load shall be considered to occur:

a. For commercial facilities, public buildings, and places of employment, when there is a proposed change in occupancy of the structure; or the proposed modification affects either the type or number of plumbing appliances, fixtures or devices discharging to the system; and

b. For dwellings, when there is an increase or decrease in the number of bedrooms.

(d) Documentation of existing capabilities. Documentation to verify whether an existing POWTS can accommodate a modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both, shall include at least one of the following:

  1. A copy of the plan for the existing POWTS that delineates minimum and maximum performance capabilities and which has been previously approved by the department or the governmental unit.

  2. Information on the performance capabilities for the existing POWTS that has been recognized through a product approval under ch. SPS 384.

  3. A written investigative report prepared by an architect, engineer, designer of plumbing systems, designer of private sewage systems, master plumber, master plumber-restricted service or certified POWTS inspector analyzing the proposed modification and the performance capabilities of the existing POWTS.

(e) Where the performance capability of the existing POWTS serving a dwelling is not based on the number of bedrooms within the dwelling, information documenting that design condition shall be recorded as a covenant running with the deed for the property.

(f) Setbacks. 1. A municipality may not issue a building permit for construction of any structure or addition to a structure on a site where there exists a POWTS, unless the proposed construction conforms to the applicable setback limitations under s. SPS 383.43 (8) (i).

  1. The applicant for a building permit shall provide documentation to the municipality issuing the building permit showing the location and setback distances for the proposed construction relative to all of the following:

a. Existing POWTS treatment components.

b. Existing POWTS holding components.

c. Existing POWTS dispersal components.

Note: A municipality which issues building permits may delegate to the governmental unit responsible for issuing sanitary permits the determination of whether the proposed construction will affect or interfere with an existing POWTS relating to capability or location of the existing POWTS.

UDC Floor & Ceiling Joist and Roof Rafter Span Tables and Design Value Tables

Use the following Span Tables to determine the maximum spans for floor and ceiling joists and roof rafters. These spans are based on:

• Simple, single spans (although the tables may be safely used for continuous two-span floor joists)

• Uniformly distributed loads

• Fully supported members with one edge properly sheathed and nailed

• For floor joists and roof rafters, the top edge shall be properly sheathed and nailed

• Rafters with a minimum 3:12 slope

The criteria for each Span Table is given in the upper left hand corner and is also summarized in the table of Span Tables below. Choose the appropriate Span Table based on the member type and required loading. Select your desired member depth, member spacing and span to determine the minimum Fb value. Note that these tables include recommended deflection criteria. However, for strict code compliance, only the Fb strength requirements must be satisfied. The modulus of elasticity (E) values, would be met for serviceability purposes only.

Note that straight-line interpolation is permitted for intermediate spans and design values. Span is measured from face to face of supports plus one-half of the required bearing of 1.5″ on wood or metal and 3″ on masonry or concrete at each end. For sloping rafters, the span is measured along the horizontal projection.

Section SPS 321.27 allows reduction of the snow live load for roof slopes greater than 30 degrees (7/12 slope) based on the formula Cs = 1 - (a-30)/40, where “a” is the slope of the roof expressed in degrees. Following is a table of tabulated values for certain roof slopes.

  • See PDF for table

Use the Design Value tables following the Span Tables to determine the acceptable species and grades to satisfy minimum Fb values obtained from the Span Tables. The Design Value tables assume at least three members spaced no more than 24″ on center. Use the Normal Duration column Fb values for joists and the Snow Loading column Fb values for rafters.

See the following examples for further guidance.

Tables are reprinted courtesy of American Forest & Paper Association.

  • See PDF for table

*Deflection criteria are optional. For roof rafters with drywall on the underside, use the stricter L/240 tables to limit deflection.

Example 1. Floor Joists. Assume a required single span of 12′-9″, dead load of 10 psf and joists spaced 16″ on center. Table F-2 (see following highlighted tables) shows that one solution is a grade of 2x8 having an Fb value of 1255 would allow a span of 12′-10″ which satisfies the condition. (Note that the recommended E value to limit deflection would be 1,600,000.) Going to the Design Value Tables, we find that as an example, 2x8 Hem Fir grade No.1 has an Fb value of 1310 for normal duration. (It also has an E value of 1,500,000 which does not satisfy the recommended deflection criteria.)

Example 2. Rafters. Assume a horizontal projected span of 13′-0″, a live load of 40 psf, dead load of 10 psf, a roof slope of 4/12 and rafters spaced 16″ on center. Since the slope is shallower than 7/12, there is no allowable reduction of the snow live load. Table R-3 shows that a 2x8 having an Fb value of 1300 would allow a span of 13′-1″ which satisfies the condition. (Note that the recommended E value to limit deflection would be 1,120,000.) Going to the Design Value Tables, we find that as an example, 2x8 Douglas Fir-Larch grade No.2 has an Fb value of 1390 for snow loading. (It also has an E value of 1,600,000 which satisfies the recommended deflection criteria.)

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

TABLE F- 2

FLOOR JOISTS WITH L/360 DEFLECTION LIMITS

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Deflection - For 40 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 360.

Strength - Live load of 40 psf plus dead load

of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Joist

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Modulus of Elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 psi

0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

12.0 8- 6 8-10 9- 2 9- 6 9- 9 10- 0 10- 3 10- 6 10- 9 10-11 11- 2 11- 4 11- 7 11- 9 11-11 12- 1 12- 3

16.0 7- 9 8- 0 8- 4 8- 7 8-10 9- 1 9- 4 9- 6 9- 9 9-11 10- 2 10- 4 10- 6 10- 8 10-10 11- 0 11- 2

2x 6 19.2 7- 3 7- 7 7-10 8- 1 8- 4 8- 7 8- 9 9- 0 9- 2 9- 4 9- 6 9- 8 9-10 10- 0 10- 2 10- 4 10- 6

24.0 6- 9 7- 0 7- 3 7- 6 7- 9 7-11 8- 2 8- 4 8- 6 8- 8 8-10 9- 0 9- 2 9- 4 9- 6 9- 7 9- 9

12.0 11- 3 11- 8 12- 1 12- 6 12-10 13- 2 13- 6 13-10 14- 2 14- 5 14- 8 15- 0 15- 3 15- 6 15- 9 15-11 16- 2

16.0 10- 2 10- 7 11- 0 11- 4 11- 8 12- 0 12- 3 12- 7 12-10 13- 1 13- 4 13- 7 13-10 14- 1 14- 3 14- 6 14- 8

2x 8 19.2 9- 7 10- 0 10- 4 10- 8 11- 0 11- 3 11- 7 11-10 12- 1 12- 4 12- 7 12-10 13- 0 13- 3 13- 5 13- 8 13-10

24.0 8-11 9- 3 9- 7 9-11 10- 2 10- 6 10- 9 11- 0 11- 3 11- 5 11- 8 11-11 12- 1 12- 3 12- 6 12- 8 12-10

12.0 14- 4 14-11 15- 5 15-11 16- 5 16-10 17- 3 17- 8 18- 0 18- 5 18- 9 19- 1 19- 5 19- 9 20- 1 20- 4 20- 8

16.0 13- 0 13- 6 14- 0 14- 6 14-11 15- 3 15- 8 16- 0 16- 5 16- 9 17- 0 17- 4 17- 8 17-11 18- 3 18- 6 18- 9

2x10 19.2 12- 3 12- 9 13- 2 13- 7 14- 0 14- 5 14- 9 15- 1 15- 5 15- 9 16- 0 16- 4 16- 7 16-11 17- 2 17- 5 17- 8

24.0 11- 4 11-10 12- 3 12- 8 13- 0 13- 4 13- 8 14- 0 14- 4 14- 7 14-11 15- 2 15- 5 15- 8 15-11 16- 2 16- 5

12.0 17- 5 18- 1 18- 9 19- 4 19-11 20- 6 21- 0 21- 6 21-11 22- 5 22-10 23- 3 23- 7 24- 0 24- 5 24- 9 25- 1

16.0 15-10 16- 5 17- 0 17- 7 18- 1 18- 7 19- 1 19- 6 19-11 20- 4 20- 9 21- 1 21- 6 21-10 22- 2 22- 6 22-10

2x12 19.2 14-11 15- 6 16- 0 16- 7 17- 0 17- 6 17-11 18- 4 18- 9 19- 2 19- 6 19-10 20- 2 20- 6 20-10 21- 2 21- 6

24.0 13-10 14- 4 14-11 15- 4 15-10 16- 3 16- 8 17- 0 17- 5 17- 9 18- 1 18- 5 18- 9 19- 1 19- 4 19- 8 19-11

Fb 12.0 718 777 833 888 941 993 1043 1092 1140 1187 1233 1278 1323 1367 1410 1452 1494

Fb 16.0 790 855 917 977 1036 1093 1148 1202 1255 1306 1357 1407 1456 1504 1551 1598 1644

Fb 19.2 840 909 975 1039 1101 1161 1220 1277 1333 1388 1442 1495 1547 1598 1649 1698 1747

Fb 24.0 905 979 1050 1119 1186 1251 1314 1376 1436 1496 1554 1611 1667 1722 1776 1829 1882

Note: The required bending design value, Fb, in pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE C-1

CEILING JOISTS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITS

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Deflection - For 10 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

Strength - Live Load of 10 psf plus

dead load of 5 psf determines the required fiber stress value.

Joist

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Modulus of Elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 psi

0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

12.0 9-10 10- 3 10- 7 10-11 11- 3 11- 7 11-10 12- 2 12- 5 12- 8 12-11 13- 2 13- 4 13- 7 13- 9 14- 0 14- 2

16.0 8-11 9- 4 9- 8 9-11 10- 3 10- 6 10- 9 11- 0 11- 3 11- 6 11- 9 11-11 12- 2 12- 4 12- 6 12- 9 12-11

2x 4 19.2 8- 5 8- 9 9- 1 9- 4 9- 8 9-11 10- 2 10- 4 10- 7 10-10 11- 0 11- 3 11- 5 11- 7 11- 9 12- 0 12- 2

24.0 7-10 8- 1 8- 5 8- 8 8-11 9- 2 9- 5 9- 8 9-10 10- 0 10- 3 10- 5 10- 7 10- 9 10-11 11- 1 11- 3

12.0 15- 6 16- 1 16- 8 17- 2 17- 8 18- 2 18- 8 19- 1 19- 6 19-11 20- 3 20- 8 21- 0 21- 4 21- 8 22- 0 22- 4

16.0 14- 1 14- 7 15- 2 15- 7 16- 1 16- 6 16-11 17- 4 17- 8 18- 1 18- 5 18- 9 19- 1 19- 5 19- 8 20- 0 20- 3

2x 6 19.2 13- 3 13- 9 14- 3 14- 8 15- 2 15- 7 15-11 16- 4 16- 8 17- 0 17- 4 17- 8 17-11 18- 3 18- 6 18-10 19- 1

24.0 12- 3 12- 9 13- 3 13- 8 14- 1 14- 5 14- 9 15- 2 15- 6 15- 9 16- 1 16- 4 16- 8 16-11 17- 2 17- 5 17- 8

12.0 20- 5 21- 2 21-11 22- 8 23- 4 24- 0 24- 7 25- 2 25- 8

16.0 18- 6 19- 3 19-11 20- 7 21- 2 21- 9 22- 4 22-10 23- 4 23-10 24- 3 24- 8 25- 2 25- 7 25-11

2x 8 19.2 17- 5 18- 1 18- 9 19- 5 19-11 20- 6 21- 0 21- 6 21-11 22- 5 22-10 23- 3 23- 8 24- 0 24- 5 24- 9 25- 2

24.0 16- 2 16-10 17- 5 18- 0 18- 6 19- 0 19- 6 19-11 20- 5 20-10 21- 2 21- 7 21-11 22- 4 22- 8 23- 0 23- 4

12.0 26- 0

16.0 23- 8 24- 7 25- 5

2x10 19.2 22- 3 23- 1 23-11 24- 9 25- 5

24.0 20- 8 21- 6 22- 3 22-11 23- 8 24- 3 24-10 25- 5 26- 0

Fb 12.0 711 769 825 880 932 983 1033 1082 1129 1176 1221 1266 1310 1354 1396 1438 1480

Fb 16.0 783 847 909 968 1026 1082 1137 1191 1243 1294 1344 1394 1442 1490 1537 1583 1629

Fb 19.2 832 900 965 1029 1090 1150 1208 1265 1321 1375 1429 1481 1533 1583 1633 1682 1731

Fb 24.0 896 969 1040 1108 1174 1239 1302 1363 1423 1481 1539 1595 1651 1706 1759 1812 1864

Note: The required bending design value, Fb, in pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE C-2

CEILING JOISTS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITS

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Deflection - For 20 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

Strength - Live Load of 20 psf plus

dead load of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Joist Modulus of Elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 psi

0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

12.0 7-10 8- 1 8- 5 8- 8 8-11 9- 2 9- 5 9- 8 9-10 10- 0 10- 3 10- 5 10- 7 10- 9 10-11 11- 1 11- 3

16.0 7- 1 7- 5 7- 8 7-11 8- 1 8- 4 8- 7 8- 9 8-11 9- 1 9- 4 9- 6 9- 8 9- 9 9-11 10- 1 10- 3

2x 4 19.2 6- 8 6-11 7- 2 7- 5 7- 8 7-10 8- 1 8- 3 8- 5 8- 7 8- 9 8-11 9- 1 9- 3 9- 4 9- 6 9- 8

24.0 6- 2 6- 5 6- 8 6-11 7- 1 7- 3 7- 6 7- 8 7-10 8- 0 8- 1 8- 3 8- 5 8- 7 8- 8 8-10 8-11

12.0 12- 3 12- 9 13- 3 13- 8 14- 1 14- 5 14- 9 15- 2 15- 6 15- 9 16- 1 16- 4 16- 8 16-11 17- 2 17- 5 17- 8

16.0 11- 2 11- 7 12- 0 12- 5 12- 9 13- 1 13- 5 13- 9 14- 1 14- 4 14- 7 14-11 15- 2 15- 5 15- 7 15-10 16- 1

2x 6 19.2 10- 6 10-11 11- 4 11- 8 12- 0 12- 4 12- 8 12-11 13- 3 13- 6 13- 9 14- 0 14- 3 14- 6 14- 8 14-11 15- 2

24.0 9- 9 10- 2 10- 6 10-10 11- 2 11- 5 11- 9 12- 0 12- 3 12- 6 12- 9 13- 0 13- 3 13- 5 13- 8 13-10 14- 1

12.0 16- 2 16-10 17- 5 18- 0 18- 6 19- 0 19- 6 19-11 20- 5 20-10 21- 2 21- 7 21-11 22- 4 22- 8 23- 0 23- 4

16.0 14- 8 15- 3 15-10 16- 4 16-10 17- 3 17- 9 18- 1 18- 6 18-11 19- 3 19- 7 19-11 20- 3 20- 7 20-11 21- 2

2x 8 19.2 13-10 14- 5 14-11 15- 5 15-10 16- 3 16- 8 17- 1 17- 5 17- 9 18- 1 18- 5 18- 9 19- 1 19- 5 19- 8 19-11

24.0 12-10 13- 4 13-10 14- 3 14- 8 15- 1 15- 6 15-10 16- 2 16- 6 16-10 17- 2 17- 5 17- 9 18- 0 18- 3 18- 6

12.0 20- 8 21- 6 22- 3 22-11 23- 8 24- 3 24-10 25- 5 26- 0

16.0 18- 9 19- 6 20- 2 20-10 21- 6 22- 1 22- 7 23- 1 23- 8 24- 1 24- 7 25- 0 25- 5 25-10

2x10 19.2 17- 8 18- 4 19- 0 19- 7 20- 2 20- 9 21- 3 21- 9 22- 3 22- 8 23- 1 23- 7 23-11 24- 4 24- 9 25- 1 25- 5

24.0 16- 5 17- 0 17- 8 18- 3 18- 9 19- 3 19- 9 20- 2 20- 8 21- 1 21- 6 21-10 22- 3 22- 7 22-11 23- 4 23- 8

Fb 12.0 896 969 1040 1108 1174 1239 1302 1363 1423 1481 1539 1595 1651 1706 1759 1812 1864

Fb 16.0 986 1067 1145 1220 1293 1364 1433 1500 1566 1631 1694 1756 1817 1877 1936 1995 2052

Fb 19.2 1048 1134 1216 1296 1374 1449 1522 1594 1664 1733 1800 1866 1931 1995 2058 2120 2181

Fb 24.0 1129 1221 1310 1396 1480 1561 1640 1717 1793 1866 1939 2010 2080 2149 2217 2283 2349

Note: The required bending design value, Fb, in pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-2

RAFTERS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 30 psf plus

Dead Load of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 30 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Rafter Bending Design Value, Fb, (psi)

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400

12.0 6- 2 7- 1 7-11 8- 8 9- 5 10- 0 10- 8 11- 3 11- 9 12- 4 12-10 13- 3 13- 9 14- 2 14- 8 15- 1 15- 6 15-11

16.0 5- 4 6- 2 6-10 7- 6 8- 2 8- 8 9- 3 9- 9 10- 2 10- 8 11- 1 11- 6 11-11 12- 4 12- 8 13- 1 13- 5 13- 9 14- 1 14- 5

2x 6 19.2 4-10 5- 7 6- 3 6-10 7- 5 7-11 8- 5 8-11 9- 4 9- 9 10- 1 10- 6 10-10 11- 3 11- 7 11-11 12- 3 12- 7 12-10 13- 2 13- 6

24.0 4- 4 5- 0 5- 7 6- 2 6- 8 7- 1 7- 6 7-11 8- 4 8- 8 9- 1 9- 5 9- 9 10- 0 10- 4 10- 8 10-11 11- 3 11- 6 11- 9 12- 0 12- 4

12.0 8- 1 9- 4 10- 6 11- 6 12- 5 13- 3 14- 0 14-10 15- 6 16- 3 16-10 17- 6 18- 1 18- 9 19- 4 19-10 20- 5 20-11

16.0 7- 0 8- 1 9- 1 9-11 10- 9 11- 6 12- 2 12-10 13- 5 14- 0 14- 7 15- 2 15- 8 16- 3 16- 9 17- 2 17- 8 18- 1 18- 7 19- 0

2x 8 19.2 6- 5 7- 5 8- 3 9- 1 9- 9 10- 6 11- 1 11- 8 12- 3 12-10 13- 4 13-10 14- 4 14-10 15- 3 15- 8 16- 2 16- 7 16-11 17- 4 17- 9

24.0 5- 9 6- 7 7- 5 8- 1 8- 9 9- 4 9-11 10- 6 11- 0 11- 6 11-11 12- 5 12-10 13- 3 13- 8 14- 0 14- 5 14-10 15- 2 15- 6 15-10 16- 3

12.0 10- 4 11-11 13- 4 14- 8 15-10 16-11 17-11 18-11 19-10 20- 8 21- 6 22- 4 23- 1 23-11 24- 7 25- 4 26- 0

16.0 8-11 10- 4 11- 7 12- 8 13- 8 14- 8 15- 6 16- 4 17- 2 17-11 18- 8 19- 4 20- 0 20- 8 21- 4 21-11 22- 6 23- 1 23- 8 24- 3

2x10 19.2 8- 2 9- 5 10- 7 11- 7 12- 6 13- 4 14- 2 14-11 15- 8 16- 4 17- 0 17- 8 18- 3 18-11 19- 6 20- 0 20- 7 21- 1 21- 8 22- 2 22- 8

24.0 7- 4 8- 5 9- 5 10- 4 11- 2 11-11 12- 8 13- 4 14- 0 14- 8 15- 3 15-10 16- 4 16-11 17- 5 17-11 18- 5 18-11 19- 4 19-10 20- 3 20- 8

12.0 12- 7 14- 6 16- 3 17- 9 19- 3 20- 6 21- 9 23- 0 24- 1 25- 2

16.0 10-11 12- 7 14- 1 15- 5 16- 8 17- 9 18-10 19-11 20-10 21- 9 22- 8 23- 6 24- 4 25- 2 25-11

2x12 19.2 9-11 11- 6 12-10 14- 1 15- 2 16- 3 17- 3 18- 2 19- 0 19-11 20- 8 21- 6 22- 3 23- 0 23- 8 24- 4 25- 0 25- 8

24.0 8-11 10- 3 11- 6 12- 7 13- 7 14- 6 15- 5 16- 3 17- 0 17- 9 18- 6 19- 3 19-11 20- 6 21- 2 21- 9 22- 5 23- 0 23- 6 24- 1 24- 8 25- 2

E 12.0 0.15 0.23 0.32 0.43 0.54 0.66 0.78 0.92 1.06 1.21 1.36 1.52 1.69 1.86 2.04 2.22 2.41 2.60

E 16.0 0.13 0.20 0.28 0.37 0.47 0.57 0.68 0.80 0.92 1.05 1.18 1.32 1.46 1.61 1.76 1.92 2.08 2.25 2.42 2.60

E 19.2 0.12 0.18 0.26 0.34 0.43 0.52 0.62 0.73 0.84 0.95 1.08 1.20 1.33 1.47 1.61 1.75 1.90 2.05 2.21 2.37 2.53

E 24.0 0.11 0.16 0.23 0.30 0.38 0.46 0.55 0.65 0.75 0.85 0.96 1.08 1.19 1.31 1.44 1.57 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.27 2.41

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-3

RAFTERS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 40 psf plus

Dead Load of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 40 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Rafter Bending Design Value, Fb, (psi)

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400

12.0 5- 6 6- 4 7- 1 7- 9 8- 5 9- 0 9- 6 10- 0 10- 6 11- 0 11- 5 11-11 12- 4 12- 8 13- 1 13- 6 13-10 14- 2

16.0 4- 9 5- 6 6- 2 6- 9 7- 3 7- 9 8- 3 8- 8 9- 1 9- 6 9-11 10- 3 10- 8 11- 0 11- 4 11- 8 12- 0 12- 4 12- 7 12-11

2x 6 19.2 4- 4 5- 0 5- 7 6- 2 6- 8 7- 1 7- 6 7-11 8- 4 8- 8 9- 1 9- 5 9- 9 10- 0 10- 4 10- 8 10-11 11- 3 11- 6 11- 9 12- 0 12- 4

24.0 3-11 4- 6 5- 0 5- 6 5-11 6- 4 6- 9 7- 1 7- 5 7- 9 8- 1 8- 5 8- 8 9- 0 9- 3 9- 6 9- 9 10- 0 10- 3 10- 6 10- 9 11- 0

12.0 7- 3 8- 4 9- 4 10- 3 11- 1 11-10 12- 7 13- 3 13-11 14- 6 15- 1 15- 8 16- 3 16- 9 17- 3 17- 9 18- 3 18- 9

16.0 6- 3 7- 3 8- 1 8-11 9- 7 10- 3 10-10 11- 6 12- 0 12- 7 13- 1 13- 7 14- 0 14- 6 14-11 15- 5 15-10 16- 3 16- 7 17- 0

2x 8 19.2 5- 9 6- 7 7- 5 8- 1 8- 9 9- 4 9-11 10- 6 11- 0 11- 6 11-11 12- 5 12-10 13- 3 13- 8 14- 0 14- 5 14-10 15- 2 15- 6 15-10 16- 3

24.0 5- 2 5-11 6- 7 7- 3 7-10 8- 4 8-11 9- 4 9-10 10- 3 10- 8 11- 1 11- 6 11-10 12- 2 12- 7 12-11 13- 3 13- 7 13-11 14- 2 14- 6

12.0 9- 3 10- 8 11-11 13- 1 14- 2 15- 1 16- 0 16-11 17- 9 18- 6 19- 3 20- 0 20- 8 21- 4 22- 0 22- 8 23- 3 23-11

16.0 8- 0 9- 3 10- 4 11- 4 12- 3 13- 1 13-10 14- 8 15- 4 16- 0 16- 8 17- 4 17-11 18- 6 19- 1 19- 7 20- 2 20- 8 21- 2 21- 8

2x10 19.2 7- 4 8- 5 9- 5 10- 4 11- 2 11-11 12- 8 13- 4 14- 0 14- 8 15- 3 15-10 16- 4 16-11 17- 5 17-11 18- 5 18-11 19- 4 19-10 20- 3 20- 8

24.0 6- 6 7- 7 8- 5 9- 3 10- 0 10- 8 11- 4 11-11 12- 6 13- 1 13- 7 14- 2 14- 8 15- 1 15- 7 16- 0 16- 6 16-11 17- 4 17- 9 18- 1 18- 6

12.0 11- 3 13- 0 14- 6 15-11 17- 2 18- 4 19- 6 20- 6 21- 7 22- 6 23- 5 24- 4 25- 2 26- 0

16.0 9- 9 11- 3 12- 7 13- 9 14-11 15-11 16-10 17- 9 18- 8 19- 6 20- 3 21- 1 21- 9 22- 6 23- 2 23-10 24- 6 25- 2 25- 9

2x12 19.2 8-11 10- 3 11- 6 12- 7 13- 7 14- 6 15- 5 16- 3 17- 0 17- 9 18- 6 19- 3 19-11 20- 6 21- 2 21- 9 22- 5 23- 0 23- 6 24- 1 24- 8 25- 2

24.0 7-11 9- 2 10- 3 11- 3 12- 2 13- 0 13- 9 14- 6 15- 3 15-11 16- 7 17- 2 17- 9 18- 4 18-11 19- 6 20- 0 20- 6 21- 1 21- 7 22- 0 22- 6

E 12.0 0.14 0.22 0.31 0.41 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.01 1.15 1.30 1.45 1.61 1.77 1.94 2.12 2.30 2.48

E 16.0 0.12 0.19 0.27 0.35 0.44 0.54 0.65 0.76 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.26 1.39 1.54 1.68 1.83 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.48

E 19.2 0.11 0.18 0.24 0.32 0.41 0.50 0.59 0.69 0.80 0.91 1.03 1.15 1.27 1.40 1.54 1.67 1.81 1.96 2.11 2.26 2.42 2.58

E 24.0 0.10 0.16 0.22 0.29 0.36 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.14 1.25 1.37 1.50 1.62 1.75 1.89 2.02 2.16 2.30

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-10

RAFTERS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA

Strength - Live Load of 30 psf plus

Dead Load of 20 psf determines the required bending design value

Deflection - For 30 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

Size Spacing

(in) (in) Rafter Bending Design Value, Fb, (psi)

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700

12.0 5- 6 6- 4 7- 1 7- 9 8- 5 9- 0 9- 6 10- 0 10- 6 11- 0 11- 5 11-11 12- 4 12- 8 13- 1 13- 6 13-10 14- 2 14- 7 14-11 15- 3 15- 7 15-11

16.0 4- 9 5- 6 6- 2 6- 9 7- 3 7- 9 8- 3 8- 8 9- 1 9- 6 9-11 10- 3 10- 8 11- 0 11- 4 11- 8 12- 0 12- 4 12- 7 12-11 13- 2 13- 6 13- 9 14- 0 14- 3

2x 6 19.2 4- 4 5- 0 5- 7 6- 2 6- 8 7- 1 7- 6 7-11 8- 4 8- 8 9- 1 9- 5 9- 9 10- 0 10- 4 10- 8 10-11 11- 3 11- 6 11- 9 12- 0 12- 4 12- 7 12-10 13- 1

24.0 3-11 4- 6 5- 0 5- 6 5-11 6- 4 6- 9 7- 1 7- 5 7- 9 8- 1 8- 5 8- 8 9- 0 9- 3 9- 6 9- 9 10- 0 10- 3 10- 6 10- 9 11- 0 11- 3 11- 5 11- 8

12.0 7- 3 8- 4 9- 4 10- 3 11- 1 11-10 12- 7 13- 3 13-11 14- 6 15- 1 15- 8 16- 3 16- 9 17- 3 17- 9 18- 3 18- 9 19- 2 19- 8 20- 1 20- 6 20-11

16.0 6- 3 7- 3 8- 1 8-11 9- 7 10- 3 10-10 11- 6 12- 0 12- 7 13- 1 13- 7 14- 0 14- 6 14-11 15- 5 15-10 16- 3 16- 7 17- 0 17- 5 17- 9 18- 1 18- 6 18-10

2x 8 19.2 5- 9 6- 7 7- 5 8- 1 8- 9 9- 4 9-11 10- 6 11- 0 11- 6 11-11 12- 5 12-10 13- 3 13- 8 14- 0 14- 5 14-10 15- 2 15- 6 15-10 16- 3 16- 7 16-10 17- 2

24.0 5- 2 5-11 6- 7 7- 3 7-10 8- 4 8-11 9- 4 9-10 10- 3 10- 8 11- 1 11- 6 11-10 12- 2 12- 7 12-11 13- 3 13- 7 13-11 14- 2 14- 6 14-10 15- 1 15- 5

12.0 9- 3 10- 8 11-11 13- 1 14- 2 15- 1 16- 0 16-11 17- 9 18- 6 19- 3 20- 0 20- 8 21- 4 22- 0 22- 8 23- 3 23-11 24- 6 25- 1 25- 7

16.0 8- 0 9- 3 10- 4 11- 4 12- 3 13- 1 13-10 14- 8 15- 4 16- 0 16- 8 17- 4 17-11 18- 6 19- 1 19- 7 20- 2 20- 8 21- 2 21- 8 22- 2 22- 8 23- 1 23- 7 24- 0

2x10 19.2 7- 4 8- 5 9- 5 10- 4 11- 2 11-11 12- 8 13- 4 14- 0 14- 8 15- 3 15-10 16- 4 16-11 17- 5 17-11 18- 5 18-11 19- 4 19-10 20- 3 20- 8 21- 1 21- 6 21-11

24.0 6- 6 7- 7 8- 5 9- 3 10- 0 10- 8 11- 4 11-11 12- 6 13- 1 13- 7 14- 2 14- 8 15- 1 15- 7 16- 0 16- 6 16-11 17- 4 17- 9 18- 1 18- 6 18-11 19- 3 19- 7

12.0 11- 3 13- 0 14- 6 15-11 17- 2 18- 4 19- 6 20- 6 21- 7 22- 6 23- 5 24- 4 25- 2 26- 0

16.0 9- 9 11- 3 12- 7 13- 9 14-11 15-11 16-10 17- 9 18- 8 19- 6 20- 3 21- 1 21- 9 22- 6 23- 2 23-10 24- 6 25- 2 25- 9

2x12 19.2 8-11 10- 3 11- 6 12- 7 13- 7 14- 6 15- 5 16- 3 17- 0 17- 9 18- 6 19- 3 19-11 20- 6 21- 2 21- 9 22- 5 23- 0 23- 6 24- 1 24- 8 25- 2 25- 8

24.0 7-11 9- 2 10- 3 11- 3 12- 2 13- 0 13- 9 14- 6 15- 3 15-11 16- 7 17- 2 17- 9 18- 4 18-11 19- 6 20- 0 20- 6 21- 1 21- 7 22- 0 22- 6 23- 0 23- 5 23-10

E 12.0 0.11 0.17 0.23 0.31 0.38 0.47 0.56 0.66 0.76 0.86 0.97 1.09 1.21 1.33 1.46 1.59 1.72 1.86 2.00 2.14 2.29 2.44 2.60

E 16.0 0.09 0.14 0.20 0.26 0.33 0.41 0.49 0.57 0.66 0.75 0.84 0.94 1.05 1.15 1.26 1.37 1.49 1.61 1.73 1.86 1.99 2.12 2.25 2.39 2.53

E 19.2 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.37 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.68 0.77 0.86 0.95 1.05 1.15 1.25 1.36 1.47 1.58 1.70 1.81 1.93 2.05 2.18 2.31

E 24.0 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.22 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.94 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.31 1.41 1.52 1.62 1.73 1.84 1.95 2.06

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-11

RAFTERS WITH L/240 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 40 psf plus

Dead Load of 20 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 40 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 240.

  • See PDF for table

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-14

RAFTERS WITH L/180 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 30 psf plus

Dead Load of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 30 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 180.

  • See PDF for table

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-15

RAFTERS WITH L/180 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 40 psf plus

Dead Load of 10 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 40 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 180.

  • See PDF for table

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-22

RAFTERS WITH L/180 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 30 psf plus

Dead Load of 20 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 30 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 180.

  • See PDF for table

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

TABLE R-23

RAFTERS WITH L/180 DEFLECTION LIMITATION

DESIGN CRITERIA:

Strength - Live Load of 40 psf plus

Dead Load of 20 psf determines the required bending design value.

Deflection - For 40 psf live load.

Limited to span in inches divided by 180.

  • See PDF for table

Note: The required modulus of elasticity, E, in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown at the bottom of each table, is limited to 2.6 million psi and less, and is applicable to all lumber sizes shown. Spans are shown in feet-inches and are limited to 26′ and less. Check sources of supply for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20′.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for diagram

321.125 (3) CONTROL STANDARDS

The following are designs acceptable by the department to achieve compliance with the control standards of acceptable soil loss or percent reduction of sediment load in runoff from a site.

Less than one acre disturbance (regardless of the lot or property size).

A. Mandated practices:

  1. A method to prevent or reduce soil from leaving a site via entries or roads. This may include a tracking pad or tire washing stand designed and installed to meet DNR Standard 1057. Other means of compliance include a gravel mulch, frozen soil, bedrock or some other physical means to prevent soil from leaving the site on vehicle tires which is equivalent to the tracking pad or tire washing stand.

  2. Storm water inlet protection. Inlet protection may be accomplished by using DNR Technical Standard, number 1050, “Storm Drain Inlet Protection for Construction Sites”. The protection of stormwater inlets in the code is specific to “on-site” inlets; however an off-site inlet may create a direct conduit to a water of the state, which links any inlet that leads to a water of the state to the #3 mandated practice. In that case, special care should be taken to protect both types of inlets from sediment in runoff from a construction site.

  3. Protection of adjoining waters of the state. The installation of practices is necessary if runoff from the disturbance could impact a water of the state. Practices may include channel erosion mats, silt fences, vegetative buffers or any other practices applicable to the specific site.

  4. Drainage way protection. Any ditches or drainage ways that flow off-site must be protected with appropriate best management practices (BMPs). This may include but is not limited to ditch checks, channel erosion control mats or riprap.

  5. Dewatering activity sediment reduction. Any dewatering necessary on the construction site must include measures to reduce the sediment in the water leaving the site. Dewatering BMPs may include filters, fiber rolls or gravel bag berms.

  6. Stockpile protection. Any soil stockpiles which are left more than 7 days must be protected by seeding and mulching, erosion mat, silt fencing, covering or other methods. This does not include fill or topsoil piles that are in active use.

B. In addition to mandated practices, the owner/contractor or designer must choose one or more of the following methods in order to achieve compliance with the standards.

  1. The Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation may be used to determine the amount of soil lost from a site in order to stay below the 5 tons/acre/year for sand, loamy sand, sandy loam, loam, sandy clay loam, clay loam, sandy clay, silty clay or clay textures or the 7.5 tons/acre/year soil loss for silt, silty clay loam or silt loam textures. The Department-accepted version of an Excel worksheet that is used to calculate the soil loss is available at: http://dsps.wi.gov/Default.aspx?Page=224e686e-b2b6-44ac-b79d-d8ad3d3cb560.

  2. Silt fence may be placed in accordance with the DNR Technical Standard 1056 and remain on the site until the pervious area is stabilized. This practice, in addition to the mandated practices in part “A” is accepted by the Department of Safety and Professional Services as compliant with the 40% reduction in sediment load goal.

  3. The site may be seeded and mulched, erosion control mat may be installed or polymers may be applied. The erosion control BMPs must be applied within one week of disturbance. Seeding must be accomplished in accordance with DNR Technical Standard 1059 and mulching with DNR Technical Standard 1058. Erosion control mat must be installed in accordance with DNR Technical Standards 1052 and 1053. Polymer application must be done in accordance with DNR Technical Standard 1051. This method is only acceptable when the maximum slope length is 300 feet and the maximum slope is no more than that specified in Table A-321.125-1 and Table A-321.125-2.

  4. Practices may be included in the erosion and sediment control plan for the site that achieve compliance with the 40% reduction in sediment load in the runoff from the site. Table A-321.125-3 lists several erosion and sediment control BMPs and the USEPA (United States Environmental Protection Agency) efficiency rating for that BMP.

  5. A unique design may be submitted with the UDC permit application for review.

Table A-321.125-1

Slope Limitations for Permissible Soil Loss with max. 300′ slope length1

When sites are seeded, mulched or otherwise stabilized within one week of disturbance2

  • See PDF for table

1 The information in the table is derived from Grant County rainfall information and the use of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation. The slope limitation refers to the maximum slope permitted in order to achieve code compliance for the site specifics in the table. Opening date is the 15th of each month and closing is the 22nd. End date is 60 days past closing date.

2 Stabilization may be accomplished by temporary seeding and mulching, permanent seeding and mulching, application of polymers or placement of erosion control mats. Additionally, the mandated practices specific to the site must be in place.

Table A-321.125-2

Slope Limitations for Permissible Soil Loss with max. 300′ slope length1

When sites are seeded, mulched or otherwise stabilized within 4 weeks of disturbance2

  • See PDF for table

1 The information in the table is derived from Grant County rainfall information and the use of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation. The slope limitation refers to the maximum slope permitted in order to achieve code compliance for the site specifics in the table. Opening date is the 15th of each month and closing is the 15th of the following month End date is 60 days past closing date.

2 Stabilization may be accomplished by temporary seeding and mulching, permanent seeding and mulching, application of polymers or placement of erosion control mats. Additionally, the mandated practices specific to the site must be in place.

Erosion and sediment control for construction sites having a land-disturbance area of one acre or more is regulated by the Department of Natural Resources

Table A-321.125-3

  • See PDF for table

1 BMP efficiency is derived from information provided on the Environmental Protection Construction Erosion Control website in August, 2006 and only when the BMP is installed per the listed standard.

2 Standard number refers to the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Conservation Practice Standard number.

3 This efficiency measure is provided by the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Industry Services Division.

4 This efficiency measure is provided by the Department of Safety and Professional Services, Industry Services Division, and only for a short duration as described in the standard.

There are several BMPs that do not have an efficiency assigned by the EPA. These include mandatory controls such as inlet protection, drainage way protection (riprap) and tracking pads. Diversions, both temporary and permanent are also not included in Table A-321.125-2. Diversions impact the erosion on a site by shortening the length of slope in the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE).

Following is an example of an erosion and sediment control plan (Figure A-321.125). This plan may be used for reference, however each site is unique and each plan will address the site-specific issues.

Figure A-325.125-1

  • See PDF for diagram

Figure A-325.125-2

Sample Page from Erosion Control Checklist

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

Note: The entire checklist can be found at: http://dsps.wi.gov/Default.aspx? Page=224e686e-b2b6-44ac-b79d-d8ad3d3cb560.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Following are reprints of the DNR Erosion Control Technical Standards, also available at

http://www.dnr.state.wi.us/runoff/stormwater/techstds.htm

  • See PDF for table

Channel Erosion Mat

1053 (8/05)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in XI. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A protective soil cover of straw, wood, coconut fiber or other suitable plant residue, or plastic fibers formed into a mat, usually with a plastic or biodegradable mesh on one or both sides. Erosion mats are rolled products available in many varieties and combination of materials and with varying life spans.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to protect the channel from erosion or act as turf reinforcement during and after the establishment of grass or other vegetation in a channel. This practice applies to both Erosion Control Revegative Mats (ECRM1) and Turf-Reinforcement Mats (TRM).

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This standard applies where runoff channelizes in intermittent flow and vegetation is to be established. Some products may have limited applicability in projects adjacent to navigable waters.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of erosion mat. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements. To complete the shear calculations, a 2 year, 24 hour storm event shall be used to calculate depth of flows for an ECRM. For sizing a TRM, use the depth of flow corresponding to the maximum design capacity of the channel.

Only mats listed in the Wisconsin Department of Transportation (WisDOT) Erosion Control Product Acceptability List (PAL) will be accepted for use in this standard.

To differentiate applications WisDOT organizes erosion mats into three classes of mats, which are further broken down into various Types.

A. Class I: A short-term duration (minimum of 6 months), light duty, organic ECRM with plastic or biodegradable netting.

  1. Type A – Only suitable for slope applications, not channel applications.

  2. Type B – Double netted product for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress is 1.5 lbs/ft2 or less.

B. Class II: A long-term duration (three years or greater), organic ECRM.

  1. Type A – Jute fiber only for use in channels to reinforce sod.

  2. Type B – For use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress is 2.0 lbs/ft2 or less. Made with plastic or biodegradable mat.

  3. Type C – A woven mat of 100% organic material for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress is 2.0 lbs/ft2 or less. Applicable for use in environmentally sensitive areas where plastic netting is inappropriate.

C. Class III: A permanent 100% synthetic ECRM or TRM. Class I, Type B erosion mat or Class II, Type B or C erosion mat must be placed over a soil filled TRM.

  1. Type A – An ECRM for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress of 2.0 lbs/ft2 or less.

  2. Type B – A TRM for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress of 2.0 lbs/ft2 or less.

  3. Type C – A TRM for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress of 3.5 lbs/ft2 or less.

  4. Type D – A TRM for use in channels where the calculated (design) shear stress of 5.0 lbs/ft2 or less.

VI. Installation

A. ECRM shall be installed after all topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, and seeding is complete.

B. Erosion mats shall extend for whichever is greater: upslope one-foot minimum vertically from the ditch bottom or 6 inches higher than the design flow depth.

C. The mat shall be in firm and continuous contact with the soil. It shall be anchored, overlapped, staked and entrenched per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. TRM shall be installed in conjunction with the topsoiling operation and shall be followed by ECRM installation.

E. At time of installation, document the manufacturer and mat type by saving material labels and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Retain this documentation until the site is stabilized.

VII. Considerations

A. Erosion mats shall be selected so that they last long enough for the grass or other vegetation to become densely established.

B. Consider using Class II, Type C mats adjacent to waterways where trapping small animals is to be avoided.

C. Class III TRM may be appropriate as a replacement for riprap as a channel liner. Check the shear stress criteria for the channel to determine mat applicability.

D. Once a gully has formed in a channel, it is difficult to stabilize due to loss of soil structure. Even when the gully is filled with topsoil and reseeded, the soil has a tendency to dislodge in the same pattern. If gully formation continues to be a problem the design should be reevaluated, including other mat classes or riprap.

E. It may be difficult to establish permanent vegetation and adequate erosion protection in a channel with continuous flow. Consider riprap or planting wetland species with an ECRM.

F. Documentation of materials used, monitoring logs, project diary, and weekly inspection forms including erosion and stormwater management plans, should be provided to the authority charged with long term maintenance of the site.

G. Channel cross sections may be parabolic, v-shaped or trapezoidal. The use of “V” channels is generally discouraged due to erosion problems experienced.

H. To help determine the appropriate channel liner, designers can refer to the design matrix in the back of the WisDOT PAL. However, for channels not conforming to the typical section shown in the channel matrix or having a depth of flow greater than 6 inches (150 mm), the designer will need to design for an appropriate channel liner. One way to do this is to use the “tractive force” method presented in FHWA’s Hydraulic Engineering Circular (HEC) No. 15. This method requires that the calculated maximum shear stress of a channel is not to exceed the permissible shear stress of the channel liner. To use this method, permissible shear stress values are stated next to each device listed in the channel matrix.

VIII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing erosion mat shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of erosion mat

  2. Installation sequence

  3. Material specification conforming to standard

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

IX. Operation and Maintenance

A. Erosion mats shall at a minimum be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. If there are signs of rilling under the mat, install more staples or more frequent anchoring trenches. If rilling becomes severe enough to prevent establishment of vegetation, remove the section of mat where the damage has occurred. Fill the eroded area with topsoil, compact, reseed and replace the section of mat, trenching and overlapping ends per manufacturer’s recommendations. Additional staking is recommended near where rilling was filled.

C. If the reinforcing plastic netting has separated from the mat, remove the plastic and if necessary replace the mat.

D. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

X. References

WisDOT “Erosion Control Product Acceptability List” is available online at http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm.

XI. Definitions

Channel Erosion: The deepening and widening of a channel due to soil loss caused by flowing water. As rills become larger and flows begin to concentrate, soil detachment occurs primarily as a result of shear.

Erosion Control Revegative Mats (ECRM) (II): Erosion control revegetative mats are designed to be placed on top of soil.

Turf-Reinforcement Mats (TRM) (II): Turf-reinforcement mats are permanent devices constructed from various types of synthetic materials and buried below the surface to help stabilize the soil. TRMs must be used in conjunction with an ECRM or an approved soil stabilizer Type A (as classified in the WisDOT PAL)

Dewatering

1061 (4/07)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A compartmented container, settling basin, filter, or other appropriate best management practice through which sediment-laden water is conveyed to trap and retain the sediment.

II. Purposes

The purpose of this standard is to determine appropriate methods and means to remove sediment from water generated during dewatering activities prior to discharging off-site or to waters of the state. Practices identified in this standard shall be deemed to meet the de-watering performance standard to prevent the discharge of sediment to the maximum extent practicable (MEP) as defined in s. NR 151.11 (6) (c).

III. Conditions where Practice Applies

This practice applies where sediment laden water needs to be removed for construction or maintenance activities. Dewatering practices shall be in keeping with the effective operating and applicability criteria listed on Figure 2, Dewatering Practice Selection Matrix.

This practice does not apply to:

• Water being discharged directly to groundwater or karst features1. Refer to NR140

• Well dewatering systems. Refer to NR 812

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of this practice. This may include activities performed under NR 216 and Chapter 30 permits, for water bodies with targeted performance standards per NR 151.004, 303d waterbodies or others. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum allowable limits for design parameters, installation and performance requirements.

Dewatering practices shall be selected based on the predominant soil texture encountered at the dewatering site with consideration given to pumping or flow rates, volumes and device effectiveness. Refer to Figure 1 USDA Soil textural triangle to assist with soil classifications at the site. Figure 2, Dewatering Practice Selection Matrix illustrates acceptable dewatering options and their effective ranges. Practices selected that are not on the matrix must provide an equivalent level of control, with justification provided to the reviewing authority.

A. Site Assessment - A site assessment shall be conducted and documented to determine the physical site characteristics that will affect the placement, design, construction and maintenance of dewatering activities. The site assessment shall identify characteristics such as ground slopes, soil types, soil conditions, bedrock, sinkholes, drainage patterns, runoff constituents, proximity to regulated structures, natural resources, and specific land uses. The site assessment shall include the following:

• Sanitary and storm sewer locations

• Potential contamination - Odor or discoloration other than sediment, or an oily sheen on the surface of the sediment laden water. If contamination is present, notify DNR Spills Reporting

• Soil textural class for areas where dewatering will occur. Soil investigation shall extend below grading and trenching activities

• Depth to the seasonally highest water table

• Discharge outfall locations

• Distance and conveyance method to receiving waters

B. General Criteria Applicable To All Dewatering Activities

  1. Contact the WDNR when the discharge from a dewatering practice will enter a WDNR listed Exceptional Resource Water (ERW), Outstanding Resource Water (ORW), or a wetland in an area of special natural resource interest as identified in NR 103.

  2. Contact the owner or operator of the municipal separate stormwater system if the discharge is to a municipal storm water conveyance system. The allowable discharge rate shall be limited by the capacity of the system or requirements of the system owner.

  3. When practical, dewatering effluent shall be collected in a pump truck for transport to a treatment facility or discharged directly to a treatment facility.

  4. For surface dewatering, utilize a floating suction hose, or other method, to minimize sediment being sucked off the bottom.

  5. For discharges that will be directed to locations on-site verify that the anticipated volume of water can be fully contained.

  6. The topography and condition of the ground cover between the pump discharge point and potential receiving waters shall be evaluated for potential erosion. Appropriate stabilization measures shall be incorporated to prevent erosion.

  7. When discharge to a karst feature or other direct groundwater connection can not be avoided, the dewatering system must be designed and operated to maintain compliance with the groundwater quality standards contained in applicable regulations, including ch. NR 140 Wis. Adm. Code.

  8. If the discharge directly or indirectly enters a stream, the discharge flow rate shall not exceed 50 percent of the peak flow rate of the 2-year 24-hour storm event.

C. Geotextile Bags

  1. Geotextile bags shall meet the criteria listed in Table 1.

Table 1: Properties for Geotextile Bags

  • See PDF for table
  1. Geotextile bags shall be sized according to the particle size being trapped, expected flow or pumping rate (gallons per minute) per square foot of fabric and a 50% clogging factor. The footprint of the bag shall be no smaller than 100 square feet.

  2. Geotextile bags shall be securely attached to the discharge pipe.

  3. Polymers can be used to enhance the efficiency of geotextile bags. If polymer is used, the polymer shall be approved by the WDNR and meet the criteria stipulated in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1051, Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers. The polymer supplier or applicator shall provide certifications showing that products have met the performance requirements of Standard 1051. If the manufacturer has not completed the required testing, the project may be used to gain that certification provided it meets the site requirements of Standard 1051. Any such testing will be monitored by DNR or WisDOT, with testing done by a qualified third party.

D. Gravity Based Settling Systems

Gravity based systems rely on settling of particles as the primary means of treatment. To effectively accomplish this, quiescent conditions should exist with sufficient detention time. Practices include portable sediment tanks, sediment traps, sediment basins and wet detention basins.

If polymer is used to enhance settling, the polymer shall be approved by the WDNR and meet the criteria stipulated in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1051, Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers. The polymer supplier or applicator shall provide certifications showing that products have met the performance requirements of Standard 1051. If the manufacturer has not completed the required testing, the project may be used to gain that certification provided it meets the site requirements of Standard 1051. Any such testing will be monitored by DNR or WisDOT, with testing done by a qualified third party.

  1. Portable Sediment Tank: These tanks are intended to settle only sands, loamy sands, and sandy loams. If polymer is added, these tanks will also be appropriate for settling loams, silt loams and silts. Portable sediment tanks shall have a minimum of two baffled compartments, and be a minimum of three feet deep. The inlet and outlet pipe shall be a minimum diameter of three inches. Use one of the following methods to size a tank:

a. Settling: Account for settling of the suspended sediments with the following equation:

Sa = 1.83 * Q;

where

Sa = Tank surface area (sq ft)

Q = Pumping rate (gallons per minute)

Note: 1.83 is a factor that includes the conversion from gpm to cfs (1 gpm = 0.0022 cfs) and the particle settling velocity for Soil Class 1 (0.0012 ft/sec) from WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1064 Sediment Basin.

b. Filtration: Build the first chamber as large as possible to aid in settling. Flow capacity shall be determined by the end area of the filter media (fabric) and the flow rate (gallons per minute) per square foot of the finest filter media and a 50% clogging factor.

  1. Sediment Trap or Sediment Basin: This device is a temporary sediment control device. The design, installation, and operation of the sediment trap or basin shall meet the requirements stipulated in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1063 Sediment Trap or Standard 1064 Sediment Basin.

  2. Wet Detention Basin: This device is generally a permanent structure designed to address post-construction pollutant reduction requirements. The design, installation, and operation of the wet detention basin shall meet the requirements stipulated in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1001 Wet Detention Basin.

E. Passive Filtration Systems

Passive filtration systems rely on filtration as the primary method of removing particles. Sediment removal efficiency will be related to the particle size distribution in the stormwater. Practices include manufactured filters, filter tanks, filter basins, vegetative filters, grass swales, and filtration fabric.

Filter fabric sediment removal efficiency shall be based on the properties specified in Table 1.

  1. Manufactured Filters: Filters shall be sequenced from the largest to the smallest pore opening. Sand media filters are available with automatic backwashing features that can filter to 50 μm particle size. Screen or bag filters can filter down to 5 μm. Fiber wound filters can remove particles down to 0.5 μm.

  2. Filter Tank (portable): Install, operate and maintain according to manufacturer recommendations.

  3. Filter Basin: Install, operate and maintain according to Wisconsin Department of Transportation technical guidance.

  4. Vegetative Filter: Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1054 Vegetated Buffer for Construction Sites.

F. Pressurize Filtration Systems

Pressurized filtration systems differ from passive systems in that the water flowing through the media is pressurized and the filter media is designed to handle higher flow rates. Practices include portable sand filters, wound cartridge units, membranes and micro-filtration units.

Pressurized filters typically have automatic backwash systems that are triggered by a pre-set pressure drop across the filter. If the backwash water volume is small or substantially more turbid than the stormwater stored in the holding pond or tank, returning backwash water to the pond or tank may be appropriate. However, land application or another means of treatment and disposal may be necessary.

Screen, bag, and fiber filters must be cleaned and/or replaced when they become clogged.

  1. Portable Sand Filter: Install, operate and maintain according to manufacturer recommendations.

  2. Wound Cartridge Units: Secondary filtration of sediments using high efficiency filter cartridges may be necessary to remove fine particles such as clays. Install, operate and maintain according to manufacturer recommendations.

  3. Membranes and Micro-filtration: Install, operate and maintain according to manufacturer recommendations.

  4. If polymer is used to enhance settling, the polymer shall be approved by the WDNR and meet the criteria stipulated in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1051, Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers. The polymer supplier or applicator shall provide certifications showing that products have met the performance requirements of Standard 1051. If the manufacturer has not completed the required testing, the project may be used to gain that certification provided it meets the site requirements of Standard 1051. Any such testing will be monitored by DNR or WisDOT, with testing done by a qualified third party.

VI. Considerations

A. It may be necessary to clean the municipal storm drainage system prior to and after discharging to the system to prevent scouring solids from the drainage system.

B. Geotextile bags are generally not appropriate when discharging to ORW, ERW, waterbodies supporting cold water communities, trout streams, or to highly susceptible and less susceptible wetlands.

C. Pressurized filtration systems are the most efficient for removing fine sediments.

D. Portable sediment tanks may be appropriate when other sediment trapping practices cannot be installed due to lack of space or other reasons.

E. Filtration is not an efficient treatment of water with heavy sediment loads. Use a settling tank or sand filter as pretreatment when possible.

F. It may be necessary to use a combination of dewatering practices to achieve the intended results.

VII. Plans and Specifications

All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include the schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance and shall be kept on-site with the erosion control plan.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Sediment shall be removed from devices to maintain effectiveness. All sediment collected in dewatering devices shall be properly disposed of to prevent discharge to waters of the state.

B. The following monitoring shall be conducted. Test results shall be recorded on a daily log kept on site:

  1. Discharge duration and specified pumping rate

  2. Observed water table at time of dewatering

  3. If used, type and amount of chemical used for pH adjustment

  4. If used, type and amount of polymer used for treatment

  5. Maintenance activities

IX. References

The American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHTO) Soil Classification System

X. Definitions

Exceptional Resource Waters (ERW) (V.B.1): are waters listed in s. NR 102.11.

Highly susceptible wetland (VI.B): include the following types: fens, sedge meadows, bogs, low prairies, conifer swamps, shrub swamps, other forested wetlands, fresh wet meadows, shallow marshes, deep marshes and seasonally flooded basins.

Karst feature (III): are an area or geologic feature subject to bedrock dissolution so that it is likely to provide a conduit to groundwater, and may include caves, enlarged fractures, mine features, exposed bedrock surfaces, sinkholes, springs, seeps or swallets.

Less susceptible wetland (VI.B): include degraded wetlands dominated by invasive species such as reed canary grass.

Outstanding Resource Waters (ORW) (V.B.1): are waters listed in s. NR 102.10.

Targeted performance standard (IV): means a performance standard that will apply in a specific area, where additional practices beyond those contained in NR 151 are necessary to meet water quality standards.

Treatment facility (V.B.3): includes wastewater treatment plants or wet detention basins constructed in accordance with WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1001 Wet Detention Basin or other approved land application sites.

Figure 1: USDA Soil Textural Triangle

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Ditch Check

(Channel)

1062 (3/06)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A temporary dam constructed across a swale or drainage ditch to reduce the velocity of water flowing in the channel. Ditch checks1 can be constructed out of stone, a double row of straw bales or from engineered products found on the Wisconsin Department of Transportation (WisDOT) Erosion Control Product Acceptability List (PAL).

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to reduce flow velocity and to pond water, thereby reducing active channel erosion and promoting settling of suspended solids behind the ditch check.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This Standard applies where grading activity occurs in areas of channelized flows and a temporary measure is needed to control erosion of the channel until permanent stabilization practices can be applied.

Under no circumstance shall ditch checks be placed in intermittent or perennial stream without permission from WDNR. This Practice may not be substituted for major perimeter trapping measures.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of ditch checks. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Height

  1. Installed, the minimum height of ditch checks shall be 10 inches and shall not exceed a maximum height of 16 inches for manufactured or biodegradable materials and 36 inches for stone (or other inorganic materials).

  2. Ditch checks must be installed with the center lower than the sides forming a weir. If this is not done stormwater flows are forced to the edge of the ditch check thus promoting scour, or out of the channel causing excessive erosion.

  3. Stone ditch checks shall have a minimum top width of 2-feet measured in the direction of flow with maximum slopes of 2:1 (2 horizontal to 1 vertical) on the upslope side and 2:1 on the down slope side.

B. Placement

  1. At a minimum install one ditch check for every two feet of drop in the channel.

  2. Ditch checks shall be placed such that the resultant ponding will not cause inconvenience or damage to adjacent areas.

C. Material Specifications

  1. Stone ditch checks shall be constructed of a well-graded angular stone, a D50 of 3 inch or greater, sometimes referred to as breaker run or shot rock.

  2. Ditch checks may be constructed of other approved materials but must be capable of withstanding the flow velocities in the channel. Manufactured products listed in WisDOT’s PAL are also acceptable for temporary ditch checks.

Note: Silt fence and single rows of straw bales are ineffective as ditch checks and are not permitted.

D. Construction - Refer to Figure 1 & 2

  1. Ditch checks shall be utilized during rough grading and shall be removed once the final grading and channel stabilization is applied, unless intended to be part of a permanent stormwater management plan.

  2. Channel erosion mat or other non-erodible materials shall be placed at the base of a ditch check, and extended a minimum of 6 feet, to prevent scour and washing out the toe of the ditch check. DNR Conservation Practice Channel Erosion Mat (1053) contains criteria for the placement of erosion mat in this location.

  3. Chink or seal stone and rock ditch checks to minimize the flow through the ditch check.

VI. Considerations

A. For added stability, the base of a stone or rock ditch check should be keyed into the soil to a depth of 6-inches.

B. Stone ditch checks may be underlain by a nonwoven geotextile fabric to ease installation and removal. If the geotextile fabric is extended, it can serve purpose specified in section V.D.2

C. Ditch checks installed in grass lined channels may kill the vegetation if water is ponded for extended periods or excessive siltation occurs. Proper maintenance is required to keep areas above and below the ditch check stabilized.

D. The best way to prevent sediment from entering the storm sewer system is to stabilize the disturbed area of the site as quickly as possible, preventing erosion and stopping sediment transport at its source.

E. When placing ditch checks in swales adjacent to roadways consider designating a ‘clear zone’ free of obstacles posing a threat to out of control vehicles.

F. Mowing operations may throw stones from ditch checks causing a potential safety hazard.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing ditch checks shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location and spacing of ditch check

  2. Schedules and sequence of installation and removal

  3. Standard drawings and installation details

  4. Rock gradation

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Ditch checks shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24 hour period.

B. Unless incorporated into a permanent stormwater management system, ditch checks shall be removed once the final grading and channel stabilization is applied.

C. Sediment deposits shall be removed when deposits reach 0.5 the height of the barrier. Removal of sediment may require replacement of stone. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

IX. References

WisDOT “Erosion Control Product Acceptability List” is available online at: http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm. Printed copies are no longer distributed.

X. Definitions

D50 (V.C.1): The particle size for which 50% of the material by weight is smaller than that size.

Ditch Checks (I) Are commonly referred to as temporary check dams. Stone ditch checks refer to those made out of either stone or rock.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Construction Site Diversion

1066 (03/06)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in IX. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A temporary1 berm or channel constructed across a slope to collect and divert runoff.

II. Purpose

To intercept, divert, and safely convey runoff at construction sites in order to divert clean water away from disturbed areas, or redirect sediment laden waters to an appropriate sediment control facility.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

A. This practice is applicable to construction sites where temporary surface water runoff control or management is needed. Locations and conditions include:

  1. Above disturbed areas, to limit runoff onto the site.

  2. Across slopes to reduce slope length.

  3. Below slopes to divert excess runoff to stabilized outlets.

  4. To divert sediment-laden water to sediment control facilities.

  5. At or near the perimeter of the construction area to keep sediment from leaving the site.

B. This standard does not pertain to permanent diversions. Refer to appropriate design criteria and local regulations when designing permanent diversions.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of this practice. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

A. The diversion shall have stable side slopes and shall not be overtopped during a 2-year frequency, 24-hour duration storm. The minimum berm cross section shall be as follows:

  1. Side slopes of 2:1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter.

  2. Top width of two feet.

  3. Berm height of 1.5 feet.

B. Sediment-laden runoff from disturbed areas shall be diverted into a sediment control practice. For typical sediment control practices see WDNR Conservation Practice Standards Sediment Trap (1063) or Sediment Basin (1065) for design criteria.

C. When diverting clean water the diversion channel and its outfall shall be immediately stabilized for the 2-year frequency, 24-hour duration storm. Build and stabilize clean water diversions before initiating down slope land-disturbing activities.

D. Diversions shall be protected from damage by construction activities. At all points where diversion berms or channels will be crossed by construction equipment, the diversion shall be stabilized or shaped appropriately. Temporary culverts of adequate capacity may be used.

E. For diversions that are to serve longer than 30 days, the side slopes including the ridge, and down slope side the diversion shall be stabilized as soon as they are constructed. The diversion channel should be stabilized (i.e. erosion mat) or a larger sediment control practice shall be needed. For diversions serving less than 30 days, the down slope side of the diversion shall be stabilized as soon as constructed.

VI. Considerations

A. The channel cross section may be parabolic, v-shaped or trapezoidal. The use of “V” channels is generally discouraged due to potential erosion problems.

B. Ditch checks may be used to enhance sediment removal. Ditch checks shall be designed in accordance with WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Ditch Check (1062).

C. For diversion berms consider designing an emergency overflow section or bypass area to limit damage from storms that exceed the 2-year frequency 24-hour duration storm. The overflow section may be designed as a stabilized weir with riprap protection.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing diversions shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Diversion location.

  2. Channel grade or elevations.

  3. Typical cross section.

  4. Channel stabilization if required.

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Diversions shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

C. Accumulated sediment shall be removed when it reaches one half the height of the diversion berm. Properly dispose of any sediment removed from the diversion.

D. Diversions shall be removed and the area stabilized according to construction plans.

IX. Definitions

Temporary (I): an erosion control measure that is utilized during construction and grading operations prior to final stabilization.

Stabilized (V.C): means protecting exposed soil from erosion.

Dust Control On Construction Sites

1068 (03/04)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

I. Definition

Dust control includes practices used to reduce or prevent the surface and air transport of dust during construction.

Dust control measures for construction activities include minimization of soil disturbance, applying mulch and establishing vegetation, water spraying, surface roughening, applying polymers, spray-on tackifiers, chlorides, and barriers.

II. Purpose

This practice may be used to:

• Reduce wind erosion and dust.

• Minimize deposition of dust and wind transported soils into water bodies through runoff or wind action.

• Reduce respiratory problems.

• Minimize low visibility conditions caused by airborne dust.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

Dust control measures may be applied at any construction site, but is particularly important for sites with dry exposed soils which may be exposed to wind or vehicular traffic.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations or permit requirements governing this practice. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. The implementation of dust control shall limit the area exposed for dust generation.

B. Asphalt and petroleum based products cannot be used for dust control.

C. Mulch and Vegetation - Mulch or seed and mulch may be applied to protect exposed soil from both wind and water erosion.

Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standards Mulching for Construction Sites (1058) and Seeding for Construction Site Erosion Control (1059) for criteria.

D. Water - Water until the surface is wet and repeat as needed. Water shall be applied at rates so that runoff does not occur.

Treated soil surfaces that receive vehicle traffic require a stone tracking pad or tire washing at all point of access. Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Stone Tracking Pad and Tire Washing (1057) for criteria.

E. Tillage - A control measure performed with chisel type plows on exposed soils. Tillage shall begin on the windward side of the site. Tillage is only applicable to flat areas.

F. Polymers - Polymers can be an effective practice for areas that do not receive vehicle traffic. Dry applied polymers must be initially watered for activation to be effective for dust control. Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Erosion Control Land Application of Polymers (1050) for application criteria.

G. Tackifiers and Soil Stabilizers Type A - Products must be selected from and installed at rates conforming to the WisDOT Erosion Control PAL. See Section IX for reference. Example products include Latex-based and WDNR, WI

Temporary Grading Practices For Erosion Control

(Surface Roughening and Temporary Ditch Sumps)

1067 (03/04)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

Temporary1 grading practices used to minimize construction site erosion. These practices include, but are not limited to surface roughening (directional tracking and tillage) and temporary ditch sumps.

II. Purpose

The purpose of these practices are to minimize erosion and sediment transport during grading operations on construction sites.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

These practices apply where land disturbing activities occur on construction sites. These practices shall be used in conjunction with other erosion control practices.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing these practices. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

These interim practices may be employed in addition to the approved grading plan to reduce erosion and sediment transport.

A. Surface Roughening - Surface roughening is abrading the soil surface with horizontal ridges and depressions across the slope to reduce runoff velocities.

  1. Directional Tracking - The process of creating ridges with tracked vehicles on unvegetated slopes. This method is used for short durations on sites actively being grad and shall be used in conjunction with other practices. This practice shall be in place at the end of each workday.

Directional tracking involves driving a tracked vehicle up and down a slope. The tracks create horizontal grooves and ridges. The rough surface slows sheet runoff and helps to prevent rills from forming. (Conversely, if the tracked vehicle is driven along the contour the tracks create vertical grooves and ridges for the water to follow, increasing erosion.)

  1. Tillage - Utilizing conventional tillage equipment to create a series of ridges and furrows on the contour no more than 15 inches apart.

B. Temporary Ditch Sump - Temporary ditch sumps are ½ to 5 cubic yard excavations made in a drainageway during earthmoving operations. Their purpose is to slow and pond runoff during the time that drainageways are being graded. Sumps shall be in place prior to anticipated rain events.

Construction involves excavating sumps (holes) in the rough ditch grade, and using the excavated material to form a dike on the downstream side of the sump.

Temporary ditch sumps are not effective perimeter controls. Other sediment control practices shall be utilized prior to channels discharging into public waterways.

VI. Considerations

A. Directional tracking may compact the soil, therefore additional seedbed preparation may be required. Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Seeding for Construction Site Erosion Control (1059) for seedbed preparation and seeding criteria.

B. When constructing a temporary ditch sump, compacting the dike provides additional stability.

C. Consider at a minimum excavating ½ cubic yard per 1% gradient, for every 500 feet of channel when constructing temporary ditch sumps.

VII. Plans and Specifications

Due to the interim nature of these practices, and the fact that location determinations are made in the field, they need only be referenced in the erosion control plan narration or general notes.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

These practices shall be inspected and repaired or reinstalled after every runoff event.

IX. References

Virginia Department of Conservation and Recreation. 1992. Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Third Edition. Chapter 3 – 3.29 Surface Roughening.

Dane County. 2002. Dane County Erosion Control and Stormwater Manual, First Edition. Appendix Surface Roughening S-16.1.

X. Definitions

Temporary (I): An erosion control measure that is utilized during construction site grading activities.

Interim Sediment Control

Water Application of Polymers

1051 (11/02)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in IX. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

l. Definition

The application of products containing polymers1 to sediment control structures.

ll. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to settle out or remove suspended sediment from water within sediment control structures.

lll. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice shall be used with self-contained sediment control structures, on a temporary basis for construction sites, in an emergency for post-construction sites and only continually at sites holding an individual permit, if needed to improve the sediment removal efficiency of the structure. Polymers shall not be directly applied to surface waters of the state. Sediment control structures may be within, or discharge to, surface waters of the state.

lV. Federal, State and Local Laws

Water applications of polymer shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules or regulations governing polymers. The operator is responsible for securing required permits. This standard does not contain the text of the federal, state, or local laws governing polymers.

V. Criteria

A. Toxicity Criteria

If used in accordance with the use restriction, the polymer mixture shall meet an acceptable level of risk such that the product can be used without significant harm to organisms that inhabit or come in contact with the aquatic environment. Every attempt shall be made to eliminate the use of any chemicals known to be environmentally toxic within a polymer mixture. Polymer mixtures shall be non-combustible.

The manufacturer shall supply toxicity testing data to the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) based on the polymer mixture, including any binding or buffering agents, catalyst or any other additives.

  1. The use of cationic polyacrylamide shall be avoided where there is danger of impacting aquatic organisms because its toxicity to aquatic test species occurs at very low concentrations.

  2. Anionic polymer mixtures shall have ≤ .05% free acrylamide monomer by weight as established by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

  3. Each manufacturer shall provide to the WDNR toxicity information (including acute and chronic water column toxicity test data) from a certified lab, as defined in ch. NR 149 Wis.Adm.Code, for the polymer mixture.

This data shall include all raw and statistical data regarding death, sub-lethal observations such as immobility, and any other test observations. Standardized toxicity testing procedures should be used and referenced. A use restriction will be calculated by WDNR using the information in Appendix I.

  1. Users of polymer mixtures shall obtain and follow all Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) requirements, manufacturer’s recommendations, and WDNR use restrictions.

B. Application Criteria

  1. Maximum application rates, per storm event, in pounds per acre-feet shall be the lesser of WDNR’s use restriction multiplied by 1.35 or the manufacturer’s recommended application rate (1.35 is a conversion factor that is used to change the use restriction from ppm to an application rate in pounds per acre-feet).

  2. Neither the manufacturer’s written application rate recommendations, nor the application rate shall exceed the WDNR use restriction. The manufacturer or distributor shall provide for the applicator:

a. Labels affixed to the polymer mixture containers that indicate the recommended application rate and the maximum application rate based on the use restriction.

b. A product expiration date for the polymer mixture based on product expiration dates of the polymer.

c. General written application methods.

d. Written instructions to provide proper safety, storage, and mixing of their product.

  1. The application method shall provide for uniform distribution of the product in the sediment control structure and shall consist of either:

a. Passive Applications: Polymers applied by non-mechanically dosing the sediment-laden inflow prior to it entering the impoundment area of the sediment control structure. The manufacturer shall base passive application rates on the dissolution rate and/or the dead storage volume of the sediment control structure.

or

b. Active or Mechanical Applications: Polymer applied by mechanically or hydraulically mixing directly into a sediment control structure.

  1. The applicator of the polymer mixture shall at the time of application, document the following:

• Name of applicator

• Application rate in pounds per acre-feet of stormwater runoff

• Date applied

• Product type

• Weather conditions during application

• Method of application

Copies of this documentation shall be entered into the contractor’s monitoring log or a project diary and made available upon request.

C. Product Approval Criteria

The manufacturer shall certify, through independent sampling and test results, that their product performs as per the following requirements. (The product approval process is depicted in flow chart form in Figure 1.)

  1. The toxicity information required in section V.A.3. of this standard shall be reviewed by the WDNR and used to generate a written product use restriction for the polymer mixture. Appendix I outlines the information that needs to be submitted as a part of this review, and states where they must be submitted.

  2. Polymer mixtures shall achieve = 95% sediment reduction as measured by the standpipe method outlined in Appendix II.

  3. Performance criteria - active and passive applications shall be field tested and submitted separately:

a. The performance of polymer mixtures shall be verified and field-tested in a body of water that is not discharging directly into the waters of the state. The body of water shall be a minimum of 1/3-acre surface area and an average depth of at least 3 feet.

b. The total suspended solids prior to the polymer treatment must be tested and verified by an independent testing lab, and must have a minimum value of 800 ppm or equivalent Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU) and be visibly turbid. The relationship between total suspended solids (TSS) and NTU is site-specific and the derivation of a unique TSS-NTU relationship shall be conducted for each sediment control structure. A minimum of two samples per acre-foot of water shall be taken from random locations within the test site.

c. Within 48 hours from the initial treatment of the water body, the total suspended solids must have a maximum of 80 ppm, or equivalent NTU.

d. Testing sites may not be used for subsequent testing for a period of 3 months from the time of initial application.

e. The Wisconsin Department of Transportation (WisDOT) shall be notified at least 7 days prior to testing, and WisDOT and/or WDNR staff shall be allowed to monitor any such testing.

  1. The WisDOT Erosion Control Storm Water/Product Acceptability List Committee will review and approve products as per the process set forth in WisDOT’s Product Acceptability List (PAL).

  2. The polymer mixture must be resubmitted if any portion of the mixture is altered subsequent to its approval. Such alterations may include:

a. The amendment of base polymers and/or any other additives

b. The ratios of individual components

VI. Considerations

The following are additional recommendations, which may enhance the use of, or avoid problems with, the practice.

A When using products in impoundments immediately adjacent to, or within waters of the state, consider using products for which the manufacturer’s recommended application rate is considerably lower than the use restriction.

B. The applicator should use the least amount of polymer mixture to achieve optimal performance.

C. Polymer mixtures should be applied in conjunction with other erosion control BMPs and under an erosion and sediment control or stormwater management plan.

D. Test the pH of the water in the sediment control structure and follow the manufacturer’s recommended pH range for their polymer mixture, as pH will impact the effectiveness of polymer mixtures.

E. Ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or any other known environmental toxicants should not be included in the polymer mixture.

F. Care must be taken to prevent spills of polymer mixtures. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended cleanup procedures in the event of a spill.

G. Inhaling granular polymer may cause choking or difficulty breathing. Persons handling and mixing polymer should use personal protective equipment of a type recommended by the manufacturer.

H. Polymer mixtures combined with water are very slippery and can pose a safety hazard.

I. Polymer mixtures should be considered as an aid to removing solids from dredge slurries.

J. Where polymer mixtures are used with sediment control structures in the stream, such as during bridge construction, the structure should not be removed until the water is clarified. If the resulting sediment floc is more than a half a foot deep it should be excavated or filtered out.

VII. Specifications

Erosion and sediment control and stormwater management plans specifying polymer mixtures for sediment control shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

Sediment levels on the bottom of the sediment control structure shall be monitored to measure the loss of storage capacity over time due to enhanced sedimentation by the polymer mixture.

IX. Definitions

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) (V.A.3) Provide basic information on a material or chemical product intended to help someone work safely with the material. This includes a brief synopsis of the hazards associated with using a material, how to use it safely, and what to do if there is an emergency. The retail distributor and/or manufacturer as per OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, must provide MSDS, with the purchase of potentially hazardous products.

Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU) (V.C.3.b) A measure of the amount of light scattered by suspended and dissolved materials in the sample.

Polyacrylamide (V.A.1) A generic term for polymers made up of many repeating units of the monomer acrylamide (a simple organic compound).

Polymer (I) Polymers are materials that are either natural or synthetic and that have a chain of carbon molecules that are identical, repeating units. Polymers can be positively charged (cationic), negatively charged (anionic) or have no charge (non-ionic).

Polymer Mixture (V.A) Any reference to polymer mixtures refers to the whole manufactured product, including the polymer and any additives. Additional calcium or lime may be added as a buffering agent without being considered part of the whole manufactured product.

Sediment (II) refers to settleable soil, rock fragments and other solids suspended in runoff.

Sediment control structure (I.) A sediment control structure is an impoundment designed to intercept and detain sediment carried in runoff, prior to the runoff reaching the main channel of a waterway or body of water. Placement of these structures must be outside of the main channel of a waterway and shall not span opposing stream banks in channelized flow. The sediment control structure must provide for dedicated sediment storage to at least a depth of two feet, such that the sediment will not be subject to re-suspension during high velocity flow conditions.

Impoundments may be created by a cofferdam, turbidity barrier, earthen berm, sheet piling, self-contained filtering systems or similar material. Examples include properly maintained construction or post-construction sediment ponds, discharging directly or eventually to a water body. They may also include surface water impoundments that are immediately adjacent to a waterway, whose function is to treat stormwater or dredging material. Another potential application is to isolate localized areas surrounding bridge and culvert construction.

Standardized toxicity testing (V.A.2) Examples of such include, but are not limited to, those outlined in the State of Wisconsin Aquatic Life Toxicity Testing Methods Manual (Fleming, et.al, 1996) or Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Water to Freshwater Organisms (Lewis, et.al, 1994). The WDNR use restriction shall be developed from this data.

Surface Waters of the State (III) “Surface” refers to the sub portion of the waters of the state that discharge at the surface. Waters of the state, as defined by s. 283.01(20), Wis. Stats means those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, water courses, drainage systems and other surface water or groundwater, natural or artificial, public or private within the state or under its jurisdiction, except those waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of the person.

Use Restriction (V.A.2) Identifies the concentration below which a product is not expected to cause acute toxicity in the aquatic environment.

X. References

Voluntary Use Of Polymers In DNR Programs (A Field Guide) For copies of this companion document contact Mary Anne Lowndes, Water Resources Engineer Bureau of Watershed Management 101 S. Webster St., Box 7921, Madison, WI 53707-7921 Phone (608) 261-6420 MaryAnne.Lowndes@dnr.state.wi.us

Fleming, K., P. Hubbard, N. Krause, R. Masnado, D. Piper, W. Repavich, G. Searle, S. Thon, “State of Wisconsin Aquatic Life Toxicity Testing Methods Manual, Edition 1.” Bureau of Watershed Management, Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, Madison, 1996 (WI. PUBL-WW-033-96).

Lewis, P.A., D.J. Klemm, J.M. Lazorchak, T.J. Norberg-King, W.H. Peltier, and M.A. Heber, “Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms, 3rd Edition.” Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH, 1994 (EPA/600/4-91/002).

Roa-Espinosa, A., Bubenzer, G.D. and Miyashita, E., “Sediment and Runoff Control on Construction Sites Using Four Application Methods of Polyacrylamide Mix.” National Conference on Tools for Urban Water Resource Management and Protection, Chicago, pp. 278, February 7-10, 2000.

Roa, A., “Are there Safety Concerns or Environmental Concerns with PAM?” Dane County Land Conservation Department, 1997.

Sojka, R.E. and Lentz, R.D., “A PAM Primer: A brief history of PAM and PAM related issues.” Kimberly, ID: USDA-ARS Northwest Irrigation and Soils Research Lab, 1996. http://kimberly.ars.usda.gov.

Wirtz, J, R., “The Pros and Cons of the Use of Anionic Polyacrylamides to Control Erosion and Sedimentation in the Lake Mendota Priority Watershed”. University of Wisconsin-Madison, MS Thesis, 2000.

WisDOT’s Product Acceptability List (PAL). State DOT web site: http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm. Questions regarding product approvals may be sent to: New Products Engineer, WisDOT, Technology Advancement, 3502 Kinsman Blvd., Madison, WI 53704.

  • See PDF for diagram

Interim Sediment Control

Water Application of Polymers

APPENDIX I

REQUIRED TOXICITY INFORMATION FOR WDNR REVIEW

Toxicity information shall be reviewed by the WDNR and will be used to generate a written product use restriction for the polymer. With Chapter 1.7 of the Whole Effluent Toxicity Program Guidance Document (Fleming et. al., 2000) as a basis, the following toxicological information/data is required:

a. Manufacturer of the polymer.

b. Chemical name of the polymer.

c. Active Ingredient(s) (if not proprietary information).

d. Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) #(s) of the polymer and/or active ingredients.

e. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and/or official toxicity test results listing available aquatic life toxicity data for the WHOLE PRODUCT. Toxicity data for active ingredients is not acceptable for use in calculating a use restriction. The following types of data is acceptable:

  • See PDF for table

LC50 = the estimated concentration of polymer that would cause 50% mortality to the test population following the given time period

EC50 = the estimated concentration of polymer that would cause a given effect in 50% of the test population following a given time period

IC25 = the estimated concentration of polymer that would cause a 25% reduction in some biological measurement of the test population following a given time period

Note: To calculate a use restriction it is necessary to have data from at least one of the cladoceran species and at least one of the fish species (according to s. NR 106.10 (1)).

a. Complete listing of toxicity test conditions. Examples to follow include Tables 11 – 14 in Weber (1993).

b. Standardized test methodology (name of a specific method & its reference may be listed for this, such as “Acute Toxicity Test Procedures for Daphnia magna” in Weber (1993). If a modification to a standardized method was used, provide the reference of the specific method along with a specific listing of and reasons for the modifications).

c. Any noted observations from the toxicity tests.

Toxicity test results shall be submitted to: Water Quality Standards Section, WDNR, 101 South Webster Street, P.O. Box 7921, Madison, WI 53707, as one prequalification for field testing.

References:

Weber, C. 1993. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms, 4th Edition. Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH. EPA/600/4-90/027F.

Fleming, K., S. Geis, E. Korthals, R. Masnado, G. Searle. 2000. Whole Effluent Toxicity Program Guidance Document, Revision #3. Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, Chapter 1.7.

Interim Sediment Control

Water Application of Polymers

APPENDIX II

LABORATORY STANDPIPE TEST METHODOLOGY

  1. Place 40 grams of oven dried “soil” in 2 liters of distilled water within a 2 liter graduated cylinder with stopper. The 40 grams of “soil” represents a “realistic” runoff suspended solids load of 20,000 mg/L (20,000 mg/L x 2 L) according to data collected from commercial and residential construction sites (Owens, et. al. 2000). Repeat a minimum of four times so that there are a minimum of five replicates. The “soil” used in the standpipe test may be characterized by one of the following three options:

Clays A clay “soil” is characterized as having greater than 20% of its particles < 2 μm in size. This option is appropriate for those seeking approval* of a polymer for use in any soil condition (clay, silt, or other).

Silts A silt “soil” is characterized as having less than 20% of its particles < 2 μm in size AND greater than 20% of its particles 2-25 μm in size. This option is appropriate for those seeking approval* of a polymer for use only in silt soils. The 2-25 μm size is representative of fine to medium silt soils.

Site-Specific Use of a site-specific “soil” provides an alternative for those seeking approval* of a polymer that may be customized for optimum performance (in both terms of suspended sediment removal and amount of polymer used) at a particular site. The results of a mechanical soil analysis characterizing the site soil sample particle size composition must be provided. The results of this analysis should be submitted with the results of the standpipe test entered on the “Standpipe Test Data Sheet.” This option is provided since each site will have at least slight differences, if not significant differences, in soil chemical and physical characteristics. These differences may influence the effectiveness of any given polymer.

Indicate which “soil” type is used in the standpipe test on the data sheet under “√ Soil Type Used.”

  • Note that final approval of a polymer is granted only after it is demonstrated through both the standpipe and field tests that the polymer is effective and can be effectively applied.
  1. Mix the solutions by completely inverting each graduated cylinder 3 times.

  2. Add polymer mixture to each graduated cylinder. The volume and concentration of polymer added is the manufacturer’s or supplier’s choice, but must include a set volume and a gradient of “low” to “high” concentrations. The volume and each polymer concentration must be recorded on the data sheet. The purpose is to determine the lowest polymer mixture concentration needed to achieve effective removal of suspended solids. Ultimately the least amount of polymer mixture needed to achieve optimal performance should be used in the field.

A minimum gradient of five polymer mixture concentrations is used to achieve the above stated purpose. The purpose of the five concentration gradient is to attempt to pinpoint the concentration that achieves optimal removal of suspended solids (i.e. least amount of polymer mixture required to remove a minimum of 95% of the suspended solids). This gradient should be sufficiently wide to show a range of effectiveness in removing suspended solids (with at least one, but preferably more, meeting the 95% removal level). A second goal of using a minimum of five concentrations is to avoid the occurrence of false negative outcomes in the polymer approval process. By having more concentrations across a gradient it is more likely to find truly effective concentrations that are less than the use restriction value. As is graphically depicted in Figure I, a polymer mixture will not be approved for field testing, and thus for inclusion on the PAL if its effective concentration (as determined in this laboratory stand pipe test) is greater than the use restriction value.

  1. Mix the solutions by completely inverting each graduated cylinder 3 times.

  2. Let the solution in each graduated cylinder settle for 5 minutes.

  3. Determine the percent suspended solids reduction in each graduated cylinder as follows:

a. Heat/dry one evaporating or drying dish at 103 – 105°C for 1 hour for each graduated cylinder. Store the dishes in a desiccator until needed (steps b).

b. Weigh a dish out to at least one, and preferably more decimal points. Record this weight on the data sheet.

c. Collect 20 ml from within one of the graduated cylinders at the 1 liter mark and place in a preweighed evaporating or drying dish (from step a). Repeat steps b and c for each of the other graduated cylinders.

d. Evaporate and dry each of the 20 ml samples from step b at 98 °C for at least 1 hour.

e. Cool each dish with sample in a desiccator to balance temperature

f. Weigh each dish with sample. Record this weight on the data sheet.

g. Subtract the weight of the dried dish (from step b) to determine the weight of the solids from the sample. Record this weight on the data sheet.

  • These methods follow, with slight modification, those of Standard Methods 2540 B. (1989).
  1. The polymer passes this effectiveness test if it achieves ≥ 95 % reduction of suspended solids. Thus, ≥ 95 % reduction is achieved if the weight of the solids from the sample is ≤ 0.2 mg.
  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

  1. A photocopy of the completed data sheet should be sent to the following address for WisDOT review: New Products Engineer, WisDOT, Technology Advancement, 3502 Kinsman Blvd., Madison, WI 53704.

References:

Owens, D.W., P. Jopke, D.W. Hall, J. Balousek, and A. Roa. 2000. Soil erosion from two small construction sites, Dane County, Wisconsin. U.S. Geological Survey Fact Sheet FS-109-00, 4 p.

Standard Methods Committee. 1989. 2540 Solids. In L.S. Clesceri, A. E. Greenberg, and R.R. Trussell, eds., Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 17th Edition. American Public Health Association, Washington, DC. pp. 2-72 - 2-73.

Interim Sediment Control

Water Application of Polymers

STANDPIPE TEST DATA SHEET

Date(s): ___________________

Testing Laboratory:

Analyst(s) Initials:

Polymer Name:

Manufacturer Name:

Volume of Polymer Mixture Used:

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

Which polymer mixture concentration(s) achieved effective (≥ 95%) reduction of suspended solids (i.e. final weight ≤ 0.2 mg solids)?


Notes/Comments:

Please send a photocopy of this completed data sheet to:

New Products Engineer, WisDOT, Technology Advancement, 3502 Kinsman B

Erosion Control

Land Application of Anionic Polyacrylamide

1050 (07/01)

Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

I. Definition

The land application of products containing watersoluble anionic polyacrylamide (PAM) as temporary soil binding agents to reduce erosion.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to reduce erosion from wind and water on construction sites and agricultural lands.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice is intended for direct soil surface application to sites where the timely establishment of vegetation may not be feasible or where vegetative cover is absent or inadequate. Such areas may include agricultural lands where plant residues are inadequate to protect the soil surface and construction sites where land disturbing activities or winter shutdown prevent establishment or maintenance of a cover crop. This practice is not intended for application to surface waters of the state as defined by the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) ch. NR 102.

IV. Federal, State and Local Laws

Anionic PAM application shall comply with all federal, state, and local laws, rules or regulations governing anionic PAM. The operator is responsible for securing required permits. This standard does not contain the text of the federal, state, or local laws governing anionic PAM.

V. Criteria

A. Toxicity Criteria. Anionic PAM mixtures shall be environmentally benign, harmless to fish, aquatic organisms, wildlife, and plants. Anionic PAM mixtures shall be non-combustible.

  1. Cationic PAM shall not be used at any level because its toxicity to aquatic test species occurs at very low concentrations.

  2. Anionic PAM mixtures shall have _ .05% free acrylamide monomer by weight as established by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

  3. Each manufacturer or supplier shall provide to the WDNR acute toxicity test data from a certified lab, as defined in ch. NR149 Wis. Adm. Code, for their anionic PAM mixture. Procedures specified in the “State of Wisconsin Aquatic Life Toxicity Testing Methods Manual”, WDNR, as referenced in s. NR 219.04, Wis. Adm. Code shall be used. The WDNR use restriction shall be developed from this data.

  4. Users of anionic PAM mixtures shall obtain and follow all Material Safety Data Sheet requirements, manufacturer recommendations, and WDNR use restrictions.

B. Application Criteria

  1. The manufacturer or supplier shall provide a product expiration date for anionic PAM mixtures based on product expiration date of PAM in pure form. The manufacturer or supplier shall provide general written application methods, based on site conditions, such as slope and soil type.

  2. Application rates shall not exceed manufacturer’s written application rate recommendations that shall not exceed the WDNR use restrictions.

  3. Maximum application rates, in parts per million (ppm or mg/L or mg/kg), shall be determined by multiplying 1.4 by the number of pounds applied per acre. This number shall be less than or equal to the WDNR use restriction. Higher concentrations of anionic PAM mixtures may actually decrease effectiveness. Repeated applications of anionic PAM mixtures may be applied, if necessary, to ensure adequate effectiveness.

  4. The application method shall provide uniform coverage to the target area and avoid drift to non-target areas.

  5. The manufacturer or supplier shall provide written instructions to insure proper safety, storage, and mixing of their product.

  6. Anionic PAM mixtures shall be used in conjunction with other Best Management Practices (BMPs).

  7. When used on bare soil, without seed or mulch, anionic PAM mixtures shall be used on slopes 2.5:1 or flatter.

  8. Anionic PAM mixtures shall not be applied to channel bottoms.

  9. The applicator of anionic PAM mixture shall document, at the time of application, the following: name of applicator, application rate per acre, date applied, product type, weather conditions during application, and method of application. Copies of this documentation shall be entered into the contractor’s monitoring log or project diary and made available upon request.

  10. Unused liquid anionic PAM mixtures shall be minimized. Excess material shall not be applied at a rate greater than the maximum application rate. Disposal shall not occur in stormwater conveyance systems (ie. Storm sewer manholes, storm sewer inlets, ditches, and culverts).

C. Product Approval Criteria

  1. Toxicity test results shall be reviewed by the WDNR and shall receive a written product use restriction. Toxicity test results shall be submitted to: Water Quality Standards Section, WDNR, 101 South Webster St., P.O. Box 7921, Madison, WI 53707, as a pre-qualification for field testing.

  2. Anionic PAM mixtures shall achieve _ 80% reduction in soil loss as measured by a 1 hour storm duration 2”/hour rainfall simulator test performed in accordance with methods used by Bubenzer and Patterson (1982) as a prequalification for field testing.

  3. Performance of anionic PAM mixtures shall be verified and field-tested by the WisDOT or other WisDOT-designated facility.

  4. The Wisconsin Department of Transportation, Erosion Control Storm Water – Product Acceptability List Committee (ECSW), will review and approve products as per the process set forth in WisDOT’s PAL. Only products approved for use in Wisconsin may be used. Copies of the PAL are available off the State DOT web site: http://www.dot.state.wi.us. Questions may be sent to: New Products Engineer, WisDOT, Technology Advancement, 3502 Kinsman Blvd., Madison, WI 53704.

VI. Considerations

The following are additional recommendations, which may enhance the use of, or avoid problems with the practice.

A. Adding seed to the anionic PAM mixture may provide additional erosion protection beyond the life of the anionic PAM.

B. Mulching is typically needed to protect the seed from the effects of wind and sun. Seed germination is not enhanced or impeded by the anionic PAM mixture.

C. Using a minimum 30 ft setback when applying anionic PAM mixture near surface waters of the state is recommended.

D. Applying anionic PAM mixture to soil may provide benefits of improved water quality, infiltration, soil fertility, and visibility by reducing wind and water erosion.

E. For erosion control, the anionic PAM mixture may be applied upgradient of lands planted in food crops.

F. Application of anionic PAM mixture may be particularly effective in the following situations:

• During rough grading operations

• Phased construction projects

• Stockpiles

• After final grading and before paving or final seeding and planting

• Sites having a winter shutdown

• Agricultural lands where plant residues are inadequate

• Sites receiving final landscaping, but where adequate vegetation cannot be established prior to winter.

G. Application of anionic PAM mixture may not be as effective in the following situations:

• When the soil surface is pure sand or gravel with no fines.

• When applied over snow cover.

H. Visible tracer or colorant to visually track application is recommended.

I. Anionic PAM mixtures may be applied in liquid and granular forms.

J. Application rates of anionic PAM mixtures may need to be adjusted based on soil type, slope, and type of erosion targeted (ie. wind or water). Based on manufacturer’s recommendations, higher application rates may be necessary when applied in granular form.

K. Anionic PAM mixtures combined with water are very slippery and can be a safety hazard. Care must be taken to prevent spills of anionic PAM mixtures onto paved surfaces. During an application of anionic PAM mixture, prevent over-spray from reaching pavement, as pavement will become slippery.

L. Care should be taken when applying anionic PAM mixtures in liquid form on saturated slopes due to the possibility of slope structural failure. Anionic PAM mixtures may be applied to steeper slopes when used with other erosion control BMPs such as seed and mulch or erosion mat.

VII. Specifications

Erosion control and stormwater plans specifying anionic PAM mixtures for erosion control shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

Maintenance will consist of reapplying anionic PAM mixtures to disturbed areas, including high use traffic areas, which interfere in the performance of this practice. Anionic PAM mixture may lose its effectiveness in as little as two months due to weather conditions. Anionic PAM mixtures should be reapplied in areas where wind or rill erosion is apparent and whenever an area has been graded, driven upon, or otherwise disturbed since the anionic PAM mixture was last applied.

IX. References

Bubenzer, G.D., and Patterson, A.E., Intake Rate: Sprinkler Infiltrometer, Method of Soil Analysis, Part 1 Physical and Mineralogical Method, Second Edition, Chapter 33, pp. 845-870. (Agronomy Monograph Series #9, 1982). Managing Irrigation-Induced Erosion And Infiltration With Polyacrylamide, Proceedings From First Conference, University of Idaho Miscellaneous Publication No. 101-96, (Kimberly, Idaho, USDA-ARS Northwest Irrigation and Soils Research Lab, 1996).

Roa-Espinosa, A., Bubenzer, G.D. and Miyashita, E., Sediment and Runoff Control on Construction Sites Using Four Application Methods of Polyacrylamide Mix, National Conference on Tools for Urban Water Resource Management and Protection, Chicago, February 7-10, 2000, pp. 278- (EPA, 2000).

Roa-Espinosa, A., Bubenzer, G.D. and Miyashita, E., Determination of PAM Use in Erosion Control on Construction Sites, 1st Inter-Regional Conference on Environment-Water: Innovative Issues in Irrigation and Drainage, Lisbon, Portugal, September 1998 (Portuguese National Committee of ICID, 1998).

Roa- Espinosa, A., Are there Safety Concerns or Environmental Concerns with PAM? (Dane County Land Conservation Department, 1997).

Sojka, R.E. and Lentz, R.D., “A PAM Primer: A brief history of PAM and PAM related issues,” http://kimberly.ars.usda.gov, (Kimberly, ID: USDA-ARS Northwest Irrigation and Soils Research Lab, 1996).

Wisconsin Administration Code (Wis.Adm.Code), Legislative Reference Bureau, Section 35.84 of the statutes (available online: http://legis.wisconsin.gov/rsb/code.htm).

Special recognition goes to Steve Decker of Construction Fabrics & Materials Corp. (CFM). Steve was invaluable during the development of this technical standard because of his extensive field experience, his personal commitment to funding the research for toxicity testing, his vision and his steadfast determination to find an environmentally safe and effective erosion control product.

Mulching For

Construction Sites

1058 (06/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

Mulching is the application of organic material to the soil surface to protect it from raindrop impact and overland flow. Mulch covers the soil and absorbs the erosive impact of rainfall and reduces the flow velocity of runoff.

II. Purpose

This practice may be used to:

• Reduce soil erosion

• Aid in seed germination and establishment of plant cover

• Conserve soil moisture

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice may be applied on exposed soils as a temporary control where soil grading or landscaping has taken place or in conjunction with temporary or permanent seeding. Mulching is generally not appropriate in areas of concentrated flow.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations or permit requirements governing mulching. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Site Preparation:

Soil surface shall be prepared prior to the application of mulch in order to achieve the desired purpose and to ensure optimum contact between soil and mulch. All areas to be mulched shall be reasonably free of rills and gullies.

B. Materials:

Mulch shall consist of natural biodegradable material such as plant residue (including but not limited to straw, hay, wood chips, bark and wood cellulose fiber), or other equivalent materials of sufficient dimension (depth or thickness) and durability to achieve the intended effect for the required time period.

Mulch shall be environmentally harmless to wildlife and plants. Materials such as gravel, plastic, fabric, sawdust, municipal solid waste, solid waste byproducts1, shredded paper, and non-biodegradable products shall not be used.

Mulch shall be free of diseased plant residue (i.e. oak wilt), noxious weed seeds, harmful chemical residues, heavy metals, hydrocarbons and other known environmental toxicants.

Marsh hay shall not be used as mulch in lowland areas but may be used on upland sites to prevent the spread of invasive, non-native species (i.e. reed canary grass) commonly found in marsh hay.

Straw and hay mulch that will be crimped shall have a minimum fiber length of 6 inches.

Wood chips or wood bark shall only be used for sites that are not seeded.

C. Application Rate:

  1. Mulch shall cover a minimum of 80% of the soil surface for unseeded areas. For seeded areas, mulch shall be placed loose and open enough to allow some sunlight to penetrate and air to circulate but still cover a minimum of 70% of the soil surface.

  2. Mulch shall be applied at a uniform rate of 1½ to 2 tons per acre for sites that are seeded, and 2 to 3 tons per acre for sites that are not seeded. This application results in a layer of ½ to 1½ inches thick for seeded sites, and 1½ to 3 inches thick for sites not seeded.

  3. Wood chips or wood bark shall be applied at a rate of 6 to 9 tons per acre to achieve a minimum of 80% ground cover. This application should result in a layer of wood chips or wood bark ½ to 1½ inches thick.

D. Mulch Anchoring Methods

Anchoring of mulch shall be based on the type of mulch applied, site conditions, and accomplished by one of the following techniques:

  1. Crimping

Immediately after spreading, the mulch shall be anchored by a mulch crimper or equivalent device consisting of a series of dull flat discs with notched edges spaced approximately 8 inches apart. The mulch shall be impressed in the soil to a depth of 1 to 3 inches.

  1. Polypropylene Plastic, or Biodegradable Netting

Apply plastic netting over mulch application and staple according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

  1. Tackifier

Tackifier shall be sprayed in conjunction with mulch or immediately after the mulch has been placed. Tackifiers must be selected from those that meet the WisDOT Erosion Control Product Acceptability List (PAL). Asphalt based products shall not be applied.

The tackifiers shall be applied at the following minimum application rates per acre:

a. Latex-Base: mix 15 gallons of adhesive (or the manufacturer’s recommended rate which ever is greater) and a minimum of 250 pounds of recycled newsprint (pulp) as a tracer with 375 gallons of water.

b. Guar Gum: mix 50 pounds of dry adhesive (or the manufacturer’s recommended rate which ever is greater) and a minimum of 250 pounds of recycled newsprint (pulp) as tracer with 1,300 gallons of water.

c. Other Tackifiers: (Hydrophilic Polymers) mix 100 pounds of dry adhesive (or the manufacturer’s recommended rate which ever is greater) and a minimum of 250 pounds of recycled newsprint (pulp) as a tracer with 1,300 gallons of water.

VI. Considerations

A. Wood products typically absorb available soil nitrogen as they degrade, thus making it unavailable for seed.

B. The use of mulch behind curb and gutter may not be desirable unless anchored by netting, because air turbulence from nearby traffic can displace the mulch. Consider the use of erosion mat or sod as an alternative.

C. In areas where lawn type turf will be established, the use of tackifiers is the preferred anchoring method. Crimping will tend to leave an uneven surface and plastic netting can become displaced and entangled in mowing equipment.

D. A heavier application of mulch may be desired to prevent seedlings from being damaged by frost.

E. It may be beneficial to apply polyacrylimide in addition to mulch. Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard (1050) Erosion Control Land Application of Anionic Polyacrylamide for information about the advantages and proper use of polymers.

F. Concentrated flows above the site where mulch is applied should be diverted.

G. Mulch should be placed within 24 hours of seeding.

H. Mulching operations should not be performed during periods of excessively high winds that would preclude the proper placement of mulch.

I. Materials such as gravel may be effective for erosion control but are not considered mulches.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for mulching shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Type of mulch used

  2. Application rate

  3. Timing of application

  4. Method of anchoring

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedules for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

Mulch shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24 hour period.

Mulch that is displaced shall be reapplied and properly anchored. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

IX. References

WisDOT’s Erosion Control Product Acceptability List (PAL) can be found on the WisDOT web site: http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm. Printed copies are no longer being distributed.

X. Definitions

Noxious weed (V.B): Any weed a governing body declares to be noxious within its respective boundaries. The State of Wisconsin list of noxious weeds can be found in s. 66.0407, Stats.

Solid Waste Byproducts (V.B): Includes industrial, commercial, residential, and agricultural wastes that have been processed, incinerated, or composted and still contain inorganic wastes such as glass and metals and organic wastes including plastics, textiles, rubber, leather, and other miscellaneous organic wastes which may be toxic or hazardous in nature.

Non-Channel Erosion Mat

1052 (08/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A protective soil cover made of straw, wood, coconut fiber or other suitable plant residue, or plastic fibers formed into a mat, usually with a plastic or biodegradable mesh on one or both sides. Erosion mats are rolled products available in many varieties and combinations of material and with varying life spans.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to protect the soil surface from the erosive effect of rainfall and prevent sheet erosion 1 during the establishment of grass or other vegetation, and to reduce soil moisture loss due to evaporation. This practice applies to both Erosion Control Revegetative Mats (ECRM) and Turf-Reinforcement Mats (TRM).

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This standard applies to erosion mat selection for use on erodible slopes.

This standard is not for channel erosion; for channel applications reference WDNR Conservation Practice Standard (1053) Channel Erosion Mat.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of erosion mat. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum allowable standards for design, installation and performance requirements. Only Wisconsin Department of Transportation (WisDOT) Erosion Control Product Acceptability List (PAL) approved mats will be accepted for use in this standard.

Slope and slope length shall be taken into consideration. This information can be found in the Slope Erosion Control Matrix located in the PAL.

To differentiate applications Erosion mats are organized into three Classes of mats, which are further broken down into various Types.

A. Class I: A short-term duration (minimum of 6 months), light duty, organic mat with photodegradable plastic or biodegradable netting.

  1. Type A – Use on erodible slopes 2.5:1 or flatter.

  2. Type B – Double netted product for use on erodible slopes 2:1 or flatter.

B. Class I, Urban: A short-term duration (minimum of 6 months), light duty, organic erosion control mat for areas where mowing may be accomplished within two weeks after installation.

  1. Urban, Type A – Use on erodible soils with slopes 4:1 or flatter.

  2. Urban, Type B – A double netted product for use on slopes 2.5:1 or flatter.

C. Class II: A long-term duration (three years or greater), organic erosion control revegetative mat.

  1. Type A – Jute fiber only for use on slopes 2:1 or flatter for sod reinforcement.

  2. Type B – For use on slopes 2:1 or greater made with plastic or biodegradable net.

  3. Type C – A woven mat of 100% organic fibers for use on slopes 2:1 or flatter and in environmentally and biologically sensitive areas where plastic netting is inappropriate.

D. Class III: A permanent 100% synthetic ECRM or TRM. Either a soil stabilizer Type A or Class I, Type A or B erosion mat must be placed over the soil filled TRM.

  1. Type A – An ECRM for use on slopes 2:1 or flatter.

  2. Type B or C – A TRM for use on slopes 2:1 or flatter.

  3. Type D – A TRM for use on slopes 1:1 or flatter.

E. Material Selection

  1. For mats that utilize netting, the netting shall be bonded to the parent material to prevent separation of the net for the life of the product.

  2. For urban class mats the following material requirements shall be adhered to:

a. Only 100% organic biodegradable netted products are allowed, including parent material, stitching, and netting.

b. The netting shall be stitched with biodegradable thread/yarn to prevent separation of the net from parent material.

c. All materials and additive components used to manufacture the anchoring devices shall be completely biodegradable as determined by ASTM D 5338.

d. Mats with photodegradable netting shall not be installed after September 1st.

F. Installation

  1. ECRMs shall be installed after all topsoiling, fertilizing, liming and seeding is complete.

  2. The mat shall be in firm and intimate contact with the soil. It shall be installed and anchored per the manufacturer’s recommendation.

  3. TRM shall be installed in conjunction with the topsoiling operation and shall be followed by ECRM installation.

  4. At time of installation, document the manufacturer and mat type by retention of material labels and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Retain this documentation until the site has been stabilized.

VI. Considerations

A. Urban mats may be used in lieu of sod.

B. Documentation of materials used, monitoring logs, project diary and weekly inspection forms, including erosion and stormwater management plans, should be turned over to the authority charged with long term maintenance of the site.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing erosion mat shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of erosion mat

  2. Installation Sequence

  3. Material specification conforming to standard

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Erosion mat shall at a minimum be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. If there are signs of rilling under the mat, install more staples or more frequent anchoring trenches. If rilling becomes severe enough to prevent establishment of vegetation, remove the section of mat where the damage has occurred. Fill the eroded area with topsoil, compact, reseed and replace the section of mat, trenching and overlapping ends per manufacturer’s recommendations. Additional staking is recommended near where rilling was filled.

C. If the reinforcing plastic netting has separated from the mat, remove the plastic and if necessary replace the mat.

D. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

IX. References

WisDOT “Erosion Control Product Acceptability List” is available online at http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm. Printed copies are no longer distributed.

X. Definitions

Sheet and Rill Erosion (II): Sheet and rill erosion is the removal of soil by the action of rainfall and shallow overland runoff. It is the first stage in water erosion. As flow becomes more concentrated rills occur. As soil detachment continues or flow increases, rills will become wider and deeper forming gullies.

Erosion Control Revegetative Mats (ECRM) (II): Erosion control revegetative mats are designed to be placed on the soil surface.

Turf-Reinforcement Mats (TRM) (II): Turf-reinforcement mats are permanent devices constructed from various types of synthetic materials and buried below the surface to help stabilize the soil. TRMs must be used in conjunction with an ECRM or an approved Type A soil stabilizer.

Sediment Bale Barrier

(Non-Channel)

1055 (08/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in IX. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A temporary sediment barrier consisting of a row of entrenched and anchored straw bales, hay bales or equivalent material used to intercept sediment-laden sheet flow from small drainage areas of disturbed soil.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to reduce slope length of the disturbed area and to intercept and retain transported sediment from disturbed areas.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

A. This standard applies to the following applications where:

  1. Erosion occurs in the form of sheet and rill erosion1. There is no concentration of water flowing to the barrier (channel erosion).

  2. Where adjacent areas need protection from sediment-laden runoff.

  3. Effectiveness is required for less than 3 months.

  4. Conditions allow for the bales to be properly entrenched and staked as outlined in the Criteria Section V.

B. Under no circumstance shall sediment bale barriers be used in the following applications:

  1. Below the ordinary high watermark or placed perpendicular to flow in streams, swales, ditches or any place where flow is concentrated.

  2. Where the maximum gradient upslope of the sediment bale barriers is greater than 50% (2:1).

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of the sediment bale barrier. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Placement

  1. At a minimum, sediment bale barriers shall be placed in a single row, lengthwise on the contour, with the ends of adjacent sediment bale barriers tightly abutting one another. The holes between bales shall be chinked (filled by wedging) with straw, hay or equivalent material to prevent water from escaping between the bales.

  2. The maximum allowable slope lengths contributing runoff to a sediment bale barrier are specified in Table 1.

Table 1

  • See PDF for table
  1. Sediment bale barriers shall not be placed perpendicular to the contour.

  2. The end of the sediment bale barrier shall be extended upslope to prevent water from flowing around the barrier ends.

B. Height – Installed sediment bale barrier shall be a minimum of 10 inches high and shall not exceed a maximum height of 20 inches from ground level.

C. Anchoring and Support

  1. The barrier shall be entrenched and backfilled. A trench shall be excavated the width of a sediment bale barrier and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4 inches. After bales are staked and chinked, the excavated soil shall be backfilled and compacted against the barrier. Backfill to ground level on the down slope side. On the upslope side of the sediment bale barrier backfill to 4 inches above ground level.

  2. At least two wood stakes, “T” or “U” steel posts, or ½ inch rebar driven through at equidistance along the centerline of the barrier shall securely anchor each bale. The minimum cross sectional area for wood stakes shall be 2.0 by 2.0 inches nominal. The first stake in each bale shall be driven toward the previously laid bale to force the bales together. Stakes shall be driven a minimum 12-inches into the ground to securely anchor the sediment bale barriers.

  3. Bales shall be installed so that bindings are oriented around the sides rather than along the tops and bottoms of the bales in order to prevent deterioration of the bindings.

VI. Considerations

A. Improper placement as well as improper installation and maintenance of sediment bale barriers will significantly decrease the effectiveness of this practice.

B. Sediment bale barriers should not be used upslope of the disturbed area.

C. A double row of sediment bale barriers may be installed in areas where additional protection is needed.

D. For safety, place all anchoring flush with the sediment bale barrier or cap any exposed anchoring device.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing sediment bale barriers shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of sediment bale barrier

  2. Contributory drainage area

  3. Schedules

  4. Standard drawings and installation details

  5. Restoration after removal

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Sediment bale barriers shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. Damaged or decomposed sediment bale barriers, any undercutting, or flow channels around the end of the sediment bale barriers shall be repaired.

C. Sediment shall be properly disposed of once the deposits reach 1/2 the height of the sediment bale barrier.

D. Sediment bale barriers and anchoring devices shall be removed and properly disposed of when they have served their usefulness, but not before the upslope areas have been permanently stabilized.

E. Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the sediment bale barrier is no longer required shall be dressed to conform to the existing grade, prepared and seeded.

IX. Definitions

Channel Erosion (III.A.1): The deepening and widening of a channel due to soil loss caused by flowing water. As rills become larger and flows begin to concentrate soil detachment occurs primarily as a result of shear. The transport capacity of the flow in a channel is based on the availability of sediment and is a monatomic function of velocity.

Sheet and Rill Erosion (III.A.1): Sheet and rill erosion is the removal of soil by the action of rainfall and shallow overland runoff. It is the first stage in water erosion. As flow becomes more concentrated rills occur. As soil detachment continues or flow increases, rills will become wider and deeper forming gullies.

Sediment Basin

1064 (03/06)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A sediment control device constructed with an engineered outlet, formed by excavation or embankment to intercept sediment-laden runoff and retain the sediment.

II. Purposes

Detain sediment-laden runoff from disturbed areas for sufficient time to allow the majority of the sediment to settle out.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

Sediment basins are utilized in areas of concentrated flow or points of discharge during construction activities. Sediment basins shall be constructed at locations accessible for clean out. Site conditions must allow for runoff to be directed into the basin.

Sediment basins are designed to be in place until the contributory drainage area has been stabilized1. Sediment basins are temporary and serve drainage areas up to 100 acres however other conservation practices are often more economical for smaller drainage areas. For drainage areas smaller than 5 acres sediment traps or ditch checks may be applicable; for design criteria refer to WDNR conservation Practice Standard Sediment Trap (1063) or Ditch Check (1062).

Design to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Wet Detention Basin (1001) when a permanent stormwater basin is required.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of sediment basins. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements. Sediment basins meeting these design criteria are deemed 80% effective by design in trapping sediment.

A. Timing – Sediment basins shall be constructed prior to disturbance of up-slope areas and placed so they function during all phases of construction. Sediment basins shall be placed in locations where runoff from disturbed areas can be diverted into the basin.

B. Sizing Criteria – Properly sized sediment basins are more effective at trapping fine-grained particles than sediment traps. Specific trapping efficiency varies based on the surface area and the particle size distribution of the sediment entering the device. See Figure 1 for clarification of terms. Attachment 1 includes a sample design problem.

Treatment Surface Area – The surface area of the sediment basin measured at the invert of the lowest outlet. The treatment surface area shall be sized based on the texture of the soil entering the device and the peak outflow during the 1-year, 24-hour design storm using Equation 1:

Sa = 1.2 * (qout / vs)

Where:

Sa = Treatment surface area measured at the invert of the lowest outlet of sediment basin (square feet)

qout = Peak outflow (cubic feet / second) during the 1-year, 24-hour design storm for the principal outlet

vs = Particle settling velocity (feet/second)

1.2 = EPA recommended safety factor

Particle settling velocities (Vs) shall be based on representative soil class as follows:

a. Soil Class 1: vs = 1.2*10-3 ft/sec

b. Soil Class 2: vs = 7.3*10-5 ft/sec

c. Soil Class 3: vs = 1.2*10-5 ft/sec

Note: Particle settling velocities calculated assuming a specific gravity of 2.65 and a water temperature of 68 degrees Fahrenheit.

Soil Class 1 includes particles greater than 20 microns generally corresponding to sand, loamy sand, and sandy loam.

Soil Class 2 includes particles between 5 and 20 microns generally corresponding to loam, silt, and silt loam aggregates as transported in runoff.

Soil Class 3 includes particles between 2 and 5 microns generally corresponding to clay loam, silty clay, and clay aggregates as transported in runoff.

The representative soil class shall be selected based on the dominant textural class of the soil entering the device.

The treatment surface area of sediment basins can be reduced when used in conjunction with water applied polymers. When employing polymers, size the treatment surface area for controlling fine soils (Class 3) using the settling velocity for medium soils (Class 2). When designing for medium sized soils (Class 2) use the settling velocity for coarse soils (Class 1). See WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers (1051) for criteria governing the proper use and selection of polymers.

Depth below Treatment Surface Area – The depth below the treatment surface area as measured from the invert of the lowest outlet of the sediment basin shall be a minimum of 5 feet deep (2 feet for sediment storage plus 3 feet to protect against scour/ resuspension) and a maximum of 10 feet deep to limit the potential for thermal stratification.

Due to side slope requirements and safety shelf considerations it maybe difficult to maintain 5 feet of depth for the entire treatment surface area. Therefore, 50% of the total treatment surface area shall be a minimum of 5 feet deep. For basins less than 5,000 square feet, maximize the area of 5 feet depth.

Interior side slopes below the lowest invert shall be 2:1 (horizontal: vertical) or flatter to maintain soil stability.

While a permanent pool of water below the lowest invert may form, it is not required to be maintained through irrigation or installation of a liner system.

Active Storage Volume – The volume above the treatment surface area shall be calculated using one of the following methods:

a. The method outlined in TR-55 for determining the storage volume for detention basins. This can be accomplished by using Figure 2 where:

qo = Peak outflow (cubic feet / second) during the 1-year, 24-hour design storm for the principal outlet calculated using Equation 1 (see section V.B.1).

qi = Calculated peak inflow or runoff rate (cubic feet / second) during the 1-year, 24-hour design storm.

Vr = Calculated volume of runoff from the 1-year 24-hour design storm for the entire contributory area with the maximum area of disturbance characterized as bare soil.

Vs = Is the required active storage volume determined using Figure 2.

b. The active storage volume may be calculated based on routing the 1-year, 24-hour storm provided the principal outlet requirements stipulated in section V.D.2 are maintained. This method will require the use of a model.

Note: Both these methods require iterative calculations.

Shape – The length to width ratio of the flow path shall be maximized with a goal of 3:1 or greater. The flow path is considered the general direction of water flow within the basin including the treatment surface area and any forebay.

C. Embankments – Earthen embankments shall be designed to address potential risk and structural integrity issues such as seepage and saturation. All constructed earthen embankments shall meet the following criteria.

  1. The base of the embankment shall be stripped of all vegetation, stumps, topsoil and other organic matter.

  2. Side slopes shall be 3:1 or flatter. The minimum embankment top width shall be adequate to provide structural stability. Where applicable the top width shall be wide enough to provide maintenance access.

  3. There shall be a core trench or key-way along the embankment.

Any pipes extending through the embankment shall be bedded and backfilled with equivalent soils used to construct the embankment. The bedding and backfill shall be compacted in lifts and to the same standard as the original embankment. Excavation through a completed embankment shall have a minimum side slope of 1:1 or flatter.

Measures shall be taken to minimize seepage along any conduit buried in the embankment.

D. Outlet – Sediment basins shall have both a principal outlet and an overflow spillway.

  1. Timing – Outlets must be constructed in conjunction with the remainder of the basin and must be constructed prior to the basin receiving runoff. Sediment basins are ineffective until the outlet is constructed.

  2. Principal Water Quality Outlet – The principal water quality outlet shall be designed to pass the 1-year 24-hour storm without use of the overflow spillway or other outlet structures. The maximum outflow (qo) from the principal water quality outlet shall be less than or equal to the qo used in Equation 1 (V.B.1). If the sediment basin is to serve as a permanent stormwater basin, the principal outlet structure can be modified (i.e. removable plates) to meet flow requirements encountered during and after construction; separate outlet structures do not need to be constructed.

Note: Local ordinances may require control of larger storm events such as the 2-year 24 hour storms. In these cases, additional or compound outlets maybe required.

  1. Overflow (Emergency) Spillway – An overflow spillway shall be provided consisting of an open channel constructed adjacent to the embankment and built over a stabilized area. The spillway shall be designed to carry the peak rate of runoff expected from a 10-year, 24-hour design storm or one commensurate with the degree of hazard, less any reduction due to flow in the principal outlet. The top of the embankment shall be at least one foot above the design high water level and a minimum of 1 foot above the invert of the overflow spillway. The overflow spillway shall be protected from erosion. Flow from the overflow spillway shall be directed away from the embankment.

  2. Outlet Protection – All outlet designs shall incorporate preventive measures for ice damage, trash accumulation, and erosion at the outfall. For orifices less than 8-inches in diameter, or equivalent, additional measures to prevent clogging are required.

E. Inlet Protection – Inlets shall be designed to prevent scour and reduce velocities during peak flows. Possible design options include flow diffusion, plunge pools, directional berms, baffles, or other energy dissipation structures.

F. Location – Temporary sediment basins should be located to provide access for cleanout and disposal of trapped sediment.

G. Removal – Temporary sediment basins shall be removed after the contributing drainage area has been stabilized. Complete final grading and restoration according to the site plans. If standing water needs to be removed it shall be done in accordance with WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Dewatering (1061).

VI. Considerations

A. When constructing a sediment basin that will also serve as the long-term stormwater detention pond, build the sediment basin to the larger of the two sizes required either for stormwater control or erosion control. In addition, when sizing the outlet structure first design the outlet for the long-term stormwater management requirements then check to satisfy the flow requirements for sediment control during construction. If additional flow restriction is needed consider use of a temporary restriction plates or other measures to avoid having to construct separate outlet structures for the sediment basin and stormwater basin.

B. Over-excavation beyond the required depth in the sediment storage area of the sediment basin may allow for less frequent maintenance. Addition of other measures in the contributing drainage area may reduce sediment accumulation and associated maintenance requirements.

C. The use of a sediment forebay can extend the useful life of the main sediment storage area by trapping the majority of sediment in the forebay area. Separation of the forebay from the rest of the basin requires construction of a submerged shelf (if wet) or a stone or stabilized earthen embankment. The forebay should have a surface area equal to at least 12% of the total basin area.

D. In addition to soil stability issues, interior slopes of sediment basins should be selected based on safety issues commensurate with the degree of hazard.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing sediment basins shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose.

  1. Location of sediment basin

  2. Schedules and sequence of installation and removal

  3. Standard drawings and installation details

  4. Control structure detail and layout

  5. Sizing of sediment storage area

  6. Maintenance requirements

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include sequence for installation, inspection, and maintenance requirements. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Sediment basins shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. Sediment shall be removed to maintain the three foot depth of the treatment surface area as measured from the invert of the principal outlet. Sediment may need to be removed more frequently.

C. If the outlet becomes clogged it shall be cleaned to restore flow capacity.

D. Provisions for proper disposal of the sediment removed shall be made.

E. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

IX. References

Chapter NR 333, Dam and Design Construction.

Hann, Barfield, and Hayes. Design Hydrology and Sedimentology for Small Catchments. Academic Press Inc., 1994.

Robert E. Pitt, Small Storm Hydrology.

US Bureau of Reclamation, Design of Small Dams. http://www.usbr.gov/pmts/hydraulics_lab/pubs/index.cfm.

USDA, Natural Resources Conservation Service, Ponds – Planning, Design, Construction. Agriculture Handbook No. 590, Revised September 1997.

WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1001 Wet Detention Basin.

X. Definitions

Active Storage Volume (V.B.3) – Is measured from the invert of the lowest outlet to the invert of the emergency spillway.

Stabilized (III) – Means protecting exposed soil from erosion.

Treatment Surface Area (V.B.1) – Is the surface area of the sediment basin measured at the invert of the lowest outlet.

Figure 1

Clarification of Sediment Basin Terminology

  • See PDF for diagram

Figure 2

Approximate Detention Basin Routing for Type II Storms

  • See PDF for diagram

Rainfall Quantities:

Table 1 provides a summary of the 1-year, 24-hour rainfall totals using NRCS mandated TP-40 which has not been updated since 1961. Table 2 provides a summary of more current data from the Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the Midwest published in 1992. Local requirements may dictate the use of one dataset over the other.

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

Attachment 1

Sample Sediment Basin Design Problem

The proper sizing and design of a sediment basin will often require iterative calculations. The technical standard for sizing sediment basins was written to give the designer as much flexibility as possible in designing the basin while meeting water quality requirements. The governing equation relates the surface area of the sediment basin to the outflow and critical particle settling velocity. The larger the sediment basin outflow, the larger the surface area required to settle the particle. As the outflow is reduced, a smaller surface area is required however the required storage volume dictates how small a surface area can become through the storage depth or hydraulic head acting on the outlet.

The particle settling velocities are listed in the standard requiring the designer to either start with a desired outflow based on an outlet size or an estimated starting surface area. The sample equation below starts with an estimated surface area.

Sample Problem:

A 10 acre site is being developed into condos. Eight acres of the site are being disturbed while 2 acres of forest are remaining undisturbed. The dominate soils on the site are silt loam. The 1-year, 24-hour design storm is 2.25 inches.

Step 1: Calculate runoff volume and peak using TR-55 or approved method.

From TR-55 the curve number (CN) for the disturbed area is 86 and the CN for the forested area is 55 resulting in a composite CN of 80. Using TR-55, the runoff volume calculated for the 1-year 24-hour design storm is 0.7 inches (0.6 acre-feet for the entire 10-acre site). The time of concentration was calculated as 0.4 hours resulting in a peak flow of 6 cfs.

Step 2: Begin sizing sediment basin using Equation 1. The technical standard lists silt loam under particle class 2 with a settling velocity of 7.3*10-5 ft/sec. We are also going to assume a starting surface area of 0.25 acres (10,890 ft2). An alternative approach is to assume an outflow velocity.

SA = 1.2 * (qout / vs)

Solve for qout: 10,980 ft2 = 1.2 * (qout / 7.3*10-5 ft/sec)

qout = 0.67 cfs

Step 3: Using Figure 2: Approximate Detention Basin Routing for Type II Storms determines the volume of storage (VS) needed.

qout = 0.67 cfs (calculated in Step 2)

qin = 6.0 cfs (peak flow calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

VR = 0.6 acre-feet (volume of runoff calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

qout / qin = 0.67 cfs / 6.0 cfs = 0.11. Using Figure 2 with a qout / qin = 0.11, the VS/VR is determined to be 0.54. Therefore the VS = 0.54 * 0.6 acre-feet = 0.324 acre-feet (14,113 ft3)

Step 4: Check configuration: Calculate maximum head on outlet using surface area and volume.

SA = 10,890 ft2 and a VS = 14,113 ft3 we get a depth (H) of 1.29 feet = 14,113 ft3 / 10,890 ft2

Step 5: Size Outlet: Assuming an orifice type outlet calculate the size needed to meet the qout calculated in Step 1 and the H calculated in Step 4.

Using the orifice equation: qout = CA(2gH)1/2 with C=0.6 (coefficient) , A = Area = ft2, g = 32.2, and H = hydraulic head expressed in feet.

qout = 0.6A(232.2 H)1/2 so 0.66 = 0.6A(232.21.29)1/2 therefore A = .12 ft2

An area of 0.12 ft2 corresponds to an orifice outlet of 4.7 inches in diameter.

Step 6: Iteration: While the above solution works, the sediment basin has not been optimally sized and we have an orifice diameter that is not a standard pipe size. An iterative approach can be used to reduce the surface area of the sediment basin and obtain a more common orifice diameter. We can assume a 4-inch orifice since it is close to diameter calculated in Step 5 and we can start with the depth we calculated in Step 4. The iterations below each represent Steps 2 through 5.

Iteration 1:

qout = 0.43 (H) 1/2 = 0.43 (1.29) 1/2 = 0.48 cfs which is less than the 0.66 cfs calculated in Step 1. Therefore, we can go back to Step 1 and repeat the sizing procedure and downsize the sediment basin.

SA = 1.2 * (qout / vs) = 1.2 * (0.48 cfs / 7.3*10-5 ft/sec) = 7,890 ft2

Using Figure 2:

qout = 0.48 cfs

qin = 6.0 cfs (peak flow calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

VR = 0.6 acre-feet (volume of runoff calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

qout / qin = 0.48 cfs / 6.0 cfs = 0.08. Using Figure 2 with a qout / qin = 0.08, the VS/VR is determined to be 0.62. Therefore the VS = 0.62 * 0.6 acre-feet = 0.372 acre-feet (16,204 ft3)

SA = 7,890 ft2 and a VS = 16,204 ft3 we get a depth (H) of 2.05 feet = 16,204 ft3 / 7,890 ft2

qout = 0.43 (H) 1/2 = 0.43 (2.05) 1/2 = 0.61 cfs which is more than the 0.48 cfs we used so iterate.

Iteration 2:

SA = 1.2 * (qout / vs) = 1.2 * (0.61 cfs / 7.3*10-5 ft/sec) = 10,027 ft2

Using Figure 2:

qout = 0.61 cfs

qin = 6.0 cfs (peak flow calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

VR = 0.6 acre-feet (volume of runoff calculated using TR-55 in Step 1)

qout / qin = 0.61 cfs / 6.0 cfs = 0.10 Using Figure 2 with a qout / qin = 0.10, the VS/VR is determined to be 0.54. Therefore the VS = 0.54 * 0.6 acre-feet = 0.324 acre-feet (14,113 ft3)

SA = 10,027 ft2 and a VS = 14,113 ft3 we get a depth (H) of 1.41 feet = 14,113 ft3 / 10,027 ft2

qout = 0.43 (H) 1/2 = 0.43 (1.41) 1/2 = 0.51 cfs which is less than the 0.61 cfs we used so we are OK or we can iterate again until we have qout that are almost identical.

After Iteration 2, we have a sediment basin with a SA = 10,027 ft2 and a VS = 14,113 ft3. We have a principal water quality outlet consisting of a 4-inch orifice. This design meets the water quality requirements of the technical standard.

Sediment Trap

1063 (09/05)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

I. Definition

A temporary1 sediment control device formed by excavation and/or embankment to intercept sediment-laden runoff and to retain the sediment.

II. Purposes

To detain sediment-laden runoff from disturbed areas for sufficient time to allow the majority of the sediment to settle out.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

Sediment traps are utilized in areas of concentrated flow or points of discharge during construction activities. Sediment traps shall be constructed at locations accessible for clean out. Sediment traps are designed to be in place until the contributory drainage area has been stabilized. The contributory drainage area shall be a maximum of 5 acres. For concentrated flow areas smaller than one acre, ditch checks may be installed; refer to WDNR conservation practice standard Ditch Check (1062). For larger drainage areas and/or for sediment basins requiring an engineered outlet structure refer to WDNR conservation practice standard Sediment Basin (1064) or Wet Detention Basin (1001).

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of sediment traps. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Timing – Sediment traps shall be constructed prior to disturbance of up-slope areas and placed so they function during all phases of construction. Sediment traps shall be placed in locations where runoff from disturbed areas can be diverted into the traps.

B. Sizing Criteria – Properly sized sediment traps are relatively effective at trapping medium and coarse-grained particles. To effectively trap fine-grained particles, the sediment trap must employ a large surface area or polymers. The specific trapping efficiency of a sediment trap varies based on the surface area, depth of dead storage, and the particle size distribution and concentration of sediment entering the device.

  1. Surface Area – The minimum surface area of a sediment trap shall be based on the dominant textural class of the soil entering the device. The surface area calculated below represents the surface for the permanent pool area (if wet) or the surface area for the dead storage. This surface area is measured at the invert of the stone outlet (see Figure 1).

a. For coarse textured soils (loamy sand, sandy loam, and sand):

As (coarse) = 625 * Adr

b. For medium textured soils (loams, silt loams, and silt):

As (medium) = 1560 * Adr

c. For fine textured soils (sandy clay, silty clay, silty clay loam, clay loam, and clay):

As (fine) = 5300 * Adr

For the equations above:

As = surface area of storage volume in square feet

Adr = contributory drainage area in acres

Note: The equations above were derived using a representative particle distribution for detached sediment for each textural class.

Sediment traps designed based on this standard will achieve 80% reduction of suspended solids for the drainage area.

d. The surface area of sediment traps used in areas with fine to medium sized soils can be reduced when used in conjunction with water applied polymers. When employing polymers, size the surface area for controlling fine particles using the criteria for medium soils (V.B.1.b.) and when controlling medium sized particles use the sizing equation contained in (V.B.1.a.) for coarse soils. See WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers (1051) for criteria governing the proper use and selection of polymers.

  1. Depth – The depth of the sediment trap measured from the sediment trap bottom to the invert of the stone outlet, shall be at least three feet to minimize re-suspension and provide storage for sediment.

  2. Shape – The sediment trap shall have a length to width ratio of at least 2:1. The position of the outlet to the inlet shall be as such to minimize short-circuiting of the water flow path.

  3. Side Slopes – Side slopes shall be no steeper than 2:1.

Note: A sediment trap sized with the surface area equations above, a three-foot depth, and 2:1 side slopes will generally result in an 80% sediment reduction. Slopes flatter than 2:1 will require larger surface areas to provide adequate storage.

C. Embankment – Embankments of temporary sediment traps shall not exceed five feet in height measured from the downstream toe of the embankment to the top of the embankment. Construct embankments with a minimum top width of four feet, and side slopes of 2:1 or flatter. Earthen embankments shall be compacted. Where sediment traps are employed as a perimeter control, the embankments shall have stabilization practices place prior to receiving runoff.

D. Outlet – Sediment traps shall be constructed with both a principal and emergency spillway. The stone outlet of a sediment trap shall consist of a stone section of embankment (stone outlet) located at the discharge point. The stone outlet section provides a means of dewatering the basin back to the top of the permanent storage between storm events, and also serves as a non-erosive emergency spillway for larger flow events.

  1. Outlet Size – The size of the outlet shall depend on the contributory drainage area and desired outflow. The length of the stone outlet / weir outlet can be calculated based on the size of the drainage area found in Table 1. Refer to section IX References for the equation used to calculate flow through a stone outlet or gabion.

Table 1 Weir Length

  • See PDF for table

The emergency spillway (top of the weir) shall be sized to adequately pass the 10-year 24-hour storm without over topping the sediment trap. The crest of the spillway shall be at least one foot below the top of the embankment. The, minimum weir lengths provided in Table 1 are adequate to pass the 10 year event.

Note: The weir length has little effect on overall treatment efficiency provided the sizing criteria in Section V.B. is adhered to. The stone outlet shall have a minimum top width of 2 feet and a maximum side-slope of 2:1. Discharge from the sediment basin shall be safely conveyed to a stormwater facility, drainage way, or waterbody. The discharge velocity shall be below the velocity to initiate scour unless appropriate stabilization methods are employed.

  1. Stone Size – Stone shall consist of angular well graded 3 to 6 inch clear washed stone.

  2. Keyway Trench – The stone outlet shall be protected from undercutting by excavating a keyway trench across the stone foundation and up the sides to the height of the outlet. See Figure 1. Underlying with geotextile fabric is optional.

E. Provide access for cleanout and disposal of trapped sediment.

VI Considerations

A. Sediment traps generally require excessive surface areas to settle clay particles and fine silts. If these conditions exist on the site consider using a sediment basin (DNR Conservation Practice Standard Sediment Basin 1064) or adding polymer to the sediment trap. See WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers (1051) for criteria governing the use of polymers

B. To improve trapping efficiency, filter fabric can be placed on the up-slope side of the stone outlet / gabion and anchored with stone. When fabric is utilized to enhance filtering, more frequent maintenance is required to prevent clogging. When using fabric, a monofilament type fabric shall be used (such as WisDOT Type FF). The apparent opening size of the fabric, not the stone size, will dictate the flow rate through the outlet therefore outlet lengths need to be calculated since values in Table 1 are based on stone. When calculating the size of the outlet a clogging factor of 50% should be used for the fabric.

C. Consider possible interference with construction activities when locating sediment traps.

D. Provisions should be made for protecting the embankment from failure caused by storms exceeding the 10-year design requirement. Consider a stabilized and non-erosive emergency spillway bypass.

E. In general, groundwater impacts from temporary sediment traps that have storage areas in contact with groundwater are not a major concern. However, sediment trap contact with groundwater should be avoided in areas with karst features, fractured bedrock, or areas of significant groundwater recharge.

F. Sediment trapping is achieved primarily by settling within the pool formed by the trap. Sediment trapping efficiency is a function of surface area, depth of pool, and detention time. If site conditions permit, a length to width ratio greater than 2:1 will increase efficiency.

G. If site conditions prevent the sediment trap from having a three-foot depth, then an equivalent storage volume must be created through increasing the surface area.

H. For sediment traps in place longer than 6 months, consider outlets constructed of two types of stone. A combination of coarse aggregate and riprap (WisDOT light riprap classification) should be used to provide stability. A one-foot layer of one inch washed stone then should be placed on the up-slope face to reduce drainage flow rate.

VII Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing sediment traps shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location and spacing of sediment traps

  2. Schedules and sequence of installation and removal

  3. Standard drawings and installation details

  4. Rock gradation

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include a schedule for installation, inspection, maintenance, and identify the responsible party.

VIII Operation and Maintenance

Sediment Traps shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period. Sediment may need to be removed more frequently.

A. Deposits of sediment shall be removed when they reach a depth of one foot.

B. If the outlet becomes clogged it shall be cleaned to restore flow capacity.

C. Recommend provisions for proper disposal of the sediment removed from the trap.

D. Maintenance shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration given to site conditions.

E. Sediment traps shall be removed and the location stabilized after the disturbed area draining to the sediment trap is stabilized and no longer susceptible to erosion.

IX References

Flow through the stone outlet and gabion can be calculated using the following equation:

Q = ( h2/3 * L ) / [(W/D) + 25 + W 2 ]1/2

Where:

Q = total flow through stone (cfs)

h = depth of flow measured from invert of the stone outlet to the crest of emergency spillway (ft)

W = average width of weir or flow

length through stone outlet (ft)

L = length of weir (ft)

D = Average Rock Diameter (ft)

Note: For a stone outlet, the length of stone outlet (L) will vary with the depth and slope of stone outlet. For a gabion, the length of flow is fixed to gabion width. A complete discussion of this equation and its proper application can be found in:

C. McIntyre, G. Aron, J. Willenbrock, and M. Deimler. Report No. 10: Analysis of flow through porous media as applied to gabion dams regarding the storage and release of storm water runoff. NAHB/NRC Designated Housing Research Center at Penn State, Department of Civil Engineering; August 1992.

X Definitions

Stabilized (III): Means that all land disturbing construction activities at the construction site have been completed and that a uniform perennial vegetative cover has been established with a density of at least 70% of the cover for the unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures or that employ equivalent stabilization measures.

Temporary (I): An erosion control measure that is in place for the duration of construction or until the site is stabilized.

  • See PDF for diagram

Seeding For Construction Site Erosion Control

1059 (11/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

Planting seed to establish temporary or permanent vegetation for erosion control.

II. Purpose

The purpose of temporary seeding1 is to reduce runoff and erosion until permanent vegetation or other erosion control practices can be established. The purpose of permanent seeding is to permanently stabilize areas of exposed soil.

Ill. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice applies to areas of exposed soil where the establishment of vegetation is desired. Temporary seeding applies to disturbed areas that will not be brought to final grade or on which land-disturbing activities will not be performed for a period greater than 30 days, and requires vegetative cover for less than one year. Permanent seeding applies to areas where perennial vegetative cover is needed.

IV. Federal, State and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations or permit requirements governing seeding. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Site and Seedbed Preparation

Site preparation activities shall include:

  1. Temporary Seeding

a. Temporary seeding requires a seedbed of loose soil to a minimum depth of 2 inches.

b. Fertilizer application is not generally required for temporary seeding. However, any application of fertilizer or lime shall be based on soil testing results.

c. The soil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 8.0.

  1. Permanent Seeding

a. Topsoil installation shall be completed prior to permanent seeding.

b. Permanent seeding requires a seedbed of loose topsoil to a minimum depth of 4 inches with the ability to support a dense vegetative cover.

c. Application rates of fertilizer or lime shall be based on soil testing results.

d. Prepare a tilled, fine, but firm seedbed. Remove rocks, twigs foreign material and clods over two inches that cannot be broken down.

e. The soil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 8.0.

B. Seeding

  1. Seed Selection

a. Seed mixtures that will produce dense vegetation shall be selected based on soil and site conditions and intended final use. Section IX References, lists sources containing suggested seed mixtures.

b. All seed shall conform to the requirements of the Wisconsin Statutes and of the Administrative Code Chapter ATCP 20.01 regarding noxious weed seed content and labeling.

c. Seed mixtures that contain potentially invasive species or species that may be harmful to native plant communities shall be avoided.

d. Seed shall not be used later than one year after the test date that appears on the label.

e. Seed shall be tested for purity, germination and noxious weed seed content and shall meet the minimum purity and germination requirements as prescribed in the current edition of Rules for Testing Seed, published by the Association of Official Seed Analysts.

  1. Seed Rates

a. Temporary Seeding (Cover Crop)

Areas needing protection during periods when permanent seeding is not applied shall be seeded with annual species for temporary protection. See Table 1 for seeding rates of commonly used species. The residue from this crop may either be incorporated into the soil during seedbed preparation at the next permanent seeding period or left on the soil surface and the planting made as a no-till seeding.

Table 1

Temporary Seeding Species and Rates

  • See PDF for table

b. Permanent Seeding

Rates shall be based on pounds or ounces of Pure Live Seed (PLS) per acre. Section IX contains some possible reference documents that provide seeding rates. Permanent seeding rates may be increased above the minimum rates shown in the reference documents to address land use and environmental conditions.

If a nurse crop is used in conjunction with permanent seeding, the nurse crop shall not hinder establishment of the permanent vegetation.

A nurse crop shall be applied at 50% its temporary seeding rate when applied with permanent seed.

  1. Inoculation

Legume seed shall be inoculated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Inoculants shall not be mixed with liquid fertilizer.

  1. Sowing

Seed grasses and legumes no more than ¼ inch deep. Distribute seed uniformly. Mixtures with low seeding rates require special care in sowing to achieve proper seed distribution.

Seed may be broadcast, drilled, or hydroseeded as appropriate for the site.

Seed when soil temperatures remain consistently above 53° F. Dormant seed when the soil temperature is consistently below 53° F (typically Nov. 1st until snow cover). Seed shall not be applied on top of snow.

VI. Considerations

A. Consider seeding at a lower rate and making two passes to ensure adequate coverage.

B. Compacted soil areas may need special site preparation prior to seeding to mitigate compaction. This may be accomplished by chisel plowing to a depth of 12 inches along the contour after heavy equipment has left the site.

C. Sod may be considered where adequate watering is available.

D. When working in riparian areas refer to the NRCS Engineering Field Handbook, Chapter 16, Streambank and Shoreline Protection and Chapter 18, Soil Bioengineering for Upland Slope Protection and Erosion Reduction.

E. A site assessment should be conducted to evaluate soil characteristics, topography, exposure to sunlight, proximity to natural plant communities, proximity to nuisance, noxious and/or invasive species, site history, moisture regime, climatic patterns, soil fertility, and previous herbicide applications.

F. Use introduced species only in places where they will not spread into existing natural areas.

G. Lightly roll or compact the area using suitable equipment when the seedbed is judged to be too loose, or if the seedbed contains clods that might reduce seed germination.

H. See Section IX. References for suggested seed mixes (NRCS, WisDOT, UWEX) or use their equivalent.

I. Turf seedlings should not be mowed until the stand is at least 6 inches tall. Do not mow closer than 3 inches during the first year of establishment.

J. Seeding should not be done when the soil is too wet.

K. Consider watering to help establish the seed. Water application rates shall be controlled to prevent runoff and erosion.

L. Prairie plants may not effectively provide erosion control during their establishment period without a nurse crop.

M. Topsoil originating from agricultural fields may contain residual chemicals. The seedbed should be free of residual herbicide or other contaminants that will prevent establishment and maintenance of vegetation. Testing for soil contaminants may be appropriate if there is doubt concerning the soil’s quality.

N. Consider using mulch or a nurse crop if selected species are not intended for quick germination. When mulching refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standard Mulching for Construction Sites (1058).

VIl. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for seeding shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying this practice.

All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VlIl. Operation and Maintenance

A. During construction areas that have been seeded shall at a minimum be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period. Inspect weekly during the growing season until vegetation is densely established or permit expires. Repair and reseed areas that have erosion damage as necessary.

B. Limit vehicle traffic and other forms of compaction in areas that are seeded.

C. A fertilizer program should begin with a soil test. Soil tests provide specific fertilizer recommendations for the site and can help to avoid over-application of fertilizers.

IX. References

A. Seed Selection References

United States Department of Agriculture – Natural Resource Conservation Service Field Office Technical Guide Section IV, Standard 342, Critical Area Planting.

UWEX Publication A3434 Lawn and Establishment & Renovation.

WisDOT, 2003. State of Wisconsin Standard Specifications For Highway and Structure Construction. Section 630, Seeding.

B. General References

Association of Official Seed Analysts, 2003. Rules for Testing Seed. http://www.aosaseed.com.

Metropolitan Council, 2003. Urban Small Sites Best Management Practice Manual, Chapter 3, Vegetative Methods 3-85 – 3-91. Minneapolis.

The State of Wisconsin list of noxious weeds can be found in Statute 66.0407.

United States Department of Agriculture – Natural Resources Conservation Service. Engineering Field Handbook, Chapters 16 and 18.

UWEX Publication GWQ002 Lawn & Garden Fertilizers.

X. Definitions

Dense (V.A.2.b) A stand of 3-inch high grassy vegetation that uniformly covers at least 70% of a representative 1 square yard plot.

Dormant seed (V.B.4): Seed is applied after climatic conditions prevent germination until the following spring.

Introduced Species (VI.F) Plant species that historically would not have been found in North America until they were brought here by travelers from other parts of the world. This would include smooth bromegrass and alfalfa. Some of these species may have a wide distribution such as Kentucky bluegrass.

Nurse Crop (V.B.2.b): Also known as a companion crop; is the application of temporary (annual) seed with permanent seed.

Permanent seeding (II) Seeding designed to minimize erosion for an indefinite period after land disturbing construction activities have ceased on the site.

Soil Bioengineering (VI.D) Practice of combining mechanical, biological and ecological concepts to arrest and prevent shallow slope failures and erosion.

Temporary Seeding (II) Seeding designed to control erosion for a time period of one year or less that is generally removed in order to perform further construction activities or to permanently stabilize a construction site.

Topsoil (V.A.2.a) Consists of loam, sandy loam, silt loam, silty clay or clay loam humus-bearing soils adapted to sustain plant life with a pH range of 5.5 – 8.0. Manufactured topsoil shall through the addition of sand or organic humus material, peat, manure or compost meet the above criteria.

Silt Fence

1056 (03/06)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

Silt fence is a temporary sediment barrier of entrenched permeable geotextile fabric designed to intercept and slow the flow of sediment-laden sheet flow runoff from small areas of disturbed soil.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to reduce slope length of the disturbed area and to intercept and retain transported sediment from disturbed areas.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

A. This standard applies to the following applications:

  1. Erosion occurs in the form of sheet and rill erosion1. There is no concentration of water flowing to the barrier (channel erosion).

  2. Where adjacent areas need protection from sediment-laden runoff.

  3. Where effectiveness is required for one year or less.

  4. Where conditions allow for silt fence to be properly entrenched and staked as outlined in the Criteria Section V.

B. Under no circumstance shall silt fence be used in the following applications:

  1. Below the ordinary high watermark or placed perpendicular to flow in streams, swales, ditches or any place where flow is concentrated.

  2. Where the maximum gradient upslope of the fence is greater than 50% (2:1).

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of silt fence. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Placement

  1. When installed as a stand-alone practice on a slope, silt fence shall be placed on the contour. The parallel spacing shall not exceed the maximum slope lengths for the appropriate slope as specified in Table 1.
  • See PDF for table
  1. Silt fences shall not be placed perpendicular to the contour.

  2. The ends of the fence shall be extended upslope to prevent water from flowing around the ends of the fence.

B. Height – Installed silt fences shall be a minimum 14 inches high and shall not exceed 28 inches in height measured from the installed ground elevation.

C. Support – Silt fences shall be supported by either steel or wood supports as specified below:

  1. Wood supports

a. The full height of the silt fence shall be supported by 1 1/8 inches by 1 1/8 inches air or kiln dried posts of hickory or oak.

b. The silt fence fabric shall be stapled, using at least 0.5-inch staples, to the upslope side of the posts in at least 3 places.

c. The posts shall be a minimum of 3 feet long for 24-inch silt fence and a minimum of 4 feet for 36-inch silt fence fabric.

  1. Steel supports

a. The full height of the silt fence shall be supported by steel posts at least 5 feet long with a strength of 1.33 pounds per foot and have projections for the attachment of fasteners.

b. The silt fence fabric shall be attached in at least three places on the upslope side with 50 pound plastic tie straps or wire fasteners. To prevent damage to the fabric from fastener, the protruding ends shall be pointed away from the fabric.

  1. The maximum spacing of posts for non-woven silt fence shall be 3 feet and for woven fabric 8 feet.

  2. Silt fence shall have a support cord.

  3. Where joints are necessary, each end of the fabric shall be securely fastened to a post. The posts shall then be wrapped around each other to produce a stable, secure joint or shall be overlapped the distance between two posts.

  4. A minimum of 20 inches of the post shall extend into the ground after installation.

D. Anchoring – Silt fence shall be anchored by spreading at least 8 inches of the fabric in a 4 inch wide by 6 inch deep trench, or 6 inch deep V-trench on the upslope side of the fence. The trench shall be backfilled and compacted. Trenches shall not be excavated wider and deeper than necessary for proper installation.

On the terminal ends of silt fence the fabric shall be wrapped around the post such that the staples are not visible.

E. Geotextile Fabric Specifications – The geotextile fabric consists of either woven or non-woven polyester, polypropylene, stabilized nylon, polyethylene, or polyvinylidene chloride. Non-woven fabric may be needle punched, heat bonded, resin bonded, or combinations thereof. All fabric shall meet the following requirements as specified in Table 2.

  • See PDF for table

(WisDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, 2001)

1 All numerical values represent minimum / maximum average roll values. (For example, the average minimum test results on any roll in a lot should meet or exceed the minimum specified values.)

Silt fence shall have a maximum flow rate of 10-gallons/minute/square foot at 50mm constant head as determined by multiplying permittivity in 1/second as determined by ASTM D-4491 by a conversion factor of 74.

F. Removal – Silt fences shall be removed once the disturbed area is permanently stabilized and no longer susceptible to erosion.

VI. Considerations

A. Improper placement as well as improper installation and maintenance of silt fences will significantly decrease the effectiveness of this practice.

Silt fences should be considered for trapping sediment where sheet and rill erosion may be expected to occur in small drainage areas. Silt fences should not be placed in areas of concentrated flow.

B. Silt fences should be installed prior to disturbing the upslope area.

C. Silt fences should not be used to define the boundaries of the entire project. Silt fence should be placed only in areas where it is applicable due to its cost and the fact that it is not biodegradable. For example, silt fence should not be placed in locations where the natural overland flow is from an undisturbed area into disturbed areas of the project. It should also not be used as a diversion.

D. Silt fence should not be used in areas where the silt fence is at a higher elevation than the disturbed area.

E. When placing silt fence near trees, care should be taken to minimize damage to the root system. Avoid compaction and root cutting within 1.5 feet multiplied by the inch diameter of the tree (for example: for 10-inch trees keep out a 15-foot radius from the trunk). Refer to UWEX publication Preserving Trees During Construction for more information.

F. To protect silt fence from damage in areas of active construction or heavy traffic, silt fence should be flagged, marked, or highlighted to improve visibility.

G. Silt fence effectiveness is generally increased when used in conjunction with other upslope erosion control practices. To further strengthen the silt fence, straw / hay bales can be placed on the down slope side.

H To help ensure effectiveness, silt fence should be inspected and repaired as necessary prior to forecasted rain events.

I. Where installation with wood posts is difficult, such as when hard or frozen ground is encountered, the use of steel post is recommended.

J. Silt fence can be mechanically installed with a plow type device provided that the silt fence is trenched in a manner such that equivalent performance is achieved to that specified in Section V.D.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing silt fence shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of silt fence

  2. Contributory drainage area

  3. Schedules

  4. Material specification conforming to standard

  5. Standard drawings and installation details

  6. Restoration after removal

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Silt fences shall at a minimum be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24 hour period.

B. Damaged or decomposed fences, undercutting, or flow channels around the end of barriers shall be repaired or corrected.

C. Sediment shall be properly disposed of once the deposits reach ½ the height of the fence.

IX. References

UWEX Publication A0327 “Preserving Trees During Construction”

X. Definitions

Channel Erosion (III.A.1): The deepening and widening of a channel due to soil loss caused by flowing water. As rills become larger and flows begin to concentrate, soil detachment occurs primarily as a result of shear.

Sheet and Rill Erosion (III.A.1): Sheet and rill erosion is the removal of soil by the action of rainfall and shallow overland runoff. It is the first stage in water erosion. As flow becomes more concentrated rills occur. As soil detachment continues or flow increases, rills will become wider and deeper forming gullies.

  • See PDF for diagram

Silt Curtain

1070 (09/05)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A temporary permeable fabric installed in a waterway or waterbody to minimize sediment transport. A silt curtain does not extend to the bottom of the channel and is placed parallel or perpendicular to the direction of flow.

II. Purposes

The purpose of this practice is to provide sediment containment while construction activities are occurring in or directly adjacent to a waterway or waterbody.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice applies where construction activities intrude or are directly adjacent to a waterway or waterbody. This includes but is not limited to bridge construction, rip rap placement, utility work, streambank restoration, boat launches and dredging.

Silt curtain is intended for calm water conditions where it will not be subjected to wind, wave, or current. Silt curtains are appropriate to settle out coarse and granular soils where water depth at the time of construction is greater than or equal to 4 feet. For applications in finer sediment or moving water see WDNR Technical Standard 1069 Turbidity Barrier.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of silt curtains. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Installation – Details of construction not listed in the text shall conform to the pertinent requirements of Figure 1.

  1. The silt curtain shall be installed before construction activities are initiated in or adjacent to the waterway or waterbody. Install the silt curtain as close to the construction as practical. The curtain shall remain in place and be maintained until the construction activity is completed and the disturbed area is stabilized 1.

  2. The ends of the silt curtain shall be securely anchored and keyed into the shoreline to fully enclose the area where sediment may enter the water.

  3. A 2-foot gap shall exist between the weighted lower end of the curtain and the bottom of the waterway or waterbody.

  4. Bottom anchors shall be used to hold the silt curtain in the same position relative to the bottom the waterway or waterbody without interfering with the function of the curtain. Anchors shall either be driven into the bottom of the waterway or waterbody or be weighted and attached to the curtain floatation device via an anchor line. Manufacture’s recommendations shall be followed for the number and spacing of anchors.

  5. Danger buoys shall be used as directed by the Coast Guard or DNR permit when working in navigable waters.

B. Material:

  1. Reusable components of the silt curtain system shall be clean and free of potential exotic species. Fabric cannot be reused.

  2. The silt curtain shall be constructed from heavy woven filter fabric to allow water to pass through the barrier yet retain sediment. All fabric seams shall be heat sealed or sewn. Silt curtain fabric shall conform to the specifications in Table 1.

Table 1

  • See PDF for table
  1. Flotation devices shall be flexible, buoyant units contained in an individual floatation sleeve or collar attached to the curtain. Use expanded polystyrene logs or equivalent having a 49 square inch minimum end area. Do not use polystyrene beads or chips. Buoyancy provided by the floatation device shall be sufficient to support the weight of the curtain and maintain a freeboard of at least 3 inches above the water surface level.

  2. Top load lines shall consist of 5/16 inch steel cable.

  3. Bottom load lines shall consist of a minimum ¼-inch steel chain incorporated into the bottom hem of the curtain. Larger chain sizes may be used where additional weight to serve as ballast to hold the curtain in a vertical position is required.

VI. Considerations

A. Sediment that has settled out by the silt curtain should only be removed as directed by the regulatory authority because re-suspension of sediment will likely occur during the removal process. Use of polymers may help prevent resuspension of sediment. See WDNR Technical Standard 1051 Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers for further guidance.

B. Silt curtains are meant to manage sediment in the waterbody. The best way to prevent sediment from entering the waterbody is through the implementation of effective upland erosion control, stopping sediment transport at its source.

VII. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for installing a silt curtain shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose:

A. Location of silt curtain.

B. Material specification conforming to standard.

C. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Silt curtains shall be inspected daily and repaired if necessary.

B. Regardless of upland stabilization conditions silt curtains shall not be removed until the water behind the curtain has equal or greater clarity than the waterway or waterbody. Soil particles shall be allowed to settle for a minimum of 24 hours prior to removal of the curtain.

C. Care shall be taken when removing the silt curtain to minimize the release or re-suspension of accumulated sediment.

D. To prevent the spread of exotic species silt curtains shall not be reused on other sites. Buoys and chains can be reused but shall be either disinfected with vinegar or cleaned with hot water greater than 104 deg. F then allowed to completely dry for a minimum period of five days. If there are any questions about the occurrence of zebra mussels, Eurasian water-milfoil, or other aquatic invasive species in a waterbody that you are working in or intend to work in contact your local DNR staff.

IX. References

Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Third Edition, 1992

WisDOT Facilities Development Manual: Chapter 10, Section 10, Subject 43, Silt Screen

X. Definitions

Stabilized (V.A.1): Means that all land disturbing construction activities at the construction site have been completed, and that a uniform perennial vegetative cover has been established with a density of at least 70% of the cover for the unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or that employ equivalent stabilization measures.

Stone Tracking Pad and Tire Washing

1057 (08/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in IX. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A stabilized pad of stone aggregate or tire washing station located at any point where traffic will egress a construction site.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this standard is to reduce off-site sedimentation by eliminating the tracking of sediment from construction sites.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

Either a stone tracking pad or tire washing station shall be used at all points of construction egress. This standard applies where construction traffic is likely to transport sediment off site.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of this practice. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Tracking Pad:

  1. The tracking pad shall be installed prior to any traffic leaving the site.

  2. The aggregate for tracking pads shall be 3 to 6 inch clear or washed stone. All material to be retained on a 3-inch sieve.

  3. The aggregate shall be placed in a layer at least 12 inches thick. On sites with a high water table, or where saturated conditions are expected during the life of the practice, stone tracking pads shall be underlain with a WisDOT Type R geotextile fabric to prevent migration of underlying soil into the stone.

  4. The tracking pad shall be the full width of the egress point. The tracking pad shall be at a minimum 50 feet long.

  5. Surface water must be prevented from passing through the tracking pad. Flows shall be diverted away from tracking pads or conveyed under and around them by using a variety of practices, such as culverts, water bars1, or other similar practices.

B. Tire washing: If conditions on the site are such that the sediment is not removed from vehicle tires by the tracking pad, then tires shall be washed utilizing pressurized water before entering a public road.

  1. The washing station shall be located on-site in an area that is stabilized and drains into suitable sediment trapping or settling device.

  2. The wash rack shall consist of a heavy grating over a lowered area. The rack shall be strong enough to support the vehicles that will cross it.

C. Rocks lodged between the tires of dual wheel vehicles shall be removed prior to leaving the construction site.

VI. Considerations

A. Vehicles traveling across the tracking pad should maintain a slow constant speed.

B. The best approach to preventing off-site tracking is to restrict vehicles to stabilized areas.

C. It is always preferable to prevent sediment from being deposited upon the road than cleaning the road later. Sediment on a road can create a safety hazard as well as a pollution problem.

D. Any sediment tracked onto a public or private road should be removed by street cleaning, not flushing, before the end of each working day.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for installing tracking pads shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of all points of egress with tracking pad locations shown

  2. Material specifications conforming to standard

  3. Schedule for installation and removal

  4. Standard drawings and installation details

  5. Stabilization after removal

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Tracking pads and tire washing stations shall, at a minimum, be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. The tracking pad performance shall be maintained by scraping or top-dressing with additional aggregate.

C. A minimum 12-inch thick pad shall be maintained.

IX. Definitions

Water bar (V.A.5): A shallow trench or diversion dam that diverts surface water runoff into a dispersion area.

Storm Drain Inlet Protection For Construction Sites

1060 (10/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

I. Definition

A temporary barrier installed around a storm drain inlet, drop inlet or curb inlet.

II. Purposes

The purpose of this practice is to reduce sediment from entering storm drains before stabilizing the contributing drainage area.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice applies where runoff from construction sites enters conveyance system structures such as drain inlets, drop inlets, and curb inlets. Inlet protection devices are for drainage areas of one acre or less. Runoff from areas larger than one acre should be routed through a properly designed sediment trapping or settling practice upstream of the inlet.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of storm drain inlet protection. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Design Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

The appropriate type of inlet protection barrier shall be installed once the drain, drop, or curb inlet can receive runoff. The device shall remain in place and be maintained until the disturbed area is stabilized.

A. General Criteria that is applicable to all inlet protection devices

  1. Ponding water to settle sediment is encouraged; however ponding shall not interfere with the flow of traffic, create a safety hazard, or cause property damage. All devices shall have provisions such as weep holes or “emergency spillways” to safely pass water if the device becomes clogged.

  2. The contributing drainage area to the inlet protection device shall be one acre or less. In instances were a larger contributing drainage area exists, runoff shall be routed through a properly designed sediment trapping or settling device upstream of inlet.

  3. Other than Type D inlet protection devices, no gaps shall be left in the material used that would allow the flow of water to bypass the inlet protection device.

  4. All fabrics used as part of an inlet protection device must be selected from the list of approved fabrics certified for inlet protection, Geotextile Fabric, Type FF in the current addition of the WisDOT Product Acceptability List (PAL).

B. Criteria Applicable to Unpaved areas or the Pre-Paving Phase of Construction

  1. Inlet Protection Barriers include, but are not limited to, straw bales, sandbags, other material filled bags and socks, and stone weepers. These devices can be used to either settle sediments or divert flows.

a. Manufactured bags, when used, shall conform to the standards in Table 1.

  • See PDF for table

b. Straw Bale installation shall conform to the criteria outlined in the WDNR Conservation Practice Standard (1055) Sediment Bale Barrier (Non-Channel).

c. Stone weeper installation shall conform to the criteria in WDNR Conservation Practice Standard (1063) Sediment Trap.

  1. Filter Fabric Barrier Criteria - See Figure 1 Inlet Protection

a. Inlet protection Type A devices shall be utilized around inlets and unpaved areas until permanent stabilization methods have been established. Type A devices shall be utilized on inlets prior to installation of curb and gutter or pavement, and where safety considerations are not compromised on the site.

b. Type B shall be utilized after the casting and grate are in place.

c. Type D shall be utilized in areas where other types of inlet protection are identified as incompatible with roadway and traffic conditions, causing possible safety hazards when ponding occurs at the inlet. Type D shall only be used after castings are in place on top of the inlet boxes.

Type D inlet protection shall conform to the standard drawing as shown in the plans. There shall be a three-inch space between the bag and the sides of the inlet to prevent the inlet sides from blocking the overflow; and shall only be used in inlets deeper than 30 inches from the top of grate to bottom of the inlet. If such clearance is not available, cinch or tie the sides of the bag (with rope or ties) to provide clearance.

C. Criteria Applicable to the Post-Paving / Curbing Phase of Construction

  1. Inlet protection Types B, C, and D are applicable to post paving construction. See Figure 1 Inlet Protection.

• Type B shall be utilized on inlets without curb box.

• Type C shall be utilized on street inlets with curb heads. A 1½″ x 3 ½″ (37mm by 87 mm) minimum, piece of wood shall be wrapped and secured in the fabric and placed in front of the curb head as shown in the plans. The wood shall not block the entire opening of the curb box and be secured to the grate with wire or plastic ties.

• Type D

VI. Considerations

A. When site conditions allow, inlets should be temporarily closed or sealed to prevent entrance of runoff and sediment.

B. The best way to prevent sediment from entering the storm sewer system is to stabilize the disturbed area of the site as quickly as possible, preventing erosion and stopping sediment transport at its source.

C. Storm drain inlet protection consists of several types of inlet filters and traps and should be considered as only one element in an overall erosion control plan. Each type differs in application with selection dependent upon site conditions and inlet type. Not all designs are appropriate in all cases. The user must carefully select a design suitable for the needs and site conditions.

D. Inlet protection is only as effective as the filter or barrier used around the inlet. Effectiveness decreases rapidly if the inlet protection is not properly maintained. In general, inlet protection provides relatively good removal of coarse and medium-sized soil particles from runoff however, most fine silt and clay particles will pass through the filtering mechanisms.

E. Properly maintaining inlet protection can be difficult and often inlets can become clogged. Field experience has shown that inlet protection that causes excessive ponding in an area of high construction activity may become so inconvenient that it is simply removed or bypassed, thus transmitting sediment-laden flows unchecked. In such situations, a structure with an adequate overflow mechanism should be utilized instead of simply removing the inlet protection device.

F. Inlet protection devices can be enhanced by additional excavation to increase the storage capacity around the inlet.

G. Good construction site housekeeping measures, such as keeping the gutters clean, and street sweeping are important.

VII. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for installing inlet protection shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose:

A. Location of inlet protection and type employed

B. Material spec conforming to standard

C. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Remove inlet protection devices once the contributing drainage area is stabilized with appropriate vegetation or impervious area.

B. Inlet protection shall be at a minimum inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

C. Sediment deposits shall be removed and the inlet protection device restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has accumulated between 1/3 to 1/2 the design depth of the device, or when the device is no longer functioning as designed. Removed sediment shall be deposited in a suitable area and stabilized.

D. Due care shall be taken to ensure sediment does not fall into the inlet and impede the intended function of the device. Any material falling into the inlet shall be removed.

IX. References

WisDOT “Erosion Control Product Acceptability List” is available online at: http://www.dot.wisconsin.gov/business/engrserv/pal.htm. Printed copies are no longer distributed.

  • See PDF for diagram

Turbidity Barrier

1069 (09/05)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in X. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

A temporary fabric barrier with very low permeability, installed in or near the bed of a waterway or waterbody to minimize sediment transport and is installed parallel to flow. Turbidity barrier cannot be installed perpendicular to a moving channel.

II. Purposes

The purpose of this practice is to provide sediment containment while construction activities are occurring in or directly adjacent to a waterway or waterbody.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice applies where construction activities intrude or are directly adjacent to a waterway or waterbody. This includes but is not limited to bridge construction, rip rap placement, utility work, streambank restoration, boat launches and dredging.

Use turbidity barriers in conditions with fine soils and flow velocities not exceeding 5 feet per second, unless additional reinforcement is installed.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of turbidity barriers. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

A. Installation – Details of construction not listed in the text shall conform to the pertinent requirements of Figures 1 and 2.

  1. The barrier shall be installed before construction activities are initiated in, or adjacent to the waterway or waterbody. Install the turbidity barrier as close to the construction as practical. The barrier shall remain in place and be maintained until the construction activity is completed and the disturbed area stabilized 1.

  2. The ends of the barrier shall be securely anchored and keyed into the shoreline to fully enclose the area where sediment may enter the water.

  3. Driven steel posts shall be used to hold the barrier in position. The maximum spacing between posts shall be 10 feet. When barrier height exceeds 8 feet, post spacing may need to be decreased.

When bedrock prevents the installation of posts, float devices may be used. Flotation devices shall be flexible, buoyant units contained in an individual flotation sleeve or collar attached to the turbidity barrier. Use solid expanded polystyrene logs or equivalent having a 49 square inch minimum end area. Do not use polystyrene beads or chips. Buoyancy provided by the flotation devices shall be sufficient to support the weight of the turbidity barrier and maintain a freeboard of at least three inches above the water surface. Refer to Figure 1.

  1. The barrier and steel posts shall extend from the bottom of the waterway or waterbody to an elevation 2 feet above the anticipated high water level during the time of year and duration the barrier will be in place. The elevation shall not exceed the top of bank.

  2. Ballast shall be used to hold the barrier in a vertical position. Bottom load lines shall consist of a chain incorporated into the bottom hem of the screen, of sufficient weight to serve as ballast to hold the screen in a vertical position. Additional anchorage shall be provided if necessary.

  3. Danger buoys shall be used as directed by the Coast Guard or DNR permit when working in navigable waters.

  4. Turbidity barriers shall be installed parallel to the direction of flow and shall not be installed across channels.

B. Material

  1. Reusable components of the turbidity barrier system shall be clean and free of potential exotic species. Fabric cannot be reused.

  2. Top load lines shall consist of 5/16 inch steel cable.

  3. Fabric shall be selected according to the specifications in Table 1.

Table 1

  • See PDF for table

Source: WisDOT Spec 628.2.10.

VI. Considerations

A. The 5 feet per second flow velocity specified in Section III can be the base flow of the stream or the base flow plus the addition of storm event runoff. Base flow can be used alone for short term projects (typically one day duration, i.e. culvert installation) when the chance of precipitation is low. Longer term projects (i.e. bridge work) should consider storm flow in addition to base flow (typically the two year event).

B. If the current exceeds 5 feet per second, other methods to divert flow away from the turbidity barrier such as temporary concrete traffic barriers, coffer dams, pumping, or sheet piling should be considered.

C. Sediment that has been settled out by the turbidity barrier should only be removed if so directed by the regulatory authority because re-suspension of sediment will likely occur during the removal process. Use of polymers may help prevent resuspension of sediment. See WDNR Technical Standard 1051 Sediment Control Water Application of Polymers for further guidance.

D. Turbidity barriers are meant to manage sediment in the waterbody. The best way to prevent sediment from entering the waterbody is through the implementation of effective upland erosion control, stopping sediment transport at its source.

E. Turbidity barriers should not be used to reduce the conveyance capacity of the channel. An example is use on bridge projects where the turbidity barrier is installed adjacent to each abutment simultaneously.

F. Turbidity barriers may be installed on the banks of a waterway or waterbody if higher water levels are anticipated during construction.

VII. Plans and Specifications

Plans and specifications for installing a turbidity barrier shall be in keeping with this standard and attached detail drawing and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose:

A. Location of turbidity barrier.

B. Material specification conforming to standard.

C. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule sequence or notes for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Turbidity barriers shall be inspected daily and repaired if necessary.

B. Turbidity barriers shall not be removed until the water behind the barrier has equal or greater clarity than the waterway or waterbody.

C. Care shall be taken when removing the barrier to minimize the release or re-suspension of accumulated sediment.

D. To prevent the spread of exotic species turbidity barriers shall not be reused on other sites. Buoys and chains can be reused but shall be either disinfected with vinegar or cleaned with hot water greater than 104 deg. F then allowed to completely dry for a minimum period of five days. If there are any questions about the occurrence of zebra mussels, Eurasian water-milfoil, or other aquatic invasive species in a waterbody that you are working in, or intend to work in, contact your local DNR staff.

IX. References

WisDOT Facilities Development Manual: Chapter 10, Section 10, Subject 45, Turbidity Barrier

X. Definitions

Stabilized (V.A.1): Means that all land disturbing construction activities at the construction site have been completed, and that a uniform perennial vegetative cover has been established with a density of at least 70% of the cover for the unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures, or that employ equivalent stabilization measures.

(Figures are available on DNR website.)

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

Vegetative Buffer

For Construction Sites

1054 (05/03)

Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

Conservation Practice Standard

Note: Words in the standard that are shown in italics are described in IX. Definitions. The words are italicized the first time they are used.

I. Definition

An area of dense vegetation1 intended to slow runoff and trap sediment. Vegetative Buffers are commonly referred to as filter or buffer strips.

II. Purpose

The purpose of this practice is to remove sediment in sheet flow by velocity reduction.

III. Conditions Where Practice Applies

This practice applies to areas where sediment delivery is in the form of sheet and rill erosion from disturbed areas.

IV. Federal, State, and Local Laws

Users of this standard shall be aware of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, or permit requirements governing the use and placement of a vegetative buffer. This standard does not contain the text of federal, state, or local laws.

V. Criteria

This section establishes the minimum standards for design, installation and performance requirements.

Vegetative Buffer

Disturbed Area ↓Direction of Flow↓

  • See PDF for diagram

Width

↓

←───Length ──────→

A. The vegetative buffer shall be located along the entire length of the down slope edge of the entire disturbed area for which the practice is being applied.

B. The vegetative buffer shall be located on the contour.

C. The width of the vegetative buffer shall have slopes less than 5%.

D. The disturbed area draining to the vegetative buffer shall have slopes of 6% or less.

E. The vegetative buffer shall have a minimum width of 25 feet. 25 feet is adequate for disturbed areas up to 125 feet upslope from the vegetative buffer. An additional one foot of width shall be added to the buffer for every 5 feet exceeding 125 feet upslope of the disturbed area draining to the vegetative buffer.

F. To minimize compaction and destruction of the vegetative cover, designate the vegetative buffer as an area of no disturbance. Construction equipment shall be excluded from the designated area. Vegetative buffers shall be clearly shown on plans and marked in the field.

G. Vegetative buffers shall be densely vegetated prior to upslope soil disturbance.

VI. Considerations

A. Maintaining sheet flow is critical to the function of a vegetative buffer. In some conditions, a level spreader may need to be constructed at the upslope side of the vegetative buffer to minimize concentrated flow.

B. Vegetative buffers may require large land areas compared to other erosion control practices.

C. Trees should not be cut down to establish a vegetative buffer. Other erosion control measures are preferred.

VII. Plans and Specifications

A. Plans and specifications for vegetative buffers shall be in keeping with this standard and shall describe the requirements for applying the practice to achieve its intended purpose. The plans and specifications shall address the following:

  1. Location of vegetative buffer.

  2. Limits and slopes of disturbed area and any additional contributory drainage area.

  3. Dimensions and slope of vegetative buffer.

B. All plans, standard detail drawings, or specifications shall include schedule for installation, inspection, and maintenance. The responsible party shall be identified.

VIII. Operation and Maintenance

A. Vegetative buffers shall be inspected for proper distribution of flows, sediment accumulation and signs of rill formation. Vegetative buffers shall at a minimum be inspected weekly and within 24 hours after every precipitation event that produces 0.5 inches of rain or more during a 24-hour period.

B. If the vegetative buffer becomes silt covered, contains rills, or is otherwise rendered ineffective, other perimeter sediment control measures shall be installed. Eroded areas shall be repaired and stabilized. Repair shall be completed as soon as possible with consideration to site conditions.

C. A stand of dense vegetation shall be maintained to a height of 3–12 inches.

D. Prior to land disturbance the perimeter of vegetative buffers shall be flagged or fenced to prevent equipment from creating ruts, compacting the soil and to prevent damage to vegetation.

IX. Definitions

Dense vegetation (I): is defined as an existing stand of 3–12 inch high grassy vegetation that uniformly covers at least 90 % of a representative 1 square yard plot. Woody vegetation shall not be counted for the 90% coverage. No more than 10% of the overall buffer can be comprised of woody vegetation.

Level Spreader (VI.A): Level spreaders disperse flows over a wide area, dissipating the energy of the runoff and creating sheet flow. Common types of level spreaders are weirs and stone trenches.

Sheetflow (II): Sheet flow is over plane surfaces, where runoff water flows in a thin uniform sheet across the land before it collects in a concentrated flow.

Sheet and Rill Erosion (III): Sheet and rill erosion is the removal of soil by the action of rainfall and shallow overland runoff. It is the first stage in water erosion. As flow becomes more concentrated rills occur. As soil detachment continues or flow increases, rills will become wider and deeper.

Width (V.E): Is measured in the direction of flow.

s. SPS 321.16

Frost-Protected Shallow Footings

In lieu of frost walls, the code recognizes frost-protected shallow foundations designed per ASCE 32, ”Design and Construction of Frost-Protected Shallow Foundations”. The department also recognizes the similar design standards of U.S.HUD ”Design Guide for Frost-Protected Shallow Foundations”, available for free download from www.huduser.org/publications/destech/desguide.html and summarized below. Consult it or the ASCE standard for full design and installation information, including a more flexible, detailed design method that should be used for heated buldings with attached, unheated garages.

Note that both standards offer design methods for both heated and unheated buildings. For heated buildings, the designs rely upon containing the building’s heat under the footings to avoid frost heaving. In the case of unheated buildings, the designs rely upon containing the earth’s natural warmth under the footings and slab by the use of more extensive insulation. (For both design approaches, compliance with their frost-protection requirements is not necessarily the same as compliance with the ch. SPS 322 Energy Conservation standards for slab-on-grade designs.)

Because the simplified heated building design methods rely upon buildings, including attached garages, with at least a 63 degree internal temperature, it is important the building designer consult with the owner regarding their intended use. Even if the initial owner plans to keep the building heated throughout the winter, future owners may use it otherwise. Therefore, the designer should be sure to communicate the operational needs of the building through means such as building placarding, notating the Rescheck Energy Report, and/or recording relevant information on the property deed. Failure to do so may cause severe structural damage to the building if future owners do not keep the building heated.

Unheated Building Design

Minimum Ground Insulation Requirements1

  • See PDF for table

1 Also see s. SPS 322.33 for additional slab-edge insulation requirements.

2 Units are degrees Fahrenheit. See estimate provided on Mean Annual Temperature Contour Map.

3 Air freezing index shall be based on maximum year expected for a 100-year return period. See estimate provided on AFI Contour Map.

4 Ground insulation to the building interior can be extended beneath the entire slab where it is desired to protect the entire slab from frost heave action.

5 Ground insulation to the building interior can be in one horizontal plane (as shown in the detail) and covered with non frost-susceptible fill or the insulation maybe placed directly beneath the slab.

6 Insulation thickness recommendations are for extruded polystyrene (XPS) insulation.

7 The minimum depth of concrete footing and horizontal insulation is 10″. A 6″ drainage layer is required under the insulation.

8 Insulation placed directly beneath the footing shall be Type IV or Type VI XPS in accordance with ASTM C578. Maximum deadload placed on the Type IV insulation shall be 1200 pounds/square foot. Maximum deadload placed on Type VI shall be 1900 psf.

  • See PDF for diagram

Heated Building Design

Minimum Insulation Requirements for Frost-Protected Footings in Heated Buildings1 (Simplified Method)

  • See PDF for table

1 Insulation requirements are for protection against frost damage in heated buildings. Greater values may be required to meet energy conservation standards. Interpolation between values is permissible.

2 See AFI Contour Map for Air Freezing Index values.

3 Insulation materials shall provide the stated minimum R-values under long-term exposure to moist, below-ground conditions in freezing climates. The following R-values shall be used to determine insulation thicknesses required for this application: Type II expanded polystyrene - 2.4R per inch; Types IV, V, VI, VII extruded polystyrene - 4.5R per inch; Type IX expanded polystyrene - 3.2R per inch. NR indicates that insulation is not required.

4 Vertical insulation shall be expanded polystyrene insulation or extruded polystyrene insulation.

5 Horizontal insulation shall be extruded polystyrene insulation.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

SPS 323.02 (1) Outdoor Design Temperatures

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 326 MANUFACTURED HOME COMMUNITIES

Subchapter I Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-326.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.01}

Pursuant to s. 101.935 (3), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to regulate manufactured home communities in order to protect public safety and health.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.02 Scope {#sec-sps-326.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.02}

Except as specified otherwise in this chapter, the provisions of this chapter apply to all new and existing manufactured home communities.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.03 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-326.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.03}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a non-statutory provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction over the affected property.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.04 Penalties {#sec-sps-326.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.04}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.94 (8) (c), Stats.

Note: Section 101.94 (8) (c), Stats., indicates that a person who violates s. 101.935, a rule promulgated under s. 101.935 or an order issued under s. 101.935 may be required to forfeit not less than $10 nor more than $250 for each violation. Each day of continued violation constitutes a separate violation.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.05 Appeals {#sec-sps-326.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.05}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (6) (e) and 101.94 (7), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.06 Fees {#sec-sps-326.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.06}

Fees for the plan examination, community permit and inspection of communities shall be submitted to the department as specified in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.07 Plan approval {#sec-sps-326.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.07}

Two sets of plans and one set of related specifications and calculations for a new or expanded manufactured home community shall be submitted to the department or its agent for examination in relation to this chapter and for approval before work is begun on the community. After the initial approval, no change in plans or specifications that is affected by any provision of this chapter may be made unless the change is approved and dated by the department or its agent. Plan requirements shall be shown to scale and direction according to s. SPS 326.12 (1) to (3). An approval letter from the department shall also be attached to plans for any private sewage system. A copy of a safe water sample test result shall be submitted for private wells.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.08 Permit {#sec-sps-326.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.08}

(1) Application. Before a manufactured home community is opened for public use, the manufactured home community operator shall obtain a permit from the department or its agent by application made upon form SBD-10675. The permit is valid for a maximum period of 2 years, and shall be renewed prior to expiration. Upon a change of manufactured home community operator, the department or its agent shall be notified on form SBD-10675.

Note: Application instructions are available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

Note: Section 101.935 (2) (c), Stats., indicates that permits are valid for a 2-year period that begins on July 1 of each even-numbered year and ends on June 30 of the next even-numbered year. If a person applies for a permit after the beginning of a permit period, the permit is valid until the end of the permit period.

(2) Action by the department. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department or its agent shall review and make a determination on an application for a community permit within 20 business days. If the application for a permit is denied, the department or its agent shall give the applicant reasons, in writing, for the denial. The department or its agent shall conduct an on-site review for new communities, community expansions or complaints.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 06-119: am. (2) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.09 Enforcement {#sec-sps-326.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.09}

(1) Access. An authorized employee or agent of the department, upon presenting proper identification if requested, shall be permitted to enter any manufactured home community at any reasonable time for the purpose of inspecting the manufactured home community to determine compliance with this chapter. The department’s authorized employee or agent shall be permitted to examine the records of the manufactured home community pertinent to this chapter, including manufactured home community registration records.

(2) Enforcement policy.

(a) Notification. If upon inspection of a manufactured home community the authorized employee or agent of the department finds that the manufactured home community is not planned, operated or equipped as required by this chapter, the employee or agent shall, except as provided under par. (b), notify the manufactured home community operator in writing. The notice shall specify the changes required to make the manufactured home community conform to the standards established in this chapter and the time period within which compliance shall take place.

Note: Section 101.935 (2) (b), Stats., requires the department to hold a hearing in accordance with ch. 227, Stats., before suspending or revoking a permit for violations of this chapter.

(b) Order to deal with an immediate danger to health. Where there is reasonable cause to believe that any construction, sanitary condition, operation or method of operation of the premises of a manufactured home community, or of equipment used on the premises, creates an immediate danger to health, an authorized designee of the administrator of the department’s division of industry services, pursuant to s. 101.935 (2) (e), Stats., may without advance written notice, issue a temporary order to remove the immediate danger to health. The authorized designee may issue a monetary forfeiture to the manufactured home community operator for each day the danger is present after it has been identified. That order shall take effect on the delivery to the operator or other person in charge of the manufactured home community. The order shall be limited to prohibiting the continued operation or method of operation of specific equipment, requiring the premises to cease other operations or methods of operations that create an immediate danger to health, or a combination of these, except that if a more limited order will not remove the immediate danger to health the order may direct that all operations authorized by the permit shall cease. If before scheduled expiration of the temporary order the department determines that an immediate danger to health does in fact exist, the temporary order shall remain in effect. The department shall then schedule and hold a hearing pursuant to ch. 227, Stats., unless the immediate danger to health is removed or the order is not contested and the operator and the department mutually agree that no purpose would be served by a hearing.

(3) Local enforcement. If an agent issues permits directly under this chapter, the agent shall create enforcement and appeal procedures in accordance with ss. 66.0417 and 97.615 (2), Stats., which shall supersede sub. (2).

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.10 Definitions {#sec-sps-326.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.10}

In this chapter:

(1) “Ability to pay” means a manufactured home community occupant’s financial capacity to meet the manufactured home community occupant’s water and sewer service financial obligation.

(2) “Agent” means a village, city or county designated by the department to issue permits and make inspections of the manufactured home communities.

(3) “Basic unit” means a manufactured home without hitch, awnings, cabanas, storage unit, carport, garage, windbreak, non-winterized porch or similar appurtenant structures.

(4) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(5) “Disconnection” means an event or action taken by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor to terminate or discontinue the provision of water and sewer service, but does not include cessation of service at the request of a manufactured home community occupant.

(6) “Dispute” means a statement or question by a manufactured home community occupant alleging a wrong, grievance, injury, dissatisfaction, illegal action or procedure, dangerous condition or action committed or created by a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor.

(7) “General service charges” means charges billed to the manufactured home community occupant by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor and intended to recover the cost of supplying water and sewer service.

Note: The expenses typically recovered by general service charges are operation and maintenance expenses, taxes, depreciation, or debt service. Expenses such as late payment charges, non-sufficient funds check charges, or reconnection charges are not typically recovered through general service charges but are typically separate, additional charges applied to the manufactured home community occupant’s account.

(8) “Manufactured home” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (2), Stats., “manufactured home” means any of the following:

(am) A structure that is designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation and that is certified by the federal department of housing and urban development as complying with the standards established under 42 USC 5401 to 5425.

(c) A mobile home, unless a mobile home is specifically excluded under the applicable statute.

(9) “Manufactured home community” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (5m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (5m), Stats., ”manufactured home community” means any plot or plots of ground upon which 3 or more manufactured homes that are occupied for dwelling or sleeping purposes are located. “Manufactured home community” does not include a farm where the occupants of the manufactured homes are the father, mother, son, daughter, brother or sister of the farm owner or operator or where the occupants of the manufactured homes work on the farm.

(10) “Manufactured home community contractor” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (6m), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (6m), Stats., ”manufactured home community contractor” means a person, other than a public utility, as defined in s. 196.01 (5) (a), who, under a contract with a manufactured home community operator, provides water or sewer service to a manufactured home community occupant or performs a service related to providing water or sewer service to a manufactured home community occupant.

(11) “Manufactured home community occupant” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (7), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (7), Stats., ”manufactured home community occupant” means a person who rents or owns a manufactured home in a manufactured home community.

(12) “Manufactured home community operator” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (8), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.91 (8), Stats., ”manufactured home community operator” means a person engaged in the business of owning or managing a manufactured home community.

(13) “Meter” means an instrument installed to measure the volume or rate, or both, of flow of water delivered through it.

(14) “Person” means an individual, firm, trust, partnership, association or corporation.

(15) “Protective services emergency” means a threat to the health or safety of a community resident because of the infirmities of aging, other developmental or intellectual disabilities, or the frailties associated with being very young.

(16) “Remote outside meter” means an analog device attached to a building or structure that displays the reading of the base meter through electronic pulses sent from the base meter.

Note: Remote outside meters are considered part of the manufactured home community operator’s or manufactured home community contractor’s metering configuration.

(17) “Site” means a plot of ground within a manufactured home community designed for placement of one manufactured home.

(18) “Small manufactured home community” means a manufactured home community containing fewer than 6 individual sites that are rented or offered for rent for the accommodation of a manufactured home.

(19) “Street” means the paved or surfaced portion of the roadway between curb faces.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: r. (4), renum. (5) to (20) to (4) to (19) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; 2019 Wis. Act 1: am. (15) Register May 2019 No. 761, eff. 6-1-19.

Subchapter III General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.11 Location {#sec-sps-326.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.11}

(1) Every manufactured home community and manufactured home within the community shall be located on a well-drained area and shall be properly graded to prevent the accumulation of stormwater or other waters.

(2) A manufactured home shall be located on soil that provides sufficient soil bearing capacity to support the manufactured home.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.12 Physical layout {#sec-sps-326.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.12}

(1) Sites.

(a) Each site shall be clearly delineated on plans submitted to the department or its agent for approval.

(b) Each basic unit shall be located on a site so that there is at least a 10-foot clearance between basic units. The clearance requirements shall be exclusive of a parking area.

(c) No basic unit may be located closer than 10 feet to any of the following:

  1. Any building such as a pump house, the office building for the community, a laundry building or a recreational building, except a garage or accessory structure belonging to the site or manufactured home community occupant.

  2. Any property line of the community.

  3. Any street within the community.

Note: See chs. SPS 320 to 325 for additions and alterations to manufactured homes.

(2) Parking. Parking spaces in a ratio of one and one half for each site shall be provided and maintained in good condition.

(3) Streets.

(a) Streets shall conform to the minimum widths specified in Table 326.12.

(b) Where parking on the street is prohibited, “no parking” signs shall be provided.

(c) Streets shall be graveled or paved, maintained in good condition, have natural drainage, and be able to support the imposed loads for occasional use of fire apparatus as determined in consultation with the local fire department.

(4) Existing manufactured home communities.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), manufactured home communities or a section of a manufactured home community that were in existence prior to 1962 need not comply with subs. (1) to (3) unless the department determines that non-compliance endangers the health or safety of community occupants.

(b) Any manufactured home community expansion shall comply with subs. (1) to (3) and other applicable parts of this chapter.

(c) Any modification of a manufactured home community that existed prior to 1962 relating to the size of the basic units, the separation between basic units or the placement of basic units on a lot in relationship to streets and other buildings shall be permitted by the department unless the department determines that the modification endangers the health or safety of community occupants. Any modification of a manufactured home community which did not exist prior to 1962 shall comply with subs. (1) to (3) and other applicable parts of this chapter.

(d) Manufactured home communities or a section of a manufactured home community that were constructed between 1962 and March 1, 2006 shall comply with the following requirements for the width of 2-way streets within the community: At least 32 feet if parking is permitted on both sides of the street, 24 feet if parking is permitted on one side of the street and 18 feet if parking on the street is prohibited.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: am. (1) (c) (intro.), 1., 2. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.13 Fire hydrants {#sec-sps-326.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.13}

For manufactured home communities and community expansions constructed after March 1, 2006, fire hydrants shall be provided in accordance with ch. NR 811 when the required water supply is available.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.14 Plumbing systems {#sec-sps-326.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.14}

Water and sewer systems owned by a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall be constructed and maintained in compliance with chs. SPS 381 to 387.

Note: The connection and use of a public water or sewer system is regulated under s. 281.45, Stats.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.15 Adequacy of water supply {#sec-sps-326.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.15}

Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall furnish a continuous and adequate supply of potable water to its manufactured home community occupants.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.16 Electricity {#sec-sps-326.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.16}

(1) Manufactured home community electrical connections shall meet the requirements set forth in ch. SPS 316.

(2) A manufactured home community operator may request an electric utility provider to disconnect the electrical service to a site where an electrical overload or other dangerous condition exists in nonconformance with ch. SPS 316.

(3) An authorized employee or agent of the department may order a manufactured home community operator to make the request specified in sub. (2).

Note: Chapter SPS 316 adopts the National Electrical Code (NEC). See Article 550 Part III of the NEC for information relating to electrical connections for manufactured homes. See Article 240 for overcurrent protection.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: renum. section 326.16 to (1), cr. (2), (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.17 Garbage and rubbish {#sec-sps-326.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.17}

(1) All garbage not disposed of through a garbage disposal unit connected with the sewage system shall be kept in separate, leak proof, non-absorbent containers equipped with tight-fitting covers unless otherwise protected from flies and insects, and the contents shall be disposed of as often as necessary to prevent decomposition or overflow.

(2) Garbage and rubbish containers shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. The use of wooden or paper containers for storing garbage and rubbish is prohibited.

Note: Local ordinances may require the separation of garbage and recyclable materials.

(3) This section does not prohibit the use of dumpsters in a manufactured home community.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.18 Management {#sec-sps-326.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.18}

(1) Availability. The manufactured home community operator or a designee in charge of the manufactured home community in the absence of the operator shall, during reasonable hours, be available in the community, in close proximity to the community or via electronic means.

(2) Registration of owners. The manufactured home community operator shall keep a register of all owners and occupants of manufactured homes located in the manufactured home community, and shall permit the department or its agent to inspect the register at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice. The register may be kept in an electronic form. If the register is being stored at a location different than the licensed address, the operator shall disclose the storage location to the department upon request.

(3) Maintenance. The manufactured home community operator shall maintain the manufactured home community in a clean, safe, orderly and sanitary condition at all times.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.19 Duties of occupants {#sec-sps-326.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.19}

All owners and other occupants of manufactured homes in a manufactured home community shall do all of the following:

(1) Register with the manufactured home community operator.

(2) Maintain their site in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition at all times.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 14-017: am. (intro.), (1) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.20 Other municipal fees {#sec-sps-326.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.20}

A manufactured home community contractor or a manufactured home community operator may pass along to a homeowner a municipal charge imposed on the community or its occupants on a schedule to meet the obligations imposed by the municipality or municipal utility notwithstanding the terms of the lease.

History

  • CR 14-017: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Subchapter IV Water and Sewer Service

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.25 General requirement {#sec-sps-326.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.25}

A manufactured home community contractor and a manufactured home community operator that provides water service or sewer service, or both, to the occupants of their manufactured home community shall furnish reasonably adequate service and facilities as required by this subchapter.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.26 Uniform billing rate {#sec-sps-326.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.26}

No manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may provide water and sewer service to a manufactured home community occupant at a billing rate different from that provided to all other occupants of their manufactured home community.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.27 Records of service interruptions {#sec-sps-326.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.27}

Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall maintain a record of each interruption of service that results from a failure or disruption of the manufactured home community water supply or sewer collection system lasting more than one hour or affecting more than 25% of the manufactured home community occupants upon reporting of such an outage by a manufactured home community occupant. The manufactured home community operator’s or manufactured home community contractor’s records shall show the date and time the service interruption began, the duration, the cause, and the approximate number of manufactured home community occupants affected. Records must be maintained for 3 years following the date of occurrence.

Note: See also s. SPS 326.48 for further information.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.28 Information available and required to be provided to customers {#sec-sps-326.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.28}

Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall have available and provide, to all new manufactured home community occupants and to any manufactured home community occupant making a request, a written notice that includes a summary of the rules set forth in this chapter pertaining to deposits, payment options, disconnection, and dispute procedures. The notice shall contain a reply procedure to allow manufactured home community occupants an opportunity to advise the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor of any special circumstances, such as the presence of infants or elderly persons or the use of human life-sustaining equipment, and to advise the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor to contact a specific third-party agency or individual prior to any disconnection action being taken. Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall also provide annually, and any time rates are increased, written information regarding the rates charged to manufactured home community occupants for the provision of water and sewer service. The information provided shall include a description of how rates are determined, the rate charged the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor by its water or sewer service provider, and the department’s telephone number.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 14-017: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.29 Application {#sec-sps-326.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.29}

The provisions of Part 3 are not applicable to manufactured home community operators or manufactured home community contractors who include the costs associated with water and sewer service in their rental fees.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.30 Reasonableness of water and sewer rates {#sec-sps-326.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.30}

A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may establish general service charges for water and sewer service in one of the following ways:

(1)

(a) If a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor purchases water and sewer service and resells the service to the manufactured home community occupants where the service is not metered, the maximum allowable water and sewer bill to each manufactured home community occupant may not exceed the lesser of the manufactured home community’s water and sewer bill, plus 30%, divided by the number of occupied lots within the community, or the retail rates of the local municipality’s water and sewer operation applied to the average user. The bill to each manufactured home community occupant shall be based on the previous billing cycle of the service provider. The average user is one whose consumption is equal to the volume of water billed to the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor, divided by the number of occupied lots or occupants within the manufactured home community. The allowable bill also includes the combination of all other charges to a typical residential customer, including such items as meter and storm water charges.

Note: The 30% additional charge is intended to recover the operational, maintenance, and capital costs associated with the facilities within the manufactured home community.

(b) If a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor purchases water and sewer service and resells the service to the manufactured home community occupants where the service is metered, the maximum allowable water and sewer billing rate to each manufactured home community occupant may not exceed the local residential meter rate based on volume plus the combination of all other charges to a typical residential customer, including such items as meter and storm water charges.

(2) If a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor owns the water supply facilities or the sewerage treatment facilities that serve the manufactured home community, the water charge to a manufactured home community occupant may not exceed the average amount charged for a similar level of water utility service furnished by Wisconsin Class D water public utilities. The charge for sewer service may not exceed 2.5 times the charge for Wisconsin Class D water service.

Note: Information relative to the rates of Wisconsin Class D water public utilities is available from the Wisconsin Public Service Commission Web site at psc.wi.gov. See Bulletin 25.

(3)

(a) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may establish water and sewer rates in excess of those set forth in sub. (1) or (2) if the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor can provide written documentation to the department that demonstrates that higher charges are necessary to meet the reasonable costs associated with all or part of the requirements for the construction, reconstruction, improvement, extension, operation, maintenance, repair, or depreciation of the water and sewer system and for the payment of all or part of the principal and interest of any indebtedness associated with providing water and sewer service at a reasonable cost.

(b) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall provide a written explanation of rates upon request of a manufactured home community occupant, and at any time rates are increased.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 14-017: am. (1) (a), (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.31 Billing methods {#sec-sps-326.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.31}

Sewer or water bills for manufactured home community occupants shall be based on one of the following methods:

(1) Metered.

(2) Flat rate.

(3) Residential equivalent units.

Note: See s. SPS 383.43 for information regarding estimating wastewater flow.

(4) Any other method that can be shown to reasonably allocate costs among manufactured home community occupants.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.32 Billing {#sec-sps-326.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.32}

(1) If payments for water and sewer service are paid separately from rent, a bill for water and sewer service shall be issued at least quarterly by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor. The bill shall include all of the following on the manufactured home community occupant’s receipt:

(a) The service address.

(b) The present and last preceding meter readings if service is metered.

(c) The present and last preceding meter reading dates if service is metered.

(d) The number of units consumed if service is metered.

(e) Clear itemization of the amounts included in the bill for the present billing period and any unpaid balance from previous billing periods, including any late payment charges.

(2) Estimated bills shall be distinctly marked as such, if service is on a metered basis.

(3) Except as provided in sub. (4), if payments for water and sewer service are paid separately from rent, a partial payment received for water and sewer service shall be applied, in descending order until fully paid, to each of the following types of charges on the manufactured home community occupant’s account:

(a) Current water and sewer service.

(b) Water and sewer service arrears.

(c) Miscellaneous water and sewer charges.

(d) All other charges.

(4) Upon a manufactured home community occupant’s request, or at the discretion of the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor, partial payments may be allocated differently than set forth under sub. (3) if the allocation does not result in a disconnection of service or the imposition of a late payment penalty that would not have occurred under the allocation methodology set forth under sub. (3).

(5) The manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may apply late payment charges to any portion of a manufactured home community occupant’s water and sewer service bill that is not paid in full within 20 days following issuance of the bill. The late payment charge each month shall not exceed one percent of the total unpaid balance per month.

(6)

(a) If a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor applies a late payment charge, the late payment charge shall apply only to that portion of the bill not paid within 20 days following issuance of the bill.

(b) If a customer disputes a bill for utility service and does not pay the disputed bill in full within 20 days following issuance of the bill, the late payment charge shall be applied only to that portion of the disputed bill later found to be correct and payable to the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (7) (b), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: r. (3) (b), renum. (3) (c) to (e) to (3) (b) to (d), r. (7), (8) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.33 Deposits for water and sewer service {#sec-sps-326.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.33}

(1) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may require a deposit as a condition of new or continued water and sewer service. The amount of the required deposit may not exceed $75.

(2) The manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall refund the water and sewer deposit of a manufactured home community occupant within the same period as for the rental agreement security deposit.

(3)

(a) Any arrearage owed by a manufactured home community occupant for water and sewer service may be deducted from the manufactured home community occupant’s water and sewer deposit.

(b) If the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor deducts a water and sewer arrearage from a manufactured home community occupant’s deposit, it may require the manufactured home community occupant to bring the water and sewer deposit up to its original amount.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 14-017: renum. (1) (a) to (1) and am., r. (1) (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.34 Reasons for disconnection and refusal of service {#sec-sps-326.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.34}

(1) Water and sewer service may be disconnected or refused for any of the following actions on the part of a manufactured home community occupant:

(a) Failure to pay a delinquent account.

(b) Failure to comply with deposit arrangements as specified in s. SPS 326.33.

(c) Diversion of service around the meter.

(d) Refusal or failure to permit authorized manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor personnel access to the base meter or remote register.

(e) Use of service in a manner that interferes with the service of others or the operation of nonstandard equipment, if the manufactured home community occupant has first been notified and provided with reasonable opportunity to remedy the situation.

(f) Failure to comply with Wisconsin statutes, department rules, or department orders pertaining to water and sewer service.

(g) Failure to pay costs or fees incurred by and awarded to the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor by a court of law for pursuit of collection of water and sewer bills, or failure to pay collection charges associated with water and sewer service.

(h) Use of a device that unreasonably interferes with communications or signal services used for reading meters.

(i) Failure to bring a deposit up to its original amount within 20 days of the written request to do so if all or a portion of the deposit has been used to pay a water and sewer arrearage.

(2) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may disconnect water and sewer service without prior notice where a dangerous condition exists for as long as the condition exists. Upon disconnection, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall provide the manufactured home community occupant with a written explanation of the dangerous condition.

(3) Service may be discontinued with a written 24-hour notice for nonpayment of a bill covering surreptitious use of water and sewer.

(4) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor may disconnect water and sewer service without notice where it has reasonable evidence that water and sewer service is being obtained by potentially unsafe devices or potentially unsafe methods that stop or interfere with the proper metering of the water and sewer service.

(5) Water and sewer service may not be disconnected or refused for any of the following reasons:

(a) Failure to pay the account of another manufactured home community occupant as guarantor of that account.

(b) Failure to pay charges arising from any underbilling occurring more than one year prior to the current billing.

(c) For the purpose of eviction of a manufactured home community occupant.

(d) If a heat advisory or warning has been declared by the national weather service for a geographic area that includes the manufactured home community.

(6) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, upon due notice to a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor, the operator or contractor may not disconnect service or refuse to reconnect service to a manufactured home community occupant if disconnection will aggravate an existing medical or protective services emergency of the manufactured home community occupant, a member of the manufactured home community occupant’s family, or other permanent resident of the premises where service is rendered and if the manufactured home community occupant conforms to the procedures described in s. SPS 326.35 (1) (c).

(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, water and sewer service may not be refused or disconnected because of a delinquent account if the manufactured home community occupant or applicant provides a deposit as a condition of future service, as governed by s. SPS 326.33, or a payment agreement guaranteed by a third party. If the guarantor has agreed to be responsible for payment of all future bills, the manufactured home community occupant shall be notified of the billing arrangement and of the ability to reject the proposed arrangement.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (1) (b), (7), (8) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: am. (1) (a), (2), r. (6), renum. (7), (8) to (6), (7) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.35 Disconnection procedure {#sec-sps-326.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.35}

(1)

(a) A notice of disconnection may not be issued until at least 20 days after the date of issuance of the bill.

(b) Manufactured home community water and sewer service shall not be disconnected or refused because of any disputed matter while the disputed matter is being pursued in accordance with the provisions of s. SPS 326.38.

(c) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall postpone the disconnection of service, or reconnect the service if disconnected, for up to 21 days on the written recommendation of a licensed physician or notice from a public health, social services, or law enforcement official that identifies the medical or protective services emergency and specifies the period of time for postponement of the disconnection. This postponement is to enable the manufactured home community occupant to arrange for payment.

(d) During the period service is continued under the provisions of this subsection, the manufactured home community occupant is responsible for the cost of residential water and sewer service. However, no action to disconnect that service shall be undertaken until expiration of the period of continued service.

(e) If there is a dispute concerning an alleged medical emergency, either party may request an informal review by the department. During the informal review, residential water and sewer service shall be continued if the manufactured home community occupant has submitted a statement or notice as set forth in par. (c).

(2)

(a) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall not disconnect service unless written notice by first class mail is sent to the manufactured home community occupant or personally served upon the occupant at least 8 calendar days prior to the first date of the proposed disconnection except as provided in s. SPS 326.34 (2), (3), and (4). If the billing address is different from the service address, notice shall be posted at the service address not less than 5 days before disconnection. The notice shall contain the information set forth in s. SPS 326.36.

(b) If disconnection is not accomplished on or before the 15th day after the first notice date, a subsequent notice shall be left on the premises not less than 24 hours nor more than 48 hours prior to the disconnection unless the manufactured home community occupant and the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor agree to extend the 15-day time period. If disconnection is not accomplished on or before the 30th day after the original eight-day disconnection notice was issued, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall issue a new eight-day disconnection notice prior to proceeding with the disconnection of water and sewer service.

(c) The manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall make a reasonable effort to have a personal or telephone contact with the manufactured home community occupant prior to disconnection. If a contact is made, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall review the reasons for the pending disconnection of service and explain what actions shall be taken by the manufactured home community occupant to avoid disconnection. The manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall keep a record of the contacts and contact attempts.

(d) If a dispute cannot be resolved, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall inform the manufactured home community occupant of the right to appeal to the department in accordance with s. SPS 326.38.

(3) Service shall not be disconnected on a day, or on the day immediately preceding a day, when the business offices of the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor are not available to the manufactured home community occupants for the purpose of transacting all business matters. If the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor is not available for all business matters, it shall be considered to be available if it provides personnel that are readily available to the manufactured home community occupant 24 hours per day to evaluate, negotiate, or otherwise consider the manufactured home community occupant’s objection to the disconnection as provided under s. SPS 326.38, and proper service personnel are readily available to restore service 24 hours per day.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (1) (b), (2) (a), (d), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.36 Disconnection notice {#sec-sps-326.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.36}

(1) A disconnection notice shall contain all of the following information:

(a) The name and address of the manufactured home community occupant and the address of the service, if different.

(b) The reason for the proposed disconnection of service and a statement that service will be disconnected if one of the following does not occur:

  1. The account is paid.

  2. Other suitable arrangements are made.

  3. Equipment changes are made.

(c) A statement that the manufactured home community occupant shall immediately contact the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor at the number listed if the manufactured home community occupant disputes the account considered delinquent, if any resident is seriously ill, or if there are other extenuating circumstances.

Note: Extenuating circumstances include things such as the presence of occupants who are any of the following: infants or young children, elderly persons, persons with disabilities, or persons who use life support systems or equipment.

(d) A statement that residential water and sewer service shall be continued for up to 21 days during serious illness on the written recommendation of a licensed physician.

(e) A statement that the manufactured home community occupant may appeal to the department if the grounds for the proposed disconnection or the amount of any charge remains in dispute after the manufactured home community occupant has pursued the available remedies with the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor.

(f) The date of the notice.

(g) The proposed date of disconnection.

(h) A phone number at which the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor can be contacted.

(i) A statement that the manufactured home community occupant may apply to accept responsibility for future bills and avoid disconnection of service as allowed under s. SPS 326.34 (7).

(j) A statement that disputing any matter does not relieve the manufactured home community occupant of the obligation of paying charges not in dispute, prevent disconnection of water and sewer service for nonpayment of undisputed charges, or prevent the application of a late payment charge to amounts in dispute that are later determined to be correct.

(2) If disconnection of service is to be made for default on a payment, the notice shall include an explanation of the acts of the manufactured home community occupant which are considered to constitute default.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (1) (i) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: am. (1) (intro,), r. (1) (b) 2., renum. (1) (b) 3., 4. to (1) (b) 2., 3., am. (1) (c), (i), (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.38 Dispute procedures {#sec-sps-326.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.38}

(1) If a manufactured home community occupant disputes a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor’s request for a deposit, or advises the manufactured home community’s designated office prior to the disconnection of service that all or any part of any billing as rendered is in dispute, or that any matter related to the disconnection or refusal of service is in dispute, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall do all of the following:

(a) Investigate the dispute promptly and completely.

(b) Advise the manufactured home community occupant of the results of the investigation.

(2)

(a) After the manufactured home community occupant has pursued the available remedies with the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor, the manufactured home community occupant may request that the department informally review the disputed issue and recommend terms of settlement.

(b) A request for informal review may be made in any reasonable manner, including written, electronic or telephone request directed to the department. The department may request in writing or by telephone the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor to provide investigative information regarding the dispute.

(c) A manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall respond to the department request for an investigation promptly. Based on information provided by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor and the manufactured home community occupant, the department shall make an informal determination for settlement of the dispute and communicate that determination to both parties. Either party to the dispute may request and receive the department determination, and the basis for it, in writing. The department shall inform any manufactured home community occupant disputing an informal determination of the right to pursue a formal review.

(d) At least 7 business days shall elapse between the date the department telephones or mails notice of terms of settlement and disconnection.

(3)

(a) After informal review, any party to the dispute may make a written request for a formal review by the department. To avoid disconnection pending a formal review, the manufactured home community occupant shall request in writing a formal review by the department within 7 business days of the issuance of the informal determination. All other requests for formal review shall be made within 30 calendar days of the date the department telephones or provides written notice of terms of the settlement after informal review. If a party to a dispute requests written confirmation of the department decision, the 30-day period begins from the date of that mailing.

(b) The department shall base its formal determination on the request for formal review and the department’s informal dispute file. Within 45 calendar days from the date that a request for formal review is made, the department shall draft a memorandum based on the information it has received from the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor and the manufactured home community occupant. A copy of the memorandum shall be provided to the parties no less than 15 business days prior to consideration by the department. The department shall inform both parties in writing of the date of consideration. Either party to the dispute may file a response to the department memorandum. A response shall be filed with the department no less than 2 business days prior to the date scheduled for consideration by the department. The department shall inform both parties in writing of its formal review decision.

(4) Either party to the dispute may request that the department reconsider its formal determination under this section. A request for reconsideration shall comply with s. 227.49, Stats., and shall be received by the department within 20 days after the date the department mailed the determination. A request for reconsideration shall include any additional information or arguments that the party believes were not considered in the original dispute. The department may review and reaffirm its original decision, issue a new decision, or decide to hold a hearing on the matter for the gathering of additional information.

(5)

(a) If the department decides under sub. (4) to conduct a hearing, the department may impose conditions on granting the hearing. If either party fails to meet a condition, the department may or may not hold a hearing on the dispute.

(b) The hearing shall conform to the procedures of ch. 227, Stats.

(c) The hearing shall be held not less than 10 days following mailing of the notice of hearing and a decision shall be rendered within 30 days following the conclusion of the hearing.

(6) Manufactured home community water and sewer service shall not be disconnected or refused because of any disputed matter while the disputed matter is being pursued in accordance with the provisions of this section. The manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall inform the manufactured home community occupant that pursuing a disputed matter does not relieve the manufactured home community occupant of the obligation of paying charges that are not in dispute, prevent disconnection of water and sewer service for nonpayment of undisputed charges, or prevent the application of a late payment charge to amounts in dispute and later determined to be correct.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: am. (1) (intro.), r. (1) (c) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.39 Complaint procedures {#sec-sps-326.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.39}

Manufactured home community occupants may complain to the department concerning adequacy of water supply, or the general condition of the manufactured home community’s water distribution system, sewer collection system or sewer treatment system.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.40 Meters {#sec-sps-326.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.40}

(1) All meters used for measuring the quantity of water delivered to a manufactured home community occupant shall be in good working condition. They shall be adequate in size and design for the type of service measured and shall be accurate to the standard specified in s. PSC 185.65 (2).

(2) If water service is supplied by a manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor on a metered basis, service may not be supplied to any manufactured home community occupant from facilities which are downstream from another manufactured home community occupant’s meter.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.41 Meter testing facilities and equipment {#sec-sps-326.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.41}

Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor billing for water and sewer service on a metered basis shall own or provide, through contract or otherwise, adequate equipment and facilities to provide for testing of all of its water meters.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.42 Testing of manufactured home community occupant meters {#sec-sps-326.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.42}

(1) The test of any manufactured home community occupant’s meter shall consist of a comparison of its accuracy with that of a standard of known accuracy. If the test standard consists of a previously calibrated reference or service meter, the test results for the manufactured home community occupant meter shall be adjusted to compensate for the inaccuracies of the reference meter at the particular flow rates.

(2) Meters shall be tested before repair (“As Found”) and after repair (“As Left”), if applicable.

(3) Meters not meeting the accuracy or other requirements of s. PSC 185.65 (2) shall be repaired or rebuilt to meet those requirements before further use.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.43 Test flows {#sec-sps-326.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.43}

The required test flow and normal test flow limits are as listed in s. PSC 185.65. The stated test flows apply for both “As Found” and “As Left” tests.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.44 Required tests of manufactured home community occupant meters {#sec-sps-326.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.44}

Meters shall be tested by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor at each of the following times:

(1) Before use if the meter has not been tested or certified to be accurate.

(2) Upon manufactured home community occupant request in accordance with s. SPS 326.45.

(3) When damaged or otherwise suspected of being inaccurate.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-017: am. (intro.) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.45 Requested test {#sec-sps-326.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.45}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall promptly make an accuracy test of any metering installation upon request of a manufactured home community occupant.

(2) If less than one year has elapsed since the last meter test, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor is not obligated to test the meter unless there is evidence that the meter is damaged or otherwise registering incorrectly.

(3) When a meter test is performed upon request of the manufactured home community occupant, an amount equal to 50% of the estimated cost of the meter test shall be advanced to the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor by the manufactured home community occupant. This amount shall be refunded if the test shows the meter to be over registering by more than 2%. The entire cost resulting from the meter test shall be the responsibility of the manufactured home community occupant if the results of the test show the meter to be under registering or accurate under s. PSC 185.65 (2).

(4) A report giving the results of the test shall be provided to the manufactured home community occupant and a complete original test record shall be kept on file by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor for one year following the test date.

(5) Upon request, the test shall be made in the presence of the manufactured home community occupant during normal business hours.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.46 Remote outside meter system tests {#sec-sps-326.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.46}

The remote outside meter system, if used, shall be tested each time the associated meter is tested. If the total recorded consumption of the remote outside meter agrees with that of the base meter, no further testing of the remote outside meter system is required.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.47 Flushing mains {#sec-sps-326.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.47}

If practical, dead-end mains or other low-flow portions of distribution systems shall be flushed as needed to eliminate or minimize complaints from manufactured home community occupants arising from an objectionable condition of water due to lack of circulation.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.48 Interruptions of service {#sec-sps-326.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.48}

(1) Each manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to prevent interruptions of service. When interruptions occur, the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor shall endeavor to re-establish service with the shortest possible delay consistent with the safety of its employees, the manufactured home community occupants, and the general public.

(2) Reasonable notice shall be given to manufactured home community occupants of planned interruptions of service.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 326.49 Maintenance of water and sewer piping {#sec-sps-326.49 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 326.49}

(1) Thawing of a manufactured home community occupant’s frozen water service or building sewer shall be at the manufactured home community occupant’s expense unless either of the following apply:

(a) The freeze-up is a direct result of a disconnect initiated by the manufactured home community operator or manufactured home community contractor and the disconnection occurs during a time when conditions are such that freeze-up could reasonably be expected to occur.

(b) The freeze-up is a result of a deficiency in the manufactured home community water or sewer service piping.

(2) The cost of maintenance of water and sewer service piping shall be at the expense of the manufactured home community occupant if the manufactured home community occupant physically damages piping or discharges improper materials into the sewer.

Note: See ss. SPS 382.34 and 383.32 for information regarding the discharge of improper materials into a sewer.

History

  • CR 04-135: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; CR 14-017: am. (1) (intro.) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.

Chapter SPS 327 CAMPING UNITS

Subchapter I Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-327.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.01}

The purpose of this code is to establish uniform statewide construction standards and inspection procedures for camping units in accordance with the requirements of ss. 101.63 (1), 101.82 (1), and 145.02 (2) (b), Stats.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.02 Scope {#sec-sps-327.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.02}

(1) General. The provisions of this code apply to all camping units for which construction commenced on or after February 6, 2017.

Note: Also see s. SPS 327.04.

(2) Municipal ordinances.

(a) A municipality may not adopt an ordinance on any subject falling within the scope of this code including establishing restrictions on the occupancy of camping units for any reason other than noncompliance with the provisions of this code as set forth in s. SPS 327.11 (5). This code does not apply to occupancy requirements occurring after the first occupancy following the final inspection required under s. SPS 327.11 (4).

(b) This code shall not be construed to affect local requirements relating to land use, zoning, post-construction storm water management, fire districts, side, front and rear setback requirements, property line requirements or other similar requirements. This code shall not affect the right of municipalities to establish safety regulations for the protection of the public from hazards at the job site.

(c) Any municipality may, by ordinance, require permits and fees for any construction, additions, alterations, or repairs not within the scope of this code.

(d) Any municipality may, by ordinance, adopt the provisions of this chapter to apply to any additions or alterations to existing camping units.

(e) Nothing in this chapter shall prevent a municipality from any of the following:

  1. Implementing erosion and sediment control requirements that are more stringent than the standards of this code when directed by an order of the United States Environmental Protection Agency or by an administrative rule of the department of natural resources under s. NR 151.004.

  2. Regulating erosion and sediment control for sites that are not under the scope of this chapter.

(f) This code shall not be construed to affect the authority of the department of natural resources to enforce chs. 281 and 283, Stats., and administrative rules promulgated thereunder.

(3) Legal responsibility. The department or the municipality having jurisdiction shall not assume legal responsibility for the design or construction of camping units.

(4) Retroactivity. The provisions of this code are not retroactive, except as specifically stated in a rule.

(5) Landscaping. The scope of this code does not extend to driveways, sidewalks, landscaping, and other similar features not having an impact on the camping unit structure.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; correction in (2) (f) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register March 2018 No. 747.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.03 Effective date {#sec-sps-327.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.03}

The effective date of this chapter is February 6, 2017.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.04 Applications {#sec-sps-327.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.04}

(1) New camping units. This code applies to all camping units for which construction commenced on or after February 6, 2017. All camping units covered under this subsection shall meet the requirements of this chapter. If a plumbing, electrical, heating, or air conditioning system is installed in a camping unit, the system shall meet the requirements of this chapter.

(2) Additions and alterations. Additions and alterations to camping units covered by this code shall comply with all provisions of this code at the time of permit application or the beginning of the project, if no permit is required.

(3) Change of use. Property previously used for another purpose shall comply with this code upon conversion to a camping unit.

Note: Examples of property that may be converted to a camping unit include a cabin, covered wagon, or gazebo.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.05 Exemptions {#sec-sps-327.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.05}

(1) Existing camping units. The provisions of this code shall not apply to camping units, the construction of which was commenced prior to February 6, 2017, or to additions or alterations to such camping units.

Note: As provided under s. SPS 327.02 (2) (d), the provisions of this chapter may be adopted by a municipality to apply to any additions or alterations to existing camping units.

(2) Repairs. The provisions of this code do not apply to repairs or maintenance to camping units, or to the repair of electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other systems installed therein.

(3) Accessory buildings. The provisions of this code do not apply to detached garages or to any accessory buildings detached from the camping unit.

(4) Detached decks. The provisions of this code do not apply to detached decks provided the deck does not serve an exit from the camping unit.

(5) Manufactured and modular homes. The provisions of this code do not apply to manufactured homes and modular homes.

(6) Motor and mobile homes and recreational vehicles. The provisions of this code do not apply to motor homes, recreational vehicles, park model recreational vehicles, and recreational mobile homes.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.06 Procedure for municipalities {#sec-sps-327.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.06}

(1) Municipal jurisdiction.

(a) General.

  1. Except as provided in par. (b), cities, villages, towns, and counties approved by the department under s. SPS 320.06 to exercise jurisdiction over the construction and inspection of new dwellings shall exercise jurisdiction over the construction and inspection of new camping units.

  2. Municipalities exercising jurisdiction under subd. 1. shall, by ordinance, adopt this code in its entirety.

  3. Except as provided under s. SPS 327.02 (2) (d), no additional requirements within the scope of this code may be adopted by a municipality unless approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 327.17.

(b) Intent to not exercise jurisdiction. Municipalities intending not to exercise jurisdiction over the construction and inspection of new camping units shall notify the department, in writing, within 90 days of the effective date of this code.

(c) Recision of ordinances. Municipalities that rescind an ordinance under par. (a) shall file a certified copy of the recision with the department within 30 days of adoption.

Note: Notification of intent to not exercise jurisdiction and certified copies of recisions of ordinances should be sent to Department of Safety and Professional Services, Industry Services Division, PO Box 2658, Madison, WI 53701-2658.

(2) Departmental jurisdiction. In municipalities not exercising jurisdiction under sub. (1), the department will oversee enforcement and inspection services for new camping units.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.07 State jurisdiction {#sec-sps-327.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.07}

In accordance with s. 101.64 (1) (h), Stats., municipalities administering the code may be monitored by the department for compliance with the administrative requirements under this code.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register May 2018 No. 749.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.08 Definitions {#sec-sps-327.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.08}

In this chapter:

(1) “Accessory building” means a detached building, not used as a camping unit but is incidental to that of the camping unit and which is located on the same lot. Accessory building does not mean farm building.

(2) “Addition” means new construction performed on a camping unit which increases the outside dimensions of the camping unit.

(3) “Allowable stress” means the specified maximum permissible stress of a material expressed in load per unit area.

(4) “Alteration” means an enhancement, upgrading, or substantial change or modification other than an addition or repair to a camping unit or to electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and other systems within a camping unit.

(5) “Approved” means an approval by the department or its authorized representative. Approval is not to be construed as an assumption of any legal responsibility for the design or construction of the camping unit.

(6) “Building component” means any subsystem, subassembly, or other system designed for use in or as part of a structure, which may include structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection systems and other systems affecting health and safety.

(7) “Building system” means plans, specifications and documentation for a system of manufactured building or for a type or a system of building components, which may include structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing, and variations which are submitted as part of the building system.

(8) “Campground” has the meaning given in s. ATCP 79.03 (3).

Note: ATCP 79.03 (3) reads: “Campground” means a parcel or tract of land owned by a person, state, or local government that is designed, maintained, intended, or used for the purpose of providing campsites offered with or without charge, for temporary overnight sleeping accommodations.

(9) “Camping unit” means a framed structure or a tent, teepee, yurt, or other structure with fabric roof or walls that is 400 square feet or less in area, which is placed by a campground owner or operator in a campground for which a permit is issued under s. 97.67, Stats., and used for seasonal overnight camping.

(10) “Camping unit transfer tank” or “transfer tank” means a type of portable container used to collect and hold wastewater discharges generated by an individual camping unit.

(11) “Ceiling height” means the clear vertical distance from the finished floor to the finished ceiling.

(12) “Certified UDC inspector” means a person certified by the department to engage in the administration and enforcement of this code.

(13) A “chimney” is one or more vertical, or nearly so, passageways or flues for the purpose of conveying flue gases to the atmosphere.

(14) “Code” means this chapter.

(15) “Common area” means a kitchen, hallway, or any habitable room.

(16) “Cooling load” is the rate at which heat must be removed from the space to maintain a selected indoor air temperature during periods of design outdoor weather conditions.

(17) “Deck” means an unenclosed exterior structure, attached or adjacent to the exterior wall of a camping unit, which has a floor, but no roof.

(18) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(19) “Dilution air” means air that is provided for the purpose of mixing with flue gases in a draft hood or draft regulator.

(20) “Direct-vent appliance” means a gas-burning appliance that is constructed and installed so that all air for combustion is derived directly from the outside atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to the outside atmosphere.

(21) “Exit” means a direct, continuous, unobstructed means of egress from inside the camping unit to the exterior of the camping unit.

(22) “Fireblocking” means a material or device used to retard or prevent the spread of flame or hot gases through concealed spaces into adjacent rooms or areas.

(23) “First floor” means the first floor level above any groundfloor or basement or, in the absence of a groundfloor or basement, means the lowest floor level in the camping unit.

(24) “Flight” means a continuous series of risers and treads, with no intermediate landings.

(25) “Gas appliance” means any device that uses gas as a fuel or raw material to produce light, heat, power, refrigeration, or air conditioning.

(26) “Groundfloor” means that level of a camping unit, below the first floor, located on a site with a sloping or multilevel grade and which has a portion of its floor line at grade.

(27) “Guard” means a barrier erected to prevent a person from falling to a lower level.

(28) “Habitable room” means any room used for sleeping, living, or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed places as kitchens, closets, pantries, bath or toilet rooms, hallways, laundries, storage spaces, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

(29) “Handrail” means a horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by a hand, for guidance or support or preventing a fall down a stair.

(30) “Heating load” is the estimated heat loss of each room or space to be heated, based on maintaining a selected indoor air temperature during periods of design outdoor weather conditions. The total heat load includes: the transmission losses of heat transmitted through the wall, floor, ceiling, glass or other surfaces; and either the infiltration losses or heat required to warm outdoor air used for ventilation.

(31) “HVAC” means heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

(32) “HVAC system” means the equipment, distribution network, and terminals that provide either collectively or individually the processes of heating, ventilating, or air conditioning to a building.

(33) “Insignia” or “Wisconsin insignia” means a device or seal approved by the department to certify compliance with this code.

(34) “Kitchen” means an area used, or designed to be used, for the preparation of food.

(35) “Land disturbing construction activity” means any man-made alteration of the land surface resulting in a change in the topography or existing vegetative or non-vegetative soil cover, that may result in storm water runoff and lead to an increase in soil erosion and movement of sediment.

(36) “Landing” means the level portion of a stairs located between flights of stairs or located at the top and base of a stairs.

(37) “Lavatory” means a sink or basin in a camping unit bathroom.

(38) “Listed and listing” means equipment or building components which are tested by an independent testing agency and accepted by the department.

(39) “Loft” means an upper room or floor with one side that has at least 50% of the space from the floor to the ceiling open to the floor below.

(40) “Manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

(41) “Mechanical draft system” means a venting system for a gas burning appliance that is designed to remove flue or vent gases by mechanical means, such as a fan, which may consist of an induced draft portion under non-positive static pressure or a forced draft portion under positive static pressure.

(42) “Modular home” has the meaning given in s. 101.71 (6), Stats.

(43) “Motor home” has the meaning given in s. 340.01 (33m), Stats.

(44) “Municipality” means any city, village, town, or county in this state.

(45) “Naturally vented appliance” means an appliance with a venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases under non-positive static vent pressure entirely by natural draft.

(46) “Owner” means any person having a legal or equitable interest in the camping unit.

(47) “Park model recreational vehicle” means a factory built vehicular structure that is designed only for recreational use and not as a primary residence or for permanent occupancy, is built and certified in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association’s NFPA 1192-15, Standard for Recreational Vehicles, or the American National Standards Institute’s ANSI A119.5-15, Recreational Park Trailer Standard, and is not certified as a manufactured home.

(48) “Porch” means an unenclosed exterior structure at or near grade attached or adjacent to the exterior wall of any camping unit, and having a roof and floor.

(49) “Pre-existing insignia” or “Wisconsin pre-existing insignia” means a device or seal approved by the department for camping units, the construction of which was commenced prior to February 6, 2017.

(50) “Recreational mobile home” has the meaning given in s. 66.0435 (1) (hm), Stats.

(51) “Recreational vehicle” has the meaning given in s. 340.01 (48r), Stats.

(52) “Registered UDC inspection agency” means a person, business, or entity that is registered with the department for the purpose of facilitating issuance of Wisconsin camping unit building permits and inspection of camping units in municipalities where the department has jurisdiction pursuant to s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats.

(53) “Repair” means the act or process of restoring to original soundness, including redecorating, refinishing, nonstructural repairs or maintenance, or the replacement of existing fixtures, systems, or equipment with the equivalent fixture, system or equipment.

(54) “Shingle” means a unit of roof-covering material that has been manufactured to specific dimensions and is applied in overlapping fashion. “Shingle” includes all of the following:

(a) “Fiberglass asphalt shingle” means a type of shingle with an internal mat composed of nonwoven, resin-bonded glass fibers, that is impregnated and coated with asphalt.

(b) “Laminated shingle” means a shingle with a second layer of asphalt and mat laminated to the first layer, usually in a design pattern to simulate the dimensional appearance of natural slate or wood shakes.

(c) “Organic asphalt shingle” means a shingle with an internal mat composed of organic fibers, such as cellulose, that is saturated and coated with asphalt.

(d) “Strip shingle” means a rectangular shingle that relies either on a sealant or on a combination of weight and stiffness to resist wind uplift, rather than using interlocking tabs.

(55) “Stair,” ”stairs,” or ”stairway” means one or more risers that form a continuous passage from one elevation to another.

(56) A “story” is that portion of a camping unit located between the floor and the ceiling.

(57) “Vent” means a vertical flue or passageway to vent fuel-burning appliances.

(58) “Ventilation” means the process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any space.

(59) “Water closet” means a water-flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human excrement directly from the user of the fixture.

(60) “Waters of the state” includes those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, and all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, watercourses, drainage systems, and other surface waters or groundwaters, natural or artificial, public or private, within the state or its jurisdiction.

(61) “Window” means a glazed opening in an exterior wall, including glazed portions of doors, within a conditioned space.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.09 Wisconsin camping unit building permit {#sec-sps-327.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.09}

(1) Where required. A Wisconsin camping unit building permit shall be obtained from the municipality administering and enforcing this code or from a registered UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code in a municipality where the department has jurisdiction pursuant to s. 101.651 (3) (b), Stats., before any construction of a camping unit may begin.

(2) Inspections. A person who obtains a Wisconsin camping unit building permit from a registered UDC inspection agency shall retain the same agency to conduct the inspection of the camping unit under s. SPS 327.11.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.10 Procedure for obtaining camping unit building permit {#sec-sps-327.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.10}

(1) Application. Application for a Wisconsin camping unit building permit shall be on forms obtained from the department, the municipality, or the authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code. No application shall be accepted that does not contain all the information requested on the form.

Note: Applications are available from the department by email at dsps@wisconsin.gov or by telephone at (608) 266-2112, (877) 617-1565, or 411 (Telecommunications Relay).

(2) Filing of permit applications. A Wisconsin camping unit building permit shall be filed with the municipality or the authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code.

(3) Fees.

(a) Municipal fees. The municipality shall, by ordinance, determine fees to cover expenses of final inspection of the camping unit and the issuance of a Wisconsin insignia.

Note: Also see s. SPS 302.34, which sets the fee the department will charge for a Wisconsin insignia.

(b) Inspection agency fees. UDC inspection agency fees shall be determined by contract between the municipality and the agency or between the department and the agency, where the agency has been authorized to conduct inspections on behalf of the department.

(4) Issuance of permits.

(a) The Wisconsin camping unit building permit shall be issued if the requirements for filing and fees are satisfied.

(b) The permit shall expire 24 months after issuance if construction of the camping unit has not been completed.

(5) Denial of permits.

(a) General. Approval shall be denied if the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code determines that the Wisconsin camping unit building permit application does not substantially conform to the provisions of this code and other legal requirements.

(b) Denial of application. A copy of the denied application, accompanied by a written statement specifying the reasons for denial, shall be sent to the applicant and to the owner as specified on the Wisconsin camping unit building permit application.

(c) Appeals. The applicant may appeal a denial of the application in accordance with the procedure outlined in s. SPS 327.18.

(6) Time-span for approval or denial. Action to approve or deny a camping unit building permit application shall be completed within 10 business days of receipt of the application, fees, and supplementary information required to process the application.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.11 Inspections {#sec-sps-327.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.11}

(1) Inspector certification. All inspections, for the purpose of administering and enforcing this code, shall be performed by a certified UDC inspector who holds the respective credential for the inspection performed.

Note: Also see ch. SPS 305, which relates to licenses, certifications, and registrations.

(2) General inspection requirements.

(a) General. Camping units for which a permit has been issued under s. SPS 327.10 (4) shall be inspected in accordance with this section. Inspections shall be conducted by the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code to determine if the construction conforms to the provisions of this code.

(b) Inspection notice. The applicant or an authorized representative shall request an inspection required under sub. (3) or (4) from the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code.

(3) Rough inspection.

(a) A rough inspection of the following shall be performed after the rough work is constructed but before it is concealed to determine if the work complies with this code:

  1. General construction, including framing.

  2. Rough electrical.

  3. Rough plumbing.

  4. Rough heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

(b) All rough work may be completed before the notice for rough inspection is given, provided the rough work has not been covered.

(c) The applicant may request one rough inspection or individual rough inspections.

(d) A separate fee may be charged for each individual inspection.

(4) Final inspection required prior to occupancy.

(a) A camping unit may not be occupied until a final inspection has been made of a camping unit’s construction, HVAC, electrical, plumbing, and transfer tank that finds no critical violations of this code that could reasonably be expected to affect the health or safety of a person using the camping unit.

(b) If the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency conducting the inspection under this subsection did not conduct the inspection under sub. (3), the final inspection under this subsection may not take place until the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency is provided a copy of an inspection report or other written verification of a pass result for all inspections required under sub. (3).

(5) Notice of compliance or noncompliance.

(a) Upon a finding of compliance for an inspection under sub. (4), the municipality shall assign a Wisconsin insignia to the owner of the camping unit as provided in s. SPS 327.12 (1).

(b) Upon a finding of noncompliance for an inspection under sub. (3) or (4), the municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency enforcing this code shall notify the applicant of record and the owner, in writing, of the violations to be corrected.

(c) The municipality or authorized UDC inspection agency shall order all cited violations corrected within 30 days after written notification, unless an extension of time is granted under s. SPS 327.18.

(6) Voluntary inspection. The department or its authorized representative may, at the request of the owner, enter and inspect camping units, subject to the provisions of this code, to ascertain compliance with this code.

(7) Record keeping.

(a) Municipal enforcement. Municipalities that have adopted an ordinance to enforce this code shall maintain records in accordance with all of the following:

  1. A record shall be made of each visit to a site, each inspection performed, and the pass or fail results of each inspection.

  2. Application forms, correction orders, correspondence and inspection records shall be maintained for 7 years after completion of the camping unit.

(b) State enforcement. Inspectors working under state contract shall maintain records in accordance with the provisions of the contract that was in effect at the time the inspections were completed.

Note: Records generated by an inspection are public records and are subject to the open-records law.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.12 Approval procedures {#sec-sps-327.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.12}

(1) Wisconsin insignia.

(a) Upon a finding of compliance under s. SPS 327.11 (5) (a), the municipality shall issue a Wisconsin insignia to the owner of the camping unit.

(b) At the request of the owner of a camping unit that is exempt from the provisions of this code under s. SPS 327.05 (1), the municipality shall issue a Wisconsin pre-existing insignia to the owner of the camping unit. A pre-existing insignia shall contain the following language: “Unit was constructed before code’s eff. date.”

(c) Wisconsin insignias shall be purchased by municipalities from the department in accordance with the fee established in s. SPS 302.34. The owner of the camping unit shall affix the Wisconsin insignia to the camping unit as provided in sub. (4).

(2) Unit identification. Each camping unit shall be assigned a serial number. The serial number shall be located on the Wisconsin insignia.

(3) Lost or damaged insignia.

(a) Notification. If a Wisconsin insignia becomes lost or damaged or is no longer in use, the owner of the camping unit shall immediately notify the municipality in writing.

(b) Return of damaged insignias. If a Wisconsin insignia becomes damaged, the owner of the camping unit shall return the insignia to the municipality with the appropriate fee to obtain a new insignia.

(4) Affixing Wisconsin insignias. Each Wisconsin insignia shall be affixed to a specific camping unit in an overt location on the outside or inside of the camping unit. If the Wisconsin insignia is issued under sub. (1) (a), the camping unit may not be occupied until the Wisconsin insignia has been affixed as provided in this subsection.

(5) Insignia records.

(a) Municipality’s insignia records. The municipality shall keep permanent records regarding the handling of all Wisconsin insignias indicating the following:

  1. The number of Wisconsin insignias affixed to camping units.

  2. Which Wisconsin insignia has been applied to which camping unit.

  3. The disposition of any damaged or rejected Wisconsin insignias.

  4. The location and custody of all unused Wisconsin insignias.

(b) Retention of insignia records. The records under par. (a) shall be maintained by the municipality for at least 10 years. A copy of the records shall be sent to the department upon request.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.13 Suspension or revocation of Wisconsin camping unit building permit {#sec-sps-327.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.13}

(1)

(a) The municipality or the registered UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing this code may suspend or revoke any Wisconsin camping unit building permit where it appears that the permit or approval was obtained through fraud or deceit, where the applicant has willfully refused to correct a violation order, or where the inspector is denied access to the premises.

(b) No construction may take place on the camping unit after suspension or revocation of the permit.

(2) Any person aggrieved by a determination made by the department, a municipality, or a registered UDC inspection agency may appeal the decision in accordance with s. SPS 327.18.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.14 Effect of suspension and revocation {#sec-sps-327.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.14}

(1) Bearing of insignia. Upon suspension or revocation under s. SPS 327.13, the camping unit shall not be entitled to bear the Wisconsin insignia and the camping unit may not be occupied unless the municipality has inspected, or caused to be inspected, such camping unit and is satisfied that all requirements for approval have been met.

(2) Return of insignias. The owner shall return to the municipality a Wisconsin insignia assigned to a camping unit no later than 30 days from the effective date of any suspension or revocation under s. SPS 327.13.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.15 Approval of products {#sec-sps-327.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.15}

(1) Voluntary approval.

(a) Materials, equipment and products regulated by this code may receive a written approval from the department indicating code compliance.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests and other evidence that prove the material, equipment or product is in compliance with the standards specified in this code.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations for materials, equipment and products shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(2) Alternate approval.

(a) Materials, equipment and products, including experimental materials, equipment, and products, which meet the intent of this code and which are not approved under sub. (1) shall be permitted if approved in writing by the department.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests, and other evidence that prove the material, equipment, or product meets the intent of the standards specified in this code.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations for materials, equipment, and products shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(3) Review, approval and revocation processes.

(a)

  1. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for a material, equipment, or product.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval after receipt of all forms, fees, plans, and information required to complete the review.

  3. For voluntary and alternate approvals, a determination shall be made within 40 business days of receipt of all required materials.

(b)

  1. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval.

  2. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this code.

(c) If the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with this code or the intent of this code, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(d) If an approved material, equipment, or product is modified, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the material, equipment, or product is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(e)

  1. The department may revoke or deny an approval of a material, equipment, or product for any false statements or misrepresentations of relevant facts or data, unacceptability of a third party providing information, or as a result of material, equipment, or product failure.

  2. The department may re-examine an approved material, equipment, or product and issue a revised approval at any time.

(f) The department may revoke an approval if the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with this code or the intent of this code due to a change in the code or department interpretation of the code.

(g) An approval issued by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction, or performance of the approved material, equipment, or product nor for any damages that may result.

(h) Fees for the review of a material, equipment or product under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(4) Ungraded or used materials.

(a) Ungraded or used building materials may be used or reused as long as the material possesses the essential properties necessary to achieve the level of performance required by the code for the intended use.

(b) The department or the municipality enforcing this code may require tests in accordance with sub. (1) or (2).

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.16 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-327.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.16}

The department may grant a variance to a rule only if the variance does not result in lowering the level of health, safety, and welfare established or intended by the rule. The department may consider other criteria in determining whether a variance should be granted including the effect of the variance on uniformity.

(1) Application for variance. Application for a petition for variance shall be made on a form furnished by the department. The applicant shall submit the petition for variance application to the municipality exercising jurisdiction in order to receive the municipal recommendation. Where no municipality exercises jurisdiction, the application shall be submitted to the department. The following items shall be submitted when requesting a variance:

(a) A clear written statement of the specific provisions of this code from which a variance is requested and the method of establishing equivalency to those provisions.

(b) A fee in accordance with s. SPS 302.52. The municipality may require a fee for the processing of the application in addition to the department’s fee.

Note: A copy of the petition for variance form, SBD-9890, is contained in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

(2) Municipal recommendation. The municipality administering and enforcing this code shall submit all applications for variance to the department, together with a municipal recommendation within 10 business days after receipt of the application. The recommendation of the municipality shall include the following items:

(a) Inspections performed on the property.

(b) The issuance of correction orders on the property.

(c) An assessment of the overall impact of the variance on the municipality.

Note: A copy of the municipal recommendation form, SBD-9890, is contained in ch. SPS 325 Appendix A.

(3) Departmental action. Where a municipality administers and enforces the code, the department shall decide petitions for variance and shall mail notification to the municipality and the applicant within 5 business days after receipt of the application and municipal recommendation. Where the department enforces the code, the department shall decide petitions for variance within 15 business days after receipt of the application and fees.

(4) Appeals. A person or municipality may appeal the determination of the department in the manner set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.17 Municipal variance from the code {#sec-sps-327.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.17}

Any municipality exercising or intending to exercise jurisdiction under this code may apply to the department for a variance permitting the municipality to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code. The department shall review and make a determination on a municipal request to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code within 60 business days of receipt of the request.

(1) Application for variance. The department may grant an application only under the following circumstances:

(a) The municipality has demonstrated that the variance is necessary to protect the health, safety, or welfare of individuals within the municipality because of specific climate or soil conditions generally existing within the municipality.

(b) The municipality has demonstrated that the granting of the variance, when viewed both individually and in conjunction with other variances requested by the municipality, does not impair the statewide uniformity of this code.

(2) Departmental inquiry. Prior to making a determination, the department shall solicit within the municipality and consider the statements of any interested persons as to whether or not said application should be granted.

(3) Appeals. Any municipality aggrieved by the denial of an application may appeal the determination in accordance with the procedure set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of denial of a municipal request to adopt an ordinance not in conformance with this code within 60 business days of receipt of the appeal.

(4) Uniformity. This section shall be strictly construed in accordance with the goal of promoting statewide uniformity.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.18 Appeals of orders, determinations, and for extension of time {#sec-sps-327.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.18}

(1) Appeals of orders and determinations by a municipality exercising jurisdiction. Appeals of order or determination of a municipality exercising jurisdiction under this code, including denials of application for permits, shall be made in accordance with the procedure set out in ch. 68, Stats., prior to making an appeal to the department, except as provided in sub. (2).

(2) Appeals of final determinations by a municipality exercising jurisdiction. Appeals of final determinations by municipalities shall be made to the department after the procedures prescribed in ch. 68, Stats., have been exhausted. All appeals to the department shall be in writing stating the reason for the appeal. All appeals shall be filed with the department within 10 business days of the date the final determination is rendered under ch. 68, Stats. The department shall render a written decision on all appeals within 60 business days of receipt of all calculations and documents necessary to complete the review.

Note: Chapter 68, Stats., provides that municipalities may adopt alternate administrative appeal procedures that provide the same due process rights as ch. 68, Stats. Municipalities having adopted such alternate procedures may follow those alternate procedures.

(3) Appeals of orders and determinations by the department. Appeals of orders or determinations of the department made pursuant to the provisions of this code, including denials of application for permits, shall be in accordance with the procedure set out in s. 101.02 (6) (e) to (i) and (8), Stats. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of an order or determination within 60 business days of receipt of all calculations and documents necessary to complete the review.

(4) Extensions of time.

(a) The time for correction of cited orders as set out in s. SPS 327.11 shall automatically be extended in the event that an appeal of the orders is filed. The extension of time shall extend to the termination of the appeal procedure and for additional time as the department or municipality administering and enforcing this code may allow.

(b) The department or municipality administering and enforcing this code may grant additional reasonable time in which to comply with a violation order.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.19 Adoption of standards {#sec-sps-327.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.19}

(1) Consent. Pursuant to s. 227.21 (2), Stats., the attorney general has consented to the incorporation by reference of the standards listed in Tables 327.19-1 to 327.19-7.

(2) Adoption of standards. The standards referenced in Tables 327.19-1 to 327.19-7 are incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies of the standards may be purchased, or are available for free, through the respective organizations or other information listed in Tables 327.19-1 to 327.19-7.

(3) Alternate standards.

(a) Alternate standards that are equivalent to or more stringent than the standards incorporated by reference in this chapter may be used in lieu of incorporated standards when approved by the department or if written approval is issued by the department in accordance with par. (b).

(b)

a. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for the use of the alternate standard.

b. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 40 business days of receipt of all forms, fees, and documents required to complete the review.

  1. Determination of approval shall be based on an analysis of the alternate standard and the incorporated standard, prepared by a qualified independent third party or the organization that published the incorporated standard.

  2. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this code.

  3. If the department determines that the alternate standard is not equivalent to or more stringent than the standards incorporated by reference, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

  4. The department may revoke an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts on which the approval was based. The department may re-examine an approved alternate standard and issue a revised approval at any time.

  5. Fees for review of standards under this paragraph shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter II Construction Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.20 Loads and materials {#sec-sps-327.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.20}

Every camping unit shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.

(1) Design load. Every camping unit shall be designed and constructed to support the actual dead load and live loads acting upon it without exceeding the allowable stresses of the material. The construction of camping units shall result in a system that provides a complete load path capable of transferring all loads from point of origin through the load-resisting elements to the ground.

(a) Dead loads. Every camping unit shall be designed and constructed to support the actual weight of all components and materials. Earth-sheltered camping units shall be designed and constructed to support the actual weight of all soil loads.

(b) Live loads. Floors and ceilings shall be designed and constructed to support the minimum live loads listed in Table 327.20-1. The design load shall be applied uniformly over the component area.

(2) Methods of design. All camping units shall be designed by the method of structural analysis or the method of accepted practice specified in each part of this code.

Note: See ch. NR 116, rules of the department of natural resources, for special requirements relating to buildings located in flood plain zones. Information regarding the elevation of the regional flood may be obtained from the local zoning official.

(3) Structural standards.

(a) General. Design, construction, installation, practice and structural analysis shall conform to the following nationally recognized standards.

(b) Wood.

  1. Structural lumber, glue-laminated timber, timber pilings, and fastenings shall be designed in accordance with the “National Design Specification for Wood Construction” and the “Design Values for Wood Construction,” a supplement to the National Design Specification for Wood Construction, except the provisions of section 4.1.7 shall also apply to reused lumber. Reused lumber shall be considered to have a duration of load factor of 0.90.

  2. Span tables for joists and rafters approved by the department may be used in lieu of designing by structural analysis.

  3. Sawn lumber that is not graded in accordance with the standards under subd. 1., shall use the NDS published allowable design stresses for the lumber species using grade number 3 when used for studs, stringers, rafters or joists and may use grade number 1 when used for beams, posts, or timbers.

(c) Whole logs. Camping units constructed of whole logs shall conform to ICC 400, Standard on the Design and Construction of Log Structures.

Note: This standard requires the minimum log diameter to be 8 inches.

(d) Fasteners.

  1. All building components shall be fastened to withstand the dead load and live load.

  2. Fasteners shall comply with the schedule listed in Table 327.20-2, except other fastening methods may be allowed if engineered under s. SPS 327.20 (3).

(4) Alternate materials and standards. No part of this code is intended to prohibit or discourage use of alternate, equivalent materials or standards or the construction of innovative or nonconventional camping units.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.21 Exits {#sec-sps-327.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.21}

Exits, doors, and hallways shall be constructed as specified in this section.

(1) Exits from the first floor.

(a) A first floor level shall have at least one exit door that discharges to grade. This exit may include interior or exterior stairs.

(b) A first floor level shall have at least one egress window complying with sub. (3) on that floor level.

(c) If a camping unit has more than one room on the first floor, the exit door and egress window shall be located in different rooms.

(d) If there are bedrooms on the first floor, each must have an egress window that complies with sub. (3).

(2) Exits from lofts. At least one stairway or ladder exit shall be provided to the floor below for a loft.

(3) Windows used for exiting. Windows which are installed for exit purposes shall comply with the requirements of this subsection.

(a) The window shall be openable from the inside without the use of tools or the removal of a sash. If equipped with a storm or screen, it shall be openable from the inside.

(b)

  1. The nominal size of the net clear window opening shall be at least 20 inches by 24 inches irrespective of height or width. Nominal dimensions shall be determined by rounding up fractions of inches if they are 1/2-inch or greater or rounding down fractions of inches if they are less than 1/2-inch.

  2. No portion of the window, including stops, stools, meeting rails, and operator arms, shall infringe on the required opening.

(c) The area and dimension requirements of par. (b) may be infringed on by a storm window.

(d) For any window used for exiting, the lowest point of clear opening shall be no more than 60 inches above the floor.

(4) Doors used for exiting.

(a) A door used for exiting from a camping unit shall be a swing-type door at least 80 inches high by 32 inches wide.

(b) All exit doors shall be openable from the interior without the use of a key.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.22 Stairways and elevated areas {#sec-sps-327.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.22}

(1) Handrails.

(a) A flight of stairs with more than 3 risers shall be provided with at least one handrail for the full length of the flight.

(b) Handrails shall be designed and constructed to withstand a 200 pound load applied in any direction.

(c) Exterior handrails shall be constructed of metal, decay resistant or pressure-treated wood, or shall be protected from the weather.

(2) Guards.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b),all openings between floors, and open sides of landings, platforms, balconies, lofts, or porches that are more than 16 inches above grade or a floor shall be protected with guards.

(b) For exterior applications, open sides of decks, landings, porches, or similar structures that are more than 24 inches above grade shall be protected with guards. The 24 inch vertical measurement shall be taken from the lowest point within 3 feet horizontally from the edge of the deck, landing, porch, or similar structure.

(c) Guards shall be constructed to prevent the through-passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 3/8 inches, when applying a force of 4 pounds.

(d) This subsection does not apply to window wells, egress wells, and retaining walls.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.23 Ladders {#sec-sps-327.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.23}

Ladders which are used as part of a required exit shall be designed to withstand loads of at least 200 pounds.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.24 Ceiling height {#sec-sps-327.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.24}

All habitable rooms, kitchens, hallways, bathrooms, and corridors shall have a ceiling height of at least 7 feet, except as follows:

(1)

(a) Rooms may have ceiling heights of less than 7 feet provided at least 50% of the room’s floor area has a ceiling height of at least 7 feet. Any area with a ceiling height of less than 5 feet may be ignored in this calculation.

(b) The 50% limit in par. (a) does not apply to subs. (3) to (7).

(2) Beams and girders or other projections may project to no more than 8 inches below the required ceiling height.

(3) The ceiling height extending back from the front edge of a water closet may slope to below 7 feet, but may not go below 5 feet until beyond the back of the water closet.

(4) The ceiling height extending back from the front edge of a lavatory may be less than 7 feet, but may not go below 5 feet until beyond the back of the lavatory.

(5) A ceiling height of less than 7 feet may be provided between the rear rim of a bathtub and a wall of the room abutting that rim, or between the side rim and a room wall abutting that rim.

(6) A ceiling height of less than 7 feet may be provided between the rear wall of a shower stall and a wall of the room abutting that rear wall, or between the side wall of a shower and a room wall abutting that side wall.

(7) A ceiling height of less than 7 feet may be provided in a loft used as a habitable room.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.25 Fireblocking {#sec-sps-327.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.25}

(1) Fireblocking locations. Fireblocking shall be provided in all of the following locations:

(a) In concealed spaces of walls and partitions, including furred spaces, at the ceiling and floor levels.

(b) At all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces including the attachment between a carport and a camping unit.

(c) In concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom of the run and at any intervening floor level.

(d) At all openings around wires, cables, vents, pipes, ducts, chimneys, and fireplaces at ceiling and floor level.

(2) Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall consist of one of the following:

(a) 2-inch nominal lumber.

(b) Two layers of one-inch nominal lumber.

(c) One thickness of 3/4-inch nominal plywood or wood structural panel with any joints backed with the same material.

(d) One thickness of 1/2-inch gypsum wallboard, face nailed or face screwed to solid wood, with any joints backed with the same material.

(e) Fiberglass or mineral wool batt insulation may be used if both of the following conditions are met:

  1. The least dimension of the opening may not exceed 4 inches.

  2. The batt shall be installed to fill the entire thickness of the opening or stud cavity.

(f) For wires, cables, pipes, and vents only, non-shrinking caulk, putty mortar, or similar material may be used provided no dimension of the opening exceeds 1/2 inch around the penetrating object.

(g) For chimneys, fireplaces, and metal vents, fireblocking shall be metal, cement board, or other noncombustible material.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.26 Smoke detectors {#sec-sps-327.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.26}

(1) A listed and labeled battery-operated smoke alarm shall be installed in all of the following locations:

(a) If a camping unit has a loft, an alarm shall be installed inside the loft. An alarm is not required to be installed outside of the loft.

(b) On a floor level that contains one or more sleeping rooms, an alarm shall be installed inside each sleeping room and an alarm shall be installed outside of the sleeping rooms.

(c) An alarm shall be installed on a floor level that does not contain a sleeping room.

Note: Section 101.645 (3), Stats., requires the owner of a dwelling to install a functional smoke detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic or storage area of each dwelling unit. The occupant of such a dwelling unit shall maintain any smoke detector in that unit, except that if any occupant who is not the owner, or any state, county, city, village or town officer, agent or employee charged under statute or municipal ordinance with powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property, gives written notice to the owner that the smoke detector is not functional the owner shall provide, within 5 days after receipt of that notice, any maintenance necessary to make that smoke detector functional.

(2) Smoke alarms and detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. Interconnection of smoke alarms and detectors is not required.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.27 Carbon monoxide alarms {#sec-sps-327.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.27}

(1) General. A listed and labeled carbon monoxide alarm shall be installed within 10 feet of a fireplace or fuel-burning appliance.

(2) Electrical service. If electrical service for a camping unit is provided by a public utility, a carbon monoxide alarm required under sub. (1) shall be continuously powered by the camping unit electrical service and shall have a backup battery power supply.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.28 Protection against decay and termites {#sec-sps-327.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.28}

(1) Wood used in any of the applications under this section shall meet all of the following requirements:

(a) The wood shall be labeled and pressure treated with preservative in accordance with an AWPA standard or shall be naturally durable and decay-resistant or shall be engineered to be decay resistant.

(b) The wood shall be pressure treated with preservative or shall be naturally termite-resistant unless additional steps are taken to make the wood termite-resistant.

(2) Wood used in the following locations shall be as required under sub. (1):

(a) Resting directly upon or embedded in earth.

(b) Floor joists or sleepers that meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The joists or sleepers are protected from the weather.

  2. The joists or sleepers are within 18 inches above a lower floor surface, deck or soil.

(c) Floor joists exterior to the camping unit that are within 18 inches above exterior grade, unless protected with a moisture barrier.

Note: Acceptable moisture barriers for this application include 3/4 -inch exterior preservative-treated plywood, or ice dam protection material listed as meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1970 or vapor retarder material, provided they are protected from physical and UV light damage.

(d) Girders that span directly over and within 12 inches of earth.

(e) Sills and rim joists that rest on concrete or masonry and are also below grade or within 8 inches above final exterior grade.

(f)

  1. Siding and sheathing in contact with concrete, masonry, or earth and within 6 inches above final exterior grade.

  2. Siding and sheathing in contact with concrete or masonry and within 2 inches above an impervious surface.

(g) Ends of wood structural members and their shims resting on or supported in masonry or concrete walls and having clearances of less than 1/2 inch on the top, sides, and ends.

(h) Bottom plates or sole plates of walls that rest on concrete or masonry and that are below exterior grade or less than 8 inches above final exterior grade.

(i) Columns in direct contact with concrete or masonry unless supported by a structural pedestal or plinth block at least one inch above the floor.

(j) Any structural part of an outdoor deck, including the decking.

(k) Permanent wood foundations.

(3) Wood girders that rest directly on exterior concrete or masonry shall be protected by one of the following methods:

(a) The wood shall be pressure treated with preservative or shall be a naturally durable and decay-resistant species.

(b) Material, such as pressure-treated plywood, flashing material, steel shims, or water-resistant membrane material shall be placed between the wood and the concrete or masonry.

(4) All pressure-treated wood and plywood shall be identified by a quality mark or certificate of inspection of an approved inspection agency which maintains continued supervision, testing, and inspection over the quality of the product.

Note: Heartwood of redwood, cypress, black walnut, catalpa, chestnut, sage orange, red mulberry, white oak, or cedar lumber are considered by the department to be naturally decay-resistant. Heartwood of bald cypress, redwood, and eastern red cedar are considered by the department to be naturally termite resistant.

(5)

(a) Fasteners for pressure-preservative treated wood and fire-retardant-treated wood shall meet one of the following requirements:

  1. The fastener is a steel bolt with a diameter of 1/2 inch or greater.

  2. The fastener is made of stainless steel.

  3. The fastener is made of hot-dipped, zinc-galvanized steel with the coating weight and thickness labeled as complying with ASTM A 153.

  4. The fastener is made of steel with a mechanically-deposited zinc coating labeled as complying with ASTM B 695, Class 55 or greater.

  5. The fastener has coating types and weights in accordance with the fastener manufacturer’s recommendations. In the absence of the manufacturer’s recommendations subd. 1., 2., 3., or 4. shall apply.

Note: “Zinc plated,” “zinc coated,” “chrome plated,” etc., fasteners do not necessarily comply with either of these standards.

(b) When a fastener is used with a hanger or other metal fixture, the fastener shall be of the same material as the hanger or metal fixture.

Note: When separate pieces are in close contact, zinc corrodes rapidly in the presence of plain steel. Zinc corrodes much more rapidly in the presence of stainless steel.

(c) For the purposes of this section, a fastener includes nails, screws, and bolts with nuts and washers.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.29 Floor design {#sec-sps-327.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.29}

Floors shall support all dead loads plus the minimum unit live loads as set forth in s. SPS 327.20. The live loads shall be applied to act vertically and uniformly to each square foot of horizontal floor area.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.30 Wood floors in contact with the ground {#sec-sps-327.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.30}

Wood floors in contact with the ground shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the wood-foundation standards adopted in Table 327.19-2.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.31 Wood frame floors {#sec-sps-327.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.31}

Unless designed through structural analysis, wood frame floors shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) Floor joists.

(a) Floor joists shall comply with the structural requirements and live load determination under s. SPS 327.20.

(b) Where the joists of a floor system are parallel to, and located between bearing walls above and below, the joists shall be doubled.

(2) Floor trusses. Metal plate connected wood floor trusses shall be designed in accordance with the Design Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses and the National Design Specification for Wood Construction. Truss members shall not be cut, bored or notched.

(3) Girders and beams.

(a) Wood girders and beams shall be fitted at the post or column. Adjoining ends shall be fastened to each other to transfer horizontal loads across the joint. Beams shall also be fastened to the posts with framing anchors, angle clips, or equivalent.

(b) Where intermediate beams are used, they shall rest on top of the girders; or shall be supported by ledgers or blocks fastened to the sides of the girders; or they may be supported by approved metal hangers into which the ends of the beams shall be fitted.

(c) Lateral restraint for all wood beams shall be provided at all columns using a saddle or other approved connection where the beam meets one of the following conditions:

  1. The beam is not restrained at both ends.

  2. The beam is more than 11 1/4 inches deep using actual measurement.

Note: A saddle supports the beam on the bottom and allows for the through-connection of fasteners into the side of the beam.

(4) Bearing and end configuration.

(a) Sawn lumber.

  1. ‘Joists.’ Wood joists made of sawn lumber shall meet the following bearing requirements:

a. Wood joists supported on wood or metal shall have a bearing surface of at least 1 1/2-inches measured from the end of the joist.

b. The tail end of a floor joist may not extend past the edge of a beam by more than the depth of the floor joist.

c. Wood floor joists with ends that intersect over a beam shall have the ends overlap at least 3 inches and be securely fastened together with at least two 12d common nails or the ends shall be butt-jointed or face-jointed and fastened with ties, straps, plates or solid blocking.

  1. ‘Beams and girders.’ Beams and girders made of sawn lumber shall have a bearing surface on their supports of at least 3 inches parallel to the beam or girder and be at least as wide as the beam or girder.

(b) Engineered wood products. Bearing surface for engineered wood products shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing and are applicable to the configuration.

(5) Notching and boring. Notching and boring of beams or girders is prohibited unless determined through structural analysis.

(a) Notching of floor joists.

  1. Notches located in the top or bottom of floor joists shall not have a depth exceeding 1/6 the depth of the joist, shall not have a length exceeding 1/3 the joist depth nor be located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the joist.

  2. Where floor joists are notched on the ends, the notch shall not exceed 1/4 the depth of the joist. Notches over supports may extend the full bearing width of the support.

(b) Boring of floor joists.

  1. ‘General.’ A hole may not be bored in a floor joist within 2 inches of a notch or another hole. In no case shall the distance between adjacent holes be less than the diameter of the larger hole.

  2. ‘Holes near the edge.’ Holes bored in the top or bottom 2 inches of a joist shall follow the limitations for notching under par. (a).

  3. ‘Other holes.’ Holes bored in floor joists that are not within 2 inches of the top or bottom of the joist shall have their diameter limited to 1/3 the depth of the joist.

(c) Engineered wood products. Notching or boring of engineered wood products shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing.

(6) Overhang of floors.

(a) General. Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), a floor joist overhang shall be cantilevered beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it by no more than the actual depth of the joist or shall be designed through structural analysis in accordance with s. SPS 327.20 (3).

(b) Joist overhangs parallel to the main floor framing system. Joist overhangs that are extensions of, and parallel to, the main floor framing system may extend beyond the depth of the joist without structural analysis provided they meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The overhang is cantilevered no more than 2 feet beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it.

a. The overhang supports a uniform load limited to the weight of the bearing wall and the tributary roof area above it.

b. The tributary length of the roof area, excluding the eave overhang, is no more than 2 feet greater than the actual length of the joist directly below.

c. The eave overhang is no more than 2 feet.

Note: The tributary length is usually half the span of the joist or rafter.

  1. The joist overhang does not support any concentrated loads. For the purposes of this subsection, a framed opening in the wall with a rough opening of 4 feet or less shall be considered uniform loading.

a. The cantilevered joist is doubled at the supporting wall.

b. The doubled joist length extends inward beyond the inner edge of the supporting wall by the same distance as the cantilever.

c. The added joist member is secured to the main joist.

(c) Joist overhangs perpendicular to the main floor framing system. Joist overhangs that are perpendicular to the main floor framing system, or lookout joists, may extend beyond the depth of the joist without structural analysis provided they meet all of the following conditions:

  1. The joist overhang is cantilevered no more than 2 feet beyond the outer edge of the supporting wall below it.

a. A double floor joist is used to support the lookout joist.

b. The double floor joist is located a distance of at least 2 times the cantilever length inward from the outer edge of the supporting wall below.

c. The lookout joists are fastened to the double joist with metal hangers.

  1. The joist overhang supports no more than either a non-bearing wall or a wall that supports only a roof which spans no more than the floor overhang cantilever length plus the eave overhang.

(d) Other joist overhangs. All overhangs longer than the depth of the supporting joist that do not meet all of the conditions under par. (b) or (c) shall be designed through structural analysis.

(7) Floor openings. Trimmers and headers shall be doubled when the span of the header exceeds 4 feet. Headers which span more than 6 feet shall have the ends supported by joist hangers or framing anchors, unless the ends are supported on a partition or beam. Joists more than 8 feet long that frame into headers shall be supported on metal framing anchors or on ledger strips of at least 2 inches by 2 inches nominal.

(8) Floor sheathing, boards and planks.

(a) Plywood sheathing. Plywood sheathing used for floors shall be limited to the allowable loads and spans shown in Table 327.31-A.

(b) Combination subfloor-underlayment. Combination subfloor-underlayment shall be installed in accordance with Table 327.31-B.

(c) Floor boards. Where wood boards are used for floor sheathing, the boards shall comply with the minimum thicknesses shown in Table 327.31-C.

(d) Planks. Planks shall be tongue and groove or splined and at least 2 inches, nominal, in thickness. Planks shall terminate over beams unless the joints are end matched. The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support. Planks shall be nailed to each beam.

(9) Bridging.

(a) Sawn lumber. Bridging shall be provided for sawn lumber framing at intervals not exceeding 8 feet where the nominal depth to thickness ratio is greater than 4 to 1.

Note: This 4:1 ratio means bridging is required for wood-framed floors having nominal 2X10 or deeper solid-sawn-lumber joists, to provide restraint against rotation or lateral displacement.

(b) Engineered products. Bridging shall be provided for engineered framing products in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(10) Sill plates. All of the following requirements apply to a sawn-lumber sill plate with uniform loading that is partially extended beyond the load-bearing surface of a foundation wall in order to put the exterior surface of an upper-lying wall flush with or beyond the exterior surface of insulation that is placed on the outside of the foundation wall:

(a) The center of any anchor bolt shall be set back from the side edge of the sill plate by a distance of at least 4 times the diameter of the bolt.

(b) The thickness of the concrete or mortar cover around any anchor bolt shall comply with ACI 318 section 7.7.

Note: Under ACI 318 section 7.7, the minimum cover for a 5/8-inch-diameter or smaller bolt is 1 1/2 inches.

(c) With wood floor joists that are parallel to the foundation wall, the sill plate may not extend beyond the load-bearing surface of the wall by more than one-half of the nominal thickness of the joist that bears on the sill plate.

(d) As used throughout this subchapter and in the standards that the subchapter incorporates by reference, the shorter side of the cross-sectional area of a wood member is the thickness of the member. The longer side of the cross-sectional area is the depth, when the longer side is vertical; and it is the width when the longer side is horizontal.

Note: Under sub. (6), wood floor joists that are perpendicular to the foundation wall can extend beyond the foundation wall by a distance of up to the depth of the joist.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; (6) (d) (title) created under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register March 2018 No. 747.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.32 Decks {#sec-sps-327.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.32}

A deck attached to a camping unit or any detached deck that serves an exit from a camping unit that meets the following requirements is in compliance with this code:

(1) A deck shall be constructed to support the actual dead load and a minimum live load of 40 pounds per square inch acting on it without exceeding the allowable stresses of the material.

(2) A deck attached to a camping unit shall have a ledger attachment that meets the requirement under sub. (1).

(3) Corrosion-resistant flashing shall be installed where a deck attaches to the wall or floor assembly of a camping unit.

(4) The handrail and guard requirements of s. SPS 327.22.

(5) The decay protection requirements of s. SPS 327.28.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.33 Exterior covering {#sec-sps-327.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.33}

(1) General. The exterior walls shall be covered with a permanent weather resistant finish.

(2) During construction. During construction, wall cavity insulation may not be installed until a water-resistant covering is in place over the wall cavity and windows, doors and a roof with at least underlayment are installed.

Note: An example of acceptable water-resistant covering for a wall is foam sheathing with permanently taped joints.

(3) Flashing.

(a) Corrosion-resistant flashing shall be installed in the exterior wall to prevent water from entering the wall cavity or coming in contact with the structural framing components.

(b) The flashing shall extend to the surface of the exterior wall finish and prevent water from reentering the exterior wall.

(c)

  1. Any joints between 2 pieces of flashing that form a vertical joint shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches and sealed.

  2. Any joints between 2 pieces of flashing that form a horizontal joint shall be lapped a minimum of 2 inches and sealed unless otherwise specified by the flashing manufacturer.

  3. Sealants used for flashing shall be exterior grade and shall be compatible with the materials being sealed.

(d) Flashing shall be provided at all of the following locations:

  1. At the top of all exterior door and window openings, unless using self-flashing windows that provide at least one inch of flashing around the opening, including the corners.

  2. At the intersection of chimneys or other masonry construction with frame walls.

  3. Under and at the ends of masonry, wood, or metal copings and sills.

  4. Continuously above all projecting wood trim.

  5. Where porches, decks, or stairs attach to a wall or floor assembly of wood frame construction.

  6. At wall and roof intersections.

  7. At built-in gutters.

  8. Along the bottom of door openings that are elevated above-grade.

Note: Flashing placed along the bottom of a door opening that is elevated above-grade can subsequently accommodate adding a deck outside the door.

(e) For a roof that intersects with an upper-lying head wall and rake wall, such as where a dormer is provided, the vertical metal flashing along the rake wall shall extend down the roof at least one-half inch past the vertical flashing on the head wall. A head wall as addressed in this paragraph intersects a sloping roof at a horizontal line along the top of a roof segment. A rake wall intersects a sloping roof along the side of a roof segment.

(f) For a roof eave that intersects with a sidewall, the end of the roof flashing shall be installed so that it diverts water away from the sidewall and onto the roof or into the gutter.

(4) Water-resistive barrier requirements.

(a) General.

  1. Exterior walls of wood or metal frame construction shall be provided with a water-resistive barrier from the highest point to the bottom of the permanent weather-resistant covering.

Note: Acceptable water-resistive barrier materials include polymeric-based house wraps and spray-applied water-resistive barriers installed per the manufacturer’s instructions, #15 or greater asphalt-saturated felts that comply with ASTM D 226 for type I felt and extruded foam sheathing with permanently taped joints. Duct tape or similar materials will not result in a permanently taped joint.

  1. Structural products with an integral water-resistive barrier may be approved as a complete assembly.

(b) Material compatibility. The water-resistive barrier material shall be compatible with the other materials in the wall with which it will come into contact.

Note: Spray-applied water-resistive barriers may not be compatible with foam plastic insulation.

(c) Performance requirements.

  1. Polymer-based house wraps shall meet all of the following requirements:

a. A water vapor permeability rating of 5 perms or higher when tested in accordance with ASTM E96.

b. An acceptable water-resistance rating determined in accordance with ASTM D779, AATCC 127 or CCMC 07102.

Note: Asphalt-saturated felt or “tar paper” is not a polymeric-based house wrap.

Note: For more information on the water-resistance tests and their results, see the International Code Council Evaluation Services Acceptance Criteria AC 38.

  1. Spray-applied water-resistive barriers shall be approved under the International Code Council Evaluation Services.

Note: For approval criteria, see ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC 212 or successor document.

(d) Application.

  1. Horizontal seams in sheet or strip material shall be overlapped such that the upper layer extends over the lower layer at least 2 inches.

  2. Vertical seams in sheet or strip materials shall be overlapped at least 6 inches.

  3. Any rips, tears or voids shall be patched in accordance with subds. 1. and 2.

(e) Penetrations.

  1. Penetrations caused by fasteners of the water-resistive barrier or the weather-resistant exterior covering do not require sealing.

  2. Penetrations of 5 square inches or less with an annular space of no more than 1/2 inch shall be sealed with caulk or similar material.

  3. Penetrations of greater than 5 square inches shall be flashed in accordance with sub. (3).

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.34 Wood frame walls {#sec-sps-327.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.34}

Unless designed through structural analysis, wood frame walls shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) Stud configuration. Studs in the exterior walls shall be placed with the wide faces perpendicular to the plane of the wall.

Note: See s. SPS 327.28 for requirements on treating wood for decay and termite resistance.

(2) Top plates.

(a) General. Except as allowed under par. (c), top plates shall be provided and configured as follows:

  1. Studs at bearing walls shall be capped with double top plates.

  2. End joints in double top plates shall be offset at least 2 stud spaces.

  3. Double top plates shall be overlapped at the corners and at intersections of partitions.

  4. The plate immediately above the stud may have a joint only when directly over the stud.

(b) Notching and boring.

  1. When piping or ductwork is placed in an exterior wall or an interior load-bearing wall, such that at least half of the top plate is removed, the plate shall be reinforced with a steel angle at least 2 inches by 2 inches by 20 gauge thick.

Note: 20 gauge is approximately 0.036 inch.

  1. The steel angle shall span the gap and extend at least to the midpoint of the adjacent stud spaces.

  2. Other equivalent materials may be used in accordance with s. SPS 327.20.

(c) Exceptions.

  1. A single top plate may be used in place of a double top plate provided a rafter is located directly over the studs and the plate is securely tied at the end joints, corners and intersecting walls. Joints may occur in single top plates only when directly over a stud.

  2. A continuous header, consisting of two 2-inch members set on edge, may be used in lieu of a double plate if tied to the adjacent wall.

(3) Wall openings.

(a) Headers. Where doors or windows occur, headers shall be used to carry the load across the opening.

(b) Header support. Headers in bearing walls shall be supported in accordance with the following:

  1. Headers 3 feet or less in length shall be directly supported on each end by one of the following:

a. The single common stud and a shoulder stud.

b. The single common stud with a framing anchor attached.

  1. Headers greater than 3 feet but less than or equal to 6 feet in length shall be directly supported on each end by the single common stud and a shoulder stud.

  2. Headers greater than 6 feet in length shall be directly supported on each end by the single common stud and 2 shoulder studs.

(4) Notching. Notching and boring of columns or posts is prohibited unless designed through structural analysis. Studs shall not be cut or bored more than 1/3 the depth of the stud, unless the stud is reinforced.

(5) Partitions. Load-bearing partitions shall be placed over beams, girders, or other load-bearing partitions. Load-bearing partitions running at right angles to the joists shall not be offset from the main girder or walls more than the depth of the joist unless the joists are designed to carry the load.

(6) Posts and columns.

(a) General.

  1. Posts and columns shall be installed to resist imposed loads.

  2. Posts and columns shall bear directly over the middle 1/3 of a footing.

  3. Posts and columns shall be restrained at the top and bottom to resist displacement.

  4. All columns shall be positively attached to the beams they support using clips, straps or saddles.

  5. Posts and columns that use a height adjustment mechanism shall have the mechanism imbedded in concrete or permanently disabled after installation.

(b) Bearing surface. Posts and columns shall have a steel bearing plate affixed to one or both ends to distribute any applied loads and to prevent fiber crushing of any structural member being supported.

(c) Steel posts or columns. Steel posts or columns shall be sized according to one of the following methods:

  1. Manufactured columns shall follow the manufacturer’s testing and listing.

  2. Columns made of steel stock, not meeting the requirements of subd. 1., shall follow a nationally accepted design specification or the size shall be determined through structural analysis or load testing.

(d) Wood posts or columns. Wood posts or columns shall be sized according to Table 327.34 or the size shall be determined through structural analysis or load testing.

(7) Foundation cripple walls.

(a) Foundation cripple walls shall be framed with studs at least as large as the studs above.

(b) When more than 4 feet in height, cripple walls shall be framed with studs needed for an additional floor level.

(c) Cripple walls shall be sheathed on at least one side for its entire length with a wood structural panel that is fastened to both the top and bottom plates or the cripple walls shall be constructed of solid blocking.

(d) Cripple walls shall be fully supported by a continuous foundation.

Note: This Table is based on a modulus of elasticity or E of 1,000,000 psi and a fiber bending strength or Fb of 1,000 psi.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.35 Roof design and framing {#sec-sps-327.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.35}

(1) Roof rafters.

(a) General.

  1. Rafters shall be notched to fit the exterior wall plate and fastened to the wall.

  2. Collar ties shall be installed on the upper third of every third pair of abutting roof rafters or every 48 inches, whichever is less.

(b) Ridge boards.

  1. Where rafters meet to form a ridge, the rafters shall be attached to a ridge board.

  2. The ridge board shall have a depth at least equal to the length of the cut end of the rafter abutting it.

  3. Where all rafters are placed directly opposite each other or are offset at the ridge board by less than the thickness of the rafter, the ridge board shall have a nominal thickness of at least 1 inch.

  4. Where one or more rafters are offset at the ridge board by more than the thickness of the rafter, the ridge board shall have a nominal thickness of at least 2 inches.

(c) Ridge beams. Rafters shall be attached to ridge beams using engineered clips, straps, or hangers or the connection shall be designed through structural analysis.

(d) Bearing. The required bearing for wood rafters shall be in accordance with the NDS adopted in Table 327.19-2, except in no case shall the bearing be less than 1 1/2 inches on wood or metal or less than 3 inches on masonry or concrete.

(e) Ladders.

  1. In this paragraph, “ladder” means a perpendicular projection extending beyond the face of the wall below.

  2. Overhangs at gable end walls of more than 12 inches shall be provided with ladders which extend into the structure a distance no less than the length of the overhang.

  3. The ladders shall be fastened at the wall.

  4. The interior end of each ladder shall be attached to a rafter or truss with a hanger.

(2) Ceiling joists.

(a) Ceiling joists shall be nailed to exterior walls and to the ends of rafters.

(b) Ends of ceiling joists shall be lapped at least 3 inches and be fastened either with 3-16d nails or in accordance with the floor joist requirements under s. SPS 327.31 (4) (a) 1. c.

(c) Where ceiling joists are placed at right angles to the rafters, the lookout joist or ties shall be fastened to the parallel ceiling joists or rafters using engineered clips, straps or hangers or the connection shall be designed through structural analysis.

(3) Valley and hip rafters.

(a) Valley rafters.

  1. Where no bearing is provided under valley rafters at the intersection of 2 roof areas, the valley rafters shall be doubled in thickness and shall be at least 2 inches deeper than the required common rafter to permit full bearing at the beveled end.

  2. Where ridges are provided at different elevations, vertical support shall be provided for the interior end of the lower ridge board or ridge beam.

(b) Hip rafters. Where no bearing is provided under hip rafters, the hip rafters shall be of the same thickness as common rafters and shall be at least 2 inches deeper than required to permit full contact with the jack rafter.

(4) Roof trusses.

(a) Metal plate connected wood roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with TPI 1 and the NDS adopted under s. SPS 327.19.

(b) Truss members shall not be cut, bored or notched, except as allowed under sub. (5) (d).

(c) If connection is provided to stabilize a non-load bearing wall, a slotted expansion joint or clip shall be used.

(5) Notching and boring.

(a) General.

  1. Notching and boring of beams or girders is prohibited unless determined through structural analysis.

  2. Notching and boring of ceiling joists and rafters shall comply with pars. (b) and (c).

(b) Notching.

  1. Notches located in the top or bottom of ceiling joists and rafters are prohibited from all of the following:

a. Having a depth exceeding 1/6 the depth of the member.

b. Having a length exceeding 1/3 the depth of the member.

c. Being located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the member.

  1. Where ceiling joists or rafters are notched at the ends, the notch may not exceed 1/4 the depth of the member.

  2. Bird mouth cuts may not exceed 1/3 the depth of the rafter unless the seat cut bears fully on the wall plate.

(c) Boring.

  1. Holes bored within 2 inches of the top or bottom of ceiling joists or rafters may not be located in the middle 1/3 of the span of the member.

  2. The diameter of a hole may not exceed 1/3 the depth of the member.

  3. A hole may not be bored within 2 inches of a notch or another hole.

  4. The distance between adjacent holes may not be less than the diameter of the larger hole.

(d) Engineered wood products. Notching or boring of engineered wood products shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions provided those instructions were developed through structural analysis or product testing.

(6) Roof sheathing, boards and planking.

(a) Structural sheathing. The allowable loads and spans for structural sheathing shall be in accordance with the grade stamp on the panel.

(b) Roof boards.

  1. Where the rafter spacing is 24 inches on center or less, roof boards may be used that have a minimum thickness of 5/8-inch for solid sheathing and 3/4-inch for spaced sheathing.

  2. Where the rafter spacing is greater than 24 inches on center, roof boards shall be tongue and groove, at least 1 1/2 inches thick.

(c) Roof planks.

  1. Roof planks shall be tongue and groove or splined and at least 2 inches, nominal, in thickness.

  2. Planks shall terminate over beams unless the joints are end matched.

  3. The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of joints will occur except at points of support.

  4. Planks shall be nailed or fastened to each beam.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.36 Weather protection for roofs {#sec-sps-327.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.36}

(1) General.

(a) All roofs shall be designed and constructed to assure drainage of water.

(b) All fasteners shall be corrosion resistant.

(2) Underlayment for shingles. Underlayment consisting of number 15 asphalt-impregnated felt paper or equivalent or other type I material that shows no water transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM D 226 or ASTM D 4869 shall be provided under shingles. Underlayment materials meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1970 meet the performance requirements of this subsection.

(3) Asphalt shingles.

(a) General.

  1. Shingles that have a self-sealing adhesive strip shall include a sealant which has an average bond strength of at least 1 1/2 pounds per 3 3/4 inches of shingle width, at 32 degrees Fahrenheit. The department will accept results of testing conducted in accordance with an approved test method for verifying compliance with the sealant uplift resistance required in this paragraph. Information on the applicable test method may be obtained from the department.

  2. Each shingle package shall be labeled by the manufacturer to indicate conformance to the applicable ASTM standard for each type of shingle or the exception in par. (b).

  3. Shingles shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

  4. Shingles shall have at least 4 fasteners per strip shingle or 2 fasteners per interlocking shingle, unless the manufacturer has other specifications.

  5. Shingle head lap shall be at least 2 inches, unless the manufacturer has other specifications.

  6. All fasteners for shingles shall be corrosion-resistant.

Note: See s. SPS 327.08 (54) for definitions of shingle terms.

Note: Section SPS 327.04 (2) requires compliance with all parts of this code, including these roofing provisions, for an alteration to any camping unit that is regulated under this code.

(b) Fiberglass shingles. Fiberglass asphalt shingles shall conform to ASTM D 3462 except that laminated shingles shall have a tear strength of at least 1450 grams in each ply.

(4) Other roof coverings. All roof coverings not otherwise addressed in this section shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or a national standard recognized by the department.

(5) Reroofing. New roof coverings may not be installed over existing roof coverings where any of the following conditions exist:

(a) The existing roof or roof covering is water-soaked or has deteriorated such that it is inadequate as a base for additional roofing.

(b) The existing roof is wood shake, slate, clay, cement, or asbestos-cement tile.

(c) The existing roof has 2 or more applications of any type of permanent roof covering.

(6) Flashing.

(a) General. Flashing shall be installed at the junction of chimneys and roofs, in all valleys, and around all roof openings.

(b) Flashing of open valleys.

  1. Open valleys shall be flashed with at least No. 28 gauge corrosion-resistant sheet metal, 16 inches wide, or a layer of at least 50-pound roll roofing, 16 inches wide, placed over a layer of number 15 roofing underlayment.

  2. Flashing sections shall be overlapped by at least 4 inches.

(c) Flashing of closed valleys. Where shingles are laced or woven over the valley, the valley shall be flashed with one of the following:

  1. At least one layer of 50-pound roofing, at least 20 inches wide, over a layer of number 15 roofing underlayment.

  2. A product labeled as meeting the requirements of ASTM D1970.

(d) Chimney flashing.

  1. Chimneys shall be flashed and counter-flashed to a height of at least 6 inches.

  2. Chimney crickets or saddles shall be installed where the upper side of a chimney is more than 30 inches wide on a sloping roof.

  3. The intersection of the cricket and the chimney shall be flashed and counter-flashed to a height of at least 6 inches.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter III Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.37 Scope {#sec-sps-327.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.37}

The provisions of this subchapter shall apply to the design, installation, and construction of all heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems in camping units covered by this code.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.38 Design {#sec-sps-327.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.38}

Where a heating system is provided in a camping unit, the heating system shall be designed in accordance with this section. Where a cooling system is provided in a camping unit, the cooling requirements of this section shall be met.

(1) Distribution systems. Distribution systems shall be sized and located to satisfy the heating and cooling loads of each conditioned space.

(2) Ventilation.

(a) General.

  1. All exhaust vents shall terminate outside the camping unit.

  2. Automatic or gravity dampers that close when the system is not operating shall be provided for outdoor air intake and exhaust.

(b) Balancing.

  1. ‘General.’ Except as provided under subd. 2., mechanical ventilation systems shall be balanced.

  2. ‘Exception.’ Passive intake air ducts providing makeup air for intermittent exhaust fans shall be sized to provide at least 40% of the total air that would be exhausted with all intermittent exhaust ventilation in the camping unit operating simultaneously.

  3. ‘Kitchen range hoods.’

a. Kitchen range hoods that exhaust air from the kitchen area are considered as exhaust ventilation for balancing and makeup purposes.

b. Kitchen range hoods that are listed and installed to recirculate air without exhausting it are not required to be balanced.

  1. ‘Infiltration.’

a. Infiltration may be considered as makeup air for balancing purposes only where there are no naturally vented space- or water-heating appliances in the camping unit.

b. For the purpose of complying with this subdivision, naturally vented space-heating or water-heating appliances are those that take combustion or dilution air from inside the camping unit, including unsealed fireplaces and draft hood appliances with power venting.

Note: Whole-house fans that are used in the summer to bring cool night air in through open windows and exhaust into the attic are considered to be a supplemental cooling system rather than part of the ventilation system.

(c) Rooms with toilets, tubs, or showers. Any room with a toilet, tub, or shower shall be provided with exhaust ventilation capable of exhausting 50 cubic feet per minute on an intermittent basis or 20 cubic feet on a continuous basis.

(3) Controls. The temperature rise through the equipment shall not exceed 100 degrees Fahrenheit unless listed. Controls shall be provided to maintain the inside temperature. Where forced, warm-air systems are used, controls shall be installed to control air movement.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.39 Selection of equipment {#sec-sps-327.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.39}

All heating and central cooling equipment shall be selected on the basis of air-handling capacity, pumping capacity, and thermal capacity to handle the calculated design heating or cooling load.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.40 Types and location of equipment {#sec-sps-327.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.40}

(1) General.

(a) All heat producing appliances and cooling appliances shall be listed by a testing agency acceptable to the department.

(b) Installation and maintenance of gas-fueled appliances shall comply with the appliance listing and the requirements of NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, except as otherwise required under this subchapter.

(2) Furnaces.

(a) The input and output capacity of furnaces shall be listed on the nameplate. All nameplates shall show evidence that the equipment has been listed by a recognized testing laboratory.

(b) Furnaces shall be fired with the fuel for which they have been approved. Fuels shall be supplied to the furnace in the volume and at the pressure required on the label.

(3) Water heaters.

(a) A water heater with a tank may be installed in a closet located in a bathroom or bedroom where the closet is used exclusively for the water heater, where the enclosed space has a weather-stripped solid door with a self-closing device, and where all air for combustion is obtained from the outdoors.

Note: Section SPS 327.41 still requires combustion air to be provided to the appliance.

(b) A tankless water heater may be installed in any closet or cabinet. The tankless water heater shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.41 Combustion air {#sec-sps-327.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.41}

(1) Scope.

(a) Naturally vented appliances and other appliances that require air for combustion and dilution of flue gases to be taken from within the camping unit shall comply with this section.

(b) Appliances that are provided with a direct supply of outside air for combustion in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and listing are not required to comply with this section.

(c) Where the appliance listing and manufacturer’s instructions are more stringent than the provisions of this section, the listing and manufacturer’s instructions apply.

(d) Listed fireplace stoves are not required to comply with this section if permitted in the manufacturer’s instructions.

(e) Listed factory-built fireplaces shall comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(2) Methods for providing air. Air for combustion and dilution shall be provided in accordance with one of the following:

(a) Air may be provided from inside the camping unit in accordance with sub. (3).

(b) Air may be provided from outside the camping unit in accordance with sub. (4).

(c) The appliance may be installed in accordance with its listing and manufacturer’s instructions.

(d) An engineered system providing an adequate supply of air for combustion ventilation and dilution of flue gases may be installed if approved by the department.

(3) Air from inside the camping unit.

(a)

  1. The equipment shall be located in a space with a volume not less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btu/h of the combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from that space.

  2. The space may be made up of more than one room if the rooms are connected through doorways without doors or connected through sets of openings described in par. (b).

(b)

  1. When needed to connect rooms, two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

  2. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

  3. The net free area of each opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 1000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the communicating rooms, but shall be not less than 100 square inches.

(4) Air from outside the camping unit.

(a) When air for combustion and dilution is provided from outside the camping unit, as allowed under sub. (2) (b), one of the methods specified in pars. (b) to (d) shall be used.

(b) Openings may be provided to connect rooms containing appliances to the outdoors.

a. Two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

b. Openings may connect directly to the outdoors or to the outdoors through a horizontal or vertical duct.

c. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

  1. The net free area of each direct opening to the outdoors not using a duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 4000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

a. The net free area of each opening connected to the outdoors through a horizontal duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 2000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

a. The net free area of each opening connected to the outdoors through a vertical duct shall be a minimum of one square inch per 4000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

(c)

  1. Where all appliances drawing air for combustion and dilution from the room are gas appliances, air may be provided via a single opening to connect the room to the outdoors in accordance with this paragraph.

a. The opening shall be located within one foot of the ceiling of the room.

b. The opening may connect directly to the outdoors, may connect to the outdoors through a horizontal duct, or may connect to the outdoors through a vertical duct.

c. The net free area of the opening shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

a. The net free area of the opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 3000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room, and not less than the combined cross-sectional flow areas of the appliance flue collars or draft hood outlets.

b. The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

  1. The appliances shall have a minimum clearance to the surfaces of the room of one inch at the sides and back of the appliance and 6 inches at the front of the appliance.

(d)

  1. A combination of openings to the outside and openings to other rooms may be used in accordance with this paragraph.

a. One opening shall connect directly to the outdoors, connect to the outdoors through a horizontal duct, or connect to the outdoors through a vertical duct.

b. The net free area of the openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

c. The net free area of the opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 5000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the room.

d. The cross-sectional area of a duct, if used, shall be equal to or greater than the required size of the opening.

a. The equipment shall be located in a space with a volume not less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btu/h of the combined input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that space.

b. The space may be made up of more than one room if the rooms are connected through openings without doors or connected through sets of openings described in subd. 4.

a. When needed to connect rooms, two openings shall be provided, one within one foot of the ceiling of the room and one within one foot of the floor.

b. The net free area of openings shall be calculated in accordance with sub. (5).

c. The net free area of each opening shall be a minimum of one square inch per 1000 Btu/h of combined input rating of the fuel burning appliances drawing combustion and dilution air from the communicating rooms, but shall be not less than 100 square inches.

(5) Net free area calculation.

(a) The required size of openings for combustion and dilution air shall be based on the net free area of each opening.

(b) The net free area of an opening shall be that specified by the manufacturer of the opening covering or by a source approved by the department.

(c) In the absence of such information, openings covered with metal louvers shall be deemed to have a net free area of 75 percent of the area of the opening, and openings covered with wood louvers shall be deemed to have a net free area of 25 percent of the area of the opening.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.42 Mechanical draft systems {#sec-sps-327.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.42}

Where a mechanical draft system, such as a fan is used, provision shall be made to prevent the flow of gas to the main burners when the draft system is not performing so as to satisfy the operating requirements of the system for safe performance.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.43 Equipment maintenance information {#sec-sps-327.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.43}

Required regular maintenance actions for equipment shall be clearly stated and incorporated on a readily accessible label. The label may be limited to identifying, by title or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of equipment. Maintenance instructions shall be furnished for equipment which requires preventive maintenance for efficient operation. Manufacturer’s manuals for all installed heating and cooling equipment and service water heating equipment shall be provided.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.44 Ductwork {#sec-sps-327.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.44}

(1) Duct use. Ducts designed for the transmission of air shall be used for no other purpose.

(2) Interior ducts. All interior ducts shall be constructed in accordance with the following:

(a) Supply and return air ducts. Supply and return air ducts shall comply with this paragraph except that ducts attached to appliances may be constructed of materials specified in the appliance listing.

  1. Kitchen exhaust ducts and ducts for air exceeding 250 degrees Fahrenheit shall be constructed of sheet metal or lined with sheet metal or constructed of other noncombustible noncorrugated materials.

  2. Ducts connected to furnaces shall be constructed of sheet metal for at least 6 feet from the furnace.

  3. Spaces formed by unlined wood joists, studs or wood I-joists with solid webs may be used as return air ducts. Spaces used as return air ducts shall be cut off from all remaining unused portions of the space by tight-fitting stops of sheet metal or of wood joist material. Bridging shall be removed from the joist space.

(b) Under-floor plenums. An under-floor space may be used as a plenum in a camping unit in accordance with this section.

  1. Except for the floor immediately above the under-floor plenum, supply ducts shall be provided extending from the plenum to registers or other floor levels.

  2. The under-floor spaces shall not be used for storage, shall be cleaned of all loose scrap material and shall be tightly and substantially enclosed.

  3. The enclosing material of the under-floor space, including the side wall insulation and vapor barriers, shall not be more flammable than one-inch wood boards.

  4. Access shall be through an opening in the floor which shall be 18 inches by 24 inches.

  5. The furnace supplying warm air to the under-floor space shall be equipped with an automatic control which will start the air circulating fan when the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a temperature not higher than 150 degrees Fahrenheit. The control shall be one that cannot be set higher than 150 degrees Fahrenheit.

  6. The furnace supplying warm air to the under-floor space shall be equipped with an approved temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to 200 degrees Fahrenheit.

  7. A noncombustible receptacle shall be placed below each floor opening into the air chamber. The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the floor members and shall be not more than 18 inches below the floor opening. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches beyond the opening on all sides. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical lip at least one inch high at the open sides if it is at the level of the bottom of the joist, or 3 inches high if the receptacle is suspended.

  8. Floor registers shall be designed for easy removal to permit access for cleaning the receptacles.

  9. Exterior walls and interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at the floor.

  10. Each wall register shall be connected to the air chamber by a register box or boot.

  11. A duct conforming to par. (a) shall extend from the furnace supply outlet at least 6 inches below combustible framing.

  12. The entire ground surface and enclosing exterior walls of the under-floor space shall be covered with a vapor barrier having a vapor permeability rating of one perm or less and a flame spread rating of 200 or less.

  13. Fuel gas lines may not be located within the under-floor space.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.45 Dampers, registers, and grilles {#sec-sps-327.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.45}

(1) Volume and backdraft dampers.

(a) Volume duct dampers shall be provided to permit balancing of the system.

(b) Volume dampers shall be provided with access.

Note: Acceptable means of access include a manufactured access panel, an air grille used as a cover, a plastic ceiling cap, or a damper accessible through an air diffuser or grille.

(2) Air registers and grilles.

(a) Supply air registers. All supply air outlets shall be provided with registers or devices which will provide a uniform distribution of air.

(b) Return air grilles. Return air grilles shall not be located in bathrooms, kitchens, utility spaces, or a confined space in which a draft diverter or draft regulator is located. All other habitable spaces shall have permanent openings to a return air grille equal in area to the supply outlet serving those areas. At least one return air opening shall be provided for each floor.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.46 Piping {#sec-sps-327.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.46}

(1) Pipe sizes and arrangement. All steam and hot water supply and return piping, air-line piping and auxiliary equipment shall be of appropriate sizes, elevations and arrangements to accomplish the calculated results without stress or other detriment.

Note: The sizes of pipe to be used for mains and risers may be selected from the ASHRAE Guide and Data Book, published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers; or the manuals published by the Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers or the Mechanical Contractors Association of America.

(2) Expansion and contraction. The piping for the heating system shall be equipped with anchors, expansion swings, or joints, supports and similar devices to relieve stress and strain caused by temperature change of the pipe material.

(3) Pipe insulation. Unguarded steam, hot water supply and return piping shall be covered with insulating material where the pipes pass through occupied areas and the surface temperature exceeds 180 degrees Fahrenheit.

(4) Steam and hot water pipes. No pipe carrying hot water or steam at a surface temperature exceeding 250 degrees Fahrenheit shall be placed within one inch of any combustible material, pass through a combustible floor, ceiling, or partition unless the pipe is protected by a metal sleeve one inch larger in diameter than the pipe or with approved pipe covering.

(5) Balancing. Balancing cocks shall be provided in each circuit of a hot water distribution system.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.47 Venting system location {#sec-sps-327.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.47}

A venting system shall terminate at least 3 feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet horizontally. This provision does not apply to the combustion air intake of a direct-vent appliance.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.48 Multiple appliance venting {#sec-sps-327.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.48}

Two or more listed gas-or liquid-fueled appliances may be connected to a common gravity-type flue provided the appliances are equipped with listed primary safety controls and listed shutoff devices and comply with the following requirements:

(1) The appliances shall be located in the same story, except for engineered venting systems.

(2) The appliances shall be joined at a manifold or Y-type fitting as close to the chimney as possible, unless the connector from each appliance enters a separate chimney inlet and the inlets are offset at least 12 inches vertically or the separate inlets occur at right angles to each other.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.49 Fuel storage {#sec-sps-327.49 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.49}

(1) LP gas storage tanks.

(a) All LP gas storage tanks shall be constructed, installed, and maintained to conform with the applicable sections of ch. SPS 340.

(b) LP gas tanks may not be located inside camping units.

(c) LP gas tanks shall have welded steel supports and be permanently installed on concrete pads or foundations.

(2) Oil storage tanks.

(a) The total oil storage capacity inside any camping unit shall be limited to 550 gallons in one tank, or not more than 275 gallons in each of 2 tanks cross-connected to a single burner.

(b) Oil storage tanks on the inside of any camping unit shall be located at the same level as the burner it serves.

Note: Except as provided in pars. (a) and (b), the installation of oil storage tanks is regulated under ch. ATCP 93, Flammable, Combustible, and Hazardous Liquids.

(3) Gas piping systems. Gas piping systems, extending from the point of delivery to the connection with each gas-fired appliance or device, shall be installed to conform with NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code.

(4) Shutoff and control devices.

(a) Any oil-fired appliance or device connected to a fuel piping system shall have an accessible, approved manual shutoff valve installed upstream of any connector.

(b) Automatic gas-burning heating appliances shall be equipped with listed devices which will shut off the gas to the pilot light and main burner or burners in the event of pilot failure.

(c) Liquid fuel-burning appliances shall be equipped with primary safety controls which will shut off the flow of fuel to the burner or burners in the event of ignition failure.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr., eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter IV Electrical Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.50 Electrical standards {#sec-sps-327.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.50}

(1) All electrical wiring, installations, equipment and materials used in the construction of camping units shall comply with the requirements of the Wisconsin Administrative Electrical Code, Vol. 2., ch. SPS 316, except as provided in this section.

(2) The requirements in NEC section 210.70 (A) (2) (b) do not apply to a stairway for a deck. A light over the stairs of the deck is not required, but a light outside the door exiting to the deck is required.

(3) Except as provided in s. SPS 327.11, the inspection of the electrical construction of a camping unit is not required.

(4) No more than one receptacle outlet is required to be installed for the entire countertop space of a kitchen in a camping unit.

(5) The requirements for installation of fire alarms and smoke detectors in a camping unit are as provided in s. SPS 327.26.

(6) The rating of the disconnecting means and the ampacity of a conductor providing supply to a camping unit consisting of a framed structure may not be less than 50 amperes.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.51, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter V Plumbing

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.51 Plumbing {#sec-sps-327.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.51}

(1) General. The design, construction, and installation of plumbing shall comply with the requirements of the Wisconsin Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 382 to 387, except as provided in this section.

(2) Tankless water heaters.

(a) The minimum flow rate of a tankless type water heater may be obtained by multiplying 0.65 by the calculated hot water gallons per minute demand, as determined by ch. SPS 382 Tables 382.40–1b and 382.40–3, provided the heater will achieve a water temperature of 110 degrees Fahrenheit at the terminal fitting or faucet.

(b) The sizing method in par. (a) may not be used for sizing a water heater serving a high-flow fixture, a hose bibb, a hydrant, or a fixture that is required to have a supply line with a diameter larger than one-half inch.

(c) For the purposes of this subsection, “high-flow fixture” means a fixture with a flow rate of more than 4 gallons per minute, at 80 pounds per square inch, and a water velocity not exceeding 8 feet per second.

(3) Sinks.

(a) No more than one sink is required to be installed in a camping unit.

(b) If only one sink is installed in a camping unit, the sink shall be installed in the kitchen of the camping unit.

(4) Inspections. Except as provided in s. SPS 327.11, the inspection of the plumbing of a camping unit is not required.

(5) Pipe and tubing. The pipe and tubing for any portion of the plumbing system of a camping unit may be flexible plastic.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.52, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Subchapter VI Camping Unit Transfer Tanks

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.52 Purpose {#sec-sps-327.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.52}

The purpose of this subchapter is to establish uniform standards and criteria for the installation, inspection, and servicing of camping unit transfer tanks so that the tanks are safe and will protect public health and the waters of the state.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.53, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.53 Installation and maintenance {#sec-sps-327.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.53}

A camping unit transfer tank shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and as provided under ch. ATCP 79.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.54, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.54 Compliance with code {#sec-sps-327.54 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.54}

A camping unit transfer tank that meets the following requirements is in compliance with this code:

(1) The tank is listed and has been labeled by a nationally recognized testing agency.

(2) The tank is installed as required under s. SPS 327.53

(3) Inlet and toilet connections to the tank are sized to provide adequate flow rate and designed to prevent backflow contamination.

(4) A vent that terminates outside the camping unit is located at the highest point of the tank.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.55, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.55 Servicing requirements {#sec-sps-327.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.55}

The servicing of a camping unit transfer tank shall be performed in a manner to prevent the discharge of wastewater into the surrounding soil or onto the ground surface.

Note: The servicing of private sewerage systems including septic and holding tanks, dosing chambers, grease interceptors, seepage beds, seepage pits, seepage trenches, privies and portable restrooms is addressed in ch. NR 113, which is administered by the department of natural resources.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.56, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.56 Abandonment {#sec-sps-327.56 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.56}

A subsurface tank that is no longer used as a camping unit transfer tank shall be abandoned by complying with all of the following:

(1) Disconnecting all piping to the tank.

(2) Sealing all disconnected piping to the tank.

(3) Pumping and disposing of the contents from the tank.

Note: The removal and disposal of the contents from treatment tanks, distribution tanks, seepage pits, and holding components is addressed in ch. NR 113, which is administered by the department of natural resources.

(4) Removing the tank or removing the cover of the tank and filling the tank with soil, gravel, or an inert solid material.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.57, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 327.57 Penalties {#sec-sps-327.57 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 327.57}

Penalties for violations of this subchapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 145.12, Stats.

Note: Section 145.12 (4), Stats., indicates that any person who violates any order under s. 145.02 (3) (f) or 145.20 (2) (f) or any rule or standard adopted under s. 145.02 shall forfeit not less than $10 nor more than $1,000 for each violation. Each violation of an order under s. 145.02 (3) (f) or 145.20 (2) (f) or any rule or standard adopted under s. 145.02 constitutes a separate offense and each day of continued violation is a separate offense.

History

  • EmR1703: emerg. cr. as SPS 327.58, eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.

Chapter SPS 328 SMOKE DETECTORS AND CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 328.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-328.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 328.01}

(1) The purpose of this chapter is to implement the mandates specified in ss. 101.145 and 101.645, Stats., concerning the installation and maintenance of smoke detectors in existing dwellings in relation to the application and effective date of chs. SPS 320 to 325, Uniform Dwelling Code.

(2) The purpose of this chapter is to implement the mandates specified in ss. 101.149 and 101.647, Stats., concerning the installation and maintenance of carbon monoxide detectors in existing dwellings in relation to the application and effective date of chs. SPS 320 to 325, Uniform Dwelling Code.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1990, No. 412, eff. 5-1-90; CR 10-089: renum. to (1) and am., cr. (2) Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 4., Stats., Register January 2011 No. 661; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 328.02 Scope {#sec-sps-328.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 328.02}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), the provisions of this chapter apply to a dwelling, for which initial construction commenced before June 1, 1980, where the dwelling serves as any of the following:

(a) A one- and 2-family dwelling.

Note: This includes a site-built dwelling, a manufactured building used as a dwelling, a modular home and a dwelling that may be designated as a cabin, seasonal home, temporary residence, etc., but does not include a primitive rural hunting cabin.

(b) An adult family home providing care, treatment and services for 3 or 4 unrelated adults.

(c) A community-based residential facility providing care, treatment and services for 5 to 8 unrelated adults.

(2)

(a) Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with s. 101.149 (2) and (3), Stats., in a dwelling serving as a tourist rooming house, for which initial construction commenced before June 1, 1980.

Note: Tourist rooming house has the meaning as given under s. ATCP 72.03 (20) which reads: “Tourist rooming house” means all lodging places and tourist cabins and cottages, other than hotels and motels, in which sleep accommodations are offered for pay to tourists or transients. It does not include private boarding or rooming houses not accommodating tourists or transients, or bed and breakfast establishments regulated under ch. ATCP 73.

(b) A carbon monoxide detector is not required to be provided under the requirements of this chapter in a dwelling that meets the exemption under s. 101.647 (3) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.647 (3) (a), Stats., reads: The owner of a dwelling shall install a functional carbon monoxide detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic, garage, or storage area of each dwelling unit. A carbon monoxide detector wired to the dwelling’s electrical wiring system shall have a backup battery power supply. Except as provided under par. (b), the occupant of the dwelling unit shall maintain any carbon monoxide detector in that unit. This paragraph does not apply to the owner of a dwelling that has no attached garage, no fireplace, and no fuel-burning appliance.

History

  • CR 10-089: cr. Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 328.03 Smoke detectors {#sec-sps-328.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 328.03}

Smoke detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with s. 101.645 (3), Stats., in a dwelling, for which initial construction commenced before June 1, 1980.

Note: Section 101.645 (3), Stats., reads: The owner of a dwelling shall install a functional smoke detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic or storage area of each dwelling unit. The occupant of such a dwelling unit shall maintain any smoke detector in that unit, except that if any occupant who is not the owner, or a state, county, city, village or town officer, agent or employee charged under statute of municipal ordinance with powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property, gives written notice to the owner that the smoke detector is not functional the owner shall provide, within 5 days after receipt of that notice, any maintenance necessary to make that smoke detector functional.

Note: The Uniform Dwelling Code under s. SPS 321.09 specifies installation and maintenance requirements for smoke detectors in one- and 2-family dwellings constructed on or after June 1, 1980. The uniform dwelling code also reflects the installation and maintenance requirements specified in s. 101.645 (3), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 1990, No. 412, eff. 5-1-90; CR 10-089: renum. from Comm 28.02 and am. Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 328.04 Carbon monoxide detectors {#sec-sps-328.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 328.04}

Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed and maintained in accordance with s. 101.647 (2), (3) (a) and (b) and (6), Stats., in a dwelling, for which initial construction commenced before June 1, 1980.

Note: Section 101.647 (2), (3) (a) and (b) and (6), Stats., reads:

(2) Installation and safety certification. The owner of a dwelling shall install any carbon monoxide detector required under this section according to the directions and specifications of the manufacturer of the carbon monoxide detector. A carbon monoxide detector required under this section shall bear an Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., listing mark and may be a device that is combined with a smoke detector.

(3) Requirements. (a) The owner of a dwelling shall install a functional carbon monoxide detector in the basement of the dwelling and on each floor level except the attic, garage, or storage area of each dwelling unit. A carbon monoxide detector wired to the dwelling’s electrical wiring system shall have a backup battery power supply. Except as provided under par. (b), the occupant of the dwelling unit shall maintain any carbon monoxide detector in that unit. This paragraph does not apply to the owner of a dwelling that has no attached garage, no fireplace, and no fuel-burning appliance.

(b) If any occupant who is not the owner of a dwelling, or any person authorized by state law or by city, village, town, or county ordinance or resolution to exercise powers or duties involving inspection of real or personal property, gives written notice to the owner that the carbon monoxide detector is not functional, the owner shall provide, within 5 days after receipt of that notice, any maintenance necessary to make that carbon monoxide detector functional.

(6) Tampering prohibited. No person may tamper with, remove, destroy, disconnect, or remove batteries from an installed carbon monoxide detector, except in the course of inspection, maintenance, or replacement of the detector.

Note: The Uniform Dwelling Code under s. SPS 321.097 specifies installation and maintenance requirements for carbon monoxide detectors in one- and 2-family dwellings constructed on or after June 1, 1980. The uniform dwelling code also reflects the installation and maintenance requirements specified in s. 101.647 (2), (3) (a) and (b) and (6), Stats.

History

  • CR 10-089: cr. Register January 2011 No. 661, eff. 2-1-11.

Chapter SPS 330 FIRE DEPARTMENT SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

Subchapter I Purpose and Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-330.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.001}

Pursuant to s. 101.055 (3) (a), Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum safety and health standards for public sector fire department employers and their employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: r. and recr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; CR 17-067: am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.002 Scope {#sec-sps-330.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.002}

In addition to the requirements in ch. SPS 332, this chapter contains minimum requirements for an occupational safety and health program for public sector fire department employees involved in fire department operations.

Note: Private sector fire department employers and their employees are regulated under the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations.

Note: Many of the requirements of this chapter are based upon the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1500-Standard on Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health Program and 29 CFR 1910.156 of the OSHA regulations.

Note: Chapter SPS 332 contains additional safety and health requirements for all public employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: r. and recr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.003 Application {#sec-sps-330.003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.003}

(3) Conflicts. If requirements of the statutes, this chapter, or other Wisconsin administrative code chapters specify varying requirements, the requirement more protective of employee safety and health shall apply.

(4) Global deletions for the NFPA standards. Unless specified in subch. IV or specifically applied by another section in this chapter, the following requirements of the NFPA standards do not apply as rules of the department:

(a) All requirements of a secondary standard or publication that is referenced in a standard adopted in subch. IV.

(b) All requirements pertaining to emergency medical services.

(c) All requirements that mandate fire fighter certification.

(d) All requirements that mandate fire apparatus operator certification.

(e) All requirements that mandate instructor certification.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; CR 17-067: r. (1), (2), am. (3), cr. (4) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-330.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.01}

In this chapter:

(1) “Aerial device” means any extendable or articulating device that is designed to position fire fighters and handle fire fighting equipment.

(1m) “Ambulance service provider” has the meaning given under s. 256.01 (3), Stats.

(2) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(3) “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department.

(4) “Basic life support” has the meaning given under s. 256.15 (1) (d), Stats.

(5) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) “Emergency operation” means activities of the fire department relating to rescue, fire suppression, emergency medical care, and special operations, including response to the scene of the incident and functions performed at the scene.

(6h) “Employee” or “public employee”, as defined in s. 101.055 (2) (b), Stats., means any employee of the state, of any state agency or of any political subdivision of the state.

(6m) “Employer” or “public employer”, as defined in s. 101.055 (2) (d), Stats., means the state, any state agency or any political subdivision of the state.

(7) “Fire apparatus” means a vehicle operated by a fire department and used for emergency operations to transport personnel and equipment and to support the suppression of fires and mitigation of other hazardous situations.

(8) “Fire chief” means the highest ranking officer in charge of a fire department.

(9) “Fire department” means any public organization engaged in fire fighting.

(10) “Fire fighter” means any person performing the powers and duties of a public fire department, whether or not that person is engaged in emergency operations. “Fire fighter” includes full- and part-time employees and paid and unpaid volunteers.

(11) “Fire fighter organization” means an organization that represents the collective and individual rights and interests of fire fighters, such as a collective bargaining group or a fire fighters association. “Fire fighter organization” includes any organization that fire fighters authorize to represent their interests in negotiations with fire department managers.

(12) “Fire fighting” means any activity related to controlling and extinguishing an unwanted fire or a fire set for training fire fighters, including any activity that exposes a fire fighter to the danger of heat, flame, smoke, or any other product of combustion, explosion, or structural collapse, but does not include any activities pertaining to fighting wildland fires. Fire fighting includes emergency operations and responses related to rescues, terrorism, and special hazards.

(13g) “Fit test” means the use of a testing protocol to qualitatively or quantitatively evaluate and verify the proper fit and seal of a respirator on an individual.

Note: See also qualitative fit test (QLFT) and quantitative fit test (QNFT).

(13r) “Hazard” means a condition, an object, or an activity with the potential of causing personal injury, equipment damage, loss of material, or reduction of the ability to accomplish the mission.

(14) “Hazardous atmosphere” means any atmosphere that is oxygen deficient or that contains a toxic or disease producing contaminant, whether or not it is immediately dangerous to life or health.

(14g) “Health and safety officer” means the person assigned and authorized by the fire chief as the manager of the fire department’s health and safety programs.

(14r) “Immediately dangerous to life or health” or “IDLH” means any condition that would pose an immediate or delayed threat to life, cause irreversible adverse health effects, or interfere with an individual’s ability to escape from a hazardous environment.

(15) “Imminent hazard” means an act or condition that presents a danger to persons or property that is so urgent and severe that it requires immediate corrective or preventive action.

(15m) “Incident commander” means the individual who has the overall authority and responsibility for the management of emergency operations and personnel activities, including the development of strategies and tactics and the ordering and release of resources.

(16) “Incident management system” means an organized system that defines the roles and responsibilities assumed by emergency responders and the standard operating guidelines used to manage and direct emergency operations and other related functions.

(16m) “Incident safety officer” means the individual designated by the fire chief or incident commander who has obtained training from a qualified instructor on the roles and responsibilities of an incident safety officer.

(17) “Member” means a person occupying any position or rank within a fire department and involved in performing any type of duties or responsibilities under the authority of a fire department. “Member” includes a full- or part-time employee or paid or unpaid volunteer.

(17m) “National Incident Management System” or “NIMS” means a system that provides a consistent, nationwide approach for organizations to work effectively and efficiently together to prepare for, respond to, and recover from domestic incidents, regardless of cause, size, or complexity.

(19) “Occupational illness” means an illness or disease contracted through or aggravated by the performance of the duties, responsibilities, and functions of a fire department member.

(20) “Occupational injury” means an injury sustained during the performance of the duties, responsibilities, and functions of a fire department member.

(21c) “Qualified instructor” means a fire service instructor who is determined by the fire chief to be knowledgeable in the topic and has demonstrated the knowledge and ability to deliver instruction effectively from a prepared lesson plan, including instructional aids and evaluation instruments; adapt lesson plans to the unique requirements of the students and authority having jurisdiction; organize the learning environment so that learning and safety are maximized; and meet the record-keeping requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.

(21g) “Qualitative fit test” or “QLFT” means a pass or fail fit test to assess the adequacy of respirator fit that relies on the individual’s response to the test agent.

(21n) “Quantitative fit test” or “QNFT” means an assessment of the adequacy of respirator fit by numerically measuring the amount of leakage into the respirator.

(21r) “Personal alert safety system” or “PASS” means a device that continually senses for lack of movement of the wearer and automatically activates the alarm signal, indicating the wearer is in need of assistance.

(21w) “Self-contained breathing apparatus” or “SCBA” means an atmosphere-supplying respirator for which the breathing air source is designed to be carried by the user.

(23) “Service test” means the regular, periodic inspection and testing of apparatus and equipment, according to an established schedule and procedure, to ensure that it is in safe and functional operating condition.

(24) “Special hazard” means a substance, device, event, circumstance or condition that presents an unusual and severe danger to fire fighters or an abnormally high level of fire danger. Special hazards include water rescue, confined space entry, high-angle rescue, and operations requiring specialized training.

(25) “Standard operating guideline” means a written organizational directive that establishes or prescribes specific operational or administrative methods to be followed routinely, which can be varied due to operational need in the performance of designated operations or actions.

(26) “Structural fire fighting” means fire fighting that involves buildings, enclosed structures, enclosed vehicles, or enclosed vessels.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: cr. (6h) and (6m), r. (22), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction in (5), (18) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: cr. (1m), am. (4), (6), (7), (10), (12), r. (13), cr. (13g), (13r), (14g), (14r), (15m), am. (16), cr. (16m), renum. (17) (intro.) to (17) and am., r. (17) (a) to (c), cr. (17m), r. (18), am. (19), (20), r. (21), cr. (21c), (21g), (21n), (21r), (21w), am. (25), (26) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.011 Inspections {#sec-sps-330.011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.011}

(1) Right of entry to investigate or inspect. The authorized representatives of the department, upon presentation of the appropriate credentials to an employer, may do all of the following:

(a) Enter without delay and at reasonable times any building, place of employment or workplace of a public employer, or an environment where work is performed by an employee of the employer.

(b) Inspect and investigate during regular working hours and at other reasonable times, and within reasonable limits and in a reasonable manner, any place of employment and all pertinent conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment, and materials, and question privately any employer or employee.

(2) Participation in inspections. Pursuant to s. 101.055 (5), Stats., a representative of the employer, an employee, or an employee representative shall be provided an opportunity to accompany a department inspector on any inspection made under this chapter.

(3) Requests for inspections.

(a) Any person, who believes a safety or health standard or variance is being violated or that a situation exists which poses a recognized hazard likely to cause death or serious physical harm, may request the department to conduct an inspection by completing a complaint registration form designated by the department.

Note: The online complaint form is available on the Department’s website at dsps.wi.gov/Pages/SelfService. See s. 101.055, Stats., for information regarding the complaint process.

(b) If an employee or employee representative requesting an inspection requests confidentiality, that person’s name may not be disclosed to the employer or any other person, including any state agency except the department.

(4) Orders. Pursuant to s. 101.055 (6), Stats., the department shall issue orders for violation of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. (1), (3) (a), (b), r. (3) (c) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.012 Posting department order {#sec-sps-330.012 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.012}

Upon issuance of an order of noncompliance, the employer shall post a copy of the order in accordance with s. 101.055 (6) (a) 1., Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: r. and recr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.013 Variances {#sec-sps-330.013 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.013}

Pursuant to s. 101.055 (4), Stats., the department shall consider and may grant a temporary variance, an experimental variance or a permanent variance as specified in s. SPS 303.04 for a safety and health issue affecting public employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.014 Notices {#sec-sps-330.014 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.014}

Every employer shall post a notice which summarizes the employee’s protections and rights as granted under s. 101.055, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.015 Penalties {#sec-sps-330.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.015}

Penalties for violations of this chapter may be assessed as specified in s. 101.02, Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.25, Stats. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95.

Subchapter IV Adopted Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.02 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-330.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.02}

The following standards are incorporated by reference into this chapter:

(1) NFPA 1001-2013, Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications.

(2) NFPA 1002-2017, Standard for Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator Professional Qualifications.

(3) NFPA 1021-2014, Standard for Fire Officer Professional Qualifications, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter.

(4) NFPA 1403-2018, Standard on Live Fire Training Evolutions.

(5) NFPA 1901-2016, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus.

(6) NFPA 1911-2017, Standard for the Inspection, Maintenance, Testing, and Retirement of In-Service Emergency Vehicles, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter.

(7) NFPA 1971-2018, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Structural Fire Fighting and Proximity Fire Fighting.

(8) NFPA 1981-2013, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Emergency Services.

(9) NFPA 1982-2013, Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS).

(10) NFPA 1983-2017, Standard on Life Safety Rope and Equipment for Emergency Services, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter.

(11) CGA Standard G-7.1, 2011, Commodity Specification for Air.

Note: Copies of the standards are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

Note: NFPA standards may be viewed online at NFPA.org or purchased from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169.

Note: CGA standards may be purchased from the Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151 or at www.cganet.com.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: r. and recr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; CR 17-067: renum. (1) (intro.), (a) to (f) to (intro.), (1) to (6) and am., r. (1) (g), renum. (1) (h) to (k) to (7) to (10) and am., r. (2) (intro.), renum. (2) (a) to (11) and am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter V Organization

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.03 Fire department health and safety officer {#sec-sps-330.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.03}

(1) Assignment.

(a) Each fire department shall have a health and safety officer.

(b) The health and safety officer shall assist the fire chief in his or her responsibility for the safety and health of the fire fighter.

(c) The health and safety officer shall report directly to the fire chief.

(d) The health and safety officer position may be filled by a single individual or by several individuals as determined by need and at the discretion of the fire chief. When several individuals are assigned to the position, at least one should be a member of the occupational safety and health committee. The health and safety officer position may be staffed by an existing fire department member who performs other duties in addition to those set forth in this section.

Note: The health and safety officer is distinct from the incident safety officer and may be the incident safety officer or can be a separate function.

(2) Qualifications. The health and safety officer’s qualifications shall include all of the following:

(a) Fire department membership.

(b) Knowledge of state and local laws regulating fire fighter safety and health.

(c) Knowledge of the potential safety and health hazards involved in fire fighting.

(d) Knowledge of the principles and techniques of managing a safety and health program.

(3) Authority and responsibility. The health and safety officer’s authority and responsibility shall include all of the following:

(a) The authority and responsibility to identify and recommend corrections of violations of safety and health standards.

(b) The authority and responsibility to recommend immediate correction of situations that create an imminent hazard to personnel.

(c) The authority and responsibility to alter, suspend, or terminate activities at the emergency scene when those activities are determined by the health and safety officer to be unsafe or an imminent hazard.

(4) Functions. The health and safety officer shall do all of the following:

(a) Be a member of the safety and health committee and maintain a liaison with staff officers, fire fighters, equipment manufacturers, regulatory agencies, safety specialists, and the fire department physician.

(b) Develop and revise rules, regulations, and standard operating guidelines pertaining to safety and health, and report to the fire chief on the adequacy and effectiveness of the rules and regulations. The fire chief shall define the role of the health and safety officer in the enforcement of the rules and regulations.

(c) Identify and mitigate safety and health hazards and be involved in critiques.

(d) Ensure that training in safety procedures is provided to all fire fighters. Training shall address corrective actions recommended by accident investigations.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: am. (1) (b), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; CR17-067: am. (title), (1) (a) to (c), cr. (1) (d), am. (2), (3), (4) (intro.), (a) to (c) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18; correction in (1) (d) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2018 No. 753.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.05 Occupational safety and health committee {#sec-sps-330.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.05}

(1) Every fire department shall establish an occupational safety and health committee, which shall advise the fire chief on issues related to the program. The committee shall include representatives of fire department management and fire fighters or representatives of fire fighter organizations or other persons. Any representatives of a fire service organization shall be selected by the fire fighter organization. The fire chief shall appoint the other members of the committee.

(2) The committee appointed under sub. (1) shall do all of the following:

(a) Conduct research, develop recommendations, and review matters pertaining to the program.

(b) Hold regularly scheduled meetings, which shall occur at least biannually, and may hold special meetings as deemed necessary. The committee shall make a written record of its meetings available to all fire department members.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.06 Records {#sec-sps-330.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.06}

Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(1) Establish a data collection system and maintain permanent records of all reported accidents, injuries, illnesses, and deaths that are or may be job related. The system shall include individual records of any occupational exposure to known or suspected toxic products or contagious diseases.

(2) Maintain a training record for each fire fighter indicating dates, subjects covered, and certifications achieved.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter VI Training and Education

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.07 Training and education program {#sec-sps-330.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.07}

Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(1) Establish and maintain a member training and education program that identifies specific goals and objectives for the prevention and elimination of occupational accidents, injuries, illnesses, exposures to communicable disease, and fatalities.

(2) Assure that the training and education provided under this section are based upon the fire department’s written standard operation guidelines.

(3) Assure that the training and education required under this section and s. SPS 330.08 are provided by a qualified instructor.

Note: The intent of this rule is not to require an instructor to be certified. Fire departments should ensure that instructors are qualified in that particular area of expertise familiar with the fire department, its organization, and its operations.

(4) Provide training and education commensurate with the duties and functions the member is expected to perform.

(5) Assure that a member obtains the minimum fire fighter training and education requirements before that member performs any interior structural fire fighting activity or within an IDLH environment as determined by the incident safety officer in accordance with s. SPS 330.14 (1) (g).

Note: The use of a structured on-the-job training program with close supervision can assist fire departments to utilize new members in non-IDLH environments during emergency operations.

(6) Provide training and education to fire fighters about special hazards to which they may be exposed during a fire and other emergencies and advise of any changes that occur in relation to the special hazards. The procedures to address special hazards shall be maintained in written form. Training and education under this subsection shall be provided at least biannually.

(7) Assure that the training and education are conducted frequently enough to ensure that each fire fighter is able to perform the assigned duties and functions satisfactorily and in a safe manner so as not to endanger other fire department members or employees.

(8) Assure that fire fighters whose duties include interior structural fire fighting receive training and education consistent with established fire ground operating procedures. Training and education under this subsection shall be provided at least monthly.

(9) Assure that training and education involving live fire fighting exercises meet the standards specified in NFPA 1403.

(10) Assure that a training and education program for any fire fighter engaged in fire ground operations includes procedures to perform a safe exit from a dangerous area in the event of equipment failure or sudden change in fire conditions.

(11) Assure that fire fighters receive training and education on the incident management system in accordance with s. SPS 330.14 (1) (c).

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; correction in (1) (b) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: r. and recr. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.08 Minimum training and education standards {#sec-sps-330.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.08}

(1) No member may be permitted to participate in fire fighting activities until that individual has completed the minimum training and education requirements as specified by any of the following:

(a) An entry-level fire fighter course approved by the technical college system board.

(bm) An approved state apprenticeship program.

(cm) An in-house training program approved by the technical college system board.

(d) NFPA 1001: Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications.

(2) No member may act as a pumper or aerial operator during an emergency operation until that individual meets the minimum training and education requirements as specified by any of the following:

(a) An entry-level driver/operator-pumper or driver/operator-aerial course approved by the technical college system board.

(bm) An approved state apprenticeship program.

(c) An in-house training program approved by the technical college system board.

(d) NFPA 1002: Standard for Fire Apparatus Driver/Operator Professional Qualifications.

(3) Effective October 1, 2019, a fire officer appointed after October 1, 2018 may not act as a fire officer during an emergency operation until that individual completes NIMS training in accordance with s. SPS 330.14 and obtains the minimum training and education requirements as specified by any of the following:

(a) A fire officer course approved by the technical college system board.

(b) An approved state apprenticeship program.

(c) An in-house training program approved by the technical college system board.

(d) NFPA 1021: Standard for Fire Officer Qualifications.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. (title), renum. (1) (a) (intro.) to (1) (intro.), renum. (1) (a) 1. to 4. to (1) (a), (bm), (cm), (d) and am., r. (1) (b), (c), renum. (2) (a) (intro.) to (2) (intro.), renum. (2) (a) 1. to 4. to (2) (a), (bm), (c), (d) and am., r. (2) (b), am. (3), r. (4) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18; CR 17-067: am. (1) (intro.) and (2) (intro.) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-19; republished to correct transcription error in (2) (a) Register October 2018 No. 754.

Subchapter VII Apparatus and Equipment

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.09 Apparatus {#sec-sps-330.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.09}

(1) Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Give substantial consideration to the health and safety of fire fighters in relation to the specification, design, construction, acquisition, operation, maintenance, inspection, and repair of all fire apparatus and equipment.

(b) Provide, and enforce the use of, a helmet and eye protection to any person riding in any part of an open cab or open tiller seat that does not provide protection of an enclosed cab.

(c)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., when specifying and ordering any fire apparatus, require a sufficient number of seats in an enclosed area for the maximum number of persons who may ride on the apparatus at any time, as specified by NFPA 1901.

  2. Fire apparatus may be sold, traded, or given to another fire department provided the fire apparatus is maintained in accordance with the standards in effect at the time of its manufacture.

(d) Establish a preventative maintenance program that includes all of the following:

  1. Inspection of all fire apparatus and equipment at least monthly and within 24 hours after any use to repair or identify and correct unsafe conditions.

  2. Maintenance, inspections, and repairs of fire apparatus and equipment that follows the instructions of the manufacturer.

  3. Inspection of tires for signs of damage or wear and replacement of tires when the tread wear exceeds manufacturer standards. NFPA 1911 section 8.3.6 is not included as part of this chapter.

  4. Removal from service of any fire apparatus or equipment found to be unsafe, as specified by NFPA 1911. No apparatus or equipment found to be unsafe may be placed back in service until it is inspected and repaired or replaced and determined to be safe.

  5. Inspection and servicing of test fire pumps and aerial devices on apparatus as specified in NFPA 1911.

Note: There was an inadvertent error in CR 17-067. The phrase “servicing of test” should be “service testing of”. The error will be corrected in future rulemaking.

(2) A driver of a fire apparatus shall have a valid driver’s license and training relating to the operation of fire apparatus. The driver shall in all conditions operate the fire apparatus in a safe and prudent manner.

(3) The driver of a fire apparatus may not move the apparatus until every person on the apparatus is seated and secured with a seat belt or safety harness in an approved riding position, except as allowed under sub. (4) (a).

(4)

(a) Except as provided in par. (c), any person riding on a fire apparatus shall be seated and safely secured by a seat belt or safety harness at any time the apparatus is in motion. No person may stand or ride on the tail steps, sidesteps, running boards, fully enclosed personnel areas, or other exposed part of a fire apparatus while the apparatus is in motion.

(c) Hose loading operations may be performed on moving fire apparatus only when all of the following conditions are met:

  1. Hose loading procedures shall be specified in a written standard operating procedure that includes the conditions set forth in this paragraph. All members involved in the hose loading shall be trained in these procedures.

  2. There shall be a member, other than those members loading hose, assigned as a safety observer. The safety observer shall have an unobstructed view of the hose loading operation and be in visual and voice contact with the apparatus operator.

  3. Nonfire department vehicular traffic shall be excluded from the area or shall be under the control of authorized traffic control persons.

  4. The fire apparatus shall be driven only in a forward direction at a speed of 5 mph or less.

  5. No person may stand on the tail step, sidesteps, running boards, or any other location on the fire apparatus while the apparatus is in motion.

  6. Members may be in the hose bed but no person may stand while the fire apparatus is in motion.

  7. Before each hose loading operation, the situation shall be evaluated to ensure compliance with the standard operating guidelines. If the standard operating guideline cannot be met, or if there is any question as to the safety of the operation for the specific situation, the hose may not be loaded on a moving fire apparatus.

(d) Tiller training, where both the instructor and the trainee are at the tiller position, may be performed on tractor-drawn aerial apparatus only if all of the following conditions are met:

  1. Tiller training procedures shall be specified in written standard operating guidelines that include the conditions set forth in this paragraph. All members involved in tiller training shall be trained in these procedures.

  2. The aerial apparatus shall be equipped with seating positions for both the tiller instructor and the tiller trainee. Both seating positions shall be equipped with seat belts for each individual. The tiller instructor may take a position alongside the tiller trainee.

  3. The tiller instructor’s seat may be detachable. If the instructor’s seat is detachable, the detachable seat assembly shall be structurally sufficient to support and secure the instructor. The detachable seat assembly shall be attached and positioned in a safe manner immediately adjacent to the regular tiller seat. The detachable seat assembly shall be equipped with a seat belt or vehicle safety harness. The detachable seat assembly shall be attached and used only for training purposes.

  4. Both the tiller instructor and the tiller trainee shall be seated and belted.

  5. The instructor and trainee shall wear a helmet and use eye protection if seated in an open cab or open tiller seat that does not provide protection of an enclosed cab.

  6. If the aerial apparatus is needed for an emergency response during a tiller training session, the training session shall be terminated, and all members shall be seated and belted in the approved riding positions. There shall be only one person at the tiller position. During the emergency response, the apparatus shall be operated by qualified operators.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. (title), (1) (intro.), (a) to (c), r. and recr. (1) (d), r. (1) (e) to (g), am. (2), (3), (4) (a), r. (4) (b), am. (4) (c) 5. to 7., (d) 1., 5. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.10 Portable equipment {#sec-sps-330.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.10}

(1) Inspection and testing of portable equipment. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Visually inspect, at least monthly and within 24 hours after use, all equipment carried on fire apparatus or designated for training.

(b) Maintain inventory records for equipment carried on each fire apparatus and for equipment designated for training.

(c) At least annually, test all equipment carried on fire apparatus or designated for training according to the instructions and applicable standards of the manufacturer.

(d) Remove from service and repair or replace any fire fighting equipment that is defective or unserviceable as specified in the applicable NFPA standard as specified under s. SPS 330.02.

(e) Inspect and service test all ground ladders.

(f) Inspect and service test all fire hose.

(g) Inspect, maintain, and test all fire extinguishers in compliance with ch. SPS 314.

(2) Life safety ropes, harnesses, and hardware. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Use life safety ropes, harnesses, and hardware that meet the standards specified in NFPA 1983.

(b) Use Class I life safety harnesses for fire fighter attachment to aerial devices.

(c) Use Class II and Class III life safety harnesses for fall arrest and rappelling operations.

(d) Use for training evolutions, life safety rope which is designated training rope if the rope is inspected before and after each use according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

(e) Maintain records to document the use of each life safety rope used for training or at fires and other emergency incidents.

(3) Inspection and recertification of life safety rope. The following are department exceptions to the requirements in NFPA 1983:

(a) A life safety rope shall be inspected by qualified individuals before and after each use in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.

(b) If an inspection or test of a life safety rope indicates any weakness, wear, or damage or there is any question regarding the safety or serviceability of a life safety rope, the rope shall be taken out of service and altered in such a manner that it could not be mistakenly used as a life safety rope.

(c) Unused life safety ropes, harnesses, and hardware shall be recertified in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. NFPA 1983 section 4.4.1 and table 4.4.1 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: renum. SPS 330.10 to (1) and as renumbered am. (1) (intro.), (a) to (d), (g), renum. SPS 330.13 (2) (intro.) to SPS 330.10 (2) (intro.) and as renumbered am. (2) (intro.), (a), cr. (2) (e), (3) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter VIII Protective Clothing and Equipment

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.11 Minimum Standards {#sec-sps-330.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.11}

(1) Protective clothing and equipment. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide, and enforce the use of, a protective ensemble and equipment to all fire fighters who engage in structural fire fighting or are exposed to hazards or potential hazards in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.132, subject to all of the following:

  1. Protective clothing and equipment shall provide protection related to the fire fighter’s job duties.

  2. New protective clothing and equipment shall meet the applicable standards as specified in NFPA 1971.

  3. Existing protective clothing and equipment shall meet the NFPA standard that was current when the protective clothing or equipment was purchased or obtained by the fire department.

  4. Required protective clothing and equipment shall be provided at no cost to the fire fighter.

  5. Ensure protective clothing and equipment is used and maintained in accordance with manufacturer instructions and 29 CFR 1910.132.

  6. Establish a maintenance and inspection program for protective clothing and equipment and assign specific responsibilities for inspection and maintenance.

  7. When protective clothing and equipment is assigned or available for use to a fire fighter, provide training to each fire fighter under this paragraph in the proper care, use, inspection, cleaning, decontamination, maintenance, and limitations of the protective clothing and equipment.

(2) Eye, face, and hearing protection. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide, and enforce the use of, eye and face protection in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.133 for any fire fighter engaged in fire suppression and other operations involving hazards to the eyes and face whenever the fire fighter’s face is not protected by an SCBA facepiece.

(b) Provide, and enforce the use of, hearing protection for any fire fighter operating or riding in fire apparatus when exposed to noise in excess of 90 dBA.

(c) Provide, and enforce the use of, hearing protection in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.95 for any fire fighter exposed to noise in excess of 90 dBA from power tools or equipment unless the use of the protective equipment would create an additional hazard to the fire fighter.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: r. and recr. (2), am. (3) (a), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: r. and recr., renum. SPS 330.13 (3) to (2) and am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.12 Self-contained breathing apparatus {#sec-sps-330.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.12}

(1) Respiratory protection. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Provide, and enforce the use of, SCBA for all fire fighters engaged in interior structural fire fighting or who enter any area where the atmosphere is hazardous, is suspected of being hazardous, or may become hazardous.

(b) Provide, and enforce the use of, SCBA for all fire fighters working below ground level or inside any confined space unless the safety of the atmosphere can be established by testing and continuous monitoring.

(c) Adopt and maintain a respiratory protection program that satisfies the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134.

(d) Assure that all sources of compressed breathing air, such as compressors, used for filling SCBA are tested to assure their compliance with sub. (4).

(e) Hydrostatically test each SCBA tank within the time limits specified by the manufacturer of the apparatus and by any federal, state, or local agency with jurisdiction over the possession and use of the apparatus.

(f) Inspect, use, and maintain all SCBA as recommended by the manufacturer.

(2) Respirator fit testing. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Conduct a fit test in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 to verify the seal and proper fit of the facepiece for each fire fighter required or qualified to use an SCBA.

(b) Conduct a fit test using a qualitative or quantitative test method.

(c) Conduct a fit test prior to initial use and at least annually thereafter.

(d) Conduct a fit test whenever a different type of SCBA is issued.

(e) Conduct a fit test whenever a fire fighter has a change in facial structure that could affect the seal of the SCBA facepiece.

(f) Ensure that SCBA is not worn by a fire fighter who has facial hair or any condition that interferes with the seal of the SCBA facepiece.

(g) Ensure that a fire fighter’s corrective glasses or goggles are worn in a manner that does not interfere with the seal of the SCBA facepiece.

(h) Ensure that only a fire fighter who has been fit tested for an SCBA is permitted to function in a hazardous or IDLH atmosphere.

(3) Positive pressure.

(a) SCBA of the open-circuit design shall be of the positive pressure type and shall meet the standards specified in NFPA 1981.

(b) Paragraph (a) does not prohibit the use of SCBA if the apparatus can be switched from a demand to a positive-pressure mode.

(c) The apparatus shall be in the positive-pressure mode when fire department members are working in a hazardous atmosphere.

(d) A closed-circuit type SCBA shall be certified by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health and shall operate in the positive pressure mode only when worn in a hazardous or IDLH environment. The supply air tank shall have a minimum service duration of 30 minutes.

(4) CGA Standards. Compressed breathing air in an SCBA cylinder shall meet the requirements of CGA standard G-7.1, with a minimum air quality of Grade D and a water vapor level of less than 25 ppm.

(6) Teams. Fire fighters using SCBA shall operate in teams of 2 or more members who shall comply with all of the following:

(a) The team members shall be in continuous communication with each other through visual, audible, physical, safety guide rope, electronic, portable radio, or other means to coordinate their activities.

(b) The team members shall be in close enough proximity to each other so as to be able to provide assistance in case of an emergency.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: am. (1) (c), r. (5) and (7), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: cr. (1) (title), am. (1), r. and recr. (2), cr. (3) (title), am. (3) (a), (b), (d), cr. (4) (title), am. (4), cr. (6) (title), am. (6) (intro.), (a), (b) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.13 Personal alert safety system {#sec-sps-330.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.13}

Every fire department shall provide, and enforce the use of, a PASS device to every fire fighter using SCBA while engaged in rescue, fire fighting, or other hazardous operations. Each PASS device shall be tested at least weekly and prior to each use as specified in NFPA 1982 and shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: am. (3) (a) and (c), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction in (3) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: r. and recr. (1) as SPS 330.13, renum. (2) (intro.), (a) to (c) to SPS 330.10 (2) (intro.), (a) to (c), r. (2) (d), renum. (2) (e) to SPS 330.10 (2) (d), r. (2) (f), renum. (3) to SPS 330.11 (2) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter IX Emergency Operations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.14 Emergency operations {#sec-sps-330.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.14}

(1) Incident management. Every fire department shall do all of the following:

(a) Conduct emergency operations and other hazardous situations, including training exercises, in a manner to recognize hazards and to prevent accidents and injuries.

(b) Establish, and ensure use of, an incident management system in accordance with NIMS that includes written standard operating guidelines applicable to all members involved in an emergency operation.

(c) Provide NIMS training to all members involved in emergency operations.

Note: Information on NIMS training is available on FEMA’s website at training.fema.gov/nims.

(d) Require the incident commander of an emergency operation to be responsible for the overall safety of all fire fighters and activities occurring at the scene of the operation. The incident commander has overall authority and responsibility for conducting incident operations and is responsible for the management of emergency operations and the activities of emergency personnel at the incident site.

(e) Require the incident commander of an emergency operation to assign safety responsibilities to supervisory personnel at each level of operations and establish an organization with sufficient supervisory personnel to control the position and function of all fire fighters operating at the scene of that emergency operation to ensure that safety requirements are satisfied.

(f) Use a standardized system to identify and account for the assignment of each fire fighter at the scene of an emergency operation.

(g) At an emergency operation where hazards may exist, require the incident commander to assign an incident safety officer with responsibility and authority to do all of the following:

  1. Identify, monitor, and assess safety hazards or unsafe situations.

  2. Develop measures for ensuring personnel safety.

  3. Recommend corrections of violations of safety and health standards.

  4. Recommend immediate correction of situations that create an imminent hazard to personnel.

  5. Alter, suspend, or terminate activities at the emergency scene when those activities are deemed by the incident safety officer to be unsafe or an imminent hazard.

(2) Incident safety requirements.

(a) Every fire department shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Provide sufficient personnel to safely conduct emergency scene operations and limit such operations to those that can be safely performed by the personnel available at the scene.

  2. If inexperienced fire fighters are working at an emergency operation, provide direct supervision by more experienced officers or members.

(b) All fire fighters operating at an emergency operation and assigned to a position that may place them in potential contact with motor vehicle traffic shall wear a helmet as specified in NFPA 1971 and high-visibility safety apparel as specified in the ANSI 107 standard.

Note: The ANSI/ISEA standard 107, American National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories, may be accessed at www.ansi.org.

(3) Rescue of members.

(a) A fire fighter using SCBA and operating in an interior structural fire shall operate in a team of 2 or more fire fighters. Except in the case of a structural fire that can be controlled or extinguished by portable fire extinguishers, a back-up team of at least 2 fire fighters wearing SCBA shall be assigned to remain available to perform assistance or rescue activities. One back-up team member with a charged line shall be assigned to a safe non-affected area in or near the structure. The other back-up team member shall remain within voice contact and may be assigned to additional roles so long as this individual is able to perform assistance or rescue activities without jeopardizing the safety or health of any fire fighter working at the scene. At least one additional member shall be assigned to remain outside the structural fire and monitor the operations.

Note: It is not the intent of this rule to prevent any number of persons from responding to a fire call, setting up equipment and initiating exterior suppression at the fire scene. Also, it is not the intent of this rule to prohibit an individual fire fighter from taking an action to preserve the life or safety of another person.

(b) During an emergency operation, the incident commander shall evaluate the risk to fire fighters and, if necessary, request that at least a basic life support ambulance service provider be available at the scene.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: am. (2) (b) 1. and (3) (a), Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction in (2) (b) 1., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: am. (1) (intro.), (b) to (f), renum. (1) (g) to (1) (g) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (g) 1. to 5., am. (2) (a) (intro.), r. and recr. (2) (b), am. (3) (a), (b) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter X Facility Safety

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.145 Facility safety {#sec-sps-330.145 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.145}

Fire department buildings and facilities shall comply with chs. SPS 332 and 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter XI Medical

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.15 Physical and medical capabilities {#sec-sps-330.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.15}

(1) The employer shall assure that fire fighters who are expected to do structural fire fighting are physically capable of performing duties which may be assigned to them during emergency operations.

(2) The fire chief may not permit a fire fighter with known heart disease, epilepsy, or emphysema to participate in fire department emergency operations unless a physician’s certificate of the fire fighter’s fitness to participate in such operations is provided.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 01-044: am. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02.

Subchapter XII Member Assistance Referral Program

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.16 Member assistance referral program {#sec-sps-330.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.16}

(1) Every fire department shall establish and adopt a written policy statement for an employee assistance program that identifies and assists members with personal problems, alcohol or substance abuse, stress, or emotional, physical, and mental health issues that are adversely affecting their job performance. The assistance program shall include a resource list of available services and methods for referring a member to the appropriate mental or health care services for the recovery of the member’s health and job performance.

(2) Through the program established under sub. (1), every fire department shall provide health promotion activities that identify a fire fighter’s physical and mental health risk factors and provide education and counseling to fire fighters for the purpose of preventing health problems and enhancing overall well-being.

(3) The use of municipal or county programs shall meet the requirements of this section.

History

  • Cr. Register, August, 1995, No. 476, eff. 9-1-95; CR 17-067: am. (1) Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Subchapter XIII Miscellaneous Activities

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.20 Hazardous materials {#sec-sps-330.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.20}

Fire departments engaged in emergency operations relating to hazardous materials shall comply with s. 29 CFR 1910.120 as adopted by reference in ch. SPS 332.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.21 Confined spaces {#sec-sps-330.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.21}

Fire departments engaged in emergency operations relating to confined spaces shall comply with s. 29 CFR 1910.146 as adopted by reference in ch. SPS 332.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.22 Diving operations {#sec-sps-330.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.22}

Fire departments engaged in emergency operations relating to diving operations shall comply with 29 CFR 1910 subpart T as adopted by reference in ch. SPS 332.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 330.23 Miscellaneous hazardous situations {#sec-sps-330.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 330.23}

Fire departments engaged in miscellaneous emergency operations and hazardous situations such as structural collapse rescue, elevator rescue, trench rescue, and terrorism responses shall comply with s. SPS 330.14, 29 CFR 1910.132, and any other applicable standard in 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926, as adopted by reference in ch. SPS 332.

Note: Requirements for fire departments providing emergency medical services are administered and enforced by the Department of Health Services under ch. DHS 110 and ch. 256, Stats.

History

  • CR 01-044: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 1-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-067: am. Register September 2018 No. 753, eff. 10-1-18.

Chapter SPS 332 PUBLIC EMPLOYEE SAFETY AND HEALTH

Subchapter I Scope, Application and Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-332.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.001}

This chapter establishes minimum occupational safety and health standards for public employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.002 Scope {#sec-sps-332.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.002}

This chapter applies to all workplaces of public employers, except it does not apply to any of the following:

(1) Workplaces under federal jurisdiction, Indian-sovereignty workplaces, or workplaces of the United States Postal Service.

(2) A workplace while no employee is authorized to be there.

Note: A private-sector employer’s workplace is not considered to be a workplace of a public employer while any public-sector employees perform their work there, such as a safety inspection or investigation.

Note: See chapter SPS 330 for additional safety and health standards for public-sector fire department employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: r. and recr. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.003 Application {#sec-sps-332.003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.003}

(1) Retroactivity. The provisions of this chapter apply to all workplaces of a public employer whether existing prior to the effective date of this chapter or subsequently established, unless otherwise specified in this chapter.

(2) Conflicts.

(a) Where any rule written by the department differs from a requirement within a document referenced in this chapter, the rule written by the department shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

Note: The Department and other state agencies may have additional rules that affect the design, construction, maintenance and use of places of employment, including chapters SPS 305, Licenses, Certifications, and Registrations; SPS 307, Explosives and Fireworks; SPS 314, Fire Prevention; SPS 316, Electrical; SPS 318, Elevators, Escalators, and Lift Devices; SPS 340, Gas Systems; SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels; SPS 343, Anhydrous Ammonia; SPS 345, Mechanical Refrigeration; SPS 375 to 379, Buildings Constructed Prior to 1914; SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing; SPS 390, Public Swimming Pools; and SPS 391, Sanitation. The Department’s Division of Industry Services administers all of these listed codes. Under chapter SPS 314, fire chiefs – who are authorized deputies of the Department – are responsible for providing semiannual fire-prevention inspections of places of employment.

(3) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

Note: Section 101.02 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “The department shall adopt reasonable and proper rules and regulations relative to the exercise of its powers and authorities and proper rules to govern its proceedings and to regulate the mode and manner of all investigations and hearings.”

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 04-009: am. (2) Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 14-060: am. (1), r. and recr. (2), cr. (3) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-332.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.01}

In this chapter:

(1) “Agency” has the meaning given in s. 101.055 (2) (a), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.055 (2) (a), Stats., “agency” means an office, department, independent agency, authority, institution, association, society, or other body in state government created or authorized to be created by the constitution or any law, and includes the legislature and the courts.

(2) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services, unless otherwise specified.

(4) “Place of employment” means any place as defined in s. 101.01 (11), Stats., and includes farms of a public employer where research or education takes place.

(5) “Public employee” or “employee” has the meaning given in s. 101.055 (2) (b), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.055 (2) (b), Stats., “public employee” or “employee” means any employee of the state, of any agency or of any political subdivision of the state.

(6) “Public employee representative” or “employee representative” has the meaning given in s. 101.055 (2) (c), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.055 (2) (c), Stats., “public employee representative” or “employee representative” means an authorized collective bargaining agent, an employee who is a member of a workplace safety committee or any person chosen by one or more public employees to represent those employees.

(7) “Public employer” or “employer” has the meaning given in s. 101.055 (2) (d), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.055 (2) (b), Stats., (d) “public employer” or “employer” means the state, any agency or any political subdivision of the state.

(8) “Secretary” means the secretary of the department of safety and professional services or an authorized representative.

(9) “Workplace” means any site where public employees are required or directed to be by public employers to carryout assigned duties and functions, except a private-sector employer’s workplace is not considered to be a workplace of a public employer while any public-sector employees perform their work there, such as a safety inspection or investigation.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; correction in (4) was made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction in (3), (8) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-060: r. and recr. (1), (5) to (7), renum. (8) to SPS 332.17, cr. (8) and (9) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.

Subchapter II Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.05 Inspections {#sec-sps-332.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.05}

(1) Right of entry to investigate or inspect. The authorized representatives of the department, upon presentation of the appropriate credentials to an employer, may perform any of the following activities:

(a) Enter without delay and at reasonable times any building, place of employment or workplace of a public employer, or an environment where work is performed by an employee of an employer.

(b) Inspect and investigate during regular working hours and at other reasonable times, and within reasonable limits and in a reasonable manner, any such place of employment and all pertinent conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment, and materials therein, and to question privately any employer or employee.

(2) Inspections.

(a) Inspections, including the request for inspections, shall be handled in accordance with s. 101.055 (5), Stats.

(b) Any orders resulting from an inspection shall be issued in accordance with s. 101.055 (6), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: am. (1) (intro), (a), r. and recr. (2), r. (3), (4) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.07 Variances {#sec-sps-332.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.07}

Pursuant to s. 101.055 (4), Stats., the department shall consider and may grant a temporary variance, an experimental variance or a permanent variance in accordance with s. SPS 303.04 for a safety and health issue affecting public employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.08 Notices {#sec-sps-332.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.08}

Every employer shall post a notice that summarizes the employee’s protections and rights as granted under s. 101.055, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.09 Penalties {#sec-sps-332.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.09}

Penalties for violations of this chapter may be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., reads: “Every day during which any person or corporation, or any officer, agent or employee of a person or corporation, fails to observe and comply with any order of the department or to perform any duty specified under this subchapter shall constitute a separate and distinct violation of the order or of the requirements of this subchapter, whichever is applicable.”

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., reads: “If any employer, employee, owner, or other person violates this subchapter, or fails or refuses to perform any duty specified under this subchapter, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or fails, neglects or refuses to obey any lawful order given or made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with this subchapter, for each such violation, failure or refusal, such employer, employee, owner or other person shall forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each such offense.”

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99.

Subchapter III General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.15 OSHA Safety and health standards {#sec-sps-332.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.15}

Except as provided in s. SPS 332.16 and subch. IV, all places of employment and public buildings of a public employer shall comply with the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements adopted under s. SPS 332.50.

Note: There may be some substances that do not have an exposure limit specified in the OSHA standards. For those substances, the department will accept exposure limits that comply with the recommendations of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists for threshold limit values and biological exposure indices.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.16 Wisconsin administrative code chapters {#sec-sps-332.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.16}

Except as provided in s. SPS 332.003 (2), the following chapters of the Wisconsin administrative code shall apply in place of the standards specified in s. SPS 332.15 for those safety and health issues which fall within the scope of the respective chapters.

(1) Chapter SPS 307, Explosives and Fireworks.

(2) Chapter SPS 308, Mines, Pits and Quarries.

(5) Chapter SPS 340, Gas Systems.

(8) Chapter SPS 314, Fire Prevention.

(10) Chapter SPS 316, Electrical.

(11) Chapter SPS 318, Elevator.

(12) Chapter SPS 330, Fire Department Safety and Health.

(13) Chapter SPS 333, Passenger Ropeways.

(14) Chapter SPS 334, Amusement Rides.

(15) Chapter SPS 335, Infectious Agents.

(16) Chapter SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels.

(17) Chapter SPS 343, Anhydrous Ammonia.

(18) Chapter SPS 345, Mechanical Refrigeration.

(19) Chapters SPS 361 to 366, Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

(20) Chapters SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing.

Note: Ch. ATCP 93, Flammable, Combustible and Hazardous Liquids applies in place of the standards specified in s. SPS 332.15 for those safety and health issues which fall within the scope of ch. ATCP 93.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; correction in (15) and (16) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 1999, No. 520; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 2000, No. 534; CR 01-062: am. (intro.) CR 01-139: r. (9) and (21), am. (19) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (intro.), (1), (2), (4) to (20) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2013 No. 696; CR 14-010: r. (4) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 14-060: r. (3), am. (14), (16) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.17 Substitution of “secretary.” {#sec-sps-332.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.17}

For the purpose of this chapter, substitute the term “secretary” for the following titles referenced in the adopted standards of s. SPS 332.50:

(1) Secretary of labor;

(2) Assistant secretary of labor for occupational safety and health, U.S. department of labor;

(3) Director of the office of standards development, occupational safety and health administration, U.S. department of labor;

(4) Area director, occupational safety and health administration; and

(5) Director of the national institute for occupational safety and health, U.S. department of health and human services.

History

  • CR 14-060: renum. from SPS 332.01 (8) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.

Subchapter IV Amendments to OSHA Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.20 Amendments to OSHA standards {#sec-sps-332.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.20}

The substitutions, additions or omissions to the adopted OSHA standards as specified in this subchapter are rules of the department and not federal standards of OSHA.

Note: The referenced or corresponding OSHA section or subsection is located in the brackets following the SPS designation and preceding the text of the rule. Example: SPS 332.23 [29 CFR 1910.27].

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.203 Safety and health program {#sec-sps-332.203 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.203}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910, 1915, 1917, 1926 and 1928: Each employer shall develop and implement a safety and health program that describes the procedures, methods, processes and practices used to manage workplace safety and health. The program shall include elements for hazard identification and assessment, hazard prevention and control, and information and training.

History

  • CR 14-060: renum. from 332.11 (1) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.205 Recording and reporting occupational injuries and illnesses [29 CFR 1904] {#sec-sps-332.205 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.205}

(1) Sections 29 CFR 1904.1 and 1904.2 are not included as part of this chapter.

(2) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1904: Pursuant to s. 101.055 (7) (a), Stats., each employer shall report work-related injuries and illnesses to the department for the previous year by March 1 of each year. The report shall be made on form SBD-10710 or equivalent.

Note: Public sector employers may report work-related injuries and illnesses via the online reporting system at widoa.force.com/dsps/login or on form SBD-10710A, which is available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7302, or call (608) 266-2112.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 29 CFR 1904.39(a): Within 8 hours after the death of any employee from a work-related incident or the in-patient hospitalization of 3 or more employees as a result of a work-related incident, the employer shall orally report the fatality or multiple hospitalization by telephone or in person to the department.

Note: Fatalities and hospitalizations are to be reported to the Department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302. The Division can be contacted at telephone 608/266-3151 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) during normal business hours. During nonbusiness hours, report fatalities and hospitalizations to Wisconsin Emergency Management, which can be contacted at 800/943-0003.

History

  • CR 01-062: cr. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 14-060: r. and recr. (title), renum. (intro.) to (1), renum. 332.10 to 332.205 (2) and am., cr. (3) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.21 General requirements [29 CFR 1910.22 and 1926.20] {#sec-sps-332.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.21}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.22 and 1926.20:

(1) Any employee who works on highways, roads, streets or their easements, including any of these workplaces that are not permanent places of employment, shall be provided with and wear an approved traffic-safety vest, or other clothing or equipment that provides equivalent high visibility of the employee.

Note: For further information regarding safety vests and clothing that are acceptable for providing to employees, see American National Standards Institute/International Safety Equipment Association (ANSI/ISEA) standard 107 - High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Headwear. Vests and clothing that are accepted under this standard typically do not become unacceptable upon publication of a later edition of the standard.

(2) An employer shall provide traffic control devices for the work under sub. (1), and the devices shall be used to regulate, warn, guide, or inform traffic of the work and of the presence of employees.

Note: Under s. 349.065, Stats., traffic control devices must be designed, installed and operated in accordance with the uniform traffic control devices manual adopted by the department of transportation under s. 84.02 (4) (e), Stats. The manual may be obtained from the American Traffic Safety Services Association, 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100, Fredericksburg, VA 22406-1022, telephone 800/231-3475. Electronic copies are available at the Federal Highway Administration website at http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/.

(3) No person may work on the surface of any structural member, floor, or other working platform that has become slippery from ice, snow, frost, paint or other cause, unless the surface is cleaned, sprinkled with sand, or made non-slippery insofar as the nature of the work will permit

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: r. and recr. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.22 Portable ladders [29 CFR 1910.25 and 1910.26] {#sec-sps-332.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.22}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.25 and 1910.26:

(1) Application. The requirements of 29 CFR 1910.25 and 1910.26 also apply to portable fiberglass ladders.

(2) Use of ladders. No portable ladder may be used to gain access to a roof, floor or platform, unless the top of the ladder extends at least 3 feet above the point of support.

Note: Further information relating to construction and use of portable ladders is available in the following American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards: A14.1, for wood ladders; A14.2, for metal ladders; and A14.5, for reinforced-plastic ladders.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: renum. (1) (a) to (1), r. (1) (b) and (2) (a), renum. (2) (intro.) to (intro.) and am., renum. (2) (b) to (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register March 2019 No. 759.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.23 Fixed ladders [29 CFR 1910.27] {#sec-sps-332.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.23}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.27(e)(2): Fixed ladders of a substandard pitch shall be equipped with handrails on both sides. The handrails shall be installed 30 to 34 inches vertically above the rung or the nose of the tread.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (1), renum. to (intro.) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.24 Ventilation [29 CFR 1910.94] {#sec-sps-332.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.24}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.94: Laboratory fume hoods shall be operated and maintained in accordance with all of the following:

(1)

(a) Except as provided in sub. (2), a laboratory fume hood shall be operated at a minimum average face velocity of 100 feet per minute at one of the following positions:

  1. A full open sash.

  2. A sash stop position.

(b) The minimum face velocity shall be determined with the sash stop position no lower than 18 inches above the work surface.

(2) A fume hood may be operated at less than an average face velocity of 100 feet per minute if all of the following conditions are met:

(a) A spillage rate of less than 0.1 ppm at 4.0 liters per minute gas release is achieved.

(b) A minimum allowable average face velocity of 40 feet per minute occurs at a full open sash position.

(c) A continuous flow meter with an alarm is provided.

(3)

(a) A visual and auditory warning alarm shall automatically occur when a vertical sash fume hood is operated above a sash stop position.

(b) A visual and auditory warning alarm shall automatically occur when a combination vertical and horizontal sash fume hood is operated above a sash stop position.

(4) A test shall be performed annually to determine the face velocity of each fume hood.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; am. (2) (a), (4) (c), (5) (a) and (c) 2., r. (2) (b) and Figure 32.24, renum. (2) (c) and (d) to be (2) (b) and (c) and am. (c), cr. (5) (d) and (6), Register, June, 2000, No. 534, eff. 7-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (5) (c) 1. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (5) (a) 3., (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-060: r. and recr. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.25 Compressed gases [29 CFR 1910.101] {#sec-sps-332.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.25}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.101: All compressed gas cylinders shall be secured around the body of the cylinder to prevent falling.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (1), renum. to (intro.) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.26 Spray finishing using flammable and combustible materials [29 CFR 1910.107] {#sec-sps-332.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.26}

This is a department informational note to be used under 29 CFR 1910.107:

Note: See chs. SPS 361 to 366 and their incorporated standards, such as the International Building Code® and International Fire Code®, for building-design requirements relating to spray rooms, spraying spaces, and spray booths.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: renum. (intro.) to SPS 332.26, r. (1) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.28 Permit-required confined spaces [29 CFR 1910.146] {#sec-sps-332.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.28}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.146 and apply only to permit-required confined spaces: An employer shall provide approved training in basic first aid and adult cardiopulmonary resuscitation for all authorized entrants and attendants.

Note: The Department recognizes courses conducted through such organizations as the American Red Cross or the America Heart Association as acceptable training.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (3), renum. to SPS 332.28 and am., r. (1), (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.29 Confined spaces [29 CFR 1910.146] {#sec-sps-332.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.29}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.146, and apply to all confined spaces:

(1) Entry prohibited. A confined space with an atmosphere that has a combustible gas content of 10% or more of the lower explosive limit may not be entered even if a breathing apparatus or respirator is used.

(2) Smoking and open flames. Smoking and open flames may not be allowed within 10 feet of a confined space.

(3) Working in streets. Work at confined spaces which are located in streets shall be performed in accordance with the following:

(a) A vehicle’s beacon and 4-way flashers shall be activated upon approach to an entrance of a confined space.

(b) A vehicle shall be parked to permit traffic to flow in an unobstructed manner and, where possible, to provide protection for the employees.

(c) A vehicle shall be parked so vehicle exhaust cannot accumulate in the confined space. If this is not possible, the vehicle’s exhaust pipe shall be extended away from the confined space.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: am. (title), (intro.), (1), (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.30 Medical services and first aid [29 CFR 1910.151] {#sec-sps-332.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.30}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.151(c): Whenever the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to materials that are corrosive or can cause irreversible eye or bodily injury, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for immediate emergency use.

Note: The Department will accept facilities that comply with American National Standards Institute/International Safety Equipment Association (ANSI/ISEA) standard Z358.1, Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment, or other equipment that provides similar protection.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99, CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (1), renum. to (intro.) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.31 Fire brigades [29 CFR 1910.156] {#sec-sps-332.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.31}

Section 29 CFR 1910.156 is not included as part of this chapter.

Note: See ch. SPS 330 for fire department safety and health requirements.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.32 Handling materials – general [29 CFR 1910.176] {#sec-sps-332.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.32}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.176: Conveyor systems passing through more than one room, or from one working level to another, shall be provided in each room, or working level, where exposed to contact, with means to disconnect the power.

Note: Storage of incompatible materials is regulated by NFPA 1, as established by the National Fire Protection Association and adopted in chapter SPS 314.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (1), renum. to (intro.) and am., r. (1) (title) and (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.33 General requirements for all machines [29 CFR 1910.212] {#sec-sps-332.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.33}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.212:

(1) Disconnection from source of power.

(a) Every machine shall be equipped with a loose pulley, clutch, switch or other adequate means within reaching distance of the normal operating positions of the operator for the purpose of disconnecting the machine from the source of power.

(b) Machines on which 2 or more persons work shall be equipped with one or more controls so located that more than one of these persons can quickly disconnect the machine from the source of power.

(2) Counterweights, tension weights and springs.

(a) Every counterweight, where exposed to contact, shall be enclosed or be equipped with a safety device attached independent of the counterweight support, that shall prevent the weight from falling to a point of less than 7 feet from the floor or working level.

(b) Every tension weight exposed to contact shall be enclosed or securely fastened to the tension bar.

(c) All springs shall be guarded or otherwise equipped to eliminate any hazard due to breakage of the spring or failure of the mounting.

(3) Guarding of hot pipes. All pipes carrying steam or other hot materials within 7 feet of the floor or working platform, that are exposed to contact, shall be covered with an insulating material, or guarded so that contact will not cause personal injury.

(4) Prevention of automatic restarting. On applications where injury to the operator might result if motors were to restart after power failures, machines shall be prevented from automatically restarting upon restoration of power.

(5) Maintenance. All equipment, machine tools, guards and power-driven machinery shall be operated and maintained in safe condition.

Note: For information regarding operation and maintenance of hoists, see ANSI/ASME standard B30.16 - Overhead Hoists (Underhung).

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; cr. (4) and (5), Register, June, 2000, No. 534, eff. 7-1-00; CR 14-060: am. (intro.) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.34 Woodworking machinery requirements [29 CFR 1910.213] {#sec-sps-332.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.34}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1910.213 (h):

(1) Limit stop. A stop shall be provided to prevent the forward travel of the blade beyond the front of the table.

(2) Return means. Every radial arm saw shall be equipped with a means to return the saw automatically to the back of the table when released at any point of its travel; the means shall prevent the saw from rebounding and may not depend on fiber rope or cord for this function.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: am. (intro.), (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.345 Commercial diving operations [29 CFR 1910.401] {#sec-sps-332.345 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.345}

Section 29 CFR 1910.401 (a) (2) (ii) is not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 01-062: cr. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.37 Motor vehicles [29 CFR 1926.601] {#sec-sps-332.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.37}

(1) This is a department exception to the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.601(b)(9): Employees may ride on motor vehicles in other than factory-installed passenger seats equipped with seatbelts only when the speed of the motor vehicle is less than 10 miles per hour.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.601(b)(10): Dump bodies of all vehicles shall be equipped with a positive means of support that is permanently attached and capable of being locked in position to prevent accidental lowering of the body while maintenance or inspection work is being done or while the vehicle is left unattended.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (1), renum. to (2) and am., renum. 332.40 (intro.) to 332.37 (1) and am. Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.38 Specific excavation requirements [29 CFR 1926.651] {#sec-sps-332.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.38}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.651: No person may work in an excavation over 4 feet in depth without another person being present at the surface.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; CR 04-009: am. (1) Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; CR 14-060: cons. (intro.) and (3), renum. to SPS 332.38 and am., r. (1), (2) Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.

Subchapter V Incorporation of Standards by Reference

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 332.50 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-332.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 332.50}

The standards listed in the following table are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter under the authority provided in s. 101.055 (3) (a), Stats.

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are available through the sources listed in the table.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1999, No. 518, eff. 3-1-99; am. Table 32.50-1, r. and recr. 32.50-2, Register, June, 2000, No. 534, eff. 7-1-00; CR 01-062: cr. subd. 11. to 13. in Table 32.50-1 Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02 and cr. subd. 14. in Table 32.50-1 Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 1-1-03; CR 04-009: am. (1) and r. and recr. Table 32.50-1 Register August 2004 No. 584, eff. 9-1-04; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-060: r. (1), (2) (title), 32.50. (2) to SPS 332.50 and am., renum. Table 332.50-1 to Table 332.50 and am., r. Table 332.50-2 Register August 2015 No. 716, eff. 9-1-15.

Chapter SPS 333 PASSENGER ROPEWAYS

Subchapter I Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-333.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.01}

Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (1) and 101.17, Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety and welfare of employees and frequenters in places of employment and public buildings utilizing passenger ropeways.

Note: See s. 101.01, Stats., for the definitions of “place of employment” and “public building”.

Note: See ANSI B77.1 as adopted in s. SPS 333.17 for the definition of “passenger ropeway”.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.02 Scope {#sec-sps-333.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.02}

This chapter establishes minimum standards for the design, construction, installation, operation, maintenance and inspection of passenger ropeways.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.03 Application {#sec-sps-333.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.03}

(1) New installations. This chapter applies to all passenger ropeways installed or constructed on or after November 1, 2012.

(2) Alterations. This chapter applies to all alterations of and additions to passenger ropeways which affect the passenger ropeway’s design, structural strength or operation or which replace any piece of major equipment on the passenger ropeway. This chapter does not apply to minor repairs necessary for a passenger ropeway’s maintenance.

(3) Existing installations.

(a) The applicable operation and maintenance requirements of this apply to passenger ropeways installed or constructed prior to November 1, 2012.

(b) Unless otherwise specifically stated in this chapter, existing passenger ropeway installations and their components shall be maintained to conform to the passenger ropeway code that applied when the installations or components were installed or altered.

(4) Standards.

(a) Where any rule written by the department differs from a requirement within a document referenced in this chapter, the rule written by the department shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(5) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

Note: Section 101.02 (1), Stats., reads as follows: “The department shall adopt reasonable and proper rules and regulations relative to the exercise of its powers and authorities and proper rules to govern its proceedings and to regulate the mode and manner of all investigations and hearings.”

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; CR 12-008: am. (1), renum. (3) to be (3) (a) and am., cr. (3) (b), (4), (5) Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.05 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-333.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.05}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a nonstatutory provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Form SBD-9890 is available at the department’s website at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.06 Fees {#sec-sps-333.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.06}

Fees for the plan examination, permit to operate, load test and inspection of passenger ropeways shall be submitted to the department as specified in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.07 Penalties {#sec-sps-333.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.07}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates that if any employer, employee, owner, or other person violates ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats., or fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or fails, neglects or refuses to obey any lawful order given or made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats., for each such violation, failure or refusal, such employer, employee, owner or other person shall forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 or more than $100 for each such offense.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.08 Appeals {#sec-sps-333.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.08}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.

Subchapter II General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.10 Department review {#sec-sps-333.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.10}

(1) Plans and specifications.

(a) Before commencing the construction, installation or relocation of, addition to, or ropeway modification of a passenger ropeway, plans and specifications for the proposed passenger ropeway shall be submitted to the department for review and approval. In this paragraph, “ropeway modification” has the meaning given in ANSI B77.1 section 1.2.4.4. One-for-one replacements of components are not considered a ropeway modification.

Note: Plans and specifications are to be submitted to the department’s Division of Industry Services, Bureau of Field Services at https://esla.wi.gov/PortalCommunityLogin.

Note: “Ropeway modification” has the meaning given in ANSI B77.1 section 1.2.4.4: “A ropeway modification shall be defined as an alteration of the current design of the ropeway which results in:

(c) Plans shall include all of the following applicable information:

  1. Name of the owner and the location of the passenger ropeway.

  2. Name and address of the passenger ropeway’s designer.

  3. Site plan and profile map showing location of towers, power units, counterweights, and pits.

  4. Clearances of towers, path, and counterweights.

  5. Details of tower construction mountings, foundations and supports, sheave assemblies, and carriages. Except for passenger ropeways governed under ANSI B77.1 sections 6 and 7, foundation drawings shall include a description of the soil and allowable soil pressure.

(d) The specifications shall be coordinated with the plans and describe the quality of the materials.

(e) All plans submitted for review shall be accompanied by sufficient data and information for the department to determine if the design of the passenger ropeway, the capacity of the equipment, and the performance of the passenger ropeway will conform to the requirements of this chapter.

(2) Plan approval.

(a) If the department determines that the plans and the specifications for the proposed passenger ropeway substantially conform to the requirements of this chapter, a written conditional approval shall be granted. All conditions not in compliance with this chapter, which are identified in the conditional approval, shall be corrected before or during construction or installation. A conditional approval issued under this subsection shall not impose any responsibility or liability upon the department for the design or construction of the passenger ropeway.

(b) If the department determines that the plans or the specifications for the proposed passenger ropeway do not substantially conform to the requirements of this chapter, the application for conditional approval shall be denied in writing.

(3) Evidence of plan approval. At least one set of plans bearing the department’s stamp of conditional approval and a copy of the specifications for the passenger ropeway shall be kept at the passenger ropeway site. The plans and specifications shall be open to inspection by the department or a third party independent inspector.

(4) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke any approval, issued under this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(5) Plan review processing time. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; CR 06-119: am. (5) Register July 2007 No. 617, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 25-076: am. (1) (a), r. (1) (b), am. (1) (c) 3. to 5. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.12 Inspections and tests {#sec-sps-333.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.12}

(1) Acceptance inspections.

(a) The acceptance inspections specified in the ANSI B77.1 standard adopted in s. SPS 333.17 shall be performed by the department.

(b) Notice shall be given to the department at least 5 business days prior to the time the passenger ropeway will be ready for inspection.

(c) If the inspection is not completed within 10 business days after the passenger ropeway is ready for inspection, the department shall issue a temporary permit to operate until an inspection is completed and the passenger ropeway is approved or disapproved.

(2) Periodic inspections.

(a)

  1. All passenger ropeways, including existing passenger ropeways installed or constructed prior to November 1, 2012, shall be inspected at least once every 12 months by the department or a third-party independent inspector.

  2. The inspection shall ascertain whether a permit to operate may be issued for each passenger ropeway.

  3. Depending upon the type of passenger ropeway, the inspection shall cover at least the aspects of a general inspection as applicable under ANSI B77.1 sections 3.3.4.1, 4.3.4.1, 5.3.4.1, 6.3.4, or 7.3.4.

Note: Prior to July 1, 1984, administrative rules for aerial tramways, aerial lifts, surface lifts and rope tows were specified in ch. Ind 46. Since July 1, 1984, the rules have been specified in chs. ILHR 33, Comm 33 and this chapter.

(b)

  1. By October 1 of each year, the owner of a passenger ropeway shall notify the department in writing if the next required periodic inspection is to be performed by a third party independent inspector.

  2. If the notification is not made by October 1, the department may conduct the required period inspection and charge the owner the applicable fee specified under ch. SPS 302.

(c)

  1. A third-party independent inspector conducting a periodic inspection under par. (a) shall be employed by or contracted by an insurance company providing liability coverage for the passenger ropeway.

  2. If a third party independent inspector is unable to obtain compliance with this chapter, the inspector shall notify the department.

  3. All correspondence and documentation that is sent by the owner of a ropeway to a third party independent inspector addressing cited violations of this chapter shall also be sent by the owner to the department.

(d)

a. Except as provided subd. 1. b., reports of periodic inspections shall be submitted to the department within 30 days from the date of inspection.

b. A report of a periodic inspection shall be submitted to the department within 10 days from the date of inspection if the inspector does not recommend issuing the permit to operate for the ropeway.

  1. A copy of the inspection shall be provided to the owner or their agent of the ropeway.

  2. A periodic inspection shall be reported on form SBD-10633 or other approved form.

(3) Load tests. The acceptance tests specified in the ANSI B77.1 standard adopted in s. SPS 333.17 shall be witnessed by the department.

(4) Additional data. When requested, additional data pertaining to the design, construction, materials or equipment of a passenger ropeway shall be submitted to the department for approval or to substantiate compliance with this chapter.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; correction in (1) (a), (2) (b), (c), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 12-008: r. and recr. (2) Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.13 Permit to operate {#sec-sps-333.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.13}

(1) Responsibility. No passenger ropeway may be operated without a valid permit to operate. The owner of a passenger ropeway shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining a valid permit to operate. The permit to operate shall be kept on the premise.

(2) Issuance. After each initial or periodic inspection, a permit to operate shall be issued by the department upon determination that the passenger ropeway meets the applicable requirements of this chapter. The department shall issue a permit to operate within 10 business days from receipt of an inspection report showing compliance with this chapter.

(3) Expiration. The permit to operate shall be valid for no longer than 12 months. The expiration date shall be printed on the permit to operate.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.14 Owner’s responsibility {#sec-sps-333.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.14}

No owner may construct or alter any passenger ropeway or portion of a passenger ropeway, or permit any passenger ropeway to be constructed or altered except in compliance with this chapter. Compliance with this chapter does not relieve the owner from compliance with other administrative rules or statutes.

Note: The department and other state agencies may have additional rules that affect the design, construction, maintenance and use of passenger ropeways, including chs. SPS 314, Fire Prevention; SPS 316, Electrical; and SPS 340, Gas Systems. The department’s Division of Industry Services administers all of these listed codes.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.15 Accident reporting {#sec-sps-333.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.15}

(1) An accident resulting in bodily injury as a result of a passenger ropeway malfunction and that requires more than first aid treatment shall be reported to the department by phone or email as soon as reasonably possible and within no more than 48 hours of occurrence. Fatalities as a result of a passenger ropeway malfunction shall be reported within 24 hours of occurrence.

(2) The owner of the passenger ropeway that malfunctions resulting in bodily injury may not remove or disturb the ropeway or any of its components or permit any such removal or disturbance prior to receiving authorization from the department, except for the purpose of reducing further bodily harm or property damage.

Note: Accidents are to be reported to the department’s Division of Industry Services. Forms for reporting accidents may be obtained at the division’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/Documents/Programs/SkiLifts/SBD211s.pdf. The division can be contacted by email at dspssbsafetyandhealthtech@wisconsin.gov or by telephone at 608/266-3151 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) during normal business hours. The state Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800/943-0003 during nonbusiness hours.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; CR 12-008: renum. 333.15 to be 333.15 (1), cr. (2) Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12; CR 25-076: am. (1) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.155 Malfunction reporting {#sec-sps-333.155 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.155}

The owner of a passenger ropeway that experiences an evacuation, deropement, or an unseated passenger that is not a direct result of loading or unloading the ropeway shall report the incident by phone or email as soon as reasonably possible and within no more than 48 hours of occurrence. The requirements of this section do not apply to surface lifts, tows, or conveyors.

Note: Malfunctions are to be reported to the department’s Division of Industry Services. Forms for reporting malfunctions may be obtained at the division’s website at https://wi.accessgov.com/dsps-external/Forms/Page/210/sbd-8133. The Division can be contacted by email at dspssbsafetyandhealthtech@wisconsin.gov or by telephone at 608/266-3151 or 877/617- 1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) during normal business hours. The state Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800/943-0003 during nonbusiness hours.

History

  • CR 25-076: cr. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.16 Construction and operation {#sec-sps-333.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.16}

All passenger ropeways shall be designed, constructed, installed, maintained and operated in accordance with the ANSI B77.1 standard incorporated by reference in s. SPS 333.17, subject to those changes, additions and omissions specified in subch. III.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.17 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-333.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.17}

(1) The American National Standard for Passenger Ropeways – Aerial Tramways, Aerial Lifts, Surface Lifts, Tows and Conveyors – Safety Requirements, ANSI B77.1-2022, subject to the changes, additions and omissions specified in subch. III, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: Copies of the ANSI B77.1 standard can be purchased from Global Engineering Documents, Customer Support M/S A1108, 15 Inverness Way, Englewood, CO 80112, telephone 877/413-5184, or from the National Ski Areas Association, 133 South Van Gordon Street, Suite 300, Lakewood, CO 80228, telephone 303/987-1111.

Note: Copies of standards incorporated by reference are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

(2) Any codes or standards referenced in the standards adopted in sub. (1) shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(3) Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; CR 12-008: renum. 33.17 to be 33.17 (1) and am., cr. (2), (3) Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12; CR 25-076: am. (1) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.

Subchapter III Changes or Additions to or Omissions from Adopted Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.20 Changes or additions to or omissions from ANSI B77.1 {#sec-sps-333.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.20}

Changes or additions to or omissions from the ANSI B77.1 standard are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the ANSI B77.1 standard.

Note: The referenced B77.1 rule number, located in brackets, follows the SPS designation and section title and precedes the text of the rule.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.21 Scope and purpose [B77.1 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3] {#sec-sps-333.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.21}

The requirements of B77.1 section 1.1 - Scope, section 1.2 - Purpose, and section 1.3 - Reference to Other Codes and Standards are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.22 Definitions [B77.1 1.4] {#sec-sps-333.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.22}

(1) Additions. The following are department definitions in addition to the definitions in B77.1 section 1.4:

(a) “ANSI” means American National Standard Institute, Inc.

(b) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(c) “Evacuation” means an emergency unloading procedure to remove passengers at other than designated unloading areas.

(d) “Path” means that area of a surface lift system or rope tow system traversed by a user which extends between the loading area and the point beyond the stop gate for the unloading area where a passenger would disembark if the stop gate was actuated.

(2) Substitutions. The following department definitions are substitutions for the respective definitions in B77.1 section 1.4:

(a) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(b) “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department.

(s) “Qualified engineer” means an engineer who is registered under ch. 443, Stats., as a professional engineer.

History

  • CR 00-132: cr. Register August 2001 No. 548, eff. 9-1-01; correction in (1) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 12-008: renum. (1) (a) to (c) to be (1) (b) to (d), cr. (1) (a) Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12; CR 25-076: cr. (2) (s) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.23 Electrical {#sec-sps-333.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.23}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in B77.1 sections 2.2.1.1, 3.2.1.1, 4.2.1.1, 5.2.1.1, 6.2.1.1 and 7.2.1.1: Electrical systems shall comply with ch. SPS 316.

Note: Chapter SPS 316 references and adopts the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70. The latest edition of the National Electrical Code adopted under chapter SPS 316 is 2008.

History

  • CR 12-008: cr. Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 333.24 Applicable effective date {#sec-sps-333.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 333.24}

Substitute November 1, 2013, as the effective date for the design requirements for communications, evacuation power unit, rollback device, cable catcher, and deropement switch listed in B77.1 sections 3.3.1.1, 4.3.1.1, 5.3.1.1, and 6.3.1.1. Substitute May 1, 2027, as the effective date for the design requirements for combustion engine protective devices listed in B77.1 sections 3.3.1.1, 4.3.1.1, 5.3.1.1, and 6.3.1.1.

History

  • CR 12-008: cr. Register August 2012 No. 680, eff. 11-1-12; CR 25-076: am. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 7-1-26.

Chapter SPS 334 AMUSEMENT RIDES

Subchapter I Purpose and Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-334.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.001}

The purpose of this chapter is to set forth minimum standards for the design, construction, operation, repair, inspection, assembly, disassembly and use of amusement rides at carnivals, fairs and other places of amusement for the safety of frequenters.

Note: The federal Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) has issued accessibility guidelines for the construction or alteration of amusement rides. Amusement ride guidelines may be found under Summaries of Accessibility Guidelines for Recreation Facilities. A copy of the publication may be obtained by calling the Access Board at 800/872-2253(v) (TTY 800/993-2822), or on the Internet at www.access-board.gov/.

Note: The design, construction and use of tents are covered under chapters SPS 314, Fire Prevention Code, and SPS 361 to 366, Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.002 Scope {#sec-sps-334.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.002}

(1) Application. The provisions of this chapter apply to amusement rides open to the public and located at permanent sites or moved from site to site.

(2) Exclusions. The provisions of this chapter do not apply to nonmechanized playground equipment, such as swings, seesaws, stationary spring mounted animal features, rider propelled merry-go-rounds, climbers, slides, swinging gates and physical fitness devices.

(3) Local ordinances. A municipality may enact and enforce additional or more restrictive standards for amusement rides, provided the standards do not conflict with this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: cr. (3) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.003 Retroactivity {#sec-sps-334.003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.003}

Except as otherwise specified in this chapter, the provisions of this chapter shall apply to all new and existing amusement rides.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-334.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.01}

In this chapter:

(3) “Amusement ride” means a device or animal that carries, transports or supports passengers in unusual, entertaining or thrilling modes of motion and any vehicle providing entertainment or transportation in conjunction with an amusement ride, including rider-powered and power-driven thrill rides, mild rides and ride-throughs, walk-throughs, air pillows, giant slides, and animal rides. Vehicles include parking lot trams, old fire engines, stage coaches and trains. “Amusement ride” does not include any of the following:

(a) Aircraft under the jurisdiction of the federal aviation administration.

(b) Railroad trains under the jurisdiction of the federal railroad administration.

(c) Boats used on navigable waters.

(d) Animal rides where the animal is under the control of the passenger.

(e) Hang gliders and parachutes.

(f) Climbing walls that do not involve a mechanical take-up or release system.

(4) “Approved” means approved by the department.

(5) “Authorized persons” are persons experienced and instructed in the work to be performed on an amusement ride and who have been given the responsibility to perform their duties by the owner or operator of an amusement ride.

(6) “Coin-operated ride” means an amusement ride which is activated by the insertion of a coin or token or by a push-button switch and timer.

(7) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(8) “Equivalent degree of safety” means an alternative to strict compliance with this chapter provided the alternative establishes an equivalency to the subject rule and the alternative has been approved by the department.

(9) “Frequenter” means every person, other than an employee, who may go in or be in an amusement ride under circumstances which render such person other than a trespasser.

(10) “Modified ride” means an amusement ride whose structure, drive system, method of erection, or other items affecting the safety of the amusement ride have been changed, except changes recommended by the ride manufacturer.

(11) “Owner” means the person holding legal title to the amusement ride, or his or her designated representative, lessee or agent.

(13) “Professional engineer” means an engineer registered in the state of Wisconsin.

(14) “Properly maintained” means assembling, disassembling, transporting, operating, lubricating, greasing, oiling, testing and repairing amusement rides in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(15) “Recognized safe practice” means that the materials and methods used to assemble, disassemble, operate, transport, maintain, repair and modify amusement rides are:

(a) In accordance with the written specifications and procedures of the manufacturer, the owner’s liability insurance carrier, nationally recognized standards, or the written standards of the department; or,

(b) In the absence of written specifications, procedures or standards, in accordance with the best practices of the skills and trades involved.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: r. (1) and (2), am. (3), (5), (9), (11), (12), (14) and (15) (intro.) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. and recr. (3), am. (9), r. (12) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.02 Assignment of classification of amusement rides {#sec-sps-334.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.02}

(1) General. The department shall classify amusement rides into one of the 4 classifications as specified in s. SPS 334.03 on the basis of known characteristics of the amusement ride and any modifications made to the ride.

(2) Additional information.

(a) The department may require additional information sufficient to properly classify amusement rides.

(b) An amusement ride shall be assigned to class 3 when requested information for the amusement ride is not provided.

(3) Notification. The department shall notify the owner to which class the amusement ride has been assigned and of required inspections and tests.

(4) Reclassification. The department shall reclassify rides if the amusement rides fail to continue to meet the criteria for which they were classified.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.03 Amusement ride classifications {#sec-sps-334.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.03}

Amusement rides shall be classified as follows:

(1) Class 1. Class 1 shall consist of amusement rides that are properly designed, constructed and maintained to move passengers in a mild manner.

Note: Examples of class 1 amusement rides include but are not limited to:

(2) Class 2. Class 2 shall consist of amusement rides that are properly designed, constructed and maintained to move passengers in a thrilling manner.

Note: Examples of class 2 amusement rides include but are not limited to:

(3) Class 3. Class 3 shall consist of those amusement rides which do not meet the requirements for the classes of amusement rides under sub. (1) or (2).

(4) Modified amusement rides. Amusement rides which have been changed, except for changes made by the manufacturer, shall be classified as modified rides.

(5) Ride reclassification. An amusement ride initially assigned as a class 3 ride or modified ride shall be reclassified as a class 1 or class 2 ride provided the owner supplies the department with information regarding the maintenance of the ride and one of the following:

(a) An engineering analysis regarding the structural integrity of the ride.

(b) A nondestructive test report of load-bearing ride components and welds.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 08-054: am. (2), cr. (5) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.035 Insurance {#sec-sps-334.035 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.035}

(1) Except as provided in sub. (2), no amusement ride owner may operate a ride unless at the time there is in existence a contract of insurance providing coverage of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence against liability for injury to persons for the ride.

(2) No amusement ride owner shall operate a non-mechanical ride or a coin-operated ride unless at the time there is in existence a contract of insurance for the ride providing coverage of not less than $500,000 per occurrence against liability for injury to persons.

(3)

(a) The insurance contract to be provided under subs. (1) and (2) shall be by an insurer or surety authorized to transact business in the state.

(b) The amusement ride owner shall be responsible for assuring that the insuring company will notify the department at least 10 days prior to cancellation or change of insurance coverage. The certificate of insurance shall acknowledge this notification responsibility.

(c) The insurance contract or an attached schedule to satisfy the provisions of subs. (1) and (2) shall identify each amusement ride included in the coverage utilizing the ride serial number where such a number exists.

History

  • Emerg. cr. eff. 1-1-08; CR 07-086: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.04 Registration of amusement rides {#sec-sps-334.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.04}

(1) General. All class 1 and class 2 amusement rides shall be registered with the department annually. The fees as specified in ch. SPS 302 shall be paid and the amusement rides shall be registered prior to being opened to the public. All registrations, regardless of date of issuance, shall expire on December 31 of each year.

(2) Information required.

(a) The following registration information shall be provided on forms available from the department:

  1. Name and address of owner, or operator or lessee if different from owner;

  2. Descriptive name, model and serial number of the amusement ride; and

  3. Route, including specific sites and dates on which the amusement ride will be operated in the state. If the route is incomplete or modified, the department shall be notified prior to operation on the adjusted route.

(b) A request for amusement ride registration shall include proof of insurance under s. SPS 334.035.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(3) Additional information.

(a) Additional registration information shall be provided if requested by the department.

(b) Maintenance, operating and safety manuals shall be made available to the department by the owner, provided the manuals are available from the manufacturer.

(c) The results of any required nondestructive testing shall be submitted to the department.

(4) Class 3 and modified amusement rides. Class 3 and modified amusement rides may not be opened to the public until the ride is reclassified in accordance with s. SPS 334.03 (5) and the ride has been registered with the department.

(5) Amusement ride registration refusal. Amusement rides shall not be registered by the department for any of the following reasons:

(a) Unabated written safety-related orders issued by the department;

(b) Outstanding registration and inspection fees;

(c) Modifications, repairs or maintenance that are not in accordance with recognized safe practice; or

(d) Failure to provide nondestructive testing information when the testing is required by recognized safe practice.

(6) Posting of certificate. The registration certificate shall be posted on the amusement ride so that the certificate is visible to the public. The certificate shall not be altered or defaced.

(7) Registration processing time.

(a) The department shall review the registration application and grant a registration or issue a denial within 15 business days of receiving the required information and fees.

(b) If the department requests information or fees in addition to those originally submitted, the 15-day processing time shall commence upon receipt of the requested items.

(c) The department reserves the right to negotiate an extension of time on registration applications when the applicant is in arrears on payment of fees or compliance with safety orders issued on amusement rides under the ownership or control of the applicant.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1994, No. 457; am. (2) (b), (c), r. (2) (d), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; CR 02-127: am. (1), (4) and (6) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; emerg. renum. (2) (intro.) to be (2) (a), cr. (2) (b), eff. 1-1-08; CR 07-086: renum. (2) (intro.) to be (2) (a), cr. (2) (b) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 08-054: r. and recr. (4) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (b), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.05 Examination of plans {#sec-sps-334.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.05}

(1) General. Plans and specifications for all custom-built, site-specific amusement rides not used in a portable mode shall be submitted to the department for examination and approval before construction commences.

(2) Plans and specifications. At least 3 sets of plans, which are clear, legible and permanent copies, and one copy of specifications shall be submitted for examination and approval before commencing construction. The plans and specifications shall contain the following information:

(a) General. All plans shall contain the name of the owner and the address of the amusement ride. The name and seal of the Wisconsin registered architect, Wisconsin professional engineer or the name of the person who prepared the plans shall appear on the title sheet;

(b) Plot plan. The plot plan shall indicate the location of the amusement ride with respect to property lines or adjoining streets, alleys, electrical transmission lines or other hazard which may interfere with safe operation, and any other buildings and amusement rides on the same lot or property;

(c) Floor plans or layouts. Floor plans or layouts shall be provided for each floor of the ride. The size and location of all rooms, doors, windows, structural features, exit passageways, exit lights, and other pertinent information shall be indicated. Schematic exit plans shall be provided for large buildings and amusement rides indicating normal paths of egress;

(d) Elevations. The elevations shall contain information on the exterior appearance of the amusement ride;

(e) Sections and details. Section views and detail drawings shall include information to clarify the design; and

(f) Specifications. The specifications shall be properly identified with the drawings and describe the quality of the materials and the workmanship.

(3) Data required. All plans submitted for approval shall be accompanied by data and information sufficient for the department to determine if the design of the amusement ride meets the requirements of this chapter. The following information shall be submitted:

(a) Structural data. Sample structural calculations, including assumed bearing value of soil, live loads and itemized dead loads, and unit stresses for structural materials; and

(b) Additional data. When requested, additional data pertaining to design, construction, materials and equipment shall be submitted to the department for approval.

(4) Application for approval.

(a) Form. A plans approval application form shall be included with the plans submitted to the department for examination and approval.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(b) Conditional approval. If the department determines that the plans and the specifications substantially conform to the provisions of this chapter, a conditional written approval shall be granted. All conditions not in compliance with this chapter, which are identified in the conditional approval, shall be corrected before or during construction of the amusement ride. Issuance of a conditional approval by the department does not constitute assumption by the department of any responsibility for the design or construction of the amusement ride.

(c) Denial of approval. If the department determines that the plans or the specifications do not substantially conform to the provisions of this chapter, the application for conditional approval shall be denied in writing.

Note: A letter will be sent to the designer and the owner of record with a statement relating to the examination of the plans and citing the conditions of approval or denial. The plans will be dated and stamped “conditionally approved” or “not approved”, whichever applies. The department will retain one copy of the plans for all projects. The remaining plans will be returned to the person designated on the plans approval application.

(5) Plan review processing time. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (4) (c) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 06-119: am. (5) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.06 Evidence of plan approval {#sec-sps-334.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.06}

The engineer, designer, manufacturer or owner shall keep at the site one set of plans bearing the stamp of conditional approval and a copy of the specifications. The plans shall be open to inspection by an authorized representative of the department. Plan approval by the department shall expire one year after the date indicated on the approved plans if construction has not commenced within that year.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.07 Revocation of approval {#sec-sps-334.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.07}

The department may revoke any approval or registration issued under the provisions of this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval or registration was based.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.08 Department inspections {#sec-sps-334.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.08}

(1)

(a) An amusement ride for which plans must be submitted for review under s. SPS 334.05 may not be opened to the public until the ride has been inspected by the department or its authorized representative.

(b) The owner shall notify the department when the construction or installation of an amusement approved under s. SPS 334.05 is complete and at least 5 business days prior to the ride being open to the public to provide for the inspection under par. (a).

(2) Every amusement ride shall be subject to periodic inspections conducted by the department or its authorized representative.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (2) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. and recr. (1), am. (2) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.09 Fees {#sec-sps-334.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.09}

Fees for the registration of amusement rides, plan examination and approvals, inspections, petitions for variance and miscellaneous administrative functions shall be submitted as specified in ch. SPS 302. Fees shall be submitted at the time the application for registration or approval is submitted. No registration or determination will be made until the fees are received.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1994, No. 457; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.10 Appeals {#sec-sps-334.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.10}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, January, 1994, No. 457; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; CR 02-127: r. and recr. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.11 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-334.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.11}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a nonstatutory provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: r. and recr. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.12 Penalties {#sec-sps-334.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.12}

Penalties for violation of any provision of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.25, Stats. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.

Subchapter IV Tests and Record Keeping

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.15 Periodic inspections and operational tests {#sec-sps-334.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.15}

(1) General. The owner shall arrange for all amusement rides to be subjected to periodic inspections and operational tests as specified in this section. Such inspections and tests shall be documented by written records and the records shall be kept as specified in s. SPS 334.18.

(2) Inspection at assembly. A visual inspection for defects of the amusement ride shall be made at assembly of the ride. Inspection of all fastening devices shall be made to assure that fasteners recommended by the manufacturer have been properly installed.

(3) Daily inspection and operational tests.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), amusement rides shall be inspected and their operation tested each day before use by frequenters. The inspection and operational test shall include the operation of all control devices, speed-limiting devices, brakes and other equipment provided for safety.

(b) Coin-operated amusement rides shall be inspected and operation tested at least once a week.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 08-054: renum. (3) to be (3) (a) and am., cr. (3) (b) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.16 Nondestructive tests {#sec-sps-334.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.16}

(1) Scope and nature of tests. A nondestructive test, such as but not limited to magnetic particle, x-ray, dye penetrant or ultrasonic, shall be performed on the ride in accordance with recognized safe practice.

Note: Manufacturers and other recognized authorities are encouraged to submit to the department a list of parts that require testing, the appropriate methods of testing and the time between tests.

(2) Test period. When required in accordance with recognized safe practice, nondestructive tests of all class 1 and class 2 amusement rides shall be performed every 3 years or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever comes first, or at testing intervals required by the manufacturer. The time interval shall be based upon the date of the previous test report.

(3) test conductor. The nondestructive test shall be performed by an individual who has achieved a rank of at least level II technician certified by the American Society for Nondestructive Testing or by a professional engineer.

Note: A level II NDT technician is an individual capable of conducting the examination and having sufficient training and experience to evaluate the results. For further explanatory information, see the American Society for Nondestructive Testing recommended practice SNT-TC-1A for nondestructive testing personnel qualification and certification.

(4) Record of tests. The test method and results shall be documented by the person conducting the test. Test documentation shall be maintained and made available to the department as specified in s. SPS 334.18.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (2) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. (2) (b), renum. (2) (a) to be (2), r. and recr. (3), cr. (4) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.18 Record keeping {#sec-sps-334.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.18}

(1) Owner responsibility.

(a) Records related to amusement ride safety shall be kept and retained by the amusement ride owner and shall be made available to the department upon request.

(b) Each amusement ride owner shall prepare an operating fact sheet for each amusement ride regarding operating policies and procedures. The fact sheet shall be made available to each ride or device operator and attendant.

(2) Required records. Records shall be kept of the following:

(a) Inspections at time of assembly as specified in s. SPS 334.15 (2);

(b) Daily inspections and operational tests as specified in s. SPS 334.15 (3);

(c) Nondestructive tests as specified in s. SPS 334.16;

(e) The hours of operation since the last nondestructive test.

(3) Accuracy of records. An authorized person shall sign the records to attest to their accuracy.

(4) Retention of records.

(a) Records for at least the 30 previous days of operation as specified in sub. (2) (a) and (b) and the most recent nondestructive tests as specified in s. SPS 334.16 shall be kept with the amusement ride.

(b) All records shall be kept at least 7 years.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: r. (2) (d) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: renum. (1) to be (1) (a), cr. (1) (b) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (2) (a), (b), (c), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Design and Construction

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.19 Design and construction {#sec-sps-334.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.19}

Amusement rides shall be so designed and constructed that the maximum loads do not stress any part beyond recognized safe practice.

Note: ASTM F1159 may be used as a guide in the design and manufacture of amusement rides.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.20 Emergency brakes and anti-rollback devices {#sec-sps-334.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.20}

(1) Emergency brakes.

(a) If cars or other components of an amusement ride may collide upon failure of normal controls, emergency brakes to prevent such collisions shall be provided.

(b) A braking mechanism shall be provided to bring the amusement ride to a controlled stop in the case of uncontrolled motion of the ride.

(2) Anti-rollback devices. On amusement rides which make use of inclines where there is danger of collision if the propelling mechanism fails, automatic anti-rollback devices shall be installed to prevent backward movement of the passenger-carrying devices in case of failure of the propelling mechanism.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.21 Speed-limiting devices {#sec-sps-334.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.21}

An amusement ride capable of exceeding its safe operating speed shall be provided with a speed-limiting device.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.22 Passenger-carrying devices {#sec-sps-334.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.22}

(1) General. All passenger-carrying devices shall be designed, assembled, operated and maintained in accordance with recognized safe practices.

(2) Protection from lacerations, abrasions and punctures. Interior and exterior parts of all passenger-carrying devices with which a passenger may come into contact shall be free of abrasives and splinters, sharp edges and corners, protruding studs, bolts, screws and other hazardous projections.

(3) Protection from impact injuries. Padding or other means to minimize injury due to passenger impact resulting from the action of the amusement ride shall be provided in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(4) Loading and unloading.

(a) Securely attached grab bars, steps and similar devices that facilitate safe entrance and exit shall be provided in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(b) When provided, required or recommended by the manufacturer, positive locks to stabilize passenger-carrying devices shall be utilized to load and unload passengers.

(c) Entrances and exits shall be oriented to direct passengers to safe locations.

(d) Where a stirrup allows mounting on only one side of a merry-go-round figure, the stirrup shall be located toward the center of the amusement ride platform.

(5) Restraint and support.

(a) Securely attached restraining and support devices, such as but not limited to seat belts, lap bars, footrests and headrests, shall be provided in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(b) Seat belts, lap bars and similar means of restraint shall have connections or latches which cannot be readily or inadvertently released by the passenger.

(c) Chair swings shall be provided with crotch straps, or equivalent means of restraint for the passengers shall be provided in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(d) Restraining devices shall be replaced or repaired when worn or damaged to impair their function. Replacements for restraining devices shall be of equal or greater dimension, strength and padding.

(e) The passenger-carrying devices of amusement rides, such as but not limited to dark rides and miniature train cars, shall be provided with means to prevent passengers from standing if the distance from the floor of the device to an overhead object, such as a doorway, is less than 6 feet 8 inches.

(f) Where seat belts are provided for passenger-carrying devices of amusement rides, the belts shall be of a type acceptable to the manufacturer.

(5m) Attachment.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the field attachment or connection of a passenger by an operator for a ride that elevates passengers off the ground, and necessitates passengers to don harnesses, shall utilize redundant means of attachment or connection or department approved equivalency on the primary attachment point between the passenger and the ride. Where carabiners are used to accomplish the primary attachment or connection, at least two locking hardened steel carabiners with a minimum breaking strength of at least 6,000 pounds each shall be utilized.

(b) The provisions of par. (a) do not apply to bungee jumping operations, bungee trampolines, or rock climbing operations.

(6) Minimum height.

(a) If passenger-carrying devices of amusement rides require passengers to be a minimum height, this minimum height shall be posted at the ride entrance.

(b) Passengers shall abide by the posted height limitations required by passenger-carrying devices of amusement rides.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; emerg. cr. (5m), eff. 8-13-07; CR 07-086: cr. (5m) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-054: r. and recr. (4) (b), cr. (4) (d), (5) (f) and (6) (b), renum. (6) to be (6) (a) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.23 Foundations {#sec-sps-334.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.23}

(1) General.

(a) Amusement rides shall be supported and restrained to maintain stability during operation and in emergencies.

(b) The foundation for an amusement ride shall conform to the specifications of the manufacturer.

(2) Permanent foundation. Permanent foundations for amusement rides shall comply with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(3) Temporary foundations.

(a) Blocks and shims used as temporary foundations shall be of sound material capable of withstanding the loads applied during normal operation and in emergencies. Hollow concrete blocks shall not be used. Blocking in contact with supporting surfaces shall be of proper size to prevent settling.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the height of a system of blocks above any level shall not exceed the width of the base of that level, as illustrated in Figure 334.23.

  2. The department may approve a system of blocks not higher than twice the width of its base provided the stability of the amusement ride is not adversely affected and the amusement ride does not impart a horizontal load to the system of blocking.

Note: This exception typically applies only to a small portion of the blocks which support a rigid structure (e.g., bumper-car enclosure), but not to thrill rides, rides with flexible structures, or tall structures or rides, such as slides and ferris wheels.

(c) Each piece of material used in a system of blocks shall be level and oriented so its height does not exceed the width of its base.

(d) All blocks shall be aligned, the angles between blocks used in a crib shall be approximately equal and the load shall be distributed to prevent tipping.

(e) Shims shall be limited to the minimum number required for leveling.

(f) Blocking shall be secured in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(4) Anchorage. Amusement rides shall be staked, bolted, guyed, wind braced or otherwise secured in accordance with manufacturer’s specification to prevent horizontal movement, such as rotating off blocking during an emergency stop or tipping over.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 01-139: am. (2) (a) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 02-127: am. (1), (2) (a), (b) and (4) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 08-054: renum. (1) and (2) (a) to be (1) (a) and (2), cr. (1) (b), r. (2) (b) and (c), r. and recr. (4) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (2), (3) (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.24 Access, egress and passageways {#sec-sps-334.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.24}

(1) Hazards. Access to, egress from and passage through amusement rides shall be free of hazards.

(2) Design loads. All stairways, ramps, platforms and passageways shall be designed and maintained to safely support a superimposed load of at least 100 pounds per square foot.

(3) Guardrails.

(a)

  1. Guardrails shall be provided at all open sides of platforms and passageways which are more than 24 inches above the ground or adjacent level.

  2. Guardrails shall be provided between passenger-carrying devices and persons waiting on the platform or entranceway of a class 2 ride.

Note: This rule is intended to keep frequenters from standing on the platform of himalaya-type rides while the ride is in motion.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., guardrails shall be at least 42 inches high.

  2. If a guardrail is less than 42 inches high, the department may grant an exception if an equivalent degree of safety is provided.

(c) The top member of the guardrail shall be rigid and smooth and capable of withstanding a minimum load of 200 pounds applied downward or horizontally.

(d) Guardrails shall be designed and constructed with a rigid intermediate barrier, or equivalent, capable of withstanding a minimum load of 100 pounds applied downward or horizontally.

(e) Ropes, chains and similar devices may not be used as guardrails.

(f) Guardrails that serve stairways and ramps constructed or manufactured on or after January 1, 2009, shall be designed and constructed in such a fashion to reject a 4-inch ball at all openings, including the bottom of the guardrail and the surface upon which it rests.

(4) Surfaces for walking.

(a) All stairways, ramps, platforms and passageways shall be well-drained and kept free of debris, obstructions, projections, tripping hazards and other hazards.

(b) All stair treads, ramps and platforms shall have an abrasive or other type of slip-resistant surface.

Note: A coefficient of friction of 0.5 or greater is considered to be slip-resistant.

(c) Tripping hazards which cannot be avoided due to the design of the device shall be provided with handrails, contrasting colors, illumination or signs.

Note: The low rail of a bumper-car enclosure, electrical distribution boxes or guy wires are examples of these types of tripping hazards.

(d) Gaps between adjacent sections of fixed surfaces for walking shall not exceed one inch in width.

(e) Gaps between a fixed and a movable surface for walking or between 2 movable surfaces for walking shall not exceed 3 inches. The gaps shall be minimized by extending one surface under or over the other provided the extensions do not adversely affect the operation of the amusement ride or create a greater tripping hazard.

(5) Overhead clearance.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), overhead clearance shall be not less than 6 feet 8 inches.

Note: This rule is intended to apply to all areas of amusement rides where the frequenters walk or stand or are capable of standing during operation of the amusement ride.

(b) The department may accept lesser headroom clearances when the low overhead is part of the amusement ride; however, protection against head injuries shall be provided.

(6) Stairs.

(a) Tread width and riser height shall be of any combination that results in a stair angle between 30º and 40º to the horizontal. The riser height shall be at least 6 inches but not greater than 8 inches.

Note: The following table presents typical tread-riser combinations which satisfy this rule.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the difference in width between treads and the difference in height between risers shall not exceed 3⁄8-inch in any one flight of stairs.

  2. To accommodate ground slopes, the riser distance from ground level to the lowest tread may be less than the rise of the other steps in the stairway.

(c) Stair treads shall be level in both directions except that a slight slope to improve drainage is acceptable.

(d)

  1. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of all flights of stairs that have 3 or more risers.

  2. The handrails shall be located between 30 and 34 inches above the nose of the stair tread.

  3. The handrail shall be rigid, smooth and capable of withstanding a minimum load of 200 pounds applied downward or horizontally.

  4. Handrails shall be designed and constructed with a rigid intermediate barrier, or equivalent, capable of withstanding a minimum load of 100 pounds applied downward or horizontally.

  5. Ropes, chains and similar devices may not be used as handrails.

(7) Ramps.

(a) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of all ramps with a slope of more than 1:12. The handrails shall be located between 30 and 34 inches above the ramp surface.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., ramps with a slope of 1:4 shall not exceed 24 inches in width.

  2. If the amusement ride has a ramp with a slope of 1:4 and a width greater than 24 inches, the department may grant an exception if an equivalent degree of safety is provided.

(c)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., ramps shall not have a slope greater than 1:4.

  2. If the amusement ride has a ramp slope steeper than 1:4, the department may grant an exception if an equivalent degree of safety is provided.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1), (3) (a) 2., (4) (e), (5) (b), (7) (b) 2. and (c) 2. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: cr. (3) (e), (f) and (6) (d) 5., am. (6) (d) 1. Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.25 Guarding {#sec-sps-334.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.25}

(1) General. All hazardous parts, such as pinch points, shear points and in-going nips, of amusement rides shall be enclosed, barricaded or otherwise arranged to effectively prevent injury of the passenger in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(2) Guard removal. Guards removed for any purpose shall be replaced before normal operation is resumed.

(3) Hair and clothing. Hair guards or cover guards shall be provided to prevent hair or clothing from being caught in operating equipment of ferris-type wheels.

(4) Wheels and levers. Wheels and levers used by frequenters in the control of the action of the amusement ride shall be designed and maintained to prevent pinches, strains, abrasions and body actions that could result in injuries. Wheels and levers shall be padded. Wheels shall have a solid center in lieu of spokes.

(5) Hot surfaces. Surfaces having a temperature in excess of 110ºF shall be guarded or located to prevent bodily contact.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) and (4) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: am. (1) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.26 Special controls {#sec-sps-334.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.26}

When the operator of an amusement ride cannot clearly see all loading and unloading areas, special devices or special procedures shall be provided in accordance with one of the following:

(1) Class 1 amusement rides that have loading or unloading areas which cannot be clearly seen by the operator shall be equipped with a bell or similar audible warning device. The warning device shall be sounded prior to each operation.

Note: An example of this type of ride is a merry-go-round.

(2) Class 2 amusement rides that have loading or unloading areas which cannot be clearly seen by the operator shall be equipped with mirrors or other devices which provide the operator with full visibility of all such areas.

(3) Class 2 amusement rides that have loading or unloading areas which cannot be clearly seen by the operator shall be operated only when an authorized attendant is stationed so that all loading and unloading areas are visible to the attendant. When an attendant is required, communication with the operator shall be made when it is safe to start the amusement ride. A control interlock, such as a kill switch, shall be provided for the attendant to stop the amusement ride in case of an emergency. The attendant shall be at least 18 years old.

Note: Examples of this type of ride are himalaya-type rides and flying bobs.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (2) (b) and (3) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. and recr. Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.27 Identification {#sec-sps-334.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.27}

(1) General. Unique identification of each amusement ride and each passenger-carrying device, and operational information to facilitate the department’s inspection, shall be provided to the department as required under this section.

(2) Ride identification.

(a) Information required in this section shall be clear, legible and permanent, such as die-stamped on the frame or included on a permanent plate securely attached to the amusement ride.

(b) Amusement rides shall be identified by their original name, model number and serial number. In the absence of such information, the owners shall provide unique identification of their own choice sufficient to properly identify the amusement ride.

(d) When available, the manufacturer’s name and address shall be provided.

(3) Passenger-carrying device identification.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), each passenger-carrying device on an amusement ride shall be identified by a permanent number or manufacturer’s decal, at least one inch in height and located in a conspicuous place. Permanent ink markers are not acceptable.

(b) The identification provisions under par. (a) are not required for a coin-operated single passenger amusement ride.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: CR 08-054: r. (2) (c), renum. (3) to be (3) (a) and am., cr. (3) (b) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.285 Chair lifts and sky rides {#sec-sps-334.285 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.285}

(1) Safety bar or belt. Each carrier of a lift system used as an amusement ride shall be equipped with a safety bar or belt that will not open under forward pressure. The safety bar or belt shall be utilized when a passenger occupies the carrier.

(2) Design, construction and operation. Chairlifts, sky rides and gondola systems shall be designed, constructed and operated as specified in ch. SPS 333 for the actual use condition including operating the system at full load condition while traveling in both directions.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; correction in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; CR 02-127: am. (1) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: am. (1) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VI Erection, Operation and Maintenance

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.29 Location {#sec-sps-334.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.29}

(1) Stability. Amusement rides shall not be located or erected where water, unstable soil or similar conditions could cause movement or tip-over.

(2) Electric power lines. Amusement rides shall be located to provide at least 10 feet of clearance from any uninsulated overhead electric power line energized to more than 50 volts, but less than or equal to 50,000 volts. For lines energized to more than 50,000 volts, the minimum clearance shall be increased 0.4 inch for each 1,000 volts over 50,000.

Note: See ch. SPS 316 for additional information.

(3) Distance between amusement rides and other objects.

(a) The minimum distance between amusement rides shall be such that the closest points on the passenger-carrying devices on adjacent amusement rides are at least 6 feet apart when both are in the position that brings them closest to each other.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the minimum distance between passenger-carrying devices of amusement rides and fixed objects which are not part or associated with the amusement ride or fences shall be at least 4 feet.

  2. The separation distances under subd. 1., do not apply to bumper cars, bumper boats and go karts.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) and (2) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: am. (2), renum. (3) (b) to be (3) (b) 1. and am., cr. (3) (b) 2. Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.30 Assembly and disassembly {#sec-sps-334.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.30}

The assembly and disassembly of an amusement ride shall be done by or under the supervision of an authorized person. Unauthorized persons shall not be permitted in the work area.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.31 Control of operation {#sec-sps-334.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.31}

(1) Authorized operators.

(a) The operation of an amusement ride shall be by an authorized person at least 18 years of age except for any of the following rides:

  1. Passenger-operated or passenger-controlled rides.

  2. Electrically-powered, coin-operated class 1 amusement rides having a maximum capacity of 6 passengers.

Note: See s. DWD 270.12, Wis. Adm. Code, concerning hazardous occupations prohibited to all minors.

(b)

  1. Amusement ride operators shall be in the immediate vicinity of the operating controls during the operating cycle of the amusement ride.

  2. The operators shall keep the controls under their direct supervision at all times during normal operation of the amusement rides.

  3. The operators shall watch to prevent dangerous actions by the passengers and to detect apparent mechanical failure of the amusement rides.

(c) All control devices shall be guarded against accidental operation.

(2) Passenger-controlled amusement rides.

(a) Passenger-operated or passenger-controlled amusement rides shall have the controls located where they are readily available for use whenever the amusement ride is in operation.

(b) Clear verbal or written instructions, or both, for controlling the amusement ride shall be given to all passengers.

(3) Accidental or mischievous operation.

(a) A means to minimize accidental or mischievous operation of amusement rides shall be provided.

(b) Unattended amusement ride controls shall be arranged to prevent accidental or mischievous operation.

(4) Automatic restart prohibited. All amusement rides powered by electric motors shall be equipped and maintained with devices to prevent automatic restart after power failure, including magnetic starters, magnetic switches and pneumatic clutches.

(5) Operation. An amusement ride may not be operated beyond the speed and capacity as specified by the manufacturer. When the manufacturer’s specifications are unknown, the operation limits shall be established by owner through engineering analysis or other means approved by the department.

(6) Training. An amusement ride owner shall provide training for ride operators and attendants. The owner shall maintain record of the training and shall make the record available to the department upon request.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (4) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. and recr. (1), am. (4), cr. (5) and (6) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.32 Electrical {#sec-sps-334.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.32}

(1) General.

(a) The installation of electric and communication conductors and equipment in conjunction with amusement rides shall comply with the provisions of ch. SPS 316.

Note: The National Fire Protection Association Standard 70—National Electrical Code (NEC) is adopted by reference in ch. SPS 316.

(b) Live parts of electric equipment operating at 50 volts or more shall be guarded against accidental contact by enclosure or by locating the equipment as follows:

  1. In a room or enclosure that is accessible only to authorized persons; or

  2. Elevated 8 feet or more above the ground, floor or other level accessible to frequenters.

(c) All wiring located within 8 feet of the ground, floor or other level accessible to frequenters shall consist of conductors in conduit, type-SO power cables or the equivalent.

(d) Any equipment or wiring known to be defective so as to endanger life or property shall be promptly repaired, permanently disconnected or isolated until repairs can be made.

(e) Cables and conductors entering boxes or fittings shall be protected from abrasion. Openings through which cables or conductors enter shall be restricted to that size necessary for the cable or conductor size.

(f) The voltage of exposed dark ride tracks or electric train tracks shall not exceed 50 volts.

(2) Outdoor equipment and wiring.

(a) Open overhead conductors shall be installed with a minimum vertical clearance of 18 feet over spaces where vehicles may travel and 12 feet over spaces accessible to pedestrians only.

(b) In locations where vehicles and frequenters regularly travel, cables shall be protected with mats, planks or other approved devices.

Note: Section 525.20(D) of the National Electrical Code adopted under ch. SPS 316 states: “Flexible cords or cables shall be continuous without splice or tap between boxes or fittings.”

Note: See s. SPS 334.29 (2) for additional information.

(3) Grounding. Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures shall be grounded by an equipment grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, cable, or cord or otherwise run with the circuit conductors.

Note: See NEC 250 for additional information.

(4) Overcurrent protection of conductors and motors.

(a) Conductors shall be protected in accordance with their ampacities as specified in NEC 240.

(b) Motors shall be protected as specified in NEC 430.

(5) Master switch. Each electrically operated amusement ride shall be provided with a disconnect switch or circuit breaker located within reach of the operator to permit disconnecting or shutting off the electrical power to the amusement ride.

(6) Lockouts. A disconnect or other means, capable of being locked out, shall be provided to render amusement rides inoperable during inspection, maintenance and repair.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) (a) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. (3) and (7), renum. (4) to (6) to be (3) to (5), cr. (6) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.33 Lighting of exits and passageways {#sec-sps-334.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.33}

Access to and exits from amusement rides shall, while in operation or occupied, be provided with illumination by natural or artificial means of not less than 5 footcandles measured at all walking surface levels.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.34 Public protection {#sec-sps-334.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.34}

(1) General. Amusement rides shall be fenced, barricaded or otherwise arranged in accordance with recognized safe practice so that frequenters are effectively prevented from entering hazardous areas.

(1m) Fences. When fences are provided in accordance with sub. (1), they shall be constructed to meet all of the following requirements.

(a) Fences shall be a height of at least 42 inches above the surface on which the spectators or riders stand.

(b) Fences shall be constructed in such a fashion so as to reject a 4-inch ball at all openings, including between the bottom of the fence and the surface upon which it rests.

(c) Fences shall be designed, constructed and erected to inhibit overturning by spectators or riders.

(d) Where used, gates shall open away from the ride unless equipped with a positive latching device.

(e) Gates shall be designed such that if opened during the amusement ride cycle, the gate will not contact the amusement ride or cause a hazard to riders.

(2) Loading and unloading.

(a) Loading and unloading areas which are an integral part of the amusement rides shall be separated from moving parts by barriers or guardrails.

(b) A flexible barrier, such as a rope or chain, may be used to prevent access to the passenger-carrying devices provided the barrier is no longer than necessary and is controlled by an authorized attendant.

(3) Surfaces not intended for walking. Amusement ride center platforms with moving sweeps that are adjacent to loading and unloading platforms of passenger-carrying devices shall be guarded by a standard guardrail or a center cover designed and maintained to safely support a minimum load of 200 pounds.

(4) Fluorescent light tubes. Fluorescent light tubes on moving parts of amusement rides shall be sleeved or secured, or both, to prevent breakage and contact with frequenters.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) and (2) (a), cr. (1m) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03, except (1m) eff. 6-1-06; CR 08-054: r. (1m) (f), r. and recr. (3) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.35 Fire protection {#sec-sps-334.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.35}

(1) Fire extinguishers. Approved fire extinguishers having a minimum 10-B:C rating shall be provided at each amusement ride powered by an internal combustion engine.

(2) Smoke detectors. Smoke detectors shall be provided in all dark rides, funhouses and similar structures that are not classified as public buildings or places of employment.

(3) Emergency lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided in all dark rides, funhouses and similar structures that are not classified as public buildings or places of employment.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 08-054: am. (2) and (3) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.36 Flammable and combustible liquids and gases {#sec-sps-334.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.36}

Storage, dispensing and use of flammable and combustible liquids and liquefied petroleum gases shall comply with ch. SPS 340.

Note: Applicable regulations may also be found in ch. ATCP 93, Flammable, Combustible and Hazardous Liquids.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2013 No. 696; CR 14-010: am. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.37 Cleanliness {#sec-sps-334.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.37}

(1) Refuse containers. Refuse containers shall be provided in and around all amusement rides. Accumulations of trash or refuse shall be removed within 24 hours.

(2) Sanitary conditions. All parts of amusement rides used by frequenters shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.38 Maintenance, repair and modification {#sec-sps-334.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.38}

(1) General.

(a) Amusement rides shall be maintained, repaired and modified in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(b) Improperly maintained, repaired or modified amusement rides shall not be allowed to open to the public until tests as specified in s. SPS 334.16 are conducted and the results accepted by the department.

(2) Correction of defects.

(a) Defective, improper, worn or missing parts shall be replaced or repaired.

(b) Maintenance, repair and replacement parts shall be of a quality equal to or better than the original parts.

(c) All work shall be performed by a competent, qualified mechanic capable of understanding the function of the parts and the proper installation.

(d) Ungraded bolts, nails, fasteners and wire shall be used only for their intended purposes.

(f) Wire rope shall be serviceable and free of sharp ends. Wire ropes shall be replaced under any of the following conditions:

  1. The number of broken wires in the length of one lay exceed the values specified in Table 334.38;

  2. More than one valley break occurs in one rope lay;

  3. More than 1/3 of the original diameter of the outside wires is lost due to abrasion, scuffing or peening;

  4. There is evidence of deterioration due to corrosion;

  5. Burning, kinking, knotting, crushing or other damage which changes the structure of the rope occurs; or

  6. Reduction in rope diameter occurs at any point on the rope to less than 94% of the original nominal diameter.

(g) Wire ropes shall be terminated using wire rope clips or other approved devices. Wire rope clips shall be installed as illustrated in Figure 334.38-1 or in an equivalent manner.

(h) All required safety pins and wedges shall be installed and they shall be secured with “R” keys, lynch pins, diaper pins or other devices in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(i) Safety cables, or their equivalent, shall be provided in accordance with recognized safe practice to prevent injury resulting from the failure of hangers, door hinges and similar parts. Safety cables shall be secured in a manner to maintain their design strength. The clipping of wire rope safety cables shall be as illustrated in Figure 334.38-2 or in an equivalent manner.

(j) Terminating ends of hydraulic and pneumatic lines shall be provided with restraints to prevent whipping in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(3) Modification. Modifications required by the manufacturer to improve amusement ride safety shall be made.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. (1) and (3) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; CR 08-054: r. (2) (e) Register December 2008 No. 636, eff. 1-1-09; correction in (1) (b), (2) (f) 1., (g), (i) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.39 Welding {#sec-sps-334.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.39}

Welding of structural members and other critical parts of amusement rides shall comply with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: Pursuant to s. SPS 305.34 (1) and (4), no person may perform structural welding on amusement rides unless the person holds a registration issued by the department as a registered welder. A registered welder is to perform only those structural welding procedures for which the person has qualified by test with the last 4 years.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.40 Air compressors and equipment {#sec-sps-334.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.40}

Air compressors, air compressor tanks and related equipment shall be constructed, tested, maintained and inspected as specified in ch. SPS 341.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.41 Accident reporting {#sec-sps-334.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.41}

Injuries to frequenters caused by amusement rides that require more than first aid treatment shall be reported by the owner to the department on form SBD-211 within 2 business days of the injury. A copy of the owner’s report to the insurance carrier may be submitted in place of form SBD-211 if the report includes the same information as the form. Fatalities caused by amusement rides shall be reported to the department or the state division of emergency management within 24 hours of occurrence.

Note: Accidents are to be reported to the Department’s Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302. Form SBD-211 may be obtained from the Division at the same address or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

Note: The department can be contacted at 608/266-7548 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800/943-0003 during nonbusiness hours.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.42 Wind and storm hazards {#sec-sps-334.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.42}

An amusement ride which is exposed to wind or storms shall not be operated under dangerous weather conditions except to release or discharge occupants.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.43 Responsibility of sponsors {#sec-sps-334.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.43}

(1) Any person, group or business contracting or leasing for the installation and use of amusement rides shall carry a condition in a contract or agreement that the amusement ride owner meets the conditions of this chapter prior to the opening for use by frequenters.

(2) Before any amusement ride is operated, the owner of the amusement ride shall provide a copy of the insurance contract required under s. SPS 334.035 to the person, group or business contracting or leasing the installation and use of the amusement ride.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: am. Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; emerg. cr. (2), eff. 1-1-08; CR 07-086: renum. Comm 34.43 to be (1), cr. (2) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VII Go-Karts, Dune Buggies and All-Terrain Vehicles

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.45 Go-karts, dune buggies and all-terrain vehicles {#sec-sps-334.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.45}

(1) Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to go-karts, dune buggies, all-terrain vehicles and similar rider-controlled vehicles which carry or convey passengers along, around or over a fixed or restricted route or course or within a defined area for use as an amusement ride. These provisions shall apply in addition to all other applicable requirements in this chapter.

(2) Vehicle requirements.

(a) All vehicles shall be equipped with passenger padding to minimize the risk of injury to the driver, such as steering wheel pad, headrest pad and steering wheel support post pad.

(b) All vehicles shall be guarded to prevent interlocking of wheels during operation, unless vehicle passing is not allowed.

(c) All vehicles equipped with seat belts shall be equipped with rollover protection in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(d) The maximum speed for a vehicle used by drivers under 52 inches in height shall be 8 mph. The speed of every vehicle shall be set at a limit not to exceed the maximum speed for which the track is designed and in accordance with recognized safe practice.

(e) Vehicles shall be equipped with a guarding system in compliance with recognized safe practice that covers or encloses all moving parts of the drive mechanism, except the wheels.

(f) Thermal protection shall be provided for the exhaust system.

(g) Vehicle fuel tanks shall be mounted or guarded in such a manner that provides protection to the driver during operation and if an accident should occur.

(h) The brake and speed controls shall be readily identified as to function and shall return automatically to a nonoperational position when released.

(i) The seat, back rest and leg area of every go-kart shall be so designed as to retain the driver on the go-kart in the event of a collision at the front, rear or sides of the go-kart.

(j) All vehicles shall be provided with impact absorbing bumpers or energy absorption body parts.

(3) Track and course requirements.

(a) The surface of the track or course used by go-karts shall be smooth and of a solid and binding material, such as concrete or asphalt.

(b) The minimum width for go-kart tracks where vehicles travel more than 8 mph shall be 3 vehicle widths throughout the entire course or track.

(c)

  1. A barrier system shall be installed around the inner and outer edges of the track or course used by go-karts, and it shall extend the entire length of the track or course. Openings in the barrier system for the entrance or exit of vehicles shall be protected in the direction of travel. The system shall consist of a guard rail, rubber tires, a runoff strip level with the track surface, or an embankment of friable earth or gravel or a combination thereof.

  2. If rubber tires are used for a barrier system, the tires shall be free of the rims or wheels. The tires shall be installed to provide an effective barrier without allowing the go-karts to rise over them or penetrate underneath them.

  3. If a metal, wood or fiberglass rail is used for a barrier system, the rail surface shall be kept free of sharp or protruding edges or seams, and it shall be maintained so that there is no loose or unsecured area.

  4. A barrier system shall be installed to designate and protect the pit area or passenger loading area.

(d) A fence or railing system at least 42 inches high shall be installed at maintenance buildings, driveways, pit areas, and fuel storage pumping areas to keep frequenters from entering these track areas without the permission of, or direction by, the track personnel.

(e) No intersecting track or course configuration shall be permitted.

(f) Any pole, post or solid obstruction that may be accidentally struck shall be protected by a resilient, energy-absorbing system.

(g) Fire extinguishers with a minimum 10-B:C rating shall be conspicuously located within 50 feet of the pit area and fueling point.

(4) Operation requirements.

(a) The attendants shall be able to clearly view the entire course.

(b) The refueling of vehicles may not take place in any area where frequenters are present.

Note: Fuel storage and fueling operations are regulated under ch. ATCP 93, Flammable, Combustible and Hazardous Liquids.

(c) During nighttime operation, track lighting with a minimum lighting level of 5 footcandles at the track surface shall be provided.

(d) A means shall be provided to safely alert the drivers of the vehicles to a caution situation or to stop the vehicles in case of an emergency.

(e) Smoking shall not be permitted while operating a vehicle or in the pit area.

(f) Vehicles shall not be operated with more than one person per seat unless the vehicle is designed for such operation by the vehicle manufacturer.

(5) Signs.

(a) A conspicuous sign shall be posted at the ticket window or track entrance indicating at least the following information:

  1. Minimum height of 52 inches for a driver of a standard go-kart.

  2. To start and stop only at the attendant’s signal.

  3. To stay in the vehicle while on the track.

  4. Loose clothing and hair longer than shoulder length must be secured.

  5. To obey verbal instructions of the attendant.

(b) A conspicuous sign shall be posted at the boarding or starting area indicating at least the following information:

  1. To keep hands and feet inside the vehicle.

  2. To obey the attendant’s signals.

  3. Bumping, stopping or U-turns on the track are not allowed.

  4. To stay on the track surface.

  5. To stay in the vehicle in the parking area until released by the attendant.

  6. No smoking in the pit area or while operating a vehicle.

(c) A conspicuous sign shall be posted at the unloading area indicating that the driver is to remain seated until released by the attendant.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1992, No. 434, eff. 3-1-92; CR 02-127: cr. (4) (f) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2013 No. 696; CR 14-010: am. (4) (b) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704.

Subchapter VIII Bungee Jumping

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.55 Scope and application {#sec-sps-334.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.55}

(1) Scope. This subchapter applies to the site, equipment, personnel, operating procedures and emergency provisions for bungee jumping. This subchapter applies in addition to all other applicable requirements in this chapter.

(2) Prohibited jumping. Bungee jumping from cranes, bridges or hot air balloons is prohibited. Stunt jumping, sandbagging and tandem jumping are also prohibited. Catapulting is prohibited when an overhead obstruction exists which may impact or otherwise strike the person, thereby posing a hazard.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94; CR 02-127: am. (2) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.56 Definitions {#sec-sps-334.56 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.56}

In this subchapter:

(1) “Air bag” means a device which cradles the body and which uses an air release breather system to dissipate the energy due to a fall, thereby allowing the person to land without an abrupt stop or bounce.

(2) “Binding” means the material used to hold the bungee cord threads in place.

(3) “Bungee cord” means the elastic rope to which the jumper is attached and which lengthens and shortens to produce the bouncing action.

(4) “Bungee jumping” means a procedure where a person free falls from a height and the descent is limited by attachment to a bungee cord.

(5) “Catapulting” means a procedure where a person is held on the ground while the bungee cord is stretched, and when the person is released, he or she is propelled upwards.

Note: Catapulting is also referred to as launching or reverse jumping.

(6) “Dynamic load” means the load placed on the rigging and attachments by the initial free fall of the jumper and the bouncing movements of the jumper.

(7) “Equipment” means power or manually operated devices used to raise, lower and hold loads.

(8) “Failure” means breakage, separation of components, or the point where the ultimate strength is exceeded.

(9) “Hoist” or “hoisting” means all functions such as lowering, lifting, swinging or suspending a platform.

(10) “Jump harness” means an assembly which is worn by a jumper and attached to a bungee cord.

(11) “Jump height” means the distance from the jump platform to the bottom of the jump zone.

(12) “Jump master” means a person who has responsibility for the bungee jumping operation and who prepares the jumper for the actual jump.

(13) “Jump operator” means a person who assists the jump master to prepare a jumper for jumping and operates the lowering system.

(14) “Jump zone” means the space bounded by the maximum designed movements of the jumper or any part of the jumper.

(15) “Jumper” means the person who falls or jumps from a height when attached to a bungee cord.

(16) “Landing area” means the surface area of a net, air bag or water where the jumper lands.

(17) “Lowering system” means any manual or mechanical equipment capable of lowering a jumper to the designated landing area.

(18) “Maximum intended load” means the total load of all persons, tools, materials and other loads reasonably anticipated to be applied to a platform or platform component at any one time.

(19) “Platform” means the area attached to a structure from which the jumper falls or jumps.

(20) “Rigging system” means the bungee cord plus any webbing or rope connected to the bungee cord.

(21) “Recovery area” means an area next to the landing area, where the jumper may recover from the jump before returning to the public area.

(22) “Safety harness” means an approved assembly to be worn by an operator and which is designed to be attached to a lanyard and prevent the jump site operator from falling.

(23) “Safety space” means a space extending beyond the jump zone as a safety factor.

(24) “Sandbagging” means the practice of a jumper holding onto any object, including another person, during the initial descent after jumping off of a platform, for the purpose of exerting more force on the bungee cord in order to stretch it further, and then releasing the object at the bottom of the jump causing the jumper to rebound with more force than could be created by the jumper’s weight alone.

(25) “Site operating manual” means the document containing the procedures and forms for the operation of all bungee jumping activities and equipment.

(26) “Structure” means the apparatus supporting the platform.

(27) “Tandem jumping” means the practice of 2 people harnessed together while jumping simultaneously from the same jump platform.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94; CR 02-127: am. (5) Register May 2003 No. 569, eff. 6-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.57 Site and operating approval {#sec-sps-334.57 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.57}

Plans, specifications and site operating manuals for all bungee jumping operations shall be submitted to the department before construction commences as specified in s. SPS 334.05.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.58 Safety space {#sec-sps-334.58 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.58}

(1) Side safety space. Each bungee jump site shall maintain a side safety space of 30 feet in all directions.

(2) Jumps over water. Where jumps occur over water, the water shall be at least 9 feet deep. The vertical safety space shall be at least 60 inches above the water. However, if the depth of the water is greater than 9 feet, no vertical safety space is needed.

(3) Jumps over land. Where jumps occur over land, an air bag or net shall be used. The vertical safety space shall be at least 5 feet or 5 percent of the jump height above the air bag or net, whichever is greater.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.59 Platforms {#sec-sps-334.59 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.59}

(1) Platform loading.

(a) The safe working load of the platform shall be determined by the maximum weight on the platform at any one time, with a safety factor of at least 5 times the rated load capacity of the platform.

(b) The platform shall not be loaded in excess of its rated load capacity.

(c) The number of persons occupying the platform shall not exceed the number required for the jump, plus one observer.

(d) Materials and tools shall be secured to prevent displacement, and they shall be evenly distributed within the confines of the platform when the platform is suspended.

(2) Attachment devices. When the platform is not an integral part of the structure, the attachment devices and the part of the structure to which they are attached shall have a safety factor of at least 5 times the rated load capacity of the platform.

(3) Surface. The platform shall have a non-slip surface.

(4) Anchor points. The platform shall have anchor points for safety harnesses, designed and placed to best suit the movements of anyone on the platform.

(5) Fence. The platform shall be equipped with a permanent fence at least 42 inches high. The fence shall be enclosed at least from the toeboard to mid-rail with either solid construction or expanded metal having openings no greater than 1/2 inch.

(6) Gate. There shall be a gate across the point at which the jumper leaves the platform, and it shall remain closed when a jumper is not present. The gate shall be equipped with a restraining device to prevent accidental opening.

(7) Grab rail. A grab rail shall be installed inside the entire perimeter of the platform.

(8) Headroom. Headroom shall be provided to allow persons to stand upright in the platform.

(9) Identification plate. The platform shall be conspicuously posted with a plate or other permanent marking to indicate the weight of the platform and its rated load capacity.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.60 Structures and towers {#sec-sps-334.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.60}

(1) Rope. In a human-powered retrieval system or in a friction lowering system, an 11 mm or larger static or dynamic rock climbing rope shall be used.

(2) Locking mechanism. In a human-powered retrieval system, an approved locking mechanism, such as an ascender or jumar, shall be used to stop and hold the jumper in one place once the applied force on the retrieval rope is removed.

(3) Constant pressure switch. In a friction lowering system, there shall be a constant pressure switch or locking mechanism that will stop the lowering action of the system if the person in charge of lowering the jumper becomes unable to perform the lowering duties safely.

(4) Cord attachment. Bungee cords shall be attached at all times to the structure when the cords are in the connection area.

(5) Lowering system. The system for lowering the jumper to the landing pad shall be operated by either the jump operator or jump master.

(6) Alternative lowering system. There shall be an alternative method of jumper recovery if the main lowering system fails.

(7) Annual inspection. A thorough, annual inspection of the hoisting machinery and cables shall be made by an independent third party. The operator shall provide a record of the dates and results of inspections for each hoisting machine and piece of equipment.

(8) Engine exhaust. Whenever internal combustion engine powered equipment exhausts in enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and recorded to see that persons are not exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres.

(9) Windows. All windows in cabs shall be of safety glass or its equivalent which introduces no visible distortion that interferes with the safe operation of the hoisting machine.

(10) Fuel tank filler pipe. The fuel tank filler pipe shall be located in such a position, or protected in such manner, as to not allow spill or overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust or electrical equipment of any machine being fueled.

(11) Modifications. No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the equipment may be made by the employer without the manufacturer’s written approval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation and maintenance instruction plates, tags or decals shall be changed accordingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced.

(12) Jib stops. All jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5 degrees above the straight line of the jib and boom.

(13) Tower operators. Portable tower operators shall have a minimum of 80 documented hours operating the machine used for bungee jumping. Operators shall be familiar with inspection criteria and nomenclature, including wire rope inspection methods.

Note: Industry certification as an operating engineer is recommended.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.61 Hoisting of platforms {#sec-sps-334.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.61}

(1) Application. This section applies to movable platforms that are raised and lowered from the structure.

(2) Operational criteria.

(a) Hoisting of the platform shall be performed in a slow, controlled, cautious manner with no sudden movements of the platform.

(b) Load and boom hoist drum brakes, swing brakes and locking devices such as pawls or dogs shall be engaged when the occupied platform is in a stationary working position.

(c) Portable towers shall be uniformly level within one percent of level grade and located on firm footing. Portable towers shall be equipped with outriggers. The outriggers shall be fully deployed following manufacturer’s specifications when hoisting.

(d) The total weight of the loaded platform and related rigging shall not exceed 50 percent of the rated load capacity for the radius and configuration of the portable tower.

(e) The use of a machine having a boom in which lowering is controlled by a brake without aid from other devices which slow the lowering speed is prohibited.

Note: This type of prohibited boom is commonly called a live boom.

(3) Instruments and components.

(a) Portable towers with variable angle booms shall be equipped with a boom angle indicator, readily visible to the operator.

(b) A positive-acting device, such as an anti-two-blocking device, shall be used to prevent contact between the load block or overhaul ball and the boom tip, or a system shall be used to deactivate the hoisting action before damage occurs in the event of a two-blocking situation.

(c) The load-line hoist drum shall have a controlled-load lowering system or device on the power train, other than the load hoist brake, which regulates the lowering rate of speed of the hoist mechanism. Free fall is prohibited.

(4) Design criteria.

(a) The hoisting mechanism shall be equipped with a dual cable suspension system. The platform and dual suspension system shall be designed by a qualified engineer or a qualified person competent in structural design.

(b) The dual cable suspension system shall be designed to minimize tipping of the platform due to movement of persons occupying the platform.

(5) Rigging.

(a) If a wire rope bridle is used to connect the platform to the load line, each bridle leg shall be connected to a master link or shackle to ensure that the load is evenly divided among the bridle legs.

(b) Hooks on overhaul ball assemblies, lower load blocks or other attachment assemblies shall be of a type that can be closed and locked, eliminating the hook throat opening, except that an alloy anchor type shackle with a bolt, nut and retaining pin may be used.

(c) Wire rope, shackles, rings, master links and other rigging hardware shall be capable of supporting at least 5 times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that component. Where rotation resistant rope is used, the rope and hardware shall be capable of supporting without failure at least 10 times the maximum intended load.

(d) All eyes in the wire rope slings shall be fabricated with thimbles.

(e) Bridles and associated rigging for attaching the platform to the hoist line shall be used only for that purpose.

(6) Trial lift, inspection and proof testing.

(a) A trial lift with the unoccupied platform loaded at least to the anticipated liftweight shall be made from ground level, or any other location where persons will enter the platform, to each location at which the platform is to be hoisted and positioned. The trial lift shall be performed immediately prior to placing personnel on the platform. The operator shall determine that all systems, controls and safety devices are activated and functioning properly, that no interferences exist, and that all configurations necessary to reach each location will allow the operator to remain under the 50 percent limit of the hoist’s rated load capacity. A single trial lift may be performed at one time for all locations that are to be reached from a single set up position.

(b) The trial lift shall be repeated daily, or when the portable tower is moved and set up in a new location or returned to a previously used location.

(c) Persons shall not be hoisted unless:

  1. Hoist ropes are free of kinks;

  2. Multiple part lines are not twisted around each other; and

  3. The primary attachment is centered over the platform.

(d) The hoisting system shall be inspected if the load rope is slack to ensure all ropes are properly seated on drums and in sheaves.

(e) A visual inspection of the portable tower, rigging, platform and the tower base support or ground shall be conducted by a person designated by the jump master immediately after the trial lift to determine whether the testing has exposed any defect or produced any adverse effect upon any component or structure.

(f) Any defects found during inspections which create a safety hazard shall be corrected before hoisting personnel.

(g) Documentation of the trial lift and daily pre-operational lift shall be made available to the department.

(7) Jump practices.

(a) Persons shall keep all parts of the body inside the platform during raising, lowering and positioning.

(b) Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition.

(c) The portable tower operator shall remain at the controls at all times when the tower engine is running and the platform is occupied.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.62 Bungee cord requirements {#sec-sps-334.62 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.62}

(1) Maximum g-force. The maximum G-force allowable on a jumper using waist and chest harness shall be 4.5 G’s. The maximum G-force allowable on a jumper using an ankle harness shall be 3.5 G’s.

(2) Factor of safety. The minimum factor of safety for any bungee cord configuration attached to a jumper shall be no less than 5.

Note: A factor of safety of no less than 5 means that the maximum dynamic load possible for a jumper to exert on a bungee cord configuration is no greater than 20 percent of that cord configuration’s minimum breaking strength.

(3) Bungee cord design. The owners of bungee jumping facilities shall use bungee cords that meet the following specifications:

(a) In a single bungee cord system, the binding shall hold the cord threads in the designed positions. The binding shall have the same characteristics as the cord itself. In a multiple bungee cord system, the cord shall be bound together to prevent potential jumper entanglement. The bindings shall not damage or affect the performance of the bungee cords.

(b) All bungee cords shall be designed and tested to perform within the prescribed limits of the maximum G-force and factor of safety specified in subs. (1) and (2).

(c) Conclusive ultimate tensile strength testing shall be performed on a representative amount of all manufactured bungee cords. All tests shall be performed or supervised by an independent certified testing authority or an independent certified engineer. Test results shall be made available to purchasers of the bungee cords and the department upon request. The testing authority shall determine the ultimate tensile strength of each test specimen and use the lowest failure value recorded as the ultimate tensile strength value for the corresponding lot of bungee cords tested. The ultimate tensile strength is reached when the applied load reaches a maximum before failure.

(d) A load versus elongation curve resulting from the test specified in par. (c) shall be used to calculate the maximum G-force and factor of safety of the corresponding lot of bungee cords tested. The test results shall be made available to purchasers or users of the bungee cords and the department upon request.

(e) Owners shall follow the inspection and testing recommendations set forth by the bungee cord manufacturer or distributor. These tests shall be completed utilizing the maximum load the bungee cords are designated for.

(f) Owners shall obtain specifications on the maximum allowable usage of bungee cords expressed in number of jumps.

(4) Cord material and sheathing. The bungee cord material and sheathing to be used shall be clearly specified in the site operating manual.

(5) When to destroy cord. The bungee cord owner shall destroy the bungee cord and its non-metallic connectors when one of the following conditions occur:

(a) Exposure to daylight exceeds 250 hours, unless the bungee cord cover of the sleeve fully protects all of the cord from visible and ultra-violet exposure;

(b) Six months has elapsed from the date of manufacture;

(c) Bungee cord threads exhibit wear, such as bunched threads or uneven tension between threads or thread bands;

(d) The number of broken threads exceeds 5%;

(e) A bungee cord has had contact with solvents, corrosives or abrasives;

(f) Other flaws in a bungee cord are found;

(g) When the dynamic load capacity becomes less than the maximum designed dynamic load;

Note: As the bungee cord stretches over the course of its jump life, the dynamic load required to extend the bungee to 4 times its unloaded length will reduce.

(h) After a bungee cord has been used a maximum of 500 jumps; or

(i) When the bungee cord or its connectors do not comply with the manufacturer’s specifications.

(6) Cord records. Owners of bungee jumping facilities shall have a system for recording the number of jumps on each individual bungee cord in use.

(7) Bungee cord destruction. Bungee cords retired from use shall be destroyed by cutting the cord into 5-foot lengths.

(8) Bungee cord end connections. Bungee cord end connections shall have a minimum safety factor of 5 times the maximum dynamic load for that cord configuration. All end connections shall be of a size and shape to allow easy attachment to the jump harness and to the rigging. On multiple bungee cord systems, each cord shall have its own independent end connection.

(9) Cord inspection. Bungee cords shall be examined daily. Before starting the day’s operations, the jump master shall visually inspect the entire length and circumference of the bungee cord for signs of wear. The inspection shall be repeated at least 4 times during daily operation and recorded in the site log.

Note: The performance criteria and system requirements contained in this section are for 2 types of bungee cords: Cotton or nylon sheathed cords and synthetic or natural rubber cords. Cotton or nylon sheathed bungee cords, called “preloaded” style cords, are rubber cords originally developed for military use. These cords are made in conformance with military specifications and are often referred to as “Mil. Spec.” However, some nonmilitary specification cords currently in use meet the specifications contained in this section and are considered an approved variation. Synthetic or natural rubber bungee cords, called “New Zealand” style cords, are made with continuous loops of strands of natural or synthetic rubber.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.63 Jump harness {#sec-sps-334.63 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.63}

(1) General. A jump harness shall be either a full body harness, a sit harness with shoulder straps, or an ankle harness.

(2) Jump harnesses.

(a) All harnesses used in bungee jumping shall be:

  1. Full-body-designed either as a full body harness or a waist harness worn in conjunction with a chest harness; or

  2. Ankle-designed either as an ankle harness or an ankle strapping that is tied off to secure the jumper to the bungee cord end connection. The ankle harness or strapping shall provide evidence of redundancy. A link to a waist harness or “swami belt” shall be required. A harness shall not cause bruising.

(b) Harnesses shall be available to fit the range of jumper sizes accepted for jumping.

(c) The harness shall have a minimum breaking strength of 4000 pounds, be suitable for the type of jumping conducted and be manufactured by an organization approved to manufacture similar harnesses.

(3) Harness inspection. All harnesses shall be inspected by the jump master prior to harnessing a jumper. Harnesses shall be removed from service when they exhibit signs of excessive wear, have been damaged, or when they have met the manufacturer’s maximum usage allowance expressed in number of days or in number of jumps. A system shall be developed for recording the number of days or jumps.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.64 Ropes {#sec-sps-334.64 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.64}

All ropes for holding or lowering the jumper shall have a minimum breaking strength of at least 6,000 pounds.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.65 Hardware and equipment {#sec-sps-334.65 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.65}

(1) General. All hardware and equipment used for the purpose of bungee jumping shall be approved for that purpose by the original manufacturer.

(2) Carabiners. Carabiners shall be the screw gate type, manufactured of hardened steel, with a minimum breaking strength of at least 6,000 pounds.

(3) Pulleys and shackles. Pulleys and shackles shall be manufactured of hardened steel and shall have a minimum breaking strength of at least 6,000 pounds. All pulleys shall be compatible with the rope size.

(4) Webbing. Webbing shall be flat or tubular mountaineering webbing or equivalent with a minimum breaking strength of at least 6,000 pounds. If military specification bungee cords are used, all webbing shall have redundant connections.

(5) Anchors.

(a) There shall be 2 anchors that attach the bungee cord to the structure. Each shall have a minimum breaking strength of at least 8,000 pounds or shall be designed with a factor of safety of 5, whichever is greater. There shall be a carabiner that attaches each anchor to the bungee cord end. The 2 carabiners shall not be connected to each other.

(b) Where wire rope is used, it shall have swaged ends with a thimble eye or be continuous. Other connection systems are acceptable if they meet the strength specifications in par. (a). Wire clips are not acceptable.

(c) All materials used for anchoring systems shall be manufactured by an organization approved to manufacture similar devices.

(d) Daily inspections of the anchors shall be conducted by the jump master, and any equipment showing signs of excessive wear shall be removed from service immediately.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.66 Testing and inspection {#sec-sps-334.66 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.66}

(1) General. All jump rigging, harnesses, lowering system and safety gear shall be regularly inspected and tested as set forth in the operating manual. Inspections, findings and corrective action shall be recorded in the site log.

(2) Hardware. Hardware subject to abnormal loadings, impacts against hard surfaces or having surface damage shall be replaced immediately.

(3) Ropes and webbing. All ropes, webbing and bindings shall be inspected visually and by feel for signs of wear, fraying, or damage by corrosive substances in accordance with the site operating manual.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.67 Replacement equipment {#sec-sps-334.67 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.67}

(1) Available equipment. Replacement equipment available at the site shall include bungee cords and binding, all ropes, rigging hardware, ankle strapping for jumpers, jump harnesses, safety harnesses, and life lines and clips.

(2) When to replace. Items of equipment, rigging or personal protective equipment found to be defective shall be replaced immediately.

(3) Cease jumping. Jumping shall cease immediately when a defective item cannot be replaced.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.68 Identification of rigging, bungee cords and safety equipment {#sec-sps-334.68 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.68}

(1) Permanent number. All rigging, bungee cords and safety equipment shall have a permanent identification number.

(2) Form. The form of identification shall not affect the performance of the material.

(3) Visibility. The identification shall be clearly visible to the operators during daily operations.

(4) Recording. The identification shall be recorded in the site operating manual.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.69 Landing and recovery areas {#sec-sps-334.69 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.69}

(1) Jumps over land. The following requirements apply where the landing area is over land:

(a) A net or air bag shall be used. The net or air bag shall be designed to provide adequate coverage of the jump zone, and its specifications shall be included in the site operating manual. The net or air bag shall be rated for the maximum free fall height possible from the platform during operation.

(b) The net or air bag shall be in position before jumper preparation commences on the platform.

(c) Air bags shall be equipped with an audible alarm in case of loss of air bag pressure.

(d) Upon completion of a jump, the jumper shall be lowered onto the net, air bag or landing pad.

(e) The landing area shall be free of spectators at all times.

(f) The landing area shall be free of any equipment or staff when a jumper is being prepared on the jump platform and until the bungee cord is at its static extended state.

(g) A place for the jumper to sit and recover shall be provided close to, but outside, the landing area.

(2) Jumps over water. The following requirements apply where the landing area is over a body of water:

(a) A landing and recovery vessel shall be positioned to recover jumpers.

(b) The landing vessel shall have a landing pad which is at least 5 feet by 5 feet. The landing pad shall be placed within the vessel.

(c) One person may operate the landing vessel and assist the jumper to land if the vessel is docked or moored. If the vessel is not docked or moored, one person shall pilot the vessel while another person assists the jumper to land.

(d) The vessel shall be equipped with Coast Guard approved life jackets and rescue equipment.

(e) The landing area shall be free of other vessels, floating or submerged objects, the public, and any spectators. When the landing area is in open waters, it shall be marked by the deployment of buoys. A sign of appropriate size which reads “BUNGEE JUMPING—KEEP CLEAR” shall be attached to the 4 sides of the landing vessel.

(3) Jumps over a pool. The following requirements apply where the landing area is a pool specifically constructed for bungee jumping:

(a) The pool size shall be at least equal to the size of the safety space.

(b) Rescue equipment shall be available and the landing area shall be secured.

(c) Only the operators of the bungee jump shall be within the landing area.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.70 Site requirements {#sec-sps-334.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.70}

(1) Storage. Adequate storage shall be provided to protect equipment from physical, chemical and ultra-violet ray damage. The storage area shall be secured against unauthorized entry.

(2) Communications. There shall be a public address system in operation during all hours of business. Voice, telephone, radio or other communications shall be maintained between all operations personnel involved with the actual jump.

(3) Fence. The site shall be enclosed by a fence at least 42 inches in height. The fence shall be designed and constructed to prevent people, animals and objects from entering the site.

(4) Staff identification. All staff shall be identified so that they can be readily recognized by the public.

(5) Staff briefing. Staff shall be briefed for each day’s operation, including the assignment of the designated jump master where more than one jump master is on site.

(6) Emergency services. There shall be a means of communication to local emergency services within 200 feet of the operation.

(7) Jump control. Owners of bungee jumping facilities shall allow jumps only under the direct control of a jump master.

(8) Jumper weight. The weight of the jumper shall be checked by 2 independent scales at the jump site. Scales shall be calibrated at least 3 times each year, or when in doubt as to accuracy. Adjustments for the weight of each jumper shall be made by the jump master’s selection of bungee cord and the length of webbing or rope attached to the bungee cord.

(9) Jumper instructions and restrictions. A clearly visible sign shall be posted at the site that lists instructions to jumpers and all medical, age and weight restrictions for jumpers.

(10) Jumper registration. Jumpers shall register with the registration clerk before jumping. Registration information shall include the jumper’s name, address, city, county, state, zip code, telephone number, medical factors, age and weight.

(11) Jumper preparation. The area where the jumper is prepared for jumping shall be separate from the jump zone. Jumper preparation shall include information to the jumper on jumping, landing, lowering, and recovery procedures; completing harness or binding activities; final inspection by jump master; return of the jumper to the public area; and retrieval of the bungee cord to the platform or storage location.

(12) Safe operation. The jump master shall stop the jumping operation when the wind speed or other conditions affect safe operation of the jump platform or the recovery area.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.71 Safety and loss control management {#sec-sps-334.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.71}

(1) Coordinator. A jump master shall be designated safety, health and loss control coordinator.

(2) Knowledge of regulations. The jump master shall be thoroughly familiar with the bungee jumping regulations in this subchapter.

(3) Emergency plan. A comprehensive written emergency plan shall be developed, practiced, maintained and posted at the site entrance.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.72 Staff and duties {#sec-sps-334.72 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.72}

(1) Minimum age. The minimum age for employment at a bungee jumping site shall be 18 years.

(2) Jump master qualifications.

(a) To qualify as a jump master for a bungee jumping site, a person shall have completed a minimum of 25 jumps and 30 hours of training, including 10 hours of site operating manual training, 10 hours of on-the-job experience and 4 hours of procedural review and additional education.

(b) A jump master shall have a knowledge of rescue procedures and ground operator procedures, as well as emergency procedures for an accident or illness, for unruly or hysterical jumpers, and for any failure before or after the bungee jump.

(3) Staff roles. The staff of a bungee jumping operation shall include at least 4 persons, with the following roles:

(a) Jump master. The designated jump master shall have control over the operation and is responsible and accountable for the operation of the site. This person shall be in complete control when jumping occurs. A jump master shall be the only person who takes the jumper through the final stages of preparation to the jump takeoff. The jump master shall have a thorough knowledge of the site, equipment, procedures and staff. The jump master shall be responsible for checking selection of the bungee cord and adjusting the rigging at each jump platform. A jump master shall be located at each jump platform.

(b) Jump operator. The jump operator shall assist the jump master to prepare the jumper, assist the jumper into the jump harness, attach the jumper to the rigging, and operate the lowering system. The jump operator may carry out landing and recovery duties and assist in controlling the public.

(c) Landing and recovery operator. The landing and recovery operator shall assist the jumper to land on the landing pad or air bag, assist the jumper to the recovery area, and assist in controlling the public.

(d) Registration clerk. The registration clerk shall register the jumper, weigh the jumper, control the movement of the jumper to the jump platform, and assist in controlling the public.

(e) Vessel operator. The landing vessel operator shall operate the landing or emergency vessel.

(4) Staff training. Staff training shall be conducted by, or under the direct supervision of, a jump master.

(5) Staff supervision. Staff who are in training shall be directly supervised at all times.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.73 Site operating manual {#sec-sps-334.73 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.73}

(1) Contents of manual. The site operating manual shall describe the system of operation to be used and shall include, but not be limited to, a complete description of the following:

(a) A site plan containing a plan view of the site with all components in place, with fencing and the jump zone defined.

(b) A site plan containing a profile of the jump zone.

(c) All components in the rigging system which shall include a manufacturer’s specification or laboratory test certificate of each component.

(d) All operator, jumper and passenger safety equipment.

(e) All rescue equipment.

(f) Jobs of all personnel employed on the site with the minimum qualifications of each person and complete detail of work periods required.

(g) Personnel selection criteria and the process for verifying the qualifications of job applicants.

(h) Rules concerning the health and safety of staff, patrons and the public.

(i) The owner’s requirements regarding personnel use of drugs or alcohol and testing procedures which may be required.

(j) The training program of personnel.

(k) Standard operating procedures.

(L) Emergency procedures to be taken in all possible scenarios which may occur.

(m) The rescue training and qualifications required for all staff where the site includes moving water or swift water.

(n) The reporting to authorities of incidents resulting in injury.

(o) The reporting procedures for any incidents which do not result in injury but which were not in accord with normal operating procedures.

(p) Equipment inspection procedures and the logging of those inspections.

(q) Maintenance procedures.

(r) Redundancy criteria and procedures for all equipment.

(s) Purchasing procedures.

(t) The method of identifying or labeling all equipment.

(2) Following manual. The site shall follow the procedures described in the manual at all times.

(3) Changes in procedures. Any requested change in procedures from the site operating manual shall be submitted in writing to the department. Approval shall be obtained from the department prior to implementation.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 334.74 Emergency provisions and procedures {#sec-sps-334.74 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 334.74}

(1) Emergency plan. Each site shall have an emergency plan.

(2) First aid kit. A first aid kit and blankets shall be maintained on site.

(3) First aid certification. All jump masters shall have current first aid and CPR certification and complete an annual refresher course.

(4) Life saving certification. At sites where the jump or recovery is over water, the jump master and all landing and recovery staff shall be holders of a current life saving certificate and shall have passed the equivalent for in-water rescue of injured persons.

(5) Emergency lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided at all jump sites that operate one-half hour prior to sunset until one-half hour after sunrise. The emergency lighting system shall illuminate the jump platform, the jump zone and the landing area. The emergency lighting system shall have its own power source.

History

  • Cr. Register, January, 1994, No. 457, eff. 2-1-94.

Chapter SPS 335 INFECTIOUS AGENTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 335.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-335.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 335.001}

The purpose of this chapter is to identify, by administrative rules, those infectious agents relevant to the Employees’ Right to Know Law, ss. 101.58 to 101.599, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1983, No. 333, eff. 10-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 335.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-335.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 335.01}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Infectious agents” has the meaning set forth in s. 101.58 (2) (f), Stats.

Note: The statutory definition for infectious agents reads: “Infectious agent” means a bacterial, mycoplasmal, fungal, parasitic or viral agent identified by the department by rule as causing illness in humans or human fetuses or both, which is introduced by an employer to be used, studied or produced in the workplace. “Infectious agent” does not include such an agent in or on the body of a person who is present in the workplace for diagnosis or treatment.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1983, No. 333, eff. 10-1-83; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 335.02 Infectious agents {#sec-sps-335.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 335.02}

Pursuant to ss. 101.58 (2) (f) and 101.598 (1), Stats., the bacterial, mycoplasmal, fungal, parasitic and viral agents and arboviruses specified in Tables 335.02-1, 335.02-2, 335.02-3, 335.02-4, 335.02-5, respectively, are designated as infectious agents.

Note: All communicable diseases as designated by ch. DHS 145 are to be reported in accordance with the rules of ch. DHS 145.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1983, No. 333, eff. 10-1-83; am. table 35.02-4, Register, November, 1986, No. 371, eff. 12-1-86; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 335 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 335 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-335 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 335}

Excerpts From the Employees’ Right to Know Law

ss. 101.58 to 101.599, Stats.

101.58 (2) Definitions. (c) “Employee” means any person whose services are currently or were formerly engaged by an employer or an agricultural employer, or any applicant at the time an employer or agricultural employer offers to engage his or her services.

(d) “Employee representative” means an individual or organization to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise his or her rights to request information under s. 101.583, 101.585 or 101.586, a parent of a minor employee or a recognized or certified collective bargaining agent.

(e) “Employer” means any person, except an agricultural employer, with control or custody of any employment or workplace who engages the services of any employee. “Employer” includes the state and its political subdivisions. If any employee is present at the workplace of an employer under an agreement between that employer and another employer or agricultural employer, “employer” means the employer with control or custody of a toxic substance or infectious agent. An employer who engages some employees to perform agricultural labor and other employees for other purposes is only considered an employer with respect to the employees engaged for other purposes.

(f) “Infectious agent” means a bacterial, mycoplasmal, fungal, parasitic or viral agent identified by the department by rule as causing illness in humans or human fetuses or both, which is introduced by an employer to be used, studied or produced in the workplace. “Infectious agent” does not include such an agent in or on the body of a person who is present in the workplace for diagnosis or treatment.

(h) “Overexposure” means any chronic or acute exposure to a toxic substance or infectious agent which results in illness or injury.

(k) “Workplace” means any location where an employee performs a work-related duty in the course of his or her employment, except a personal residence.

101.581 Notice requirements. (1) Employer. An employer who uses, studies or produces a toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide shall post in every workplace at the location where notices to employees are usually posted a sign which informs employees that the employer is required, upon request, to provide an employee or employee representative with all of the following:

(a) The identity of any toxic substance or infectious agent which an employee works with or is likely to be exposed to.

(b) A description of any hazardous effect of the toxic substance or infectious agent.

(c) Information regarding precautions to be taken when handling the toxic substance or infectious agent.

(d) Information regarding procedures for emergency treatment in the event of overexposure to the toxic substance or infectious agent.

(e) Access to the information contained on the label of any pesticide with which the employee works or to which the employee is likely to be exposed.

101.585 Infectious agent information requirements; employer to employee. (1) Except as provided in s. 101.589 (1) and (3), within 72 hours after a written request by an employee or employee representative, exclusive of weekends and legal holidays, an employer shall provide in writing to the employee or employee representative the following information regarding any infectious agent which the employee works with or is likely to be exposed to if the infectious agent is present in the workplace when the request is made or at any time during the 30 days immediately preceding the request:

(a) The name and any commonly used synonym of the infectious agent.

(b) Any method or route of transmission of the infectious agent.

(c) Any symptom or effect of infection, emergency and first aid procedures and a telephone number to be called in an emergency.

(d) Any personal protective equipment to be worn or used and special precautions to be taken when handling or coming into contact with the infectious agent.

(e) Procedures for handling, cleanup and disposal of infectious agents leaked or spilled.

(2) An employer is not required to provide information regarding an infectious agent under sub. (1) if the employee or employee representative making the request has requested information about the infectious agent under sub. (1) within the preceding 12 months, unless the employee’s job assignment has changed or there is new information available concerning any of the subjects about which information is required to be provided.

101.589 Extended time periods; exceptions. (1) If an employer has not obtained the information required to be provided under ss. 101.583 (2) (a) and 101.585 (1) at the time of a request made under s. 101.583 (2) (a) or 101.585 (1), the employer shall provide the information within 30 days after the request, exclusive of weekends and legal holidays.

(2) If a toxic substance was present in the workplace at any time on or after December 1, 1982, but is not present in the workplace when a request is made under s. 101.583 (2) (a), the employer shall provide the information within 30 days after the request, exclusive of weekends and legal holidays.

(3) An employer who has requested from the manufacturer or supplier of a toxic substance or from the supplier of an infectious agent any information required to be provided under s. 101.583 (2) (a) or 101.585 (1), but who has not received and does not already have that information, is not required to provide the information but shall notify any requesting employee or employee representative that the employer has requested, has not received and does not otherwise have the information.

101.59 Manufacturer, supplier; requirements. Within 15 days, exclusive of weekends and legal holidays, after receipt of a request from an employer, any manufacturer or supplier of a toxic substance transported or sold for use in this state, or any supplier of an infectious agent transported or sold for use in this state, shall provide to that employer the information the employer is required to provide employees under s. 101.583 (2) (a) or 101.585 (1).

101.592 Confidential information. (1) A manufacturer or supplier of a toxic substance, a supplier of an infectious agent or an employer may declare that information required to be provided under s. 101.583, 101.585, 101.59 or 101.597, except information described in ss. 101.583 (2) (a) 7. to 11., 101.585 (1) (b) to (e) and 101.597 (5) (a) 2. to 7. and (b) 2. and 3., relates to a process or production technique which is unique to, or is information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the competitive position of, the manufacturer, supplier or employer. If an employer, employee or employee representative requests information under s. 101.583, 101.585 or 101.59 that is confidential, the manufacturer, supplier or employer shall inform the requester that part of the requested information is confidential, but shall provide any part of the requested information that is not confidential or that, under this subsection, may not be declared confidential. When a manufacturer, supplier or employer declares information confidential, it shall notify the department and shall state the general use of the toxic substance or infectious agent and the items of information which it did and did not provide to the requester.

(2) Notwithstanding sub. (1), a manufacturer, supplier or employer shall provide the information specified in s. 101.583 (2) (a) 1. and 2. or 101.585 (1) (a) upon a request from an employee’s authorized physician stating that the information is necessary for medical treatment of the employee. No physician receiving information under this subsection may disclose it to any person without the written consent of the patient and of the manufacturer, supplier or employer.

101.595 Employee rights. (1) Not to work with toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide. Except as provided in ss. 101.589 (3) and 101.592, if an employee has requested information about a toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide under s. 101.583, 101.585 or 101.586 and has not received the information required to be provided under s. 101.583, 101.585, 101.586 or 101.589 (1) or (2), the employee may refuse to work with or be exposed to the toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide until such time as the employer or agricultural employer supplies the information under s. 101.583, 101.585 or 101.586 to the employee who has made the request.

(2) Retaliation prohibited. (a) No employer or agricultural employer may discharge or otherwise discipline or discriminate against any employee because the employee has exercised any rights under ss. 101.58 to 101.599.

(b) Section 111.322 (2m) applies to discharge and other discriminatory acts arising in connection with any proceeding under ss. 101.58 to 101.599.

(3) Waiver prohibited. No person may request or require any employee to waive any rights under ss. 101.58 to 101.599.

101.597 Education and training programs. (1) By employer; toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide. Except as provided in sub. (5) (b), prior to an employee’s initial assignment to a workplace where the employee may be routinely exposed to any toxic substance, infectious agent or pesticide, an employer shall provide the employee with an education or training program under sub. (5) (a) or (c). The employer shall provide additional instruction whenever the employee may be routinely exposed to any additional toxic substance or infectious agent.

(2) By agricultural employer; pesticide. Prior to an agricultural employee’s initial assignment to a workplace where the employee may be routinely exposed to a pesticide, an agricultural employer shall provide the employee with an education or training program under sub. (5) (c). The agricultural employer shall provide additional instruction whenever the employee may be routinely exposed to any additional pesticide.

(3) By department. The department shall inform manufacturers, suppliers, employers, agricultural employers and employees of their duties and rights under ss. 101.58 to 101.599. As part of this program, the department shall cooperate with the department of revenue to notify any employer commencing operations on or after May 8, 1982, of that employer’s duties and rights.

(4) Definition. In this section, “routinely exposed to any toxic substance” means exposure of at least 30 days per year at exposure levels exceeding 50% of the permissible exposure level established by the federal occupational safety and health administration, or any exposure exceeding 100% of the permissible exposure level, regardless of the exposure period.

(5) Program contents. (a) Toxic substances and infectious agents. For each toxic substance or infectious agent to which the employee may be routinely exposed, the education or training program shall include:

  1. a. For a toxic substance, the trade name, generic or chemical name and any commonly used synonym for the toxic substance and the trade name, generic or chemical name and any commonly used synonym for its major components.

b. For an infectious agent, its name and any commonly used synonym.

  1. The location of the toxic substance or infectious agent.

  2. Any symptom of acute or chronic effect of overexposure to the toxic substance or infectious agent.

  3. For a toxic substance, the potential for flammability, explosion and reactivity.

  4. Proper conditions for safe use of and exposure to the toxic substance or infectious agent.

  5. Special precautions to be taken and personal protective equipment to be worn or used, if any, when handling or coming into contact with the toxic substance or infectious agent.

  6. Procedures for handling, cleanup and disposal of toxic substances or infectious agents leaked or spilled.

(b) Toxic substances and infectious agents; exception. In an area where employees usually work with a large number of toxic substances or infectious agents which are received in packages of one kilogram or less and no more than 10 kilograms of which are used or purchased per year, the employer may provide a general education or training program in lieu of the education or training program described in par. (a). The general training program shall be provided prior to an employee’s initial assignment to the area and shall include:

  1. The information specified in par. (a) 1. and 2.

  2. The nature of the hazards posed by the toxic substances or infectious agents or both.

  3. General precautions to be taken when handling or coming into contact with the toxic substances or infectious agents.

(c) Pesticides. For each pesticide to which the employee may be routinely exposed the education or training program shall include:

  1. The trade name, generic or chemical name and any commonly used synonym for the pesticide and the trade name, generic or chemical name and any commonly used synonym for its major ingredients.

  2. The location of the pesticide and the location where it is used.

  3. Any symptom of acute or chronic effect of overexposure to the pesticide.

  4. Proper conditions for safe use of and exposure to the pesticide.

  5. Special precautions to be taken and personal protective equipment to be worn or used, if any, when handling or coming into contact with the pesticide.

  6. Procedures for handling, cleanup and disposal of leaks or spills of the pesticide.

101.598 Rules. (1) The department shall, by rule, identify as an infectious agent any bacterial, mycoplasmal, fungal, parasitic or viral agent which causes illness in humans or human fetuses or both. The department shall consult with the department of health services in promulgating these rules.

(2) The department may, by rule, exempt employers from retaining a data sheet or maintaining a list, under s. 101.583 (1), regarding any mixture containing a toxic substance if the nature of the toxic substance or the quantity of toxic substance present in the mixture is such that the mixture is highly unlikely to pose an unreasonable acute or chronic health hazard to an employee who works with or is likely to be exposed to the mixture.

101.599 Remedies; civil forfeitures. (1) Complaint. An employee or employee representative who has not been afforded his or her rights by an employer or agricultural employer in violation of s. 101.583, 101.585, 101.586, 101.595 (1), (2) (a) or (3) or 101.597 (1) or (2) may, within 30 days after the violation occurs or the employee or employee representative first obtains knowledge of the violation, whichever is later, file a complaint with the department alleging the violation. The department shall investigate the complaint and shall attempt to resolve the complaint by conference, conciliation or persuasion. If the complaint is not resolved and the department finds probable cause to believe a violation has occurred, the department shall proceed with notice and a hearing on the complaint as provided in ch. 227. The hearing shall be held within 60 days after receipt by the department of the complaint.

(2) Remedies. The department shall issue its decision and order within 30 days after the hearing. If the department finds that an employer or agricultural employer has violated s. 101.583, 101.585, 101.586, 101.595 (1), (2) (a) or (3) or 101.597 (1) or (2), it may order the employer or agricultural employer to take such action as will remedy the effects of the violation, including instituting an education or training program, providing the requested information, reinstating an employee or providing back pay to an employee.

(3) Civil forfeiture. (a) Except as provided in par. (b), any person who violates ss. 101.58 to 101.599 or an order of the department issued under ss. 101.58 to 101.599 shall forfeit not more than $1,000 for each violation.

(b) Any person who willfully violates or exhibits a pattern of violation of ss. 101.58 to 101.599 or an order of the department issued under ss. 101.58 to 101.599 shall forfeit not more than $10,000 for each violation.

Chapter SPS 340 GAS SYSTEMS

Subchapter I Purpose, Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.10 Purpose {#sec-sps-340.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.10}

This chapter establishes minimum safeguards for fuel gas systems.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.11 Scope and application {#sec-sps-340.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.11}

(1) General.

(a) This chapter applies to the design, construction, installation, inspection, operation, testing, maintenance, repair and alteration of gas systems for fueling purposes, such as for heating appliances or engines.

(b) All of the following gases are regulated by this chapter:

  1. Liquefied petroleum gas.

  2. Liquefied natural gas.

  3. Compressed natural gas.

  4. Gaseous hydrogen.

  5. Liquefied hydrogen.

(2) Exceptions.

(a) This chapter does not apply to a gas system or any portion of a gas system that is within a building or structure, or downstream of a pressure-regulator valve which reduces a gas pressure to a level used within a building or structure, except as specified in pars. (b) to (d).

(b) This chapter applies to every vehicle-fuel dispensing system that fits any of the following descriptions:

  1. It is used for fueling vehicles other than at a home or residence.

  2. If for compressed natural gas, it has a capacity exceeding 5 cubic feet per minute.

  3. If for gaseous hydrogen, it has a capacity exceeding 18 cubic feet per minute.

(c) This chapter applies to every gas system that is used for filling containers.

(d) This chapter applies downstream of the point specified in par. (a) if the conveyed gas is burned in an industrial process, which includes heating appliances or equipment that is used for other than space heating for human comfort.

Note: See chapter SPS 341 for requirements relating to pressure vessels for gases that are not used to fuel industrial processes, or heating appliances or equipment. See chapter SPS 345 for requirements relating to gasses that are used in mechanical refrigeration systems.

(3) Vehicles and watercraft. This chapter does not apply to vehicles or watercraft that use or transport the gases addressed in this chapter, except as specified in s. SPS 340.43 (1) and subch. V.

(4) Exclusions. This chapter does not nullify any exclusions specified in the standards adopted under s. SPS 340.40.

(5) Retroactivity.

(a) The design, construction and installation rules of this chapter, including the applied criteria from the standards adopted in s. SPS 340.40, do not apply retroactively to gas systems or components existing prior to September 1, 2011, unless specifically stated in the rule or standard.

(b) The operation, testing, maintenance and inspection requirements of this chapter apply to all gas systems that exist on or after September 1, 2011.

(c) The design, construction and installation requirements of this chapter apply to any alterations, repairs, and replacement parts or components for any gas system that exists on or after September 1, 2011.

Note: A proposed alteration for an existing system may necessitate modifying other components of the system in order to make the proposed alteration comply with this chapter — and some alterations may necessitate modifying other features of a building, such as an automatic fire sprinkler system, that must comply with requirements in chapters SPS 361 to 366, the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

(6) Differing rules.

(a) Where any department-written rule in this chapter differs from a requirement within a standard referenced in this chapter, the department-written rule shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(7) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

Note: Section 101.02 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “The department shall adopt reasonable and proper rules and regulations relative to the exercise of its powers and authorities and proper rules to govern its proceedings and to regulate the mode and manner of all investigations and hearings.”

(8) First class cities. All references in this chapter to submitting documentation to or having inspections performed by a first class city apply only to gas systems within that city.

Note: The scope of some of the standards that are adopted by reference in subchapter IV are broader than the scope of this chapter. For example, NFPA® 52 contains requirements for liquefied natural gas and compressed natural gas engine fuel systems on vehicles. Any requirements which are beyond the scope of this chapter cannot be enforced under this chapter, but may be adopted by local ordinances. Those ordinances may be adopted under statutory authority that is separate from the Department’s statutory authority.

Note: Chapters SPS 361 to 366 contain the Department’s requirements for fuel gas systems that are beyond the scope of this chapter and within public buildings and places of employment. Chapters SPS 320 to 325 contain requirements for fuel gas systems that are beyond the scope of this chapter and for one- and 2-family dwellings.

Note: See chapter SPS 310 for the Department’s requirements relating to storage, dispensing, handling and use of flammable, combustible or hazardous liquids. Those liquids are defined in that chapter in a manner which differentiates them from the substances regulated by this chapter. See chapter SPS 314 for requirements relating to fire prevention. See chapter SPS 341 for requirements relating to pressure vessels for gaseous or liquid hydrogen that is not used to fuel heating appliances, industrial processes or engines. See chapter SPS 345 for requirements relating to gasses that are used in mechanical refrigeration systems.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (3), (4), (5) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.12 Local requirements {#sec-sps-340.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.12}

This chapter does not limit the power of cities, villages and towns to make or enforce additional or more stringent requirements, provided the requirements do not conflict with this chapter, any other rule of the department, or law.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.20 Definitions {#sec-sps-340.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.20}

In this chapter:

(1) “Alteration” means a change in a gas system that involves an extension or addition for, or involves the arrangement, type or purpose of, the existing installation or component.

(2) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

Note: The Department will ordinarily accept items approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(3) “Certified inspector” means an individual who holds a valid credential issued by the department as a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector.

(4) “Container” means a vessel such as a tank, cylinder, bottle or drum used for storing of a gas or liquid.

(5) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) “First class city” means a city of the first class, as established under s. 62.05, Stats.

Note: As of September 1, 2011, only the City of Milwaukee had become a first class city.

(7) “Gas systems” means assemblies for storing, conveying, or dispensing the gases regulated by this chapter.

(8) “Liquefied petroleum gas” has the meaning given in s. 101.16 (1) (b), Stats.

Note: Section 101.16 (1) (b) of the Statutes reads as follows: “ ‘Liquefied petroleum gas’ means any material which is composed predominantly of, or any mixtures of, any of the following hydrocarbons including their isomers:

1. Propane.

2. Propylene.

3. Butane.

4. Butylene.”

(9) “Pressure vessel” means a container for the containment of pressure, either internal or external. This pressure may be obtained from an external source or by the application of heat from a direct or indirect source, or any combination thereof.

(10) “Repair” means the restoration of any portion or component of a gas system to a safe operating condition.

(11) “Vehicle-fuel dispensing system” means all the pumps, meters, piping, hose and controls used for the delivery of fuel to, and the removal of vapor from, a vehicle.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.30 Plan examination and approval {#sec-sps-340.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.30}

(1) Plan approval before construction. Plan approval shall be obtained from the department or a first class city before commencing construction, installation or alteration for any system described in Table 340.30.

Note: The 400 and 39.7 thresholds in this Table are based on the definitions in NFPA 52 for bulk hydrogen systems.

(2) Plans, specifications and information. Plans, specifications and information shall be submitted to the department or a first class city for review and approval, and shall contain all of the following:

(a) At least 4 sets of plans, which are clear, legible and permanent copies; 2 copies of applicable specifications; a completed application form; and the required fees.

(b) The name of the owner; the name of the person, firm or corporation proposing the construction or installation, if other than the owner; and the address of the facility, including the names of adjacent streets and highways.

(c) A plot plan, drawn to a minimum scale of one inch equals 20 feet, indicating the location of the facility or installation with respect to property lines, lot lines, adjoining streets or alleys and other buildings on the same lot or property. The layout of buildings, containers, loading and unloading docks, type of construction of each building and any stream or body of water within 150 feet of the containers shall also be indicated.

(d) The type of container heads; container diameter and length; and the location and capacity of each system and container.

(e) The type of container supports; foundation drawings with dimensions and clearances; piping schematic indicating pipe materials, valves and fittings; surface area calculations of tank; type of venting and pressure relief used; pressure relief valve manufacturer, model number, set pressure and capacity; and combined capacity of all venting and relief valves on each container.

(f) If the plans are for gas systems service stations involving the use of key-, card- or code-operated dispensing units, the location of emergency controls and the location and details of the key-, card- or code-operated dispensing devices.

(3) Additional approval. Approval of plans is based upon compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Construction, installation and operation of gas systems may be subject to compliance with additional requirements in applicable codes, local zoning and similar ordinances.

(4) Application for approval. Application for approval of a gas system installation shall be made in writing on form SBD-6038.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(5) Application processing time. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

(6) Expiration of plan approval.

(a) Plan approval by the department or the first class city shall expire one year after the approval date shown on the approved plans.

(b) The expiration date in par. (a) may be extended by the department or the first class city for no more than 18 months beyond the approval date shown on the approved plans, and only in writing, provided a written request is submitted prior to the expiration.

Note: The Department sends copies of its plan approvals and extensions under this chapter to the local fire department.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.31 Certificate of installation {#sec-sps-340.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.31}

(1) Every person, firm, association or corporation installing a gas system shall complete a certificate of installation form, SBD-9656-E. The form shall be completed at the time of installation and shall be provided to the owner of the system. A copy of the form shall be kept at the installation site and available for review by an authorized representative of the department or the first class city. A copy of the form shall be submitted to the local fire department within 10 business days of the installation, except as provided in sub. (2).

(2) Submitting form SBD-9656-E to the fire department is not required for liquefied petroleum gas installations that are exempt from plan approval under s. SPS 340.30.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.32 Revisions, alterations and piping upgrades {#sec-sps-340.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.32}

(1) Plan revisions.

(a) The changes specified in par. (b) to approved plans for gas systems, that are made before commencement of system operation, shall be submitted for review and approval as a revision. Revised plans submitted to the department for review shall include the department plan number for the original plans.

(b) Plans shall be submitted to the department or a first class city for review and approval of any changes in tank location or capacity, piping arrangement or material, safety setback clearance, point of transfer location, design of indoor fueling operation, and gas detection or monitoring equipment location.

(2) Alterations and piping upgrades.

(a) Alterations to gas systems after commencement of system operation shall comply with the requirements for plan approval in s. SPS 340.30, the certificate of installation in s. SPS 340.31 and the inspection in s. SPS 340.34.

(b) Piping upgrades shall be inspected by the department or the first class city prior to the start of fabrication.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.33 Revocation of approval {#sec-sps-340.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.33}

The department or the first class city may revoke any approval issued under this chapter for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts upon which the approval was based.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.34 Enforcement and inspections {#sec-sps-340.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.34}

(1) Enforcement.

(a) This chapter shall be enforced by the department and by all local officials or bodies having jurisdiction to approve plans or specifications or issue permits for construction, alterations or installations within the scope of this chapter.

Note: Local fire departments have statutory authority to investigate and eliminate any fire hazards relating to the gas systems regulated by this chapter. Under section 101.14 (2) (a) of the Statutes, “The chief of the fire department in every city, village or town, except cities of the 1st class, is constituted a deputy of the department.” Under section 101.14 (1) (b) of the Statutes, “The [department] secretary and any deputy may at all reasonable hours enter into and upon all buildings, premises and public thoroughfares excepting only the interior of private dwellings, for the purpose of ascertaining and causing to be corrected any condition liable to cause fire, or any violation of any law or order relating to the fire hazard or to the prevention of fire.”

(b) Where a first class city administers and enforces this chapter, a regulated item or activity shall be directed to or addressed by the first class city before requesting input from the department.

Note: Under section SPS 340.11 (7), the Department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all codes and standards adopted herein.

(2) General inspections.

(a) Gas systems for which plan approval under s. SPS 340.30 is required shall be inspected by the department or the first class city.

Note: Local governmental units may also conduct inspections in addition to those of the Department.

Note: See chapter SPS 341 for registration and inspections of gaseous and liquefied hydrogen pressure vessels that are not within the scope of this chapter.

(b) The installer shall notify the department district inspector or the first class city where the installation is located at least 5 business days prior to the start of construction to arrange for the inspection.

Note: The district inspector is indicated on the conditional approval letter.

Note: Copies of the Department’s inspection reports under this chapter may be accessed at the Department’s Web site at http://apps.commerce.wi.gov/SB_ServiceAgent/SB_RegObjMain.jsp.

Note: Gas systems for which plan approval is not required under section SPS 340.30 may be inspected by local governmental units to verify compliance with this chapter.

Note: Upon written request, the Department will provide assistance to local governmental units.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.35 Fees {#sec-sps-340.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.35}

Fees shall be submitted to the department as specified in ch. SPS 302. Fees shall be submitted at the time the application for approval is submitted. No plan examinations, approvals or inspections may be made until the fees are received.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.36 Appeals {#sec-sps-340.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.36}

As specified in s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may appeal to the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.37 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-340.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.37}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction, and from any other local governmental unit having jurisdiction to enforce this chapter under s. SPS 340.34.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890-X) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.38 Penalties {#sec-sps-340.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.38}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with ss. 101.02 (12) and (13) and 101.16 (5), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a) of the Statutes provides that penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the Department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the Department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with sections 101.01 to 101.599 of the Statutes. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12) of the Statutes provides that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the Department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Note: Section 101.16 (5) of the Statutes provides that any person, firm, association or corporation who violates s. 101.16, Stats., or any standard, rule or regulation adopted by the Department under that section, or who issues a false installation statement under section 101.16 (4) of the Statutes will be fined not less than $10 nor more than $2000, or imprisoned not less than 30 days nor more than 6 months.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.39 Reporting of accidents {#sec-sps-340.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.39}

If a gas system component fails and causes injuries to any person that require more than first aid treatment, the owner or user shall report in writing on form SBD-10789-E the facts involved to the department within the following 24 hours. The owner or user may not remove or disturb the gas system equipment or any of its components nor permit any such removal or disturbance prior to receiving authorization from the department or first class city, except for the purpose of saving human life or preventing further property damage. This section applies to those gas systems that are required to obtain department plan approval under s. SPS 340.30.

Note: The address for reporting accidents to the Department is the Division of Industry Services, Gas Systems Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; and the fax number is 608-283-7420.

Note: The Department can be contacted at 262/548-8617 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800/943-0003 during non-business hours.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Standards and General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.40 Adoption of standards by reference {#sec-sps-340.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.40}

(1) Primary standards. The following standards are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter:

(a) American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street Northwest, Washington D.C. 20005: Design and Construction of Liquefied Petroleum Gas Installations, API standard 2510, 8th edition, May 2001.

(b) National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471, telephone 800-344-3555, www.nfpa.org:

  1. Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages, NFPA® 30A, 2008 edition.

  2. Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code, NFPA® 52, 2010 edition.

  3. National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1–2009/NFPA® 54–2009.

  4. Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, NFPA® 58, 2011 edition.

  5. Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), NFPA® 59A, 2009 edition.

Note: Copies of the listed standards are on file in the offices of the Department and the Legislative Reference Bureau. Copies for personal use may be obtained, at a cost, from the organizations listed. Copies of the NFPA standards may also be accessed free of charge at www.nfpa.org.

(2) Secondary references. Any codes or standards referenced in the standards adopted in sub. (1) shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(3) Alternate standards. Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.41 Secondhand pressure vessels {#sec-sps-340.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.41}

The use of secondhand pressure vessels, having a water capacity in excess of 2,000 gallons, is prohibited, unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1) Manufacturer’s data report. The original manufacturer’s data report is available. If the original manufacturer’s data report is unavailable, documentation acceptable to the department or first class city shall be submitted.

(2) Alterations and repairs by welding. All alterations and repairs by welding are documented in writing to verify compliance with ch. SPS 341.

(3) Inspections. An inspection of the secondhand pressure vessel has been performed at its new location by a certified inspector.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.42 Vehicle-fuel dispensing systems {#sec-sps-340.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.42}

All vehicle-fuel dispensing systems shall comply with whichever of the following are applicable:

(1) NFPA 30A section 4.3.7.2 and chapter 12, if Class I or Class II liquids are dispensed as motor fuels along with a fuel gas regulated by this chapter.

(2) NFPA 52, if liquefied natural gas, compressed natural gas, gaseous hydrogen or liquefied hydrogen are dispensed in the absence of Class I and Class II liquids.

(3) NFPA 58, if liquefied petroleum gas is dispensed in the absence of Class I and Class II liquids.

Note: Class I and II liquids are classified in NFPA 30A as having a flash point below 140°F.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.43 Dispensing to vehicle fuel tanks, recreational equipment and containers {#sec-sps-340.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.43}

(1) Public self-service prohibited. Self-service dispensing by the general public of any gas regulated by this chapter is prohibited, except trained members of the general public may fuel compressed natural gas motor vehicles through a fueling connection that complies with ANSI NGV1–2006.

Note: The ANSI NGV1–2006 standard contains construction and performance criteria for compressed natural gas vehicle fueling connection devices consisting of (1) a receptacle (mounted on the vehicle), (2) a nozzle (mounted on fueling dispenser), and/or (3) a three-way valve (internal or external to the nozzle), having design pressures of 2400, 3000 or 3600 psig. Nozzle design will not permit gas flow until positively engaged to the receptacle and will not release the receptacle until gas flow has ceased and captured gas is safely vented. Intermating components are standardized. Nozzle and receptacle design prevent the fueling of a vehicle with lower service pressure by a dispenser with a higher service pressure.

(2) General. No person, except for the following, may dispense any gas regulated by this chapter unless the dispensing is through approved dispensing devices:

(a) A trained and authorized employee of a bulk storage plant, container charging plant or service station.

(b) A trained and authorized employee of an entity operating a commercial fleet of motor vehicles.

(3) Location of key-, card- or code-operated dispensing systems.

(a) Public areas. Vehicle-fuel dispensing systems may be located in areas accessible or open to the general public only if all of the following requirements are met, except subd. 3. does not apply to the fueling allowed in sub. (1):

  1. The system is equipped with key-, card- or code-operated dispensing devices listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

  2. The keys, cards or codes referenced in subd. 1. are provided only to trained and authorized personnel.

  3. An attendant is on duty at all times when gas is being dispensed.

(b) Non-public areas. Dispensing of gas is permitted without an attendant only if all of the following requirements are met, except subd. 1. does not apply to the fueling allowed in sub. (1):

  1. The dispensing system is located in an area that is not accessible or open to the general public.

  2. The system is equipped with approved key-, card- or code-operated dispensing devices.

  3. The keys, cards or codes referenced in subd. 2. are provided only to trained and authorized personnel.

(4) Posting of signs. A permanent sign providing a 24-hour service-call telephone number in letters at least one inch high shall be posted at the vehicle-fuel dispensing device in all non-attended locations.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.44 U.S. department of transportation vessels {#sec-sps-340.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.44}

Pressure vessels bearing the stamping of the United States department of transportation are not permitted as permanent storage containers, except they may be used either as cylinders for storage of compressed natural gas or gaseous hydrogen, or as replaceable service cylinders.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.45 Welded repairs and alterations for containers and pressure vessels {#sec-sps-340.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.45}

Any repair or alteration that includes any welding on ASME containers or pressure vessels or their fittings, settings or appurtenances shall conform to the applicable standards adopted in this chapter and to the requirements for welded repairs and alterations in ch. SPS 341.

Note: See subchapter VI of chapter SPS 341 for the referenced requirements.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Liquefied Petroleum Gas Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.50 Scope {#sec-sps-340.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.50}

(1) Application. This subchapter applies to the storage, handling and use of liquefied petroleum gas, and to the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas by tank truck or tank trailer.

(2) Exemptions. This subchapter does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Liquefied petroleum gas systems owned and operated by utilities when the systems are part of the distribution facilities for the utility and are subject to the provisions of ch. PSC 135.

(b) The transportation of liquefied petroleum gas by railroads engaged in interstate commerce or to equipment used by them.

Note: Liquefied petroleum gas systems owned and operated for utility purposes by utilities are regulated by the Public Service Commission and are subject to chapter PSC 135, and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 USC 1675, 49 CFR 192 - et seq.).

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.51 Design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of liquefied petroleum gas systems {#sec-sps-340.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.51}

Liquefied petroleum gas systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained as specified in the following standards, except as otherwise provided in this chapter:

(1) API 2510.

(2) ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 and NFPA 58.

Note: Section SPS 340.42 contains requirements for vehicle-fuel dispensing systems.

Note: Section 101.16 (4) (b) of the Statutes contains the following requirements: “(b) 1. A person who owns, leases, or uses a propane gas system and who is a customer of a retail supplier shall notify the retail supplier of propane gas for the propane gas system of any interruption in the operation of the propane gas system due to the replacement, modification, repair, or servicing of the propane gas system by any person other than the retail supplier. The customer shall provide the notice at least 7 days in advance of the interruption in the operation of the propane gas system, except as provided in subd. 2. The retail supplier, or the person replacing, modifying, repairing, or servicing the propane gas system, shall perform a check for leaks or other defects in the propane gas system before placing the propane gas system back into operation in the manner required by rule.

2. If the interruption of a propane gas system subject to subd. 1. is due to emergency repair or servicing, the customer shall provide the notice to the retail supplier as soon as possible and no later than 24 hours after the repair or servicing is completed.”

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.52 Amendments to NFPA standards {#sec-sps-340.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.52}

(1) Purging requirements. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in NFPA 54 sections 8.3.1 to 8.3.4:

(a) General. The purging of all piping, appliances and equipment that exist on or after September 1, 2011, shall be in accordance with this subsection.

(b) Piping systems required to be purged outdoors.

  1. ‘Application.’ The purging of piping systems shall be in accordance with subds. 2. to 5. where the piping system meets either of the following:

a. The design operating gas pressure is greater than 2 psi.

b. The piping being purged contains one or more sections of pipe or tubing greater than 2 inches in diameter and having the lengths in Table 340.52.

  1. ‘Removal from service.’ Where existing gas piping is opened, the section that is opened shall be isolated from the gas supply and the line pressure vented in accordance with subd. 4. Where gas piping meeting the criteria of Table 340.52 is removed from service, the residual fuel gas in the piping shall be displaced with an inert gas.

  2. ‘Placing in operation.’ Where gas piping containing air and meeting the criteria of Table 340.52 is placed in operation, the air in the piping shall first be displaced with an inert gas. The inert gas shall then be displaced with fuel gas in accordance with subd. 4.

  3. ‘Outdoor discharge of purged gases.’ The open end of a piping system being pressure vented or purged shall discharge directly to an outdoor location. Purging operations shall comply with all of the following requirements:

a. The point of discharge shall be controlled with a shutoff valve.

b. The point of discharge shall be located at least 10 feet from sources of ignition, at least 10 feet from building openings and at least 25 feet from mechanical air-intake openings.

c. During discharge, the open point of discharge shall be continuously attended and monitored with a combustible gas indicator that complies with subd. 5.

d. Purging operations introducing fuel gas shall be stopped when 90% fuel gas by volume is detected within the pipe.

e. Persons not involved in the purging operations shall be evacuated from all areas within 10 feet of the point of discharge.

  1. ‘Combustible gas indicator.’ The combustible gas indicator used during purging operations shall be listed and shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommended schedule. The combustible gas indicator used for pipe discharge monitoring shall numerically display a volume scale from 0% to 100% with a resolution of not greater than 1% increments.

(c) Piping systems allowed to be purged indoors or outdoors.

  1. ‘Application.’ The purging of piping systems shall be in accordance with subd. 2 where the piping system meets both of the following:

a. The design operating pressure is 2 psi or less.

b. The piping system being purged is constructed entirely from pipe or tubing of 2-inch nominal size or smaller, or larger pipe or tubing with lengths shorter than specified in Table 340.52.

  1. ‘Purging procedure.’ The piping system shall be purged in accordance with one or more of the following:

a. The piping shall be purged with fuel gas and shall discharge to the outdoors.

b. The piping shall be purged with fuel gas and shall discharge to the indoors or outdoors through an appliance burner not located in a combustion chamber. The burner shall be provided with a continuous source of ignition.

c. The piping shall be purged with fuel gas and shall discharge to the indoors or outdoors through a burner that has a continuous source of ignition and that is designed for such purpose.

d. The piping shall be purged with fuel gas that is discharged to the indoors or outdoors, and the point of discharge shall be monitored with a listed combustible gas detector in accordance with subd. 3. Purging shall be stopped when fuel gas is detected.

e. The piping shall be purged by the gas supplier in accordance with written procedures.

  1. ‘Combustible Gas Detector.’ The combustible gas detector used during purging operations shall be listed and shall be calibrated or tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommended schedule. The combustible gas detector used for pipe discharge monitoring shall indicate the presence of fuel gas.

(d) Purging appliances and equipment. After the piping system has been placed in operation, appliances and equipment shall be purged before being placed into operation.

Note: See Appendix for further information relating to purging.

(2) LP containers. This is a department informational note to be used under NFPA 58 section 5.2:

Note: Section 101.16 (3) of the Statutes contains requirements for LP gas containers, and reads as follows: “FILLING, EVACUATING, AND USE OF CONTAINERS. (a) Except as provided in par. (b), no person, other than the owner of a liquefied petroleum gas container or a person authorized by the owner, may fill, refill, evacuate, or use in any other manner the container for any purpose.

(b) A retail supplier may evacuate a liquefied petroleum gas container not under its ownership in order to transfer the remaining liquefied petroleum gas that is in that container into a container that is under its ownership.”

(3) Relief valves. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in NFPA 58 section 5.7.2.5: Any previously used relief valves that are reinstalled under this section shall be certified prior to that installation by their manufacturer or its authorized representative as conforming to the applicable requirements of ANSI/UL132 or other equivalent pressure-relief-valve standard.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (b) 1. b., 2., 3., (c) 1. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.53 Fuel supply tanks for liquefied petroleum cargo tank trucks {#sec-sps-340.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.53}

No liquefied petroleum gas cargo tank that exists on or after September 1, 2011, may be connected in any way to a liquefied petroleum gas fuel supply tank for a motor vehicle.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Subchapter VI Liquefied Natural Gas Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.60 Scope {#sec-sps-340.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.60}

(1) Application. This subchapter applies to the storage, handling and use of liquefied natural gas.

(2) Exemptions. This subchapter does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Liquefied natural gas systems owned and operated by utilities when the systems are part of the distribution facilities for the utility and are subject to the provisions of ch. PSC 135.

Note: Liquefied natural gas systems owned and operated for utility purposes by utilities are regulated by the Public Service Commission and are subject to chapter PSC 135, and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 USC 1675, 49 CFR 192 - et seq.).

(b) The transportation of liquefied natural gas.

Note: The transportation of liquefied natural gas is subject to the regulations of the federal Department of Transportation under Title 49 CFR Parts 171-179.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.61 Design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of liquefied natural gas systems {#sec-sps-340.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.61}

Liquefied natural gas systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained as specified in NFPA 52 and 59A, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

Note: Section SPS 340.42 contains requirements for vehicle-fuel dispensing systems.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Subchapter VII Compressed Natural Gas Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.70 Scope {#sec-sps-340.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.70}

(1) Application. This subchapter applies to the storage, handling and use of compressed natural gas.

(2) Exemptions. This subchapter does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Compressed natural gas systems owned and operated by utilities when the systems are part of the distribution facilities for the utility and are subject to the provisions of ch. PSC 135.

Note: Compressed natural gas systems owned and operated for utility purposes by utilities are regulated by the Public Service Commission and are subject to chapter PSC 135, and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 USC 1675, 49 CFR 192 - et seq.).

(b) The transportation of compressed natural gas.

Note: The transportation of compressed natural gas is subject to the regulations of the federal Department of Transportation under Title 49 CFR Parts 171-179.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.71 Design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of compressed natural gas systems {#sec-sps-340.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.71}

Compressed natural gas systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained as specified in NFPA 52, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

Note: Section SPS 340.42 contains requirements for vehicle-fuel dispensing systems.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Subchapter VIII Gaseous Hydrogen Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.80 Scope {#sec-sps-340.80 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.80}

(1) Application. This subchapter applies to the storage, handling and use of gaseous hydrogen.

(2) Exemptions. This subchapter does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Gaseous hydrogen systems owned and operated by utilities when the systems are part of the distribution facilities for the utility and are subject to the provisions of ch. PSC 135.

Note: Gaseous hydrogen systems owned and operated for utility purposes by utilities are regulated by the Public Service Commission and are subject to chapter PSC 135, and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 USC 1675, 49 CFR 192 - et seq.).

(b) The transportation of gaseous hydrogen.

Note: The transportation of gaseous hydrogen is subject to the regulations of the federal Department of Transportation under Title 49 CFR Parts 171-179.

(c) Process gaseous hydrogen storage installations.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.81 Design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of gaseous hydrogen systems {#sec-sps-340.81 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.81}

Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained as specified in NFPA 52, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

Note: Section SPS 340.42 contains requirements for vehicle-fuel dispensing systems.

Note: See chapter SPS 341 for registration and inspections of gaseous hydrogen pressure vessels that are not within the scope of this chapter.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Subchapter IX Liquefied Hydrogen Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.90 Scope {#sec-sps-340.90 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.90}

(1) Application. This subchapter applies to the storage, handling and use of liquefied hydrogen.

(2) Exemptions. This subchapter does not apply to any of the following:

(a) Liquefied hydrogen systems owned and operated by utilities when the systems are part of the distribution facilities for the utility and are subject to the provisions of ch. PSC 135.

Note: Liquefied hydrogen systems owned and operated for utility purposes by utilities are regulated by the Public Service Commission and are subject to chapter PSC 135, and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 USC 1675, 49 CFR 192 – et seq.).

(b) The transportation of liquefied hydrogen.

Note: The transportation of liquefied hydrogen is subject to the regulations of the federal Department of Transportation under Title 49 CFR Parts 171-179.

(c) Process liquefied hydrogen storage installations.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 340.91 Design, construction, installation, operation and maintenance of liquefied hydrogen systems {#sec-sps-340.91 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 340.91}

Liquefied hydrogen systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained as specified in NFPA 52, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

Note: Section SPS 340.42 contains requirements for vehicle-fuel dispensing systems.

Note: See chapter SPS 341 for registration and inspections of gaseous hydrogen pressure vessels that are not within the scope of this chapter.

History

  • CR 11-002: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.

Chapter SPS 341 BOILERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS

Subchapter I Scope, Definitions and Administration

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-341.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.01}

Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (15), 101.17 and 101.63, the purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public and employees by establishing minimum standards for the design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration and repair of boilers, pressure vessels, power piping and solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.02 Scope {#sec-sps-341.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.02}

(1) Boilers and pressure vessels.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), this chapter applies to boilers and piping components associated with boilers, pressure vessels, power piping, and solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances in use at places of employment, in public buildings and at one- or 2-family dwellings.

Note: The Wisconsin Commercial Building Code (WCBC), chapters SPS 361 to 366, likewise applies this chapter to the installation, alteration and repair of boilers and pressure vessels in public buildings and places of employment. The WCBC may have other requirements relating to the installation, alteration or repair of a boiler or pressure vessel, such as requirements relating to enclosures, location, safety controls, combustion air, and venting. The International Mechanical Code® (IMC) as adopted by reference under the WCBC contains requirements relating to hydronic piping.

Note: Wisconsin Administrative Codes are available at https://docs.legis.wisconsin.gov/code/prefaces/toc. Official copies may be obtained for a nominal fee at the Department of Administration, Document Sales and Distribution, 4622 University Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 53705-2156, telephone 800-DOC-SALES or Contact Through Relay, or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us.

(b)

  1. Subchapters V, VIII and IX do not apply to one- or 2-family dwellings.

  2. Only subch. VI applies to a pressure vessel in a mechanical refrigeration system.

Note: Chapter SPS 345 contains additional requirements for pressure vessels in mechanical refrigeration systems.

  1. This chapter does not apply to the gas systems that are within the scope of ch. SPS 340.

Note: The gas systems addressed in chapter SPS 340 include pressurized vessels and piping for gases that are used for fueling purposes, such as for heating appliances or engines.

(2) Other vessels. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to vessels used for the storage and transportation of flammable liquids, liquefied petroleum gas, liquefied natural gas, compressed natural gas, anhydrous ammonia and refrigerants, unless these vessels are covered by other Wisconsin administrative codes or federal codes.

Note: See chapters SPS 310 and 314 for related Departmental requirements for storage and transportation of flammable, combustible and hazardous liquids. See chapter SPS 343 for related Departmental requirements for anhydrous ammonia.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (1) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 10-011: renum. (1) (b) to be (1) (b) 1., cr. (1) (b) 2. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a), (b) 1., cr. (1) (b) 3. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.03 Application {#sec-sps-341.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.03}

(1) Retroactivity.

(a) The operation, testing, maintenance and inspection requirements of this chapter apply to all boilers, pressure vessels, power piping, solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances, and their components, that exist on or after June 1, 2012.

(b) A design, construction or installation rule of this chapter, including the applied criteria from the standards adopted in s. SPS 341.10, does not apply retroactively to boilers, pressure vessels, power piping, solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances, and their components, that were installed prior to the effective date of the rule unless specifically stated in the rule or standard.

(c) The design, construction and installation requirements of this chapter apply to any alterations, repairs, and replacement parts or components for all boilers, pressure vessels, power piping, solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances, and their components, that exist on or after June 1, 2012.

Note: A proposed alteration for an existing boiler, pressure vessel or power piping may necessitate modifying other components in order to make the proposed alteration comply with this chapter – and some alterations may necessitate modifying other features of a building, such as an automatic fire sprinkler system, that must comply with requirements in chapters SPS 361 to 366, the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

(2) Differing Rules.

(a) Where any department-written rule in this chapter differs from a requirement within a standard referenced in this chapter, the department-written rule shall govern, except as provided in sub. (3).

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(3) Exclusions. The department-written rules in this chapter do not nullify any exclusions specified in the standards adopted under s. SPS 341.10.

(4) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

Note: Section 101.02 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “The department shall adopt reasonable and proper rules and regulations relative to the exercise of its powers and authorities and proper rules to govern its proceedings and to regulate the mode and manner of all investigations and hearings.”

(5) Local requirements. This chapter does not limit the power of cities, villages and towns to make or enforce additional or more stringent requirements, provided the requirements do not conflict with this chapter, any other rule of the department, or law.

History

  • CR 08-028: cr. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: r. and recr. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-341.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.04}

In this chapter:

(1)

(a) “Alteration,” for a boiler or pressure vessel, has the meaning given in NBIC part 3 section 9.1.

(b) “Alteration,” for power piping or a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance, means a change that involves an extension or addition to, or involves the arrangement, type or purpose of, an existing installation or component.

(2) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

Note: The Department will ordinarily accept items approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(3) “ASME code” means the boiler and pressure vessel code published by the American society of mechanical engineers.

(4) “Authorized agent” means any of the following or their authorized representatives:

(a) A certified inspector who is referred to as enforcing this chapter, in a written contract between an inspection provider and the department.

(b) A first class city that has accepted the responsibility to administer and enforce this chapter.

Note: As of June 1, 2012, only the City of Milwaukee had accepted the responsibility to administer and enforce this chapter.

(5) “Boiler” means a vessel intended for use in heating water or other fluids or for generating steam or other vapors by the application of heat.

(6) “Boiler external piping” means piping that is within the scope of section I of the ASME code and is required by section I to have ASME code symbol stamping.

(7) “Certified inspector” means a person who holds a valid credential issued by the department under ch. SPS 305 as a certified boiler-pressure vessel inspector or a certified in-service field inspector.

(8) “Condemned” means a boiler or pressure vessel declared to be unsafe and that has an applied stamping designating its condemnation.

(9) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(10) “Dwelling” and “dwelling unit” have the meanings given in s. 101.61 (1), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.61 (1) Stats., “dwelling” means any building that contains one or 2 dwelling units. “Dwelling unit” means a structure or that part of a structure which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others.

(11) “External inspection” means an inspection made while the boiler or pressure vessel is in operation.

(12) “First class city” means a city established with that class under s. 62.05, Stats.

Note: As of June 1, 2012, only the City of Milwaukee had become a first class city.

(13) “High temperature water boiler” means a boiler completely filled with water intended for operation at pressures in excess of 160 psig or temperatures in excess of 250°F.

(14) “Historical boiler” means a steam boiler that is typically of riveted construction and which is preserved, restored or maintained for hobby or demonstration use.

Note: Steam locomotives, traction engines, hobby boilers and steam cars are examples of historical boilers.

(15) “Hot-water heating boiler” means a boiler in which no steam is generated, from which hot water is circulated for heating or process purposes and then returned to the boiler, and which operates at a pressure not exceeding 160 psig or a temperature of 250°F at or near the boiler outlet.

(16) “Hot-water storage tank” means a tank used to store water that is heated indirectly by a circulating water heater, by steam or hot water circulating through coils, or by other heat exchange methods internal or external to the tank.

(17) “Hot-water supply boiler” means a boiler completely filled with water that furnishes hot water to be used externally to itself at pressures not exceeding 160 psig or at temperatures not exceeding 250°F at or near the boiler outlet.

(18) “Internal inspection” means an inspection made when the boiler or pressure vessel is shut down and handholes and manholes or other inspection openings are opened or removed for inspection of the interior as required by the inspector.

(19) “Low-pressure steam boiler” means a boiler on which the safety valves are set at pressures not exceeding 15 psig.

(20) “Maximum allowable working pressure” means the maximum gage pressure permissible at the top of a completed vessel in its operating position for a designated temperature.

(21) “Miniature boiler” means a power boiler or high temperature water boiler that does not exceed any of the following limits:

(a) Inside shell diameter of 16 inches.

(b) Heating surface of 20 square feet, except for electric boilers.

(c) Gross volume of 5 cubic feet, exclusive of casing and insulation.

(d) Maximum allowable working pressure of 100 psig.

(22) “National Board” means the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.

(23) “NRC” means the United States nuclear regulatory commission.

(24) “Owner or user” means any person, firm or corporation legally responsible for the safe operation of a boiler or pressure vessel, power piping or a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance.

(25) “Place of employment” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (11), Stats., “place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently and any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for the use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(26) “Portable boiler” means an internally fired boiler primarily intended for temporary location and whose construction and usage is of a movable nature.

(27) “Power boiler” means a boiler in which steam or other vapor is generated at a pressure of more than 15 psig.

(28) “Power piping” means any steam piping system beyond the scope of section I of the ASME code and having a maximum allowable working pressure in excess of 15 psig, any hot water piping system beyond the scope of section I of the ASME code and subject to temperatures in excess of 250°F, or any piping system using an organic or synthetic fluid as a heat-transfer media and subject to temperatures in excess of 250°F.

(29) “Pressure vessel” means a container for the containment of pressure, either internal or external. This pressure may be obtained from an external source or by the application of heat from a direct or indirect source, or any combination thereof.

(30) “Public building” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (12), Stats., “public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(31) “Relief valve” means a pressure-actuated valve which is normally held closed by a spring or other means and which is designed to automatically open enough when needed to prevent internal pressure from exceeding a predetermined level.

Note: A relief valve is used primarily for liquid service.

(32) “Repair” means work and materials necessary to restore a boiler, pressure vessel, power piping or solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance to a safe operating condition.

(33) “Rupture disk” means a nonmechanical overpressure relief device that releases pressure when its preestablished rating is attained.

(34) “Safety relief valve” means an automatic pressure-actuated relieving device suitable for use either as a safety valve or relief valve, depending upon application.

(35) “Safety valve” means an automatic pressure relieving device actuated by the static pressure upstream of the valve and characterized by full-opening pop action.

Note: A safety valve is used for gas or vapor service.

(36) “Secondhand vessel” means a boiler or pressure vessel that has changed location subsequent to the original installation.

(37) “Solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance” means atmospherically vented equipment used to heat water by burning solid fuels, for the purpose of providing space or process heat.

(38) “Uniform dwelling code” or “UDC” means chs. SPS 320 to 325.

(39) “Water heater” means a closed vessel in which water is heated by the combustion of fuels, electricity or other energy source, and withdrawn for use external to the system at pressures not exceeding 160 psig, including the apparatus by which heat is generated and all controls and devices necessary to prevent water temperatures from exceeding 210°F.

(40) “Welding” means the melting together of filler metal and base metal, or of base metal only, that results in coalescence.

Note: For further explanation of definitions, see the ASME code section VIII, scope and appendix 3.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (37), Register, February, 1990, No. 410, eff. 3-1-90; am. (29), Register, May, 1994, No. 461, eff. 6-1-94; r. (4), (17), (23), (25), r. and recr. (7), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (intro.) and (29), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: cr. (13m) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: renum. (10) to (22), (26), and (32) to (38) to be (11) to (23), (25), (33) to (38) and (40) and am. (16), cr. (10), (26), (32) and (39) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (7), (9) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (intro.), renum. (1) to be (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), (4), am. (6) to (8), (10), r. (11), renum. (12) to be (11), cr. (12), renum. (13), (14) to (18) to be (40), (13) to (17) and am. (40), r. (19), renum. (20) to (24) to be (18) to (22) and am. (19), (21), (22), cr. (23), renum. (25) to (29) to be (24) to (28) and am. (24), (28), r. (30), renum. (31) to (39) to be (29) to (37) and am. (29), (31), (32), (37), cr. (38), renum. (40) to be (39) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.05 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-341.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.05}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction, and from any first class city having jurisdiction to enforce this chapter.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890X) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; r. and recr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.06 Penalties {#sec-sps-341.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.06}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the Department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the Department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.25, Stats. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the Department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.07 Appeals {#sec-sps-341.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.07}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

Note: Section 101.01 (8), Stats., defines local order as any ordinance, order, rule or determination of any common council, board of alderpersons, board of trustees or the village board, of any village or city, a regulation or order of the local board of health, as defined in s. 250.01 (3), or an order or direction of any official of a municipality, upon any matter over which the Department has jurisdiction.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of that rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 11-047: renum. (1), (2) to be (2), (3) and am. (2)., cr. (1) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.08 Fees {#sec-sps-341.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.08}

Fees for inspections and other services performed by the department shall be submitted to the department as specified in ch. SPS 302.

Note: A first class city may charge the same or other fees for their services. Service contractors who are authorized agents of the Department charge fees that are established in a contract with the Department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, December,1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; CR 08-028: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: renum. (1) to be 341.08 and am., r. (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.09 Enforcement {#sec-sps-341.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.09}

(1) This chapter shall be enforced by the department and its authorized agents, except as provided in s. SPS 341.16 (1) (b) 2. and (3) (b) for one- and 2-family dwellings.

(2) Where a first class city administers and enforces this chapter, a regulated item or activity shall be directed to or addressed by the city before requesting input from the department.

Note: Under section SPS 341.03 (4), the Department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all codes and standards adopted herein.

History

  • CR 11-047: cr. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.10 Adoption of standards by reference {#sec-sps-341.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.10}

The following standards, as produced by each listed organization, are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter, subject to the modifications specified in this chapter:

(1) American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, Northwest, Washington, D.C. 20005, telephone 202/682-8000, www.api.org. Pressure Vessel Inspection Code, API 510, 9th edition, June 2006.

(2) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Order Department, P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900, telephone 800/843-2763, www.asme.org, which produces each of the following:

(a) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2010 edition: Section I – Rules for Construction of Power Boilers, Section II –Materials, Section IV – Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers, Section V – Nondestructive Examination, Section VIII – Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels, Section IX – Welding and Brazing Qualifications, and Section X – Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels.

Note: Section VI of the ASME code, Recommended Rules for the Care and Operation of Heating Boilers and section VII of the ASME code, Recommended Guidelines for the Care of Power Boilers may be used as reference guides.

(b) Power Piping, ASME B31.1–2010.

(c) Safety Standard for Pressure Vessels for Human Occupancy, ASME PVHO-1–2007.

(d) Safety Standard for Pressure Vessels for Human Occupancy: In-Service Guidelines for PVHO Acrylic Windows, ASME PVHO-2–2003.

(e) Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers, ASME CSD-1–2009.

Note: See section SPS 341.11 (2) for modifications of ASME CSD-1.

(3) National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, OH 43229-1183, telephone 614/888-8320, www.nationalboard.org. National Board Inspection Code (NBIC), ANSI/NB-23, 2011 edition.

Note: See section SPS 341.11 (1) for modifications of the NBIC.

(4) National Fire Protection Association®, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471, telephone 800-344-3555. Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, NFPA® 55, 2010 edition.

Note: Copies of the listed standards are on file in the offices of the Department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies for personal use may be obtained, at a cost, from the organizations listed.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; r. and recr. Table 41.10, Register, February, 1990, No. 410, eff. 3-1-90; am. Table 41.10, Register, May, 1994, No. 461, eff. 6-1-94; am. Table 41.10, Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; r. and recr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (2) (a), (b) and (c) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: am. (2) (a) 1., 2., (b) and (c) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: r. and recr. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.11 Application of standards {#sec-sps-341.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.11}

(1) NBIC omissions. The requirements in the following portions of the NBIC are not included as part of this chapter:

(a) In part 1 – sections 1, 2.4.1, 2.5.4, 2.10.2, 2.10.6, 3.2.3, 3.4.1, 3.5.3, 3.5.4, 3.7.5.2, 3.7.7.2, 3.7.9.2, 3.8.3, 3.9.4, 3.10, and 5; Figures 3.7.5-d and 3.5.7-e; and Table 3.7.9.2.

(b) In part 2 – sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.4.1, 2.2.12.5, 2.2.12.6, 2.3.5.4, 2.3.6.4, 2.4, 2.5.3, 5.3 and supplement 6.

(c) In parts 1 and 2 – any reference to using an NBIC form.

(2) Modifications of asme csd-1.

(a) Sections CG-120 and CG-140. ASME CSD-1 does not apply to boilers and burner assemblies with fuel input ratings of 400,000 Btu per hour or less.

(b) Shutdown switch. The requirement in ASME CSD-1 section CE-110 (a) to locate a shutdown switch or circuit breaker just outside the boiler room door is changed to include an alternative of locating the switch or breaker just inside the principal entrance into the room, where approved by the department or authorized agent.

(3) Secondary references. Any codes or standards referenced in the standards adopted in s. SPS 341.10 shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(4) Alternate standards. Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

History

  • CR 11-047: cr. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Subchapter II Inspections

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.15 General inspection requirements {#sec-sps-341.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.15}

(1) All inspections. Certified inspectors, upon presenting appropriate credentials to the owner or user, may do any of the following:

(a) Enter without delay and at reasonable times any factory, plant, establishment, construction site, or other area, workplace or environment where work is performed by an employee.

(b) Inspect and investigate during regular working hours and at other reasonable times, and within reasonable limits and in a reasonable manner, any place of employment and all pertinent conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment, and materials therein, and to question privately any employer, owner, operator, agent or employee.

Note: Section 101.02 (15) (g) of the Statutes authorizes the Department and its deputies to “enter any place of employment or public building, for the purpose of collecting facts and statistics, examining the provisions made for the health, safety and welfare of the employees, frequenters, the public or tenants therein and bringing to the attention of every employer or owner any law, or any order of the department, and any failure on the part of such employer or owner to comply therewith.”

(2) Representation. The certified inspector, before making an inspection, shall contact the employer or employer’s representative who shall be given an opportunity to accompany the inspector during the physical inspection of any workplace under sub. (1).

Note: The department procedure is not to give advance notice, but in the scheduling and in the act of inspecting it may not always be possible to avoid advance notice or to obtain accompaniment, but otherwise these rules will be diligently observed.

(3) An insurance company may provide the inspection services specified in this chapter, in lieu of those services being provided by the department or an authorized agent, only if the company meets all of the following conditions:

(a) It is authorized by this state to provide boiler and machinery insurance.

(b) It is actively engaged in writing boiler and machinery insurance for the general public.

(c) It uses only certified inspectors to perform the inspections.

(4) Reporting changes.

(a) The certified inspector’s employer shall report to the department not later than 30 calendar days after inspection service is started or discontinued on a boiler or pressure vessel. The reason for discontinuing the service shall be given on the report. If the boiler or pressure vessel is installed in a first class city that provides boiler and pressure vessel inspections, the report shall also be provided to the city.

(b) The certified inspector’s employer shall report to the department after a boiler or pressure vessel under a service contract becomes inactive or non-existent. Failure to make this report may result in assessment of a fee in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(5) Compliance responsibilities.

(a)

  1. The certified inspector shall provide any inspection report describing any noncompliance with this chapter to the owner or user within 5 business days after completing the inspection.

  2. The certified inspector shall leave a copy of the inspection report on site if a life-safety violation is indicated.

(b) The owner or user shall correct any aspects that do not comply with applicable requirements of this chapter, within any time period prescribed by the certified inspector or the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) (intro.), (2), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; cr. (3), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: renum. (3) to be (3) (a), cr. (3) (b) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; correction in (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) (intro.), (a), renum. (3) to be (4) and am., cr. (3), (5) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.16 Installation inspections {#sec-sps-341.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.16}

(1) Boiler and pressure vessel inspections.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in par. (b), boilers and pressure vessels shall be inspected by a certified inspector before they are placed in operation.

  2. Inspections under this section shall be conducted in accordance with the NBIC.

  3. Inspections under this section where equipment is installed under ASME CSD-1 shall include verification of whether all of the following are available:

a. The manufacturer’s instructions that are required in ASME CSD-1 sections CG-430 and 510 (c).

b. The manufacturer’s and contractor’s reports that are required in ASME CSD-1 sections CG-510 (a) and (b).

c. The operator’s checklist that is required in ASME CSD-1 section CM-130.

Note: See section SPS 341.41 for installation registration requirements.

(b)

  1. The inspections specified in par. (a) are not required for boilers and pressure vessels exempted from periodic inspections in s. SPS 341.18 (1) (a) and (c) to (n).

  2. Installation inspections for boilers and pressure vessels installed at one- and 2-family dwellings shall be performed by the municipality in accordance with local ordinances or by the registered Uniform Dwelling Code (UDC) inspection agency administering and enforcing the UDC.

(c) Where the boilers or pressure vessels specified in par. (a) are installed in a first class city and inspections are made by the city, the city shall keep a record of the inspections and shall submit a copy to the department.

(d) Where the inspections specified in par. (a) are performed by a certified inspector other than a department inspector, the certified inspector shall file an inspection report with the department and shall affix the Wisconsin registration number as required in s. SPS 341.36. The inspection report shall be filed with the department within 30 calendar days after completion of the boiler or pressure vessel installation. If the report is not filed within the 30-day period, the department shall perform the inspection.

(e)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., reports of required installation inspections shall be sent to the department in accordance with the department’s electronic data interchange transfer guidelines, within 5 business days after completing the inspection, unless additional time is authorized by the department.

Note: The Department will provide assistance at no charge regarding the use of the electronic data interchange system. The guidelines are available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov/sb/docs/sb-BoilerEdiGuidelines.pdf.

a. The department’s 10663-E inspection form may be used in lieu of the electronic data interchange system where approved in advance by the department.

b. No reports to the department are required for the inspections performed under par. (b) 2.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(2) Power piping inspections.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), all power piping systems not covered by ASME code section I and required to be constructed in accordance with ASME B31.1, shall receive an installation inspection by the department or authorized agent or a certified inspector.

(b) The inspections specified in par. (a) are not required for any of the following:

  1. Power piping of 2 inches nominal pipe size and smaller.

  2. Power piping replacements, modifications and alterations to existing systems and for new installations, any of which do not exceed 50 feet in length.

  3. Underground power piping systems that are not located in a walk-in tunnel.

(c) The installer shall notify the department or authorized agent or a certified inspector prior to the start of construction of the power piping system so that inspections may be arranged. The department or authorized agent or certified inspector shall be given a minimum of 5 business days notice to arrange for inspection.

(d) A power piping inspection shall be made after the piping material is delivered to the job site and prior to the start of construction of the power piping system. The installer or an in-state shop fabricator shall complete department form SBD-5204-E prior to the inspection, and the form shall be retained at the job site for reference during the inspection. The department or authorized agent or certified inspector shall indicate acceptance of the power piping system design and installation by signing form SBD-5204-E. Power piping systems may not be insulated or placed in service without receiving that acceptance.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(e) Prefabricated piping that is part of a power piping system shall be inspected at the fabrication shop by the department or authorized agent or a certified inspector or an active National Board commissioned inspector for out-of-state manufacturers. The shop fabricator shall provide a copy of the certified inspector’s report or a copy of the completed department form SBD-5204-E to the installer at the job site verifying that the prefabricated piping complies with ASME B31.1. The owner or installer shall provide design calculations for the prefabricated piping if requested by an inspector.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

Note: For inspection fees, see chapter SPS 302.

(3) Installation inspection of solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances.

(a) Except as specified in par. (b), the installation of a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be inspected by the department or authorized agent before the appliance is placed in operation.

(b) Installation inspections of solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances at one- and 2-family dwellings shall be performed by the municipality in accordance with local ordinances or by a registered UDC inspection agency administering and enforcing the UDC.

Note: Under section SPS 341.15, certified inspectors may conduct whatever number of inspections are needed in addition to the inspections required in this section, to verify compliance with this chapter. Also, owners or users may request additional inspections beyond the number established by the certified inspector.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) (d) and (2) (c),cr. (1) (e), Register, December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; am. (2) (d),r. and recr. (2) (e), Register, May, 1994, No. 461, eff. 6-1-94; am. (1) (a), (d), (2) (a), (c) to (e), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2) (c), Register, March, 1998, No. 507, eff. 4-1-98; am. (2) (a) and (e), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (2) (b) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: renum. (1) (b) to be (1) (b) 1., cr. (1) (b) 2. and (3), r. and recr. (1) (e), am. (2) (c) and (e) Register November 2008 No. 635; correction in (1) (b) 1., (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (title), renum. (1) (a) to be (1) (a) 1., cr. (1) (a) 2., 3., am. (1) (b), (c), renum. (1) (e) to be (1) (e) 1. and am., cr. (1) (e) 2., am. (2) (a), (c) to (e), r. (2) (f), (g), am. (3) (title), (a) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.17 Periodic Inspections {#sec-sps-341.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.17}

(1) Inspection of power boilers, miniature boilers and organic- or synthetic-fluid heat-transfer boilers.

(a) Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, power boilers, miniature boilers and organic- or synthetic-fluid heat-transfer boilers shall be subjected to either a regular internal or external inspection at least once every 12 months by a certified inspector.

(b) Where an internal inspection of a power boiler is not possible because of the construction of the boiler, an external inspection shall be acceptable.

(2) Inspection of pressure vessels. Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, pressure vessels shall be subjected to a regular internal or external inspection at least once every 36 months by a certified inspector.

(3) Inspection of low-pressure steam and hot-water heating boilers. Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, low-pressure steam boilers and hot-water heating boilers shall be subjected to a regular internal or external inspection at least once every 36 months by a certified inspector.

(4) Inspection of safety valves and safety relief valves. The certified inspectors shall determine that safety valves and safety relief valves have been operated or tested at least once every 12 months or an owner or user may provide proof that testing is in compliance with NBIC part 2 section 2.5.8 relating to testing of safety relief valves.

Note: See chapters SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing, for requirements relating to combination temperature and pressure relief valves.

(5) Inspection of rupture disks. Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, rupture disks shall be subjected to a visual inspection at least once every 36 months by a certified inspector.

(6) Extension of period between inspections. If operating conditions require, an extension of periods not to exceed 6 months between inspections of boilers, pressure vessels, safety valves and safety relief valves may be approved by the department upon a written request from the owner or user for an extension. Concurrence with the owner’s or user’s request for an extension shall be obtained from the certified inspector in writing to the department.

(7) Inspection standards.

(a) NBIC. Inspections under this section shall be conducted in accordance with the NBIC.

(b) ASME CSD-1. Inspections under this section where equipment is installed under ASME CSD-1 shall include verification of whether all of the following are available:

  1. The manufacturer’s instructions that are required in ASME CSD-1 sections CG-430 and 510 (c).

  2. The manufacturer’s and contractor’s reports that are required in ASME CSD-1 sections CG-510 (a) and (b).

  3. A boiler log, maintenance record, service invoice or other written record that shows the results of periodic testing, as required in ASME CSD-1 sections CM-110 and CM-130.

  4. The operator’s checklist that is required in ASME CSD-1 section CM-130.

Note: For inspection fees, see chapter SPS 302.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) (a), Register,December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; am. (5), Register, May, 1994, No. 461, eff. 6-1-94; am. (1) (a), (2) to (5), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (4) and (5), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: am. (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (a), (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) (title), (a), (4), renum. (5) to be (6), cr. (5), (7) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.18 Exemptions from periodic inspections {#sec-sps-341.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.18}

(1) Exempted equipment. Except as provided in sub. (2), periodic inspections are not required for any of the following:

(a) Boilers or pressure vessels that receive regular inspections by United States government inspectors.

(b) Heating boilers located in dwelling units.

(c) Expansion tanks for hot-water heating boilers.

(d) Boilers used exclusively for agricultural purposes.

(e) Pressure vessels having an inside diameter not exceeding 6 inches with no limit on pressure.

(f) Pressure vessels having a volume of less than 5 cubic feet and an operating pressure of less than 250 psig.

(g) Pressure vessels with a volume of less than 1-1/2 cubic feet with no limit on pressure.

(h) Pressure vessels having an internal or external operating pressure of not more than 15 psig with no limitation on size.

(i) Hot-water supply boilers and water heaters, and hot-water storage tanks in which the temperature does not exceed 210°F.

(j) Vessels used for the storage or processing of cold water, including those with air cushions.

(k) Pressure vessels that are used in accordance with the regulations of the United States department of transportation.

(L) Air receivers having a volume of less than 90 gallons and a working pressure less than 200 psig as stamped on the manufacturer’s nameplate.

Note: Ninety gallons equals 12.033 cubic feet.

(m) Pressure vessels used in processing and storing of fermented beverages at temperatures not exceeding 140°F.

(n) Any pressure vessel used as an integral part of an electrical circuit breaker.

(o) Installations at one- or 2-family dwellings.

(2) Exceptions. In individual cases, the boilers and pressure vessels exempted in sub. (1) shall be subject to inspection by or on order of the department upon the complaint of any person or upon the initiative of the department when there is reasonable cause to suspect that the construction, installation, maintenance or operation of the vessel is not in keeping with the general purpose and intent of this chapter.

(3) Exempted power boilers. A power boiler, excluding a chemical recovery boiler, with a rated steam output capacity of 100,000 pounds per hour or greater may be exempted from internal inspection each 12 months, but not to exceed 24 months, provided all the following conditions are met:

(a) A documented boiler maintenance program is available.

(b) A documented boiler water treatment program is available.

(c) The certified inspector has verified in writing to the department that the maintenance and treatment programs are adequate for the boiler.

(d) If the internal inspection is completed during the 12 to 24 month period, the boiler shall be subjected to an external inspection at 12 months.

History

  • Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; cr. (3), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2) and (3) (c), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: cr. (1) (n) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (1) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a) to (c), (i), (k), (o) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.19 Preparation for internal inspection {#sec-sps-341.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.19}

(1) General requirements. The owner or user of a boiler or a pressure vessel subject to inspection shall prepare the vessel for internal inspection after due notice from the certified inspector. To prepare a vessel for an internal inspection, all manhole plates, all wash-out plugs, and a sufficient number of handhole plates to permit a satisfactory inspection shall be removed. The shell and heads shall be thoroughly cleaned and exposed when so requested. Each steam boiler shall be thoroughly drained of water and all fire-side surfaces cleaned before an internal inspection is made.

(2) Preparation procedure. The following procedure shall be required for preparation for inspection:

(a) Before entering any part of a boiler that is connected to a common header with other boilers, the required steam or water system stop valves shall be closed, tagged and preferably padlocked, and drain valves or cocks between the 2 closed stop valves shall be opened. The feed valves shall be closed, tagged, and preferably padlocked, and drain valves or cocks located between the 2 valves shall be opened.

(b) After draining the boiler, the blowoff valves shall be closed, tagged and preferably padlocked. Blowoff lines, where practicable, shall be disconnected between pressure parts and valves. All drains and vent lines shall be opened.

(3) Right to refuse entry. The certified inspector shall have the right to refuse to enter a boiler or pressure vessel if in the inspector’s judgement it is unsafe to do so.

Note: Confined space rules are contained in chapter SPS 332 for public sector employees and in section 29 CFR 1910.146 of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration for private sector employees.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1), (3), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; CR 11-047: am. (1), (2) (a) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.23 Reporting of periodic inspections {#sec-sps-341.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.23}

(1) Reporting processing time.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b) and s. SPS 341.55 (4), reports of periodic internal or external inspections of boilers and pressure vessels shall be sent to the department in accordance with the department’s electronic data interchange transfer guidelines, within 5 business days after completing the inspection, unless additional time is authorized by the department.

Note: The Department will provide assistance at no charge regarding the use of the electronic data interchange system. The guidelines are available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov/sb/docs/sb-BoilerEdiGuidelines.pdf.

(b) The department’s 10663-E inspection form may be used in lieu of the electronic data interchange system where approved in advance by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(2) Inspection report forms.

(a) A verification that a periodic inspection has been performed shall be posted on or near the inspected item.

(b) A group of pressure vessels of the same design and use that are interconnected or are operated so as to form a unit, machine or apparatus may be included in a single inspection report. The report shall contain the number, description and use of the vessel.

(c) The inspection report shall explain any violation or unsafe condition with references to code section numbers. Recommendations to the owner or user of the vessel, relating to code violations, shall be included in the report to the department.

(d) The inspection report shall be legible and complete.

(3) External inspections. External inspections shall be reported only when either of the following conditions is found:

(a) An internal inspection is not possible because of the construction of the vessel. In these cases the external inspection shall be reported to the department in the same manner as an internal inspection. The report shall be marked external, and the reason for making an external inspection instead of an internal shall be given.

(b) When violations of this chapter or unsafe conditions involving the safety of the vessel are found.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1), (2) (a) and (3) (b), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (1) and (2) (a), cr. (2) (a) 2. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 11-047: r. and recr. (1), (2) (a), am. (3) (a) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.24 Permit to operate {#sec-sps-341.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.24}

(1) Responsibility.

(a) Owner or user.

  1. Except as specified in subd. 2., the owner or user of the boiler or pressure vessel shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining a valid permit to operate.

  2. An owner or user of a boiler or pressure vessel installed at a one- or 2-family dwelling is not required to apply for a permit to operate as specified in this section.

(b) Posting. The permit to operate shall be posted near the boiler or pressure vessel by the owner or user of the boiler or pressure vessel.

(2) Issuance. After each installation or periodic inspection for boilers and pressure vessels found to be in compliance with this chapter, a permit to operate shall be issued by the department to the owner or user of the boiler or pressure vessel. The department shall issue the permit within 30 business days of determination of compliance.

(3) Information. The permit to operate shall give the maximum allowable working pressure as determined using the regulations of this chapter, the certified inspector’s name and telephone number, and the expiration date.

(4) Expiration. The permit to operate shall be valid until the next required periodic inspection or until rescinded due to code violations.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (1) (b) and (4) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (1) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a) 2., (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Subchapter III All Installations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.27 Application {#sec-sps-341.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.27}

Except as specified under s. SPS 341.29 (2), this subchapter applies to all boilers and pressure vessels existing on or after June 1, 2012.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 14, Stats., Register, May, 1994, No. 461; CR 08-028: am. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.28 Safety rules {#sec-sps-341.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.28}

(1) Maximum allowable working pressure. No boiler or pressure vessel may be operated at a pressure in excess of the maximum allowable working pressure stated on its current permit to operate.

(2) Alteration to safety devices. No unauthorized person may remove or tamper with any connected safety device.

(3) Installation location.

(a) Except as specified in par. (b), boilers and pressure vessels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation specifications.

(b) Clearances shall be maintained around boilers, generators, heaters, tanks and related equipment and appliances to permit inspection, servicing, repair, replacement and visibility of all gages. When boilers are installed or replaced, clearance shall be provided to allow access for inspection, maintenance and repair. Passageways around all sides of boilers shall have an unobstructed width of not less than 18 inches unless otherwise approved by the department or authorized agent.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. (3) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.29 Safety controls {#sec-sps-341.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.29}

(1) General. Oil-fired, gas-fired and electrically heated boilers shall be equipped with primary safety controls, safety limit switches, and burners or electric elements that bear the stamp, monogram or other evidence of compliance with a nationally recognized standard.

Note: Typical acceptable stamps are the American Gas Association (AGA) and the Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

(2) Pressure and temperature controls.

(a) Boilers installed prior to 1957. Boilers installed prior to January 1, 1957, shall have at least one pressure control for steam boilers or one temperature control for hot water boilers or for organic- or synthetic-fluid heat-transfer systems. Compliance with par. (b) is optional for boilers installed prior to January 1, 1957.

(b) Boilers installed on or after January 1, 1957. Boilers installed on or after January 1, 1957, shall comply with s. SPS 341.42 and with all of the following:

  1. ‘Pressure controls.’

a. Each automatically fired steam boiler or system of commonly connected steam boilers shall have at least one steam pressure control device that will shut off the fuel supply to each boiler or system of commonly connected boilers when the steam pressure reaches a preset maximum operating pressure.

b. Each individual automatically fired steam boiler shall have a high steam pressure limit control that will prevent generation of steam pressure in excess of the maximum allowable working pressure.

c. Each limit control and operating control shall be clearly separated, and have its own sensing element and operating switch.

d. No shut-off valve of any type may be placed in the steam pressure connection between the boiler and high pressure limit control device.

  1. ‘Temperature controls.’

a. Each automatically fired hot-water heating boiler shall have at least one water temperature-actuated control to shut off the fuel supply when the system boiler water reaches a preset operating temperature.

b. Each system of commonly connected automatically fired hot-water heating boilers shall have at least one temperature-actuated control to shut off the fuel supply to all units when the system boiler water reaches a preset operating temperature.

c. Each individual automatically fired hot-water heating boiler unit shall have a high temperature limit control that prevents the boiler water temperature from exceeding the maximum allowable temperature of the boiler.

d. Each limit control and operating control shall be clearly separated, and shall have its own sensing element and operating switch.

e. No shut-off valve of any type may be placed in the piping between a boiler and its high-temperature-limit control device.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (2) (a), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2) (intro.), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (2) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2) (b) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1), (2) (a), cr. (2) (b) 2. e., am. (1) (a), (c), (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.30 Low-water cutoff, water feeder and fusible plug {#sec-sps-341.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.30}

(1) General requirements.

(a) Every automatically fired power boiler that does not have a full-time attendant and every automatically fired low-pressure steam boiler shall be equipped with an automatic low-water fuel cutoff or other device which will perform a similar function, so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the surface of the water falls to the lowest safe water line.

(b) If a water-feeding device is installed, it shall be so constructed that the water inlet valve cannot feed water into the boiler through the float chamber and so located as to supply requisite feed water. The lowest safe water line shall be not lower than the lowest visible part of the water glass.

(c) Boilers that are manually fired and have a residual heat source shall have a fusible plug installed which will extinguish the fire in the event of low water. Fire doors shall be provided with secure latches on manually fired boilers having fusible plugs.

(2) Bowl designs. Designs embodying a float and float bowl, or probe control installed in a bowl or chamber external to the boiler, shall have a vertical, straight-run, valved drain pipe at the lowest point in the water-equalizing pipe connections, by which the bowl or chamber and the equalizing pipe can be flushed and the device tested.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; cr. (1) (c), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1) (c), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a), (c), (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.31 Boiler blowoff equipment {#sec-sps-341.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.31}

(1) Pressure-temperature limits. The blowdown from a boiler that enters a sewer system or blowdown which is considered a hazard to life or property shall pass through some form of blowoff equipment that will reduce pressure and temperature as specified in pars. (a) and (b).

(a) The temperature of the water leaving the blowoff equipment may not exceed 160°F.

(b) The pressure of the blowdown leaving the blowoff equipment may not exceed 5 psig.

(2) Piping and fittings. The blowoff piping and fittings between the boiler and the blowoff tank shall comply with ASME B31.1 or the code in effect at the time of construction.

(3) Tanks and separators. The blowoff tank or separator shall be designed in accordance with s. SPS 341.42 or the code in effect at the time of construction for a maximum allowable working pressure of at least 50 psig.

(4) General requirements. All blowoff equipment, except centrifugal blowdown separators, shall be fitted with openings to facilitate cleaning and inspection and shall have all of the following:

(a) A pressure gage graduated from 0-50 psi.

(b) A thermometer well located near the water outlet connection and in contact with the retained water in the tank.

(c) A gage glass at least one-half inch in diameter with the lower connection to the glass at a point about 6 inches below the water line and the upper connection at a point about 6 inches above the water line.

(d) A drain connection of at least 2-inch standard pipe size.

(e) Connections designed so that freezing will not close the inlet, the outlet or the vent.

(5) Vent piping. All blowoff equipment shall have vent piping, full size, piped to the outside atmosphere and discharged to a safe location.

Note: Blowoff equipment designed in accordance with the boiler blowoff equipment rules issued by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors will meet the requirements of this section. Other methods of designing blowoff equipment may be used if approved by the Department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (4) (d) and (e), r. (4) (f), cr. (5), Register, December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; am. (2), (3), (4) (a), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (2), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (1) (a) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) (b), (2), (4) (intro.) to (d) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.32 Pressure gages for air receivers {#sec-sps-341.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.32}

(1) Gage location. Air receivers shall be equipped with an indicating pressure gage so located as to be readily visible.

(2) Gage dial. The dial of the pressure gage shall be graduated to approximately double the pressure at which the safety valve is set, but may not be less than one and one-half times that pressure.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.33 Protection of vessels supplied through pressure-reducing stations {#sec-sps-341.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.33}

(1) Sizing safety valves. The requirements in this section shall be used for determining the sizes of safety valves on pressure vessels such as pressure cookers, indirect hot water heaters and equipment in heating systems, that are supplied through pressure-reducing stations from boilers carrying a higher steam pressure. Where a pressure-reducing station is supplied from a boiler, the capacity of the safety valves on the low-pressure side of the system need not exceed the capacity of the boiler.

(2) Reducing-station capacity.

(a) The following formula shall be used to determine the steam flow rate through the pressure-reducing station. - See PDF for diagram

(b) The critical flow capacity data supplied by the reducing valve manufacturer may be used in place of the above formula to select the required safety valve capacity. The capacity calculations shall be the largest obtainable by internal trim change of the reducing valve.

(c) In using Table 341.33-1, the pressure-reducing station inlet pressure is the lowest set pressure of any safety valve on the high pressure side of the pressure-reducing station.

(3) Bypass capacity. The following formula shall be used to determine the steam flow rate through the bypass when pressure-reducing stations are arranged with a valved bypass that also acts as a potential steam source hazard in case the bypass is left open. - See PDF for diagram

(4) Selecting safety valve. The larger of the steam flow rates calculated by the formulas in subs. (2) and (3) shall be used for selecting the safety valve on the low-pressure side of the system.

Note: In applying Table 341.33-2, the area of the pipe is always based upon standard weight pipe and the inlet size of the pressure-reducing valve.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. intro., (1)(intro.), (2), r. and recr. (1) (a) and (b), Register, May, 1994, No. 461, eff.6-1-94; am. (1) (a), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; correction in (1) (intro.), (b), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: (intro.), (1) (intro.) to (c), (2), (3) renum. to be (1), (2) (intro.) to (b), (3), (4) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.34 Portable boilers {#sec-sps-341.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.34}

(1) Permit required. The owner or user of a portable boiler located in Wisconsin or brought into Wisconsin for use, shall possess a permit to operate issued by the department prior to use.

(2) Boiler requirements. The permit to operate shall be issued only after all of the following requirements are met:

(a) The boiler complies with s. SPS 341.42.

(b) The boiler is installed according to the applicable requirements of this chapter.

(c) An internal or external inspection of the boiler has been made that is acceptable to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (2) (c) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.35 Interconnected boilers {#sec-sps-341.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.35}

When boilers of different maximum allowable working pressures with minimum safety valve settings varying more than 6% are so connected that steam can flow toward the lower pressure units, the latter shall be protected by additional safety valve capacity, if necessary, on the lower pressure side of the system. The additional safety valve capacity shall be based upon the maximum amount of steam that can flow into the lower pressure system. The additional safety valves shall have at least one valve set at a pressure not to exceed the lowest allowable pressure and the other valves shall be set within a range not to exceed 3% above that pressure.

History

  • History: Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.36 Identification of boilers and pressure vessels {#sec-sps-341.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.36}

Boilers and pressure vessels subject to periodic inspections shall be identified by a registration number supplied by the department. The registration number shall be affixed to the vessel by a certified inspector at a location that can be easily viewed.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (2), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; r. (1), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: r. (2) (title), renum. (2) to be 341.36 and am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff.6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.37 Maintenance {#sec-sps-341.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.37}

(1) Corrosion prevention. All boilers and pressure vessels shall be installed and maintained in such a manner as to prevent excessive corrosion and deterioration.

(2) Safe conditions. The certified inspector shall note conditions during internal inspection, external inspection, or hydrostatic pressure test and shall order changes or repairs that will place the boiler or pressure vessel in a safe working condition.

Note: Sections VI and VII of the ASME boiler and pressure vessel code, Recommended Rules for Care and Operation of Heating Boilers and Recommended Rules for Care of Power Boilers, are excellent guides for boiler owners and operators.

(3) Modification of boiler burner assembly. Any modification to or installation of a boiler burner assembly may not exceed the original stamping of the boiler rated output capacity.

Note: See section SPS 341.38 for Department reporting requirements relating to fuel conversions and to modifications for increasing heat input.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (2), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; CR 08-028: cr. (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.38 Reporting accidents, repairs and alterations {#sec-sps-341.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.38}

(1) Accidents.

(a) If a component of a boiler or pressure vessel or power piping fails and causes an injury that needs more than first aid treatment, the owner or user shall report the facts involved to the department on form SBD-10787-E within 24 hours after the accident.

(b) After a failure under par. (a), the owner or user may not remove or disturb the boiler or pressure vessel or power piping or any of the components nor permit any such removal or disturbance prior to receiving authorization from the department or first class city, except for the purpose of saving human life or preventing further property damage.

(c) Any accidents under par. (a) that occur during the department’s non-business hours shall also be reported to the state division of emergency management.

Note: The address for reporting accidents to the Department is the Division of Industry Services, Boiler Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; and the fax number is 608-283-7420.

Note: The Department can be contacted at 262/548-8617 during normal business hours. The state Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at (800) 943-0003 during non-business hours.

(2) Repairs and alterations. The owner or user shall report to the department any repairs or alterations of a boiler or pressure vessel as required in subch. VI.

(3) Fuel conversions. The owner or user shall report to the department conversions of the boiler’s primary fuels to other fuels and shall use department form SBD-6314-E for this notification.

(4) Heat input. The owner or user shall report to the department any modification that increases the heat input capacity of the boiler and shall use department form SBD-6314-E for this notification.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) to (3), cr. (4), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (1), am. (3) and (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: r. and recr. (1), am. (3), (4) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.39 Condemnation {#sec-sps-341.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.39}

(1) Authority. Only the department may condemn a boiler or pressure vessel. Any boiler or pressure vessel declared by a certified inspector to be unsafe and beyond repair shall be referred to the department for condemnation proceedings.

(2) Symbol.

(a) Any boiler or pressure vessel confirmed by the department to be unsafe for further use shall be stamped as follows:

(b) Letters used for the stamp shall be at least 3/8-inch high and arrowheads shall be at least 1/2-inch wide.

(3) Unlawful use. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, partnership or corporation to use, operate, or offer for sale for operation within the state any condemned boiler or pressure vessel.

History

  • Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96.

Subchapter IV New Installations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.40 Application {#sec-sps-341.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.40}

This subchapter applies to all boilers and pressure vessels, or components thereof, that are installed on or after June 1, 2012.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.41 Installation registration {#sec-sps-341.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.41}

(1) Boiler or pressure vessel installation registration.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the installation of any boiler or pressure vessel shall be registered with the department by the installer before the operation of the boiler or pressure vessel. Registration shall be on form SBD-6314-E.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(b) Registration with the department is not required for any of the following:

  1. Boilers and pressure vessels exempted from periodic inspections in s. SPS 341.18.

  2. Installations in cities of the first class if an installation registration form has been filed with the appropriate city official.

(2) Power piping installation registration.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the installation of any power piping system shall be registered with the department by the installer before the operation of the piping system. Registration shall be on form SBD-5204-E.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(b) Registration is not required for any of the following:

  1. Power piping of 2 inches nominal pipe size and smaller.

  2. Installations in cities of the first class if an installation registration form has been filed with the appropriate city official.

  3. Underground power piping systems that are not located in a walk-in tunnel.

  4. Power piping replacements, modifications and alterations to existing systems and for new installations, any of which do not exceed 50 feet in length.

  5. Installations at one- or 2-family dwellings.

Note: Section SPS 341.16 (2) (c) requires the piping installer to notify the Department or authorized agent or a certified inspector at least 5 business days prior to the installation to schedule an inspection.

(3) Piping on single power boilers. ASME form P-4B is not required to be completed for boiler piping on any single ASME “S”, “M” or “E” stamped boiler rated at 50 boiler horsepower or less and 150 psig or less maximum allowable working pressure, if applicable pressure and temperature rated valves and at least schedule 80 pipe and fittings are used.

(4) Installation registration for solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances.

(a) Except as specified in par. (b), the installer of a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall register the unit with the department and shall use department form SBD-6314-E for the registration.

(b) Registration of a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance installed at a one- or 2-family dwelling is not required.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) (a) and (2) (a), Register, December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; CR 05-025: am. (2) (b), cr. (3) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: cr. (2) (b) 5., (c) and (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a), (b) (intro.), 1., (2) (a), renum. (2) (c) to be (2) (b) 5. (note) and am., am. (4) (b) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.42 ASME code vessels {#sec-sps-341.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.42}

(1) ASME code compliance. Except as provided in ss. SPS 341.43 to 341.45 and 341.53 (2), boilers and pressure vessels shall be constructed, installed, operated and maintained in accordance with the ASME code, ASME CSD-1 and the NBIC. Boilers and pressure vessels designed to other national or international standards may be approved if the design has been accepted by a nationally recognized independent third party and the department, or if the standard has been accepted by the department.

Note: Section SPS 341.43 also allows construction of boilers and pressure vessels that do not comply with the ASME code, if they comply with criteria in a variance issued by the Department. As referenced in section SPS 341.05, any such variance must comply with chapter SPS 303, which requires establishing an equivalency that meets the intent of the rule.

Note: The Department will recognize the applicable case interpretations of the ASME boiler and pressure vessel code as being acceptable.

Note: The ASME code specifies that persons installing boiler external piping by welding are required to possess the appropriate ASME credentials.

Note: Design and construction complying with Canadian standard CSA B51 is accepted by the Department under this section.

(2) Registering with national board.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), all boilers and pressure vessels, including any that are constructed and installed in accordance with Canadian standard CSA B51, shall have the manufacturer’s data report registered with the National Board and shall bear a National Board number. Copies of the registration shall be provided to the department when requested.

(b) Cast iron sectional boilers and cast aluminum boilers stamped “H” and pressure vessels stamped “UM” are exempt from National Board registration.

(3) Human occupancy.

(a) Pressure vessels for human occupancy shall be constructed and installed in accordance with ASME PVHO-1.

(b) Inspection, care, repair, replacement, testing and recertification of PVHO acrylic windows in pressure vessels for human occupancy shall comply with ASME PVHO-2.

(4) Compressed gases and cryogenic fluid vessels. In addition to complying with subs. (1) and (2), vessels and piping and other components for compressed gases and cryogenic fluids, including for gaseous hydrogen and liquefied hydrogen, shall also comply with NFPA 55, except as provided in s. SPS 341.44.

Note: Under section SPS 341.02 (1) (b) 3., pressure vessels and piping for gases that are used for fueling purposes, such as for heating appliances or engines, must comply with chapter SPS 340 instead of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; am. (1) and (2), cr. (3), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., cr. (2) (b) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: am. (2) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1), (2) (a), renum. (3) to be (3) (a) and am., cr. (3) (b), (4) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.43 Wisconsin special vessels {#sec-sps-341.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.43}

Where it is not possible or practical to construct a boiler or pressure vessel in strict compliance with s. SPS 341.42, the department may grant a variance to the owner or user to permit the installation of the boiler or pressure vessel as a Wisconsin special within the state of Wisconsin. The department shall consider a variance request upon receipt of a completed petition for variance form and the required fee. The variance may be granted under the following conditions:

Note: See section SPS 341.05 for further explanatory information.

(1) Comparable safety.

(a) When the method of designing or constructing the boiler or pressure vessel is not covered by the ASME code, the department may approve the installation provided adequate proof of comparable safety of the design or construction is shown.

(b) Complete plans, calculations and specifications in duplicate shall be submitted to and approved by the department before installation.

(c) The boiler or pressure vessel shall be stamped “Wisconsin Special” if approved by the department.

(d) All other applicable requirements of the ASME code shall be met.

(2) Owner-built.

(a) When the boiler or pressure vessel is to be built by an owner for the owner’s use, the department may waive the stamping required by the ASME code.

(b) Complete plans, calculations and specifications in duplicate shall be submitted to and approved by the department before installation.

(c) The boiler or pressure vessel shall be stamped “Wisconsin Special” if approved by the department.

(d) All other applicable requirements of the ASME code shall be met.

(3) Limited quantity.

(a) When a small number of boilers or pressure vessels is to be built by a manufacturer, the department may waive the stamping required by the ASME code.

(b) Complete plans, calculations and specifications in duplicate shall be submitted to and approved by the department before installation.

(c) The boiler or pressure vessel shall be stamped “Wisconsin Special” if approved by the department.

(d) All other applicable requirements of the ASME code shall be met.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (1) (a), (d), (2) (a), (d), (3) (a) and (d), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.44 U.S. department of transportation vessels {#sec-sps-341.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.44}

Pressure vessels bearing the stamping of the United States department of transportation are not permitted as permanent storage containers, except they may be used as replaceable service cylinders.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.45 Noncode vessels {#sec-sps-341.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.45}

(1) Exempted vessels. The following vessels are not required to be constructed and installed in accordance with the ASME code:

(a) Water heaters and hot-water storage tanks, provided water temperatures do not exceed 210°F.

Note: See chapter SPS 384 for requirements relating to water heaters and hot-water storage tanks.

(b) Vessels for containing water under pressure for domestic supply, including those having an air space for expansion.

(c) Pressure vessels used for the processing or storage of water at water temperatures not exceeding 210°F. These vessels may contain a steam or hot water coil or heat exchanger, provided the steam is at or below a pressure of 15 psig and the hot water is at or below a pressure of 160 psig and a temperature of 250°F.

(d) Pressure vessels used for water conditioning and filtration.

(e) Pressure vessels used in processing and storing of fermented beverages at temperatures not exceeding 140°F.

(2) Vessel identification. The vessels listed in sub. (1) (b) to (e) shall be identified with the manufacturer’s name, a serial number, the allowable working pressure, and the year fabricated.

(3) Pressure relief requirements.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the vessels listed in sub. (1) shall meet the pressure relief device requirements of the ASME code.

Note: Pressure relief devices are not required on each vessel of a system if the system is properly equipped with pressure relief devices. For systems containing unheated water storage tanks, a pressure relief device is needed when the pressure-inducing source is capable of imposing a pressure greater than the design pressure of the tanks.

(b) Water heaters and hot-water storage tanks shall be equipped with combination temperature and pressure relief valves in accordance with chs. SPS 381 to 387.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; r. and recr. (1) (a) and(3) (b), Register, December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; correction in (3) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 1998, No. 507; am. (1) (intro.) and (3) (a), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction in (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a) to (d), (3) (b) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.46 Power piping {#sec-sps-341.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.46}

(1) General. Power piping shall be installed in accordance with ASME B31.1. The use of slip-on flanges shall be limited in applications to no higher than Class 300 primary pressure service rating. Slip-on flanges shall be installed with double fillet welds in accordance with ASME B31.1.

(2) Boiler external piping. Boiler external piping within the scope of section I of the ASME code shall be installed in accordance with ASME B31.1.

(3) Application. This section applies to new systems as well as all replacements, modifications, and alterations to existing systems.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; r. and recr. Register, February, 1990, No. 410, eff. 3-1-90; am. (1) and (2), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. (1), (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.47 Multi-boiler installations {#sec-sps-341.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.47}

When hot-water heating boilers are installed in multiples with a common header and a common return, isolation valves may be eliminated between units and the units may be considered as one boiler provided all of the following conditions are met:

(1) Output limit. No single unit exceeds 500,000 Btu per hour output.

(2) Pressure relief. Each unit has a pressure relief device as required by the ASME code, or the common header has a pressure relief device with sufficient relieving capacity for all units in the installation.

(3) Controls. Each unit has operating controls and safety controls acceptable to the department.

(4) Low-water cutoff. The fuel supply to each unit is shut off by a low-water cutoff in the event of low water in the system.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 11-047: am. (intro.), (1) to (3) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.48 Organic- or synthetic-fluid heat-transfer systems {#sec-sps-341.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.48}

Boilers and coil-type heaters that utilize organic or synthetic fluids as a heat-transfer media shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the ASME code. Piping for organic or synthetic fluids used as a heat-transfer media and subject to temperatures in excess of 250°F shall be installed in accordance with ASME B31.1.

Note: See sections SPS 341.41 (1) and (2) for requirements relating to registering these installations with the Department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. Register, May, 1994,No. 461, eff. 6-1-94; am. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.49 Solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances {#sec-sps-341.49 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.49}

(1) General. This section applies to solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliances that are not constructed and installed in accordance with the ASME code.

(2) Design.

(a) A solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be constructed with self-contained weather proofing or other weather protection acceptable to the department.

(b) A solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the department.

Note: Examples of acceptable testing laboratories include, but are not limited to, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM).

(c) A solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be designed and constructed for operation at atmospheric pressure and shall be properly vented to prevent a positive pressure condition.

(3) Installation.

(a) A solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be located away from occupiable structures in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation. If provided, a canopy shall be open on all sides and constructed of substantially nonflammable materials, and may not fully cover the unit.

(b) A solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be enclosed by fencing or other barriers to prevent access and tampering by unauthorized persons.

(c) Any automatic fuel-feeding system for a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be designed or approved by the manufacturer of the appliance.

(d) The installation of a solid-fuel-fired water-heating appliance shall be provided with means to prevent freezing of the supply and return lines.

(4) Repairs. Repairs to the boiler shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1992, No. 444, eff. 1-1-93; r. and recr. (2), (3) (a), am. (4) (a), Register, June, 1996, No. 486, eff. 7-1-96; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 2001, No. 545; CR 01-139: am. (5) (b) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 08-028: r. and recr. Register November 2008 No 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: am. (3) (a), (c) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Subchapter V Nuclear Power Plants

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.53 Application {#sec-sps-341.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.53}

(1) General. This subchapter applies to all nuclear power facilities existing on or after June 1, 2012.

(2) NRC requirements. Construction, installation, operation, alterations and repairs for nuclear facility components that are regulated by the NRC shall comply with all applicable NRC regulations.

Note: See 10 CFR 50.55a to 50.57 for applicable NRC regulations.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: renum. 341.53 to be (1) and am., cr. (1) (title), (2) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.54 Installation registration {#sec-sps-341.54 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.54}

(1) Owner-report filing before operation. The owner or user of any nuclear class pressure vessel within the scope of applicable NRC regulations, except those vessels exempted from periodic inspections in s. SPS 341.18, shall file a copy of ASME form N-3, as required by the NRC, with the department before operating the pressure vessel.

Note: Form N-3, Owner’s Data Report for Nuclear Power Plant Components, is available from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), at P.O. Box 2300, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300, or telephone 800/843-2763, or www.asme.org.

(2) Registration of boilers, pressure vessels and power piping. All non-nuclear class boilers, pressure vessels and power piping at nuclear power plants shall be registered with the department as required by s. SPS 341.41. The installation inspection shall meet the requirements of s. SPS 341.16.

Note: Large groups of vessels may be reported in summary form in lieu of individual reports for each vessel.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (1) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.55 Periodic inspections {#sec-sps-341.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.55}

(1) In-service inspection program.

(a) Inspection plan. The owner or user shall file with the department an in-service inspection plan as required by the NRC. The department shall be notified at least 10 business days prior to all planned shutdowns that include in-service inspections.

Note: A copy of the in-service inspection plan accepted by the nuclear regulatory commission will be acceptable to the Department in satisfying the filing of an in-service inspection plan.

(b) Code of record. In-service inspections shall comply with all applicable NRC regulations.

Note: Under 10 CFR 50.55a(g)(4), in-service inspections conducted during successive 120-month inspection intervals generally must comply with the requirements of Section XI of the latest edition and addenda of the ASME Code that were incorporated by reference in 10 CFR 50.55a 12 months before the start of the 120-month inspection interval.

(2) Statement of inspection-service contract. The owner or user shall file a statement with the department indicating possession of an arrangement with a certified inspector to provide inspection services under applicable NRC regulations. The statement shall include the name and address of the certified inspector.

(3) In-service inspection report. Within 90 calendar days after each refueling outage, the owner or user shall submit to the department a copy of the in-service inspection form accepted by the NRC.

Note: The in-service inspection forms accepted by the NRC include NIS-1, Owner’s Report for Inservice Inspections. It is available from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) at P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900, or telephone 800/843-2763, or www.asme.org.

(4) Frequency of inspection.

(a) Pressure vessels and low-pressure steam or hot-water heating boilers located within a nuclear containment may be inspected as part of the in-service inspection. Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, these vessels and boilers shall be inspected at least once every 36 months by a certified inspector, and these inspections shall be reported to the department on form 10663-E.

(b) Power boilers located within a nuclear containment may be inspected as part of the in-service inspection. Except as provided in s. SPS 341.18, these boilers shall be inspected at least once every 12 months by a certified inspector, and these inspections shall be reported to the department on form 10663-E.

Note: Section SPS 341.17 (5) prescribes the steps for extending the period between inspections.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; am. (2), (4), Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (2), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (3) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: renum. (1) to be (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (a) (title), (b), am. (2), r. (3) (a) (title), (b), renum. (3) (a), (4) to be (3), (4) (a) and am., cr. (4) (b) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.56 Welded repairs and alterations {#sec-sps-341.56 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.56}

The owner or user shall furnish the department, within 90 calendar days of a refueling outage, a record of all repairs and alterations in accordance with NRC regulations, or with the NBIC and forms R-1, R-2 and NR-1, as applicable, when any ASME stamped component within the scope of the NRC regulations is repaired by welding. If used, the NBIC “R” or “NR-1” forms shall be registered with the National Board in accordance with the NBIC.

Note: The ASME repair forms accepted by the NRC include NIS-2, Owner’s Report for Repair/Replacement Activity. It is available from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) at P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900, or telephone 800/843-2763, or www.asme.org.

Copies of the National Board forms are available from the National Board, at 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, OH 43229-1183, or telephone 614/888-8320, or www.nationalboard.org.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 05-025: r. and recr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: r. and recr. Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; CR 11-047: r. (1) (title), (2), renum. (1) to be 341.56 and am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.57 Report of incidents {#sec-sps-341.57 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.57}

The owner or user shall report to the department any incident involving pressure-retaining components that are within the scope of the NRC regulations, if the incident must be reported to the NRC. The report shall be filed coincident with the report to the NRC.

Note: It is the intent of the Department to avoid conflicts with the requirements of the U.S. nuclear regulatory commission.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1988, No. 386, eff. 3-1-88; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Subchapter VI Repairs and Alterations

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.60 General requirements {#sec-sps-341.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.60}

Welded repairs, repair parts or alterations to any boiler or pressure vessel or their fittings, settings or appurtenances shall comply with the NBIC.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.61 General rules for repairs and alterations {#sec-sps-341.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.61}

(1) Repairs and alterations to boilers and pressure vessels shall be performed by an organization in possession of a valid National Board repair “R” certificate of authorization for the intended scope of work.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: am. (1), r. (2) Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.62 Reports and stamping {#sec-sps-341.62 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.62}

(1) National board program.

(a) Anyone performing repairs or alterations under the National Board “R” stamp program shall register the repairs and alterations with the National Board on the appropriate NBIC “R” forms.

(b)

  1. Stamping of or attaching a nameplate to a repaired or altered pressure-retaining item under NBIC part 3 section 5.7 shall be completed and then verified by a certified inspector before the NBIC “R” form is signed by the inspector.

  2. Any stamping or attaching of a nameplate under this section shall be in accordance with the NBIC, except as provided in subd. 3.

  3. If the stamping or attaching cannot be placed in accordance with the NBIC, the substitute placement shall be described on the appropriate NBIC “R” form, and the description shall be verified by the inspector.

(2) Additional reporting requirements.

(a)

  1. Anyone performing routine repairs as defined in the NBIC shall register the repairs with the National Board on NBIC form R-1 and shall stamp or attach a nameplate to the repaired item.

  2. Any stamping or attaching of a nameplate under this section shall be in accordance with the NBIC, and shall be completed and then verified by the certified inspector before the inspector signs the NBIC R-1 form, except as provided in subd. 3.

  3. If the stamping or attaching cannot be placed in accordance with the NBIC, the substitute placement shall be described on the NBIC R-1 form, and the description shall be verified by the inspector.

(b) Anyone performing seal welding of 6 or more boiler tubes shall register the repair with the National Board on form R-1.

Note: Copies of the National Board forms are available from the National Board, at 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, OH 43229-1183, or telephone 614/888-8320, or www.nationalboard.org.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 05-025: r. and recr. (2) October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 11-047: am. (title), renum. (1) to be (1) (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), renum. (2) (a) to be (2) (a) 1. and am., cr. (2) (a) 2., 3. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.63 Riveted repairs {#sec-sps-341.63 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.63}

(1) General. When riveted patches are used, they shall be designed and applied using methods acceptable to the department.

Note: Information regarding the use of riveted patches is available from the Department.

(2) Materials for riveted patches. Patch material shall meet the applicable requirements of the NBIC.

(3) Pressure test. The certified inspector may require a pressure test, as specified in the NBIC, after completion of a riveted repair.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. (2), (3) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.64 Safety and safety relief valve repairs {#sec-sps-341.64 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.64}

(1) Definitions. In this section:

(a) “Repair of a safety valve or safety relief valve” means the replacement, re-machining or cleaning of any critical part; lapping of seat and disc or any other operation that may affect the flow passage, capacity, function or pressure-retaining integrity; and disassembly, re-assembly and adjustments which affect the safety valve or safety relief valve function.

(b) “Repair of a safety valve or safety relief valve” does not include the initial adjustments of a new safety valve or safety relief valve on a boiler or pressure vessel if made by the manufacturer or assembler of the valve.

(2) Broken seals. Safety valves and safety relief valves on which the seals have been broken shall be subject to the requirements for repairs.

(3) Authorized repairs. Repair of a safety valve or safety relief valve shall be performed by an organization in possession of one or more of the following:

(a) ASME V, HV or UV code symbol stamp.

(b) National Board VR stamp covering the work to be performed.

(4) Nameplates.

(a) When repair of a safety valve or safety relief valve occurs, a metal repair nameplate stamped with the information required by par. (b) shall be welded or otherwise permanently attached to the valve either above, adjacent to or below the original stamping. On small valves, a metal tag showing the repair nameplate information may be securely attached to the repaired valve.

(b) The information on the valve nameplate shall include the name of the repair organization, the symbol stamp and symbol stamp number, and the date of repair. If the set pressure has been changed, the new set pressure and capacity shall be indicated and the original nameplate or stamping shall be modified by marking out, although leaving legible, the prior set pressure and capacity. The new capacity shall be based on that for which the valve was originally certified. Only the current repair nameplate need be attached to the valve with the original or duplicate nameplate.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. (1) (a), (3) (intro.), (4) (a) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Subchapter VII Secondhand Vessels

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.70 Application {#sec-sps-341.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.70}

This subchapter applies to secondhand boilers and secondhand pressure vessels.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.71 Existing vessels {#sec-sps-341.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.71}

Secondhand boilers and secondhand pressure vessels, originally installed in Wisconsin and not constructed and stamped according to some edition of the ASME code, may be reinstalled if the maximum allowable working pressure is recalculated with a factor of safety of 6.

Note: The pressure calculation formula for shells is as follows:

Note: The pressure calculation formula for flat heads and flat surfaces is as follows:

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.72 Vessels from out-of-state {#sec-sps-341.72 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.72}

Secondhand boilers and secondhand pressure vessels, from out-of-state, shall be constructed and stamped according to some edition of the ASME code. A copy of the manufacturer’s data report shall be furnished to the department for each vessel indicating that it was manufactured originally to the requirements of an earlier edition of the applicable ASME code. If a vessel has been repaired or altered since its fabrication, a copy of the manufacturer’s data report, welded repair report or alteration report shall be furnished to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.73 Lap seam boilers {#sec-sps-341.73 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.73}

Secondhand boilers which have lap seam construction and which are larger than 36 inches in diameter shall be limited to a maximum allowable working pressure of not more than 15 psig.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.74 Prohibited boilers {#sec-sps-341.74 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.74}

The installation of secondhand boilers that have the longitudinal joint exposed to the intense heat of the furnace is prohibited. The locomotive or inside butt strap may not be considered as strengthening or changing the original type of boiler joint.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.75 Inspection and testing {#sec-sps-341.75 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.75}

(1) Hydrostatic pressure test. Every secondhand vessel shall be inspected and given a hydrostatic pressure test at one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure at its new point of installation location before it is placed in operation. The test shall be witnessed by a certified inspector.

(2) Alternative tests. When the certified inspector determines that a hydrostatic test at one and one–half times the maximum allowable working pressure is not possible or desirable, the certified inspector may accept alternative means to determine if the vessel is safe for its intended use.

Note: Where water is used in a hydrostatic test, the temperature of the water should not be less than 70oF and the maximum temperature during inspection should not exceed 120oF. If a test is conducted at 1.5 times the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) and the owner specifies a temperature higher than 120oF, the pressure should be reduced to the MAWP and the temperature should be reduced to 120oF for the close examination.

(3) Exempt vessels. Boilers and pressure vessels used for portable or emergency use shall be exempt from secondhand vessel test requirements.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.76 Installation {#sec-sps-341.76 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.76}

Except for vessels exempted in s. SPS 341.18, all secondhand vessels when reinstalled, shall comply with the ASME code in regard to fittings, appliances, valves, connections, settings and supports. These vessels shall also comply with the installation and permit to operate requirements in this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VIII Pressure Vessels in Petroleum Refineries

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.80 General requirements {#sec-sps-341.80 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.80}

Pressure vessels in petroleum refineries shall comply with the standards specified in API 510.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00.

Subchapter IX Historical Boilers

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.90 Application {#sec-sps-341.90 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.90}

This subchapter applies to all historical boilers in operation for demonstration purposes at fairs, museums, steam shows, historical attractions or any other locations frequented by the public.

History

  • CR 05-025: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.91 General requirements {#sec-sps-341.91 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.91}

(1) Historical boilers shall be inspected in accordance with NBIC part 2 section 6-supplement 2, Historical Boilers.

(2) The owner or user shall obtain and maintain a valid permit to operate in accordance with s. SPS 341.24.

(3) The permit to operate shall be displayed on the historical boiler near the controls during operation at any public location.

(4) Welded repairs or alterations shall comply with subch. VI.

History

  • CR 05-025: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: am. (title) and (1), r. (2) and (3), renum. (4) to (6) to be (2) to (4) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (title), (1) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.92 Testing, maintenance and out-of-state boilers {#sec-sps-341.92 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.92}

(1) Testing.

(a)

  1. Except as specified in subd. 2., historical boilers complying with any of the following are exempt from the required ultrasonic testing and calculation requirements:

a. Historical boilers bearing an ASME “S” stamp.

b. Historical boilers complying with the Wisconsin special vessel requirements specified under s. SPS 341.43.

  1. A certified inspector may require ultrasonic testing and calculations for any historical boiler based on conditions observed during visual or hydrostatic examination.

(b) The owner or user of a historical boiler shall maintain the initial and subsequent ultrasonic thickness test grid map and pressure calculations in the permanent boiler records to verify fitness for service and to be used as a reference for future repair analysis.

(c) Historical boilers shall comply with s. SPS 341.30 (1) (c).

Note: The owner or user may use the NBIC form C-1: Initial Boiler Certification Report. The form is available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(2) Reciprocity with other states.

(a) The owner or user of an out-of-state historical boiler shall provide ultrasonic thickness test and pressure-calculation documentation in accordance with NBIC part 2 section 6-supplement 2, Historical Boilers.

(b) The owner or user of an out-of-state historical boiler shall provide copies of welded repair or alteration documentation as required in s. SPS 341.38 (2).

(c) The owner or user of an out-of-state historical boiler shall provide a copy of the valid jurisdictional certificate of operation or permit to operate from another state.

(d) The owner or user of an out-of-state historical boiler shall arrange for an inspection after the certified inspector receives, reviews and accepts the documentation as required in pars. (a) and (b). Inspectors shall be given at least 5 business days advance notice to arrange for the inspection.

(e) Upon satisfactory inspection, the owner or user of the out-of-state historical boiler shall obtain a valid permit to operate and post the permit as required in s. SPS 341.91 (3) prior to operation.

History

  • CR 05-025: cr. Register October 2005 No. 598, eff. 11-1-05; CR 08-028: r. and recr. (title) and (1), r. (2) and (3), renum. (4) to be (2) and am. (2) (a) and (e) Register November 2008 No. 635, eff. 12-1-08; correction in (1) (a) 1. b., (c), (2) (b), (e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: am. (title), (2) (a) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 341.93 Interruption of inspection cycle {#sec-sps-341.93 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 341.93}

If an inspection cycle under NBIC part 2 section 6 S2.7.3.2 is interrupted by delaying a required inspection for more than 1 year, the subsequent inspection cycle shall restart from the beginning of the sequence in NBIC part 2 section 6 S2.7.3., which is the initial inspection under NBIC part 2 section 6 S2.7.3.1.

History

  • CR 11-047: cr. Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.

Chapter SPS 341 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-341 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 341}

(EXCERPTS FROM BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING CODES AND STANDARDS)

Excerpts from the following boiler, pressure vessel and piping codes and standards are reproduced here strictly for reference: ASME Sections I, IV and VIII–Div-1 2010 and ANSI/ASME B31.1 2010. This information has been included to provide a general idea as to the requirements of these codes and standards. Users of this information must be cautioned that these excerpts do not provide complete guidelines for inspection, installation, operation and manufacturing.

Only portions of each code and standard thought to be frequently used by persons not having direct access to the complete documents have been included. It must be noted that these codes and standards change on a periodic basis as indicated in s. SPS 341.10. Those who are bound by the rules of ch. SPS 341 must avail themselves of the applicable code section or standards listed in s. SPS 341.10.

Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX A:

EXCERPTS FROM: ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE SECTION I - POWER BOILERS

Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX B:

EXCERPTS FROM: ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE SECTION IV - HEATING BOILERS

Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX C:

EXCERPTS FROM: ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE SECTION VIII - RULES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PRESSURE VESSELS

Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX D:

EXCERPTS FROM: POWER PIPING CODE ANSI/ASME B31.1

Chapter SPS 341 Appendix A APPENDIX A

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX A {#sec-chapter-sps-341 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 341}

EXCERPTS FROM: ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE

SECTION I - POWER BOILERS

2010 EDITION

INTRODUCTION

This Code covers rules for construction of power boilers1, electric boilers2, miniature boilers3, high-temperature water boilers4, heat recovery steam generators5, and certain fired pressure vessels6 to be used in stationary service and includes those power boilers used in locomotive, portable, and traction service. Reference to a paragraph includes all the subparagraphs and subdivisions under that paragraph.

  • See PDF for table

1 Power boiler - a boiler in which steam or other vapor is generated at a pressure of more than 15 psi (100 kPa) for use external to itself.

2 Electric boiler - a power boiler or a high-temperature water boiler in which the source of heat is electricity.

3 Miniature boiler - a power boiler or a high-temperature water boiler in which the limits specified in PMB-2 are not exceeded.

4 High-temperature water boiler - a water boiler intended for operation at pressures in excess of 160 psi (1.1 MPa) and/or temperatures in excess of 250°F (120°C).

5 Heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) - a boiler that has as its principal source of thermal energy a hot gas steam having high-ramp rates and temperatures such as the exhaust of a gas turbine.

6 Fired pressure vessel - reheaters, isolable superheaters, and nonintegral separately fired superheaters.

The Code does not contain rules to cover all details of design and construction. Where complete details are not given, it is intended that the manufacturer, subject to the acceptance of the Authorized Inspector, shall provide details of design and construction which will be as safe as otherwise provided by the rules in the Code.

The scope of jurisdiction of Section I applies to the boiler proper and to the boiler external piping.

Superheaters, economizers, and other pressure parts connected directly to the boiler without intervening valves shall be considered as parts of the boiler proper, and their construction shall conform to Section I rules.

Boiler external piping shall be considered as that piping which begins where the boiler proper or isolable superheater, or isolable economizer terminates at:

(a) the first circumferential joint for welding end connections; or

(b) the face of the first flange in bolted flanged connections; or

(c) the first threaded joint in that type of connection; and which extends up to and including the valve or valves required by this Code.

ASME Code Certification (including Data Forms and Code Symbol Stamping), and/or inspection by the Authorized Inspector,when required by this Code, is required for the boiler proper and the boiler external piping.

Construction rules for materials, design, fabrication, installation, and testing of the boiler external piping are contained in ASME B3l.l, Power Piping. Piping beyond the valve or valves required by Section I is not within the scope of Section I, and it is not the intent that the Code Symbol Stamp be applied to such piping or any other piping.

The material for forced-circulation boilers, boilers with no fixed steam and water line, and high-temperature water boilers shall conform to the requirements of the Code. All other requirements shall also be met except where they relate to special features of construction made necessary in boilers of these types, and to accessories that are manifestly not needed or used in connection with such boilers, such as water gages and water columns.

Reheaters receiving steam which has passed through part of a turbine or other prime mover and separately fired steam superheaters which are not integral with the boiler are considered fired pressure vessels and their construction shall comply with Code requirements for superheaters, including safety devices. Piping between the reheater connections and the turbine or other prime mover is not within the scope of the Code. Steam piping to the inlet connections and from the outlet connections of nonintegral separately fired superheaters is not within the scope of the Code.

A pressure vessel in which steam is generated by the application of heat resulting from the combustion of fuel (solid, liquid, or gaseous) shall be classed as a fired steam boiler.

Unfired pressure vessels in which steam is generated shall be classed as unfired steam boilers with the following exceptions:

(a) vessels known as evaporators or heat exchangers

(b) vessels in which steam is generated by the use of heat resulting from operation of a processing system containing a number of pressure vessels such as used in the manufacture of chemical and petroleum products

Unfired steam boilers shall be constructed under the provisions of Section I or Section VIII.

Expansion tanks connected to high-temperature water boilers without intervening valves shall be constructed to the requirements of Section I or Section VIII.

A pressure vessel in which an organic fluid is vaporized by the application of heat resulting from the combustion of fuel (solid, liquid, or gaseous) shall be constructed under the provisions of Section I. Vessels in which vapor is generated incidental to the operation of a processing system, containing a number of pressure vessels such as used in chemical and petroleum manufacture, are not covered by the rules of Section I.

PART PG GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION GENERAL

PG-1 SCOPE

The requirements of Part PG apply to power boilers and high pressure, high-temperature water boilers and to parts and appurtenances thereto and shall be used in conjunction with the specific requirements in the applicable Parts of this Section that pertain to the methods of construction used.

PG-2 SERVICE LIMITATIONS

PG-2.1 The rules of this Section are applicable to the following services:

(a) boilers in which steam or other vapor is generated at a pressure of more than 15 psig (100kPa)

(b) high-temperature water boilers intended for operation at pressures exceeding 160 psig (1.1 MPa) and/or temperatures exceeding 250°F (120°C)

PG-2.2 For services below those specified in PG-2.1 it is intended that rules of Section IV apply; however, boilers for such services may be constructed and stamped in accordance with this Section provided all applicable requirements are met.

PG-2.3 Coil-type hot water boilers where the water can flash into steam when released directly to the atmosphere through a manually operated nozzle may be exempted from the rules of this Section provided the following conditions are met:

(a) There is no drum, header, or other steam space.

(b) No steam is generated within the coil.

(c) Tubing outside diameter does not exceed 1 in. (25 mm).

(d) Pipe size does not exceed NPS ¾ (DN 20).

(e) Nominal water capacity does not exceed 6 gal (23 L).

(f) Water temperature does not exceed 350°F (175°C).

(g) Adequate safety relief valves and controls are provided.

PG-3 REFERENCED STANDARDS

Specific editions of standards referenced in this Section are shown in A-360.

PG-4 UNITS

Either U.S. Customary units or SI units may be used for compliance with all requirements of this edition, but one system shall be used consistently throughout for all phases of construction.

Either the U.S. Customary units or SI units that are listed in Mandatory Appendix II are identified in the text, or are identified in the nomenclature for equations, shall be used consistently for all phases of construction (e.g., materials, design, fabrication, and reports). Since values in the two systems are not exact equivalents, each system shall be used independently of the other without mixing U.S. Customary units and SI units.

When SI units are selected, U.S. Customary values in referenced specifications that do not contain SI units shall be converted to SI values to at least three significant figures for use in calculations and other aspects of construction.

MATERIALS

PG-5 GENERAL

PG-5.1 Except as otherwise permitted in PG-8.2, PG-8.3, PG-10, and PG-11, material subject to stress due to pressure shall conform to one of the specifications given in Section II and shall be limited to those that are listed in the Tables of Section II, Part D. The manufacturer shall ensure that the correct material has been received and is properly identified before proceeding with construction (see A-302.4). Materials shall not be used at temperatures above those for which stress values are limited, for Section I construction, in the Tables of Section II, Part D. Specific additional requirements described in PG-5 through PG-13 shall be met as applicable.

PG-5.2 Material covered by specifications in Section II is not restricted as to the method of production unless so stated in the specification, and as long as the product complies with the requirements of the specification.

PG-5.3 If, in the development of the art of boiler construction, it is desired to use materials other than those herein described, data should be submitted to the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee in accordance with the requirements of Appendix 5 of Section II, Part D. Material not completely identified with any approved Code specifications may be used in the construction of boilers under the conditions outlined in PG-10.

PG-5.4 Size Limits and Tolerances

PG-5.4.1 Materials outside the limits of size or thickness given in the title or scope clause of any specification in Section II may be used if the material is in compliance with the other requirements of the specification, and no similar limitation is given in the rules for construction.

PG-5.4.2 Pipe having a tolerance of ±1% on either the O.D. or the I.D. rather than the tolerance specified in the material specification, may be used, provided the material complies with all other requirements of the specifications. When used under external pressure, such pipe shall be limited to a maximum of 24 in. (600 mm) in diameter. The pipe shall include the designation 1% O.D. or 1% I.D., as appropriate, in any required documentation and marking of the material.

PG-5.5 The use of austenitic alloy steel is permitted for boiler pressure parts that are steam touched in normal operation. Except as specifically provided in PG-9.1.1, PG-12, and PEB-5.3, the use of such austenitic alloys for boiler pressure parts that are water wetted in normal service is prohibited.7

  • See PDF for table

7 Austenitic alloys are susceptible to intergranular corrosion and stress corrosion cracking when used in boiler applications in water wetted service. Factors that affect the sensitivity to these metallurgical phenomena are applied or residual stress and water chemistry. Susceptibility to attack is usually enhanced by using the material in a stressed condition with a concentration of corrosive agents (e.g., chlorides, caustic, or reduced sulfur species). For successful operation in water environments, residual and applied stresses must be minimized and careful attention must be paid to continuous control of water chemistry.

PG-5.6 P-No. 15E, Group 1 Materials

PG-5.6.1 If during any phase of manufacturing or erection any portion of the component that does not contain a weld is heated to a temperature greater than 1,470°F (800°C), one of the following actions shall be performed:

(a) The component shall be reaustenitized and retempered in its entirety in accordance with the specification requirements.

(b) That portion of the component heated above 1,470°F (800°C), including the heat-affected zone created by the local heating, must be replaced or must be removed, reaustenitized, and retempered in accordance with the specification requirements and then replaced in the component.

(c) If the allowable stress values to be used are less than or equal to those provided in Table 1A of Section II, Part D for Grade 9 (e.g., SA-213 T9, SA-335 P9, or equivalent product specifications) at the design temperature, then the requirements stated above may be waived, provided that the portion of the component heated above 1,470°F (800°C) is retempered in accordance with the specification requirements. The use of this provision shall be noted on the Manufacturer’s Data Report.

PG-5.6.2 If during any phase of manufacturing or erection of the component, any portion that does contain a weld is heated above 1,425°F (775°C), then the requirements of Notes (3) and (4) of Table PW-39 for P-No. 15E, Group 1 Materials, shall apply for reheat treatment.

PG-6 PLATE

PG-6.1 Steel plates for any part of a boiler subject to pressure, whether or not exposed to the fire or products of combustion shall be of pressure vessel quality in accordance with one of the following specifications:

SA-202 Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Manganese-Silicon

SA-204 Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum

SA-240 (Type 405 only) Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel (Ferritic Stainless), Chromium

SA-285 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low-and Intermediate-Tensile Strength

SA-299 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon

SA-302 Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel

SA-387 Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Chromium-Molybdenum

SA-515 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service

SA-516 Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service

SA/AS 1548 Steel Plates for Pressure Equipment

SA/EN-10028-2 Flat Products Made of Steels for Pressure Purposes

SA/JIS G3118 Carbon Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Intermediate and Moderate Temperature Service

PG-55 SUPPORTS AND ATTACHMENT LUGS

PG-55.1 Lugs or hangers when used to support a boiler of any type shall be properly fitted to the surfaces to which they are attached.

PG-55.2 Lugs, hangers, or brackets may be attached by fusion welding provided the welding meets the requirements of Part PW, including stress relieving but omitting volumetric examination and provided they are attached by full penetration welds, combination groove and fillet welds, or by fillet welds along the entire periphery or contact edges. Some acceptable forms of welds for lugs, hangers, or brackets are shown in Fig. PW-16.2. The materials for lugs, hangers, or brackets are not limited to those listed in Tables 1A and 1B of Section II, Part D, but shall be of weldable quality. The allowable load on the fillet welds shall equal the product of the weld area based on minimum leg dimension, the allowable stress value in tension of the material being welded, and the factor 0.55. When using welded pipe, the stress values given in Table 1A of Section II, Part D, may be increased to that of the basic material by eliminating the stated weld efficiencies.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

BOILER EXTERNAL PIPING AND BOILER PROPER CONNECTIONS

PG-58 OUTLETS AND EXTERNAL PIPING

PG-58.1 General. The rules of this subparagraph apply to the boiler external piping as defined in the Preamble.

PG-58.2 Boiler External Piping Connections to Boilers. All boiler external piping connected to a boiler for any purpose shall be attached to one of the types of joints listed in PG-59.1.1.1, PG-59.1.1.2, and PG-59.1.1.3.

PG-58.3 Boiler External Piping. The following defines the Code Jurisdictional Limits of the boiler external piping systems, including general requirements, valves, and inspection. The limits are also shown in Figs. PG-58.3.1 and PG-58.3.2. The materials, design, fabrication, installation, and testing shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1, Power Piping.

PG-58.3.1. The steam piping connected to the boiler drum or to the superheater outlet header shall extend up to and including the first stop valve in each connection, except as required by PG-58.3.2. In the case of a single boiler and prime mover installation, the stop valve required herein may be omitted provided the prime mover throttle valve is equipped with an indicator to show whether the valve is open or closed and is designed to withstand the required hydrostatic pressure test of the boiler.

For an isolable or separately fired superheater which discharges steam directly to a process stream, the stop valve required by this paragraph and the safety valve(s) required by PG-68 may be omitted provided the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The boiler is a drum-type boiler in a single-boiler installation.

(b) The steam discharge passes through the process stream to the atmosphere with no intervening valves.

(c) The system shall be designed so that the process stream through which the steam discharge passes cannot be obstructed in such a way as to cause the pressure in the superheater to exceed that permitted by PG-67.2, with maximum steam flow from the boiler to the superheater. Flow and pressure calculations demonstrating that the superheater will not be overpressurized under any steam flow conditions shall be documented and made available to the Inspector. These calculations shall be certified by a Professional Engineer experienced in the mechanical design of power plants.

(d) There is no valve on the discharge side of the superheater.

(e) Section I jurisdiction shall include the pressure parts between the superheater inlet and the outlet at:

(1) the first circumferential joint for welding end connections; or

(2) the face of the first flange in bolted flange connections; or

(3) the first threaded joint in that type of connection.

PG-58.3.2 When two or more boilers are connected to a common steam header, or when a single boiler is connected to a header having another steam source (e.g., a turbine extraction line), the connection from each boiler having a manhole opening shall be fitted with two stop valves having an ample free-blow drain between them. The boiler external piping includes all piping from the boiler proper up to and including the second stop valve and the free-blow drain valve.

PG-58.3.3 The feedwater piping for all boilers, except high-temperature water boilers and forced-flow steam generators complying with PG-58.3.5, shall extend through the required stop valve and up to and including the check valve except as required by PG-58.3.4. On a single boiler-turbine unit installation the boiler feed shutoff valve may be located upstream from the boiler feed check valve.

If a feedwater heater or heaters meeting the requirements of Part PFH are installed between the required stop valve and the boiler, and are fitted with isolation and bypass valves, provisions must be made to prevent the feedwater pressure from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure of the piping or feedwater heater, whichever is less. Control and interlock systems are permitted in order to prevent overpressure.

PG-58.3.4 When two or more boilers are fed from a common source, the piping shall be up to and including a globe or regulating valve located between the check valve required in PG-58.3.3 and the source of supply. If the regulating valve is equipped with an isolation valve and a bypass valve, the piping shall be up to and including both the isolation valve downstream from the regulating valve and the shutoff valve in the bypass.

PG-58.3.5 The feedwater piping for a forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline may terminate up to and including the stop valve near the boiler and omitting the check valve near the boiler, provided that a check valve having a pressure rating no less than the boiler inlet design pressure is installed at the discharge of the boiler feed pump or elsewhere in the feedline between the feed pump and the feed stop valve. If the feedwater heater(s) is fitted with isolation and bypass valves, the applicable requirements of PG-58.3.3 must be met.

PG-58.3.6 The blowoff piping for all boilers, except forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline, high-temperature water boilers, and those used for traction and/or portable purposes, when the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 100 psi (700kPa) shall extend through and including the second valve. The blowoff piping for all traction and/or portable boilers and for forced circulation and electric boilers having a normal water content not exceeding 100 gal (380 L) are required to extend through only one valve.

PG-58.3.7 The miscellaneous piping shall include the piping for such items as drains, vents, surface-blow-off, steam and water piping for water columns, gage glasses and pressure gages, and the recirculation return line for a high-temperature water boiler. When a drain is not intended for blowoff purposes (when the boiler is under pressure) a single valve is acceptable, otherwise two valves in series are required except as permitted by PG-58.3.6.

PG-58.3.8 Welded piping in PG-58.3.1, PG-58.3.2, PG-58.3.3, PG-58.3.4, PG-58.3.5, PG-58.3.6, and PG-58.3.7 is also subject to the requirements of PG-104 for proper Code certification.

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-59 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BOILER PROPER

PG-59.1 Common to Steam, Feedwater, Blowoff, and Drain Systems

PG-59.1.1 Outlets of a boiler to which piping is to be attached for any purpose, and which piping comes within the Code requirements, shall meet the requirements of PG-39 and shall be:

PG-59.1.1.1 A tapped opening.

PG-59.1.1.2 Bolted flanged joints including those of the Van Stone type.

PG-59.1.1.3 Welding ends of the butt or socket welding type.

PG-59.1.1.4 Piping within the boiler proper may be expanded into grooved holes, seal welded if desired. Blowoff piping of firetube boilers shall be attached by threading into a tapped opening with a threaded fitting or valve at the other end if exposed to products of combustion, or by PG-59.1.1.1 or PG-59.1.1.2 if not so exposed (see PFT-49).

PG-59.1.2 Steam Mains. Provisions shall be made for the expansion and contraction of steam mains connected to boilers, by providing substantial anchorage at suitable points, so that there shall be no undue strain transmitted to the boiler. Steam reservoirs shall be used on steam mains when heavy pulsations of the steam currents cause vibration of the boiler shell plates.

PG-59.1.3 Figure PG-59.1 illustrates a typical form of connection for use on boiler shells for passing through piping such as feed, surface blowoff connections, etc., and which permits the pipes’ being threaded in solid from both sides in addition to the reinforcing of the opening of the shell. The pipes shall be attached as provided in PG-59.1.1. In these and other types of boilers where both internal and external pipes making a continuous passage are employed, the boiler bushing or its equivalent shall be used.

PG-59.2 Requirements for Feedwater Connections. The feedwater shall be introduced into a boiler in such a manner that the water will not be discharged directly against surfaces exposed to gases of high temperature or to direct radiation from the fire. For pressures of 400 psi (3 MPa) or over, the feedwater inlet through the drum shall be fitted with shields, sleeves, or other suitable means to reduce the effects of temperature differentials in the shell or head. Feedwater, other than condensate returns as provided for in PG-59.3.6, shall not be introduced through the blowoff.

PG-59.3 Requirements for Blowoffs

PG-59.3.1 A blowoff as required herein is defined as a pipe connection provided with valves located in the external piping through which the water in the boiler may be blown out under pressure, excepting drains such as are used on water columns, gage glasses, or piping to feedwater regulators, etc., used for the purpose of determining the operating condition of such equipment. Piping connections used primarily for continuous operation, such as deconcentrators on continuous blowdown systems, are not classed as blowoffs but the pipe connections and all fittings up to and including the first shutoff valve shall be equal at least to the pressure requirements for the lowest set pressure of any safety valve on the boiler drum and with the corresponding saturated-steam temperature.

PG-59.3.2 A surface blowoff connection shall not exceed NPS 2 ½ (DN 65), and the internal pipe and the terminal connection for the external pipe, when used, shall form a continuous passage, but with clearance between their ends and arranged so that the removal of either will not disturb the other. A properly designed steel bushing, similar to or the equivalent of those shown in Fig. PG-59.1, or a flanged connection shall be used.

PG-59.3.3 Each boiler except forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline and high-temperature water boilers shall have a bottom blowoff outlet in direct connection with the lowest water space practicable for external piping conforming to PG-58.3.6.

PG-59.3.4 All waterwalls and water screens that do not drain back into the boiler, and all integral economizers, shall be equipped with outlet connections for a blowoff or drain line and conform to the requirements of PG-58.3.6 or PG-58.3.7.

PG-59.3.5 Except as permitted for miniature boilers in Part PMB, the minimum size of blowoff connections shall be NPS 1 (DN 25), and the maximum size shall be NPS 2 ½ (DN 65), except that for boilers with 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) of heating surface or less, the minimum size of blowoff connections may be NPS ¾ (DN 20).

PG-59.3.6 Condensate return connections of the same size or larger than the size herein specified may be used, and the blowoff may be connected to them. In such case the blowoff shall be so located that the connection may be completely drained.

PG-59.3.7 A bottom blowoff pipe when exposed to direct furnace heat shall be protected by firebrick or other heat resisting material that is so arranged that the pipe may be inspected.

PG-59.3.8 An opening in the boiler setting for a blowoff pipe shall be arranged to provide free expansion and contraction.

PG-59.4 Requirements for Drains

PG-59.4.1 Ample drain connections shall be provided where required to permit complete drainage of all piping, superheaters, waterwalls, water screens, integral economizers, high-temperature water boilers, and all other boiler components in which water may collect. Piping shall conform to the requirements of PG-58.3.6 or PG-58.3.7.

PG-59.4.1.1 Each superheater shall be equipped with at least one drain connection so located as to most effectively provide for the proper operation of the apparatus.

PG-59.4.1.2 Each high-temperature water boiler shall have a bottom drain connection of at least NPS 1 (DN 25) in direct connection with the lowest water space practical for external piping conforming to PG-58.3.7.

PG-59.5 Requirements for Valves and Fittings. The following requirements apply to the use of valves and fittings in the boiler proper.

PG-59.5.1 Steam Stop Valves

PG-59.5.1.1 If a shutoff valve is used between the boiler and its superheater, the safety valve capacity on the boiler shall comply with the requirements of PG-67.2 and PG-70, except as provided for in PG-59.5.1.2, no credit being taken for the safety valve on the superheater, and the superheater must be equipped with safety valve capacity as required by PG-68. A stop valve is not required at the inlet or the outlet of a reheater or separately fired superheater.

PG-59.5.1.2 When stop valves are installed in the water-steam flow path between any two sections of a forced–flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline, the safety valves shall satisfy the requirements of PG-67.4.4.

DESIGN AND APPLICATION

PG-60 REQUIREMENTS FOR MISCELLANEOUS PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS

Piping referred to in this paragraph shall be designed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASME B31.1.

PG-60.1 Water Level Indicators. All boilers having a fixed water level (steam and water interface) shall have at least one gage glass (a transparent device that permits visual determination of the water level). Boilers not having a fixed water level, such as forced-flow steam generators and high-temperature water boilers of the forced circulation type, are not required to have a gage glass. The lowest visible water level in a gage glass shall be at least 2 in. (50 mm) above the lowest permissible water level, as determined by the boiler Manufacturer. Electrode-type electric boilers are required to have only one gage glass, regardless of MAWP.

Gage glasses having multiple tubular sections shall have a minimum of 1 in. (25 mm) overlap of the sections in which the water level may be visible. Segmented gage glasses, such as ported or end-connected strip gages, shall be equipped to provide obvious visual discrimination between water and vapor in the individual sections.

PG-60.1.1 Boilers having a maximum allowable working pressure exceeding 400 psi (3 MPa) shall have two gage glasses. Instead of one of the two required gage glasses, two independent remote water level indicators (two discrete systems that continuously measure, transmit, and display water level) may be provided.

PG-60.1.1.1 When the water level in at least one gage glass is not readily visible to the operator in the area where control actions are initiated, either a fiber optic cable (with no electrical modification of the optical signal) or mirrors shall be provided to transfer the optical image of the water level to the control area. Alternatively, any combination of two of the following shall be provided:

(a) an independent remote water level indicator

(b) an independent continuous transmission and display of an image of the water level in a gage glass.

PG-60.1.1.2 When two independent remote water level indicators are in reliable operation (continuously indicating water level), the one required gage glass may be shut off, but shall be maintained in the serviceable condition.

PG-60.1.1.3 The display of a remote water level indicator shall have a clearly marked minimum water level reference at least 2 in. (50 mm) above the lowest permissible water level, as determined by the Manufacturer.

PG-60.1.6 Each gage glass shall be fitted with a drain cock or valve having an unrestricted drain opening of not less than ¼ in. (6 mm) diameter to facilitate cleaning. When the boiler MAWP exceeds 100 psi (700 kPa), the gage glass shall be furnished with a connection to install a valved drain to a point of safe discharge.

Each gage glass shall be equipped with a top and a bottom shutoff valve of such through-flow construction as to prevent stoppage by deposits of sediments. If the bottom valve is more than 7 ft (2 m) above the floor or platform from which it is operated, the operating mechanism shall indicate by its position whether the valve is open or closed. The pressure—temperature rating of valves, fittings, and piping shall be at least equal to the boiler MAWP and the corresponding saturated-steam temperature.

Straight-run globe valves shall not be used on such connections. Automatic shutoff valves, if permitted to be used, shall conform to the requirements given in A-18.

PG-60.2 Water Columns

PG-60.2.1 A water column shall be so mounted that it will be correctly positioned, relative to the normal water level under operating conditions.

PG-60.2.3 Each water column shall be furnished with a connection of at least NPS ¾ (DN 20) to install a valved drain to a safe point of discharge.

PG-60.2.4 The design and material of a water column shall comply with the requirements of PG-8.2, PG-8.3, and PG-42.

PG-60.3 Connections.

PG-60.3.1 Gage glasses that are required by PG-60.1 shall be connected directly to the shell or drum of the boiler or to an intervening water column. When two gage glasses are required, both may be connected to a single water column.

PG-60.3.2 The lower edge of the steam connection between a water column or gage glass in the boiler shall not be below the highest visible water level in the gage glass. There shall be no sag or offset in the piping that will permit the accumulation of water.

PG-60.3.3 The upper edge of the water connection between a water column or gage glass and the boiler shall not be above the lowest visible water level in the gage glass. No part of this pipe connection shall be above the point of connection at the water column.

PG-60.3.4 Connections from the boiler to the water column shall be at least NPS 1 (DN 25). Connections for gage glasses connected directly to the boiler or to an intervening water column shall be at least NPS ½ (DN 15). Connections from the boiler to the remote level indicator shall be at least NPS ¾ (DN 20) to and including the isolation valve and from there to the remote level indicator at least ½ in. (13 mm) O.D. tubing.

PG-60.3.5 When the boiler MAWP exceeds 400 psi (3 MPa), lower connections to drums for water columns and remote level indicators shall be provided with shields, sleeves, or other suitable means to reduce the effect of temperature differentials in the shells or heads.

PG-60.3.6 The steam and water connections to a water column or a gage glass shall be readily accessible for internal inspection and cleaning. Some acceptable methods of meeting this requirement are by providing a cross or fitting with a back outlet at each right-angle turn to permit inspection and cleaning in both directions, or by using pipe bends or fittings of a type that does not leave an internal shoulder or pocket in the pipe connection and with a radius of curvature that will permit the passage of a rotary cleaner. Screwed plug closures using threaded connections as allowed by PG-39.5.3 are acceptable means of access for this inspection and cleaning. When the boiler MAWP exceeds 400 psig (3 MPa), socket-welded plugs may be used for this purpose in lieu of screwed plugs. If the water connection to the water column has a rising bend or pocket that cannot be drained by means of the water-column drain, an additional drain shall be placed on this connection so that it may be blown off to clear any sediment from the pipe.

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-60.3.7 Shutoff valves, if provided in the pipe connections between a boiler and a water column or between a boiler and the shutoff valves required for the gage glass (PG-60.1.6), shall be of such through-flow construction as to prevent stoppage by deposits of sediment and shall indicate whether they are in open or closed position of the operating mechanism.

Some examples of acceptable valves are:

(a) outside-screw-and-yoke type gate valve

(b) lever-lifting-type gate valve with permanently fastened lever

(c) stopcock with the plug held in place by a guard or gland

(d) ball valve

Such valves shall be locked or sealed open except under the following additional conditions:

(1) The boiler MAWP shall not exceed 250 psig (1.7 MPa).

(2) The boiler shall not be hand fired or fired with solid fuel not in suspension.

(3) Interlocks between the valve and the burner control system shall stop fuel supply and prevent firing whenever the valve between the drum and the water column is not in the fully open position.

(4) The minimum valve size shall be NPS 1 (DN 25).

PG-60.3.8 Except for control devices such as damper regulators and feedwater regulators, drains, steam pressure gages, or apparatus of such form as does not permit the escape of an appreciable amount of steam or water therefrom, no outlet connections shall be placed on the piping connecting a water column or gage glass to a boiler. No outlet connections shall be placed on the piping connecting a remote level indicator to the boiler or to a water column for any function other than water level indication.

PG-60.3.9 An acceptable arrangement is shown in Fig. PG-60.3.9

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-60.4 Gage Cocks. Not required.

PG-60.5 Water Fronts. Each boiler fitted with a water jacketed boiler-furnace mouth protector, or similar appliance having valves on the pipes connecting them to the boiler shall have these valves locked or sealed open. Such valves, when used, shall be of the straightway type.

PG-60.6 Pressure Gages

PG-60.6.1 Each boiler shall have a pressure gage so located that it is easily readable. The pressure gage shall be installed so that it shall at all times indicate the pressure in the boiler. Each steam boiler shall have the pressure gage connected to the steam space or to the water column or its steam connection. A valve or cock shall be placed in the gage connection adjacent to the gage. An additional valve or cock may be located near the boiler providing it is locked or sealed in the open position. No other shutoff valves shall be located between the gage and the boiler. The pipe connection shall be of ample size and arranged so that it may be cleared by blowing out. For a steam boiler the gage or connection shall contain a syphon or equivalent device that will develop and maintain a water seal that will prevent steam from entering the gage tube. Pressure gage connections shall be suitable for the maximum allowable working pressure and temperature, but if the temperature exceeds 406°F (208°C), brass or copper pipe or tubing shall not be used. The connections to the boiler, except the syphon, if used, shall not be less than NPS ¼ (DN 8) but where steel or wrought iron pipe or tubing is used, they shall not be less than ½ in. (13 mm) inside diameter. The minimum size of a syphon, if used, shall be ¼ in. (6 mm) inside diameter. The dial of the pressure gage shall be graduated to approximately double the pressure at which the safety valve is set, but in no case to less than 1 ½ times this pressure.

PG-60.6.2 Each forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline shall be equipped with pressure gages or other pressure measuring devices located as follows:

PG-60.6.2.1 At the boiler or superheater outlet (following the last section which involves absorption of heat), and

PG-60.6.2.2 At the boiler or economizer inlet (preceding any section that involves absorption of heat), and

PG-60.6.2.3 Upstream of any shutoff valve that may be used between any two sections of the heat absorbing surface.

PG-60.6.3 Each boiler shall be provided with a valve connection at least NPS ¼ (DN 8) for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test gage when the boiler is in service, so that the accuracy of the boiler pressure gage can be ascertained.

PG-60.6.4 Each high-temperature water boiler shall have a temperature gage so located and connected that it shall be easily readable. The temperature gage shall be installed so that it at all times indicates the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (Celsius) of the water in the boiler, at or near the outlet connection.

PG-61 FEEDWATER SUPPLY

PG-61.1 Except as provided for in PG-61.2 and PG-61.4, boilers having more than 500 ft2 (47 m2) of water-heating surface shall have at least two means of feeding water. Except as provided for in PG-61.3, PG-61.4, and PG-61.5, each source of feeding shall be capable of supplying water to the boiler at a pressure of 3% higher than the highest setting of any safety valve on the boiler. For boilers that are fired with solid fuel not in suspension, and for boilers whose setting or heat source can continue to supply sufficient heat to cause damage to the boiler if the feed supply is interrupted, one such means of feeding shall not be susceptible to the same interruption as the other, and each shall provide sufficient water to prevent damage to the boiler.

PG-61.2 Except as provided for in PG-61.1, a boiler fired by gaseous, liquid, or solid fuel in suspension, or heated by combustion turbine engine exhaust, may be equipped with a single means of feeding water, provided means are furnished for the shutting off of its heat input prior to the water level reaching the lowest permissible level established by PG-60.

PG-61.3 For boilers having a water-heating surface of not more than 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) the feed connection to the boiler shall not be smaller than NPS ½ (DN 15). For boilers having a water-heating surface more than 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) the feed connection to the boiler shall not be less than NPS ¾ (DN 20).

PG-61.4 High-temperature water boilers shall be provided with means of adding water to the boiler or system while under pressure.

PG-61.5 A forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline shall be provided with a source of feeding capable of supplying water to the boiler at a pressure not less than the expected maximum sustained pressure at the boiler inlet, as determined by the boiler Manufacturer, corresponding to operation at maximum designed steaming capacity with maximum allowable working pressure at the superheater outlet.

OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

PG-67 BOILER

PG-67.1 Each boiler shall have at least one pressure relief valve and if it has more than 500 ft2 (47 m2) of bare tube water-heating surface, or if an electric boiler has a power input more than 1,100 kW, it shall have two or more pressure relief valves. For a boiler with combined bare tube and extended water-heating surface exceeding 500 ft2 (47 m2), two or more pressure relief valves are required only if the design steam generating capacity of the boiler exceeds 4,000 lb/hr (1 800 kg/hr). Organic fluid vaporizer generators require special consideration as given in Part PVG.

PG-67.2 The pressure relief valve capacity for each boiler (except as noted in PG-67.4) shall be such that the pressure relief valve, or valves will discharge all the steam that can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more than 6% above the highest pressure at which any valve is set and in no case to more than 6% above the maximum allowable working pressure.

PG-67.2.1 The minimum required relieving capacity of the pressure relief valves for all types of boilers shall be not less than the maximum designed steaming capacity at the MAWP of the boiler, as determined by the Manufacturer and shall be based on the capacity of all the fuel burning equipment as limited by other boiler functions.

PG-67.2.2 The minimum required relieving capacity for a waste heat boiler shall be determined by the Manufacturer. When auxiliary firing is to be used in combination with waste heat recovery, the maximum output as determined by the boiler Manufacturer shall include the effect of such firing in the total required capacity. When auxiliary firing is’ to be used in place of waste heat recovery, the minimum required relieving capacity shall be based on auxiliary firing or waste heat recovery, whichever is higher.

PG-67.2.3 The minimum required relieving capacity for electric boilers shall be in accordance with PEB-15.

PG-67.2.4 The minimum required relieving capacity in lb/hr (kg/hr) for a high-temperature water boiler shall be determined by dividing the maximum output in Btu/hr (W) at the boiler nozzle, produced by the highest heating value fuel for which the boiler is designed, by 1,000 (646).

PG-67.2.5 The minimum required relieving capacity for organic fluid vaporizers shall be in accordance with PVG-12. The minimum required relieving capacity for miniature boilers shall be in accordance with PMB-15.

PG-67.2.6 Any economizer that may be shut off from the boiler, thereby permitting the economizer to become a fired pressure vessel, shall have one or more pressure relief valves with a total discharge capacity, in lb/hr (kg/hr), calculated from the maximum expected heat absorption in Btu/hr (W), as determined by the Manufacturer, divided by 1,000 (646). This absorption shall be stated in the stamping (PG-106.4). For overpressure conditions where the fluid relieved is water, the discharge capacity of the pressure relief valve, or valves shall be sufficient to prevent the pressure from exceeding the limits of PG-67.2.

PG-67.2.7 The steam generated when all pressure relief valves are relieving at full lift on a boiler that has a steam-generating surface located downstream in the gas stream of a superheater and/or reheater surface may exceed the maximum designed steaming capacity at the MA WP of the boiler. The Manufacturer shall address this by one of the following methods:

PG-67.2.7.1 The minimum required relieving capacity of the pressure relief valves shall not be less than the steam that may be generated with all pressure relief valves relieving at full lift. For boilers that use auxiliary firing in combination with the primary heat source, the Manufacturer shall include the effect of such firing in the total required capacity.

PG-67.2.7.2 The minimum required relieving capacity of the pressure relief valves shall not be less than the maximum designed steaming capacity at the MAWP of the boiler, and the boiler shall be provided with controls responsive to steam pressure, which include not less than the following:

(a) a control that reduces that total heat input to the boiler such that the steam generated does not exceed the maximum designed steaming capacity at the MAWP of the boiler

(b) a control that trips the heat input to the boiler if the pressure reaches 106% of the MAWP of the boiler.

PG-67.3 One or more pressure relief valves on the boiler proper shall be set at or below the maximum allowable working pressure (except as noted in PG-67.4). If additional valves are used the highest pressure setting shall not exceed the maximum allowable working pressure by more than 3%. The complete range of pressure settings of all the saturated-steam pressure relief valves on a boiler shall not exceed 10% of the highest pressure to which any valve is set. Pressure setting of pressure relief valves on high-temperature water boilers8 may exceed this 10% range. Economizer pressure relief devices required by PG-67.2.6 shall be set as above using the MAWP of the economizer.

  • See PDF for table

8 Pressure relief valves in hot water service are more susceptible to damage and subsequent leakage, than pressure relief valves relieving steam. It is recommended that the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler and the pressure relief valve setting for high-temperature water boilers be selected substantially higher than the desired operating pressure so as to minimize the times the pressure relief valve must lift.

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-67.4 For a forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline (Fig. PG-6704), equipped with automatic controls and protective interlocks responsive to steam pressure, pressure relief valves may be provided in accordance with the above paragraphs or the following protection against overpressure shall be provided:

PG-67.4.1 One or more power-actuated pressure relieving valves9 shall be provided in direct communication with the boiler when the boiler is under pressure and shall receive a control impulse to open when the maximum allowable working pressure at the superheater outlet, as shown in the master stamping (PG-106.3), is exceeded. The total combined relieving capacity of the power-actuated relieving valves shall be not less than 10% of the maximum design steaming capacity of the boiler under any operating condition as determined by the Manufacturer. The valve or valves shall be located in the pressure part system where they will relieve the overpressure.

  • See PDF for table

9 The power-actuated pressure relieving valve is one whose movements to open or close are fully controlled by a source of power (electricity, air, steam, or hydraulic). The valve may discharge to atmosphere or to a container at lower pressure. The discharge capacity may be affected by the downstream conditions, and such effects shall be taken into account. If the power-actuated pressure relieving valves are also positioned in response to other control signals, the control impulse to prevent overpressure shall be responsive only to pressure and shall override any other control function.

An isolating stop valve of the outside-screw-and-yoke or ball type may be installed between the power-actuated pressure relieving valve and the boiler to permit repairs provided an alternate power-actuated pressure relieving valve of the same capacity is so installed as to be in direct communication with the boiler in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.

The isolating stop valve port area shall at least equal the area of the inlet of the power-actuated pressure relieving valve. If the isolating stop valve is of the ball type, the valve shall include a means to clearly identify whether the valve is in the open or closed position. If the isolating stop valve is power actuated (air, motor, hydraulic, etc.), a manual override mechanism shall be provided.

Power-actuated pressure relieving valves discharging to intermediate pressure and incorporated into bypass and/or startup circuits by the boiler Manufacturer need not be capacity certified. Instead, they shall be marked by the valve manufacturer with a capacity rating at a set of specified inlet pressure and temperature conditions. Power-actuated pressure relieving valves discharging directly to atmosphere shall be capacity certified. This capacity certification shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of PG-69.3. The valves shall be marked in accordance with the provisions of PG-69.4.

PG-67.4.2 Pressure relief valves shall be provided, having a total combined relieving capacity, including that of the power-actuated pressure relieving capacity installed under PG-67.4.l, of not less than 100% of the maximum designed steaming capacity of the boiler, as determined by the Manufacturer, except the alternate provisions of PG-67.4.3 are satisfied. In this total, no credit in excess of 30% of the total required relieving capacity shall be allowed for the power-actuated pressure relieving valves actually installed. Any or all of the pressure relief valves may be set above the maximum allowable working pressure of the parts to which they are connected, but the set pressures shall be such that when all of these valves (together with the power-actuated pressure relieving valves)are in operation the pressure will not rise more than 20% above the maximum allowable working pressure of any part of the boiler, except for the steam piping between the boiler and the prime mover.

PG-67.4.3 The total installed capacity of spring loaded safety valves may be less than the requirements of PG-67.4.2 provided all of the following conditions are met.

PG-67.4.3.1 The boiler shall be of no less steaming capacity than 1,000,000 lb/hr (450 000 kg/hr) and installed in a unit system for power generation (i.e., a single boiler supplying a single turbine-generator unit).

PG-67.4.3.2 The boiler shall be provided with automatic devices, responsive to variations in steam pressure, which include not less than all the following:

PG-67.4.3.2.1 A control capable of maintaining steam pressure at the desired operating level and of modulating firing rates and feedwater flow in proportion to a variable steam output.

PG-67.4.3.2.2 A control that overrides PG-67.4.3.2.1 by reducing the fuel rate and feedwater flow when the steam pressure exceeds the maximum allowable working pressure as shown in the master stamping (PG-106.3) by 10%; and

PG-67.4.3.2.3 A direct-acting overpressure-trip-actuating mechanism, using an independent pressure sensing device, that will stop the flow of fuel and feedwater to the boiler, at a pressure higher than the set pressure of PG-67.4.3.2.2, but less than 20% above the maximum allowable working pressure as shown in the master stamping (PG-106.3).

PG-67.4.3.3 There shall be not less than two pressure relief valves and the total rated relieving capacity of the pressure relief valves shall be not less than 10% of the maximum designed steaming capacity of the boiler as determined by the Manufacturer. These pressure relief valves may be set above the maximum allowable working pressure of the parts to which they are connected but shall be set such that the valves will lift at a pressure no higher than 20% above the maximum allowable working pressure as shown in the master stamping (PG-106.3).

PG-67.4.3.4 At least two of these pressure relief valves shall be equipped with a device that directly transmits the valve stem lift action to controls that will stop the flow of fuel and feedwater to the boiler. The control circuitry to accomplish this shall be arranged in a ”fail-safe” manner (see Note).

NOTES: “Fail-safe” shall mean a circuitry arranged as either of the following:

(a) Energize to trip: There shall be at least two separate and independent trip circuits served by two power sources, to initiate and perform the trip action. One power source shall be a continuously charged DC battery. The second source shall be an AC-to-DC converter connected to the DC system to charge the battery and capable of performing the trip action. The trip circuits shall be continuously monitored for availability.

It is not mandatory to duplicate the mechanism that actually stops the flow of fuel and feedwater.

(b) De-energize to trip: If the circuits are arranged in such a way that a continuous supply of power is required to keep the circuits closed and operating and such that any interruption of power supply will actuate the trip mechanism, then a single trip circuit and single power supply will be enough to meet the requirements of this subparagraph.

PG-67.4.3.5 The power supply for all controls and devices required by PG-67.4.3 shall include at least one source contained within the same plant as the boiler and which is arranged to actuate the controls and devices continuously in the event of failure or interruption of any other power sources.

PG-67.4.4 When stop valves are installed in the water-steam flow path between any two sections of a forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline:

PG-67.4.4.1 The power-actuated pressure relieving valve(s) required by PG-67.4.1 shall also receive a control impulse to open when the maximum allowable working pressure of the component, having the lowest pressure upstream to the stop valve, is exceeded; and

PG-67.4.4.2 The pressure relief valves shall be located to provide the pressure protection requirements in PG-67.4.2 or PG-67.4.3.

PG-67.4.5 A reliable pressure-recording device shall always be in service and records kept to provide evidence of conformity to the above requirements.

PG-67.5 The coefficient of discharge of pressure relief valves shall be determined by actual steam flow measurements at a pressure not more than 3% above the pressure at which the valve is set to relieve and when adjusted for blowdown in accordance with PG-69.1.4. The valves shall be credited with capacities as determined by the provisions of PG-69.2.

Pressure relief valves may be used that give any opening up to the full discharge capacity of the area of the opening of the inlet of the valve, provided the movement of a steam pressure relief valve is such as not to induce lifting of water in the boiler.

For high-temperature water boilers pressure relief valves shall be used. Such valves shall have a closed bonnet. In addition the pressure relief valves shall be capable of satisfactory operation when relieving water at the saturation temperature corresponding to the pressure at which the valve is set to blow.

PG-68 SUPERHEATER AND REHEATER

PG-68.1 Except as permitted in PG-58.3.1, every attached superheater shall have one or more pressure relief valves in the steam flow path between the superheater outlet and the first stop valve. The location shall be suitable for the service intended and shall provide the overpressure protection required. The pressure drop upstream of each pressure relief valve shall be considered in the determination of set pressure and relieving capacity of that valve. If the superheater outlet header has a full, free steam passage from end to end and is so constructed that steam is supplied to it at practically equal intervals throughout its length so that there is a uniform flow of steam through the superheater tubes and the header, the pressure relief valve, or valves, may be located anywhere in the length of the header.

PG-68.2 The discharge capacity of the pressure relief valve, or valves, on an attached superheater may be included in determining the number and size of the pressure relief valves for the boiler, provided there are no intervening valves between the superheater pressure relief valve and the boiler, and provided the discharge capacity of the pressure relief valve, or valves, on the boiler, as distinct from the superheater is at least 75% of the aggregate valve capacity required.

PG-68.3 Every isolable superheater that may be shut off from the boiler and permit the superheater to become a fired pressure vessel and all nonintegral separately fired superheaters shall have one or more pressure relief valves having a discharge capacity equal to 6 lb/ft2 (29 kg/m2) of steam per hour, using the superheater surface measured on the side exposed to the hot gases. As an alternative the Manufacturer may also calculate the minimum pressure relief valve discharge capacity in lb (kg) of steam per hour from the maximum expected heat absorption (as determined by the Manufacturer) in Btu/hr (W), divided by 1,000 (646). In the case of electrically heated superheaters, the pressure relief valve capacity shall be based upon 3 ½ lb (1.6 kg)/hr/kW input. The number of pressure relief valves installed shall be such that the total capacity is at least equal to that required. Pressure relief valves for separately fired superheaters shall be located in accordance with the rules of PG-68.1 and the mounting rules of PG-71.

PG-68.4 Every reheater shall have one or more pressure relief valves, such that the total relieving capacity is at least equal to the maximum steam flow for which the heater is designed. The capacity of the reheater pressure relief valves shall not be included in the required relieving capacity for the boiler and superheater.

One or more pressure relief valves with a combined relieving capacity not less than 15% of the required total shall be located along the steam flow path between the reheater outlet and the first stop valve. The pressure drop upstream of the pressure relief valves on the outlet side of the reheater shall be considered in determining their set pressure.

PG-68.5 A soot blower connection may be attached to the same outlet from the superheater or reheater that is used for the pressure relief valve connection.

PG-68.6 Every pressure relief valve used on a superheater or reheater discharging superheated steam at a temperature over 450°F (230°C) shall have a casing, including the base, body, and, if applicable, bonnet and spindle, of steel, steel alloy, or equivalent heat-resisting material.

The pressure relief valve shall have a flanged inlet connection, or a weld-end inlet connection. It shall have the seat and disk of suitable heat erosive and corrosive resisting material, and the spring of direct spring-loaded safety valves shall be fully exposed outside of the valve casing so that it shall be protected from contact with the escaping steam.

PG-68.7 The capacity of a pressure relief valve on superheated steam shall be calculated by multiplying the capacity determined in accordance with PG-69.2 by the appropriate superheat correction factor Ksh, from Table PG-68.7.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram PG-69 CERTIFICATION OF CAPACITY OF PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PG-69.1 Before the Code symbol is applied td any pressure relief valve or power-actuated pressure relieving valve, the valve manufacturer shall have the relieving capacity of his pressure relief valves certified in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

PG-69.1.1 Capacity certification tests shall be conducted using dry saturated steam. The limits for test purposes shall be 98% minimum quality and 20°F (l0°C) maximum superheat. Correction from within these limits may be made to the dry saturated condition.

PG-69.1.2 Tests shall be conducted at a place that meets the requirements of A-312.

PG-69.1.3 Capacity test data reports for each pressure relief valve design and size, signed by the manufacturer and Authorized Observer witnessing the tests, together with drawings showing the valve construction, shall be submitted to the ASME designee for review and acceptance.10

  • See PDF for table

10 Valve capacities are published in “Pressure Relief Device Certifications.” This publication may be obtained from the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Ave., Columbus, OH 43299.

PG-69.1.4 Capacity certification tests shall be conducted at a pressure that does not exceed the set pressure by 3% or 2 psi (15 kPa), whichever is greater. Pressure relief valves shall be adjusted so that the blowdown does not exceed 4% of the set pressure. For pressure relief valves set at or below 100 psi (700 kPa), the blowdown shall be adjusted so as not to exceed 4 psi (30 kPa). Pressure relief valves used on forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline, and pressure relief valves used on high-temperature water boilers shall be adjusted so that the blow down does not exceed 10% of the set pressure. The res eating pressure shall be noted and recorded.

PG-69.1.5 Capacity certification of pilot operated pressure relief valves may be based on tests without the pilot valves installed, provided prior to capacity tests it has been demonstrated by test to the satisfaction of the Authorized Observer that the pilot valve will cause the main valve to open fully at a pressure which does not exceed the set pressure by more than 3% or 2 psi (15 kPa), whichever is greater, and that the pilot valve in combination with the main valve will meet all of the requirements of this Section.

PG-69.1.6 Pressure relief valves for economizer service shall also be capacity certified using water at a temperature between 40°F and 125°F (4°C and 50°C). The pressure relief valves shall be tested without change to the adjustments established in PG-69.1.1 to PG-69.1.4.

PG-69.2 Relieving capacities shall be determined using one of the following methods.

PG-69.2.1 Three Valve Method. A capacity certification test is required on a set of three pressure relief valves for each combination of size, design, and pressure setting. The capacity of each valve of the set shall fall within a range of ±5% of the average capacity. If one of the three pressure relief valves tested falls outside this range, it shall be replaced by two valves, and a new average shall be calculated based on all four valves, excluding the replaced valve. Failure of any of the four capacities to fall within a range of ±5% of the new average shall be cause to refuse certification of that particular valve design.

The rated relieving capacity for each combination of design, size, and test pressure shall be 90% of the average capacity.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-69.2.2 Slope Method. If a Manufacturer wishes to apply the Code Symbol to a design of pressure relief valves, four valves of each combination of pipe size and orifice size shall be tested. These four valves shall be set at pressures that cover the approximate range of pressures for which the valve will be used or covering the range available at the certified test facility that shall conduct the tests. The capacities based on these four tests shall be as follows:

(a) The slope WIP of the actual measured capacity versus the flow pressure for each test point shall be calculated and averaged

For steam

  • See PDF for diagram

For water

  • See PDF for diagram

All values derived from the testing must fall within ±5% of the average value:

minimum slope = 0.95 x average slope

maximum slope = 1.05 x average slope

If the values derived from the testing do not fall between the minimum and maximum slope values, the Authorized Observer shall require that additional valves be tested at the rate of two for each valve beyond the maximum and minimum values with a limit of four additional valves.

For steam applications the relieving capacity to be stamped on the valve shall not exceed 90% of the average slope times the absolute accumulation pressure

rated slope = 0.90 x average slope

For water applications the relieving capacity shall not exceed 90% of the average slope multiplied by the square root of the difference between the flow rating pressure and the valve discharge pressure.

  • See PDF for diagram

(U.S. Customary Units)

stamped capacity ≤ rated slope (1.03 x set pressure + 14.7) or (set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7), whichever is greater

(SI Units)

stamped capacity ≤ rated slope (1.03 x set pressure + 0.101) or (set pressure + 0.015 MPa + 0.101), whichever is greater

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-69.2.3 Coefficient of Discharge Method. A coefficient of discharge for the design, K, may be established for a specific valve design according to the following procedure:

(a) For each design, the pressure relief valve manufacturer shall submit for test at least three valves for each of three different sizes (a total of nine valves). Each valve of a given size shall be set at a different pressure, covering the range of pressures for which the valve will be used or the range available at the facility where the tests are conducted.

For each valve design where the coefficient of discharge has been determined that is intended to be restricted in lift, the Manufacturer shall have capacity tests conducted on three valves of different sizes. Each size valve shall be tested for capacity at the minimum lift for which certification is required, and at two intermediate lift points between the full rated lift and minimum lift certification points. Each of the three test valves shall be set at a different pressure.

For each valve tested, it shall be verified that actual measured capacity at restricted lift will equal or exceed the rated capacity at full rated lift multiplied by the ratio of measured restricted lift to full rated lift.

(b) Tests shall be made on each pressure relief valve to determine its lift at capacity, popping, and blowdown pressures, and actual relieving capacity. An individual coefficient, KD, shall be established for each valve as follows:

  • See PDF for diagram

Where actual flow is determined by test and theoretical flow, WT is calculated by one of the following equations:

For tests with dry saturated steam

For 45 deg seat

(U.S. Customary Units)

WT = 51.5 x πDLP x 0.707

(SI Units)

WT = 5.25 x πDLP x 0.707

For flat seat

(U.S. Customary Units)

WT = 51.5 x πDLP

(SI Units)

WT = 5.25 x πDLP

For nozzle

(U.S. Customary Units)

WT = 51.5 AP

(SI Units)

WT = 5.25 AP

For tests with water

For 45 deg seat

(U.S. Customary Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

(SI Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

For flat seat

(U.S. Customary Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

(SI Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

For nozzle

(U.S. Customary Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

(SI Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

where

A = nozzle throat area, in.2 (mm2)

D = seat diameter, in. (mm)

L = lift at pressure P, in. (mm)

P = (1.03 X set pressure + 14.7), psia, or

= (set pressure + 2 + 14.7), psia, whichever is greater

= (1.03 X set pressure + 0.101), MPa, or

= (set pressure + 0.014 + 0.101), MPa, whichever is greater

P d = pressure at discharge of the valve, psia (MPa)

WT = theoretical flow, lb/hr (kg/hr)

w = specific weight of water at inlet conditions, lb/ft3 (kg/m3)

To convert lb/hr of water to gal/min of water, multiply the capacity in lb/hr by 1/500, To convert kg/hr of water to liter/min of water, multiply the capacity in liter/min by 1/60.

The average of the coefficients KD of the nine tests required shall be multiplied by 0.90, and this product shall be taken as the coefficient K of that design. All individual coefficients of discharge, KD, shall fall within a range of ±5% of the average coefficient found. If a valve fails to meet this requirement, the Authorized Observer shall require two additional valves to be tested as replacements for each valve having an individual coefficient, KD, outside the ±5% range, with a limit of four additional valves. Failure of a coefficient, KD, to fall within ±5% of the new average value, excluding the replaced valve(s), shall be cause to refuse certification of that particular valve design.

The rated relieving capacity of all sizes and set pressures of a given design, for which K has been established under the provision of this paragraph, shall be determined by the equation:

W ≤ WT x K

where

K = coefficient of discharge for the design

W = rated relieving capacity, lb/hr (kg/hr)

WT = theoretical flow, defined by the same equation used to determine KD, lb/hr (kg/hr)

The coefficient of discharge for the design shall be not greater than 0.878 (the product of 0.9 x 0.975). The coefficient shall not be applied to valves whose beta ratio (ratio of valve throat to inlet diameter) lies outside the range of 0.15 to 0.75, unless tests have demonstrated that the individual coefficient of discharge, KD, for valves at the extreme ends of a larger range, is within ±5% of the average coefficient, KD.

For designs where the lift is used to determine the flow area, all valves shall have the same nominal lift to seat diameter ratio (L/D).

For pressures over 1,500 psig (10.3 MPa) and up to 3,200 psig (22.1 MPa), the value of W shall be multiplied by the correction factor:

(U.S. Customary Units)

0.1906P - 1,000

0.2292P - 1,061

(SI Units)

27.6P - 1 000

33.2P - 1 061

For pressures over 3,200 psig (22.1 MPa), the value of W shall be multiplied by the appropriate supercritical correction factor, Ksc, from Table PG-69.2.3.

PG-69.3 If a manufacturer wishes to apply the Code symbol to a power-actuated pressure relieving valve under PG-67.4.1, one valve of each combination of inlet pipe size and orifice size to be used with that inlet pipe size shall be tested. The valve shall be capacity tested at four different pressures approximately covering the range of the certified test facility on which the tests are conducted. The capacities, as determined by these four tests, shall be plotted against the absolute flow test pressure and a line drawn through these four test points. All points must lie within ±5% in capacity value of the plotted line and must pass through 0-0. From the plotted line, the slope of the line dW/dP shall be determined and a factor of (0.90/51.45) x (dW/dP) shall be applied to capacity computations in the supercritical region at elevated pressures by means of the isentropic flow equation.

(U.S. Customary Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

(SI Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

where

dW/dP = rate of change of measured capacity with respect to absolute pressure

P = absolute inlet pressure, psia (MPa)

v = inlet specific volume, ft3/lb (m3/kg)

W = capacity, lb of steam/hr (kg/hr)

NOTES: The constant 1,135.8 is based on a γ factor of 1.30, which is accurate for superheated steam at temperature above approximately 800°F (430°C). In interest of accuracy, other methods of capacity computations must be used at temperatures below 800°F (430°C) at supercritical pressures.

PG-69.4 Power-actuated pressure relieving valves, having capacities certified in accordance with the provision of PG-69.3 and computed in accordance with the formula contained therein, shall be marked as required by PG-110 with the computed capacity, corresponding to 3% above the full load operating pressure and temperature conditions at the valve inlet when the valve is operated by the controller, and they shall also be stamped with the set pressure of the controller. When the valve is marked as required by this paragraph, it shall be the guarantee by the manufacturer that the valve also conforms to the details of construction herein specified.

PG-69.6 When changes are made in the design of a safety or safety relief valve in such a manner as to affect the flow path, lift, or performance characteristics of the valve, new tests in accordance with this Section shall be performed.

PG-70 CAPACITY OF PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PG-70.1 Subject to the minimum number required by PG-67.1, the number of pressure relief valves required shall be determined on the basis of the maximum designed steaming capacity, as determined by the boiler Manufacturer, and the relieving capacity marked on the valves by the manufacturer.

PG-71 MOUNTING OF PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PG-71.1 When two or more pressure relief valves are used on a boiler, they may be mounted either separately or as twin valves made by placing individual valves on Y-bases, or duplex valves having two valves in the same body casing. Twin valves made by placing individual valves on Y-bases, or duplex valves having two valves in the same body, shall be of approximately equal capacity.

When not more than two valves of different sizes are mounted singly the relieving capacity of the smaller valve shall be not less than 50% of that of the larger valve.

PG-71.2 The pressure relief valve or valves shall be connected to the boiler independent of any other connection, and attached as close as possible to the boiler or the normal steam flow path, without any unnecessary intervening pipe or fitting. Such intervening pipe or fitting shall be not longer than the face-to-face dimension of the corresponding tee fitting of the same diameter and pressure under the applicable ASME Standard listed in PG-42 and shall also comply with PG-8 and PG-39. Every pressure relief valve shall be connected so as to stand in an upright position, with spindle vertical. On high-temperature water boilers of the watertube forced-circulation type, the valve shall be located at the boiler outlet.

PG-71.3 The opening or connection between the boiler and the pressure relief valve shall have at least the area of the valve inlet. No valve of any description shall be placed between the required pressure relief valve or valves and the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe between the pressure relief valve and the atmosphere. When a discharge pipe is used, the cross-sectional area shall be not less than the full area of the valve outlet or of the total of the areas of the valve outlets, discharging thereinto. It shall be as short and straight as possible and so arranged as to avoid undue stresses on the valve or valves.

All pressure relief valve discharges shall be so located or piped as to be carried clear from running boards or platforms. Ample provision for gravity drain shall be made in the discharge pipe at or near each pressure relief valve, and where water of condensation may collect. Each valve shall have an open gravity drain through the casing below the level of the valve seat. For iron- and steel-bodied valves exceeding NPS 2 ½ (DN 65), the drain hole shall be tapped not less than NPS 3/8 (DN 10).

Discharge piping from pressure relief valves on high temperature water boilers shall be provided with adequate provisions for water drainage as well as the steam venting.

The installation of cast iron bodied pressure relief valves for high-temperature water boilers is prohibited.

PG-71.4 If a muffler is used on a pressure relief valve, it shall have sufficient outlet area to prevent back pressure from interfering with the proper operation and discharge capacity of the valve. The muffler plates or other devices shall be so constructed as to avoid a possibility of restriction of the steam passages due to deposit. Mufflers shall not be used on high-temperature water boiler pressure relief valves.

When a pressure relief valve is exposed to outdoor elements that may affect operation of the valve, it is permissible to shield the valve with a satisfactory cover. The shield or cover shall be properly vented and arranged to permit servicing and normal operation of the valve.

PG-71.5 When a boiler is fitted with two or more pressure relief valves on one connection, this connection to the boiler shall have a cross-sectional area not less than the combined areas of inlet connections of all the pressure relief valves with which it connects and shall also meet the requirements of PG-71.3.

PG-71.6 Pressure relief valves may be attached to drums or headers by welding provided the welding is done in accordance with Code requirements.

PG-71.7 Every boiler shall have proper outlet connections for the required pressure relief valve, or valves, independent of any other outside steam connection,. the area of opening to be at least equal to the aggregate areas of inlet connections of all of the pressure relief valves to be attached thereto. An internal collecting pipe, splash plate, or pan may be used, provided the total area for inlet of steam thereto is not less than twice the aggregate areas of the inlet connections of the attached pressure relief valves. The holes in such collecting pipes shall be at least ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter and the least dimension in any other form of opening for inlet of steam shall be ¼ in. (6 mm).

Such dimensional limitations to operation for steam need not apply to steam scrubbers or driers provided the net free steam inlet area of the scrubber or drier is at least 10 times the total area of the boiler outlets for the pressure relief valves.

PG-71.8 If pressure relief valves are attached to a separate steam drum or dome, the opening between the boiler proper and the steam drum or dome shall be not less than required by PG-71.7.

PG-72 OPERATION OF PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PG-72.1 Pressure relief valves shall be designed and constructed to operate without chattering, with a minimum blowdown of 2 psi (15 kPa) or 2% of the set pressure, whichever is greater, and to attain full lift at a pressure not greater than 3% above their set pressure.

Pressure relief valves used on forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline, and pressure relief valves used on high-temperature water boilers must be marked for these special services by the valve Manufacturer or Assembler.

PG-72.2 The set pressure tolerance plus or minus shall not exceed that specified in the following table:

  • See PDF for table

PG-72.3 The spring in a pressure relief valve shall not be reset for any pressure more than 5% above or below that for which the valve is marked unless the new setting is within the spring design range established by the manufacturer or is determined to be acceptable to the manufacturer.

If the set pressure is to be adjusted within the limits specified above, the adjustment shall be performed by the manufacturer, his authorized representative, or an assembler. An additional valve data tag identifying the new set pressure, capacity, and date shall be furnished and installed, and the valve shall be resealed.

PG-72.4 If the set pressure of a valve is changed so as to require a new spring, the spring shall be acceptable to the manufacturer. The spring installation and valve adjustment shall be performed by the manufacturer, his authorized representative, or an assembler. A new nameplate as described in PG-110 shall be furnished and installed, and the valve shall be resealed.

PG-73 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PG-73.1 Permissible Pressure Relief Valves

PG-73.1.1 Pressure relief valves shall be either direct spring-loaded safety valves, direct spring-loaded safety relief valves, or pilot-operated pressure relief valves.

PG-73.1.2 Power-actuated pressure relieving valves shall only be used for applications specified in PG-67.4.1.

PG-73.1.3 Deadweight or weighted lever safety valves or safety relief valves shall not be used.

PG-73.1.4 Unless otherwise defined, the definitions relating to pressure relief devices in ASME PTC 25 shall apply.

PG-73.2 Minimum Requirements

PG-73.2.1 All pressure relief valves shall be so constructed that the failure of any part cannot obstruct the free and full discharge of steam and water from the valve. Pressure relief valves shall have the seat inclined at any angle between 45 deg and 90 deg, inclusive, to the centerline of the disk.

PG-73.2.2 The design shall incorporate guiding arrangements necessary to insure consistent operation and tightness.

PG-73.2.3 The spring shall be designed so that the full lift spring compression shall be no greater than 80% of the nominal solid deflection. The permanent set of the spring (defined as the difference between the free height and height measured 10 min after the spring has been compressed solid three additional times after presetting at room temperature) shall not exceed 0.5% of the free height.

PG-73.2.4 To provide a means for verifying whether it is free, each safety valve or safety relief valve shall have a substantial lifting device, which when activated will release the seating force on the disk when the valve is subjected to pressure of at least 75% of the set pressure. The lifting device shall be such that it cannot lock or hold the valve disk in lifted position when the exterior lifting force is released. Disks of pressure relief valves used on high-temperature water boilers shall not be lifted while the temperature of the water exceeds 200°F (93°C). If it is desired to lift the valve disk to assure that it is free, this shall be done when the valve is subjected to a pressure of at least 75% of the set pressure. Pilot-operated pressure relief valves shall be provided with either a lifting device as described above or means for connecting and applying pressure to the pilot adequate to verify that the moving parts critical to proper operations are free to move. For high-temperature water boilers, the lifting mechanism shall be sealed against leakage.

PG-73.2.5 The seat of a pressure relief valve shall be fastened to the body of the valve in such a way that there is no possibility of the seat lifting.

PG-73.2.6 A body drain below seat level shall be provided in the valve and this drain shall not be plugged during or after field installation. For valves exceeding NPS 2 ½ (DN 65), the drain hole or holes shall be tapped not less than NPS 3/8 (DN 10). For valves of NPS 2 ½ (DN 65) or smaller, the drain hole shall not be less than ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter.

PG-73.2.7 In the design of the body of the valve, consideration shall be given to minimizing the effects of water deposits.

PG-73.2.8 Valves having screwed inlet or outlet connections shall be provided with wrenching surfaces to allow for normal installation without damaging operating parts.

PG-73.2.9 Means shall be provided in the design of all valves for use under this Section, for sealing all external adjustments. Seals shall be installed by the manufacturer, his authorized representative, or an assembler at the time of the initial adjustment. After spring replacement and/or subsequent adjustment, the valve shall be resealed. Seals shall be installed in such a manner as to prevent changing the adjustment without breaking the seal and, in addition, shall serve as a means of identifying the manufacturer, his authorized representative, or the assembler making the adjustment.

PG-73.2.10 Valve capacity may be restricted by restricting the lift of a valve provided the following requirements are met:

(a) The valve size shall be NPS ¾ (DN 20) or larger.

(b) No changes shall be made in the design of the valve except to change the valve lift by use of a lift restraining device described in (c) below.

(c) The restriction of valve capacity shall be permitted only by the use of a lift restraining device which shall limit valve lift and shall not otherwise interfere with flow through the valve. The design of the lift restraining device shall be subject to review by an ASME designee.

(d) The lift restraining device shall be designed so that, if adjustable, the adjustable feature can be sealed. Seals shall be installed by the valve Manufacturer or Assembler at the time of initial adjustment.

(e) Valves shall not have their lifts restricted to a value less than 30% of full rated lift, or 0.080 in. (2 mm).

(f) When sizing and selecting valves, the restricted lift nameplate capacity shall be determined by multiplying the capacity at full rated lift by the ratio of the restricted lift to the full rated lift.

PG-73.2.11 A pressure relief valve over NPS 3 (DN 80), used for pressure greater than 15 psig (100 kPa), shall have a flanged inlet connection or a welded inlet connection. The dimensions of the flanges subjected to boiler pressure shall conform to the applicable ASME standards as given in PG-42. The facing shall be similar to those illustrated in the standard.

PG-73.2.12 The pilot sensing line of pilot-operated pressure relief valves shall be adequately protected from freezing.

PG-73.3 Material Selections

PG-73.3.1 Cast iron seats and disks are not permitted.

PG-73.3.2 Adjacent sliding surfaces such as guides and disks or disk holders shall both be of corrosion-resistant material. Springs of corrosion-resistant material or having a corrosion-resistant coating are required. The seats and disks of pressure relief valves shall be of suitable material to resist corrosion by the lading fluid.

NOTES: The degree of corrosion resistance, appropriate to the intended service, shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.

PG-73.3.3 Materials used in bodies and bonnets or yokes shall be listed in Section II, Parts A and B, and identified in Tables 1A and 1B of Section II Part D, as permitted for Section I construction. Materials used in body to bonnet or body to yoke bolting shall be listed in ASME B16.34. Materials used in all other parts required for the pressure relieving or retaining function shall be

(a) listed in ASME Section II

(b) listed in ASTM Specifications (see Note below) or

(c) controlled by the manufacturer of the pressure relief valve by a specification ensuring control of chemical and physical properties and quality at least equivalent to ASTM Standards (see Note below)

PG-73.3.4 Pressure relief valves may have bronze parts complying with either SB-61, SB-62 or SB-148, provided the maximum allowable stresses and temperatures do not exceed the values given in Table 1B of Section II, Part D, and shall be marked to indicate the class of material used. Such valves shall not be used on superheaters delivering steam at a temperature over 450°F (230°C) for SB-61 and SB-148, and 306°F (I50°C) for SB-62, and shall not be used for high-temperature water boilers.

NOTES: It shall be the manufacturer’s responsibility to ensure that the allowable stresses at temperature meet the requirements of Section II, Part D, Appendix 1, Mandatory Basis for Establishing Stress Values in Tables 1A and 1B.

PG-73.4 Inspection of Manufacturing and/or Assembly

PG-73.4.1 A manufacturer shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of an ASME designee that his manufacturing, production, and test facilities and quality control procedures will ensure close agreement between the performance of random production samples and the performance of those valves submitted for capacity certification.

PG-73.4.2 Manufacturing, assembly, inspection, and test operations including capacity, are subject to inspections at any time by an ASME designee.

PG-73.4.3 A Manufacturer or Assembler may be granted permission to apply the V Code Symbol to production pressure relief valves capacity-certified in accordance with PG-69, provided the following tests are successfully completed. This permission shall expire on the sixth anniversary of the date it is initially granted. This permission may be extended for 6-yr periods if the following tests are successfully repeated within the 6-mo period before expiration.

(a) Two sample production pressure relief valves of a size and capacity within the capability of an ASME accepted laboratory shall be selected by an ASME designee. The maximum blowdown for these samples shall not exceed the value specified in the following table:

  • See PDF for table

The blow down for sample valves designed for use on forced flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline or high-temperature water boilers shall not exceed 10% of the set pressure.

(b) Operational and capacity tests shall be conducted in the presence of an ASME designee at an ASME-accepted laboratory. The valve manufacturer or assembler shall be notified of the time of the test and may have representatives present to witness the test.

(c) Should any valve fail to relieve at or above its certified capacity or should it fail to meet performance requirements in PG-72, the test shall be repeated at the rate of two replacement valves, selected in accordance with PG-73.4.3(a), for each valve that failed.

(d) Failure of any of the replacement valves to meet capacity or the performance requirements of this Section shall be cause for revocation within 60 days of the authorization to use the Code symbol on that particular t type of valve. During this period, the Manufacturer or assembler shall demonstrate the cause of such deficiency and the action taken toward against future occurrence.

PG-73.4.4 Use of the Code Symbol Stamp by an assembler indicates the use of original unmodified parts in strict accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the valve.

(a) An assembler may transfer original and unmodified pressure relief parts produced by the Manufacturer to other Assemblers, provided the following conditions are met:

(1) both Assemblers have been granted permission to apply the V or UV Code Symbol to the specific valve type in which the parts are to be used

(2) the Quality Control System of the Assembler receiving the pressure relief valve parts shall define the controls for the procurement and acceptance of those parts

(3) the pressure relief valve parts are appropriately packaged, marked, or sealed by the Manufacturer to ensure that the parts are

(a) produced, by the Manufacturer

(b) the parts are original and unmodified

(b) However, an assembler may convert original finished parts by either machining to another finished part or applying a corrosion-resistant coating to valve springs for a specific application under the following conditions:

(1) Conversions shall be specified by the Manufacturer. Drawings and/or written instructions used for part conversion shall be obtained from the Manufacturer and shall include a drawing or description of the converted part before and after the conversion.

(2) The Assembler’s quality control system, as accepted by a representative from an ASME-designated organization, must describe in detail the conversion of original parts, provisions for inspection and acceptance, personnel training, and control of current Manufacturer’s drawings and/or written instructions.

(3) The Assembler must document each use of a converted part.

(4) The Assembler must demonstrate to the Manufacturer the ability to perform each type of conversion. The Manufacturer shall document all authorizations granted to perform part conversions. The Manufacturer and Assembler shall maintain a file of such authorizations.

(5) For an Assembler to offer restricted lift valves, the Assembler must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Manufacturer the ability to perform valve lift restrictions. The Manufacturer shall document all authorizations granted to restrict the lift of the valves, and shall maintain records of the lift restrictions made by the Assembler. The Assembler shall maintain a file of such authorizations.

(6) At least annually a review shall be performed by the Manufacturer of an Assembler’s system and conversion capabilities. The Manufacturer shall document the results of these reviews. A copy of this documentation shall be kept on file by the Assembler. The review results shall be made available to a representative from an ASME designated organization.

NOTES: Within the requirements of PG-73.4 and PG-73.5, a manufacturer is defined as a person or organization who is completely responsible for design, material selection, capacity certification, manufacture of all component parts, assembly, testing, sealing, and shipping of pressure relief valves certified under this Section.

An assembler is defined as a person or organization who purchases or receives from a manufacturer the necessary component parts or valves and assembles, adjusts, tests, seals, and ships pressure relief valves certified under this Section at a geographical location other than and using facilities other than those used by the manufacturer.

PG-73.5 Testing by Manufacturers or Assemblers

PG-73.5.1 Pressure Testing. Each pressure relief valve to which the Code Symbol Stamp is to be applied shall be subjected to the following tests by the Manufacturer or Assembler:

(a) The pressure-containing parts of each valve shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure at least 1.5 times the design pressure of the parts. Parts meeting the following criteria shall be exempt from pressure testing:

(1) the applied stress under hydrostatic test conditions does not exceed 50% of the allowable stress; and

(2) the part is not cast or welded.

(b) Alternatively, testing may be performed pneumatically at a pressure 1.25 times the design pressure of the part. Pneumatic testing can be hazardous; it is therefore recommended that special precautions be taken when conducting a pneumatic test.

(c) Testing may be done in the component or assembled condition.

(d) When the valve is designed for discharging directly to atmosphere, the valve components downstream of the valve disk are exempt from pressure testing.

(e) Valve components downstream of the disk and fully contained within the body are exempt from pressure testing.

(f) These tests shall be conducted after all machining and welding operations on the parts have been completed.

(g) There shall be no sign of leakage.

PG-73.5.2 Every valve shall be tested with steam by the manufacturer or assembler to demonstrate its set point and pressure-containing integrity. The blowdown control elements of the pressure relief valve shall be set to the Manufacturer’s specifications.

PG-73.5.2.1 Tests shall be conducted either on equipment that meets the requirements of PG-73.5.6, or on the boiler, by raising the pressure to demonstrate the set pressure.

PG-73.5.2.2 When the valve is beyond the production test equipment capabilities, an alternative test method presented in PG-73.5.2.2.1 or PG-73.5.2.2.2 may be used, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) testing the valve at full pressure may cause damage to the valve, or testing of the valve is impractical due to boiler system operational safety considerations

(b) the valve lift has been mechanically verified to meet or exceed the required lift

(c) the blow down control elements of the safety valve are set to the valve manufacturer’s specification

(d) the valve design is compatible with the alternative test method selected

PG-73.5.2.2.1 The valve, with its lift temporarily restricted during the test, if required to prevent valve damage, shall be tested on steam to demonstrate set pressure.

PG-73.5.2.2.2 The valve may be fitted with a hydraulic or pneumatic lift assist device and tested on steam at a pressure less than the valve set pressure. The lift assist device and test procedure shall be calibrated to provide the set pressure setting within the tolerance of PG-72.2.

PG-73.5.3 Leak Test

(a) A seat tightness test shall be conducted at maximum expected operating pressure but at a pressure not exceeding the reseating pressure of the valve. When being tested, a valve exhibiting no sign of leakage shall be considered adequately tight.

(b) Closed bonnet pressure relief valves designed for discharge to a closed system shall be tested with a minimum of 30 psig (200 kPa) air or other gas in the secondary pressure zone. There shall be no sign of leakage.11

  • See PDF for table

11 The user may specify a higher test pressure commensurate with the back pressure anticipated in service.

PG-73.5.4 A manufacturer or assembler shall have a documented program for the application, calibration, and maintenance of test gages.

PG-73.5. Testing time on steam valves shall be sufficient to assure that test results are repeatable and representative of field performance.

PG-73.5.6 Test fixtures and test drums, where applicable, shall be of adequate size and capacity to assure that the observed set pressure is consistent with the stamped set pressure within the tolerance required by PG-72.2.

PG-73.6 Design Requirements. At the time of submission of valves for capacity certification or testing in accordance with PG-69, the ASME designee has the authority to review design for conformity with the requirements of this Section and to reject or require modification of designs that do not conform, prior to capacity testing.

PG-73.7 Code Symbol “V” Stamp. Each pressure relief valve to which the Code “V” symbol (see Fig. PG-105.4) will be applied shall have been fabricated or assembled by a manufacturer or assembler holding a valid Certificate of Authorization (PG-105.2) and c capacity certified in accordance with the requirements of this Section. A Certified Individual (CI) shall provide oversight to assure that each use of the Code “V” symbol on a pressure relief valve is in accordance with the requirements of this Section, and that each use of the Code “V” symbol is documented on a Certificate of Conformance, Form P-8.

PG-73.7.1 Requirements for the Certified Individual (CI). The CI shall

(a) be an employee of the manufacturer or assembler

(b) be qualified and certified by the manufacturer or assembler. Qualifications shall include as a minimum

(1) knowledge of the requirements of this Section for the application of the Code “V” symbol

(2) knowledge of the manufacturer’s or assembler’s quality program

(3) training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities to which oversight is to be provided

(c) have a record, maintained and certified by the manufacturer or assembler, containing objective evidence of the qualifications of the CI and the training program provided

PG-73.7.2 Duties of the Certified Individual (CI). The CI shall

(a) verify that each item to which the Code “V” symbol is applied has a current capacity certification and meets all applicable requirements of this Section

(b) review documentation for each lot of items to be stamped to verify, for the lot, that requirements of this Section have been completed

(c) sign the Certificate of Conformance, Form P-8, prior to release of control of the pressure relief valves

PG-73.7.3 Certificate of Conformance, Form P-8

(a) The Certificate of Conformance, Form P-8, shall be filled out by the manufacturer or assembler and signed by the Certified Individual. Multiple duplicate pressure relief valves may be recorded as a single entry, provided the valves are identical and are produced in the same lot.

(b) The manufacturer’s or assembler’s written quality control program shall include requirements for completion of Certificates of Conformance, Form P-8, and retention, by the manufacturer or assembler, for a minimum of 5 years.

FABRICATION

PG-75 GENERAL

The fabrication of boilers and parts thereof shall conform to the general fabrication requirements in the following paragraphs and in addition to the specific requirements for fabrication in the Parts of this Section that pertain to the methods of construction used.

PG-76 CUTTING PLATES AND OTHER STOCK

PG-76.1 Plates may be cut by machining, punching, shearing, or cutting by the electric arc or gas process, providing enough metal is left at any unfinished edges to meet the requirements of PG-79.

PG-76.2 When end faces of nozzle or manhole necks are to remain unwelded in the completed vessel, these end faces shall not be cut by shearing unless at least 1/8 in. (3 mm) of additional metal is removed by any method that will produce a smooth finish.

PG-91 QUALIFICATION OF INSPECTORS

The inspection required by this Section shall be by an Inspector employed by an ASME accredited Authorized Inspection Agency,12 that is, the inspection organization of a state or municipality of the United States, a Canadian province, or of an insurance company authorized to write boiler and pressure vessel insurance. These Inspectors shall have been qualified by written examination under the rules of any state of the United States or province of Canada which has adopted the Code.

  • See PDF for table

12 Whenever Authorized Inspection Agency or AIA is used in this Code, it shall mean an Authorized Inspection Agency accredited by ASME in accordance with the requirements in the latest edition of ASME QAI-1, Qualification for Authorized Inspection.

PG-93 INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF FLAT PLATE IN CORNER JOINTS

PG-93.1 When flat plate greater than ½ in. (13 mm) thickness is welded to other pressure parts to form a corner joint, such as in flat heads [Fig. PG-31, illustrations (g), (i-1), and (i-2)], waterlegs of firebox boilers or combustion chambers of wetback boilers [Fig. A-8, illustrations (l), (m), (n), and (p)], and the exposed edges of the plate are closer to the edge of the weld than a distance equal to the thickness of the plate, the peripheral plate edges and any remaining edges and any remaining exposed surface of the weld joint preparation shall be examined after welding by either the magnetic particle or liquid penetrant method. When the plate is nonmagnetic, only the liquid penetrant method shall be used. The requirements of this paragraph shall not apply to those joints when 80% or more of the pressure load is carried by tubes, stays, or braces, or when the exposed edges of the plate are farther from the edge of the weld than a distance equal to the thickness of the plate.

PG-93.2 Laminations, cracks, or other imperfections found during the examination required by PG-93.1 that would affect the safety of the vessel shall be repaired in accordance with PG-78. The imperfection(s) may be pursued by any suitable method (grinding, chipping, etc.). The repaired area shall be subjected to the same examination that first revealed the imperfection.

PG-93.3 Methods and acceptance criteria for magnetic particle and liquid penetrant examination shall be in accordance with A-260 or A-270, respectively.

PG-99 HYDROSTATIC TEST

Hydrostatic testing of the completed boiler unit shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

After a boiler has been completed (see PG-104), it shall be subjected to pressure tests using water at not less than ambient temperature, but in no case less than 70°F (20°C). Where required, test pressures are specified in this paragraph; whether minimum or maximum pressures, they apply to the highest point of the boiler system. When the boiler is completed in the Manufacturer’s shop without boiler external piping, subsequent hydrostatic testing of the boiler external piping shall be the responsibility of any holder of a valid “S,” “A,” or “PP” stamp. The safety valves need not be included in the hydrostatic test. The tests shall be made in two stages in the following sequence:

PG-99.1 Hydrostatic pressure tests shall be applied by raising the pressure gradually to not less than 1 ½ times the maximum allowable working pressure as shown on the data report to be stamped on the boiler. No part of the boiler shall be subjected to a general membrane stress greater than 90% of its yield strength (0.2% offset) at test temperature. The primary membrane stress to which boiler components are subjected during hydrostatic test shall be taken into account when designing the components. Close visual inspection for leakage is not required during this stage.

PG-99.2 The hydrostatic test pressure may then be reduced to the maximum allowable working pressure, as shown on the Data Report, to be stamped on the boiler and maintained at this pressure while the boiler is carefully examined. The metal temperature shall not exceed 120°F (50°C) during the close examination.

PG-99.3 A completed forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline, having pressure parts designed for different pressure levels along the path of water-steam flow, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test by the above procedure (PG-99.1 and PG-99.2) based upon:

PG-99.3.1 For the first stage test (PG-99.1) a hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 1 ½ times the maximum allowable working pressure at the superheater outlet as shown in the master stamping (PG-106.3) but no less than 1 ¼ times the maximum allowable working pressure of any part of the boiler, excluding the boiler external piping.

PG-99.3.2 For the second stage test (PG-99.2) the hydrostatic test pressure may be reduced to not less than the maximum allowable working pressure at the superheater outlet.

PG-99.4 Test Gages

PG-99.4.1 An indicating gage, visible to the operator controlling the pressure applied, shall be connected to the pressure parts. Hydrostatic head on the gage shall be considered such that the required test pressure is achieved at the top of the boiler.

PG-99.4.2 Dial pressure gages used in testing shall preferably have dials graduated over their entire range of about double the intended maximum test pressure, but in no case shall the range be less than 1 ½ times that pressure. The spacing between graduations shall be such that the inspector and the operator controlling the test shall be able to determine when the required test pressure has been applied. Digital pressure gages having a wider range of pressure readings may be used provided the readings give the same or greater degree of accuracy as obtained with dial pressure gages.

PG-100 HYDROSTATIC DEFORMATION TEST

Where no rules are given and it is impossible to calculate with a reasonable degree of accuracy the strength of a boiler structure or any part thereof, a full-sized sample shall be built by the Manufacturer and tested in accordance with the Standard Practice for Making a Hydrostatic Test on a Boiler Pressure Part to Determine the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure, given in A-22 or in such other manner as the Committee may prescribe.

CERTIFICATION BY STAMPING AND DATA REPORTS

PG-101 HEATING SURFACE COMPUTATION

PG-101.1 For the stamping required by PG-106, the heating surface shall be computed as specified in PG-101.1.1 through PG-101.1.3.

PG-101.1.1 Heating surface, as part of a circulating system in contact on one side with water or wet steam being heated and on the other side with gas or refractory being cooled, shall be measured on the side receiving heat.

PG-101.1.2 Boiler heating surface and other equivalent surface outside the furnace shall be measured circumferentially plus any extended surface.

PG-101.1.3 Waterwall heating surface and other equivalent surface within the furnace shall be measured as the projected tube area (diameter x length) plus any extended surface on the furnace side. In computing the heating surface for this purpose, only the tubes, fireboxes, shells, tubesheets, and the projected area of headers need to be considered, except that for vertical firetube steam boilers only that portion of the tube surface up to the middle of the gage glass is to be computed.

PG-104 GENERAL

PG-104.1 The completed boiler unit includes all piping and piping components as defined in the Introduction.

The Manufacturer [see Note (1) below] of any complete boiler unit to be stamped with the Code symbol has the responsibility of assuring through proper Code certification that all work performed by him or others responsible to him complies with all requirements of the Code, including design, construction, materials, and workmanship. With the exception of field installed boiler external piping, when some portions of a complete boiler unit are supplied by, or Code work is performed by others not responsible to the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer has the duty of obtaining from these other organizations their proper Code certification, covering such portions of work.

When the Manufacturer furnishes a shop assembled boiler that is complete except for boiler external piping, and the boiler has been hydrostatically tested in the shop and properly stamped with the Manufacturer’s “S” symbol, the subsequent installation in the field of the external piping within the scope of Section I is not by itself considered “field assembly of the boiler” [see Note (2) below].

No Manufacturer or assembler may accept Code responsibility for work that falls within the scope of the Code, that is performed by workmen employed by any other organization, except through proper Code certification. The responsibilities set forth herein relate only to Code compliance and are not to be construed as involving contractual relations or legal liabilities.

NOTES: (1) Boiler Manufacturer or Manufacturer as used in PG-104 or other paragraphs referenced to this Note may also be an Engineering Contractor organization with or without fabricating facilities, but having the capability of providing a design specification that establishes the pressure and temperature conditions for each component of a complete boiler unit and of assembling the fabricated parts in the field with authorization from the Society to use the Code symbol stamp “S” in accordance with the Code provisions in PG-105.3.

(2) When boiler external piping within the scope of Section I is furnished by other than the boiler Manufacturer, the boiler Manufacturer is not responsible for the Code certification of such piping. The organizations that furnish and that install such external piping by welding shall furnish proper Code certification (PG-104.2) for such piping including Manufacturers’ Data Report Form P-4A as required by PG-112.2.5 and PG-112.3.

PG-104.2 Proper Code certification refers to the furnishing of stamping and Data Reports as evidence to establish the following.

PG-104.2.1 The organization that performed that portion of the work held an appropriate Certificate of Authorization.

PG-104.2.2 By signing and furnishing the appropriate data report, that organization certified compliance with Code rules for that portion of the work.

PG-104.2.3 By proper use of the Code symbol stamp, that organization identified the portions of the work covered by its Data Report Form.

PG-104.2.4 By countersignature on the same Data Report a qualified Inspector confirmed that portion of the work complied with applicable Code rules.

PG-105 CODE SYMBOL STAMPS

PG-105.1 Authorization. Except as permitted in PG-105.5, no organization may assume responsibility for Code construction without having first received from the ASME a Certificate of Authorization to use one of the Code symbol stamps shown in Figs. PG-105.1 through PG-105.4. There are six such stamps, defined as follows:

(a) S - power boiler symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.1)

(b) M – miniature boiler symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.1)

(c) E – electric boiler symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.1)

(d) A – boiler assembly symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.2)

(e) PP – pressure piping symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.3)

(f) V – safety valve symbol stamp (see Fig. PG-105.4)

Stamps for applying the Code symbol shall be obtained from the Society. Each boiler, superheater, waterwall, economizer, or boiler part to which a Code symbol is to be applied shall be fabricated by a Manufacturer who is in possession of an appropriate Code symbol stamp. A Certificate of Authorization to use the Code symbol “S,” “M,” “E,” “A,” “PP,” or “V” stamp will be granted by the Society pursuant to the provisions of these paragraphs.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

PG-109 STAMPING OF PRESSURE PIPING

PG-109.1 Boiler external piping, as defined in the Introduction, may be fabricated by a manufacturer other than the Manufacturer of the boiler, provided that the manufacturer has been issued a Certificate of Authorization to use the “S” or “PP” symbol stamp. Boiler external piping may be installed by welding by a manufacturer or contractor other than the Manufacturer of the boiler, provided such an organization has been issued a Certificate of Authorization to use the “S,” “PP,” or “A” symbol stamp. When boiler external piping is installed by welding, the welding, including the qualification of welding procedures, welders, and welding operators, shall be done in accordance with the applicable rules of ASME B31.1. The welding shall be inspected by an Authorized Inspector at such stages of the work as he may elect. The organizations which fabricate or install such piping shall furnish proper code certification (PG-104.2) for it including a Manufacturer’s Data Report Form P-4A as required by PG-112.2.5 and PG-112.3.

PG-109.2 Welded boiler external piping included within the scope of this Code, over NPS 2 (DN 50), shall be stamped with a Code symbol, together with the manufacturer’s or contractor’s name and serial number. Such stamping shall be on the pipe, valve or fitting adjacent to the welded joint farthest from the boiler. For piping operating at temperatures above 800o F (425o C) the symbol may be stamped on a nameplate that is irremovably attached by welding, provided such welding is postweld heat treated, or on a circular metal band at least ¼ in. (6 mm) thick. This band around the pipe shall be secured in such a manner as to prevent it from slipping off during handling and installation.

Welded piping NPS 2 (DN 50) or less included within the scope of this Code shall be marked with an identification acceptable to the Inspector and traceable to the required Data Report. Such marking shall be of a type that will remain visible until the piping has been installed.

PG-109.3 A manufacturer in possession of the pressure piping symbol stamp may

(a) design and fabricate welded piping. Such fabrications shall be stamped and reported on a Form P-4A, Manufacturer’s Data Report for Fabricated Piping, as called for in PG-112.2.5.

(b) fabricate other parts of boilers, such as superheater, waterwall, or economizer headers, where complete design requirements are provided by others. Such parts shall be stamped or marked as required by PG-106.8 and reported on a Form P-4, Manufacturer’s Partial Data Report, as called for in PG-112.2.4.

PG-109.4 Mechanically assembled boiler external piping which contains no pressure boundary welds does not require stamping, and as such may be assembled by a non-stamp holder. Note that the responsibility for documentation and hydrostatic testing of a mechanically assembled boiler external piping must be assumed by a holder of a valid “S,” “A,” or “PP” stamp (see PG-112.2.5).

PG-110 STAMPING OF BOILER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

Each pressure relief valve shall be plainly marked with the required data by the Manufacturer or Assembler (see PG-73.4.4) in such a way that the marking will not be obliterated in service. The marking shall be placed on the valve or on a nameplate securely fastened to the valve. The Code ”V” symbol shall be stamped on the valve or nameplate by the Manufacturer or Assembler, as applicable. The other required data may be stamped, etched, impressed, or cast on the valve or nameplate. For units other than those included below, see PG-4. The marking shall include the following:

(a) the name (or an acceptable abbreviation) of the Manufacturer and Assembler, as applicable

(b) Manufacturer’s design or type number

(c) NPS (DN) (the nominal pipe size of the valve inlet)

(d) set pressure __ psi (MPa)

(e) Capacity

(1) capacity __ lb/hr (kg/hr) (for saturated steam service in accordance with PG-69.2) or

(2) capacity __ lb/hr (kg/hr) at __ °F (°C) (for superheated steam service in accordance with PG-68.7 or supercritical steam service in accordance with PG-69.2.3) or

(3) capacity __ gal/min (l/min) at 70°F (20°C) and lb/hr (kg/hr) steam for economizer service in accordance with PG-69.2

(f) year built, or alternatively, a coding may be marked on the valve such that the valve Manufacturer or Assembler can identify the year the valve was assembled and tested

(g) ASME symbol as shown in Fig. PG-105.4

(h) The pilot of a pilot-operated pressure relief valve shall be plainly marked by the Manufacturer or Assembler showing the name of the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer’s design or type number, the set pressure in pounds per square inch (MPa), and the year built, or alternatively, a coding that the Manufacturer can use to identify the year built.

PG-111 LOCATION OF STAMPINGS

The location of the required stampings shall be as listed below. These stampings shall be left uncovered or an easily removable marked cover may be provided over the stamping when a boiler is covered with insulation, or jacketed. No piping, boiler appliance, or other obstructions shall interfere with reading of the stamping.

PG-111.1 Horizontal-return tubular boilers – on the front head above the central rows of tubes.

PG-111.2 Horizontal-flue boilers – on the front head above the flues.

PG-111.3 Traction, portable, or stationary boilers of the locomotive type or Star watertube boilers – on the furnace end above the handhole. Or on traction boilers of the locomotive type – on the left wrapper sheet forward of the driving wheel.

PG-111.4 Vertical firetube and vertical submerged tube boilers – on the shell above the firedoor and handhole opening.

PG-111.5 Watertube Boilers

PG-111.5.1 Drum type – on a head of the steam outlet drum near and above the manhole.

PG-111.5.2 Forced-flow steam generator with no fixed steam and waterline – the master stamping (PG-106.3) shall be located on a major pressure part, located near the main operating floor where readily visible. The Data Report Form shall record the location of the master stamping.

PG-111.6 Scotch marine boilers – on either side of the shell near the normal water level line and as near as practical to the front tubesheet.

PG-111.7 Economic boilers – on the front head, above the center row of tubes.

PG-111.8 Miniature and electric boilers – on some conspicuous and accessible place on the boiler proper, or on a stamping plate at least 3/64 in. (1.2 mm) thick, permanently fastened (adhesives prohibited) to the boiler.

PG-111.9 On any of the above types where there is not sufficient space in the place designated, and for other types and new designs – in a conspicuous place on the boiler proper. The Data Report Form shall record the location of the required stamping.

PG-111.10 Superheaters – on superheater header near the outlet. Other headers shall carry identifying marks.

PG-111.11 Economizers – at a handy location on water inlet header or drums. Other headers shall carry identifying marks.

PG-111.12 Waterwalls – on one end of a lower header. Other headers shall carry identifying marks.

PG-111.13 When required by PG-106.6 and PG-106.7, the Manufacturer [see PG-104, Note (1)] shall furnish a nameplate or plates on which the appropriate Code Symbol and design data for the scope of his responsibility are permanently imprinted. The nameplate shall be securely attached to the front of the boiler, its setting or casing, at a place readily visible from the operating floor or platform.

PG-112 MANUFACTURERS’ DATA REPORT FORMS

PG-112.1 Ten types of Manufacturers’ Data Report Forms are shown in the Appendix under the heading “Data Report Forms and Guides” at the end of this Section. These forms shall be used by the Manufacturer [see PG-104, Note (1)] to record all the items of a complete boiler unit, in accordance with the provisions of PG-112.2. When the certification of the complete boiler unit is accomplished by more than one Data Report, the principal Data Report (P-2, P-2A, P-3, or P-3A) shall be designated as the Master Data Report (see PG-113).

For forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and waterline consisting of groups of pressure parts or components designed at several different pressure levels, a separate Manufacturers’ Data Report shall clearly identify the pressure parts at each pressure level and show the maximum allowable working pressure. These several Data Reports shall be attached to a Master Data Report (PG-113) that shall clearly identify each component as part of the complete unit.

PG-112.2 Types of Data Report Forms. The types of Data Report Forms and the purposes for which they are to be used are specified in PG-112.2.1 through PG-112.2.8.

PG-112.2.1 Form P-2, Manufacturers’ Data Report for All Types of Boilers Except Watertube and Electric, shall be used to record all types of boilers other than watertube boiler units and parts thereof, which are included under Form P-3.

PG-112.2.1.1 Form P-2A, Manufacturers’ Data Report for All Types of Electric Boilers, shall be used to record all types of electric boilers.

PG-112.2.1.2 Form P-2B, Manufacturers’ Data Report for Electric Superheaters and Reheaters, shall be used to record electric superheaters and reheaters installed external to the boiler setting.

PG-112.2.2 Form P-3, Manufacturers’ Data Report for Watertube Boilers, Superheaters (except electric), Waterwalls, and Economizers, shall be used to record all of the items comprising a watertube boiler.

The Form P-3 shall also be used to record a superheater, waterwall, or economizer when the design of such an item is certified by a manufacturer other than the boiler Manufacturer, or when such an item is to be added to an existing boiler. The item shall be stamped with the ASME “S” symbol and the additional information, as applicable, shown in PG-106.4.2.

Item 10 on Form P-3 shall be used to record other parts connected at the openings listed in Item 11 if such parts are fabricated of materials or by processes that require Code inspection. If such parts have not been connected prior to the hydrostatic test, a notation shall be made under Item 10 reading: “No parts connected to the openings listed in Item 11 except as noted.”

PG-112.2.3 Form P-3A, Engineering-Contractor Data Report for a Complete Boiler Unit, shall be used when such an organization assumes the Manufacturer’s Code responsibility as provided for by PG-104, Note (1). This form shall be used to certify Code responsibility for the design specification of the complete boiler unit, of which the components are individually certified by their individual manufacturers in accordance with the Code rules. This form also provides for field assembly certification.

PG-112.2.4 Form P-3A shall not be used by a Manufacturer to provide Code certification for only a portion of the complete boiler unit.

PG-112.2.5 Form P-4A, Manufacturers’ Data Report for Fabricated Piping, shall be used to record all shop or field-welded piping that falls within the scope of this Section but is not furnished by the boiler Manufacturer. Form P-4B, Manufacturers’ Data Report for Field Installed Mechanically Assembled Piping, shall be used to record all field installed mechanically assembled boiler external piping. Form P-4B shall be used only for piping that contains no joints brazed or welded by the field installer.

PART PFT

REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRETUBE BOILERS

GENERAL

PFT-1 GENERAL

The rules in Part PFT are applicable to firetube boilers and parts thereof and shall be used in conjunction with the general requirements in Part PG as well as with the specific requirements in the applicable Parts of this Section that apply to the method of fabrication used.

MATERIALS

PFT-5 GENERAL

PFT-5.1 Materials used in the construction of pressure parts for firetube boilers shall conform to one of the specifications given in Section II and shall be limited to those for which allowable stress values are given in Tables 1A and 1B of Section II, Part D, or as otherwise specifically permitted in Parts PG and PFT.

PFT-5.2 Waterleg and doorframe rings of vertical firetube boilers and of locomotive and other type boilers shall be of wrought iron or steel, or cast steel as designated in the SA-216. The ogee or other flanged construction may be used as a substitute in any case.

DESIGN

PFT-8 GENERAL

The rules in the following paragraphs apply specifically to the design of firetube boilers and parts thereof and shall be used in conjunction with the general requirements for design in Part PG as well as with the specific requirements for design in the applicable Parts of this Section that apply to the method of fabrication used.

PFT-9 THICKNESS REQUIREMENTS

PFT-9.1 Shell and Dome. The thickness after forming shall be as determined in accordance with the rules in Part PG.

PFT-9.2 Tubesheet

PFT-9.2.1 The thickness shall be as determined in accordance with Part PG and Part PFT.

PFT-9.2.2 When buttwelded to the shell of a firetube boiler, a formed tubesheet with a straight flange longer than 1 ½ times the tubesheet thickness shall have a straight flange thickness not less than that specified in the table in PFT-9.2.1, but in no case less than 0.75 times the thickness of the shell to which it is attached.

PFT-10 SHELL JOINTS

Longitudinal and circumferential welded joints of a shell or drum shall comply with the rules in Part PW.

PFT-11 ATTACHMENT OF HEADS AND TUBESHEETS

Flat heads and tubesheets of firetube boilers shall be attached by one of the following methods.

PFT-11.2 By flanging and butt welding in accordance with Parts PG and PW.

PFT-11.3 By attaching an outwardly or inwardly flanged tubesheet to the shell by fillet welding provided the following requirements are met.

PFT-11.3.1 The tubesheet is supported by tubes, or stays, or both.

PFT-11.3.2 The joint attaching an outwardly flanged tubesheet is wholly within the shell and forms no part thereof.

PFT-11.3.3 Inwardly flanged tubesheets are full fillet welded inside and outside.

PFT-11.3.4 The throat dimension of the full fillet weld is equal to not less than 0.7 of the thickness of the head.

PFT-11.3.5 The shell at the welds is not in contact with primary furnace gases.13

  • See PDF for table

13 Primary furnace gases are those in a zone where the design temperature of those gases exceeds 850°F (455°C).

PFT-11.3.6 The construction conforms in all other respects to the requirements of this Section, including welding and postweld heat treating, except that volumetric examination is not required.

PFT-11.3.7 This construction shall not be used on the rear head of a horizontal-return tubular boiler and inwardly flanged tubesheets shall not be used on a boiler with an extended shell.

PFT-11.3.8 On inwardly flanged tubesheets, the length of flange shall conform to the requirements of PW-13 and the distance of the outside fillet weld to the point of tangency of the knuckle radius shall be not less than ¼ in. (6 mm).

PFT-11.4 By attaching an unflanged tubesheet to the shell by welding, provided the requirements of PFT-11.4.1 through PFT-11.4.7 are met.

PFT-11.4.1 The tubesheet is supported by tubes, or stays, or both.

PFT-11.4.2 The welded joint may be made through the tubesheet or shell thickness. When the weld joint is made through the shell, a minimum of 80% of the pressure load shall be carried by the tubes, stays, or both.

PFT-11.4.3 The weld is a full penetration weld equal at least to the full thickness of the base metal applied from either or both sides. When the full penetration weld is made through the shell, an external fillet weld with a minimum throat of ¼ in. (6mm) shall be provided, and no weld prep machining shall be performed on the flat tubesheet. The distance from the edge of the completed weld to the peripheral edge of the tubesheet shall not be less than the thickness of the tubesheet.

PFT-11.4.4 The shell or wrapper sheet, where exposed to primary furnace gases14 and not water cooled, does not extend more than 1/8 in. (3 mm) beyond the outside face of the tubesheet.

  • See PDF for table

14 Primary furnace gases are those in a zone where the design temperature of those gases exceeds 850°F (455°C).

PFT-11.4.5 The weld attaching a furnace or a lower tubesheet of a vertical firetube boiler to the furnace sheet is wholly within the furnace sheet and is ground flush with the upper or water side of the tubesheet.

PFT-11.4.6 The construction conforms in all other aspects to the requirements of this Section including welding, and postweld heat treatment, except that volumetric examination is not required.

PFT-11.4.7 This construction shall not be used on the rear head of a horizontal-return tubular boiler.

PFT-12 TUBES

PFT-12.1 Allowable Working Pressure

PFT-12.1.1 The maximum allowable working pressure of tubes or flues of firetube boilers shall be as given in PFT-50 and PFT-51.

PFT-12.1.2 The maximum allowable working pressure for copper tubes or nipples subjected to internal or external pressure shall not exceed 250 psi (1.7 MPa). The maximum temperature shall not exceed 406° F (208° C).

  • See PDF for diagram

The maximum allowable working pressure for copper clad tubes subjected to external pressure shall be determined by the formula in PFT-51, in which t may be increased by one-half the thickness of the cladding.

PFT-12.2 Attachment of Tubes

PFT-12.2.1 Figure PFT-12.1 illustrates some of the acceptable types of tube attachments. Such connections shall be

(a) expanded and beaded as in illustrations (a), (b), and (d)

(b) expanded and beaded and seal welded as in illustration (c)

(c) expanded and seal welded as in illustration (e)

(d) welded, as in illustrations (f) and (g)

Tube ends attached by expanding and welding are subject to the provisions specified in PFT-12.2.1.1 through PFT-12.2.1.3.

PFT-12.2.1.1 Where no bevel or recess is employed, the tube shall extend beyond the tubesheet not less than a distance equal to the tube thickness or 1/8 in. (3 mm), whichever is the greater, nor more than twice the tube thickness or ¼ in. (6 mm), whichever is the lesser [see Fig. PFT-12.1, illustration (e)].

PFT-12.2.1.2 The tubesheet hole may be beveled or recessed. The depth of any bevel or recess shall not be less than the tube thickness or 1/8 in. (3 mm), whichever is greater, nor more than one-third of the tubesheet thickness, except that when tube thicknesses are equal to or greater than 0.150 in. (4 mm), the bevel or recess may exceed T/3. Where the hole is beveled or recessed, the projection of the tube beyond the tubesheet shall not exceed a distance equal to the tube wall thickness [see Fig. PFT-12.1, illustrations (f) and (g)].

PFT-12.2.1.3 On types of welded attachment shown in Fig. PFT-12.1, illustrations (c) and (e), the tubes shall be expanded before and after welding. On types shown in illustrations (f) and (g), the tubes may be expanded.

PFT-12.2.2 Expanding of tubes by the Prosser method may be employed in combination with any beaded or seal welded attachment method [see Fig. PFT-12.1, illustration (b)].

PFT-12.2.3 After seal welding as shown by Fig. PFT-12.1, illustrations (c) and (e), a single hydrostatic test of the boiler shall suffice.

PFT-12.2.4 The inner surface of the tube hole in any form of attachment may be grooved or chamfered.

PFT-12.2.5 The sharp edges of tube holes shall be taken off on both sides of the plate with a file or other tool.

DOORS AND OPENINGS

PFT-40 WELDED DOOR OPENINGS

Arc or gas welding may be used in the fabrication of door holes provided the sheets are stayed around the opening in accordance with the requirements of PFT-27.6 and PFT-27.7.

No calculations need be made to determine the availability of compensation for door openings spanning between the plates of waterlegs. The required thickness of circular access openings shall be determined in accordance with PFT-51. The required thickness of door openings of other than circular shape shall be calculated using eq. (1) of PG-46, using 2.1 or 2.2 for the value of C, depending on the plate thickness, and a value of p equal to the waterleg inside width. Volumetric examination of the joining welds is not required.

PFT-41 OPENINGS IN WRAPPER SHEETS

Openings located in the curved portion of the wrapper sheet of a locomotive type boiler shall be designed in accordance with the rules in PG-32.

PFT-42 FIRESIDE ACCESS OPENINGS

The minimum size of an access or fire door opening, in which the minimum furnace dimension is 24 in. (600 mm), shall be not less than 12 in. x 16 in. (300 mm x 400 mm) or equivalent area, 11 in. (280 mm) to be the least dimension in any case. A circular opening shall be not less than 15 in. (380 mm) in diameter.

For furnace dimensions less than 24 in. (600 mm), the opening should be 2 ¾ in. x 3 ½ in. (70 mm x 89 mm) or larger where possible. In cases where the size or shape of the boiler prohibits an opening of that size, two openings with a minimum size of 1 in. (25 mm) may be used, preferably opposite each other, to permit inspection and cleaning of the furnace. If the burner is removable so as to permit inspection and cleaning through the burner opening, a separate access opening need not be provided.

The bonnet or smoke hood of a vertical flue or tubular boiler shall be provided with an access opening at least 6 in. x 8 in. (150 mm x 200 mm) for the purpose of inspection and cleaning the top head of the boiler.

PFT-43 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION OPENINGS

All firetube boilers shall have sufficient inspection openings, handholes, or washout plugs with a minimum of four openings to permit inspection of the waterside of the tubesheets, furnaces, and tubes and to permit flushing of loose scale and sediment from the boiler. Except where space restrictions would prohibit entry to the boiler, a manhole shall be provided in the upper portion of the shell. All openings shall meet the requirements of PG-32 through PG-44. Where washout plugs are used, the minimum size shall be NPS 1½ (DN 40), except for boilers 16 in. (400 mm) or less in inside diameter, the minimum size shall be NPS 1 (DN 25).

PFT-44 OPENING BETWEEN BOILER AND SAFETY VALVE

The opening or connection between the boiler and the safety valve shall have at least the area of the valve inlet.

After the boiler Manufacturer provides for the opening required by the Code, a bushing may be inserted in the opening in the shell to suit a pressure relief valve that will have the capacity to relieve all the steam that can be generated in the boiler and which will meet the Code requirements. The minimum size of the connection and opening for the pressure relief valve shall be not less than NPS ½ (DN 15).

No valve of any description shall be placed between the required pressure relief valve or valves and the boiler, or on the discharge pipe between the pressure relief valve and the atmosphere. When a discharge pipe is used, the cross-sectional area shall be not less than the full area of the valve outlet or of the total of the areas of the valve outlets discharging thereinto and shall be as short and straight as possible and so arranged as to avoid undue stresses on the valve or valves.

DOMES

PFT-45 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOMES

PFT-45.1 The longitudinal joint of a dome may be butt welded or the dome may be made without a seam of one piece of steel pressed into shape. The dome flange may be double full fillet lap-welded to the shell if all welding complies fully with the requirements for welding in Part PW. Volumetric examination of the fillet welds may be omitted. The opening shall be reinforced in accordance with PG-32 through PG-44.

PFT-45.3 When a dome is located on the barrel of a locomotive-type boiler or on the shell of a horizontal-return tubular boiler, the outside diameter of the dome shall not exceed six-tenths the inside diameter of the shell or barrel of the boiler unless the portion of the barrel or shell under the dome (the neutral sheet) is stayed to the head or shell of the dome by stays which conform in spacing and size to the requirements given in PG-46 and Table 1A of Section II, Part D. With such stayed construction the outside diameter of a dome located on the barrel or shell of a boiler is limited to eight-tenths of the barrel or shell inside diameter.

PFT-45.4 All domes shall be so arranged that any water can drain back into the boiler.

PFT-45.5 Flanges of domes shall be formed with a corner radius, measured on the inside, of at least twice the thickness of the plate for plates 1 in. (25 mm) in thickness or less, and at least three times the thickness of the plate for plates over 1 in. (25 mm) in thickness.

PFT-45.6 Domes and manhole frames attached to shells or heads of boilers shall be designed in accordance with PG-32 through PG-44.

PART PEB

REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRIC BOILERS

GENERAL

PEB-1 GENERAL

The rules in Part PEB are applicable to electric boilers and parts thereof and shall be used in conjunction with the general requirements in Part PG as well as with the special requirements in the applicable Parts of this Section that apply to the method of fabrication used.

PEB-2 SCOPE

PEB-2.1 This part contains special rules for construction of electric boilers, both of the electrode and immersion resistance element type. This Part does not include electric boilers where the heat is applied externally to the boiler pressure vessel by electric resistance heating elements, induction coils, or other electrical means. These types of electric boilers shall be constructed in accordance with other applicable Parts of this Section.

PEB-2.2 Electric boilers and parts thereof that do not exceed the diameter, volume, or pressure limits of PMB-2 may be constructed using the applicable paragraphs of Part PMB in conjunction with this Part.

PEB-2.3 An electrode type boiler is defined as an electric boiler in which heat is generated by the passage of an electric current using water as the conductor.

PEB-2.4 An immersion resistance element type boiler is defined as an electric boiler in which heat is generated by the passage of an electric current through a resistance heating element directly immersed in water, or enclosed in a pipe immersed in water.

PEB-2.5 Electric boilers may be field assembled provided the boiler is manufactured and assembled in compliance with the provisions and requirements of Part PEB and other applicable Parts of this Section.

PEB-3 OPTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BOILER PRESSURE VESSEL

The boiler pressure vessel may be constructed in compliance with the ASME Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Division 1, rules for unfired steam boilers [UW-2(c)] subject to the conditions specified in PEB-3.1 through PEB-3.4.

PEB-3.1 The Manufacturer who certifies and stamps the completed boiler shall specify to the “U” stamp holder all additional requirements of Part PEB, which are not requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, and shall ensure that these requirements are satisfied.

PEB-3.2 These additional requirements are:

PEB-3.2.1 The materials of construction shall comply with the requirements of PEB-5.1 and PEB-5.3.

PEB-3.2.2 Inspection openings shall comply with the requirements of PEB-10.

PEB-3.3 The boiler pressure vessel shall be stamped with the ASME Code “U” symbol and the letters “UB,” and be documented with the ASME U-1 or U-1A Data Report.

PEB-3.4 The master Data Report P-2A for the Electric Boiler shall indicate “Boiler pressure vessel constructed to Section VIII, Division 1 as permitted by Part PEB.”

MATERIALS

PEB-5 GENERAL

PEB-5.1 Unless specifically permitted elsewhere in this section, materials used in the construction of pressure parts for electric boilers shall conform to one of the specifications in Section II and shall be limited to those permitted by PG-6, PG-7, PG-8, and PG-9 for which allowable stress values are given in Tables 1A and 1B of Section II, Part D. Miscellaneous pressure parts shall conform to the requirements of PG-11.

PEB-5.2 Seamless or welded shells, plates, or heads of electric boilers shall not be less than 3/16 in. (5 mm) in thickness.

PEB-5.3 Electric boilers of the immersion element type may be fabricated of austenitic stainless steel type 304, 304L, 316, 316L, and 347 of any material specification listed in PG-6 and PG-9, provided that a precautionary statement indicating that the boiler shall be operated using only deionized water, having a maximum conductance of 1 microSiemen per cm (1 μS/cm) [minimum specific resistivity of 1 megohm per cm (1 M¿/cm)], is clearly marked on the boiler in a visible location.

DESIGN

PEB-8 GENERAL

PEB-8.1 The rules in the following paragraphs apply specifically to the design of electric boilers and parts thereof. They shall be used in conjunction with the general requirements for design in Part PG, any applicable requirements in Part PMB for miniature boilers, and with the specific requirements for design in applicable Parts of this Section that apply to the method of fabrication used.

PEB-8.2 Responsibility of design of electric boilers to be marked with the “E” symbol shall be that of the holder of the “E” stamp.

PEB-9 WELDING

Electric boilers may be constructed by fusion welding in accordance with all the requirements of this Section except that postweld heat treatment, volumetric examination of the welded joints, and the nondestructive examinations described in PG-93.1 are not required when the limitations in PMB-2.1 are not exceeded.

PEB-10 INSPECTION OPENINGS

PEB-10.1 Electric boilers of a design employing a removable cover, or removable internal electric heating elements that will permit access for inspection, and cleaning and having an internal volume (exclusive of casing and insulation) of not more than 5 ft3 (0.14 m3) need not be fitted with washout or inspection openings.

PEB-10.2 Electric boilers of more than 5 ft3 (0.14 m3) not provided with a manhole, shall have an inspection opening or handhole located in the lower portion of the shell or head. The inspection opening shall not be smaller than NPS 3 (DN 80). In addition, electric boilers of the resistance heating element type designed for steam service shall have an inspection opening or handhole at or near the normal waterline.

PEB-11 FEEDWATER SUPPLY

PEB-11.1 The feedwater source to electric boilers shall be capable of meeting the applicable requirements of PG-61. Feedwater connections to an electric boiler shall not be smaller than NPS ½ (DN 15), except as permitted by PMB-11.

PEB-11.2 Electric boilers that do not exceed the diameter, volume, or pressure limits of PMB-2, may have the feedwater delivered through the blowoff opening if desired.

PEB-12 BLOWOFF

PEB-12.1 The blowoff piping for each electric boiler pressure vessel having a normal water content not exceeding 100 gal (380 L) is required to extend through only one valve.

PEB-12.2 The minimum size of blowoff pipes and fittings shall be NPS 1 (DN 25), except that for boilers of 200 kW input or less the minimum size of pipe and fittings may be NPS ¾ (DN 20). Electric boilers that do not exceed the diameter, volume, or pressure limits of PMB-2 may have blowoff connections in accordance with PMB-12.

PEB-13 WATER LEVEL INDICATORS

PEB-13.1 Electric boilers of the electrode type shall have at least one gage glass. The gage glass shall be located as to indicate the water levels both at startup and under maximum steam load conditions as established by the Manufacturer.

PEB-13.2 Electric boilers of the resistance element type shall have at least one gage glass. The lowest visible water level in the gage glass shall be at least 1 in. (25 mm) above the lowest permissible water level as determined by the Manufacturer. Each electric boiler of this type shall also be equipped with an automatic low-water cutoff on each boiler pressure vessel so located as to automatically cut off the power supply to the heating elements before the surface of the water falls below the visible level in the gage glass.

PEB-13.3 Tubular gage glasses on electric boilers shall be equipped with protective rods or shields.

PEB-14 PRESSURE GAGES

Pressure gages shall meet the requirements of PG-60.6.

PEB-15 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

PEB-15.1 Each electric boiler shall have at least one pressure relief valve. Electric boilers with a power input more than 1,100 kW shall have two or more pressure relief valves.

PEB-15.2 The minimum pressure relief valve relieving capacity for electric boilers shall be 3 ½ lb/hr/kW (1.6 kg/hr/kW) input. The pressure setting shall not be higher than the MAWP stamped on the completed boiler (see PEB-18.3.2).

PEB-15.3 Pressure relief valves shall be mounted in accordance with PG-71.2 with the spindle vertical. Electric boilers that do not exceed the diameter, volume, or pressure limits of PMB-2, may have a pressure relief valve(s) installed in other than the vertical position, provided that

(a) the valve design is satisfactory for such position

(b) the valve is not larger than NPS ¾ (DN 20)

(c) the maximum angle of deviation from vertical does not exceed 30 deg

(d) the nozzle location is such that no material that could interfere with the operation of the valve can accumulate at the valve inlet

(e) the discharge opening of the valve body and discharge piping is oriented so that drainage is adequate

PEB-16 AUTOMATIC DEVICES

Electric boilers shall be provided with pressure and/or temperature controls and an automatic low-water fuel cutoff. No low-water cutoff is required for electrode type boilers.

PEB-17 HYDROSTATIC TEST

PEB-17.1 Each electric boiler pressure vessel shall be hydrostatically tested at completion of fabrication in accordance with PG-99 or PMB-21, as applicable.

PEB-17.2 In addition to the above, after assembly of the boiler pressure vessel and the mechanically assembled boiler external piping and trim, the completed electric boiler shall be given a final hydrostatic test at a pressure not less than 1 ½ times the MAWP of the pressure vessel. Miniature electric boilers that are trimmed to operate at less than the MAWP of the pressure vessel shall be given a hydrostatic test at a pressure not less than the safety valve setting.

PEB-17.3 When the electric boiler is to be marked with the “E” symbol, the symbol shall be applied after completion of the hydrostatic test of PEB-17.2.

PEB-18 INSPECTION AND STAMPING OF BOILERS

PEB-18.1 Inspection of electric boilers shall be as required by PG-90.1 and PG-90.3. Witness by the Authorized Inspector of the hydrotest required in PEB-17.2 for the completed boiler may be omitted for electric boilers that meet all the following limitations:

(a) 800 kW maximum per vessel

(b) 600 V maximum

(c) mechanically assembled boiler external piping (BEP) only

When the Authorized Inspector does not perform a final inspection of the completed boiler, the Manufacturer or Assembler shall make an equivalent examination. The equivalent examination shall be in accordance with a quality control procedure meeting the requirements of PEB-18.2 and PEB-18.5.

PEB-18.1.1 Electric boilers exceeding the size limitations specified in PEB-18.1, and having only mechanically assembled external piping (BEP) and trim, shall have a final inspection by the Authorized Inspector, who shall also witness the hydrostatic test called for in PEB-17.2.

PEB-18.1.2 For electric boilers having welded or brazed boiler external piping (BEP) or trim, the inspection requirements of PG-90.1 and the hydrostatic test requirements of PG-99 apply.

PEB-18.2 Each electric boiler Manufacturer shall comply with the applicable requirements of PG-104 and PG-105.

PEB-18.2.1 An electric boiler Manufacturer or Assembler applying for or renewing the “E” stamp shall have its facilities and organizations subject to a joint review by its Authorized Inspection Agency and the legal jurisdiction involved (see last paragraph of PG-105.4).

PEB-18.2.2 A Manufacturer or Assembler holding an “E” stamp and assembling units where the final shop inspection is not mandatory (see PEB-18.1), shall be subject to periodic review by its Authorized Inspection Agency. The review shall be conducted on a quarterly basis or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Authorized Inspection Agency. The frequency of this review may be reduced subject to written agreement between the Manufacturer or Assembler and its inspection agency and the written approval of the appropriate legal jurisdiction. However, in no case shall the review be less than once every 6 months.

PEB-18.3 The stamping of electric boilers shall conform to the requirements of PG-106. Completed electric boilers shall be marked with the “S” or “M” symbol by the Manufacturer of the boiler pressure vessel except when the boiler pressure vessel is constructed under the provisions of PEB-3 (see PEB-18.4). When the trim, fixtures and fittings (such as valves), threaded boiler external piping, and appurtenances are connected to an electric boiler by a Manufacturer or Assembler not authorized to apply the “S” or “M” stamp, the boiler assembler shall apply an “E” stamp to the completed assembly. “E” stamp holders are limited to the use of assembly methods that do not require welding or brazing.

PEB-18.3.1 The stamping of the boiler pressure vessel shall be located as called for in PG-111.8 and need not indicate the kW input or the maximum designed steaming capacity.

PEB-18.3.2 The stamping of the complete electric boiler shall be on a separate metallic plate and shall be in accordance with PG-106.4. The MAWP shall be that established by the completed boiler assembler holding the “S,” “M,” or “E” stamp, but in no case higher than the MAWP stamped on the boiler shell. The MAWP shall be listed on Part II of Form P-2A, Manufacturers’ Data Report for All Types of Electric Boilers. This plate shall be located on the assembly so that it is readily visible from the operating floor.

PEB-18.3.3 The stamping required by PEB-18.3.2 need not be done in the presence of the Authorized Inspector for electric boilers that do not receive final inspection by the Authorized Inspector (see PEB-18.1).

PEB-18.4 For boiler pressure vessels constructed under the provisions of PEB-3, the inspection and stamping requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, UG-116(c) for special service pressure vessels (UB), shall be followed.

PEB-18.5 Those Manufacturers and Assemblers providing an equivalent examination of completed electric boilers when final inspection is not witnessed by the Authorized Inspector (see PEB-18.1), shall provide oversight by a Certified Individual (CI).

PEB-18.5.1 A Certified Individual (CI) shall be an employee of the Manufacturer or Assembler and shall be qualified and certified by the Manufacturer or Assembler. Qualifications shall include as a minimum

(a) knowledge of the requirements of this Section for the application of Code symbols

(b) knowledge of the Manufacturer’s quality program

(c) training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities to which oversight is to be provided

The Manufacturer or Assembler shall maintain a record containing objective evidence of the Certified Individual’s qualifications, training and certification.

PEB-18.5.2 The duties of a Certified Individual (CI) shall be to assure that each use of the Code symbol as permitted in PEB-18.3.3 is in accordance with the requirements of this Section and is documented on the Certificate of Conformance on Form P-2A, Manufacturers’ Data Report for All Types of Electric Boilers. The CI shall also

(a) verify that each electric boiler, to which a Code symbol is applied, meets all applicable requirements of this Section

(b) sign the Certificate of Conformance, Form P-2A, prior to release of control of the boiler

PEB-19 MANUFACTURERS’ DATA REPORT FOR ELECTRIC BOILERS

PEB-19.1 This form consists of two parts. Part I is to be completed by the Manufacturer of the boiler pressure vessel who is the holder of the “S” or “M” stamp and his inspection agency. Part II is to be completed by the Manufacturer or Assembler responsible for the completed electric boiler who shall be authorized to use any of the “S,” “M,” or “E” stamps.

PEB-19.2 When the boiler pressure vessel is constructed by a “U” stamp holder and certified on a U-1 or U-1A Data Report, Part 1 shall be completed by the “S,” “M,” or “E” stamp holder to the extent indicated in Guide A-351.1.

Chapter SPS 341 Appendix B APPENDIX B

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX B {#sec-chapter-sps-341 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 341}

The rules of this Section of the Code cover minimum construction requirements for the design, fabrication, installation, and inspection of steam heating, hot water heating, hot water supply boilers that are directly fired with oil, gas, electricity, coal, or other solid or liquid fuels, and for operation at or below the pressure and temperature limits set forth in this document. Similar rules for potable water heaters are also included.

For Section IV application, the boiler proper or other vessels terminate at the supply and return connections to the system or the supply and feedwater connections of a hot water supply boiler. These connections may be any of the following:

(a) the first circumferential joint for welding end connections

(b) the face of the first flange in bolted flanged connections

(c) the first threaded joint in that type of connection

Included within the scope of the boiler are pressure-retaining covers for inspection openings, such as manhole covers, handhold covers, and plugs; and headers required to connect individual coils, tubes, or cast sections within a boiler.

The rules are divided into four major Parts: Part HG, applying to all materials of construction except as provided for in Part HLW; Part HF, applying to assemblies fabricated of wrought material, except as provided for in Part HLW; Part HC, applying to cast iron assemblies; Part HA, applying to boilers constructed of cast aluminum; and Part HLW, applying to potable water heaters. Part HF is further subdivided into Subpart HW, containing rules for welded construction, and Subpart HB, containing rules for brazed construction.

The Parts and Subparts of this Section are divided into Articles. Each Article is given a number and a title, as for example, Part HG, Article 3, Design. Articles are divided into paragraphs that are given a three-digit number, the first of which corresponds to the Article number. Thus, under Article 3 of Part HG, paragraph HG-307 will be found. Paragraphs are further subdivided into subparagraphs. Major subdivisions of paragraphs are designated by three- or four-digit numbers followed by a decimal point and a digit or digits. Where necessary, further subdivisions are represented by letters and then by numbers in parentheses. Minor subdivisions of the paragraphs are also represented by letters. A reference to one of these paragraphs in the text of the Section includes all of the applicable rules in that paragraph. Thus, reference to HG-307 includes all the rules in HG-307.1 through HG-307.4.

This Section does not contain rules to cover all possible details of design and construction. Where complete details are not given, it is intended that the manufacturer, subject to the acceptance of the Authorized Inspector, shall provide details of design and construction that will be as safe as otherwise required by these rules.

When the strength of any part cannot be computed with a satisfactory assurance of safety, these rules provide procedures for establishing its maximum allowable working pressure.

ARTICLE 1

SCOPE AND SERVICE RESTRICTIONS

HG-100 SCOPE

(a) The rules of Part HG apply to steam heating boilers, hot water heating boilers, hot water supply boilers, and to appurtenances thereto. They shall be used in conjunction with the specific requirements in Part HF, Boilers of Wrought Materials, Part HC, Cast Iron Boilers, and Part HA, Cast Aluminum Boilers, whichever is applicable. The foreword provides the basis for these rules. Part HG is not intended to apply to potable water heaters except as provided for in Part HLW.

(b) This Part contains mandatory requirements, specific prohibitions, and nonmandatory guidance for materials, designs, fabrication, examination, inspection, testing, certification, and pressure relief.

(c) Laws or regulations issued by a municipality, state, provincial, federal, or other enforcement or regulatory body having jurisdiction at the location of an installation, establish the mandatory applicability of these rules, in whole or in part.

HG-101 SERVICE RESTRICTIONS

HG-101.1 Service Restrictions. The rules of this Section are restricted to the following services:

(a) steam boilers for operation at pressures not exceeding 15 psi (100 kPa)

(b) hot water heating boilers and hot water supply boilers for operating at pressures not exceeding 160 psi (1 100 kPa) and/or temperatures not exceeding 250°F (120°C), at or near the boiler outlet, except that when some of the wrought materials permitted by Part HF are used, a lower temperature is specified

HG-101.2 Services in Excess of Those Covered by This Section. For services exceeding the limits specified in HG-101.l, the rules of Section I shall apply.

HG-102 UNITS

Either U.S. Customary, SI, or any local customary units may be used to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of this edition (e.g., materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, testing, certification, and overpressure protection).

In general, it is expected that a single system of units shall be used for all aspects of design except where unfeasible or impractical. When components are manufactured at different locations where local customary units are different than those used for the general design, the local units may be used for the design and documentation of that component. Similarly, for proprietary components or those uniquely associated with a system of units different than that used for the general design, the alternate units may be used for the design and documentation of that component.

For any single equation, all variables shall be expressed in a single system of units. When separate equations are provided for U.S. Customary and SI units, those equations must be executed using variables in the units associated with the specific equation. Data expressed in other units shall be converted to U.S. Customary or SI units for use in these equations. The result obtained from execution of these equations may be converted to other units.

Production, measurement and test equipment, drawings, welding procedure specifications, welding procedure and performance qualifications, and other fabrication documents may be in U.S. Customary, SI, or local customary units in accordance with the fabricator’s practice. When values shown in calculations and analysis, fabrication documents, or measurement and test equipment are in different units, any conversions necessary for verification of Code compliance and to ensure that dimensional consistency is maintained shall be in accordance with the following:

(a) Conversion factors shall be accurate to at least four significant figures.

(b) The results of conversions of units shall be expressed to a minimum of three significant figures.

Conversion of units, using the precision specified above shall be performed to assure that dimensional consistency is maintained. Conversion factors between U.S. Customary and SI units may be found in the Nonmandatory Appendix M, Guidance for the Use of U.S. Customary and SI Units in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Whenever local customary units are used the Manufacturer shall provide the source of the conversion factors, which shall be subject to verification and acceptance by the Authorized Inspector.

Material that has been manufactured and certified to either the U.S. Customary or SI material specification (e.g., SA-516M) may be used regardless of the unit system used in design. Standard fittings (e.g., flanges, elbows, etc.) that have been certified to either U.S. Customary units or SI units may be used regardless of the unit system used in design.

All entries on a Manufacturer’s Data Report and data for Code required nameplate marking shall be in units consistent with the fabrication drawings for the component using U.S. Customary, SI, or local customary units. It is acceptable to show alternate units parenthetically. Users of this Code are cautioned that the receiving Jurisdiction should be contacted to ensure the units are acceptable.

ARTICLE 2

MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

HG-200 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

HG-200.1 Materials Subject to Pressure Stress. Material subject to stress due to pressure shall conform to one of the specifications given in Section II and shall be limited to those that are permitted in HF-200 for boilers of wrought materials and HC-200 for cast iron boilers.

HG-200.2 Internal Parts Subject to Deterioration. Materials shall not be used for internal parts that are liable to fail due to deterioration when subjected to saturated steam temperatures at or below the maximum allowable working pressure.

HG-200.3 Materials Not Found in Section II. Material not covered by specifications in Section II shall not be used unless authorization to use the material is granted by the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee on the basis of data submitted to the Committee in accordance with Appendix A.

HG-200.4 Materials Use Not Limited by Specification Title. The title or scope paragraph of a material specification in Section II with respect to product form or service shall not limit the use of a material, provided the material is suitable for the application and its use is permitted by the rules of this Section.

HG-200.5 Materials Use Not Limited by Method of Production. Materials covered by specifications in Section II are not restricted as to the method of production unless so stated in the Specification, and as long as the product complies with the requirements of the Specification.

HG-200.6 Materials With Thicknesses Exceeding Specification Limits. Materials having thicknesses outside of the limits given in the title or scope clause of a specification in Section II may be used in construction, provided they comply with the other requirements of the Specification and with all thickness requirements of this Code.

HG-200.7 Nonpressure Part Materials. Material for nonpressure parts, such as skirts, supports, baffles, lugs, clips, and extended heat-transfer surfaces, need not conform to the specifications for the material to which they are attached or to a material specification permitted in HF-200 or HC-200; but, if welded, they shall be of weldable quality. The allowable stress value shall not exceed 80% of the maximum allowable stress permitted for similar material in Tables HF-300.1 and HF-300.2. Satisfactory performance of a specimen in such service shall not make the material acceptable for use in pressure parts of a vessel.

HG-201 SPECIFIC MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

Specific material requirements for assemblies constructed of wrought materials are given in Part HF, Article 2 and for assemblies constructed of cast iron in Part HC, Article 2.

ARTICLE 4

PRESSURE RELIEVING DEVICES

HG-400 PRESSURE RELIEVING VALVE REQUIREMENTS

  • See PDF for table

HG-400.1 Safety Valve Requirements for Steam Boilers

(a) Each steam boiler shall have one or more officially rated safety valves that are identified with the V or HV Symbol of the spring pop type adjusted and sealed to discharge at a pressure not to exceed 15 psi (100 kPa).

(b) No safety valve for a steam boiler shall be smaller than NPS ½ (DN 15) or larger than NPS 4 (DN 100). The inlet opening shall have an inside diameter equal to, or greater than, the seat diameter.

(c) The minimum relieving capacity of valve or valves shall be governed by the capacity marking on the boiler called for in HG-530.

(d) The minimum valve capacity in pounds per hour shall be the greater of that determined by dividing the maximum Btu output at the boiler nozzle obtained by the firing of any fuel for which the unit is installed by 1,000, or shall be determined on the basis of the pounds (kg) of steam generated per hour per square foot (m2) of boiler heating surface as given in Table HG-400.1. For cast iron boilers constructed to the requirements of Part HC, the minimum valve capacity shall be determined by the maximum output method. In many cases a greater relieving capacity of valves will have to be provided than the minimum specified by these rules. In every case, the requirement of HG-400.l(e) shall be met.

(e) The safety valve capacity for each steam boiler shall be such that with the fuel burning equipment installed, and operated at maximum capacity, the pressure cannot rise more than 5 psi (35 Kpa) above the maximum allowable working pressure.

(f) When operating conditions are changed, or additional boiler heating surface is installed, the valve capacity shall be increased, if necessary, to meet the new conditions and be in accordance with HG-400.l (e). The additional valves required, on account of changed conditions, may be installed on the outlet piping provided there is no intervening valve.

HG-400.2 Safety Relief Valve Requirements for Hot Water Boilers

(a) Each hot water heating or supply boiler shall have at least one officially rated safety relief valve, of the automatic reseating type, identified with the V or HV Symbol, and set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

(b) Hot water heating or supply boilers limited to a water temperature not in excess of 210°F (99°C) may have, in lieu of the valve(s) specified in (a) above, one or more officially rated temperature and pressure safety relief valves of the automatic reseating type identified with the HV symbol, and set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

(c) When more than one safety relief valve is used on either hot water heating or hot water supply boilers, the additional valves shall be officially rated and may have a set pressure within a range not to exceed 6 psi (40 kPa) above the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler up to and including 60 psi (400 kPa), and 5% for those having a maximum allowable working pressure exceeding 60 psi (400 kPa).

(d) No safety relief valve shall be smaller than NPS ¾ (DN 20) nor larger than NPS 4 (DN 100) except that boilers having a heat input not greater than 15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) may be equipped with a rated safety relief valve of NPS ½ (DN 15).

(e) The required steam relieving capacity, in pounds per hour (kg/h), of the pressure relieving device or devices on a boiler shall be the greater of that determined by dividing the maximum output in Btu at the boiler nozzle obtained by the firing of any fuel for which the unit is installed by 1,000, or shall be determined on the basis of pounds (kg) of steam generated per hour per square foot (m2) of boiler heating surface as given in Table HG-400.1. For cast iron boilers constructed to the requirements of Part HC, the minimum valve capacity shall be determined by the maximum output method. In many cases a greater relieving capacity of valves will have to be provided than the minimum specified by these rules. In every case, the requirements of HG-400.2 (g) shall be met.

(f) When operating conditions are changed, or additional boiler heating surface is installed, the valve capacity shall be increased, if necessary, to meet the new conditions and shall be in accordance with HG-400,2(g). The additional valves required, on account of changed conditions, may be installed on the outlet piping provided there is no intervening valve.

(g) Safety relief valve capacity for each boiler with a single safety relief valve shall be such that, with the fuel burning equipment installed and operated at maximum capacity, the pressure cannot rise more than 10% above the maximum allowable working pressure. When more than one safety relief valve is used, the overpressure shall be limited to 10% above the set pressure of the highest set valve allowed by HG-400.2 (c).

HG-400.3 Safety and Safety Relief Valves for Tanks and Heat Exchangers

(a) Steam to Hot Water Supply. When a hot water supply is heated indirectly by steam in a coil or pipe within the service limitations set forth in HG-101, the pressure of the steam used shall not exceed the safe working pressure of the hot water tank, and a safety relief valve at least NPS 1 (DN 25), set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank, shall be applied on the tank.

(b) High Temperature Water to Water Heat Exchanger.1 When high temperature water is circulated through the coils or tubes of a heat exchanger to warm water for space heating or hot water supply, within the service limitations set forth in HG-101, the heat exchanger shall be equipped with one or more officially rated safety relief valves that are identified with the V or HV Symbol, set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of the heat exchanger, and of sufficient rated capacity to prevent the heat exchanger pressure from rising more than 10% above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel.

(c) High Temperature Water to Steam Heat Exchanger.1 When high temperature water is circulated through the coils or tubes of a heat exchanger to generate low pressure steam, within the service limitations set forth in HG-101, the heat exchanger shall be equipped with one or more officially rated safety valves that are identified with the V or HV Symbol, set to relieve at a pressure not to exceed 15 psi (100 kPa), and of sufficient rated capacity to prevent the heat exchanger pressure from rising more than 5 psi (35 kPa) above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. For heat exchangers requiring steam pressures greater than 15 psi (100 kPa), refer to Section I or Section VIII, Division 1.

  • See PDF for table

1 Suggested installation practices for the secondary side of heat exchangers.

HG-401 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY AND SAFETY RELIEF VALVES

HG-401.1 Mechanical Requirements

(a) The inlet opening shall have an inside diameter approximately equal to, or greater than, the seat diameter. In no case shall the maximum opening through any part of the valve be less than ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter or its equivalent area.

(b) Safety relief valves officially rated as to capacity shall have pop action when tested by steam.

(c) O-rings or other packing devices when used on the stems of safety relief valves shall be so arranged as not to affect their operation or capacity.

(d) The design shall incorporate guiding arrangements necessary to insure consistent operation and tightness. Excessive lengths of guiding surfaces should be avoided. Bottom guided designs are not permitted on safety relief valves.

(e) Safety valves shall have a controlled blowdown of 2 psi to 4 psi (15 kPa to 30 kPa) and this blowdown need not be adjustable.

(f) Safety valves shall be spring loaded. The spring shall be designed so that the full lift spring compression shall be no greater than 80% of the nominal solid deflection. The permanent set of the spring (defined as the difference between the free height and height measured 10 min after the spring has been compressed solid three additional times after presetting at room temperature) shall not exceed 0.5% of the free height.

(g) There shall be a lifting device and a mechanical connection between the lifting device and the disk capable of lifting the disk from the seat a distance of at least 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) with no pressure on the boiler.

(h) A body drain below seat level shall be provided by the Manufacturer for all safety valves and safety relief valves, except that the body drain may be omitted when the valve seat is above the bottom of the inside diameter of the discharge piping. For valves exceeding NPS 2½ (DN 65) the drain hole or holes shall be tapped not less than NPS 3/8 (DN 10). For valves NPS 2½ (DN 65) or smaller, the drain hole shall not be less than ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter. Body drain connections shall not be plugged during or after field installation. In safety relief valves of the diaphragm type, the space above the diaphragm shall be vented to prevent a buildup of pressure above the diaphragm. Safety relief valves of the diaphragm type shall be so designed that failure or deterioration of the diaphragm material will not impair the ability of the valve to relieve at the rated capacity.

(i) In the design of the body of the valve consideration shall be given to minimizing the effects of water deposits.

(j) Valves shall be provided with wrenching surfaces to allow for normal installation without damaging operating parts.

(k) The set pressure tolerances, plus or minus, of safety valves shall not exceed 2 psi (15 kPa), and for safety relief valves shall not exceed 3 psi (20 kPa) for pressures up to and including 60 psig (400 kPa) and 5% for pressures above 60 psig (400 kPa).

(l) Safety valves shall be arranged so that they cannot be reset to relieve at a higher pressure than the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

HG-401.2 Material Selection

(a) Cast iron seats and disks are not permitted.

(b) Adjacent sliding surfaces such as guides and disks shall both be of corrosion resistant material.

(c) Springs of corrosion resistant material or having a corrosion resistant coating are required.

(d) Material for seats and disks should be such as to provide a reasonable degree of resistance to steam cutting.

(e) Material for valve bodies and bonnets or their corresponding metallic pressure containing parts shall be listed in Section II, except that in cases where a manufacturer desires to make use of materials other than those listed in Section II, he shall establish and maintain specifications requiring equivalent control of chemical and physical properties and quality.

(f) Synthetic disk inserts of O-ring or other types if used shall be compatible with the maximum design temperature established for the valve.

(g) No materials liable to fail due to deterioration or vulcanization when subjected to saturated steam temperature corresponding to capacity test pressure shall be used.

HG-401.3 Manufacture and Inspection

(a) A Manufacturer shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of an ASME designee that his manufacturing, production, and testing facilities and quality control procedures will insure close agreement between the performance of random production samples and the performance of those valves submitted for capacity certification.

(b) Manufacturing, inspection, and test operations including capacity are subject to inspections at any time by an ASME designee.

(c) A Manufacturer may be granted permission to apply, the HV Code Symbol to production pressure relief valves capacity certified in accordance with HG-402.3 provided the following tests are successfully completed. This permission shall expire on the sixth anniversary of the date it is initially granted. The permission may be extended for 6 year periods if the following tests are successfully repeated within the 6 month period before expiration.

(1) Two sample production pressure relief valves of a size and capacity within the capability of an ASME accepted laboratory shall be selected by an ASME designee.

(2) Operational and capacity tests shall be conducted in the presence of an ASME designee at an ASME accepted laboratory. The valve Manufacturer shall be notified of the time of the test and may have representatives present to witness the test.

(3) Should any valve fail to relieve at or above its certified capacity or should it fail to meet performance requirements of this Section, the test shall be repeated at the rate of two replacement valves, selected in accordance with HG-401.3(c)(1), for each valve that failed.

(4) Failure of any of the replacement valves to meet the capacity or the performance requirements of this Section shall be cause for revocation within 60 days of the authorization to use the Code Symbol on that particular type of valve. During this period, the Manufacturer shall demonstrate the cause of such deficiency and the action taken to guard against future occurrence, and the requirements of HG-401.3(c) above shall apply.

(d) Safety valves shall be sealed in a manner to prevent the valve from being taken apart without breaking the seal. Safety relief valves shall be set and sealed so that they cannot be reset without breaking the seal.

HG-401.4 Manufacturer’s Testing

(a) Every safety valve shall be tested to demonstrate its popping point, blowdown, and tightness. Every safety relief valve shall be tested to demonstrate its opening point and tightness. Safety valves shall be tested on steam or air and safety relief valves on water, steam, or air. When the blowdown is nonadjustable, the blowdown test may be performed on a sampling basis.

(b) A Manufacturer shall have a well-established program for the application, calibration, and maintenance of test gages.

(c) Testing time on safety valves shall be sufficient, depending on size and design, to insure that test results are repeatable and representative of field performance.

(d) Test fixtures and test drums shall be of adequate size and capacity to assure representative pop action and accuracy of blowdown adjustment.

(e) A tightness test shall be conducted at maximum expected operating pressure, but not at a pressure exceeding the reseating pressure of the valve.

HG-401.5 Design Requirements. At the time of the submission of valves for capacity certification, or testing in accordance with this Section, the ASME Designee has the authority to review the design for conformity with the requirements of this Section, and to reject or require modification of designs that do not conform, prior to capacity testing.

HG-402 DISCHARGE CAPACITIES OF SAFETY AND SAFETY RELIEF VALVES

HG-402.1 Valve Markings. Each safety or safety-relief valve shall be plainly marked with the required data by the Manufacturer in such a way that the markings will not be obliterated in service. The markings shall be stamped, etched, impressed, or cast on the valve or on a nameplate, which shall be securely fastened to the valve.

(a) The markings shall include the following:

(1) the name or an acceptable abbreviation of the Manufacturer

(2) Manufacturer’s design or type number

(3) NPS size _____ in. (DN) (the nominal pipe size of the valve inlet)

(4) set pressure _____ psi

(5) capacity _____ lb/hr (kg/hr), or capacity _____ Btu/hr in accordance with HG-402.7 (a)

(6) year built or, alternatively, a coding may be marked on the valves such that the valve Manufacturer can identify the year the valve was assembled and tested, and

(7) ASME Symbol as shown in Fig. HG-402

(b) Nameplates of safety or safety-relief valves may be marked solely in metric units under the following conditions:

(1) The pressure-relief device will be installed in a location where metric units are required or accepted by local authorities, if any.

(2) Metric units shall be those required by the user when not mandated by enforcement authorities.

(3) The Manufacturer’s quality control system shall provide for the conversion from U.S. customary units to the metric units that will be marked on the nameplate.

HG-402.2 Authorization to Use ASME Stamp. Each safety valve to which the Code Symbol (Fig. HG-402) is to be applied shall be produced by a Manufacturer and/or Assembler who is in possession of a valid Certificate of Authorization. (See HG-540.) For all valves to be stamped with the HV Symbol, a Certified Individual (CI) shall provide oversight to ensure that the use of the “HV” Code symbol on a safety valve or safety relief valve is in accordance with this Section and that the use of the “HV” Code symbol is documented on a Certificate of Conformance Form, HV-1.

  • See PDF for diagram

(a) Requirements for the Certified Individual (CI). The CI shall

(1) be an employee of the Manufacturer.

(2) be qualified and certified by the Manufacturer. Qualification shall include the following as a minimum:

(a) knowledge of the requirements of this Section for the application of the “HV” Code Symbol

(b) knowledge of the Manufacturer’s quality program

(c) training commensurate with the scope, complexity, or special nature of the activities to which oversight is to be provided

(3) have a record, maintained and certified by the Manufacturer, containing objective evidence of the qualifications of the CI and the training program provided

(b) Duties of the Certified Individual (CI). The CI shall

(1) verify that each item to which the Code Symbol is applied meets all applicable requirements of this Section and has a current capacity certification for the “HV” symbol

(2) review documentation for each lot of items to be stamped, to verify, for the lot, that the requirements of this Section have been completed

(3) sign the Certificate of Conformance Form (HV-1) prior to release of control of the item

(c) Certificate of Conformance Form (HV-1) (see Appendix N)

(1) The Certificate of Conformance shall be filled out by the Manufacturer and signed by the Certified Individual. Multiple duplicate pressure relief devices may be recorded on a single entry provided the devices are identical and produced in the same lot.

(2) The Manufacturer’s written quality control program shall include requirements for completion of Certificates of Conformance forms and retention by the Manufacturer for a minimum of 5 years.

HG-402.3 Determination of Capacity to Be Stamped on Valves. The Manufacturer of the valves that are to be stamped with the Code symbol shall submit valves for testing to a place where adequate equipment and personnel are available to conduct pressure and relieving-capacity tests which shall be made in the presence of and certified by an authorized observer. The place, personnel, and authorized observer shall be approved by the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Committee. The valves shall be tested in one of the following three methods.

(a) Coefficient Method. Tests shall be made to determine the lift, popping, and blowdown pressures, and the capacity of at least three valves each of three representative sizes (a total of nine valves). Each valve of a given size shall be set at a different pressure. However, safety valves for steam boilers shall have all nine valves set at 15 psig (100 kPa). A coefficient shall be established for each test as follows:

  • See PDF for diagram

The average of the coefficients KD of the nine tests required shall be multiplied by 0.90, and this product shall be taken as the coefficient K of that design. The stamped capacity for all sizes and pressures shall not exceed the value determined from the following formulas:

For 45 deg seat,

(US. Customary Units)

W = 51.5 πDLP × 0.707K

(SI Units)

W = 5.25 πDLP × 0.707K

For flat seat,

(U.S. Customary Units)

W = 51.5 πDLPK

(SI Units)

W = 5.25 πDLPK

For nozzle,

(U.S. Customary Units)

W = 51.5APK

(SI Units)

W = 5.25APK

where

A = nozzle-throat area

D = seat diameter

K = coefficient of discharge for the design

L = lift

P = (1.10 × set pressure + 14.7) psia or (1.10 × set pressure + 0.101) MPa, for hot water applications or

= (5.0 psi + 15 psi set + 14.7) psia or (0.035 MPa + 0.100 MPa set + 0.101) MPa, for steam boilers

W = weight of steam/hr

Note: The maximum and minimum coefficient determined by the tests of a valve design shall not vary more than ±5% from the average. If one or more tests are outside the acceptable limits, one valve of the Manufacturer’s choice shall be replaced with another valve of the same size and pressure setting or by a modification of the original valve. Following this test a new average coefficient shall be calculated, excluding the replaced valve test. If one or more tests are now outside the acceptable limits, as determined by the new average coefficient, a valve of the Manufacturer’s choice must be replaced by two valves of the same size and pressure as the rejected valve. A new average coefficient, including the replacement valves, shall be calculated. If any valve, excluding the two replaced valves, now falls outside the acceptable limits, the tests shall be considered unsatisfactory.

(b) Slope Method. If a Manufacturer wishes to apply the Code Symbol to a design of pressure relief valves, four valves of each combination of pipe and orifice size shall be tested. These four valves shall be set at pressures that cover the approximate range of pressures for which the valve will be used, or that cover the range available at the certified test facility that shall conduct the tests. The capacities shall be based on these four tests as follows:

(1) The slope (W/P) of the actual measured capacity versus the flow pressure for each test point shall be calculated and averaged:

  • See PDF for diagram

All values derived from the testing must fall within ±5% of the average value:

minimum slope = 0.95 × average slope

maximum slope = 1.05 × average slope

If the values derived from the testing do not fall between the minimum and maximum slope values, the Authorized Observer shall require that additional valves be tested at the rate of two for each valve beyond the maximum and minimum values with a limit of four additional valves.

(2) The relieving capacity to be stamped on the valve shall not exceed 90% of the average slope times the absolute accumulation pressure:

rated slope = 0.90 × average slope

stamped capacity = rated slope × (1.10 × set pressure + 14.7) psia or (1.10 × set pressure + 101) kPa for hot water applications

(c) Three-Valve Method. If a Manufacturer wishes to apply the Code Symbol to steam safety valves or safety relief valves of one or more sizes of a design set at one pressure, he shall submit three valves of each size of each design set at one pressure for testing and the stamped capacity of each size shall not exceed 90% of the average capacity of the three valves tested.

Note: The discharge capacity as determined by the test of each valve tested shall not vary by more than ±5% of the average capacity of the three valves tested. If one of the three valve tests falls outside of the limits, it may be replaced by two valves and a new average calculated based on all four valves, excluding the replaced valve.

ARTICLE 6

INSTRUMENTS, FITTINGS, AND CONTROLS

HG-600 GENERAL

All instruments, fittings, and controls described in this Article shall be installed prior to operation.

HG-601 FOR STEAM HEATING BOILERS

HG-602 STEAM GAGES

(a) Each steam boiler shall have a steam gage or a compound steam gage connected to its steam space or to its water column or to its steam connection. The gage or piping to the gage shall contain a siphon or equivalent device that will develop and maintain a water seal that will prevent steam from entering the gage tube. The piping shall be so arranged that the gage cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock placed in the pipe at the gage and provided with a tee- or lever-handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open. The gage connection boiler tapping, external siphon, or piping to the boiler shall not be less than NPS ¼ (DN 8). Where steel or wrought iron pipe or tubing is used, the boiler connection and external siphon shall be not less than NPS ½ (DN 15). Ferrous and nonferrous tubing having inside diameters at least equal to that of standard pipe sizes listed above may be substituted for pipe.

(b) The scale on the dial of a steam boiler gage shall be graduated to not less than 30 psi (200 kPa) nor more than 60 psi (414 kPa). The travel of the pointer from 0 psi to 30 psi (0 kPa to 200 kPa) pressure shall be at least 3 in. (75 mm).

HG-603 WATER GAGE GLASSES

(a) Each steam boiler shall have one or more water gage glasses attached to the water column or boiler by means of valved fittings not less than NPS ½ (DN 15), with the lower fitting provided with a drain valve of a type having an unrestricted drain opening not less than ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter to facilitate cleaning. Gage glass replacement shall be possible with the boiler under pressure. Water glass fittings may be attached directly to a boiler.

Boilers having an internal vertical height of less than 10 in. (250 mm) may be equipped with a water level indicator of the Glass Bull’s-Eye type provided the indicator is of sufficient size to show the water at both normal operating and low-water cutoff levels.

(b) The lowest visible part of the water gage glass shall be at least 1 in. (25 mm) above the lowest permissible water level recommended by the boiler Manufacturer. With the boiler operating at this lowest permissible water level, there shall be no danger of overheating any part of the boiler.

Each boiler shall be provided at the time of the manufacture with a permanent marker indicating the lowest permissible water level. The marker shall be stamped, etched, or cast in metal; or it shall be a metallic plate attached by rivets, screws, or welding; or it shall consist of material with documented tests showing its suitability as a permanent marking for the application. This marker shall be visible at all times. Where the boiler is shipped with a jacket, this marker may be located on the jacket.

Note: Transparent material other than glass may be used for the water gage provided that the material will remain transparent and has proved suitable for the pressure, temperature, and corrosive conditions expected in service.

(c) In electric boilers of the submerged electrode type, the water gage glass shall be so located to indicate the water levels both at startup and under maximum steam load conditions as established by the manufacturer.

(d) In electric boilers of the resistance element type, the lowest visible part of the water gage shall be located at least 1 in. (25 mm) above the lowest permissible water level specified by the Manufacturer. Each electric boiler of this type shall also be equipped with an automatic low-water cutoff on each boiler pressure vessel so located as to automatically cut off the power supply to the heating elements before the surface of the water falls below the visible part of the glass.

(e) Tubular water glasses on electric boilers having a normal water content not exceeding 100 gal (300 l) shall be equipped with a protective shield.

(f) A water level indicator using an indirect sensing method may be used in lieu of an operating water gauge glass; however, a water gauge glass must be installed and operable but may be shut off by valving. The water level indicator must be attached to a water column or directly to the boiler by means of valved fittings not less than NPS ½ (DN 15). The device shall be provided with a drain valve of a type having an unrestricted drain opening not less than ¼ in. (6 mm) in diameter to facilitate cleaning. Service and replacement of internal parts and/or housing shall be possible with the boiler under pressure.

HG-604 WATER COLUMN AND WATER LEVEL CONTROL PIPES

(a) The minimum size of ferrous or nonferrous pipes connecting a water column to a steam boiler shall be NPS 1 (DN 25). No outlet connections, except for damper regulator, feedwater regulator, steam gages, or apparatus that does not permit the escape of any steam or water except for manually operated blowdowns, shall be attached to a water column or the piping connecting a water column to a boiler (see HG-705 for introduction of feedwater into a boiler). If the water column, gage glass, low-water fuel cutoff, or other water level control device is connected to the boiler by pipe and fittings, no shutoff valves of any type shall be placed in such pipe, and a cross or equivalent fitting to which a drain valve and piping may be attached shall be placed in the water piping connection at every right angle turn to facilitate cleaning. The water column drain pipe and valve shall be not less than NPS ¾ (DN 20).

(b) The steam connections to the water column of a horizontal firetube wrought boiler shall be taken from the top of the shell or the upper part of the head, and the water connection shall be taken from a point not above the center line of the shell. For a cast iron boiler, the steam connection to the water column shall be taken from the top of an end section or the top of the steam header, and the water connection shall be made on an end section not less than 6 in. (150 mm) below the bottom connection to the water gage glass.

HG-605 PRESSURE CONTROL

Each automatically fired steam boiler shall be protected from overpressure by two pressure-operated controls.

(a) Each individual automatically fired steam boiler shall have a safety limit control that will cut off the fuel supply to prevent steam pressure from exceeding the 15 psi (100 kPa) maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler. Each control shall be constructed to prevent a pressure setting above 15 psi (100 kPa).

(b) Each individual steam boiler shall have a control that will cut off the fuel supply when the pressure reaches an operating limit, which shall be less than the maximum allowable pressure.

(c) Shutoff valves of any type shall not be placed in the steam pressure connection between the boiler and the controls described in (a) and (b) above. These controls shall be protected with a siphon or equivalent means of maintaining a water seal that will prevent steam from entering the control. The control connection boiler tapping, external siphon, or piping to the boiler shall not be less than NPS ¼ (DN 8), but where steel or wrought iron pipe or tubing is used, they shall not be less than NPS ½ (DN 15). The minimum size of an external siphon shall be NPS ¼ (DN 8) or 3/8 in. (10 mm) O.D. nonferrous tubing.

HG-606 AUTOMATIC LOW-WATER FUEL CUTOFF AND/OR WATER FEEDING DEVICE

(a) Each automatically fired steam or vapor-system boiler shall have an automatic low-water fuel cutoff so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply before the surface of the water falls below the lowest visible part of the water gage glass. If a water feeding device is installed, it shall be so constructed that the water inlet valve cannot feed water into the boiler through the float chamber and so located as to supply requisite feedwater.

(b) Such a fuel cutoff or water feeding device may be attached directly to a boiler. A fuel cutoff or water feeding device may also be installed in the tapped openings available for attaching a water glass direct to a boiler, provided the connections are made to the boiler with nonferrous tees or Y’s not less than NPS ½ (DN 15) between the boiler and the water glass so that the water glass is attached directly and as close as possible to the boiler; the run of the tee or Y shall take the water glass fittings, and the side outlet or branch of the tee or Y shall take the fuel cutoff or water feeding device. The ends of all nipples shall be reamed to full-size diameter.

(c) Fuel cutoffs and water feeding devices embodying a separate chamber shall have a vertical drain pipe and a blowoff valve not less than NPS ¾ (DN 20), located at the lowest point in the water equalizing pipe connections so that the chamber and the equalizing pipe can be flushed and the device tested.

HG-607 MODULAR STEAM HEATING BOILERS

(a) Each module of a modular steam heating boiler shall

be equipped with

(1) steam gage, see HG-602

(2) water gage glass, see HG-603

(3) a pressure control that will cut off the fuel supply when the pressure reaches an operating limit, which shall be less than the maximum allowable pressure

(4) low water cutoff, see HG-606

(b) The assembled modular steam boiler shall also be equipped with a safety limit control that will cut off the fuel supply to prevent steam pressure from exceeding the 15 psi (100 kPa) maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler. The control shall be constructed to prevent pressure setting above 15 psi (100 kPa).

HG-610 FOR HOT WATER HEATING OR HOT WATER SUPPLY BOILERS

HG-611 PRESSURE OR ALTITUDE GAGES

(a) Each hot water heating or hot water supply boiler shall have a pressure or altitude gage connected to it or to its flow connection in such a manner that it cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock with tee or lever handle, placed on the pipe near the gage. The handle of the cock shall be parallel to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open.

(b) Mechanical Gages (Analog). The scale on the dial of the pressure or altitude gage shall be graduated to not less than 1½ nor more than 3½ times the pressure at which the safety relief valve is set.

(c) Electronic gages used in lieu of mechanical gages shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Gage shall be powered from the boiler power supply and it shall have a display that remains on at all times. The gage shall have a backup power supply.

(2) The full scale range of the transducer must be a minimum of 1½ times the pressure at which the safety relief valve is set. It shall be accurate to within ±2% of full scale.

(3) The transducer shall have a media compatibility of both liquids and gases and be temperature compensated.

(4) The gage shall have an operating temperature range of 32°F to 250°F (O°C to 120°C) unless otherwise required by the application.

(d) Piping or tubing for pressure- or altitude-gage connections shall be of nonferrous metal when smaller than NPS 1 (DN 25).

HG-612 THERMOMETERS/TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Each hot water heating or hot water supply boiler shall have a thermometer or temperature sensor with display so located and connected that it shall be easily readable. The thermometer or sensor shall be so located that it shall at all times indicate the temperature of the water in the boiler at or near the outlet.

(a) Thermometer shall have a minimum full scale range of 5O°F to 250°F (10°C to 120°C).

(b) Electronic temperature sensor used in lieu of a thermometer shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The sensor shall be powered from the boiler power supply and it shall have a display that remains on at all times. The gage shall have a backup power supply.

(2) The full scale of the sensor and display must be a minimum of 250°F (120°C). It shall be accurate to within: ±1 deg.

(3) The sensor shall have a minimum operating temperature range of 32°F to 300°F (0°C to 150°C).

(4) The display shall have an ambient operating temperature range of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 50°C) unless otherwise required by the application.

HG-613 TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Each automatically fired hot water heating or hot water supply boiler shall be protected from over-temperature by two temperature-operated controls.

(a) Each individual automatically fired hot water heating or hot water supply boiler shall have a high temperature limit control that will cut off the fuel supply to prevent water temperature from exceeding its marked maximum water temperature at the boiler outlet. This control shall be constructed to prevent a temperature setting above the maximum.

(b) Each individual hot water heating or hot water supply boiler shall have a control that will cut off the fuel supply when the system water temperature reaches a preset operating temperature, which shall be less than the maximum water temperature.

HG-614 LOW-WATER FUEL CUTOFF

(a) Each automatically fired hot water boiler with heat input greater than 400,000 Btu/hr (117 kW) shall have an automatic low-water fuel cutoff that has been designed for hot water service, and it shall be so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the surface of the water falls to the level established in (b) below (see Fig. HG-703.2).

(b) As there is no normal waterline to be maintained in a hot water boiler, any location of the low-water fuel cutoff above the lowest safe permissible water level established by the boiler manufacturer is satisfactory.

(c) A coil-type boiler or a watertube boiler with heat input greater than 400,000 Btu/hr (117 kW) requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating of the coils or tubes shall have a flow-sensing device installed in lieu of the low-water fuel cutoff required in (a) above to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the circulating flow is interrupted.

(d) A means shall be provided for testing the operation of the external low-water fuel cutoff without resorting to draining the entire system. Such means shall not render the device inoperable except as described as follows. If the means temporarily isolates the device from the boiler during this testing, it shall automatically return to its normal position. The connection may be so arranged that the device cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock placed at the device and provided with a tee or lever-handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open.

HG-615 MODULAR HOT WATER HEATING BOILERS

(a) Each module of a modular hot water heating boiler shall be equipped with

(1) pressure/altitude gage, see HG-611

(2) thermometer, see HG-612

(3) temperature control that will cut off the fuel supply when the temperature reaches an operating limit, which shall be less than the maximum allowable temperature

(b) The assembled modular hot water heating boiler shall also be equipped with

(1) a safety limit control that will cut off the fuel supply to prevent the water temperature from exceeding the maximum allowable temperature at the boiler outlet. The control shall be constructed to prevent a temperature setting above the maximum. This control shall be located within 3 ft. (1.0 m) of the fitting connecting the last module to the heating supply piping.

(2) low water fuel cutoff, see HG-614.

HG-620 FOR ALL BOILERS

HG-621 INSTRUMENTS, FITTINGS, AND CONTROLS MOUNTED INSIDE BOILER JACKETS

Any or all instruments, fittings, and controls required by these rules may be installed inside of boiler jackets provided the water gage on a steam boiler is accessible without the use of tools and provided the water gage and pressure gage on a steam boiler or the thermometer and pressure gage on a water boiler are visible through an opening or openings at all times.

HG-630 ELECTRIC WIRING

HG-631 ELECTRICAL CODE COMPLIANCE

All field wiring for controls, heat generating apparatus, and other appurtenances necessary for the operation of the boiler or boilers should be installed in accordance with the provisions of the National Electric Code and/or should comply with the applicable local electrical codes. All boilers supplied with factory mounted and wired controls, heat generating apparatus, and other appurtenances necessary for the operation of the boilers should be installed in accordance with the provisions of the nationally recognized standards such as listed in footnote 2 [17]of HG-640.

HG-632 TYPE CIRCUITRY TO BE USED

Whether field or factory wired, the control circuitry shall be positively grounded and shall operate at 150 V or less. One of the two following systems may be employed to provide the control circuit.

(a) Two-Wire Nominal 120 V System With Separate Equipment Ground Conductor

(1) This system shall consist of the line, neutral, and equipment ground conductors. The control panel frame and associated control circuitry metallic enclosures shall be electrically continuous and be bonded to the equipment ground conductor.

(2) The equipment ground conductor and the neutral conductor shall be bonded together at their origin in the electrical system as required by the NEC.1

  • See PDF for table

1 See Appendix H.

(3) The line side of the control circuit shall be provided with a time delay fuse sized as small as practicable.

(b) Two-Wire Nominal 120 V System Obtained By Using an Isolation Transformer

(1) The two-wire control circuit shall be obtained from the secondary side of an isolation transformer. One wire from the secondary of this transformer shall be electrically continuous and shall be bonded to a convenient cold water pipe. All metallic enclosures of control components shall be securely bonded to this ground control circuit wire. The primary side of the isolation transformer will normally be a two-wire source with a potential of 230 V or 208 V or 440 V.

(2) Both sides of the two-wire primary circuit shall be fused. The hot leg on the load side of the isolation transformer shall be fused as small as practicable and in no case fused above the rating of the isolation transformer.

HG-633 LIMIT CONTROLS

Limit controls shall be wired on the hot or line side of the control circuit.

HG-634 SHUTDOWN SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A manually operated remote heating plant shutdown switch or circuit breaker should be located just outside the boiler room door and marked for easy identification. Consideration should also be given to the type and location of the switch to safeguard against tampering. If the boiler room door is on the building exterior the switch should be located just inside the door. If there is more than one door to the boiler room, there should be a switch located at each door.

(a) For atmospheric-gas burners, and oil burners where a fan is on a common shaft with the oil pump, the complete burner and controls should be shut off.

(b) For power burners with detached auxiliaries, only the fuel input supply to the firebox need be shut off.

HG-640 CONTROLS AND HEAT GENERATING APPARATUS

(a) Oil and gas-fired and electrically heated boilers should be equipped with suitable primary (flame safeguard) safety controls, safety limit switches, and burners or electric elements as required by a nationally recognized standard.2

  • See PDF for table

2 Examples of these nationally recognized standards are:

American National Standard/CSA Standard Z21.13lCSA 4.9 for Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers.

American National Standard/CSA Standard Z21.171CSA 2.7 for Domestic Gas Conversion Burners.

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL 296, Standards for Safety, Oil Burners.

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL 726, Standards for Safety, Oil Fired Boiler Assemblies.

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL 795, Standards for Safety, Commercial-Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment.

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., UL 834, Electric Heating, Water Supply and Power Boilers.

(b) The symbol of the certifying organization3 that has investigated such equipment as having complied with a nationally recognized standard shall be affixed to the equipment and shall be considered as evidence that the unit was manufactured in accordance with that standard.

  • See PDF for table

3 A certifying organization is one that provides uniform testing, examination, and listing procedures under established, nationally recognized standards and that is acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

HG-700 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, ALL BOILERS

HG-701 MOUNTING SAFETY AND SAFETY RELIEF VALVES

HG-701.1 Permissible Mounting. Safety valves and safety relief valves shall be located in the top or side1 of the boiler. They shall be connected directly to a tapped or flanged opening in the boiler, to a fitting connected to the boiler by a short nipple, to a Y-base, or to a valveless header connecting steam or water outlets on the same boiler. Coil or header type boilers shall have the safety valve or safety relief valve located on the steam or hot water outlet end. Safety valves and safety relief valves shall be installed with their spindles vertical. The opening or connection between the boiler and any safety valve or safety relief valve shall have at least the area of the valve inlet.

  • See PDF for table

1 The top or side of the boiler shall mean the highest practicable part of the boiler proper but in no case shall the safety valve be located below the normal operating level and in no case shall the safety relief valve be located below the lowest permissible water level.

HG-701.2 Requirements for Common Connections for Two or More Valves

(a) When a boiler is fitted with two or more safety valves on one connection, this connection shall have a cross-sectional area not less than the combined areas of inlet connections of all the safety valves with which it connects.

(b) When a Y-base is used, the inlet area shall be not less than the combined outlet areas. When the size of the boiler requires a safety valve or safety relief valve larger than 4½ in. (115 mm) in diameter, two or more valves having the required combined capacity shall be used. When two or more valves are used on a boiler, they may be single, directly attached, or mounted on a Y-base.

HG-701.3 Threaded Connections. A threaded connection may be used for attaching a valve.

HG-701.4 Prohibited Mountings. Safety and safety relief valves shall not be connected to an internal pipe in the boiler.

HG-701.5 Use of Shutoff Valves Prohibited. No shutoff of any description shall be placed between the safety or safety relief valve and the boiler, or on discharge pipes between such valves and the atmosphere.

HG-701.6 Safety and Safety Relief Valve Discharge Piping

(a) A discharge pipe shall be used. Its internal cross-sectional area shall be not less than the full area of the valve outlet or of the total of the valve outlets discharging thereinto and shall be as short and straight as possible and so arranged as to avoid undue stress on the valve or valves. A union may be installed in the discharge piping close to the valve outlet. When an elbow is placed on a safety or safety relief valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the valve outlet downstream of the union.

(b) The discharge from safety or safety relief valves shall be so arranged that there will be no danger of scalding attendants. The safety or safety relief valve discharge shall be piped away from the boiler to the point of discharge, and there shall be provisions made for properly draining the piping. The size and arrangement of discharge piping shall be independent of other discharge piping and shall be such that any pressure that may exist or develop will not reduce the relieving capacity of the relieving devices below that required to protect the boiler.

HG-701.7 Temperature and Pressure Safety Relief Valves. Hot water heating or supply boilers limited to a water temperature of 210°F (99°C) may have one or more officially rated temperature and pressure safety relief valves installed. The requirements of HG-701.1 through HG-701.6 shall be met, except as follows:

(a) A Y-type fitting shall not be used.

(b) If additional valves are used they shall be temperature and pressure safety relief valves.

(c) When the temperature and pressure safety relief valve is mounted directly on the boiler with no more than 4 in. (100 mm) maximum interconnecting piping, the valve may be installed in the horizontal position with the outlet pointed down.

HG-703 PIPING2

  • See PDF for table

2 Guidance for the design of piping systems may be found in ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping.

HG-703.1 Provisions for Expansion and Contraction. Provisions shall be made for the expansion and contraction of steam and hot water mains connected to boilers by providing substantial anchorage at suitable points and by providing swing joints when boilers are installed in batteries, so there will be no undue strain transmitted to the boilers. See Figs. HG-703.1(a), HG-703.1(b), and HG-703.2 for typical schematic arrangements of piping incorporating strain absorbing joints for steam and hot water heating boilers.

HG-703.2 Return Pipe Connections

(a) The return pipe connections of each boiler supplying a gravity return steam heating system shall be so arranged as to form a loop substantially as shown in Fig. HG-703.l(b) so that the water in each boiler cannot be forced out below the safe water level.

(b) For hand-fired boilers with a normal grate line, the recommended pipe sizes detailed as “A” in Fig. HG-703.1 are NPS 1½ (DN 40) for 4 ft2 (0.37 m2) or less firebox area at the normal grate line, NPS 2½ (DN 65) for areas more than 4 ft2 (0.37 m2) up to 14.9 ft2 (1.4 m2), and NPS 4 (DN 100) for 15 ft2 (1.4 m2) or more.

(c) For automatically fired boilers that do not have a normal grate line, the recommended pipe sizes detailed as “A” in Fig. HG-703.1 are NPS 1½ (DN 40) for boilers with minimum safety valve relieving capacity 250 lb/hr (113 kg/hr) or less, NPS 2½ (DN 65) for boilers with minimum safety valve relieving capacity from 251 lb/hr (114 kg/hr) to 2,000 lb/hr (900 kg/hr), inclusive, and NPS 4 (DN 100) for boilers with more than 2,000 lb/hr (900 kg/hr) minimum safety valve relieving capacity.

(d) Provision shall be made for cleaning the interior of the return piping at or close to the boiler. Washout openings may be used for return pipe connections and the washout plug placed in a tee or a cross so that the plug is directly opposite and as close as possible to the opening in the boiler.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

HG-705 FEEDWATER AND MAKEUP WATER CONNECTIONS

(a) Steam Boilers. Feedwater or water treatment shall be introduced into a boiler through the return piping system. Alternatively, feedwater or water treatment may be introduced through an independent connection. The water flow from the independent connection shall not discharge directly against parts of the boiler exposed to direct radiant heat from the fire. Feedwater or water treatment shall not be introduced through openings or connections provided for inspection or cleaning, safety valve, water column, water gage glass, or pressure gage. The feedwater pipe shall be provided with a check valve or a backflow preventer containing a check valve3 near the boiler and a stop valve or cock between the check valve and the boiler or between the check valve and the return pipe system.

(b) Hot Water Boilers. Makeup water may be introduced into a boiler through the piping system or through an independent connection. The water flow from the independent connection shall not discharge directly against parts of the boiler exposed to direct radiant heat from the fire. Makeup water shall not be introduced through openings or connections provided exclusively for inspection or cleaning, safety relief valve, pressure gage, or temperature gage. The makeup water pipe shall be provided with a check valve or a backflow preventer containing a check valve3 near the boiler and a stop valve or cock between the check valve and the boiler or between the check valve and the piping system.

  • See PDF for table

3 Plumbing codes may require the installation of a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer on a boiler when the makeup water source is from a potable water supply.

HG-707 OIL HEATERS

(a) A heater for oil or other liquid harmful to boiler operation shall not be installed directly in the steam or water space within a boiler.

(b) Where an external type heater for such service is used, means shall be provided to prevent the introduction into the boiler of oil or other liquid harmful to boiler operation.

HG-708 STORAGE TANKS FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

If a system is to utilize a storage tank that exceeds the capacity exception of HLW-101.2 (c), the tank shall be constructed in accordance with the rules of Part HLW; Section VIII, Division 1; or Section X. For tanks constructed to Section X, the maximum allowable temperature marked on the tank shall equal or exceed the maximum water temperature marked on the boiler.

HG-709 PROVISIONS FOR THERMAL EXPANSION IN HOT WATER SYSTEMS

All hot water heating systems incorporating hot water tanks or fluid relief columns shall be so installed as to prevent freezing under normal operating conditions.

HG-709.1 Heating Systems With Open Expansion Tank. An indoor overflow from the upper portion of the expansion tank shall be provided in addition to an open vent, the indoor overflow to be carried within the building to a suitable plumbing fixture or the basement.

HG-709.2 Closed Heating Systems. An expansion tank shall be installed that will be consistent with the volume and capacity of the system. If the system is designed for a working pressure of 30 psi (200 kPa) or less, the tank shall be suitably designed for a minimum hydrostatic test pressure of 75 psi (520 kPa). Expansion tanks for systems designed to operate above 30 psi (200 kPa) shall be constructed in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1. Alternatively, a tank built to Section X requirements may be used if the pressure and temperature ratings of the tank are equal to or greater than the pressure and temperature ratings of the system. Provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system, except for prepressurized tanks.

The minimum capacity of the closed type expansion tank may be determined from Table HG-709.2 or from the following formula where the necessary information is available:

(U.S. Customary Units)

Vt = [(0.00041T - 0.0466)Vs ]/[(Pa/Pf) - (Pa/Po)]

(SI Units)

Vt = [(0.18155T – 8.236)Vs ]/[(Pa/Pf) - (Pa/Po)]

where

Pa = atmospheric pressure

Pf = fill pressure

Po = maximum operating pressure

T = average operating temperature

Vs = volume of system, not including tanks

Vt = minimum volume of tanks

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

HG-709.3 Hot Water Supply Systems. If a system is equipped with a check valve or pressure reducing valve in the cold water inlet line, consideration should be given to the installation of an airtight expansion tank or other suitable air cushion. Otherwise, due to the thermal expansion of the water, the safety relief valve may lift periodically. If an expansion tank is provided, it shall be constructed in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1 or Section X. Except for prepressurized tanks, which should be installed on the cold water side, provisions shall be made for draining the tank without emptying the system. See Fig. HLW-809.1 for a typical acceptable installation.

HG-710 STOP VALVES

HG-710.1 For Single Steam Boilers. When a stop valve is used in the supply pipe connection of a single steam boiler, there shall be one used in the return pipe connection.

HG-710.2 For Single Hot Water Heating Boilers

(a) Stop valves shall be located at an accessible point in the supply and return pipe connections as near the boiler nozzle as is convenient and practicable, of a single hot water heating boiler installation to permit draining the boiler without emptying the system.

(b) When the boiler is located above the system and can be drained without draining the system, stop valves may be eliminated.

HG-710.3 For Multiple Boiler Installations. A stop valve shall be used in each supply and return pipe connection of two or more boilers connected to a common system. See Figs. HG-703.1 and HG-703.2.

HG-710.4 Type of Stop Valve(s)

(a) All valves or cocks shall conform with the applicable portions of HF-203 and may be ferrous or nonferrous.

(b) The minimum pressure rating of all valves or cocks shall be at least equal to the pressure stamped upon the boiler, and the temperature rating of such valves or cocks, including all internal components, shall be not less than 250°F (120°C).

(c) Valves or cocks shall be flanged, threaded, or have ends suitable for welding or brazing.

(d) All valves or cocks with stems or spindles shall have adjustable pressure type packing glands and, in addition, all plug type cocks shall be equipped with a guard or gland. The plug or other operating mechanism shall be distinctly marked in line with the passage to indicate whether it is opened or closed.

(e) All valves or cocks shall have tight closure when under boiler hydrostatic test pressure.

HG-710.5 Identification of Stop Valves by Tags. When stop valves are used, they shall be properly designated substantially as follows by tags of metal or other durable material fastened to them:

Supply Valve - Number ( )

Do Not Close Without Also Closing Return Valve - Number ( )

Return Valve - Number ( )

Do Not Close Without Also Closing Supply Valve - Number ( )

HG-715 BOTTOM BLOWOFF AND DRAIN VALVES

(a) Bottom Blowoff Valve. Each steam boiler shall have a bottom blowoff connection fitted with a valve or cock connected to the lowest water space practicable with a minimum size as shown in Table HG-715. The discharge piping shall be full size to the point of discharge.

  • See PDF for table

(b) Boilers having a capacity of 25 gal (95 l) or less are exempt from the above requirements, except that they must have an NPS ¾ (DN 20) minimum drain valve.

(c) Drain Valve. Each steam or hot water boiler shall have one or more drain connections, fitted with valves or cocks. These shall be connected at the lowest practicable point on the boiler, or to the lowest point on piping connected to the boiler, at the lowest practicable point on the boiler. The minimum size of the drain piping, valves, and cocks shall be NPS ¾ (DN 20). The discharge piping shall be full size to the point of discharge. When the blowoff connection is located at the lowest water containing space, a separate drain connection is not required.

(d) Minimum Pressure Rating. The minimum pressure rating of valves and cocks used for blowoff or drain purposes shall be at least equal to the pressure stamped on the boiler but in no case less than 30 psi (200 kPa). The temperature rating of such valves and cocks shall not be less than 250°F (120°C).

HG-716 MODULAR BOILERS

(a) Individual Modules

(1) The individual modules shall comply with all the requirements of Part HG, except as specified in HG-607, HG-615, and this paragraph. The individual modules shall be limited to a maximum input of 400,000 Btuh (gas), 3 gal/hr (1 l/hr) (oil), or 115 kW (electricity).

(2) Each module of a steam heating boiler shall be equipped with

(a) safety valve, see HG-701

(b) blowoff valve, see HG-715 (a)

(c) drain valve, see HG-715 (c)

(3) Each module of a modular hot water heating boiler shall be equipped with

(a) safety relief valve, see HG-701

(b) drain valve, see HG-715 (c)

(b) Assembled Modular Boilers

(1) The individual modules shall be manifolded together at the job-site without any intervening valves. The header or manifold piping is field piping and is exempt from Article 2, Part HG, HF, HB, or HC.

(2) The assembled modular steam heating boiler shall also be equipped with

(a) feedwater connection, see HG-705 (a)

(b) return pipe connection, see HG-703.2

(3) The assembled modular hot water heating boiler shall also be equipped with

(a) makeup water connection, see HG-705 (b)

(b) provision for thermal expansion, see HG-709

(c) stop valves, see HG-710.2

HG-720 SETTING

Boilers of wrought materials of the wet-bottom type having an external width of over 36 in. (900 mm) shall have not less than 12 in. (300 mm) between the bottom of the boiler and the floorline, with access for inspection. When the width is 36 in. (900 mm) or less, the distance between the bottom of the boiler and the floorline shall be not less than 6 in. (150 mm), except that, when any part of the wet bottom is not farther from an outer edge than 12 in. (300 mm), this distance shall be not less than 4 in. (100 mm).

HG-725 METHODS OF SUPPORT

HG-725.1 Loadings

(a) The design and attachment of lugs, hangers, saddles, and other supports shall take into account the stresses due to hydrostatic head in determining the minimum thicknesses required. Additional stresses imposed by effects other than working pressure or static head, which increase the average stress by more than 10% of the allowable working stress, shall also be taken into account. These effects include the weight of the component and its contents, and the method of support.

(b) In applying the requirements of (a) above, localized stresses due to concentrated support loads, temperature changes, and restraint against dilation of the boiler due to pressure shall be provided for. Lugs, hangers, brackets, saddles, and pads shall conform satisfactorily to the shape of the shell or surface to which they are attached or are in contact.

HG-725.2 Boilers Over 72 in. (1 800 mm) in Diameter. A horizontal-return tubular boiler over 72 in. (1 800 mm) in diameter shall be supported from steel hangers by the outside-suspension type of setting, independent of the furnace wall. The hangers shall be so designed that the load is properly distributed.

HG-725.3 Boilers Over 54 in. (1 400 mm) up to 72 in. (1 800 mm) in Diameter. A horizontal-return tubular boiler over 54 in. (1 400 mm) and up to and including 72 in. (1 800 mm) in diameter shall be supported by the outside-suspension type of setting, or at four points by not less than eight steel brackets set in pairs, the brackets of each pair to be spaced not over 2 in. (50 mm) apart and the load to be equalized between them. [See Fig. HG-725(a).]

HG-725.4 Boilers up to 54 in. (1 400 mm) in Diameter. A horizontal-return tubular boiler up to and including 54 in. (1 400 mm) in diameter shall be supported by the outside-suspension type of setting, or by not less than two steel brackets on each side.

HG-725.5 Supporting Members. If the boiler is supported by structural steel work, the steel supporting members shall be so located or insulated that the heat from the furnace can not impair their strength.

HG-725.6 Lugs or Hangers. Lugs, hangers, or brackets made of materials in accordance with the Code requirements may be attached by fusion welding provided they are attached by fillet welds along the entire periphery or contact edges. Figure HG-725(b) illustrates an acceptable design of hanger bracket with the additional requirement that the center pin be located at the vertical center line over the center of the welded contact surface. The bracket plates shall be spaced at least 2½ in. (64 mm) apart, but this dimension shall be increased if necessary to permit access for the welding operation. The stresses computed by dividing the total load on each lug, hanger, or bracket, by the minimum cross-sectional area of the weld shall not exceed 2800 psi (19 MPa). Where it is impractical to attach lugs, hangers, or brackets by welding, studs with not less than 10 threads/in. (approx. 4 threads/cm) may be used. In computing the shearing stresses, the root area at the bottom of the thread shall be used. The shearing and crushing stresses on studs shall not exceed 8% of the strength given in Table HF-300.1 for bolting materials.

HG-725.7 Settings. Boilers of wrought materials of the wet-bottom type having an external width of over 36 in. (900 mm) shall be supported so as to have a minimum clearance of 12 in. (300 mm), between the bottom of the boiler and the floor, to facilitate inspection. When the width is 36 in. (900 mm) or less, the clearance between the bottom of the boiler and the floorline shall be not less than 6 in. (150 mm), except when any part of the wet bottom is not farther from the outer edge than 12 in. (300 mm). This clearance shall be not less than 4 in. (100 mm). Boiler insulation, saddles, or other supports shall be arranged so that inspection openings are readily accessible.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 341 Appendix C APPENDIX C

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX C {#sec-chapter-sps-341 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 341}

INTRODUCTION

SCOPE

U-1 SCOPE

U-1 (a)

U-1(a)(1) The Foreword provides the basis for the rules described in this Division.

U-1(a)(2) For the scope of this Division, pressure vessels are containers for the containment of pressure, either internal or external. This pressure may be obtained from an external source, or by the application of heat from a direct or indirect source, or any combination thereof.

U-1(a)(3) This Division contains mandatory requirements, specific prohibitions, and nonmandatory guidance for pressure vessel materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, testing, certification, and pressure relief. The Code does not address all aspects of these activities, and those aspects which are not specifically addressed should not be considered prohibited. Engineering judgment must be consistent with the philosophy of this Division, and such judgments must never be used to overrule mandatory requirements or specific prohibitions of this Division. See also informative and nonmandatory guidance regarding metallurgical phenomena in Appendix A of Section II, Part D.

U-1(b) This Division is divided into three Subsections, Mandatory Appendices, and Nonmandatory Appendices. Subsection A consists of Part UG, covering the general requirements applicable to all pressure vessels. Subsection B covers specific requirements that are applicable to the various methods used in the fabrication of pressure vessels. It consists of Parts UW, UF, and UB dealing with welded, forged, and brazed methods, respectively. Subsection C covers specific requirements applicable to the several classes of materials used in pressure vessel construction. It consists of Parts UCS, UNF, UHA, UCI, UCL, UCD, UHT, ULW, and ULT dealing with carbon and low alloy steels, nonferrous metals, high alloy steels, cast iron, clad and lined material, cast ductile iron, ferritic steels with properties enhanced by heat treatment, layered construction, and low temperature materials, respectively. Section II, Part D also contains tables of maximum allowable stress values for these classes of materials.

The Mandatory Appendices address specific subjects not covered elsewhere in this Division, and their requirements are mandatory when the subject covered is included in construction under this Division. The Nonmandatory Appendices provide information and suggested good practices.

U-1 (c)

U-1(c)(1) The scope of this Division has been established to identify the components and parameters considered in formulating the rules given in this Division. Laws or regulations issued by municipality, state, provincial, federal, or other enforcement or regulatory bodies having jurisdiction at the location of an installation establish the mandatory applicability of the Code rules, in whole or in part, within their jurisdiction. Those laws or regulations may require the use of this Division of the Code for vessels or components not considered to be within its Scope. These laws or regulations should be reviewed to determine size or service limitations of the coverage which may be different or more restrictive than those given here.

U-1(c)(2) Based on the Committee’s consideration, the following classes of vessels are not included in the scope of this Division; however, any pressure vessel which meets all the applicable requirements of this Division may be stamped with the Code U Symbol:

(a) those within the scope of other Sections;

(b) fired process tubular heaters;

(c) pressure containers which are integral parts or components of rotating or reciprocating mechanical devices, such as pumps, compressors, turbines, generators, engines, and hydraulic or pneumatic cylinders where the primary design considerations and/or stresses are derived from the functional requirements of the device;

(d) except as covered in U-l(f), structures whose primary function is the transport of fluids from one location to another within a system of which it is an integral part, that is, piping systems;

(e) piping components, such as pipe, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, expansion joints, fittings, and the pressure containing parts of other components, such as strainers and devices which serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, and metering or controlling flow, provided that pressure containing parts of such components are generally recognized as piping components or accessories;

(f) a vessel for containing water1 under pressure, including those containing air the compression of which serves only as a cushion, when none of the following limitations are exceeded:

  • See PDF for table

1 The water may contain additives provided the flash point of the aqueous solution at atmospheric pressure is 185°F or higher, The flash point shall be determined by the methods specified in ASTM D 93 or in ASTM D 56, whichever is appropriate.

(1) a design pressure of 300 psi (2 MPa);

(2) a design temperature of 210°F (99°C);

(g) a hot water supply storage tank heated by steam or any other indirect means when none of the following limitations is exceeded:

(1) a heat input of 200,000 Btu/hr (58.6 kW);

(2) a water temperature of 210°F (99°C);

(3) a nominal water containing capacity of 120 gal (450 L);

(h) vessels not exceeding the design pressure, at the top of the vessel, (see 3.2) limitations below, with no limitation on size [see UG-28(f), 9-l(c)]:

(1) vessels having an internal or external pressure not exceeding 15 psi (100 kPa);

(2) combination units having an internal or external pressure in each chamber not exceeding 15 psi (100 kPa) and differential pressure on the common elements not exceeding 15 psi (100 kPa) [see UG-19(a)];

(i) vessels having an inside diameter, width, height, or cross section diagonal not exceeding 6 in. (152 mm), with no limitation on length of vessel or pressure;

(j) pressure vessels for human occupancy.2

  • See PDF for table

2 Requirements for pressure vessels for human occupancy are covered by ASME PVHO-1.

U-1(d) The rules of this Division have been formulated on the basis of design principles and construction practices applicable to vessels designed for pressures not exceeding 3000 psi (20 MPa). For pressures above 3000 psi (20 MPa), deviations from and additions to these rules usually are necessary to meet the requirements of design principles and construction practices for these higher pressures. Only in the event that after having applied these additional design principles and construction practices the vessel still complies with all of the requirements of this Division may it be stamped with the applicable Code symbol.

U-1(e) In relation to the geometry of pressure containing parts, the scope of this Division shall include the following:

U-1(e)(1) where external piping; other pressure vessels including heat exchangers; or mechanical devices, such as pumps, mixers, or compressors, are to be connected to the vessel:

(a) the welding end connection for the first circumferential joint for welded connections [see UW-13(g)];

(b) the first threaded joint for screwed connections;

(c) the face of the first flange for bolted, flanged connections;

(d) the first sealing surface for proprietary connections or fittings;

U-1(e)(2) where nonpressure parts are welded directly to either the internal or external pressure retaining surface of a pressure vessel, this scope shall include the design, fabrication, testing, and material requirements established for nonpressure part attachments by the applicable paragraphs of this Division;3

  • See PDF for table

3 These requirements for design, fabrication, testing, and material for nonpressure part attachments do not establish the length, size, or shape of the attachment material. Pads and standoffs are permitted and the scope can terminate at the next welded or mechanical joint.

U-1(e)(3) pressure retaining covers for vessel openings, such as manhole and handhole covers;

U-1(e)(4) the first sealing surface for proprietary fittings or components for which rules are not provided by this Division, such as gages, instruments, and nonmetallic components.

U-1(f) The scope of the Division includes provisions for pressure relief devices necessary to satisfy the requirements of UG-125 through UG-137 and Appendix 11.

U-1(g)(1) Unfired steam boilers shall be constructed in accordance with the rules of Section I or this Division [see UG- 125(b) and UW-2(c)].

U-1(g)(2) The following pressure vessels in which steam is generated shall not be considered as unfired steam boilers, and shall be constructed in accordance with the rules of this Division:

U-1(g)(2)(a) vessels known as evaporators or heat exchangers;

U-1(g)(2)(b) vessels in which steam is generated by the use of heat resulting from operation of a processing system containing a number of pressure vessels such as used in the manufacture of chemical and petroleum products;

U-1(g)(2)(c) vessels in which steam is generated but not withdrawn for external use.

U-1(h) Pressure vessels or parts subject to direct firing from the combustion of fuel (solid, liquid, or gaseous), which are not within the scope of Sections I, III, or IV may be constructed in accordance with the rules of this Division [see UW-2(d)].

U-1(i) Gas fired jacketed steam kettles with jacket operating pressures not exceeding 50 psi (345 kPa) may be constructed in accordance with the rules of this Division (see Appendix 19).

U-1(j) Pressure vessels exclusive of those covered in U-l(c), U-l(g), U-l(h), and U-l(i) that are not required by the rules of this Division to be fully radiographed, which are not provided with quick actuating closures (see UG-35), and that do not exceed the following volume and pressure limits may be exempted from inspection by Inspectors, as defined in UG-91, provided that they comply in all other respects with the requirements of this Division:

U-1(j)(1) 5 cu ft (0.14 m3) in volume and 250 psi (1.7 MPa) design pressure; or

U-1(j)(2) 3 cu ft (0.08 m3) in volume and 350 psi (2.4 MPa) design pressure;

U-1(j)(3) 1½ cu ft (0.04 m3) in volume and 600 psi (4.1 MPa) design pressure.

In an assembly of vessels, the limitations in (1) through (3) above apply to each vessel and not the assembly as a whole. Straight line interpolation for intermediate volumes and design pressures is permitted. Vessels fabricated in accordance with this rule shall be marked with the “UM” Symbol in Fig. UG-116 sketch (b) and with the data required in UG-116. Certificates of Compliance shall satisfy the requirements of UG-120(a).

U-1 (k) The degree of nondestructive examination(s) and the acceptance standards beyond the requirements of this Division shall be a matter of prior agreement between the Manufacturer and user or his designated agent.

GENERAL

U-2 GENERAL

(a) The user or his designated agent4 shall establish the design requirements for pressure vessels, taking into consideration factors associated with normal operation, such other conditions as startup and shutdown, and abnormal conditions which may become a governing design consideration (see UG-22).

  • See PDF for table

4 For this Division, the user’s designated agent may be either a design agency specifically engaged by the user, the Manufacturer of a system for a specific service that includes a pressure vessel as a part and that is purchased by the user, or an organization that offers pressure vessels for sale or lease for specific services.

(1) the need for corrosion allowances;

(2) the definition of lethal services. For example, see UW-2(a).

(3) the need for postweld heat treatment beyond the requirements of this Division and dependent on service conditions;

(4) for pressure vessels in which steam is generated, or water is heated [see U-l(g) and (h)], the need for piping, valves, instruments, and fittings to perform the functions covered by PG-59 through PG-61 of Section I.

(b) Responsibilities5

  • See PDF for table

5 See UG-90(b) and UG-90(c)(l) for summaries of the responsibilities of the Manufacturer and the duties of the Inspector.

(1) The Manufacturer of any vessel or part to be marked with the Code Symbol has the responsibility of complying with all of the applicable requirements of this Division and, through proper certification, of assuring that all work done by others also complies. The vessel or part Manufacturer shall have available for the Inspector’s review the applicable design calculations. See 10-5 and 10-15(d).

(2) Some types of work, such as forming, nondestructive examination, and heat treating, may be performed by others (for welding, see UW-26 and UW-31). It is the vessel or part Manufacturer’s responsibility to ensure that all work so performed complies with all the applicable requirements of this Division. After ensuring Code compliance, the vessel or part may be Code stamped by the appropriate Code stamp holder after acceptance by the Inspector.

(c) A vessel may be designed and constructed using any combination of the methods of fabrication and the classes of materials covered by this Division provided the rules applying to each method and material are complied with and the vessel is marked as required by UG-116.

(d) When the strength of any part cannot be computed with a satisfactory assurance of safety, the rules provide procedures for establishing its maximum allowable working pressure.

(e) It is the duty of the Inspector to make all of the inspections specified by the rules of this Division, and of monitoring the quality control and the examinations made by the Manufacturer. He shall make such other inspections as in his judgment are necessary to permit him to certify that the vessel has been designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements. The Inspector has the duty of verifying that the applicable calculations have been made and are on file at Manufacturer’s plant at the time the Data Report is signed. Any questions concerning the calculations raised by the Inspector must be resolved. See UG-90(c)(l).

(f) The rules of this Division shall serve as the basis for the Inspector to:

(1) perform the required duties;

(2) authorize the application of the Code Symbol;

(3) sign the Certificate of Shop (or Field Assembly) Inspection.

(g) This Division of Section VIII does not contain rules to cover all details of design and construction. Where complete details are not given, it is intended that the Manufacturer, subject to the acceptance of the Inspector, shall provide details of design and construction which will be as safe as those provided by the rules of this Division.

(h) Field assembly of vessels constructed to this Division may be performed as follows.

(1) The Manufacturer of the vessel completes the vessel in the field, completes the Form U-1 or U-1A Manufacturer’s Data Report, and stamps the vessel.

(2) The Manufacturer of parts of a vessel to be completed in the field by some other party stamps these parts in accordance with Code rules and supplies the Form U-2 or U-2A Manufacturer’s Partial Data Report to the other party. The other party, who must hold a valid U Certificate of Authorization, makes the final assembly, required NDE, final pressure test; completes the Form U-1 or U-1A Manufacturer’s Data Report; and stamps the vessel.

(3) The field portion of the work is completed by a holder of a valid U Certificate of Authorization other than the vessel Manufacturer. The stamp holder performing the field work is required to supply a Form U-2 or U-2A Manufacturer’s Partial Data Report covering the portion of the work completed by his organization (including data on the pressure test if conducted by the stamp holder performing the field work) to the Manufacturer responsible for the Code vessel. The vessel Manufacturer applies his U Stamp in the presence of a representative from his Inspection Agency and completes the Form U-1 or U-1A Manufacturer’s Data Report with his Inspector.

In all three alternatives, the party completing and signing the Form U-1 or U-1A Manufacturer’s Data Report assumes full Code responsibility for the vessel. In all three cases, each Manufacturer’s Quality Control System shall describe the controls to assure compliance for each Code stamp holder.

(i) For some design analyses, both a chart or curve and a formula or tabular data are given. Use of the formula or tabular data may result in answers which are slightly different from the values obtained from the chart or curve. However, the difference, if any, is within practical accuracy and either method is acceptable.

U-3 STANDARDS REFERENCED BY THIS DIVISION

(a) Throughout this Division references are made to various standards, such as ANSI standards, which cover pressure-temperature rating, dimensional, or procedural standards for pressure vessel parts. These standards, with the year of the acceptable edition, are listed in Table U-3.

(b) Rules for the use of these standards are stated elsewhere in this Division.

U-4 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT6

  • See PDF for table

6 Guidance for conversion of units from U.S. Customary to SI is found in Nonmandatory Appendix GG.

Either U.S. Customary, SI, or any local customary units may be used to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of this edition, e.g., materials, design, fabrication, examination, inspection, testing, certification, and overpressure protection.

In general, it is expected that a single system of units shall be used for all aspects of design except where unfeasible or impractical. When components are manufactured at different locations where local customary units are different than those used for the general design, the local units may be used for the design and documentation of that component. Similarly, for proprietary components or those uniquely associated with a system of units different than that used for the general design, the alternate units may be used for the design and documentation of that component.

For any single equation, all variables shall be expressed in a single system of units. When separate equations are provided for U.S. Customary and SI units, those equations must be executed using variables in the units associated with the specific equation. Data expressed in other units shall be converted to U.S. Customary or SI units for use in these equations. The result obtained from execution of these equations may be converted to other units.

Production, measurement and test equipment, drawings, welding procedure specifications, welding procedure and performance qualifications, and other fabrication documents may be in U.S. Customary, SI, or local customary units in accordance with the fabricator’s practice. When values shown in calculations and analysis, fabrication documents, or measurement and test equipment are in different units, any conversions necessary for verification of Code compliance and to ensure that dimensional consistency is maintained, shall be in accordance with the following:

(a) Conversion factors shall be accurate to at least four significant figures.

(b) The results of conversions of units shall be expressed to a minimum of three significant figures.

Conversion of units, using the precision specified above shall be performed to assure that dimensional consistency is maintained. Conversion factors between U.S. Customary and SI units may be found in the Nonmandatory Appendix, Guidance for the Use of U.S. Customary and SI Units in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Whenever local customary units are used the Manufacturer shall provide the source of the conversion factors which shall be subject to verification and acceptance by the Authorized Inspector or Certified Individual.

Material that has been manufactured and certified to either the U.S. Customary or SI material specification (e.g., SA-516M) may be used regardless of the unit system used in design. Standard fittings (e.g., flanges, elbows, etc.) that have been certified to either U.S. Customary units or SI units may be used regardless of the units system used in design.

All entries on a Manufacturer’s Data Report and data for Code-required nameplate marking shall be in units consistent with the fabrication drawings for the component using U.S. Customary, SI, or local customary units. It is acceptable to show alternate units parenthetically. Users of this Code are cautioned that the receiving jurisdiction should be contacted to ensure the units are acceptable.

  • See PDF for table

PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICES

UG-125 GENERAL

(a) All pressure vessels within the Scope of this Division, irrespective of size or pressure, shall be provided with pressure relief devices in accordance with the requirements of UG-125 through UG- 137.

(1) It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the required pressure relief devices are properly installed prior to initial operation.

(2) It is the responsibility of the user or his/her designated agent to size and select the pressure relief device(s) based on its intended service. Intended service considerations shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

(a) normal operating and upset conditions

(b) fluids

(c) fluid phases

(3) These pressure relief devices need not be supplied by the vessel Manufacturer.

(4) Unless otherwise defined in this Division, the definitions relating to pressure relief devices in Section 2 of ASME PTC 25 shall apply.

(b) An unfired steam boiler, as defined in U-1(g), shall be equipped with pressure relief devices required by Section I insofar as they are applicable to the service of the particular installation.

(c) All pressure vessels other than unfired steam boilers shall be protected by a pressure relief device that shall prevent the pressure from rising more than 10% or 3 psi (20 kPa), whichever is greater, above the maximum allowable working pressure except as permitted in (1) and (2) below. (See UG-134 for pressure settings.)

(1) When multiple pressure relief devices are provided and set in accordance with UG-134(a), they shall prevent the pressure from rising more than 16% or 4 psi (30 kPa), whichever is greater, above the maximum allowable working pressure.

(2) When a pressure vessel can be exposed to fire or other unexpected sources of external heat, the pressure relief device(s) shall be capable of preventing the pressure from rising more than 21% above the maximum allowable working pressure. Supplemental pressure relief devices shall be installed to protect against this source of excessive pressure if the pressure relief devices used to satisfy the capacity requirements of UG-125(c) and UG-125(c)(1) have insufficient capacity to provide the required protection. See Nonmandatory Appendix M, para. M-13 for cases where the metal temperature due to fire or other sources of external heat can cause vessel failure prior to reaching the MAWP.

(3) Pressure relief devices, intended primarily for protection against exposure of a pressure vessel to fire or other unexpected sources of external heat installed on vessels having no permanent supply connection and used for storage at ambient temperatures of nonrefrigerated liquefied compressed gases42 are excluded from the requirements of (c)(1) and (c)(2) above, provided:

  • See PDF for table

42 For the purpose of these rules, gases are considered to be substances having a vapor pressure greater than 40 psia (300 kPa absolute) at 100°F (40°C).

(a) the pressure relief devices are capable of preventing the pressure from rising more than 20% above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessels;

(b) the set pressure marked on these devices shall not exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessels;

(c) the vessels have sufficient ullage to avoid a liquid full condition;

(d) the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessels on which these pressure relief devices are installed is greater than the vapor pressure of the stored liquefied compressed gas at the maximum anticipated temperature43 that the gas will reach under atmospheric conditions; and

  • See PDF for table

43 Normally this temperature should not be less than 115°F (45°C).

(e) pressure relief valves used to satisfy these provisions also comply with the requirements of UG-129(a)(5), UG-131(c)(2), and UG-134(d)(2).

(d) Pressure relief devices shall be constructed, located, and installed so that they are readily accessible for inspection, replacement, and repair and so that they cannot be readily rendered inoperative (see Appendix M).

(e) Pressure relief valves or nonreclosing pressure relief devices44 may be used to protect against overpressure. Nonreclosing pressure relief devices may be used either alone or, if applicable, in combination with pressure relief valves on vessels.

  • See PDF for table

44 A pressure relief valve is a pressure relief device which is designed to reclose and prevent the further flow of fluid after normal conditions have been restored. A nonreclosing pressure relief device is a pressure relief device designed to remain open after operation.

Note: Use of nonreclosing pressure relief devices of some types may be advisable on vessels containing substances that may render a pressure relief valve inoperative, where a loss of valuable material by leakage should be avoided, or where contamination of the atmosphere by leakage of noxious fluids must be avoided. The use of rupture disk devices may also be advisable when very rapid rates of pressure rise may be encountered.

(f) Vessels that are to operate completely filled with liquid shall be equipped with pressure relief devices designed for liquid service, unless otherwise protected against overpressure.

(g) The pressure relief devices required in (a) above need not be installed directly on a pressure vessel when either of the following conditions apply:

(1) the source of pressure is external to the vessel and is under such positive control that the pressure in the vessel cannot exceed the maximum allowable working pressure at the operating temperature except as permitted in (c) above (see UG-98), or under the conditions set forth in Appendix M.

(2) there are no intervening stop valves between the vessel and the pressure relief device or devices except as permitted under UG-135(d).

Note: Pressure reducing valves and similar mechanical or electrical control instruments, except for pilot operated pressure relief valves as permitted in UG-126(b), are not considered as sufficiently positive in action to prevent excess pressures from being developed.

(h) Pressure relief valves for steam service shall meet the requirements of UG- 131(b).

UG-126 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES45

  • See PDF for table

45 A safety valve is a pressure relief valve actuated by inlet static pressure and characterized by rapid opening or pop action. A relief valve is a pressure relief valve actuated by inlet static pressure which opens in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure. A safety relief valve is a pressure relief valve characterized by rapid opening or pop action, or by opening in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure, depending on application. A pilot operated pressure relief valve is a pressure relief valve in which the major relieving device is combined with and is controlled by a self-actuated auxiliary pressure relief valve.

(a) Safety, safety relief, and relief valves shall be of the direct spring loaded type.

(b) Pilot operated pressure relief valves may be used, provided that the pilot is self-actuated and the main valve will open automatically at not over the set pressure and will discharge its full rated capacity if some essential part of the pilot should fail.

(c) The spring in a pressure relief valve shall not be set for any pressure more than 5% above or below that for which the valve is marked, unless the setting is within the spring design range established by the valve Manufacturer or is determined to be acceptable to the Manufacturer. The initial adjustment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, his authorized representative, or an Assembler, and a valve data tag shall be provided that identifies the set pressure capacity and date. The valve shall be sealed with a seal identifying the Manufacturer, his authorized representative, or the Assembler performing the adjustment.

(d) The set pressure tolerances, plus or minus, of pressure relief valves shall not exceed 2 psi (15 kPa) for pressures up to and including 70 psi (500 kPa) and 3% for pressures above 70 psi (500 kPa).

UG-127 NONRECLOSING PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICES

(a) Rupture Disk Devices46

  • See PDF for table

46 A rupture disk device is a nonreclosing pressure relief device actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the bursting of a pressure containing disk. A rupture disk is the pressure containing and pressure sensitive element of a rupture disk device. Rupture disks may be designed in several configurations, such as plain flat, prebulged, or reverse buckling. A rupture disk holder is the structure that encloses and clamps the rupture disk in position.

(1) General. Every rupture disk shall have a marked burst pressure established by rules of UG- 137(d)(3) within a manufacturing design range47 at a specified disk temperature48 and shall be marked with a lot49 number. The burst pressure tolerance at the specified disk temperature shall not exceed ±2 psi (±15 kPa) for marked burst pressure up to and including 40 psi (300 kPa) and ±5% for marked burst pressure above 40 psi (300 kPa).

  • See PDF for table

47 The manufacturing design range is a range of pressure within which the marked burst pressure must fall to be acceptable for a particular requirement as agreed upon between the rupture disk Manufacturer and the user or his agent. The manufacturing design range must be evaluated in conjunction with the specified burst pressure to ensure that the marked burst pressure of the rupture disk will always be within applicable limits of UG-134. Users are cautioned that certain types of rupture disks have manufacturing ranges that can result in a marked burst pressure greater than the specified burst pressure.

48 The specified disk temperature supplied to the rupture disk Manufacturer shall be the temperature of the disk when the disk is expected to burst.

49 A lot of rupture disks is those disks manufactured of a material at the same time, of the same size, thickness, type, heat, and manufacturing process including heat treatment.

(2) Relieving Capacity. The rated flow capacity of a pressure relief system which uses a rupture disk device as the sole relief device shall be determined by a value calculated under the requirements of (a) using a coefficient of discharge or (b) using flow resistances below.

(a) When the rupture disk device discharges directly to atmosphere and

(1) is installed within eight pipe diameters from the vessel nozzle entry; and

(2) with a length of discharge pipe not greater than five pipe diameters from the rupture disk device; and

(3) the nominal diameters of the inlet and discharge piping are equal to or greater than the stamped NPS designator of the device, the calculated relieving capacity of a pressure relief system shall not exceed a value based on the applicable theoretical flow equation [see UG-131(e)(2) and Appendix 11] for the various media multiplied by a coefficient of discharge K equal to 0.62. The area A in the theoretical flow equation shall be the minimum net flow area50 as specified by the rupture disk device Manufacturer.

  • See PDF for table

50 The minimum net flow area is the calculated net area after a complete burst of the disk with appropriate allowance for any structural members which may reduce the net flow area through the rupture disk device. The net flow area for sizing purposes shall not exceed the nominal pipe size area of the rupture disk device.

(b) The calculated capacity of any pressure relief system may be determined by analyzing the total system resistance to flow. This analysis shall take into consideration the flow resistance of the rupture disk device, piping and piping components including the exit nozzle on the vessels, elbows, tees, reducers, and valves. The calculation shall be made using accepted engineering practices for determining fluid flow through piping systems. This calculated relieving capacity shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.90 or less to allow for uncertainties inherent with this method. The certified flow resistance51 KR for the rupture disk device, expressed as the velocity head loss, shall be determined in accordance with UG-13 1(k) through (r).

  • See PDF for table

51 The certified flow resistance KR is a dimensionless factor used to calculate the velocity head loss that results from the presence of a rupture disk device in a pressure relief system.

(3) Application of Rupture Disks

(a) A rupture disk device may be used as the sole pressure relieving device on a vessel.

Note: When rupture disk devices are used, it is recommended that the design pressure of the vessel be sufficiently above the intended operating pressure to provide sufficient margin between operating pressure and rupture disk bursting pressure to prevent premature failure of the rupture disk due to fatigue or creep.

Application of rupture disk devices to liquid service should be carefully evaluated to assure that the design of the rupture disk device and the dynamic energy of the system on which it is installed will result in sufficient opening of the rupture disk.

(b) A rupture disk device may be installed between a pressure relief valves52 and the vessel provided:

  • See PDF for table

52 Use of a rupture disk device in combination with a pressure relief valve shall be carefully evaluated to ensure that the media being handled and the valve operational characteristics will result in opening of the valve coincident with the bursting of the rupture disk.

(1) the combination of the pressure relief valve and the rupture disk device is ample in capacity to meet the requirements of UG-133(a) and (b);

(2) the marked capacity of a pressure relief valve (nozzle type) when installed with a rupture disk device between the inlet of the valve and the vessel shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.90 of the rated relieving capacity of the valve alone, or alternatively, the capacity of such a combination shall be established in accordance with (3) below;

(3) the capacity of the combination of the rupture disk device and the pressure relief valve may be established in accordance with the appropriate paragraphs of UG-132;

(4) the space between a rupture disk device and a pressure relief valve shall be provided with a pressure gage, a try cock, free vent, or suitable telltale indicator. This arrangement permits detection of disk rupture or leakage.53

  • See PDF for table

53 Users are warned that a rupture disk will not burst at its design pressure if back pressure builds up in the space between the disk and the pressure relief valve which will occur should leakage develop in the rupture disk due to corrosion or other cause.

(5) the opening50 provided through the rupture disk, after burst, is sufficient to permit a flow equal to the capacity of the valve [(2) and (3) above], and there is no chance of interference with proper functioning of the valve; but in no case shall this area be less than the area of the inlet of the valve unless the capacity and functioning of the specific combination of rupture disk device and pressure relief valve have been established by test in accordance with UG-132.

  • See PDF for table

50 The minimum net flow area is the calculated net area after a complete burst of the disk with appropriate allowance for any structural members which may reduce the net flow area through the rupture disk device. The net flow area for sizing purposes shall not exceed the nominal pipe size area of the rupture disk device.

(c) A rupture disk device may be installed on the outlet side54 of a pressure relief valve which is opened by direct action of the pressure in the vessel provided:

  • See PDF for table

54 This use of a rupture disk device in series with the pressure relief valve is permitted to minimize the loss by leakage through the valve of valuable or of noxious or otherwise hazardous materials, and where a rupture disk alone or disk located on the inlet side of the valve is impracticable, or to prevent corrosive gases from a common discharge line from reaching the valve internals.

(1) the pressure relief valve will not fail to open at its proper pressure setting regardless of any back pressure that can accumulate between the pressure relief valve disk and the rupture disk. The space between the pressure relief valve disk and the rupture disk shall be vented or drained to prevent accumulation of pressure, or suitable means shall be provided to ensure that an accumulation of pressure does not affect the proper operation of the pressure relief valve.55

  • See PDF for table

55 Users are warned that many types of pressure relief valves will not open at the set pressure if pressure builds up in the space between the pressure relief valve disk and the rupture disk device. A specially designed pressure relief valve such as a diaphragm valve, pilot operated valve, or a valve equipped with a balancing bellows above the disk may be required.

(2) the pressure relief valve is ample in capacity to meet the requirements of UG-125(c);

(3) the marked burst pressure of the rupture disk at the specified disk temperature plus any pressure in the outlet piping shall not exceed the design pressure of the outlet portion of the pressure relief valve and any pipe or fitting between the valve and the rupture disk device. However, in no case shall the marked burst pressure of the rupture disk at the specified disk temperature plus any pressure in the outlet piping exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel or the set pressure of the pressure relief valve.

(4) the opening provided through the rupture disk device after breakage is sufficient to permit a flow equal to the rated capacity of the attached pressure relief valve without exceeding the allowable overpressure;

(5) any piping beyond the rupture disk cannot be obstructed by the rupture disk or fragment;

(6) the system is designed to consider the adverse effects of any leakage through the pressure relief valve or through the outlet side rupture disk device, to ensure system performance and reliability.56

  • See PDF for table

56 Some adverse effects resulting from leakage may include obstructing the flow path, corrosion of pressure relief valve components, and undesirable bursts of the outlet side rupture disk.

(7) the bonnet of a balancing bellows or diaphragm type pressure relief valve shall be vented to prevent accumulation of pressure in the bonnet.

(b) Breaking Pin Device57

  • See PDF for table

57 A breaking pin device is a nonreclosing pressure relief device actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the breakage of a load-carrying section of a pin which supports a pressure containing member. A breaking pin is the load-carrying element of a breaking pin device. A breaking pin housing is the structure which encloses the breaking pin mechanism. The material of the housing shall be listed in Section II and be permitted for use in this Division.

(1) Breaking pin devices shall not be used as single devices but only in combination between the pressure relief valve and the vessel.

(2) The space between a breaking pin device and a pressure relief valve shall be provided with a pressure gage, a try cock, a free vent, or suitable telltale indicator. This arrangement permits detection of breaking pin device operation or leakage.

(3) Each breaking pin device shall have a rated pressure and temperature at which the pin will break. The breaking pin shall be identified to a lot number and shall be guaranteed by the Manufacturer to break when the rated pressure, within the following tolerances, is applied to the device:

  • See PDF for table

(4) The rated pressure of the breaking pin plus the tolerance in psi shall not exceed 105% of the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel to which it is applied.

(5) The rated pressure at the specified temperature58 shall be verified by breaking two or more sample breaking pins from each lot of the same material and the same size as those to be used. The lot size shall not exceed 25. The test shall be made in a device of the same form and pressure dimensions as that in which the breaking pin is to be used.

  • See PDF for table

58 The specified temperature supplied to the breaking pin manufacturer shall be the temperature of the breaking pin when an emergency condition exists and the pin is expected to break.

(c) Spring Loaded Nonreclosing Pressure Relief Device

(1) A spring loaded nonreclosing pressure relief device, pressure actuated by means which permit the spring loaded portion of the device to open at the specified set pressure and remain open until manually reset, may be used provided the design of the spring loaded nonreclosing device is such that if the actuating means fail, the device will achieve full opening at or below its set pressure. Such a device may not be used in combination with any other pressure relief device. The tolerance on opening point shall not exceed ±5%.

(2) The calculated capacity rating of a spring loaded nonreclosing pressure relief device shall not exceed a value based on the applicable theoretical formula (see UG-131) for the various media, multiplied by: K = coefficient = 0.62.

The area A (square inches) in the theoretical formula shall be the flow area through the minimum opening of the spring loaded nonreclosing pressure relief device.

(3) In lieu of the method of capacity rating in (2) above, a Manufacturer may have the capacity of a spring loaded nonreclosing pressure relief device design certified in general accordance with the procedures of UG-131, as applicable.

UG-128 LIQUID PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

Any liquid pressure relief valve used shall be at least NPS ½ (DN 15).

UG-129 MARKING

(a) Safety, Safety Relief, Relief, Liquid Pressure Relief, and Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valves. Each safety, safety relief, relief, liquid pressure relief, and pilot operated pressure relief valve NPS ½ (DN 15) and larger shall be plainly marked by the Manufacturer or Assembler with the required data in such a way that the marking will not be obliterated in service. The marking may be placed on the valve or on a plate or plates that satisfy the requirements of UG-119:

(1) the name, or an acceptable abbreviation, of the Manufacturer and the Assembler;

(2) Manufacturer’s design or type number;

(3) NPS size (DN) _____ (the nominal pipe size of the valve inlet);

(4) set pressure _____ psi (kPa), and, if applicable per UG-136(d)(4), cold differential test pressure _____ psi (kPa);

(5) certified capacity (as applicable):

(a) lb/hr (kg/hr) of saturated steam at an overpressure of 10% or 3 psi (20 kPa), whichever is greater for valves certified on steam complying with UG-131 (b); or

(b) gal/min of water at 70°F (20°C) at an overpressure of 10% or 3 psi (20 kPa), whichever is greater for valves certified on water; or

(c) SCFM [standard cubic feet per minute at 60°F and 14.7 psia] (M3/min, cubic meters per minute at 20°C and 101 kPa), or lb/min (kg/min), of air at an overpressure of 10% or 3 psi (kPa), whichever is greater. Valves that are capacity certified in accordance with UG-131 (c) (2) shall be marked “at 20% overpressure.”

(d) In addition to one of the fluids specified above, the Manufacturer may indicate the capacity in other fluids (see Appendix 11).

(6) year built, or alternatively, a coding may be marked on the valve such that the valve Manufacturer or Assembler can identify the year the valve was assembled or tested;

(7) ASME Symbol as shown in Fig. UG-129.1. The pilot of a pilot operated pressure relief valve shall be plainly marked by the Manufacturer or Assembler showing the name of the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer’s design or type number, the set pressure in pounds per square inch (kPa), and the year built, or alternatively, a coding that the Manufacturer can use to identify the year built.

On valves smaller than NPS ½ (DN 15), the markings may be made on a metal tag attached by wire or adhesive meeting the requirements of UG-119 or other means suitable for the service conditions.

(8) Restricted lift _____ in. (mm) (For restricted lift valves only)

(b) Safety and safety relief valves certified for a steam discharging capacity under the provisions of Section I and bearing the official Code Symbol Stamp of Section I for safety valves may be used on pressure vessels. The rated capacity in terms of other fluids shall be determined by the method of conversion given in Appendix 11. [See UG- 13l(h).]

(c) Pressure Relief Valves in Combination With Rupture Disk Devices. Pressure relief valves in combination with rupture disk devices shall be marked with the capacity as established in accordance with UG-127(a)(3)(b)(2) (using 0.90 factor) or the combination capacity factor established by test in accordance with UG-132(a) or (b), in addition to the marking of UG-129(a) and (f) below. The marking may be placed on the pressure relief valve or rupture disk device or on a plate or plates that satisfy the requirements of UG-119. The marking shall include the following:

(1) name of Manufacturer of valve;

(2) design or type number of valve;

(3) name of Manufacturer of rupture disk device;

(4) design or type number of rupture disk device;

(5) capacity or combination capacity factor;

(6) name of organization responsible for this marking. This shall be either the vessel user, vessel Manufacturer, rupture disk Manufacturer, or pressure relief valve Manufacturer.

(d) Pressure Relief Valves in Combination With Breaking Pin Devices. Pressure relief valves in combination with pin devices shall be marked with the capacity as established in accordance with UG-127 (b) (3) (b) (2) (using 0.90 factor) or the combination capacity factor established by test in accordance with UG-132 (a) or (b), in addition to the marking of UG-129 (a) and (f) below. The marking may be placed on the pressure relief valve or pin device or on a plate or plates that satisfy the requirements of UG-119. The marking shall include the following:

(1) name of Manufacturer of valve.

(2) design or type number of valve.

(3) name of Manufacturer of pin device.

(4) design or type number of pin device.

(5) capacity or combination capacity factor.

(6) name of organization responsible for this marking.

This shall be either the vessel user, vessel Manufacturer, pin device Manufacturer, or pressure relief valve Manufacturer.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

(e) Rupture Disk Devices. Every rupture disk shall be plainly marked by the Manufacturer in such a way that the marking will not be obliterated in service. The rupture disk marking may be placed on the flange of the disk or on a metal tab that satisfies the requirements of UG-119. The marking shall include the following:

(1) the name or identifying trademark of the Manufacturer;

(2) Manufacturer’s design or type number;

(3) lot number;

(4) disk material;

(5) size _____ [NPS (DN) of rupture disk holder];

(6) marked burst pressure _____ psi (kPa);

(7) specified disk temperature _____ °F (°C);

(8) minimum net flow area _____sq in. (sq mm);

(9) certified flow resistance (one or more as applicable);

(a) KRG _____ for rupture disk certified on air or gases;

(b) KRL _____ for rupture disk certified on liquid;

(c) KRGL _____ for rupture disk certified on air or gases, and liquid;

(10) ASME symbol as shown in Fig. UG-129.2;

(11) year built, or alternatively, a coding may be marked on the rupture disk such that the rupture disk device Manufacturer can identify the year the rupture disk device was assembled and tested.

Items (1), (2), (5), (10), and (11) above and flow direction shall also be marked on the rupture disk holder.

(f) Pin Devices and Pin Actuated Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Devices. Pin devices shall be plainly marked by the Manufacturer with the required data in such a way that the marking will not be obliterated in service. The marking may be placed on the device housing or on a plate or plates that satisfies the requirements of UG-119. The marking shall include the following:

(1) the name, or an acceptable abbreviation of the Manufacturer

(2) Manufacturer’s design or type number

(3) NPS (DN) size (the nominal pipe size of the device inlet)

(4) set pressure psi (kPa)

(5) flow direction

(6) pin to pin device identifier

(7) for capacity certified devices

(a) lb/hr of saturated steam at an overpressure 10% or 3 psi (20 kPa), whichever is greater for devices certified on steam complying with UG-131(b), or

(b) gal/min of water at 70°F (20°C) at an overpressure of 10% or 3 psi (20 kPa), whichever is greater for devices certified on water, or

(c) SCFM [standard cubic feet per minute at 60°F and 14.7 psia (20°C and 101 kPa)], or lb/min, of air at an overpressure of 10% or 3 psi, whichever is greater. Devices that are capacity certified in accordance with UG-131 (c) (2) shall be marked “at 20% overpressure.”

(d) In addition to one of the fluids specified above, the Manufacturer may indicate the capacity in other fluids (see Appendix 11).

(8) for flow resistance certified devices:

(a) minimum net flow area _____ in2 (mm2)

(b) certified flow resistance (one or more as applicable)

(1) KRG _____ for pin devices certified on air or gases

(2) KRL _____ for pin devices certified on liquid

(3) KRGL _____ for pin devices certified on air or gases, and liquid

(9) ASME symbol as shown in Fig. UG-129.2

(10) year built, or alternatively, a coding may be marked on the device such that the device Manufacturer can identify the year the device was tested

(11) The pin shall be marked according to one of the following methods:

(a) for pin devices using a replaceable pin to control set pressure, the pin shall be marked with its lot number, pin temperature °F (°C) and the information required by (f) (l), (f) (4), (f) (6), (f) (10), or

Note: When the pin size or configuration does not permit the use of an attached metal tag, a metal tag may be attached using a nonmetallic connector with an adhesive that complies with Appendix 18 of this Division.

(b) for pin devices that are single use and permanently assembled, the marking requirements of (f) (8) (a), (f) (8) (b), and (f) (11) (a) shall be applied to the device, or

(c) for pin devices that have a replaceable pin within the sealed body per UG-138, the pin shall be marked with its lot number.

(g) Spring Loaded Nonreclosing Pressure Relief Devices. Spring loaded nonreclosing pressure relief devices shall be marked in accordance with (a) above except that the Code Symbol Stamp is to be applied only when the capacity has been established and certified in accordance with UG-127 (c) (3) and all other requirements of UG-130 have been met.

(h) For units other than those included above, see U-4.

UG-130 CODE SYMBOL STAMP

Each pressure relief device59 to which the Code Symbol (see Figs. UG-129.1 and UG-129.2) will be applied shall have been fabricated or assembled by a Manufacturer or Assembler holding a valid Certificate of Authorization (UG-117) and capacity certified in accordance with the requirements of this Division. A Certified Individual (CI) shall provide oversight as required by UG-117(a). Each use of the Code Symbol shall also be documented on a Certificate of Conformance Form UV-1 or UD-1, as appropriate.

  • See PDF for table

59 Vacuum relief devices are not covered by Code Symbol Stamp requirements.

UG-133 DETERMINATION OF PRESSURE RELIEVING REQUIREMENTS

(a) Except as permitted in (b) below, the aggregate capacity of the pressure relief devices connected to any vessel or system of vessels for the release of a liquid, air, steam, or other vapor shall be sufficient to carry off the maximum quantity that can be generated or supplied to the attached equipment without permitting a rise in pressure within the vessel of more than 16% above the maximum allowable working pressure when the pressure relief devices are blowing.

(b) Pressure relief devices as permitted in UG-125(c)(2), as protection against excessive pressure caused by exposure to fire or other sources of external heat, shall have a relieving capacity sufficient to prevent the pressure from rising more than 21% above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel when all pressure relief devices are blowing.

(c) Vessels connected together by a system of adequate piping not containing valves which can isolate any vessel, and those containing valves in compliance with Appendix M, M-5, may be considered as one unit in figuring the required relieving capacity of pressure relief devices to be furnished.

(d) Heat exchangers and similar vessels shall be protected with a pressure relief device of sufficient capacity to avoid overpressure in case of an internal failure.

(e) The official rated capacity, or the certified flow resistance and minimum net flow area, of a pressure relief device shall be that which is stamped on the device and guaranteed by the Manufacturer.

(f) The rated pressure relieving capacity of a pressure relief valve for other than steam or air shall be determined by the method of conversion given in Appendix 11.

(g) The relieving capacity of a pressure relief device for compressible fluids may be prorated at any relieving pressure greater than 1.10p, as permitted under UG-125, by applying a multiplier to the official relieving capacity as follows:

(U.S. Customary Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

(SI Units)

  • See PDF for diagram

where

P = relieving pressure, psig(kPa gage)

p = set pressure, psig(kPa gage)

For steam pressures above 1,500 psig (10 MPa gage), the above multiplier is not applicable. For steam valves with relieving pressures greater than 1,500 psig (10 MPa gage) and less than or equal to 3,200 psig (22.1 MPa gage), the capacity at relieving pressures greater than 1.10p shall be determined using the equation for steam and the correction factor for high pressure steam in UG-131 (e) (2) with the permitted absolute relieving pressure and the coefficient K for that valve design.

(h) When sizing and selecting valves, the restricted lift nameplate capacity shall be determined by multiplying the capacity at full rated lift as defined in UG-131 (e) (3) by the ratio of the restricted lift to the full rated lift.

UG-134 PRESSURE SETTINGS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

(a) When a single pressure relief device is used, the set pressure61 marked on the device shall not exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. When the required capacity is provided in more than one pressure relief device, only one pressure relief device need be set at or below the maximum allowable working pressure, and the additional pressure relief devices may be set to open at higher pressures but in no case at a pressure higher than 105% of the maximum allowable working pressure, except as provided in (b) below.

  • See PDF for table

61 The set pressure is the value of increasing inlet static pressure at which a pressure relief device displays one of the operational characteristics as defined by opening pressure, popping pressure, start-to-leak pressure, burst pressure, or breaking pressure. (The applicable operating characteristic for a specific device design is specified by the device Manufacturer.)

(b) For pressure relief devices permitted in UG-125(c)(2) as protection against excessive pressure caused by exposure to fire or other sources of external heat, the device marked set pressure shall not exceed 110% of the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. If such a pressure relief device is used to meet the requirements of both UG-125(c) and UG-125(c)(2), the device marked set pressure shall not be over the maximum allowable working pressure.

(c) The pressure relief device set pressure shall include the effects of static head and constant back pressure.

(d) (l) The set pressure tolerance for pressure relief valves shall not exceed ±2 psi (15 kPa) for pressures up to and including 70 psi (500 kPa) and ±3% for pressures above 70 psi (500 kPa), except as covered in (d)(2) below.

(2) The set pressure tolerance of pressure relief valves which comply with UG-125(c)(3) shall be within -0%, +10%.

(e) The burst pressure tolerance for rupture disk devices at the specified disk temperature shall not exceed ±2 psi (15 kPa) of marked burst pressure up to 40 psi (300 kPa) and ±5% of marked burst pressure 40 psi (300 kPa) and over.

(f) Pressure relief valves shall be designed and constructed such that when installed per UG-135, the valves will operate without chattering and shall not flutter at the flow-rated pressure in a way that either would interfere with the measurement of capacity or would result in damage.

UG-135 INSTALLATION

(a) Pressure relief devices intended for relief of compressible fluids shall be connected to the vessel in the vapor space above any contained liquid or to piping connected to the vapor space in the vessel which is to be protected. Pressure relief devices intended for relief of liquids shall be connected below the liquid level. Alternative connection locations are permitted, depending on the potential vessel overpressure scenarios and the type of relief device selected, provided the requirements of UG-125(a)(2) and UG-125(c) are met.

(b)(1) The opening through all pipe, fittings and nonreclosing pressure relief devices (if installed) between a pressure vessel and its pressure relief valve shall have at least the area of the pressure relief valve inlet. The characteristic of this upstream system shall be such that the pressure drop will not reduce the relieving capacity below that required or adversely affect the proper operation of the pressure relief valve.

(2) The opening in the vessel wall shall be designed to provide unobstructed flow between the vessel and its pressure relief device (see Appendix M).62

  • See PDF for table

62 Users are warned that the proper operation of various rupture disk devices depends upon following the Manufacturer’s installation instructions closely with regard to the flow direction marked on the device. Some device designs will burst at pressures much greater than their marked burst pressure when installed with the process pressure on the vent side of the device.

(c) When two or more required pressure relief devices are placed on one connection, the inlet internal cross-sectional area of this connection shall be either sized to avoid restricting flow to the pressure relief devices or made at least equal to the combined inlet areas of the safety devices connected to it. The flow characteristics of the upstream system shall satisfy the requirements of (b) above. (See Appendix M.)

(d) There shall be no intervening stop valves between the vessel and its pressure relief device or devices, or between the pressure relief device or devices and the point of discharge, except:

(1) when these stop valves are so constructed or positively controlled that the closing of the maximum number a of block valves possible at one time will not reduce the pressure relieving capacity provided by the unaffected pressure relief devices below the required relieving capacity; or

(2) under conditions set forth in Appendix M.

(e) The pressure relief devices on all vessels shall be so installed that their proper functioning will not be hindered by the nature of the vessel’s contents.

(f) Discharge lines from pressure relief devices shall be designed to facilitate drainage or shall be fitted with drains to prevent liquid from lodging in the discharge side of the pressure relief device, and such lines shall lead to a safe place of discharge. The size of the discharge lines shall be such that any pressure that may exist or develop will not reduce the relieving capacity of the pressure relief devices below that required to properly protect the vessel, or adversely affect the proper operation of the pressure relief devices. [See UG- 136(a)(8) and Appendix M.]

Chapter SPS 341 Appendix D APPENDIX D

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 341 APPENDIX D {#sec-chapter-sps-341 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 341}

FOREWORD

The general philosophy underlying this Power Piping Code is to parallel those provisions of Section I, Power Boilers, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as they can be applied to power piping systems. The Allowable Stress Values for power piping are generally consistent with those assigned for power boilers. This Code is more conservative than some other piping codes, reflecting the need for long service life and maximum reliability in power plant installations.

The Power Piping Code as currently written does not differentiate between the design, fabrication, and erection requirements for critical and noncritical piping systems, except for certain stress calculations and mandatory nondestructive tests of welds for heavy wall, high temperature applications. The problem involved is to try to reach agreement on how to evaluate criticality, and to avoid the inference that noncritical systems do not require competence in design, fabrication, and erection. Some day such levels of quality may be definable, so that the need for the many different piping codes will be overcome.

There are many instances where the Code serves to warn a designer, fabricator, or erector against possible pitfalls; but the Code is not a handbook, and cannot substitute for education, experience, and sound engineering judgment.

Nonmandatory Appendices are included in the Code. Each contains information on a specific subject, and is maintained current with the Code. Although written in mandatory language, these Appendices are offered for application at the user’s discretion.

The Code never intentionally puts a ceiling limit on conservatism. A designer is free to specify more rigid requirements as he feels they may be justified. Conversely, a designer who is capable of a more rigorous analysis than is specified in the Code may justify a less conservative design, and still satisfy the basic intent of the Code.

The Power Piping Committee strives to keep abreast of the current technological improvements in new materials, fabrication practices, and testing techniques; and endeavors to keep the Code updated to permit the use of acceptable new developments.

INTRODUCTION

The ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping consists of a number of individually published Sections, each an American National Standard, under the direction of ASME Committee B31, Code for Pressure Piping.

Rules for each Section have been developed considering the need for application of specific requirements for various types of pressure piping. Applications considered for each Code Section include:

B31.1 Power Piping: piping typically found in electric power generating stations, in industrial and institutional plants, geothermal heating systems, and central and district heating and cooling systems;

B31.3 Process Piping: piping typically found in petroleum refineries, chemical, pharmaceutical, textile, paper, semiconductor, and cryogenic plants, and related processing plants and terminals;

B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and Other Liquids: piping transporting products which are predominately liquid between plants and terminals and within terminals, pumping, regulating, and metering stations;

B31.5 Refrigeration Piping: piping for refrigerants and secondary coolants;

B31.8 Gas Transportation and Distribution Piping Systems: piping transporting products which are predominately gas between sources and terminals, including compressor, regulating, and metering stations; and gas gathering pipelines;

B31.9 Building Services Piping: piping typically found in industrial, institutional, commercial, and public buildings, and in multi-unit residences, which does not require the range of sizes, pressures, and temperatures covered in B31.1;

B31.11 Slurry Transportation Piping Systems: piping transporting aqueous slurries between plants and terminals and within terminals, pumping, and regulating stations.

B31.12 Hydrogen Piping and Pipelines: piping in gaseous and liquid hydrogen service, and pipelines in gaseous hydrogen service.

This is the B31.1 Power Piping Code Section. Hereafter, in this Introduction and in the text of this Code Section B31.1, where the word Code is used without specific identification, it means this Code Section.

It is the owner’s responsibility to select the Code Section which most nearly applies to a proposed piping installation. Factors to be considered by the owner include: limitations of the Code Section; jurisdictional requirements; and the applicability of other codes and standards. All applicable requirements of the selected Code Section shall be met. For some installations, more than one Code Section may apply to different parts of the installation. The owner is also responsible for imposing requirements supplementary to those of the selected Code Section, if necessary, to assure safe piping for the proposed installation.

Certain piping within a facility may be subject to other codes and standards, including but not limited to:

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III: nuclear power piping;

ANSI Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code: piping for fuel gas from the point of delivery to the connection of each fuel utilization device;

NFPA Fire Protection Standards: fire protection systems using water, carbon dioxide, halon, foam, dry chemical, and wet chemicals;

NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities: medical and laboratory gas systems;

NFPA 8503 Standard for Pulverized Fuel Systems: piping for pulverized coal from the coal mills to the burners;

Building and plumbing codes, as applicable, for potable hot and cold water, and for sewer and drain systems.

The Code sets forth engineering requirements deemed necessary for safe design and construction of pressure piping. While safety is the basic consideration, this factor alone will not necessarily govern the final specifications for any piping system. The designer is cautioned that the Code is not a design handbook; it does not do away with the need for the designer or for competent engineering judgment.

To the greatest possible extent, Code requirements for design are stated in terms of basic design principles and formulas. These are supplemented as necessary with specific requirements to assure uniform application of principles and to guide selection and application of piping elements. The Code prohibits designs and practices known to be unsafe and contains warnings where caution, but not prohibition, is warranted.

The specific design requirements of the Code usually revolve around a simplified engineering approach to a subject. It is intended that a designer capable of applying more complete and rigorous analysis to special or unusual problems shall have latitude in the development of such designs and the evaluation of complex or combined stresses. In such cases the designer is responsible for demonstrating the validity of his approach.

This Code Section includes the following:

(a) references to acceptable material specifications and component standards, including dimensional requirements and pressure-temperature ratings

(b) requirements for design of components and assemblies, including pipe supports

(c) requirements and data for evaluation and limitation of stresses, reactions, and movements associated with pressure, temperature changes, and other forces

(d) guidance and limitations on the selection and application of materials, components, and joining methods

(e) requirements for the fabrication, assembly, and erection of piping

(f) requirements for examination, inspection, and testing of piping

(g) requirements for operation and maintenance of piping systems

It is intended that this Edition of Code Section B31.1 and any subsequent Addenda not be retroactive. Unless agreement is specifically made between contracting parties to use another issue, or the regulatory body having jurisdiction imposes the use of another issue, the latest Edition and Addenda issued at least 6 months prior to the original contract date for the first phase of activity covering a piping system or systems shall be the governing document for all design, materials, fabrication, erection, examination, and testing for the piping until the completion of the work and initial operation.

Users of this Code are cautioned against making use of revisions without assurance that they are acceptable to the proper authorities in the jurisdiction where the piping is to be installed.

Code users will note that clauses in the Code are not necessarily numbered consecutively. Such discontinuities result from following a common outline, insofar as practicable, for all Code Sections. In this way, corresponding material is correspondingly numbered in most Code Sections, thus facilitating reference by those who have occasion to use more than one Section.

The Code is under the direction of ASME Committee B31, Code for Pressure Piping, which is organized and operates under procedures of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers which have been accredited by the American National Standards Institute. The Committee is a continuing one, and keeps all Code Sections current with new developments in materials, construction, and industrial practice. Addenda are issued periodically. New editions are published at intervals of two to five years.

When no Section of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, specifically covers a piping system, at his discretion the user may select any Section determined to be generally applicable. However, it is cautioned that supplementary requirements to the Section chosen may be necessary to provide for a safe piping system for the intended application. Technical limitations of the various Sections, legal requirements, and possible applicability of other codes or standards are some of the factors to be considered by the user in determining the applicability of any Section of this Code.

The Committee has established an orderly procedure to consider requests for interpretation and revision of Code requirements. To receive consideration, inquiries must be in writing and must give full particulars (see Mandatory Appendix H covering preparation of technical inquiries). The Committee will not respond to inquiries requesting assignment of a Code Section to a piping installation.

The approved reply to an inquiry will be sent directly to the inquirer. In addition, the question and reply will be published as part of an Interpretation Supplement issued to the applicable Code Section.

A Case is the prescribed form of reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code wording needs clarification or when the reply modifies existing requirements of the Code or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions. The Case will be published as part of a Case Supplement issued to the applicable Code Section.

The ASME B31 Standards Committee took action to eliminate Code Case expiration dates effective September 21, 2007. This means that all Code Cases in effect as of this date will remain available for use until annulled by the ASME B31 Standards Committee.

Materials are listed in the Stress Tables only when sufficient usage in piping within the scope of the Code has been shown. Materials may be covered by a Case. Requests for listing shall include evidence of satisfactory usage and specific data to permit establishment of allowable stresses, maximum and minimum temperature limits, and other restrictions. Additional criteria can be found in the guidelines for addition of new materials in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section II and Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix B. (To develop usage and gain experience, unlisted materials may be used in accordance with para. 123.1.)

Requests for interpretation and suggestions for revision should be addressed to the Secretary, ASME B31 Committee, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

POWER PIPING

Chapter I

SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS

100 GENERAL

This Power Piping Code is one of several Sections of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code for Pressure Piping, B31. This Section is published as a separate document for convenience.

Standards and specifications specifically incorporated by reference into this Code are shown in Table 126.1. It is not considered practical to refer to a dated edition of each of the standards and specifications in this Code. Instead, the dated edition references are included in an Addenda and will be revised yearly.

100.1 Scope

Rules for this Code Section have been developed considering the needs for applications which include piping typically found in electric power generating stations, in industrial and institutional plants, geothermal heating systems, and central and district heating and cooling systems.

100.1.1 This Code prescribes requirements for the design, materials, fabrication, erection, test, inspection, operation, and maintenance of piping systems.

Piping as used in this Code includes pipe, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, relief devices, fittings, and the pressure containing portions of other piping components, whether manufactured in accordance with Standards listed in Table 126.1 or specially designed. It also includes hangers and supports and other equipment items necessary to prevent overstressing the pressure containing components.

Rules governing piping for miscellaneous appurtenances, such as water columns, remote water level indicators, pressure gages, gage glasses, etc., are included within the scope of this Code, but the requirements for boiler appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, PG-60.

The users of this Code are advised that in some areas legislation may establish governmental jurisdiction over the subject matter covered by this Code. However, any such legal requirement shall not relieve the owner of his inspection responsibilities specified in para. 136.1.

100.1.2 Power piping systems as covered by this Code apply to all piping and their component parts except as excluded in para. 100.1.3. They include but are not limited to steam, water, oil, gas, and air services.

(A) This Code covers boiler external piping as defined below for power boilers and high temperature, high pressure water boilers in which: steam or vapor is generated at a pressure of more than 15 psig [100 kPa (gage)]; and high temperature water is generated at pressures exceeding 160 psig [1 103 kPa (gage)] and/or temperatures exceeding 250°F (120°C).

Boiler external piping shall be considered as that piping which begins where the boiler proper terminates at

(1) the first circumferential joint for welding end connections; or

(2) the face of the first flange in bolted flanged connections; or

(3) the first threaded joint in that type of connection; and which extends up to and including the valve or valves required by para. 122.1.

The terminal points themselves are considered part of the boiler external piping. The terminal points and piping external to power boilers are illustrated by Figs. 100.1.2(A), l00.1.2(B), and l00.1.2(C).

Piping between the terminal points and the valve or valves required by para. 122.1 shall be provided with Data Reports, inspection, and stamping as required by Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. All welding and brazing of this piping shall be performed by manufacturers or contractors authorized to use the appropriate symbol shown in Figs. PG-105.1 through PG-105.3 of Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The installation of boiler external piping by mechanical means may be performed by an organization not holding a Code symbol stamp. However, the holder of a valid S, A, or PP Certificate of Authorization shall be responsible for the documentation and hydrostatic test, regardless of the method of assembly. The quality control system requirements of Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall apply. These requirements are shown in Appendix J of this Code.

The valve or valves required by para. 122.1 are part of the boiler external piping, but do not require ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I inspection and stamping except for safety, safety relief, and relief valves; see para. 107.8.2. Refer to PG-11.

Pipe connections meeting all other requirements of this Code but not exceeding NPS ½ may be welded to pipe or boiler headers without inspection and stamping required by Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

(B) Nonboiler external piping includes all the piping covered by this Code except for that portion defined above as boiler external piping.

100.1.3 This Code does not apply to the following:

(A) economizers, heaters, pressure vessels, and components covered by Sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

(B) building heating and distribution steam and condensate piping designed for 15 psig [100 kPa (gage)] or less, or hot water heating systems designed for 30 psig [200 kPa (gage)] or less

(C) piping for hydraulic or pneumatic tools and their components downstream of the first block or stop valve off the system distribution header

(D) piping for marine or other installations under Federal control

(E) towers, building frames, tanks, mechanical equipment, instruments, and foundations

104.1.3 Straight Pipe Under External Pressure. For determining wall thickness and stiffening requirements for straight pipe under external pressure, the procedures outlined in UG-28, UG-29, and UG-30 of Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be followed.

104.2 Curved Segments of Pipe

104.2.1 Pipe Bends. Pipe bends shall be subject to the following limitations:

(A) The minimum wall thickness shall meet the requirements of para. 102.4.5 and the fabrication requirements of para. 129.

(B) Limits on flattening and buckling at bends may be specified by design, depending upon the service, the material, and the stress level involved. Where limits on flattening and buckling are not specified by design, the requirements of para. 129.1 shall be met.

104.2.2 Elbows. Elbows manufactured in accordance with the standards listed in Table 126.1 are suitable for use at the pressure-temperature ratings specified by such standards, subject to the requirements of para. 106.

104.3 Intersections

104.3.1 Branch Connections

(A) This paragraph gives rules governing the design of branch connections to sustain internal and external pressure in cases where the axes of the branch and the run intersect, and the angle between the axes of the branch and of the run is between 45 deg and 90 deg, inclusive.

Branch connections in which the smaller angle between the axes of the branch and the run is less than 45 deg or branch connections where the axes of the branch and the run do not intersect impose special design and fabrication problems. The rules given herein may be used as a guide, but sufficient additional strength must be provided to assure safe service. Such branch connections shall be designed to meet the requirement of para. 104.7.

(B) Branch connections in piping may be made from materials listed in Appendix A by the use of the following:

(B.1) fittings, such as tees, laterals, and crosses made in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 126.1 where the attachment of the branch pipe to the fitting is by butt welding, socket welding, brazing, soldering, threading, or by a flanged connection.

(B.2) weld outlet fittings, such as cast or forged nozzles, couplings and adaptors, or similar items where the attachment of the branch pipe to the fitting is by butt welding, socket welding, threading, or by a flanged connection. Such weld outlet fittings are attached to the run by welding similar to that shown in Fig. 127.4.8 (E) or Fig. 127.4.8 (F), as applicable. MSS SP-97 may be used for design and manufacturing standards for integrally reinforced forged branch outlet fittings. Couplings are restricted to a maximum of NPS 3.

(B.3) extruded outlets at right angles to the run pipe, in accordance with (G) below, where the attachment of the branch pipe is by butt welding.

(B.4) piping directly attached to the run pipe by welding in accordance with para. 127.4.8 or by socket welding or threading as stipulated below:

(B.4.1) socket welded right angle branch connections may be made by attaching the branch pipe directly to the run pipe provided.

(B.4.1.1) the nominal size of the branch does not exceed NPS 2 or one-fourth of the nominal size of the run, whichever is smaller.

(B.4.1.2) the depth of the socket measured at its minimum depth in the run pipe is at least equal to that shown in ASME B16.11. If the run pipe wall does not have sufficient thickness to provide the proper depth of socket, an alternate type of construction shall be used.

(B.4.1.3) the clearance between the bottom of the socket and the end of the inserted branch pipe is in accordance with Fig. 127.4.4(C).

(B.4.1.4) the size of the fillet weld is not less than 1.09 times the nominal wall thickness of the branch pipe.

(B.4.2) threaded right angle branch connections may be made by attaching the branch pipe directly to the run provided

(B.4.2.1) the nominal size of the branch does not exceed NPS 2 or one-fourth of the nominal size of the run, whichever is smaller.

(B.4.2.2) the minimum thread engagement is: 6 full threads for NPS ½ and NPS ¾ branches; 7 for NPS 1, NPS 1¼, and NPS 1½ branches; and 8 for NPS 2 branches. If the run pipe wall does not have sufficient thickness to provide the proper depth for thread engagement, an alternative type of construction shall be used.

(C) Branch Connections Not Requiring Reinforcement. A pipe having a branch connection is weakened by the opening that must be made in it. Unless the wall thickness of the branch and/or run pipe is sufficiently in excess of that required to sustain the pressure, it is necessary to provide additional material in order to meet the reinforcement requirements of (D) and (E) below. However, there are certain branch connections for which supporting calculations are not required. These are as follows:

(C.1) branch connections made by the use of a fitting (tee, lateral, cross, or branch weld-on fitting), manufactured in accordance with a standard listed in Table 126.1, and used within the limits of pressure-temperature ratings specified in that standard.

(C.2) branch connections made by welding a coupling or half coupling directly to the run pipe in accordance with Fig. 127.4.8(E), provided the nominal diameter of the branch does not exceed NPS 2 or one-fourth the nominal diameter of the run, whichever is less. The minimum wall thickness of the coupling anywhere in the reinforcement zone (if threads are in the zone, wall thickness is measured from the root of the thread to the minimum O.D.) shall not be less than that of the unthreaded branch pipe. In no case shall the thickness of the coupling be less than extra heavy or Class 3000 rating.

Small branch connections NPS 2 or smaller as shown in Fig. 127.4.8(F) may be used, provided tw is not less than the thickness of schedule 160 pipe of the branch size.

(C.3) integrally reinforced fittings welded directly to the run pipe when the reinforcements provided by the fitting and the deposited weld metal meets the requirements of (D) below.

(C.4) integrally reinforced extruded outlets in the run pipe. The reinforcement requirements shall be in accordance with (G) below.

(D) Branch Connections Subject to Internal Pressure Requiring Reinforcement

(D.1) Reinforcement is required when it is not provided inherently in the components of the branch connection. This paragraph gives rules covering the design of branch connections to sustain internal pressure in cases where the angle between the axes of the branch and of the run is between 45 deg and 90 deg. Subparagraph (E) below gives rules governing the design of connections to sustain external pressure.

(D.2) Figure 104.3.1(D) illustrates the notations used in the pressure-temperature design conditions of branch connections. These notations are as follows:

b = subscript referring to branch

Do = outside diameter of pipe, in. (mm)

d1 = inside centerline longitudinal dimension of the finished branch opening in the run of the pipe, in. (mm)

= [Dob -2(Tb -A)]/sin á

d2 = “half width” of reinforcing zone, in. (mm)

= the greater of d1 or (Tb -A) + (Th -A) + d1/2 but in no case more than Doh, in. (mm)

h = subscript referring to run or header

L4 = altitude of reinforcement zone outside of run, in. (mm)

= 2.5(Tb -A) + tr or 2.5(Th -A), whichever is smaller

tr = thickness of attached reinforcing pad, in Example A, in. (mm); or height of the largest 60 deg right triangle supported by the run and branch outside diameter projected surfaces and lying completely within the area of integral reinforcement, in Example B, in. (mm)

Tb, Th = actual (by measurement), or minimum wall thickness of the branch or header pipe, in. (mm), permissible under purchase specification

tmb, tmh = required minimum wall thickness, in. (mm), of the branch or header pipe as determined by use of eq. (3) or (3A) in para. 104.1.2(A)

α = angle between axes of branch and run, deg

(D.2.1) If the run pipe contains a longitudinal seam which is not intersected by the branch, the stress value of seamless pipe of comparable grade may be used to determine the value of tmh for the purpose of reinforcement calculations only. If the branch intersects a longitudinal weld in the run, or if the branch contains a weld, the weld joint efficiency for either or both shall enter the calculations. If the branch and run both contain longitudinal welds, care shall be taken to ensure that the two welds do not intersect each other.

(D.2.2) The required reinforcement area in square inches (square millimeters) for branch connections shall be the quantity

A7 = A6(2 - sin α) = (tmh - A)d1 (2 - sin α)

For right angle connections the required reinforcement becomes

A7 = A6 = (tmh – A)d1

The required reinforcement must be within the limits of the reinforcement zone as defined in (D.2.4) below.

(D.2.3) The reinforcement required by (D.2) shall be that provided by any combination of areas A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5, as defined below and illustrated in Fig. 104.3.1(D) where

A1 = area provided by excess pipe wall in the run = (2d2 – d1)(Th - tmh)

A2 = area, in.2 (mm2), provided by excess pipe wall in the branch for a distance L4 above the run

= 2L4 (Tb - tmb)/sin α

A3 = area provided by deposited weld metal beyond the outside diameter of the run and branch, and for fillet weld attachments of rings, pads, and saddles

A4 = area provided by a reinforcing ring, pad, or integral reinforcement. The value of A4 may be taken in the same manner in which excess header metal is considered, provided the weld completely fuses the branch pipe, run pipe, and ring or pad, or integral reinforcement. For welding branch connections refer to para. 127.4.8.

A5 = area provided by a saddle on right angle connections

= (O.D. of saddle - Dob)tr

A6 = pressure design area expected at the end of service life

= (tmh - A)d1

Portions of the reinforcement area may be composed of materials other than those of the run pipe, but if the allowable stress of these materials is less than that for the run pipe, the corresponding calculated reinforcement area provided by this material shall be reduced in the ratio of the allowable stress being applied to the reinforcement area. No additional credit shall be taken for materials having higher allowable stress values than the run pipe.

(D.2.4) Reinforcement Zone. The reinforcement zone is a parallelogram whose width shall extend a distance d2 on each side of the centerline of the branch pipe, and whose altitude shall start at the inside surface of the run pipe and extend to a distance L4 from the outside surface of the run pipe.

(D.2.5) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings. It is preferred that multiple branch openings be spaced so that their reinforcement zones do not overlap. If closer spacing is necessary, the following requirement shall be met. The two or more openings shall be reinforced in accordance with (D.2), with a combined reinforcement that has a strength equal to the combined strength of the reinforcement that would be required for the separate openings. No portion of the cross section shall be considered as applying to more than one opening, or be evaluated more than once in a combined area.

When more than two adjacent openings are to be provided with a combined reinforcement, the minimum distance between centers of any two of these openings should preferably be at least 1½ times their average diameter, and the area of reinforcement between them shall be at least equal to 50% of the total required for these two openings.

(D.2.6) Rings, Pads, and Saddles. Reinforcement provided in the form of rings, pads, or saddles shall not be appreciably narrower at the side than at the crotch.

A vent hole shall be provided at the ring, pad, or saddle to provide venting during welding and heat treatment. Refer to para. 127.4.8(E).

Rings, pads, or saddles may be made in more than one piece, provided the joints between pieces have full thickness welds, and each piece is provided with a vent hole.

(D.2.7) Other Designs. The adequacy of designs to which the reinforcement requirements of para. 104.3 cannot be applied shall be proven by burst or proof tests on scale models or on full size structures, or by calculations previously substantiated by successful service of similar design

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

(E) Branch Connections Subject to External Pressure Requiring Reinforcement. The reinforcement area in square inches (square millimeters) required for branch connections subject to external pressure shall be

0.5tmhd1 (2 - sin α)

where tmh is the required header wall thickness determined for straight pipe under external pressure, using procedures outlined in UG-28, UG-29, UG-30, and UG-31 of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

Procedures established heretofore for connections subject to internal pressure shall apply for connections subject to external pressure provided that Doh, Dob, and tr are reduced to compensate for external corrosion, if required by design conditions.

(F) Branch Connections Subject to External Forces and Moments. The requirements of the preceding paragraphs are intended to assure safe performance of a branch connection subjected only to pressure. However, when external forces and moments are applied to a branch connection by thermal expansion and contraction, by dead weight of piping, valves, and fittings, covering and contents, or by earth settlement, the branch connection shall be analyzed considering the stress intensification factors as specified in Appendix D. Use of ribs, gussets, and clamps designed in accordance with para. 104.3.4 is permissible to stiffen the branch connection, but their areas cannot be counted as contributing to the required reinforcement area of the branch connection.

(G) Extruded Outlets Integrally Reinforced

(G.1) The following definitions, modifications, notations, and requirements are specifically applicable to extruded outlets. The designer shall make proper wall thickness allowances in order that the required minimum reinforcement is assured over the design life of the system.

(G.2) Definition. An extruded outlet header is defined as a header in which the extruded lip at the outlet has an altitude above the surface of the run which is equal to or greater than the radius of curvature of the external contoured portion of the outlet; i.e., ho = ro. See nomenclature and Fig. 104.3.1(G).

(G.3) These rules apply only to cases where the axis of the outlet intersects and is perpendicular to the axis of the run. These rules do not apply to any nozzle in which additional nonintegral material is applied in the form of rings, pads, or saddles.

(G.4) The notation used herein is illustrated in Fig. 104.3.1(G). All dimensions are in inches (millimeters).

D = outside diameter of run

d = outside diameter of branch pipe

db = corroded internal diameter of branch pipe

dc = corroded internal diameter of extruded outlet measured at the level of the outside surface of the run

dr = corroded internal diameter of run

ho = height of the extruded lip. This must be equal to or greater than ro, except as shown in (G.4.2) below.

L8 = altitude of reinforcement zone

  • See PDF for diagram

To = corroded finished thickness of extruded outlet measured at a height equal to ro above the outside surface of the run

tb - A = actual thickness of branch wall, not including corrosion allowance

th - A = actual thickness of run wall, not including the corrosion allowance

tmb - A = required thickness of branch pipe according to wall thickness eq. (3) or (3A) in para. 104.1.2(A), but not including any thickness for corrosion

tmh - A = required thickness of the run according to eq. (3) or (3A) in para. 104.1.2(A), but not including any allowance for corrosion

r1 = half width of reinforcement zone (equal to dc)

ro = radius of curvature of external contoured portion of outlet measured in the plane containing the axes of the run and branch. This is subject to the following limitations:

(G.4.1) Minimum Radius. This dimension shall not be less than 0.05d except that on branch diameters larger than NPS 30, it need not exceed 1.50 in. (38 mm).

(G.4.2) Maximum Radius. For outlet pipe sizes 6 in. (150 mm) nominal and larger, this dimension shall not exceed 0.l0d + 0.50 in. (0.l0d + 12.7 mm). For outlet pipe sizes less than NPS 6, this dimension shall be not greater than 1.25 in. (32 mm).

(G.4.3) When the external contour contains more than one radius, the radius of any arc sector of approximately 45 deg shall meet the requirements of (G.4.1) and (G.4.2) above. When the external contour has a continuously varying radius, the radius of curvature at every point on the contour shall meet the requirements of (G.4.1) and (G.4.2) above.

(G.4.4) Machining other than grinding for weld cleanup shall not be employed in order to meet the above requirements.

(G.5) Required Area. The required area is defined as

A7 = K (tmh - A) dc

where K shall be taken as follows.

For d/D greater than 0.60,

K = 1.00

For d/D greater than 0.15 and not exceeding 0.60,

K = 0.6 + 2/3 d/D

For d/D equal to or less than 0.15,

K = 0.70

The design must meet criteria that the reinforcement area defined in (G.6) below is not less than the required area.

  • See PDF for diagram

(G.6) Reinforcement Area. The reinforcement area shall be the sum of areas

A1 + A2 + A4

as defined below.

(G.6.l) Area Al is the area lying within the reinforcement zone resulting from any excess thickness available in the run wall.

A1 = dc(tn – tmh)

(G.6.2) Area A2 is the area lying within the reinforcement zone resulting from any excess thickness available in the branch pipe wall.

A2 = 2L8(tb – tmh)

(G.6.3) Area A4 is the area lying within the reinforcement zone resulting from excess thickness available in the extruded outlet lip.

A4 = 2ro [To – (tb – A)]

(G.7) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings. It is preferred that multiple branch openings be spaced so that their reinforcement zones do not overlap. If closer spacing is necessary, the following requirements shall be met. The two or more openings shall be reinforced in accordance with (G) with a combined reinforcement that has a strength equal to the combined strength of the reinforcement that would be required for separate openings. No portion of the cross section shall be considered as applying to more than one opening, or be evaluated more than once in a combined area.

(G.8) In addition to the above, the manufacturer shall be responsible for establishing and marking on the section containing extruded outlets, the design pressure and temperature. The manufacturer’s name or trademarks shall be marked on the section.

104.3.3 Miters. Miter joints, and the terminology related thereto, are described in Appendix D. A widely spaced miter with

  • See PDF for diagram

shall be considered to be equivalent to a girth buttwelded joint, and the rules of this paragraph do not apply. Miter joints, and fabricated pipe bends consisting of segments of straight pipe welded together, with θ equal to or greater than this calculated value may be used within the limitations described below.

(A) Pressure shall be limited to 10 psi (70 kPa) under the following conditions:

(A.1) The assembly includes a miter weld with θ > 22.5 deg, or contains a segment which has a dimension

B < 6tn

(A.2) The thickness of each segment of the miter is not less than that determined in accordance with para. 104.1.

(A.3) The contained fluid is nonflammable, non-toxic, and incompressible, except for gaseous vents to atmosphere.

(A.4) The number of full pressure cycles is less than 7,000 during the expected lifetime of the piping system.

(A.5) Full penetration welds are used in joining miter segments.

(B) Pressure shall be limited to 100 psi (700 kPa) under the conditions defined in (A.2), (A.3), (A.4), and (A.5) above, in addition to the following:

(B.1) the angle θ does not exceed 22.5 deg

(B.2) the assembly does not contain any segment which has a dimension

B < 6tn

(C) Miters to be used in other services or at design pressures above 100 psi (700 kPa) shall meet the requirements of para. 104.7.

(C.1) When justification under para. 104.7 is based on comparable service conditions, such conditions must be established as comparable with respect to cyclic as well as static loadings.

(C.2) When justification under para. 104.7 is based on an analysis, that analysis and substantiating tests shall consider the discontinuity stresses which exist at the juncture between segments; both for static (including brittle fracture) and cyclic internal pressure.

(C.3) The wall thickness, ts, of a segment of a miter shall not be less than specified in (C.3.1) or (C.3.2) below, depending on the spacing.

(C.3.1) For closely spaced miter bends (see Appendix D for definition)

  • See PDF for diagram

(C.3.2) For widely spaced miters (see Appendix D for definition)

  • See PDF for diagram

(The above equation requires an iterative or quadratic solution for ts.)

104.3.4 Attachments. External and internal attachments to piping shall be designed so as not to cause flattening of the pipe, excessive localized bending stresses, or harmful thermal gradients in the pipe wall. It is important that such attachments be designed to minimize stress concentrations in applications where the number of stress cycles, due either to pressure or thermal effect, is relatively large for the expected life of the equipment.

104.4 Closures

104.4.1 General. Closures for power piping systems shall meet the applicable requirements of this Code and shall comply with the requirements described in (A) or (B) below. Closures may be made

(A) by use of closure fittings, such as threaded or welded plugs, caps, or blind flanges, manufactured in accordance with standards listed in Table 126.1, and used within the specified pressure-temperature ratings, or

(B) in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers, PG-31, or Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, Division 1, UG-34 and UW-13, calculated from

tm = t + A

where

t = pressure design thickness, calculated for the given closure shape and direction of loading using appropriate equations and procedures in Section I or Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

The definition of A and the symbols used in determining t shall have the definitions shown herein, instead of those given in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

Attachment of a welded flat permanent closure with only a single fillet weld is not permitted.

104.4.2 Openings in Closures. Openings in closures may be made by welding, extruding, or threading. Attachment to the closure shall be in accordance with the limitations provided for such connections in para. 104.3.1 for branch connections. If the size of the opening is greater than one-half of the inside diameter of the closure, the opening shall be designed as a reducer in accordance with para. 104.6.

Other openings in closures shall be reinforced in accordance with the requirements of reinforcement for a branch connection. The total cross-sectional area required for reinforcement in any plane passing through the center of the opening and normal to the surface of the closure shall not be less than the quantity of d5t, where

d5 = diameter of the finished opening, in. (mm)

t = as defined in (B) above

121.8 Structural Attachments

121.8.1 Nonintegral Type

(A) Nonintegral attachments include clamps, slings, cradles, saddles, straps, and clevises.

(B) When clamps are used to support vertical lines, it is recommended that shear lugs be welded to the pipe to prevent slippage. The provisions of para. 12l.8.2(B) shall apply.

(C) In addition to the provision of (B) above, clamps to support vertical lines should be designed to support the total load on either arm in the event the load shifts due to pipe and/or hanger movement.

121.8.2 Integral Type

(A) Integral attachments include ears, shoes, lugs, cylindrical attachments, rings, and skirts which are fabricated so that the attachment is an integral part of the piping component. Integral attachments shall be used in conjunction with restraints or braces where multiaxial restraint in a single member is to be maintained. Consideration shall be given to the localized stresses induced into the piping component by the integral attachments. Where applicable, the conditions of para. 12l.8.1(C) are to apply.

(B) Integral lugs, plates, angle clips, etc., used as part of an assembly for the support or guiding of pipe may be welded directly to the pipe provided the materials are compatible for welding and the design is adequate for the temperature and load. The design of hanger lugs for attachment to piping for high temperature service shall be such as to provide for differential expansion between the pipe and the attached lug.

121.9 Loads and Supporting Structures

Considerations shall be given to the load carrying capacity of equipment and the supporting structure. This may necessitate closer spacing of hangers on lines with extremely high loads.

121.10 Requirements for Fabricating Pipe Supports

Pipe supports shall be fabricated in accordance with the requirements of para. 130.

PART 6

SYSTEMS

122 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO SPECIFIC PIPING SYSTEMS

Except as specifically stated otherwise in this Part 6, all provisions of the Code apply fully to the piping systems described herein.

122.1 Boiler External Piping; in Accordance With Para. 100.1.2(A) -Steam, Feedwater, Blowoff, and Drain Piping

122.1.1 General. The minimum pressure and temperature and other special requirements to be used in the design for steam, feedwater, blowoff, and drain piping from the boiler to the valve or valves required by para. 122.1 shall be as specified in the following paragraphs. Design requirements for desuperheater spray piping connected to desuperheaters located in the boiler proper and in main steam piping are provided in para. 122.4.

(A) It is intended that the design pressure and temperature be selected sufficiently in excess of any expected operating conditions, not necessarily continuous, to permit satisfactory operation without operation of the overpressure protection devices. Also, since the operating temperatures of fired equipment can vary, the expected temperature at the connection to the fired equipment shall include the manufacturer’s maximum temperature tolerance.

(B) In a forced flow steam generator with no fixed steam and water line, it is permissible to design the external piping, valves, and fittings attached to the pressure parts for different pressure levels along the path through the steam generator of water-steam flow. The values of design pressure and the design temperature to be used for the external piping, valves, and fittings shall be not less than that required for the expected maximum sustained operating pressure and temperature to which the abutted pressure part is subjected except when one or more of the overpressure protection devices covered by PG-67.4 of Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code is in operation. The steam piping shall comply with the requirements for the maximum sustained operating conditions as used in (A) above, or for the design throttle pressure plus 5%, whichever is greater.

(C) Provision shall be made for the expansion and contraction of piping connected to boilers to limit forces and moments transmitted to the boiler, by providing substantial anchorage at suitable points, so that there shall be no undue strain transmitted to the boiler. Steam reservoirs shall be used on steam mains when heavy pulsations of the steam currents cause vibration.

(D) Piping connected to the outlet of a boiler for any purpose shall be attached by

(D.1) welding to a nozzle or socket welding fitting

(D.2) threading into a tapped opening with a threaded fitting or valve at the other end

(D.3) screwing each end into tapered flanges, fittings, or valves with or without rolling or peening

(D.4) bolted joints including those of the Van Stone type

(D.5) blowoff piping of firetube boilers shall be attached in accordance with (D.2) above if exposed to products of combustion or in accordance with (D.2), (D.3), or (D.4) above if not so exposed

(E) Nonferrous pipe or tubes shall not exceed NPS 3 in diameter.

(F) American National Standard slip-on flanges shall not exceed NPS 4. Attachment of slip-on flanges shall be by double fillet welds. The throats of the fillet welds shall not be less than 0.7 times the thickness of the part to which the flange is attached.

(G) Hub-type flanges shall not be cut from plate material.

(H) American National Standard socket welded flanges may be used in piping or boiler nozzles provided the dimensions do not exceed NPS 3 for Class 600 and lower and NPS 2½ in Class 1500.

122.1.2 Steam Piping

(A) The value of P to be used in the formulas in para. 104 shall be as follows:

(A.1) For steam piping connected to the steam drum or to the superheater inlet header up to the first stop valve in each connection, the value of P shall be not less than the lowest pressure at which any drum safety valve is set to blow, and the S value shall not exceed that permitted for the corresponding saturated steam temperature.

(A.2) For steam piping connected to the superheater outlet header up to the first stop valve in each connection, the design pressure, except as otherwise provided in (A.4) below shall be not less than the lowest pressure at which any safety valve on the superheater is set to blow, or not less than 85% of the lowest pressure at which any drum safety valve is set to blow, whichever is greater, and the S value for the material used shall not exceed that permitted for the expected steam temperature.

(A.3) For steam piping between the first stop valve and the second valve, when one is required by para. 122.1.7, the design pressure shall be not less than the expected maximum sustained operating pressure or 85% of the lowest pressure at which any drum safety valve is set to blow, whichever is greater, and the S value for the material used shall not exceed that permitted for the expected steam temperature.

(A.4) For boilers installed on the unit system (i.e., one boiler and one turbine or other prime mover) and provided with automatic combustion control equipment responsive to steam header pressure, the design pressure for the steam piping shall be not less than the design pressure at the throttle inlet plus 5%, or not less than 85% of the lowest pressure at which any drum safety valve is set to blow, or not less than the expected maximum sustained operating pressure at any point in the piping system, whichever is greater, and the S value for the material used shall not exceed that permitted for the expected steam temperature at the superheater outlet. For forced-flow steam generators with no fixed steam and water line, the design pressure shall also be no less than the expected maximum sustained operating pressure.

(A.5) The design pressure shall not be taken at less than 100 psig [700 kPa (gage)] for any condition of service or material.

122.1.3 Feedwater Piping

(A) The value of P to be used in the formulas in para. 104 shall be as follows:

(A.1) For piping from the boiler to and including the required stop valve and the check valve, the minimum value of P except as permitted in para. 122.1.3(A.4) shall exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25% or 225 psi (1 550 kPa), whichever is the lesser. For an installation with an integral economizer without valves between the boiler and economizer, this paragraph shall apply only to the piping from the economizer inlet header to and including the required stop valve and the check valve.

(A.2) For piping between the required check valve and the globe or regulating valve, when required by para. 122.1.7(B), and including any bypass piping up to the shutoff valves in the bypass, the value of P shall be not less than the pressure required to feed the boiler.

(A.3) The value of P in the formula shall not be taken at less than 100 psig [700 kPa (gage)] for any condition of service or material, and shall never be less than the pressure required to feed the boiler.

(A.4) In a forced flow steam generator with no fixed steam and water line, the value of P for feedwater piping from the boiler to and including the required stop valve may be in accordance with the requirements of para. 122.1.1(B).

(B) The S value used, except as permitted in (A.4) above, shall not exceed that permitted for the temperature of saturated steam at the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

(C) The size of the feed piping between the boiler and the first required valve [para. 122.1.7(B)] or the branch feed connection [para. 122.1.7(B.4)] shall, as a minimum, be the same as the boiler connection.

122.1.4 Blowoff and Slowdown Piping. Blowoff and blowdown piping are defined as piping connected to a boiler and provided with valves or cocks through which the water in the boiler may be blown out under pressure. This definition is not intended to apply to (i) drain piping, and (ii) piping such as used on water columns, gage glasses, or feedwater regulators, etc., for the purpose of determining the operating condition of the equipment. Requirements for (i) and (ii) are described in paras. 122.1.5 and 122.1.6. Blowoff systems are operated intermittently to remove accumulated sediment from equipment and/or piping, or to lower boiler water level in a rapid manner. Blowdown systems are primarily operated continuously to control the concentrations of dissolved solids in the boiler water.

(A) Blowoff piping systems from water spaces of a boiler, up to and including the blowoff valves, shall be designed in accordance with (A.1) to (A.4) below. Two shutoff valves are required in the blowoff system; specific valve requirements and exceptions are given in para. 122.1.7(C).

(A.1) The value of P to be used in the formulas in para. 104 shall exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25% or 225 psi (1 550 kPa) whichever is less, but shall be not less than 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)].

(A.2) The allowable stress value for the piping materials shall not exceed that permitted for the temperature of saturated steam at the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

(A.3) All pipe shall be steel except as permitted below. Galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall not be used for blowoff piping. When the value of P does not exceed 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], nonferrous pipe may be used and the fittings may be bronze, cast iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel.

CAUTION: Nonferrous alloys and austenitic stainless steels may be sensitive to stress corrosion cracking in certain aqueous environments.

When the value of P exceeds 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], the fittings shall be steel and the thickness of pipe and fittings shall not be less than that of Schedule 80 pipe.

(A.4) The size of blowoff piping shall be not less than the size of the connection on the boiler, and shall be in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, PG-59.3, PMB-12, and PEB-12.

(B) The blowdown piping system from the boiler, to and including the shutoff valve, shall be designed in accordance with (B.1) through (B.4) below. Only one shutoff valve is required in the blowdown system.

(B.1) The value of P to be used in the formulas in para. 104 shall be not less than the lowest set pressure of any safety valve on the boiler drum.

(B.2) The allowable stress value for the piping materials shall not exceed that permitted for the temperature of saturated steam at the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.

(B.3) All pipe shall be steel except as permitted below. Galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall not be used for blowdown piping. When the value of P does not exceed 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], nonferrous pipe may be used and the fittings may be bronze, cast iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel.

CAUTION: Nonferrous alloys and austenitic stainless steels may be sensitive to stress corrosion cracking in certain aqueous environments.

When the value of P exceeds 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], the fittings shall be steel and the thickness of pipe and fittings shall not be less than that of Schedule 80 pipe.

(B.4) The size of blowdown piping shall be not less than the size of the connection on the boiler, and shall be in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, PG-59.3, PMB-12, and PEB-12.

(C) The blowoff and blowdown piping beyond the required valves described in (A) and (B) above are classified as nonboiler external piping. The requirements are given in para. 122.2.

122.1.5 Boiler Drains

(A) Complete drainage of the boiler and attached piping shall be provided to the extent necessary to ensure proper operation of the steam supply system. The pipe, fittings, and valves of any drain line shall not be smaller than the drain connection.

(B) If the drain lines are intended to be used both as drains and as blowoffs, then two valves are required and all conditions of paras. 122.1.4, 122.1.7(C), and 122.2 shall be met.

(C) Miniature boilers constructed in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Parts PMB and PEB may use a single valve where drain lines are intended to be used for both blowoff and periodic automatic or manual flushing prior to startup. The single valve shall be designed for blowoff service but need not have locking capability.

(D) When a drain is intended for use only when the boiler is not under pressure (pressurizing the boiler for rapid drainage is an exception), a single shutoff valve is acceptable under the following conditions: either the valve shall be a type that can be locked in the closed position or a suitable flanged and bolted connection that accepts a blank insert shall be located on the downstream side of the valve. When a single valve is used, it need not be designed for blowoff service. Single valves on miniature boilers constructed in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Parts PMB and PEB do not require locking capability.

(E) Drain piping from the drain connection, including the required valve(s) or the blanked flange connection, shall be designed for the temperature and pressure of the drain connection. The remaining piping shall be designed for the expected maximum temperature and pressure. Static head and possible choked flow conditions shall be considered. In no case shall the design pressure and temperature be less than 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)] and 220°F (105°C), respectively.

122.1.6 Boiler External Piping –Miscellaneous Systems

(A) Materials, design, fabrication, examination, and erection of piping for miscellaneous accessories, such as water level indicators, water columns, gage cocks, and pressure gages, shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Code.

(B) The value of P to be used in the formulas in para. 104 shall be not less than the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler except as provided by para. 122.1.1(B).

(C) Valve requirements for water level indicators or water columns, special gage glass and gage cock requirements, minimum line sizes, and special piping configurations required specifically for cleaning, access, or reliability shall be in accordance with PG-60 of Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

122.1.7 Valves and Fittings. The minimum pressure and temperature rating for all valves and fittings in steam, feedwater, blowoff, and miscellaneous piping shall be equal to the pressure and temperature specified for the connected piping on the side that has the higher pressure, except that in no case shall the pressure be less than 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], and for pressures not exceeding 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)] in feedwater and blowoff service, the valves and fittings shall be equal at least to the requirements of the ASME standards for Class 125 cast iron or bronze, or Class 150 steel or bronze.

(A) Steam Stop Valves. Each boiler discharge outlet, except safety valve or safety relief valve connections, or reheater inlet and outlet connections, shall be fitted with a stop valve located at an accessible point in the steam-delivery line and as near to the boiler nozzle as is convenient and practicable.

(A.1) Boiler stop valves shall provide bidirectional shutoff at design conditions. The valve or valves shall meet the requirements of para. 107. Valves with resilient (nonmetallic) seats shall not be used where the boiler maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 150 psig (1 035 kPa) or where the system design temperature exceeds 366°F (186°C). Valves of the outside screw and yoke, rising stem style are preferred. Valves other than those of the outside screw and yoke, rising stem style shall meet the following additional requirements.

(A.1.A) Each valve shall be equipped with a position indicator to visually indicate from a distance whether the valve is open or closed.

(A.1.B) Quarter turn valves shall be equipped with a slow operating mechanism to minimize dynamic loadings on the boiler and attached piping. Either a quick-opening manual quarter-turn valve or an automatic solenoid valve may be used on miniature boilers constructed in accordance with the rules contained in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Parts PMB and PEB. Manual quarter-turn valves shall be provided with a handle or other position indicator to indicate from a distance whether the valve is open or closed.

(A.2) In the case of a single boiler and prime mover installation, the stop valve required herein may be omitted provided the prime mover throttle valve is equipped with an indicator to show whether it is opened or closed, and it is designed to withstand the required boiler hydrostatic test.

(A.3) When two or more boilers are connected to a common header, or when a single boiler is connected to a header having another steam source, the connection from each boiler having a manhole opening shall be fitted with two stop valves having an ample free-blow drain between them. The preferred arrangement consists of one stop-check valve (located closest to the boiler) and one valve of the style and design described in (A.1) above. Alternatively, both valves may be of the style and design described in (A.1) above.

When a second stop valve is required, it shall have a pressure rating at least equal to that required for the expected steam pressure and temperature at the valve, or a pressure rating at least equal to 85% of the lowest set pressure of any safety valve on the boiler drum at the expected temperature of the steam at the valve, whichever is greater.

(A.4) All valves and fittings on steam lines shall have a pressure rating of at least 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)] in accordance with the applicable ASME standard.

(B) Feedwater Valves

(B.1) The feedwater piping for all boilers, except for high temperature water boilers complying with the requirements of (B.8) below, and for forced flow steam generators with no fixed steam and water line complying with the requirements of (B.9) below, shall be provided with a check valve and a stop valve or cock between the check valve and the boiler. The stop valve or cock shall comply with the requirements of (C.5) below.

(B.2) The relative locations of the check and stop (or cock) valves, as required in (B.1) above, may be reversed on a single boiler-turbine unit installation.

(B.3) If a boiler is equipped with a duplicate feed arrangement, each such arrangement shall be equipped as required by these rules.

  • See PDF for diagram

(B.4) When the supply line to a boiler is divided into branch feed connections and all such connections are equipped with stop and check valves, the stop and check valves in the common source may be omitted.

(B.5) When two or more boilers are fed from a common source, there shall also be a globe or regulating valve in the branch to each boiler located between the check valve and the source of supply. A typical arrangement is shown in Fig. 100.1.2(B).

(B.6) A combination stop and check valve in which there is only one seat and disk, and in which a valve stem is provided to close the valve, shall be considered only as a stop valve, and a check valve shall be installed as otherwise provided.

(B.7) Where an economizer or other feedwater heating device is connected directly to the boiler without intervening valves, the feed valves and check valves required shall be placed on the inlet of the economizer or feedwater heating device.

(B.8) The recirculating return line for a high temperature water boiler shall be provided with the same stop valve, or valves, required by (B.1) and (B.3) above. The use of a check valve in the recirculating return line is optional. A check valve shall not be a substitute for a stop valve.

(B.9) The feedwater boiler external piping for a forced flow steam generator with no fixed steam and water line may terminate up to and including the stop valve(s) and omitting the check valve(s) provided that a check valve having a pressure rating no less than the boiler inlet design pressure is installed at the discharge of each boiler feed pump or elsewhere in the feedline between the feed pump and the stop valve(s).

(B.10) Wherever globe valves are used within BEP feedwater piping for either isolation or regulation, the inlet shall be under the disk of the valve.

(C) Blowoff Valves

(C.1) Ordinary globe valves as shown in Fig. 122.1.7(C) sketch (a), and other types of valves that have dams or pockets where sediment can collect, shall not be used on blowoff connections.

(C.2) Y-type globe valves as shown in Fig. 122.1.7(C) sketch (b) or angle valves may be used in vertical pipes, or they may be used in horizontal runs of piping provided they are so constructed or installed that the lowest edge of the opening through the seat is at least 25% of the inside diameter below the centerline of the valve.

(C.3) The blowoff valve or valves, the pipe between them, and the boiler connection shall be of the same size except that a larger pipe for the return of condensate may be used.

(C.4) For all boilers [except electric steam boilers having a normal water content not exceeding 100 gal (380 L), traction-purpose, and portable steam boilers; see (C.11) and (C.12) below] with allowable working pressure in excess of 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)], each bottom blowoff pipe shall have two slow-opening valves, or one quick-opening valve or cock, at the boiler nozzle followed by a slow-opening valve. All valves shall comply with the requirements of (C.5) and (C.6) below.

(C.5) When the value of P required by para. 122.1.4(A.1) does not exceed 250 psig [1 725 kPa (gage)], the valves or cocks shall be bronze, cast iron, ductile iron, or steel. The valves or cocks, if of cast iron, shall not exceed NPS 2½ and shall meet the requirements of the applicable ASME standard for Class 250, as given in Table 126.1, and if of bronze, steel, or ductile iron construction, shall meet the requirements of the applicable standards as given in Table 126.1 or para. 124.6.

(C.6) When the value of P required by para. 122.1.4(A.1) is higher than 250 psig [1 725 kPa (gage)], the valves or cocks shall be of steel construction equal at least to the requirements of Class 300 of the applicable ASME standard listed in Table 126.1. The minimum pressure rating shall be equal to the value of P required by para. 122.1.4(A.1).

(C.7) If a blowoff cock is used, the plug shall be held in place by a guard or gland. The plug shall be distinctly marked in line with the passage.

(C.8) A slow-opening valve is a valve which requires at least five 360 deg turns of the operating mechanism to change from fully clo sed to fully opened.

(C.9) On a boiler having multiple blowoff pipes, a single master valve may be placed on the common blowoff pipe from the boiler, in which case only one valve on each individual blowoff is required. In such a case, either the master valve or the individual valves or cocks shall be of the slow-opening type.

(C.10) Two independent slow-opening valves, or a slow-opening valve and a quick-opening valve or cock, may be combined in one body and may be used provided the combined fitting is the equivalent of two independent slow-opening valves, or a slow-opening valve and a quick-opening valve or cock, and provided further that the failure of one to operate cannot affect the operation of the other.

(C.11) Only one blowoff valve, which shall be either a slow-opening or quick-opening blowoff valve or a cock, is required on traction and/or portable boilers.

(C.12) Only one blowoff valve, which shall be of a slow-opening type, is required for the blowoff piping for forced circulation and electric steam boilers having a normal water content not exceeding 100 gal (380 L). Electric boilers not exceeding a normal water content of 100 gal (380 L) and a maximum MAWP of 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)] may use a quick-opening manual or slow-opening automatic quarter-turn valve up to NPS 1. Electric boilers not exceeding a normal water content of 100 gal (380 L) but with a MAWP greater than 100 psig [690 kPa (gage)] shall only use either a slow-opening type manual or automatic valve, regardless of size.

(D) Safety Valves

(D.1) Safety valves, relief valves, and safety relief valves shall conform to the requirements of PG-67, PG-68, PG-69, PG-70, PG-71, PG-72, and PG-73 of Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

  • See PDF for table

122.2 Blowoff and Blowdown Piping in Nonboiler External Piping

Blowoff and blowdown piping systems shall be, where possible, self-draining and without pockets. If unavoidable, valved drains at low points shall allow system draining prior to operation. In order to minimize pipeline shock during the operation of blowoff systems, 3D pipe bends (minimum) should be used in preference to elbows, and wye or lateral fittings should be used in preference to tee connections.

(A) From Boilers

(A.1) Blowoff piping, located between the valves described in para. 122.1.4(A) and the blowoff tank or other point where the pressure is reduced approximately to atmospheric pressure and cannot be increased by closing a downstream valve, shall be designed for the appropriate pressure in accordance with Table 122.2. The provisions of paras. 122.1.4(A.3) and 122.1.7 shall apply. The size of non-BEP blowoff header to the safe point of discharge shall not be smaller than the largest connected BEP blowoff terminal [see para. 122.1.4(A.4)].

(A.2) Blowdown piping, in which the pressure cannot be increased by closing a downstream valve, shall be designed for the appropriate pressure and temperature in accordance with Table 122.2. The provisions of para. 122.1.4(B.3) shall apply. The size of non-BEP blowdown piping between the shutoff valve described in para. 122.1.4(B) and the flow control valve shall not be smaller than the BEP boiler shutoff valve [see para. 122.1.4(B.4)] unless engineering calculations confirm that the design flow rate can be achieved with a smaller piping size without flashing the blowdown prior to the flow control valve.

(A.3) When the design pressure of Table 122.2 can be exceeded due to closing of a downstream valve, calculated pressure drop, or other means, the entire blowoff or blowdown piping system shall be designed in accordance with paras. 122.1.4(A) and 122.1.7 for blowoff and para. 122.1.4(B) for blowdown piping.

(A.4) Non-BEP blowdown piping downstream of the flow control valve shall not be smaller - and preferably will be larger - than the connection on the boiler [see para. 122.1.4(B.4)].

(B) From Pressure Vessels Other Than Boilers

(B.1) The design pressure and temperature of the blowoff piping from the pressure vessel to and including the blowoff valve(s) shall not be less than the vessel MAWP and corresponding design temperature.

122.3 Instrument, Control, and Sampling Piping

(A) The requirements of this Code, as supplemented by para. 122.3, shall apply to the design of instrument, control, and sampling piping for safe and proper operation of the piping itself.

(B) The term “Instrument Piping” shall apply to all valves, fittings, tubing, and piping used to connect instruments to main piping or to other instruments or apparatus or to measuring equipment as used within the classification of para. 100.1.

(C) The term “Control Piping” shall apply to all valves, fittings, tubing, and piping used to interconnect pneumatically or hydraulically operated control apparatus, also classified in accordance with para. 100.1, as well as to signal transmission systems used to interconnect instrument transmitters and receivers.

(D) The term “Sampling Piping” shall apply to all valves, fittings, tubing, and piping used for the collection of samples, such as steam, water, oil, gas, and chemicals.

(E) Paragraph 122.3 does not apply to tubing used in permanently closed systems, such as fluid-filled temperature responsive devices, or the temperature responsive devices themselves.

(F) Paragraph 122.3 does not apply to the devices, apparatus, measuring, sampling, signaling, transmitting, controlling, receiving, or collecting instruments to which the piping is connected.

122.3.1 Materials and Design. The materials utilized for valves, fittings, tubing, and piping shall meet the particular conditions of service and the requirements of the applicable specifications listed under general paras. 105, 106, 107, and 108 with allowable stresses in accordance with the Allowable Stress Tables in Appendix A.

The materials for pressure retention components used for piping specialties such as meters, traps, and strainers in flammable, combustible, or toxic fluid systems shall in addition conform to the requirements of paras. 122.7 and 122.8.

122.5 Pressure-Reducing Valves

122.5.1 General. Where pressure-reducing valves are used, one or more relief devices or safety valves shall be provided on the low pressure side of the system. Otherwise, the piping and equipment on the low pressure side of the system shall be designed to withstand the upstream design pressure. The relief or safety devices shall be located adjoining or as close as practicable to the reducing valve. The combined relieving capacity provided shall be such that the design pressure of the low pressure system will not be exceeded if the reducing valve fails open.

122.5.2 Bypass Valves. Hand controlled bypass valves having a capacity no greater than the reducing valve may be installed around pressure reducing valves if the downstream piping is protected by relief valves as required in para. 122.5.1 or if the design pressure of the downstream piping system and equipment is at least as high as the upstream pressure.

122.5.3 Design of Valves and Relief Devices. Pressure reducing and bypass valves, and relief devices, shall be designed for inlet pressure and temperature conditions. Safety and relief valves shall be in accordance with the requirements of para. 107.8 of this Code.

122.6 Pressure Relief Piping

Pressure relief piping within the scope of this Code shall be supported to sustain reaction forces, and shall conform to the requirements of paras. 122.6.1 and 122.6.2.

122.6.1 Piping to Pressure-Relieving Safety Devices

(A) There shall be no intervening stop valve(s) between piping being protected and the protective device(s).

(B) Diverter or changeover valves designed to allow servicing of redundant protective devices without system depressurization may be installed between the piping to be protected and the required protective devices under the following conditions:

(B.1) Diverter or changeover valves are prohibited on boiler external piping or reheat piping.

(B.2) One hundred percent (100%) of the required relieving capacity shall be continuously available any time the system is in service.

(B.3) Positive position indicators shall be provided on diverter or changeover valves.

(B.4) Positive locking mechanisms and seals shall be provided on diverter or changeover valves to preclude unauthorized or accidental operation.

(B.5) Diverter or changeover valves shall be designed for the most severe conditions of pressure, temperature, and loading to which they are exposed, and shall be in accordance with para. 107.

(B.6) Provision shall be made to safely bleed off the pressure between the isolated protective device and the diverter or changeover valve.

122.6.2 Discharge Piping From Pressure-Relieving Safety Devices

(A) There shall be no intervening stop valve between the protective device or devices and the point of discharge.

(B) When discharging directly to the atmosphere, discharge shall not impinge on other piping or equipment and shall be directed away from platforms and other areas used by personnel.

(C) It is recommended that individual discharge lines be used, but if two or more reliefs are combined, the discharge piping shall be designed with sufficient flow area to prevent blowout of steam or other fluids. Sectional areas of a discharge pipe shall not be less than the full area of the valve outlets discharging thereinto and the discharge pipe shall be as short and straight as possible and so arranged as to avoid undue stresses on the valve or valves.

(D) Discharge lines from pressure-relieving safety devices within the scope of this Code shall be designed to facilitate drainage.

(E) When the umbrella or drip pan type of connection is used, the discharge piping shall be so designed as to prevent binding due to expansion movements.

(F) Drainage shall be provided to remove water collected above the safety valve seat.

(G) Carbon steel materials listed in Appendix A may be used for discharge piping which is subjected to temperatures above 800°F (427°C) only during operation of pressure relieving safety devices provided that

(G.1) the duration of pressure relieving safety device operation is self-limiting

(G.2) the piping discharges directly to atmosphere

(G.3) the allowable stresses for carbon steel materials at temperatures above 800°F (427°C) shall be taken from Section II, Part D, Table 1A for materials applicable to Section I and Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 343 ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

Subchapter I Purpose and Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-343.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum safeguards to life, health and property by the adoption of reasonable and effective standards relating to the storage and handling of anhydrous ammonia.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.02 Scope {#sec-sps-343.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.02}

(1) Application.

(a) This chapter applies to the design, construction, repair, alteration, location, installation, inspection and operation of anhydrous ammonia systems, including refrigerated ammonia storage systems, in public buildings and at places of employment. The provisions of this chapter are not retroactive unless specifically stated in the administrative rule.

(2) Exemptions. This chapter does not apply to all of the following:

(a) Ammonia manufacturing plants.

(b) Refrigeration plants where ammonia is used solely as a refrigerant.

Note: Refrigeration plants where ammonia is used as a refrigerant are covered in ch. SPS 345. The rules of ch. SPS 345 are not appropriate to refrigerated ammonia storage systems as covered in this chapter.

(c) Ammonia transportation pipelines.

(d) Ammonia barges and tankers.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.03 Local regulations {#sec-sps-343.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.03}

This chapter shall not limit the power of cities, villages and towns to make or enforce additional or more stringent regulations, provided the regulations do not conflict with this chapter, any other rule of the department, or law.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.05 Definitions {#sec-sps-343.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.05}

In this chapter:

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Place of employment” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (11), Stats., “place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(3) “Public building” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (12), Stats., “public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.10 Plan examination and approval {#sec-sps-343.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.10}

(1) Department approval. Department plan approval shall be obtained before commencing construction of any new or additional permanent storage installation for anhydrous ammonia.

(2) Plans, specifications and information. Plans, specifications and information submitted to the department for review and approval of anhydrous ammonia installations shall contain all of the following:

(a) At least 4 sets of plans, which are clear, legible and permanent copies; one copy of specifications; a completed application form; and the required fees.

(b) The name of the owner; the name of the person, firm or corporation proposing the construction or installation, if other than the owner; and the address of the installation, including the names of adjacent streets and highways.

(c) A plot plan, drawn to a minimum scale of one inch equals 20 feet, indicating the location of the installation with respect to property lines, lot lines, adjoining streets or alleys and other buildings on the same lot or property. The layout of buildings, containers, loading and unloading docks, type of construction of each building and any stream or body of water within 150 feet of the containers shall also be indicated.

(d) The location, size and capacity of each system and container.

(e) The type of container supports, clearances, type of venting and pressure relief used and combined capacity of all venting and relief valves on each container.

(f) A plot plan showing the land use of the area surrounding the proposed site for a distance of 2000 feet.

(3) Local approval. Approval of a permanent storage installation site for anhydrous ammonia shall be obtained from the local fire department and shall be verified at the time of plan submittal.

(4) Additional approval. Approval of plans is based upon compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Construction, installation and operation of anhydrous ammonia systems may be subject to compliance with additional requirements in state and local building codes, local zoning and similar ordinances.

(5) Application for approval. Application for approval of an anhydrous ammonia installation shall be made in writing on form SBD-6038.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s web site http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(6) Application processing time. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for installation approval within 15 business days.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 06-119: am. (6) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; correction in (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.11 Revisions and modifications {#sec-sps-343.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.11}

(1) Plan revisions.

(a) The changes specified in par. (b) to previously approved plans for anhydrous ammonia systems before commencement of system operation shall be submitted for review as a revision. Revised plans submitted for review shall include the department plan number for the original plans.

(b) Plans shall be submitted to the department for review for changes in tank location or capacity, piping arrangement or material, safety setback clearance, or point of transfer location.

(2) Additions and modifications. Additions or modifications to anhydrous ammonia systems after commencement of system operation shall be submitted for review under s. SPS 343.10 as a new installation. A modification shall include the replacement of parts or components only if they are not identical in function.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.12 Revocation of approval {#sec-sps-343.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.12}

The department may revoke any approval issued under this chapter for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts upon which the approval was based.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.13 Departmental limitation and expiration of plan approval {#sec-sps-343.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.13}

Plan approval by the department or its authorized deputy shall expire one year after the date indicated on the approved plans, if construction has not commenced within that year.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.14 Enforcement and inspections {#sec-sps-343.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.14}

(1) Enforcement. This chapter shall be enforced by the department and its deputies, and by all local officials or bodies having jurisdiction to approve plans or specifications or issue permits for construction, alterations or installations within the scope of this chapter or having authority to investigate and eliminate related fire hazards.

(2) Initial inspections.

(a) Anhydrous ammonia systems which require approval under s. SPS 343.10 shall be inspected by the department.

Note: Local jurisdictional authorities may also conduct inspections in addition to those of the department.

(b) The installer shall notify the inspector of the department district in which the installation is located at least 5 business days prior to the start of construction to arrange for the inspection.

Note: The district inspector is indicated on the conditional approval letter.

(c) Anhydrous ammonia systems which do not require approval under s. SPS 343.10 may be inspected by local jurisdictional authorities to verify compliance with this chapter.

(3) Periodic inspections. Permanent storage tanks for anhydrous ammonia exceeding 2000 gallons water capacity and all anhydrous ammonia nurse tanks located at storage facilities shall be inspected by the department at least once every 3 years.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (2) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.15 Permit to operate {#sec-sps-343.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.15}

(1) The owner or user of an anhydrous ammonia tank which requires periodic inspections under s. SPS 343.14 (3) shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining a valid permit to operate.

(2) After each initial or periodic inspection, a permit to operate shall be issued by the department upon determination that the system meets the applicable requirements of this chapter. The department shall make that determination and issue a permit to operate within 15 business days of the inspection.

(3) The permit to operate shall be valid until the next required periodic inspection.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.16 Accident reporting {#sec-sps-343.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.16}

Whenever an accident occurs that relates to the operation an anhydrous ammonia installation and causes personal injury requiring professional medical attention, the owner or operator shall report the facts involved to the department within 2 business days.

Note: Accidents may be reported by calling the department district inspector where the installation is located or the department’s Waukesha office at 262/548-8617 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800/943-0003 during nonbusiness hours.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.17 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-343.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.17}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.18 Appeals {#sec-sps-343.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.18}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

(3) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.19 Penalties {#sec-sps-343.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.19}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and 101.10 (4) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Note: Section 101.10 (4) (a), Stats., states that Any person who violates a rule of the department promulgated under sub. (2) may be required to forfeit not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2002 No. 562.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.20 Fees {#sec-sps-343.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.20}

Fees for the plan examination, permit to operate and inspection of anhydrous ammonia systems shall be submitted as specified in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.30 Adoption of standards by reference {#sec-sps-343.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.30}

(1) Consent. Pursuant to s. 227.21, Stats., the attorney general and the revisor of statutes have consented to the incorporation by reference of the American National Standard Safety Requirements for the Storage and Handling of Anhydrous Ammonia, ANSI K61.1-1999.

(2) Incorporation. The American National Standard Safety Requirements for the Storage and Handling of Anhydrous Ammonia, ANSI K61.1-1999, subject to the changes, additions and omissions specified in subch. V, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: Copies of the ANSI K61.1 standard can be purchased from the American National Standards Institute, Customer Service, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036, or from the ANSI web site http://webstore.ansi.org, or from Global Engineering Documents, Customer Support A105, 15 Iverness Way, Englewood, CO 80112, telephone 800/624-3974, web site http://global.ihs.com.

Note: Copies of standards incorporated by reference are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.31 Construction and operation {#sec-sps-343.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.31}

All anhydrous ammonia installations shall be designed, installed, maintained and operated in accordance with the ANSI K61.1 standard incorporated by reference in s. SPS 343.30, subject to the changes, additions and omissions specified in subch. V.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Changes, Additions or Omissions to Adopted Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.40 Changes, additions or omissions to ANSI K61.1 {#sec-sps-343.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.40}

Changes or additions to or omissions from the ANSI K61.1 standard are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the ANSI K61.1 standard.

Note: The referenced K61.1 rule number, located in brackets, follows the SPS section number and title and precedes the text of the rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.41 Scope and general [K61.1 1.1 and 1.2] {#sec-sps-343.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.41}

K61.1 Rule 1.1 and Rule 1.2 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.42 Definitions [K61.1 Section 2] {#sec-sps-343.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.42}

(1) Additions. The following are department definitions in addition to the definitions in K61.1 section 2:

(a) “Secondhand” means having changed location subsequent to the original installation.

(2) Substitutions. The following department definitions are substitutions for the respective definitions in K61.1 section 2:

(a) “Authority having jurisdiction” means the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.43 Equipment and systems [K61.1 5.1] {#sec-sps-343.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.43}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in K61.1 5.1:

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.44 Pressure relief devices [K61.1 5.8] {#sec-sps-343.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.44}

(1) Flow capacity [k61.1 5.8.1]. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in K61.1 5.8.1:

(2) Device replacement [k61.1 5.8.16]. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in K61.1 5.8.16:

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.45 Transfer of liquids [K61.1 5.10] {#sec-sps-343.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.45}

(1) Breakaway protection [k61.1 5.10.8.1]. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in K61.1 5.10.8.1:

(2) Working platform. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in K61.1 5.10:

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.46 Systems mounted on railcar structures for transportation of ammonia [K61.1 Section 8] {#sec-sps-343.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.46}

K61.1 section 8 is not included as part of this chapter.

Note: Regulations covering railcar transportation of anhydrous ammonia are contained in U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Title 49 CFR Parts 200 to 299.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 343.47 Systems mounted on trucks, semi-trailers and trailers for transportation of ammonia [K61.1 Section 9] {#sec-sps-343.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 343.47}

K61.1 section 9 is not included as part of this chapter.

Note: Regulations covering highway transportation of anhydrous ammonia are contained in Wisconsin Department of Transportation chs. Trans 305 and 325 to 327.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00.

Chapter SPS 343 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 343 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-343 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 343}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification and general information only.

Physical Properties of Ammonia

Molecular symbol NH3

Molecular weight 17.031

Boiling point at one atmosphere* -28°F

Melting point one atmosphere* -107.9°F

Critical temperature 271.4°F

Critical pressure 1657 psia

Latent heat at -28°F and one atmosphere* 589.3 Btu/lb

Relative density of vapor compared to dry air at 32°F and one atmosphere* 0.5970

Vapor density at -28°F and one atmosphere* 0.05555 lb/ft3

Specific gravity of liquid at -28°F compared to water at 39.2°F 0.6819

Weight per gallon of liquid at -28°F 5.69 lbs/gallon

Liquid density at -28°F and one atmosphere 42.57 lbs/ft3

Specific volume of vapor at 32°F and one atmosphere 20.78 ft3/lb

Flammable limits by volume in air at atmospheric pressure 16% to 25%

Ignition Temperature (in a standard quartz container) 1562°F

Specific Heat, Gas, at 59°F and one atmosphere*

at constant pressure, Cp 0.5232 Btu/lb°F

at constant volume, Cv 0.3995 Btu/lb°F

*One atmosphere = 14.7 psia

Chapter SPS 345 MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION

Subchapter I Purpose, Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.10 Purpose and scope {#sec-sps-345.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.10}

Pursuant to s. 101.17, Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to establish all of the following:

(1) Minimum safety standards for the design, construction, installation, operation, testing, maintenance, repairs and inspection of mechanical refrigeration systems in public buildings and places of employment.

(2) Minimum standards for preventing the release of ozone-depleting refrigerants to the atmosphere.

Note: Pursuant to federal regulations, individuals who install or service HVAC equipment involving ozone-depleting refrigerants are required to hold a Type I, II, III, or Universal technician certification issued in accordance with section 608 of the federal Clean Air Act and title 40 CFR part 82, subpart F.

Note: The Department and other state agencies may have additional rules that affect the design, construction, installation, operation, testing, maintenance, repair and inspection of mechanical refrigeration systems in public buildings and places of employment, including chapters SPS 314, Fire Prevention; SPS 316, Electrical; SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels; SPS 361 to 366, Wisconsin Commercial Building Code; and SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing.

Note: Under chapters SPS 314 and 361, neither NFPA® 1 nor the International Fire Code® are applied by the Department to mechanical refrigeration systems.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.01 and am. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.11 Application {#sec-sps-345.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.11}

(1) General. This chapter applies to all of the following except as provided in sub. (2):

(a) All mechanical refrigeration systems that are installed or constructed on or after September 1, 2010.

(b) A change to a refrigerant of a different number designation.

(c) Replacement parts or components for any mechanical refrigeration system that exists on or after September 1, 2010.

(d) Alterations to any mechanical refrigeration system that exists on or after September 1, 2010.

Note: A proposed alteration for an existing system may necessitate modifying other components of the system in order to make the proposed alteration comply with this chapter – and some alterations may necessitate modifying other features of a building, such as an automatic fire sprinkler system, that must comply with requirements in chapters SPS 361 to 366, the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code.

Note: As referenced in section SPS 345.40 (2) (c), see subchapter VI of chapter SPS 341 for additional requirements relating to alterations and repairs for pressure vessels and their fittings, settings or appurtenances.

Note: Designers, contractors and owners are encouraged to contact the Department to discuss their intentions for alterations and to determine, on a case-by-case basis, any upgrades that are needed. See the Note under section SPS 345.31 (2) (b) 2. for the corresponding telephone number or address.

(e) Repaired portions or components of any mechanical refrigeration system that exists on or after September 1, 2010.

Note: Under this paragraph, any portions of a system that are being repaired must comply with the rules of this chapter which exist on the date of the repair. See paragraph (f) and section SPS 345.11 (3) for the applicability of this chapter to any other portions of the system.

(f) Operation, testing, maintenance and inspection of all mechanical refrigeration systems that exist on or after September 1, 2010.

(g) Any removal, transfer, storage, release, recovery, charging or other use of any ozone-depleting refrigerant that exists in Wisconsin on or after September 1, 2010.

(2) Exemptions. This chapter does not apply to the use of water or air as the primary refrigerant.

(3) Retroactivity. A design, construction or installation rule in subchs. III to VI does not apply retroactively to mechanical refrigeration systems or components existing prior to the effective date of the rule unless specifically stated in the rule.

(4) Differing rules.

(a) Where any department-written rule in this chapter differs from a requirement within a standard referenced in this chapter, the department-written rule shall govern.

(b) Where a provision of this chapter prescribes a general requirement and another provision of this chapter prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(c) Where different sections of this chapter specify conflicting requirements, the most restrictive requirement, as determined by the department, shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (b).

(5) Interpretations. Under s. 101.02 (1), Stats., the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

Note: Section 101.02 (1) of the Statutes reads as follows: “The department shall adopt reasonable and proper rules and regulations relative to the exercise of its powers and authorities and proper rules to govern its proceedings and to regulate the mode and manner of all investigations and hearings.”

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: (title), (1) and (2) renum. from Comm 45.02 and am. (title), (1) (title), (intro.), (a), (c) and (d), cr. (1) (e) to (g), and (3) to (5) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.12 Local regulations {#sec-sps-345.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.12}

This chapter does not limit the power of cities, villages and towns to make or enforce additional or more stringent regulations, provided the regulations do not conflict with this chapter, any other rule of the department, or law.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.03 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.

Subchapter II Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.20 Definitions {#sec-sps-345.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.20}

In this chapter:

(1) “Alteration” means any of the following:

(a) A change in a mechanical refrigeration system that involves an extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of the existing installation or component.

(b) A change in the type of refrigerant for a mechanical refrigeration system.

(2) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(3) “Approved nationally recognized testing laboratory” means a laboratory acceptable to the department, which provides uniform testing and examination procedures and standards for meeting design, manufacturing and factory test requirements of this chapter; is organized, equipped and qualified for testing; and has a follow-up inspection service of the current production of the listed products.

(4) “Authorized agent” means any of the following or their authorized representatives:

(a) A boiler-pressure vessel inspector who is so certified under ch. SPS 305 and is addressed in a written contract with the department as enforcing this chapter.

(b) A local governmental unit that has been authorized in writing by the department to administer and enforce this chapter.

(c) A first class city that has accepted the responsibility to administer and enforce this chapter.

Note: As of September 1, 2010, only the City of Milwaukee had become a first class city.

(5) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) “Ozone-depleting refrigerant” has the meaning specified under s. 100.45 (1) (d), Stats.

Note: Under s. 100.45 (1) (d), Stats., “ozone-depleting refrigerant” means a substance used in refrigeration that is or contains a class I substance, as defined in 42 USC 7671 (3) or a Class II substance, as defined in 42 USC 7671 (4).

(7) “Place of employment” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (11), Stats., “place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator.

(8) “Public building” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Under s. 101.01 (12), Stats., “public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer residents who are not related to the operator or administrator or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(9) “Repair” means the restoration of any portion or component of a mechanical refrigeration system to a safe operating condition.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: (intro.), (2), (3), (5) to (8) renum. from Comm 45.05 (intro.), (1), (2), (4), (7) to (9), r. (3), (5) and (6), cr. (1), (4) and (9) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (4) (a), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.30 Installation registration {#sec-sps-345.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.30}

(1) Classifications. Any installation of the following mechanical refrigeration systems or components thereof shall be registered with the department:

(a) Any system using a Group A1 or B1 refrigerant and having a capacity rated at or greater than 50 horsepower, 50 tons or 50,000 volt-amperes.

(b) Any system using a Group A2, B2, A3 or B3 refrigerant and having a capacity rated at or greater than 10 horsepower, 10 tons or 10,000 volt-amperes.

(c) Any alteration of a mechanical refrigeration system, that causes the system to have or exceed the capacity in par. (a) or (b).

(d) Any alteration or repair of a currently registered mechanical refrigeration system.

Note: See normative appendix C in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15, as adopted in subchapter IV, for characteristics of the refrigerant safety groups listed in paragraphs (a) and (b). For characteristics of individual refrigerants, such as the safety groups they are assigned to, see Tables 1 and 2 in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 34, as referenced in appendix E of ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15.

(2) Forms. Registration information shall be submitted on form SBD-34.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay), or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(3) Submittal deadline.

(a) The registration form shall be submitted to the department at least 20 business days before the system is initially placed in operation.

(b) A registration form shall be submitted to the department at least 20 business days before a system is reactivated after an alteration, repair or replacement.

Note: The purpose of the registration is to inform the Department of the pending activation of the refrigeration system and thereby enable performance of the inspection specified in section SPS 345.31 (2). Under that section, this inspection must be performed within 45 business days after completion of construction or installation.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.07 and am. (1) (intro.), (2) and (3), renum. (4) to be Comm 45.32 (6), cr. (1) (c) and (d) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.31 Enforcement and inspections {#sec-sps-345.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.31}

(1) Enforcement.

(a) This chapter shall be enforced by the department and its authorized agents.

Note: Section 101.02 (15) (g) of the Statutes authorizes the Department and its authorized agents to enter any building, facility or premises and examine any mechanical refrigeration system or component and associated records for the purpose of enforcing this chapter.

(b) Where an authorized agent administers and enforces this chapter in conjunction with the department, the authorized agent’s administration and enforcement shall be exercised in advance of the department’s administration and enforcement.

Note: Under section SPS 345.11 (5), the department reserves the right to interpret the requirements in this chapter and in all adopted codes and standards.

(2) Installation inspection.

(a) The authorized agent or the department shall inspect a mechanical refrigeration system that is required to be registered under s. SPS 345.30 (1), within 45 business days after completion of the initial construction or installation, and within 45 business days after completion of construction or installation relating to any alteration, repair or replacement.

(b)

  1. All refrigerant steel piping that will employ welded joints shall be inspected by the authorized agent or the department after the piping material is delivered to the job site and prior to installation of the piping.

  2. The authorized agent or the department shall be given a minimum of 5 business days notice prior to the start of construction to arrange for inspections under this paragraph.

Note: The Department can be notified by writing to the Division of Industry Services, Mechanical Refrigeration Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; or by telephone at 608/266-7548 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or by using the contact information available through the following Web site: http://dsps.wi.gov/Documents/Industry%20Services/Maps/Mechanical-Refrigeration-Gas-Systems-Anhydrous-Ammonia%20Map%2008-13.pdf.

  1. If applicable and if required by the authorized agent or the department, the following documents shall be made available for review during inspections under this paragraph:

a. Welding procedure specification.

b. Procedure qualification record.

c. Welder performance qualification.

d. Welder continuity record.

e. Design calculations.

f. Design plans for the piping system.

g. Material test reports.

h. Certificates of compliance.

Note: For further information relating to the welding documentation listed in subdivision 3. a. to d., see section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as referenced in section SPS 345.550 (1).

  1. Form SBD-5204 shall be completed and be retained at the job site for reference during inspections under this paragraph. If the design of the piping is acceptable, the authorized agent or the department shall sign the form.

(c) Welded, prefabricated steel piping that is part of a mechanical refrigeration system to be erected on a job site shall be inspected at the fabrication shop by the authorized agent or the department – or, for out-of-state fabricators, by an inspector commissioned by the national board of boiler and pressure vessel inspectors. The fabricator shall make a copy of the inspection report or a copy of the completed form SBD-5204 available to the installer at the job site verifying that the prefabricated piping complies with ASME B31.5. Design calculations for the prefabricated piping shall be provided to the authorized agent or the department if so requested.

(d) Within 5 business days of completing the installations and inspections under par. (b) or (c), a copy of the completed SBD-5204-E form shall be filed with the authorized agent or the department, unless additional time is granted by the authorized agent or the department.

Note: The address for submitting forms to the Department is the Division of Industry Services, Mechanical Refrigeration Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; and the fax number is 608-283-7420.

Note: ASME B31.5 is a mandatory reference for designers, fabricators and producers of refrigeration equipment, and is referenced in appendix E of ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15, which is adopted in subchapter IV.

Note: It is recommended that out-of-state installers contact the Department prior to any fabrication or installation of prefabricated piping, to expedite compliance with the Department’s requirements.

Note: The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors can be contacted at 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, OH 43229; or at telephone 614.888.8320; or at www.nationalboard.com.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(3) Periodic inspections.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., any mechanical refrigeration system using a Group A1 or B1 refrigerant and having a capacity rated at or greater than 50 horsepower, 50 tons or 50,000 volt-amperes shall be inspected by the authorized agent or the department at least once every 36 months.

a. Mechanical refrigeration systems containing a Group A1 or B1 refrigerant which are used only for air conditioning for human occupancy and which have their mechanical components located outdoors with the discharge from any relief valve located at least 20 feet from any building opening are exempt from periodic inspections.

b. An air intake opening that is part of an outdoor self-contained system under subd. 2. a. is not considered a building opening for the purposes of this subdivision.

(b) Any mechanical refrigeration system using a Group A2, B2, A3 or B3 refrigerant and having a capacity rated at or greater than 10 horsepower, 10 tons or 10,000 volt-amperes shall be inspected by the authorized agent or the department at least once every 12 months.

Note: See Table 1 and normative appendix C in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15, as adopted in subchapter IV, for characteristics of the refrigerant groups listed in paragraphs (a) and (b).

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. (title), (1) and (2), sub. (3) renum. from Comm 45.08 (3) and am. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-047: cr. (2) (d) Register May 2012 No. 677, eff. 6-1-12.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.32 Permit to operate {#sec-sps-345.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.32}

(1)

(a)

  1. Within 5 business days after completing an inspection, the authorized agent or the department shall determine whether the mechanical refrigeration system complies with the applicable requirements of this chapter.

  2. For each inspection performed by an authorized agent, a report shall be sent to the department in accordance with the department’s electronic data interchange transfer guidelines, within 5 business days after completing the inspection, unless additional time is authorized by the department.

Note: The Department will provide assistance at no charge regarding the use of the electronic data interchange system. The guidelines are available on the Internet at http://dsps.wi.gov/SB/docs/SB-BoilerEdiGuidelines.pdf.

(b) Within 10 business days after making or receiving the determination under par. (a), the department shall issue a permit to operate if it has been determined that the mechanical refrigeration system complies with the applicable requirements of this chapter.

(2) The permit to operate shall list the maximum operating pressure allowed under this chapter.

(3) Permits to operate shall be valid for one of the following periods:

(a) Three years, for systems inspected under s. SPS 345.31 (3) (a).

(b) One year, for systems inspected under s. SPS 345.31 (3) (b).

(4)

(a) The owner or user of a mechanical refrigeration system that is required to have periodic inspections under s. SPS 345.31 (3) shall be responsible for all of the following:

  1. Obtaining and maintaining a valid permit to operate each system.

  2. Notifying the authorized agent or the department, within 20 business days thereof, if the system is placed in an inactive status, as specified in sub. (5).

(b)

a. The permit to operate shall be posted in the machinery room or adjacent to the entrance to the machinery room except as provided in subd. 1. b. and c.

b. If there is no machinery room and the machinery is located within the building, the permit shall be posted in a conspicuous location on or near the machinery.

c. If there is no machinery room and the machinery is located outside the building, the permit shall be posted in a conspicuous location near the access opening for the machinery unless otherwise approved by the authorized agent or the department.

  1. The posted permit shall be maintained in a legible state.

(5)

(a) A mechanical refrigeration system may be placed in an inactive status if acceptable documentation is provided to the authorized agent or the department showing that the entire refrigerant charge has been removed from the system.

(b) Within 5 business days after an authorized agent receives the documentation under par. (a), the agent shall verify the inactive status and report that verification to the department.

Note: Shutdown of a system for repair, alteration, replacement or seasonal use is not considered to be placing it in an inactive status.

(6) The owner or user shall notify the authorized agent or the department at least 20 business days before reactivating a mechanical refrigeration system at any time after the expiration date on the permit to operate. The system shall be re-inspected by the authorized agent or the department and a new permit to operate shall be obtained before the system may be reactivated.

Note: The Department can be notified by writing to the Division of Industry Services, Mechanical Refrigeration Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; or by telephone at 608/266-7548 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay); or by using the contact information available through the following Web site: http://dsps.wi.gov/Documents/Industry%20Services/Maps/Mechanical-Refrigeration-Gas-Systems-Anhydrous-Ammonia%20Map%2008-13.pdf.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: (title) and (1) to (4) renum. from Comm 45.09 (title), (4), (1) to (3) and am., cr. (5), sub. (6) renum. from Comm 45.07 (4) and am. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (3) (a), (b), (4) (a) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.33 Reporting of accidents {#sec-sps-345.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.33}

If a mechanical refrigeration system component fails and causes injuries to any person that require more than first aid treatment, the owner or user shall report the facts involved to the department within the following 24 hours. The owner or user may not remove or disturb the mechanical refrigeration system or any of its components nor permit any such removal or disturbance prior to receiving authorization from the authorized agent or the department, except for the purpose of saving human life or preventing property damage.

Note: The address for reporting accidents to the Department is the Division of Industry Services, Mechanical Refrigeration Program, P.O. Box 7302, Madison, WI 53707-7302; and the fax number is 608-283-7420.

Note: The Department can be contacted at 608-266-7548 during normal business hours. The State Division of Emergency Management can be contacted at 800-943-0003 during non-business hours.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.10 and am. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.34 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-345.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.34}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction over the affected property, and from any authorized agent having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.11 and am. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.35 Compliance responsibilities {#sec-sps-345.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.35}

(1) Any inspection report describing any noncompliance with this chapter shall be provided to the owner of the mechanical refrigeration system.

(2) The owner of a mechanical refrigeration system shall correct any aspects of the system that do not comply with applicable requirements of this chapter, within any time period prescribed by the authorized agent or the department.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.36 Appeals {#sec-sps-345.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.36}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the local order.

(3) Petition for administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.12 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.37 Penalties {#sec-sps-345.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.37}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (12), Stats., indicates that every day during which any person, persons, corporation or any officer, agent or employee thereof, fails to observe and comply with an order of the department will constitute a separate and distinct violation of such order.

Note: Section 101.02 (13) (a), Stats., indicates penalties will be assessed against any employer, employee, owner or other person who fails or refuses to perform any duty lawfully enjoined, within the time prescribed by the department, for which no penalty has been specifically provided, or who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with any lawful order made by the Department, or any judgment or decree made by any court in connection with ss. 101.01 to 101.599, Stats. For each such violation, failure or refusal, such employee, owner or other person must forfeit and pay into the state treasury a sum not less than $10 nor more than $100 for each violation.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.13 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2013 No. 693.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.38 Fees {#sec-sps-345.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.38}

Fees for permits to operate, inspections and petitions for variance shall be submitted as specified in ch. SPS 302.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.14 Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.40 Design, construction and operation {#sec-sps-345.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.40}

(1) Adoption.

(a) ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15-2007 and its addenda a to i, subject to the modifications specified in subch. V, are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

(b) ANSI/IIAR 2-2008, subject to the modifications specified in subch. VI, is hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

(2) General.

(a) All mechanical refrigeration systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated, maintained, tested and inspected in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

(b) Closed-circuit ammonia mechanical refrigeration systems may be designed, constructed, installed and tested in accordance with subch. VI and ANSI/IIAR 2, in combination with ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 sections 10.2 and 11.

(c) Any repair or alteration to a pressure vessel in a mechanical refrigeration system shall comply with ss. SPS 341.60 to 341.64.

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the Department and the Legislative Reference Bureau, and may be purchased as follows: For ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15-2007, contact the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., at 1791 Tullie Circle NE, Atlanta, GA 30329; or at www.ashrae.org. For ANSI/IIAR 2-2008, contact the International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration at 1110 North Glebe Road, Arlington, VA 22201; or at www.iira.org.

(3) Secondary references. Any codes or standards referenced in the standards adopted in sub. (1) shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(4) Alternate standards. Any alternate standard that is equivalent to or more stringent than a standard incorporated by reference or otherwise referenced under this chapter may be used in lieu of the incorporated or referenced standard if the alternate standard is accepted in writing by the department.

(5) Releasing refrigerant. Release of any refrigerant to the environment shall be minimized as fully as practical.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (2) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Changes, Additions or Omissions to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.500 General {#sec-sps-345.500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.500}

Changes, additions or omissions to ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.501 Scope {#sec-sps-345.501 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.501}

The requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 sections 1 and 2 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: The sections in this subchapter are generally numbered to correspond with both the numbering of the subchapter and the section numbering in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15. For example, section SPS 345.511 corresponds to subchapter 5 and to section 11 in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.503 Definitions {#sec-sps-345.503 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.503}

This is a department definition for this chapter in addition to the definitions in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 3: “Authority having jurisdiction” or “jurisdiction having authority” means the department or authorized agent.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.508 Eye wash and shower {#sec-sps-345.508 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.508}

This is a department rule and informational note in addition to the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 8.12: An eye wash and body shower unit shall be located external to the machinery room and be readily accessible.

Note: It is recommended that additional such units be located accessibly within the machinery room such that no unit is further than 50 feet from any point in the room.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.509 Design and construction {#sec-sps-345.509 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.509}

(1) Materials. This is an additional, department exception to the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 9.1.5: Discharge piping for mechanical refrigeration safety relief valves that discharges outside a building may consist of plastic materials and joint primers and adhesives which the department has approved specifically for this purpose, provided all of the following conditions are met:

(a) The design pressure in the refrigeration system does not exceed 15 psi.

(b) The refrigeration system does not contain a refrigerant other than Group A1 or B1.

(c) The piping is noncombustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136 or is self-extinguishing with a rating of 5V-A, V-O or V-1 when tested in accordance with UL 94.

Note: As of September 1, 2010, the plastic materials approved under this subsection include polyvinyl chloride piping.

(2) ASME b31.3 piping. This is a department informational note to be used under ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 9.10.1:

Note: Process piping complying with ASME B31.3 is an example of piping that complies with this section by being appropriately listed rather than by complying with ASME B31.5.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.511 General requirements {#sec-sps-345.511 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.511}

(1) Pressure relief valve replacement. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 11.6:

(a) All pressure relief valves for any ammonia mechanical refrigeration system that exists on or after September 1, 2010, shall be replaced in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and all of the following, except as provided in par. (b):

  1. Each valve shall be replaced within 5 years after the date of installation.

  2. Each valve may not be over 2 years old at the time of installation.

  3. A record of the valve’s installation shall be maintained until the valve is replaced.

(b) This subsection does not apply to relief devices that discharge internally to another part of a closed-loop refrigeration system.

(2) Periodic tests. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 11.6.3: Each of the following emergency devices and systems that exist on or after September 1, 2010, shall be tested at least annually, and documentation of the testing shall be available onsite for inspection by the authorized agent or the department:

(a) Treatment and flaring systems.

(b) Valves and appurtenances necessary to the operation of emergency refrigeration control boxes.

(c) Fans and associated equipment intended to operate emergency ventilation systems.

(d) Refrigerant detection and alarm systems.

(e) Remote controls for shutdown of compressors and refrigerant pumps.

(3) Reportable incidents. This is a department informational note to be used under ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 section 11.7, paragraph c:

Note: Refrigerants typically should not be discharged except in an emergency. The Department of Natural Resources, federal agencies and local fire departments may have requirements relating to being immediately notified upon the automatic or manual discharge of specified amounts of any refrigerant.

Notification may not be necessary for any of the following conditions:

1. Refrigeration systems operating at pressures below atmospheric and incorporating automatic purge systems.

2. Incidental operation of automatic pressure relief valves resulting in minor release of the refrigerant charge.

3. Incidental minor releases associated with service operations after system pump-down has been accomplished.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.550 ANSI/ASME B31.5 {#sec-sps-345.550 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.550}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 normative appendix E citation 5: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels, Division 1, 2007, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 normative appendix E citation 6: ASME B31.5-2006, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 3 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.

Subchapter VI Changes, Additions or Omissions to ANSI/IIAR 2

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.600 General {#sec-sps-345.600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.600}

Changes, additions or omissions to ANSI/IIAR 2 are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of ANSI/IIAR 2.

Note: Under section SPS 345.40 (2) (b), closed-circuit ammonia mechanical refrigeration systems may be designed, constructed, installed and tested in accordance with ANSI/IIAR 2 and this subchapter, in combination with ANSI/ASHRAE standard 15 sections 10.2 and 11.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.601 Scope {#sec-sps-345.601 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.601}

The requirements of ANSI/IIAR 2 sections 1 and 2 are not included as part of this chapter.

Note: The sections in this subchapter are generally numbered to correspond with both the numbering of the subchapter and the section numbering in ANSI/IIAR 2. For example, section SPS 345.613 corresponds to subchapter 6 and to section 13 in ANSI/IIAR 2.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.611 Overpressure protection {#sec-sps-345.611 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.611}

(1) Discharge capacity of plate heat exchangers. This is a department alternative to the requirements in ANSI/IIAR 2 section 11.2.7: The minimum required relief device capacity for a plate heat exchanger based on an external heat addition scenario may be calculated in accordance with the following equation:

(2) Discharge piping for atmospheric pressure relief. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI/IIAR 2 section 11.3.6.1: Appendix A Tables A-3 may not be used for schedule 80 piping.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.613 Machinery room {#sec-sps-345.613 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.613}

(1) Emergency remote controls.

(a) Ventilation. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI/IIAR 2 section 13.2.1.4: Emergency remote controls for the mechanical means of ventilation shall be provided and be located immediately outside the machinery room, at the principal entrance to the room.

(b) Compressors. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in ANSI/IIAR 2 section 13.3.1.6: Emergency remote controls to stop the action of the refrigeration compressors shall be provided and be located immediately outside the machinery room, at the principal entrance to the room.

(2) Signage. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in ANSI/IIAR-2 section 13.3: A legible, easily accessible, permanent sign shall be securely attached to the mechanical refrigeration system, showing that the system was designed in accordance with ANSI/IIAR-2.

History

  • CR 10-011: cr. Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10.

Subchapter VII Ozone-Depleting Refrigerants

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 345.70 Ozone-depleting refrigerants {#sec-sps-345.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 345.70}

(1) Cleaning of equipment. Ozone-depleting refrigerant may not be used for cleaning purposes, including the cleaning of interior or exterior surfaces of refrigeration equipment.

(2) Transferring refrigerant. Whenever ozone-depleting refrigerant is removed from refrigeration equipment, the ozone-depleting refrigerant shall be transferred to storage containers using equipment that is approved by the department. The department shall approve any transfer equipment if an approved nationally recognized testing laboratory has certified the equipment.

Note: The Department will accept equipment that has been tested and certified in accordance with the Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) standard ARI 740.

(3) Releasing refrigerant. Ozone-depleting refrigerant may not be knowingly or negligently released to the environment, except for minimal releases that occur as a result of efforts to recover, reclaim or recycle ozone-depleting refrigerant removed from refrigeration equipment.

(4) Adding refrigerant. Before putting additional ozone-depleting refrigerant into refrigeration equipment, the refrigeration equipment shall be inspected and repaired if a leak is found or suspected. A yearly leak rate identified by the federal environmental protection agency shall be used to determine whether repairs are necessary.

Note: See subpart F of part 82 in title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations for further requirements relating to ozone-depleting refrigerants.

History

  • CR 03-012: cr. Register October 2003 No. 574, eff. 11-1-03; CR 10-011: renum. from Comm 45.21 and am. (2) and (4) Register August 2010 No. 656, eff. 9-1-10; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-014: r. (1), renum. (2) to (5) to (1) to (4) Register September 2013 No. 693, eff. 10-1-13.

Chapter SPS 360 EROSION CONTROL, SEDIMENT CONTROL AND STORM WATER MANAGEMENT

Subchapter I Introduction

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-360.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish uniform standards and criteria for the design, installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control practices at building construction sites under the authority of Ch. 101, Stats., so as to protect the waters of the state.

Note: Other agencies may have regulations that may affect the site design and construction activities for a building. The regulations may necessitate additional administrative procedures or inspections for compliance with such regulations.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 16-052: am. Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.02 Scope {#sec-sps-360.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.02}

This chapter applies to erosion control permits required at all sites where land disturbing construction activities of less than one acre occur during the construction of buildings and structures serving as public buildings and places of employment.

Note: Authority over erosion and sediment control at construction sites having a land-disturbance area of one acre or more, including all authority for all the requirements in this section, was transferred to the Department of Natural Resources (DNR) under 2013 Wisconsin Act 20, sections 1712 and 2088. Consequently, the Department of Safety and Professional Services no longer administers the requirements in this section. Information regarding the DNR permit requirements and standards may be available at: http://dnr.wi.gov/topic/stormwater/construction.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 16-052: am. Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.03 Owners responsibility {#sec-sps-360.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.03}

The owner or owner’s agent is responsible for complying with this chapter.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-360.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.04}

In this chapter:

(1) “Control practice” means a method or device implemented to prevent or reduce erosion or the resulting deposition of soil or sediment.

(2) “Land disturbing construction activity” means any man-made alteration of the land surface resulting in a change in the topography or existing vegetative or non-vegetative soil cover, that may result in storm water runoff and lead to an increase in soil erosion and movement of sediment. Land disturbing construction activity includes clearing and grubbing, demolition, excavating, pit trench dewatering, filling and grading activities.

(3) “Municipality” means any city, village, town or county in this state.

(4) “Owner” means any person or legal entity holding fee title, an easement or other interest in property that allows the person to undertake land disturbing construction activity.

(5) “Stabilized” means the condition where vegetation is established or other practices are in place on exposed soil surfaces so as to reduce erosion.

(7) “Waters of the state” has the meaning given in s. 283.01 (20), Stats.

Note: Under s. 283.01 (20), Stats., “waters of the state” means those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, water courses, drainage systems and other surface water or groundwater, natural or artificial, public or private within the state or under its jurisdiction, except those waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a person.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 16-052: r. (6) Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17.

Subchapter II Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.10 Governmental oversight {#sec-sps-360.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.10}

(1) Municipal ordinances. Pursuant to s. 101.1206 (5m), Stats., a municipality may continue to administer and enforce a local ordinance related to erosion and sediment control at building sites where land disturbing construction activities are to occur if the ordinance meets all of the following conditions:

(a) The ordinance standards are more stringent than the standards of this chapter.

(b) The ordinance was in effect on January 1, 1994.

(2) Municipal authority. Nothing in this chapter shall prevent a municipality from any of the following:

(a) Instituting administrative erosion and sediment control requirements such as plan review, permitting or inspecting and the associated fees to cover the costs of those requirements.

(b) Implementing erosion and sediment control requirements that are more stringent than the standards of this chapter when directed by an order of the United States environmental protection agency or by an administrative rule of the department of natural resources under s. NR 151.004.

(c) Regulating erosion and sediment control for sites that are not under the scope of this code.

Note: This code does not apply to buildings that are not public buildings, places of employment or buildings and projects exempted under s. 101.05, Stats. For example: farm buildings, buildings on Indian reservations or buildings owned by the federal government are not buildings under the scope of this chapter. Erosion control and storm water management standards enacted by municipalities, the Department of Natural Resources or the U.S. Environmental Protect Agency may apply in these cases.

(3) DNR authority. This code shall not be construed to affect the authority of the department of natural resources to enforce chapters 281 and 283, Stats., and administrative rules promulgated there under.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.11 Certified municipalities {#sec-sps-360.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.11}

Certified municipalities in conformance with s. SPS 361.60 may serve as the department’s agent for all inspections referenced under ss. SPS 360.14 and 360.15.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-052: am. Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.13 Plans; erosion and sediment control {#sec-sps-360.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.13}

(1)

(a) An erosion and sediment control plan shall be prepared that delineates the practices to be employed for the site where land disturbing construction activity is to occur.

(b) An erosion and sediment control plan shall be of sufficient detail so as to document compliance with s. SPS 360.20.

(c) An erosion and sediment control plan shall show the areas of land disturbance and location of all control practices to be employed to comply with this chapter.

(d) An erosion and sediment control plan shall show the pre-construction ground surface contour lines at intervals appropriate for conditions present within the proposed disturbed areas.

(e) An erosion and sediment control plan shall identify the initial downstream receiving water of the state from the building site.

(2)

(a) An erosion and sediment control plan and any revisions to the plan shall be maintained at the construction site for the duration of the land disturbing construction activities.

(b) An erosion and sediment control plan and any revisions shall be made available to the department, municipality or delegated inspection agency providing the required inspections.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (1) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-052: r. (2) Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17; (1) renum. to 360.13 and am. (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. and 2., Stats., Register July 2017 No. 739.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.14 Inspections {#sec-sps-360.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.14}

(1) A person certified in accordance with ch. SPS 305 as a soil erosion inspector or commercial building inspector shall conduct all inspections performed for the purpose of administering and enforcing the erosion and sediment control provisions under this chapter.

(2) The inspections of the erosion and sediment control practices under this chapter shall be conducted as required under s. SPS 361.41.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.15 Violations and penalties {#sec-sps-360.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.15}

(1) Notice of noncompliance.

(a) Notification. Upon finding of noncompliance, the inspector administering and enforcing the erosion and sediment control provisions under this chapter shall notify the owner or owner’s agent in writing of the violations to be corrected and the time period allowed for compliance.

(b) Timing of orders. Except as provided in par. (c), the time period allowed for compliance shall be determined based on the severity of the noncompliance in relation to the potential soil loss or damage to the waters of the state.

(c) Stop work order.

  1. Pursuant to s. 101.1206, Stats., the department or a certified municipality may issue a special order directing an immediate cessation of construction work on other facets of the building until compliance with the erosion and sediment control provisions under this chapter is attained.

  2. Construction work may resume once the erosion and sediment control compliance corrections have been completed.

(2) Penalties. Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (13), Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (13), Stats., provides for fines of up to $100 for each violation of rules promulgated under this section. Each day of continued violation may constitute a separate offense.

Note: For a site where one or more acres of land disturbing construction activity occurs, the Department of Natural Resources has the ability to inspect and pursue enforcement action under the issuance of the Wisconsin Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, WPDES, General Permit pursuant to chapter NR 216.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (1) (c) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Erosion and Sediment Control

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.20 Erosion and sediment control {#sec-sps-360.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.20}

(1) General.

(a) Where land disturbing construction activity is to occur erosion and sediment control practices shall be employed, as necessary, and maintained to prevent or reduce the potential deposition of soil or sediment to all of the following:

  1. The waters of the state.

  2. Adjacent properties.

(b) Land disturbing construction activities, except those activities necessary to implement erosion or sediment control practices, may not begin until the sediment control practices are in place for each area to be disturbed in accordance with the erosion and sediment control plan.

(c) Erosion and sediment control practices shall be maintained until the disturbed areas are stabilized. A disturbed area shall be considered stabilized when a perennial cover has been established with a density of at least 70%.

(d) Erosion and sediment control practices shall either be approved by the department or listed by the department of natural resources in accordance with the process under s. NR 151.32 (2).

Note: Listed practices can be found through the Department’s Division of Industry Services website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services or by contacting the Division at telephone (608) 266-3151 or 877/617-1565 or 411 (Telecommunications Relay).

(2) Mandated practices. Specific practices at each site where land disturbing construction activity is to occur shall be utilized to prevent or reduce all of the following:

(a) The deposition of soil from being tracked onto streets by vehicles.

(b) The discharge of sediment from disturbed areas into on-site storm water inlets.

(c) The discharge of sediment from disturbed areas into abutting waters of the state.

(d) The discharge of sediment from drainage ways that flow off the site.

(e) The discharge of sediment by dewatering activities.

(f) The discharge of sediment eroding from soil stockpiles existing for more than 7 days.

(3) Control standards. Including the practices under sub. (2), additional erosion and sediment control practices shall be employed, as necessary, to accomplish one of the following:

(a) A potential annual cumulative soil loss rate of not more than one of the following:

  1. Five tons per acre per year where sand, loamy sand, sandy loam, loam, sandy clay loam, clay loam, sandy clay, silty clay or clay textures are exposed.

  2. Seven and a half tons per acre per [year] where silt, silty clay loam or silt loam textures are exposed.

Note: A missing word is shown in brackets.

(b) A reduction of at least 80% of the potential sediment load in storm water runoff from the site on an average annual basis as compared with no sediment or erosion controls for the site when the land disturbing construction activity involves one or more acres.

(c) A reduction of at least 40% of the potential sediment load in storm water runoff from the site on an average annual basis as compared with no sediment or erosion controls for the site where less than one acre of land disturbing construction activity is to occur.

Note: See appendix for further explanatory material regarding compliance solutions for 80 and 40% reductions.

(4) Soil loss analysis. Potential soil loss shall be determined using an engineer analytical modeling acceptable to the department.

Note: The Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation II is an example of an acceptable method to determine soil loss.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.21 Monitoring {#sec-sps-360.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.21}

The owner or owner’s agent shall check the erosion and sediment control practices for maintenance needs at all the following intervals until the site is stabilized:

(1) At least weekly.

(2) Within 24 hours after a rainfall event of 0.5 inches or greater. A rainfall event shall be considered to be the total amount of rainfall recorded in any continuous 24 hour period.

(3) At all intervals that are cited on the erosion and sediment control plan.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 16-052: r. (2) Register July 2017 No. 739, eff. 8-1-17; (1) renum. to 360.21 under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register July 2017 No. 739.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 360.22 Maintenance {#sec-sps-360.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 360.22}

(1)

(a) Except as provided in par. (c), off-site sediment deposition resulting from the failure of an erosion or sediment control practice shall be cleaned up by the end of the next day.

Note: Contact the Department of Natural Resources before attempting to clean up any sediment deposited or discharged into the waters of the state.

(b) Except as provided in par. (c), off-site soil deposition, resulting from construction activity, that creates a nuisance shall be cleaned up by the end of the work day.

(c) A municipality may enact more stringent requirements regarding cleanup of soil or sediment deposition onto public ways.

(2)

(a) Except as required in par. (b), the owner or owner’s agent shall complete repair or replacement of erosion and sediment control practices or devices as necessary within 48 hours of an interval specified under s. SPS 360.21.

(b) When the failure of erosion or sediment control practices results in an immediate threat of sediment entering public sewers or the waters of the state, procedures shall be implemented immediately to repair or replace the practices.

History

  • CR 05-113: cr. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 361 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

Subchapter I Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.01 Purpose of code {#sec-sps-361.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.01}

Pursuant to various statutory provisions under subch. I of ch. 101, Stats., the purpose of chs. SPS 361 to 366 is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the public and employees by establishing minimum standards for the design, construction, maintenance, and inspection of public buildings, including multifamily dwellings and places of employment.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.02 Scope {#sec-sps-361.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.02}

(1) Except as provided in subs. (2) and (3), chs. SPS 361 to 366 apply to all public buildings and places of employment.

Note: “Place of employment” is defined under s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: “Public building” is defined under s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

(2) Chapters SPS 361 to 366 do not apply to buildings or situations listed under the exclusions in s. 101.01 (11) and (12), Stats., or under the exemptions in s. 101.05, Stats.

Note: This includes buildings located on research or laboratory farms of public universities or other state institutions and used primarily for housing livestock or other agricultural purposes under s. 101.05 (1), Stats., and rural school buildings under the conditions set by s. 101.05 (4), Stats.

(3) Chapters SPS 361 to 366 do not apply to any of the following types of buildings, structures, or situations:

(a) A temporary building or structure used exclusively for construction purposes, not exceeding 2 stories in height, and not used as living quarters.

(b)

  1. Buildings or structures located on Indian reservation land that are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

  2. Buildings or structures which are located on off-reservation Indian land that is held in trust by the United States — and which are held either in trust by the United States, or in fee by the tribe or a tribal member.

(c) Buildings and portions of buildings that are exempted by federal statutes or treaties.

(d) Portions of buildings leased to the federal government provided all of the following conditions are met:

  1. A statement is recorded with the register of deeds that describes the steps necessary for compliance with chs. SPS 361 to 366 if the space is converted to a nonexempt use.

  2. The statement recorded with the register of deeds is recorded in a manner that will permit the existence of the statement to be determined by reference to the property where the building is located.

  3. The owner of the building submits a copy of the recorded document to the department or its authorized representative.

(e) Buildings and structures that are on a farm premises and used exclusively for farming purposes, provided any use of the building or structure by the public consists only of consumers directly receiving farm commodities, substantially all of which have been planted or produced on the farm premises. In this application, “substantially all” means at least 90 percent of the commodities were planted or produced on the farm premises.

(f) A one- or 2-family dwelling used as a foster home, treatment foster home, or group home, or as a child caring institution having a capacity for 8 or fewer children, all as defined in s. 48.02, Stats.

(g) A one- or 2-family dwelling in which a public or private day care center for 12 or fewer children is located.

(h) That portion of or space within a one- or 2-family dwelling in which a home-based business is located.

(i) A “micro school” for 8 or fewer students enrolled in pre-kindergarten thru grade 12 if the school is located in a home or dwelling that falls under the scope of s. SPS 320.02.

Note: The department no longer reviews community based residential facilities (CBRFs). Contact the department of health services (DHS) for submittal requirements.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: cr. (5) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (3) (b), am. (3) (d) 1. and 2., Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am. (1), (2), (3) (intro.), (d) 1., (h), r. (4), renum. (5) to (4) and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; 2025 Wis. Act 15: am. (3) (g) Register July 2025 No. 835, eff. 7-4-25; CR 23-007: cr. (3) (i), r. (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.03 Application {#sec-sps-361.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.03}

(1) Standards.

(a) The design and construction of public buildings and places of employment shall comply with s. SPS 361.05, except as otherwise provided in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) The codes and standards that are referenced in this chapter, and any additional codes and standards which are subsequently referenced in those codes and standards, shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

(c) The requirements in IBC Appendix C may be applied to certain agricultural buildings, as specified in s. SPS 362.3600 (2), in lieu of corresponding, otherwise applicable requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(2) Retroactivity. A rule of chs. SPS 361 to 366 does not apply retroactively to public buildings and places of employment existing prior to the effective date of the rule unless specifically stated in the rule.

(3) Conflicts.

(a) If any rule written by the department differs from a requirement within a document referenced in chs. SPS 361 to 366, the rule written by the department shall govern.

(b) Where rules of the department specify conflicting requirements, types of materials or methods of construction, the most restrictive rule shall govern, except as provided in pars. (a) and (c).

Note: If the most restrictive of two or more conflicting requirements is not readily apparent, a determination of which is more restrictive can be obtained from the department.

(c) Where a rule prescribes a general requirement and another rule prescribes a specific or more detailed requirement regarding the same subject, the specific or more detailed requirement shall govern, except as provided in par. (a).

(4) Department authority. Any departmental interpretation of the requirements in this chapter or in the codes and standards that are adopted in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by either a lower level jurisdiction or an issuer of the adopted code or standard.

(5) Local ordinances.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in par. (b), pursuant to s. 101.02 (7), Stats., no city, village, or town may enact or enforce an additional or more restrictive local ordinance that establishes minimum standards for constructing, altering, or adding to public buildings or buildings that are places of employment.

Note: 2013 Wisconsin Act 270 established a uniform commercial code. Municipalities with ordinances enacted before May 1, 2013 and approved by the department shall remain in effect. A complete list of department-approved municipal ordinances is available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

  1. Nothing in chs. SPS 361 to 366 affect the authority of a municipality to enact or enforce standards relative to land use, zoning, or regulations under ss. 59.69, 60.61, 60.62, 61.35, and 62.23 (7), Stats.

(b)

  1. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7m), Stats., a city, village, town, or county may not enact or enforce additional or more restrictive standards for multifamily dwellings, except as provided under s. 101.975, Stats., and that do not conflict with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: Section 101.975, Stats., is no longer valid and will be addressed in future rulemaking.

  1. Any municipality exercising or intending to exercise jurisdiction under chs. SPS 361 to 366 may apply to the department for a variance permitting the municipality to adopt an ordinance pertaining to multifamily dwellings not in conformance with chs. SPS 361 to 366. The department shall review and make a determination on a municipal request under this section within 60 business days of receipt of the request.

a. The department may grant a municipal variance only where all of the conditions in subds. 3. b. and c. are demonstrated.

b. The municipality demonstrates that the variance is necessary to protect the health, safety, and welfare of individuals within the municipality because of specific climate or soil conditions generally existing within the municipality.

c. The municipality demonstrates that the granting of the variance, when viewed both individually and in conjunction with other variances requested by the municipality, does not impair the statewide uniformity of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

d. Prior to making a determination on a municipal variance, the department shall solicit within the municipality and consider the statements of any interested persons as to whether the variance should be granted.

e. This subdivision shall be strictly construed in accordance with the goal of promoting statewide uniformity.

  1. Pursuant s. 101.121, Stats., a city, village, town, or county may not enact or enforce additional or more restrictive standards regarding issues addressed under chs. SPS 361 to 366 that would apply to alteration or change of occupancy for a historic building.

  2. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7e), Stats., no city, village, or town may enact or enforce an ordinance related to fire safety that prohibits the seasonal placement of a Christmas tree in a church.

(6) Alternatives. Nothing in chs. SPS 361 to 366 is intended to prohibit or discourage the design and utilization of new building products, systems, components, or alternate practices, provided written approval from the department is obtained first.

Note: Chapter SPS 361, subch. VI contains requirements for approval of building products and alternate standards.

(7) New buildings and structures. All buildings, structures and additions to buildings, structures, and components, to be constructed or erected shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in accordance with the rules of chs. SPS 361 to 366 as the rules exist on one of the following:

(a) Pursuant to s. SPS 361.30, the date plans for the building, structure or addition are approved by the department or authorized representative.

(b) The date the local building permit is issued, if plan submission and approval is not required under s. SPS 361.30.

(c) The date construction is initiated, where pars. (a) and (b) do not apply.

(8) Alterations. All portions, elements, systems or components of existing buildings and structures to be altered or modified, where the alteration or the modification affects a building element or component relating to subject matters regulated by chs. SPS 361 to 366, shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in accordance with the rules of chs. SPS 361 to 366 as the rules exist on one of the following:

(a) Pursuant to s. SPS 361.30, the date plans for the alteration or modification are approved by the department or authorized representative.

(b) The date the local building permit is issued, if plan submission and approval is not required under s. SPS 361.30.

(c) The date the alteration is initiated, where pars. (a) and (b) do not apply.

(9) Replacements. All building systems or components of existing buildings and structures to be replaced, where the replacement involves a building element or component relating to subject matters regulated by chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall conform and be maintained in accordance with the rules of chs. SPS 361 to 366 as the rules exist on one of the following:

(a) Pursuant to s. SPS 361.30, the date plans for the replacement are approved by the department or authorized representative.

(b) The date the local building permit is issued, if plan submission and approval is not required under s. SPS 361.30.

(c) The date the replacement is initiated, where pars. (a) and (b) do not apply.

(10) Repairs. All portions, elements, systems or components of existing buildings and structures repaired shall conform and be maintained in accordance with the rules of chs. SPS 361 to 366 as the rules exist on one of the following:

(a) The date plans for that portion, element, system or component was approved by the department or authorized representative.

(b) The date the local building permit was issued for that portion, element, system or component, if plan submission and approval was not required.

(c) The date construction was initiated for that portion, element, system or component, where pars. (a) and (b) do not apply.

(d) The date repair is initiated.

(11) Change of occupancy or use. Except as provided in sub. (12), no change may be made in the use or occupancy of any building or structure, or any space within a building or structure, that would place the building, structure or space either in a different division of the same group of occupancies or in a different group of occupancies, unless the building, structure or space complies with the requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366 for the new division or group of occupancies, as these requirements exist on one of the following dates:

(a) Pursuant to s. SPS 361.30, the date when plans for the change in occupancy or use are approved by the department or authorized representative.

(b) The date a local building permit is issued, if plan submittal and approval is not required under s. SPS 361.30.

(c) The date construction is initiated, where pars. (a) and (b) do not apply.

(d) The date an occupancy permit is issued, where pars. (a) to (c) do not apply.

(12) Temporary use. A municipal fire or delegated building code official authorized by the department may permit a building or structure to be used temporarily by the public, subject to all of the following provisions:

(a) The official shall determine the time frame within which the temporary use is permitted, based on the extent hazards are created by the temporary use. This time frame may not exceed 180 consecutive days, except the official may grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

(b) Except as provided in par. (c), buildings or spaces considered for temporary use shall conform to the requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366 as necessary to ensure the public safety, health and general welfare.

(c) The official may require additional safety requirements for a temporary use as a tradeoff for any safety provisions that may be lacking.

(d) The official may terminate the approval for a temporary use at any time and order immediate discontinuance of the use or complete evacuation of the building or space.

(13) Existing buildings and structures.

(a) Unless otherwise specifically stated in chs. SPS 361 to 366, an existing building or structure, and every element, system, or component of an existing building or structure shall be maintained to conform with the Wisconsin administrative building code provisions that applied when the building, structure, element, system, or component was constructed, or altered except when required by subsequent editions of the building code.

(b) Existing bleachers, grandstands, and folding and telescopic seating shall comply with IBC section 1030.1.1.

(14) International fire code. The 2021 IFC does not apply to chs. SPS 361 to 366 except as follows:

(a) Design and construction-related requirements shall apply that are addressed in the IFC section 102.6; IFC chapters 2 to 4; IFC sections 501 to 502 and 504 to 510; IFC sections 601 to 606; IFC chapters 7 and 8; IFC sections 901.1 to 901.4.4, 901.4.6 to 909.18.9, 909.20, 909.22 to 913, 1203, and 1207; IFC chapters 10, 11, 21, and 22; IFC section 2311.8, and IFC chapters 24 to 37, 50, 51, 54 to 57, 59, 60, 62 to 67, and 80.

(b) Occupant loads addressed in IFC section 1005.6 shall apply but shall be established by the designer and approved by the code official.

(c) Construction-related inspections and reports shall apply that are addressed in IFC chapters 2 to 8; IFC sections 901.1 to 901.4.4, 901.4.6 to 909.18.9, 909.20, and 909.22 to 913; and IFC chapters 10, 11, 21, 22, 24 to 37, 50, 51, 54 to 57, 59, 60, and 62 to 67, but may be performed or compiled by any qualified agency, rather than by a special inspector.

(d) Use and operation provisions shall apply that are a contingency of design and construction-related requirements and that are addressed in IFC chapters 2 to 4; IFC sections 501 and 502 and 504 to 510; IFC sections 601 to 606; IFC chapters 7 and 8; IFC sections 901.1 to 901.4.4, and 901.4.6 to 909.18.9, 909.20, 909.22 to 913, 1203 and 1207; IFC chapters 10, 11, 21, 22, 24 to 37, 50, 51, 54 to 57, 59, 60, 62 to 67, and 80.

Note: A copy of the 2021 IFC may be viewed or acquired at codes.iccsafe.org.

(15) Global Deletions For The International Codes. Unless specifically applied by another department-written rule in chs. SPS 361 to 366, the following requirements of the IBC, IEBC, IECC, IFC, IFGC, and IMC do not apply as rules of the department:

(a) All requirements that specify submittal and approval of construction documents, shop drawings or acceptance tests and records.

(c) All requirements that mandate obtaining approval, acceptance or other direction from a building or fire code official.

Note: This paragraph does not delete options to obtain approval from the Department or its authorized agents for specific circumstances that differ from conditions which are more generally prescribed in the above-listed codes.

(d) All requirements that specify providing information to a building or fire code official, unless that official requests the information.

(e) All requirements that address construction in flood hazard areas.

(f) All requirements that address construction of detached one-or two-family dwellings and any references to the IRC.

(g) All requirements that specify obtaining a permit or certificate of occupancy. This global deletion does not in any way restrict the power of a local municipality to require a certificate of occupancy.

Note: For an example of a Department-written rule that specifically applies one or more of the requirements referenced above, see s. SPS 362.1700, which specifically applies the special inspections and determinations in IBC sections 1711 to 1716.

Note: The Department and other state agencies may have additional rules that affect the design, construction, maintenance and use of public buildings and places of employment, including chs. SPS 305, Licenses, Certifications, and Registrations; SPS 307, Explosives and Fireworks; SPS 314, Fire Prevention; SPS 316, Electrical; SPS 318, Elevators, Escalators and Lift Devices; SPS 340, Gas Systems; SPS 341, Boilers and Pressure Vessels; SPS 343, Anhydrous Ammonia; SPS 345, Mechanical Refrigeration; SPS 375 to 379, Buildings Constructed Prior to 1914; SPS 381 to 387, Plumbing; SPS 390, Public Swimming Pools; and SPS 391, Sanitation. The Department’s Division of Industry Services administers all of these listed codes.

Note: 361.03 (15) (b) was repealed as part of the 2021 code update.

(16) Inspection and testing of fire and smoke dampers. The initial inspection and testing of fire and smoke dampers required under NFPA 1, NFPA 80, and NFPA 105 shall be conducted by a person with current fire life safety certification from a program accredited by the American National Standards Institute.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. (6) (c), (7) (c), (13) (a) 1. and 6. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (3), (5), (6) (intro.), (7) (intro.), (8) (intro.), (9) (intro.), (10) (b), (13) (a) 1. and 6., cr. (10) (a) 4. and (12) (b), renum. (12) to be (12) (a) and am., Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 05-113: cr. (4) (b) 6. Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (14) (a) to (c), r. (14) (d) and (e), renum. (14) (f) to be (d) and am., cr. (15), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (c), (7) (a), (b), (8) (a), (b), (9) (a), (b), (11) (a), (b), (14) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 15-016: am. (14) (a) Register October 2015 No. 718, eff. 11-1-15; CR 16-094: am. (1) (a), (c), (2), (3) (a), (5) (a) 1., 2., (5) (b) 1., 2., 3. c., 4., cr. (5) (b) 5., am. (6), (7) (intro.), (8) (intro.), (9) (intro.), (10) (intro.), (11) (intro.), (12) (b), (13), (14), (15) (intro.), (f), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (12) (intro.), (a), (13) (b), (14), r. (15) (b), am. (15) (g), cr. (16) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (14) (a) to (d) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.04 Definitions {#sec-sps-361.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.04}

In chs. SPS 361 to 366:

(1) “Authorized representative” means any certified municipality or county as specified in s. SPS 361.60, and any appointed agent under s. 101.12 (3g), Stats.

(1g) “Compliance assurance program” means a detailed system documenting the methods used to ensure modular multifamily housing, modular multifamily building systems, and building system components are manufactured in accordance with department-approved plans and chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(1r) “Crematory” means a building or portion of a building within which a cremation chamber is located.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Dwelling unit” has the meaning given in s. 101.61 (1), Stats., for the purpose of determining whether chs. SPS 361 to 366 applies to a residential occupancy. For all other purposes, the meaning is as given in IBC section 202, IECC section 202, and IMC section 202.

Note: Section 101.61 (1), Stats., reads in part: “ ‘Dwelling unit’ means a structure or that part of a structure which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others.”

(3m) “Home-based business” means any business, profession, trade, or employment conducted in a person’s dwelling unit, which may involve the person’s immediate family or household and a maximum of one other unrelated person, but does not involve any of the following:

(a) Explosives, fireworks, or repair of motor vehicles.

(b) More than 25% of the habitable floor area of the dwelling unit.

Note: A dwelling unit that includes a home-based business is referred to as a “live/work” unit as defined in s. SPS 362.0202 (2) (h).

(4) “HVAC system” means a heating, ventilating, or air conditioning system or a component thereof that is permanently installed to provide control of environmental conditions within buildings.

(5) “IBC” or “International Building Code” means the International Building Code®, as adopted under s. SPS 361.05 and modified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(6) “ICC Electrical Code” means ch. SPS 316.

(7) “IEBC” or “International Existing Building Code” means the International Existing Building Code®, as adopted under s. SPS 361.05 and modified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(8) “IECC” or “International Energy Conservation Code” means the International Energy Conservation Code®, as adopted under s. SPS 361.05 and modified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(9) “IFC” and “International Fire Code” mean the International Fire Code®.

(10) “IFGC” or “International Fuel Gas Code” means the International Fuel Gas Code®, as adopted under s. SPS 361.05 and modified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(11) “IMC” or “International Mechanical Code” means the International Mechanical Code®, as adopted under s. SPS 361.05 and modified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(12) “IPC” and “International Plumbing Code” mean the Wisconsin Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(13) “IPSC” and “International Private Sewage Code" mean the Wisconsin Plumbing Code and Private Onsite Wastewater Treatment Systems Code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(13g) “IRC” or “International Residential Code” means the Uniform Dwelling Code, chs. SPS 320 to 325.

(13r) “Mausoleum” means a public building, structure, or part of a building or structure that is used or intended to be used for the burial of human remains.

(13w) “Modular commercial building element” means any modular commercial building, modular multifamily dwelling, modular commercial building system, modular multifamily dwelling system, modular commercial building system component, or modular multifamily dwelling system component.

(14) “Multifamily dwelling” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (8m), Stats.

(15) “Recreational and educational camp” has the meaning given in s. 101.053, Stats.

(15g) “Seasonal recreational and educational camp building” means a building or structure occupied only between the dates of May 1st and October 15th and located at a recreational and educational camp.

(15m) “Secretary” has the meaning given in s. 101.01 (14), Stats.

(16) “Wisconsin insignia” means a device or seal approved by the department to certify compliance with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: Many of the model building codes created by the International Code Council (ICC) and adopted by the Department of Safety and Professional Services may be viewed free of charge on the ICC website. To access these codes go to codes.iccsafe.org and click on “I-Codes.”

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: (4) renum. from Comm 62.0202 (1) (j), am. (1), renum. (3) and (4) to be (5) and (6), cr. (3) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 05-113: am. (6) Register December 2006 No. 612, eff. 4-1-07; CR 06-120: renum. (4) to (6) to be (14), (4) and (15) and am. (15), cr. (7), renum. Comm 62.0202 (1) (c), (d) and (e) to (j) to be Comm 61.04 (5), (6) and (8) to (13) and am. (5) and (8) to (11), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. (4), am. (15), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2), (5), (6), (7), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (15) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (intro.), cr. (1g), (1r), am. (3), cr. (3m), am. (5), (7), (8), (10), (11), cr. (13g), (13r), r. (15), cr. (15m), (16) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; 2017 Wis. Act 198: am. (1) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 22-069: cr. (15), (15g) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; CR 23-007: am. (12) to (13g), cr. (13w), am. (14) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.05 Adoption of the International Codes {#sec-sps-361.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.05}

(1) Ibc. The International Building Code® – 2021, subject to the modifications specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(2) Iecc. The International Energy Conservation Code® – 2021, subject to the modifications specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(3) Imc. The International Mechanical Code® – 2021, subject to the modifications specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(4) Ifgc. The International Fuel Gas Code® – 2021, subject to the modifications specified chs. SPS 361 to 366 is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(5) Iebc. The International Existing Building Code® – 2021, subject to the modifications specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: A copy of the International Building Code®, International Energy Conservation Code®, International Mechanical Code®, International Fuel Gas Code®, and International Existing Building Code® is on file in the offices of the Department and the Legislative Reference Bureau. Copies of the International Codes may be purchased from the International Code Council®, 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478-5795, (708) 799-2300, Website www.iccsafe.org.

Note: The references in chs. SPS 362 to 366 to individual ICC code sections typically are to a particular paragraph or set of paragraphs within a referenced ICC section, and are not intended to affect any subsequent subdivisions of the specified section unless stated otherwise. For example, the directive in s. SPS 362.0907 (1) to substitute certain language for IBC section 907.1 is not intended to mean that IBC sections 907.1.1 through 907.1.2 are also being changed.

Note: Many of the model codes created by the International Code Council (ICC) and adopted by the Department of Safety and Professional Services may be viewed free of charge on the ICC website at codes.iccsafe.org and select the version adopted under s. SPS 361.05.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-109: cr. (5) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: am. (1) to (4), r. and recr. (5), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 10-103: am. (1) to (5) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.06 Fees {#sec-sps-361.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.06}

Fees for petitions for variance, product approvals, notice registrations, plan examination and approvals, and for inspections of buildings, and structures shall be submitted as specified in ch. SPS 302. Fees shall be submitted at the time the application for approval is submitted. No plan examinations, approvals or inspections may be made until the fees are received.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter II Responsibilities, Appeals, Petitions and Penalties

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.20 Responsibilities {#sec-sps-361.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.20}

(1) Owner. Compliance with chs. SPS 361 to 366 does not relieve the owner of a public building or place of employment from compliance with the administrative rules established by other state jurisdictions.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.11 (2) (a), Stats., no employer or owner, or other person shall hereafter construct or occupy or maintain any place of employment, or public building, that is not safe, nor prepare plans which shall fail to provide for making the same safe.

Note: Section 101.12 (3) (h), Stats., prohibits local issuance of permits or licenses for construction or use of public buildings or places of employment until required drawings and calculations have been examined and approved by the department.

Note: Section 145.195 (1), Stats., prohibits local issuance of a building permit for construction of any structure requiring connection to a private onsite wastewater treatment system unless a system satisfying all applicable regulations already exists to serve the proposed structure or all permits necessary to install such a system have been obtained.

(2) Design.

(a) Pursuant to ch. 443, Stats., a public building, structure or place of employment shall be designed by an architect or an engineer, except as provided under ss. 443.14 and 443.15, Stats.

(b) Pursuant to ch. 443, Stats., a component or a system, including an electrical system, a fire protection system, a heating ventilating and air conditioning system, or a plumbing system, for a public building, structure or place of employment shall be designed by an architect, engineer or a designer of engineering systems, except as provided under ss. 443.14 and 443.15, Stats.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am. (1), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.21 Appeals {#sec-sps-361.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.21}

(1) Appeal of department order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., any person who owns or occupies a property that is affected by an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing on the reasonableness of the order.

(2) Appeal of local order. Pursuant to s. 101.02 (7) (b), Stats., any person affected by a local order that is in conflict with an order of the department may petition the department for a hearing.

Note: “Local order” is defined under s. 101.01 (8), Stats.

Note: See also s. 101.02 (7) (c), Stats.

(3) Contested case hearing. In addition to any other right provided by law, any interested person may file a written request for a contested case hearing, as specified in s. 227.42, Stats.

(4) Petition of administrative rule. Pursuant to s. 227.12, Stats., any municipality, corporation or any 5 or more persons having an interest in an administrative rule may petition the department requesting the adoption, amendment or repeal of the rule.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.22 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-361.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.22}

The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of chs. SPS 361 to 366 in accordance with ch. SPS 303. The petition for variance shall include, where applicable, a position statement from the fire department having jurisdiction.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days. The SBD-9890 form is available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (intro.), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.23 Penalties {#sec-sps-361.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.23}

Penalties for violations shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.02 (12) and (13) (a), Stats.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.295 Administrative coordination {#sec-sps-361.295 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.295}

Pursuant to ss. 101.02 (13) (b) and 101.12 (3) (h), Stats., if plans are required to be submitted to the department for review under s. SPS 361.30, a municipality may not issue a building permit to commence construction or use of the building until the plans have been approved by the department or its agent.

History

  • EmR0904: emerg. cr. eff. 3-2-09, except (2) eff. 7-1-09; CR 08-110: cr. Register September 2009 No. 645, eff. 10-1-09; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 14-010: renum. (1) to section 361.295, r. (2) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.30 Plan review and approval {#sec-sps-361.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.30}

(1) Types of buildings.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), Table 361.30-1, and sub. (4), the construction of, the alteration of, or the addition to a public building or a place of employment may not commence unless plans for the project have been submitted to and approved by the department or its authorized representative in accordance with s. SPS 361.31.

(b) The following are exempt from plan submittal and review under par. (a):

  1. Single-story buildings and structures of less than 1,000 square feet located on individual parcels or lease sites at Wisconsin state fair park.

  2. Fire service drill towers used exclusively for hands-on training reflecting emergency conditions.

Note: The exemptions under pars. (a) and (b) for not having to submit and obtain prior approval from the department for specific building projects does not waive the obligation for these types of projects to conform to the standards of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: The exemptions under pars. (a) and (b) for not having to submit and obtain prior approval from the department for specific building projects does not prohibit a municipality from requiring the submission, review and approval of plans by the municipality nor does it supersede the necessity of obtaining local building permits prior to the commencement of the project.

Note: See also s. 101.02 (7r) (g) 2., Stats. Pursuant to 2017 Wisconsin Act 330, no county, city, village, or town may enact or enforce an ordinance that is more restrictive than the department in administration of the code. “Administration” includes the process an owner must follow when applying for a permit for construction, altering, or adding to a public building or a building that is a place of employment.

(2) Types of structures. Plans for all of the following types of structures shall be submitted and approved by the department or authorized representative prior to commencement of the project:

(a) An assembly seating facility to be located within a public building or place of employment.

(b) An assembly seating facility more than 5 rows in height and not located within a public building or place of employment.

(c) A mausoleum.

(d) A crematory.

(3) Types Of Building Components.

(a) Except as provided in sub. (4), building component or system plans shall be submitted to and approved by the department or authorized representative prior to installation of the component or system, for each of the following type components or systems:

  1. Pre-manufactured and pre-engineered structural components.

  2. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems.

  3. Fire protection systems.

(b) Component or systems plans shall be submitted in one of the following manners:

  1. Included with the plans under sub. (1) (a).

  2. Submitted as a separate plan for the component or system.

(4) Exclusion for minor alterations.

(a) This section does not apply to minor alterations where the building official agrees the nature of the work is such that review and approval of construction documents is not necessary to achieve compliance with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) The submission and approval of fire protection system plans is not required for a project involving the alteration or addition of the following components:

  1. Twenty or fewer sprinkler heads to an existing automatic fire sprinkler system.

  2. Twenty or fewer alarm devices to an existing fire alarm system.

(5) Calculating total building volume. Total building volume shall be determined by calculating the cubic footage of space enclosed within the outer surfaces of the building’s outside or enclosing walls and the space between the upper most surface of the roof and the underside of the lowest floor of a building. The outer surface of structures or portions of structures without enclosed walls shall be established by projecting vertical planes from the outer surface of exterior supports or columns. The total building volume shall be calculated on structures with interior supports by establishing a vertical plane projected from the farthest roof projection. Roof overhangs less than 24 inches from a vertical wall may not be included in the calculation. Total building volume shall include the cubic footage of space in dormers, penthouses, vaults, pits, enclosed porches, and other enclosed appendages to the building.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: cr. (2) (c), r. and recr. Table 61.30-3 Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (1) (b) 1., 2. b. and Table 61.30-3, cr. (4) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. Table 1 and 2, cr. (2) (d), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (1) (a), r. (1) (b) 2., 3., Table 61.30-2 and Table 61.30-3, renum. (1) (b) 1. to be (1) (b) and (4) to be (4) (a), cr. (4) (b), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; r. and recr. (3) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 1-1-12; correction in (1) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: r. and recr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 16-094: am. (1) (a), r. and recr. (1) (b), am. Table 361.30-1, (2) (a), (b), (c), (d), am. (4) (a), cr. (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) (b) 1. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.31 Plans {#sec-sps-361.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.31}

(1) Signing and sealing.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), construction documents submitted to the department or its authorized representative for review shall be prepared, signed and sealed in accordance with ch. 443, Stats., and s. A-E 2.02.

(b) Sprinkler construction documents that are required by s. SPS 361.33 to be at an installation site shall comply with one of the following:

  1. Be signed and sealed in accordance with s. A-E 2.02 by an architect, engineer or fire protection systems designer who is registered by the department.

  2. Be signed, including license number, and dated by an automatic fire sprinkler contractor who is responsible for the installation of the sprinklers and who is licensed by the department.

Note: Pursuant to s. A-E 2.02 (4) and (5) read:

“A-E 2.02 (4) Each sheet of plans, drawings, documents, specifications and reports for architectural, landscape architectural, professional geological, professional engineering, design or land surveying practice shall be signed, sealed and dated by the registrant or permit holder who prepared, or directed and controlled preparation of, the written material, except as specified in sub. (5).

“(5) If more than one sheet is bound together in a volume, the registrant or permit holder who prepared or directed and controlled the preparation of the volume, may sign, seal and date only the title or index sheet if the signed sheet identifies clearly all other sheets comprising the bound volume and if any other sheets which are prepared by or under the direction and control of another registrant or permit holder are signed, sealed and dated by the other registrant or permit holder.”

Note: As a result of the change to the eSLA electronic submittal only process any reference to a document, drawing, or other material to be submitted in s. A-E 2.02 and this section should be understood to apply equally to paper and electronic versions of those materials.

  1. Be signed, including license number, and dated by the master plumber who is responsible for the installation of a NFPA 13D multipurpose piping system and who is licensed by the department.

Note: Plans for a multipurpose piping system must be submitted under s. SPS 382.20 to determine compliance for the non-fire protection aspects of the system.

(2) Contents and information.

(a)

  1. Construction documents submitted to the department or its authorized representative for review shall be dimensioned and drawn to scale.

  2. The scale used for the construction documents shall be indicated on the documents.

(b)

  1. Construction documents, including construction specifications, shall be submitted to the department or authorized representative for review.

  2. At least one set of construction specifications shall be submitted to the department or authorized representative for review.

(d) Construction documents submitted to the department or its authorized representative for review shall be of sufficient clarity, character and detail to show how the proposed design will conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(e)

  1. Construction documents shall be accompanied by sufficient calculations or information to substantiate that the documents conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. When requested by the department or its authorized representative, additional data pertaining to the design, construction, materials, and equipment shall be submitted to the department or the authorized representative to substantiate conformance to chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  3. The title and edition of an alternate model building code used in the plan as allowed under s. SPS 361.51 (8) shall be submitted to the department or its authorized representative.

(3) Application for approval.

(a) A plan review application, including the information required by sub. (2), shall be submitted to the department for examination and approval using the eSLA electronic safety and licensing application process. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review under this chapter within 15 business days.

Note: The Department requirements for submitting through the eSLA system, including timeframes for submittal and review procedures, are available at the Department's website at https://www.dsps.wi.gov, through links to https://esla.wi.gov, or the customer information page.

Note: Under s. 145.195, Stats., “No county, city, town or village may issue a building permit for construction of any structure requiring connection to a private domestic sewage treatment and disposal system unless a system satisfying all applicable regulations already exists to serve the proposed structure or all permits necessary to install such a system have been obtained.” See ch. SPS 383 for applicable regulations.

(b) If, upon examination, the department determines that the construction documents or application for approval do not substantially conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366, the application for conditional approval will be denied, in writing.

(c) If, upon examination, the department determines that the construction documents and the application for approval substantially conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366, a conditional approval, in writing, will be granted and the plans will be stamped conditionally approved. All conditions stated in the conditional approval shall be complied with before or during construction.

Note: The plan examination and approval by the department does not constitute an approval to proceed with construction prior to obtaining any permits or approvals that are required by a local unit of government.

(4) Revisions to approved plans.

(a)

  1. All proposed revisions and modifications which involve rules under chs. SPS 361 to 366 and which are made to construction documents that have previously been granted approval by the department or its authorized representative, shall be submitted for review to the office that granted the approval.

  2. All revisions and modifications to the plans shall be approved in writing by the department or its authorized representative prior to the work involved in the revision or modification being carried out.

(b) A revision or modification to a plan, drawing or specification shall be signed and sealed in accordance with s. SPS 361.31 (1).

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: renum. (3) (intro.) to (b) to be (3) (a) to (c) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (2) (b) 2. to be (2) (b) 2. a., cr. (2) (b) 2. b. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-119: am. (3) (a) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 10-103: cr. (1) (b) 3. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (1) (b) (intro.), 1., 2., 3., (3) (a), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (2) (d), (e), cr. (2) (e) 3., am. (3) (b), (c), (4) (a) 1., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (2) (b) 1., r. (2) (b) 2. b., (c), am. (3) (a) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; renum. (2) (b) 2. a. to (2) (b) 2. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.32 Permission to start construction {#sec-sps-361.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.32}

(1) A building owner or building owner’s representative may request and the department or its authorized representative may grant permission to start construction for the footings and foundations upon submission of construction documents under s. SPS 361.31.

(2) A building owner or building owner’s representative who has been granted permission to start construction of the footings and foundations may proceed at the owner's own risk without assurance that a conditional approval for the building will be granted.

(3) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for permission to start construction of the footings and foundations within 3 business days of receipt of the application and all forms, fees, construction documents and information required to complete the review.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-007: am. (1), (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.33 Evidence of plan approval {#sec-sps-361.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.33}

Where plan approval is required by chs. SPS 361 to 366, one set of plans bearing the stamp of conditional approval and a copy of the specifications shall be kept at the building site. The plans and specifications shall be open to inspection by the department or its authorized representative.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.35 Revocation of approval {#sec-sps-361.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.35}

The department may revoke any approval, issued under chs. SPS 361 to 366, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.36 Expiration of plan approval and extension of plan approval {#sec-sps-361.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.36}

(1) Expiration of plan approval.

(a) Building shell. Except as provided in par. (f), plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for new buildings and building additions shall expire 2 years after the approval date indicated on the approved building plans if the building shell is not closed in within those 2 years.

(b) Occupancy. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for new buildings and building additions shall expire 3 years after the approval date indicated on the approved building plans if the building is not ready for occupancy within those 3 years.

(c) Alterations. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for interior building alterations shall expire 2 years after the approval date indicated on the approved building plans if the alteration work is not completed within those 2 years.

(d) HVAC construction only. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for heating, ventilating, or air conditioning construction that does not include any associated building construction shall expire 2 years after the approval date indicated on the approved plans if the building or building area affected by the plans is not ready for occupancy within those 2 years.

(e) Fire protection systems only. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for a fire protection system that does not include any associated building construction shall expire 2 years after the approval date indicated on the approved plans if the building or building area affected by the plans is not ready for occupancy within those 2 years.

(f) Mausoleums. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for mausoleums within the scope of s. 440.92 (2) (e), Stats., shall expire 3 years after the date indicated on the approved building plans of the building shell if not closed within those 3 years.

(g) Bleachers and canopies. Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative for bleachers or free-standing canopies shall expire 2 years after the approval date on the approved plans of the structure.

(2) Extension of plan approval. Upon request and payment of the fee specified in ch. SPS 302, the expiration dates in sub. (1) (b) to (g) may be extended provided the request is submitted prior to expiration of the original approval.

Note: According to s. 66.0413, Stats., the local governmental body or building inspector may order the razing of buildings or portions thereof, where there has been a cessation of normal construction for more than 2 years.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., cr. (2) (b), Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1) (f), cr. (1) (g), am. (2) (a), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1), r. and recr. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.37 Department limitation {#sec-sps-361.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.37}

A conditional approval of a plan by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility on the part of the department for the design or construction of the project.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.39 Registration of cross connection control assemblies {#sec-sps-361.39 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.39}

Cross connection control assemblies to be installed in water-based fire protection systems shall be registered with the department in accordance with ch. SPS 382.

History

  • CR 02-002: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-016: am. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Supervision and Inspections

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.40 Supervision {#sec-sps-361.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.40}

(1) General.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the proposed construction of a project within the scope of chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall be supervised by one or more Wisconsin registered architects or engineers, except that Wisconsin registered designers may supervise the installation of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, fire protection systems, and illumination systems. The person responsible for supervision shall also be responsible for the construction and installation being in substantial compliance with the approved plans and specifications. If the supervising architect, engineer, or designer is confronted with a nonconformance with the code during or at the end of construction, that party, together with the designing architect, engineer, or designer shall effect compliance or shall notify the department of the noncompliance.

(b)

  1. A project does not require supervision by a Wisconsin registered architect or engineer, if the project qualifies under one of the following conditions:

a. The building contains less than 50,000 cubic feet total volume.

b. An addition to an existing building does not cause the entire building to contain or exceed a volume of 50,000 cubic feet.

  1. For the purposes of this paragraph, the utilization of fire walls to divide up a building does not create separate buildings.

(2) Duties. Supervision of construction is a professional service, as distinguished from superintending of construction by a contractor, and means the performance, or the supervision thereof, of reasonable on-the-site observations to determine that the construction is in substantial compliance with the approved plans and specifications.

(3) Name of supervising architect, engineer or designer.

(a) Prior to the start of construction, the owner of the building or structure shall designate in writing to the authority that issued plan approval the name and Wisconsin registration number of the architect, engineer or designer retained to supervise construction of the building or structure.

(b) If the supervising architect, engineer, or designer withdraws from a construction project, the owner of the building or structure shall retain a new supervising professional within 30 days of the date of the withdrawal and provide the authority that issued plan approval the name and Wisconsin registration number of the replacement supervising professional.

(4) Compliance statement. Prior to initial occupancy of a new building or addition, and prior to final occupancy of an alteration of an existing building, the supervising architect, engineer or designer shall file a written statement with the authority that issued plan approval certifying that, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, construction of the portion to be occupied has been performed in substantial compliance with the approved plans and specifications. This statement shall be provided on a form prescribed by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available at the Department’s website at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. (1) (b) 1. a. and b. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. from Comm 61.50 Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 10-103: am. (1) (a) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; CR 16-094: am. (1) (a), renum. (3) to (3) (a), cr. (3) (b), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.41 Inspections {#sec-sps-361.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.41}

(1) On-site.

(a) When required, on-site inspections shall be conducted within 5 business days following a request by the applicant or an authorized representative.

(b) Construction may proceed if the inspection has not been completed by the end of the fifth business day following the day of notification or as otherwise agreed between the applicant and the municipality or authorized inspection agency.

(c) On-site inspections shall be conducted by an authorized representative of the department to determine whether or not the construction or installations conform to the conditionally approved plans, the conditional approval letter, and chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: See s. 101.14, Stats., and ch. SPS 314 for requirements relating to fire inspections and fire prevention.

(2) In-plant.

(a) General. Manufacturers of manufactured buildings shall contract with the department or an independent inspection agency to conduct in-plant inspections to assure that the manufactured buildings are in compliance with the plans approved by the department. All inspections shall be performed by a certified commercial building inspector.

(b) Wisconsin insignia for manufactured buildings. Pursuant to s. 101.75, Stats., a Wisconsin insignia shall be installed on a manufactured dwelling unit approved by the department and inspected at the manufacturing plant. Each Wisconsin insignia shall be assigned and affixed to a specific manufactured multifamily dwelling, in the manner approved by the department, before the dwelling is shipped from the manufacturing plant. The serial number shall be located on the manufacturer’s data plate.

(c) Manufacturer’s responsibilities.

  1. ‘Insignia records.’ The manufacturer shall keep permanent records regarding the handling of all Wisconsin insignias indicating the number of Wisconsin insignias which have been affixed to manufactured buildings, building components, or groups of components; which Wisconsin insignias have been applied to which manufactured building or building component; and the disposition of any damaged or rejected Wisconsin insignias. The records shall be maintained by the manufacturer or by the independent inspection agency for at least 10 years. A copy of the records shall be sent to the department upon request.

  2. ‘Lost or damaged insignia.’

a. If Wisconsin insignias become lost or damaged, the department shall be notified immediately in writing by the manufacturer or dealer.

b. If a Wisconsin insignia becomes damaged, the insignia shall be returned to the department with the fee specified in ch. SPS 302 to obtain a new insignia.

(d) Insignia suspension and revocation.

  1. The department may suspend or revoke its approval if it determines that the standards for the construction or manufacture and installation of a manufactured building do not meet chs. SPS 361 to 366, or if such standards are not being enforced as required by this chapter.

  2. Upon suspension or revocation of the approval, no further insignias may be attached to any manufactured building or type of manufactured building with respect to which the approval was suspended or revoked.

  3. Upon suspension or revocation of the approval, all insignias allocated to the manufacturer shall be returned to the department no later than 30 days from the effective date of the suspension or revocation.

(3) Mausoleum. Within 30 days after receiving written notice from a cemetery authority that the construction or conversion of a mausoleum has been completed, the department or authorized representative shall inspect the mausoleum and provide written notification of violations. Except as provided in s. 157.12 (2) (b), Stats., mausoleum spaces may not be sold prior to approval by the department or its authorized representative.

Note: Sale of mausoleum spaces is permitted prior to departmental approval in accordance with other requirements of the Department.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: renum. (2) (e) to be (3) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. from Comm 61.51 Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; correction in (2) (c) 2. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: renum. (1) to (1) (c) and am., cr. (1) (a), (b), am. (2) (d) 1., (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.

Subchapter V Approval and Inspection of Modular Commercial Building Elements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.45 Modular commercial building elements scope {#sec-sps-361.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.45}

This subchapter shall govern the design, manufacture, installation, and inspection of modular commercial building elements displaying the Wisconsin insignia.

Note: “Modular commercial building element” is defined in SPS 361.01 (13w)

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.46 Manufacture, sale, and installation of modular commercial building elements {#sec-sps-361.46 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.46}

(1) Manufacture and sale. No modular commercial building element subject to this subchapter may be manufactured for use, sold for initial use or installed in this state unless it is approved by the department and it bears the Wisconsin insignia issued in accordance with s. SPS 361.47 (6).

(2) Compliance assurance program. A manufacturer of modular commercial building elements shall establish a compliance assurance program to ensure that materials, production, and site operations conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366 and approved construction documents. The compliance assurance program shall be independent from the production of the unit. The compliance assurance program shall include all of the following:

(a) Inspection and testing procedures that include inspection and testing frequency, processes, and criteria for accepting and rejecting materials and products.

(b) A flow chart, plant layout, or other schematic plan or document illustrating and describing the process for manufacturing modular commercial building elements, including locations and check points where mandatory inspections will occur.

(c) Procedures for protecting materials, supplies, and other items used in the production process from damage and deterioration.

(d) Procedures for segregating and disposing of rejected materials and products, including a record documenting the authority to reject defective work without conflict from the production department.

(e) Procedures for calibrating, testing, and inspecting equipment used in the production process.

(f) Procedures for final inspection, identification, and labeling of finished modular commercial building elements, including a system for issuing and maintaining records of serial numbers on units and components.

(g) Procedures for handling, storing, and protecting all finished modular commercial building elements at the manufacturing plant or other storage facility.

(h) Procedures and methods for storing and maintaining access to manufacturing records.

(i) An audit, monitoring, or similar evaluation system to assess the effectiveness of the compliance assurance program and the manufacturing process.

(3) Installation. The manufacturer shall obtain building plan review and approval, in accordance with this subchapter, for any modular commercial building element before any on-site construction within the scope of chs. SPS 361 to 366 is commenced.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (title), (1), (2) (intro.), (b), (f), (g), (3) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.47 Approval procedures {#sec-sps-361.47 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.47}

(1) Application for approval.

(a) An application for approval of any modular commercial building element shall be submitted to the department on a form required by the department, along with the appropriate fees in accordance with s. SPS 302.34 (5).

Note: An application form is available from the department’s Division of Industry Services website at dsps.wi.gov.

(b) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval of a modular commercial building element within 30 days.

(2) Approval of plans and specifications for modular commercial building elements.

(a) Approval of building systems. A complete set of building, structural, and HVAC plans, including elevations, sections, details, specifications, and calculations shall be submitted to the department on behalf of the manufacturer for examination and approval.

Note: Plumbing plans submission criteria can be found in ch. SPS 384.

(b) Approval of building components. A complete set of plans and specifications for manufactured building components shall be submitted to the department on behalf of the manufacturer for examination and approval.

(3) Notification of approval or denial of plans and specifications.

(a) Conditional approval.

  1. ‘Department review.’ If the department determines that the plans, specifications, and application for approval submitted for a modular commercial building element substantially conform to the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366, the department shall issue a conditional approval. A conditional approval issued by the department may not constitute an assumption of any liability for the design or construction of the manufactured building.

  2. ‘Written notice.’ A conditional approval under subd. 1. shall be in writing and sent to the manufacturer and the person submitting the application for approval. Any noncompliance specified in the conditional approval shall be corrected before the manufacture, sale, or installation of the dwelling, building system, or component.

  3. ‘Stamping of plans, specifications, and compliance assurance program.’ Plans, specifications, and compliance assurance programs that are conditionally approved under subd. 1. shall be stamped “conditionally approved ” and shall be returned to the person designated on the application for approval. A copy shall be retained by the department.

(b) Denial.

  1. ‘Department review.’ If the department determines that the plans, specifications, or the application for approval do not substantially conform to the provisions of this subchapter and chs. SPS 361 to 366, the application for approval shall be denied.

  2. ‘Written notice.’ A denial under subd. 1. shall be in writing and sent to the manufacturer and the person submitting the application for approval. The notice shall state the reasons for denial.

  3. ‘Stamping of plans, specifications, and compliance assurance program.’ Plans, specifications, and compliance assurance programs for which approval is denied under subd. 1. shall be stamped “denied” and shall be returned to the person submitting the application for approval. A copy shall be retained by the department.

(4) Evidence of approval. At each manufacturing plant where a modular multifamily building system or building system component is manufactured, the manufacturer shall keep one set of plans and specifications bearing the stamp of conditional approval. The conditionally approved plans and specifications shall be available for inspection by an authorized representative of the department during normal working hours.

(5) Inspections. Manufacturers shall contract with an independent inspection agency to conduct in-plant inspections to assure that the manufactured modular commercial building elements are in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by the department and that the manufacturer has established a compliance assurance program, as required under s. SPS 361.46 (2). All inspections, for the purpose of administering and enforcing chs. SPS 361 to 366, shall be performed by a Wisconsin certified commercial building inspector.

Note: Plumbing installation inspection criteria can be found in ch. SPS 382.

(6) Wisconsin insignia.

(a) Insignia process. Upon departmental approval of the plans and satisfactory in-plant inspections of the modular commercial building element, a Wisconsin insignia shall be purchased from the department in accordance with the fee established in s. SPS 302.34 (6). A manufacturer shall display a Wisconsin insignia on any approved modular commercial building element.

(b) Lost or damaged insignia.

  1. ‘Notification.’ If a Wisconsin insignia becomes lost or damaged, the manufacturer or dealer shall immediately notify the department in writing.

  2. ‘Return of damaged insignias.’ If a Wisconsin insignia becomes damaged, the purchaser shall return the insignia to the department with the appropriate fee to obtain a new insignia.

(c) Affixing Wisconsin insignias. Each Wisconsin insignia shall be assigned and affixed to a specific manufactured modular commercial building element that is specified by the department before the dwelling is shipped from the manufacturing plant.

(d) Insignia records.

  1. ‘Manufacturer’s insignia records.’ The manufacturer shall keep permanent records regarding the handling of all Wisconsin insignias, including construction compliance certificates, indicating the number of Wisconsin insignias that have been affixed to a modular commercial building element; which Wisconsin insignias have been applied to which manufactured modular commercial building element; the disposition of any damaged or rejected Wisconsin insignias; and the location and custody of all unused Wisconsin insignias. The manufacturer or the independent inspection agency shall maintain the records for at least 10 years. The manufacturer shall send a copy of the records to the department upon request.

  2. ‘Construction compliance certificate.’ Within 30 days after receiving the original Wisconsin insignias from the department, and at the end of each month thereafter, the manufacturer shall submit a construction compliance certificate, on a form designated by the department, for each manufactured dwelling intended for sale, use, or installation in the state.

Note: A construction compliance certificate form is available from the department’s Division of Industry Services website at dsps.wi.gov.

(e) Unit identification. Each modular commercial building element shall be assigned a serial number.

(f) Right to Install. Modular commercial building elements that bear the Wisconsin insignia may be manufactured, offered for sale, and installed anywhere in Wisconsin where the installation site complies with the other provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1), (2), (3) (a) 1., 3., (b) 3., (5), (6) (a), (c), (d) 1., (e), (f) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.48 Suspension and revocation of approval {#sec-sps-361.48 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.48}

The department shall suspend or revoke its approval of a modular commercial building element if it determines that the standards for construction or the manufacture and installation of a modular commercial building element do not meet the standards established under chs. SPS 361 to 366 or that those standards are not being enforced as required by chs. SPS 361 to 366. The procedure for suspension and revocation of approval shall be as follows:

(1) Filing of complaint. Proceedings to suspend or revoke an approval may be initiated by the department or an independent inspection agency or Wisconsin commercial building certified inspector having a contract with the manufacturer whose approval is sought to be suspended or revoked. Initiation shall be by a signed, written complaint filed with the department. Any alleged violation of the code shall be set forth in the complaint with particular reference to the time, place, and circumstance of the alleged violation.

(2) Investigation and notification. The department may investigate alleged violations on its own initiative or upon the filing of a complaint. If the department determines that no further action is warranted, it shall notify the complainant and the respondent, and the municipality, if applicable. If the department determines that there is probable cause, it shall order a hearing and notify the complainant and the respondent, and the municipality, if applicable.

(3) Mailing. Unless otherwise provided by law, all orders, notices, and other papers shall be served by the department by certified mail to the persons affected at their last known address. If the service is refused, service may be made by sheriff without amendment of the original order, notice, or other paper.

(4) Response. Upon receipt of notification of hearing from the department, the person charged with noncompliance or nonenforcement may submit to the department a written response within 30 days of the date of service. If the person charged files a timely written response, such person shall thereafter be referred to as the respondent.

(5) Conciliation agreement prior to hearing. If the department and the respondent are able to reach agreement on the disposition of a complaint prior to a hearing, such agreement shall be transmitted in writing to the secretary. Until the agreement has been accepted by the secretary, it is not considered a waiver of any defense, nor is it considered an admission of any fact, and is not binding upon any party until signed by all parties.

(6) Hearings.

(a) Subpoenas; witness fees. The department or the clerk of any court of record shall sign and issue subpoenas. The respondent shall pay the witness fees and mileage of the witnesses subpoenaed on behalf of the department at the rate prescribed for witnesses in circuit court.

(b) Conduct of hearings. All hearings shall be conducted in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats.

(7) Findings. The department shall make findings and enter its order in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats. The findings and order shall be in writing and shall be binding unless appealed.

(8) Appeal arguments. Appeal arguments shall be submitted to the department in writing in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats., unless otherwise ordered. The department shall review and make a determination on an appeal of notification of suspension or revocation of approval in accordance with s. 101.02, Stats.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (intro.) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.485 Effect of suspension and revocation {#sec-sps-361.485 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.485}

(1) Bearing of insignia. Upon suspension or revocation by the department of the approval of any manufactured modular commercial building element, the manufacturer may not attach a Wisconsin insignia to any modular commercial building element manufactured for which the approval was suspended or revoked. Upon the expiration date of the suspension or revocation, the manufacturer may resume the attachment of insignias to the modular commercial building element manufactured after the date approval is reinstated. If any modular commercial building element was manufactured during the period of suspension or revocation, the manufacturer may not attach the Wisconsin insignia unless the department has inspected, or caused to be inspected, the manufactured modular commercial building element and is satisfied that all requirements for certification have been met.

(2) Return of insignias. The manufacturer shall return to the department all insignias allocated for a manufactured modular commercial building element no later than 30 days from the effective date of any suspension or revocation of the approval by the department. The manufacturer shall also return to the department all insignias that it determines are no longer needed.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Subchapter VI Product and Standard Review and Approval

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.50 Building product approvals {#sec-sps-361.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.50}

(1) Voluntary approval.

(a) Materials, equipment, and products regulated under chs. SPS 361 to 366 may receive a written approval from the department indicating code compliance.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment, and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests, and other evidence that prove the material, equipment, or product is in compliance with the standards specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(2) Alternate approval.

(a) Materials, equipment, and products that meet the intent of chs. SPS 361 to 366 and which are not approved under sub. (1) shall be permitted if approved in writing by the department.

(b)

  1. Approval of materials, equipment, and products shall be based on sufficient data, tests, and other evidence that prove the material, equipment, or product meets the intent of the standards specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. Tests, compilation of data, and calculations shall be conducted by a qualified independent third party.

(3) Experimental approval.

(a) The department may allow use of an experimental material, equipment, or product for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) The department may require the submission of any information deemed necessary for review.

(c) The department may limit the number of applications it will accept for approval of experimental materials, equipment or products.

(d) Installations of a material, equipment or product under an experimental approval shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Plans detailing the installation for each project where the experimental material, equipment or product is to be used shall be submitted to the department in accordance with s. SPS 361.31.

  2. A copy of the experimental approval shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans.

a. A letter of consent from the owner of the project shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans.

b. The letter shall acknowledge that the owner has received and read a copy of the experimental approval and is in compliance with all conditions of the approval.

  1. If a supervising professional is not required for the project by s. SPS 361.40, a person responsible for construction of the project shall be designated in writing by the owner.

  2. The supervising professional or person designated as responsible for the construction of the project shall, upon completion of construction, certify in writing to the department that the installation is in compliance with the experimental approval, approved plans, specifications and data.

(e)

  1. Any onsite inspections shall be performed by the department, or other person approved by the department, at time intervals as specified by the department, but not less than once a year. An inspection report shall be written.

  2. The department may assess a fee for each inspection.

(f) Five years and 6 months after the date of the completed installation, the department shall order the removal of the experimental material, equipment or product, or issue an approval for the material, equipment or product.

(g) Paragraphs (e) and (f) do not apply to an experimental system if chs. SPS 361 to 366 are revised to include or enable the experimental system to conform to the intent of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(4) Review, approval and revocation processes.

(a)

  1. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for a material, equipment or product.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval after receipt of all forms, fees, plans and information required to complete the review.

  3. For voluntary and alternate approvals, a determination shall be made within 40 business days of receipt of all required materials.

  4. For an experimental approval, the determination shall be made within 6 months of receipt of all required materials.

(b)

  1. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval.

  2. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(c) If the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with chs. SPS 361 to 366 or the intent of chs. SPS 361 to 366, or that an experimental approval will not be issued, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(d) If an approved material, equipment or product is modified, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the material, equipment or product is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(e)

  1. The department may revoke or deny an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of relevant facts or data, unacceptability of a third party that provided any information on which the approval was based, or as a result of material, equipment or product failure.

  2. The department may reexamine an approved material, equipment or product and issue a revised approval at any time.

(f) The department may revoke an approval if the department determines that the material, equipment, or product does not comply with chs. SPS 361 to 366 or the intent of chs. SPS 361 to 366 due to a change in the code or department interpretation of the code.

(g) An approval issued by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of the approved material, equipment or product nor for any damages that may result.

(h) Fees for the review of a material, equipment or product under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(5) Ungraded or used products.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., ungraded or used building products may be used or reused as long as the materials possess the essential properties necessary to achieve the level of performance required by chs. SPS 361 to 366 for the intended use.

  2. Ungraded or used products may not be utilized, if specifically prohibited under a specific referenced standard.

(b) The department or the municipality enforcing chs. SPS 361 to 366 may require tests in accordance with sub. (1) or (2). Approval for use of ungraded or used materials may be issued under this section or may be issued for a specific project under s. SPS 361.31.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. from Comm 61.60 and am. (3) (d) 4. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; correction in (3) (d) 1., 4., (4) (h), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1) (a), (b) 1., (2) (a), (b) 1., (3) (a), (g), (4) (b) 2., (c), (f), (5) (a) 1., (b), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.51 Alternate standards and model building codes {#sec-sps-361.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.51}

(1) Alternate standards or model building codes that are equivalent to or more stringent than the standards or model building codes referenced in chs. SPS 361 to 366 may be used in lieu of the referenced standards or model building codes when approved by the department or if written approval is issued by the department in accordance with sub. (2), or as allowed for alternate model building codes under sub. (8).

(2)

(a) Except as provided in sub. (8), the department may issue an approval for the use of the alternate standard or model building code upon written request and receipt of a fee in accordance with s. SPS 302.31.

(b) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 40 business days of receipt of all forms, fees and documents required to complete the review.

(3) Determination of approval shall be based on an analysis of the alternate standard and the standard or model building code referenced in chs. SPS 361 to 366, prepared by a qualified independent third party or the organization that published the standard or model building code contained in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(4) The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(5) If the department determines that the alternate standard is not equivalent to or more stringent than the referenced standard, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(6) The department may revoke an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts on which the approval was based.

(7) The department may reexamine an approved alternate standard and issue a revised approval at any time.

(8)

(a) An owner or a design professional may use a more recent edition of a model building code adopted in s. SPS 361.05 in lieu of the referenced model building code if all of the following apply:

  1. The title and edition of the alternate model building code is identified in plan documents as required under s. SPS 361.31 (2) (e) 3.

  2. The model building code is used in its entirety, including any standards referenced in the more recent edition.

(b) A plan that includes the use of an alternate model building code submitted for plan review under this subsection shall be subject to fees set under s. SPS 302.51 for a new approval for an alternate standard but is exempt from the petition for variance requirements under s. SPS 361.22.

(c) Nothing in this subsection shall be interpreted to allow a municipality, county, or the department to require or otherwise compel an owner or design professional to use a more recent edition of a model building code than the edition adopted under s. SPS 361.05, nor shall this subsection be interpreted to authorize a municipality or county to adopt a more recent edition of a model building code than the model building code adopted under s. SPS 361.05.

Note: Nothing in this subsection is intended to prohibit a municipality from contracting with a third-party inspection agency to perform plan review for plans submitted using alternate model building codes.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; reprinted to correct omission of (5) Register November 2002 No. 563; CR 04-016: renum. from Comm 61.61 Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 16-094: am. (title), (1), (2) (a), (3), (4), cr. (8) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (8) (b) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Subchapter VII First Class City and Certified Municipality Approvals

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 361.60 Certified municipalities and counties {#sec-sps-361.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 361.60}

(1) General. This section establishes the manner under which cities, villages, towns and counties may examine building plans and inspect buildings under s. 101.12 (3) (a), (am), (b) and (g), Stats.

(2) Conditions of participation.

(a) Before assuming the responsibilities of examining building plans and providing inspection services, cities, villages, towns and counties shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Notify the department, in writing, at least 30 days prior to the date upon which the municipality or county intends to assume the plan examination and building inspection responsibilities.

  2. Employ certified commercial building inspectors to perform the plan examination and building inspection functions.

  3. Adopt chs. SPS 361 to 366 in their entirety by ordinance.

  4. Forward to the department a copy of the ordinance adopting chs. SPS 361 to 366 and any subsequent revisions to that ordinance.

  5. Forward to the department any information requested by the department relative to the qualifications and ability to perform examination of plans and inspection of buildings.

  6. Receive from the department certification to perform plan examination and building inspection.

(b) While certified, a municipality or county shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Employ certified commercial building inspectors to perform the plan examination and building inspection functions.

  2. Forward to the department any information requested by the department relative to examination of plans and inspection of buildings.

  3. Forward to the department any revisions to the ordinance adopting chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  4. Notify the department, in writing, at least 30 days prior to the date upon which the municipality or county intends to relinquish the plan examination and building inspection responsibilities.

(c) Second class cities intending to perform the expanded plan examination and inspection specified in sub. (5) (b) shall comply with pars. (a) 1. to 6. and (b) 3. and 4., sub. (7) (b), and all of the following:

  1. Employ at least one person who complies with all of the following:

a. Is registered under ch. 443, Stats., as an architect or professional engineer.

b. Is a certified commercial building inspector.

c. Performs or directly supervises the plan examinations specified in sub. (5) (b).

  1. Provide a report at least quarterly to the department of all projects completed under this subsection, in an electronic-based format prescribed by the department.

(d)

  1. To assume the building inspection responsibility but not the plan examination responsibility for the buildings and structures specified in sub. (5) (c), a municipality or county shall comply with pars. (a) 1. to 6. and (b) 3. and 4., except the plan examination requirements do not apply, and the department may delegate the inspection authority in a written manner other than a certification.

  2. To assume the building inspection responsibility but not the plan examination responsibility for the buildings and structures that exceed the limits specified in sub. (5) (c), a municipality or county shall comply with subd.1. and all of the following:

a. Obtain authorization for these inspections from the department.

b. Use an inspection process that is based on the inspection process used by the department.

c. Retain inspection records in a manner that is accessible to the department.

d. Forward to the department any information requested by the department relative to the inspection of buildings.

  1. A municipality or county may waive its jurisdiction for the inspection of a specific project, in which case the department shall conduct the inspection.

(e) The department shall review and make a determination on a notification received under par. (a) 1. within 20 business days of that receipt.

(f) The department may revoke the certification or delegation of authority for any municipality or county where the plan examiners or inspectors do not meet the standards specified by the department or where other requirements of this section are not met.

Note: For any certified municipality or county, the department may review the competency of plan examiners on a regular basis, and review the correspondence and inspection reports, to determine if uniformity in code application decisions is being maintained, and to determine if the standards specified by the department are being met. Regular meetings and correspondence may be maintained between a certified municipality or county and the department in order to discuss and resolve any problems.

(3) Jurisdiction.

(a) Departmental.

  1. Nothing in this section shall prevent the department from conducting its own investigations or inspections or issuing orders relative to the administration and enforcement of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. The department shall administer and enforce chs. SPS 361 to 366 in any municipality or county that has not assumed the responsibilities for plan examination and building inspection under sub. (2).

(b) County.

  1. Ordinances enacted by a county under sub. (2) establishing county plan examination and building inspection functions shall apply to all municipalities within that county which have not assumed those functions pursuant to sub. (2).

  2. Ordinances enacted by a county under sub. (2) establishing county plan examination and building inspection functions may not prevent or prohibit any municipality within that county from assuming those functions pursuant to sub. (2) at any time.

(4) Certification of inspectors. Inspectors employed by certified municipalities and counties to administer and enforce chs. SPS 361 to 366 under sub. (2) shall be certified by the department in accordance with ch. SPS 305 as certified commercial building inspectors.

(5) Plan examination.

(a) First class cities. Drawings, specifications and calculations for all the types of buildings and structures specified in s. SPS 361.30, except state-owned buildings and structures, to be constructed within the limits of a first class city shall be submitted to that city, if that city has assumed the responsibilities of plan examination and building inspection in accordance with sub. (2).

(b) Second class cities performing expanded plan examination. Drawings, specifications and calculations for all the types of buildings and structures specified in s. SPS 361.30, except state-owned buildings and structures, to be constructed within the limits of a second class city shall be submitted to either the department or to that city, if that city has assumed the responsibilities of examining those plans and inspecting those buildings and structures in accordance with sub. (2) (c). Second class cities performing these examinations are not subject to the plan examination limits specified in par. (c).

(c) Other municipalities and counties. Drawings, specifications and calculations for all the types of buildings and structures specified in s. SPS 361.30, except state-owned buildings and structures, to be constructed within the limits of a municipality or county that is not included in pars. (a) and (b) shall be submitted to either the department or to that municipality or county if the municipality or county has assumed the responsibilities of plan examination and building inspection in accordance with sub. (2) and if the plans are for any of the following:

  1. A new building or structure containing less than 50,000 cubic feet of total volume.

a. An addition to a building or structure where the area of the addition results in the entire building or structure containing less than 50,000 cubic feet of total volume.

b. An addition containing no more than 2,500 square feet of total floor area and no more than one floor level, provided the largest roof span does not exceed 18 feet and the exterior wall height does not exceed 12 feet.

  1. An alteration to a space involving less than 100,000 cubic feet of volume.

Note: CR 16-094 amended subd. 3 to conform to s. 101.12 (3) (b), Stats. However, the statute was amended by 2017 Wis. Act 198. The Department will enforce s. 101.12 (3) (b), Stats., and not the language contained in subd. 3.

(d) Project waiver.

  1. A certified municipality or county may waive its jurisdiction for the plan review of a specific project or types of projects, or components thereof, in which case plans and specifications shall be submitted to the department for review and approval.

  2. The department may waive its jurisdiction for the plan review of a specific project, where agreed to by a certified municipality or county, in which case plans and specifications shall be submitted to the certified municipality or county for review and approval.

(e) Plan submission procedures.

a. A building permit application shall be included with the plan submitted to the municipality or county having jurisdiction for examination.

b. Plans for a building or structure that exceeds the limits specified in par. (c) which are submitted either to a second class city under par. (b) or to an appointed agent under s. 101.12 (3g), Stats., shall include the department’s plan approval application form specified in s. SPS 361.31, unless a municipally supplied form is submitted.

  1. At least 2 sets of complete building plans and one copy of specifications shall be submitted to the municipality or county having jurisdiction for examination.

a. Building plans submitted to a municipality or county for examination shall include the information specified in subd. 3. b. and s. SPS 361.31.

b. Plans that are submitted to a municipality under par. (c) by use of the volumes specified in par. (c) 1. to 3. shall include calculations showing the total volume.

  1. After plans and specifications for a project have been submitted to a municipality or county under this section, or to a department office, any subsequent submittal for the purpose of complying with chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall be submitted to that same office, except as provided in subds. 6. to 9.

  2. Except as provided in subds. 6. to 9., plans and specifications for all components of a project, including but not limited to trusses, precast concrete, laminated wood, or heating, ventilating and air conditioning, shall be submitted to the same office.

  3. For an individual building in a multiple-building complex, the submitter may choose whether to submit plans and specifications to a municipality or county having jurisdiction for examination, or to any of the department’s offices, even if a previous building in the complex had been reviewed by another office. A subsequent reviewing office may request of the other office complete copies of all pertinent data, including but not limited to petitions, application forms, preliminaries, staff notes and comments. The applicant may be charged a fee to offset the costs of providing these copies. If plans for some of the buildings are submitted to the department and some are submitted to the municipality or county, and then plans for the building components are submitted for all the buildings, the component submitter shall split the submission and submit the plans to the applicable offices.

  4. For multiple-tenant or -owner buildings, including but not limited to shopping centers or office buildings, the plans and specifications for the initial tenant or owner in each space, and the alteration plans and specifications for changing a previously approved space may be submitted either to the municipality or county or to a department office, provided the requirements in s. SPS 361.31 (2) (d) are met.

  5. Decisions as to whether plans and specifications for building additions may be submitted to offices other than where the previous approvals occurred shall be handled between the municipality or county, department and submitter on a case-by-case basis. These submittals shall comply with s. SPS 361.31 (2) (e).

  6. Departmental review of plans and specifications under this subsection does not satisfy any need for municipal review of these plans and specifications for conformance with local requirements adopted under s. SPS 361.03 (4) that are in addition to or more stringent than chs. SPS 361 to 366, and 375 to 379.

(f) Plan approval.

  1. If the municipality or county having jurisdiction determines that the plans submitted substantially conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366 and other ordinances and regulations, an approval shall be issued in accordance with all of the following:

a. The plans shall be stamped “CONDITIONALLY APPROVED,” signed and dated by a certified commercial building inspector.

b. One set of the conditionally approved plans, and all calculations and correspondence shall be retained in their original form or as readable microfilm- or electronic-based copies for at least 4 years by the municipality or county, and all other approved plans shall be returned to the submitter or their representative.

c. A notice of conditional approval shall be provided, in writing, to the submitter and the building owner stating all conditions of approval. A copy of the notice shall be provided to the department of health services for health care facilities, and to the department of corrections for jails and places of detention.

  1. All non-code-complying and other conditions stated in the conditional approval notice shall be corrected or met before or during construction, and before occupancy of the building.

(g) Denial of plan approval. If the municipality or county determines that the plans submitted do not substantially conform to chs. SPS 361 to 366 or other legal ordinances and regulations, a denial for plan approval shall be issued in accordance with all of the following:

  1. The plans shall be stamped “NOT APPROVED,” signed and dated by a certified commercial building inspector.

  2. One set of the not-approved plans shall be retained by the municipality or county and all other plans shall be returned to the submitter or their representative.

  3. A notice of the not-approved plans shall be provided in writing, to the submitter and the building owner stating the reasons for the denial.

(h) Liability. A conditional approval of a plan by a municipality or county may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility on the part of the municipality, the certified commercial building inspector or the department for the design or construction of the building.

(6) Inspection. Inspections shall be conducted by a municipality or county to ascertain whether or not the construction or installation of buildings and structures conforms to the conditionally approved plans, the notice of conditional approval, and chs. SPS 361 to 366 in accordance with all of following:

(a) All inspections for the purpose of administration and enforcement of chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall be performed by a certified commercial building inspector.

(b) A written report of each inspection shall be prepared. The report shall include the name of the certified commercial building inspector.

(c) A copy of each inspection report shall be furnished to the owner and plan submitter.

(d) A copy of each inspection report shall be permanently maintained in the municipal files or county files.

(e) The inspection report shall indicate all items of non-compliance noted during the inspection.

(f) If non-complying items are not corrected, orders to correct shall be issued in accordance with local ordinances.

Note: Certified municipalities are authorized to perform the inspections specified in s. SPS 361.41.

(7) Fees.

(a) Municipalities and counties having jurisdiction of plan examination and building inspection may set by ordinance the fees for plan examination and building inspection services.

(b) A second class city that is certified to perform the expanded plan examination specified in sub. (5) (b) shall submit to the department the fees specified in s. SPS 302.31 (1) (g).

Note: A list of municipalities and counties providing plan examination and building inspection under this section is available at the Department’s website at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services programs.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. from Comm 61.70 and am. (5) (e) 1. b. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (2) (a) 2. to 4., renum. (2) (a) 5. to 7. to be 2. to 4., Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; corrections in (2) (c) (intro.) and (d) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; correction in (5) (f) 1. c. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2009 No. 645; CR 09-104: renum. (2) (a) 3., 4., (b) 3. to be (2) (a) 5., 6., (b) 4. and am., cr. (2) (a) 3., 4., (b) 3., (e), am. (2) (c) (intro.), (d) 1., renum. (2) (e) to be (2) (f) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (4), (5) (a), (b), (c) (intro.), (e) 1. b., 3. a., 7., 8., 9., (7) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (5) (e) 1. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2017 No. 740; CR 16-094: am. (2) (a) 3., 4., (2) (b) 3., (c) 2., (3) (a), (4), (5) (c) 3., (e) 4., (f) 1. (intro.), (g) (intro.), (6) (intro.), (a), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; 2017 Wis. Act 198: am. (5) (e) 1. b. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (5) (c) 3. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Chapter SPS 362 BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0100 Administration {#sec-sps-362.0100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0100}

The requirements in IBC chapter 1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: The sections in this chapter are generally numbered to correspond with the section numbering in the IBC, e.g., s. SPS 362.0202 corresponds to IBC section 202.

Note: As used throughout chs. SPS 361 to 366, “not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366” is intended to convey that the referenced requirements are not incorporated, and therefore cannot be enforced through chs. SPS 361 to 366. However, local ordinances may include the referenced requirements, as specified in s. SPS 361.03.

Note: IBC section 101.2 addresses the scope of the IBC. For the scope of the Wisconsin Commercial Building Code, see s. SPS 361.02. Three or more attached townhouses, as referenced in an exception under IBC section 101.2, are included within the scope listed in s. SPS 361.02. Detached one- and two-family dwellings, as likewise referenced in an exception under IBC section 101.2, and elsewhere in the IBC, are not included within the scope listed in s. SPS 361.02, but are regulated in Wisconsin by chs. SPS 320 to 325, in accordance with subch. II of ch. 101, Stats.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: renum. (1) and (2) to be Comm 62.0100 and Comm 62.0115 Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0202 Definitions {#sec-sps-362.0202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0202}

(1) Additions. These are department definitions for this chapter in addition to the definitions in IBC section 202:

(ag) “Fuel-burning appliance” means a device that is installed in a building and burns fossil-fuel or carbon-based fuel when carbon dioxide is a combustion by-product, including ranges, ovens, grills, clothes dryers, furnaces, boilers, water heaters, heaters, fireplaces, and stoves.

(ar) “High-piled combustible storage” means storage of combustible materials in closely packed piles or on pallets, racks, or shelves where the top of storage is greater than 12 feet in height. When required by the fire code official, high-piled combustible storage also includes certain high-hazard commodities, such as rubber tires, Group A plastics, flammable liquids, idle pallets, and similar commodities, where the top of storage is greater than 6 feet in height.

(b) “Neutral plane for a deep foundation” means the level at which drag load, accumulated from the top down, added to the long-term static service load, equals the upward acting shaft resistance accumulated from the bottom up, added to the deep foundation’s toe resistance.

(bm) “Sealed combustion appliance” means a listed appliance that acquires all air for combustion though a dedicated sealed passage from the outside to a sealed combustion chamber and all combustion products are vented to the outside through a separate dedicated sealed vent.

(c) “Self-service storage facility” has the meaning given in s.704.90 (1) (g), Stats.

(d) “Toilet room” means a room used for privately accessing sanitation fixtures.

(2) Substitutions. Substitute the following definitions for the corresponding definition in IBC section 202:

(a) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(b) “Automatic sprinkler system” or “automated fire sprinkler system” has the meaning given in s. 145.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 145.01 (2), Stats., reads as follows: “ ‘Automatic fire sprinkler system,’ for fire protection purposes, means an integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The system includes a suitable water supply, such as a gravity tank, fire pump, reservoir or pressure tank or connection beginning at the supply side of an approved gate valve located at or near the property line where the pipe or piping system provides water used exclusively for fire protection and related appurtenances and to standpipes connected to automatic sprinkler systems. The portion of the sprinkler system above ground is a network of specially sized or hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area, generally overhead, and to which sprinklers are connected in a systematic pattern. The system includes a controlling valve and a device for actuating an alarm when the system is in operation. The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire area.”

(c) “Commercial motor vehicle” has the meaning given in s. 340.01 (8) Stats., but does not include fire apparatus.

(d) “Fire area” means the aggregate floor area enclosed and bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior walls, or fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies of a building.

(e) “Fire separation distance” means the distance measured at right angles from the face of the building wall to one of the following:

  1. The closest interior lot line.

  2. A permanent no-build easement line.

  3. The centerline of a street, an alley, or a public way.

  4. An imaginary line between two buildings on the same property.

(g) “Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH)” means a concentration of air-borne contaminants that poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could prevent escape from such an environment. This contaminant concentration level is established by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health based on both toxicity and flammability. It generally is expressed in parts per million by volume, or milligrams per cubic meter.

(3) Deletions. The following terms and corresponding definitions in IBC section 202 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366: approved agency, approved fabricator, base flood, base flood elevation, certificate of compliance, design flood, design flood elevation, designated seismic system, dry floodproofing, fabricated item, label, lowest floor, manufacturer’s designation, mark, special flood hazard area, special inspection, sprayed fire-resistant materials, start of construction, and structural observation.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: renum. (1) (b) to be (2) (c) and renum. (1) (c) to (k) to be (1) (b) to (j) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (1) (a), renum. (1) (b) to (j) to be (1) (c) to (j) and Comm 61.04 (4), cr. (1) (b) and (3), r. and cr. (2) (b) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1) (intro.) and (3), renum. (1) (c), (d) and (e) to (j) to be Comm 61.04 (5), (6) and (8) to (13) and am. (5) and (8) to (11) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made in (2) (c) under. s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. (1), (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. (1) to (1) (intro.), (a) and am., cr. (1) (b), (c), renum. (2) to (2) (intro.), (a) and am., cr. (2) (b) to (i), am. (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) (h) made under s. 35.17, Stats; CR 23-007: renum. (1) (a) to (1) (ar), cr. (1) (d), r. and recr. (2) (c), renum. (2) (f) to (1) (ag), r. (2) (h), renum. (2) (i) to (1) (bm) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0306 Cheese factories classified as F-2 occupancy {#sec-sps-362.0306 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0306}

This is a department rule in addition to the examples in IBC section 306.3: Cheese factory.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0307 Pyrophoric materials {#sec-sps-362.0307 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0307}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 307.4: Note: See ch. SPS 314 for additional requirements for pyrophoric materials.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0308 Classification of institutions with 5 or fewer persons receiving medical care {#sec-sps-362.0308 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0308}

Substitute the following wording for IBC section 308.3.2: Five or fewer persons receiving medical care. A facility with 5 or fewer persons receiving medical care shall be classified as Group R-3.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0310 Use and occupancy classification {#sec-sps-362.0310 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0310}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 310: Note: See s. SPS 361.04 for definitions of dwelling unit and multifamily dwelling.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to be (2), cr. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (1), renum. (2) to be Comm 62.0310 Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0400 Special detailed requirements based on use and occupancy {#sec-sps-362.0400 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0400}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC chapter 4:

(1) Fireworks, black powder and explosive materials. Fireworks, black powder and explosive materials shall be stored and isolated in accordance with ch. SPS 314.

Note: Pursuant to s. 167.10 (6) (d), Stats., no wholesaler, dealer or jobber may store fireworks within 50 feet of a dwelling.

(2) Recycling space. An owner of a building shall provide a separate room or designated space within or adjacent to the building for the separation, temporary storage and collection of recyclable materials that are likely to be generated by the building occupants, under any of the following conditions:

(a) The construction of a new building.

Note: See Appendix for guidelines for recommended designated areas.

Note: The collection and temporary storage of recyclable materials that are flammable or combustible is regulated by ch. SPS 314. Storage of liquids that are flammable or combustible is regulated by ch. ATCP 93. Owners of buildings where these materials are stored should consult those chapters for isolation, removal, and storage standards.

(3) Lunchrooms. A space for eating lunches shall be provided in all places of employment where there is exposure to injurious dusts, toxic material and industrial poisons. Such space shall be physically separate from any location where there is exposure to toxic materials. Toilet rooms shall not be permitted to serve as lunchrooms.

(4) Community-based residential facilities. A newly constructed building or portion thereof that is a community-based residential facility serving 5 to 8 unrelated adults shall comply with chs. SPS 320 to 325 instead of all other requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(5) No-smoking signs. No-smoking signs shall include the international “No Smoking” symbol consisting of a pictorial burning cigarette enclosed in a red circle with a red bar across the cigarette.

(6) Live loads posted. Where the live loads for which each floor or portion thereof of a commercial or industrial building is or has been designed to exceed 100 pounds per square foot, such design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in that part of each story in which they apply, using durable signs. It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (4) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1), r. (2) (b) and (c) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 09-104: cr. (5) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 10-103: renum. (6) from Comm 62.1603 (5) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (4), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0401 Chapter ATCP 93 compliance {#sec-sps-362.0401 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0401}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 401.1: Note: See ch. ATCP 93 for additional requirements relating to motor fuel dispensing facilities and repair garages and to the storage, handling, processing and transporting of flammable, combustible and hazardous liquids.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0412 Aircraft storage {#sec-sps-362.0412 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0412}

(1) Substitute the following wording for exception 1 in IBC section 412.3.4: Heating equipment that is suspended at least 10 feet above the upper surface of wings or engine enclosures of the highest aircraft which may be housed in the hangar; or at least 8 feet above the floor in shops, offices, and other sections of the hangar communicating with storage or service areas.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exception, in IBC section 412.3.3: Floor surface. Floor surfaces shall be made of materials allowed by IBC section 406.2.4 and shall be graded and drained to meet the requirements of ch. SPS 382.

History

  • CR 04-016: cr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 16-094: renum. 362.0412 to 362.0412 (1) and am., cr. (2) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0415 Hazardous materials {#sec-sps-362.0415 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0415}

(1) Substitute the definition in s. SPS 362.0202 (2) (g) for the corresponding definition in IBC section 202 for use in IBC section 415: “Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH).”

(2) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 415: A magazine for detonators in quantities of 100 or less shall have sides, bottoms and doors constructed of not less than number 12-gauge metal and lined with a nonsparking material. Hinges and hasps shall be attached so they cannot be removed from the outside. One steel padlock, which need not be protected by a steel hood, having at least 5 tumblers and a case-hardened shackle of at least 3/8 inch diameter shall be provided for locking purposes.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (2) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am. (1) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0420 Separation walls {#sec-sps-362.0420 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0420}

A single tenant R occupancy that is under the scope of the Uniform Dwelling Code, chs. SPS 320 to 325, shall be separated from any commercial tenant by not less than one hour rated fire partitions in accordance with IBC section 708, one hour rated horizontal assemblies in accordance with IBC section 711, or both.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0423 Storm shelters {#sec-sps-362.0423 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0423}

The requirements in IBC sections 423.4 and 423.5 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0509 Incinerator rooms {#sec-sps-362.0509 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0509}

In IBC section 509, Table 509, “incinerator rooms” does not include a crematory as defined in SPS 361.04 (1r).

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0702 Definitions {#sec-sps-362.0702 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0702}

Substitute the definition in s. SPS 362.0202 (2) (e) for the corresponding definition listed in IBC section 202: “Fire separation distance.”

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 362.0702 (intro.) to 362.0702 and am., r. (1) to (4) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0706 Fire walls {#sec-sps-362.0706 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0706}

(1) Fire wall identification. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 706:

(a) Purpose. Pursuant to s. 101.135, Stats., the purpose of this subsection is to establish uniform standards for the identification of fire walls on the exterior of buildings.

(b) Sign requirements.

  1. ‘General.’ The sign shall consist of 3 circles arranged vertically on the exterior wall, marking the location of the fire wall and centered on the fire wall. The circles shall either be affixed directly to the surface of the building or may be placed on a background material that is affixed to the building.

  2. ‘Size of circle.’ Each circle shall be the same size. The diameter of the circle shall be at least 1 1/2 inches, but no greater than 2 inches.

  3. ‘Spacing.’ The circles shall be spaced an equal distance apart. The distance measured from the top of the uppermost circle to the bottom of the lowermost circle shall be no more than 12 inches.

  4. ‘Color.’ The color of the circle shall be red, amber (orange-yellow) or white (clear) and shall be reflective. The color of the circle shall contrast with the color of the background.

  5. ‘Content.’ The sign shall indicate the hourly rating of the fire wall.

(2) Horizontal continuity. This is a department alternative to the requirements in IBC section 706.5.1: The fire wall can be extended 4 feet in one direction.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 62.0705 and am. (intro.) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: r. (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. and recr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0717 Ducts and air-transfer openings {#sec-sps-362.0717 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0717}

(1) Smoke damper actuation. This is an additional method in addition to the methods listed in IBC section 717.3.3.2: Method 6: Where a single listed duct smoke detector is installed inside the duct or outside the duct with sampling tubes protruding into the duct in the supply air ductwork downstream of the air handling equipment, including air filters, and ahead of any branch ductwork and return air duct smoke detectors are installed inside the duct or outside the duct with sampling tubes protruding into the duct within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each return air smoke damper, all supply and return smoke dampers shall be closed when any of the duct smoke detectors in the supply or return air ducts are in alarm. Other than in mechanical smoke control systems, dampers shall be closed upon fan shutdown when local smoke detectors require a minimum velocity to operate.

(2) Duct smoke dampers. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 717.5.3: Smoke dampers are not required in ducts that are used in the exhaust portion of laboratory ventilating systems that are designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 45.

(3) Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. This is a department additional method to the methods listed in IBC section 717.6.3: Ducts contained within individual dwelling units may connect up to three stories without a fire-rated shaft. The annular space around the penetrating duct shall be protected with an approved noncombustible material that resists the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.

(4) Penetrations of shaft enclosures. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 717.5.3: Smoke dampers are not required in ducts that are used in the exhaust portion of laboratory ventilating systems which are designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 45.

(5) Smoke dampers in health care facilities. This is a department exception to the requirements in IMC section 717.5.5: Smoke dampers are not required in Group I-2 duct penetrations of smoke barriers in fully ducted HVAC systems.

History

  • CR 16-094: renum. (1) to (2) and am., cr. (1) Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: cr. (3) to (5) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (3) to (5) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0722 Calculated fire resistance {#sec-sps-362.0722 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0722}

(1) Nonsymmetrical assemblies. Substitute the following wording for the exception in each of IBC sections 722.2.1.4.3, 722.3.2.3 and 722.4.1.4: Exception: For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet, the fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only.

(2) Exterior walls. Substitute the following wording for IBC Section 722.6.2.3: For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet, the wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior membrane and the framing as described in IBC Tables 722.6.2 (1) and 722.6.2 (2). The membrane on the outside of the nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet may consist of sheathing, sheathing paper and siding as described in IBC Table 722.6.2 (3).

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 362.0721 to 362.0722 and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0901 Fire protection systems {#sec-sps-362.0901 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0901}

(1) Modifications. Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in IBC section 901.3: Note: Chapter SPS 314 has requirements relating to shutting down or impairing fire sprinkler systems. Chapter SPS 361 has requirements relating to availability of sprinkler documents and to submittal and approval of plans prior to altering, modifying, or removing sprinkler systems.

(2) Fire hose threads. These are department informational notes to be used under IBC section 901.4: Note: Section 213.15, Stats., regulates fire hose threads and fittings and reads as follows: “All fire hose fittings, apparatus fittings, 1.5 and 2.5 inches in diameter purchased or procured by a fire department or fire company shall be of the national standard hose thread as adopted by the national fire protection association. No fire department shall utilize hose and equipment not in conformance with the requirement that all threads shall be national standard hose thread as adopted by the national fire protection association. Any person offering for sale nonstandard hose couplings, fittings or apparatus fittings may be fined not less than $100 nor more than $500.”

Note: 2014 NFPA 1963 contains the specifications for national standard hose thread.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0903 Automatic fire sprinkler systems {#sec-sps-362.0903 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0903}

(1) Group a–1. Substitute the following wording for condition 3 in IBC section 903.2.1.1: The fire area containing the A-1 occupancy has no stories that include a level of exit discharge.

(2) Group a–2. Substitute the following wording for condition 3 in IBC section 903.2.1.2: The fire area containing the A-2 occupancy has no stories that include a level of exit discharge.

(3) Group a–3. Substitute the following wording for condition 3 in IBC section 903.2.1.3: The fire area containing the A-3 occupancy has no stories that include a level of exit discharge.

(4) Group e. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 903.2.3:

(a) An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:

  1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 12,000 square feet in area.

1m. Throughout any Group E fire area with an occupant load of 300 or more.

(5) Group r. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 903.2.8:

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) to (d), an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with IBC section 903.3 shall be provided throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area.

(b) An automatic sprinkler system installed in a multifamily dwelling may conform with sub. (10) provided the multifamily dwelling complies with all of the following:

  1. The multifamily dwelling does not contain more than 4 dwelling units.

Note: See s. 101.01 (8m), Stats., for the definition of “multifamily dwelling.”

Note: See s. 101.14 (4m), Stats., for requirements relating to automatic fire sprinkler systems for a multifamily dwelling.

  1. The multifamily dwelling is not more than 2 stories above grade plane in height.

  2. The multifamily dwelling is not served by either a community water system or a municipal water system as defined under s. NR 811.02.

Note: Under s. NR 811.02 “community water system means a public water system which serves at least 15 service connections used by year–round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year–round residents. Any water system serving 7 or more homes, 10 or more mobile homes, 10 or more apartment units or 10 or more condominium units shall be considered a community water system unless information is provided by the owners indicating that 25 year–round residents will not be served.”

Note: Under s. NR 811.02 “municipal water system means a community water system owned by a city, village, county, town, town sanitary district, utility district, public inland lake and rehabilitation district, municipal water district or a federal, state, county or municipal owned institution for congregate care or correction, or a privately owned water utility serving the foregoing.”

(c) Automatic sprinkler systems installed in Group R-3 and Group R-4, Condition 1 occupancies, and townhouses meeting the separation requirements listed in subds. 1. and 2. shall be permitted to be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D when all of the following apply:

  1. The townhouse does not exceed more than 3 stories above grade plane in height.

  2. Each dwelling unit within the townhouse is separated from other dwelling units by at least 1-hour fire-resistive-rated separation barriers constructed in accordance with the requirements of IBC section 707.

(d) Townhouses may be constructed without an automatic fire sprinkler system if all of the following conditions apply:

  1. The townhouse meets the definition in IBC chapter 2.

  2. The townhouse does not exceed more than 2 stories above grade plane in height.

  3. Each dwelling unit within the townhouse is separated from other dwelling units by at least 2-hour fire-resistive-rated separation walls constructed in accordance with the requirements of IBC section 706. The separation wall does not have to comply with the structural stability requirements of IBC section 706.2 and the horizontal continuity requirements of IBC section 706.5.

Note: Exceptions to sprinkler requirements found in s. 101.14 (4m), Stats., and this section apply only to s. SPS 362.0903 and IBC section 903 and do not affect other sections of chs. SPS 361 to 366 or the IBC.

(6) Student housing. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 903.2.8:

(a) Definition. In this paragraph, “private student residential building” has the meaning as given under s. 101.14 (4) (b) 1m., Stats.

Note: Section 101.14 (4) (b) 1m., Stats., reads: “In this paragraph, “private student residential building” means a privately owned and operated residential building that has a capacity of at least 100 occupants, that is occupied by persons at least 80 percent of whom are enrolled in an institution of higher education, and that has attributes usually associated with a student residence hall or dormitory such as a food service plan or occupancy by a resident advisor.”

(b) Existing housing.

  1. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided by January 1, 2014 throughout every residence hall and dormitory greater than 60 feet in height, the initial construction of which was begun before January 7, 2006, that is owned or operated by an institution of higher education, other than a residence hall or dormitory owned or operated by the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System.

  2. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided by January 1, 2014 throughout every private student residential building greater than 60 feet in height, the initial construction of which was begun before January 7, 2006.

  3. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided by January 1, 2014 throughout every student residential facility operated by a fraternity, sorority or other organization authorized or sponsored by an institution of higher education, the initial construction of which was begun before January 7, 2006.

(c) New housing.

  1. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout every residence hall and dormitory, the initial construction which is begun on or after April 26, 2000, that is owned or operated by the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System.

  2. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout every residence hall and dormitory, the initial construction which is begun on or after January 7, 2006, that is owned or operated by an institution of higher education, other than a residence hall or dormitory owned or operated by the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System.

  3. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout every student residential facility, operated by a fraternity, sorority or an organization authorized or sponsored by an institution of higher education, the initial construction of which is begun on or after January 7, 2006.

  4. An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout every private student residential building, the initial construction of which is begun on or after January 7, 2006.

(7) Buildings over 60 feet in height. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 903.2.11.3:

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), pursuant to s. 101.14 (4) (b) 1r., Stats., automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be installed throughout buildings and structures that are more than 60 feet in height.

(8) Exempt locations. Substitute the following wording for exempt location 2 in IBC section 903.3.1.1.1: Any room or space where sprinklers are considered undesirable because of the nature of the contents, where approved by the department.

(9) Balconies. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 903.3.1.2.1: Sprinkler protection complying with NFPA 13 shall be provided for exterior balconies, decks and ground-floor patios of dwelling units where the building is of Type V construction if there is a roof or deck above, or where exterior balconies, decks and ground floor patios of dwelling units and sleeping units are constructed in accordance with IBC section 705.2.3.1, exception 3. Sidewall sprinklers that are used to protect such areas shall be permitted to be located such that their deflectors are within 1 inch to 6 inches below the structural members, and a maximum distance of 14 inches below the deck of the exterior balconies and decks that are constructed of open wood joist construction.

(10) NFPA 13d sprinkler systems.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 903.3.1.3: Where allowed in s. SPS 362.0903 (5), automatic sprinkler systems in townhouses and multifamily dwellings shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13D, except as provided in par. (b).

(b)

  1. The requirements in NFPA 13D section 6.3.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. Fire department connections are prohibited in multi-purpose piping systems.

Note: Multi-purpose piping systems must conform with the applicable provisions of the Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(11) Testing and maintenance. Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in IBC section 903.5: Note: See ch. SPS 314 for requirements for inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire sprinkler systems

(13) Recycling chutes. The requirements of IBC section 903.2.11.2 shall apply to recycling chutes in addition to rubbish and linen chutes.

(14) Alternate automatic fire sprinkler system design standard. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements of IBC section 903.3.1.1: When the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366 require that a building or portion thereof be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with this section, sprinklers may be installed throughout in accordance with the alternate design standard of the FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets 2-0 Installation Guidelines for Automatic Sprinklers March 2010, Interim Revision October 2020 and 8-9 Storage of Class 1, 2, 3, 4 and Plastic Commodities March 2010, Interim Revision July 2021.

(15) Fairground buildings. Pursuant to s. 101.14 (4), Stats., no city, village, or town may enact or enforce an ordinance that requires a county or organized agricultural society, association, or board to install or maintain an automatic fire suppression system in a building on a fairgrounds if all of the following apply:

(a) The building is open to the public only for seasonal or temporary event use for 180 cumulative days or fewer per year.

(b) Public access to the building is provided by garage style doors that remain open when the building is open to the public.

(18) Buildings without access to municipal water.

(a) Exemptions. These are department exceptions to the automatic fire sprinkler system requirements in IBC section 903: An automatic fire sprinkler system is not required for a building that meets all of the requirements of this section.

(am) Access to a municipal water system. In this section access to a municipal water system means a Municipal Water System, as defined in s. NR 811.02, that is located directly adjacent to or across the street from a property where the commercial building is located, and the property is able to be served by that municipal water system.

(b) Building types and occupancies. These are department rules in addition to requirements in IBC section 903.2: An automatic fire sprinkler system is not required under this section in a building that does not have access to a municipal water system.

  1. A Group A-2 occupancy that is not already exempt under IBC section 903.2.1.2 when all of the following apply:

a. The building is limited to a single A-2 occupancy fire area that does not exceed 5,000 square feet.

b. The occupant load of the fire area does not exceed 200.

c. Building height is a maximum of two stories above grade plane. Required exits that do not exit directly to grade shall be enclosed in fire resistant rated exit stairs or ramps per IBC section 1023.

d. The building has a minimum of three exits on each story.

e. All basements and windowless stories adhere to the provisions of IBC section 903.2.11.

  1. A single story Group R occupancy building located at a camp when all of the following apply:

a. The building is used no more than 180 cumulative days per calendar year.

b. The building is limited to a single Group R occupancy fire area that does not exceed 2,500 square feet.

Note: Restrooms serving the cabin are considered a part of the R occupancy for the application of this code section.

c. The occupant load of the fire area does not exceed 50.

d. The fire area is located only on floors with exit discharge at grade.

e. All sleeping rooms have a direct exit to the exterior.

(c) Additional requirements. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 903.2 for the buildings in par. (b): A building that meets the requirements of par. (b) shall also comply with all of the following:

  1. The occupant load shall be displayed in accordance with IBC section 1004.9.

  2. All open flames, including smoking, shall be prohibited in the building and within 50 feet from the building, except for flame equipment used to reheat or maintain food temperatures. In this section “open flame” means a candle, solid fuel fireplace, or other similar flames. It does not refer to permanently installed, listed, fuel-fired heating and cooking equipment that was installed in compliance with all applicable building code requirements in effect at the time of installation.

  3. A smoke detection and fire alarm system shall be installed throughout the building in accordance with IBC sections 907.3 through 907.7 and as follows:

a. For A-2 occupancy buildings adhering to this exception, automatic detection is required to be installed in all interior spaces of the building. Automatic detection shall be extended to all combustible concealed spaces if automatic fire sprinkler protection would otherwise be required per IBC section 903.3.1.1. Automatic detection shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic heat detectors shall be permitted.

b. For R occupancy cabin buildings automatic detection is required to be installed in all interior spaces of the building. Automatic detection shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an installation. In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic heat detectors shall be permitted.

  1. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with IBC section 906.

  2. A municipal fire and building inspection position statement shall be submitted to the department on an approved form indicating the municipality's review and approval of the proposed building design. The position statement shall be completed by the fire code official if there is no commercial building inspector for the jurisdiction.

Note: Position statement forms are available from the department's website at dsps.wi.gov.

(19) Stories without openings. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 903.2.11.1: Windowless stories with all required exits provided directly at grade when the story is located at or above grade plane.

(20) Woodworking operations. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 903.2.4.1: Note: The 2,500 square foot area in IBC section 903.2.4.1 is the size of the woodworking area, not the size of the fire area.

(21) Group S-1. This is a department requirement in addition to IBC section 903.2.9: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a Group S-1 fire area used for the storage of boats in racks where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet.

(22) Group S-2 parking garages. Substitute the following wording for condition 3 in IBC section 903.2.10: Where the building area of the open parking garage in accordance with IBC section 406.5 exceeds 48,000 square feet.

(23) Group S-1 distilled spirits or wine. This is a department alternative to the requirements of IBC section 903.3.1.1: When the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366 require that a building or portion thereof be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with this section, automatic fire sprinkler protection in buildings storing distilled spirits in wooden barrels or casks may be installed throughout the fire area containing this type of storage in accordance with the alternate design standard of FM Ignitable Liquid Storage in Portable Containers 7-29 (Oct. 2020 w/ interim revision Jan. 2021).

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (2) to (5) to be (6), (7), (11) and (12), cr. (2) to (5), (8) to (10) and (13) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 04-043: cr. (1m) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; emerg. renum. (6) to be (6) (a) and am. (6) (a) (intro.), cr. (6) (intro.) and (b), eff. 3-4-06; CR 06-040: renum. (6) to be (6) (a) and am. (6) (a) (intro.), cr. (6) (intro.) and (b), r. (7) Register September 2006 No. 609, eff. 10-1-06; CR 06-120: r. (1m) and (12), r. and recr. (5) and (6), cr. (6m), (11), (13) and (14), am. (8) to (10), renum. (11) and (13) to be (12) and (15) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; corrections in (6) (a) and (d) and (11) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 10-103: r. (1), (6) (b), Table 62.0903, (6m) (b) 1. and 2., (8) to (10) and (14) (b), r. and recr. (5) (c), cr. (5) (d), (10) (b), renum. (2) to (5) to be (1) to (4), (6) (intro.), (a), (c) and (d) to be (5) (intro.), (a), (b) and (c), (6m) (intro.) (a), (b) 3. to 5. and (c) to be (6) (intro.) (a), (b) 1. to 3. and (c), (11) to (13) to be (7) to (9), (14) to be (10), (15) to be (11) and am. (4) (intro.), (5) (intro.), (b) (intro.), (c) 3. (intro.) and 3. b., (6) (intro.), (7) (intro.), (b) 4. and (9), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11, r. and recr. (5) (c) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 7-1-14; correction in (7) (b) 5. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; 2015 Wis. Act 330 s. 20: am. (6) (b) 1., (c) 1., 2. Register April 2016 No. 724, eff. 5-1-16; CR 16-094: am. (5) (b) 1., r. (5) (c), renum. (5) (d) to (5) (cm), am. (10) (b) 1., cr. (12) to (18), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (5) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: am. (1) to (3), (4) (a) (intro.), 1., cr. (4) (a) 1m., r. (4) (a) 2., (b), am. (5) (a), (b) 1., cr. (5) (c), r. (5) (cm), cr. (5) (d), r. (7) (b), am. (9), (10) (a), r. (12), am. (14), r. (16), (17), cr. (18) (am), r. and recr. (18) (b), (c), cr. (19) to (23) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) to (3), (5) (a), (c) 2., (d) 1., 3., (9), (10) (a), (14), (18) (b) (intro.), 1. (intro.), c., e., (c) (intro.), 1., 3. (intro.), a., 4., (19) to (23) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0904 Alternative automatic fire-extinguishing systems {#sec-sps-362.0904 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0904}

(1) General. Substitute the following wording and informational note for the requirements in IBC section 904.1: Automatic fire-extinguishing systems, other than automatic sprinkler systems, shall be designed and installed in accordance with the provisions of IBC section 904 and the applicable referenced standards.

(2) Additional requirements. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 904:

(b) Manual-wet sprinkler systems.

  1. ‘Where allowed.’ A manual-wet sprinkler system may not be installed in a building unless all of the following conditions are met:

a. There is no municipal water system available to serve the property.

b. There is no provision under chs. SPS 361 to 366 that requires the building or a portion of the building to have an automatic fire sprinkler system.

c. The municipality where the building is to be located has an adopted ordinance that requires the installation of manual-wet sprinkler systems and requires these systems to meet the provisions of this subsection.

  1. ‘General requirements.’

a. A building protected with a manual-wet sprinkler system shall be considered unsprinklered under all other code provisions.

b. Each manual-wet sprinkler system shall be provided with a fire department connection. The fire department connection shall be installed in an accessible location acceptable to the fire chief.

c. All above ground piping of the manual-wet sprinkler system shall be labeled as a “manual-wet sprinkler system.” Labels shall be placed at the fire department connection; at all valves and hose outlets; and on the piping at intervals of not more than 25 feet and at each side where the piping passes through a wall, floor or roof.

d. The manual-wet sprinkler system design and installation shall comply with the automatic fire sprinkler system requirements of NFPA 13 or NFPA 13R, as applicable, except that the system comprised of the pilot line, fire department connection and fire department apparatus is considered as the approved water supply for the system.

e. A manual-wet sprinkler system shall be supplied with water through the fire department connection using fire department apparatus.

f. The plumbing well, water service and pressure tank shall be of a size and capacity to supply the hydraulically most remote sprinkler with the required waterflow and pressure for a minimum of 10 minutes.

g. A pilot line shall be connected from the manual-wet sprinkler system to the plumbing water supply system at the well pressure tank. The pilot line shall be of a size that is adequate to supply the hydraulically most remote sprinkler in the system.

h. The connection of a manual-wet sprinkler system to a plumbing water supply system shall be protected against backflow conditions in accordance with ch. SPS 382.

i. The actuation of any sprinkler in the system shall operate the waterflow indicating device, which shall initiate a fire alarm within the building.

j. Upon actuation of the building fire alarm, a fire alarm signal shall be sent automatically to the fire department providing fire protection to the building.

  1. ‘Installer qualifications.’ The installation or alteration of a manual-wet sprinkler system shall be performed by a licensed individual as specified for the installation of an automatic fire sprinkler system under subch. V of ch. SPS 305.

(c) System interconnection. Substitute the following wording for IBC 904.12.2: The actuation of the fire suppression system shall automatically shut down all sources of fuel and power to all equipment located beneath the exhaust hood and protected by the suppression system. The fuel and power reset shall be manual.

Note: The requirements in IBC sections 904.13, 904.13.1, and 904.13.2 are similar to those contained in the 2012 edition of the Life Safety Code. Section DHS 132.82 (1) and the medicare conditions of participation for long-term care facilities under 42 CFR 483 require all nursing homes to meet the 2012 edition of the Life Safety Code.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. (2) (b) 8. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (intro.), (1) and (2) to be (2) (intro.), (a) and (b), and r. and recr. (2) (b) 2. c., cr. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; correction in (2) (b) 2. h., 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: cr. (1) (title), (2) (title), r. (2) (a), am. (2) (b) 1. b., cr. (2) (c), (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. (3) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0907 Fire alarm and detection systems {#sec-sps-362.0907 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0907}

(1) General. Substitute the following wording and informational note for the requirements in IBC section 907.1: IBC section 907 covers the application and installation of fire alarm systems and their components. Note: See ch. SPS 314 for requirements for performance and maintenance of fire alarm systems and their components.

(2) Smoke alarms. These are department informational notes to be used under IBC section 907.2.11:

Note: Section 101.145 (4), Stats., addresses retroactivity requirements for buildings constructed prior to the effective date of this section. This statute section applies beyond the application of chs. SPS 361 to 366, as established in s. SPS 361.03 (2), and states “The owner of a residential building the initial construction of which is commenced before, on or after May 23, 1978, shall install and maintain a functional smoke detector in the basement and at the head of any stairway on each floor level of the building and shall install a functional smoke detector either in each sleeping room of each unit or elsewhere in the unit within 6 feet of each sleeping area and not in a kitchen.”

(2m) Elevator emergency operation. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 907.3.3: Except as provided in s. SPS 362.0907 (5) (a) and (b), fire alarm initiating devices installed for elevator emergency operation shall be installed in accordance with ch. SPS 318 and NFPA 72.

(3) Protective covers. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 907.4.2.5: The building official is authorized to require the installation of listed manual fire alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious false alarms or provide the manual fire alarm box with protection from physical damage. The protective cover shall be transparent or red in color with a transparent face to permit visibility of the manual fire alarm box. Each cover shall include proper operating instructions. A protective cover that emits a local alarm signal shall not be installed unless approved. Protective covers shall not project more than that permitted by IBC section 1003.3.3.

(4) Employee work areas. Substitute the following wording for the exception in IBC section 907.5.2.3.1: Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the alarm system shall be designed so that visible notification appliances can be integrated into the system.

(5) Installation and monitoring. The following are department exceptions to the requirements in IBC section 907.6:

(a) The requirements in NFPA 72 section 21.3.3.1 do not apply to elevator pits.

(b) The requirements in NFPA 72 section 21.3.8 (2) are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(6) Bleachers. This is a department exception to IBC section 907.2: Fire alarm systems are not required for open air bleachers with a maximum occupant load of 15,000 where the egress from the bleachers is on the exterior and does not reenter a building to reach a public way.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (1) to (3) to be (2) to (4), cr. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: renum. (3) and (4) to be (5) and (6), cr. (3), (4) and (7) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (2) to (4), renum. (5) to (7) to be (2) to (4) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: cr. (2m), am. (4), cr. (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (5) (b) under s. 35.17, Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: am. (3), (5) (a), (b), cr. (6) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (3), (5) (a), (b), (6) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0909 Smoke control systems {#sec-sps-362.0909 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0909}

(1) Inspection and test requirements. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.3: In addition to the ordinary inspection and test requirements that buildings, structures and parts thereof are required to undergo, smoke control systems subject to the provisions of IBC section 909 shall undergo inspections and tests sufficient to verify the proper commissioning of the smoke control design in its final installed condition. The design submission accompanying the construction documents shall clearly detail procedures and methods to be used and the items subject to such inspections and tests. Such commissioning shall be in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice and, where possible, based on published standards for the particular testing involved.

(2) Inspections for smoke control. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.18.8: Smoke control systems shall be tested by a qualified agency.

(3) Scope of testing. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.18.8.1: Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the following:

(a) During erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for the purposes of leakage testing and recording of device location.

(b) Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for the purposes of pressure-difference testing, flow measurements, and detection and control verification.

(4) Qualifications. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.18.8.2: Inspection agencies for smoke control shall have expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and certification as air balancers.

(5) Reports. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.18.8.3: A complete report of testing shall be prepared. The report shall include identification of all devices by manufacturer, nameplate data, design values, measured values and identification tag or mark. The report shall be reviewed by the responsible registered design professional and, when satisfied that the design intent has been achieved, the responsible registered design professional shall seal, sign and date the report.

(6) Report filing. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 909.18.8.3.1: A copy of the final report shall be maintained and made available to the building official upon request.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02, CR 06-120: renum. (5) and (6) to be (6) and (7), cr. (5) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.; CR 10-103: r. (7) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0912 Fire department connections {#sec-sps-362.0912 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0912}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 912: Note: Where IBC sections 912.2, 912.2.1, 912.2.2, 912.4, 912.4 Exception, or 912.4.2 indicate approval by the fire code official is required, the fire chief or designated representative that administers Wisconsin Fire Prevention Code ch. SPS 314 within the municipality shall be the approving authority.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.0913 Fire pumps {#sec-sps-362.0913 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.0913}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 913.1 Exception: Pumps for automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with s. SPS 362.0903 (10).

(2) Water supply control valves required by IBC section 913.4 on a fire pump where the fire pump supplies either an automatic fire sprinkler system, a standpipe system, or both, shall be monitored per IBC section 903.4.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17 Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1006 Exits {#sec-sps-362.1006 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1006}

(1) Exit access. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 1006.3: The length of a common path of egress travel requirements may be extended to 200 feet within townhouse dwelling units provided the townhouse complies with all of the following:

(a) The townhouse does not exceed more than 3 stories above grade plane in height.

(b) Each dwelling unit within the townhouse is separated from other dwelling units by at least 2−hour fire−resistive−rated separation walls constructed in accordance with the requirements of IBC section 706. The separation wall does not have to comply with the structural stability requirements of IBC section 706.2 and the horizontal continuity requirements of IBC section 706.5.

(2) Refrigerated spaces. Substitute the following wording for the exception in IBC section 1006.2.2.3: When using refrigerants in quantities limited to the amounts based on the volume set forth in ch. SPS 345.

(3) Exits from stories. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 1006.3: Buildings of Group I-3 occupancy that are used as guard towers, provided the towers are no higher than 2 stories above grade, accommodate no more than 10 occupants, and have a travel distance of no more than 75 feet.

(4) Salt and sand storage. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC table 1006.2.1: A single exit is allowed, and the common path of travel shall be a maximum of 250 feet in buildings or portions of buildings used exclusively for non-combustible bulk material storage of salt and sand storage when the building walls contain the materials stored.

(5) Spaces with one exit or exit access doorway. Substitute the following wording for Table 1006.2.1 footnote a.: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with IBC section 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2, or 903.3.1.3. See IBC section 903 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with IBC section 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2, or 903.3.1.3.

(6) Certain townhouses. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1006.2.1: Notwithstanding any prohibition in IBC table 1006.2.1 the length of common path of egress travel for an occupancy constructed in accordance with s. SPS 362.0903 (5) (d) may not exceed 200 feet.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. (title), (4), (5), renum. 362.1014 to (1) and am., renum. 362.1015 to (2) and am., renum. 362.1021 to (3) and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) (intro.), (b), cr. (6) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) (intro), (b), (6) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1009 Accessible means of egress {#sec-sps-362.1009 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1009}

(1) Areas of refuge. This is a department exception in addition to IBC section 1009.6: Areas of refuge are not required at floors that are not required to be accessible.

(2) Two-way communication. This is a department requirement in addition to IBC section 1009.8: Two-way communication systems and elevator landing communication systems must be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 72.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. and recr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1011 Stairways {#sec-sps-362.1011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1011}

(1) Width and capacity. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1011.1: Where installing an inclined platform lift or stairway chairlift, the clear−passage width shall be provided with the lift in the unfolded, usable position.

(2) Vehicle inspection pits. This is a department exception in addition to those listed in IBC section 1011.1: handrails are not required for stairs accessing vehicle service pits.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-094: renum. 362.1009 to 362.1011 and am., cr. (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. and recr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1015 Guards {#sec-sps-362.1015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1015}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exception in IBC section 1015.2: Guards shall be located along the open side of walking surfaces, balconies, mezzanine, stairs, ramps, landings, roofs, and similar surfaces intended to be used by building occupants or the public where the change in elevation is more than 30 inches (762 mm) to the floor or roof below or more than 30 inches (762 mm) measured vertically to the grade below at any point within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally to the edge of the open side. Guards shall be adequate in strength and attachment in accordance with IBC section 1607.9.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1016 Egress through intervening spaces {#sec-sps-362.1016 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1016}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IBC section 1016.2.5: Egress shall not pass-through kitchens, storage rooms, closets, bathrooms or other rooms where privacy is expected, or spaces used for similar purposes.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1020 Corridor continuity {#sec-sps-362.1020 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1020}

This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 1020.7: Other spaces or rooms constructed as required for corridors, and that are adjacent to a fire−resistance−rated corridor, may not be construed as intervening rooms; and may be open to the corridor when all of the following are satisfied:

(1) The spaces are not occupied for hazardous uses.

(2) The spaces are not occupied for the incidental uses listed in IBC Table 509.1.

(3) The spaces are arranged so as to not obstruct access to the required exits.

(4) The shared wall is at least 50 percent open to the corridor.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 62.1017 and am. (intro.) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 362.1018 to 362.1020 and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (intro.), (2), cr. (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (intro.), (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1030 Spaces under bleachers and grandstands {#sec-sps-362.1030 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1030}

This is an additional department exception to the requirements in IBC section 1030.1.1.1: The requirements in IBC section 1030.1.1.1 shall not apply to open air bleachers that have an independent egress to a public way.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1102 Design of Type A and B units {#sec-sps-362.1102 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1102}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1102.1 and ICC/ANSI A117.1 sections 1003 and 1004:

(1m) Circuit breakers. Circuit breakers, when provided for use by tenants in occupancies with dwelling and sleeping units, shall comply with ICC/ANSI A117.1 section 309.2 and 309.3.

(2m) Doors and doorways. A renter of a dwelling unit may request the landlord to install lever door handles on any doors inside the dwelling unit or install single-lever controls on any plumbing fixtures used by the renter. These controls shall be provided and installed by the landlord at no additional cost to the renter.

Note: These requirements are based on language from s. 101.132 (2) (a) 4., Stats.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (2) (a), cr. (2) (c) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. (title), r. (1) (title), renum. (1) (a), (b) to (1m), (2m), r. (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1101 and, as renumbered, am. (intro.) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1103 Scoping requirements — limited access spaces {#sec-sps-362.1103 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1103}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1103.2.7:

(1) Storage spaces that do not include permanent workstations, are infrequently accessed by employees, and are not open to the general public are not required to be accessible.

(2) Nonoccupiable spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, freight elevators, very narrow passageways, or tunnels are not required to be accessible.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08, CR 10-103: r. (1), renum. (2) to be Comm 62.1103, Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. and 2., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094:am. (intro.), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1104 Accessible route {#sec-sps-362.1104 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1104}

This is a department limitation to the exception in IBC section 1104.4, Exception 1.: Government-owned or –operated facilities that are outside the scope of IBC section 1104.3.2.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: r. (1) (title), renum. (1) to 362.1104, r. (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1108 Dwelling units and sleeping units {#sec-sps-362.1108 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1108}

(1) Group i.

(a) Group I-1. Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.5.1.3: In structures with three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(b) Group I-2 nursing homes. Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.5.2.2: In structures with three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(c) Group I-2 hospitals. Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.5.3.2: In structures with three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(2) Group r.

(a) Group R-1. Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.6.1.2: In structures with three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(b) Group R-2.

  1. ‘Apartment houses, monasteries, and convents.’ Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.6.2.2.2: Where there are three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

  2. ‘Boarding houses, dormitories, fraternity houses, and sorority houses.’ Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.6.2.3.2: Where there are three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(c) Group R-3. Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.6.3: In Group R-3 occupancies where there are three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(d) Group R-4. Substitute the following wording for the requirement, but not the exception, in IBC section 1108.6.4.2: In structures with three or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit.

(3) Site impracticality.

(a) Petition for variance. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1108.7.4: In accordance with s. 101.132 (2) (b) 4. and (c) 2., Stats., the owner may use the petition for variance procedure specified in s. SPS 361.22 to request a reduction in the number of Type A or Type B dwelling units due to site impracticality.

Note: The department may grant a variance in accordance with ch. SPS 303 which requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the Department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days. The SBD-9890 form is available at the Department's Web site at https://www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(b) Condition. Substitute the following wording for condition 1 under IBC section 1108.7.4: Not less than 50 percent of the units required by IBC section 1108.7.1 on the site are Type A or Type B units.

(4) Multistory units. Substitute the following wording for IBC section 1108.7.2: A multistory dwelling or sleeping unit that is not provided with elevator service is not required to be a Type B unit. Where a multistory unit is provided with external elevator service to only one floor, the floor provided with elevator service shall be the primary entry to the unit, shall comply with the requirements for a Type B unit and a toilet facility shall be provided on that floor.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: cr. (2) (c), am. (title), (1) (a) to (c), (2) (a), (3) (a), (3) (b) (title), renum. (2) (c) to be (2) (d) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: cr. (4), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1107 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) to (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1112 Signage {#sec-sps-362.1112 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1112}

(1) Signs.

(a) General. Substitute the following wording for the requirements for location 1 in IBC section 1112.1: Except as specified par. (b), accessible parking spaces required in IBC section 1106 for the general public shall be identified with a sign complying with the accessible parking sign requirements specified in s. Trans 200.07.

(b) Exceptions.

  1. ‘Small parking facilities.’ Accessible parking spaces required by IBC section 1106.2 are not required to be signed when the total number of parking spaces provided is four or less.

  2. ‘Employee and resident parking.’ Accessible parking facilities identified for use only by employees of any building or facility or by tenants in Group R-2 occupancies may be identified with signs other than the s. Trans 200.07 signs.

(2) Directional signage.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the introductory paragraph of IBC section 1112.3: Signage indicating directional information or information about functional spaces or signage indicating special accessibility provisions shall comply with ICC A117.1 and be provided at the following locations:

(b) This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 1112.4. Note: Refer to s. SPS 362.0400 (5) for requirements for no-smoking signs.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (1) (title), (2) (title), (a) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum 362.1110 to 362.1111 and am. (1) (a), (2) (a), (b), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007; renum. from 362.1111 and, as renumbered, am. (1) (a), (b) 1., (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) (a), (b) 1., (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1202 Natural ventilation {#sec-sps-362.1202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1202}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1202.5: The use of natural ventilation shall be permitted in any of the following:

(1) Occupancies specified in s. SPS Table 364.0402.

(2) Any occupancy with an engineered design, approved by the department, that satisfies the ventilation needs of the occupancy.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1203 and SPS 362.1203 (intro.), as renumbered, am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1203 Interior environment {#sec-sps-362.1203 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1203}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exception in IBC section 1203.1: Interior spaces intended for human occupancy shall conform to the IMC.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. Comm 62.1203 to be Comm 62.1204 and am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-2008 CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1204 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1207 Sound transmission {#sec-sps-362.1207 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1207}

This is a department exception to the requirement in IBC section 1207.1: The requirements in IBC section 1207 do not apply to sleeping units in buildings at seasonal recreational and educational camps.

History

  • CR 22-069: cr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1209 Entry to attic spaces {#sec-sps-362.1209 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1209}

This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 1209.2: Where a fire rated access panel is required to be installed in a roof framing system that has structural members at least 24 inches apart the opening width may be less than 20 inches where approved by the department or its authorized representative.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1210 Toilet rooms {#sec-sps-362.1210 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1210}

(1m) Privacy and access. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1210: Every toilet room shall be enclosed and separated from other areas of the building in a manner that will ensure privacy of the users of the toilet rooms. Restriction of access to toilet rooms, such as by use of key locks or other similar devices, is prohibited, except this subsection does not apply to the following:

(a) Toilet rooms for a service or filling station that are accessed from the exterior may be key locked.

(b) A self-service filling station that has a key- or card-operated fuel dispensing device which can be used while the station is unattended by an employee is not required to have toilet rooms available during the unattended periods.

(c) Single-occupant toilet rooms may have privacy locks.

(d) Compartments are not required for water closets in prison or jail cells.

(3m) Requirements. A toilet room shall contain a lavatory and water closet.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. Comm 62.1209 to be Comm 62.1210 and am. (intro.) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: r. (intro.), renum. (1) to (1m) (intro.) and am., r. (2) (title), renum. (2) (a), (b), (c) to (1m) (a), (b), (c), cr. (2m), renum. 362.2900 (3) (b) 3. to 362.1210 (1m) (a) 4., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; renum. (1m) (a) 4. to (1m) (b) 2. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: r. (2m), cr. (3m) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1404 Exterior walls {#sec-sps-362.1404 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1404}

(1m) Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IBC section 1404.3.1: Class I and II vapor retarders. Class I or II vapor retarders shall be provided on the interior side of frame walls and ceiling assemblies.

(2m) This is a department exception in addition to the exceptions in IBC section 1405.3.1: Where other approved means to avoid condensation in unventilated framed wall, floor, roof and ceiling cavities, and box sills are provided.

(3m) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1405.14.1: Polystyrene sheathing may be utilized as the required backing material for vinyl siding provided all of the following characteristics and conditions are met:

(a) The sheathing is extruded, rigid and cellular.

(b) The sheathing is type IV, as specified in ASTM C578.

(c) The sheathing has a thickness of at least one inch.

(d) The sheathing is installed with an on-center stud spacing of 16 inches or less.

(e) The mean roof height of the building is 40 feet or less.

(f) The building wall has a wind exposure category of B or C, as established in IBC section 1609.4; and the building is not sited on the upper half of an isolated hill or escarpment meeting conditions 1, 2, and 3 in IBC section 1609.1.1.1.

History

  • CR 04-016: cr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (2) (c) 3. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum (1) and (2) to (2m) and (3m) and am., cr. (1m), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1405 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1502 Secondary roof drainage {#sec-sps-362.1502 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1502}

These are department rules in addition to IBC section 1502: Design and installation of roof drainage systems shall comply with IBC section 1502 and all applicable provisions in ch. SPS 382.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.1503 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17 Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1505 Roof covering classification {#sec-sps-362.1505 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1505}

The requirements in Footnote a. in IBC Table 1505.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to be (1), cr. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1603 Roof snow load {#sec-sps-362.1603 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1603}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1603.1.3: The ground snow load, Pg, shall be indicated. In areas where the ground snow load, Pg, exceeds 10 pounds per square foot, the following additional information shall also be provided, regardless of whether snow loads govern the design of the roof:

(1) Flat-roof snow load, Pf.

(2) Snow exposure factor, Ce.

(3) Snow load importance factor, Is.

(4) Thermal factor, Ct.

(5) Any sloped-roof snow load, Ps.

(6) Any unbalanced, drift or sliding snow loads.

(7) Slope factor, Cs.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (1) and (2) to be (3) and (4), cr. (1) and (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: renum. (1) to (4) to be (2) and (4) to (6), cr. (1) and (3) Register February 2008 No. 626. eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (title), (1), (3), (4), (6), renum. (2) to be Comm 62.1603, (5) to be Comm 62.0400 (6) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 23-007: am. (1), (3), cr. (7) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (6), (7) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1604 Alternate standards {#sec-sps-362.1604 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1604}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1604.7: Materials and methods of construction that are not capable of being designed by approved engineering analysis or that do not comply with the applicable material design standards listed in IBC chapter 35 shall be submitted for approval in accordance with ch. SPS 361 subch. VI.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to be (1), cr. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 10-103: r. (title), (1), renum. (2) to be Comm 62.1604 Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1608 Snow loads {#sec-sps-362.1608 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1608}

(1) Unbalanced snow loads. This is a department alternative to the requirements in IBC section 1608.1: Unbalanced snow loads on a hip or gable roof may be calculated in accordance with the following equation:

(2) Existing roofs. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1608.1:

(a) Buildings on the same property.

  1. Where an existing roof, regardless of the date of its construction, is horizontally within 20 feet of a proposed, taller structure on the same property, IBC section 1608.1 or an alternate recognized engineering method shall be applied to the existing roof, to address any drifting or sliding of snow onto the existing roof, as caused by the taller structure.

  2. Where an analysis under subd. 1. shows that an existing roof or corresponding supporting elements will not be adequate to support the additional snow load caused by the taller structure, the existing roof or supporting elements shall be strengthened to support those loads, in accordance with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(b) Buildings on adjoining properties. Where an existing roof, regardless of the date of its construction, is horizontally within 20 feet of a proposed, taller structure on an adjoining property, the owner of the proposed structure shall notify the adjoining owner of the potential for increased structural loads on the existing roof, due to sliding or drifting of snow, as caused by the taller structure.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: cr. (3) and (4) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (1) and (2), renum. (3) and (4) to be (1) and (2) and am. (1) (intro.), (2) (intro.) and (a) 1. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (2) (a), (b), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1611 Roof drains {#sec-sps-362.1611 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1611}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 1611.1: Note: See ch. SPS 382 for requirements to not connect a secondary roof-drain system to a primary roof-drain system, and to discharge a secondary roof-drain system to the ground surface.

History

  • CR 04-016: cr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1802 Definitions {#sec-sps-362.1802 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1802}

In addition to the definitions in IBC section 202, the following term has the meaning given in s. SPS 362.0202 (1): “Neutral plane.”

History

  • CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 16.1808 (1) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1803 Deep foundations {#sec-sps-362.1803 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1803}

Item 5 in IBC section 1803.5.5 is not included as part of this code.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1804 Ground improvement {#sec-sps-362.1804 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1804}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1804:

(1) Design of ground improvement. Ground improvement for support of foundations or floor slabs shall be designed by an architect or engineer who is registered by the department.

(2) Allowable foundation pressure of improved ground. The allowable foundation pressure for improved ground shall incorporate a minimum safety factor of 3 with respect to a bearing capacity failure within the composite improved ground.

(3) Settlement of structures supported on improved ground. The improved ground shall be designed and constructed for a maximum anticipated total settlement of one inch and a maximum anticipated differential settlement of three fourths of an inch, unless it can be shown that the predicted total and differential settlement will not cause any of the following:

(a) Harmful distortion of the structure.

(b) Instability in the structure.

(c) Any element to be loaded beyond its capacity.

(4) Design confirmation testing. The registered design professional responsible for the design of the ground improvement shall determine the scope of field testing required to confirm the design, shall supervise the testing, and shall write a report indicating whether the test results confirm the design. At the discretion of that design professional, testing may be limited to a modulus load test to measure deformation behavior of a single ground improvement element. The design of the ground improvement shall be modified as appropriate based on the results of the confirmatory testing.

(5) Quality control observations and testing. The registered design professional responsible for the design of the ground improvement, or a technician working under supervision of that professional, shall observe construction of the ground improvement, perform quality control testing, and upon completion of work, prepare a report stating whether the ground improvement meets the intent of the approved construction documents. A copy of the report shall be provided to the registered design professional in responsible charge of the project, and to the building official if requested.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1805 Basement floor base course {#sec-sps-362.1805 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1805}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1805.4.1: A required base course shall be placed on a geotextile fabric that is designed to limit migration of silt and fine sand into the base course.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (2) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1806 Presumptive load-bearing values for saturated soils {#sec-sps-362.1806 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1806}

This is an additional department footnote for IBC Table 1806.2: Footnote c. Values to be multiplied by 0.5 for saturated soils. Saturated soil is evidenced by the presence of redoximorphic features or other indications of the presence of excess water.

History

  • CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1809 Frost-protected shallow foundations {#sec-sps-362.1809 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1809}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1809.5: Where a frost-protected shallow foundation is relied upon for a heated or semi-heated structure, permanent, legible notices shall be posted near the thermostats of all building heating appliances that indicates all of the following:

(a) That the structure is designed using a frost-protected-shallow foundation.

(b) The minimum monthly average temperature that the structure must be maintained at to avoid frost damage to the foundation.

(2) This is a department exception in addition to the exception in IBC 1809.5: Floating slabs used with non-masonry, unheated, single-story buildings in Risk Category I that are less than 12,000 square feet are exempt from the requirements for frost protection.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. (intro.), (1), (2) to (1) (intro.), (a), (b), cr. (2)., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.1810 Deep foundations {#sec-sps-362.1810 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.1810}

(1) Downdrag. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1803.5.5: Investigations and reports for deep foundations shall include analysis of whether downdrag is anticipated. Where downdrag is anticipated, the report shall include a determination of the position of the deep foundation’s neutral plane, an estimate of the soil settlement at the neutral plane, and a determination of the maximum load at the neutral plane.

(2) Determination of allowable loads. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1810.3.3:

(a) The allowable axial and lateral loads on deep foundations shall be determined by an approved formula, load tests or static analysis.

(b) The factor of safety to be used for deep foundation design shall depend on the extent of field testing performed to verify capacity.

(c) If the ultimate capacity is assessed solely by static analysis, a minimum factor of safety of 3.0 shall be applied to the ultimate capacity to determine allowable load capacity.

(d) If only static analysis and dynamic field testing are performed, a minimum factor of safety of 2.5 shall be applied to the ultimate capacity to determine allowable load capacity.

(e)

  1. If one or more static load tests are performed, in addition to a static analysis, a minimum factor of safety of 2.0 shall be applied to the ultimate capacity to determine allowable load capacity, except as provided in subd. 2.

  2. A minimum factor of safety of 1.5 may be used for structures in occupancy category I, provided all of the following conditions are met:

a. The deep foundations are required only to control settlement.

b. The deep foundations are not required to prevent a bearing capacity failure.

c. A static load test, a static analysis and dynamic field testing have been performed.

(3) Driving criteria. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 1810.3.3.1.1: Driving criteria for deep foundations shall be submitted prior to installing the foundations, if requested by the building official.

(4) Approved formulas. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 1810.3.3.1.1:

Note: The Department has approved the following two dynamic driving formulas, when used within the parameters prescribed below.

1. Washington State Department of Transportation formula: Rn = 6.6FeffWH ln(10N)

Where:

Rn is the ultimate axial compression capacity in kips.

Feff is an efficiency factor based on hammer and pile type.

W is the hammer weight in kips.

H is the drop height of the hammer in feet.

N is the average penetration resistance at the end of driving, in blows per inch.

Acceptable Feff values are:

0.55 for all pile types driven with an air or steam hammer.

0.37 for open-ended diesel hammers for concrete and timber piles.

0.47 for open-ended diesel hammers for steel piles.

0.35 for closed-ended diesel hammers for all pile types.

2. Corrected FHWA-Modified Gates Equation: Ru = [(1.75)((eEr)0.5) (log(10Nb))-100] (Fo) (Fs) (Fp) (Fh)

Where:

Ru is the ultimate axial compression capacity in kips.

e is the hammer efficiency.

Er is the hammer energy in foot-pounds.

Nb is the final penetration resistance in blows per inch.

Fo is an overall correction factor.

Fs is a correction factor for soil type.

Fp is a correction factor for pile type.

Fh is a correction factor for hammer type.

Acceptable hammer-efficiency values are:

0.75 for drop hammers.

0.85 for other hammers, or an efficiency recommended by the hammer manufacturer.

Acceptable correction factors are:

Overall Fo: 0.94.

Soil Fs: 1.00 for mixed soil profile.

0.87 for sandy soil profile.

1.20 for clayey soil profile.

Pile Fp: 1.00 for closed-ended pipe.

1.02 for open-ended pipe.

0.80 for H-Section piles.

Hammer Fh: 1.00 for open-ended diesel.

0.84 for closed-ended diesel.

1.16 for air or steam single-acting.

1.01 for air or steam double-acting.

1.00 for hydraulic.

If at least 1 static load test is performed to field-check the penetration resistance criteria calculated by the above dynamic formulas, a minimum safety factor of 2.5 must be applied to the ultimate axial compression capacity calculated by the dynamic formula to determine the allowable pile load. If only dynamic testing (including signal matching) is performed to field-check the penetration resistance criteria determined by the dynamic formula, a minimum safety factor of 2.75 must be applied to the ultimate axial compression capacity calculated by the dynamic formula to determine the allowable pile load. If no field testing is performed to check the penetration resistance criteria calculated by the dynamic formula, a minimum safety factor of 3.0 must be applied to the ultimate axial compression capacity calculated by the dynamic formula to determine the allowable pile load.

The above formulas are predicated on the following three conditions: (1) static load testing and/or dynamic testing being performed on pile(s) driven in uniform site soil conditions, (2) test pile(s) being driven with the same hammer and cushion used for installation of production piles, and (3) test pile(s) being of the same type and section used for production piles. If any of the three conditions is not met, additional field testing is required. With static load testing and/or dynamic testing, penetration resistance criteria calculated by the dynamic formula must be modified as appropriate based on the results of the field testing. A site must be defined as a project site, or a portion of it, where subsurface conditions can be characterized as geologically similar in terms of subsurface stratigraphy, including the sequence, thickness, geologic history, engineering properties and groundwater aspects.

(5) Factor of safety for uplift. The exception in IBC section 1810.3.3.1.5 is not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(6) Helical piles. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 1810.3.3.1.9: Note: See sub. (2) for factors of safety that supersede the criteria in this section. For example, under sub. (2) (c), (d) and (e), this factor may be 3, 2.5 or 1.5, respectively.

(7) Deep foundations in subsiding areas. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1810.3.4:

(a) Where deep foundations are installed through subsiding fills or other subsiding strata and derive support from underlying firmer materials, consideration shall be given to the downward drag load that may be imposed on the deep foundations by the subsiding upper strata.

(b) Where the influence of subsiding fills is considered as imposing loads on the deep foundation, the allowable stresses specified in this chapter are permitted to be increased where satisfactory substantiating data are submitted.

(c) The position of the deep foundation’s neutral plane shall be determined, and the settlement of the soil at the level of the neutral plane shall be estimated. The maximum load in the deep foundation, which occurs at the neutral plane, shall be determined.

(8) Design cracking moment. Substitute the following equation for IBC equation 18-5: ΦMn = 3(f’c)(0.5)(Sm).

(9) Driven timber piles. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 1810.4.1.5: Any sudden decrease in driving resistance of an end-supported timber pile shall be investigated with regard to the possibility of damage. If the sudden decrease in driving resistance cannot be correlated to load-bearing data, the pile shall be removed for inspection or rejected, or shall be assigned a reduced capacity commensurate with the loss of end-bearing in lieu of removing or rejecting the pile.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (3) (e), cr. (6) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: renum. Comm 62.1807 to be Comm 62.1808 and am. (1), (2), (3) (intro.), (4) (intro.), (5) (intro.) and (a) and (6) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: (title), (1), (2), (7) renum. from Comm 62.1808, (title), (2), (3), (5) and am., (9) renum. from Comm 62.1809 and am.; cr. (3) to (6), (8) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (8) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2109 Empirical design of masonry {#sec-sps-362.2109 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2109}

(1) Bearing on masonry. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2109.1: Lintels shall be considered structural members and shall be designed in accordance with the applicable provisions of IBC chapter 16.

(2) Jointing. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2109:

(a) Expansion and shrinkage. Joints commensurate with lateral stability requirements shall be installed in all exterior masonry to allow for expected growth of clay products and shrinkage of concrete products.

(b) Vertical jointing. Vertical movement joints shall be provided at a spacing in compliance with Table 362.2109.

Note: To accomplish the intended purpose, joints should be located at critical locations, such as changes in building heights, changes in framing systems, columns built into exterior walls, major wall openings, and changes in materials.

(c) Horizontal jointing. Where supports such as shelf angles or plates are required to carry the weight of masonry above the foundation level, a pressure–relieving joint shall be provided between the structural support and any masonry that occurs below this level. The joint width shall be such as to prevent any load being transmitted from the support to any element directly below. All mortar and rigid materials shall be kept out of this joint. This type of joint shall be provided at all such supports in a concrete frame structure where clay masonry is exposed to the weather.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: r. (2), Table 62.2109-1, renum. (3) to be (2), Table 62.2109-2 to be Table 62.2109 and am. (2) (b) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2204 Welded Connections {#sec-sps-362.2204 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2204}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 2204.1: Note: The rules pertaining to registration of structural welders are specified in ch. SPS 305.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2211 Steel trusses spanning 60 feet or greater {#sec-sps-362.2211 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2211}

The requirements in IBC section 2211.1.3.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 362.2210 to 362.2211 and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2303 Wood trusses spanning 60 feet or greater {#sec-sps-362.2303 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2303}

The requirements in IBC section 2303.4.1.3 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to be (2), cr. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (1), am. (2), cr. (3) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2304 Girder ends {#sec-sps-362.2304 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2304}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2304.12.2.1: A moisture barrier shall be provided between an untreated or nondurable wood girder and an exterior masonry or concrete bearing surface.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2409 Glass and glazing for elevators {#sec-sps-362.2409 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2409}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 2409: Note: See ch. SPS 318 [ASME A17.1] for additional glass and glazing requirements relating to elevators. Those requirements include a prohibition against elevator hoistway windows that give a false appearance of a floor level.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008, No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2510 Water-resistive barriers {#sec-sps-362.2510 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2510}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2510.6: The vertical leg of any flashing at the base of an exterior wall that includes two layers of a water-resistive barrier shall be installed in a manner that places the vertical leg of the flashing beneath and behind both layers of the water-resistive barrier.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17 Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2701 Electrical code {#sec-sps-362.2701 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2701}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 2701.1: Note: As defined in s. SPS 361.04 (6), “ICC Electrical Code” means ch. SPS 316.

History

  • CR 01-139: cr. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2900 Additional criteria for toilets {#sec-sps-362.2900 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2900}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC chapter 29:

(1) Plumbing fixture alternatives.

(a) Water closets.

  1. Systems or devices recognized under ss. SPS 391.10 and 391.11 may be substituted for water closets required under IBC chapter 29.

  2. Privies recognized under ch. SPS 391 may be substituted for water closets required under IBC chapter 29 in any of the following situations:

a. A building accommodating a seasonal occupancy when occupancy of the building does not extend for more than 3 of the 4 seasons.

b. A building accommodating a school or a assembly that is operated by and for members of a bona fide religious denomination in accordance with the teachings and beliefs of the denomination.

c. As approved by the department.

  1. Portable restrooms recognized under ch. SPS 391 may be substituted for water closets required under IBC chapter 29 for buildings accommodating events or temporary occupancies not exceeding 12 consecutive days or as approved by the department.

(b) Lavatories. Waterless antiseptic cleansing provisions may be substituted for lavatories required under IBC chapter 29 where systems or devices under par. (a) 2. are substituted for water closets. Where water-based water closets or urinals are used, water-based lavatories shall be provided in numbers to accommodate the number of people served by the water closets and urinals.

(2) Permanent outdoor toilets.

(a) A permanent outdoor toilet room shall be provided with a suitable approach such as a concrete, gravel or cinder walk.

(b) All windows, ventilators, and other openings for a permanent outdoor toilet room shall be screened to limit the entrance of flies, and all doors shall be self closing.

(3) Urinals. Urinals shall be placed against walls at least 6 feet 8 inches high.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (2), cr. (4) (b) 3. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-055: am. (1) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (a) 1., 2., 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: r. and recr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 16-094: renum. (3) (a) to (3) and am., r. (3) (b) 1., 2., renum. (3) (b) 3. to 362.1210 (1m) (a) 4., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2901 Plumbing code {#sec-sps-362.2901 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2901}

This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 2901.1: Note: As defined in s. SPS 361.04 (12) and (13), “IPC and International Plumbing Code” and “IPSC and International Private Sewage Code” mean chs. SPS 381 to 387.

History

  • CR 01-139: cr. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2902 Plumbing fixtures {#sec-sps-362.2902 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2902}

(1) Minimum number of fixtures.

(a) Exceptions. These are department exceptions to the requirements in IBC section 2902.1:

  1. Where more than one water closet is required for males, urinals may be substituted for up to 50 percent of the required number of water closets, except that urinals may be substituted for up to 67 percent of the required number of water closets in Group A and E occupancies.

  2. Where drinking fountains are required, other reasonable alternatives are acceptable, as approved by the department. Examples are bottle fillers, bottled water, and bar service.

  3. For child day care facilities, bathtubs or showers are not required where other personal hygiene washing arrangements are provided that satisfy the licensing requirements of the Wisconsin department of health services.

  4. For day nurseries and child day care facilities, children under the age of 30 months need not be considered as a part of the occupant load used to determine the minimum number of water closets.

  5. Service sinks may be omitted for any occupancy where privies have been substituted for water closets under s. SPS 362.2900 (1) (a) 2.

  6. Exception 2 to IBC section 2902.1.1 is not included as part of this code.

(b) Additional fixtures. These are department informational notes to be used under IBC sections 2902.1 and 2902.2: Note: Additional plumbing fixtures may be required for employees by the U.S. department of labor, occupational safety and health act (OSHA) regulations. Note: Additional plumbing fixtures may be required by the department of health services for restaurants, mobile home parks, camping grounds, camping resorts, recreational camps and educational camps. Note: Chapter SPS 390 also has requirements for minimum numbers of sanitary fixtures for a public swimming pool, as based on the pool area. For some buildings, the minimum number of sanitary fixtures determined in that manner may be larger than the minimum number determined in accordance with this section. Compliance with this section does not relieve an owner from complying with ch. SPS 390. Note: Chapter SPS 391 has requirements for equal speed of access to toilets for each gender, at facilities where the public congregates that do not fall under the scope of this chapter.

(c) Substitutions in IBC Table 2902.1.

  1. Substitute the following wording for the water closets heading in IBC Table 2902.1: Water closetse (see s. SPS 362.2902 (1) (a) 1. for urinals).

  2. Substitute the following wording for the drinking fountains heading in IBC Table 2902.1: Drinking fountains (see s. SPS 362.2902 (1) (a) 2.).

  3. In IBC Table 2902.1, substitute the following wording for the required minimum number of water closets for females in type A-4 and A-5 occupancies: 1 per 37 for the first 1,500 and 1 per 60 for the remainder exceeding 1,500.

  4. Substitute the following wording for the required number of bathtubs or showers in storage occupancies in IBC Table 2902.1: See the International Plumbing Code.

  5. Substitute the following wording for the required number of bathtubs or showers in factory and industrial occupancies in IBC Table 2902.1: See the International Plumbing Code.

(d) Addition to IBC Table 2902.1. This is an additional department footnote for IBC Table 2902.1: Footnote g. Wherever more than 500 people congregate and more than the required minimum number of water closets or urinals are provided for males, twice as many of those additional toilet facilities shall be provided for females.

Note: Examples and applications of this rule are outlined in more detail at s. 101.128, Stats.

(e) Alternative to IBC Table 2902.1. This is a department alternative to the minimum fixture requirements of IBC Table 2902.1: The required number of plumbing fixtures may be based on the actual occupancy load rather than the load determined by square footage per IBC Table 1004.5. The actual occupancy load shall be based on justification found acceptable to the department.

(2)

(a) Lavatories for toilet rooms. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2902.1: At least one lavatory shall be provided in each toilet room or in a gender−designated lounge adjacent to the toilet room. If a multiple−use lavatory is provided, 24 lineal inches of wash sink, or 20 inches measured along the edge of a circular basin will be considered equivalent to one lavatory. The total number of fixtures shall be based on the required number of separate facilities.

(b) This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 2902.2: Separate facilities may not be required in all occupancies when the number of fixtures is provided as required under IBC Table 2902.1 in individual user toilet rooms.

(4) Public facilities.

(a) This is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2902.3: The required public facilities must be provided on site or an adjacent site under the same ownership.

(b) This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 2902.3: Toilet rooms may be omitted in a small retail or mercantile building where all of the following requirements are met:

  1. No more than 25 occupants are accommodated.

  2. Other restrooms are conveniently located and available to the patrons and employees during all hours of operation.

  3. The omission is approved in writing by the local unit of government.

  4. A copy of the written approval from the local unit of government is provided to the department or its authorized representative upon request.

(5) Location of restaurant toilet rooms. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 2902.3:

Note: Additional requirements for restaurant toilet rooms may be applied by the Department of Health Services.

(5m) Location of toilet facilities. Substitute the following wording for the exception in IBC section 2902.3.2: The location and maximum travel distance to required employee facilities in factory and industrial occupancies and to required employee and patron or camper facilities serving seasonal recreational and educational camp buildings are permitted to exceed that required by this section, provided that the location and maximum distance of travel are approved.

(6) Pay facilities. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 2902.3.4 All toilet facilities shall be free of charge.

Note: Section 146.085, Stats., prohibits charging a fee for the use of toilet facilities and imposes a fine of $10 to $50 for violations.

(7) Restroom equity. Public facilities which meet the requirements of s. 101.128 (3) and (4), Stats., must provide a sufficient number of toilets and fixtures to ensure women have a speed of access equal to that of men when at maximum capacity under s. 101.128 (2), Stats.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 02-002: cr. (1) (c) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-016: r. and recr. (1) (a), am. (1) (c) 1. and 2., renum. (1) (c) 3., 4., and (4) to (7) to be (1) (c) 4., 5., and (6) to (9), cr. (1) (c) 3., (d), (4) and (5) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1) (c) 1. and (d), r. and recr. (1) (c) 3., r. (3), (4) and (8), renum. (5) to (7) and (9) to be (3) to (5) and (6) and am. (4) (intro.), (5) and (6) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-055: cr. (1) (a) 5. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (a) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (1) (a) 5., (c) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; corrections in (4) (intro.), (5), (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2014 No. 705; CR 16-094: am. (1) (a) 1., 2., cr. (1) (e), renum. (2) to (2) (a), cr. (2) (b), r. (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 22-069: cr. (5m) Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23; CR 23-007: am. (1) (a) 2., cr. (1) (a) 6., am. (1) (d), (e), (2) (a), r. and recr. (4), cr. (7) Register August 2025 No 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) (a) 6., (2) (a), (4) (a), (b) (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.2903 Drinking facilities {#sec-sps-362.2903 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.2903}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 2903: Drinking fountains, water coolers and bottled water dispensers may not be located or installed in public restrooms.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3001 Elevators {#sec-sps-362.3001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3001}

(1) Referenced standards. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 3001.3: Except as otherwise provided for in chs. SPS 361 to 366, the design, construction, installation, alteration, repair, and maintenance of conveyances and their components shall comply with ch. SPS 318.

(2) Change in use. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 3001.5: A change in use of an elevator from freight to passenger, passenger to freight, or from one freight class to another freight class shall comply with ch. SPS 318.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-043: cr. (4) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (4) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (1), renum. (2), (3) to be (1), (2) and am. Register August 201 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3002 Hoistway enclosures {#sec-sps-362.3002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3002}

(1) Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. Substitute the following wording for IBC section 3002.4:

(a) Where passenger elevators are provided, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors served by passenger elevators in all of the following situations:

  1. A building four or more stories above or four or more stories below grade plane.

  2. Any floor above or below the level affording fire department vehicle access, if the floor accommodates any one of the following occupancies:

a. Group I.

b. R-2, except for passenger elevators serving only floors within a single dwelling unit.

c. Outpatient clinic and ambulatory health care facility.

(b) The elevator car provided for fire department emergency access shall be of such a size and configuration to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24 inches by 84 inches with not less than 5-inch radius corners, in the horizontal, open position.

(c) Except in hospitals and except where all of a building’s elevators are large enough for fire department emergency access, all elevator cars that are provided for fire department emergency access shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services, star of life. The symbol may not be less than 3 inches high and shall be placed on both sides of the elevator hoistway door frame on all floor levels, approximately 60 inches above the floor.

(2) Venting. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 3002: A ventilation opening in a hoistway wall, where provided, shall have guards securely anchored to the supporting structure inside the hoistway. The guards shall consist of a wire-mesh screen of at least 0.0915-inch diameter steel wire with openings that will reject a ball one-inch in diameter, or expanded metal screen of equivalent strength and open area.

(3) Area of vents. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 3002: Where vent openings automatically open upon detection of smoke in the elevator lobbies or hoistway, upon power failure and upon activation of a manual override control, the manual override control shall comply with all of the following:

(a) Be a keyed switch of the open-auto-close type with the three positions labeled, that is operated with an FEO-K1 key or other approved key.

(b) Be located adjacent to the elevator hoistway door frame at the level of fire department vehicle access, approximately 48 inches above the floor, or other approved location. This location may be behind a locked panel.

(c) Be labeled “hoistway vent control.”

(4) Plumbing and mechanical systems. Substitute the following wording for the requirements and the exception in IBC section 3002.9:

(a) General. Except as specified in par. (b), plumbing and mechanical systems shall not be located in an elevator shaft.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., a drain or sump complying with ss. SPS 382.33 and 382.36 shall be provided in an elevator pit. Connection of the drain or sump to a sanitary system is prohibited.

  2. An elevator pit is exempt from the sump or drain requirement under subd. 1. for any of the following situations:

a. The floor of an elevator walk-in pit is level with the adjacent floor.

b. The elevator does not extend to the building’s lowest floor level and the pit floor is not in contact with the earth.

c. The pit floor is above adjacent grade where the elevator hoistway shaft has one or more exterior walls.

d. The pit will not allow the entrance of ground water and will not be greater than 16 inches in depth.

  1. The aggregate capacity for drainage from the pit shall be at least one of the following:

a. 30 gpm in a hoistway with one elevator.

b. 50 gpm in a hoistway with two or three elevators.

c. 80 gpm in a hoistway with four elevators.

Note: See s. SPS 382.36 for the width or diameter and depth of a sump pump located in an elevator pit.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 14-020: r. and recr. (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-094: renum 362.3002 to (1), r. and recr. (title), renum. 362.3004 (1) to (3) to (2) to (4) and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) (a) 2. b. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3003 Standardized fire service elevator keys {#sec-sps-362.3003 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3003}

Substitute the following for the requirements in IBC section 3003.3. All elevators shall be equipped to operate with a standardized fire service elevator key in accordance with ch. SPS 318.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3005 Machine rooms {#sec-sps-362.3005 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3005}

(1) Scope. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 3005: This section applies to elevator machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, and control spaces not within the hoistway.

(2) Access. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC section 3005.1: Note: See ch. SPS 318 for additional requirements, including a prohibition against accessing elevator machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, or control spaces through a toilet room, sleeping room or other private space; and a prohibition against accessing spaces, machinery or equipment not related to a conveyance through machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, control spaces, or hoistways.

(3) Temperature and humidity. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 3005.2: Elevator machine rooms that contain solid-state equipment for elevator operation shall be provided with an independent means to control the temperature and humidity in the machine room.

Note: See IBC section 3003.1.4 and ASME A17.1 section 2.7.9.2 for additional requirements that may apply.

(4) Pressurization. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 3005.3: An elevator machine room which serves a pressurized elevator hoistway and which is not directly connected to the pressurized elevator shaft is not required to be pressurized.

(4m) Shunt trip. The following is an exception to IBC section 3005.5. A sprinkler of a sidewall type installed 24 inches or less above the elevator pit floor may not require a heat detector or other means to disconnect the main line power supply.

(5) Plumbing systems. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IBC section 3005.6: Plumbing systems not used in connection with the operation of the elevator may not be located in elevator equipment rooms.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-111: renum. (1) and (2) to be (2) and (3) and cr. (1) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (3) to be (4), cr. (3) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 14-020: renum. (1), (2), (4) to (2), (4), (5), cr. (1), (r) (3), cr. (3) Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; (1) (title), (3) (title) added under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2014 No. 704; CR 16-094: renum. 362.3006 to 362.3005 and am., cr. (4m), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (4) and (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3100 Special construction {#sec-sps-362.3100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3100}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IBC chapter 31: Mausoleum structures shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in accordance with chs. SPS 361 to 366. Mausoleums shall be classified as a Group S-1 storage occupancy and shall be constructed of reinforced concrete or other materials of similar durability.

Note: Section 157.12 (2) (d), Stats., reads as follows: “A mausoleum shall be constructed to last as long as possible, taking into consideration the technology and economics applicable to mausoleum construction at the time of construction.”

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am., cr. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. (1), renum. (2) to be Comm 62.3100 Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3102 Membrane structures and blower equipment {#sec-sps-362.3102 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3102}

(1) Temporary structures. This is a department exception to the requirements in IBC section 3102.1: Membrane structures that are seasonal recreational and educational camp buildings erected on balconies, decks, or other permanent raised platforms no more than 36” above grade at any point shall comply with the International Fire Code.

(2) Blower equipment. Substitute the following wording for requirement 2 in IBC section 3102.8.1.2: Blowers shall be provided with inlet screens, belt guards and other protective devices as required to provide protection from injury.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 22-069: r. and recr. Register July 2023 No. 811, eff. 8-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3103 Temporary structures {#sec-sps-362.3103 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3103}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC section 3103: Under IBC sections 3103.1.2 and 3103.2, the requirements for permits and construction documents for temporary structures are at the option of the local code official.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3104 Pedestrian walkways and tunnels {#sec-sps-362.3104 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3104}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exception in IBC section 3104.2: Buildings that are connected in accordance with IBC section 3104 shall be considered to be separate structures.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. (1) (title) and (2), renum. (1) to be Comm 62.3104 Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3109 Swimming pool enclosures {#sec-sps-362.3109 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3109}

Substitute the following informational note for the requirements in IBC section 3109. Note: See ch. SPS 390 for requirements for swimming pool enclosures.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3200 Encroachments into the public right-of-way {#sec-sps-362.3200 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3200}

The requirements in IBC chapter 32 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3300 Safeguards during construction {#sec-sps-362.3300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3300}

(1) General. Except for the requirements in IBC sections 3302.1 and 3303.5, the requirements in IBC chapter 33 are not included as part of this code.

(2) Protection of adjoining property. This is a department informational note to be used under IBC chapter 33: Note: Sections 101.111 (1) to (6), Stats., read as follows:

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: renum. (1) to be Comm 62.3300 and renum. (2) to be Comm 62.3307 Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 362.3307 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; renum. 362.3300 to 362.3300 (1) and renum. 362.3300, as renumbered from 362.3700, to 362.3300 (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., (title) added to 362.3300 (1) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3500 Referenced standards {#sec-sps-362.3500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3500}

(1) Introduction. Substitute the following wording for the introductory paragraph in IBC chapter 35: This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in s. SPS 361.03 (1) (b) and (3) (a).

(3) Addition. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IBC chapter 35: NFPA 45-2019, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: NFPA standards may be viewed online free of charge at NFPA.org or purchased from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.

Copies of the standard adopted under this chapter are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: r. and recr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1), r. (2) and (3) (a), renum. (3) (b) to (e) to be (3) (a) to (d) and am. (3) (c) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; EmR0826: emerg. cr. (3) (e), eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-085: cr. (3) (e) and (f) Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; CR 10-103: r. (3) (a), am. (3) (b), (d) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: renum. (3) (intro.) to (3) and am., r. (3) (b) to (f), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (3) under s. 35.17, Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: am. (3) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 362.3600 Appendices {#sec-sps-362.3600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 362.3600}

(1) Exclusions. The provisions in IBC Appendices A, B, D, F to K, M, and O are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(2) Appendix C. The provisions in IBC Appendix C apply to Group U agricultural buildings, as described in IBC section C 101.1, that are not exempt from chs. SPS 361 to 366 as outlined in ss. SPS 361.01 and 361.02 (2) and (3).

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1), (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Chapter SPS 363 ENERGY CONSERVATION

Subchapter I Purpose and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.001 Purpose {#sec-sps-363.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.001}

This chapter regulates the design and construction of buildings for the effective use of energy. This chapter provides flexibility to permit the use of innovative approaches and techniques to achieve the effective use of energy. This chapter is not intended to abridge safety, health or environmental requirements contained in other applicable codes.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.002 Application {#sec-sps-363.002 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.002}

(1) Mixed occupancy. Where a building includes both commercial and residential occupancies, each occupancy shall be separately considered and meet the applicable provisions of IECC commercial provisions for commercial occupancies or IECC residential provisions for residential occupancies.

(2) Exempt buildings and structures. Glazed structures or glazed portions of buildings used for the production of plant life or for maintaining plant life as the primary purpose are exempt from the building thermal envelope provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366, provided that glazed portions are separated from the remainder of the building by building thermal envelope assemblies complying with this chapter.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. (1), (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.

Subchapter II Changes, Additions or Omissions to the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC)

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0100 Changes, additions or omissions to IECC {#sec-sps-363.0100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0100}

Changes, additions or omissions to the IECC are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the IECC.

Note: The sections in this chapter are generally numbered to correspond to the numbering used in the IECC, with a 0 to the right of the decimal point referring to the commercial provisions and a 5 to the right of the decimal point referring to the residential provisions of the IECC, i.e., s. SPS 363.0101 refers to IECC section C101 and s. SPS 363.5101 refers to section IECC section R101.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0101 Administration and enforcement {#sec-sps-363.0101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0101}

The requirements in IECC sections C101 and C103 to C110 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0202 General definitions {#sec-sps-363.0202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0202}

(1) Additions. This is a department definition for this chapter in addition to the definitions in IECC section C202: “Effective aperture” or “EA” means for windows, the visible light transmittance times the window wall ratio per wall; and for sky lights, the well efficiency times the visible light transmittance times the sky light area times 0.85 divided by the gross exterior roof area.

(2) Substitutions. Substitute the following for the corresponding definitions listed in IECC section C202:

(a) “Approved” has the meaning given in s. SPS 362.0202 (2) (a).

(b) “Daylight responsive control” means a device or system that provides the automatic control of lamps and luminaires located in daylight zone only or a manual control of lamps or luminaires located in daylight zone only in such manner that at least 50% of the lamps are controlled in a reasonably uniform illumination pattern per IECC section C405.2.2.2, with the capability for the lamps to be operated at 100% or 0% of their design lighting capability.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1), renum. (2) to (2) (intro.) and am., cr. (2) (a), (b), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0302 Exterior design conditions {#sec-sps-363.0302 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0302}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IECC section C302: The exterior design temperatures used for heating and cooling load calculations shall be as specified in SPS Table 363.0302 or ASHRAE 90.1 – 2019.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0303 Materials, systems and equipment {#sec-sps-363.0303 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0303}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IECC section C303.

(1) General. Except as specified in sub. (2), when available, information on thermal properties, performance of building envelope sections, and components and heat transfer shall be obtained from ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.

Note: Use of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals standard in effect at the time of publication of the 2021 IECC constitutes compliance with this section.

(2) Exceptions.

(a) When the information is not available from ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, the data shall be obtained from laboratory or field-test measurements. If laboratory or field test measurements are used for envelope heat transmission, the measurements shall be obtained using one of the following test methods:

  1. ASTM C177-19, Test method by guarded hot plate apparatus.

  2. ASTM C335/C335M-17, Test method of horizontal pipe insulation.

  3. ASTM C518-21, Test method by means of the heat flow meter apparatus.

  4. ASTM C1363-19, Test method by means of a hot box apparatus.

(b) For foam plastic insulation that incorporates a substance other than air as the insulating medium, laboratory or field tests shall be conducted on representative samples that have been aged for the equivalent of 5 years or until the R–Value has stabilized to determine thermal properties or performance. The tests shall be conducted by an independent third party.

(c) Integrally insulated concrete masonry systems within the scope of the National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) shall be evaluated for the thermal performance of the masonry or concrete units in accordance with one of the following:

  1. NCMA Evaluation Procedures for the Integrally-Insulated Concrete Masonry Walls.

  2. Default values as approved by the department.

(d) All other concrete or masonry units not within the scope of the NCMA Evaluation Procedures shall comply with one of the following methods for determining the thermal performance of the assembly or system:

  1. Default values as approved by the department.

  2. Laboratory or field-test measurements specified in par. (a).

  3. Department material approval process as specified in ch. SPS 361 to determine the U-factor.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: r. (1), (2) (title), renum (2) (a), (b) to be (1), (2) and am. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 63.0102 and am. (intro.) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) (d) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (2) (a) 2. to 4., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (2) (a) 1. to 4. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0401 General application {#sec-sps-363.0401 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0401}

(1) Additional requirements. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IECC section C401.2: All of the following rules shall apply regardless of whether the IECC chapter 4[CE] or ASHRAE 90.1 standard is used to determine compliance:

(a) Section SPS 363.0403 (1) relating to design loads.

(b) Section SPS 363.0403 (3) relating to economizers.

(c) Section SPS 363.0405 relating to lighting systems.

(d) IECC section C405.2.2.2 relating to dual switching.

(2) Automatic receptacle control. The requirements in ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2019 section 8.4.2 are not included as part of this chapter.

(3) Monitoring. Substitute the following wording for ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2019 section 8.4.3.1: A measurement device shall be installed in new buildings to monitor total electrical energy use. For buildings with tenants, total electrical energy shall be monitored for the total building or for each individual tenant.

(4) Application. Substitute the following wording for 2015 IECC section C401.2 condition 2: The requirements of sections C402 to C405.

Note: Due to an inadvertent omission in CR 23-007 the above reference to IECC section C401.2 condition 2 was not updated. 2015 IECC section C401.2 Condition 2 has been renumbered by the ICC to 2021 IECC section C401.2.1 Condition 1. The error will be corrected in future rulemaking.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: renum. 363.0501 to 363.0401 (1) and am., cr. (2) to (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) (b), (2), (3), r. (5) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0402 Building envelope requirements {#sec-sps-363.0402 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0402}

The requirements in IECC section C402.5.1.5 Item 3 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. and recr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0403 Building mechanical systems {#sec-sps-363.0403 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0403}

(1) Calculation of heating and cooling loads. The following wording is a department requirement in addition to the requirements in IECC section C403.1.1: Design heating and cooling loads shall be determined in accordance with s. SPS 363.0302 and Table 363.0302 or ASHRAE 90.1 – 2019.

(2) Equipment and system sizing. Substitute the following wording for the requirements and the exceptions in IECC section C403.3.1: Heating and cooling equipment and systems shall be sized to provide the minimum space and system loads calculated in accordance with s. SPS 363.0302 or ASHRAE 90.1 – 2019.

(3) Economizers Simple Hvac Systems. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IECC section C403.5: Supply air economizers shall be provided on the following cooling systems:

(a) All package roof top units.

(b) All other cooling systems ≥ 60,000 Btu/h. Where a single room or space is supplied by multiple air systems, the aggregate cooling capacity of those systems shall be used in applying this requirement.

(4) Economizers cooling requirements. Substitute the following wording for the title of IECC Table C403.3.2 (3): MINIMUM BUILDING CHILLED WATER SYSTEM COOLING CAPACITY FOR DETERMINING ECONOMIZER COOLING REQUIREMENTS.

(7) Demand controlled ventilation. Substitute the following for the wording, but not the exceptions, in IECC section C403.7.1: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces larger than 40 people per 1000 sq. ft. (93 m2) of floor area (as established in IMC Table 403.3.1.1) and served by systems with one or more of the following:

(a) An air-side economizer.

(b) An automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper.

(c) A design outdoor airflow greater than 3,000 cfm (1416L/s).

(12) Fault detection and diagnostics. The requirements in IECC sections C403.2.3 Item 2, C403.2.3 Item 3, and C403.2.3 Item 4 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(13) Duct and plenum insulation and sealing. This is a department informational note to be used under IECC section C403.12.1: Note: For the purpose of determining insulation requirements, ductwork located outside of the building envelope is considered to be located outside of the building.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made to (9) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (3) to (6), Table 503.2.3 (1), Table 503.2.3 (2), Table 63.0503, (8), (9), renum. (7) to be (3), cr. (4), (5), (6) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: renum. 363.0503 (title), (1), (2) to 363.0403 (title), (1), (2) and am., r. (3), renum. 363.0503 (4) to (6) to 363.0403 (3) to (5) and am., cr. (6) to (11), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1), (2), (3) (intro.), (b), (4), r. (5), (6), am. (7) (intro.), r. (8) to (11), cr. (12), (13) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) to (3), (7), (12), (13) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0404 Service water heating {#sec-sps-363.0404 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0404}

(1) Heat traps. The requirements in IECC section C404.3 are not included as part of this chapter.

(2) Heated water supply piping. The requirements of IECC sections C404.5, C404.5.1, and C404.5.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366. Refer to ch. SPS 382 for heated water supply piping requirements.

(3) Circulation systems. The requirements of IECC sections C404.6.1, C404.6.2, and C404.6.3 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366. Refer to ch. SPS 382 for service water heating circulation requirements.

(4) Pools and spas. The requirements in IECC sections C404.8.2 and C404.8.3 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 09-104: cr. (3) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 363.0504 to 363.0404 and am., cr. (4), (5), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. and recr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) to (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0405 Lighting systems {#sec-sps-363.0405 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0405}

(1) Controls. These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IECC section C405:

(a) General. Except as provided in par. (b), daylight zones in any interior enclosed space greater than 250 square feet and a lighting density more than 0.6 W/ft2 shall have at least one control that meets all of the following requirements:

  1. Controls only luminaires in the daylight zones.

  2. Controls at least 50% of the lamps or luminaires in the daylight zone, in a manner described in IECC section C405.2.3.

(b) Exceptions. The requirements of this subsection do not apply to any of the following:

  1. Daylight zones where the effective aperture of glazing is equal or less than 0.1 for vertical glazing and 0.01 for horizontal glazing.

  2. Daylight zones where existing adjacent structures or natural objects obstruct daylight to the extent that effective use of daylighting is not feasible.

(2) Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway. Substitute the following for the requirements in IECC section C405: The wattage of line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway which allows the addition or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the volt-ampere rating of the branch circuit feeding the luminaries or an integral current limiter controlling the luminaires, or the higher of the maximum relamping rated wattage of all of the luminaires included in the system, listed on a permanent factory installed label, or 30 W/linear foot.

(3) Occupant sensor lighting controls.

(a) Substitute the following for the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IECC section C405.2: Lighting systems shall be provided with controls as specified in sections C405.2.2, C405.2.3, C405.2.4, and C405.2.5.

(b) The requirements in IECC section C405.2.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (1), (2) (a) 3., (3), renum. (2), (4) to be (1), (2) and am. (1) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 363.0505 to 363.0405 and am. (1) (intro.), (a) 2., (2), cr. (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0407 Total building performance - COMcheck {#sec-sps-363.0407 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0407}

This is a department informational note to be used under IECC section C407: Note: COMcheck is a computer program that may be used only for determining building envelope or lighting compliance. The COMcheck computer program may be downloaded at: http:/www.energycodes.gov/. The most recent version of COMcheck shall be used to demonstrate code compliance. The 2015 IECC or ASHRAE 90.1-2013 options shall be selected.

Note: Due to an inadvertent omission in CR 23-007, the above references to ASHRAE 90.1 and the IECC were not updated, and if used as indicated will not result in code compliant calculations. To obtain code compliant calculations when using COMcheck, ASHRAE 90.1-2019 or IECC 2021 compliance options shall be selected. The error will be corrected in future rulemaking.

History

  • CR 16-094: renum. 363.0506 (title) to 363.0407 (title), renum. 363.0506 to 363.0407 (3) and am., cr. (1), (2), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats, Register July 2018 No. 751; CR 23-007: r. (1), (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; renum. (3) to SPS 363.0407 and am. (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., 2., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0503 Lighting alterations {#sec-sps-363.0503 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0503}

Substitute the following wording for the exception in IECC section C503.6: Alterations that replace less than 50 percent of the luminaires in a space, provided that such alterations do not increase the installed interior lighting power.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. (1) to (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; renum. (5) to SPS 363.0503 and am. (title) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., 2., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.0600 Referenced standards {#sec-sps-363.0600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.0600}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IECC chapter 6[CE]: The following standards are incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366:

(1) ASTM C177-19, Test method for steady-state heat flux measurements and thermal transmission properties by means of the guarded-hot-plate apparatus.

(2) ASTM C335/335M-17, Test method for steady state heat transfer properties of horizontal pipe insulation.

(3) ASTM 518-21, Test method for steady-state thermal transmission properties by means of the heat flow meter apparatus.

(4) ASTM C1363-19, Test method for thermal performance of materials and envelope assemblies by means of a hot box apparatus.

(5) National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) Evaluation Procedures of Integrally Insulated Concrete Masonry Walls, January 1, 1999.

Note: ASTM standards may be purchased at www.astm.org or from the American Society for Testing and Materials International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

NCMA Evaluation Procedures may be purchased at ncma.org or from the National Concrete Masonry Association, 13750 Sunrise Valley Drive, Herndon, VA 20171.

Copies of the standards adopted under this section are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. 363.0900 to 363.0600 and am. (intro.), (1) to (4), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) to (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5101 Administration and enforcement {#sec-sps-363.5101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5101}

The requirements in IECC sections R101 and R103 to R110 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5202 Substitutions {#sec-sps-363.5202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5202}

Substitute the following definition for the corresponding definition listed in IECC section R202: “Approved” has the meaning given in s. SPS 362.0202 (2) (a).

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5302 Exterior design conditions {#sec-sps-363.5302 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5302}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IECC section R302: The exterior design temperatures used for heating and cooling load calculations shall be as specified in SPS Table 363.0302 or ASHRAE 90.1 – 2019.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5303 Materials, systems, and equipment {#sec-sps-363.5303 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5303}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IECC section R303:

(1) General. Except as specified in sub. (2), when available, information on thermal properties, performance of building envelope sections, and components and heat transfer shall be obtained from ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.

Note: Use of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals standard in effect at the time of publication of the 2021 IECC constitutes compliance with this section.

(2) Exceptions.

(a) When the information is not available from ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, the data shall be obtained from laboratory or field-test measurements. If laboratory or field test measurements are used for envelope heat transmission, the measurements shall be obtained using one of the following test methods:

  1. ASTM C177-19, Test method by guarded hot plate apparatus.

  2. ASTM C335/335M-17, Test method of horizontal pipe insulation.

  3. ASTM 518-21, Test method by means of the heat flow meter apparatus.

  4. ASTM C1363-19, Test method by means of a hot box apparatus.

(b) For foam plastic insulation that incorporates a substance other than air as the insulating medium, laboratory or field tests shall be conducted on representative samples that have been aged for the equivalent of 5 years or until the R-Value has stabilized to determine thermal properties or performance. The tests shall be conducted by an independent third party.

(c) Integrally insulated concrete masonry systems within the scope of the National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) shall be evaluated for the thermal performance of the masonry or concrete units in accordance with one of the following:

  1. NCMA Evaluation Procedures for the Integrally-Insulated Concrete Masonry Walls.

  2. Default values as approved by the department.

(d) All other concrete or masonry units not within the scope of the NCMA Evaluation Procedures shall comply with one of the following methods for determining the thermal performance of the assembly or system:

  1. Default values as approved by the department.

  2. Laboratory or field-test measurements specified in par. (a).

  3. Department material approval process as specified in ch. SPS 361 to determine the U-factor.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (2) (a) 1. to 4. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5401 Certificate {#sec-sps-363.5401 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5401}

The requirements in IECC section R401.3 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. 363.5401 from 363.0401 and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5403 Systems {#sec-sps-363.5403 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5403}

(1) Electrical power and lighting. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IECC section R403: In residential buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall be made to determine the electrical energy consumed by each tenant by separately metering individual dwelling units.

(2) Ducts. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IECC section R403.3.4: All ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with IMC section 603.9.

(3) Protection of piping insulation in residential buildings. The requirements in IECC section R403.4.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. (2), r. (3) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 363.5403 from 363.0403 and am., cr. (3), Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5404 Lighting equipment {#sec-sps-363.5404 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5404}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exception, in IECC section R404.1: A minimum of 50 percent of the lamps in permanently installed lighting fixtures shall be high-efficacy lamps.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5405 Calculation software tools {#sec-sps-363.5405 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5405}

This is a department informational note to be used under IECC section R405.6: Note: The federal Department of Energy has developed REScheckTM, a computer program that may be used in demonstrating compliance for a residential building which has no more than 3 stories above grade plane and has 3 or more dwelling units. The REScheck program may be downloaded at http://www.energycodes.gov. The most recent version of REScheck shall be used to determine code compliance. When using the program, the applicable code must be defined as the “2021 IECC.”

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 63.0404 and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 363.5405 from 363.0405 and am., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 363.5600 Referenced standards {#sec-sps-363.5600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 363.5600}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IECC chapter 6[RE]: The following standards are incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366:

(1) ASTM C177-19, Test method for steady-state heat flux measurements and thermal transmission properties by means of the guarded-hot-plate apparatus.

(2) ASTM C335/335M-17, Test method for steady state heat transfer properties of horizontal pipe insulation.

(3) ASTM C518-21, Test method for steady-state thermal transmission properties by means of the heat flow meter apparatus.

(4) ASTM C1363-19, Test method for thermal performance of materials and envelope assemblies by means of a hot box apparatus.

Note: ASTM standards may be purchased at www.astm.org or from the American Society for Testing and Materials International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

Copies of the standards adopted under this section are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr., Register April 2018 No. 748 eff. 5-1-18; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: am. (1) to (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Chapter SPS 364 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Subchapter I Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0001 Scope {#sec-sps-364.0001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0001}

(1) This chapter shall regulate the design, installation, maintenance, alteration and inspection of mechanical systems that provide control of environmental conditions and related processes within buildings. This chapter shall also regulate those mechanical systems, system components, equipment and appliances specifically addressed herein. The use of fuel gas distribution piping and equipment, fuel gas-fired appliances and fuel gas-fired appliance venting systems shall be regulated by ch. SPS 365.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the department may not adopt or enforce minimum ventilation standards for indoor drive-through self-service storage facilities described in Table 364.0403 that are more restrictive than the standards under this chapter applicable to warehouses.

(3) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the department may not adopt or enforce minimum ventilation standards for a building in which a boat that is not a motorized vehicle under s. SPS 364.0202 (1) (f) is or may be stored that are more restrictive than the standards under this chapter that would otherwise apply.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: cr. (2), (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; renum. 364.0001 to 364.0001 (1) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748.

Subchapter II Changes, Additions or Omissions to the International Mechanical Code (IMC)

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0100 Changes, additions or omission to the International Mechanical Code (IMC) {#sec-sps-364.0100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0100}

Changes, additions or omissions to the IMC are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the IMC.

Note: The sections in this subchapter are generally numbered to correspond with the section numbering in the IMC; e.g., s. SPS 364.0102 corresponds to IMC section 102.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0101 Administration {#sec-sps-364.0101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0101}

Except for IMC section 102.8, the requirements in IMC chapter 1 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0202 Definitions {#sec-sps-364.0202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0202}

(1) Additions. These are department definitions in addition to the definitions for this chapter in IMC section 202:

(am) “DHS” means the department of health services.

(as) “Dry stored” means storage of a boat out of water.

(b) “Enclosed parking garage” means an enclosed building where motorized vehicles are stored or parked.

(d) “Health care facility” means a hospital, nursing home, outpatient surgical facility, or community-based residential facility.

(e) “Living area” means those areas within a dwelling unit involving living rooms, bedrooms, dens, family rooms, and recreation rooms, but not rooms used for cooking, bathing, washing, and sanitation purposes.

(f) “Motorized vehicle” means a self-propelled motor-driven vehicle that is used for moving people or products on land, water, or air. “Motorized vehicle” does not include a boat that is dry stored and not operated in the building in which it is stored.

Note: “Motorized vehicle” in this definition is intended to apply to motorized equipment transporting people and goods for pleasure, construction or commerce, rather than equipment dedicated to warehousing and yard operations, such as forklifts; or for grounds and facility maintenance, such as lawnmowers; or for amusement facilities, such as go-carts.

(2) Substitutions. Substitute the following meanings for the corresponding definitions in IMC section 202: “Approved” has the meaning given in s. SPS 362.0202 (2).

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: r. (2) (b), renum. (2) (c) to be (2) (b) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2003 No. 568; CR 06-120: am. (1) (intro.), r. (1) (a), (b) and (2) (b), r. and recr. (1) (d), renum. (2) (a) to be (2) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; corrections in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats; CR 10-103: am. (1) (d) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; corrections in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., 7., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: cr. (1) (b), renum. (1) (c) to (1) (am), am. (1) (d), cr. (1) (e), (f) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: cr. (1) (as) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0300 Health care facilities {#sec-sps-364.0300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0300}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC chapter 3: In addition to the requirements in chs. SPS 361 to 366, the heating and ventilation systems for health care facilities only shall conform to the applicable provisions of ANSI /ASHRAE /ASHE Standard 170 – 2017, Ventilation of Health Care Facilities.

(2) Substitute the following definition for the corresponding definition listed in ASHRAE 170 section 3: “Alteration”, has the meaning as given in IEBC section 202.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. (1) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1), r. and recr. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0301 General regulations {#sec-sps-364.0301 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0301}

(1) Scope. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 301.1: This chapter shall govern the approval and installation of all equipment and appliances that comprise parts of the building mechanical systems regulated by chs. SPS 361 to 366 in accordance with subch. I.

(2) Energy utilization. This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 301.7.

Note: See ch. SPS 363 for additional requirements.

(3) Listed and labeled. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 301.7:

(a) General. All appliances regulated by this chapter shall be listed and labeled as specified in this chapter, unless approved by the department in accordance with par. (b) or the product approval criteria in s. SPS 361.50.

(b) Unlisted appliances. The department may approve an installation of an unlisted appliance after receipt of all of the following:

  1. A statement from the appliance manufacturer indicating the national standard with which the appliance complies.

  2. The results of a test on the output and safety controls in accordance with the national standard used by the manufacturer.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: r. and recr. (2) (a) and (b) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. (1) to (4) to be (2) to (5) and am. (3) (a), cr. (1) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (3) (b), r. (4) and (5) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (3) (b) 2. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1) to (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0304 Installation {#sec-sps-364.0304 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0304}

This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 304.2:

Note: See s. SPS 361.03 (3) for clarification on the application of different requirements and where the most restrictive requirements apply.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0307 Auxiliary and secondary drain systems {#sec-sps-364.0307 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0307}

The requirements in IMC section 307.2.3 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0309 Temperature control {#sec-sps-364.0309 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0309}

These are department exceptions to the requirements in IMC section 309.1:

(1) Alternate minimums. For those interior spaces intended for human occupancy listed in Table 364.0309, the heating system shall be capable of maintaining an indoor temperature of not less than that shown in the table at 3 feet above the floor.

(2) Seasonal occupancies. The heating requirements but not the ventilation requirements may be waived during the period of May 1 through October 15 for the following or similar occupancies: drive-in eating places, club houses, outdoor toilets, camp lodge buildings, canning factories and migrant labor camps.

(3) Spot heating. Spot heating may be used to heat individual workstations in industrial buildings in lieu of heating the entire space specified in IMC section 309, provided the design temperature at the fixed workstation is at least 60° F.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-135: am. (1) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (1), Table 364.0309, cr. (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (1) Table 364.0309 footnote Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0312 Heating and cooling load calculations {#sec-sps-364.0312 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0312}

This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 312:

Note: For design parameters in the IECC refer to ch. SPS 363 or IECC section C403.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0313 Other requirements {#sec-sps-364.0313 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0313}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IMC chapter 3:

(1) Balancing, final test required. Every heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall be balanced upon installation. The person or agency responsible for balancing of the ventilating system shall document in writing the amount of outdoor air being provided and distributed for the building occupants and any other specialty ventilation. The document shall be retained at the site and shall be made available to the department upon request.

(a) Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to minimize losses from damper throttling by first adjusting fan speed then adjusting dampers to meet design flow conditions. Balancing procedures shall be acceptable to the department. Damper throttling alone may be used for air system balancing with fan motors of 1 hp or less, or if throttling results in no greater than 1/3 hp fan horsepower draw above that required if the fan speed were adjusted.

(b) Either of the following test methods shall be used:

  1. Hydronic systems shall be balanced in a manner to minimize valve throttling losses by first trimming the pump impeller or adjusting the pump speed then adjusting the valves to meet design flow conditions.

  2. Valve throttling alone may be used for hydronic system balancing under any of the following conditions as specified in subd. 2. a. to d.

a. Pumps with pump motors of 10 hp or less.

b. If throttling results in no greater than 3 hp pump horsepower draw for pumps of 60 hp or less, or no greater than 5% of pump horsepower draw for pumps greater than 60 hp, above that required if the impeller were trimmed.

c. To reserve additional pump pressure capability in open circuit piping systems subject to fouling. Valve throttling pressure drop shall not exceed that expected for future fouling.

d. Where it can be shown that throttling will not increase overall building energy costs.

Note: National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards, the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards, the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA), or equivalent balancing procedures are acceptable to the department.

(2) Balancing, proper working condition. HVAC control systems shall be tested to assure that control elements are calibrated, adjusted and in proper working condition.

(3) Balancing, operating and maintenance manuals.

(a) The designer or installer shall provide the owner with written instructions for the operation and maintenance of the HVAC systems and equipment. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided to the building owner or operator. The manual shall include basic data relating to the operation and maintenance of heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment.

(b) Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. Where applicable, HVAC controls information such as diagrams, schematics, control sequence descriptions, and maintenance and calibration information shall be included.

(4) Applicability. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC chapter 1:

(a) The designer or installer shall provide the owner with written instructions for the operation and maintenance of the system and equipment. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided to the building owner or operator. The manual shall include basic data relating to the operation and maintenance of heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and equipment.

(b) Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. Where applicable, HVAC controls information such as diagrams, schematics, control sequence descriptions, and maintenance and calibration information shall be included.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (3) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: (4) renum. from Comm 64.0102 Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0401 Ventilation {#sec-sps-364.0401 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0401}

(1) Ventilation required.

(a) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IMC section 401.2:

  1. Natural ventilation shall be in accordance with s. SPS 364.0402.

  2. Mechanical ventilation shall be in accordance with IMC section 403 and as modified in ss. SPS 364.0403 (1) to (6).

  3. Chemical or septic toilets and composting privies are prohibited in spaces under negative pressure. Toilet rooms with chemical or septic toilets shall be provided with natural ventilation via a window, louver or skylight with at least 2 square feet of area openable directly to the outside per septic vault or per chemical toilet. The opening shall be provided with a screen to limit the passage of insects and vermin.

(b) These are department exceptions to the requirements of IMC section 401.2:

  1. Outdoor air ventilation by natural or mechanical means shall be permitted to be omitted in large volume spaces containing 5,000 or more cubic feet per occupant.

  2. A toilet room that has only one water closet or urinal and no bathtub or shower may be provided with either natural ventilation via a window or louvered opening with at least 2 square feet of area openable directly to the outside or mechanical exhaust ventilation as specified in Table 364.0403.

  3. A janitor closet that has only one service sink may be provided with either natural ventilation via a window or louvered opening with at least 2 square feet of area openable directly to the outside or mechanical exhaust ventilation as specified in Table 364.0403.

(2) When required. Substitute the following wording for the requirements of IMC section 401.3:

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), ventilation shall be provided during the periods that the room or space is occupied.

(b) Mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided for natatoriums and chlorine storage and handling rooms even when the space or building is not occupied.

(c) In addition to the criteria under s. 101.025 (1), Stats., the area that may be occupied by motorized vehicles shall be considered when establishing minimum quantities of outside air that must be supplied.

(4) Intake openings.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC introductory section 401.4: Air intake openings for both mechanical and gravity ventilation systems shall comply with all of the following:

(b) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 401.4 item 2: Intake openings shall be located not less than 10 feet horizontally from any hazardous or noxious contaminant source except as specified in IMC section 401.4, item 3 and section 501.3.1.

(c) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 401.4: The lowest side of outside air intake required openings shall be located at least 12 inches vertically from the adjoining grade level, above adjoining roof surfaces, or above the bottom of an areaway.

(d) These are department exceptions in addition to the requirements in IMC section 401.4 and par. (c):

  1. The setback distances as specified in IMC section 401.4 and par. (c) shall not apply to the combustion air intake of a direct vent appliance.

  2. Where it can be demonstrated that an engineered system design will prevent the maximum concentration of contaminants brought in through the outside air intake from exceeding the maximum contaminant concentration obtainable by providing the separation distances in accordance with IMC section 401.4 and par. (c), the outdoor air intakes may be located in accordance with such engineered system design.

(e) Substitute the following wording for the wording in IMC section 401.4, item 1: Intake openings shall be located a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from lot lines or buildings on the same lot. Where openings front on a street or public way, the distance shall be measured to the centerline of the street or public way.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 for plumbing vent setbacks. That rule requires plumbing vents to be 10 feet from air intakes and 10 feet horizontally from or 2 feet above roof scuttles, doors or openable windows.

Note: See NFPA standard 45, Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, adopted under s. SPS 362.3500, for chemical fume hood exhaust location. Health care and related facilities may have additional requirements.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-135: r. and recr. (4) (a) (intro.), cr. (4) (a) 4. and (b) 5., CR 01-139: r. and recr. (4) (a) 3., am. (4) (b) 2. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (1), (2) and (4) (a), r. (3), (4) (b) 2. to 4., am. (4) (b) (intro.), 1. and (5) (intro.), renum. (4) (b) 5. to be (4) (b) 2. and am., cr. (6) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. (1), renum. (4) (a) and (b) to be (4) (c) and (d) and am., cr. (4) (a) and (b), renum. (5) and (6) to be Comm 64.0501 (3) and (5) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11 correction in (1) (a) 1., 2., (b) 2., 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: (1) (a) 3. renum. from SPS 364.0407 and am., cr. (2) (c), am. (4) (b), cr. (4) (e) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (2) (b) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0402 Natural ventilation {#sec-sps-364.0402 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0402}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 402: The use of natural ventilation shall be permitted under either of the following:

(1) In occupancies specified in Table 364.0402.

(2) For any occupancy, provided an engineered design indicates how the ventilation satisfies the needs of the occupancy.

Note: Natural ventilation is no longer permitted for kitchen exhaust.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. Table 364.0402 Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Table 364.0402 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0403 Mechanical ventilation {#sec-sps-364.0403 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0403}

(1) Outdoor air required.

(a) Substitute the following wording for the exception in IMC section 403.2: Where it can be demonstrated that an engineered ventilation system design will prevent the maximum concentration of contaminants from exceeding the maximum obtainable by providing the rate of outdoor air ventilation determined in accordance with IMC section 403.3, as modified by subs. (2) to (6), the minimum required rate of outdoor air may be reduced in accordance with such engineered system design. A ventilation system complying with IMC section 403.3 without the modifications of subs. (2) to (6) is recognized as meeting this exception.

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 403.2: The outdoor air shall be free from contamination of any kind in proportions detrimental to the health and comfort of the general population exposed to it.

(2) Recirculation prohibited. Substitute the following wording for exception 3 in IMC section 403.2.1: Where mechanical exhaust is governed by Table 364.0403 footnote c., recirculation of air from such spaces is prohibited. All air supplied to such spaces shall be exhausted, including any air in excess of that required by Table 364.0403.

(3) Recirculation of air. This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 403.2.1:

Note: The following are examples where the department will accept air transferred from: corridor to toilet room; corridor to cloak room or janitor closet; dining room to kitchen; locker room to toilet room; gymnasium to locker room; showroom to garage; and corridor to school vocational shops.

(4) Transfer air. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 403.2.2: Except where recirculation from such spaces is prohibited by Table 364.0403, air transferred from occupied spaces is not prohibited from serving as makeup air for required exhaust systems in such spaces as kitchens, baths, toilet rooms, elevators and smoking lounges. The amount of transfer air and exhaust air shall be sufficient to provide the flow rates as specified in sub. (5). The required outdoor air rates specified in Table 364.0403 shall be introduced directly into such spaces or into the occupied spaces from which air is transferred or a combination of both.

(5) Ventilation rate. Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exception in IMC section 403.3:

(a) Ventilation rate determination.

  1. Except as provided in sub. (1) (a) and s. SPS 364.0300, a mechanical ventilation system shall be designed to have the capacity to supply a minimum outdoor airflow rate of 7.5 cfm per person as determined in accordance with Table 364.0403 based on the occupancy of the space and the occupant load or other parameters stated therein. A mechanical ventilation system shall be designed to have the capacity to exhaust air as specified in Table 364.0403 except as provided in par. (c).

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b. to d., the occupant load utilized for design of the ventilation system shall not be less than the number determined from the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 364.0403.

b. The estimated maximum occupant load rate may be determined using other means with justification acceptable to the department to show that a different number of occupants is reasonable.

c. Where there is no value indicated for the net square feet per person in Table 364.0403, the actual number of occupants shall be used to determine the required amount of outside air.

d. Ventilation rates for occupancies not represented in Table 364.0403 shall be determined by an approved engineering analysis, or by using the most similar occupancy in the table.

(b) Adjacent spaces with differing ventilation requirements.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., spaces with different ventilation requirements shall be provided with a complete solid separation, or the most stringent ventilation requirement shall apply to all unseparated areas.

  2. The separation as specified in subd. 1. is not required where an engineered ventilation design system will prevent the concentration of contaminants from exceeding that obtainable by providing a physical separation.

(c) Exceptions for certain occupancies.

  1. ‘Toilet rooms.’ A toilet room that has only one water closet or urinal and no bathtub or shower may be provided with either natural ventilation via a window or louvered opening with at least 2 square feet of area openable directly to the outside or mechanical exhaust ventilation as specified in Table 364.0403.

  2. ‘Janitor closets.’ A janitor closet that has only one service sink may be provided with either natural ventilation via a window or louvered opening with at least 2 square feet of area openable directly to the outside or mechanical exhaust ventilation as specified in Table 364.0403.

  3. ‘Locker and shower rooms.’ An adjoining locker room, shower room and toilet room shall be exhausted at the rate specified in Table 364.0403 based on the largest amount of exhaust required for any of the three rooms. A negative pressure relationship shall be maintained in the shower and toilet rooms with respect to the locker room.

  4. ‘Pool ventilation.’ In a natatorium, the volume of supply air and exhaust air may be reduced to a minimum of 1 cfm per square foot of pool surface provided automatic humidity controls perform so as not to create accelerated building material deterioration from moisture condensation.

  5. ‘Corridors.’ In a corridor, there shall be at least 7.5 CFM of outside air per 100 square feet.

(d) Common ventilation system airflow.

  1. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC sections 403.3.1.1 through 403.3.1.1.2.3.4: Where multiple spaces having different ventilation rate requirements are served by a common ventilation system, the minimum amount of outdoor airflow supplied by the ventilation system shall equal the total outdoor airflow required for each space if each space is provided with minimum air changes in accordance with this paragraph.

a. Except as provided in subd. 3., an air change rate of 6 air changes per hour shall be provided in each space.

b. The air change air rate under this subsection shall be determined upon either the actual height of the space or 10 feet from the floor level of the space which ever is less.

c. The air movement providing the required minimum air change shall be that amount that is transferred through the air handling equipment where the return air is diluted or replaced with outside air and supplied back to the space.

  1. Air change rate of less than 6 air changes per hour is permitted where mechanical cooling is provided to maintain an interior design temperature of 75 degrees F or lower. The air change rate may not be less than the alternative minimum air change rate per hour specified in Table 364.0403. Air changes are not required to be provided for spaces required to be mechanically exhausted.

  2. The air change requirement for 6 air changes per hour may be omitted in any of the following applications:

a. Buildings or rooms utilizing spot heating as the only source of heat.

b. Buildings where the requirement for outside air is waived in accordance with s. SPS 364.0401 (1) (b) 1.

c. Buildings utilizing natural ventilation as specified in IMC section 402.

(6) System operation. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 403.3.1.3: The minimum flow rate of outdoor air that the ventilation system must be capable of supplying during its operation may be based on the rate per person indicated in Table 364.0403 and the actual number of occupants present.

(7) R-2, R-3, and R-4 occupancies. The requirements of IMC section 403.3.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-135: renum. (3) to be (3) (b), cr. (3) (a), (4) (a) 6. and (5) (d), am. (5) (a), (b) 1. a., (c) 1. and (6) Table; CR 01-139: renum. (3) to (6) to be (4), (6), (8) and (9), cr. (3), (5) and (7), am. (6) Table, r. and recr. (6) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. Table 64.0403 Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (1), (4) (a), (6) (a) 3., 6. and (d), am. (2) (a) and (3), renum. (4) (b) to be (4), r. and recr. (6) (intro.), (a) 1., (8) and Table 64.0403 Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (6) (c) 4., (9), r. and recr. Table 64.0403, renum. (2) to (7), (8) to (1) to (6), (5) (d) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2), (4), (5) (a) 1., 2. a., c., d., (c) 1., 2., 3., (d) 2. d., (6), Table 364.0403 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (5) (d) 1., renum. (5) (d) 2. d. to (d) 3. and am., cr. (5) (d) 4., am. (6), cr. (7), am. Table 364.0403 Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (4), (5) (d) 2. a. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: cr. (5) (c) 6., am. (5) (d) 1., r. and recr. Table 364.0403 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0404 Enclosed parking garages {#sec-sps-364.0404 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0404}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC sections 404.1 and 404.2:

(1) Mechanical ventilation systems for enclosed parking garages shall be permitted to operate intermittently by one of the following methods:

(a) The system shall be arranged to operate continuously at a minimum exhaust rate of 0.05 cfm/sf. Subsequently, the system shall operate at a minimum of 0.75 cfm/sf automatically upon detection of vehicle operation, the presence of occupants, or by a combination of occupancy sensors and carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide sensors as appropriate for the room or space. The system shall also be designed so to address the requirements listed in s. SPS 364.0404 (2) and (3).

(b) The system shall be arranged to operate intermittently for a total of at least 5 hours in each 24-hour period at a minimum rate of 0.75 cfm/sf and shall also include the installation of carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide sensors as appropriate for the room or space. The system shall also be designed so to address the requirements listed in s. SPS 364.0404 (2) and (3).

(2)

(a) The system shall be arranged to operate automatically upon detection of carbon monoxide at a level of 35 parts per million by automatic detection devices.

(b) If diesel-fueled vehicles are stored, the system shall be arranged to operate automatically upon detection of nitrogen dioxide at a level of one part of per million by automatic detection devices.

(3) The system shall maintain the garage at negative or neutral pressure relative to other spaces.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: r. and recr. (1) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (1) and (2) (c) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: r. and recr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0501 General {#sec-sps-364.0501 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0501}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 501.1: This chapter shall govern the design, construction and installation of mechanical exhaust systems, including exhaust systems serving clothes dryers and cooking appliances; environmental air exhaust systems; hazardous exhaust systems; dust, stock and refuse conveyor systems; subslab soil exhaust systems; smoke control systems; energy recovery ventilation systems and other systems specified in IMC Section 502.

(2) This is a department exception to the requirements in IMC section 501.3: A mechanically exhausted room or space that is within a dwelling unit which is served by an independent heating, ventilating and air conditioning system is not required to be maintained with negative or neutral pressure.

(3) These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IMC section 501.3.1.

(a) Gravity ventilation ducts shall extend not less than 2 feet above the highest portion of the building within a 10-foot radius of the duct and shall be provided with a siphon roof ventilator.

(b) Where barometric relief vents are installed on the roof, the discharge openings shall be no less than 2 feet above the roof surface where the vent pierces the roof.

(5) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 401.6: Stationary local sources producing air-borne particulates, heat, odors, fumes, spray, vapors, smoke or gases in such quantities as to be injurious to health shall be provided with an exhaust system in accordance with IMC chapter 5 or a means of collection and removal of the contaminants. Such exhaust shall discharge directly to an approved location at the exterior of the building.

(6) These are department rules in addition to IMC section 501.3.2: The bottom of an exhaust outlet shall be located at least 12 inches vertically from the adjoining grade level, adjacent roof, and bottom of an areaway. Additional clearance may be required so as to address local weather conditions and surrounding land contour.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. to be (2), cr. (1), (3), (5) renum. from Comm 64.0401 (5), (6) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; corrections in (3) and (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; CR 16-094: cr. (6) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (3) (intro.), (6) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (3) (intro.), (6) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0502 Required systems {#sec-sps-364.0502 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0502}

(1) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 502.1: An exhaust system shall be provided, maintained and operated as specifically required by this section and for all occupied areas where machines, vats, tanks, furnaces, forges, salamanders and other appliances, equipment and processes in such areas produce or throw off dust particles sufficiently light to float in the air or which emit heat, odors, fumes, spray, gas or smoke, in such quantities to be injurious to health or safety.

(2) This is a department exception in addition to the exceptions in section IMC 502.14: The source capture system is not required when the motor vehicle exhaust system is connected directly to a noncombustible hose that is not more than 10 feet long and discharges directly to the exterior of the building.

Note: Under s. SPS 361.03 (14) (a), IFC section 2311.7 exempts a natural-gas motor-vehicle repair garage from the requirements of IMC section 502.16 if no work is performed on the fuel system in the vehicles, and the work is also limited to exchanging parts and maintenance that does not include any open flame or welding.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: renum. to be (1), cr. (2), Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0505 Domestic kitchen exhaust equipment {#sec-sps-364.0505 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0505}

Exception 1 in IMC section 505.3 is not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0506 Commercial kitchen grease ducts and exhaust equipment {#sec-sps-364.0506 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0506}

(2) Joints, seams and penetrations of grease ducts.

(a) This is a department alternative to the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IMC section 506.3.2: Joints, seams and penetrations of grease ducts may be made with any other means that provide a liquid-tight seal at 1500oF and that are listed and labeled for the application.

(b) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 506.3.2.: Duct joints may also be flanged joints.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. (1) and (2) (c), am. (2) (title) and (a), r. and recr. (2) (b), cr. (2) (bm) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. (2) (bm) to be (2) (c) and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 23-007: r. (2) (c) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0507 Commercial kitchen hoods {#sec-sps-364.0507 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0507}

(1) Capacity of hoods. Substitute the following wording for the introductory paragraph in IMC section 507.5: Commercial food service hoods shall exhaust a minimum net quantity of air determined either through engineering analysis or in accordance with this subsection and IMC sections 507.5.1 through 507.5.4. The net quantity of exhaust air shall be calculated by subtracting any airflow supplied directly to a hood cavity from the total exhaust flow rate of a hood. Where any combination of heavy-duty, medium-duty, and light-duty cooking appliances are utilized under a single hood, the exhaust rate required by IMC sections 507.5.1 through 507.5.4 for the heaviest duty appliance covered by the hood shall be used for the entire hood.

(3) Multiple hoods utilizing a single exhaust system. The requirements in IMC section 507.1.1.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: renum. to be (3) and am., cr. (1) and (2) Register December 2004 No.588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: am. (1), (2), cr. (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0513 Smoke control systems {#sec-sps-364.0513 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0513}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 513.3: In addition to the inspection and test requirements which buildings, structures and parts thereof are required to undergo, smoke control systems subject to the provisions of section 909 of the International Building Code shall undergo inspections and tests sufficient to verify the proper commissioning of the smoke control design in its final installed condition. The design submission accompanying the construction documents shall clearly detail procedures and methods to be used and the items subject to such inspections and tests. Such commissioning shall be in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice and, where possible, based on published standards for the particular testing involved.

History

  • CR 04-016: cr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0514 Energy recovery ventilation systems {#sec-sps-364.0514 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0514}

This is a department exception to the prohibitions in IMC section 514.2: An engineered energy recovery ventilation system design may be used in the systems specified in IMC section 514.2 provided that corrosion, cross-contamination and fouling are addressed by the engineered system.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0601 General {#sec-sps-364.0601 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0601}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 601.2 Exception 1: Use of a corridor as a source of makeup air for exhaust systems in rooms that open directly onto such corridors shall be permitted provided that each such corridor is directly supplied with air at a rate greater than the rate of makeup air taken from the corridor.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0602 Plenums {#sec-sps-364.0602 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0602}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 602.2: Plenum enclosures shall be constructed of materials permitted for the type of construction classification of the building.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IMC section 602.2.1: Except as required by IMC sections 602.2.1.1 through 602.2.1.6, materials within plenums shall be noncombustible or shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, CAN/ULC S102.2 or UL 723.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. 364.062 to 364.062 (2) and am., cr. (1) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0606 Smoke detection system control {#sec-sps-364.0606 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0606}

(1) This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 606.2.1: Note: For DHS licensed healthcare facilities as specified in chapters DHS 124, 131, 132, and 134, also refer to NFPA standard 90A section 4.2.4 for air handling units between 2,000 cfm and 15,000 cfm.

(2) This is a department informational note to be used under IMC section 606.4: Note: For DHS licensed healthcare facilities as specified in chs. DHS 124, 131, 132, and 134, also refer to NFPA standard 90A section 4.3.10 for smoke dampers isolating air handling units.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0607 Ducts and air-transfer openings {#sec-sps-364.0607 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0607}

(1m) Smoke damper actuation. This is an additional method in addition to the methods listed in IMC section 607.3.3.2: Method 6: Where a single listed duct smoke detector is installed inside the duct or outside the duct with sampling tubes protruding into the duct in the supply air ductwork downstream of the air handling equipment, including air filters, and ahead of any branch ductwork and return air duct smoke detectors are installed inside the duct or outside the duct with sampling tubes protruding into the duct within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each return air smoke damper, all supply and return smoke dampers shall be closed when any of the duct smoke detectors in the supply or return air ducts are in alarm. Other than in mechanical smoke control systems, dampers shall be closed upon fan shutdown when local smoke detectors require a minimum velocity to operate.

(2m) Duct smoke dampers. This is a department exception to the requirements in IMC section 607.5.5: Smoke dampers are not required in ducts that are used in the exhaust portion of laboratory ventilating systems that are designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 45.

(3m) Penetrations of shaft enclosures. This is a department exception to the requirements in IMC section 607.5.5: Smoke dampers are not required in ducts that are used in the exhaust portion of laboratory ventilating systems which are designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 45.

(4m) Smoke dampers in health care facilities. This is a department exception to the requirements in IMC section 607.5.4: Smoke dampers are not required in Group I-2 duct penetrations of smoke barriers in fully ducted HVAC systems.

(5) Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. This is a department additional method to the methods listed in IMC section 607.6.3: Ducts contained within individual dwelling units may connect up to three stories without a fire-rated shaft. The annular space around the penetrating duct shall be protected with an approved noncombustible material that resists the free passage of flame and the products of combustion.

History

  • CR 04-016: cr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. (1), (2) to (3m), (4m), cr. (1m), (2m) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: cr. (5) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (5) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0701 Combustible air {#sec-sps-364.0701 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0701}

Barometric dampers may not be used for combustion air as allowed by IFC section 304.3 and NFPA 54 – 2021 section 9.3.1.4.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0801 Chimneys and vents {#sec-sps-364.0801 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0801}

(1) This is a department informational note to be used under IMC chapter 8: Note: For DHS licensed healthcare facilities as specified in chs. DHS 124, 132, and 134, also refer to NFPA 211 as adopted in these chapters.

(2) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 801.2: Portable or permanently installed, fuel-fired, unvented heating appliances may not be installed except during construction or demolition of a building if the appliances are provided in accordance with ch. SPS 314.

Note: See s. SPS 365.0621 for use of portable or permanently installed, fuel-fired, unvented heating appliances.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (2), cr. (3) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. (3) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. (2) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.0918 Forced-air warm-air furnaces {#sec-sps-364.0918 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.0918}

(1) This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC section 918.6: The outside air intake openings shall be located at least 12 inches vertical from the adjoining grade level.

(2) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IMC section 918.6 item 2: Where located less than 10 feet above the surface of any abutting public way or driveway, or at grade level by a sidewalk, street, alley or driveway.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: r. (2), renum. (3) to be (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.1001 Boilers, water heaters and pressure vessels {#sec-sps-364.1001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.1001}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exceptions in IMC chapter 10:

(1) The provisions of ch. SPS 341 shall govern the installation, alteration and repair of boilers and pressure vessels. The provisions of chs. SPS 381 to 386 shall govern the installation, alteration and repair of water heaters.

(2) Water heaters utilized both to supply potable hot water and provide hot water for space-heating applications shall be listed and labeled by the manufacturer and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and applicable provisions in chs. SPS 381 to 386.

(3) Water heaters utilized for both potable water heating and space-heating applications shall be sized to prevent the space-heating load from diminishing the required water-heating capacity.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. (4) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.1101 Refrigeration {#sec-sps-364.1101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.1101}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exceptions in IMC chapter 11: Mechanical refrigerating systems installed in public buildings and places of employment shall comply with ch. SPS 345.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.1500 Referenced standards {#sec-sps-364.1500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.1500}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IMC chapter 15: The following standards are incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366:

(3) NFPA 45-2019, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals.

(4) ANSI/ASHRAE/ASHE Standard 170-2017, Ventilation of Health Care Facilities.

Note: NFPA standards may be viewed online free of charge at NFPA.org or purchased from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.

Note: Copies of the standards adopted under this section are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2003 No. 568; CR 04-016: r. and recr. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. (1), am. (2) (a), cr. (2) (c) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (2) (a) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. (2) (intro.), (a) to 364.1500 (intro.), (1m) and am., r. (2) (b), (c), cr. (2m), (3) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: r. (1m), (2m), am. (3), cr. (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 364.1600 Appendices {#sec-sps-364.1600 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 364.1600}

IMC Appendices A and B are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.

Chapter SPS 365 FUEL GAS APPLIANCES

Subchapter I Scope

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0001 Scope {#sec-sps-365.0001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0001}

This chapter shall regulate the design, installation, operation, maintenance of fuel gas piping systems, fuel gas utilization equipment and gaseous hydrogen systems.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.

Subchapter II Changes, Additions or Omissions to the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC)

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0100 Changes, Additions or Omissions to the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) {#sec-sps-365.0100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0100}

Changes, additions or omissions to the international fuel gas code are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the IFGC.

Note: The sections in this chapter are generally numbered to correspond to the numbering used in the IFGC, i.e., s. SPS 365.0202 refers to IFGC section 202.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0101 Administration {#sec-sps-365.0101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0101}

Except for IFGC section 102.8, the requirements in IFGC chapter 1 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0202 Definitions {#sec-sps-365.0202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0202}

(1) Additions. This is a department definition for this chapter in addition to the definitions in IFGC section 202: “DHS” means the department of health services.

(2) Substitutions. This is a department substitution for the corresponding definition in IFGC section 202: “Approved” has the meaning given in s. SPS 362.0202 (2).

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 1. and 7., Stats., Register April 2003 No. 568; CR 04-016: am. (2) Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: r. and recr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; corrections in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register May 2009 No. 641; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0300 Statutory requirements {#sec-sps-365.0300 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0300}

These are department informational notes to be used under IFGC chapter 3:

Note: Section 101.16 (4), Stats., requires “(a) The person actually performing the work of installing equipment utilizing liquefied petroleum gas for fuel purposes shall furnish the user of the equipment a statement, the form of which shall be prescribed by the department, showing that the design, construction, location, and installation of the equipment conforms with the rules promulgated by the department under this section.

(b) 1. A person who owns, leases, or uses a propane gas system and who is a customer of a retail supplier shall notify the retail supplier of propane gas for the propane gas system of any interruption in the operation of the propane gas system due to the replacement, modification, repair, or servicing of the propane gas system by any person other than the retail supplier. The customer shall provide the notice at least 7 days in advance of the interruption in the operation of the propane gas system, except as provided in subd. 2. The retail supplier, or the person replacing, modifying, repairing, or servicing the propane gas system, shall perform a check for leaks or other defects in the propane gas system before placing the propane gas system back into operation in the manner required by rule.

2. If the interruption of a propane gas system subject to subd. 1. is due to emergency repair or servicing, the customer shall provide the notice to the retail supplier as soon as possible and no later than 24 hours after the repair or servicing is completed.”

History

  • CR 08-092: cr. Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0301 General regulations {#sec-sps-365.0301 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0301}

(1) Scope. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IFGC section 301.1: This chapter shall govern the approval and installation of all equipment and appliances that comprise parts of the installations regulated by this code.

(2) listed and labeled. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IFGC section 301.3: The requirements as specified in s. SPS 364.0301 (3) shall apply.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: r. and recr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: am. (1) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0303 Appliance location {#sec-sps-365.0303 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0303}

(1) General. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IFGC section 303.1: If the air entering the heat exchanger of all gas–fired equipment is 30oF or lower, the heat exchanger and burners shall be constructed of corrosion–resistive materials.

(2) Prohibited locations. The exceptions 3. and 4. in IFGC section 303.3 are not included as a part of this code.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 10-103: am. (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0304 Combustible air {#sec-sps-365.0304 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0304}

Barometric dampers may not be used for combustion air.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0400 Gas piping installations {#sec-sps-365.0400 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0400}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements and exceptions in IFGC chapter 4: All gas piping and gas piping installations shall comply with NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0501 Chimneys and vents {#sec-sps-365.0501 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0501}

(1) This is a department informational note to be used under IFGC chapter 5: Note: For DHS licensed healthcare facilities as specified in chs. DHS 124, 132, and 134, also refer to NFPA 211 as adopted in these chapters.

(2) The requirements in section IFGC 501.8 item 8 are not included as a part of this chapter.

(3) Substitute the following wording for the requirements in section IFGC 501.8 item 10: Infrared radiant heaters listed for unvented use and not provided with flue collars.

(4) Plastic venting systems associated with gas-fired appliances shall meet the requirements of UL 1738, inclusive of specific testing and marking requirements for pipe, fittings, and cement.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 23-007: cr. (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0502 Door swing {#sec-sps-365.0502 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0502}

The requirements in IFGC section 502.7.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0621 Unvented heaters {#sec-sps-365.0621 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0621}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IFGC section 621: Portable or permanently installed, gas-fired, unvented heating appliances may not be installed, except during construction or demolition of a building if the appliances are provided in accordance with ch. SPS 314.

Note: See s. SPS 364.0801 (2) for use of portable unvented heating appliances that are fired with other fuels.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: r. and recr. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: renum. from s. Comm 65.0620 and am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0630 Infrared radiant heaters {#sec-sps-365.0630 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0630}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IFGC section 630.1: Unvented infrared radiant heaters may be used only in the following occupancies:

(1) Groups F and S.

(2) Groups U and H only with written approval.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. from s. Comm 65.0629 and am. (intro.) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: r. and recr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0631 Boilers {#sec-sps-365.0631 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0631}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IFGC section 631: The provisions of ch. SPS 341 shall govern the installation, alteration and repair of boilers and pressure vessels.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. from s. Comm 65.0630 and am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0632 Equipment installed in existing unlisted boilers {#sec-sps-365.0632 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0632}

The requirements in IFGC section 632 are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0800 Referenced standards {#sec-sps-365.0800 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0800}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IFGC chapter 8: The following standard is incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 361 to 366: ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54-2021, National Fuel Gas Code.

Note: NFPA standards may be purchased from the National Fire Protection Association, One Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.

Copies of the standard adopted under this section are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 04-016: am. Register December 2004 No. 588, eff. 1-1-05; CR 06-120: renum. from s. Comm 65.0700 and am. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 11-002: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 365.0900 Appendices {#sec-sps-365.0900 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 365.0900}

IFGC Appendices A to E are not included as part of this chapter.

History

  • CR 00-179: cr. Register December 2001 No. 552, eff. 7-1-02; CR 06-120: renum. from s. Comm 65.0800 Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.

Chapter SPS 366 EXISTING BUILDINGS

Subchapter I Purpose, Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0001 Purpose and scope {#sec-sps-366.0001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0001}

(1) Purpose. The purpose of ch. SPS 366 is to establish minimum requirements to safeguard public health, safety and welfare insofar as existing public buildings and place of employment are affected by the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition or relocation.

(2) Scope. The scope of ch. SPS 366 is as specified in s. SPS 361.02.

(3) Intent. The intent of this chapter is to provide flexibility to permit the use of alternative approaches to achieve compliance with minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety, and welfare insofar as they are affected by the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition, and relocation of existing buildings.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0100 Changes, additions or omissions to IEBC {#sec-sps-366.0100 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0100}

Changes, additions or omissions to the IEBC are specified in this subchapter and are rules of the department and are not requirements of the IEBC.

Note: The requirements of s. 101.132, Stats., may be more restrictive than the administrative rules when a project involves the remodeling of housing. The term “remodeled” has the meaning given in s. 101.132 (1) (h), Stats., and the term “housing” has the meaning given in s. 106.50 (1m) (L), Stats. Section 101.132 (2) (b), Stats., regarding remodeling percentages, reads:

1. If more than 50 percent of the interior square footage of any housing with 3 or more dwelling units is to be remodeled, the entire housing shall conform to the standards in par. (a), regardless of when the housing was first intended for occupancy.

2. If 25 percent to 50 percent of the interior square footage of any housing with three or more dwelling units is to be remodeled, that part of the housing that is to be remodeled shall conform to the standards in par. (a), regardless of when the housing was first intended for occupancy.

3. If less than 25 percent of the interior square footage of any housing with three or more dwelling units is to be remodeled, the remodeling is not subject to the standards in par. (a) unless the alteration involves work on doors, entrances, exits or toilet rooms, in which case the doors, entrances, exits or toilet rooms shall conform to the standards in par. (a) regardless of when the housing was first intended for occupancy.

Note: Section 101.126, Stats., requires the owner of a building to provide a separate room or designated space within or adjacent to the building for the separation, temporary storage and collection of recyclable materials that are likely to be generated by the building occupants, if there is an increase in the size of the building by 50% or more or an alteration of 50% or more of the existing area of a building that is 10,000 square feet or more in area. See Appendix B for guidelines for recommended designated areas.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0101 Administration {#sec-sps-366.0101 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0101}

Except for IEBC section 102.4, substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC chapter 1:

(1) Application. The provisions of the IEBC shall apply to the repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition, and relocation of existing buildings. Repairs, alterations, change of occupancy, existing buildings to which additions are made, historic buildings, and relocated buildings complying with the provisions of the IBC, IMC, IPC, and IRC as applicable shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(2) Change of occupancy to a public building occupancy.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), where a building or portion of a building that has not been previously occupied or used as a public building or place of employment is to be changed to an occupancy or use that constitutes a public building or place of employment, the building or portion of a building shall comply with the IBC for new construction.

(b)

  1. Under par. (a) the IBC rules for new construction do apply to the properties of existing building materials.

  2. An alteration or a change of occupancy in a qualified historic building which has not been previously occupied or used as a public building or place of employment may utilize the provisions of the IEBC as modified by this subchapter.

(3) Temporary use.

(a) A municipal fire or building code official may allow an existing building or a portion of an existing building to be used temporarily in a manner that differs from the approved use for the building or space subject to all of the following provisions:

  1. The official shall determine the time frame within which the temporary use is permitted, based on the extent hazards are created by the temporary use. This time frame may not exceed 180 days, except the official may grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

  2. Except as provided in subd. 3., buildings or spaces considered for temporary use shall conform to the requirements of this code as necessary to ensure the public safety, health, and general welfare.

  3. The official may require additional safety requirements for a temporary use as a trade-off for any safety provisions that may be lacking.

  4. The official may terminate the approval for a temporary use at any time and order immediate discontinuance of the use or complete evacuation of the building or space.

(b) A temporary use permit issued by a local authority may not supersede a state corrective building order.

(4) Compliance method.

(a) The repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition, or relocation of all existing buildings shall comply with one of the methods listed in par. (b) or (c) as selected by the applicant. Application of a method shall be the sole basis for assessing the compliance of work by the code official. Paragraphs (b) and (c) shall not be applied in combination with each other.

(b) Repairs, alterations, additions, changes in occupancy, and relocated buildings complying with the applicable requirements of IEBC chapters 3, 4, 6 to 12, and 14 shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(c) Repairs, alterations, additions, changes in occupancy, and relocated buildings complying with IEBC chapter 13 shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., cr. (2) (b) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: am. (1), renum. (3) to (3) (a) and am. (3) (a) 2., cr. (3) (b), am. (4) (b), (c) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. (4) (b), (c) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (4) (b), (c) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0202 General definitions {#sec-sps-366.0202 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0202}

(1) Additions. This is a department definition for this chapter in addition to the definitions in IEBC section 202: “Exhibit building” means a qualified historic building that is open to the general public only for display or tours.

(2) Substitutions.

(a) Substitute the following definition for the corresponding definition in IEBC section 202: “Historic building” means a “qualified historic building” as defined under s. 101.121 (2) (c), Stats.

Note: Section 101.121 (2) (c) of the Statutes reads as follows: “Qualified historic building” means a historic building which: 1. Is listed on, or has been nominated by the state historical society for listing on, the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places; 2. Is included in a district which is listed on, or has been nominated by the state historical society for listing on, the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places, and has been determined by the state historical society to contribute to the historic significance of the district; 2m. Is determined by the state historical society to be eligible for listing on the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places; 3. Is listed on a certified local register of historic property; or 4. Is included in a district which is listed on a certified local register of historic property, and has been determined by the city, village, town or county to contribute to the historic significance of the district.

Note: Form SBD-7728 may be utilized to provide the status on a historic commercial building. This form is available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov, or by request from the Department of Safety and Professional Services, P. O. Box 7302, Madison, Wisconsin 53707-7302, or call (608) 266-2112.

(b) Substitute the following definition for the corresponding definition in IEBC section 202: “Unsafe” means buildings, structures or equipment that are unsanitary, or that are deficient due to inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, or in which the structure or individual structural members meet the definition of “dangerous,” or that are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance shall be deemed unsafe.

(c) Substitute the following definition for the corresponding definition in IEBC section 202: “Work area” means that portion or portions of a building consisting of all reconfigured spaces as indicated on the construction documents. Work area excludes other portions of the building where incidental work entailed by the intended work must be performed and portions of the building where work not initially intended by the owner is specifically required by chs. SPS 361 to 366. The work area is the area reconfigured with full height walls or the area that has its required egress reconfigured.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 10-103: am. (2), cr. (2) (b) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: cr. (2) (c) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0303 Storm shelters {#sec-sps-366.0303 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0303}

The requirements in IEBC section 303 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; (title) created under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., and correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0306 Accessibility {#sec-sps-366.0306 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0306}

This is a department informational note to be used under IEBC section 306. Note: See s. 101.132, Stats., for additional accessibility requirements.

History

  • CR 23-007: cr. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; (title) created under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., and correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0307 Smoke alarms {#sec-sps-366.0307 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0307}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 603:

(1) No smoke alarm, including an alarm that exists on September 1, 2011, may remain in service for more than that specified by the manufacturer.

(2) The replacement of a smoke alarm that uses a battery as its primary power source shall be a new smoke alarm that complies with UL 217 and either of the following:

(a) The alarm is hardwired in accordance with IBC section 907.2.11.4 and has backup power in accordance with that section.

(b) The alarm uses, as its primary power source, a non-replaceable, non-removable battery that is capable of powering the alarm for at least 10 years.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0503 and am. (intro.) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0603 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0308 Carbon monoxide alarms for CBRF’s accommodating fewer than 20 residents {#sec-sps-366.0308 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0308}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 308 and are established under the authority of s. 101.127, Stats.:

(1)

(a) Existing buildings converted to be community-based residential facilities accommodating fewer than 20 residents shall be provided with carbon monoxide alarms by July 1, 2013, when either one of the following conditions exists:

  1. The building contains fuel-burning appliances.

  2. The building has an attached garage.

(b) This section applies to community-based residential facilities described under par. (a) in existence prior to January 1, 2005.

Note: Pursuant to s. 101.01 (12), Stats., an existing building converted to be community-based residential facility accommodating fewer than 20 residents is not defined to be a “public building.” See also s. SPS 361.02 (4).

(2) Carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed and labeled to be in conformance with one of the following standards:

(a) UL 2034.

(b) UL 2075.

(3)

(a) A carbon monoxide alarm shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of its manufacturer.

(b) A carbon monoxide alarm shall be provided on each floor level of an existing building accommodating a community-based residential facility described under sub. (1) (a), if the building contains fuel-burning appliances.

(c) A carbon monoxide alarm shall be provided on each floor level where sleeping units are located in an existing building accommodating a community-based residential facility described under sub. (1) (a), if the building has an attached garage and no fuel-burning appliances.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0500 and am. (intro.) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0600 and, as renumbered, am. (intro.) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0405 Structural evaluation {#sec-sps-366.0405 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0405}

The requirements in IEBC sections 405.2 to 405.2.6 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0506 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0606 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0408 Repairs — plumbing {#sec-sps-366.0408 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0408}

The requirements in IEBC section 408 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: See the Wisconsin Uniform Plumbing Code, chs. SPS 382 to 387, for plumbing and water conservation provisions.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0509 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0609 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0500 Prescriptive compliance method {#sec-sps-366.0500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0500}

The requirements in IEBC chapter 5 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0300 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0400 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0701 Alterations {#sec-sps-366.0701 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0701}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 701.2 but not the exception: Conformance. An existing building or portion thereof may not be altered such that the building becomes less safe than was required in its existing condition.

History

  • CR 16-094: cr. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0702 Building elements and materials {#sec-sps-366.0702 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0702}

(1) Materials and methods. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 702.7: All new work shall comply with materials and methods requirements in the IBC, IECC, IFGC, IMC, and IPC, as applicable, that specify material standards, detail of installation and connection, joints, penetrations, and continuity of any element, component, or system in the building.

(2) International fuel gas code. The requirements in IEBC section 702.7.1 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0602 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0704 Means of egress {#sec-sps-366.0704 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0704}

(1) Alterations. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 704.1: Alterations shall be done in a manner that maintains the level of protection required for the means of egress prior to the alteration.

(2) Stairway width. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 704: Where installing an inclined platform lift or stairway chairlift, the clear-passage width shall be provided with the lift in the unfolded, usable position—except where an existing, previously approved lift is being replaced, the clear-passage width may remain as it was with the original lift in place, but it may not be reduced by the replacement.

History

  • CR 14-020: cr. Register August 2014 No. 704, eff. 9-1-14; CR 16-094: cr. (title), (1), renum. (2) from 366.0604 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0803 Automatic sprinkler systems {#sec-sps-366.0803 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0803}

This is a department exception to the requirement in IEBC section 803.2: The installation or extension of an automatic sprinkler system may exclude the protection of combustible concealed spaces that are not accessible in existing buildings. This exclusion is also applicable to sprinkler systems triggered by changes of use or additions.

History

  • CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 66.0701 and am. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0704 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0804 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0807 Altered existing mechanical systems {#sec-sps-366.0807 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0807}

The exception to the requirements in IEBC section 807.1 and the requirements in IEBC section 807.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0709 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 336.0809 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0808 Minimum plumbing fixtures {#sec-sps-366.0808 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0808}

This is a department requirement in addition to IEBC section 808. Where the occupant load of a story is increased by more than 20 percent, plumbing fixtures for the story shall be provided in quantities specified in the IBC based on the increased occupant load.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.07010 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18 CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 336.0810 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0902 Special use and occupancy - boiler and furnace equipment rooms {#sec-sps-366.0902 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0902}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements, but not the exceptions, in IEBC section 902.2: Boiler and furnace equipment rooms. Boiler and furnace equipment rooms adjacent to or within Groups I-1, I-2, I-4, R-1, R-2, and R-4 occupancies shall be enclosed in compliance with IBC 509 heating equipment enclosure requirements.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: cr. (title), (1), renum. (2) from 366.0802 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register October 2018 No. 754; CR 23-007: am. (1), r. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; renum. (1) to SPS 366.0902 and am. (title) under ss. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. and 2., Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.0908 Level 3 alterations plumbing {#sec-sps-366.0908 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.0908}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IEBC chapter 9:

(1) Pursuant to s. 101.128, Stats., level 3 alterations within an existing facility where the public congregates shall necessitate that plumbing fixtures serving the work area be provided in a ratio of at least 2 water closets for females as to each water closet and urinal for the males.

(2)

(a) Under this section “facility where the public congregates” has the meaning has given in s. 101.128 (1) (b), Stats.

Note: Section 101.128 (1) (b), Stats., reads: “Facility where the public congregates” means any of the following that has a general capacity or a seating capacity of 500 or more persons:

1. An amusement facility.

2. A convention or trade hall or center.

3. A specialty event center.

4. A sports or entertainment arena, center or building.

5. A stadium.

6. An airport, bus terminal, train station or other transportation center.

(b) Under this section “alterations” has the meaning has given in s. 101.128 (1) (d), Stats., for “renovation”.

Note: Section 101.128 (1) (d), Stats., reads: “Renovation” means any structural remodeling, improvement or alteration of an existing facility where the public congregates. “Renovation” does not include any of the following:

1. Reroofing.

2. Cosmetic remodeling, including painting or the installation of wall covering, of paneling, of floor covering or of suspended ceilings.

3. An alteration to an electrical or mechanical system.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0809 and am. (intro.) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.0909 Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1001 Change of occupancy {#sec-sps-366.1001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1001}

(1) change of occupancy approval. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 1001.2: A change of occupancy or a change of occupancy within a space where there is a different fire protection system threshold requirement in IBC chapter 9 may not be made to any structure without the approval of the code official. An increased occupant load may trigger additional means of egress or fire protection requirements.

(2) Change of occupancy classification. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1001.2.2: Buildings undergoing a change in occupancy that would result in an increase in demand for either fossil fuel or electrical energy shall comply with the IECC.

(3) Certification of occupancy required. The requirements in IEBC section 1001.3 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (1) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. (title), (1) to (3) from 366.0901 (title), (1) to (3) and am., renum. (4) to SPS 366.1012 Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1009 Change of occupancy plumbing {#sec-sps-366.1009 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1009}

Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 1009: Where the occupant load of a story is increased by more than 20 percent, plumbing fixtures for the story shall be provided in quantities specified in the IBC based on the increased occupant load.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 66.0910 Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0912 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.1010 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1010 Other requirements {#sec-sps-366.1010 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1010}

(1) Elevator recall. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1010: At least one existing elevator shall be provided with emergency recall operation and emergency in-car operation complying with ch. SPS 318 when an existing building or structure that is greater than 60 feet in height is changed to include a Group R-1 or R-2 occupancy.

(2) Carbon monoxide alarms. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1010: A building or a portion of a building changed to be or include a residential building as defined under s. 101.149 (1) (b), Stats., shall be provided with carbon monoxide alarms or detectors in accordance with IBC section 915.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; EmR0826: emerg. renum. to be (1), cr. (1) (title) and (2), eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-085: renum. to be (1), cr. (1) (title) and (2) Register May 2009 No. 641, eff. 6-1-09; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.0911 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2018 No. 748 CR 23-007: renum. from 366.1011 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1011 Standpipe systems {#sec-sps-366.1011 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1011}

This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1011.2: Standpipe systems shall be provided in existing buildings and structures or portions of existing buildings and structures in accordance with IBC chapter 9 when existing buildings or structures that are greater than 60 feet in height are changed to include a Group R-1 or R-2 occupancy.

History

  • CR 16-094: renum. SPS 366.0901 (4) and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.1012 and am. Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1102 Heights and areas {#sec-sps-366.1102 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1102}

(1) Area limitations. This is a department exception in addition to the exception in IEBC section 1102.2: Buildings meeting the legacy Wisconsin unlimited area provisions are allowed to have unlimited area additions per the current code without a separating firewall.

(2) Fire protection systems. This is a department exception to the requirements in IEBC section 1102.3: An automatic sprinkler system is not required for additions to individual dwelling units within existing townhouses that are not already protected with an automatic sprinkler system.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: cr. (title), (1), renum. (2) from 366.1002 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1201 Historic buildings {#sec-sps-366.1201 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1201}

(1) Scope. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1201.1: Any historic building is exempt from the energy requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366 except as follows:

(a) Existing ceiling, wall, or floor cavities exposed during alterations shall be filled with insulation.

(b) All replacement skylight, window, or door assemblies shall meet the minimum code requirements of the IECC unless specifically designed to address unique aesthetics associated with the historic nature of the building. Glass only replacements in an existing sash and frame are exempt from the application of the IECC.

(c) Roofs without insulation in the cavity and where the sheathing or insulation is exposed during reroofing shall be insulated either above or below the sheathing so as to meet the minimum insulation required by the IECC or shall provide insulation to the greatest extent possible.

(2) Report. The requirements in IEBC section 1201.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: renum. (1) to be (2), (2) to be Comm 66.1105 and am. (2) (title), cr. (1) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.1101 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. (1) to (1) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (a) to (c), am. (2) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1) (intro.), (2) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1204 Exhibit buildings {#sec-sps-366.1204 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1204}

These are department rules in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1204: Historic buildings to be used as exhibit buildings shall comply with all of the following requirements:

(1) The building shall be open to the public only under the supervision of a tour guide.

(2) The building may not be lived in, slept in or worked in, except for the purpose of demonstrating to the public how people lived in a particular era.

(3) Smoking is prohibited in the building.

(4) Open flame equipment may not be used in the building, except for fire places and other mechanical equipment original to the building.

(5) Fire extinguishers shall be installed in exhibit buildings and may be located in a nonconspicuous location but accessible to the occupants.

(6)

(a) At least one smoke detector shall be provided for each 1,200 square feet of floor area with a minimum of one smoke detector per floor level.

(b)

  1. Except as specified in subd. 2., where electricity is provided in the exhibit building, the smoke detectors shall be connected to the electrical power.

  2. Where no electrical power is provided to an exhibit building, the smoke detectors shall be of a battery type.

  3. Smoke detectors shall be tested weekly.

(7) Exhibit buildings provided with only one means of egress shall be restricted to a total capacity of 12 people, and not more than 6 people may be located above or below the first floor at any one time.

(8) Stairways without 6-foot, 4-inch vertical headroom clearance shall have signs posted warning occupants of the headroom clearance available.

(9) Exit signs shall be provided in accordance with the prevailing code in exhibit buildings occupied prior to ½-hour before sunrise and ½-hour after sunset and in all areas not provided with natural lighting.

History

  • CR 10-103: renum. from Comm 66.1101 (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (b) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register August 2011 No. 668; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.1105 and am. (intro.) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 366.1205 and, as renumbered, am. (intro.) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1301 Performance compliance methods {#sec-sps-366.1301 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1301}

(1) Applicability. Substitute the following wording for the requirements in IEBC section 1301.2: The provisions of sections 1301.2.1 through 1301.2.6 shall apply to existing occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, and S. These provisions may not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or Group I.

(3) Other codes. The requirements in IEBC section 1301.3.2 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(4) Minimum plumbing fixtures. This is a department rule in addition to the requirements in IEBC section 1301.2: Where the occupant load of a story is increased by more than 20 percent, plumbing fixtures for the story shall be provided in quantities specified in the IBC based on the increased occupant load.

History

  • CR 06-120: cr. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-103: am. (title), renum. (2) to be (3), cr. (2) Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.1301 and am., cr. (4) Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2023 No. 816, eff. 1-1-24; CR 23-007: renum. from SPS 1401 and, as renumbered, am. (1), r. (2), am. (3), (4) Register August 2025 No. 836, eff. 9-1-25; correction in (1), (3), (4) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register August 2025 No. 836; republished to correct an error in transcription in (3) Register August 2026 No. 848.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 366.1500 Construction safeguards {#sec-sps-366.1500 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 366.1500}

The requirements in IEBC chapter 15 are not included as part of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • CR 10-103: cr. Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; CR 16-094: renum. from 366.1400 and am. Register April 2018 No. 748, eff. 5-1-18.

Chapter SPS 366 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapters SPS 361 to 366 APPENDIX {#sec-chapters-sps-361-to-366 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapters SPS 361 to 366}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only and is numbered to correspond to the number of the rule as it appears in the text of the code.

A-362.0400 (2) Recycling Space. The 1989 Wis. Act 335 requires the department to establish rules for public buildings such that adequate space is provided within or adjacent to buildings for the separation, temporary storage and collection of recyclable materials likely to be generated by the occupants of the building.

When verified amounts of previously generated recyclable materials are available, the following may be used to determine adequate space for the separation, temporary storage and collection of recyclable materials: One cubic yard should be allocated for each 200 pounds of newspaper and mixed paper. One cubic yard should be allocated for each 80 pounds of mixed or commingled recyclable materials.

The guidelines in the following table are provided for determining adequate space allocation when verified amounts of previously generated recyclable materials are not available. These guidelines are based on accumulation of recyclable materials likely to be generated by the building occupants for one week and one month, respectively.

  • See PDF for table

a This information is to be used only as a guide in determining space allocation. Space allocation may differ from the listed value when using verified amounts of previously generated recyclable materials. b Varies with type of activity. c Varies with number of meals served and type of meal service.

Chapter SPS 368 MANUFACTURED HOUSING REHABILITATION AND RECYCLING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.10 Authority and purpose {#sec-sps-368.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.10}

Under the authority in s. 101.934 (3), Stats., this chapter establishes a grant program for rehabilitation and recycling of manufactured housing.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.20 Definitions {#sec-sps-368.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.20}

In this chapter:

(1) “Abandoned manufactured home” means a manufactured home that is either of the following:

(a) Vacant or in need of extensive repair.

(b) An unreasonable danger to public health, safety, welfare or the environment.

(2) “Administrative costs” means the expenses incurred by a grantee in providing funds to or on behalf of participating households. This includes staff costs, office expenses, and costs for printing, mailing, travel, training, accounting, auditing and reporting.

(3) “Critical repair” means permanent, essential rehabilitation to an owner-occupied manufactured home, that is intended to ensure that the home is decent, safe, and sanitary.

(4) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(5) “Eligible homeowner” means an individual who owns and resides in a manufactured home that is in need of critical repairs; and whose income, when combined with all other members of the household, does not exceed 80 percent of the median annual household income, as established by the US department of housing and urban development, in the county where the household is located.

(6) “Household” means one or more persons occupying a manufactured home.

(7) “Manufactured home” has the meaning given in s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Under section 101.91 (2) of the Statutes, “manufactured home” means either (1) a structure which is designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation, and which is certified by the federal Department of Housing and Urban Development as complying with the standards established under 42 USC 5401 to 5425; or (2) a mobile home. Under section 101.91 (10) of the Statutes, “mobile home” means a vehicle manufactured or assembled before June 15, 1976, designed to be towed as a single unit or in sections upon a highway by a motor vehicle and equipped and used, or intended to be used, primarily for human habitation, with walls of rigid uncollapsible construction, which has an overall length in excess of 45 feet. “Mobile home” includes the mobile home structure, its plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical systems, and all appliances and all other equipment carrying a manufacturer’s warranty.

(8) “MHRR” means manufactured housing rehabilitation and recycling.

(9) “Municipality” means any city, village, town, county or federally recognized American Indian tribe or band in this state.

(10) “Rehabilitation” means a permanent improvement to an owner-occupied manufactured home; including installation or replacement of windows, doors, roofing, plumbing, water heaters, heating systems, insulation, tie downs, footings and foundations.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.30 Eligible applicants {#sec-sps-368.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.30}

The department shall accept applications for administration of funding under this chapter only from nonprofit organizations that are identified as tax exempt under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.32 Eligible activities {#sec-sps-368.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.32}

MHRR funds may only be used for the following activities:

(1) To assist eligible homeowners with critical repairs of their primary residence.

(2) To assist municipalities, organizations and persons involved in disposal of abandoned manufactured homes, and for the purpose of supporting environmentally sound disposal.

(3) To offset costs for administering an MHRR program.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.34 Eligible property {#sec-sps-368.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.34}

(1) For all eligible-homeowner activities, the property shall be a manufactured home that will serve as the owner’s principal residence. The home shall be located either on land that is owned by the homeowner, or on land for which the homeowner has a written lease as defined in s. 710.15 (1) (ag), Stats.

Note: Section 710.15 (1) (ag) of the Statutes reads as follows: “ ‘Lease’ means a written agreement between an operator and a resident establishing the terms upon which the mobile home or manufactured home may be located in the community or the resident may occupy a mobile home or manufactured home in the community.”

(2) For all disposal activities, the property shall be an abandoned manufactured home.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.36 Eligible costs {#sec-sps-368.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.36}

(1) Any administrative costs, including project-related soft costs, may not exceed ten percent of the total housing activity funds requested, except payments for relocation services may be excluded from this ten-percent portion.

(2) Contracted administrative costs shall be eligible for MHRR funding only when incurred through a request-for-proposal process.

(3) The cost of critical repairs for an owner-occupied manufactured home is eligible for MHRR funding.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.40 Applying for a grant from the department {#sec-sps-368.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.40}

All applications for administration of funding under this chapter shall be in a format prescribed by the department and shall include proof of tax-exempt status.

Note: The format that is currently prescribed can be obtained from the department at MHRR, P.O. Box 8935, Madison, WI 53708-8935; and may be available by accessing the department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov and searching for the manufactured housing rehabilitation and recycling program.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.50 Evaluation criteria {#sec-sps-368.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.50}

The department may adjust an award amount from an amount requested in an application submitted under s. SPS 368.40, based on the following criteria:

(1) The applicant’s capacity to complete the proposed activities.

(2) The technical expertise of the applicant’s staff, with manufactured housing.

(3) Geographic coverage of activities.

(4) The applicant’s performance and progress in any other housing program.

(5) Financial-audit results from any other housing program.

(6) The extent to which the applicant will direct program funding to actual repairs for homeowners who are most in need of the financial assistance, rather than to inspections, appraisals and administrative costs.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.60 Contracts {#sec-sps-368.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.60}

(1) Each recipient of a grant award from the department shall enter into a contract with the department for eligible activities.

(2) The department shall release the funds for an award upon signing of the contract by all parties, and submission of any required contract information.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 368.70 Completions {#sec-sps-368.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 368.70}

(1) Upon completion of any repairs to a manufactured home that are funded under this chapter, the home shall be connected to permanent utility hook-ups, and shall meet all applicable state and local building codes, rehabilitation standards and ordinances, and zoning ordinances.

(2) Abandoned manufactured homes shall be disposed of utilizing environmentally sound disposal practices.

History

  • CR 08-008: cr. Register August 2008 No. 632, eff. 9-1-08.

Chapter SPS 371 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

Subchapter I Administration

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-371.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.01}

In accordance with the requirements of s. 101.175, Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to:

(1) Establish statewide standards for solar energy systems which do not impede the development of innovative systems but which do:

(a) Promote accurate consumer evaluation of solar energy systems;

(b) Conform, where feasible, with national performance standards promulgated or recognized by the federal government for solar energy systems; and

(c) Promote the production, marketing and installation of solar energy systems.

(2) Establish provisions to issue a seal of quality at the request of any manufacturer or retailer, for each solar energy system or component which meets or exceeds the quality standards, and to charge a fee to cover the cost of the seal and the cost of examining the solar energy system or component.

Note: See ch. SPS 302 for fees relating to material approvals and inspections.

(3) Establish quality standards for, but not limited to:

(a) The minimum requirements of a warranty;

(b) The minimum requirements of an operation and maintenance manual; and

(c) Minimum specifications for materials, workmanship, durability and efficiency.

(4) Provide for the inspection of any solar energy system at the request of any buyer.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.02 Scope {#sec-sps-371.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.02}

(1) Promotion of consumer evaluation. The provisions of subch. II-Consumer Evaluation are intended to promote accurate consumer evaluation of solar energy systems by:

(a) Requiring sellers to disclose information about the quality of the solar energy systems prior to sale;

(b) Identifying systems with a seal of quality that meet the quality standards specified in this chapter; and

(c) Providing inspections of solar energy systems upon request by a buyer.

(2) Promotion of production, marketing and installation. The quality standards contained in subch. III-Definitions, subch. IV-Materials and Workmanship, subch. V-Warranty, and subch. VI-Operation and Maintenance Manual are intended to promote the production, marketing and installation of solar energy systems by:

(a) Not impeding the development of innovative systems;

(b) Conforming with national standards;

(c) Developing minimum requirements for a warranty;

(d) Developing minimum requirements for an operation and maintenance manual; and

(e) Not prohibiting the sale of solar energy systems which do not meet the quality standards specified in this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.03 Application {#sec-sps-371.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.03}

(1) Promotion of consumer evaluation. The provisions of subch. II-Consumer Evaluation are mandatory requirements and shall apply as follows:

(a) The pre-sale disclosure rules shall apply to each sale of a solar energy system with a value of more than $300.

(b) The seal of quality rules shall apply only to those systems that the manufacturer or retailer elects to have approved by the department.

(c) The voluntary inspection rules shall apply only to those systems identified as meeting the quality standards specified in this chapter.

(2) Promotion of production, marketing and installation. The quality standards specified in subch. III-Definitions, subch. IV-Materials and Workmanship, subch. V-Warranty, and subch. VI-Operations and Maintenance Manual are recommended standards and shall apply to those systems the seller identifies on the pre-sale information form as meeting those quality standards.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.

Subchapter II Consumer Evaluation

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.05 Pre-sale information {#sec-sps-371.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.05}

(1) Pre-sale form. Prior to the sale of any solar energy system with a value of more than $300, the seller shall furnish to the prospective buyer a completed copy of the “Solar Energy System Pre-Sale Information” form provided by the department.

Note: The “Solar Energy System Pre-Sale Information” form (SBD-7611) is available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(2) Seller’s responsibility. The seller shall:

(a) Complete each item on the pre-sale information form;

(b) Sign and date the pre-sale information form and provide one completed copy to the prospective buyer; and

(c) Present, written and orally, the information required on the pre-sale information form with the prospective buyer present.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.06 Solar inspections {#sec-sps-371.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.06}

Pursuant to s. 101.175 (7), Stats., the department may, at the request of any buyer, inspect a solar energy system that has been sold and declared to meet the quality standards specified in this chapter. The department shall charge an applicable fee, as specified in ch. SPS 302, for the inspection.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, August, 1995, No. 476; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.07 Seal of quality {#sec-sps-371.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.07}

Pursuant to s. 101.175 (2), Stats., the purpose of this section is to establish the requirements for the issuance of the seal of quality. Any manufacturer or retailer prior to the sale in this state of any solar energy system or component may request the department to issue a seal of quality for each solar energy system or component which meets or exceeds the quality standards established in this chapter.

(1) Application for approval. An application for the seal of quality for a solar energy system or component shall be submitted to the department. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval number for the solar energy system or component. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 30 business days of receipt of all forms, fees, plans and documents required to complete the review.

Note: See ch. SPS 302 for fees relating to material approval.

(2) Issuance of approval. An approval number shall be issued if the department determines that the solar energy system or component meets or exceeds the requirements of this chapter.

(3) Required data. Sufficient data, tests and other evidence to prove that the solar energy system or component meets or exceeds the standards established in this chapter shall be submitted.

(4) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke any approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(5) Misrepresentation, misuse or duplication. Pursuant to s. 101.175 (6), Stats., misrepresentation, misuse or duplication of the department seal of quality issued under this section shall be deemed deceptive advertising under s. 100.18 (9m), Stats.

(6) False endorsement. A person may not advertise that the seal of quality issued by the department is an endorsement of the product by the department or the state of Wisconsin.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.

Subchapter III Definitions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.10 Definitions {#sec-sps-371.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.10}

In this chapter, the following definitions shall apply.

(1) “Absorber” means that part of a solar collector whose primary function is to absorb radiant energy and transfer it to a fluid. In photovoltaic solar energy systems, the function is to generate electrical energy.

(2) “Active solar energy system” means any mechanical system which collects solar radiation in the form of thermal energy and uses a heat transfer fluid to transport the thermal energy to meet load requirements or to thermal storage.

(3) “Air system” means an active solar energy system that uses air as the heat transfer fluid.

(4) “Approved” means acceptable to the department.

(5) “Auxiliary energy system” means equipment using non-solar energy sources to supplement or backup the output provided by a solar energy system.

(6) “Building” means a structure for support, shelter or enclosure of persons or property, other than a one- or 2-family dwelling.

(7) “Closed loop system” means an active solar energy system in which a closed piping system, containing a fixed charge of heat transfer fluid, transfers heat from collectors to storage or use.

(8) “Collector” means a device designed to absorb incident solar radiation and to transfer the energy to a fluid passing through it.

(9) “Collector cover” means the material covering the aperture to provide thermal and environmental protection.

(10) “Component” means a distinct device or assembly that forms a functional part of a solar energy system including, but not limited to, collectors, thermal storage, heat exchangers, controls, pumps, fans, dampers and valves. Unless otherwise specified, such as a building component, a component shall have the above definition.

(11) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(12) “Design pressure” means the maximum allowable continuous or intermittent pressure for which a specific part of a solar energy system is designed to operate safely and reliably.

(13) “Design temperature” means the maximum allowable continuous or intermittent temperature for which a specific part of a solar energy system is designed to operate safely and reliably.

(14) “Drainback system” means a closed loop system which allows gravity draining of the heat transfer fluid into lower portions of the solar loop under prescribed circumstances.

(15) “Draindown system” means an active solar energy system in which the fluid in the solar collector is drained from the solar energy system under prescribed circumstances.

(16) “Dwelling” means any building which contains one or 2 dwelling units.

(17) “Flammable liquid” means a liquid having a flash point below 100ºF and having a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 psia at 100ºF.

(18) “Fluid” means a liquid or gas.

(19) “Heat exchanger” means a device designed to transfer heat between two physically separated fluids.

(20) “Heat transfer fluid” means the medium used to transfer energy from the solar collectors to the thermal storage or load.

(21) “Heated space” means any space maintained at a temperature of at least 50ºF.

(22) “Hot water” means water heated for domestic or industrial use.

(23) “Liquid system” means an active solar energy system that uses liquid as the heat transfer fluid.

(24) “Maximum operating pressure” means the maximum pressure experienced in a system, under any normal operating conditions including no-flow.

(25) “Maximum operating temperature” means the maximum temperature experienced in a system, under any normal operating conditions including no-flow.

(26) “No-flow condition” means the condition that results when the heat transfer fluid does not flow through the collector array due to normal shut-down or malfunction.

(27) “Open loop system” means an active solar energy system in which water for domestic or industrial use is directly heated in collectors.

(28) “Outgassing” means the emission of gases by component materials usually during exposure to elevated temperatures or reduced pressures.

(29) “Owner” means any person having a legal or equitable interest in the solar energy system.

(30) “Photovoltaic” means a solar energy system that converts radiant solar energy directly into electrical energy.

(31) “Potable water” means water which is:

(a) Safe for drinking, personal or culinary use; and

(b) Free from impurities present in amounts sufficient to cause disease or harmful physiological effects and conforming in its bacteriological and chemical quality to the requirements specified in ch. NR 809.

(32) “Primary solar duct system” means the duct system between the collectors and thermal storage and the ducts making connection to the space distribution system.

(33) “Seal of quality” means a written approval by the department documenting certification and compliance with specific quality standards.

(34) “Solar energy system” means equipment which directly converts and then transfers or stores solar energy into usable forms of thermal or electrical energy.

(35) “System designer” means a person who offers for sale a solar energy system as a complete package, the components of which may be produced by different manufacturers.

(36) “Thermal resistance (R)” means a measure of the ability to retard the flow of heat.

Note: The R-value is the reciprocal of the heat transfer coefficient, expressed by U (R = 1/U). The higher the R-value of a material, the more difficult is it for heat to flow through the material.

(37) “Thermal storage” means a container and its contents used for storing thermal energy.

(38) “Tilt angle” means the angle above horizontal of a plane surface.

(39) “Toxic fluids” means fluids which are poisonous or irritating in nature or composition.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; correction in (31) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, August, 1995, No. 476; correction in (11) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Materials and Workmanship

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.20 Purpose {#sec-sps-371.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.20}

Pursuant to s. 101.175 (4) (c), Stats., this subchapter establishes quality standards for materials and workmanship for solar energy systems and components. Sections SPS 371.21 to 371.26 shall apply to active solar energy systems and components. Section SPS 371.30 shall apply to photovoltaic solar energy systems and components.

Note: The requirements of this subchapter are recommended standards. See s. SPS 371.03.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.21 General installation requirements {#sec-sps-371.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.21}

(1) Access, location and clearances.

(a) Access. Components shall be accessible for required routine maintenance without trespassing on adjoining property or disassembling any major portion of the solar energy system, building or dwelling.

(b) Location.

  1. Components within 10 feet horizontally of a chimney or vent shall be at least 2 feet below the top of the chimney or vent.

  2. The location of components may not interfere with the operation of required doors, windows or other building components.

Note: Components may be subject to local zoning requirements.

(c) Clearances.

  1. Combustible materials may not be exposed to components having maximum operating temperatures that can cause ignition. Clearances to combustible materials specified in the component listing or by the component manufacturer shall be maintained.

  2. Clearance between combustible materials and unlisted components shall be maintained in accordance with Table 371.21-A.

(2) Material tests and standards. The installation of, as well as all materials used in the construction of, solar energy systems shall meet the applicable requirements specified in chs. SPS 320 to 325, 361 to 366, and 381 to 387 and this chapter. Where different chapters specify different requirements, the most restrictive material test and installation standard shall apply.

(3) Insulation.

(a) General. Insulation of piping, ducts and thermal storage containers shall be of a type satisfactory for its intended purpose and installed in accordance with recognized standards and practices.

  1. ‘Flame spread rating.’ The flame spread rating for all insulation materials may not exceed the following values: Plastic foam: 75 Other insulation materials: 150

  2. ‘Compressive loads.’ Insulation shall be protected against compressive loads from pipe and duct supports and storage tanks.

  3. ‘Exterior insulation.’ Exterior insulation shall be capable of withstanding moisture, ultraviolet radiation, and environmental exposure.

(b) Piping. Pipes of nominal size of one and one-half inch or larger shall be insulated to a thermal resistance value of R-4 or greater. All other piping in the solar energy system shall be insulated to a thermal resistance value of R-3 or greater. A vapor barrier, if installed, shall be located on the warm side of the insulation.

(c) Ducts. Ductwork located in unheated spaces shall be insulated to a thermal resistance value of R-11 or greater, where space permits. Ductwork in heated spaces shall be insulated to a thermal resistance value of R-3 or greater. A vapor barrier, if installed, shall be located on the warm side of the insulation.

(d) Thermal storage.

  1. ‘Thermal storage - liquid systems.’ Thermal storage for liquid systems located in unheated spaces shall be insulated to an overall thermal resistance value of R-16 or greater. Thermal storage for liquid systems installed in heated spaces shall be insulated to an overall thermal resistance value of R-11 or greater.

  2. ‘Thermal storage - air systems.’ Thermal storage for air systems located in unheated spaces shall be insulated to an overall thermal resistance value of R-38 or greater. Thermal storage for air systems installed in heated spaces shall be insulated to an overall thermal resistance value of R-11 or greater.

(4) Protection.

(a) Protection against vermin. All penetrations of the building or dwelling by components shall be properly sealed with noncombustible material to prevent the entrance of vermin.

(b) Protection against vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Components exposed to vehicular or pedestrian traffic shall be protected against impact damage.

(c) Protection against water penetration. All penetrations by components into a building or dwelling from the outside shall be properly sealed and waterproofed with approved materials to prevent leaks, insects and drafts from entering the building or dwelling. All penetrations shall be made using weatherproof devices which will allow for expansions and contractions.

(d) Protection against decay and termites. Wood used in the construction of the collector or mounting, and exposed to outdoor conditions shall be pressure-treated with preservative or shall be a naturally durable, decay resistant species of lumber and shall be protected against termites.

(e) Protection from heated components. Components which are maintained at temperatures above 170° F shall be protected from human contact. The protections may be in the form of insulation, metal or plastic guards.

(5) Smoke detectors. All dwellings that contain air systems with wood-frame collectors shall be provided with smoke detectors as specified in s. SPS 321.09.

(6) Fire protection. The design and installation of the solar energy system and components shall provide a level of fire safety consistent with chs. SPS 320 to 325 for one- and 2-family dwellings, or chs. SPS 361 to 366 for commercial buildings.

(a) Vents, pipes and ducts.

  1. ‘Existing buildings.’ An existing building’s vents, pipes, and ducts, installed for the operation of the solar energy system, shall comply with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. ‘Existing dwellings.’ Existing dwellings shall be provided with draftstopping at openings around vents, pipes and ducts installed for the operation of the solar energy system. Draftstopping materials may not be less than 1/2 -inch gypsumboard, 3/8 -inch plywood, mineral-based insulation or other approved materials.

(b) Collectors. A collector intended for installation integral with or forming a part of the building or dwelling roof structure and its associated roof covering material, may not reduce or impair the fire resistance of the designated roof covering material.

(7) Loads. The structural design of the solar energy system, including connections and supporting structural elements, shall be based on loads anticipated during the design life of the solar energy system. Roof loading due to the following loading effects shall be included in the design of all structural elements influenced by these loads:

(a) Dead loads.

  1. ‘Collector.’ The collector and supporting structure, including building components, shall be designed and constructed to support the weight of the collector, other components and heat transfer fluids.

  2. ‘Thermal storage.’ The thermal storage and supporting structure shall be designed and constructed to support the weight of the storage container, components, heat transfer fluids and storage medium.

(b) Live loads.

  1. ‘Use.’ Surfaces that must support maintenance personnel shall resist a load of 250 pounds distributed over a 4-inch square area.

  2. ‘Wind, snow and seismic.’ The collector, including any mounting hardware and building components, shall be designed and constructed to resist the wind and snow loads specified in chs. SPS 320 to 325 for one- and 2-family dwellings, or the wind, snow and seismic loads specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 for commercial buildings.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; CR 01-139: am. (2), (5), (6) (intro.), r. and recr. (7) (b) 2., r. (7) (b) 3. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (6) (a) 1. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction in (1) (c) 2., (2), (5), (6) (intro.), (a) 1., (7) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.22 General mechanical requirements {#sec-sps-371.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.22}

(1) Interconnections. When a solar energy system and an auxiliary energy system are interconnected, the design temperature or design pressure of either system may not be exceeded. The interconnection may not compromise or bypass any required safety devices on either system. Auxiliary equipment shall be compatible with the solar energy system output, including but not limited to, temperatures, pressures and heat transfer fluid type.

(2) Identification of materials. Components and materials used in solar energy systems shall be permanently marked or labeled by the manufacturer as to the component’s limitations. All listed components shall have the seal of the listing agency permanently affixed to the component.

(3) Relief valves.

(a) Pressure relief.

  1. All components of the solar energy system having valves capable of isolating heat generating or heat transfer components shall be provided with an approved, adequately sized pressure relief valve. The installation of the relief valve discharge shall be in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (5).

  2. The pressure relief valve shall be set at a pressure not to exceed the design pressure of the solar energy system or component or 150 psig, whichever is lesser. The relief valve settings may not exceed the recommendations of the valve manufacturer.

(b) Vacuum relief. Vacuum relief valves shall be installed as required in s. SPS 382.40 (5).

(c) Temperature relief.

  1. Temperature relief valves shall be of adequate relief rating expressed in Btu/hr for the components served.

  2. Temperature relief valves shall be installed in thermal storage so that the temperature sensing element is immersed within the top 6 inches of a storage tank that contains liquid. The temperature relief valve shall be set to open at 210° F or less.

(d) Combination pressure-temperature relief valves. Combination pressure-temperature relief valves shall comply with all the requirements of the separate pressure and temperature relief valves.

(e) Entrapped air. Except for drainback systems, the solar energy system shall provide means for removing air at the highest point of the system when liquid heat transfer fluids are used.

(4) Heat exchangers.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), wherever potable water is interfaced with toxic heat transfer fluids, a double wall heat exchanger, with positive leak detection vented to the atmosphere, shall be provided. The vent shall be located at the lowest part of the heat exchanger or as approved by the department.

(b) Where air is the heat transfer fluid, a single wall heat exchanger may be used. Where potable water is the heat transfer fluid, direct connection to the potable water system is allowed or a single wall heat exchanger may be used.

(5) Heat transfer fluids.

(a) Solar energy systems using liquid heat transfer fluids shall have a label attached to the thermal storage indicating the heat transfer fluid’s name, freezing point and pH, and the system designer’s recommendations for checking and maintaining the heat transfer fluid.

(b) The heat transfer fluid contained in a non-draindown or non-drainback system shall be able to withstand temperatures of at least -35ºF before freezing.

(c) Only heat transfer fluids recommended by the system designer for use in the solar energy system shall be used. Ethylene glycol may not be used for solar energy systems in one- and 2-family dwellings, but may be used in buildings.

(d) Flammable liquids may not be used as heat transfer fluids.

(e) The heat transfer fluid shall be capable of withstanding design temperatures without rapid thermal degradation.

(f) The flash point of the heat transfer fluid shall exceed, by 50ºF, the maximum operating temperature of the solar energy system.

(g) Drains and other designated heat transfer fluid discharge or fill points in solar energy systems at which toxic, combustible or high temperature heat transfer fluids may be discharged shall be labeled with a warning describing the identification and hazardous properties of the fluid, instructions concerning the safe handling of the fluid, and emergency first aid procedures.

(6) Controls.

(a) Controls, dampers and valves shall be marked to identify their function. Any control that serves as an emergency shutdown device shall be so identified by a conspicuous and permanent label.

(b) Automatic control of the heat transfer fluid circulation between the collector and thermal storage or load shall be used to limit operations to conditions when useful energy can be collected.

(c) Fail-safe controls shall be designed so that in the event of a power failure, or a failure of any component in the solar energy system, the temperature or pressure or both developed in the solar energy system, will not damage the component or the building or present a danger to the occupants.

(d) Controls shall be selected and installed so that the solar energy system and auxiliary energy system will operate together and independently.

(e) Space heating and control thermostats shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s or system designer’s instructions. Space heating thermostats shall be located away from drafts, heat sources and exterior walls. Mercury bulb thermostats shall be leveled to assure satisfactory operation. Thermostats mounted outdoors shall be suitable for outdoor environmental exposure.

(f) Controls shall be installed to prevent component damage from thermal shock.

(g) Controls shall include provisions for manual bypass, adjustment or override of automatic controls as is required to facilitate installation, startup, shutdown and maintenance.

(7) Corrosion.

(a) All materials used in the solar energy system shall be compatible. All components in contact with the heat transfer fluid used in the solar energy system shall be compatible with the heat transfer fluid.

(b) All metal parts, including screws, bolts, and washers, which are not inherently corrosion resistant and are exposed to atmospheric conditions, shall be protected from corrosion by painting, plating, or similar means.

(c) Metallic parts which provide protection to either electrical components or internal building structures shall be galvanically compatible and protected from corrosion.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; corrections in (3) (a) and (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction in (3) (a) 1., (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.23 Collectors {#sec-sps-371.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.23}

(1) Collector certification requirements. After January 1, 1987, all collectors shall be certified by the Solar Rating and Certification Corporation (SRCC), the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) or equivalent. This provision does not apply to home-built systems, custom-built systems and small manufacturers. As used in this subsection:

(a) “Home-built system” means an owner-installed solar energy system incorporating a collector assembled by the system owner from components, but does not include manufactured collectors supplied as an integral unit and installed by the owner.

(b) “Custom-built system” means a one-of-a-kind solar energy system incorporating a collector fabricated at the installation site from components, but does not include modular systems in which the modular components are assembled at the installation site.

(c) “Small manufacturer” means a business that builds or assembles less than 2500 square feet of collector per year and elects not to list with SRCC or ARI.

Note: Certification of collectors by the SRCC and the ARI is based on the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) standards 93-77 and 95-1981. Further information can be obtained from the Solar Rating and Certification Corporation, 1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 800, Washington, D.C. 20036, or the Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute, 1501 Wilson Boulevard, 6th Floor, Arlington, VA 22209.

(2) Collector tilt and orientation. Collectors shall be installed as close to the optimum tilt angle as conditions allow and within 45º of due south.

(3) Collector design and construction.

(a) Transmission losses due to outgassing. Outgassing of volatiles from components may not reduce the collector performance below the declared collector performance when the collector is exposed to the temperatures and pressures that will occur in actual service.

(b) Dirt retention. The cover plate under normal weather conditions may not, with normal maintenance, collect or retain excessive dirt.

(c) Glass. Glass used in collector construction shall be tempered.

(d) Glazings. Glazings subject to human impact and within 7 feet of ground level shall be safety glazing material constructed, treated or combined with other materials so as to minimize the likelihood of cutting and piercing injuries resulting from human impact with the glazing material.

(e) Plastic. Plastic used in collector construction shall be capable of withstanding the maximum operating pressure and temperature, and shall be used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

(f) No-flow. The collector shall be capable of withstanding no-flow conditions.

(g) Leakage. The construction of the collector shall provide protection against:

  1. External leakage of the heat transfer fluid from the collector;

  2. Internal leakage into the collector from environmental conditions; and

  3. Internal leakage of the heat transfer fluid from the collector from cleaning operations as performed during routine maintenance as specified in the operation and maintenance manual.

(h) Corrosion.

  1. All materials used in the absorber or heat transfer fluid conduits may not be pitted, corroded, or otherwise degraded by the heat transfer fluid to an extent that will result in failure during its design life.

  2. In closed loop systems, aluminum may not be connected with copper or iron. Separation of different pipe materials by isolating bushings is not acceptable.

(i) Ultraviolet stability. All materials used in the collector may not degrade when exposed to ultraviolet radiation to an extent that will reduce the collector performance below the declared collector performance.

(j) Insulation. Collector insulation shall be capable of withstanding moisture, ultraviolet radiation, and environmental exposure.

(4) Collector mounting and installation.

(a) Mounting.

  1. ‘Mounting on roofs.’ Load design requirements shall be in accordance with s. SPS 371.21 (7).

  2. ‘Mounting on the ground.’ When collectors are located on concrete slabs, the slab shall be a minimum of 4 inches thick. Collectors shall be located a minimum of 6 inches above the ground surface. Collectors installed on the ground shall be adequately supported and anchored.

  3. ‘Collector stresses.’ Structural supports may not impose undue stresses on the collector.

  4. ‘Wood.’ All wood components used in collector mounting which are exposed to the environment shall be resistant to decay in accordance with s. SPS 371.21 (4) (d). Wood used in collector frames or housings shall be protected against structural degradation due to high temperature exposure.

  5. ‘Metal.’ All metal parts shall be protected from environmental conditions in accordance with s. SPS 371.22 (7) (b) and (c).

  6. ‘Tilt and orientation.’ Structural supports shall be constructed to maintain collector tilt and orientation within design conditions throughout the life of the solar energy system.

(b) Installation.

  1. ‘Instructions.’ Collectors shall be installed in accordance with the instructions provided by the system designer.

  2. ‘Fire protection.’ Collectors made of combustible materials may not be located on or adjacent to construction required to be of noncombustible materials. Collector installation shall also comply with s. SPS 371.21 (6).

  3. ‘Safety.’ Safe access to components subject to deterioration or failure, such as rubber hoses, joint sealants, and cover plates, shall be provided to allow for maintenance or repair. For roof-mounted collectors, the work space adjacent to collectors and provisions for safe placement of ladders shall be considered.

  4. ‘Moisture protection.’ Collector installation may not contribute to moisture buildup, rotting, or other accelerated deterioration of roofing materials. Collectors and structural supports shall be installed in a manner such that water flowing off the collector surface and structural supports will not accelerate formation of ice dams or cause water damage to the building or dwelling. Provisions shall be taken to minimize buildup of snow upon collectors, which may reduce their effectiveness.

  5. ‘Caulking and sealing.’ Joints between structural supports and buildings or dwellings shall be caulked and flashed to prevent water leakage. Bolts or other means of fastening the collector or structural supports to the roof shall be sealed from water penetration.

  6. ‘Filling and draining.’ Interconnecting piping or ducting shall be installed to minimize flow restrictions and to provide balanced flow. Piping shall be installed to allow for filling and draining.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; correction in (4) (a) 1., 4., 5., (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.24 Air systems {#sec-sps-371.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.24}

This section shall apply to active solar energy systems and components that use air as a heat transfer fluid.

(1) Air distribution.

(a) Size. Air distribution components shall be adequately sized to insure a uniform distribution of air.

(b) Dust and dirt prevention.

  1. ‘Flow efficiency and health hazard.’ Duct and fan systems shall be protected against accumulation of deposits of dust or dirt that could reduce flow and efficiency or create a potential health hazard when admitted into occupied spaces.

  2. ‘Air filters.’ Air filters shall be installed on the outlet side of the thermal storage in solar energy systems. Air filters shall be removable to allow cleaning. Solar energy systems used for space heating shall incorporate the use of a high efficiency air filter installed in the cold air riser duct to the collectors unless the air does not pass over the absorber.

(c) Insulation. The primary solar duct system shall be insulated as specified in s. SPS 371.21 (3).

(d) Ductwork.

  1. ‘Interior ducts.’ Interior ducts shall comply with chs. SPS 320 to 325 for one- and 2-family dwellings or chs. SPS 361 to 366 for commercial buildings.

  2. ‘Exterior ducts.’ Ducts located outside the dwelling or building shall be constructed of galvanized steel or corrosion-resistant metal.

(e) Temperature, pressure and exposure. Ducts, insulation, gaskets, sealants and adhesives shall be capable of withstanding maximum operating temperatures, pressures and environmental exposure.

(f) Bypass. Solar energy systems providing both space heating and domestic water heating shall be equipped with a bypass of the thermal storage during the nonheating season.

(2) Sealing of air systems.

(a) Duct system. The primary solar duct system shall be sealed in accordance with the following requirements:

  1. All joints in metal ducts shall be made with good fit-up and closure.

  2. Joints and seams shall be sealed with adhesives, mastics or compatible combinations of tape binders and adhesives in ducts conveying air to and from storage units and solar collectors and in ducts conveying air from such circuits to points of connections with ducts circulating air to and from the occupied space.

  3. Tapes shall be used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

  4. Oil-base caulking and glazing compounds may not be used.

  5. Stapled closures of duct connections and stapled fitting assemblies shall be sealed.

Note: The purpose of these requirements is to reduce the duct loss to 10% or less. It is not the intent to require testing of the installed system to determine duct leakage, but to assure construction standards which will essentially provide the required degree of airtightness in the primary solar duct system. Construction which will provide equivalent airtightness will be allowed in lieu of the sealing requirements.

(b) Thermal storage. Thermal storage shall be constructed and sealed or otherwise fabricated to limit air leakage. Sealing shall include joints in thermal storage, duct and access openings.

Note: This is not intended to apply to thermal storage which is thermally coupled to heated spaces. Concrete should be considered potentially porous and may require lining and sealing to limit air leakage. Problems associated with shrinking, warping and cracking should be considered for thermal storage constructed of wood.

(c) Collectors and components. Collectors and other components, such as air handling units, heat exchangers and filters, shall be assembled and sealed in accordance with manufacturer’s and system designer’s instructions. Sealing shall include all joints between components and ducts. Equivalent airtightness shall be provided for site-built collectors.

(3) Freeze protection.

(a) Cold airflow prevention. The solar energy system shall be designed and installed to prevent cold airflow across the water heater coil. If mechanical dampers are used to meet this requirement, they shall not allow leakage of more than 5% of the solar energy system design airflow rate at one-inch water column.

(b) Secondary freeze protection. Solar energy systems using electrical or mechanical devices for freeze protection, shall incorporate a secondary freeze protection system in case of mechanical failure. An electrical freeze sensor which activates the pump to circulate fluid through the water heater coil may be used to meet this requirement.

(c) Nonautomatic freeze protection. Any nonautomatic freeze protection shall be noted as such in the operation and maintenance manual.

(4) Thermal storage.

(a) Air quality. Heat transfer fluid, heat storage media and thermal storage materials, including any interior protective coating, may not impart toxic elements or offensive odors to air distributed to areas of human occupancy.

(b) Insulation. Thermal storage shall be insulated in accordance with s. SPS 371.21 (3).

(c) Loads and environmental conditions. Loads shall meet the requirements of s. SPS 371.21 (7). Thermal storage located outside or underground shall be waterproof.

(d) Rock storage. When rock is utilized for thermal storage, the rock shall be cleaned and dried before it is placed into the storage area. The thermal storage shall be provided with an inlet and an outlet plenum.

(e) Phase change. If phase change storage materials are used, they shall be placed in sealed containers.

(5) Dampers.

(a) Volume control dampers shall be installed in each branch or zone duct. Single leaf dampers which are a part of a manufactured air grille may not be used.

(b) Opposed blade dampers which are a part of a manufactured air grille shall be acceptable if sufficient space is provided behind the grille face for proper operation of the damper. Where space prohibits the use of an opposed blade damper behind the grille face, an opposed blade damper may be installed in the register stack at a location where it is accessible from the grille opening.

(c) Volume control dampers shall be of a type and size that will satisfy the design conditions of the duct system.

(d) Backdraft dampers or motorized dampers shall be installed so as to prevent air passage through the collectors when solar energy is not being collected.

(e) Dampers installed in the primary solar duct system shall have felted blade edges or otherwise be treated to insure tight cutoff of the airstream.

(f) Volume control dampers shall be furnished with a locking control device to hold the damper in its fixed control position unless the damper is motor controlled.

(6) Blowers.

(a) Blowers shall be of a type and size that will satisfy the design conditions of the solar energy system.

(b) All blowers shall be rated by the manufacturers in cfm capacity against a specific external static pressure.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; CR 01-139: am. (1) (d) 1. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (1) (c), (d) 1., (4) (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.25 Liquid systems {#sec-sps-371.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.25}

This section shall apply to active solar energy systems and components that use liquid as a heat transfer fluid.

Note: The connection of a solar energy system to the potable water supply system may require the obtaining of a local plumbing permit.

(1) Liquid distribution.

(a) Design. Components shall be designed for flow rates, temperatures, pressures, mechanical stresses, material properties and heat transfer fluid characteristics to provide proper and efficient performance.

(b) Pipe.

  1. ‘Size.’ Pipe sizing shall be in accordance with accepted design practice or recognized methods.

Note: The sizes of pipe to be used for mains and risers may be selected from the ASHRAE Guide and Data Book, published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; or from the manuals published by The Hydronics Institute, 35 Russo Place, Berkely Heights, New Jersey 07922 or the Mechanical Contractors Association of America, 5410 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 120, Bethesda, Maryland 20814.

  1. ‘Pipe materials.’ Piping materials for open loop systems shall comply with s. SPS 384.30. Piping materials for closed loop systems shall be schedule 40 black pipe, type K, L or M copper, or other pipe approved by the department. Unglazed, nonconcentrating collectors, limited to unpressurized systems for swimming pool and spa heating applications, with a maximum operating temperature of 200ºF, may utilize rubber or plastic plates and piping.

  2. ‘Draining and filling.’ Where the design requires piping to be drained to protect the solar energy system from freezing or where the heat transfer fluid must be replaced as part of regular maintenance, the piping shall be pitched toward a designated point in the solar energy system to permit drainage. Appropriate valving to drain and fill the solar energy system shall also be supplied.

  3. ‘Hangers and supports.’ Pipe hangers and supports shall be in accordance with s. SPS 382.60.

  4. ‘Identification of potable and nonpotable water.’ The identification of potable and nonpotable water piping systems shall be in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (3) (b).

  5. ‘Insulation.’ Piping shall be insulated in accordance with s. SPS 371.21 (3).

(c) Valves.

  1. Relief valves shall be designed and installed in accordance with s. SPS 371.22 (3).

  2. All required shutoff or control valves shall be readily accessible.

  3. Valves used to charge or drain closed loop systems shall be the loose-key type, have valve outlets capped or have handles removed when the solar energy system is operational.

  4. The cold water branch to each thermal storage tank or water heater shall be provided with a valve located in the same room near the equipment and serving only this equipment in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (4).

(d) Sealants and gaskets. Gaskets, sealants, hoses and other plastic, rubber and synthetic parts may not be adversely affected by contact with heat transfer fluids, high temperatures, high pressures or sunlight to an extent that their ability to function is impaired.

(2) Pumps. Pumps shall be sized to provide an adequate flow. Pumps shall be properly matched with the heat transfer fluid so that potable water quality is maintained and pump and loop parts are not degraded under normal operating conditions.

Note: It is recommended to use centrifugal-type pumps.

(3) Provisions for liquid expansion.

(a) Liquid expansion required. Any portion of the solar energy system utilizing a closed loop shall be provided with a means for liquid expansion. The expansion tank, or other approved method, shall have the capacity to withstand the heat transfer fluid expansion from minimum to maximum design temperatures and be compatible with the heat transfer fluid.

(b) Open expansion tanks. Solar energy systems, equipped with an open expansion tank to satisfy heat transfer fluid expansion, shall be provided with an indoor overflow, from the upper portion of the expansion tank, in addition to an open vent. The indoor overflow shall be carried within the building or dwelling to an approved drain.

(c) Closed loop systems.

  1. Closed loop systems shall have an airtight tank or other suitable air cushion that shall be:

a. Consistent with the volume and capacity of the closed loop system; and

b. Suitably designed for a hydrostatic test pressure of 2.5 times the design pressure of the closed loop system.

  1. Expansion tanks for closed loop systems designed to operate at or above 50 psig shall be constructed in accordance with ch. SPS 341.

(4) Thermal storage. Thermal storage for domestic or industrial use shall meet the requirements of s. SPS 382.40 (5) and the following:

(a) Thermal storage shall be located in heated areas whenever possible.

(b) Thermal storage shall be insulated in accordance with s. SPS 371.21 (3).

(c) Thermal storage shall be located to provide for servicing.

(d) Thermal storage shall be designed and installed to withstand all anticipated loads and environmental conditions.

(e) Thermal storage shall be designed for maximum operating temperatures and pressures.

(f) Pressurized thermal storage shall be provided with relief valves in accordance with s. SPS 371.22 (3).

(g) Only pressurized thermal storage shall be used for potable water.

(h) Concrete thermal storage tanks may not be pressurized.

(i) Thermal storage buried outdoors shall be located at least 3 feet away from the building for every foot excavated below the footing.

(j) Nonpressurized thermal storage shall be provided with a vent to the outside atmosphere. The thermal storage opening for the vent shall be sealed at the penetration of the thermal storage, and the vent shall be provided with a 1/16-inch mesh screen to prevent the entrance of vermin.

(k) Nonpressurized thermal storage shall be provided with an overflow piped to an approved drain.

(5) Joints and connections.

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), joints and connections for solar energy systems shall meet the requirements of s. SPS 384.40.

(b) Joints and connections for closed loop systems with nonconcentrating collectors and type K, L or M copper tubing may be soldered with 50/50 solder to within 5 feet of the collectors. Within 5 feet of the collectors, soldering shall be in compliance with par. (a).

(c) Joints and connections within 5 feet of concentrating collectors shall be silver brazed or attached with proper flare, compression or threaded joint.

(6) Freeze protection.

(a) All solar energy systems, except draindown and drainback systems, utilized during periods when outdoor temperatures are below 40ºF, shall be provided with freeze protection.

(b) Components containing liquid heat transfer fluids shall be provided a means of protection from freeze damage. Automatic freeze protection shall be provided in a power failure mode.

(c) Any nonautomatic freeze protection shall be noted as such in the operation and maintenance manual.

(d) Collectors and piping which must drain for freeze protection shall be installed with a slope of at least 1/8 inch per foot.

(7) Potable water protection.

(a) Prohibited connections to fixtures and equipment. Protection against backflow or back siphonage shall be provided for connections to potable water supply systems in accordance with s. SPS 382.41.

(b) Recirculating water. Water used for space heating may not be returned to the potable water system.

(c) Toxic elements. Heat transfer fluids, heat storage media and thermal storage materials, including any interior protective coatings, may not impart toxic elements to potable water.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; corrections in (1) (c) 4., (3) (c) 2., (4) (intro.) and (7) (a) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction in (1) (b) 2., 4., 5., 6., (c) 1., 4., (3) (c) 2., (4) (intro.) (b), (f), (5) (a), (7) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.26 Electrical requirements {#sec-sps-371.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.26}

All electrical work shall conform to the Wisconsin Electrical Code, ch. SPS 316.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; CR 01-139: am. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.30 Photovoltaic solar energy systems {#sec-sps-371.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.30}

(1) General installation requirements. Photovoltaic solar energy systems shall comply with s. SPS 371.21 (1), (2), (4), (6) and (7).

(2) Electrical requirements. All electrical wiring, installation, equipment and materials used in the construction and installation of photovoltaic solar energy systems shall comply with the Wisconsin Electrical Code, ch. SPS 316.

Note: For design requirements and definitions for photovoltaic solar energy systems, see Article 690, of the National Electrical Code (NEC), as adopted by reference in the Wisconsin Electrical Code, Volume 2, ch. SPS 316.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86; CR 01-139: am. (2) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Warranty

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.40 Purpose {#sec-sps-371.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.40}

Pursuant to s. 101.175 (4) (a), Stats., this subchapter establishes the requirement of a warranty and minimum warranty requirements for solar energy systems and components.

Note: The requirements of this subchapter are recommended standards. See s. SPS 371.03.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.41 System designer’s warranty {#sec-sps-371.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.41}

All new solar energy systems shall be covered by a system designer’s warranty. The system designer’s warranty shall meet or exceed the following requirements:

(1) Type and duration of warranty. The system designer shall issue to every buyer a written warranty that meets the following minimum requirements:

(a) A one year warranty on the entire solar energy system and the installation of the solar energy system.

(b) A 5 year warranty on the collectors and the installation of the collectors.

(c) The warranty shall specify those items covered and those items not covered.

(d) The warranty shall begin the day the solar energy system is put into operation.

(2) Voiding of a warranty.

(a) The warranty may specify reasonable installation and maintenance procedures, including specifications of incompatible components, and may state reasonable use conditions for the system designer’s warranty to be effective.

(b) The warranty may not be voided or in any way reduced by conditions that may occur in the normal operation of the solar energy system.

(c) The warranty shall list any actions that will void the warranty.

(3) Notification. The warranty shall contain the name, address, and telephone number of the customer service representative.

Note: By federal law, all warranties must be in accordance with the standards, terms and conditions specified in the Magnuson-Moss Warranty - Federal Trade Commission Improvement Act, 15 United States Code, Sections 2301-2312 (1976), and the regulations promulgated thereunder as found in 16 Code of Federal Regulations, Subchapter G (1981). The requirements of this section are in addition to the federal warranty requirements.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.

Subchapter VI Operation and Maintenance Manual

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.50 Purpose {#sec-sps-371.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.50}

Pursuant to s. 101.175 (4) (b), Stats., this subchapter establishes the minimum requirements of an operation and maintenance manual for solar energy systems.

Note: The requirements of this subchapter are recommended standards. See s. SPS 371.03.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.51 General requirements {#sec-sps-371.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.51}

(1) The operation and maintenance manual shall be supplied by the system designer.

(2) Additional instructions for operation and maintenance may be added by the installer but may not:

(a) Contradict the manufacturer’s instructions;

(b) Contradict the system designer’s instructions;

(c) Void the manufacturer’s warranty;

(d) Void the system designer’s warranty; or

(e) Void the installer’s warranty.

(3) Any pre-installation instructions shall be supplied by the installer.

(4) All operation and maintenance manuals, installation instructions and other instructions shall be supplied to the buyer on or before the day the solar energy system is operational.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.52 Operation and maintenance manual for active solar energy systems {#sec-sps-371.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.52}

The operation and maintenance manual for active solar energy systems shall include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:

(1) Operating instructions. Operating instructions shall contain the following:

(a) Operating instructions for normal solar energy system operations;

(b) Operating instructions for leaving the solar energy system inactive for extended periods of time, such as vacations;

(c) Operating instructions for disengaging the solar energy system and operating and maintaining the auxiliary energy system, if present, independently of the solar energy system;

(d) A valving diagram clearly showing the position that each valve should be in, for operation of the solar energy system;

(e) A detailed explanation of the freeze protection and no-flow protection features of the solar energy system including what the owner needs to do, if anything, in the event a power failure occurs simultaneously with freezing or no-flow conditions. If the solar energy system does not provide freeze or no-flow protection or both, the operation and maintenance manual shall state so in a clear and concise manner;

(f) The conditions at which the solar energy system may be damaged by freezing or no-flow conditions or both;

(g) Operating instructions for start-up procedures; and

(h) Operating instructions for diagnostic procedures. Operating instructions for diagnostic procedures shall state on every page warnings if the diagnostic procedure performed by the owner voids any warranty.

(2) Maintenance instructions. Routine maintenance, performed by the owner, may not void the system designer’s or installer’s warranty unless certain routine maintenance, performed by the owner, is prohibited by the system designer or installer. If routine maintenance, performed by the owner, is prohibited, it shall be stated accordingly in a contrasting color next to the prohibited routine maintenance. Routine maintenance instructions shall include the following:

(a) The time intervals for routine maintenance. The operation and maintenance manual shall provide a space for logging maintenance done on the solar energy system by the owner, installer or system designer;

(b) Instructions for changing the heat transfer fluid, if a heat transfer fluid is present. A detailed description of the heat transfer fluid used in the system shall be provided. The description shall include the following:

  1. The exact name of the heat transfer fluid;

  2. Whether the heat transfer fluid is toxic or non-toxic;

  3. If the heat transfer fluid is toxic, a cautionary statement regarding the poisonous characteristics of the heat transfer fluid;

  4. First aid instructions in case the heat transfer fluid is ingested, splashed on skin or splashed in eyes;

  5. The system designer’s or installer’s recommended heat transfer fluid change interval;

  6. A caution that the heat transfer fluid may be hot;

  7. A warning against the use of toxic heat transfer fluids in systems not designed and installed for the use of toxic heat transfer fluids; and

  8. A proper disposal method for the heat transfer fluid.

(c) Cleaning instructions, if any, for the following components that are present:

  1. Collector plate and cover;

  2. Heat exchanger; and

  3. Collector absorber.

(d) Instructions for any other required routine maintenance.

(3) Component specifications and detailed drawings. Component specifications and detailed drawings for solar energy systems shall contain the following:

(a) A detailed drawing of the entire solar energy system and each major component;

(b) A list of the solar energy system’s specifications including all of the following that are applicable:

  1. The collector manufacturer and model number;

  2. Gross collector area;

  3. Collector performance test results or system performance rating or both;

  4. The name of the organization doing the performance rating;

  5. Fluid capacity of the collectors and thermal storage;

  6. Full weights of the collectors and thermal storage;

  7. Temperature and pressure ratings of the thermal storage, collectors and pump;

  8. The size of all piping and ducts; and

  9. The type of thermal storage.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 371.53 Operation and maintenance manual for photovoltaic solar energy systems {#sec-sps-371.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 371.53}

The operation and maintenance manual for photovoltaic solar energy systems shall include, but is not limited to, the following requirements:

(1) Operating instructions. Operating instructions shall contain the following:

(a) Operating instructions for normal solar energy system operations;

(b) Operating instructions for leaving the solar energy system inactive for extended periods of time, such as vacations;

(c) Operating instructions for disengaging the solar energy system and operating and maintaining the auxiliary energy system, if present, independently of the photovoltaic solar energy system;

(d) Operating instructions for start-up procedures; and

(e) Operating instructions for diagnostic procedures. Operating instructions for diagnostic procedures shall state on every page warnings if the diagnostic procedure performed by the owner voids any warranty.

(2) Maintenance instructions. Routine maintenance, performed by the owner, shall not void the system designer’s or installer’s warranty unless certain routine maintenance, performed by the owner, is prohibited by the system designer or installer. If routine maintenance, performed by the owner, is prohibited, it shall be stated accordingly in a contrasting color next to the prohibited routine maintenance. Routine maintenance instructions shall include the following:

(a) The time intervals for such maintenance. The operation and maintenance manual shall provide a space for logging maintenance done on the solar energy system by the owner, installer or system designer.

(b) Cleaning instructions, if any, for the following components that are present:

  1. Collector plate;

  2. Collector cover; and

  3. Batteries.

(c) Routine maintenance instructions, if any, for the following:

  1. Checking and restoring battery fluid level;

  2. Checking for and removing corrosion; and

  3. Cleaning of battery top.

(d) Instructions for any other required routine maintenance.

(3) Component specifications and detailed drawings. Component specifications and detailed drawings for solar energy systems shall contain the following:

(a) A detailed drawing of the entire solar energy system and each major component;

(b) A list of the solar energy system’s specifications including all of the following that are applicable:

  1. The collector manufacturer and model number;

  2. Gross collector area;

  3. Collector performance test results or system performance rating or both;

  4. The name of the organization doing the performance rating;

  5. Temperature and pressure ratings of the electrical storage and collectors;

  6. Weights of collector and electrical storage;

  7. Voltage, current and kilowatt rating of collectors;

  8. Amp-hour capacity of batteries; and

  9. Temperature and ventilation requirements for the battery storage area.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1986, No. 366, eff. 7-1-86.

Chapter SPS 372 CLEANING METHODS FOR HISTORIC BUILDINGS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.01 Purpose of chapter {#sec-sps-372.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.01}

Pursuant to s. 101.1215, Stats., this chapter establishes rules for acceptable and prohibited cleaning methods for use on the exterior of qualified historic buildings.

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.02 Scope and application {#sec-sps-372.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.02}

This chapter applies to qualified historic buildings.

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.03 Administration and enforcement {#sec-sps-372.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.03}

Upon receipt of a complaint of a violation of this chapter, the department may do any of the following:

(1) Investigate the alleged violation.

(2) Issue orders to stop the use of an abrasive cleaning method.

(3) Refer the violation to the appropriate authority for assessing penalties as specified under s. SPS 372.04.

Note: The complaint registration form (SBD-192) is available at the Department’s Web site at www.dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.04 Penalties {#sec-sps-372.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.04}

Penalties for violations shall be assessed in accordance with s. 101.1215 (4), Stats.

Note: Section 101.1215 (4), Stats., reads: “(4) (a) Any person who uses an abrasive cleaning method in violation of this section may be required to forfeit not less than $100 nor more than $1,000 for each offense. Each day of continued violation constitutes a separate offense.

(b) Any owner of a qualified historic building who causes or permits the use of an abrasive cleaning method in violation of this section may be required to forfeit not less than $100 nor more than $1,000 for each offense. Each day of continued violation constitutes a separate offense.”

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.05 Definitions {#sec-sps-372.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.05}

In this chapter:

(1) “Abrasive cleaning method” has the meaning given in s. 101.1215 (1) (a), Stats.

Note: Section 101.1215 (1) (a), Stats., reads: “Abrasive cleaning method” means any cleaning procedure that uses any of the following materials or tools:

  1. Abrasive materials, including sand, glass beads, ground slag, volcanic ash, crushed nutshells, rice husks, ground corncobs or crushed eggshells, carried in high-pressure or low-pressure air or water.

  2. High-pressure water.

(2) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(3) “Qualified historic building” has the meaning given in s. 101.121 (2) (c), Stats.

Note: Under section 101.121 (2) (c), Stats., “qualified historic building” means a historic building which:

  1. Is listed on, or has been nominated by the state historical society for listing on, the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places;

  2. Is included in a district which is listed on, or has been nominated by the state historical society for listing on, the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places, and has been determined by the state historical society to contribute to the historic significance of the district;

2m. Is determined by the state historical society to be eligible for listing on the national register of historic places in Wisconsin or the state register of historic places;

  1. Is listed on a certified local register of historic property; or

  2. Is included in a district, which is listed on a certified local register of historic property, and has been determined by the city, village, town or county to contribute to the historic significance of the district.

Note: See s. 44.36, Stats., for criteria of significance for buildings to be considered for placement on the state register of historic places.

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 372.06 Cleaning methods {#sec-sps-372.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 372.06}

(1) Abrasive cleaning methods. Except as specified in sub. (2), no person may use an abrasive cleaning method on the exterior of a qualified historic building. An abrasive method of cleaning includes water that is delivered with a pressure greater than 1000 pounds per square inch (psi).

(2) Other uses and methods.

(a) An abrasive cleaning method may only be used on exterior cast iron elements that are part of a qualified historic building.

(b) A cleaning method that uses a cleaning agent that is dissolvable in water shall not be considered an abrasive cleaning method provided the water is delivered with a pressure not exceeding 1000 psi.

History

  • CR 05-064: cr. Register February 2006 No. 602, eff. 3-1-06.

Chapter SPS 375 DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.001 Buildings affected by these orders {#sec-sps-375.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.001}

(1) These orders shall apply to all buildings and structures erected prior to the effective date of the first building code (October 9, 1914) except:

(a) Private residences, and outbuildings in connection therewith such as barns, garages, etc.

(b) Flat buildings used as the residence of 2 families only, provided not more than 2 persons are accommodated who are not members of the family.

(2) Provided, however, that if any building or structure serving as a public building or place of employment, whether above exempted or not, is especially liable to fire, and is so situated as to endanger other buildings or property; or contains any combustible or explosive material dangerous to the safety of any building or premises or the occupants thereof, or endangering or hindering firefighters in case of fire; then such building or structure shall be subject to these orders so far as may be necessary to protect adjoining or other buildings and their occupants, and firefighters.

(3) Provided further, that in the case of buildings which are subject to the requirements of the state building code, the requirements of the building code shall govern.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 5., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; cr. (1) (e), Register, September, 2000, No. 537, eff. 10-1-00; CR 06-120: r. (1) (c) to (e), am. (2) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.01 Local regulations {#sec-sps-375.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.01}

These orders shall not be understood to limit the power of cities, villages and towns to make or enforce additional or more stringent regulations, provided the same do not conflict with these orders, or with any other order of the department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.02 Fire-resistive construction {#sec-sps-375.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.02}

A building is of fire-resistive construction if all the walls, partitions, piers, columns, floors, ceilings, roof and stairs are built of incombustible material, except as hereinafter provided, and if all metallic structural members are protected by an incombustible fire-resistive covering.

Note: See s. Ind 51.001, 1956 for detailed requirements for fire-resistive construction.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.03 Mill construction {#sec-sps-375.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.03}

A building is of mill construction if all walls are of 4-hour fire-resistive construction as specified in s. Ind 51.01, 1956; all wood girders and joists are at least 51/2 inches thick; wood columns and posts are at least 71/2 x 71/2 inches; floors are at least 3 inches thick; the roof has an incombustible roof covering, and there are no concealed air spaces except such as are enclosed by incombustible material.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4. and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.04 Ordinary construction {#sec-sps-375.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.04}

A building is of ordinary construction if all walls consist of incombustible material, the roof has a fire-retardant covering, but other requirements for fire-resistive or mill construction are not complied with.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.05 Frame construction {#sec-sps-375.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.05}

A building is of frame construction if the structural parts and enclosing walls consist of wood. If such enclosing walls are veneered, encased or faced with stone, brick, tile, concrete, plaster, or metal, whose stability or rigidity depends upon the frame wall, the building is also termed a frame building.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.06 Basement; first floor; number of stories {#sec-sps-375.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.06}

A basement is a story whose floor line is below the grade at any entrance or exit and whose ceiling is not more than 5 feet above such grade. The first floor is the floor next above the basement, or the lowest floor if there is no basement. The number of stories of a building includes all stories except the basement.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.07 Fire retardant roof covering {#sec-sps-375.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.07}

A roof covering is considered fire retardant if made of 3 thicknesses of roofing felt with tar and gravel or asphalt or if made of tin, corrugated iron, galvanized iron, or other approved fire-resistive material.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.08 Fire-resistive enclosure or partition {#sec-sps-375.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.08}

A fire-resistive enclosure or partition shall be of 4-hour, 3-hour, 2-hour, or one-hour construction as may be required by this code under occupancy requirements and as described in s. Ind 51.05, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4. and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.09 Fire-resistive door {#sec-sps-375.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.09}

A fire-resistive door shall consist of a wooden core not less than 11/2 inches thick encased with metal using locked seam joints, or shall be entirely of metal and of a design approved by the department. The door frame shall be of metal or shall be metal covered. The door shall close automatically in case of fire.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.10 Fire-resistive window {#sec-sps-375.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.10}

A fire-resistive window shall have a metal frame, metal sash and wired glass, of a design approved by the department. No pane shall be less than 1/4 inch thick nor of greater area than 720 square inches. The window shall be fixed or shall close automatically in case of fire.

Note: It will be the policy of the department to approve, subject to the provisions of this order, any window bearing the inspection manifest of the Underwriters’ Laboratories for the situation of the installation.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.11 One-hour fire-resistive ceiling {#sec-sps-375.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.11}

A one-hour fire-resistive ceiling shall be constructed of not less than 15/8 inch joists, spaced not more than 16 inches center to center, protected on the under side by metal or wire lath and 3/4 inch of gypsum or Portland cement plaster or by 3/8 inch perforated gypsum lath and 1/2 inch of gypsum plaster, the joints of the lath to be reinforced with 3 inch wide strips of metal lath. Other materials and methods of construction having an equivalent fire-resistive rating may be used if approved by the department, as specified under s. Ind 50.12, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4. and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.12 Horizontal exit {#sec-sps-375.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.12}

(1) A horizontal exit is either:

(a) An opening through a fire-resistive wall or partition, (s. SPS 375.08) which separates 2 buildings or 2 divisions of a building; every such opening shall be protected by a fire-resistive door on each side of the wall; or,

(b) An exterior balcony or bridge which connects 2 buildings or 2 divisions of a building. Every such balcony or bridge, including its railings, its supporting brackets or beams, and the exits thereto, shall be constructed the same as specified for fire escapes, (ss. SPS 375.14 to 375.22); but a bridge may be built of wood if it is enclosed by walls and a roof and if it is separated from each building by a fire-resistive door. The floor shall not have a slope of more than one foot in 5.

(2) If a horizontal exit takes the place of an “A” type standard fire escape, it shall be at least 2 feet 4 inches wide; if it takes the place of a “B” type standard fire escape, it shall be at least 3 feet 4 inches wide.

(3) The floor on each side of a horizontal exit shall contain at least one stairway and all passageways leading thereto shall be kept clear and unobstructed at all times.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.13 Fire escapes; location {#sec-sps-375.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.13}

Every fire escape shall be so located as to lead directly to a street, alley, or open court connected with the street. Every fire escape shall be placed against a blank wall if possible.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.14 Exits to fire escapes {#sec-sps-375.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.14}

Every fire escape shall be accessible from a public passageway or shall be directly accessible from each occupied room. Each exit to a “B” type fire escape shall be a standard exit door (s. SPS 375.24) at least 3 feet 4 inches in width, and the door sill shall be flush with the floor inside. Each exit to an “A” type fire escape shall be a standard exit door at least 2 feet 6 inches in width and the door sill shall be not more than 8 inches above the inside floor level, unless a stair leads from the floor to the sill, or windows may be used in place of such door if approved by the department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.15 Material and strength {#sec-sps-375.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.15}

(1) No other material than wrought iron or soft or medium steel shall be used for any part of a fire escape except for weights, separators, and ornaments.

(2) No bar material less than 1/4 inch thick shall be used in the construction of any fire escape, except for separators, ornaments, structural shapes over 3 inches and rigidly built up treads and platforms of approved design. All bolts and rivets, except for ornamental work, shall be not less than 3⁄8 inch in diameter.

(3) Each part of every fire escape (except counterweights for balanced stairways) shall be designed and constructed to carry a live load of 100 pounds per square foot of horizontal area over the entire fire escape. The minimum sections and sizes specified below shall be increased whenever necessary so that under full load the unit stresses will not exceed 3⁄4 of the allowable unit stresses specified in s. Ind 53.24, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.16 Platforms {#sec-sps-375.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.16}

(1) Each platform of an “A” type fire escape shall be at least 28 inches wide; each platform of a “B” type fire escape shall be at least 3 feet 4 inches wide. Such widths shall be the clear distance between stringers, measuring at the narrowest point. Each platform shall extend at least 4 inches beyond the jambs of exit openings. The above minimum widths and lengths shall be increased wherever necessary, so that no exit door or window will, when open, block any part of the required width of the fire escape.

(2) Every platform shall consist of either:

(a) Flat bars on edge, not less than 1 × 1/4 inch; but not less than 1 1/4 × 1/4 inch where bolts and separators are used; bars shall be not more than 1 1/4 inches center to center.

(b) 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch square bars with sharp edge up, more than 1 1/2 inches center to center.

(c) 5/8 inch round bars, not more than 1 1/2 inches center to center.

(3) Platform and treads may be solid if covered by a roof.

(4) The platform frame shall consist of not less than 2 × 3⁄8 inch flat bars on edge or equivalent, provided the brackets are not more than 4 feet apart. If brackets are more than 4 feet apart, the frame shall be correspondingly stronger and stiffer. Every platform wider than 30 inches, if made of square or round bars, shall have a third frame bar through the center; if made of flat bars, the platform shall have separators and bolts through the center. Frame bars shall not project more than 1⁄4 inch above platform bars, except around the outside of platform.

(5) There shall be a platform at each story above the first and intermediate platforms if floors are more than 18 feet apart vertically.

(6) Platforms shall not be more than 8 inches below the door sill, or not more than 18 inches below the sill of exit windows; see s. SPS 375.14.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.17 Brackets {#sec-sps-375.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.17}

(1) Brackets for a 28 inch or 30 inch platform, when spaced not more than 4 feet apart, shall be made of not less than 7/8 inch square bars or 11/2 × 11/2 × 1/4 inch angles; such bars or angles shall be larger if the platform is wider or if the brackets are farther apart. Each bracket shall be fastened at the top, to the wall, by a through bolt (at least 7/8 inch diameter), nut, and washer (at least 4 inch diameter). The slope of the lower bracket bar shall be not less then 30º with the horizontal. The lower bar shall have a washer or shoulder to give sufficient bearing against the wall.

Note: In applying the requirements of the building code to the design of a bracket, the lower bracket bar must be designed according to the column formula. According to this formula (for example), brackets made of 1 inch square wrought iron, 4 feet apart, carrying a 3 feet 4 inches platform, are just within the limit of stiffness. If the brackets were over 4 feet apart, a heavier bar or an angle would have to be used.

(2) The strength of the wall to which brackets are to be attached shall be carefully considered in determining the spacing, shape, and inside connection of brackets, so that under full load the wall will not be unduly strained.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.18 Stairways {#sec-sps-375.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.18}

(1) Each stairway of an “A” type fire escape shall be at least 24 inches wide between stringers; such stairway shall have a uniform rise of not more than 8 inches, and a uniform run of not less than 8 inches.

(2) Each stairway of a “B” type fire escape shall be at least 3 feet 4 inches wide between stringers; such stairway shall have a uniform rise of not more than 8 inches, and a uniform run of not less than 9 inches.

Note: The rise is the vertical distance from the extreme edge of any step to the corresponding extreme edge of the next step. The run is the horizontal distance between the same points.

(3) Stairway stringers shall consist of either:

(a) A 5 inch channel or larger.

(b) Two angles 2 × 2 × 1/4 inch or larger

(c) Two flat bars 2 × 3/8 inch or larger.

(d) One flat bar 6 × 1/4 inch or larger.

(4) If 2 angles or 2 flat bars are used, they shall be properly tied together by lattice bars, vertical as well as horizontal. If flat bars are used, every stairway of more than 10 risers shall have lateral bracing. The connection of stringers to platform, at top and bottom, shall be at least equal in strength to the stringers and shall safely carry the full live and dead loads. If stringers are carried by intermediate brackets, the stringers shall have a horizontal bearing on the brackets and shall be properly and securely connected thereto.

(5) Treads shall consist of either flat or square bars, (not round), of the size and spacing specified for platforms. An “A” tread shall consist of at least 6 square bars or 7 flat bars. A “B” tread shall consist of at least 7 square bars or 8 flat bars. A “B” tread made of flat bars shall have separators and bolt through the center. A “B” tread made of square bars shall be trussed. Treads and platforms may be solid if covered by a roof.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.19 Balanced stairway {#sec-sps-375.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.19}

(1) All “B” type fire escapes, and all fire escapes on schools, theaters, and assembly halls, either shall reach to the ground or shall have a balanced stairway reaching to the ground. “A” type fire escapes which are not on schools, theaters, or assembly halls, may terminate on a platform at least 3 feet long, located not more than 10 feet above the ground.

(2) Every balanced stairway shall conform to the requirements for other stairways except that the stringers and the top rail may be lighter if they are properly trussed. The counterbalancing device shall be attached to both sides of the stairway equally, or a special attachment shall be used to prevent warping or twisting. The counterbalancing device shall operate gradually and easily as the live load is applied.

Note: The use of cables and sheaves will be permitted only under exceptional conditions, as rust is almost sure to interfere with their proper operation. In such cases the sheaves shall turn on a brass pin or in brass bearings and shall be protected from the weather at the top and on all sides.

(3) Treads for “A” type balanced stairways may be made as follows: two 11/4× 11/4 × 1/4 inch angles at front and back; two 1 1/4× 1/4 inch bars between, lying flatwise; one inch space between bars. Treads for“B” type balanced stairways may be made as follows: two 11/2 × 1 1/2 × 1/4 inch angles at front and back; two 11/2 ×1/4 inch bars between, lying flatwise; one inch space between bars. All such treads shall be strongly fastened together with cross bars not more than 14 inches apart.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.20 Railings {#sec-sps-375.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.20}

(1) Railings shall be provided on all open sides of platforms and stairways, and on both sides of balanced stairways. Either a railing or a handrail fastened to wall shall be provided on each side of all “B” type fire escape stairways. Railings shall be at least 3 feet high, measuring vertically from floor of platform or from nose of step.

(2) Every railing shall have posts, not more than 5 feet apart, made of not less than 11/2 × 11/2 × 1/4 inch angles or tees, or 11/4 inch pipe; top rail not less than 11/4 × 11/4 × 1/4 inch angle or equivalent; center rail not less than 11/4 × 5/16 flat bar or equivalent. All connections shall be such as to make the railing stiff; 2 bolts (3/8 inch or larger) shall be used at the foot of each post wherever possible, or at least 1/2 inch bolt shall be used. Railings shall be continuous. No projections on the inside of the railing shall be permitted. Where a railing returns to the wall, it shall be fastened thereto with a through bolt (at least 5/8 inch diameter), nut, and washer; or (in reinforced concrete) with an approved insert; or the railing shall be made equally secure with a diagonal brace extending at least 3 feet horizontally and 3 feet vertically.

(3) All outside railings which are more than 60 feet above grade shall be at least 6 feet high, measuring vertically from floor or platform or from nose of step. Such railings shall be of special design approved by the department, having not less than 4 longitudinal rails, and vertical lattice bars not more than 8 inches apart, and proper stiffening braces or brackets.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.21 Ladder to roof {#sec-sps-375.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.21}

(1) Every fire escape which extends higher than the second floor shall be provided with a ladder leading from the upper platform to the roof, unless the fire escape stairway leads to the roof. The ladder shall have stringers of not less than 11/4 inch pipe, or not less than 2 × 3/8 inch flat bars, at least 17 inches apart in the clear. The rungs shall be not less than 1/2 inch square or 5/8 inch round bars, 14 inches center to center. The stringers shall be securely tied together at intervals no greater than every fifth rung.

(2) The stringers of each ladder shall extend not less than 4 feet above the roof coping and return to within 2 feet of the roof with the top rung of the ladder level with the top of the parapet wall.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.22 Standpipe {#sec-sps-375.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.22}

(1) A standpipe shall be attached to every fire escape on every building of more than 3 stories not having an automatic sprinkler system; except that buildings requiring more than one fire escape on any side thereof, shall be provided with at least one standpipe on each side.

(2) Every standpipe shall extend from a point within 5 feet of the ground to a point 3 feet above the roof or cornice, and shall be securely fastened to and accessible from each platform. The standpipe shall be made of not less than 3 inch wrought iron pipe, with 21/2 inch outlet hose valve at each floor and at roof, and a double Siamese valve at the base of the pipe. All connections shall conform to the size and patterns used by the local fire department, and the entire standpipe shall conform to all requirements of such department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.23 Other types of fire escape {#sec-sps-375.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.23}

Sliding or chute fire escapes may be used, upon the approval of the department, in place of “A” type or “B” type fire escapes. Every sliding fire escape shall be provided with a ladder constructed as in s. SPS 375.21, extending from 5 feet above grade, to 4 feet above the roof coping.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.24 Standard exit doors {#sec-sps-375.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.24}

(1) Every door which serves as a required exit from a public passageway, stairway or building, or which forms a horizontal exit, shall be a standard exit door. See also ss. SPS 376.06, 377.06, 378.04, 379.07.

(2) Every standard exit door shall swing outward or toward the natural means of egress (except as below and as in s. SPS 379.07). It shall be so hung that, when open, it will not block any part of the required width of any other doorway, passageway, stairway, or fire escape. No revolving door (unless collapsible) and no sliding door, (except where it opens onto a stairway enclosure, or serves as a horizontal exit) shall be considered as a standard exit door. Where revolving doors are used, they shall be of a type and make approved by the department.

(3) A standard exit door shall have such fastenings or hardware that it can be opened from the inside without using a key, by pushing against a single bar or plate, or turning a single knob or handle; it shall not be locked, barred, or bolted at any time while the building is occupied.

Note: For theaters, schools, large factories and hotels, etc., the “panic bolt” which operates by pressure against a bar or plate is recommended.

(4) An approved type, illuminated, transparent exit sign shall be provided and operated over all exit doors in accordance with ss. SPS 376.06, 377.14 and 379.08. Exit lights shall be installed as required by the Wisconsin state electrical code.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.25 Location and maintenance of exits {#sec-sps-375.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.25}

Every required exit (including stairways, fire escapes, horizontal exits, and doors) shall lead to a street, alley or open court connected with a street. All such exits, and all passageways leading to and from the same, shall be kept in good repair and unobstructed at all times.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.26 First aid standpipes {#sec-sps-375.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.26}

(1) For the number and location of first aid standpipes required in buildings of various classes, see ss. SPS 376.09, 378.07.

(2) Standpipes shall be sufficient in number so that any part of every floor area can be reached within 20 feet by a nozzle attached to not more than 75 feet of hose connected to a standpipe.

(3) No required standpipe shall be less than 2 inches in diameter, and not less than 21/2 inches in diameter for buildings 5 stories or more in height. An approved 11/2 inch hose valve shall be located in each story, not more than 5 feet above the floor level; valves of the gate type shall be equipped with a suitable open drip connection. An approved pressure-reducing device shall be installed at hose valves where pressure would otherwise be over 50 pounds.

(4) Not more than 75 feet of hose shall be attached to each outlet. Hose shall be of unlined linen construction, 11/2 inches in diameter, with a 1/2 inch nozzle attached, and shall be located in approved cabinets or racks.

(5) Water supply shall be automatic, and be designed for 70 gallons per minute for 30 minutes with 25 pounds flowing pressure at the top outlet. Such supply may be from city connection, gravity tank, pressure tank or pump.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.27 Fire extinguishers {#sec-sps-375.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.27}

(1) Where fire extinguishers are required, they shall be of a type approved by the department. All fire extinguishers shall be charged in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.

(2) Extinguishers shall be conspicuously located where they will always be readily accessible and so distributed as to be immediately available in event of fire. They shall be hung on hangers or set on brackets or shelves so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.28 Automatic sprinklers {#sec-sps-375.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.28}

(1) Required automatic sprinkler systems shall be designed and constructed in conformity with good established practice. Only materials and devices approved by the department may be used. Re-installation of used sprinkler heads is prohibited, and other second hand devices may be installed by special permission only.

(2) Where an automatic sprinkler system is required throughout a building, supply shall be from a city water main, or from a gravity or pressure tank. If the city water supply is inadequate in either pressure or volume, a tank of not less than 5,000 gallons capacity shall be provided. The bottom of a gravity tank shall be not less than 35 feet above the under side of the roof.

(3) Where automatic sprinklers are required in a basement only, the supply shall be from a city water main. Where there is no city water supply, such basement sprinklers need not be installed, but at such time as a city supply becomes available, such required basement sprinklers shall be installed.

(4) Every basement sprinkler system shall also include sprinklers in all shafts (except elevator shafts) leading to the story above.

(5) Every sprinkler system shall have a suitable audible alarm and an approved Siamese connection marked “To Automatic Sprinklers.”

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.29 Fire alarm systems {#sec-sps-375.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.29}

(1) Interior fire alarm systems required under ss. SPS 376.11, 378.08 and 379.18 shall be designed and constructed in conformity with the following requirements.

(2) All such alarm systems shall consist of operating stations on each floor of the building, including the basement, with bells, horns, or other approved sounding devices which are effective throughout the building. The system shall be so arranged that the operation of any one station will actuate all alarm devices connected to the system except in the case of a presignal system. Fire alarms shall be readily distinguishable from any other signaling devices used in the building. A system designed for fire alarm and paging service may be used if the design is such that fire alarm signals will have precedence over all others.

(3) Every fire alarm system shall be electrically operated except as stated in s. SPS 378.08 and shall be operated on closed circuit current under constant electrical supervision, so arranged that upon a circuit opening and remaining open, or in case of a ground or short circuit in the ungrounded conductor, audible trouble signals will be given instantly.

(4) In buildings more than 3 stories in height, coded fire alarm systems shall be provided, and the systems shall be so arranged that the code transmitted shall indicate the location and the story of the structure in which the signal originated.

(4m) In apartment buildings less than 6 stories in height and having less than 5,000 square feet area per floor, non-coded, electrically supervised, continuous ringing fire alarm systems will be accepted.

(5) Operating stations shall be prominently located in an accessible position at all required exit doors and required exit stairways. Operating stations shall be of an approved type and shall be conspicuously identified. All such operating stations shall be of a type, which after being operated, will indicate that an alarm has been sent therefrom until reset by an authorized means. (Operating stations having a “Break Glass” panel will be acceptable. On coded systems having a device to permanently record the transmission of an alarm, “Open Door” type stations may be used.) The fire alarm operating stations shall be mounted approximately 5 feet above the finished floor as measured from the floor to the center of the box.

(6) All such alarm systems shall be tested at least once a week and a record of such tests shall be kept.

(7) Existing fire alarm systems that are effective in operation will be accepted if approved by the department.

Note: The following sections are taken from the Wisconsin state electrical code.

(9) The energy for operation of fire alarm systems shall be taken from sources suited to the design of the system. Primary batteries shall not be used.

(10) A 3 wire 110-220 volt service will be accepted for supervised systems, providing the operating current is secured from one ungrounded conductor and the neutral or grounded conductor and the current for operation of trouble signal (or signals) is secured from the other ungrounded conductor and the neutral or grounded conductor.

(11) Electrical wiring in connection with fire alarm systems shall be installed in rigid metal conduit, flexible metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing or surface metal raceway, armored cable (metal) may be used where it can be fished in hollow spaces of walls or partitions in apartments or rooming houses not over 3 stories in height. Where the wiring is subject to excessive moisture or severe mechanical injury, rigid metal conduit shall be used. The smallest size conductor to be used in any fire alarm system in a building over 3 stories in height shall be #14 AWG, or #16 AWG for buildings not over 3 stories in height. The wires shall be provided with insulation suitable for use on circuits not exceeding 600 volts. Fire alarm systems shall be connected to the line side of the service switch or to the emergency bus, where available, through an approved fire alarm cut-out or equivalent.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.30 Boilers, furnaces and stoves {#sec-sps-375.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.30}

(1) Protection of floor. Except as provided in ss. SPS 376.13, 377.31, 378.09 and 379.20, every existing boiler, furnace or oven shall be placed on a fire-resistive floor projecting at least 2 feet on all sides. Such floor shall also be provided for every coal, wood, or oil stove or range which is more than 16 square feet in horizontal area or which has a flame at the bottom. If any such floor rests on or is in contact with any combustible material, then the fire-resistive floor layer shall be at least 3 inches thick and shall be hollow, with air spaces running horizontally through the same. The air spaces shall be open at both ends and shall be so placed that air can circulate through them; their horizontal area shall equal at least one-half the horizontal area of the fire-resistive slab.

Note: The purpose of these air spaces is to permit air to circulate through the fire-resistive slab and keep down its temperature. When a range or a heater rests on a solid layer of brick or concrete, it has been found that after several months the heat strikes through to the wood below. Many fires have been caused in this way.

(2) Air spaces. The air spaces may be secured by using hollow tile placed end to end; or by imbedding wrought or sheet iron pipes (say 3 inch diameter or larger) in a layer of concrete. The air spaces should run parallel to the short dimension of the slab.

(3) Fire-resistive floor layer. If the stove, range, etc., is raised at least 6 inches above the floor and such air space is not enclosed, then the fire-resistive floor layer may be reduced to not less than 2 inch solid thickness, without air spaces, provided it is covered with sheet metal.

(4) Coal, wood, oil stove. Every coal, wood or oil stove or range not more than 16 square feet in horizontal area and not having a flame at the bottom shall, if placed on a combustible floor, be raised at least 6 inches above the floor, and such air space shall not be enclosed. Such floor shall be protected with a stove board of sheet metal or asbestos, projecting at least one foot on all sides.

(5) Gas stove. Gas stoves shall be protected as above specified, except that:

(a) A 3 inch solid fire-resistive floor layer, projecting at least 6 inches on all sides shall be sufficient protection if the stove has a false bottom at least 3 inches above such fire-resistive floor; and

(b) If the stove is less than 16 square feet in horizontal area and has a false bottom at least 5 inches above the floor, no fire-resistive floor shall be required.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.31 Protection of walls and ceiling; repair; fireplaces {#sec-sps-375.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.31}

(1) Except as otherwise provided in s. SPS 375.30, every combustible wall, partition or ceiling which is less than 24 inches distant from a boiler, furnace, oven, stove, or range, shall be protected with at least 1/4 inch asbestos board covered with galvanized sheet metal, or with equivalent protection as specified in s. SPS 375.11, or shall be protected with a metal shield with at least 4 inches air space behind the same, except as provided below. If the wall, partition, or ceiling is less than 12 inches distant from the boiler, furnace, oven, stove or range, then the woodwork and studs shall be cut away and replaced with incombustible material; or shall be otherwise protected as required by the department or the fire department.

(2) The above distances may be reduced one-half in the case of stoves and ranges less than 16 square feet in area, and also in the case of gas ranges of greater area if proper insulation is incorporated in the back of the range.

(3) The top of every boiler, furnace or oven, shall be covered with asbestos, sand, or other heat resisting material, or the required distance above same shall be increased 100%.

(4) All cracked, broken or otherwise defective stoves, furnaces and boilers, shall be repaired forthwith, and made safe, or shall be replaced with new ones.

(5) All open fireplaces shall be protected by substantial wire screens.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.32 Smoke pipes {#sec-sps-375.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.32}

(1) No smoke pipe shall pass through any floor, outside window or door, nor through any combustible roof or combustible outside wall, nor through any closet, attic or similarly concealed space.

(2) Every smoke pipe passing through a non-fire-resistive partition shall be encased with incombustible material at least 4 inches thick or with a double safety thimble made of 2 concentric rings of sheet metal with at least one inch open air space between and with outer ring covered with at least 1/4 inch asbestos.

Note: The double thimble is of no value unless it is kept free from dirt. The best protection is a casing of solid masonry, with 1/4 space between the masonry and the pipe.

(3) No part of any smoke pipe shall be placed nearer to any combustible partition or wall than the diameter of the pipe, nor nearer to any combustible ceiling than one and one-half times the diameter; but the above distances may be reduced by one-half, if the wall or ceiling is covered with not less than 1/4 inch asbestos board covered with galvanized sheet metal, or with equivalent protection as specified in s. SPS 375.11

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.33 Hot air pipes {#sec-sps-375.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.33}

Every hot air pipe contained in or passing through a combustible partition or floor, shall be covered with asbestos, or all wood within 2 inches of such pipe shall be protected with asbestos covered with sheet metal, unless such hot air pipe is double.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.34 Chimneys {#sec-sps-375.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.34}

(1) No chimney shall rest upon a flooring of wood, nor shall any wood or other combustible material be built into or left in contact with any chimney.

(2) All chimneys which are defective by reason of settling, cracking, disintegrating of mortar, or from any other cause, shall be repaired or rebuilt forthwith and made safe.

(3) All chimneys constructed of tile, terra cotta, or brick on edge, shall be replaced by a substantial brick chimney.

(4) All chimneys shall be thoroughly cleaned at least once each year.

Note: For requirements applying to the construction, remodeling and repair of chimneys, see the state building code issued by the department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.35 Gas and oil lamps; gas service {#sec-sps-375.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.35}

(1) Gas and oil lamps shall not be used where electricity is available.

(2) Gas and oil lamps shall be placed at least 6 feet above the floor level, at least 6 inches from any combustible partition or wall, and at least 2 feet (measured from top of flame) below any combustible ceiling unless properly protected by a metal shield with at least 2 inches of air space above. Swinging brackets shall be provided with a guard or stop so that the light cannot come nearer to the partition or wall than one foot. In aisles and public passageways, every such light shall be protected by an incombustible guard unless the light is at least 7 feet above the floor. Gas and oil lights shall be kept at least 2 feet from any drape or window curtain.

(3) Every gas supply main shall have a service cock outside of the building, so placed and maintained that it can be shut off at any time without entering the building.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.36 Electrical work {#sec-sps-375.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.36}

(1) All new electrical work shall conform to the Wisconsin state electrical code of the department.

(2) All electrical wiring and installation which by reason of insufficient supports, defective insulation, contact with combustible materials, or with conductors of electricity, deterioration, faulty materials or from any other cause, is liable to cause fire, shall forthwith be overhauled, repaired or replaced, and made safe, and all such repair work shall be done as required by said Wisconsin state electrical code.

(3) Electric cords shall not be hung on or be fastened with or come in contact with nails, staples, hooks, gas or water pipes, machinery or other metal supports.

(4) Pendant lamps must be free from contact with furniture, machinery, posts or other fixtures.

(5) Where portable electric lights must be used, the same shall be equipped with socket of non-combustible, non-absorbent insulating material, large handle of non-absorbent insulating material, basket guard, proper reflector and special heavy duty cord of the reinforced or similar type.

Note: For fire prevention requirements, see ch. SPS 314.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 375.37 Combustible drapes, decorations {#sec-sps-375.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 375.37}

(1) No drapes, curtains or decorations (except within a private apartment or a hotel guest room) of paper, cotton, cloth or any other combustible material shall be used in any building covered by this code unless effectively flameproofed in an approved manner.

(1m) This requirement does not apply to drapes and decorations on display in retail establishments.

(2) Where drapes, curtains or decorations are of a permanent or semi-permanent nature, there shall be affixed thereto a tag or other indication stating the date on which the flame-proofing was done and signed by the firm or person doing the work.

Note: The ordinary methods of flame-proofing are only effective for a period of from 6 months to a year and for this reason the flame-proofing treatment must be renewed within this period.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.

Chapter SPS 376 FACTORIES, OFFICE AND MERCANTILE BUILDINGS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.001 Scope {#sec-sps-376.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.001}

Under this classification are included all factories and workshops (including all places where manual labor is employed), office buildings, telegraph and telephone offices, mercantile establishments where commodities are bought or sold, taverns, warehouses, railroad stations, exhibition buildings, and places where not more than 100 persons assemble for recreation, entertainment, worship or dining purposes.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.01 Exits {#sec-sps-376.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.01}

(1) Minimum number. Every building and every story thereof in this classification shall have at least 2 exits. In large buildings, or where a large number of persons are employed, or where there is an especially hazardous condition, additional exits shall be provided as directed, so as to afford safe egress for all the occupants.

(2) Type. The exits herein required shall be either stairways or fire escapes or horizontal exits (see s. SPS 375.12). But in every non-fire-resistive building more than 2 stories in height, at least one exit shall be a fire escape or a horizontal exit, unless the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system, or unless there are at least 2 stairways enclosed with not less than one-hour-fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors. (ss. SPS 375.08, 375.09)

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.02 Fire escapes {#sec-sps-376.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.02}

Fire escapes shall be stairway fire escapes as described in ss. SPS 375.13 to 375.23. On buildings which accommodate more than 50 persons above the second story, such fire escape shall be a “B” type fire escape. Existing stairway fire escapes will be accepted if strongly and properly built and in good condition. Fire ladders will not be accepted as exits.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.03 Stairways {#sec-sps-376.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.03}

(1) Every stairway in buildings more than 3 stories in height shall be enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors. (ss. SPS 375.08, 375.09)

(1m) Monumental stairs leading from the street floor to the second floor or to a basement used for commercial purposes need not be enclosed provided they are effectively cut off at the second floor and basement by fire-resistive partitions, as specified above.

(2) Outside stairways heretofore constructed on buildings not more than 2 stories in height will be accepted if properly constructed and in good condition.

(3) Existing inside stairways at a steeper angle than 45º with the horizontal, or less than 3 feet in width, will not be accepted as exits.

(4) All stairways and steps of more than 3 risers shall have at least one handrail. Stairways and steps which are 5 feet or more in width, or which are open on both sides, shall have a handrail on each side. Rails shall be not less than 2 feet 6 inches vertically above nose of treads or 3 feet above platform.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.04 Total width of stairways {#sec-sps-376.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.04}

(1) In a building not provided with horizontal exits, the total width of stairways (if enclosed) and stairway fire escapes shall not be less than the following:

(2) In ordinary or frame buildings:

(3) This table is based on the assumption that in buildings over 3 stories in height the inside stairways will be enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors (ss. SPS 375.08 to 375.09) and that the fire escapes are located as required by s. SPS 375.13.

(4) If horizontal exits are provided for any floor, the number of persons accommodated on such floor may be increased at the rate of 100 persons for each 40 inches width of such exits, provided such increase shall not exceed 100% of the number of persons accommodated by the stairways and fire escapes.

Note: To facilitate calculations under this order in buildings where the same number of persons are to be accommodated on each floor, the following table shows the number of persons who may be accommodated for each foot in width of enclosed stairways and protected fire escapes, or for each 2 feet in width of unenclosed stairways and unprotected fire escapes:

Frame and ordinary buildings, 20 persons total, above first story, if not sprinklered; 30 if sprinklered.

(5) Fire-resistive and mill buildings:

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.05 Capacity of buildings {#sec-sps-376.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.05}

(1) In calculating the aggregate width of exits, the capacity of buildings shall be established as follows:

(2) In wholesale mercantile establishments and warehouses, by the maximum number of persons employed therein plus an equal number of customers.

(3) In retail establishments, the capacity shall be determined by allowing one person per 100 square feet of gross floor area, excluding elevators and stairways, and no greater number of persons shall be permitted therein.

(4) In cafes, restaurants and taverns the capacity shall be based on 10 square feet of net floor area per person.

(5) In factory and office buildings, the capacity shall be determined by allowing one person per 75 square feet of net floor area in each occupied space.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.06 Exit doors {#sec-sps-376.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.06}

(1) Every door which serves as the exit from a stairway shall be not more than 20 feet distant from the stairway unless the passageway from the stairway to the door is enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors (ss. SPS 375.08 to 375.09). Every such door, and also every door which serves as an exit for more than 25 persons shall be a standard exit door as described in s. SPS 375.24.

(2) Exit lights and signs bearing the word EXIT or OUT in plain letters at least 5 inches in height shall be provided over every exit doorway from each floor except the principal entrance on the first floor. Exit lights and signs shall be installed as required by s. SPS 375.24.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.07 Passageways {#sec-sps-376.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.07}

Every public passageway or aisle leading to or from a stairway, fire escape, or exit door shall be kept clear and unobstructed at all times. Where loose chairs or seats would be liable to cause confusion or obstruction, such chairs or seats must be fastened.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.08 Lighting {#sec-sps-376.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.08}

(1) All passageways and stairways shall have lights at the head and foot of each flight of stairs, and at the intersections of all corridors and passageways. Where fire escapes are required, such fire escapes shall be lighted whenever the stairways are required to be lighted. For exit lights and signs, see ss. SPS 375.24 and 376.06.

(2) All gas jets or gas lights in factories or workshops where combustible material is used, shall be properly enclosed by globes or wire cages, or otherwise properly guarded. See also s. SPS 375.35.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.09 Standpipes and extinguishers {#sec-sps-376.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.09}

(1) For exterior standpipes, see s. SPS 375.22.

(2) First aid standpipes (s. SPS 375.26) or fire extinguishers (s. SPS 375.27), in such number as may be required by the department, or by the local fire department shall be provided in all buildings where flammable material or any other hazardous condition is present, unless an approved automatic sprinkler system is provided.

Note: The term “flammable” is applied to objects which are not only combustible (i.e., can be burned) but which will burn readily or rapidly.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.10 Automatic sprinklers {#sec-sps-376.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.10}

(1) A complete automatic sprinkler system (s. SPS 375.28) shall be provided in every building of this classification (except office buildings not used for mercantile purposes) where more than 50 persons are employed or accommodated above the third story, except as provided below.

(2) In every such building where more than 50 persons are accommodated above the second story, an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in the basement and sub-basements, except where there is no city water supply.

(3) An office building in which one or more of the lower floors is used for mercantile purposes, shall be classed as a mercantile building, except that no sprinklers will be required in such portions of the building as are used for offices only.

(4) No sprinklers will be required in a building of fire-resistive construction whose contents are not readily combustible.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.11 Fire alarm {#sec-sps-376.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.11}

A fire alarm system complying with s. SPS 375.29 shall be provided in every factory or workshop where more than 10 persons are employed above the second story, except buildings which are provided with a complete automatic sprinkler system, and except fire-resistive buildings whose contents are practically incombustible.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.12 Floor loads {#sec-sps-376.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.12}

(1) Floors shall not be loaded beyond the safe load which corresponds to the unit stresses specified in ss. Ind 53.07, 53.22, 53.24, and 53.28, 1956.

(2) In every factory, workshop, warehouse, or other building where material is piled, notices of a permanent character shall be painted or otherwise prominently displayed, stating the live load in pounds per square foot which the floor is designed to carry. Such notices shall be placed in full view on each floor.

(3) Where floors are always used for the storage of some particular material, the walls shall be marked to the height to which the material shall be piled without exceeding the safe load.

Note: For sanitation requirements applying to places of employment, see ch. Ind 54, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4., and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 376.13 Heating plants {#sec-sps-376.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 376.13}

(1) Any new installation or replacement of a heating boiler, furnace or power boiler together with the breeching and fuel room in buildings of this classification shall be enclosed in a separate room having a 2-hour fire-resistive floor. The walls and ceiling shall be of one-hour fire-resistive construction or better. All openings shall be protected with self closing fire-resistive doors.

(2) Space heaters, suspended furnaces and suspended direct fired unit heaters fired with various fuels may be used without an enclosure where approved by the department. Where suspended furnaces and direct-fired unit heaters are used without an enclosure, all such units shall be located at least 7 feet above the floor.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.

Chapter SPS 377 THEATERS AND ASSEMBLY HALLS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.001 Scope, theaters {#sec-sps-377.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.001}

Under this classification are included all buildings or parts of buildings used for theatrical, operatic, or motion picture performances.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.01 Assembly halls {#sec-sps-377.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.01}

Under this classification are included all buildings or parts of buildings not included under theaters, where more than 100 persons assemble for entertainment, recreation, instruction, worship or dining purposes.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.02 Capacity {#sec-sps-377.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.02}

(1) The capacity of a theater or assembly hall shall be established by the actual number of permanently fixed seats. Where permanently fixed seats are not provided, the capacity shall be established by allowing 10 square feet of floor space per person in areas used as dining rooms and dance halls, 15 square feet per person in gymnasiums, skating rinks and lodge halls, and 7 square feet per person in all places used for seated assembly. For bleachers and grandstands, one person per 18 inches of seat board will be allowed.

(2) No greater number of persons than the number thus established shall be permitted in any theater or place of assembly.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.03 Exits {#sec-sps-377.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.03}

(1) Number. Every theater or assembly hall shall have 2 or more exits, places as far apart as practicable, and so located that if any exit is blocked, some other exit will still be accessible from every part of the theater or assembly hall. This order shall apply separately to the main floor and to each balcony or gallery which accommodates more than 50 persons, and also to the stage, dressing room section and other employees’ rooms.

(2) Type. Each exit shall be either a stairway, or a fire escape, or a horizontal exit (s. SPS 375.12), or for the first floor only an outside stairway with steps or incline to grade.

(3) Location. If a theater or assembly hall is located above the second story, all interior stairways shall be enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors (ss. SPS 375.08 to 375.09), each leading to a separate exit door.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.04 Fire escapes {#sec-sps-377.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.04}

Fire escapes hereafter constructed shall be stairway fire escapes as described in ss. SPS 375.13 to 375.23. If the theater or assembly hall accommodates more than 125 persons, such fire escape shall be a “B” type fire escape. Existing stairway fire escapes complying with these requirements will be accepted if strongly and properly built and in good condition. Ladders are not accepted as exits under any conditions.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.05 Stairways {#sec-sps-377.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.05}

(1) Inside stairways at a steeper angle than 45º with the horizontal are not accepted as exits. No stairway will be accepted as an exit if it is necessary to go up stairs in order to reach the head of the stairway.

(2) Outside stairways heretofore constructed on buildings not more than 2 stories in height will be accepted if properly constructed and in good condition.

(3) Stairways and steps which have more than 3 risers shall have handrails on both sides. Rails shall be not less than 2 feet 6 inches vertically above nose of treads, or 3 feet above a platform.

(4) If a closet is located under any non-fire-resistive stairway which serves as an exit from a theater or assembly hall, such closet shall not be used, but shall be kept empty and locked.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.06 Exit doors {#sec-sps-377.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.06}

(1) Exit doors shall be as required by s. SPS 375.24, but no rolling, sliding or revolving door shall be used as an exit from any theater or assembly hall.

(2) For exit lights and signs, see ss. SPS 377.14, 377.15.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.07 Width of exits {#sec-sps-377.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.07}

(1) The total width of exits from every theater and assembly hall, and from every part thereof, shall not be less than the following:

(a) Buildings of fire-resistive construction, 36 inches per 100 persons.

(b) Buildings of ordinary construction, 40 inches per 100 persons.

(c) Buildings of frame construction, 44 inches per 100 persons.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.08 Seats {#sec-sps-377.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.08}

(1) Where fixed seats are not used, the chairs or seats shall be fastened together in groups of 4 or more. There shall be not more than 12 seats in a row between aisles, nor more than 6 seats in a row which has an aisle on one side only.

(2) All seats, chairs and benches shall be placed not less than 32 inches back to back measured horizontally, except that this requirement does not apply where fixed seats have already been installed.

(3) Loose chairs or seats shall not be used unless a special permit is secured from the department.

(4) The requirements of this order do not apply to restaurants, dining rooms or dance halls.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.09 Aisles {#sec-sps-377.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.09}

No wall aisle shall be less than 3 feet wide and no other straight aisle shall be less than 3 feet 6 inches wide except that where fixed seats were originally installed, the above dimensions may be reduced 6 inches.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.10 Obstructions {#sec-sps-377.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.10}

(1) All lobbies, aisles, passageways and doorways shall be kept free from furniture, drapes, display equipment, merchandise and other obstructions, and no person except an employee shall be allowed to stand in or occupy any of the aisles, foyers or passageways during any performance or public gathering.

(2) No vending equipment, booths or counters shall be placed in any lobby, foyer or other public space except as provided for in the state building code.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.11 Proscenium curtain {#sec-sps-377.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.11}

(1) In every theater or assembly hall having a stage which is more than 6 feet higher or wider than the proscenium opening, the proscenium opening shall be provided with a rigid metal curtain or a curtain of asbestos conforming to the following specifications, or of equivalent approved construction.

(a) Asbestos curtains shall be substantially woven of asbestos fiber not less than 95% pure and shall weigh not less than 21/2 pounds per square yard. There shall be incorporated into the yarn before weaving, either monel metal, nickel, brass or other metal or alloy, having no less strength than these metals at temperatures up to 1700º Fahrenheit and no less resistance to corrosion at ordinary temperatures.

(b) All seams shall be vertical, shall be lapped not less than one inch and sewed in 2 rows with not less than 1/16 inch pure asbestos twine. At the top and bottom of the curtain a 21/2 inch (or larger) steel pipe shall be placed and shall be securely fastened in and covered by the curtain. The curtain shall overlap the proscenium wall not less than 12 inches at each side and at the top, and shall be guided at each side by metallic loops or rings sliding on a 3/8 inch steel cable or No. 6 U. S. Standard gauge wire.

(c) In addition to any decoration, the curtain shall be painted on both sides with a mineral paint, having a silicate of soda binder, which will completely fill the cloth. Filler paint shall have not less than 4 parts of casein in each 10 parts of silicate of soda. The paint shall be well brushed into the cloth so that no light or smoke can come through.

(d) For curtains of any type, the connections between curtain and wall shall be made as nearly smoke-proof as possible. Smoke grooves or pockets shall be of structural steel shapes and plates not less than 1/4 inch thick. These grooves or pockets shall be not less than 14 inches deep and 6 inches wide and shall be set back from the face of the arch at least 6 inches. They shall extend from the stage floor to a point 3 feet above the top of the raised curtain, and shall be securely bolted to the proscenium wall.

(e) Provisions shall be made to prevent the curtain from leaving or binding on the guides under any conditions. Appropriate limit chains shall be provided to stop the downward travel of the top of the curtain at a line not less than 12 inches above the top of the proscenium opening. No part of a curtain, nor any of the curtain guides, or equipment, shall be supported by, or fastened to, any combustible material.

(f) The hoisting apparatus for the curtain shall be designed with a factor of safety of 8 or more.

(g) Besides the regular operating mechanism there shall be an emergency device which will allow the curtain to drop by gravity. The device shall be so arranged that it can be easily operated by hand from each side of the stage and from the fly galleries, and also that its operation will be controlled by 135º fusible links, or other approved heat release devices, placed on each side of the stage, and when thus operated it shall descend at its normal rate of speed.

(h) The curtain and its operating mechanism shall be so designed and constructed at all points, whether specifically mentioned or not, as to form an efficient and reliable barrier against fire and smoke, according to the best practice.

(i) Detailed plans and specifications for all curtains and their operating mechanism shall be submitted to the department for approval before installation.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.12 Automatic smoke outlet {#sec-sps-377.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.12}

Where a proscenium curtain is required or provided, the stage shall be provided with one or more automatic smoke outlets, constructed of metal or other incombustible material, placed near the center and above the highest part of the stage, and having a combined area equal to not less than 8% of the area of the stage floor. Vertical louver openings shall be placed not less than 3 feet above the roof and shall be not less than twice the area of the shaft. The smoke outlet shall be designed and constructed so as to open by gravity, and so as to effectively overcome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, frost, snow, heat, twisting, or warping of the framework. The louvers or dampers, in the openings shall be held closed by cotton or hemp cords running to the stage floor close to each stage door. Fusible links, or other approved heat release devices, shall be inserted in each cord near the outlets.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.13 Lights, oil and gas {#sec-sps-377.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.13}

No oil lamp or gas lighting of any kind shall be used on or about any stage containing scenery.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.14 Exit lights and signs {#sec-sps-377.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.14}

(1) In every theater and assembly hall, except church auditoriums, exit lights shall be provided immediately over all exit doorways, and in such other places as may be necessary to direct the occupants to exit doorways and to a street, alley or exit court. The installation of such exit lights shall comply in all respects with the provisions of the Wisconsin state electrical code.

(2) Every light over an exit doorway shall be a red illuminated sign bearing the word EXIT or OUT in plain letters not less than 5 inches in height.

(3) All exit lights shall remain lighted during each occupancy and until the occupants have left the building.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.15 Ventilation {#sec-sps-377.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.15}

In all theaters and assembly halls a heating and ventilating system complying with the requirements of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning code shall be provided, maintained and operated.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.16 Fire extinguishers {#sec-sps-377.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.16}

(1) Standard fire extinguishers (s. SPS 377.27) shall be provided as follows:

(a) Theaters:

  1. Two on stage (if more than 1500 square feet of scenery is used).

  2. One on stage (if not more than 1500 square feet of scenery is used).

  3. One in motion picture booth, or in ticket office if there is no booth.

  4. One in dressing room section.

(b) Assembly halls:

  1. One on or near stage or platform and one in or near ticket office.

  2. Extinguishers shall be properly exposed to view and always accessible.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.17 False openings {#sec-sps-377.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.17}

No false openings giving the appearance of a door or window, where none exists, shall be permitted in any part of a theater or assembly hall used by the public.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.18 Motion picture machine booths, general {#sec-sps-377.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.18}

Every motion picture machine using nitro-cellulose film, together with all auxiliary and associated equipment, shall be enclosed in a booth so arranged as to permit the operator to walk freely on either side and in back of the machine. At least 48 square feet in area shall be provided for one machine, and 24 square feet additional for each machine over one. The ceiling height shall be not less than 7 feet.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.19 Construction of booth {#sec-sps-377.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.19}

The floor of each motion picture booth shall be constructed of masonry or reinforced concrete, or shall be covered with not less than 2 inches of fire-resistive material. The walls and ceiling shall be not less than 2-hour fire-resistive construction as specified in s. Ind 51.05, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.20 Doors {#sec-sps-377.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.20}

(1) The door to the booth shall be not larger than necessary for the safe and proper use and maintenance of the booth and equipment, but in no case shall its dimensions be smaller than 2 feet by 5 feet or larger than 3 feet by 7 feet. The top of the door shall be not less than 12 inches below the ceiling of the booth.

(2) The door shall be a tight-fitting self-closing fire door, shall open outwardly, and shall not be equipped with any latch.

Note: See s. Ind 51.09, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.21 Openings {#sec-sps-377.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.21}

(1) Two openings for each motion picture machine may be provided. The one for the operator’s view shall not be larger than 200 square inches and the one for projection not larger than 120 square inches. Where separate stereopticon, spot, or floodlight machines are installed, not more than one opening shall be provided for each such machine for both the operator’s view and the projection of light. All such openings shall be as small as practicable.

(2) Each opening shall be provided with an approved gravity shutter set into guides not less than one inch at sides and bottom, and overlapping the top of the opening by at least one inch when closed. Shutters shall be not less than No. 10 U. S. standard gauge iron or equivalent, arranged to move freely in guides of like material and thickness bolted to the wall. Each shutter shall be suspended by a cord, and shall be so arranged that closing is by gravity action. A fusible link shall be provided in the cord over each shutter. A link shall also be provided over each magazine, which on operating will close all shutters. A manual release shall be provided near each exit door by which all shutters can be closed simultaneously. Shutters shall not be blocked open nor held open in any manner except by the harness of cords and links as herein described.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.22 Ventilation of booths {#sec-sps-377.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.22}

Every booth or room housing projection, sound or any other equipment which vitiates good air conditions or requires the attention of an attendant shall be ventilated as required by ch. Ind 64 issued by the department. Fresh air intakes in booth walls, except for outside air, shall not exceed 72 square inches in area, nor be more than 3 inches above the floor. They shall be equipped with automatic shutters as described for projection openings.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.23 Relief outlets {#sec-sps-377.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.23}

Every booth or room housing projection, sound or other equipment which constitutes a fire, smoke, explosion or fuming hazard shall be equipped with one or more gravity outlets extending upward from the ceiling through the roof. The net area of such gravity relief outlets shall be equal to one percent of the room or booth floor area, but not less than 12 inches in diameter. Such outlets shall be constructed as sheet metal ducts having double walls with 1/2 inch air spaces between, or better construction. Where a relief outlet passes through, or is within 18 inches of any combustible construction, or passes through any other occupancy, approved masonry flues as specified for chimneys, shall be used. The relief outlets shall be equipped, at the booth or room outlets, with a gravity shutter which will open automatically under excessive heat conditions. The automatic shutter shall normally be tightly closed where mechanical exhaust ventilation is required in the same room.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.24 Electrical wiring {#sec-sps-377.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.24}

All lights and electrical wiring, also motors, arc lamps, rheostats, and associated electrical equipment shall conform in type and arrangement to the requirements of the Wisconsin state electrical code.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.25 Motion picture machine {#sec-sps-377.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.25}

Every projection machine shall be securely fastened to the floor, and together with sound head and other associated equipment, shall be of safe design. No part of the film shall be outside of a tight metal enclosure during projection, and the feed and take-up reels shall have riveted, flanged, or welded joints. A shutter shall be placed in front of the condenser, arranged so as to be closed except when held open by the operator, or by some mechanical device which will assure immediate closure when operation of the machine is stopped.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.26 Fire protection in booth; care and use of film {#sec-sps-377.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.26}

(1) All shelves, furniture and fixtures shall be incombustible. No combustible material shall be permitted to be within such booth, except films and film cement not exceeding one pint. Smoking is prohibited. Heating equipment in booths shall be limited to steam, warm air, hot water or electric convection heaters with low surface temperature elements. Radiators shall be protected by 1/4 inch mesh screen with the top sloped at least 45º to the horizontal.

(2) Films not in process of rewinding, examination or projection shall be kept in metal containers. Up to 40 pounds of film may be kept in the projection booth in interstate commerce commission shipping containers. Excess over 40 pounds shall be kept in an approved film cabinet, but the total quantity of film in any booth shall not exceed 125 pounds.

(3) Rewinding in the projection booth is prohibited unless done in an approved enclosed type rewind machine. An approved can with self-closing hinged cover shall be provided for scrap film.

(4) Up to 125 pounds of film in addition to that permitted in a projection booth, may be kept in containers as specified above, providing this excess is in a rewind room of not less than 80 square feet area, and of the construction specified in ss. SPS 377.19 and 377.20. Such room shall have a vent of at least 50 square inches area extending upward to the outside of the building, with a clearance to combustible material conforming to s. SPS 377.23. Furniture and heating shall be as for the projection booth, and smoking is prohibited.

Note: In the foregoing order the weight of a 1000 foot roll of 35 millimeter film is assumed as 5 pounds.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.27 Portable booths {#sec-sps-377.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.27}

(1) Every portable booth used to confine the fire hazards of a motion picture machine shall be of approved design conforming to the requirements for permanent booths.

(2) Every booth used for more than 3 consecutive performances in one location will be considered a permanent booth.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.28 Strength of floors {#sec-sps-377.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.28}

(1) No building or part thereof shall be used as a theater or public assembly hall unless the floors of the auditorium, balconies, galleries, lobbies, passageways and stairways are capable of sustaining the following live loads (pounds per square foot) in addition to the dead load, without exceeding the unit stresses permitted by the state building code (ss. Ind 53.06, 53.22, 53.24, 53.28, 1956).

(2) Auditorium with fixed seats 50

(3) Lobbies, passageways, stairways, auditorium or places of assemblage without fixed seats 100

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.29 Maintenance {#sec-sps-377.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.29}

All theaters and assembly halls and all parts thereof shall be kept clean, sanitary and in good repair.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.30 Toilet rooms {#sec-sps-377.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.30}

Toilet facilities shall be provided in connection with theaters and assembly halls, where, in the judgment of the department, they are necessary. All toilet rooms shall be maintained in a sanitary condition.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 377.31 Heating plants {#sec-sps-377.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 377.31}

Every boiler or furnace room including the breeching and fuel room shall be provided with a 2-hour fire-resistive floor and shall be enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive walls and ceiling. All openings shall be protected with fire-resistive doors.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.

Chapter SPS 378 SCHOOLS AND OTHER PLACES OF INSTRUCTION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.001 Scope {#sec-sps-378.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.001}

Under this classification are included all public, parochial and private schools, colleges, universities, academies, seminaries, libraries, museums and art galleries; including all buildings or parts of buildings used for the purpose of acquiring knowledge.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.01 Exits {#sec-sps-378.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.01}

(1) Every building more than one story in height shall have at least 2 exits from each floor. If there are more than 2 classrooms between the end of the building and the nearest exit, an additional exit shall be provided at the end of the building.

(2) The exits herein required shall be either stairways, or fire escapes, or horizontal exits (s. SPS 375.14). But in every non-fire-resistive building more than 2 stories in height, at least one exit shall be a fire escape or an outside covered incombustible stairway or horizontal exit, unless the inside stairways are enclosed with fire-resistive partitions and doors (ss. SPS 375.08 to 375.11).

(3) In buildings 2 or more stories in height, all basement stairways shall be enclosed with one-hour fire-resistive partitions and fire-resistive doors as specified in s. SPS 375.08.

(4) The storage of material below stairways or stair landings is prohibited.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.02 Fire escapes {#sec-sps-378.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.02}

Fire escapes hereafter constructed shall be stairway fire escapes as described in ss. SPS 375.14 to 375.23; on buildings which accommodate more than 100 persons above the first floor, such fire escapes shall be “B” type fire escapes. Existing stairway fire escapes will be accepted if strongly and properly built and in good condition. Ladders are not accepted as exits under any condition.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.03 Stairways {#sec-sps-378.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.03}

(1) Inside stairways at a steeper angle than 45º with the horizontal are not accepted as exits.

(2) Every stairway which serves as an exit, shall lead to a separate exit door.

(3) All stairways and steps of more than 3 risers shall have at least one handrail. Stairways and steps which are 5 feet or more in width, or which are open on both sides, shall have a handrail on each side. Rails shall be not less than 2 feet 6 inches vertically above nose of treads or 3 feet above platform.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.04 Exit doors {#sec-sps-378.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.04}

Exit doors shall be as required in s. SPS 375.24 but no revolving door shall be considered as an exit from a building in this classification.

Note: Single doors are better than double doors for school buildings.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.05 Classrooms; floor space {#sec-sps-378.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.05}

(1) The minimum floor space for recitation or classrooms shall be 18 square feet per person.

(2) Rooms used only for study purposes shall have a minimum floor space of 15 square feet per person.

(3) In colleges or universities, classrooms seated with tablet arm chairs or seats without desks shall have a minimum floor space of 10 square feet per person.

(4) No greater number of persons than the number thus established shall be permitted in any classroom.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.06 Seats and desks {#sec-sps-378.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.06}

(1) Seats, chairs and desks (except those used by teachers) in class, recitation, or study rooms seating more than 50 persons shall be securely fastened to the floor, or not less than 4 seats (or 2 seats and 2 desks) shall be fastened together.

(2) Assembly hall seats and aisles shall conform to the requirements for assembly halls (ss. SPS 377.08 to 377.10).

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.07 Fire extinguishers {#sec-sps-378.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.07}

(1) In all buildings not provided with interior standpipes, standard chemical fire extinguishers (s. SPS 375.27) shall be provided in the proportion of one extinguisher to each 2500 square feet of floor area or fraction; but there shall be at least one fire extinguisher on each floor. All fire extinguishers shall be prominently exposed to view and always accessible.

(2) In addition to the fire extinguishers required for general protection, there shall be at least one extinguisher of appropriate size and type in each laboratory, kitchen, shop, or other vocational room.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.08 Fire alarms {#sec-sps-378.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.08}

(1) Every building 2 stories or more in height shall be provided with a proper alarm system complying with s. SPS 375.29.

(2) A hand-operated alarm if permanently installed and so arranged that it can be operated from any story, including the basement, may be used in school buildings not more than 2 stories in height and having not more than 2 standard size classrooms on the second floor.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.09 Heating plants {#sec-sps-378.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.09}

(1) In every building, all heating plants including the breeching and fuel rooms, shall be enclosed in a separate room having a 2-hour fire-resistive floor. The walls and ceiling shall be of one-hour fire-resistive construction, or better.

(2) All openings shall be protected with self-closing fire-resistive doors.

(3) This requirement shall not apply to buildings where jacketed stoves or school room heaters are permitted.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 378.10 Sanitary equipment {#sec-sps-378.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 378.10}

Separate toilets shall be provided for each sex in connection with all schools, as required by ss. Ind 52.62 and 56.16, 1956.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.

Chapter SPS 379 APARTMENT HOUSES, HOTELS AND PLACES OF DETENTION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.001 Scope; apartment houses {#sec-sps-379.001 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.001}

Under this classification is included every building or part of a building occupied as the residence of 3 or more families living independently, or occupied by 2 such families and also used for business purposes.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.01 Hotels and places of detention {#sec-sps-379.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.01}

Under this classification are included all hotels, lodging and boarding houses, club houses, dormitories, convents, monasteries, hospitals, homes for the aged and infirm, nursing homes, convalescent homes, convalescent hospitals, asylums, jails and other places of detention, including every building or part of a building used for sleeping or lodging purposes by 3 or more persons not members of a family.

Note: Where the following requirements refer to “families” or “apartments,” the requirements apply to apartment houses; where they refer to“persons” or “rooms,” the requirements apply to hotels and other places as listed in s. SPS 379.01.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.02 Exits; number and location {#sec-sps-379.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.02}

(1) In every apartment house there shall be at least 2 exits accessible from each apartment without passing through another apartment.

(2) In every hotel, place of detention or other occupancy listed in s. SPS 379.01, there shall be at least 2 exits from each floor. The number and location of such exits shall be such that in case if any exit or passageway is blocked at any point, some other exit will still be accessible through public passageways from every room, except that in fire-resistive buildings a total area of not more than 1200 square feet may be placed between an exit and the end of the building.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.03 Type of exits {#sec-sps-379.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.03}

The exits herein required shall be either stairways, or fire escapes, or horizontal exits as described in s. SPS 375.12.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.04 Fire escapes {#sec-sps-379.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.04}

(1) Fire escapes hereafter constructed shall be stairway fire escapes as described in ss. SPS 375.15 to 375.25. Existing stairway fire escapes will be accepted if strongly and properly built and in good condition. Fire escapes constructed on hospitals and sanitariums, and on hotels or rooming houses over 2 stories in height, shall be “B” type fire escapes. Access to such fire escapes shall be by standard exit doors.

(2) Every fire escape shall be placed against a blank wall if possible.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.05 Stairways {#sec-sps-379.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.05}

(1) Inside stairways at a steeper angle than 45º with the horizontal are not accepted as exits. Every new stairway shall comply with the requirements of s. Ind 51.16, 1956.

(2) Every stairway which serves as an exit shall lead to a separate exit door.

(3) Outside stairways heretofore constructed on 2-story buildings will be accepted if in good condition.

(4) All stairways and shaftways within buildings in the classification described in ss. SPS 379.001 and 379.01 which are 3 or more stories in height shall be enclosed with partitions, including doors, of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction.

(5) Except that one stairway may be unenclosed in the first story provided it does not lead to the basement.

(6) All stairways and steps of more than 3 risers shall have at least one handrail. Stairways and steps which are 5 feet or more in width, or which are open on both sides, shall have a handrail on each side. Rails shall be not less than 2 feet 6 inches vertically above nose of treads or 3 feet 6 inches above platform.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 4. and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.06 Basement stairway enclosure {#sec-sps-379.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.06}

In every building as listed in s. SPS 379.01 more than 2 stories high, every stairway which extends from the basement to the second floor or above, shall be enclosed in the basement with not less than one-hour fire-resistive partitions and doors.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.07 Exit doors {#sec-sps-379.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.07}

All exit doors shall be as required in s. SPS 375.24 except that a door which accommodates not more than 4 families or 20 persons will not be required to swing outward.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.08 Exit lights and signs {#sec-sps-379.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.08}

(1) In every building which accommodates more than 4 families or 20 persons, and in every building which accommodates transients, the public passageways, stairways, and exit doors shall be illuminated from one hour after sunset to one hour before sunrise. This illumination shall include lights at all intersections of passageways, at all exits, and at the head and foot of every stairway.

(2) The lights at all exit doors shall be red lights and shall be accompanied by a sign bearing the word EXIT or OUT, in plain letters not less than 5 inches in height. Exit lights shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Wisconsin state electrical code and s. SPS 375.24.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.09 Size of rooms {#sec-sps-379.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.09}

Every sleeping room shall be of sufficient size to afford at least 400 cubic feet of air space for each occupant over 12 years of age, and 200 cubic feet for each occupant under 12 years. No greater number of occupants than the number thus established shall be permitted in any such room.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.10 Windows {#sec-sps-379.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.10}

No room shall be used as a sleeping or living room unless it has a window or windows opening upon a street, alley, or yard, or upon a court connecting therewith, or above the roof of an adjoining building, or upon an inner court not less than 25 square feet in area; or unless it has a vertically-sliding pulley-hung sash window, not less than 15 square feet in area, opening into another room in the same apartment, which other room opens on a street, alley, or yard, either directly or through similar windows. Every such sash window shall be placed as nearly as possible in line with outside windows, and both halves shall be made to open readily, and the glass in the lower half shall be translucent.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.11 Basement rooms {#sec-sps-379.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.11}

(1) No basement room shall be used as a sleeping or living room unless all the following conditions are complied with:

(a) The room shall be at least 8 feet high from floor to ceiling.

(b) The ceiling shall be at least 4 feet above the surface of the adjoining street or ground.

(c) The room shall have a window or windows opening upon a street, alley, or yard, or upon a court connecting therewith, or upon an inner court not less than 60 square feet in area; and the total window area shall be at least one-tenth of the floor area of the room, and the upper half of such window or windows shall be made to open the full width.

(d) The walls and floor shall be dampproof and waterproof.

(e) The room shall have sufficient light and ventilation and shall be fit for human habitation.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.12 Toilet rooms {#sec-sps-379.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.12}

(1) In every apartment building where a sewer system is available, at least one water-closet shall be provided for every 2 apartments. Every such water-closet shall be located within the building, in a separate room or compartment, on the same floor with the apartments which it serves, and shall be accessible from each such apartment without passing through another apartment. All water-closets and the pipes connecting therewith shall be properly protected against frost; if located in a public hall such hall shall be heated, if necessary, so as to prevent the closets and pipes from freezing.

(2) In every building of this classification where a sewer system is available, except apartment houses, at least one water-closet shall be provided for every 15 persons or fraction.

(3) Rooms with private water-closets shall not be considered in counting either the number of rooms or number of fixtures.

(4) Toilet rooms and fixtures hereafter installed shall comply with ss. Ind 52.50 to 52.64, 1956. For details of plumbing, see state plumbing code issued by the department.

(5) Every existing toilet room shall be ventilated by an outside window; or, where this is not possible, by a ventilating pipe approved by the department or by the local health officer.

(6) In buildings where a sewer system is not available and cannot be made available, an equal number of sanitary privies, or closets connected with a septic tank or cesspool, shall be provided in accordance with rules of the department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 6. and 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.13 Maintenance and housekeeping {#sec-sps-379.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.13}

(1) Every building of this classification, and all parts thereof, shall be kept in good repair and the roof shall be kept so as not to leak, and all rain water shall be so drained and conveyed therefrom as not to cause dampness in the walls and ceilings.

(2) All exit doors, corridors, passageways and stairways shall be kept clear and unobstructed at all times.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.14 Water supply {#sec-sps-379.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.14}

Where city water supply is available or can be made available, every apartment house shall be provided with proper sinks with running water, and there shall be at least one such sink within each apartment.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.15 Cleanliness {#sec-sps-379.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.15}

Every building shall be kept clean and shall also be kept free from any accumulation of dirt, filth, rubbish, garbage, or other matter in or on the same or in the yards, courts, passages, areas or alleys connected with or belonging to the same.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.16 Fire extinguishers {#sec-sps-379.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.16}

In every building in this classification which accommodates more than 20 persons and is not equipped with a complete automatic sprinkler system or with interior standpipes, at least one approved fire extinguisher shall be provided on each floor. Such fire extinguishers shall be located at the head of each stairway or each elevator group.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.17 Automatic sprinklers {#sec-sps-379.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.17}

(1) Where city water supply is available, an approved automatic sprinkler system as described in s. SPS 375.28 shall be provided in the basement and sub-basements of all buildings of this classification, except

(a) Apartment houses.

(b) Buildings not more than 2 stories high.

(c) Buildings which accommodate not more than 40 persons.

(d) Buildings of fire-resistive construction.

Note: In a summer hotel or similar building 3 stories or more in height, where the hazard is great, the department reserves the right to order a sprinkler system, even though city water supply is not available.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.18 Fire alarm {#sec-sps-379.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.18}

(1) Every building which accommodates more than 20 persons, except hospitals and places of detention, shall be provided with a fire alarm system complying with s. SPS 375.29.

(2) Every hospital which accommodates 20 or more persons shall be provided with a fire alarm system complying with s. SPS 375.29 except that chimes or other approved sounding devices shall be used when within hearing distance of the patients. Visual attention compelling devices may be used in hospitals where approved by the department.

(3) A presignal fire alarm system may be installed in hospitals or hotels where not less than 4 employees are on duty at all times to respond to fire alarms.

Note: Where presignal systems are installed, it is recommended that the fire department be called immediately after the pre-alarm signal is received.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, June, 1995, No. 474; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.19 Directions for escape {#sec-sps-379.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.19}

In every room occupied by transients, a notice shall be conspicuously posted giving complete and plain directions for reaching at least 2 exits.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 379.20 Isolation of fire hazards {#sec-sps-379.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 379.20}

(1) All boiler or furnace rooms, including the breeching and fuel room as well as other hazardous work rooms and storage rooms, shall be provided with a 2-hour fire-resistive floor and shall be enclosed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive walls and ceiling. All openings shall be protected with self-closing fire-resistive doors.

(2) The enclosure for the heating plant may be omitted in apartment buildings not more than 2 stories in height and having not more than 2 apartments on a floor and in rooming houses not more than 2 stories in height and having not more than 8 living or sleeping rooms on each floor provided no part of the building is used for business purposes and all interior stairways are enclosed in the basement with a one-hour fire-resistive enclosure or better.

(3) Gas-fired space heaters may be used in private apartments without an enclosure if approved by the department.

History

  • 1-2-56; renum. and am., Register, September, 1974, No. 225, eff. 10-1-74.

Chapter SPS 381 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 381.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-381.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 381.01}

In chs. SPS 381 to 387, except as otherwise specifically defined:

(1) “Accepted engineering practice” means a specification, standard, guideline or procedure in the field of plumbing or related thereto, generally recognized and accepted as authoritative documented through national standards or specifications.

(2) “Accessible” when applied to a fixture, appliance, pipe, fitting, valve or equipment, means having access for maintenance, but which first may require the removal of an access panel or similar obstruction.

(2m) “Accessory building” means a detached building, not used as a dwelling unit but is incidental to that of the dwelling.

(2r) “Adult day care center” or “ADCC” has the meaning given in s. DHS 105.14 (1) (b) 5.

(3) “Aerobic treatment component” means a unit for the treatment of wastewater that utilizes the principle of oxidation for biological decomposition.

(4) “Agent” means an individual or agency recognized by the department to act on the department’s behalf relative to a specific activity or function.

(4m) “Air admittance valve” or “AAV” means a device designed to allow air to enter the drainage system to balance the pressure and prevent siphonage of the water trap when negative pressure develops in the system.

(5) “Air-break” means a piping arrangement for a drain system where the wastes from a fixture, appliance, appurtenance or device discharge by means of indirect or local waste piping terminating in a receptor at a point below the flood level rim of the receptor and above the outlet of the trap serving the receptor.

(6) “Air-gap, drain system” means the unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the outlet of indirect or local waste piping and the flood level rim of the receptor into which it discharges.

(7) “Air-gap, water supply system” means the unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe or faucet supplying water to a tank or plumbing fixture and the flood level rim or spill level of the receptacle.

(7e) “Alternate plumbing system” means a type of plumbing system designed in such a manner that valid and reliable data shall demonstrate to the department that the plumbing system is in compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 381 to 384.

(7m) “Ambulatory surgery center” means a health care facility that accepts federal funding in accordance with 42 CFR 416 of the federal register for health care finance and where 4 or more individuals that undergo a surgical procedure for which federal reimbursement is based.

(8) “Anaerobic treatment component” means a unit for the treatment of wastewater which utilizes molecular oxygen in the absence of free oxygen for biological respiration and decomposition.

(8m) “Anti-siphon fill valve” means a valve that is used to supply water for flush tank refill and, where applicable, trap reseal. The device has an air gap, integral mechanical backflow preventer, or vacuum breaker to prevent the backflow of water from the flush tank into the supply system. The device is operated by a float or similar activation method.

(9) “Approved” means acceptance documented in writing by the department.

(10) “Appurtenance” means a manufactured device or prefabricated assembly of component parts which is an adjunct to a plumbing product or plumbing system.

(11) “Area drain” means a receptor designed to collect storm waters from an open area.

(12) “Areawide water quality management plan” means those plans prepared by the department of natural resources, including those plans prepared by agencies designated by the governor under the authority of ss. 281.11, 281.12 (1), 281.15, and 283.83, Stats., for the purpose of managing, protecting and enhancing groundwater and surface water of the state.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for a list of water quality management agencies and their addresses.

(13) “Aspirator” means a fitting or device supplied with water or other fluid under positive pressure which passes through an integral orifice or constriction causing a vacuum.

(13e) “Atmospheric type vacuum breaker” means a type of cross connection control device where the flow of water into the device causes a float to close an air inlet port and when the flow of water stops the float falls and forms a check valve against back siphonage and at the same time opens the air inlet port to allow air to enter and satisfy the vacuum.

(13m) “At-risk” means a POWTS serving a new public or commercial facility that may produce influent to a POWTS treatment or dispersal component, consisting in part of in situ soil in excess of the quantities specified in s. SPS 383.44 (2). This definition does not include existing facilities where the influent has been tested and determined to produce influent below the quantities specified in s. SPS 383.44 (2) or facilities that are known to produce influent exceeding the influent quantities.

(14) “Autopsy table” means a fixture or table used for post-mortem examination.

(15) “Automatic fire sprinkler system” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 145.01 (2), Stats., reads:

“Automatic fire sprinkler system”, for fire protection purposes, means an integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards. The system includes a suitable water supply, such as a gravity tank, fire pump, reservoir or pressure tank or connection beginning at the supply side of an approved gate valve located at or near the property line where the pipe or piping system provides water used exclusively for fire protection and related appurtenances and to standpipes connected to automatic sprinkler systems. The portion of the sprinkler system above ground is a network of specially sized or hydraulically designed piping installed in a building, structure or area, generally overhead, and to which sprinklers are connected in a systematic pattern. The system includes a controlling valve and a device for actuating an alarm when the system is in operation. The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire area.

(16) “Backflow” means the unwanted reverse flow of liquids, solids or gases.

(17) “Back pressure” means a pressure greater than the supply pressure that may cause backflow.

(17e) “Backflow preventer” means any generic backflow prevention method, device, or assembly.

(18) “Backflow preventer with an intermediate atmospheric vent” means a cross connection control device having 2 independently operating check valves separated by an intermediate chamber with a means for automatically venting it to the atmosphere. This can be installed in the horizontal, vertical up, or vertical down orientations. The check valves are force-loaded to a normally closed position and the venting means is force-loaded to a normally open position.

(19) “Back siphonage” means the creation of a backflow as a result of negative pressure.

(21) “Backwater valve” means a device designed to prevent the reverse flow of wastewater in a drain system.

(22m) “Barometric loop” means a continuous section of supply piping that abruptly rises to a height of approximately 35 feet before returning to the originating level. Barometric loop is used to protect against back-siphonage but not against back pressure.

(23) “Bathroom group” means a water closet, lavatory and a bathtub or shower located together on the same floor level.

(24) “Battery of fixtures” means any group of 2 or more fixtures that discharge into the same horizontal branch drain.

(25) “Bedpan sterilizer” means a fixture used for sterilizing bedpans or urinals by direct application of steam, boiling water or chemicals.

(26) “Bedpan washer and sanitizer” means a fixture designed to wash bedpans and to flush the contents into the sanitary drain system and which may also provide for disinfecting utensils by scalding with steam or hot water.

(27) “Bedpan washer hose” means a device supplied with hot or cold water, or both, and located adjacent to a water closet or clinical sink to be used for cleansing bedpans.

(28) “Bedrock” means rock that is exposed at the earth’s surface or underlies soil material and includes:

(a) Weathered in-place consolidated material, larger than 2 mm in size and greater than 50% by volume; and

(b) Weakly consolidated sandstone at the point of increased resistance to penetration of a knife blade.

(29) “Bell” means the portion of a pipe that is enlarged to receive the end of another pipe of the same diameter for the purpose of making a joint.

(30) “Bench mark” or “BM” means a permanently established point, the elevation of which is assumed or known, which serves as a vertical reference point, and which may also serve as a horizontal reference point.

(30m) “Bidet sprayer” means a component of a personal hygiene device intended for genital and perineal cleanliness and intended for installation in water closets and water closet seats.

(31) “Blackwater” means wastewater contaminated by human body waste, toilet paper and any other material intended to be deposited in a receptor designed to receive urine or feces.

(32) “BOD5” or “biochemical oxygen demand 5 day” means a measure of the amount of biodegradable organic matter in water.

(33) “Boiler blow-off basin” means a vessel designed to receive the discharge from a boiler blow-off outlet and to cool the discharge to a temperature that permits safe entry into the drain system.

(34) “Branch” means a part of a piping system other than a riser, main or stack.

(35) “Branch interval” means a vertical measurement of distance, 8 feet or more in length, between the connections of horizontal branches to a drainage stack.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for explanatory material.

(35m) “Branch tailpiece” means a fitting or combination of fittings consisting of a combination tail piece and a wye.

(36) “Branch vent” means a vent serving more than one fixture drain.

(37) “B.T.U.” means British Thermal Units.

(38) “Building” means a structure for support, shelter or enclosure of persons or property.

(39) “Building drain” means horizontal piping within or under the fully enclosed portion of a building, installed below the lowest fixture or the lowest floor level from which fixtures can drain by gravity to the building sewer.

(40) “Building drain branch” means a fixture drain which is individually connected to a building drain and is vented by means of a combination drain and vent system.

(41) “Building drain, sanitary” means a building drain which conveys wastewater consisting in part of domestic wastewater.

(42) “Building drain, storm” means a building drain which conveys storm water, clear water, or both.

(43) “Building permit” means any written permission from a municipality that allows construction to commence on a structure.

(44) “Building sewer” means that part of the drain system not within or under the fully enclosed portion of a building which conveys its discharge to a public sewer, private interceptor main sewer, private onsite wastewater treatment system, or other point of discharge or dispersal.

(45) “Building sewer, sanitary” means a building sewer which conveys wastewater consisting in part of domestic wastewater.

(46) “Building sewer, storm” means a building sewer which conveys storm water, clear water, or both.

(47) “Building subdrain” means the horizontal portion of a drain system which does not flow by gravity to the building sewer.

(48) “Building subdrain branch” means a fixture drain which is individually connected to a building subdrain and is vented by means of a combination drain and vent system.

(49) “Burr” means a roughness or metal protruding from the walls of a pipe usually as the result of cutting the pipe.

(50) “Business establishment” means any industrial or commercial organization or enterprise operated for profit, including but not limited to a proprietorship, partnership, firm, business trust, joint venture, syndicate, corporation or association.

(50a) “Campground” has the meaning given in s. ATCP 79.03 (3).

Note: Section ATCP 79.03 (3) reads: “Campground” means a parcel or tract of land owned by a person, state, or local government that is designed, maintained, intended, or used for the purpose of providing campsites offered with or without charge, for temporary overnight sleeping accommodations.

(50c) “Campground or recreational vehicle park drain system, sanitary” means a sanitary sewer, within public or private premises, serving a campground or recreational vehicle park.

(50e) “Campground or recreational vehicle park drain system, storm” means a storm sewer, within public or private premises, serving a campground or recreational vehicle park.

(50h) “Campground or recreational vehicle park water supply system” means the piping through which potable water is conveyed to points of usages intended to serve sites in a campground or recreational vehicle park.

(50L) “Camping trailer” has the definition under s. 340.01 (6m), Stats.

(50m) “Camping unit” has the meaning given in s. SPS 327.08 (9).

(50r) “Camping unit transfer tank” means a type of portable container used to collect and hold wastewater discharges generated by an individual camping unit.

(50w) “Campsite” has the meaning given in s. ATCP 79.03 (7).

Note: Section ATCP 79.03 (7) reads: “Campsite” means an area of a campground that is designated by the operator as capable of accommodating an independent or dependent camping unit. A campsite may be one or a combination of the following: (a) Individual campsite. (b) Group campsite. (c) Seasonal campsite. (d) Rustic campsite.

(51) “Campsite receptor” means the vertical drain piping and trap combination that receives wastewater from recreational vehicles.

(51m) “Campsite water supply riser” means the vertical water supply piping and faucet that provides potable water to a campsite.

(52) “Catch basin” means a watertight receptacle built to arrest sediment of surface, subsoil or other waste drainage, and to retain oily or greasy wastes, so as to prevent their entrance into the building drain or building sewer.

(53) “Cesspool” means an excavation which receives domestic wastewater by means of a drain system without pretreatment of the wastewater and retains the organic matter and solids permitting the liquids to seep from the excavation.

(54) “Circuit vent” means a method of venting 2 to 8 traps or trapped fixtures without providing an individual vent for each trap or fixture.

(55) “Cleanout” means an accessible opening in a drain system used for the removal of obstructions.

(56) “Clear water” means wastewater other than storm water, having no impurities or where impurities are below a minimum concentration considered harmful by the department, including but not limited to noncontact cooling water and condensate drainage from refrigeration compressors and air conditioning equipment, drainage of water used for equipment chilling purposes and cooled condensate from steam heating systems or other equipment.

(56e) “Clinic sink” means a fixture having an integral trap and a flushing rim so that water cleanses the interior surface.

Note: This fixture has flushing and cleansing characteristics similar to a water closet. A clinic sink may also be referred to as a clinic service sink, a bedpan washing sink or a flushing rim sink.

(57) “Cold water” means water at a temperature less than 85°F.

(58) “Combination fixture” means a fixture combining one sink and laundry tray or a 2- or 3-compartment sink or laundry tray in one unit.

(59) “Combination drain and vent system” means a specially designed system of drain piping embodying the wet venting of one or more fixtures by means of a common drain and vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of air in the piping.

(59m) “Combination private water main” means a private water main that serves a fire protection system and any number of plumbing fixtures.

(59s) “Combination water service” means a water service that serves a fire protection system and any number of plumbing fixtures.

(60) “Common vent” means a branch vent connecting at or downstream from the junction of 2 fixture drains and serving as a vent for those fixture drains.

(60e) “Community-based residential facility” has the meaning specified under s. 50.01 (1g), Stats.

Note: Section 50.01 (1g), Stats., reads:

“Community-based residential facility” means a place where 5 or more adults who are not related to the operator or administrator and who do not require care above intermediate level nursing care reside and receive care, treatment or services that are above the level of room and board but that include no more than 3 hours of nursing care per week per resident. “Community-based residential facility” does not include any of the following:

(a) A convent or facility owned or operated by members of a religious order exclusively for the reception and care or treatment of members of that order.

(b) A facility or private home that provides care, treatment, and services only for victims of domestic abuse, as defined in s. 49.165 (1) (a), Stats., and their children.

(c) A shelter facility as defined under s. 16.308 (1) (d), Stats.

(d) A place that provides lodging for individuals and in which all of the following conditions are met:

  1. Each lodged individual is able to exit the place under emergency conditions without the assistance of another individual.

  2. No lodged individual receives from the owner, manager or operator of the place or the owner’s, manager’s or operator’s agent or employee any of the following:

a. Personal care, supervision or treatment, or management, control or supervision of prescription medications.

b. Care or services other than board, information, referral, advocacy or job guidance; location and coordination of social services by an agency that is not affiliated with the owner, manager or operator, for which arrangements were made for an individual before he or she lodged in the place; or, in the case of an emergency, arrangement for the provision of health care or social services by an agency that is not affiliated with the owner, manager or operator.

(e) An adult family home.

(f) A residential care apartment complex.

(g) A residential facility in the village of Union Grove that was authorized to operate without a license under a final judgment entered by a court before January 1, 1982, and that continues to comply with the judgment notwithstanding the expiration of the judgment.

(61) “Conductor” means a drain pipe inside the building which conveys storm water from a roof to the storm drain or storm sewer.

(61m) “Containment” means the installation of a cross connection control method, device or assembly to prohibit the flow of contamination from a building or facility into a water supply system.

(62) “Contaminant load” means the concentrations of substances in a wastewater stream.

(62e) “Containment tank” means a device with a valved outlet designed to temporarily hold potentially hazardous wastewater for evaluation before discharging to a POWTS or municipal sewer.

(62m) “Continuous pressure” means a pressure greater than atmospheric and exerted for a period of more than 12 continuous hours.

(62s) “Conveyance system” means that portion of a drain system that consists of a series of pipes that transport water from one area to another without providing detention.

(63) “Corporation cock” means a valve:

(a) Installed in a private water main or a water service at or near the connection to a public water main; or

(b) Installed in the side of a forced main sewer to which a forced building sewer is connected.

(64) “Critical level” means the reference point on a vacuum breaker that must be submerged before backflow can occur. When the critical level is not indicated on the vacuum breaker, the bottom of the vacuum breaker shall be considered the critical level.

(65) “Cross connection” means a connection or potential connection between any part of a water supply system and another environment containing substances in a manner that, under any circumstances, would allow the substances to enter the water supply system by means of back siphonage or back pressure.

(65m) “Cross connection control assembly” means a mechanical backflow prevention assembly used to prevent backflow into a water supply system that requires shut−off valves and a test cock or test cocks to meet any specific standard, such as a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, a double check backflow prevention assembly, a pressure vacuum breaker assembly, or a spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly.

(66) “Cross connection control device” means a mechanical backflow preventer used to prevent backflow into a water supply system that does not require a shut-off valve or test cock to meet any specific standard, such as an atmospheric type vacuum breaker, a hose connection vacuum breaker, or a backflow preventer with an atmospheric vent.

(66m) “Cross connection control method” means a mechanism used to prevent backflow into a water supply system other than a backflow prevention device or backflow prevention assembly, such as an air gap, vacuum breaker tee, or barometric loop.

(67) “Curb stop” means a valve placed in a water service or a private water main, usually near the lot line.

(68) “Dead end” means a branch leading from a drain pipe, vent pipe, building drain or building sewer and terminating at a developed length of 2 feet or more by means of a plug, cap or other closed fitting.

(69) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(70) “Design wastewater flow” means 150% of the estimated wastewater flow generated by a dwelling, building or facility.

(70m) “Detention” means the collection and temporary storage of water for subsequent gradual discharge.

(71) “Determination of failure” has the meaning specified under s. 145.245 (1) (a), Stats.

(72) “Developed length” means the length of pipe line measured along the centerline of the pipe and fittings.

(72e) “Dfu” means drainage fixture unit.

(73) “Diameter” means in reference to a pipe the nominal inside diameter of the pipe.

(73e) “Dishwasher, commercial-type” or “dishwashing machine, commercial-type” means a machine or appliance that is manufactured and marketed for a use other than residential that mechanically washes, rinses, and sanitizes dishes or utensils and discharges to the plumbing drainage system.

(73m) “Dishwasher, residential-type” or “Dishwashing machine, residential-type” means a machine or appliance manufactured and marketed for residential use that mechanically washes, rinses, and sanitizes dishes or utensils and discharges to the plumbing drainage system.

(73s) “Disinfection” means the process of killing or inactivating microorganisms, particularly pathogens.

(74) “Disinfection unit” means a type of POWTS treatment component, excluding a soil-based POWTS treatment component, that utilizes a chemical or photoelectric process to reduce the wastewater fecal coliform contaminant load.

(75) “Dispersal zone” means a dimensional volume of in situ soil that receives wastewater for treatment or distributes final effluent for dispersal.

(76) “Distribution cell” means a dimensional zone that is part of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component where wastewater is disseminated into in situ soil or engineered soil.

(77) “Documented data” means data which is developed in accordance with scientifically valid analytical protocols including field trials where appropriate, is subjected to peer review, results from more than one study, and consistent with other credible research.

(78) “Domestic wastewater” means the type of wastewater, not including storm water, normally discharged from or similar to that discharged from plumbing fixtures, appliances and devices including, but not limited to sanitary, bath, laundry, dishwashing, garbage disposal and cleaning wastewaters.

(79) “Double check backflow prevention assembly” means a cross connection control assembly consisting of 2 independently acting check valves, internally force-loaded to a normally closed position, 2 tightly closing shut-off valves that are properly located, and test cocks that are properly located.

(80) “Double check detector backflow prevention assembly” means an assembly consisting of 2 independently acting check valves, internally forced loaded to a normally closed position, 2 tightly closing shut−off valves, and properly located test cocks which also includes a bypass with a flow meter to indicate leakage or unauthorized use of water downstream of the assembly. The bypass shall be composed of a water meter and a meter-sized approved double check valve prevention assembly. The meter shall register accurately for only very low rates of flow and shall show a registration for all rates of flow.

(81) “Drain” means any pipe that carries wastewater or water-borne wastes.

(82) “Drain system” includes all the piping or any portion of the piping within public or private premises which conveys wastewater to a legal point of disposal, but does not include the mains of a public sewer system, a private onsite wastewater treatment system, or a public sewage treatment or disposal plant.

(82e) “Dual check backflow preventer wall hydrant-freeze resistant type” means a type of hose bibb that provides protection of the potable water supply from contamination due to backsiphonage or backpressure without damage to the device due to freezing, and is field testable to verify protection under the high hazard conditions present at a hose threaded outlet.

(82m) “Dual check valve type with atmospheric port backflow preventer” has the same meaning as specified in sub. (18).

(83) “Dwelling” means a structure, or that part of a structure, which is used or intended to be used as a home, residence or sleeping place by one person or by 2 or more persons maintaining a common household, to the exclusion of all others.

(84) “Effluent” means liquid discharged from a process, device, appurtenance or piping system.

(85) “Ejector” means an automatically operated device to elevate wastewater by the use of air under higher than atmospheric pressure.

(86) “Elevation” or “EL” means the vertical distance from the datum to a point under investigation.

(87) “Enforcement standard” or “ES” has the meaning specified under s. 160.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 160.01 (2), Stats., reads:

“Enforcement standard” means a numerical value expressing the concentration of a substance in groundwater which is adopted under ss. 160.07 and 160.09.

(88) “Engineered soil” means a mineral product that is equivalent to in situ soil for which treatment capability has been credited under Table 383.44-3, or superior to in situ soil in its ability to treat or disperse domestic wastewater from a POWTS.

(89) “Engineered system” means a system designed to meet the intent of the code but not the enumerated specifications of the state plumbing code.

(90) “Estimated wastewater flow” means the typical quantity of domestic wastewater generated daily by a dwelling, building or facility.

(90e) “Experimental plumbing system” has the same meaning as experimental system as specified in sub. (91).

(90m) “Exam sink” means a plumbing fixture used for hand washing in health care and related facilities.

Note: An exam sink may also be referred to as a treatment sink.

(91) “Experimental system” means a type of plumbing system from which valid and reliable data are being sought to demonstrate compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384.

(92) “Failing private onsite wastewater treatment system” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (4m), Stats.

(93) “Farm” means a parcel of 35 or more acres of contiguous land that is devoted primarily to agricultural use, as defined under s. 91.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 91.01 (2), Stats., reads:

(a) Any of the following activities conducted for the purpose of producing an income or livelihood:

  1. Crop or forage production.

  2. Keeping livestock.

  3. Beekeeping.

  4. Nursery, sod, or Christmas tree production.

4m. Floriculture.

  1. Aquaculture.

  2. Fur farming.

  3. Forest management.

  4. Enrolling land in a federal agricultural commodity payment program or a federal or state agricultural land conservation payment program.

(b) Any other use that the department, by rule, identifies as an agricultural use.

(93m) “Fats, oil, and grease” and “FOG” mean organic polar compounds derived from vegetable, plant, or animal sources that are composed of long chain triglycerides that are insoluble in water. Fats are generally solid particles, oils are usually liquid at room temperature, and grease is usually solid at room temperature.

(94) “Faucet” means a valve end of a water pipe by means of which water can be drawn from or held within the pipe.

(95) “Final effluent” means the effluent from the last POWTS treatment component.

(96) “Fixture drain” means the drain from a fixture to a junction with another drain pipe.

(97) “Fixture supply” means that portion of a water distribution system serving one plumbing fixture, appliance or piece of equipment.

(98) “Fixture supply connector” means that portion of water supply piping which connects a plumbing fixture, appliance or a piece of equipment to the water distribution system.

(99) “Fixture unit, drainage” or “dfu” means a measure of the probable discharge into the drain system by various types of plumbing fixtures. The drainage fixture unit value for a particular fixture depends on its volume rate of drainage discharge, on the time duration of a single drainage operation, and on the average time between successive operations.

(100) “Fixture unit, supply” or “sfu” means a measure of the probable hydraulic demand on the water supply by various types of plumbing fixtures.

Note: The supply fixture unit value for a particular fixture depends on its volume rate of supply, on the time duration of a single supply operation, and on the average time between successive operations.

(101) “Floodfringe” has the meaning specified under s. NR 116.03 (14).

Note: Section NR 116.03 (14) reads:

“Floodfringe” means that portion of a floodplain which is outside of the floodway, which is covered by flood water during the regional flood. The term “floodfringe” is generally associated with standing water rather than flowing water.

(102) “Flood level rim” means the edge of the receptacle from which water overflows.

(103) “Floodplain” has the meaning specified under s. NR 116.03 (16).

Note: Section NR 116.03 (16) reads:

“Floodplain” means that land which has been or may be covered by flood water during the regional flood. The floodplain includes the floodway, floodfringe, shallow depth flooding, flood storage and coastal floodplain areas.

(104) “Floodway” has the meaning specified under s. NR 116.03 (22).

Note: Section NR 116.03 (22) reads:

“Floodway” means the channel of a river or stream, and those portions of the floodplain adjoining the channel required to carry the regional flood discharge.

(105) “Floor sink” means a receptor for the discharge from indirect or local waste piping installed with its flood level rim even with the surrounding floor.

(106) “Flow” means the volumetric measure of a liquid stream in a specified time.

(107) “Flushometer valve” means a device which discharges a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes and is closed by direct water pressure.

(108) “Flush valve” means a device located at the bottom of a tank for flushing water closets and similar fixtures.

(108m) “Foundation drain” means a subsoil drain that serves the area of the foundation of a building.

(108s) “Freeze resistant sanitary yard hydrant with backflow protection” means a device, typically installed with a portion below ground surface, to supply potable water without danger of damage to the device due to freezing and to provide protection of the potable water supply and groundwater from contamination due to back-siphonage or back-pressure.

(109) “Garage, private” means a building or part of a building used for the storage of vehicles or other purposes, by a family or less than 3 persons not of the same family and which is not available for public use.

(110) “Garage, public” means a building or part of a building which accommodates or houses self-propelled land, air or water vehicles for 3 or more persons not of the same family.

(111) “Governmental unit” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (5), Stats.

(112) “Graywater” means wastewater contaminated by waste materials, exclusive of urine, feces or industrial waste, deposited into plumbing drain systems.

(113) “Grease interceptor” means a receptacle designed to intercept and retain or remove grease or fatty substances.

(114) “Groundwater” has the meaning specified under s. 160.01 (4), Stats.

(115) “Hand-held shower” means a hose and a hand-held discharge piece such as a shower head or spray connecting to a fixture fitting.

(116) “Health care facility” means a hospital, nursing home, community-based residential facility, inpatient hospice, or ambulatory surgery center.

(117) “Health care plumbing appliance” means a plumbing appliance used in health care facilities and health care related facilities, the function of which involves a potential for exposure to infectious wastes. Examples of health care plumbing appliances include autoclaves, dialysis units, endoscope reprocessors, sterilizers, surgical suction systems, therapeutic tubs, and washer or disinfector units. Examples of appliances or fixtures that are not regarded as health care plumbing appliances are auto-analyzers, bathtubs, high-purity water systems, and wheelchair washers.

(117m) “Health care related facility” means an assisted living, residential care apartment complex, memory care, infirmary, inpatient mental health center, adult day care center, renal dialysis center, facility for the developmentally disabled, institute for mental disease, urgent care center, medical clinic or office, dental clinic or office, residential care center for children and youth, or school of medicine, surgery, or dentistry.

(118) “High groundwater” means zones of soil saturation which include perched water tables, shallow regional groundwater tables or aquifers, or zones that are seasonally, periodically or permanently saturated.

(119) “High groundwater elevation” means the higher of either the elevation to which the soil is saturated when observed as a free water surface, or the elevation to which the soil has been seasonally or periodically saturated as indicated by the highest elevation of redoximorphic features in the soil profile.

(120) “High hazard” means a situation where the water supply system could be contaminated with a toxic substance or solution so as to make the water unsuitable for the designated use.

(121) “Holding tank” means a watertight receptacle for the collection and holding of wastewater.

(122) “Horizontal pipe” means any pipe or fitting which makes an angle of less than 45° with the horizontal.

(123) “Horizontal reference point” means a stationary, identifiable point to which horizontal dimensions can be related.

(124) “Hose connection backflow preventer” means a type of cross connection control device which consists of 2 independent checks, force-loaded or biased to a closed position, with an atmospheric vent located between the 2 check valves, which is force-loaded or biased to an open position, and a means for attaching a hose.

(125) “Hose connection vacuum breaker” means a type of cross connection control device which consists of a check valve member force-loaded or biased to a closed position and an atmospheric vent valve or means force-loaded or biased to an open position when the device is not under pressure.

(126) “Hot water” means water at a temperature of 110° F. or more.

(127) “Hot water storage tank” means a tank used to store water that is heated indirectly by a circulating water heater or by steam or hot water circulating through coils or by other heat exchange methods internal or external to the tank.

(128) “Human health hazard” has the meaning specified under s. 254.01 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 254.01 (2), Stats., reads:

“Human health hazard” means a substance, activity or condition that is known to have the potential to cause acute or chronic illness, to endanger life, to generate or spread infectious diseases, or otherwise injuriously to affect the health of the public.

(129) “Hydrostatic test” means a test performed on a plumbing system or portion thereof in which the system is filled with a liquid, normally water, and raised to a designated pressure.

(129m) “Imminent health hazard” means a significant threat or danger to health that is considered to exist when there is evidence sufficient to show that a product, practice, circumstance, or event creates a situation that requires immediate correction or cessation of operation to prevent injury or illness based on any of the following:

(a) The number of potential injuries or illnesses.

(b) The nature, severity, or duration of the potential injury or illness.

(130) “Indian lands” means lands owned by the United States and held for the use or benefit of Indian tribes or bands or individual Indians, and lands within the boundaries of a federally recognized reservation that are owned by Indian tribes or bands or individual Indians.

(131) “Indirect waste piping” means drain piping which does not connect directly with the drain system, but which discharges into the drain system by means of an air break or air gap into a receptor.

(132) “Individual vent” means a pipe installed to vent a fixture trap.

(133) “Industrial wastewater” means the liquid wastes that result from industrial processes.

(133s) “Infiltration component” means any device or method that is intended to promote the assimilation of water into in situ soil.

(134) “Infiltrative surface” means the plane within a treatment or dispersal component at which effluent is applied to in situ soil or engineered soil.

(135) “In situ soil” means soil naturally formed or deposited in its present location or position and includes soil material that has been plowed using normal tillage implements and depositional material resulting from erosion or flooding.

(136) “Interceptor” or “separator” means a device designed and installed so as to separate and retain deleterious, hazardous or undesirable matter from wastes flowing through it.

(136s) “Irrigation” means the application of water to the root zone of plants or plantings.

(137) “Laboratory faucet backflow preventer” means a type of cross connection control device which consists of 2 independently acting check valves force-loaded or biased to a closed position and, between the check valves, a means for automatically venting to atmosphere which is force-loaded or biased to an open position.

(138) “Laboratory plumbing appliance” means a plumbing appliance, the function of which is unique to scientific experimentation or research activities.

(138m) “Lavatory” means a sink or washbasin designed for washing of the hands and face.

(139) “Leaching chamber” means a product designed to support soil and create a cavity for the temporary storage of effluent and to provide an infiltrative surface for the distribution cell POWTS dispersal or treatment component.

(140) “Leader” means a pipe or channel outside a building which conveys storm water from the roof or gutter drains to a storm drain, storm sewer or to grade.

(141) “Lead-free” means:

(a) Not containing more than 0.2 percent lead when used with respect to solder and flux; and

(b) Not more than a weighted average of 0.25 percent lead when used with respect to the wetted surfaces of pipes, pipe fittings, plumbing fittings, and fixtures.

Note: Requirements for calculation of lead content may be found in s. SPS 384.30 (1m) (d).

(142) “Linear loading rate” means the amount of effluent applied daily along the landscape contour expressed in gallons per day per linear foot along a site contour.

(143) “Load factor” means the percentage of the total connected fixture unit flow rate which is likely to occur at any point in a drain system.

(144) “Local station” means a National Weather Service (NWS) precipitation station or other station accepted by the department as collecting precipitation data in accordance with NWS methods.

(145) “Local waste piping” means a portion of drain piping which receives the wastes discharged from indirect waste piping and which discharges those wastes by means of an air break or air gap into a receptor.

(146) “Local vent” means a pipe connecting to a fixture and extending to outside air through which vapor or foul air is removed from the fixture.

(147) “Low hazard” means a situation where the water supply system could be contaminated with a nontoxic substance or solution so as to make the water unsuitable for the designated use.

(148) “Main” means the principal pipe artery to which branches may be connected.

(149) “Manhole” means an opening constructed to permit access by a person to a sewer or any underground portion of a plumbing system.

(151) “Manufactured home” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (2), Stats.

Note: Section 101.91 (2), Stats., reads:

“Manufactured home” means any of the following:

(am) A structure that is designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation and that is certified by the federal department of housing and urban development as complying with the standards established under 42 USC 5401 to 5425.

(c). A mobile home, unless a mobile home is specifically excluded under the applicable statute.

(152) “Manufactured home drain connector” means the portion of a drain system under a manufactured home without a permanent foundation where a drain connector joins the drain piping installed by the manufacturer to the sanitary sewer.

Note: Drain piping installed under a manufactured home with a permanent foundation is within or under the fully enclosed portion of a building, and is therefore a building drain under the definition in s. SPS 381.01 (39).

(153) “Manufactured home community” has the meaning specified under s. 101.91 (5m), Stats.

Note: Section 101.91 (5m), Stats., reads:

“Manufactured home community” means any plot or plots of ground upon which 3 or more manufactured homes that are occupied for dwelling or sleeping purposes are located. “Manufactured home community” does not include a farm where the occupants of the manufactured homes are the father, mother, son, daughter, brother or sister of the farm owner or operator or where the occupants of the manufactured homes work on the farm.

(153e) “Manufactured home community drain system, sanitary” means a sanitary sewer, within public or private premises, serving a manufactured home community.

(153m) “Manufactured home community drain system, storm” means a storm sewer, within public or private premises, serving a manufactured home community.

(153s) “Manufactured home community water supply system” means a water supply system through which potable water is conveyed to points of connection to a manufactured home or homes in a manufactured home community.

(153w) “Manufactured home water connector” means the portion of a water supply system under a manufactured home and downstream of the building control valve that joins the water inlet or inlets installed by the manufacturer prior to delivery to the water service or the manufactured home community water supply system.

(154) “Mechanical joint” means a connection between pipes, fittings or pipes and fittings by means of a device, coupling, fitting or adapter where compression is applied around the center line of the pieces being joined, but which is not caulked, threaded, soldered, solvent cemented, brazed or welded.

(154g) “Medical or high purity water” means water that has uncommon stringent specifications with specific resistance measured in microsiemens per centimeter (μS/cm) or megohm-centimeters (Mohm•cm).

(154m) “Mixed wastewater” means a combination of domestic and non-domestic wastewater.

(155) “Multiple dwelling” means a building containing more than 2 dwelling units.

(156) “Multipurpose piping system” means a water distribution system conveying water to plumbing fixtures and appliances and automatic fire sprinklers with the intention of serving both domestic and fire protection needs.

(157) “Municipality” means any city, village, town or county in this state.

(158) “Munsell soil color” means a color classification that specifies the relative degrees of the color variables in terms of hue, value and chroma.

(159) “Navigable waters” has the meaning specified under s. NR 115.03 (5).

Note: Section NR 115.03 (5) reads:

“Navigable waters” means Lake Superior, Lake Michigan, all natural inland lakes within Wisconsin and all streams, ponds, sloughs, flowages and other waters within the territorial limits of this state, including the Wisconsin portion of boundary waters, which are navigable under the laws of this state. Under s. 281.31 (2) (d), Stats., notwithstanding any other provision of law or administrative rule promulgated thereunder, shoreland ordinances required under s. 59.692, Stats., and this chapter do not apply to lands adjacent to farm drainage ditches if:

(a) Such lands are not adjacent to a natural navigable stream or river;

(b) Those parts of such drainage ditches adjacent to such lands were nonnavigable streams before ditching or had no previous stream history; and

(c) Such lands are maintained in nonstructural agricultural use.

(160) “Negative pressure” means a pressure less than atmospheric.

(160e) “Noncontinuous pressure” means a pressure greater than atmospheric and exerted for a period of no more than 12 continuous hours.

(160m) “Non-domestic wastewater” means any wastewater that is not domestic wastewater or storm water.

(161) “Nonpotable water” means water not safe for drinking, personal or culinary use.

(162) “Nonpublic” means, in the classification of plumbing fixtures, those fixtures in residences, apartments, living units of hotels and motels, and other places where the fixtures are intended for the use by a family or an individual to the exclusion of all others.

(163) “Nontoxic” means a substance in the diluted form that meets one of the following requirements:

(a) Is listed by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) as meeting the NSF evaluation criteria for nonfood compounds.

(b) Is acceptable to the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Title 21 section 175.300 of the Federal Regulation on Food Additives.

(c) Is acceptable for contact with potable water or is deemed non-toxic by a third party certification that is acceptable to the department.

(d) Is deemed non-toxic by the department.

(163e) “Nursing home” has the meaning specified under s. 50.01 (3), Stats.

Note: Section 50.01 (3), Stats., reads:

“Nursing home” means a place where 5 or more persons who are not related to the operator or administrator reside, receive care or treatment and, because of their mental or physical condition require access to 24-hour nursing services, including limited nursing care, intermediate level nursing care and skilled nursing services. “Nursing home” does not include any of the following:

(c) A convent or facility owned or operated exclusively by and for members of a religious order that provides reception and care or treatment of an individual.

(d) A hospice, as defined in s. 50.90 (1), Stats., that directly provides inpatient care.

(e) A residential care apartment complex.

(163s) “Occasional occupancy” means occupying a building that is served by a POWTS for less than 120 calendar days per year.

(164) “Occupancy” means the purpose for which a building, structure, equipment, materials, or premises, or part thereof, is used or intended to be used.

(165) “Oil interceptor” means a device designed to intercept and retain oil, lubricating grease or other similar materials.

(166) “Offset” means a combination of fittings or bends that makes two changes in direction bringing one section of the pipe out of line but into a line parallel with the other section.

(167) “One or 2-family dwelling” means a building containing not more than 2 dwelling units.

(168) “Open air” means outside the building.

(168m) “Open bodies of water” means those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, watercourses, drainage systems and other surface water, natural or artificial, public or private within the state or under its jurisdiction.

(169) “Ordinary high-water mark” has the meaning specified under s. NR 115.03 (6).

Note: Section NR 115.03 (6), reads:

“Ordinary high-water mark” means the point on the bank or shore up to which the presence and action of surface water is so continuous as to leave a distinctive mark such as by erosion, destruction or prevention of terrestrial vegetation, predominance of aquatic vegetation, or other easily recognized characteristic. Where the bank or shore at any particular place is of such character that it is difficult or impossible to ascertain where the point of ordinary high-water mark is, recourse may be had to the opposite bank of a stream or to other places on the shore of a lake or flowage to determine whether a given stage of water is above or below the ordinary high-water mark.

(170) “Participating governmental unit” means a governmental unit which applies to the department for financial assistance under ss. SPS 387.04 and 387.05, and which meets the conditions specified under s. 145.245 (9), Stats.

(170e) “Patient area plumbing fixture” means a plumbing fixture that is accessible to patients in a health care facility and is intended to be used for culinary, hygienic or domestic purposes.

(171) “Peak flow” means the largest anticipated recurrent wastewater discharge to a private onsite wastewater treatment system.

(171e) “Peak flow, stormwater” means the largest anticipated flow from a given storm event.

(173) “Pit privy” means an enclosed nonportable toilet into which nonwater-carried human wastes are deposited to a subsurface storage chamber that is not watertight.

(174) “Pitch” means the gradient or slope of a line of pipe in reference to a horizontal plane.

(175) “Place of employment” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (11), Stats.

Note: Section 101.01 (11), Stats., reads:

“Place of employment” includes every place, whether indoors or out or underground and the premises appurtenant thereto where either temporarily or permanently any industry, trade or business is carried on, or where any process or operation, directly or indirectly related to any industry, trade or business, is carried on, and where any person is, directly or indirectly, employed by another for direct or indirect gain or profit, but does not include any place where persons are employed in private domestic service which does not involve the use of mechanical power or in farming. “Farming” includes those activities specified in s. 102.04 (3), and also includes the transportation of farm products, supplies or equipment directly to the farm by the operator of said farm or employees for the use thereon, if such activities are directly or indirectly for the purpose of producing commodities for market, or as an accessory to such production. When used with relation to building codes, “place of employment” does not include an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1), or, except for the purposes of s. 101.11, a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility, as defined in s. 50.01 (1g), which serves 20 or fewer unrelated residents.

(176) “Plumbing” has the meaning specified under s. 145.01 (10), Stats.

Note: Section 145.01 (10), Stats., reads:

“Plumbing” means:

(a) 1. All piping, fixtures, appliances, equipment, devices, and appurtenances in connection with water supply systems, water distribution systems, wastewater drainage systems, reclaimed water systems, and stormwater use systems, including hot water storage tanks, water treatment devices, and water heaters connected with these systems and also includes the installation thereof.

  1. The construction, connection, installation, service, or repair of any drain or wastewater piping system that connects to the mains or other terminal within the bounds of, or beneath an area subject to easement for highway purposes, including private sewage systems and stormwater treatment and dispersal systems, and the alteration of any such systems, drains or wastewater piping.

  2. The construction, connection, installation, service, or repair of water service piping that connects to the main or other water utility service terminal within the bounds of, or beneath an area subject to easement for highway purposes and its connections.

  3. The water pressure system other than municipal systems as provided in ch. 281.

  4. A plumbing and drainage system so designed and vent piping so installed as to keep the air within the system in free circulation and movement; to prevent with a margin of safety unequal air pressures of such force as might blow, siphon or affect trap seals, or retard the discharge from plumbing fixtures, or permit sewer air to escape into the building; to prohibit cross-connection, contamination or pollution of the water supply and distribution systems, and to provide an adequate supply of water to properly serve, cleanse and operate all fixtures, equipment, appurtenances and appliances served by the plumbing system.

(br) “Plumbing” does not include any of the following:

  1. A rainwater gutter or downspout down to the point that it discharges into a plumbing system, a subsoil drain, or a foundation drain.

2g. A process water reuse system if the process water reuse system is not connected to any plumbing fixture or appliance.

2m. A stormwater culvert under a roadway or walkway that is placed there only to equalize the water level from one end of the culvert to the other end.

  1. The practical installation of process piping within a sewage disposal plant.

(177) “Plumbing appliance” means any one of a special class of plumbing devices which is intended to perform a special function. The operation or control of the appliance may be dependent upon one or more energized components, such as motors, controls, heating elements, or pressure or temperature sensing elements. The devices may be manually adjusted or controlled by the user or operator, or may operate automatically through one or more of the following actions: a time cycle, a temperature range, a pressure range, or a measured volume or weight.

(178) “Plumbing fixture” means a receptacle or device which meets at least one of the following:

(a) Is either permanently or temporarily connected to the water supply system of the premises, and demands a supply of water from the system;

(b) Discharges wastewater or waste materials either directly or indirectly to the drain system of the premises.

(c) Requires both a water supply connection and a discharge to the drain system of the premises.

(179) “Plumbing system” includes the water supply system, the drain system, the vent system, plumbing fixtures, plumbing appliances and plumbing appurtenances that serve a building, structure or premises.

(180) “Point of standards application” has the meaning specified under s. 160.01 (5), Stats.

Note: Section 160.01 (5) Stats., reads:

“Point of standards application” means the specific location, depth or distance from a facility, activity or practice at which the concentration of a substance in groundwater is measured for purposes of determining whether a preventive action limit or an enforcement standard has been attained or exceeded.

(181) “Potable water” means water that is both:

(a) Safe for drinking, personal or culinary use.

(b) Free from impurities present in amounts sufficient to cause disease or harmful physiological effects.

(182) “POWTS” means a private onsite wastewater treatment system.

(183) “POWTS component” means any subsystem, subassembly or other system designed for use in or as part of a private onsite wastewater treatment system which may include treatment, dispersal or holding and related piping.

(183m) “POWTS component manual” means a document that contains detailed design, installation, and operation and maintenance procedures for POWTS components. A component manual that is approved under s. SPS 384.10 (3) (c) is an acceptable method under s. SPS 383.61.

(184) “POWTS dispersal component” means a device or method that is intended to promote the assimilation of treated wastewater by the environment.

(185) “POWTS holding component” means any receptacle intended to collect wastewater for a period of time, including holding and dosing tanks.

(186) “POWTS treatment component” means a device or method that is intended to reduce the contaminant load of wastewater.

(186s) “Pre-development” means the condition of the topography of vegetation, including that resulting from human activities that existed prior to land disturbance for construction.

(187) “Prefabricated plumbing” means concealed drain piping, vent piping or water supply or a combination of these types of piping, contained in a modular building component, which will not be visible for inspection when delivered to the final site of installation.

(187e) “Prefabricated sump and pump system” means a simplex or duplex pump and sump designed as a combined unit.

(188) “Pressure relief valve” means a pressure actuated valve held closed by a spring or other means and designed to automatically relieve pressure at a designated pressure.

(189) “Pressure vacuum breaker assembly” means a type of cross connection control assembly which consists of an independently acting check valve force-loaded to the closed position and an independently acting air inlet valve located downstream of the check valve that is force-loaded to the open position. The assembly also includes two tightly closing shutoffs, one at the inlet of the assembly and one at the outlet of the assembly, and two tightly closing test cocks, one immediately upstream and one immediately downstream of the check valve.

(190) “Pressurized flushing device” means a device that uses the water supply to create a pressurized discharge to flush a fixture exclusive of gravity type flushing systems.

(191) “Preventive action limit” or “PAL” has the meaning as specified under s. 160.01 (6), Stats.

Note: Section 160.01 (6), Stats., reads:

“Prevention action limits” means a numerical value expressing the concentration of a substance in groundwater which is adopted under s. 160.15, Stats.

(192) “Principal residence” means a residence that is occupied at least 51% of the year by the owner. Principal residence includes a residence owned by a trust or estate of an individual, if the residence is occupied at least 51% of the year by a person who has an ownership interest in the residence as a beneficiary of the trust or estate.

(193) “Private interceptor main sewer” means a sewer serving 2 or more buildings and not part of the municipal sewer system.

(194) “Private onsite wastewater treatment system” has the meaning given under s. 145.01 (12), Stats.

(195) “Private water main” means a water main serving 2 or more buildings and not part of the municipal water system.

(195m) “Process piping” means that piping which is separated from a water supply system or drain system by the acceptable methods or means specified under ch. SPS 382 and is part of a system used exclusively for refining, manufacturing, industrial, or shipping purposes of every character and description.

(196) “Public” means, in the classification of plumbing fixtures, those fixtures which are available for use by the public or employees.

(197) “Public building” has the meaning specified under s. 101.01 (12), Stats.

Note: Section 101.01 (12), Stats., reads:

“Public building” means any structure, including exterior parts of such building, such as a porch, exterior platform or steps providing means of ingress or egress, used in whole or in part as a place of resort, assemblage, lodging, trade, traffic, occupancy, or use by the public or by 3 or more tenants. When used in relation to building codes, “public building” does not include a previously constructed building used as a community-based residential facility as defined in s. 50.01 (1g) which serves 20 or fewer unrelated residents or an adult family home, as defined in s. 50.01 (1).

(197m) “Public lavatory” means a lavatory located in a public restroom or located outside of a public restroom. Hand wash sinks required by Department of Agriculture, Trade and Consumer Protection (DATCP), Department of Health Services (DHS), National Institutes of Health (NIH), or United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) are considered public lavatory fixtures.

(198) “Public sewer” means a sewer owned and controlled by a public authority.

(199) “Public water main” means a water supply pipe for public use owned and controlled by a public authority.

(199m) “Push-fit fitting” means a mechanical fitting that joins pipes or tubes and achieves a seal by pushing the mating pipe or tube into the fitting.

(200) “Quick closing valve” means a valve or faucet that closes automatically when released manually or controlled by mechanical means for fast action closing.

(201) “Receptor” means a fixture or device that receives the discharge from indirect or local waste piping.

(201g) “Recreational vehicle” has the meaning given in s. 340.01 (48r), Stats.

Note: Section 340.01 (48r), Stats., reads: “Recreational vehicle” means a vehicle that is designed to be towed upon a highway by a motor vehicle, that is equipped and used, or intended to be used, primarily for temporary or recreational human habitation, and that does not exceed 46 feet in length. “Recreational vehicle” includes a camping trailer, 5th-wheel recreational vehicle, park model recreational vehicle, as defined in s. 218.10 (7m), Stats., and travel trailer, as defined in s. 218.10 (8v), Stats.

(201r) “Recreational vehicle park” means a plot of land upon which 2 or more recreational vehicle sites are located, established or maintained for occupancy by recreational vehicles of the general public as temporary living quarters for recreation or vacation purposes.

(202) “Redoximorphic feature” means a feature formed in the soil matrix by the processes of reduction, translocation and oxidation of iron and manganese compounds in seasonally saturated soil.

(203) “Reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly” means a type of reduced pressure principle type backflow prevention assembly which includes a bypass with a flow meter to indicate leakage or unauthorized use of water downstream of the assembly. The bypass shall be composed of a water meter and a meter-sized approved reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly. The meter shall register accurately for only very low rates of flow and shall show a registration for all rates of flow.

(204) “Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly” means a cross connection control assembly consisting of 2 independently−acting check valves, internally force−loaded to a normally closed position and separated by an intermediate chamber or zone in which there is a hydraulically operated relief means for venting to atmosphere, internally force−loaded to a normally open position. These assemblies are designed to operate under continuous pressure conditions. The assembly shall include 2 properly located, tightly closing shut−off valves and properly located test cocks.

(205) “Relief vent” means a vent which permits additional circulation of air in or between drain and vent systems.

(206) “Riser” means a water supply pipe that extends vertically one full story or more.

(207) “Roof drain” means a drain installed to receive water collecting on the surface of a roof and to discharge it into a conductor.

(208) “Roughing in” means the installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures including drain, water supply and vent piping and the necessary fixture supports.

(209) “Rowhouse” means a building which is not more than 3 stories in height and which contains only 3 or more attached, vertically separated, side-by-side or back-to-back dwelling units, with each dwelling unit served by an individual exterior exit within 6 feet of the exit discharge grade.

(209m) “RV transfer tank” means a type of stationary container used to collect and hold wastewater discharges generated by an individual camping trailer or recreational vehicle.

(210) “Safing” means a membrane or material installed beneath a fixture to prevent leakage from escaping to the floor, ceiling or walls.

(211) “Sand interceptor” means a receptacle designed to intercept and retain sand, grit, earth and other similar solids.

(212) “Sanitary sewer” means a pipe that carries wastewater consisting in part of domestic wastewater.

(212e) “Scrub sink” means a plumbing fixture used for hand and arm washing prior to surgery or other medical procedures.

Note: A scrub sink may also be referred to as a surgeon washup sink.

(213) “Scum” means the accumulated floating solids generated during the biological, physical or chemical treatment, coagulation or sedimentation of wastewater.

(214) “Secretary” means the secretary of the department of safety and professional services or designee.

(214m) “Service sink” means a fixture designed to be used for building or facility maintenance.

Note: A service sink may also be referred to as a mop sink, mop basin or janitor’s sink.

(215) “Servicing” has the meaning as specified under s. NR 113.03 (57).

(216) “Sewage” means wastewater containing fecal coliform bacteria exceeding 200 CFU, colony forming units, per 100 ml.

(217) “Sewage grinder pump” means a type of sewage pump which macerates wastewater consisting in part of sewage.

(218) “Sewage pump” means an automatic pump for the removal of wastewater from a sanitary sump.

(218m) “Siphonic roof drain system” means a drainage system designed to receive water collecting on a roof surface via negative pressure conditions created by roof drains that allow water to enter the stormwater piping system while minimizing the ingress of air, generating a negative differential fluid pressure within the piping system thereby inducing full-bore flow without pipe gradient.

(219) “Slip-joint” means a connection in which one pipe slips into another, the joint of which is made tight with a compression type fitting.

(220) “Sludge” means the accumulated solids generated during the biological, physical or chemical treatment, coagulation or sedimentation of water or wastewater.

(221) “Small commercial establishment” means a commercial establishment or business place with a maximum daily wastewater flow rate of less than 5,000 gallons per day as determined from the design criteria of the state plumbing code. Small commercial establishment includes a farm, including a residence on a farm, if the residence is occupied by a person who is an operator of the farm and if the maximum daily wastewater flow rate of the farm and the residence on the farm is less than 5,000 gallons-per-day as determined from the design criteria of the state plumbing code.

(222) “Soil” means the naturally occurring pedogenically developed and undeveloped regolith overlying bedrock.

(223) “Soil consistence” means the resistance of soil material to deformation or rupture as related to the degree of adhesion and cohesion of a soil mass.

(224) “Soil horizon” means a layer of soil material approximately parallel to the land surface and differing from adjacent genetically related layers in physical, chemical, or biologic characteristics.

(225) “Soil morphology” means the physical or structural characteristics of a soil profile particularly as related to the arrangement of soil horizons based on color, texture, structure, consistence, and porosity.

(226) “Soil profile” means a vertical section of soil containing one or more soil horizons.

(227) “Soil profile evaluation” means a determination of soil properties or characteristics as they relate to wastewater or nonwater-carried human waste treatment or dispersal.

(228) “Soil structure” means the combination or arrangement of individual soil particles into definable aggregates or peds, which are characterized and classified on the basis of size, shape, and degree of distinctness.

(229) “Soil texture” means the relative proportions of sand, silt and clay (soil separates) in a soil.

(229m) “Special wastewater” means any wastewater containing deleterious waste material as defined in s. SPS 382.34 (3) (b).

(230) “Spigot” means the end of a pipe which fits into a bell or hub.

(231) “Spill level” means the horizontal plane to which water will rise to overflow through channels or connections which are not directly connected to any drainage system, when water is flowing into a fixture, vessel or receptacle at the maximum rate of flow.

(231m) “Spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly” means a cross connection control assembly consisting of one check valve force−loaded closed and an air inlet force loaded open to atmosphere located downstream of the check valve. The assembly also includes 2 tightly closing shut−off valves and 2 test cocks or a no. 1 test cock and a bleed valve.

(232) “Spring line, pipe” means the line or place from which the arch of a pipe or conduit rises.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for an illustration depicting the spring line of a pipe.

(233) “Stack” means a drain or vent pipe that extends vertically one full story or more.

(234) “Stack vent” means a vent extending from the highest horizontal drain connected to a stack.

(235) “Standpipe” means a drain pipe serving as a receptor for the discharge wastes from indirect or local waste piping.

(236) “State” means the state of Wisconsin, its agencies and institutions.

(237) “State plumbing code” means chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(238) “Sterilizer, boiling type” means a device of nonpressure type, used for boiling instruments, utensils, or other equipment for disinfecting.

(239) “Sterilizer, instrument” means a device for the sterilization of various instruments.

(240) “Sterilizer, pressure” means a pressure vessel fixture designed to use steam under pressure for sterilizing.

Note: A pressure sterilizer is also referred to as an autoclave.

(241) “Sterilizer, pressure instrument washer” means a pressure vessel designed to both wash and sterilize instruments during the operating cycle of the device.

(242) “Sterilizer, utensil” means a device for the sterilization of utensils.

(243) “Sterilizer vent” means a separate pipe or stack, indirectly connected to the drain system at the lower terminal, which receives the vapors from nonpressure sterilizers, or the exhaust vapors from pressure sterilizers, and conducts the vapors directly to the outer air.

(244) “Sterilizer, water” means a device for sterilizing water and storing sterile water.

(245) “Storm sewer” means a pipe, other than a pipe located inside a building, that carries any of the following: storm water, groundwater or clear water.

(246) “Storm water” means wastewater from a precipitation event.

(247) “Subsoil drain” means that part of a drain system that conveys groundwater to a point of discharge or dispersal.

(248) “Sump” means a tank or pit that receives wastewater that must be emptied by mechanical means.

(249) “Sump pump” means an automatic device located in a sump, pit or low point that is designed to elevate storm water, groundwater or clear water.

(250) “Sump vent” means a vent pipe from a nonpressurized sump.

(251) “Supports” means hangers, anchors and other devices for supporting and securing pipes or fixtures to structural members of a building.

(252) “Surface water” means those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, impounding reservoirs, marshes, water courses, drainage systems, and other surface water, natural or artificial, public or private within the state or under its jurisdiction, except those waters which are entirely confined and completely retained upon the property of a facility.

(253) “Swimming pool” means a structure, basin, chamber or tank containing an artificial body of water for swimming, diving or recreational bathing.

(254) “Temperature and pressure relief valve” means a combination relief valve designed to function as both a temperature relief and pressure relief valve.

(255) “Temperature relief valve” means a temperature actuated valve designed to automatically discharge at a designated temperature.

(256) “Tempered water” means water ranging in temperature from 85°F. to less than 110°F.

(256e) “Ten-year, 24-hour storm” or “10-year, 24-hour storm” means a discrete rain storm event characterized by a specific duration, temporal distribution, rainfall intensity, return frequency and total depth of rainfall.

Note: The frequency, intensity, and duration of rainfall varies considerably during a storm by geographic location. Precipitation frequency atlases, NOAA Atlas 2, have been prepared by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), National Weather Service. In chapter SPS 382, this value may be expressed as a specific “design storm”. The calculated volume of rainfall, or stormwater, may be determined from this value and used to calculate peak discharge.

(256m) “Thermal disinfection” means a method of providing bacterial control within a water distribution system using water that is heated and initially circulated to a minimum temperature of 140°F and with a minimum temperature of 124°F at the point of return to the heat source.

(257) “Total suspended solids” or “TSS” means solids in wastewater that can be removed readily by standard filtering procedures in a laboratory and reported as milligrams per liter (mg/L).

(259) “Trap” means a fitting, device or arrangement of piping so designed and constructed as to provide, when properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents emission of sewer gases without materially affecting the flow of wastewater through it.

(260) “Trap seal” means the vertical distance between the top of the trap weir and the top of the dip separating the inlet and outlet of the trap.

(260m) “Trap seal primer, drainage and electric types” means a device designed to supply water to a drain trap to provide and maintain its water seal by using a supply fixture drain line, an anti-siphon fill valve for water closet tanks, flushometer valve tailpiece, or an electric trap seal primer.

(261) “Trap seal primer, water supply fed” means a type of valve designed to supply water to the trap in order to provide and maintain the water seal of the trap.

(262) “Trap weir” means that part of a trap that forms a dam over which wastes must flow to enter the drain piping.

(263) “Turf sprinkler system” means a system of piping, appurtenances and devices installed underground to distribute water for lawn or other similar irrigation purposes.

(264) “Unsaturated soil” means soil in which the pore spaces contain water at less than atmospheric pressure, as well as air and other gases.

(265) “Vacuum” means any pressure less than that exerted by the atmosphere.

(265e) “Vacuum breaker tee” means an assembly of fittings designed to eliminate the possibility of back siphonage in a system by allowing air to enter through a tee fitting.

(266) “Vacuum relief valve” means a device that admits air into the water distribution system to prevent excessive vacuum in a water storage tank or heater.

(266m) “Vector control” means any method to limit or eradicate the mammals, birds, insects or other arthropods, collectively called ”vectors,” which transmit disease pathogens.

(267) “Vent” means a part of the plumbing system used to equalize pressures and ventilate the system.

(268) “Vent header” means a branch vent which connects 2 or more stack vents or vent stacks or both and extends to the outside air.

(269) “Vent stack” means a vertical vent pipe that provides air for a drain stack of 5 or more branch intervals.

(270) “Vent system” means a pipe or pipes installed to provide a flow of air to or from a drain system, or to provide a circulation of air within the system to protect trap seals from siphonage and back pressure.

(271) “Vertical pipe” means any pipe or fitting which makes an angle of 45° or less with the vertical.

(272) “Wall hydrant, freeze resistant automatic draining type vacuum breaker” means a type of device which is designed and constructed with anti-siphon and back pressure preventive capabilities and with means for automatic post shut-off draining to prevent freezing.

(273) “Wall mounted water closet” means a water closet attached to a wall in such a way that it does not touch the floor.

(273e) “Washer sanitizer” means a plumbing appliance used for washing and disinfecting equipment.

(274) “Waste” means the discharge from any fixture, appliance, area or appurtenance.

(275) “Waste sink” means a receptor for the discharge from indirect or local waste piping installed with its flood level rim above the surrounding floor.

(276) “Wastewater” means clear water, storm water, domestic wastewater, industrial wastewater, sewage or any combination of these.

(277) “Wastewater, treated” means the effluent conveyed through one or more POWTS treatment components to a POWTS dispersal component.

(277e) “Wastewater treatment device” means a device or method that is intended to beneficially alter the characteristics of wastewater.

(278) “Water closet” means a water-flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human excrement directly from the user of the fixture.

(279) “Water conditioner” means an appliance, appurtenance or device used for the purpose of ion exchange, demineralizing water or other methods of water treatment.

(280) “Water distribution system” means that portion of a water supply system from the outlet of the building control valve to the connection of a fixture supply connector, plumbing fixture, plumbing appliance, water-using equipment, or other piping systems to be served.

(281) “Water heater” means any heating device with piping connections to the water supply system that is intended to supply hot water for domestic or commercial purposes other than space heating.

(281m) “Water operator-in-charge” means the person designated by the owner of the building waterworks to be directly responsible for the day-to-day operations of the waterworks.

Note: Per s. NR 114.03(15), “waterworks” means a community water system owned by, or a private utility serving, a county, city, village, town, town sanitary district, utility district or a county-owned or state-owned public institution for congregate care or correction, which includes but is not limited to correctional institutions, correctional camp systems, county jails or houses of correction, mental health institutes, schools for the handicapped, hospitals, infirmaries and asylums.

(282) “Water service” means that portion of a water supply system from the water main or private water supply up to and including the building control valve.

(283) “Waters of the state” has the meaning specified under s. 281.01 (18), Stats.

Note: Section 281.01 (18), Stats., reads:

“Waters of the state” means those portions of Lake Michigan and Lake Superior within the boundaries of Wisconsin, all lakes, bays, rivers, streams, springs, ponds, wells, impounding reservoirs, marshes, watercourses, drainage systems and other surface water or groundwater, natural or artificial, public or private within the state or under its jurisdiction.

(284) “Water supply system” means the piping of a private water main, water service, water distribution system, manufactured home community water supply system, and campground or recreational vehicle park water supply system, fixture supply connectors, fittings, valves, and appurtenances through which water is conveyed to points of usage such as plumbing fixtures, plumbing appliances, water using equipment or other piping systems to be served.

(285) “Water treatment device” means a device which:

(a) Renders inactive or removes microbiological, particulate, inorganic, organic or radioactive contaminants from water which passes through the device or the water supply system downstream of the device; or

(b) Injects into the water supply system gaseous, liquid or solid additives other than water, to render inactive microbiological, particulate, inorganic, organic or radioactive contaminants.

(286) “Wetland” has the meaning given in s. 23.32 (1), Stats.

(287) “Wetland, constructed” means a man-made design complex of saturated substrates, emergent and submergent vegetation, and water that simulate natural wetlands for human use and benefits.

(288) “Wet vent” means that portion of a vent pipe that receives the discharge from other fixtures.

(288e) “Whirlpool” has the meaning as specified under s. SPS 390.03 (23) (j).

Note: Section SPS 390.03 (23) (j) reads:

“Whirlpool” means a relatively small public swimming pool that uses high temperature water (greater than 93°F) and that may include a water agitation system. A whirlpool may also be referred to as a spa.

Note: A fill and dump bathtub is not a whirlpool.

(288m) “Whirlpool bath tub” means a plumbing appliance consisting of a bathtub fixture that is equipped and fitted with a circulation piping system designed to accept, circulate and discharge bathtub water upon each use.

(288s) “Yard hydrant” means a device with a water supply outlet, or faucet, that has a valve control and outlet above ground and a connection to the water supply system below ground.

(289) “Yoke vent” means a vent connected to a drain stack for the purpose of preventing pressure changes in the drain stack.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; cr. (7e), (17e), (60e), (67e), (67m), (82m), (90e), (163e), (170e), (199e), (209e), (209m), (252e), (288e) and (288m), am. (18), (20), (79), (80), (189), (203) and (204), r. and recr. (116), Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 01-139: am. (209) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; corrections in (152) and (154) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; CR 02-002: am. (7e), (42), (44), (46), (56), (80), (84), (90e), (120), (134), (147), (178), (181), (193), (195), (210), (245), (246), (247), and (276), cr. (7m), (35m), (51m), (56e), (61m), (62m), (65m), (72e), (90m), (108m), (160m), (187e), (212e), (214m), (265e), (273e), and (277e), r. and recr. (249) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: cr. (2m) and (168m) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: cr. (59m), (59s), (62s), (70m), (129s), (133s), (136s), (171e), (186s) and (256e), am. (234) and (269) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-100: cr. (163s) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (288e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2008 No. 633; CR 08-055: am. (5), (79), (115), (120), (147), (156), (189), (204), (234), (269) and (288), r. (20), (67e), (67m), (199e), (209e), (209m), (252e) and (258), cr. (80m), (82e), (108s), (203m) and (231m), r. and recr. (80), (151) to (154), (163) and (203) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; corrections in (286) and (288e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., and corrections to numbering of (80m), (108s) and (203m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: r. and recr. (35), am. (116), (166), renum. (160m) to be (160e), cr. (62e), (154m), (160m) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (intro.), (7e), (69), (88), (91), (170), (214), (237), (288e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: r. (51), renum. (51m) to (51), cr. (209m) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; CR 13-062: renum. (141) to (141) (intro.) and am., cr. (141) (a) to (c) Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; EmR1703: emerg. cr. (50g), (50r), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. (50g), (50r) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18; CR 17-065: cr. (13m), am. (92), cr. (93m), (183m), am. (194) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; correction in numbering (183m) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750; CR 23-006: cr. (2r), (4m), am. (17e), (18), cr. (22m), (30m), am. (35m), (39), (44), cr. (50c), (50e), renum. (50g) to (50t), cr. (50h), (50L), am. (65m), (66), cr. (66m), (73e), (73m), (73s), am. (79), (108s), (116), (117), cr. (117m), (129m), (138m), r. (150), cr. (153e), (153m), (153s), (154g), renum. (172) to (13e) and am., am. (189), cr. (195m), (197m), (199m), am. (204), cr. (218m), (229m), am. (231m), cr. (256m), (260m), (266m), am. (280), cr. (281m), am. (282), cr. (288s) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; renum. (50t) to (50m) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., and correction in (18), (50m), (108s), (116), (117), (189), (204), (231m) made under 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: cr. (8m), r. (22), cr. (50a), am. (50c), renum. (50e) (intro.) to (50e) and am., r. (50e) (a) to (c), cr. (50w), (51m), am. (65m), (80), r. (80m), am. (82), (116), (117m), r. and recr. (141), am. (152), (153e), renum. (153m) (intro.) to (153m) and am., r. (153m) (a) to (c), am. (153s), cr. (153w), (201g), (201r), am. (203), r. (203m), am. (204), (231m), (284) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 381.20 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-381.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 381.20}

(1) Consent.

(a) Pursuant to s. 227.21 (2), Stats., the attorney general has consented to the incorporation by reference of the standards listed in sub. (3).

(b) The codes and standards that are referenced in this chapter, and any additional codes and standards that are subsequently referenced in those codes and standards, shall apply to the prescribed extent of each such reference, except as modified by this chapter.

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies of the standards may be purchased through the respective organizations listed in Tables 381.20-1 to 381.20-13.

(2) Alternate standards.

(a) Alternate standards that are equivalent to or more stringent than the standards referenced in chs. SPS 381 to 387 may be used in lieu of the referenced standards when approved by the department or if written approval is issued by the department in accordance with par. (b).

  1. Upon receipt of a fee and a written request, the department may issue an approval for the use of the alternate standard.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 40 business days of receipt of all forms, fees and documents required to complete the review.

Note: Review fees for standards under this paragraph are listed in ch. SPS 302.

(b) Determination of approval shall be based on an analysis of the alternate standard and the standard referenced in chs. SPS 381 to 387, prepared by a qualified independent third party or the organization that published the standard contained in chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(c) The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of chs. SPS 381 to 387.

(d) If the department determines that the alternate standard is not equivalent to or more stringent than the referenced standard, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(e) The department may revoke an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts on which the approval was based.

(f) The department may reexamine an approved alternate standard and issue a revised approval at any time.

(3) Adoption of standards. The standards referenced in Tables 381.20-1 to 381.20-13 are incorporated by reference into chs. SPS 381 to 387.

Note: The tables in this section provide a comprehensive listing of all of the standards adopted by reference in chs. SPS 381 to 387. For requirements or limitations in how these standards are to be applied, refer to the code section that requires compliance with the standard.

(4) Department authority. A department interpretation of an adopted standard under this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by either a lower level jurisdiction or an issuer of the adopted standard.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; r. (2), renum. (3) to be (2) and am., r. and recr. Table 81.20-2, cr. Tables 81.20-3e, 81.20-7e and 81.20-10m, am. Tables 81.20-4 to 81.20-8 and 81.20-11, r. Table 81.20-14, Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, December, 2000, No. 540; CR 02-002: r. and recr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am Table 81.20-8 Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. Table 81.20-4 and 81.20-10m Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-100: cr. (4) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-055: am. (1), Tables 81.20-1 to 81.20-9 and Tables 81.20-11 to 81.20-13, r. Table 81.20-10, renum. Table 81.20-10m to be Table 81.20-10 and am. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 10-064: am. Tables 81.20-2, 81.20-3e, 81.20-4, 81.20-7 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff 1-1-11; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-062: am. Table 381.20-11 Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; CR 17-065: am. (2) (a) (intro.), (b), (c), (3), Table 81.20-11 Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; correction in numbering in Table 381.20-11 under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750; CR 23-006: am. (3), Table 381.20-1, r. Table 381.20-2, Table 381.20-3, r. and recr. Table 381.20-3e, cr. Table 381.20-3p, r. and recr. Table 381.20-4 to Table 381.20-11, cr. Table 381.20-11m, am. Table 381.20-12, r. and recr. Table 381.20-13 Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: cr. Table 381.20-3a, am. Table 381.20-3e, Table 381.20-4, Table 381.20-5, Table 381.20-12, Table 381.20-13 Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Chapter SPS 382 DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, SUPERVISION, MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF PLUMBING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.01 Scope {#sec-sps-382.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.01}

The provisions of this chapter apply uniformly to the design, construction, installation, supervision, maintenance and inspection of plumbing, including but not limited to sanitary and storm drainage, water supplies, wastewater treatment, and dispersal or discharge for buildings, except for POWTS systems as regulated by ch. SPS 383.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; CR 02-002: am. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. Register January 2004 No. 576, eff. 2-1-04; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.015 Purpose {#sec-sps-382.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.015}

Pursuant to s. 145.02, Stats., the purpose of this chapter is to provide that all plumbing in connection with buildings and facilities in the state, including buildings owned by the state or any political subdivision thereof, shall be safe, sanitary and such as to safeguard the public health and the waters of the state.

History

  • CR 02-002: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.03 Application {#sec-sps-382.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.03}

(1) The provisions of this chapter are not retroactive, unless specifically stated otherwise in the rule.

(2) Pursuant to s. 145.02 (2), Stats., this chapter is uniform in application and a municipality may not enact an ordinance for the design, construction, installation, supervision, maintenance and inspection of plumbing which is more stringent than this chapter, except as specifically permitted by rule.

(3) A department interpretation of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by a lower level jurisdiction. A department decision on the application of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing decision by a lower level jurisdiction.

Note: A decision of the department may be appealed. Section 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., outlines the procedure for submitting requests to the department for appeal hearings and the department procedures for hearing appeals.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; CR 02-002: renum. to be (1), cr. (2) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 07-100: cr. (3) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 23-006: am. (2) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter I Intent and Basic Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.10 Basic plumbing principles {#sec-sps-382.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.10}

This chapter is founded upon basic principles of environmental sanitation and safety through properly designed, installed and maintained plumbing systems. Some of the details of plumbing construction may vary, but the basic sanitary and safety principles desirable and necessary to protect the health of people are the same. As interpretations may be required and as unforeseen situations arise which are not specifically addressed, the following intent statements and basic requirements shall be used to evaluate equivalency where applicable:

(1) Intent.

(a) Plumbing in connection with all buildings, public and private, intended for human occupancy, shall be installed and maintained in such a manner so as to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public or occupants and the waters of the state.

(b) Plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances, whether existing or to be installed, shall be supplied with water in sufficient volume and at pressures adequate to enable the fixtures, appliances and appurtenances to function properly and efficiently at all times and without undue noise under normal conditions of use. Plumbing systems shall be designed and adjusted to use the minimum quantity of water consistent with proper performance and cleaning.

(c) Devices for heating and storing water in pressure vessels or tanks shall be so designed and installed as to prevent dangers of explosion or overheating.

(d) Drain systems shall be designed, constructed and maintained so as to conduct the wastewater or sewage efficiently and shall have adequate cleanouts.

(e) The drain systems shall be so designed as to provide an adequate circulation of air in all pipes and no danger of siphonage, aspiration or forcing of trap seals under conditions of ordinary use.

(f) A plumbing system shall be of durable material, free from defective workmanship, and designed and constructed so as to provide satisfactory service for its reasonable expected life.

(g) Proper protection shall be provided to prevent contamination of food, water, sterile goods and similar materials by backflow of wastewater.

(h) All plumbing fixtures shall be installed so as to provide adequate spacing and accessibility for the intended use and cleaning.

(2) Basic requirements.

(a) Every building intended for human occupancy shall be provided with an adequate, safe and potable water supply.

(b) To fulfill the basic needs of sanitation and personal hygiene, each dwelling, with the exception of camping units, connected to a POWTS or public sewer shall be provided with at least the following plumbing fixtures: one water closet, one wash basin, one kitchen sink and one bathtub or shower, except a system or device recognized under ch. SPS 391 may be substituted for the water closet. All other structures for human occupancy shall be equipped with sanitary facilities in sufficient numbers as specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(c) Hot or tempered water shall be supplied to all plumbing fixtures that normally require hot or tempered water for proper use and function.

(d) Where plumbing fixtures exist in a building that is not connected to a public sewer system, suitable provision shall be made for treating, recycling, dispersing or holding the wastewater.

(e) Plumbing fixtures shall be made of durable, smooth, non-absorbent and corrosion resistant material, and shall be free from concealed fouling surfaces.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats; am. (2), Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (3), Register, March, 1992, No. 435, eff. 4-1-92; r. (7) and renum. (8) to (15) to be (7) to (14), Register, February, 2000, No. 530, eff. 3-1-00; am. (2), (7) and (12), r. and recr. (3) and r. (14), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (3) Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; CR 02-002: r. and recr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; correction in (2) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) (b) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter II Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.20 Plan review and cross connection control assembly registration {#sec-sps-382.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.20}

(1) General. Plans and specifications shall be submitted to the department or to an approved agent municipality for review in accordance with pars. (a) and (b).

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(a) Department review. Plumbing plans and specifications for the types of plumbing installations listed in Table 382.20-1, except direct plumbing fixture replacements, shall be submitted to the department for review, regardless of where the installation is to be located. A municipality shall be designated as an agent municipality in accordance with sub. (2). Written approval for the plumbing plans shall be obtained prior to installation of the plumbing.

(am) Direct plumbing fixture replacement. In this subsection “direct plumbing fixture replacement” means a fixture installed in the place of equipment previously approved by the department that does not increase the fixture load requirements and does not require alteration or modification of piping configuration.

(b) Department or agent municipality review.

  1. Plumbing plans and specifications for the types of plumbing installations, except direct plumbing fixture replacements, listed in Table 382.20-2, shall be submitted for review to an agent municipality, if the installation is to be located within the agent municipality or to the department, if the installation is not to be located within an agent municipality. A municipality shall be designated as an agent municipality in accordance with sub. (2). Written approval for the plumbing plans shall be obtained prior to installation of the plumbing.

Note: For a listing of agent municipalities, see ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.20 (2).

Note: The number of plumbing fixtures to be submitted and reviewed by an agent municipality is a subject of local ordinances.

  1. Plan review and approval of one- and 2-family dwellings. Review and approval of plumbing plans for one- and 2-family dwellings shall be in accordance with the provisions specified in s. SPS 320.09.

(c) Cross connection control assembly registration. The installation of each reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly, spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly, double check backflow prevention assembly, double check detector backflow prevention assembly, or pressure vacuum breaker assembly shall be registered with the department no later than 7 days after installation of the assembly. Assemblies serving automatic fire sprinkler systems are not required to be registered with the department.

(2) Agent municipalities. The department may designate to an approved municipality the authority to review and approve plumbing plans and specifications for those plumbing installations to be located within the municipality’s boundary limits and which require approval under sub. (1) (b).

(a) An agent municipality shall utilize a plumbing inspector qualified by the department to conduct plumbing inspection and plan review at a staffing level based on local need.

  1. The primary duties of the plumbing inspectors shall include plumbing plan review.

  2. The plumbing inspectors shall be Wisconsin licensed master or journeyman plumbers.

Note: See Appendix A-382.20 (2) or the department’s website at https://dsps.wi.gov/.

(b) An agent municipality may waive its jurisdiction for plan review and approval for any project, in which case plans shall be submitted to the department for review and approval.

(c) Agent municipalities may set by ordinance the fees for plan review services.

(d) An agent municipality appointment shall be renewed every five years.

(3) Priority plan review. An appointment may be made with the department to facilitate the examination of plans in less than the normal processing time. Complete plans along with the fee specified in s. SPS 302.09, shall be submitted to the department. The plans shall comply with all of the provisions of this section.

(4) Plans and specifications.

(a) One complete set of plans and one copy of specifications which are clear, legible and permanent copies shall be submitted for examination and approval.

(b)

1m. All plans submitted for approval shall be accompanied by sufficient data and information for the department to determine if the installation and its performance will meet the requirements of chs. SPS 381 to 384.

2m. Information to accompany the plans shall include the location or address of the installation and the name of the owner.

Note: For plans proposing the installation, creation or extension of a private interceptor main sewer which is to discharge to a municipal treatment facility, see also ch. NR 121.

(c) Plumbing plans, index sheets and specifications for a plumbing system submitted for review and approval shall be signed in accordance with any of the following methods:

  1. A Wisconsin registered architect, engineer or plumbing designer shall sign and seal or stamp all plans and accompanying specifications in accordance with ch. A-E 2.

  2. A master plumber, master plumber-restricted service, master plumber-restricted appliance or a utility contractor shall sign and date all plumbing plans and accompanying specifications as provided under s. 145.06, Stats. Each sheet of plans and specifications submitted shall be signed and dated and shall include the valid Wisconsin license number of the individual responsible for the installation. Where more than one sheet is bound together into one volume, only the title sheet or index sheet shall be signed and dated by the individual responsible for the installation. The signed title or index sheet shall clearly identify all of the other sheets in the volume.

  3. A pump installer shall sign and date all plumbing plans and accompanying specifications for which the individual is responsible for the installation. Each sheet of plans and specifications submitted shall be signed and dated and shall include the valid Wisconsin license number of the individual responsible for the installation. Where more than one sheet is bound together into one volume, only the title sheet or index sheet shall be signed and dated by the individual responsible for the installation. The signed title or index sheet shall clearly identify all of the other sheets in the volume.

(d)

  1. When requesting approval of an experimental plumbing system, all of the following shall be submitted:

a. At least one set of plans signed in accordance with par. (c) and detailing the system installation for each site.

b. A letter of consent from the site or system owner of the installation. The letter shall acknowledge that the owner has received and read a copy of the experimental plumbing system submittal and is in agreement with all requirements listed within this subdivision.

c. Any additional information as requested by the department.

  1. The registered architect, engineer, designer or master plumber responsible for the design of the experimental plumbing system shall, upon completion, certify in writing to the department that the installation is in compliance with the approved plans, specifications and data.

  2. Onsite inspections shall be performed by the department at time intervals as specified by the department, but not less than once a year. Time intervals shall be included as conditions of approval. An inspection report shall be written. The department may assess a fee for each inspection.

Note: Refer to ch. SPS 302 for applicable fees.

  1. No later than five years after the date of the completed installation the department may perform one of the following:

a. Order the removal of the experimental plumbing system.

b. Issue an alternate approval as specified in sub. (12) (a).

c. Provide an extension of the experiment with conditions.

  1. If an experimental plumbing system is subsequently codified in chs. SPS 382 and 384, or ch. 145, Stats., the requirements as specified in subds. 3. and 4. do not apply.

(5) Plan review. Except as provided in sub. (12), and pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

(a) Conditional approval. If, upon review, the department determines that the plans substantially conform to the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384, a conditional approval, in writing, shall be granted. All noncode complying conditions stated in the conditional approval shall be corrected before or during installation.

(b) Denial of approval. If, upon review, the department determines that the plans do not substantially conform to the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384, the request of conditional approval shall be denied in writing.

(6) Evidence of approval. The plumber responsible for the installation of the plumbing shall keep at the construction site at least one set of plans bearing the department’s or the agent municipality’s stamp of approval and at least one copy of specifications. The plans and specifications shall be open to inspection by an authorized representative of the department.

(7) Fees. Fees for plumbing plan review and petition for variance shall be submitted in accordance with ss. SPS 302.64 and 302.52.

(8) Revisions. All changes or modifications, which involve the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384, made to plumbing plans and specifications, which have been granted approval under sub. (1), shall be submitted to the department or agent municipality for examination. All changes and modifications shall be approved in writing by the department or agent municipality prior to installation of the plumbing.

(9) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke any approval, issued under the provisions of this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(10) Department limitation and expiration of approval.

(a) A conditional approval of a plan by the department shall not be construed as an assumption by the department of any responsibility for the design; and the department does not hold itself liable for any defects in construction, nor for any damages that may result from the specific installation.

(b) Plan approval by the department or its authorized representative shall expire 2 years after the date indicated on the approval letter, if construction has not commenced within that 2 year period.

(11) Petition for variance.

(a) Procedure. The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Chapter SPS 303 also requires the department to process regular petitions within 30 business days and priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Form SBD-9890 is available from the Department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(b) Petition processing time. Except for priority petitions, the department shall review and make a determination on a petition for variance within 30 business days of receipt of all calculations, documents and fees required to complete the review. The department shall process priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Form SBD-9890 is available from the Department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(12) Alternate and experimental plumbing system review and approval. The provisions of this chapter, ch. SPS 384 or ch. 145, Stats., are not intended to prevent the design and use of approved innovative plumbing systems.

(a) Alternate plumbing systems. The department may issue an approval of an alternate plumbing system if the system complies with the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384, or ch. 145, Stats.

  1. For an alternate plumbing system, before availability for statewide installation and use, an alternate plumbing system approval shall be issued. Concepts, plans, specifications and the documentation to support the system design shall be submitted to the department for review.

  2. The department may require the submission of any information deemed necessary for review. Sufficient evidence shall be submitted to substantiate at least the following:

a. Assertions of function and performance.

b. Compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384, or ch. 145, Stats.

  1. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for an alternate plumbing system within 3 months. Approval for an alternate plumbing system shall be issued by the department in writing.

  2. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval for an alternate plumbing system, including an expiration date for the approval. A violation of any of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

  3. If upon review the department determines that an alternate plumbing system does not comply with the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384, or ch. 145, Stats., the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(b) Experimental plumbing systems. The department may issue an approval of an experimental plumbing system for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

  1. For an experimental plumbing system, a separate approval shall be obtained for each system or project to be installed for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384 and ch. 145, Stats. Approval for an experimental plumbing system shall be issued by the department in writing.

  2. The department may require the submission of additional information deemed necessary for determining that the design meets the intent of chs. SPS 382 and 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

  3. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for an experimental plumbing system within 6 months.

  4. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval for an experimental plumbing system, including an expiration date for the approval. A violation of any of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

  5. Denial of an experimental plumbing system or project by the department shall be made in writing.

  6. The department may establish parameters to limit the number of applications for review it will accept for experimental plumbing systems.

(c) Modification. If an approved alternate or experimental plumbing system is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the approval shall be void, unless the system is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(d) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke an approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts or data on which the approval was based, or as a result of system failure.

(e) Limitations. An approval issued by the department for an alternate or experimental plumbing system may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of any system nor for any damages that may result.

(f) Fees. Fees for the review of an alternate or experimental plumbing system under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

(13) Cross connection control assembly registration.

(a) Registration, as specified in sub. (1) (c), shall be submitted in a format acceptable to the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available from the Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(b) The form for registering cross connection control assemblies with the department shall include at least all of the following information:

  1. The building or facility name and address where the assembly is or will be installed.

  2. The location of the cross connection control assembly within the building or facility.

  3. A description of the cross connection control assembly including the size, model number, serial number, and manufacturer.

  4. The name of the owner or owner’s agent submitting the registration form and contact information.

(c) Each registration form submitted shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee in accordance with s. SPS 302.645.

(d) Upon receipt of a completed registration form, the department shall issue written confirmation of registration including a department-assigned identification number for each cross connection control assembly.

(e) Upon permanent removal or replacement of any reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly, double check backflow prevention assembly, double check detector backflow prevention assembly, spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly or pressure vacuum breaker assembly, the owner shall notify the department in writing using a format acceptable to the department. Removal or replacement of an assembly serving an automatic fire sprinkler system that is not registered with the department is not required to be reported to the department.

(f) Test equipment shall be tested and calibrated according to ASSE/IAPMO/ANSI SERIES 5000 standard.

(14) Penalties. Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 145.12, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (1) (intro.), r. and recr. Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2, r. (5), renum. (6) to (12) to be (5) to (11), cr. (5) (intro.) and (12), Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (1) (b) 1. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 1988, No. 389; am. (4) (c) 2. intro. and 4. a. and b., Register, February, 1991, No. 422, eff. 3-1-91; am. (4) (c) 3.a., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (1) (intro.), (a), (4) (a) to (c) 1., (5) (a), (b) and Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2, renum. (4) (d) and (e) to be (4) (d) 1. a. and b. and am. (4) (d) 1. a., cr. (4) (d) 2., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; correction in (7) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; am. Tables 82.20-1, 2, (1) (b) 2., Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; correction in (13) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 2000, No. 530; am. Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2, r. (4) (b), Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; cr. (4) (e), r. and recr. (11) and (12), am. Table 82.20-1, Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. (1) (intro.) and Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2, r. and recr. (1) (a), r. (1) (b) 2. and (4) (d), renum. (1) (b) (intro.), and 1., (4) (c), (e) and (13) to be (1) (b) 1. and 2., (4) (b), (d) and (14) and am. (4) (b) (intro.) and 2. (intro.), cr. (1) (c), (4) (c) and (13) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (title), (1) (intro) and (c), and (13) (e) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 06-119: am. (5) (intro.), (12) (a) 3. and (b) 3. Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 08-055: am. (1) (c) (intro.), (4) (b) 2. (intro.), (13) (e), Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 09-050: am. (1) (intro.), (b) 1. and Table 82.20-2, r. and recr. (1) (a), (c) and Table 82.20-1 Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; CR 10-064: am. Tables 82.20-1 and 82.20-2 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a), (b) 1., 2., (3), (4) (b), (d) 5., (5) (intro.), (a), (b), (7), (8), (11) (a), (12) (intro.), (a) (intro.), 2. b., 3., 5., (b) (intro.), 1., 2., 3., (f), (13) (c), Table 382.20-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-046: am. (2) (a) (intro.) Register December 2013 No. 696, eff. 1-1-14: CR 23-006: am. (1) (a), cr. (1) (am), am. (1) (b) 1., (c), Table 382.20-1, cr. Table 382.20-1 footnote d, (2) (d), am. (4) (a), r. (4) (b) 2. to 4., am. (13) (title), (b) (intro.), 1. to 3., (d), (e), cr. (13) (f) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; renum. (4) (b) (intro.), 1. to (4) (b) 1m., 2m. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; correction in (1) (c), Table 382.20-1 footnote d, made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (1) (c), Table 382.20-1, (4) (d) 1. a., (13) (e) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; correctin in Table 382.20-1 made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register June 2026 No. 846.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.21 Testing and inspection {#sec-sps-382.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.21}

(1) Testing of plumbing systems. Except as provided in par. (a), all new plumbing and all parts of existing systems which have been altered, extended, or repaired shall be tested and inspected as specified in sub. (2) to disclose leaks and defects before the plumbing is put into operation.

(a) Waiver of testing.

  1. The testing of the plumbing shall not be required where the installation does not include the addition, replacement, alteration or relocation of any water distribution, drain or vent piping.

a. Field testing the installation of a storm building sewer and a storm private interceptor main sewer is not required.

b. The joints and connections to be employed for storm building sewer piping shall conform with s. SPS 384.40 (1) (a).

(b) Local inspection. Where the plumbing is installed in a municipality having a local inspector, the testing of the plumbing shall be done in the presence of a plumbing inspector, except as provided in subd. 1. b.

  1. ‘Notice of inspection.’

a. The plumber responsible for the installation shall notify the plumbing inspector in person, by telephone or in writing when the work is ready for inspection.

b. Except as permitted in par. (c), if the inspection is not made by the end of the normal business day following the day of notification, not including Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, the plumber may proceed with the testing and the installation.

c. Testing may be done without the presence of the inspector, if the master plumber responsible for the installation obtains the inspector’s permission to provide a written test report in a format acceptable to the inspector.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for a sample affidavit form.

  1. ‘Preparations for inspection.’ When the installation is ready for inspection, the plumber shall make such arrangements as will enable the plumbing inspector to inspect all parts of the plumbing system. The plumber shall have present the proper apparatus and appliances for making the tests, and shall furnish such assistance as may be necessary in making the inspection.

  2. ‘Rough-in inspection.’ A rough-in inspection shall be made when the plumbing system is roughed-in and before fixtures are set. Except as provided in subd. 1., plumbing work shall not be closed in, concealed, or covered until it has been inspected and approved by the plumbing inspector and permission is granted to do so.

  3. ‘Final inspection.’

a. Upon completion of the plumbing installation and before final approval is given, the plumbing inspector shall inspect the work.

b. Municipalities may require that a final test be conducted in accordance with sub. (2) (h) and that the final test, when required by the municipality, shall be observed by the plumbing inspector.

  1. ‘Reinspections.’ Whenever the plumbing official finds that the work or installation does not pass any initial test or inspection, the necessary corrections shall be made to comply with this chapter. The work or installation shall then be resubmitted for inspection to the plumbing inspector.

(c) Inspection of one-and 2-family dwellings. The inspection of plumbing installations for one- and 2-family dwellings shall be in accordance with ss. SPS 320.08 to 320.11.

(d) The initial testing of cross connection control assemblies shall comply with s. SPS 382.22 (8).

(2) Testing provisions.

(a) General. The testing of plumbing installations shall be conducted in accordance with this paragraph.

  1. ‘Equipment, material and labor for tests.’ All equipment, material and labor required for testing a plumbing system or part thereof shall be furnished by the plumber responsible for the installation.

  2. ‘Exposure of work.’ Except as provided in pars. (b) and (e), all new, altered, extended or replaced plumbing shall be left uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested. Where the work has been covered or concealed before it is tested, it shall be exposed for testing.

(b) Sanitary building sewer and sanitary private interceptor main sewer. A sanitary building sewer and a sanitary private interceptor main sewer shall be tested for leaks and defects with water or air before or after being covered in accordance with either subd. 1. or 2. The test for leaks and defects may be applied to the entire building sewer or private interceptor main sewer or in sections. For the purposes of this subdivision, the testing of a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer is not required to include the manholes serving the sewer.

  1. The building sewer or private interceptor main sewer shall be tested by insertion of a test plug at the point of connection with the public sewer. The sewer shall then be filled with water under a head of not less than 10 feet. The water level at the top of the test head of water shall not drop for at least 15 minutes.

  2. The air test shall be made by attaching an air compressor testing apparatus to any suitable opening, and, after closing all other inlets and outlets to the system, forcing air into the system until there is a uniform gauge pressure of 3 pounds per square inch. This pressure shall be held without introduction of additional air for a period of at least 15 minutes.

(c) Building drain. The entire building drain with all its branches, receptacles and connections shall be brought so far as practical to the surface or grade of the basement floor and shall be tested with water or air in accordance with par. (g).

(d) Drain and vent systems. The piping of a drain and vent systems, including conductors, shall be tested upon completion of the rough piping installation with water or air in accordance with par. (g).

(e) Private water mains and water services. Private water mains and water services shall be inspected before being covered. The private water mains and water services shall be tested and proven water tight under water pressure not less than the working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for testing shall be obtained from a potable source of supply.

Note: Standard NFPA 24 for combination water services and combination private water mains may include more stringent requirements for testing.

(f) Water distribution system. The piping of a water distribution system shall be tested and proved water tight under a water pressure not less than the working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply.

(g) Test methods for drain and vent systems. A test for watertightness shall be applied to the entire drain and vent system at one time or to the entire system in sections after the rough piping has been installed in accordance with either subd. 1. or 2.

  1. If applied to the entire system, all openings in the piping shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening, and the system shall be filled with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each opening shall be tightly plugged except the highest opening of the section under test, and each section shall be filled with water, but a section shall not be tested with less than a 10 foot head of water. In testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 feet of the next preceding section shall be tested, so that no joint or pipe in the building, except the uppermost 10 feet of the system, is subjected to a test of less than a 10 foot head of water. The water shall be kept in the system or in the portion under test for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. The system shall then be tight at all points.

  2. The air test shall be made by attaching an air compressor testing apparatus to any suitable opening, and, after closing all other inlets and outlets to the system, forcing air into the system until there is a uniform gauge pressure of 5 pounds per square inch or sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10” in height. This pressure shall be held without introduction of additional air for a period of at least 15 minutes.

(h) Final test. Where required by the local plumbing inspector, after the plumbing fixtures have been installed and the traps filled with water, the connections shall be tested and proved gas and watertight by either one of the methods specified in subd. 1. or 2.

  1. The smoke test shall be made by introducing a pungent, thick smoke, produced by one or more smoke machines, into the completed system. When the smoke appears at stack openings on the roof, the openings shall be closed and a pressure equivalent to a one inch water column shall be built and maintained for the period of the inspection.

  2. The air test shall be made by attaching a gauge to any suitable opening and, after closing all other inlets and outlets in the system, adding air into the system until a pressure equivalent to a one inch water column exists. The pressure shall remain constant for at least a 5-minute test period without the introduction of additional air.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. (1) (d) 5., am. (1) (d) 7. intro., Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, May, 1988, No. 389; renum. (1) (a) and (2) (b) to (i) to be (1) (a) 1. and (2) (a) to (h), r. (2) (a), cr. (1) (a) 2. and (3), r. and recr. (1) (d) 1. (intro.), am. (1) (d) 2. (intro.), Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; am. (3) (b) 3., Register, October, 1996, No. 490, eff. 11-1-96; am. (3), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; r. and recr. (2) (a) and (3), cr. Table 82.21-1, Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (1) (b) 4. b. and (2) (d), am. (1) (d) 8. b. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am. Table 82.21-1 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. (title) and (1) (intro.), r. and recr. (1) (b) 1. b., r. (2) and Table 82.21-1, renum. (1) (d) and (3) to be (2) and Comm 82.22 (9) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; corrections in (1) (b) 4. b., (2) (a) 2., (b) (intro.), (c), (d), (g) (intro.) and (h) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: renum. (1) (b) 1. b. to be (1) (b) 1. c., cr. (1) (b) 1. b., (d) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (a) 2. b., (c), (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (1) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.22 Maintenance and repairs {#sec-sps-382.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.22}

(1) General.

(a) All plumbing systems, both existing and new, and all parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition.

(b) All devices or safeguards that are required by this chapter shall be maintained in good working order.

(c) The owner shall maintain plumbing systems.

(2) Existing systems.

(a) Except as specified in par. (b), any existing plumbing system may remain and maintenance continue if the maintenance is in accordance with the original system design and any of the following:

  1. The plumbing system was installed in accordance with the code in effect at the time of installation.

  2. The plumbing system conforms to the present code.

(b) When a hazard to life, health or property exists or is created by an existing system, the system shall be repaired or replaced. Alternatively, the authority having jurisdiction may require that the system be brought into compliance with the current code’s requirements within a time period determined by the authority. If repairs cannot remedy the identified hazard the existing system shall be replaced within a time period determined by the authority.

Note: A cross connection is considered a health hazard by the department.

(c) Existing sewers and water services may only be connected to new buildings when determined by examination and test to conform to the requirements of this chapter.

(3) Fixtures replaced.

(a) When a fixture, appliance or section of pipe is replaced, the replacement fixture, appliance or pipe shall conform to the provisions of this chapter.

(b) Where the existing drain or vent piping does not conform to the current provisions of this chapter, the department may require the new fixtures to be provided with deep seal traps.

(4) Plumbing reused.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in par. (b) plumbing materials, fixtures or devices removed and found to be in good condition may be reused if such reuse is approved by the department or a local plumbing inspector.

  2. The owner of the building or facility in which the reused materials are to be installed shall provide written consent.

(b) Water supply piping materials may only be reused when the intended use involves an equal or higher degree of hazard than the previous use as specified in Table 382.70–1.

(5) Repairs. All repairs to fixtures, devices or piping shall be completed in conformance with the provisions of this chapter, except repair clamps or bands may be used for emergency situations.

(6) Demolition of structures. When a structure is demolished or removed, all sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water supply connections shall be sealed and plugged in a safe manner.

(7) Dead ends. If a dead end is created in the removal of any part of a drain system, all openings in the drain system shall be properly sealed in accordance with s. SPS 384.40.

(8) Testing of cross connection control assemblies.

(a) The performance testing requirements of this subsection apply to all cross connection control assemblies regardless of date of installation.

Note: For further clarification see Table 382.22–1.

(b)

  1. A performance test shall be conducted for the assemblies listed in Table 382.22–1 at all of the following intervals:

a. At the time of installation.

b. Immediately after repairs or alterations to the assembly have occurred.

c. At least annually.

  1. The performance test shall be conducted using the appropriate test standard for the assembly as specified in Table 382.22–1.

  2. A cross connection assembly performance test shall be conducted by an individual registered by the department in accordance with s. SPS 305.99.

a. The results of the cross connection control assembly performance test shall be submitted as specified in Table 382.22–1 in a format prescribed by the department accompanied by a filing fee as specified in s. SPS 302.645 (2).

b. As specified in Table 382.22–1, the results of the cross connection assembly performance test shall be submitted to the department and purveyor within 60 days of completion of the test.

  1. The results of performance tests for the assemblies listed in Table 382.22–1 shall be made available upon request to the department, its agent or the local government unit.

History

  • CR 08-055: cr. (1) to (8) and Table 82.22-1, (9) renum. from Comm 82.21 (3) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction to numbering in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 09-050: am. (8) (b) 4. a. and Table 82.22-1, r. (9) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; correction in (4) (b), (8) (b) 1. (intro.), 2., 3., 4. a., b., 5. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (7), Table 382.22-1 Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: am. (2) (b), r. and recr. Table 382.22-1 Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Subchapter III Drain and Vent Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.30 Sanitary drain systems {#sec-sps-382.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.30}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the design and installation of sanitary drain systems, including building drains and building sewers.

Note: The provisions for storm and clear water drain systems are specified in s. SPS 382.36.

(2) Materials. All sanitary drain systems shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) Load on drain piping.

(a) Intermittent flow.

  1. ‘Fixture.’ The load factor on drain piping shall be computed in terms of drainage fixture unit values specified in Table 382.30–1 for the corresponding listed fixture.

  2. ‘Devices.’ Drainage fixture unit values for intermittent flow devices not listed in Table 382.30–1 shall be computed on the basis of one fixture unit equalling one gallon per minute of flow.

Note: Equipment with a timed discharge cycle(s) of 2 minutes or less may be considered as an intermittent flow device.

(b) Continuous flow devices. Drainage fixtures unit values for continuous flow devices such as pumps, ejectors, air conditioning equipment or similar devices that discharge continuously shall be computed on the basis of 2 fixture units for each one gallon per minute of flow.

(4) Size of drain piping.

(a) Maximum loading.

  1. The total drainage load in any portion of drain piping may not exceed the limits specified in Tables 382.30-2 and 382.30-3, but may be less than the limits specified in Tables 382.30-2 and 382.30-3 based on an approved alternate standard consistent with s. SPS 381.20 (2) or an analysis provided by a Wisconsin registered architect, registered professional engineer, or permitted designer of engineering systems – plumbing.

  2. The drainage fixture unit values assigned to a receptor may be less than the limits specified in Tables 382.30-2 and 382.30-3 based on an approved alternate standard consistent with s. SPS 381.20 (2) or an analysis provided by a Wisconsin registered architect, registered professional engineer, or permitted designer of engineering systems – plumbing.

Note: See s. SPS 382.31 (17) for sizing requirements of combination drain and vent systems.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Minimum size of building sewers.

  1. ‘Gravity flow sewers.’ The minimum size of a gravity flow sanitary building sewer shall be 4″ in diameter. A municipality or sanitary district by ordinance may require that portion of the building sewer between the lot line and the public sewer to be larger than 4” in diameter.

  2. ‘Pressurized sewers.’

a. Sewers pressurized through the use of sewage ejectors, sewage pumps or sewage grinder pumps shall be sized to maintain a minimum flow velocity of 2 feet per second and shall be in accordance with the ejector or pump manufacturer’s recommendations.

b. Pressurized building sewers shall be sized not less than 2” in diameter for sewage ejectors and sewage pumps, and 1¼” in diameter for all sewage grinder pumps.

(c) Minimum size of private interceptor main sewers.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 3., the minimum size of a gravity flow private interceptor main sewer shall be 4” in diameter.

  2. Except as provided in subd. 3., the minimum size of pressurized private interceptor main sewer shall be such so as to maintain a minimum flow velocity of 2 feet per second.

  3. A municipality or a sanitary district may by ordinance, require the minimum size of a private interceptor main sewer to be larger than 4” in diameter.

  4. Private interceptor main sewers 6” or less in diameter may not exceed the drainage fixture limits in Table 382.30-3.

  5. Private interceptor main sewers 8” or larger in diameter shall conform with the design criteria specified in s. NR 110.13.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (4) for further explanatory material.

(d) Future fixtures. Where provisions are made for the future installation of fixtures, the drainage fixture unit values of such fixtures shall be considered in determining the required sizes of drain and vent pipes. Construction to provide for future installations shall be terminated with a plugged fitting or fittings.

Note: For further explanatory material see ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (4).

(5) Pitch of horizontal drain piping. All horizontal drain piping 4” or larger in diameter shall be installed at a pitch which produces a computed velocity of at least 2 feet per second when flowing half full.

(a) Horizontal branch drains.

  1. The minimum pitch of horizontal branch drains 2” or less in diameter shall be 1/4” per foot.

  2. The minimum pitch of horizontal branch drains larger than 2″ in diameter shall be 1/8” per foot.

(b) Building drains and building sewers.

  1. The minimum pitch of building drains shall be in accordance with Table 382.30-3.

a. The minimum pitch of building sewers 10” or less in diameter shall be in accordance with Table 382.30-3.

b. The minimum pitch of building sewers 12” or larger in diameter shall conform with the minimum pitch specified for municipal sewers in s. NR 110.13.

Note: See also s. SPS 382.30 (4) (c) 5. for further explanatory material.

(c) Private interceptor main sewers.

  1. The minimum pitch of private interceptor main sewers 6” or less in diameter shall be in accordance with Table 382.30-3.

  2. The minimum pitch of private interceptor main sewers 8” or larger in diameter shall conform with the minimum pitch specified for municipal sewers in s. NR 110.13.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(d) Campground or recreational vehicle park drain system. The minimum pitch of piping within a campground or recreational vehicle park drain system shall be in accordance with Table 382.30−3.

(e) Manufactured home community drain system. The minimum pitch of piping within a manufactured home community drain system shall be in accordance with Table 382.30−3.

(6) Offsets in vertical drains. Offsets in vertical drain piping shall be in accordance with this subsection.

(a) Offsets of 45° or less.

  1. An offset in a vertical drain, with a change in direction of 45° or less from the vertical, shall be sized as a vertical drain piping in accordance with sub. (4).

  2. Except as provided in par. (c), where a horizontal branch connects to a drain stack within 2 feet above or below an offset with a change of direction of 30° to 45° from the vertical and the offset is located 5 or more branch intervals below the top of the stack, the offset shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (5) (a).

(b) Offsets of more than 45°. Except as provided in par. (c), a drain stack with an offset of more than 45° from the vertical shall be installed in accordance with subds. 1. to 5.

  1. That portion of the drain stack above the highest offset shall be sized as for vertical drain piping in accordance with sub. (4).

  2. That portion of the offset between and including the offset fittings shall be sized as building drain piping in accordance with sub. (4).

  3. That portion of stack below the offset shall be not less than the size of the offset.

  4. Where an offset of more than 45o is located more than four branch intervals below the top of the drain stack, a horizontal branch may not connect within the offset or within 2 feet above or below such offset.

a. Except as exempted in subd. 5. b., or par. (c), where an offset in a drain stack with a change of more than 45° from vertical is located below 5 or more branch intervals, the offset shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (5) (b).

b. The vent required in subd. 5. a. shall not be required where the drain stack, including the offset, is sized one pipe size larger than required for a building drain designed to serve as per sub. (4) and the entire stack and offset are not less in cross sectional area than that required for a stack plus the area of a vent as required in s. SPS 382.31 (5) (b).

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Exception. Where an offset is located two or more feet below the lowest branch drain connection to the stack, the venting specified in this subsection and s. SPS 382.31 (5) (b) is not required.

(7) Horizontal branch drain connection at base of a stack.

(a) A horizontal branch drain may not connect downstream from the base fitting of a drain stack 2” or larger in diameter within the distance equal to 10 pipe diameters of the drain to which the horizontal branch drain connects.

(b) A building drain branch or building subdrain branch may not connect to a building drain or building subdrain downstream from the base fitting of a drain stack 2” or larger in diameter within the distance equal to 20 pipe diameters of the building drain or building subdrain.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(8) Piping changes in direction. Changes in the direction of drain piping shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of this subsection.

(a) Fittings. All changes in direction of flow in drain piping shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 degree wyes, long or short sweep quarter bends, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends, or by a combination of these or other equivalent fittings. Except as provided in subds. 1. to 3., fittings which change the direction of flow for drain piping 8″ or less in diameter shall conform to the minimum radii specified in Table 382.30-4.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. The minimum radius for the first 90° fitting downstream from a trap serving a lavatory or sink shall be 1-3/4” for drain piping 1-1/2” in diameter. The fitting shall be a tee or quarter bend.

  2. The minimum radius for the first 90° bend or elbow downstream from a water closet shall be 2-1/2” for drain piping 3” in diameter.

  3. The minimum radius for the first 90° bend or elbow downstream from a water closet shall be 3” for drain piping 4” in diameter.

(b) Blowout type fixtures. Where blowout type fixtures are installed back to back, appropriate fittings shall be installed to prevent the passage of wastes from one fixture to the other.

(9) Drain fittings and connections. Drain fittings, connections, devices and methods of installation shall not obstruct or retard the flow of water, wastes, sewage or air in the drain system or venting system in an amount greater than the normal frictional resistance to flow, unless as otherwise permitted in this chapter or unless approved by the department.

(a) Closet bend. The reduction of a 4 x 3 inch closet bend or collar fitting from 4” to 3” shall not be considered an obstruction.

(b) Side inlet tees or bends. The side inlet of a low pattern or high pattern tee or bend shall not be used as a vent connection when the side inlet is placed in a horizontal position or when any arrangement of piping or fittings produces a similar effect.

(c) Prohibited fittings and connections. The types of fittings and connections specified in subds. 1. to 4. shall not be used for drain piping:

  1. A heel inlet bend when the heel inlet is in the horizontal position;

  2. A fitting or connection which has an enlargement chamber or recess with a ledge or shoulder, or reduction in pipe area in the direction of flow;

  3. A fitting which has running threads; and

  4. A connection by means of drilling and tapping of a drain or vent pipe, unless as otherwise approved by the department.

(d) Saddles. If a pipe saddle is used to connect drain piping together, the saddle shall be installed in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (5) (d).

(10) Sumps, ejectors and pumps.

(a) Sumps.

  1. ‘General.’ All sanitary building subdrains shall discharge into an approved, vented sump with an airtight cover. The sump shall be so located as to receive the wastewater by gravity flow, and shall be located at least 25 feet from any water well or as otherwise approved by the department of natural resources.

  2. ‘Capacity.’ Except as provided in pars. (c) and (d), the minimum capacity of the sump shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of subd. 2. a. to e. Capacity shall be based on one pump only.

a. The water supply fixture unit method shall be used to determine peak input flow in gallons per minute; only the fixtures that drain to the sump shall be included.

Note: When converting water fixture units to gallons per minute it is permissible to calculate the load as a supply system with predominantly flush tanks.

b. The capacity of the sump shall be such that the pump when actuated by the lowest “pump on” switch runs at least 20 seconds.

c. Between the highest “pump on” switch level and the sump inlet, the sump shall hold the amount of input that exceeds the discharge of the pumping equipment in a 5 minute peak input period. In no case shall the vertical distance between the switch and the inlet be less than 3 inches.

d. The low water level shall be maintained in accordance with the pump manufacturer’s requirements, but shall not be less than 4″ above the sump bottom.

e. Sumps containing one pump shall have an inside diameter of at least 24”. Sumps containing 2 pumps shall have an inside diameter of at least 30″.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. ‘Vents.’ All sumps and all drains leading to a sump shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31.

  2. ‘Materials.’ All sumps shall be constructed in a watertight manner of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

  3. ‘Removable covers.’ Penetrations through the top of removable sump covers shall be limited to those for the electrical supply, the vent piping and the discharge piping for the pump or pumps.

(b) Ejectors and pumps.

  1. ‘Where required.’ The liquid from all sanitary building sumps shall be lifted and discharged into the building sanitary drain system by automatic ejectors, pumps or any other equally efficient method approved by the department.

  2. ‘Duplex equipment.’

a. Duplex ejector or pumping equipment shall be installed in a public building where 3 or more water closets or more than 20 drainage fixture units discharge into a sump.

b. Duplex ejector or pumping equipment shall be installed where the sanitary wastes of 2 or more one- or 2-family dwellings discharge into a sump.

c. Where duplex ejector or pumping equipment is installed, appropriate devices shall be installed to automatically alternate operation of the pumps or ejectors and to operate both pumps or ejectors when one unit cannot handle the load.

d. Where duplex pumping equipment is installed, an audible or visual alarm system with a manual control reset shall be installed to indicate pump failure.

  1. ‘Size.’ The size and design of an ejector or pump shall be determined by the capacity of the sump to be served, the discharge head and discharge frequency. All ejectors and pumps shall provide a minimum flow velocity of 2 feet per second in the forced discharge piping.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for velocity in relation to flow rate by various pipe sizes.

Note: Ejectors or pumps discharging to septic tanks may disturb the normal settling properties of the tank environment; contact the Division of Industry Services for more information.

a. All sewage grinder pumps shall have a minimum 11/4” diameter discharge opening and discharge piping.

b. All nongrinder-type sewage pumps serving water closets shall be capable of passing a 2” diameter solid ball and shall have a minimum 2″ diameter discharge opening and discharge piping. All other pumps handling sanitary wastes shall be rated by the manufacturer as an effluent pump, shall be capable of passing a 1/2″ diameter solid ball and shall have a minimum 11/4” diameter discharge opening and discharge piping.

  1. ‘Discharge connections.’

a. The discharge pipe from the ejector or pump shall be connected to the gravity drain by means of a wye pattern fitting. Where the fitting connects to a horizontal drain, the bottom of the wye branch of the fitting shall be located above the horizontal center line.

b. With the exception of exterior sumps, a full flow check valve shall be installed in the discharge piping from each ejector or pump.

c. Where duplicate ejector or pumping equipment is installed, each discharge pipe from an ejector or pump shall be provided with a gate or ball type valve installed downstream of each full flow check valve.

  1. ‘Discharge pipe air relief.’ Air relief valves shall be provided at all high points in the discharge piping of an ejector or pump where the piping arrangement creates an air trap.

  2. ‘Prohibited connections.’ No fixtures may be connected to the discharge pipe between the ejector or pump and the point where it enters the gravity drain.

  3. ‘Maintenance.’ All ejectors, pumps and like appliances shall receive care as needed to keep them in a satisfactory operating condition.

(c) Prefabricated pump and sump systems. Macerating toilet systems and waste pumping systems for plumbing fixtures shall conform to ASME A112.3.4/CSA B45.9. If unspecified by the manufacturer, the minimum capacity of a pump and sump system shall be determined in accordance with all of the following:

  1. The water supply fixture unit, wsfu, method shall be used to determine peak input flow in gallons per minute. The peak input shall include all the fixtures that drain to the sump.

  2. Unless storage is provided as specified in par. (a) 2., the capacity of the prefabricated pump and sump system shall accommodate the peak input flow.

  3. The low water level shall be maintained in accordance with the pump manufacturer’s requirements.

(d) Exterior sumps. Exterior sumps shall comply with s. SPS 384.25. The minimum capacity of exterior sumps shall be determined in accordance with all of the following:

  1. Peak input flow in gallons per minute shall be determined in accordance with either of the following:

a. The water supply fixture unit, wsfu, method of all the fixtures that drain to the sump.

b. The provisions as specified in s. SPS 383.43 (2) through (6).

  1. In lieu of providing the duplex pumping equipment as specified in par. (b) 2., a one-day holding capacity may be provided above a high level alarm when installed on a simplex system.

(11) Building drains and building sewers.

(a) Limitations. No building sewer may pass through or under a building to serve another building, unless:

  1. The building sewer serves farm buildings or farm houses, or both, which are all located on one property; or

  2. The building sewer or private interceptor main sewer serves buildings located on the same property and a document, which indicates the piping and distribution arrangement for the property and buildings, shall be recorded with the register of deeds no later than 90 days after installation.

(b) Building drains.

  1. ‘Elevation.’

a. All building drains shall be installed below the lowest floor levels on which fixtures may be installed if the public sewer, POWTs or private interceptor main sewer elevation permits.

b. Where any portion of an above-ground building drain discharges to a vertical pipe, the building drain shall connect to the building sewer at an elevation at least 30” above the basement floor.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. ‘Backwater protection.’ A building drain subject to backflow or backwater shall be protected with a backwater valve or with a sump with pumping equipment in accordance with sub. (10).

a. Backwater valves, when fully open, shall have a capacity not less than that of the pipes in which installed.

b. Backwater valves shall be so located as to be readily accessible for cleaning.

  1. ‘Floor drain required.’

a. Where a plumbing fixture or appliance is located on a floor which is entirely below grade, a floor drain shall be installed to serve that floor.

b. In any room containing the recessed or concealed portions of sterilizers located in health care or related facilities, at least one floor drain connecting to the drainage system shall be installed in a manner to adequately drain the entire floor area.

Note: See the pool code, s. SPS 390.19 (2) for drain requirements for swimming pool toilet or locker rooms. “SPS 390.19 (2) DRAINAGE OF COVERED AREAS.

(a) Floor drains shall be installed in toilet rooms and locker rooms where sanitary fixtures are located and where the room door is adjacent to the deck or adjacent to the impervious walkway draining to the deck.

(b) Floor drain openings shall be 1/4 inch or less in width or diameter.

(c) Floors shall be pitched to drain.”

(c) Building sewers.

  1. ‘Minimum depth.’

a. The top of a building sewer shall be located at a depth of not less than 42″ below finished grade, except as provided in subd. 1. b. or subd. 2.

b. The top of a building sewer which discharges to a septic tank, holding tank or grease interceptor shall be located at a depth of not less than 18” below finished grade.

  1. ‘Protection from frost.’

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. c. to e., a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer shall be protected from frost in accordance with subd. 3. in areas where the top of the building sewer or private interceptor main sewer is located less than 60” below a surface area from which snow will be cleared.

b. Except as provided in subd. 2. c. to e., a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer shall be protected from frost in accordance with subd. 3. in areas where the top of the building sewer or private interceptor main sewer is located less than 42” below a surface area which snow will not be cleared.

c. Where a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer discharges to a holding tank, POWTs treatment tank or grease interceptor, the portion of a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer which is within 30 feet from the connecting building drain and which is under a surface area from which snow will not be cleared shall not be required to be protected from frost.

d. Frost protection for a building sewer shall not be required where the predicted depth of frost as determined from Figure 382.30-1 and Table 382.30-6 does not extend below the top of the building sewer.

e. Where a building sewer or private interceptor main sewer is installed to serve public facilities that are not open during the period from November 15 to March 15 and which are not places of employment, frost protection requirements shall not apply.

Note: This exemption applies to frost sleeves as provided in s. SPS 382.35 (5) (a) 2.

  1. ‘Insulation for building sewers.’ Where required by subd. 2. a. or b., building sewer or private interceptor main sewer insulation for frost protection shall be provided in accordance with one of the methods specified in subd. 3. a. to d.

a. Extruded polystyrene foam insulation shall be installed at a depth of at least 18” below finished grade and at least 6” above the top of the sewer pipe. The minimum thickness and width of the foam insulation shall be determined from Figure 382.30-1 and Tables 382.30-5 to 382.30-7. If the insulation is to be installed more than 6” above the top of the sewer, the number of inches exceeding 6” shall be added to the width of insulation determined from Table 382.30-7.

b. Extruded polystyrene foam insulation shall be installed using a box method. The 3-sided box shall be formed with 3 lengths of polystyrene foam insulation where the top of the box extends horizontally to the farthest edge of both vertical sides. The insulation shall be installed at or below a depth of at least 12” below finished grade and 6” above the top and 6” from each side of the building sewer or private interceptor main sewer. The minimum thickness of the foam insulation shall be determined from Figure 382.30-1 and Table 382.30-5.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

c. Lightweight insulating concrete shall be installed to the depth of the spring line of the sewer and shall extend laterally at least 6” on both sides of the sewer. The minimum thickness of the insulating concrete shall be determined from Figure 382.30-1 and Table 382.30-5. The thickness shall be measured from the top of the sewer. The top of the insulation shall be installed at least 12” below finished grade.

d. Alternative methods of frost protection shall be approved by the department.

(d) Location limitations. Building drains, building sewers or private interceptor main sewers shall be separated from water wells by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812 or as otherwise approved by the department of natural resources.

Note: See s. SPS 382.40 for provisions regarding the separation of water supply piping, building sewers and private interceptor main sewers.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material. Section NR 812.08 may require additional setbacks.

(e) Installation of building drains and building sewers.

  1. ‘Trenching.’ All excavations for building drains and building sewers shall be open trench work, unless otherwise permitted by local ordinance or accepted by the local inspector.

  2. ‘Stable bottom.’ Where the bottom of the trench can be maintained in a stable condition and free of water during the time of installation the building drain and the building sewer shall be bedded and initially backfilled to comply with all the following requirements:

a. Where the trench bottom does not contain stone larger than one inch in size or where bedrock is not encountered, the trench may be excavated to grade.

b. Where stone larger than one inch size or when bedrock is encountered, the trench shall be excavated to a depth at least 3 inches below the grade elevation and shall be brought back to grade with a bedding of sand, gravel or crushed stone that shall be of a size that all the material shall pass a ¾-inch sieve.

c. Bedding shall be sufficiently dry and hand or mechanically compacted to a minimum of 90 percent standard proctor density.

d. Initial backfill to a depth of 12 inches over the pipe shall be sand, crushed stone or excavated material which is neither corrosive nor organic in nature.

e. Initial backfill shall be of a size that passes a one-inch sieve.

f. A concrete floor may be placed over a building drain having less than 12 inches of initial backfill.

g. Initial backfill shall be placed in increments not to exceed 6 inches in depth.

h. Initial backfill shall be well tamped for the full width of the trench and length of the sewer.

  1. ‘Unstable bottom.’ Where a mucky or unstable bottom is encountered in the trench, the required dry and stable foundation conditions shall be provided by providing one of the following options:

a. Sheathing shall be driven and left in place to a depth of 48 inches below the trench bottom or to solid foundation to a lesser depth.

b. Removal of wet and yielding material to a depth of 24 inches or to solid material and replacement of the unstable material with limestone screenings, pea gravel or equivalent material.

c. Install a longitudinally reinforced concrete cradle the width of the trench and at least 3 inches thick.

d. Install a longitudinally reinforced concrete slab the width of the trench and at least 3 inches thick.

e. Backfill and bedding shall comply with subd. 2. d. to h.

  1. ‘Backfill completion.’ Care shall be exercised in placing the balance of the backfill to prevent breakage of the pipe. Large boulders or rock, concrete slabs, or frozen masses shall not be used in the backfill. At least 36″ of backfill cover shall be provided over the top of the pipe before the pipe trench is wheel-loaded.

  2. ‘Pipe openings protected.’ The ends of all pipes not immediately connected shall be closed so as to prevent the introduction of earth or drainage from an excavation.

  3. Polyethylene piping for pressurized building sewers or pressurized private interceptor main sewers 3 inches or larger conforming to ASTM F714 may be installed through directional drilling adhering to ASTM F1962.

Note: Directional drilling under navigable waters shall be in accordance with the department of natural resources under ch. 30, Stats.

(f) Connection to public sewer. The connections of building sewers to public sewers shall be in accordance with conditions of approval for the public sewer granted by the department of natural resources under s. 281.41, Stats.

  1. ‘Gravity public sewer.’ When a building sewer connection to the public sewer is not found within 3 feet of the point designated by the local governing body or its authorized representative, the connection shall be made in accordance with one of the provisions specified in subd. 1. a. to d.

a. A saddle fitting approved by the department and acceptable to the municipality or sanitary district shall be installed.

b. Where acceptable to the municipality or sanitary district a portion of the main sewer may be removed and a tee or wye fitting approved by the department may be inserted with compression joints in the public sewer acceptable to the municipality or the sanitary district. The insertion shall be made under the supervision of the authorized representative of the municipality or the sanitary district.

c. When the public sewer is concrete or clay, the end of the connecting sewer may be set upon or in an opening cut into the top half of the public sewer, but shall not protrude into the public sewer. The connection shall be secured by encasing the main sewer pipe and the connection in concrete at least 3” thick so as to assure permanency of the connection and adequate backing of the public sewer pipe.

d. In lieu of the use of a fitting and in the event that an opening cannot be located in the top half of the public sewer, a length of concrete or clay public sewer pipe may be removed and a section with a wye fitting shall be inserted in its place. The joints at the ends of the section shall be encased in concrete at least 3” thick. The connection or insertion shall be made under the supervision of the authorized representative of the municipality or the sanitary district.

  1. ‘Pressurized public sewer.’ Where a forced building sewer discharges to a pressurized public sewer all of the following requirements shall apply:

a. A curb stop shall be installed on the same property as close as possible to the connection to the common forced main sewer.

b. A check valve shall be installed in the pressurized building drain or building sewer.

c. An accessible quick disconnect shall be installed upstream of the check valve.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(g) Prohibited installations.

  1. ‘Harmful discharge.’ No person may connect to a public sewer any building drain or building sewer through which is discharged any substance likely to cause undue corrosion, obstruction, nuisance, explosion or interference with sewage treatment processes.

  2. ‘Storm water and clear water connections.’ Except as provided in s. SPS 382.36 (3), storm drain piping and clear water drain piping may not discharge to a sanitary building drain which connects to a publicly-owned treatment works.

Note: See s. SPS 382.36 for provisions relative to storm sewers.

(h) Locating requirements. A means to locate buried non-metallic sewers and private interceptor main sewers discharging to municipal mains shall be accomplished in accordance with one of the following options:

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further information.

  1. A tracer wire shall be installed in accordance with all of the following:

a. Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of the non-metallic pipe.

b. Tracer wire shall be a minimum of 18 gauge, insulated, single-conductor copper wire or equivalent.

c. Tracer wire shall be located directly above and within 6 inches of the non-metallic pipe.

d. Tracer wire shall be accessible and locatable within the owner’s property at 400-foot intervals or increments thereof.

e. Exterior access locations shall include a means of protecting the tracer wire.

f. In-ground sleeves shall be installed as provided in s. SPS 382.35 (5) (a) 2. c. and d.

g. Where tracer wire is more than 6 inches from the pipe, tracer wire insulation color shall comply with subd. 1. h.

h. Tracer wire insulation color for non-metallic sewer pipe shall be green.

i. Tracer wire conductivity shall be tested prior to use.

j. Conductive warning tape may not be utilized in lieu of tracer wire.

  1. Global positioning system data shall be recorded with the municipality where the non-metallic pipe is installed.

  2. Another equally-effective means acceptable to the department shall be employed to mark the location of the non-metallic pipe.

(12) Private interceptor main sewers.

(a) The connection of a private interceptor main sewer to a public sewer shall be in accordance with the conditions of approval for the public sewer granted by the department of natural resources under s. 281.41, Stats.

(b) Private interceptor main sewers which discharge to a municipal treatment facility shall be designed in accordance with the appropriate water quality management plan.

(c) All private interceptor main sewers shall be tested in accordance with s. SPS 382.21.

(d) Private interceptor main sewers 6” or less in diameter shall be installed in accordance with the criteria for building sewers specified in sub. (11) (b) and (c) and (d) and (e).

(e) Private interceptor main sewers 8” or larger in diameter shall be:

  1. Provided with frost protection in accordance with sub. (11) (c); and

  2. Installed in accordance with the municipal sewer criteria specified in s. NR 110.13.

(f) No private interceptor main sewer may pass through or under a building to serve another building, unless one of the following conditions are met:

  1. The private interceptor main sewer serves farm buildings, farm houses, or both which are located on one property.

  2. The private interceptor main sewer serves buildings that are located on one property and a document, which indicates the piping and distribution arrangement for the property and buildings, shall be recorded with the register of deeds no later than 90 days after installation.

  3. An easement and agreement for maintenance and repairs shall be recorded with the register of deeds no later than 90 days after installation.

(13) Location of drain piping.

(a) Drain piping located below the ceilings of areas where food, ice or potable liquids are prepared, handled, stored or displayed shall be installed with the least number of joints and shall be installed in accordance with subds. 1. to 5.

  1. All pipe openings through floors shall be provided with sleeves bonded to the floor construction and protruding not less than one inch above the top of the finish floor with the space between sleeve and the piping sealed.

  2. Plumbing fixtures, except bathtubs and showers, shall be of the wall mounted type. Bathtubs shall have waste and overflow connections made above the floor and piped to a trap below the floor.

  3. Floor and shower drains installed shall be equipped with integral seepage pans.

  4. Cleanouts for piping shall be extended through the floor construction above.

  5. Piping subject to operation at temperatures that will form condensation on the exterior of the pipe shall be thermally insulated.

(b) Where drain piping is located in ceilings of areas where food, ice or potable liquids are prepared, handled stored or displayed, the ceilings shall be of the removable type, or shall be provided with access panels in order to provide an access for inspection of the piping.

(c) Exposed drain piping shall not be located over a pool, surge tank or an open filter for a pool except where a trough is installed below exposed drain piping to divert the flow of seepage to a discharge point consistent with Table 382.38-1.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for examples of exposed piping considerations.

(14) Vacuum waste collection systems.

(a) Vacuum waste collection systems shall do all of the following:

  1. Conform to CSA B45.13/IAPMO Z1700.

  2. Be designed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  3. Include a vacuum generating system, waste collection center, piping network, vacuum valve and control components used to isolate the vacuum piping network from atmospheric pressure and collect waste at the point of origin. If a vacuum system provides the only means of sanitation, then a contingency system set to operate automatically shall be installed.

(b) Vacuum generating systems shall do all of the following:

  1. Include vacuum pumps adequate to create a constant vacuum in the piping network and storage tanks.

  2. Have automated controls for the operating of pumps, collection tanks and alarms.

  3. Include demand activated vacuum pumps.

  4. Be provided with a vacuum pump exhaust vent capable of handling the total air volume of the vacuum pump.

(c) Waste collection centers or storage tanks shall do all of the following:

  1. Be adequately sized to prevent fouling of the system.

  2. Be designed to withstand 150% of the rated vacuum created by the vacuum generating system without leakage or collapse.

  3. Be accessible for inspection, repair, and replacement.

(d) Vacuum piping networks shall do all of the following:

  1. Be designed to withstand 150% of the rated vacuum created by the vacuum generating system without leakage or collapse.

  2. Be under continuous vacuum.

  3. Be constructed of materials specified by the manufacturer.

  4. Be sized in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  5. Connect to water closets with at least 1 ½ inch. i.d. piping.

(e) Vacuum interface valves shall do all of the following:

  1. Be installed to isolate the vacuum piping network from atmospheric pressure.

  2. Open automatically when a waste removal cycle is initiated for the fixture.

(f) Control components shall include levels indicator switches that automatically control the discharge pumps and provide all of the following warnings of malfunction or blockage:

  1. Start discharge.

  2. Stop discharge.

  3. Audible alarm for abnormally high effluent levels.

  4. Full tank shutdown warning.

(g) Gravity type fixtures shall conform to s. SPS 384.20.

(h) Vacuum water closets shall do all of the following:

  1. Have s. SPS 382.41 listed vacuum breakers installed in fixture supply piping.

  2. Have a WSFU value of 1.

(i) Piping hangers and supports used in vacuum waste collection systems shall conform to s. SPS 382.60.

(15) Elevator threshold drains. Elevator emergency threshold drains provided to meet the requirements of International Building Code s. 3007.3 or 3008.3, as adopted and modified by chs. SPS 361 to 366, may be used only to minimize infiltration of water from fire sprinklers into elevator hoistways. Such drains may not receive other water including wastewater. Elevator threshold drains shall comply with all of the following:

(a) In lieu of individual traps, a single trap may serve multiple threshold drains on a single floor serving a single hoistway.

Note: Per SPS 318.1004 (12s), “Hoistway” means a shaft or opening through a building or structure for the travel of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending from the pit floor to a ceiling above.

(b) Where multiple elevator threshold drains are served by one trap, an untrapped threshold drain may serve the cleanout requirements under s. SPS 382.35 (3) (a) and is exempt from s. SPS 382.35 (3) (g).

(c) Discharge shall be as specified in Table 382.38-1, line 4m.

(d) A drain stack serving only threshold drains serving elevator door areas may utilize a combination drain and vent system under s. SPS 382.31 (17) (d).

(e) Elevator threshold drains are exempt from safing requirements under s. SPS 384.20 (4) (b) 9.

(f) The elevator threshold drain stack utilizing a combination drain and vent as permitted by s. SPS 382.31 (17) (d) may not be combined with other plumbing prior to discharging to the building drain or other discharge points.

(g) Elevator threshold drain traps shall comply with s. SPS 382.32 (3) (c) 1.

(h) The drain stack shall be sized to accommodate the anticipated design discharge loads of the automatic fire sprinkler system.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. Table 82.30-1, (8) (a), (9) (c) (intro.) and 3., and (10) (b) 3. b., r. and recr. (4) (d) 2., Table 82.30-4, (10) (a) 2. b., (11) (intro.) and (f) 2., cr. (8) (a) 1. to 3. and (9) (d), r. (9) (c) 4., renum. (9) (c) 5. to be 4. and am., Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; r. and recr. (4) (d), am. Table 82.30-3 and 82.30-7, r. (11) (intro.), renum. (11) (a) to (f) to be (b) to (g), cr. (11) (a) and (12) (f), Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. Table 82.30-1, Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; am. (7) (a) and (b), (11) (c) 1. a., (12) (e) 1. and Table 82.30-1, cr. (10) (a) 5., r. (11) (b) 1. b., renum. (11) (b) 1. c. to be (11) (b) 1. b., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; reprinted to restore dropped copy in (10) (b) 3. b., Register, July, 1994, No. 463; corrections in (11) (f) and (12) (g) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 1998, No. 508; am. (11) (g) 2., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-002: am. (4) (d) 5., (5) (b) 2. b., (c) 2., (10) (a) 2., (b) 4. b., (11) (b) 1. a., (c) 2. a. to c., 3. (intro.), (g) 2., (12) (f) (intro.) and 1., and Tables 82.30-1, 2, 3, 5 and 6, cr. (10) (b) 2. d., (c), (d), (11) (b) 3. b. and (c) 2. e., r. and recr. (11) (a) 2., (d), and (12) (f) 2., renum. (11) (b) 3., (c) 3. b. and c. to be (11) (b) 3. a., (c) 3. c. and d., Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: r. (3) (b) 32. a., am. Table 82.30-1 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-069: cr. (11) (h) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-055: am. (3), (6) (a) 2., (b) 1. to 3., (10) (a) 1., Tables 82.30-1 and 82.30-3, r. (4) (b), renum. (4) (c) to (e) and (11) (h) 1. g. to i. to be (4) (b) to (d), and (11) (h) 1. h. to j., r. and recr. (6) (b) 4., 5., (11) (e) 2., 3., (f) 2. and Table 82.30-2, cr. (11) (h) 1. g. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (6) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: am. (6) (a) 2., (b) (intro.), 5. a., Table 82.30-2, cr. (6) (c) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (2), (3) (a) 1., 2., (4) (a) 1., (c) 4., (5) (b) 1., 2. a., (c) 1., (6) (a) 2., (b) 5. a., b., (c), (8) (a), (9) (d), (10) (a) 3., 4., (d) 1. b., (11) (c) 2. d., 3. a., b., c., (g) 2., (h) 1. f., (12) (c), Table 328.30-1, Table 328.30-2 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (4) (a), Table 382.30-1, (10) (a) 2. (intro.), c., (c) (intro.), (d) (intro.), (11) (c) 2. e., cr. (12) (f) 3., am. (13) (c), (14) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (4) (a) 1., (16) (e) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: cr. (5) (d), (e), am. (10) (c) (intro.), cr. (11) (e) 6., am. (14) (a) 1., cr. (15) Register June 2026 No 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.31 Vents and venting systems {#sec-sps-382.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.31}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the design and the installation of vents and venting systems.

(2) Materials. All vents and venting systems shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) General.

(a) Vents. Every trap and trapped plumbing fixture shall be provided with an individual vent, except as otherwise permitted in this chapter. Vents and venting systems shall be designed and installed so that the water seal of a trap shall be subject to a maximum pneumatic pressure differential equal to one inch of water column.

(b) Main stack. Each gravity-flow sanitary building sewer shall be served by at least one stack which extends from a building drain to a vent terminal or vent header. The stack shall be not less than 3″ in diameter from the building drain to the vent terminal or vent header.

(4) Vent stacks and stack vents.

(a) Where required. A vent stack and a stack vent shall be installed to serve any drain stacks of 5 or more branch intervals.

(b) Installation.

  1. The connection of the vent stack to a drain stack shall be at or below the lowest branch drain connection to the drain stack. The connection to the drain stack shall be by means of a wye pattern fitting installed in a vertical portion of the stack.

  2. A vent stack and a stack vent shall:

a. Extend to a vent terminal in accordance with sub. (16);

b. Connect to a vent stack which extends to a vent terminal; or

c. Connect to a stack vent at least 6” above the flood level rim of the highest fixture discharging into a drain stack.

  1. Vent stacks and stack vents may connect into a common vent header and then shall extend to a vent terminal.

  2. The connection of a vent stack with another vent may not be less than 38″ above the next higher floor level where the plumbing fixtures are vented, but in no case lower than 2” above the elevation of the highest flood level rim of any fixture served by the vent.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(5) Relief and yoke vents for stack offsets.

(a) Vents serving offsets of 30 to 45° in drain stacks.

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 2., where a horizontal branch connects to a drain stack within 2 feet above or below an offset with a change of direction of 30 to 45° from the vertical and the offset is located below 5 or more branch intervals, the offset shall be vented in accordance with par. (b) 1. to 3.

  2. Where the drain stack and offset are sized as building drain as per Table 382.30–3, the vents serving the offset of 30 to 45° in a drain stack are not required.

(b) Vents serving offsets of more than 45o in drain stacks. Offsets of more than 45o in drain stacks shall be vented where 5 or more branch intervals are located above the offset. The offset shall be vented by venting the upper and lower section of the stack.

  1. ‘Upper section.’ The upper section of the stack shall be vented as a separate stack with a vent stack connection installed in accordance with sub. (4). The offset shall be considered the base of the stack.

  2. ‘Vent connection above offset.’ The vent stack shall connect with a wye pattern fitting above the stack offset and at or below the lowest drain branch above the offset.

  3. ‘Lower section.’ The lower section of the stack shall be vented by a yoke vent connecting below the offset above or at the next lower horizontal branch.

a. Except as provided in subd. 3. b., the connection of the yoke vent to the drain stack shall be by means of a wye pattern fitting.

b. The yoke vent connection may be a vertical extension of the stack.

c. The connection of the yoke vent to another vent shall not be less than 38 inches above the next higher floor level where plumbing fixtures are installed that discharge into the drain stack.

(6) Relief vents for stacks of more than 10 branch intervals.

(a) Drain stacks of more than 10 branch intervals shall be provided with a relief vent at each tenth interval installed.

(b) The lower end of the relief vent required in par. (a) shall connect to the stack by use of a wye pattern fitting below the horizontal branch serving that floor.

(c) The upper end of the relief vent required in par. (a) shall connect to the vent stack not less than 38 inches above the next higher floor level where plumbing fixtures are installed that discharge into the drain stack.

(7) Relief vents for building drains. A building drain with a change in elevation of 12 feet or more and at an angle of 45° or more from the horizontal shall be provided with a relief vent.

(a) The connection of the relief vent to the building drain shall be by means of a wye pattern fitting installed within 2 feet upstream of the top of the change in elevation.

(b) The connection of the relief vent to another vent shall be not less than 38” above the next higher floor level where plumbing fixtures are installed that discharge through the building drain.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(8) Vents for sanitary sumps.

(a) Interior sanitary sumps. Sanitary sumps shall be provided with a vent connecting either to the sump above the drain inlet or to the drain inlet within 12” of the sump.

(b) Exterior sanitary sumps. Sanitary sumps shall be provided with a vent that terminates in accordance with sub. (16) (h).

(9) Fixture vents.

(a) Developed length between vent and trap. Each fixture trap shall be protected with a vent located in accordance with the provisions of subds. 1. and 2.

  1. Each fixture trap which is not an integral part of the fixture shall be protected with a vent so located that the developed length of the fixture drain piping from the trap weir to the vent connection is within the limits set forth in Table 382.31-1.

  2. Each fixture trap which is an integral part of the fixture shall be protected with a vent so located that the developed length of the fixture drain piping from fixture outlet to the vent connection is within the limits set forth in Table 382.31-1. For a floor outlet water closet or similar fixture, the point where the fixture drain piping turns horizontal shall be considered as the fixture outlet.

(b) Minimum distance. A vent shall not connect to a fixture drain within the distance equal to 2 diameters of the drain piping from the weir of a trap.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(10) Circuit venting. In lieu of providing individual vents, a horizontal drain to which at least 2 but not more than 8 wall outlet fixtures or at least 2 but not more than 8 floor outlet fixtures, other than blowout type fixtures and wall-outlet carrier type water closets, are connected to the same horizontal branch drain, may be vented by a circuit vent in accordance with pars. (a) to (e).

(a) The circuit vent shall connect to the horizontal drain at a point between the 2 most upstream fixtures.

(b)

  1. A circuit vented horizontal drain into which 4 or more fixtures discharge shall be provided with a relief vent. The relief vent shall connect to the circuit vented horizontal drain downstream of the most downstream fixture drain which is vented by the circuit vent and upstream of any other drain connections.

  2. Two circuit vented horizontal drains serving a total of 8 fixtures, 4 on each branch, shall be provided with at least one relief vent, unless the horizontal drains connect to a drain stack with no other drain connections located above the circuit vented horizontal drains. One relief vent may serve both horizontal drains, if installed downstream of the point where the 2 horizontal drains are joined.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) A horizontal drain served by a circuit vent may not diminish in size from the most downstream fixture drain connection vented by the circuit vented drain to the circuit vent connection. Where a relief vent is installed, the horizontal drain served by the circuit vent shall not diminish in size from the relief vent connection to the circuit vent connection.

(d) Fixture drains served by a circuit vent shall conform to the provisions of sub. (9). The connection of the fixture drain to the branch drain served by the circuit vent shall be considered as the vent connection.

(e) Additional wall outlet fixtures with a drainage fixture unit value of one or less which are served by individual vents or common vents may discharge into a horizontal drain served by a circuit vent.

(11) Common vents. In lieu of providing individual vents, fixtures may be common vented in accordance with pars. (a) and (b).

(a) Vertical drains. A common vent may serve a maximum of 2 fixtures where both fixture drains connect to a vertical drain at the same elevation.

  1. Where this connection is by means of a sanitary tee fitting with a side inlet, the centerline of the side inlet opening may not be below the centerline of the larger opening.

  2. The drain connection of a blowout type fixture, kitchen sink where an appliance with pump discharge or a food waste grinder are installed, or a clothes washer served by a common vent may not be by means of a double sanitary tee fitting.

(b) Horizontal branches. The fixture drains from 2 wall-outlet fixtures, each with a drainage fixture unit value of one or less, or the fixture drains from 2 traps serving a kitchen sink with or without a dishwasher may connect to a horizontal branch without individual vents provided a common vent connects to the branch drain downstream of both fixture drains. Both fixture drains shall be of the same diameter. The developed length of the drain from the vent to the farthest trap shall conform to sub. (9).

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(12) Return vents. Plumbing fixtures may be vented in accordance with pars. (a) to (d).

(a) Wall outlet fixtures may be vented by extending an individual vent, vertical wet vent or a common vent as high as possible under the fixture enclosure and returning the vent vertically downward and connecting the vent to the fixture drain or branch drain by means of a wye pattern fitting.

(b) Horizontal vent piping shall connect to the vertical section of the fixture vent and extend to a point where it can extend vertically to a vent terminal in accordance with sub. (16) or connect to another vent in accordance with sub. (15).

(c) Drainage fittings shall be used on all sections of the vent pipe below the floor level and a minimum slope of 1⁄4” per foot to the drainage point shall be provided.

(d) Cleanouts shall be provided on the vent piping in accordance with s. SPS 382.35.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(13) Wet venting. In lieu of providing individual vents, fixtures may be wet vented in accordance with pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Vertical wet vents.

  1. Where 2 wall outlet fixtures are located on the same floor level with their fixture drains connecting to the same vertical drain pipe at different elevations, the lower fixture drain may be wet vented in accordance with subd. 1. a. to e.

a. No other fixtures may discharge into the vertical drain pipe above or between the 2 wall outlet fixtures. Additional fixtures may discharge into the vertical drain pipe below the 2 wall outlet fixtures.

b. A branch vent shall connect to the vertical drain pipe immediately above the higher fixture drain connection.

c. The drain between the 2 fixtures shall be at least one pipe size larger than the upper fixture drain, but not smaller than 2” in diameter.

d. Both fixture drains shall conform to sub. (9). The connection of the lower fixture drain to the vertical drain shall be considered as the vent connection.

e. The higher fixture drain may not serve a water closet.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Horizontal wet vents. A drain from a lavatory or lavatories which are either provided with individual vents or a common vent may serve as the wet vent for not more than 2 bathtubs or showers and not more than 2 water closets in accordance with subds. 1. to 7. No other fixtures may discharge into or be served by the wet vent.

  1. All of the fixtures shall be located in nonpublic bathroom groups.

  2. The lavatories and bathtubs or showers shall have a common horizontal drain with the drain for the lavatories serving as a wet vent for the bathtubs or showers.

  3. Where 2 bathtubs or showers are served by the same wet vent, their fixture drains shall connect independently to the common horizontal drain downstream of the vertical drain serving the lavatory or lavatories.

  4. Where 2 bathtubs or showers and 2 water closets are served by the same wet vent a relief vent shall be provided, unless the wet vented horizontal drain connects to a drain stack with no other drain connections located above the wet-vented horizontal drain. The relief vent shall connect to the horizontal drain at a point downstream of the fixture drains for the water closets and upstream of any other fixture drain connections.

  5. One or 2 water closets may connect to the common horizontal drain with the drain from the lavatories and bathtubs or showers also serving as a wet vent for the water closets. Where 2 water closets are served by the same wet vent, their fixture drains shall connect independently to the common horizontal drain at the same point.

  6. The wet vent shall be at least 2” in diameter. No more than 4 drainage fixture units may discharge into a 2” diameter wet vent.

  7. A branch vent shall connect immediately above the highest fixture drain connection and shall be sized in accordance with sub. (14).

(c) Other types of wet vents. An individual vent serving a floor outlet fixture, a common vent serving floor outlet fixtures, a circuit vent, a relief vent serving a circuit vented drain or a relief vent serving a wet vented horizontal drain may serve as a wet vent in accordance with subds. 1. to 4.

  1. No more than 2 wall outlet fixtures, each fixture with a drainage fixture unit value of one or less, may have their fixture drains connected into the individual vent, common vent, circuit vent or relief vent.

  2. The wet vent shall be at least 2” in diameter.

  3. The branch vent to which the wet vent connects shall be sized in accordance with sub. (14). The branch vent may serve the wall outlet fixtures in lieu of individual vents or a common vent.

  4. The fixtures discharging into the wet vent shall be located on the same floor level as the fixtures served by the wet vent.

Note: For explanatory material refer to ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.31 (13).

(14) Vent size.

(a) Stack vents and vent stacks. Stack vent and vent stack pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-2 on the basis of developed length and the diameter of the drain stack at its base.

  1. The developed length of the stack vent shall be measured along the vent pipe, from the highest drain branch connection to the vent terminal or to the connection to a vent header.

  2. The developed length of the vent stack shall be measured along the vent pipe from the vent stack base connection to the vent terminal or to the connection to a vent header.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Vent headers.

  1. Vent header pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3 with the number of drainage fixture units being the sum of the fixture unit loads of the stacks vented through that portion of the header. The diameter of a vent header shall not be less than any vent connecting to it.

  2. The developed length of the vent header shall be measured along the pipe from the most distant vent stack or stack vent base connection to the vent terminal.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Branch vents. Branch vent pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3. The developed length of the branch vent shall be measured along the pipe from the furthest fixture drain served by the branch vent to the point where it connects to a vent pipe of a larger diameter or to a vent terminal.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(d) Individual vents. Individual vent pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3. The developed length of an individual vent shall be measured along the vent pipe from the fixture drain served by the vent to the point where it connects to a vent pipe of a larger diameter or to a vent terminal.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(e) Common vents. Common vent pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3. The developed length of a common vent shall be measured along the vent pipe from the drain served by the vent to the point where it connects to a vent pipe of a larger diameter or to the vent terminal.

(f) Circuit vents. Circuit vent pipe sizes shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3. The developed length of the circuit vent shall be measured along the vent from the connection with the branch drain served by the vent to the point where it connects to a vent pipe of a larger diameter or to a vent terminal.

(g) Relief vents. Relief vents shall be sized in accordance with the provisions of subds. 1. to 3. The developed length of a relief vent shall be measured along the vent from the connection with the branch drain served by the vent to the point where it connects to a vent pipe of a larger diameter or to a vent terminal.

  1. ‘Circuit vented branch drain.’ The diameter of a relief vent for a branch drain served by a circuit vent shall be at least one half the diameter of the branch drain. The maximum developed length shall be determined from Table 382.31-3 based on the number of drainage fixture units served by the vent.

  2. ‘Building drain.’ The diameter of a relief vent serving a building drain, as required in sub. (7), shall be at least one half the diameter of the building drain. The maximum developed length shall be determined from Table 382.31-3 based on the number of drainage fixture units served by the vent.

  3. ‘Horizontal wet vent.’ The diameter of a relief vent serving a horizontal wet vent shall be at least 11⁄2”. The maximum developed length shall be determined from Table 382.31-3 based on the number of drainage fixture units served by the vent.

(h) Yoke vents. A yoke vent serving a drain stack shall be sized as a vent stack in accordance with par. (a).

(i) Vents for sumps.

a. Except as provided in subd. 1. b., the size of a vent for a sanitary pump with other than a pneumatic ejector, shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-4.

b. The size of a vent for a sanitary sump located outside with other than a pneumatic ejector shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-4, but shall not be less than 2″ in diameter.

  1. The air pressure relief pipe from a pneumatic ejector shall not be connected to vent or vent system serving a sanitary drain system, storm drain system or chemical waste system.

a. The relief pipe shall be of a size to relieve the air pressure inside the ejector to atmospheric pressure, but shall not be less than 2” in diameter where the ejector is located outside and 11/4” in diameter for all other ejector locations.

b. The vent shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of sub. (16).

(j) Vents for chemical basins. The size of vents serving chemical dilution or neutralizing basins shall be determined in accordance with Table 382.31-3 and based upon the number of drainage fixture units discharging into the basins.

(15) Vent grades and connections.

(a) Vent grade. All vent and branch vent pipes shall be graded and connected so as to drain back to a drain pipe by means of gravity.

(b) Installation. Vents shall be installed in accordance with subds. 1. to 3.

  1. Except for wet vent piping, the connection of a vent to horizontal drain piping shall be at a point above the horizontal center line of the drain piping.

  2. Except as provided in subs. (12) and (17), vent piping serving a wall-outlet fixture may not offset horizontally less than 36” above the floor, but in no case lower than the elevation of the highest flood level rim of any fixture served by the vent.

  3. Vent piping may not connect to a branch vent less than 38” above the floor, but in no case lower than 2” above the elevation of the highest flood level rim of any fixture served by the vent.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(16) Vent terminals. All vents and vent systems shall terminate in the open air in accordance with this subsection.

(a) Extension above roofs. Extensions of vents through a roof shall terminate at least 8” above the roof. Where the roof is to be used for any purpose other than weather protection, the vents shall extend at least 7 feet above the roof.

(b) Waterproof flashings. The penetration of a roof system by a vent shall be made watertight with an approved flashing.

(c) Prohibited uses. Vent terminals shall not be used as flag poles, support for antennas or other similar purposes.

(d) Location of vent terminals.

  1. Location of vent terminals shall be all of the following:

a. At least 10 feet from an air intake.

b. At least 5 feet from a power exhaust vent.

c. At least 10 feet horizontally from or 2 feet above roof scuttles, doors, and openable windows.

d. At least 5 feet from or 2 inches above parapet walls.

e. At least 5 feet below any overhang.

  1. Where a structure has an earth covered roof extending from surrounding grade, the vent extension shall run at least 7 feet above grade and terminate with an approved vent cap. The portion of vent pipe outside the structure shall be without joints, except one fitting may be installed where the pipe leaves the top or side of the structure.

(e) Extension through wall. A vent shall terminate at least 10 feet horizontally from any lot line. Extension of vents through wall shall terminate beyond the soffit. The vent shall terminate downward and be screened. The vent shall comply with par. (d).

(f) Extensions outside buildings. Drain or vent pipe extensions shall not be located or placed on the outside of an exterior wall of any new building, but shall be located inside the building.

(g) Frost closure. For protection against frost closure, each vent terminal shall be at least 2” in diameter. Where it is necessary to increase the diameter of the vent, the change in diameter shall be made at least 6” inside the building.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(h) Penetrations through grade. Except when installation is in accordance with par. (d) 2., penetrations through grade shall terminate at least 12” above finished grade and terminate with a vent cap or return bend.

(17) Combination drain and vent systems. In lieu of providing individual vents, fixtures may be vented in accordance with pars. (a) to (d).

(a) Stacks.

  1. A drain stack may serve as a combination drain and vent system for fixtures in accordance with subd. 1. a. to e.

a. The drain stack shall not serve more than 3 fixtures. Each fixture shall be located on a separate floor level.

b. The drain stack shall be limited to serving fixtures with a drainage fixture unit value of no greater than 2.0. A urinal may not discharge into the combination drain and vent portion of the stack. The largest drainage fixture unit value served by the stack shall determine the stack size as specified in Table 382.31-5.

c. The drain stack shall not be offset horizontally above the lowest fixture drain connection.

d. The developed length of any fixture drain from the trap weir to the drain stack shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 382.31-1.

e. The drain stack and its attendant vent shall be sized in accordance with Table 382.31-5.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. A drain stack may serve as a combination drain and vent system for a kitchen sink and a wall outlet fixture with a drainage fixture unit value of 2 or less in accordance with subd. 2. a. to d.

a. One kitchen sink within a dwelling unit, with or without a food waste grinder or dishwasher connection, shall connect to the drain stack above the wall outlet fixture with a drainage fixture unit value of 2 or less. No other fixtures may connect to the drain stack.

b. The drain stack shall be at least 2 inches in diameter below the kitchen sink connection and it shall be at least 4 inches in diameter below the connection to the lower fixture.

c. In lieu of the minimum sizes as required in subd. 2. b., the entire stack below the kitchen sink connection may be 3 inches in diameter.

d. The drain stack shall not offset horizontally above the fixture drain connection for the lower fixture.

(b) Building drains. A building drain or a building subdrain may serve as a combination drain and vent system for floor drains and floor outlet fixtures in accordance with subds. 1. to 6.

  1. A vent or drain at least 2 inches in diameter shall be connected upstream of any building drain branch or building subdrain branch.

  2. No more than 2 water closets may connect to the building drain or building subdrain by means of building drain branches or building subdrain branches.

a. That portion of the building drain or building subdrain between the connection of the building drain branch or building subdrain branch and the vent or drain required in subd. 1. shall be at least one pipe size larger than the minimum size permitted in Table 382.30–3 based on the total drainage fixture unit load, but not less than 3 inches.

b. The vent or drain required in subd. 1. shall be at least one-half the diameter of that portion of the building drain or building subdrain which is vented by the vent or drain, but may not be less than 2 inches in diameter.

c. A vent serving a drain required in subd. 1., shall be at least one half the diameter of that portion of the building drain or building subdrain which is vented by the system, but may not be less than 2 inches in diameter.

  1. The trap of a floor drain or a floor outlet fixture, except a water closet, connected to a building drain branch or building subdrain branch shall be at least 3” in diameter.

  2. A building drain branch or building subdrain branch may not connect to a building drain or building subdrain downstream from the base fitting of a drain stack 2” or larger in diameter within the distance equal to 20 pipe diameters of the building drain or building subdrain.

  3. The pitch and the developed length of the building drain branch or building subdrain branch may not exceed the limits specified in Table 382.31-1.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Laboratory sink venting. A horizontal drain may serve as a combination drain and vent system for island laboratory sinks in accordance with subds. 1. to 7.

  1. A vent stack or a drain stack at least 2” in diameter shall be connected upstream of any fixture drain vented by the combination drain and vent system.

a. That portion of the horizontal drain between the connection of fixture drain and the vent stack or drain stack required in subd. 1. shall be at least one pipe size larger than the minimum size permitted in Table 382.30-2 based on total drainage fixture unit load.

b. The vent stack or drain stack required in subd. 1. shall be at least one-half the diameter of that portion of the horizontal drain which is vented by the stack, but may not be less than 2″ in diameter.

c. A stack vent serving a drain stack required in subd. 1. shall be at least one half the diameter of that portion of the horizontal drain which is vented by the stack, but may not be less than 2” in diameter.

  1. All fixture drains vented by the horizontal drain shall be at least 3” in diameter.

  2. Fixture drains to be vented by the horizontal drain shall connect individually to the horizontal drain.

  3. An individual vent or common vent shall be extended as high as possible under the sink enclosure and then returned vertically downward and connected to the horizontal drain. A cleanout shall be provided on the vent piping.

  4. In lieu of connecting the vent to the horizontal drain which forms the combination drain and vent system, the vent may connect to a horizontal fixture drain vented by the combination drain and vent system. The pitch and developed length of the horizontal fixture drain shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 382.31-1.

  5. Fixture drains to be vented by the horizontal drain shall not connect to a horizontal drain downstream from the base fitting of a drain stack 2” or larger in diameter within the distance equal to 20 pipe diameters of the horizontal drain serving the stack.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(d) Elevator threshold drain vent stacks.

  1. The minimum size of an elevator threshold stack shall be 6 inches.

  2. The minimum size of an elevator drain trap shall be 4 inches.

  3. The drain stack may not offset horizontally above the lowest threshold drain connection.

  4. Elevator threshold drains, provided with individual traps that utilize other means of venting, are permitted to discharge into the stack.

  5. The drain stack shall be limited to serving elevators threshold drains serving elevator door areas.

  6. The developed length of any trap weir vented by the stack to the drain stack may not exceed the limits specified in Table 382.31-1.

  7. A vent, at least 3 inches in diameter and not less than ½ the diameter of the largest portion of the drain stack, shall extend from immediately above the highest branch connection to a vent terminal in accordance with sub. (16).

Note: See ch. SPS 382 appendix for further explanatory material.

(17m) Air admittance valves. The use of air admittance valves shall comply with all of the following:

(a) The AAV may only serve as a termination point for a branch vent, circuit vent, common vent, individual vent, wet vent or combination drain and vent system. The AAV may serve a pumped-discharge type clothes washer standpipe when the fixture drain downstream of the point of vent is at least 3 inches in diameter.

(b) Branches that have fixtures served by the AAV, and when connected to a stack that has 4 or more branch intervals above the branch connection, must be provided with a relief vent located between the most downstream fixture and the stack.

(c) The AAV may not serve as a vent termination point for any of the following:

  1. Areas of negative pressure such as parking garages, laboratories, and research facilities.

  2. A commercial parking structure.

  3. Vents installed to relieve positive pressures.

  4. A fixture serving a chemical waste system.

  5. POWTS components such as a holding tank or treatment tank.

  6. A stack vent serving two or more branch intervals.

  7. A vent stack that is required in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (4) (a).

  8. A vent serving a sump.

  9. An enclosed stairwell.

  10. An area utilized as supply or return air plenum.

  11. A pit, vault, or depression which is below the adjacent grade or floor level.

  12. Plumbing wastewater and treatment devices used to treat fats, oils & grease (FOG).

  13. An area that subjects the valve to grease or other materials which could cause fouling of the valve’s seal.

  14. Clean rooms such as FDA or DATCP regulated food and beverage production areas, bio safety labs, pharmaceutical production, and pharmaceutical processing facilities.

Note: For specific applications not listed, please contact DSPS Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at the Division’s Website at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

  1. A health care facility as defined is s. SPS 381.01 (116).

  2. A restaurant kitchen licensed by the state or local department of health.

  3. A residential bedroom.

Note: Does not include closets or bathrooms with solid doors in accordance with Standard International Building Code s. 508.2.3.

  1. A daycare.

(d) The size and developed length for a vent using an AAV shall conform with Table 382.31-6.

(e) The installation of the AAV shall conform with all of the following:

  1. The AAV must be installed in the vertical position, plus or minus 15 degrees from plumb.

  2. The vent system being served by the AAV may have horizontal offsets located less than 36 inches above the floor on which the fixtures are installed provided the vent does not connect to another vent.

  3. The installation location of the AAV shall conform with all of the following:

a. A minimum of 4 inches above the top of the horizontal pipe being served (See Note).

b. No more than 20 inches below the flood rim of any fixture served by this product (See Note).

c. At least 6 inches above insulation materials (See Note).

d. In an accessible area.

e. Within a space that allows air to enter the product and has an opening equivalent to requirements in sub. (14).

f. With at least one 3-inch or larger diameter vent, serving the same building drain on which the AAV is installed, which extends to the atmosphere outside of the building.

Note: The distance is measured from termination of the vent pipe to the point specified in the rule.

(f) AAVs shall be tested. The AAV shall be tested prior to or after installation. The AAV shall be subjected to a pressure equal to 1 inch of water column. After observing for 1 minute, if the pressure falls 0.5 of an inch or less, it will be considered a passing AAV.

(g) When an AAV is installed in a building, the contractor shall provide the owner with a copy of the manufacturer’s written AAV description.

(18) Prohibited uses. A vent or vent system shall not be used for purposes other than the venting of the plumbing system.

(a) Boiler blowoff basin vents. Vent piping from boiler blowoff basins shall not be connected to a vent or vent system serving a sanitary drain system, storm drain system or chemical waste system.

(b) Chemical waste vents. Vent piping for chemical waste systems shall not be connected to a vent system serving a sanitary drain system or storm drain system.

(c) Steam vents. Vents serving steam operated sterilizers, cleansing or degreasing equipment, pressing machines or any other apparatus which normally discharges steam into the vent shall not be connected to a vent or a vent system serving a sanitary drain system, storm drain system or chemical waste system.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (11) (a), (17) (b) 3. b. and (c) 2. b., r. and recr. (11) (b), r. (13) (a) 2., cr. (17) (b) 3. c. and (c) 2. c., Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; reprinted to correct (17) (c) 4., Register, February, 1991, No. 422; cr. (4) (b) 4. and (17) (a) l. f., r. and recr. (5) (c) l. c. and (17) (c) 4., am. (5) (c) 2. c., (10) (intro.), (b) 1., (11) (b), (17) (a) l. e. and (17) (b), Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (6) (c), (7) (b), (10) (intro.), (a), (b) 1., (e), (13) (a) 1. c., (c) (intro.), 1. and 4., r. (16) (h), Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; CR 02-002: renum. (8) to be (8) (a) and am., cr. (8) (b), (14) (j) and (16) (h), am. (11) (a), (12) (intro.), (a), (13) (c) 1. (17) (a) 1. (intro.) to b., and Table 82.31-4, r. and recr. Table 82.31-5, Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-055: am. (4) (a), (10) (c), (13) (a) 1. e., (14) (g) 2., (17) (a) 1. e., (b) 1. and 3., r. and recr. (5) and (6), r. (17) (a) 1. f. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (17) (a) 1. (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: am. (5) (a) 2., (6) (c), (17) (a) 2., r. (14) (g) 2., renum. (14) (g) 3. and 4. to be (14) (g) 2. and 3. Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (14) (g) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2010 No. 660; correction in (2), (5) (a) 2., (9) (a) 1., 2., (12) (d), (14) (a) (intro.), (b) 1., (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) 1., 2., 3., (i) 1. a., b., (j), (17) (a) 1. b., d., e., (b) 3. a., 6., (c) 2. a., 6. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: r. and recr. (11) (a), (16) (d), (e), am. (17) (intro.), cr. (17) (d), (17m) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (16) (h), made under 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., and correction in (16) (e), (17m) (e) 3. e., f., (f) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (17m) (intro.), (f) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.32 Traps and direct fixture connections {#sec-sps-382.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.32}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the types and installation of traps and direct fixture connections.

(2) Materials. All traps and fixture connections shall be of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) General. Each plumbing fixture, each compartment of a plumbing fixture and each floor drain shall be separately trapped by a water seal trap, except as provided in par. (a) or as otherwise permitted by this chapter. A fixture shall not be double trapped.

(a) Trap exceptions. The plumbing fixtures listed in subds. 1. to 5. shall not be required to be separately trapped:

  1. Fixtures having integral traps.

  2. Compartments of a combination plumbing fixture installed on one trap, provided all of the following apply:

a. No compartment is more than 6” deeper than any other.

b. The distance between the compartments’ waste outlets farthest apart does not exceed 30”.

c. No compartment waste outlet is equipped with a food waste grinder.

  1. Storm drains as provided in s. SPS 382.36 (12) (a).

  2. A floor drain within a garage attached to a one- or 2-family dwelling that discharges to the ground surface.

  3. Local waste piping within a one- or 2-family dwelling having a length of up to 20 feet.

(b) Trap seals. Each trap shall provide a liquid seal depth of not less than 2” and not more than 4”, except as otherwise specified in this chapter.

(c) Loss of trap seal. A trap seal primer valve may be installed on a trap subject to high rates of evaporation.

  1. A trap seal primer valve or other means of trap seal protection acceptable to the department shall be provided for a trap subject to seal loss due to evaporation.

Note: Liquids acceptable to use for reducing trap seal evaporation include mineral oil, vegetable oil, propylene glycol and glycerin.

  1. Trap seal primer valves shall conform to ASSE 1018 or ASSE 1044.

Note: A list of referenced standards is contained in ch. SPS 381.

  1. Barrier type trap seal protectors for floor drains shall conform to ASSE 1072.

(d) Design. Traps shall be self-scouring and shall not have interior partitions, except where such traps are integral with the fixture. Uniform diameter P-traps shall be considered self-scouring.

(e) Size.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., traps shall be of diameters not less than those specified in Table 382.30-1.

  2. The minimum trap diameter for a trap serving a shower replacing a non-public residential-type bathtub is 1.5 inches provided each of the following apply:

a. The shower shall have no more than one control valve and not allow for the operation of more than one showerhead simultaneously.

b. It shall be permissible under this approval to use a diverter valve that feeds up to 2 showerheads provided the showerheads cannot be used simultaneously.

c. The showerhead shall have a maximum flow rate of 2.5 gallons per minute.

(f) Prohibited traps. The installation of the types of traps listed in subds. 1. to 6. shall be prohibited:

  1. Bell traps;

  2. Drum traps, except where specifically approved by the department;

  3. S-traps which are not integral parts of fixtures;

  4. Separate fixture traps which depend on interior partitions for the trap seal;

  5. Traps which depend upon moving parts to maintain the trap seal; and

  6. Traps which in case of defect would allow the passage of sewer air.

(4) Installation.

(a) Setting of traps. All traps shall be rigidly supported and set true with respect to the water level and so located as to protect the water seals, and shall be protected from freezing and evaporation.

(b) Distance from fixture drain outlets.

  1. ‘Vertical distance.’ Except as provided in subd. 1. a. to d., the vertical distance between the top of the fixture drain outlet and the trap weir may not exceed 24 inches.

a. The vertical distance between the top of the strainer of a floor drain or the opening of a standpipe receptor and the trap weir may not exceed 36 inches.

b. The vertical distance between the top of the fixture drain outlet of a pedestal fixture or a cuspidor and the trap weir may not exceed 60 inches.

c. The vertical distance between the water level in the bowl of a floor outlet water closet or floor outlet clinic sink and the center line of the horizontal portion of the fixture drain may not exceed 36 inches.

d. The vertical distance between the top of the opening for a campsite receptor, exterior storm drain inlet, or a receptor for a sanitary dump station to the trap weir may exceed 3 feet to permit the trap to be installed below the predicted depth of frost.

  1. ‘Horizontal distance.’ Except as provided in subd. 2. a. and b., the horizontal distance between the vertical centerline of a fixture drain outlet and the vertical centerline of the trap inlet shall not exceed 15”.

a. The horizontal distance for a pedestal drinking fountain shall not exceed 24”.

b. The horizontal distance for an exterior sanitary area drain or a residential garage floor drain discharging through an interior trap shall not exceed 25 feet.

c. The minimum horizontal distance between the vertical centerline of the outlet from a floor-mounted water closet and a 3-inch double tee shall be 30 inches.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(5) Direct fixture drain connection. Except as provided in s. SPS 382.33, all plumbing fixtures and appliances discharging wastes shall connect directly to a drain system.

(a) Floor drains.

  1. Floor drains shall be so located as to be accessible for cleaning purposes.

  2. A floor drain receiving the wash from garbage cans shall be at least 3” in diameter.

(b) Kitchen sinks. Horizontal drain piping serving a kitchen sink trap shall not connect to vertical drain piping by means of a double sanitary tee where an appliance with pump discharge or a food waste grinder are installed.

(c) Water closets. A water closet shall discharge through a drain pipe or fitting with a minimum diameter of 3”.

  1. A floor mounted wall outlet water closet shall connect to a 4 inch or 4 × 3 inch closet collar fitting or to a horizontal or vertical carrier type fitting.

  2. A floor outlet water closet shall connect to a 4 inch or 4 × 3 inch closet collar fitting.

  3. A wall mounted wall outlet water closet shall connect to a horizontal or vertical carrier type fitting.

  4. Two water closets discharging to a vertical drain from opposite sides by means of the same fitting shall be installed in accordance with subd. 4. a. and b.

a. Where the vertical drain is 3” in diameter, the fitting for floor outlet water closets shall be a 3 inch double wye pattern fitting.

b. Where the water closets are wall outlet types the fitting shall be a double wye pattern fitting or a carrier-type fitting.

(d) Blowout-type fixtures. Blowout-type plumbing fixtures shall be installed in accordance with the approval of the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (4) (a), cr. (5) (intro.) and (d), Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (4) (b) 1. b., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (3) (c) 1. and (4) (b) 2., am. (4) (b) 1. b., cr. (4) (b) 1. d., Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (3) (intro.) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. (3) (a) 3. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: cr. (4) (b) 2. c. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2), (3) (a) 3., (e), (5) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (3) (c) 2., cr. (3) (c) 3., renum. (3) (e) to (3) (e) 1. and am., cr. (3) (e) 2., am. (4) (b) 1., c., cr. (4) (b) 1. e., am. (5) (b), (c) 2. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: am. (3) (a) (intro.), 1., 2. (intro.), a., b., cr. (3) (a) 4., 5., am. (4) (b) 1. (intro.), a., b., d., r. (4) (b) 1. e. Register June 2026 No. 846, ef. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.33 Indirect and local waste piping {#sec-sps-382.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.33}

(1) Scope.

(a) The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the installation of indirect waste piping and local waste piping.

(b) Indirect waste piping and local waste piping draining the fixtures, appliances and devices having a public health concern, including but not limited to those listed in Table 382.33-1, shall be considered as plumbing and shall comply with the provisions of this section.

(2) Materials. Indirect waste piping more than 30” in length and all local waste piping shall be of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) Size. Except as provided in pars. (a) and (b), indirect waste piping more than 30” in length and all local waste piping shall be sized in accordance with s. SPS 382.30.

(a) Indirect or local waste piping not exceeding 20 feet in length for refrigerated food display cases may not be less than one inch in diameter.

(b) Indirect waste piping, attached to an appliance, appurtenance or equipment through which pressurized waste is discharged, shall be sized in accordance with specifications of the manufacturer of the appliance, appurtenance or equipment.

(4) Installation. Indirect waste piping and local waste piping shall be so installed as to permit access for flushing and cleaning.

(5) Traps.

(a) Indirect waste piping.

  1. Gravity flow indirect waste piping more than 30” in length shall be provided with a trap in accordance with s. SPS 382.32 (4), except indirect waste piping draining a sterilizer shall not be trapped.

  2. All indirect waste piping draining a refrigerated food storage room, compartment or display case shall be provided with a trap in accordance with s. SPS 382.32 (4).

(b) Local waste piping. Local waste piping handling sanitary wastes and more than 30” in length shall be provided with a trap in accordance with s. SPS 382.32 (4).

Note: One- or 2-family dwelling exclusion see s. SPS 382.32 (3) (a) 5.

(6) Maximum length. Indirect waste piping and local waste piping handling sanitary wastes may not exceed 30 feet in length horizontally nor 15 feet in length vertically.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(7) Air-gaps and air-breaks. All indirect waste piping and all local waste piping shall discharge by means of an air-gap or air-break into a receptor.

(a) Air-gap installation. The installation of an air gap shall conform to any of the following requirements:

  1. The distance of an air gap shall comply with one of the following:

a. The distance of an air gap serving indirect waste piping one inch or less in diameter and a receptor shall be at least twice the diameter of the indirect waste piping.

b. The distance of an air gap between indirect waste piping larger than one inch in diameter and a receptor shall not be less than 2 inches.

  1. The installation of all air-gap fittings shall comply with ASME A112.1.3.

(b) Air–break installation. The air-break between indirect waste piping or local waste piping and the receptor shall be accomplished by extending the indirect waste piping or local waste piping below the flood level rim of the receptor and terminating at an elevation above the trap outlet.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(8) Receptors. A receptor receiving the discharge from indirect waste piping or local waste piping shall be of a shape and capacity as to prevent splashing or flooding. Receptors shall be installed in accordance with this subsection and shall be accessible.

(a) Waste sinks and standpipes. A waste sink or a standpipe serving as a receptor shall have its rim at least one inch above the floor.

(b) Floor sinks. A floor sink serving as a receptor shall be equipped with a removable metal basket over which the indirect waste piping or local waste piping is to discharge, or the floor sink shall be equipped with a dome strainer. Indirect waste piping or local waste piping shall not discharge through a traffic grate, but shall terminate over an ungrated portion of the floor sink.

(c) Local waste piping. Local waste piping may not receive discharge from another local waste pipe.

(d) Other receptors. A plumbing fixture may not be used as a receptor for indirect or local waste piping, except as provided in subds. 1. to 9.

  1. The indirect waste piping of a portable dishwasher or water treatment device serving one or 2 outlets may discharge into a kitchen sink of a dwelling unit or to a branch tail piece serving a kitchen sink.

  2. The indirect waste piping of a residential-type automatic clothes washer or water treatment device may discharge into a laundry tray.

  3. The indirect or local waste piping serving a cross connection control device or assembly, water treatment device, air conditioner, humidifier or furnace condensate may discharge into a branch tailpiece serving a laundry tray.

  4. The local waste piping serving a water heater temperature and pressure relief valve, water treatment device, cross connection control device or assembly, humidifier, sterilizer, or a furnace or air conditioner may discharge into the riser of a floor drain when installed in accordance with sub. (7) (b).

  5. The indirect or local waste piping serving a water heater temperature and pressure relief valve, water treatment device, cross connection control device or assembly, or a furnace or air conditioner may discharge to a floor served by a floor drain so as not to create a health or safety hazard.

  6. The indirect or local waste piping in a one- or 2-family dwelling serving a water heater temperature and pressure relief valve or water treatment device may discharge through the cover of a clear water sump so as not to adversely affect floats by means of a fixed air gap installed in accordance with subs. (7) (a) 2. and (8).

  7. The indirect waste piping serving a dental mold grinder may discharge into the tailpiece of a trap serving a sink that is provided with a plaster trap and is installed within 3 feet of the mold grinder.

  8. A water closet, clinic sink, or urinal may receive the discharge from a mortuary or autopsy table.

  9. The indirect waste piping serving a dialysis machine may discharge to a water closet or lavatory under all the following conditions:

a. The water closet or lavatory is in a patient toilet room of a single occupancy in a healthcare facility.

b. The discharge to the plumbing fixture shall be made by either a temporary or permanent fixed 1-inch air-gap that will not impede normal operation of the fixture when not in dialysis mode.

c. The discharge to the fixtures shall be limited to a department-approved portable healthcare dialysis appliance and a portable water treatment device specifically for dialysis use.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.33 (8) (a) to (d) for further explanatory material.

(9) Indirect waste piping required. Indirect waste shall discharge to an approved receptor in accordance with all of the following:

(a) Boilers, pressure tanks and relief valves. Boilers, pressure tanks, relief valves and similar equipment discharging to a drain system shall be by means of an air-gap.

  1. Steam pipes shall not connect or discharge to any part of a plumbing system.

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., wastewater more than 160° F in temperature shall be discharged by means of indirect waste to the plumbing system.

b. Steam condensate blow down shall be cooled to 160°F in temperature prior to discharging to a plumbing system.

(b) Clear water. When discharging to a plumbing system, all clear water shall discharge by means of an air-gap.

(bm) Clothes dryers. A single residential ventless dryer with a maximum discharge of less than 1 gallon per minute may discharge into a 2-inch automatic clothes washer box or standpipe within a dwelling unit. Both the residential automatic clothes washer drain hose and the residential ventless dryer drain hose shall physically fit within the receptor without distortion to either hose.

(c) Clothes washers.

  1. ‘Residential types.’ Residential-type clothes washers shall discharge into the sanitary drain system by means of an air-break.

a. A standpipe receptor may not extend more than 36 inches nor less than 18 inches above the centerline of the trap outlet.

b. A standpipe receptor shall terminate at least 26 inches but not more than 48 inches above the floor on which the clothes washer is located.

c. The maximum number of washers which may discharge to a trap shall be in accordance with Table 382.33-2.

d. Washer wastes shall not be discharged to gutters, troughs, local waste piping, indirect waste manifolds or other similar connections.

  1. ‘Laundries.’ Pumped-discharge automatic clothes washing equipment, including residential-type clothes washers, in launderettes, laundromats, and self-service laundry establishments shall have the wastes discharge to a drain system by means of standpipes. The standpipes shall be installed in accordance with subd. 1.

  2. ‘Commercial-type.’ Gravity discharge clothes washing equipment shall discharge by means of an air-break or by other approved methods into a floor receptor, trench, or trough.

a. The receptor shall be sized to hold one full simultaneous discharge load from every machine draining into the receptor.

b. The size of the receptor drain shall be determined by the manufacturer’s discharge flow rate and the frequency of discharge.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory information.

c. All wastes from the washers shall flow through an interceptor as specified in s. SPS 382.34 (7).

(d) Dishwashing machines. All dishwashing machines shall discharge to the sanitary drain system.

  1. ‘Residential type.’ The indirect waste piping from a residential-type dishwashing machine shall not exceed a developed length of 10 feet. The indirect waste piping from a residential-type dishwashing machine shall be installed in accordance with one of the following methods:

a. Where an air-gap or air-break is located below the countertop, the indirect waste piping from the dishwashing machine shall discharge to a standpipe. The standpipe shall be at least 1 ½ inches in diameter and shall extend at least 15 inches above the trap weir.

b. Where an air-gap or air-break is located above the countertop, the indirect waste piping from the dishwashing machine shall discharge to local waste piping. The local waste piping shall connect to the kitchen sink branch tailpiece above the trap inlet, the standpipe or to the dishwashing machine connection of a food waste grinder. When the local waste piping discharges to a standpipe, the standpipe shall be at least 1 ½ inches in diameter and shall extend at least 15 inches above the trap weir. Where a hose is used for local waste piping, the developed length shall not exceed 18 inches.

  1. ‘Commercial.’ Commercial dishwashing machines shall discharge into a sanitary drain system by means of an air-gap or air-break into a trapped and vented receptor. The indirect waste piping may not be more than 30 inches in length.

(e) Drips and drain outlets. Appliances, devices and apparatus not defined as plumbing fixtures which have drip or drain outlets, which discharge to the plumbing system, shall discharge into an approved receptor by means of an approved air-gap or air-break.

(f) Elevator pit drains.

  1. All drains serving elevator pits shall discharge to the storm drain system as specified in s. SPS 382.36 (4).

  2. Drains serving elevator pits shall not connect directly with the storm drain system by means of gravity flow piping.

  3. A sump may not be located in an elevator machine room.

  4. A drain serving an elevator pit that discharges to a sump shall have a submerged inlet constructed to maintain a minimum 6″ trap seal.

  5. A sump located in an elevator pit may only receive storm or clear water waste from the elevator pit or the elevator machine room, or both.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(g) Food handling establishments. Plumbing fixtures, devices, appliances, and appurtenances installed in food handling establishments engaged in the storage, preparation, selling, serving, or processing of food shall be installed in accordance with this paragraph.

  1. ‘Bar and soda fountain sinks.’ A bar sink, whether installed for hand washing or other use, or a soda fountain sink may discharge through indirect waste piping. Bar and soda fountain sinks shall discharge to the sanitary drain system.

a. Where the indirect waste piping is not trapped, the wastes shall be discharged by means of an air-gap.

b. Where the indirect waste piping is trapped, the wastes shall be discharged by means of an air-gap or air-break.

  1. ‘Beer taps, coffee makers, glass fillers and soda dispensers.’ The drip pan from a beer tap, coffee maker, glass filler, soda dispenser or similar equipment shall discharge to the sanitary drain system through indirect waste piping by means of an air-break or air-gap.

  2. ‘Novelty boxes, ice compartments and ice cream dipper wells.’ Novelty boxes, ice compartments and ice cream dipper wells shall discharge to the sanitary drain system through indirect waste piping by means of an air-gap.

a. The indirect waste piping shall not exceed 30” in length.

b. The indirect waste piping draining a novelty box or ice compartment may not discharge or connect to the indirect waste piping or local waste piping of any other fixture, appliance or device other than a novelty box or ice compartment.

  1. ‘Refrigerated food storage rooms, compartments and display cases.’ Drains serving refrigerated food storage rooms, compartments or display cases shall discharge to the sanitary drain system through indirect waste piping. The indirect waste piping shall drain by gravity to a receptor by means of an air-gap or air-break. Where an air-break is installed, the flood level rim of the receptor shall be at least 2” below the top of the fixture strainer or drain opening in the refrigerated room, compartment or display case.

  2. ‘Enclosed food processing equipment.’ Coffee urns, egg boilers, potato peelers, steam kettles, steam tables, vending machines and similar types of enclosed food processing equipment shall be discharged to the sanitary drain system through indirect waste piping by means of an air-gap.

  3. ‘Food preparation.’ Open culinary sink compartments for thawing or washing food shall discharge to the sanitary drain system through an independent connection by means of an air-gap. The fixture drain upstream of the air-gap shall not exceed a length of 30″.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(h) Sterilizers. Appliances, devices or apparatus, such as stills, sterilizers and similar equipment requiring waste connections and used for sterile materials, shall discharge through indirect waste piping to the sanitary drain system by means of an air-gap.

Note: See s. SPS 382.50 regarding sterilizer wastes.

(i) Cross connection control devices or assemblies. Where a receptor is provided, the vent port discharge from cross connection control devices or assemblies shall discharge to the receptor by means of an air-gap.

(j) Vacuum systems—central units. Central vacuum units shall discharge by means of an air-gap or air break.

(k) Swimming pools.

  1. The backwash and drain wastewater from a swimming pool, wading pool or whirlpool shall discharge in accordance with Table 382.38-1.

  2. The discharge from deck drains serving indoor pools shall be directed to the sanitary sewer via an air-gap.

  3. The discharge from deck drains serving outdoor pools shall be directed to the storm sewer by way of an air-gap, air-break, or to grade. The distance from the top of the air-break to the pool deck shall be a minimum of 6 inches, terminating at a point above the top of the receptor receiving the deck drain discharge.

  4. The requirements for sewer connections as specified in ch. SPS 390 applies to all public swimming pools.

(10) Water treatment devices.

(a) The waste discharge of a water treatment device to the drain system shall be protected in accordance with s. SPS 382.41 with respect to cross connection control.

(b) The indirect waste piping or tubing from a water treatment device shall be of a material conforming to one or more of the standards listed in Tables 384.30-8 or 384.30-11.

Note: For appliances, devices and equipment not included in this section or other sections contact the department for information and proposed installation review.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Table 82.33-1 and (9) (g) 5., cr. (8) (c) 3., (9) (g) 6. and (k), Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; r. and recr., (3), am. (9) (c) 1. a., (d) 2. and (g) 4., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (8) (d) 1., 2. and (9) (g) 3. b., r. (9) (k), cr. (10), Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; correction in (9) (i) 5., made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; r. and recr. (9) (f), Register, April, 1998, No. 508, eff. 5-1-98; correction in (9) (i) 5. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 1998, No. 508; r. and recr. (9) (i), cr. Table 82.33-3, Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. (5) (a) 2., (7) (b), (9) (c) 1. b., (e), (g) 6., renum. (8) (a) 1., (9) (a) 2. and (10) to be (8) (a), (9) (a) 2. a. and (10) (a) and am. (9) (a) 2. a., r. (8) (a) 2., r. and recr. (8) (c), (d), (9) (b), (d) 1. and (i), cr. (9) (a) 2. b., (c) 1. c., and (10) (b) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (9) (c) 1. b., r. (9) (d) 3. and table 82.33-3, cr. (9) (k) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 08-055: r. and recr. (7) (a), cr. (8) (d) 6. and 7., am. (9) (c) 1. a., b. and (f) 1., r. (9) (c) 1. c. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (8) (d) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: am. Table 82.33-2 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (b), (2), (3) (intro.), (5) (a) 1., 2., (b), (9) (c) 2. a., 3. c., (f) 1., (g) 1., (k) 1., 4., (10) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: r. and recr. Table 382.33-1, am. (6), (8) (d) (intro.), 2., 6., 7., cr. (8) (d) 8., 9., (9) (intro.), (bm), renum. (9) (c) 2. (intro.), a., b. to (9) (c) 2., 1. c., d., and am., am. (9) (c) 3. (intro.), c., Table 382.33-2 (title), (f) (title), cr. (9) (fm), am. (9) (g) (intro.), 1., (k) 3. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (8) (d) (intro.), 6., 8., 9. b., (9) (bm), (c) 2., (fm) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: r. (7) (a) 3., (9) (fm), am. (9) (g) 1. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.34 Wastewater treatment and holding devices {#sec-sps-382.34 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.34}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for design and installation of plumbing wastewater treatment and holding devices, appurtenances and systems, including but not limited to interceptors, catch basins, decontamination tanks and dilution and neutralizing basins.

(2) Materials. All piping, devices and appliances for wastewater treatment and holding devices, appurtenances and systems shall be of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) General. Any deleterious waste material which is discharged into a plumbing system shall be directed to a wastewater treatment or holding device. The wastewater treatment or holding device shall be capable of separating, diluting or neutralizing the deleterious waste material to a degree that the wastewater is no longer deleterious. Wastewater treatment or holding devices that retain any waste materials shall be designed and installed to facilitate periodic removal or treatment, or both.

(a) Treatment for reuse.

  1. Except as limited in subd. 2., graywater, storm water, clear water, blackwater and other wastewaters as approved by the department may be reused in conformance with s. SPS 382.70.

  2. Except as provided in subd. 3., wastewater discharged from water closets or urinals shall not be reused for drinking water.

  3. All treatment works permitted by the department of natural resources, or a POWTS which includes an in situ soil dispersal or treatment component may treat wastewater discharged from water closets or urinals for reuse.

(b) Deleterious waste materials. For the purpose of this subsection, deleterious waste materials include any waste material, other than that from dwelling units, which may:

  1. Congeal, coagulate or accumulate in drains and sewers, thereby, creating stoppages or retarding the discharge flow;

  2. Retard or interfere with municipal sewage treatment processes;

  3. Pass through a treatment process and pollute the watercourse receiving the treatment effluent;

  4. Create explosive, flammable, noxious, toxic or other hazardous mixtures of materials; or

  5. Damage, destroy or deteriorate sewers or piping materials or structures.

Note: See ch. ATCP 93 as to flammable, combustible, and hazardous liquids.

(c) Private systems. The special or industrial wastes from any plumbing system shall be treated, held or dispersed in compliance with the rules of the state agency having jurisdiction. The treatment, holding or dispersal system shall be installed so as not to endanger any water supply which is or may be used or which may create a nuisance, unsanitary conditions or water pollution.

(d) Velocity control. Interceptors, catch basins and other similar devices shall be designed, sized and installed so that flow rates shall be developed and maintained in a manner that solid and floating materials of a harmful, hazardous or deleterious nature will be collected in the interceptor for disposal.

(e) Maintenance. All devices installed for the purpose of intercepting, separating, collecting, holding or treating harmful, hazardous or deleterious materials in liquid or liquid-borne wastes shall be operated and cleaned of intercepted or collected materials or of any residual from treatment at such intervals which may be required to prevent their passage through the interceptor. Grease interceptors shall be maintained on a cycle not to exceed 90 days or per manufacturer’s instructions.

(f) Service reassembly. Any fixed orifice, vent or trap of an interceptor, catch basin or other similar device shall remain intact and shall not be removed or tampered with except for cleaning purposes. After service, all parts of the interceptor, collector or treatment device, such as baffles, weirs, orifice plates, channels, vents, traps, tops, and fastening bolts or screws shall be replaced in proper working position.

(g) Location.

  1. Wastewater holding devices, interceptors, catch basins and other similar devices shall be accessible for service, maintenance, repair and inspection.

a. No wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device may be surrounded or covered as to render it inaccessible for service or inspection.

b. No wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device may have its top located more than 6 feet above the surrounding floor.

c. Enough space shall be provided to enable the removal of any interior parts of the wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device.

d. At least 18 inches of clear space shall be provided above the top of the wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device.

  1. An exterior wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device shall not be located within 5 feet of a building or any portion of a building or swimming pool; 10 feet of water service; 2 feet of a lot line and 10 feet of a clearwater cistern.

  2. An exterior wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin, or similar device shall not be located within 10 feet of the high water mark of a lake, stream, pond or flowage.

  3. An exterior subsurface treatment tank holding component, or reservoir to be installed in an area subject to saturated conditions, shall be installed to effectively prevent flotation of the tank or component.

Note: The department of natural resources under chs. NR 811 and 812 may require additional setbacks. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(h) Disposition of retained materials. Deleterious waste materials retained by a wastewater holding device, interceptor, catch basin or similar device shall not be introduced into any drain, sewer or natural body of water without approval of the state agency having jurisdiction.

(4) Garage floor area wastewater.

(a) Garages for public buildings and facilities.

  1. Where a drain will be installed to receive the wastewater from floor areas of public buildings and facilities on which self-propelled land, air or water vehicles can be driven, the wastewater shall discharge using one of the following methods:

a. In areas where vehicles will be serviced, the wastewater shall discharge through a garage catch basin or oil interceptor connected to a municipal sewer or holding tank approved to receive industrial wastewater.

b. In areas where vehicles will be driven or stored, the wastewater shall discharge through a floor drain equipped with a solid bottom sediment bucket, garage catch basin or oil interceptor.

  1. Garage catch basins design shall conform to all of the following:

a. The holding area of the catch basin shall be watertight.

b. The catch basin shall have a minimum inside diameter of 36″.

c. The minimum depth of the basin shall be 24” measured from the lowest portion of the trap on the outlet of the basin.

d. The outlet of the basin shall be at least 4” in diameter and trapped with a water seal of at least 6” and constructed on the interior or exterior of the basin. Where an external trap is provided, the trap shall be within 36” of the basin.

e. Except as provided in subd. 5., the water line in the basin shall be at least 2” below all horizontal drains discharging into the basin. Where an external trap is provided, the measurement point on the horizontal drain shall be upstream of the trap.

f. The basin shall be provided with a cover at least 23 inches square or 23 inches in diameter.

g. Gravity drains from fixtures serving garage floor areas located on different floors from the basin may discharge into the basin if the drain stack carrying the wastewater is located at a distance equal to at least 20 times the inside diameter of the horizontal piping upstream of the basin.

h. Catch basins with solid covers shall be vented in accordance with sub. (8) (c).

  1. Drains with traps may connect to the garage catch basin under all of the following conditions:

a. The trap shall be a minimum of 3” in diameter.

b. Except as provided in subd. 3. c., the developed length from all trap outlets to the basin shall not exceed the distance as specified in Table 382.31-1.

c. Where the maximum distance exceeds that as specified in Table 382.31-1, the trap shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (3) and the connection to the basin shall form a 6-inch trap seal. The trap seal may be constructed on either the interior or exterior of the basin, but within 36” of the basin.

  1. Drains without traps may discharge into a garage catch basin under all of the following conditions:

a. The fixture drain shall have a minimum 4-inch inside diameter.

b. The fixture drain shall be piped with a 6-inch water seal constructed either on the interior or exterior of the basin.

c. An exterior trap shall be constructed within 36” of the basin.

d. The developed length of the fixture drain shall not exceed the distance equal to 24 times the diameter of the fixture drain.

e. Fixture drains shall individually discharge into a garage catch basin.

  1. Pressurized drains from garage floor areas discharging to a garage catch basin shall conform to all of the following conditions:

a. The pressurized drain piping shall terminate inside the basin with a 6-inch submerged inlet. The termination shall be at least 12” above the floor of the basin.

b. The pressurized equipment, devices and piping shall be designed and installed to produce a maximum velocity of 2 feet per second at the point of connection to the basin.

Note: Plans for garage floor discharge-holding tanks may require plan approval by the department of natural resources.

(b) Garages for one- and 2-family dwellings.

  1. Floor drains serving garages for one- and 2-family dwellings shall be provided with a removable solid bottom sediment basket.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

a. Except as permitted in subd. 2. b., catch basins serving garages for one- and 2-family dwellings shall be designed and installed in accordance with par. (a) 2.

b. The minimum inside diameter of catch basins serving garages for one- and 2-family dwellings shall be 18 inches.

(c) Grates for garage catch basins, floor drains and trenches. A garage catch basin, floor drain, and trench drain shall be provided with an approved, removable grate of sufficient strength for the anticipated loads. The grate shall have an available inlet area equal to at least the outlet drain for the catch basin, floor drain or trench drain.

(5) Grease and oil treatment.

(a) All plumbing installations for occupancies, other than dwelling units, where grease, fats, oils or similar waste products of cooking or food are introduced into the drain system shall be provided with grease and oil treatment in accordance with this subsection.

(b) General.

  1. ‘Public sewers.’ All new, altered or remodeled plumbing systems which discharge to public sewers shall be provided with one or more grease interceptors.

a. Where one or more exterior grease interceptors are provided all, and only, kitchen wastes shall be discharged to an exterior interceptor.

b. Except as required in subd. 1. c. or d., where one or more interior grease interceptors are provided the wastes from a food waste grinder, a sanitizing compartment of a sink or a rinse compartment of a sink, may bypass the interceptor or interceptors.

c. The wash compartment of a scullery sink shall discharge through a grease interceptor.

d. The pre-wash compartment not discharging through a garbage disposal shall discharge through a grease interceptor.

  1. ‘Private onsite wastewater treatment systems.’ All new, altered, or remodeled plumbing systems which discharge to private onsite wastewater treatment systems shall be provided with grease interceptors of sufficient capacity to ensure compliance with s. SPS 383.44 (2).

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., only kitchen and food wastes shall be discharged to an exterior grease interceptor.

b. For remodeling, when it is not practicable to separate kitchen and toilet wastes, combined kitchen wastes and toilet wastes may be discharged directly to a private onsite wastewater treatment component tank or tanks which conform to par. (c). The required capacity of a grease interceptor shall be added to the required septic tank capacity as specified in ch. SPS 383.

c. For holding tank installations, the combined kitchen and toilet wastes may discharge directly to a holding tank where the location accepting the pumpage from the tank provides written acceptance of the combined waste to the department.

  1. ‘Existing installations.’ The department or authority having jurisdiction may require the installation of any treatment device deemed necessary by the department or authority having jurisdiction for existing plumbing installations where the waterway of a drain system, sewer system, or private onsite wastewater treatment system is reduced or filled due to grease.

(c) Exterior grease interceptors. Exterior grease interceptors shall receive the entire greasy waste discharge from kitchens or food processing areas. All exterior interceptors shall be designed and constructed in accordance with this paragraph, so as to constitute an individual structure.

  1. ‘Design.’

a. The liquid depth of the interceptor shall not be less than 42” nor more than an average of 72”.

b. A rectangular interceptor tank shall have a minimum width of 36″ and a minimum length of 72”. The longest dimension of the tank shall be parallel to the direction of waste flow.

c. A horizontal-cylindrical interceptor tank shall have a minimum inside diameter of 52” and a minimum length of 72”. The longest dimension of the tank shall be parallel to the direction of waste flow.

d. Vertical-cylindrical interceptor tanks shall have a minimum inside diameter of 72”.

e. Each prefabricated interceptor tank shall be clearly marked to indicate liquid capacity and the name and address or registered trademark of the manufacturer. The markings shall be impressed into or embossed onto the outside wall of the tank immediately above the outlet opening. Each site-constructed concrete tank shall be clearly marked at the outlet opening to indicate the liquid capacity. The marking shall be impressed into or embossed onto the outside wall of the tank immediately above the outlet opening.

f. The inlet and outlet openings of interceptor tanks or tank compartments shall be provided with, open-end sanitary tee fittings or baffles, so designed and constructed as to distribute the flow and retain the grease in the tank or tank compartments. The sanitary tee fittings or baffles shall extend at least 6” above the liquid level. At least 2” of clear space shall be provided above the top of the sanitary tee fittings or baffles. The sanitary tee fitting or baffle at the inlet opening shall extend below the liquid level of the tank a distance equal to 1⁄3 of the total liquid depth. The sanitary tee fitting or baffle at the outlet opening shall extend below the liquid level of the tank a distance equal to 2⁄3 of the total liquid depth. The waterline in the interceptor shall be at least 2” below the horizontal drain discharging to the interceptor.

g. Any new or replacement exterior grease interceptor shall have at least two compartments. Each compartment of an interceptor tank shall be provided with at least one manhole opening located over either the inlet or outlet opening. Additional manhole openings shall be provided such that no interior compartment wall of a tank is more than 4 feet from the edge of the manhole opening. The distance between manhole openings serving the same compartment may not exceed 8 feet. Manhole openings shall be not less than 23 inches in the least dimension. Manholes shall terminate at or above ground surface and be of approved materials. Steel tanks shall have a minimum 2-inch collar for the manhole extensions permanently welded to the tank. The manhole extension on fiberglass tanks shall be of the same material as the tank and an integral part of the tank. The collar shall have a minimum height of 2 inches.

h. Manhole risers for interceptor tanks shall be provided with a substantial, fitted, watertight cover of concrete, steel, cast iron or other approved material. Manhole covers shall terminate at or above grade and shall have an approved locking device.

i. A minimum 4 × 6 inch permanent label shall be affixed to the manhole cover, identifying the interceptor tank with the words GREASE INTERCEPTOR. Where the tank acts as the septic tank and grease interceptor the label shall identify it as such. The wording used on the warning label shall be approved by the department, as part of the materials approval for the tank under ch. SPS 384.

j. An inlet or outlet opening which does not have a manhole opening as specified in subd. 1. g. shall be provided with an airtight inspection opening located over the inlet or outlet. The inspection opening shall be at least 4” in diameter. The inspection opening shall terminate at or above grade.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. ‘Capacity and sizing.’ The minimum liquid capacity of a grease interceptor shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this subdivision, except no grease interceptor may have a capacity of less than 1000 gallons if the interceptor is to discharge to a private onsite wastewater treatment system or less than 750 gallons if the interceptor is to discharge to a municipal sewer system and treatment facility.

a. The minimum capacity of a grease interceptor serving a restaurant with seating shall be equal to C, where

b. The minimum capacity of a grease interceptor serving a dining hall, hospital, nursing home, school kitchen, church kitchen or a kitchen for carryout or delivery service shall be equal to C, where: - See PDF for diagram

c. The minimum capacity of a grease interceptor as determined in subd. 2. a. or b. may be halved for establishments with all paper service, but may not be less than 1000 gallons if the interceptor is to discharge to a private sewage system or less than 750 gallons if the interceptor is to discharge to a municipal sewer system and treatment facility.

  1. ‘Installation.’

a. Grease interceptor tanks may not be located within 5 feet of a building or any portion of the building or swimming pool; 10 feet of a water service; 2 feet of a lot line; 10 feet of a cistern or 10 feet of a reservoir or high water mark of a lake, stream, pond or flowage.

Note: The department of natural resources under chs. NR 811 and 812 may require additional setbacks. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

b. Where a grease interceptor tank is installed in groundwater, the tank shall be adequately anchored.

c. Grease interceptor tanks shall be installed on a bedding of at least 3″ in depth. The bedding material shall be sand, gravel, granite, limerock or other noncorrosive materials of a size that all will pass through a 3⁄4” sieve.

d. The backfill material for steel and fiberglass grease interceptor tanks shall be as specified in subd. 3. c. for bedding and shall be tamped into place. The backfill material for concrete grease interceptor tanks shall be soil material, of a size that will pass through a 4 inch screen and shall be tamped into place.

e. All joints on concrete risers and manhole covers for a grease interceptor shall be tongue and groove or shiplap type and sealed watertight using neat cement, mortar or bituminous compound. All joints on steel risers for a grease interceptor shall be welded or flanged and bolted and be watertight. All steel manhole extensions from a grease interceptor shall be bituminous coated inside and outside. All methods of attaching fiberglass risers for a grease interceptor shall be watertight and approved by the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (11) (d) for material reprinted from s. NR 812.08. Section NR 812.08 may have additional setback requirements to wells.

(d) Interior grease interceptors.

  1. ‘Flow rating.’ An interior grease interceptor shall be capable of accommodating a flow of at least 15 gallons per minute, but not less than the manufacturer’s specifications.

  2. ‘Flow rate related to connected capacity.’ Three-fourths of the total holding capacity in gallons of all fixtures and devices discharging to an interior grease interceptor, shall not exceed the value of the maximum flow rate which the interceptor can accommodate.

  3. ‘Grease holding capacity as related to flow rate.’ The grease holding capacity in pounds shall not be less than double the value of the maximum flow rate which the interceptor can accommodate.

  4. ‘Flow controls.’ Where required by the manufacturer, devices which control the rate of flow through an interior grease interceptor shall be installed.

a. The flow control devices shall be accessible for inspection, service and cleaning.

b. Flow controls shall be installed in the drain branch leading to each fixture and shall be so rated that the combined flow from all combinations of discharge will not develop either sufficient static or velocity head so the established flow rate of the interceptor can be exceeded.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. ‘Flow control vents.’ Orifice type flow controls for an interior grease interceptor shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31.

  2. ‘Prohibited locations and types.’ No water-cooled grease interceptor may be installed. No grease interceptor may be located where the surrounding temperatures, under operating conditions, are less than 40° F.

  3. ‘Horizontal inlet requirements.’ A maximum of 12 inches of horizontal inlet pipe may be submerged.

  4. ‘Sizing calculations for greasy wok waste.’ For calculating greasy waste for a wok, the following formula may be used:

(e) Prohibited treatment. The introduction of grease or fat emulsifiers into a grease interceptor shall be prohibited.

(6) Automatic car washes. The wastes of floor drains and drain inlets of automatic car washes shall discharge through an approved car wash interceptor.

(a) Design. Except as provided in subds. 1. and 2. and par. (b), car wash interceptors shall be constructed and installed in accordance with sub. (4) (a) 2.

  1. The interceptor’s outlet shall be submerged to form a trap with a water seal of at least 15”.

  2. The bottom of the trap’s water seal shall be at least 30” above the bottom of the interceptor.

(b) Capacity. The minimum liquid capacity of the interceptor shall be based on the maximum flow rate of water through the interceptor in gallons per minute.

  1. Between the waterline and the bottom of the trap seal of the outlet, the interceptor shall have a capacity value equal to at least 5 times the maximum flow rate.

  2. Below the bottom of the trap seal of the outlet, the interceptor shall have a capacity value equal to at least 15 times the maximum flow rate.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Hand-held car washing wands. The wastes of floor drains and drain inlets serving 2 or more hand-held car washing wands shall discharge through an approved car wash interceptor. The wastes of one hand-held car washing wand may discharge to a garage catch basin.

(7) Commercial laundries. Wastes from gravity dump-type clothes washing equipment shall be discharged through an approved laundry interceptor in accordance with this subsection.

(a) Screening apparatus. A laundry interceptor shall be equipped with a wire basket or other device which will prevent the passage of solids, 1⁄2” or larger in diameter, string, buttons and other detrimental materials into the drain system.

(b) Trench type interceptors. A floor receptor, trench or trough as specified in s. SPS 382.33 (9) (c) 3., may serve as a laundry interceptor, if no oils or quantities of sand are discharged into it.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) In-line interceptor.

  1. In-line interceptors shall have a minimum inside diameter or horizontal dimension of 24”.

  2. An in-line interceptor shall be provided with an air-tight cover.

  3. An in-line interceptor shall be provided with a vent.

a. The vent shall extend from above the flow line to a vent terminal in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (16) or shall be connected to the venting system serving the sanitary drain system.

b. The diameter of the vent shall be at least one-half of the diameter of the interceptor’s outlet, but not less than 2”.

  1. The outlet for an in-line interceptor shall be at least 4″ in diameter. The outlet shall be submerged to form a trap with a water seal of at least 12”. The bottom of the trap’s water seal shall be at least 12” above the bottom of the interceptor.

  2. The waterline in an in-line interceptor shall be at least 2” below the bottom of the inlet opening for the interceptor.

(8) Oil and flammable liquids. Oily and flammable wastewater that discharges to a building sewer shall be intercepted or treated by a means acceptable to the department.

(a) Site-constructed interceptors. Site-constructed interceptors shall be designed in accordance with the requirements in sub. (4) (a) 2.

(b) Prefabricated oil interceptors and separators. Prefabricated oil interceptors and separators shall be manufactured with adequate capacity for the anticipated load.

(c) Venting. Oil and flammable interceptors and separators shall be so designed to prevent the accumulation of explosive gases.

  1. A covered interceptor or separator shall be provided with an individual vent of at least 3 inches in diameter. The vent shall extend from the top of the interceptor or separator or as high as possible, from the side of the interceptor or separator to a point at least 12 feet above grade.

  2. The drain pipe to the interceptor or separator shall be provided with a fresh air inlet connected within 2 feet of the inlet of the interceptor or separator. The fresh air inlet shall terminate at least one foot above grade, but not less than 6 feet below the terminating elevation of the vent serving the interceptor or separator. The fresh air inlet shall be at least 3 inches in diameter.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(9) Bottling establishments. Wastes containing glass of bottling establishments shall be discharged through an interceptor.

(10) Dairy product processing plants. Dairy wastes from dairy product processing plants shall be discharged through an interceptor.

(11) Meat processing plants and slaughterhouses. The wastes from meat processing areas, slaughtering rooms and meat dressing rooms shall be discharged through an approved interceptor to prevent the discharge of feathers, entrails, blood and other materials.

(12) Sand interceptors. Sand interceptors and other similar interceptors for heavy solids shall be so designed and located as to be accessible for cleaning. The outlet for the interceptor shall be submerged to form a trap with a water seal of at least 12”.

(13) Plaster and heavy solids trap type interceptors. Plaster sinks shall be provided with plaster and heavy solids trap type interceptors.

(a) The interceptor shall be installed as the fixture trap.

(b) The drain piping between the sink and the interceptor shall not exceed a length of 36”.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(14) Chemical waste piping systems. All chemical wastes having a pH level of less than 5.5 or more than 10.0 shall discharge to a holding tank for proper disposal or to a drain system in accordance with this subsection.

(a) Chemical dilution and neutralizing basins.

  1. All chemical wastes discharging into a drain system shall be diluted, neutralized or treated to a pH level of 5.5 to 10.0 by passing through an approved dilution or neutralizing basin before discharging to a building sewer.

  2. Dilution and neutralizing basins shall have the minimum retention capacities in accordance with one of the following requirements:

a. The minimum retention capacity shall be as specified in Table 382.34.

b. The minimum retention capacity shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications.

c. The minimum retention capacity for a quantity exceeding 150 sinks or for special uses or installations shall be approved by the department.

  1. Where a sufficient supply of diluting water cannot be provided to a dilution or neutralizing basin, the basin shall be filled with marble or limestone chips of not less than one inch nor more than 3” in diameter to the level of the basin’s outlet.

  2. Either the inlet or outlet of a dilution or neutralizing basin shall be submerged to form a trap with a water seal of at least 4”.

(b) Vents. Vents for chemical waste systems shall be sized and installed in accordance with all of the following:

  1. Dilution and neutralizing basins with submerged inlets shall have a sanitary vent connected to the basin and a chemical waste vent connected to the inlet pipe. The pitch and the developed length of the drain between the submerged basin inlet and the chemical waste vent shall be in accordance with Table 382.31-1.

  2. Dilution and neutralizing basins with submerged outlets shall have a chemical waste vent connected to the basin and a sanitary vent connected to the outlet pipe. The pitch and the developed length of the drain between the submerged basin outlet and the sanitary vent shall be in accordance with Table 382.31-1.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. The vents for a chemical waste basin shall be sized based on the number of drainage fixture units discharging into the basin and installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.31.

(15) Special wastewater or mixed wastewater treatment or containment devices. Mixed wastewater treatment and containment devices, decontamination tanks or other special wastewater treatment devices shall discharge to a dispersal or treatment system in accordance with this section or as approved by the department.

Note: A sanitary permit may be required. See ch. SPS 383 for requirements relating to containment tank installation with no valved discharge.

(a) Installation.

  1. Exterior containment devices or treatment systems for mixed wastewater, decontamination tanks and other special wastewater treatment devices shall not be located within 5 feet of a building or any portion of the building or swimming pool; 10 feet of a water service; 2 feet of a lot line; 10 feet of a clearwater cistern or 10 feet of the high water mark of a lake, stream, pond or flowage.

Note: The department of natural resources under chs. NR 811 and 812 may require additional setbacks. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. Containment devices or treatment systems for mixed wastewater, decontamination tanks, or other special wastewater treatment devices shall be constructed in accordance with s. SPS 384.25 or as approved by the department.

(b) Vents. Vents for mixed wastewater, decontamination tanks and other special wastewater treatment systems shall be sized and installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.31.

(c) Alarm system. Containment devices or treatment systems for mixed wastewater, decontamination tanks and other special wastewater treatment devices shall be equipped with an alarm.

(d) Sampling provision. Containment devices or treatment systems for mixed wastewater, decontamination tanks and other special wastewater treatment devices shall be equipped to allow the collection of a representative sample.

(e) Pump requirements.

  1. A discharge line serving a containment tank for servicing purposes shall comply with all of the following:

a. A pipe serving as the discharge line shall be of an acceptable type in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

b. A discharge line shall terminate with a service port consisting of a quick disconnect fitting with a removable plug.

c. The service port of a discharge line shall terminate at least 2 feet above final grade.

d. The service port of a discharge line shall be identified as such with a permanent sign with lettering at least 1/2 inch in height.

e. The service port of a discharge line shall be secured to a permanent support that is capable of withstanding the loads and forces placed on the port.

f. A discharge line shall be at least 3 inches in diameter.

Note: The requirements in s. SPS 382.34 (15) (e) 1. apply to all discharge lines whether gravity or pump discharge. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further information.

  1. Where a lift station is employed for servicing a containment tank, the pump discharge line shall conform with subd. 1., except as provided in subd. 2. a. and b.

a. A discharge line from the lift station shall be at least 2 inches in diameter.

b. The lift station pump shall be activated by means of a keyed-switch at the service port.

(f) Sizing. The volume of the mixed wastewater treatment or containment device shall be based on anticipated use.

(h) Wastewater retention. Where a containment tank has an outlet that is connected to a drain system, the outlet shall include a means to contain the wastewater from entering the drain system until proven to be safe for discharge.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (4) (a) 2. b., (5) (b) 2. intro., c. and (c) 4. b., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (4) (a) 2. c. and g., 3. a., (5) (b) 1. f. and j., 3. a., (c) 1., (8) (a) 2. c., r. and recr. (5) (a) 1., r. (5) (b) 3. e. and (c) (intro.), renum. (5) (b) 3. f. to be (5) (b) 3. e., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; am. (5) (a) 2. (intro.), 3. and (b) 2. (intro.), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; am. (4) (b) 2., Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (1), (2), (4) (a), (8) (a) and (b), am. (3) (intro.), (6) (a) (intro.) and (14) (b) (intro.), renum. (3) (a) to (f) to be (3) (b) to (g), cr. (3) (a) and (14) (b) 3., r. (3) (g), Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (4) (a) 2. b. and (5) (b) 1. g. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 08-055: am. (3) (a) 1., r. and recr. (4) (b) 2. and (14) (a) 2., renum. (5) (intro.) to (d) to be (5) (a) to (e) and am. (5) (a) and (b), cr. (5) (c) 7. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-08; CR 10-064: am. (title), (1), (2), (3) (intro.), (a), (c), (e), (g), (h), (4) (a) 2. f., (5) (c) 3. a., r. (6) (d), cr. (15) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (15) (e) 2. (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2010 No. 660; correction in (2), (3) (a) 1., (4) (a) 3. b., c., (5) (b) 2. b., (c) 1. i., (d) 5., (7) (b), (c) 3. a., (14) (a) 2. a., (b) 1., 2., 3., (15) (a) 2., (b), (e) 1. a. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (3) (e), cr. (3) (g) 4., am. (4) (b) 1., (c), (5) (b) 2., 3., (c) (intro.), 1. g., (d) 7., cr. (5) (d) 8., am. (15) (a) 2., cr. (15) (g), (h) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (5) (c) 1. g. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (5) (d) 4., r. (15) (g) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.35 Cleanouts {#sec-sps-382.35 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.35}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the installation of cleanouts and manholes for all drain piping.

(2) Materials. Cleanouts shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) Where required.

(a) Horizontal drains. Except as permitted under s. SPS 382.30 (15) (b), all gravity horizontal drains within or under a building shall be accessible through a cleanout in accordance with one of the following requirements:

  1. The developed length of drain piping between cleanouts for above-ground piping may not exceed 75 feet.

  2. The developed length of drain piping between cleanouts for below ground piping 2 inches or less in diameter may not exceed 40 feet.

  3. The developed length of drain piping between cleanouts for below ground piping greater than 2 inches in diameter may not exceed 75 feet.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Sanitary building sewers.

  1. Sanitary building sewers 6” or less in diameter shall be provided with cleanouts or manholes such that:

a. Cleanouts are located not more than 100 feet apart;

b. Manholes are located not more than 400 feet apart;

c. The distance from a cleanout to a manhole located upstream is not more than 200 feet; or

d. The distance from a manhole to a cleanout located upstream is not more than 300 feet.

  1. Sanitary building sewers 8” or larger in diameter shall be provided with manholes at:

a. Every horizontal change in direction of more than 45 degrees where the change in direction is created within a distance of less than 10 feet;

b. Every change in pipe diameters where both connections are 8 inches or larger; and

c. Intervals of not more than 400 feet.

(c) Storm building sewers.

  1. Storm building sewers 10” or less in diameter shall be provided with cleanouts or manholes such that:

a. Cleanouts are located not more than 100 feet apart;

b. Manholes are located not more than 400 feet apart;

c. The distance from a cleanout to a manhole located upstream is not more than 200 feet; or

d. The distance from a manhole to a cleanout located upstream is not more than 300 feet.

  1. Storm building sewers 12” or larger in diameter shall be provided with manholes or storm drain inlets with an inside diameter of at least 36” at:

a. Every horizontal change in direction of more than 45 degrees where the change in direction is created within a distance of less than 10 feet,

b. Every change in pipe diameter where both connections are 12 inches or larger, and

c. Intervals of not more than 400 feet.

(d) Private interceptor main sewers.

  1. Private interceptor main sewers 5″ or less in diameter shall be provided with an exterior cleanout or manhole upstream of the point of the creation of the private interceptor main sewer and such that:

a. Cleanouts are located not more than 100 feet apart;

b. Manholes are located not more than 400 feet apart;

c. The distance from a cleanout to a manhole located upstream is not more than 200 feet; or

d. The distance from a manhole to a cleanout located upstream is not more than 300 feet.

  1. Private interceptor main sewers 6″ or larger in diameter shall be provided with a manhole at:

a. The most upstream point of the private interceptor main sewer;

b. Every horizontal change in direction of more than 45 degrees where the change in direction is created within a distance of less than 10 feet,

c. Every change in pipe diameter where both connections are 6 inches or larger, and

d. Intervals of not more than 400 feet.

(e) Junction of building drain and building sewer. A cleanout shall be provided near the junction of a building drain and a building sewer.

  1. The cleanout shall be located within 5 feet of where the building drain and the building sewer connect. The cleanout may be located either inside or outside the building.

  2. A cleanout in a drain stack may serve as the cleanout at the junction of the building drain and building sewer, if the stack is within 5 feet of where the building drain and building sewer connect.

(f) Stacks. Where a cleanout is provided in a drain stack, the cleanout shall be located not more than 60 inches above the lowest floor penetrated by the stack.

(g) Branches.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., cleanouts shall be provided in connection with batteries of fixtures at such points that all parts of the branch drain may be accessible for cleaning or removal of stoppages. For the purposes of this requirement, removable fixture traps may serve as cleanout openings.

  2. A cleanout shall not be required for a branch drain when the fixtures on the branch include one floor outlet fixture and any fixtures discharging into an accompanying wet vent.

(h) Greasy wastes. Drain pipes carrying greasy wastes shall be provided with cleanouts located not more than 40 feet apart and at all changes in direction of more than 45°.

(i) Double sanitary tees. A cleanout shall be provided immediately above or below a double sanitary tee drain fitting which is installed in a vertical drain pipe of less than 3” in diameter, unless a stack cleanout is provided in accordance with par. (f).

(j) Traps and fixture drains.

  1. All traps shall be constructed or installed so that stoppages may be removed from the traps and the horizontal portions of fixture drains.

  2. If a trap is not accessible for removal or does not contain a removable dip, a cleanout or a removable inlet shall be installed to enable cleaning of the trap passageway and the horizontal portions of the fixture drain.

(k) Conductors. Where a cleanout is provided in a conductor, the cleanout shall be located not more than 60 inches above the lowest floor penetrated by the conductor.

(L) Sampling manholes. Municipalities or sanitary sewage districts by ordinance or rule may require the installation of sampling manholes for periodic sewage monitoring.

Note: The installation of sampling manholes may be needed for the monitoring of industrial wastes under chs. NR 200 to 299. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(m) Catch basins and interceptors. The fixture drain from all interceptors designed in accordance with s. SPS 382.34 (4) (a) 2. shall be provided with an accessible cleanout located outside of the basin and not more than 15 inches from the weir of the trap.

(4) Direction of flow. Every cleanout shall be installed so as to open in the direction of the waste flow or at a right angle thereto.

(5) Accessibility. Cleanout plugs shall not be covered with cement, plaster, or any other similar permanent finishing material.

(a) Underground piping. Cleanouts installed in underground drain piping shall be extended vertically to or above the finish grade.

  1. All interior and exterior cleanouts where the vertical distance between the horizontal drain pipe being served and the top of the cleanout opening exceeds 18 inches in length, shall connect to the drain piping through a fitting as specified in Table 382.30–4.

  2. A cleanout located outside of a building shall be provided with a frost sleeve.

a. The frost sleeve shall be of a material approved for building sewers in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (2) (c).

b. Where a cleanout is located in an area subject to vehicular traffic the top of the frost sleeve shall terminate in a concrete pad at least 4” thick and extending at least 9” from the sleeve on all sides, sloping away from the sleeve.

c. The bottom of the frost sleeve shall terminate 6” to 12” above the top of the drain piping or at least 6” below the predicted frost depth in accordance with s. SPS 382.30 Table 382.30-6.

d. The frost sleeve shall have a removable watertight top of sufficient thickness and strength to sustain the weight of anticipated traffic.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Concealed piping. Cleanout access for drain piping located in concealed spaces shall be provided by either extending the cleanout to at least the surface of a wall or floor or by providing access panels of a sufficient size to permit removal of the cleanout plug and proper cleaning of the pipe.

(6) Cleanout size.

(a) Cleanouts and cleanout extensions shall be sized in accordance with Table 382.35, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) The replacement or repair of a non-public 6-inch sanitary sewer may be served by an existing 4-inch extension within the building.

(7) Prohibited use of cleanout openings. Cleanout openings shall not be used for the installation of fixtures or floor drains, except where another cleanout of equal access and capacity is provided.

(8) Manholes.

(a) Diameter. The minimum diameter of manholes shall be 42 inches. A manhole shall have a minimum access opening of 23 inches.

(b) Materials. Manholes shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384 and in accordance with the design provisions of s. NR 110.13.

Note: The provisions of s. NR 110.13 regarding the manhole’s flow channel, watertightness, and drop pipe indicate the following specifications:

—The flow channel through manholes shall be made to conform to the shape and slope of the sewer.

—Solid watertight manhole covers are to be used wherever the manhole tops may be flooded by street runoff or high water. Where groundwater conditions are unfavorable, manholes of brick or block shall be waterproofed on the exterior with plastic coatings supplemented by a bituminous waterproof coating or other approved coatings. Inlet and outlet pipes are to be joined to the manhole with a gasketed flexible watertight connection or any watertight connection arrangement that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place.

—An outside drop pipe is to be provided for a sewer entering a manhole where the invert elevation of the entering sewer is 2 feet or more above the spring line of the outgoing sewer. The entire drop connection shall be encased in the concrete. Inside drop connection may be approved on a case-by-case basis.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; am. (3) (i), r. and recr. (3) (j), Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (5) (a) 2. a., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; r. and recr. (3) (j) and (5) (a) 2. c., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; CR 02-002: am. (3) (a) and (d) 1. (intro.), renum. (3) (g) to be (3) (g) 1. and am., cr. (3) (g) 2. and (m), r. and recr. (5) (a) 1. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-055: r. and recr. (3) (a), am. (3) (b) 2. a., b., (c) 2. a., b., (d) 2. b., c., (5) (a) 1. and Table 82.35 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2), (3) (m), (5) (a) 1., 2. a., c., (6), (8) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (3) (a) (intro.), (f), r. and recr. (6), am. (8) (a) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.; correction in (6) (b) made under s. 35.17, Stats, Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (3) (a) (intro.), (k) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.36 Stormwater and clearwater plumbing systems {#sec-sps-382.36 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.36}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the design, installation and maintenance of piping, conveyance, venting, detention and treatment of stormwater and clearwater in plumbing systems.

Note: Refer to ch. NR 151 for stormwater management requirements.

(2) Materials. All stormwater and clearwater plumbing systems shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (3).

(3) Design of stormwater plumbing systems.

(a) Plumbing systems upstream of detention shall be designed, at a minimum, based on the 10-year, 24-hour storm event.

(b) Plumbing detention systems and plumbing systems located downstream of detention shall be designed based on anticipated flows and volumes.

(c) Stormwater and clearwater infiltration systems shall comply with s. SPS 382.365.

(d) Tank access shall comply with all the following:

  1. Each compartment of a detention tank used for the reduction of total suspended solids shall be provided with a manhole opening. For compartments with multiple inlets or outlets a manhole or a cleanout, as determined under s. SPS 382.35 (6) Table 382.35, shall be provided at all additional inlets and outlets.

  2. The distance between manhole openings serving the same compartment may not exceed 50 feet.

  3. A manhole opening shall be not less than 23 inches in the least dimension.

  4. A manhole shall terminate at or above ground surface and be of approved materials. Steel tanks shall have a minimum 2-inch collar for the manhole extensions permanently welded to the tank. The manhole extension on fiberglass tanks shall be of the same material as the tank and an integral part of the tank. The collar shall have a minimum height of 2 inches.

  5. Manhole risers shall be provided with a substantial, fitted, watertight cover of concrete, steel, cast iron, or other approved material.

  6. Manhole covers shall terminate at or above grade and shall have an approved locking device.

  7. Tanks shall conform to provisions of s. SPS 384.25.

(e) Tank labeling shall comply with all the following:

  1. Covers for all tank openings larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be provided with a permanent warning label indicating the dangers of entering the tank, in accordance with this paragraph.

  2. The warning label shall be securely attached and made of a noncorrosive metal or plastic bearing the legend “DO NOT ENTER WITHOUT PROPER EQUIPMENT” or “DANGEROUS GASES EXIST IN TANK” or similar language.

  3. The label shall be rectangular in shape with minimum dimensions of 4 by 5 inches.

  4. The wording on the label shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch in height and be either indented or raised.

Note: For a listing of best management practices (BMPs) refer to ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.36 (3)-1.

Note: Where local discharge requirements are more stringent, stormwater plumbing systems may provide detention and treatment to comply with the local stormwater management plan.

(4) Discharge and connections.

(a) Discharge points. The discharge points for stormwater and clearwater shall be as specified in Table 382.38-1.

(b) Segregation of wastewater.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., stormwater or clearwater piping may not connect to a sanitary drain system.

  2. Where a combined sanitary-storm sewer system is available, stormwater, clearwater and sanitary wastewater may be combined in the building sewer.

  3. Stormwater gravity drains shall not be combined with clearwater drains prior to discharging to the storm building drain except where approved by the department.

Note: See also Table SPS 382.38-1 which limits clearwater discharges to sanitary sewer at 50 gpd.

Note: For the use of stormwater or reuse of clearwater, refer to the appropriate requirements in ss. SPS 382.30, 382.34, 382.40, 382.41, 382.70 and this section.

Note: For further explanatory material regarding the rational method, other methods and runoff co-efficients, see ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.36 (4).

(5) Input calculations.

(a) Peak flow. The peak flow of stormwater influent to a plumbing system shall be calculated using any of the following methods:

  1. ‘Area method.’ For sizing of conveyance piping, when calculating stormwater peak flow based on the tributary area, the area in square feet shall be divided by the following applicable divisors:

a. For roofs the divisor is 26 square feet/gpm.

b. For paved or graveled ground surfaces the divisor is 32.5 square feet/gpm.

c. For lawns, parks and similar land surfaces the divisor is 104 square feet/gpm.

Note: For example, 10,000 square feet of roof area/26 square feet/gpm = 385 gpm or 0.85 cubic feet/second.

  1. ‘Rational method.’ For calculating peak flow, the intensity shall be determined using the time of concentration for the tributary area.

Note: For the equation procedure for runoff coefficients for use with the rational method, refer to ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.36 (5)-1.

  1. ‘Engineering analysis method.’ An engineering analysis shall be based on an analysis provided by a Wisconsin registered architect, registered professional engineer, or permitted designer of engineering systems - plumbing, or an approved alternate standard per s. SPS 381.20 (2) based on the peak flow calculated in accordance with sub. (3) (a).

Note: A model that calculates peak flow such as SWMM, TR-20, TR-55, P8 or an equivalent methodology may be used.

(b) Volume. The volume of stormwater influent to a plumbing system shall be based on an analysis provided by a Wisconsin registered architect, registered professional engineer, or permitted designer of engineering systems – plumbing, or an approved alternate standard per s. SPS 381.20 (2) and a minimum of a two-year, 24-hour storm event and designed so that no property damage occurs at 100-year, 24-hour storm event with a Type II distribution.

Note: For runoff coefficients and use of other methods or models, refer to ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.36 (5)-2 and A-382.36 (5)-3.

Note: The intensity of rainfall varies considerably during a storm as well as geographic regions. To represent various regions of the United States, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) developed four synthetic 24-hour rainfall distribution types from available National Weather Service (NWS) duration-frequency data (Hershfield 1961; Frederick et al., 1977) or local storm data. Type IA is the least intense and type II is the most intense short duration rainfall. Types I and IA represent the Pacific maritime climate with wet winters and dry summers. Type III represents Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic coastal areas where tropical storms bring large 24-hour rainfall amounts. Type II represents the rest of the country, including Wisconsin. For more information, see the USDA-NRCS webpage: http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/.

(c) Additional inputs to stormwater systems. Additional inputs to stormwater systems shall be estimated based on anticipated flows and volumes.

(6) Conveyance and detention systems.

(a) Design. The design of stormwater and clearwater conveyance systems shall conform to all of the following:

  1. Horizontal stormwater conveyance piping shall be sized using either of the following:

a. An engineering analysis, based on full flow capacity, acceptable to the department.

b. Tables 382.36-1 to 382.36-5 based on pipe type, diameter and pitch.

a. A vertical conductor for stormwater may not be smaller than the largest horizontal branch discharging into the conductor.

b. Vertical conductors shall be sized in accordance with Tables 382.36-1 and 382.36-3 or by an engineering analysis acceptable to the department.

Note: For the use of Baird’s equation, refer to ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.36 (6)-1.

  1. Clearwater conveyance systems shall be sized in accordance with s. SPS 382.30 (3) and (4).

  2. Underground, gravity-flow storm building sewers shall have a minimum 3-inch inside diameter.

(b) Velocity in stormwater conveyance system piping. The pitch of stormwater conveyance system piping shall be designed to create a minimum velocity of one foot per second when flowing full.

(c) Fittings and connections.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., fittings and connections for stormwater and clearwater conveyance systems shall comply with s. SPS 382.30 (8) and (9).

  2. The minimum radius for the first 90° fitting located downstream of a roof drain shall comply with the horizontal to vertical requirements in Table 382.30-4.

(d) Stack offsets. Stack offsets for piping of a clearwater conveyance system piping shall comply with s. SPS 382.30 (6).

(e) Pitch of clearwater gravity conveyance system piping.

  1. The minimum pitch of gravity conveyance system piping having a 2-inch inside diameter or less shall be 1/8 inch per foot.

  2. The minimum pitch of clearwater gravity conveyance system piping having at least a 3-inch inside diameter or more shall be 1/16 inch per foot.

(f) Branch connections near base of stack. Branch drains from interior clearwater inlets may not connect downstream from the base fitting or fittings of a drain stack within a distance equal to 20 pipe diameters of the building drain.

(g) Detention systems.

  1. The storage volume of a dry detention system shall be designed and installed with a drain time of 72 hours after a storm event.

  2. Paved surfaces or parking lots serving as detention areas shall be limited to a design depth of 6 inches, unless otherwise limited by local ordinance.

  3. By design, ground surface ponding shall drain within 24 hours after a storm event.

  4. A subsurface stormwater detention system that has a permanent pool of water shall be designed and installed in a manner that accomplishes vector control.

Note: To convert to cubic feet per second (cfs) divide gpm by 448.8.

Note: To convert to cubic feet per second (cfs) divide gpm by 448.8.

Note: To convert to cubic feet per second (cfs) divide gpm by 448.8.

Note: To convert to cubic feet per second (cfs) divide gpm by 448.8.

(7) Other design requirements.

(a) Subsoil drains.

  1. A subsoil drain discharging to a plumbing system shall discharge into an area drain, manhole or storm sewer, trapped receptor or a sump with a pump.

  2. Where a foundation drain is subject to backwater, the drain shall be protected by a backwater valve or a sump with a pump.

(b) Backwater valve. All backwater valves shall be accessible for maintenance.

(c) Sewer location.

  1. No storm building sewer or private interceptor main storm sewer may pass through or under a building to serve another building, unless one of the following conditions is met:

a. The storm building sewer or private interceptor main storm sewer serves farm buildings or farm houses, or both, that are located on one property.

b. Where a storm building sewer or private interceptor main storm sewer serves buildings that are located on one property, a document that indicates the piping and distribution arrangement for the property and buildings is recorded with the register of deeds no later than 90 days after installation.

  1. The location of storm building drains and building sewers shall comply with ss. SPS 382.30 (11) (d) and 382.40 (8) (b) 7.

(d) Installation requirements.

  1. The connection of a stormwater leader discharging to a storm building sewer shall be made at or above the finished grade.

Note: For more information regarding joints and connections, refer to s. SPS 384.40.

1m. If connecting indirectly and at finished grade, a removable strainer shall protect the inlet. The capacity of the strainer shall be provided in accordance with sub. (9) (b).

  1. The elevation of a storm building drain shall comply with s. SPS 382.30 (11) (b) 1.

  2. Interior inlets and drains subject to backflow or backwater shall be protected with a check valve or backwater valve.

  3. Storm building drains and building sewers shall be installed to comply with s. SPS 382.30 (11) (e).

  4. Storm building sewer connections to public sewers shall be in accordance with s. SPS 382.30 (11) (f).

  5. Cleanouts for conveyance system piping shall be installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.35.

  6. Storm building sewers that receive clearwater and that may be subject to freezing shall be installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.30 (11) (c) 2.

  7. Storm building drains, clearwater building drains, and building storm sewers and appurtenances shall be separated from water wells by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812, or as otherwise permitted by the department of natural resources.

  8. All underground stormwater storage tanks for water reuse shall be separated from sanitary sewers by a minimum of 8 feet.

a. A means to locate buried non-metallic storm building sewers and private interceptor main sewers that discharge to municipal mains shall be provided in accordance with the options under s. SPS 382.30 (11) (h), except as provided in subd. 10. b.

b. Tracer wire insulation color for non-metallic storm pipe shall be brown.

  1. Subsoil drain connections to the storm sewer shall be installed at a point above the horizontal center line of the storm sewer in such a manner that the subsoil drain is entirely above the top of the building sewer; or be provided with a backwater valve.

(e) Hydrodynamic stormwater separators. Hydrodynamic stormwater separators shall conform to ASTM C1745/C1745M.

(8) Sumps and pumps.

(a) Sumps.

  1. ‘General.’ All storm building subdrains shall discharge into a sump, the contents of which shall be automatically lifted and discharged, dispersed or used in accordance with sub. (4).

  2. ‘Construction and installation.’

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. c. and d., an interior sump shall have a rim extending at least one inch above the floor immediately adjacent to the sump.

b. A sump shall have a removable cover of sufficient strength for anticipated loads.

c. Where a sump is installed in an exterior meter pit or elevator pit, the rim may be level with the floor.

d. When a sump is provided with an airtight, solid cover.

  1. ‘Location.’ All sumps installed for the purpose of receiving clearwater, groundwater or stormwater shall be separated from water wells by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812, or as otherwise permitted by the department of natural resources.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (11) (d) for material reprinted from s. NR 812.08.

  1. ‘Size.’

a. Except as permitted under subd. 4. b. or c. the size of each sump shall be no smaller than 16 inches in diameter at the top, 14 inches in diameter at the bottom, and 22 inches in depth, but in no case smaller than the manufacturer requirements to ensure sufficient pump run time.

b. The minimum sump diameter may be smaller than 16 inches when specified by the manufacturer for a combination sump and pump.

c. A sump located in an elevator pit may have a width or diameter of not less than 12 inches and a depth of not less than 12 inches.

  1. ‘Solid covered sumps.’ A storm or clearwater sump with a solid cover shall be vented. The vent shall terminate a minimum of 1 inch above finished floor and be sized per Table 382.31-4. In lieu of a separate vent, a sealed sump may incorporate a radon vent connected to the subsoil drain or sump cover.

(b) Pumps.

  1. ‘Size.’ The pump shall be of a capacity appropriate for the anticipated use.

  2. ‘Discharge piping.’

a. Where a pump discharges into a storm drain system, a check valve shall be installed.

b. The minimum diameter discharge piping shall be based on the design flow rate of the pump and a minimum velocity of one foot/second.

  1. ‘Clearwater discharge.’ Clearwater may not discharge into a stormwater sump, except for one- and 2-family dwellings and sumps located in elevator hoistways.

Note: All drains located in elevator hoistways must comply with the requirements of s. SPS 382.33 (9) (f).

(9) Inlet requirements.

(a) Interior clearwater drain inlets. Interior clearwater drain inlets shall terminate at least one inch above the finished floor.

(b) Exterior stormwater inlets.

  1. ‘Construction.’

a. All exterior stormwater inlets shall be constructed of material in accordance with s. SPS 384.30.

Note: For additional information on approved materials, refer to s. SPS 384.30 (3) (f).

b. All exterior stormwater inlets subject to vehicular traffic shall be set on a suitable base capable of sustaining the anticipated load.

  1. ‘Design.’ All exterior stormwater inlets shall be designed for the anticipated flow.

Note: For manhole requirements, refer to s. SPS 382.35 (3).

  1. ‘Inlet grates.’

a. General. All inlets shall be provided with a well-fitted, removable grate of a thickness and strength to sustain the anticipated loads.

Note: Sections SPS 362.1101 to 362.1110 specify that for floor or ground surface inlets when placed within an identifiable accessible route, openings in the floor or ground surface shall be of a size that does not permit the passage of a ½-inch sphere. Also, it states that grates having elongated openings be placed so that the longest dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel.

b. Floor or ground surface inlets. Openings in the floor or ground surface shall be of a size that prohibits the entrapment of wheeled vehicles, wheelchairs or pedestrians within the grate openings.

c. Grates on horizontal pipes. Grates shall be provided on horizontal inlets greater than 6 inches in diameter. The grates shall be placed so that the rods or bars are not more than 3 inches downstream of the inlet. Rods or bars shall be spaced so that the openings do not permit the passage of a 6-inch sphere.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Subsurface areas of 50 square feet or less. Other than stairwells, all subsurface areas not exceeding 50 square feet and exposed to the weather, shall comply with one of the following:

  1. Drain to foundation drains through a minimum 2-inch diameter pipe or a through a continuous layer of washed stone aggregate.

  2. Drain to the storm building drain, storm subdrain or storm sewer through a minimum 3-inch diameter pipe.

(d) Subsurface areas of more than 50 square feet and stairwells. An area drain shall be provided in subsurface areas greater than 50 square feet and in all stairwells exposed to the weather. The area drain shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Drain to the storm building drain, storm subdrain or storm sewer.

  2. The fixture drain shall have a minimum 3-inch inside diameter and may not discharge into a subsoil or foundation drain.

(10) Roof drains.

(a) General roofs. Conventional roof, deck, and balcony drains shall conform to ASME A112.6.4 and the following:

Note: Roof structure requirements are contained in chs. SPS 361-366.

  1. Roof drains shall be equipped with strainers extending not less than 4 inches above the surface of the roof immediately adjacent to the roof drain. Strainers shall have an available inlet area above the roof not less than 1.5 times the area of the conductor to which the drain connects.

  2. Roof strainers used on sun decks, open parking decks, and similar areas shall be of the flat surface type, shall be level with the deck, and shall have an available inlet area not less than 2 times the area of the conductor to which the drain connects.

(b) Siphonic roof drains. Siphonic roof drains shall conform to ASME A112.6.9 or ASTM F2021 and be indelibly marked with the following minimum information:

  1. The dome, bodies, and baffle plates shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name or trademark.

  2. The baffle plate and drain body shall be marked with the baffle plate model number, resistance value, k, and words, “replace missing baffle with model .”

  3. The design of siphonic roof drainage systems shall conform to ASPE 45.

(c) Controlled flow roof drains.

  1. ‘Application.’ In lieu of sizing the roof drain piping based on actual maximum horizontal roof areas as specified in sub. (5) (a) 1., the roof drain piping may be sized based on the equivalent adjusted maximum horizontal projected roof areas which result from controlled flow and storage of storm water on the roof.

  2. ‘Installation.’ Control of storm water runoff shall be by control devices. Control devices shall be protected by strainers.

  3. ‘Sizing.’ Two or more drains shall be installed on roof areas less than or equal to 10,000 square feet in area, 4 or more drains shall be installed on roof areas greater than 10,000 square feet in area.

  4. ‘Storms.’ The water from a 10-year, 24-hour storm event may not be stored on the roof for greater than 24 hours.

(d) Secondary roof drains.

  1. ‘Sizing.’ When secondary roof drain systems are installed the secondary system shall be sized and installed in accordance with the requirements in this section using the same calculations and methods as the primary system.

  2. ‘Prohibited connection.’ Secondary roof drain systems may not be connected to primary roof drain systems.

  3. ‘Discharge.’ All secondary roof drain systems shall discharge in accordance with Table 382.38-1.

  4. ‘Openings.’ The opening for the secondary roof drainage shall be not less than 2 inches and not more than 4 inches above the bottom opening of the primary roof drain.

  5. ‘Overflow drains.’ Secondary overflow drains and overflow standpipes rim elevations shall be not less than 2 inches and not more than four inches above the bottom elevation of the primary roof drains.

  6. ‘Overflow drains.’ Secondary overflow drains and overflow standpipes rim elevations may not exceed 5 inches in height above the adjacent roof elevation served by the primary roof drains.

(12) Traps and vents.

(a) Traps.

  1. Traps are required for interior drain inlets receiving clearwater.

  2. Except for exterior loading dock drains, traps are required for exterior drain inlets located within 10 feet of an air inlet, door or openable window.

  3. More than one drain inlet may discharge to the same trap.

  4. A foundation drain that discharges by gravity to a storm sewer shall be trapped. The trap shall be provided with cleanouts.

(b) Vents.

  1. A trap receiving clearwater shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31. Vent piping for a clearwater drain system may not be connected to a vent system serving a sanitary drain system or chemical waste system.

a. Vents serving a solid covered sump shall terminate a minimum of 1 inch above finished floor or in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (16), except for s. SPS 382.31 (16) (d) 1. c. In lieu of a separate vent, a sealed sump may incorporate a radon vent connected to the subsoil drain or sump cover.

b. Sump vents shall be sized as per Table 382.31-4.

(13) Operation and maintenance.

(a) Plan. An operation and maintenance plan shall be implemented for all stormwater plumbing systems for drainage areas of one or more acres that are installed on or after December 1, 2004.

(b) Plan information. An operation and maintenance plan as required in par. (a) shall include at least all of the following information, applicable to the system:

  1. Accumulated solids or byproduct removal requirements.

  2. Identification of safety hazards.

  3. Cleaning and inspection schedule.

  4. Inspection and maintenance checklist, including at least the following items:

a. Filters.

b. Disinfection units.

c. Sedimentation chambers.

d. Detention devices.

e. Infiltration systems.

  1. Start up and shutdown procedures.

  2. Vector control requirements.

  3. A contingency plan in the event of system failure.

  4. Pre-construction runoff volume.

  5. Post-construction runoff volume.

  6. Infiltration volume.

  7. Detention volume.

(c) Plan location. The operation and maintenance plan shall remain onsite and be available for inspection when requested by the department.

(d) Record of maintenance. When requested the owner shall make available for inspection all maintenance records to the department or agent for the life of the system.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. (3) (a) and (b) 1., (c) 1. and (11) (a) 4., cr. (3) (c) 3., Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; renum. (13) (a) and (b) to be (b) and (c) and am. (b) 1., cr. (3) (b) 3. and (13) (a), r. (3) (c) 3. and (13) (intro.), Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; reprinted to correct error in (5) (e) 2., Register, October, 1991, No. 430; am. (3) (b) 1., (c) 1. a., (13) (b) 1. and (c), cr. (11) (a) 5., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; r. and recr. (11) (a) 2. and 5., Register, April, 1998, No. 508, eff. 5-1-98; renum. and am. (3) (b) 3. a. to be (3) (b) 3. and (3) (b) 3. b. to be (3) (b) 4., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; am. (3) (b) 3., (4) (a), (5) (a) and (6) (a), cr. (3) (b) 5. and Table 82.36-4a, Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (3), (11) (a) 3., (13) (a) 2., (15) (a) and (b), am. (5) (e) (intro.), (10), (12), (14) and Table 82.36-4 Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: r. and recr. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-069: cr. (7) (d) 10. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 08-055: am. (4) (b) 3. and (8) (a) 4., r. and recr. (11) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2), (3) (c), (4) (a), (6) (a) 1. b., 2. b., 3., (c) 1., 2., (d), (7) (c) 2., (d) 2., 4., 5., 6., 7., 10. a., (9) (b), (11), (c), (12) (b) 1., 2. b. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: cr. (3) (d), (e), am. (4) (title), (5) (a) 3., (b), cr. (6) (g) 4., am. Table 382.36-1, Table 382.36-3, (7) (d) 1., cr. (7) (d) 1m., 11., (e), am. (8) (a) 4. a., cr. (8) (a) 5., (b) 3., r. and recr. (10), r. (11), am. (12) (b) 2. a., cr. (13) (b) 1. a. to d. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; renum. (13) (b) 1. a. to d. to (13) (b) 8. to 11.; corrections in (12) (b) 2. a. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7. and s. 35.17, Stats., and correction made in (3) (d) 4., (7) (d) 1m., (8) (a) 5. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. Table 382.36-1 (title), Table 382.36-3, (7) (d) 1m., (e), (8) (b) 3. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; republished to correct an error in transcription in Table 382.36-3 (title) Register August 2026 No. 848
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.365 Stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems {#sec-sps-382.365 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.365}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the design, installation and maintenance of stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems serving building sites.

Note: The department of natural resources has registration requirements for class V injection wells. See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(2) Site and soil evaluation.

(a) Site evaluation. A site evaluation shall be conducted in accordance with the methods and standards as provided in s. SPS 385.40 (3) (a).

(b) Soil evaluation.

  1. A soil evaluation shall be conducted in accordance with the methods and standards as provided in s. SPS 385.30 (1) (c).

  2. Individuals qualified to conduct soil evaluation under this subsection shall be an individual that maintains either a registration as provided in s. SPS 305.33 or a license as provided in ch. GHSS 4.

(3) Infiltration system design.

(a) Influent quality. For stormwater and clearwater infiltration plumbing systems, the influent quality shall comply with the requirements in Table 382.70-1 for subsurface infiltration and irrigation.

(am) Site evaluation. All infiltration systems must comply with the requirements of Wisconsin department of natural resources standards for site evaluation for stormwater infiltration and bioretention for infiltration.

(b) In situ soil requirements.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the minimum depth of suitable in situ soil for infiltration systems shall be as specified under subd. 1. a. or b. to separate the system from the highest groundwater elevation or bedrock. When groundwater mounding calculations affect the depth to seasonal groundwater, the depth of suitable soil shall be measured to the calculated elevation of mounded groundwater.

a. Five feet of suitable soil separation where the soil contains greater or equal to 10 percent and less than or equal to 20 percent fines.

b. Three feet of suitable soil separation where the soil contains greater than or equal to 20 percent fines.

Note: Wisconsin department of natural resources standards for site evaluation for stormwater infiltration are found in department of natural resources Conservation Technical Standard 1002.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for explanatory information.

  1. For roof runoff or where treatment has afforded an equivalent level of water quality, the depth of in situ soil shall be no less than one foot of materials finer than coarse sand.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for representative water quality levels.

(bm) Engineered soil requirements. The installation of a stormwater infiltration system where engineered soil is incorporated in lieu of in situ soil shall comply with all the following:

  1. The engineered filtering layer shall be located above any limiting factor identified within the soil report.

  2. The engineered soil may not be less than 24 inches in depth, or 18 inches with supporting documentation and department approval.

Note: Wisconsin department of natural resources standards for bioretention for infiltration are found in department of natural resources Conservation Technical Standard 1004.

(d) Groundwater mounding. Groundwater mounding consideration shall be included in the design of any stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system that has a width that exceeds 15 feet and a depth to the estimated highest groundwater elevation.

Note: An acceptable model is provided by the USGS, webpage: http://water.usgs.gov/ogw/techniques.html.

(e) Drain down time.

  1. Stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems shall be designed to drain within 72 hours after a storm event.

  2. By design, ground surface ponding shall drain within 24 hours after a storm event.

(f) Setbacks.

  1. Stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems shall be located as provided in Table 382.365-4, except for irrigation systems.

  2. All stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems shall be separated from water wells by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812 or as otherwise approved by the department of natural resources.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (11) (d) for material reprinted from ss. NR 811.12 (5) (d) and 812.08. Section NR 811.12 (5) (d) or 812.08 may have additional setback requirements.

(4) Installation.

(a) Orientation. Except for subsurface irrigation systems, all of the following shall apply:

  1. The longest dimension of a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system consisting in part of in situ soil shall be oriented along the surface contour of the site location, unless otherwise approved by the department.

  2. The infiltrative surface of a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system consisting in part of in situ soil and located below the surface of the original grade shall be level.

(b) Other requirements.

  1. A stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system consisting in part of in situ soil may not be installed if the soil is frozen at the infiltrative surface.

  2. Snow cover shall be removed before excavating or installing a stormwater or clearwater system component consisting in part of in situ soil.

  3. For a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system consisting in part of in situ soil, the soil moisture content shall be evaluated immediately prior to installation of the component. If the soil evaluation at the infiltrative surface results in the sample capable of being rolled into a ¼ –inch wire, the installation may not proceed.

Note: To accomplish a field test for soil wetness, a soil sample the size of one’s palm may be rolled to form at least a ¼-inch wire.

  1. All vessels and pipes of a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system shall be bedded in accordance with a product approval under s. SPS 384.10 or a plan approval under s. SPS 382.20.

(5) Operation and maintenance.

(a) General. Operation and maintenance shall be performed in accordance with the operation and maintenance plan submitted with the stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system design and s. SPS 382.36 (13), where applicable.

(b) Prohibited substance.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., no substance shall be discharged into a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system that results in exceeding the enforcement standards and preventive action limits specified in ch. NR 140 Tables 1 and 2 at a point of standards application, pursuant to s. 160.21 (2), Stats.

Note: For groundwater standard limits on various substances, refer to ch. NR 140 Table 1.

  1. Pursuant to s. 160.19 (2) (a), Stats., the department has determined that it is not technically or economically feasible to require that a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system treat wastewater to comply with the preventive action limit for chloride specified in ch. NR 140 Table 2, as existed on June 1, 1998.

Note: Section 160.19 (2) (a), Stats., reads: “Each regulatory agency shall promulgate rules which define design and management practice criteria for facilities, activities and practices affecting groundwater which are designed, to the extent technically and economically feasible, to minimize the level of substances in groundwater and to maintain compliance by these facilities, activities and practices with preventive action limits, unless compliance with the preventive action limits is not technically and economically feasible.”

  1. Pursuant to s. 160.21 (2), Stats., the point of standards application relative to the performance of stormwater and clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing systems is any of the following:

a. Any point of present groundwater use for potable water supply.

b. Any point beyond the boundary of the property on which the facility, practice or activity is located.

(c) Deleterious substance. Substances deleterious to a stormwater or clearwater subsurface infiltration plumbing system shall be intercepted, diluted or treated in accordance with s. SPS 382.34 prior to the substance discharging into a stormwater or clearwater infiltration system.

History

  • CR 04-035: cr. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; correction in (2) (a), (b) 1., 2., (3) (a), (b) 1., (c) 1., 2., (f) 1., (4) (b) 4., (5) (a), (c), Table 382.365-3 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: cr. (3) (am), renum. (3) (b) 1. to (3) (b) 1. (intro.) and am., cr. (3) (b) 1. a., b., (bm), r. (3) (c), Table 382.365-1 to Table 382.65-3 Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (3) (b) 1. (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.37 Sanitation facilities, campgrounds, and recreational vehicle parks {#sec-sps-382.37 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.37}

(1) Composting systems.

(a) Composting systems which employ water or other liquids as a transport medium for wastes shall conform with this subsection.

Note: Composting systems where water or other liquids are not employed as a transport medium are addressed under ch. SPS 391.

(b) The materials, design, construction and performance of a composting system which employs water or other liquids as a transport medium for wastes shall conform to NSF Standard 41.

(c) All composting systems shall be listed by a testing agency acceptable to the department.

Note: For a listing of agencies acceptable to the department, see ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-384.11.

(d)

  1. Components for the storage or treatment of wastes shall be continuously ventilated.

  2. Ventilation ducts or vents for the composting system shall conform to s. SPS 382.31 (16).

(e)

  1. The disposal of the end product from a composting system shall be in accordance with 40 CFR Part 503, Standards for the Use or Disposal of Sewage Sludge.

Note: EPA materials relating to EPA 503, including, “Domestic Septage Regulatory Guidance: A Guide to the EPA 503 Rule”, are available from the Office of Water Resource, US EPA, 401 M Street SW, Washington D.C. 20460.

  1. The disposal of any liquid from a composting system shall be either to a publicly owned treatment works or a POWTS conforming to ch. SPS 383.

(f) The connection of potable water supplies to a composting system shall be protected in accordance with s. SPS 382.41.

(g) The drainage systems for the composting system shall conform to the applicable requirements of ss. SPS 382.30 to 382.36 and the manufacturer’s specifications.

(2) Sanitary dump stations.

(a) Sanitary dump stations which are used to receive domestic wastes and domestic wastewater from camping unit transfer tanks, RV transfer tanks, the holding tanks of travel trailers, recreational vehicles or other similar mobile vehicles, and transfer containers shall conform with this subsection.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.37 (2) for further explanatory material.

(b) The drain receptor for a sanitary dump station shall be at least 4″ in diameter.

(c)

  1. The drain receptor shall be provided with a self-closing cover.

  2. The cover for the drain receptor shall be operable without touching the cover with one’s hands.

(d) The drain receptor shall be surrounded by an impervious pad at least 6 feet in diameter. The pad shall be:

  1. Pitched toward the drain receptor with a minimum slope of ¼″ per foot; and

  2. Of sufficient strength to sustain anticipated loads.

(e) The drain receptor shall be trapped in accordance with s. SPS 382.32.

(f) The drain receptor for a sanitary dump station that is installed within an enclosed structure shall be vented in accordance with s. SPS 382.31.

(g) A permanent supply of water shall be provided to wash down the drain receptor and pad. The water supply shall be:

  1. Provided with cross connection control in accordance with s. SPS 382.41; and

  2. Labeled indicating that the supply is not for drinking purposes.

  3. The non-potable supply water for the wash down for the drain receptor must be located at least 50 feet from a potable water supply unless a variance is approved by the department under s. SPS 382.20 (11).

(h)

  1. Aboveground drains shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (2) (a).

  2. Aboveground water supply piping shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (4) (e).

(3) Campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks.

(a) Sanitary drain systems. Sanitary sewers serving campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks shall comply with the provisions applicable to building sewers in s. SPS 382.30 and all of the following:

  1. A drain line serving a recreational vehicle shall discharge to a minimum 4-inch diameter campsite receptor by means of an indirect waste pipe.

  2. One campsite receptor shall be designed to serve no more than 4 recreational vehicles.

  3. Where 2 or more drain lines are designed to discharge into the same campsite receptor, an increaser shall be installed in the vertical portion of the standpipe to accommodate the drains.

  4. The rim of a campsite receptor shall terminate no less than 4 inches above the finished grade.

  5. The rim of a campsite receptor shall not terminate at an elevation that is higher than the water supply termination serving the same site.

  6. A vent is not required to serve the trap of a campsite receptor.

  7. When not in use, a campsite receptor shall be capped.

  8. The sanitary drain system shall be constructed of materials suitable for sanitary building sewer pipe, as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (2) (c).

  9. Cleanouts shall be provided to comply with s. SPS 382.35, suitable for sanitary building sewers. Additionally, a cleanout shall be provided upstream of the point where more than one campsite receptor is served by a single drain.

  10. A means to locate buried non−metallic campground or recreational vehicle park drain systems, sanitary, that discharge to municipal mains shall be provided in accordance with the options under s. SPS 382.30 (11) (h).

  11. Testing and inspection shall be conducted to comply with s. SPS 382.21, suitable for sanitary building sewer and sanitary private interceptor main sewer.

(b) Water supply systems. Water supply systems serving campgrounds shall comply with the provisions in s. SPS 382.40 and all of the following:

  1. An accessible control valve shall be installed at the most upstream point of the campground or recreational vehicle park water supply system and downstream of the municipal meter or pressure tank.

  2. If water is provided to a campsite, individual approved backflow protection shall serve each hose connection in accordance with s. SPS 382.41.

  3. A campsite water supply riser shall terminate no less than 18 inches above finished grade.

  4. If a water supply is provided for individual campsites, water distribution to each individual campsite must comply with the requirements of chs. SPS 381 to 387 and the water supplied may be used for the served campsite only.

  5. The water connection to a camping unit may be plumbed directly if the fixtures comply with provisions of chs. SPS 382 and 384.

  6. A water connection to a camping unit may be made by NSF/ANSI 51 or 61 compliant hose if each camping unit is individually protected by approved cross connection control.

  7. Testing and inspection shall be conducted to comply with s. SPS 382.21, suitable for private water mains and water services.

  8. A means to locate buried non−metallic campground or recreational vehicle park water supply system connected to municipal supply systems shall be provided in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (8) (k).

  9. The water supply system shall be designed for periodic flushing at a minimum velocity of 3 feet per second per ANSI/AWWA Standard C651, Table 3.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-002: cr. (2) (h) and (3) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-055: am. (3) (b) 3. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (d) 2., (e) 2., (f), (g), (2) (e), (f), (g) 1., (h) 1., 2., (3) (a) (intro.), (b) (intro.), 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) (a), (g) (intro.), cr. (2) (g) 3., (3) (b) 4. to 6. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (3) (b) 4. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (title), (3) (title), (a) (intro.), 3., 6., cr. (3) (a) 8. to 11., am. (3) (b) 1., cr. (3) (b) 7. to 9. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.38 Discharge points {#sec-sps-382.38 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.38}

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to establish allowable discharge points for wastewater discharging from plumbing systems.

(2) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the discharge points for wastewater based on the use of the fixtures, appurtenances, appliances and devices discharging into the plumbing system.

(3) General requirements.

(a) Wastewater from plumbing systems shall be discharged as specified in Table 382.38-1.

(b) Wastewater from uses other than those listed in Table 382.38-1, shall be discharged as specified by the department on a site-specific basis.

History

  • CR 02-002: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. Table 82.38-1 line 15 Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. Table 82.38-1 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. Table 82.38-1 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (3) (a), (b), Table 382.38-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: cr. Table 382.38-1 lines 4m, 9g., 9r., footnote k Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter IV Water Supply Systems

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.40 Water supply systems {#sec-sps-382.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.40}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the design and installation of water supply systems.

Note: Chapter NR 811 governs the design and construction of community water systems or waterworks.

(2) Materials. All water supply systems shall be constructed of approved materials in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) General.

(a) Water quality.

  1. Every outlet providing water shall be provided with water of the quality as specified under s. SPS 382.70 (3) for the intended use.

  2. Nonpotable water may be supplied to water treatment devices or systems designed to treat water for compliance with Table 382.70-1.

(b) Hot water required. Except as provided in subds. 1. to 3., hot water shall be provided to all plumbing fixtures, appliances, and equipment used for personal washing, culinary purposes, or laundering, and sinks used for building maintenance in a public building.

  1. Tempered water or hot water shall be provided to lavatories, wash fountains and shower heads which are not located in dwelling units or living units.

  2. Lavatories located in park shelters and bath houses which are not open during the period from November 15 to March 15 and which are not places of employment shall not be required to be provided with hot water.

  3. Lavatories located in waysides which are not places of employment shall not be required to be provided with hot water.

Note: The exception of providing hot water under subds. 1. to 3. does not supersede the requirements of other state agencies for providing hot water.

(c) Protection.

  1. Pursuant to s. NR 811.07 the interconnection of 2 or more water supply systems, one system served by a public supply source and the other system served by another supply source is prohibited, unless approved in writing by the department of natural resources.

  2. A water supply system shall be designed and installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.41 and maintained to prevent nonpotable liquids, solids or gases from being introduced into the potable water supply system through cross connections.

a. Except as provided in subd. 3. b., when a connection between 2 water supply systems exists, one system having a higher degree of hazard than the other system as specified in s. SPS 382.41, the water supply system with a lower degree of hazard shall be protected as specified in s. SPS 382.41.

b. When a water treatment device is provided to lower the concentration of a health-related contaminant, cross connection control shall not be required to protect the water supply system downstream of the treatment device from the upstream contaminated source.

  1. As used in this subdivision, “closed water system” means a system provided with a check valve, backflow preventer, or other normally closed device that prevents dissipation of building pressure back into the water supply system. The water supply system shall be protected from thermal expansion when a closed water system is created. Any water heater, except for an instantaneous non-storage water heater, serving a closed water system shall be provided with an expansion tank or other approved device having a similar function to control thermal expansion.

(d) Identification.

  1. Where buildings or facilities contain water supply systems where the water supply systems have different degrees of hazard, then those water supply systems shall be labeled in accordance with this section.

a. Aboveground piping supplying water other than potable shall be labeled by tags or colored bands according to Table 382.40–1a.

Note: When identifying potable water piping or valves with tags or bands, label according to Table 382.40–1a.

b. Valves supplying other than potable water shall be identified by tags according to Table 382.40–1a.

c. The tags or colored bands shall be placed at intervals of not more than 25 feet. Where piping passes through a wall, floor or roof, the piping shall be so identified on each side of the wall and within each compartment.

d. The colored bands shall be at least 3 inches wide and shall bear text identifying the water or the specific use.

e. Tags used to identify water outlets, valves and piping shall be of metal or plastic in the shape specified in Table 382.40–1a.

f. The lettering on the triangular and circular tags shall be at least 1/2 inch in height.

g. A hose bibb intended to discharge water that does not meet drinking water quality as specified in s. SPS 382.70, shall be labeled as nonpotable or so identified for the specific use or uses, and shall be equipped with a removable handle.

  1. Piping downstream of cross connection control assemblies as listed in Table 382.22–1 shall be labeled with bands or tags as specified in subd. 1. a. to f.

  2. Where a building or a structure is served by 2 distribution systems, one system supplied by a public water supply and the other system supplied by a private well, each water distribution system shall be identified to indicate the supply source.

  3. The installation of each reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly, double check backflow prevention assembly, double check detector backflow prevention assembly, spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly and pressure vacuum breaker assembly shall display a department assigned identification number. Assemblies serving automatic fire sprinkler systems are not required to be registered with the department or display a department assigned identification number.

a. The method to display the department assigned identification number shall be a weather-resistant tag, securely attached to the cross connection control assembly.

b. The tag shall contain at least the following information.

c. The department assigned identification number shall be printed in the blank area with a permanent, waterproof marker or similar indelible method.

Note: To obtain a Department-assigned identification number for a cross connection control assembly, contact the Department’s Division of Industry Services at P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162; or at telephone (608) 266-2112 or (877) 617-1565 or 711 (Telecommunications Relay); or at fax (608) 267-9723; or at the Division’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services.

(e) Multipurpose piping system.

  1. A multipurpose piping system shall be designed and installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 13D and materials must be acceptable under the NFPA 13D standard and s. SPS 384.30, with the following exceptions:

a. A partial or single sprinkler may be installed in a dwelling unit not required to be sprinklered under NFPA 13D.

b. Limited purpose or limited area sprinklers may be installed in areas not required to be sprinklered.

Note: See s. SPS 321.095 of the Dwelling Code and s. SPS 362.0903 (10) of the Commercial Building Code as to fire protection provisions for multipurpose piping systems.

  1. Fire department connections are prohibited in a multipurpose piping system.

  2. Materials for multipurpose piping systems shall be acceptable under NFPA 13D and s. SPS 384.30 (4) (e) and (5).

  3. Five gpm shall be added onto the multipurpose calculations for each dwelling connected to a common water supply system.

  4. A flow test shall be performed at the controlling sprinkler before the system is put into operation.

(f) Check valve required. All systems that circulate water by means of a pump or other mechanical device or method shall have a check valve or equal device installed so as to ensure the direction of flow.

(4) Control valves.

(a) Private water mains. Private water mains shall be provided with control valves as specified in this subsection.

  1. ‘Corporation cocks.’

a. If a private water main 2” or less in diameter connects to a public water main, a corporation cock shall be installed at the connection to the public water main.

b. If a private water main 2-1/2” or larger in diameter connects to a public water main, a corporation cock shall be installed not more than 8 feet from the connection to the public water main.

  1. ‘Curb stops.’

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., if a private water main connects to public water main, a curb stop shall be installed in the private water main between the corporation cock and the property line.

b. If a private water main 2-1/2” or larger in diameter connects to a public water main, one control valve may serve as the corporation cock and the curb stop. The control valve shall be located not more than 8 feet from the connection to the public water main and shall be accessible for operation.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.40 (4) for further explanatory material.

(b) Water services. Water services shall be provided with control valves as specified in this subsection.

  1. ‘Corporation cocks.’

a. If a water service 2” or less in diameter connects to a public water main, a corporation cock shall be installed at the connection to the public water main.

b. If a water service 2-1/2” or larger in diameter connects to a public water main, a corporation cock shall be installed not more than 8 feet from the connection to the public water main.

  1. ‘Curb stops.’

a. Except for water services serving farm buildings and farm houses, a curb stop shall be installed in each water service which connects to a private water main. The curb stop shall be located outside the building served by the water service.

b. Except as provided in subd. 2. c., a curb stop shall be installed in each water service which connects to a public water main. The curb stop shall be located between the corporation cock and the property line.

c. If a water service 2-1/2” or larger in diameter connects to a public water main, one control valve may serve as the corporation cock and the curb stop. The control valve shall be located not more than 8 feet from the connection to a public water main and shall be accessible for operation.

  1. ‘Building control valves.’ If a water service serves a building, a building control valve shall be provided in the water service as specified in this subsection.

a. If the water service connects to a public water supply or to a private water supply which has an external pressure tank, the building control valve shall be installed inside the building and located within 3 feet of developed length from the point where the water service first enters the building. If a water meter is provided, the building control valve shall be located upstream of the water meter.

b. If a private water supply includes an internal pressure tank, the building control valve shall be installed inside the building and located within 3 feet of developed length downstream from the internal pressure tank.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Water distribution systems.

  1. Control valves shall be installed in water distribution systems serving public buildings as specified in this subdivision.

a. If a water meter is provided, a control valve shall be installed within 3 feet of developed length downstream from the outlet of the water meter. If bypass piping is provided around a water meter, a control valve shall be installed in the bypass piping.

Note: See sub. (8) (d) 3. for the requirements relating to the bypassing of water meters.

b. A control valve shall be installed in the supply piping to each water heater and water treatment device and in the fixture supply to each plumbing fixture, plumbing appliance and piece of equipment. The control valve may be part of the bypass piping or an internal part of a water treatment device. When the valve is an internal part of the water treatment device, the device shall be removable for service.

c. If a hot water circulation system is provided, a control valve shall be installed on both the inlet and outlet piping to the circulation pump. If a hot water circulation system has 2 or more return pipe lines, a balancing control valve shall be installed in each return piping line.

d. The water distribution system for buildings with more than 4 dwelling units or living units shall be provided with control valves in such numbers and at such locations so that the water supplied to all the units within the building can be isolated into groups of 4 or less units.

Note: See sub. (8) (g) for the valve requirements for water temperature control.

  1. Control valves shall be installed in water distribution systems serving one- and 2-family dwellings as specified in this subdivision.

a. If a water meter is provided, a control valve shall be installed within 3 feet of developed length downstream from the outlet of the water meter. If bypass piping is provided around a water meter, a control valve shall be installed in the bypass piping.

Note: See sub. (8) (d) 3. for the requirements relating to the bypassing of water meters.

b. A control valve shall be installed in the supply piping to each water heater and water treatment device and in the fixture supply to each water closet, exterior hose bibb, plumbing appliance and piece of equipment. When the valve is an internal part of the water treatment device, the device shall be removable for service.

c. If a hot water circulation system is provided, a control valve shall be installed on both the inlet and outlet piping to the circulation pump. If a hot water circulation system has 2 or more return pipe lines, a balancing control valve shall be installed in each return piping line.

(5) Hot water supply systems.

(a) General. Water heating systems shall be sized to provide sufficient hot water to supply peak demand.

(b) Temperature maintenance. Except as provided in par. (bm), the developed length of hot water distribution piping from the source of the hot water supply to a plumbing fixture or appliance exceeds 100 feet, a circulation system or self-regulating electric heating cable shall be provided to maintain the temperature of the hot water within the distribution piping.

  1. If a circulation system is used to maintain the temperature, no uncirculated hot water distribution piping may exceed 25 feet in developed length.

  2. If a self-regulating electric heating cable is used to maintain the temperature, the cable shall extend to within 25 feet of each fixture or the appliance.

  3. Water distribution piping conveying circulated water or served by a self-regulating electric heating cable shall be insulated to limit the heat loss at the external surface of the pipe insulation to a maximum of 25 BTUs per hour per square foot for aboveground piping and 35 BTUs per hour per square foot for underground piping. The maximum heat loss shall be determined at a temperature differential, T, equal to the maximum water temperature minus a design ambient temperature no higher than 65°F.

  4. Water distribution piping served by self-regulating electric heating cable shall be identified as being electrically traced in accordance with ch. SPS 316.

  5. The installation of self-regulating electric heating cable may be subcontracted by a plumber to another trade.

  6. All hot water circulation system connections shall be made downstream of the control valve serving the water heating device.

  7. Hot water circulation piping and tubing may not exceed the maximum velocity requirements specified per the manufacturer.

Note: See A-382.40 (5) for pipe insulation requirements.

(bm) Temperature maintenance; public buildings. Except as required in par. (b) all public lavatories in public buildings shall comply with the provisions of sub. (5) (b), except that allowable hot water supply distances for any fixture shall be calculated from the nearest source of hot water using the method in subd. 1. For public lavatories the allowable supply distance shall comply with the method in either subd. 1. or 2. of this section. In this section hot water sources shall include water heaters, circulating water systems, and self-regulating heat trace temperature maintenance systems.

  1. Maximum allowable pipe length method: Under this method the distance from a hot water supply to a fixture, public lavatory, or appliance may not exceed the distances in Table 382.40-1d. Fixture fittings, fixture supply connectors, and faucets may not be part of this calculation.

  2. Maximum allowable volume method: Under this method the maximum allowable volume of water between a hot water source and a public lavatory may not exceed 8 ounces. The allowable volume shall be the sum of the internal volume of all pipe, but may not include volume contained within fixture shutoff valves, within flexible water supply connectors to a fixture fitting, or within a fixture fitting. Pipe volume shall be calculated using the values in Table 382.40-1h.

Note: Insulation requirements for these systems are found in s. SPS 322.44 (2) and chs. SPS 361 to 366.

(c) Water heaters. All water heaters and safety devices shall be designed and constructed in accordance with s. SPS 384.20 (5) (p).

Note: Water heaters are to be installed in accordance with the requirements specified in chs. SPS 361 to 366 and chs. SPS 320 to 325 with respect to energy efficiency, enclosures and venting.

(d) Safety devices. Water heaters shall be equipped with safety devices as specified in this paragraph.

  1. All pressurized storage-type water heaters and unfired hot water storage tanks shall be equipped with one or more combination temperature and pressure relief valves. The temperature steam rating of a combination temperature and pressure relief valve or valves shall equal or exceed the energy input rating in BTU per hour of the water heater. No shut off valve or other restricting device may be installed between the water heater or storage tank and the combination temperature and pressure relief valve.

Note: The temperature steam rating of a combination temperature and pressure relief valve is commonly referred to as the AGA temperature steam rating.

  1. All pressurized non-storage type water heaters shall be provided with a pressure relief valve installed at the hot water outlet with no shut off valve between the heater and the relief valve.

  2. Temperature and pressure relief valves shall be installed so that the sensing element of the valve extends into the heater or tank and monitors the temperature in the top 6” of the heater or tank.

  3. A vacuum relief valve shall be installed in each water heater and hot water storage tank which, when measured from the bottom of the heater or tank, is located more than 20 feet above any faucet or outlet served by the heater or tank.

  4. Every relief valve which is designed to discharge water or steam shall be connected to a discharge pipe.

a. The discharge pipe and fittings shall be made of a material acceptable for water distribution piping in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (4) (e) 1.

b. The discharge pipe and fittings shall have a diameter not less than the diameter of the relief valve outlet.

c. The discharge pipe may not be trapped.

d. No valve may be installed in the discharge pipe.

e. The discharge pipe shall be installed to drain by gravity flow to a floor served by a floor drain or to a receptor in accordance with s. SPS 382.33 (8). The outlet of the discharge pipe shall terminate within 6” over the floor or receptor, but not less than a distance equal to twice the diameter of the outlet pipe. The outlet of the discharge pipe may not be threaded.

f. The discharge pipe for a water heater shall terminate within the same room or enclosure within which the water heater or hot water storage tank is located.

(e) Controls.

  1. All hot water supply systems shall be equipped with automatic temperature controls capable of adjustments from the lowest to the highest acceptable temperature settings for the intended use.

  2. A separate means shall be provided to terminate the energy supplied to each water heater and each hot water circulation system.

(6) Load factors for water supply systems.

(a) Intermittent flow fixtures. The load factor for intermittent flow fixtures on water supply piping shall be computed in terms of water supply fixture units as specified in Tables 382.40-1b and 382.40-2 for the corresponding fixture and use. Water supply fixture units may be converted to gallons per minute in accordance with Table 382.40-3 or 382.40-3e.

(b) Continuous flow devices. The load factor for equipment which demands a continuous flow of water shall be computed on the basis of anticipated flow rate in terms of gallons per minute.

(c) Water heating sizing alternate approval. The load factor for an individual water heater serving an individual residence, apartment, living unit of a hotel or motel, and similar places where plumbing fixtures are intended for use by an individual or family, to the exclusion of all others, may be calculated as follows:

  1. The minimum flow rate of a water heater may be obtained by multiplying 0.65 by the calculated hot water gallons per minute demand as determined by Tables 382.40-1b and 382.40-3.

  2. The flow rate for a storage tank type water heater may be calculated based on a 70% usable storage plus the recovery rate and a 10-minute minimum draw time.

  3. The flow rate for instantaneous water heaters shall be based on a temperature increase that will provide 110°F at the terminal fixture or faucet.

  4. This alternate sizing method may not be applied to any of the following:

a. Water heaters serving high flow fixtures, hose bibbs, hydrants or fixtures requiring 1/2 inch or larger supply piping. High flow fixtures are fixtures with flow rates greater than 4 gpm at 80 psig and a water velocity less than or equal to 8 feet per second.

b. Sizing hot water distribution piping.

Note: See appendix for further explanatory information and examples.

Note: Values not specified in the table may be calculated by interpolation.

(7) Sizing of the water supply piping. The sizing of the water supply system shall be based on the empirical method and limitations outlined in this subsection, an approved alternate standard per s. SPS 381.20 (2), or an analysis provided by a Wisconsin master plumber, registered architect, registered professional engineer or permitted designer of engineering systems – plumbing.

Note 1: See public lookup, https://esla.wi.gov/publiclookup for details for alternative methods for sizing of the water supply piping.

Note 2: An approved alternate standard (e. g. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Peak Water Demand Calculator) may be utilized separately or in combination with the empirical method, so long as it conforms to good engineering practice standards and product manufacturers specifications.

Note 3: A system based on an analysis provided by a Wisconsin master plumber, registered architect, registered professional engineer, or permitted designer of engineering system-plumbing is an example of an engineered system as defined in s. SPS 381.01 (89). Pursuant to Table SPS 382.20-1, engineered systems may only be evaluated by the department.

(a) Methodology. The determination of minimum pipe sizes shall take into account the pressure losses which occur throughout the entire water supply system and the flow velocities within the water distribution system. Calculations for sizing a water distribution system shall include:

  1. The load factor in water supply fixture units or gallons per minute on the piping;

  2. The minimum pressure available from the water main or pressure tank;

  3. The pressure loss due to the differences in elevation from the:

a. Water main or pressure tank to the building control valve; and

b. Building control valve to the controlling plumbing fixture;

  1. The pressure losses due to flow through water heaters, water treatment devices, water meters and backflow preventers;

  2. The minimum flow pressure needed at the controlling plumbing fixture; and

  3. The pressure losses due to flow friction through piping, fittings, valves and other plumbing appurtenances. This pressure loss may be calculated in terms of equivalent lengths of piping. The equivalent length of piping to a controlling plumbing fixture, including fittings, valves and other appurtenances, may be obtained by multiplying the developed length by 1.5.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Private water mains and water services. Private water mains and water services shall be designed to supply water to the water distribution systems to maintain the minimum flow pressures specified in par. (d), but shall not be less than 3/4” in diameter.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(c) Maximum loading. The calculated load on any portion of the water distribution system may not exceed the limits specified in Tables 382.40-4 to 382.40-15.

(d) Pressure.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 1. a. to c., water supply systems shall be designed to provide at least 8 psig of flow pressure at the outlets of all fixture supplies.

a. The flow pressure at the outlets of the fixture supplies serving siphonic type urinals, washdown type urinals and washdown type water closets, siphonic type flushometer water closets and campsite water supply hose connections shall be at least 15 psig.

b. The flow pressure at the outlets of the fixture supplies serving one piece tank type water closets, pressure balance mixing valves, manufactured homes, and thermostatic mixing valves shall be at least 20 psig.

c. The flow pressure at the outlets of the fixture supplies serving blowout type urinals and blowout type water closets shall be at least 25 psig.

d. The flow pressure at the outlets of the fixture supplies serving any other fixture shall be the minimum pressure required by the manufacturer for the fixture, appliance, or equipment to operate.

a. Except as provided in subd. 3., if the water pressure available from a water main or private water supply exceeds 80 psig, a pressure reducing valve and strainer, if a strainer is not a component of the valve, shall be installed in the water distribution system.

b. A pressure reducing valve required under subd. 2. a. shall be installed upstream from all plumbing fixtures and plumbing appliances and downstream from the water meter of an utility, if a meter is provided.

  1. A pressure reducing valve shall not be required to be installed in a water distribution system which supplies water directly to a water pressure booster pump.

  2. If the pressure or water supply volume available from the water main or private water supply is inadequate by calculation to provide the minimum pressures specified in subd. 1., a hydropneumatic pressure booster system or a water pressure booster pump shall be installed to increase the supply of water.

a. Each water pressure booster pump shall be provided with an automatic low pressure cut-off switch. The cut-off switch shall be located on the inlet side of the pump and shall be set to terminate the energy supplied to the pump when a positive pressure of less than 10 psig occurs. Pressure gauges shall be installed on the influent and effluent piping.

b. A vacuum relief valve not less than one-half inch in diameter shall be installed in each water pressure tank, if the bottom of the pressure tank is more than 20 feet above any water supply outlet served by the pressure tank.

(e) Maximum velocity. A water distribution system shall be designed so that the flow velocity does not exceed 8 feet per second except for a multipurpose piping system as designed in sub. (3) (e).

(f) Minimum sizes.

  1. Water distribution piping 1/2” in diameter serving 2 or more plumbing fixtures may not have a load of more than 2 water supply fixture units.

  2. Water distribution piping 1/2” in diameter serving a shower which is not individually pressure balanced or individually thermostatically blended may not serve any additional fixtures.

(g) Minimum sizes for fixture supplies. Except as provided in subds. 1. to 4., the fixture supplies serving all plumbing fixtures, appliances and pieces of equipment shall be at least 1/2" in diameter.

  1. Fixture supplies serving syphon jet type urinals shall be at least 3/4” in diameter.

  2. Fixture supplies serving flushometer type water closets shall be at least one inch in diameter.

  3. Fixture supplies serving emergency eye wash or shower outlets shall be not less than recommended by the manufacturer.

  4. Fixture supplies with a maximum load factor of 0.5 water supply fixture units and a developed length of 25 feet or less shall have a minimum 1/4 inch diameter.

(h) Maximum lengths of fixture supply connectors.

a. Except as provided in subd. 1. b. and c., fixture supply connectors may not exceed more than 24” in developed length upstream from a plumbing fixture or the body of a faucet.

b. A fixture supply connector located downstream of a water cooler, water treatment device or water heater which individually serves a faucet or outlet may not exceed more than 10 feet in developed length.

c. A fixture supply connector located upstream of a water treatment device serving no more than 2 fixtures or outlets may not exceed 10 feet in developed length.

  1. Fixture supply connectors may not extend more than 10 feet in developed length upstream of a plumbing appliance.

(8) Installation.

(a) Frost protection.

  1. Adequate measures shall be taken to protect all portions of the water supply system from freezing. All private water mains and water services shall be installed below the predicted depths of frost specified in s. SPS 382.30 (11) (c) 2. d., Figure 382.30-1 and Table 382.30-6, unless other protective measures from freezing are taken.

  2. A hose bibb or a hydrant that penetrates an exterior wall of a heated structure shall be a frost proof and self-draining type.

Note: See s. SPS 382.41 (4) (m) relative to cross connection control devices.

(b) Location.

  1. Exterior water supply piping may not be located in, under or above sanitary sewer manholes, or POWTS treatment, holding or dispersal components.

  2. If a private water main or a water service crosses a sanitary sewer, the water piping within 5 feet of the point of crossing shall be installed in accordance with any of the following requirements:

a. The water piping shall be installed at least 12 inches above the top of the sewer.

b. The water piping shall be installed at least 18 inches below the bottom of the sewer.

c. The water or sewer piping shall be installed within a waterproof sleeve made of materials as specified for sanitary building sewers in s. SPS 384.30 (2).

  1. Except as permitted in subds. 4. and 5., private water mains and water services shall be installed at least 5 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer.

Note: The Department of Natural Resources has limitations for the separation of water mains and sanitary sewers.

  1. Private water mains and water services may be installed less than 5 feet horizontally from a pressurized sanitary sewer if all of the following conditions are met:

a. The bottom of the water piping is installed at least 18 inches above the pressurized sewer.

b. The water piping is installed at least 3 feet horizontally from the pressurized sewer.

  1. Private water mains and water services may be installed less than 5 feet horizontally from a non-pressurized sanitary sewer if any of the following conditions are met:

a. The bottom of the water piping is installed at least 12 inches above the sewer.

b. The sewer is constructed of materials listed in Table 384.30-2.

c. The water service is 2 inches or less in diameter and is located more than 24 inches from the sewer.

  1. The portion of a private water main or water service within 5 feet of developed length from the point where the water service first enters the building may be less than 12 inches above the sewer and within 24 inches of the sewer.

  2. No private water main or water service may be installed within 6 inches of a storm sewer.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.30 (11) (d) for setback distance from yard hydrant to well.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Table 383.43–1 for setback distances to POWTS components.

  1. No underground water supply storage tank shall be installed within 8 feet of a storage vessel containing a substance of a higher hazard than that contained in the water supply storage tank.

  2. Private water mains shall be designed for periodic flushing at a minimum velocity of 3 feet per second per ANSI/AWWA Standard C651, Table 3.

  3. Water service or private water main polyethylene piping conforming to ASTM D3035 may be installed through directional drilling adhering to ASTM F1962.

Note: Directional drilling under navigable waters shall be in accordance with the department of natural resources under ch. 30, Stats.

(c) Limitations. No private water main or water service may pass through or under a building to serve another building unless one of the following conditions are met:

  1. The private water main or water service serves farm buildings or farm houses, or both that are all located on one property.

  2. The private water main or water service serves buildings that are located on the same property and a document which indicates that the piping and distribution arrangement for the property and buildings will be recorded with the register of deeds no later than 90 days after installation.

(d) Water distribution piping.

  1. Water distribution piping shall be supported in accordance with s. SPS 382.60.

  2. Provisions shall be made to evacuate all water out of the water distribution system.

  3. Except where parallel water meters are installed, water distribution piping shall be provided to bypass a water meter 1½″ or larger.

  4. Except as provided in subds. 5. and 6., a bypass shall be provided to serve a water treatment device. The bypass piping may be an internal part of the water treatment device.

  5. A bypass shall not be required when a water treatment device serves no more than 2 fixtures or outlets.

  6. A bypass shall be prohibited for a water treatment device installed to reduce a contaminant in order to comply with the provisions in s. SPS 382.70 (3).

  7. When water distribution piping larger than the code minimum is used the system shall be designed to allow effective flushing of the system at 8 feet per second.

  8. Hygienic sampling valves shall be installed within 6 feet, upstream and downstream, of a chemical injection system or water treatment device installed to mitigate a contaminant regulated under ch. NR 809 or NR 140.

Note: For information on sample valve requirements see s. NR 812.34 (2).

  1. A water treatment device that consists of 2 or more treatment tanks shall also have a hygienic sampling valve between each treatment tank.

  2. Any portion of the water distribution system terminating by means of a plug, cap, or closed fitting and dry downstream with no outlet may not exceed 6 pipe diameters.

(e) Valves.

  1. All control valves installed in a water service, except a valve serving only as a corporation cock, shall be accessible.

  2. Stop- and waste-type control valves may not be installed underground except in the following situations:

a. Fire hydrants intended for fire fighting.

b. Two-inch and larger diameter hydrants serving municipal wastewater treatment plants.

c. Emergency fixtures.

  1. All control valves and fixture stop valves installed in a water distribution system shall be accessible. Control valves for the individual plumbing fixtures and appliances within dwelling units shall be accessible from within the dwelling unit.

Note: The installation of two water services or a private water main may require the installation of a check valve. Refer to ch. NR 811 for more information.

(f) Water hammer arrestors. All plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances with 3/8” or larger inlet openings and with solenoid actuated quick closing valves shall be provided with water hammer arrestors. Water hammer arrestors shall be installed in the fixture supplies serving the fixtures, appliances or appurtenances. Water hammer arrestors shall be accessible.

(g) Temperature control. The following provisions apply for controlling water temperature:

  1. The water temperature to all showers in public buildings shall be controlled by thermostatic or combination thermostatic-pressure balanced mixing valves or by individually controlled pressure balanced mixing valves that comply with ASSE 1016/ASME A112.1016/CSA B125.16. A thermostatic or combination thermostatic-pressure balanced mixing valve may not be bypassed.

  2. Temperature actuated mixing valves installed at or near the water heater used to serve hot water distribution systems for controlling water temperatures shall comply with ASSE/ANSI 1017. These devices are not intended for point-of-use temperature limiting, control, or end use applications including emergency eyewash and shower equipment.

  3. Temperature actuated mixing valves used to serve individual or multiple sinks, bidets, lavatories, and bathtubs without shower heads shall comply with ASSE 1070.

  4. Automatic temperature control mixing valves used to serve individual or multiple fixtures intended to be installed where the bather has no access to the temperature adjustment means, and where no further mixing occurs downstream of the device shall conform to ASSE 1069.

  5. Temperature actuated mixing valves for emergency equipment, including eyewash, eye/face wash, drench showers, and combinations units shall comply with ASSE 1071.

(h) Fittings and connections. The drilling and tapping of water supply piping shall be prohibited except for:

  1. Corporation cocks for a water service or a private water main; and

  2. Self-tapping valves which serve individual plumbing appliances.

(i) Flushing and disinfection of potable water supply systems.

a. Before a newly constructed water supply system is to be put into use, the piping of the system shall be flushed with water and disinfected. Each water outlet shall be flushed beginning with the outlet closest to the building control valve and then each successive outlet in the system. The flushing at each water outlet shall continue for at least 1 minute and until the water appears clear and with no trace of disinfectant at the outlet.

b. Each portion of a water supply system which is altered or repaired shall be flushed for at least one minute and until the water appears clear.

  1. New private water mains and extensions to private water mains shall be disinfected prior to use in accordance with AWWA C651 or the following method:

a. The pipe system shall be flushed with clean water until no dirty water appears at the points of outlet.

b. The system or part thereof shall be filled with a solution of water and chlorine containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine and the system or part thereof shall be valved off and allowed to stand for 24 hours or the system or part thereof shall be filled with a solution of water and chlorine containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine and allowed to stand for 3 hours.

c. Following the allowed standing time, the system shall be flushed with clean potable water.

d. The procedures shall be repeated if it is shown by a bacteriological examination that contamination still exists in the system.

  1. The department may require a water quality analysis to be done for a new or repaired water supply system. The analysis shall be performed in accordance with acceptable nationally recognized laboratory practices. If the water supply system has been disinfected, water samples for the analysis may not be taken sooner than 24 hours after disinfection.

  2. New or repaired combination water services or combination private water mains shall be flushed and disinfected prior to use in accordance with NFPA 24.

(j) Water softeners. Ion exchange water softeners used primarily for water hardness reduction that, during regeneration, discharge a brine solution shall be of a demand initiated regeneration type equipped with a water meter or a sensor unless a wastewater treatment system downstream of the water softener specifically documents the reduction of chlorides.

(jm) Water tanks. Water tanks for public, potable use shall meet all of the following criteria:

  1. ‘Pneumatic pressure tanks.’ Pneumatic pressure tanks shall conform to all of the following:

a. Tanks shall conform to ch. SPS 384.

b. Tanks shall be served by a pressure relief valve.

c. Tanks shall be able to be isolated for maintenance, repair, or replacement and equipped with a drain valve by means of a control valve.

d. Water calculations incorporating the size of a pneumatic pressure tank may use a 5-minute peak flow in gallons per minute for the water supply system. The system shall be designed to minimize stagnation.

e. Tanks shall be stamped or labeled showing the manufacturer’s name, model number, the tank volume, year manufactured, and the allowable working pressure.

  1. ‘Storage tanks.’

a. Storage tanks shall conform to ch. SPS 384.

b. All water storage tanks and structures shall be watertight and exclude water, rain, snow, birds, animals, insects, and dust.

c. Exterior translucent tanks shall be shielded from direct sunlight.

  1. ‘Separation.’ Potable water may not be stored in a tank or compartment adjacent to non-potable water when the two compartments are separated by a single wall.

  2. ‘Locks.’ Locks shall be provided on access manholes, inspection covers, fill pipe, fences, ladder cage bottoms, and any other locations deemed necessary to prevent trespassing, vandalism, and sabotage.

  3. ‘Drain piping.’ Piping used to drain a storage tank or structure shall discharge to the ground surface through an air gap. The drain may discharge over a drainage inlet receptor, splash pad, or rip rap.

  4. ‘Overflow.’

a. Tanks or reservoirs shall be provided with overflow piping. The pipe shall open downward between 6 and 12 inches over a drainage inlet, splash pad, or rip rap. Interior tanks within the building structure shall provide overflow piping discharging to an approved clearwater receptor or as approved by the department.

b. The overflow outlet pipe shall be provided with a 4-mesh non-corrodible screen.

c. The overflow outlet pipe shall be of approved material in accordance with Table 384.30-8.

d. The overflow outlet pipe shall be sized to permit discharge flow in excess of the maximum fill rate of the inlet pipe flow.

e. Overflow piping shall be visible at the discharge location.

f. For storage tanks or reservoirs with more than one compartment and where each compartment can be isolated from the other compartments each compartment shall be provided with its own overflow pipe.

  1. ‘Inlet and outlet piping.’

a. Inlet and outlet piping from a tank or storage structure shall be sized in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (7).

b. Piping shall be of approved material in accordance with Table 384.30-8 for locations within the building, above floor, Table 384.30-7 for locations below grade and outside of the building foundation parameters.

  1. ‘Access.’

a. Water tanks or structures shall have convenient access for cleaning and maintenance.

b. Manhole openings shall be fitted with a solid watertight cover which overlaps the framed opening and extends down around the opening frame a minimum of 2 inches. A watertight gasket shall be attached to the bottom side of the manhole cover.

c. Manhole covers for buried tanks or structures shall be no less than 24 inches above a sloped finished grade.

d. Inspection covers shall be watertight and locked securely to prevent unauthorized access.

e. Interior paints or coatings shall conform to NSF/ANSI Standard 61.

  1. ‘Bypass piping.’ Bypass piping shall be provided allowing the tank or reservoir to be taken out of service for maintenance and inspection purposes when directly connected to a well or municipal water supply.

  2. ‘Vents.’

a. Storage tanks shall be vented to the atmosphere. The overflow pipe may not be considered a vent.

b. Vents shall be constructed of water distribution materials as per Table 384.30-8, or as approved by the department.

c. Vents shall terminate above the top of the tank in a U-bend or vent cap with the opening 24 to 36 inches above grade and covered with a 24-mesh stainless steel screen at a location that is secured.

d. Minimum vent size shall allow an air flow consistent with water inflow and outflow rates and shall be not less than 2 inches.

  1. ‘Location.’

a. Exterior tanks may not be located within a flood plain or floodway or within 2 feet above the regional flood elevation.

b. The area surrounding a storage tank shall be graded to prevent standing surface water within 50 feet of the tank.

c. Storage tanks shall be located in an area that is accessible year-round.

d. Tanks shall be separated from potential contamination sources by the applicable separation distances contained in chs. NR 811 and 812 or as otherwise approved by the department of natural resources or as approved by the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material. Section NR 812.08 may require additional setbacks.

e. The top roof of an exterior tank may not be less than 2 feet above grade level.

  1. ‘Controls.’

a. Atmospheric pressure tanks shall have a means for maintaining pressure within the building water distribution system. A hydro-pneumatic tank, pump facilities, or other reliable methods shall be provided to maintain system pressure.

b. Manual valves shall be installed in the water distribution system to isolate tank and pump equipment from the water distribution system.

c. Valves designated for operation of the storage tank shall be visibly recognized as being open or closed. Solenoid valves shall have a control system panel that will have indicators showing visual valve open or closed status.

d. Drain valves shall be provided to allow access to the storage tank for maintenance purposes.

e. A high water fill valve or float valve shall maintain the storage tank levels to the minimum water storage required for use. A bypass to the fill valve shall be provided.

f. Tank water levels shall be observable by means of a sight level indicator.

g. A pressure gauge shall be installed downstream of the storage tank and booster pumps.

h. A thermometer or sensor shall be installed on the storage tank for water temperature monitoring purposes.

  1. ‘Water supply.’

a. The influent water supply to the storage tank shall be from an approved source and controlled to maintain the minimum and maximum water levels.

b. The influent water supply shall terminate a minimum of 6 inches above the highwater level.

c. The influent water supply piping shall be provided with a control valve.

  1. ‘Pumps.’ Pumps shall be installed according to the manufacturer specifications and s. SPS382.40 (7) (d) 4. Pump piping shall have required check valves, pressure gauge, isolation valves, and sampling faucet installed on the system.

  2. ‘Disinfection.’ Continuous water treatment is required for all storage tanks through a constant water flow through the potable water storage tank. All of the water tank volume shall be turned over every 24 hours.

  3. ‘Labeling.’ All piping and control valves serving the storage tank water system shall be labeled in accordance with Table 382.40-1a for specific use.

  4. ‘Storage tank inspections.’

a. The interior and exterior of water storage facilities shall be regularly inspected and maintained in accordance with s. NR 810.14.

b. Inspections of storage facilities 10,000 gallons or greater shall be by a professional tank inspection firm or by a registered professional engineer.

c. Maintenance shall include removal of sedimentation and biofilm and repairs as necessary to maintain good working condition.

d. All storage facilities shall be inspected at least once every 5 years, unless otherwise approved by the department.

e. Inspections of vent and overflow screens and hatches shall be conducted at least once per year.

  1. ‘Records.’

a. Records shall be kept of dates of cleaning, relining, and replacement of components or parts.

b. Department representatives shall be provided access to the water storage system records upon request.

(k) Locating requirements.

  1. A means to locate buried non-metallic water services and private water mains connected to municipal supply systems shall be provided in accordance with the options under s. SPS 382.30 (11) (h), except as provided in subds. 2. and 3.

  2. Tracer wire insulation color for non-metallic, potable water pipe shall be blue.

  3. Tracer wire insulation color for non-metallic, non-potable water pipe shall be purple.

(L) Vacuum relief. A vacuum relief valve shall be installed in each water treatment appliance which, when measured from the bottom of the appliance, is located more than 20 feet above any faucet or outlet served by the appliance. Relief valves shall conform to ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4.

Note: CPVC 3 inches and larger only approved for cold water.

History

  • 1-2-56; r. and recr. Register, November, 1972, No. 203, eff. 12-1-72; r. and recr. Register, February, 1979, No. 278, eff. 3-1-79; renum. from H 62.13, Register, July, 1983, No. 331, eff. 8-1-83; renum. from ILHR 82.13 and r. and recr. (2) (b) and (4) (d) 1., am. (4) (c) 3. and (6) (a) (intro.), cr. (6) (b), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (5) (d) 5. a., r. and recr. (7) (h) 1. and (8) (c), renum. (8) (c) 2. to 6. to be (8) (b) 4. to 8. and am. (8) (b) 4. c., Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (8) (b) 1. and 2., Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; renum. (3) (c) and (8) (a) to be (3) (c) 2. and (8) (a) 1. and am. (8) (a) 1., cr. (3) (c) 1., (e), (8) (a) 2. and Table 82.40-9, am. (7) (c), r. (3) (b) 1. b. and c., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; r. (5) (b) 3., renum. (5) (b) 4., 5. to be (5) (b) 3., 4., Register, December, 1996, No. 480, eff. 4-1-96; correction in (5) (b) 3., made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, October, 1996, No. 490; r. and recr. (5) (b), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 4-1-97; reprinted to restore dropped copy, Register, April, 1997, No. 496; am. (3) (e) and (8) (b) 1. and 2., r. (8) (b) 3. and cr. (3) (f) and (8) (j), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; except (3) (f) eff. 5-1-00; cr. (3) (d) 3., am. (8) (g) and (i) 2., Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; except (3) (d) 3., eff. 9-1-01; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (3) (a), (d) 1. (intro.) to b., (7) (h), (8) (c) and Tables 82.40-4 to 11, cr. (3) (a) 2., (c) 3. and (d) 1. h., am. (3) (b) 1., (4) (c) 1. b. and 2. b., (7) (d) 1. a. and b., (8) (d) 4., (g), and Tables 82.40-1 and 2, r. (3) (e), renum. (3) (f) and (8) (b) 4. to 8. to be (3) (e) and (8) (b) 3. to 7., Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (4) (c) 1. b. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04, correction in (8) (b) 5. made under s. 13.93 (2m) b. 7., Stats., Register January 2004 No. 577; CR 04-035: r. (3) (e) 2. c., r. and recr. Table 82.40-9, cr. (8) (i) 4. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 06-120: r. and recr. (3) (e) 2. b., cr. (3) (e) 2. c. Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 07-069: cr. (8) (k) Register February 2008 No. 626, eff. 3-1-08; CR 07-100: am. (8) (b) 2. Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-055: am. (3) (b) 1. b., (d) 3. (intro.), (5) (c), (6) (a), (7) (d) 1. b., (8) (b) 2., (j), Tables 82.40-1 and 82.40-2, r. and recr. (3) (e), (8) (e) 2., cr. (8) (b) 8., (d) 3. b. and Table 82.40-3e, renum. (8) (d) 3. to be (8) (d) 3. a. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 10-064: am. (3) (a) (title), (c) 1., (5) (a), (6) (a), (8) (b) 3. to 6.,Table 82.40-8 (title) and Table 82.40-10 (title), r. and recr. (3) (d) 1., renum. (3) (d) 2., 3. and Table 82.40-1 to be (3) (d) 3., 4. and Table 82.40-1b, cr. (3) (d) 2., (8) (b) 9., Table 82.40-1a, r. (9) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; CR 10-103: r. (3) (e) 2. b. to 2. d., renum. (3) (e) 2. a. to (3) (e) 2., Register August 2011 No. 668, eff. 9-1-11; correction in (2), (3) (a) 1., 2., (c) 2., 3. a., (d) 1. a., b., e., g., 2., 4. b., (5) (b) 4., (c), (d) 5. a., e., (6) (a), (7) (c), (8) (a) 1., (b) 3. c., 5. b., (d) 1., 6., (k) 1., Table 382.40-3e made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: r. (8) (b) 2., 8., renum. (8) (b) 3., 4. to (8) (b) 2., 3., am. (8) (b) 3., cr. (8) (b) 4., am. (8) (b) 5. (intro.), 7. Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; CR 13-046: am. (6) (a) Register December 2013 No. 696, eff. 1-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (3) (b) (intro.), cr. (3) (c) 4., am. (3) (d) 4., renum. (3) (e) 1. to (3) (e) 1. (intro.) and am., cr. (3) (e) 1. a., b., 3. to 5., am. (5) (a), cr. (5) (am), am. (5) (b) (intro.), cr. (5) (b) 6., 7., (bm), am. (6) (a), cr. Table 382.40-1d, 382.40-1h, (6) (c), am. Table 382.40-2, am. (7) (intro.), cr. (7) (d) 1. d., am. (7) (d) 4. (intro.), a., (e), cr. (7) (g) 4., (8) (b) 10., r. and recr. (8) (d) 3. b., cr. (8) (d) 7. to 10., am. (8) (i) 1. a., cr. (8) (jm), am. Tables 382.40-8 (title), 382.40-9 (title), cr. Tables 382.40-12 to 382.40-15 Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (3) (b) (intro.), (3) (e), (5) (am) 2., (bm), (8) (d) 8., (i) 1. a. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (3) (b) (intro.), renum. (3) (b) 1. (intro.) to (3) (b) 1. and am., r. (3) (b) 1. a., b., am. (3) (c) 4., (d) 4., cr. (3) (f), am. (4) (c) 1. d., (5) (a), r. (5) (am), am. (6) (a), (c) 1. to 3., 4. a., (7) (intro.), (c), (e), (g), r. and recr. (7) (g) 4., am. (8) (b) 10., cr. (8) (b) 11., r. (8) (d) 3. b., r. and recr. (8) (g), cr. (8) (L) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; (8) (d) 3. a. renum. to (8) (d) 3. under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register August 2026 No. 848.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.41 Cross connection control {#sec-sps-382.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.41}

(1) Scope. The provisions of this section set forth the requirements for the protection of water within water supply systems when and where there is the possibility of contamination due to cross connections or backflow conditions.

Note: The Department of Natural Resources governs the operation and design of community water systems and under s. NR 810.15 (1) requires the supplier of water to develop and implement a comprehensive cross connection control program.

(2) Materials.

(a) All methods, devices, and assemblies intended to protect water supply systems from cross connections shall be of a type recognized and approved in accordance with ch. SPS 384 and as described in sub. (4).

(b) All methods including barometric loops and air gaps intended to protect water supplies relative to cross connection or backflow shall be constructed of materials suitable for water supply systems in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) General requirements. Water supply systems and the connection of each plumbing fixture, piece of equipment, appliance or nonpotable water piping system shall be designed, installed and maintained in such a manner to prevent the contamination of water supplies by means of cross connections.

(a) Types of cross connection control.

  1. Water supply systems shall be protected against contamination due to cross connections or backflow conditions by one of the methods, devices, or assemblies specified in Table 382.41-1 depending upon the situation and the limitations specified in sub. (4).

  2. For the situations described in par. (b) 3., cross connection control shall be provided as part of the fixture fitting outlet or in the water supply piping for the fixture fitting outlet.

(b) Classifications. For the purposes of this section:

  1. The designation of a high hazard or low hazard situation shall be determined on the basis of how a toxic or nontoxic solution is intended or recommended by the manufacturer of the solution to interface with the potable water supply system.

a. A continuous pressure situation shall be considered to exist when a pressure greater than atmospheric within the water supply system exists for more than 12 continuous hours.

b. A noncontinuous pressure situation shall be considered to exist if the conditions in subd. 2. a. do not occur.

  1. A high hazard cross connection situation shall be considered to exist for a connection of the water supply system to:

a. Except as provided in subd. 8., any part of the drain system; and

b. Any other piping system conveying water from nonpotable sources, including but not limited to lakes, rivers, streams or creeks.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 5., a high hazard cross connection situation shall be considered to exist at:

a. A water supply hose bibb, faucet, wall hydrant, sill cock or other outlet which terminates with hose threads allowing a hose to be attached;

b. A water supply faucet, wall hydrant or other outlet which terminates with a serrated nipple allowing a hose to be attached;

c. A water supply faucet, hydrant or outlet serving a sink used for building maintenance in a public building;

d. A chemical pot-feeder or automatic chemical feeder is installed to serve a boiler, cooling tower or chilled water system; and

e. In the water supply piping connecting to the outlet of a fire hydrant for any purpose other than fire fighting.

  1. A cross connection may not be considered to exist at the hose threaded outlet installed for the sole purpose of any of the following:

a. Draining a water supply system or any portion thereof.

bm. Connecting individual portable dialysis machines when enclosed in a lockable box.

c. Connecting individual residential-type automatic clothes washers or dryers.

a. A high hazard situation shall be considered to exist for the connection of 2 water supply systems one supplied by a public water supply and the other system supplied by a private well.

Note: The interconnection of a public water supply system and another source of water is addressed in ss. NR 811.06 and 811.07 and must be approved by the Department of Natural Resources.

b. Cross connection control assemblies used in conjunction with automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be listed by an acceptable testing agency for such an application under the standards governing the design and installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems.

  1. A cross connection situation shall not be considered to exist when a multipurpose piping system serves a one- or 2- family dwelling provided the sprinkler system is constructed of materials and joints suitable for water distribution systems as specified in ss. SPS 384.30 (4) (e) and 384.40, respectively.

  2. A cross connection situation shall not be considered to exist for an emergency fixture unless the outlet can be submerged in a plumbing fixture. A low hazard cross connection situation shall be considered to exist when the outlet of an emergency fixture can be submerged.

(c) Containment.

  1. For sewerage treatment facilities which are required to conform with ch. NR 110, in addition to the cross connection control required for each potable water usage or water outlet, a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly or a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly shall be installed:

a. In the water service to each building or structure within the complex;

b. In the private water main upstream of all water services serving the facility; or

c. In the water distribution system upstream of all water outlets and in the process piping network upstream of all points of use, if both a water distribution system and a process network is contained within the same building or structure.

  1. For marinas, wharves and docks where potable water outlets are provided to serve boats or ships, in addition to the cross connection control required for each potable water outlet or usage, a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly or a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly shall be installed in the water supply system to limit backflow into the water supply source.

  2. The installation of a cross connection control assembly in the water supply system for a building or structure shall not alleviate the requirement to provide cross connection control for the connection of each plumbing fixture, piece of equipment, appliance or other piping system.

(d) Prohibitions.

  1. The use of a toxic solution as a heat transfer fluid in single-wall heat exchanger for potable water is prohibited.

Note: A single wall heat transfer fluid adhering to Category Code HT-1 under the NSF Nonfood Compounds Registration program and 21 CFR part 178.3570 is classified as a non-toxic solution. The NSF Nonfood Compounds Registration Program is a continuation of the USDA product approval and listing program, which is based on meeting regulatory requirements including 21 CFR part 178.3570 for appropriate use, ingredient, and labeling: https://info.nsf.org/usda/psnclistings.asp.

  1. A cross connection control method, device, or assembly may not be bypassed without a cross connection control method, device, or assembly of at least equal protection.

(e) Existing automatic fire sprinkler systems. An alteration, modification or addition to an existing automatic fire sprinkler shall necessitate conformance with this section, if the:

  1. Existing water supply line to the existing sprinkler system is increased in diameter; or

  2. Existing device or method which had been previously recognized to address cross connection concerns is to be removed or replaced.

(4) Limitations.

(a) Cross connection control devices or assemblies shall be limited in use in accordance with the respective standard, unless otherwise specifically permitted under this subsection.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., an atmospheric-type vacuum breaker shall be installed such that the bottom of the device or the critical level mark on the device is at least 6 inches above all of the following:

a. The flood level rim of the receptor serving the water supply port.

b. The highest point downstream from the device where backpressure would be created.

c. The highest point of an injection or aspiration port.

  1. A deck-mounted atmospheric type vacuum breaker shall be installed such that the bottom of the device or the critical level mark on the device is at least 1 inch above all of the following:

a. The flood level rim of the receptor serving the water supply port.

b. The highest point downstream from the device where backpressure would be created.

c. The highest point of an injection or aspiration port.

(c)

a. The use a of a hose connection backflow preventer, dual check backflow preventer wall hydrant-freeze resistant or a hose connection vacuum breaker in a continuous pressure situation shall be limited to campgrounds and marinas.

b. The use of a hose connection backflow preventer and a hose connection vacuum breaker shall be limited to the discharge side of a control valve such as a faucet or hose bibb.

  1. A hose connection backflow preventer and a hose connection vacuum breaker may not be employed in backpressure situations of more than 10 feet of water column.

(d) A backflow preventer with an intermediate atmospheric vent:

  1. May not be employed in backpressure situations of more than 150 psig; and

  2. May not serve boilers having a maximum steam pressure setting greater than 15 psig or a maximum water pressure setting greater than 30 psig.

(e)

  1. A reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly and a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly may not be subjected to a backpressure greater than twice the rated working pressure of the assembly.

  2. A reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly and a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly which serve a water-based fire protection system may have a test outlet located between the number 2 check valve and the number 2 listed indicating control valve.

  3. A reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly and a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly which are 2” or smaller in size and which serve a water-based fire protection system are not required to have a test cock on the number one listed indicating control valve.

(f) A hand-held shower may not be employed in backpressure situations of more than 5 feet of water column.

(g)

  1. A double check backflow prevention assembly and a double check detector backflow prevention assembly may not be subjected to a backpressure greater than twice the rated working pressure of the assembly.

  2. A double check backflow prevention assembly and a double check detector backflow prevention assembly which are 2” or smaller in size and which serve a water-based fire protection system are not required to have a test cock on the number one listed indicating control valve.

(h) A water supply fed trap seal primer valve shall be installed such that the bottom of the device or the critical level as marked on the device is at least 12” above:

  1. The connection to the trap; and

  2. The highest point downstream from the device where backpressure would be created.

(i) A vacuum breaker wall hydrant, freeze resistant automatic draining type, a dual check backflow preventer wall hydrant-freeze resistant type, or a freeze resistant sanitary yard hydrant, may not be employed in backpressure situations of more than 10 feet of water column.

(k) A pressure vacuum breaker assembly shall be installed such that the bottom of the assembly or the critical level mark on the assembly is at least 12” above all of the following:

1m. The flood level rim of the receptor serving the water supply port.

2m. The highest point downstream from the assembly where backpressure would be created.

3m. The highest point of an injection or aspiration port.

(L) A laboratory faucet backflow preventer may not be employed in backpressure situations of more than 6 feet of water column.

(m) The cross connection control device or assembly to serve a hose bibb or hydrant that penetrates an exterior wall of a heated structure may not prevent a hose bibb or hydrant from being freeze resistant automatic draining as required under s. SPS 382.40 (8) (a).

(n) A spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly shall be installed so that the bottom of the assembly or the critical level mark on the assembly is at least 12” above all of the following:

  1. The flood level rim of the receptor serving the water supply port.

  2. The highest point downstream from the assembly where back pressure would be created.

  3. The highest point of an injection or aspiration port.

(5) Installation.

(a) An air gap for cross connection control shall conform to ASME A112.1.2.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(b) Cross connection control methods, devices and assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation specifications and this chapter. The methods, devices and assemblies shall be accessible for inspection, testing, maintenance and replacement.

Note: See s. SPS 384.30 (5) (c).

(c) Cross connection control devices and assemblies shall be protected from freezing.

(d)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 1m., a cross connection control device or cross connection control assembly may not be located in uninhabitable spaces susceptible to flooding.

1m. A cross connection control device or cross connection control assembly that does not incorporate a vent port may be installed in an uninhabited location susceptible to flooding.

  1. A cross connection control device or assembly which has one or more vent ports may not be located in a pit, vault or depression which is below the adjacent grade or floor level, even if the pit, vault or depression is provided with a drain at the bottom of the pit.

(e)

  1. Vent ports of cross connection control devices or assemblies shall be positioned:

a. Away from areas where toxic gases and fumes may accumulate;

b. Downward or protected to protect the ports from falling debris; and

c. So as to drain dry.

  1. Cross connection control devices or assemblies shall be so located that any vent ports are provided with an air gap so as to comply with s. SPS 382.33 or ASME A112.1.3.

a. If a pressure vacuum breaker assembly, reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, or a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly is located within a building, a drain or receptor shall be provided to receive the discharge from the vent ports of the assembly. If a floor drain is to receive the discharge from the vent ports of a pressure vacuum breaker assembly, reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly or a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly, the flow or pathway of the discharge may not create a nuisance.

b. Where drain piping is provided for the discharge from a vent port, an air gap in accordance with par. (a) shall be provided between the vent port and the drain piping.

c. Where a receptor is provided for the discharge from a vent port, an air gap in accordance with par. (a) shall be provided between the vent port and the receptor.

(f) The installation of a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly, a reduced pressure detector backflow prevention assembly, a double check backflow prevention assembly, a double check detector backflow prevention assembly, a pressure vacuum breaker assembly, and a spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly shall conform to all of the following limitations:

  1. The minimum distance between the floor, surface or platform which is to provide access and the lowest point of the assembly may not be less than 12”.

  2. The maximum distance between the floor, surface or platform which is to provide access and the lowest point of the assembly may not be more than 7 feet.

  3. The minimum distance between a ceiling or other obstruction and the highest point of the assembly may not be less than 18”.

  4. The minimum distance between a wall or other obstruction and the back and ends of the assembly may not be less than 4”.

  5. The minimum distance between a wall or other obstruction and the front of the assembly may not be less than 24”.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further explanatory material.

(g) The discharge outlet of local waste piping serving a cross connection control device or assembly shall be visible and not be located within a concealed space.

(h) No control valve may be placed downstream from an atmospheric-type vacuum breaker or a laboratory faucet backflow preventer.

(i) A barometric loop to provide cross connection control for backsiphonage shall be formed by creating a loop in the potable water supply piping upstream to the source of cross connection.

  1. The loop shall extend at least 35 feet above:

a. The highest point downstream from the loop where backpressure would be created; and

b. The point of discharge.

  1. No outlets for potable water use shall be installed downstream of the peak of the loop.

(j) Vacuum breaker tees shall be assembled such that:

  1. The bottom of the horizontal portion of the tee is installed at least one inch above the flood level rim of the receptor;

  2. The inside diameter of the tee is equal to or greater than the inside diameter of the drain piping from the water treatment device;

  3. The tee is installed in such a position that the discharge will not create a nuisance;

  4. The piping upstream of the tee is of a type suitable for water distribution in accordance with s. SPS 384.30 (4) (e).

  5. The vent portion of the tee is equal to or greater than the inside diameter of the drain piping from the water treatment device; and

  6. The vent port of the tee is:

a. Positioned away from areas where toxic gases and fumes may accumulate; and

b. Constructed to protect the port from falling debris.

(k) A chemical dispensing system shall be connected to the water distribution system in either of the following manners:

  1. The fixture supply shall be individually connected to the water distribution system.

  2. The fixture supply shall be installed with a pressure bleeding device. The pressure bleeding device shall create a visually free flow of water through the atmosphere from the faucet connection into the fixture drain.

History

  • 1-2-56; r. (2) through (7), Register, October, 1971, No. 190, eff. 11-1-71; r. and recr. Register, November, 1972, No. 203, eff. 12-1-72; renum. from H 62.14, Register, July, 1983, No. 331, eff. 8-1-83; renum. from ILHR 82.14 and am. (1) (h) 17., r. (2), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; am. (2) (a), Tables 82.41-1, 2, (4) (c), (e) to (i), (k) to (m), (5) (e) 3. a., (i), cr. (4) (n), r. and recr. (5) (b), (f), r. (5) (h), Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; correction in (4) (n) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 1., Stats., Register, February, 2000, No. 530; am. (3) (a) 2., (4) (k) 1. and (5) (a), r. and recr. (4) (b) and (n), and Tables 82.41-1 and 82.41-2, cr. (4) (k) 1. c. and (5) (L), Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. (3) (intro.), (5) (a), Tables 82.41-1 and 2, renum. (5) (i) to (L) to be (5) (h) to (k) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: cr. (3) (b) 4. d., am. Tables 82.41-1 and -2, 82.41 (2), (3) (a) 1. and (b) 7. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: cr. (3) (b) 4. e., am. (4) (c) 1. a., (f), (i), (n), (5) (a), (e) 2., (f) (intro.), Tables 82.41-1 and 82.41-2 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; corrections in (6) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1. and 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 09-050: r. (6) Register December 2009 No. 648, eff. 1-1-10; CR 10-064: am. (1), (5) (e) 2., Table 82.41-2 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) 1., (b) 7., (4) (m), (5) (e) 2., (j) 4., Table 382.41-1, Table 382.41-2 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) (a), (3) (b) 4. e., 5. (intro.), a., r. (3) (b) 5. b., cr. (3) (b) 5. bm., am. (3) (b) 5. c., r. and recr. (3) (b) 6. b., renum. (3) (d) to (3) (d) 1. and am., cr. (3) (d) 2., r. and recr. Table 382.41-1, r. Table 382.41-2, am. (4) (b) 1. (intro.), 2. (intro.), r. (4) (g) 2., (k) 2., cr. (4) (o), am. (5) (d) 1., cr. (5) (d) 1m., am. (5) (e) 3. a., (f) (intro.), (h) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; renum. (4) (k) 1. to (4) (k) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; correction in (4) (b) 1. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (3) (a) 1., (b) 3. a., 6. b., cr. (3) (b) 8., am. (3) (c) 1. (intro.), 2., 3., r. and recr. Table 382.41-1, am. (4) (a), (b) 1. (intro.), (d) (intro.), (e) 1. to 3., (g) 1., 3., (i), (k) (intro.), 2m., (m), (n) (intro.), 2., r. (4) (o), am. (5) (c), (d) 2., (e) 1. (intro.), 3. a., (f) (intro.), (g) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; correction in (4) (b) 1., (5) (e) 3. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register June 2026 No. 846.

Subchapter V Special Plumbing Installations

(1) General. The provisions of this section shall set forth the requirements for the design, installation and maintenance of devices, fixtures and equipment which are installed in health care and related facilities.

(2) Fixtures and equipment.

(a) Special fixtures and equipment.

  1. ‘Requirements for ice manufacture and storage.’ Machines for manufacturing ice or any device for handling or storage of ice shall be located in an area not subject to contamination.

  2. ‘Sterilizers and washer sanitizers.’

a. Sterilizers and washer sanitizers shall discharge by means of indirect waste.

b. The indirect waste piping shall discharge by means of air-gap.

  1. ‘Aspirators.’ Aspirators which require the use of water shall be provided with approved cross connection control.

(b) Spouts and actions. Except in psychiatric-care facilities in areas where patient safety is at risk with standard gooseneck spouts and actions, the selection of spouts and actions on plumbing fixtures shall comply with this section and Table 382.50-1.

  1. ‘Spouts.’

a. Lavatories and sinks accessible to patients shall have a fixed water supply spout mounted so that its discharge point is a minimum distance of 5 inches above the flood level rim of the fixture.

b. Spouts shall have laminar flow in facilities listed in sub. (3) (b).

  1. ‘Actions.’ All fixtures used by medical and nursing staff, patients, residents, and food handlers shall be equipped with valves that can be operated without the use of hands and shall comply with all of the following:

a. Where wrist blade handles are used for this purpose, the handles may not exceed 4 1/2 inches in length, except handles on scrub sinks and clinical sinks shall be no less than 6 inches long.

b. Single lever faucet handles may be used in lieu of wrist blades.

c. In lavatories with self-closing faucets accessible to patients, the flow of the hot water shall be calculated to evacuate the water distribution piping from the faucet to the recirculated hot water supply.

(c) Floor drain prohibition.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., floor drains may not be installed in operating or delivery rooms.

  2. Floor drains may be installed in cystoscopic rooms. The drain shall contain a non-splash, horizontal-flow flushing bowl beneath the drain plate.

(3) Water supply systems.

(a) Hospital water supply systems. Water supply systems serving hospitals shall comply with all of the following:

  1. All hospitals shall be provided with at least 2 water services. Whenever more than one water main is available, the connections shall be made to different water mains.

  2. Each water service connection shall adequately serve the total building water supply demand as specified in s. SPS 382.40 (7), except for additional services supplying water to additions deemed non-essential as defined in a hospital water management plan.

Note: The installation of two water services or a private water main may require the installation of a check valve. Refer to ch. NR 811 for more information.

(ag) Health care facilities. Hot and cold water shall be provided to all sinks accessible to patients and comply with all of the following:

  1. Hot water shall be initiated and stored at a minimum of 140°F.

  2. The maximum temperature to fixture fitting outlets accessible to patients may not exceed 115°F.

(b) Hospital, community-based residential facility, inpatient hospice and nursing home water supply systems.

  1. Water supply systems serving a hospital, community-based residential facility, inpatient hospice or nursing home shall comply with all of the following:

a. Except as provided in subd. 1. b., a single control valve may serve an area where 4 or fewer patient care units exist and where each unit contains not more than 2 persons.

b. A water supply serving an intensive care patient care unit shall be individually valved.

  1. All water distribution piping shall be insulated in accordance with chs. SPS 361 to 366.

  2. Cold water shall be supplied to lavatories or sinks located in patient rooms.

  3. A hot water distribution system shall be under constant recirculation to provide continuous hot water at each hot water outlet, except that when using thermal disinfection, under subd. 6. a. uncirculated hot water distribution piping may not exceed 3 feet in developed length.

4m. Control valves shall automatically regulate the temperature of the water supply of the distribution system that exceeds 140°F to each fixture accessible to patients.

  1. Water provided to patient showers, therapeutic equipment and all types of baths shall be installed with pressure balanced and thermostatically controlled control valves which automatically regulate the temperature of the water supply to the fixture fitting outlet within a temperature range of 110°F to 115°F. Such control valves shall automatically reduce flow to 0.5 gpm or less when the water supply to the fitting outlet exceeds 115°F or when loss of cold water pressure occurs.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.50 (3) (b) 5. for sketches showing various design options.

  1. Hot water distribution systems may not include a heat recovery system, and shall be installed and maintained to provide disinfection by one of the following methods:

a. Water stored and circulation initiated at a minimum of 140°F and with a return of a minimum of 124°F.

be. .5 mg/L residual chlorine.

bm. Chloramine.

bs. Chlorine dioxide.

Note: Additional information may be contained in ASHRAE Guideline 12-2000, Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems. This standard is published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE); 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329, phone: (800) 5-ASHRAE or (404) 636-8400 ext. 507; fax: (404) 321-5478; e-mail: orders@ashrae.org; or online at www.ashrae.org.

c. Another disinfection method approved by the department or using disinfectant provided by the municipality with an approved minimum residual disinfectant concentration at all points and individual site approval by the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix for further information.

  1. A water distribution system may not be designed, installed, or maintained so that the maximum water temperature to fixture fitting outlets accessible to patients exceeds 115°F.

Note: See s. SPS 382.40 (5) and ch. DHS 124 for additional requirements for circulation systems.

7m. The use of limit stops in faucets or shower or tub mixing valves to achieve a maximum temperature of 115°F is prohibited.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 7., a water distribution system may not be designed, installed and maintained so that the maximum temperature to fixture fitting outlets exceeds 180°F.

  2. Water outlets accessible to patients shall have laminar flow.

  3. Where a dialysis box is installed in a patient room or a patient toilet room, all of the following shall apply:

a. The dialysis box shall be lockable.

c. A receptor located within a dialysis box shall be sealed when not in use.

  1. Hot water distribution piping shall be labeled with the disinfection method used. Labeling shall be within the water heater mechanical room on the hot water distribution piping at the point of injection, within 5 feet of the injection point, and every 25 feet thereafter within the mechanical room. The interior of all doors serving the mechanical room shall be labeled with the disinfection method. All label lettering shall be at least 1/2 inch height in clearly readable letters.

  2. Facilities with a population exceeding 250 occupants shall have a water management plan. The management plan shall include all of the following:

a. An emergency water contingency plan program on the loss or contamination of the water supply.

b. A pathogen control plan.

c. The emergency and routine disinfection procedures.

d. The identity of the individual responsible for the water quality.

e. The provisions for the periodic flushing of the water supply system.

f. Balancing valve report for the hot water distribution system.

  1. Expansion tanks serving the hot water distribution system shall be of the flow−through type. Where an expansion tank is provided, a check valve shall be provided upstream of the expansion tank. If a bypass and bypass valve are provided for a flow through expansion tank, the bypass valve shall be closed and locked.

(c) Adult day care centers. A water distribution system serving an adult day care center may not be designed, installed, or maintained so that the maximum water temperature to fixture fitting outlets accessible to participants exceeds 115°F.

History

  • 1-2-56; am. (3) (4) and (5), Register, August, 1961, No. 68, eff. 9-1-61; r. and recr. Register, November, 1972, No. 203, eff. 12-1-72; r. and recr., Register, February, 1979, No. 278, eff. 3-1-79; renum. from H 62.16, Register, July, 1983, No. 331, eff. 8-1-83; renum. from ILHR 82.16 and am. (7) (b), (10) (a) 1. and 2., (b) 2., (f) (intro.) and (h), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. (10) (f) and Table 25, Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; correction in (7) (b) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, July, 2000, No. 535; am. (2) and (10) (g) Table 26, r. and recr. (10) (g) and (h), r. (10) (i), Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: r. and recr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am. Table 82.50-1 and (3) (b) 5. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; correction in (3) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2008 No. 626; CR 08-055: am. (3) (b) 5. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2) (b) (intro.), (3) (a) 2., (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) (b) (intro.), renum. (2) (b) 1. to (2) (b) 1. a. and am., cr. (2) (b) 1. b., renum. (2) (b) 2. to (2) (b) 2. (intro.) and am., cr. (2) (b) 2. a. to c., am. (3) (a) 2., cr. (3) (ag), am. (3) (b) 4., cr. (3) (b) 4m., am. (3) (b) 5., 6. (intro.), r. (3) (b) 6. b., cr. (3) (b) 6. be. to bs., am. (3) (b) 6. c., am. (3) (b) 7., cr. (3) (b) 7, 9. to 14., (c), am. Table 382.50-1; correction in (3) (b) 4. made under s. 35.17, Stats., and correction in numbering in (3) (ag) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: r. (3) (b) 10., 11. b., am. (3) (b) 14. Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; correction in (2) (b) 1. b. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register June 2026 No. 846.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.51 Manufactured homes and manufactured home communities {#sec-sps-382.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.51}

(1) Sanitary drain systems. Sanitary drain systems serving a manufactured home or manufactured home community shall comply with the provisions applicable to building sewers in s. SPS 382.30 and all of the following:

(a) The manufactured home drain connector shall have a minimum slope of 1/8 inch per foot.

(b) The manufactured home drain connector shall be constructed of materials suitable for aboveground drain and vent pipe and tubing as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (2) (a).

(c) The building sewer, sanitary and manufactured home community drain system, sanitary shall be constructed of materials suitable for sanitary building sewer pipe, as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (2) (c).

(d) The most upstream point of the building sewer, sanitary or manufactured home community drain system, sanitary shall be determined at its connection with the manufactured home drain connector.

(e) The building sewer, sanitary or manufactured home community drain system, sanitary shall terminate above the surrounding finished grade.

(f) Cleanouts shall be provided to comply with s. SPS 382.35, suitable for sanitary building sewers. Additionally, a cleanout shall be provided at the point where more than one manufactured home is served by a single drain.

(g) A means to locate buried non−metallic manufactured home community drain systems, sanitary, that discharge to municipal mains shall be provided in accordance with the options under s. SPS 382.30 (11) (h).

(h) Testing and inspection shall be conducted to comply with s. SPS 382.21, suitable for sanitary building sewer and sanitary private interceptor main sewer.

(2) Water supply systems. Water supply systems serving a manufactured home or a manufactured home community shall comply with s. SPS 382.40 and all of the following:

(a) For manufactured homes, the most downstream point of the water service or manufactured home community water supply system shall be determined at the connection with the water distribution piping by the manufactured home manufacturer prior to delivery.

(b) The water service, private water main and manufactured home community water supply system shall be constructed of materials suitable for water services and private water mains as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (4) (d).

(c) A manufactured home water connector shall be constructed of materials suitable for water distribution piping and tubing as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (4) (e).

(d) A curb stop shall be provided for an individual manufactured home. The curb stop shall terminate outside the perimeter of the manufactured home.

(e) A building control valve shall be provided on the water service or manufactured home community water supply system a minimum of 6 inches above the surrounding grade.

(f) A means to locate buried non−metallic manufactured home community water supply systems connected to municipal supply systems shall be provided in accordance with s. SPS 382.40 (8) (k).

(g) The water supply system shall be designed for periodic flushing at a minimum velocity of 3 feet per second per ANSI/AWWA Standard C651, Table 3.

(h) Testing and inspection shall be conducted to comply with s. SPS 382.21, suitable for private water mains and water services.

(3) Manufactured home connections.

(a) Frost sleeves for plumbing serving a manufactured home shall conform to all of the following:

  1. Water supply, sanitary sewer and storm sewer piping extending up through the ground surface shall be provided with frost sleeves extending to within 6 inches of the top of the below ground horizontal sewer or water supply system, or to a depth at least 6 inches below the predicted depth of frost in accordance with Table 382.30−6.

  2. The frost sleeve shall terminate at least 2 inches above grade.

  3. The sleeve shall be constructed of material approved for building drain or building sewer material as specified in s. SPS 384.30 (2).

(b) Terminations of the water service, manufactured home community water supply system, sanitary sewer, manufactured home community drain system, sanitary, storm sewer, and manufactured home community drain system, storm serving a manufactured home shall conform to all of the following:

  1. The water service or manufactured home community water supply system serving the manufactured home shall terminate a minimum of 6 inches above the surrounding finished grade.

  2. The sanitary sewer or manufactured home community drain system, sanitary serving the manufactured home shall terminate a minimum of 4 inches above the surrounding finished grade and may not terminate higher than the water service termination or manufactured home water supply system termination.

  3. The storm sewer or manufactured home community drain system, storm serving the manufactured home shall terminate a minimum of 4 inches above the surrounding finished grade and may not terminate higher than the water service termination or manufactured home water supply system termination.

(c) The water service, manufactured home community water supply system, sanitary sewer, manufactured home community drain system, sanitary, storm sewer, and manufactured home community drain system, storm for a manufactured home shall be capped or plugged when not connected to a manufactured home.

Note: See ch. SPS 382 Appendix A-382.51 (3) for further explanatory material.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Table, Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (2) (d), Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; CR 02-002: r. and recr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-055: am. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (intro.), (c), (2) (a), (b), (3) (a) 1., 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: cr. (2) (e) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: r. and recr. (1), (2), am. (3) (a) 1., (b) (intro.), 1., 2., cr. (3) (b) 3., am. (3) (c) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.

Subchapter VI Installation

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.60 Pipe hangers and supports {#sec-sps-382.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.60}

The provisions of this section control the types, materials and installation of anchors, hangers and supports for plumbing piping.

(1) Material.

(a) Strength. Hangers, anchors and supports for piping shall be of sufficient strength to support the piping and its contents. Drain piping shall be considered as being full of water. Underground piers for pipe support shall be of concrete, masonry, plastic or pressure treated wood.

(b) Compatibility.

  1. Hangers and straps shall be of a compatible material that will reduce the potential for galvanic action with the piping.

  2. Hangers and straps may not distort, cut or abrade piping.

(2) Installation.

(a) Piping hangers and anchors shall be securely attached to the building’s structure at intervals to support the piping and its contents, but not at intervals greater than those specified in Table 382.60, except PVC used for venting may have a maximum horizontal spacing of 5 feet. The connection of drain piping to a fixture or appliance shall be considered a point of support.

(b) Hubless pipe installed in the horizontal position shall be supported within 24” on each side of a joint, unless the joint has an alignment retaining shield.

(c) Hangers shall not be attached to a building’s structure by means of wood plugs.

(d) Shower valves and piping from the shower valve to the shower head outlet shall be securely attached to the structure.

History

  • Cr. Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85; r. and recr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; r. and recr. Table 82.60, Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; cr. (2) (d), Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. Table Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. (2) (a) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Subchapter VII Plumbing Treatment Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 382.70 Plumbing treatment standards {#sec-sps-382.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 382.70}

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to establish plumbing treatment standards for plumbing systems that supply water to outlets based on the intended use.

(2) Scope. The provisions of this section apply to plumbing systems that supply water to outlets.

Note: For requirements and specifications for POWTS, refer to ch. SPS 383.

Note: The department of natural resources requires WPDES permits for point source discharges under ch. 283, Stats.

(3) General requirements. A plumbing system shall supply water that is of a quality that will protect public health and the waters of the state and be suitable for the intended use.

Note: Refer to s. SPS 382.34 for requirements for wastewater reuse.

(4) Minimum requirements.

(a) Except as provided under par. (b), a plumbing system shall supply a quality of water at the outlet or at the termination of the plumbing system that meets or exceeds the minimum requirements as specified in Table 382.70-1.

(b) For an outlet other than a plumbing fixture, appliance or appurtenance, there may be more stringent requirements assigned by a municipality, governmental unit, state agency or the owner of the plumbing system.

(5) Nonpotable water treatment devices and systems. Devices or equipment used to treat nonpotable water for the uses specified in Table 382.70-1 shall be listed under NSF/ANSI 350 or NSF/ANSI 350-1 by an ANSI accredited, third-party, listing agency acceptable to the department; or be approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 384.50.

(a) Design and installation. The design and installation of nonpotable water treatment devices and systems shall conform to s. SPS 382.34 (3) (a) and include:

  1. ‘Maintenance and inspection.’ A maintenance log shall be created and kept by the system owner and remain onsite. The maintenance log shall be available for inspection upon request and contain the following minimum information:

  2. ‘Manual.’ An installation, operation, and maintenance manual shall be provided to the system owner and remain onsite. The manual shall contain the following minimum information:

a. A detailed diagram of the system showing the location of critical system components.

b. Complete operation and maintenance instructions.

c. Instructions on deactivating the system for maintenance or repair.

d. Complete manufacturer’s contact information

e. Model number.

f. Representative sources of supply for expendable system components.

  1. ‘Labeling.’ Non-potable water systems shall be indelibly labeled in accordance with NSF 350 or NSF 350-1. The labeling shall be plainly visible after installation.

History

  • CR 02-002: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am. Table 82.70-1 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. Table 82.70-1 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 10-064: am. Table 82.70-1 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (4) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: am. Table 382.70-1, cr. (5) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (5) (a) 1. made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813.

Chapter SPS 382 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 382 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-382 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 382}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only. The notes, illustrations, etc., are numbered to correspond to the number of the rule as it appears in the text of the code.

A-382.20 (2) AGENT MUNICIPALITIES. The department has designated several municipalities the authority to review and approve plumbing plans and specifications for those plumbing installations located within the boundary limits of the municipality and that require approval under s. SPS 382.20. There are also municipalities designated for stormwater infiltration review when required as per s. SPS 382.20.

Note: These listings are maintained on the department’s web site under the Division of Industry Services at https://dsps.wi.gov/Pages/Programs/DelegatedAgents.aspx. Also see the Plumbing Program page on the Division of Industry Services web site at: https://dsps.wi.gov/Pages/Programs/Plumbing/Default.aspx. Both web pages are subject to change.

A-382.20 (4) WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT AGENCIES (WQM.) There are 23 water quality management agencies serving the state. These agencies review proposed sewer extensions and provide Sewer Service Area Conformance letters (also known as WQM letters).

Note: Sewer service area planning is regulated by the department of natural resources. More information may be available at http://dnr.wi.gov/topic/Wastewater/SewerServiceArea.html.

A-382.30 (4)-1. BRANCH INTERVALS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (4)-2. RECEPTOR DESIGN. The following table lists the gallons per minute (GPM) that can be expected to readily flow through a given size trap where the receptor has a height (H) as indicated.

Also listed is a drainage fixture unit (dfu) load that a given size receptor trap may be expected to adequately receive.

Note: A minimum individual 4 inch diameter trap and drain for a commercial type dishwasher is recommended.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for table

A-382.30 (4)-3. SLOPE BETWEEN MANHOLES IN CONVENTIONAL GRAVITY SEWERS. Section NR 110.13 (2) (c) reads:

“Slope. 1. Conventional gravity sewers shall be laid with uniform slope between manholes. All sewers shall be designed and constructed to give average velocities of not less than 60 centimeters per second (2.0 feet per second) when flowing full. The minimum slopes in Table 1 shall be provided. Slopes less than 0.4% may be permitted for 20 centimeter (8 inch) sewers. In such cases, however, the slope may not be less than 0.3%. The department [DNR] will approve these sewers only when the owner demonstrates that physical circumstances warrant the lesser slope. Furthermore, approval will not be granted until the department [DNR] has received written assurance from the operating authority that the authority will provide the additional maintenance which may result from the sedimentation due to decreased velocities.”

NR 110 Table 1

  • See PDF for table

A-382.30 (6) (b) OFFSETS IN VERTICAL DRAINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (7) HORIZONTAL BRANCH DRAIN CONNECTION AT BASE OF A STACK.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (8) MEASURING RADIUS OF A FITTING.

  • See PDF for diagram - See PDF for diagram - See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (10) (a) DETERMINING REQUIRED CAPACITY OF SANITARY SUMP.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (10) (a) SUMPS.

  • See PDF for table

A-382.30 (10) (b) 3. VELOCITY AND FLOW RELATIONSHIP MAINTAINING 2 FEET PER SECOND.

Schedule 40 PVC Velocity And Flow Relationship Maintaining 2 Feet Per Second

  • See PDF for table

A-382.30 (11) (b) BUILDING DRAINS SERVING ANY BUILDING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (11) (c) BUILDING SEWER INSULATION.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.30 (11) (d) SETBACKS FOR VARIOUS CONTAMINANT SOURCES. Setbacks for various contaminant sources as specified in chs. NR 811 and NR 812 read:

NR 811.12 (5) (d)

(d) Minimum separation from contamination sources. The well shall be adequately separated from potential sources of contamination. Unless a hydrogeologic investigation indicates lesser separation distances would provide adequate protection of a well from contamination or department approved treatment is installed to address the potential contamination concerns, the minimum separation distances shall be:

  1. Ten feet between a well and an emergency or standby power system that is operated by the same facility which operates the well and that has a double wall above ground storage tank with continuous electronic interstitial leakage monitoring. These facilities shall meet the installation requirements of s. ATCP 93.260 and receive written approval from the department of safety and professional services or its designated Local Program Operator under s. ATCP 93.110.

  2. Fifty feet between a well and a storm sewer main or a sanitary sewer main where the sanitary sewer main is constructed of water main class materials and joints. Gravity sanitary sewers shall be successfully air pressure tested in place. The air pressure test shall meet or exceed the requirements of the 4 psi low pressure air test for plastic gravity sewer lines found in the latest edition of Standard Specifications for Sewer & Water Construction in Wisconsin. Force mains shall be successfully pressure tested with water to meet the AWWA C600 pressure and leakage testing requirements for one hour at 125% of the pump shut-off head.

  3. Two hundred feet between a well and any sanitary sewer main not constructed of water main class materials, sanitary sewer manhole, lift station, one or 2 family residential heating fuel oil underground storage tank or above ground storage tank or POWTS treatment tank or holding tank component and associated piping.

  4. Three hundred feet between a well and any farm underground storage tank system or other underground storage tank system with double wall and with electronic interstitial monitoring for the system, which means the tank and any piping connected to it. These installations shall meet the most restrictive installation requirements of s. ATCP 93.260 and receive written approval from the department of safety and professional services or its designated Local Program Operator under s. ATCP 93.110. These requirements apply to tanks containing gasoline, diesel, bio-diesel, ethanol, other alternative fuel, fuel oil, petroleum product, motor fuel, burner fuel, lubricant, waste oil, or hazardous substances.

  5. Three hundred feet between a well and any farm above ground storage tank with double wall, or single wall tank with other secondary containment and under a canopy; other above ground storage tank system with double wall, or single wall tank with secondary containment and under a canopy and with electronic interstitial monitoring for a double wall tank or electronic leakage monitoring for a single wall tank secondary containment structure. These installations shall meet the most restrictive installation requirements of s. ATCP 93.260 and receive written approval from the department of safety and professional services or its designated Local Program Operator under s. ATCP 93.110. These requirements apply to tanks containing gasoline, diesel, bio-diesel, ethanol, other alternative fuel, fuel oil, petroleum product, motor fuel, burner fuel, lubricant, waste oil, or hazardous substances.

  6. Four hundred feet between a well and a POWTS dispersal component with a design capacity of less than 12,000 gallons per day, a cemetery or a storm water retention or detention pond.

  7. Six hundred feet between a well and any farm underground storage tank system or other underground storage tank system with double wall and with electronic interstitial monitoring for the system, which means the tank and any piping connected to it; any farm above ground storage tank with double wall, or single wall tank with other secondary containment and under a canopy or other above ground storage tank system with double wall, or single wall tank with secondary containment and under a canopy; and with electronic interstitial monitoring for a double wall tank or electronic leakage monitoring for a single wall tank secondary containment structure. These installations shall meet the standard double wall tank or single wall tank secondary containment installation requirements of s. ATCP 93.260 and receive written approval from the department of safety and professional services or its designated Local Program Operator under s. ATCP 93.110. These requirements apply to tanks containing gasoline, diesel, bio-diesel, ethanol, other alternative fuel, fuel oil, petroleum product, motor fuel, burner fuel, lubricant, waste oil, or hazardous substances.

  8. One thousand feet between a well and land application of municipal, commercial, or industrial waste; the boundaries of a landspreading facility for spreading of petroleum-contaminated soil regulated under ch. NR 718 while that facility is in operation; agricultural, industrial, commercial or municipal waste water treatment plant treatment units, lagoons, or storage structures; manure stacks or storage structures; or POWTS dispersal component with a design capacity of 12,000 gallons per day or more.

  9. Twelve hundred feet between a well and any solid waste storage, transportation, transfer, incineration, air curtain destructor, processing, wood burning, one time disposal or small demolition facility; sanitary landfill; any property with residual groundwater contamination that exceeds ch. NR 140 enforcement standards; coal storage area; salt or deicing material storage area; any single wall farm underground storage tank or single wall farm above ground storage tank or other single wall underground storage tank or above ground storage tank that has or has not received written approval from the department of safety and professional services or its designated Local Program Operator under s. ATCP 93.110 for a single wall tank installation. These requirements apply to tanks containing gasoline, diesel, bio-diesel, ethanol, other alternative fuel, fuel oil, petroleum product, motor fuel, burner fuel, lubricant, waste oil, or hazardous substances; and bulk pesticide or fertilizer handling or storage facilities.

Note: The department’s database of contaminated properties, established in accordance with ss. 292.12 (3), 292.31 (1), and 292.57, Stats., can be found on the department’s Bureau for Remediation and Redevelopment internet web site. The Bureau for Remediation and Redevelopment Tracking System (BRRTS) is an on-line database that provides information on known contaminated soil or groundwater and tracks the status of the cleanup actions. RR Sites Map is the program’s geographic information system that provides a map-based system of contaminated properties in Wisconsin. The department of safety and professional services Storage Tank Database Information can be found at the department of safety and professional services web site.

NR 812.08 Well, reservoir and spring location. (1) GENERAL. Any potable or nonpotable well or reservoir shall be located:

(a) So the well and its surroundings can be kept in a sanitary condition.

(b) At the highest point on the property consistent with the general layout and surroundings if reasonably possible, but in any case protected against surface water flow and flooding and not downslope from a contamination source on the property or on an adjacent property regardless of what was installed first, the well or the contamination source. When a contamination source is installed upslope from a well in violation of this section after the well construction has been completed, the violation is not the responsibility of the well driller, except if the well driller knew or should have known of the proposed upslope installation of the contamination source. When there is no location on the property where this requirement can be met, a well may be constructed without a variance if it is constructed with a minimum of 20 or more feet of well casing pipe than is required by ss. NR 812.12 and 812.13 and Tables I and II or with a minimum of 60 feet of well casing pipe provided that the minimum well casing pipe depth requirements of s. NR 812.12 or 812.13 and Table I or II are met. This exception does not apply to high capacity, school or wastewater treatment plant wells. A well or reservoir is located downslope from a contamination source, regardless of the presence or absence of a structure between the well and the contamination source, if:

  1. The ground surface elevation at the well or reservoir is lower than the elevation at the contamination source, and

  2. Surface water that washes over the contamination source would travel within eight feet of the well or reservoir, or over the well or reservoir.

(c) As far away from any known or possible source of contamination as the general layout of the premises and the surroundings allow.

Note: Section PSC 114.234 requires that a horizontal clearance of at least ¾ of the vertical clearance of the conductors, including overhead power lines to the ground required by Rule 232 shall be maintained between open conductors and wells. Persons installing wells must comply with this requirement.

(d) Such that any potential contaminant source, not identified in this section or in Table A, is a minimum of 8 feet from the well or reservoir.

(e) Every well shall be located so that it is reasonably accessible with proper equipment for cleaning, treatment, repair, testing, inspection and any other maintenance that may be necessary.

(2) RELATION TO BUILDINGS. In relation to buildings, the location of any potable or nonpotable well shall be as follows:

(a) When a well is located outside and adjacent to a building, it shall be located so that the center line of the well extended vertically will clear any projection from the building by not less than 2 feet and so that the top of the well casing pipe extends at least 12 inches above the final established ground grade.

(b) When a structure is built over a drilled well, it shall have an access hatch or removable hatch, or provide other access to allow for pulling of the pump. The well casing pipe shall extend at least 12 inches above the floor and be sealed watertight at the point where it extends through the floor.

(c) No well may be located, nor a building constructed, such that the well casing pipe will terminate in or extend through the basement of any building or terminate under the floor of a building having no basement. The top of a well casing pipe may terminate in a walkout basement meeting the criteria of s. NR 812.42 (9) (b) 1. to 4. A well may not terminate in or extend through a crawl space having a below ground grade depression or excavation.

(3) RELATION TO FLOODPLAINS. (a) A potable or nonpotable well may be constructed, reconstructed or replaced in a floodfringe provided that the top of the well is terminated at least 2 feet above the regional flood elevation for the well site.

(b) A well may be reconstructed or replaced in a floodway provided that the top of the well is terminated at least 2 feet above the regional flood elevation for the well site.

(c) A well may not be constructed on a floodway property that is either undeveloped or has building structures but no existing well.

(d) The regional flood elevation may be obtained from the department.

(4) RELATION TO CONTAMINATION SOURCES. Minimum separating distances between any new potable or nonpotable well, reservoir or spring and existing sources of contamination; or between new sources of contamination and existing potable or nonpotable wells, reservoirs or springs shall be maintained as described in this subsection. The minimum separating distances of this subsection do not apply to dewatering wells approved under s. NR 812.09 (4) (a). Greater separation distances may be required for wells requiring plan approval under s. NR 812.09. Separation distance requirements to possible sources of contamination will not be waived because of property lines. Minimum separating distances are listed in Table A and are as follows:

(a) Eight feet between a well or reservoir and a:

  1. Buried gravity flow sanitary or storm building drain having pipe conforming to ch. SPS 384;

  2. Buried gravity flow sanitary or storm building sewer having pipe conforming to ch. SPS 384;

  3. Watertight clear water waste sump;

  4. Buried clear water waste drain having pipe conforming to ch. SPS 384;

  5. Buried gravity flow foundation drain;

  6. Rainwater downspout outlet;

  7. Cistern;

  8. Buried building foundation drain connected to a clear water waste drain or other subsoil drain;

  9. Noncomplying pit, subsurface pumproom, alcove, or reservoir;

  10. Nonpotable well;

  11. Fertilizer or pesticide storage tank with a capacity of less than 1,500 gallons, but only when the well is nonpotable;

Note: For potable wells see par. (d) 1.

  1. Plastic silage storage and transfer tube;

  2. Yard hydrant;

  3. Swimming pool, measured to the nearest edge of the water; or

  4. Dog or other small pet house, animal shelter or kennel housing not more than 3 adult pets on a residential lot.

(b) Twenty-five feet between a well or reservoir and a:

  1. Buried grease interceptor or trap;

  2. Septic tank;

  3. Holding tank;

  4. Buried building drain or building sewer having pipe not conforming to ch. SPS 384, wastewater sump, or non-watertight clear water waste sumps,

  5. Buried pressurized sanitary building sewer having pipe conforming to ch. SPS 384;

  6. Buried gravity manure sewer;

  7. Lake, river, stream, ditch or stormwater detention pond or basin measured to the regional high water elevation in the case of a lake or stormwater detention pond, to the edge of the floodway in the case of a river or stream or to the edge in the case of a ditch or stormwater detention basin;

  8. Liquid-tight barn gutter;

  9. Animal barn pen with concrete floor;

  10. Buried pressurized sewer pipe conveying manure provided that the pipe meets ASTM specification D-2241, with standard dimension ratio of 21 or less or pressure pipe meeting the requirements of s. NR 110.13 or 811.62.

  11. Buried fuel oil tanks serving single family residences, including any associated buried piping;

  12. Discharge to ground from a water treatment device;

  13. Vertical shaft installed below grade used for intake of air for a heating or air conditioning system; or

  14. Buried sanitary or storm collector sewer serving 4 or fewer living units or having a diameter of 6 inches or less.

(c) Fifty feet between a well or reservoir and a:

  1. Soil absorption unit receiving less than 8,000 gallons/day, existing, abandoned or alternate, but not including a school soil absorption unit;

Note: For school soil absorption units see par. (e); for soil absorption units receiving more than 8,000 gallons/day see par. (f) 3.

  1. Privy;

  2. Pet waste pit disposal unit;

  3. Animal shelter;

  4. Animal yard;

  5. Silo;

  6. Buried sewer used to convey manure having pipe conforming to ch. SPS 384 that does not meet the specifications in par. (b);

  7. Liquid tight manure hopper or reception tank;

  8. Filter strip;

  9. Buried sanitary or storm collector sewer serving more than 4 living units or larger than 6 inches in diameter except that wells may be located or sewers installed such that a well is less than 50 feet, but at least 25 feet, from gravity collector sewers smaller than 16 inches in diameter or from force main collector sewers 4 inches or smaller in diameter provided that within a 50-foot radius of the well the installed sewer pipe meets the allowable leakage requirements of AWWA C600 and the requirements for water main equivalent type pipe as follows:

a. For sewers > 4″, diameter, but < 16″, diameter: PVC pipe > 4″, diameter, but < 12″, diameter shall meet AWWA C900 with elastomeric joints having a standard dimension ratio of 18 or less; PVC pipe > 12″, diameter, but < 16″, diameter shall meet AWWA C905 with elastomeric joints having a standard dimension ratio of 18 or less; Ductile iron pipe shall meet AWWA C115 or AWWA C151 having a thickness class 50 or more.

b. For sewers < 3″, diameter, the pipe shall be any rigid pipe in the ch. SPS 384 “Table for Pipe and Tubing for Water Services and Private Water Mains,” including approved ABS, brass, cast iron, CPVC, copper (not including type M copper) ductile iron, galvanized steel, polybutylene (PB), polyethylene (PE), PVC, or stainless steel pipe.

  1. An influent sewer to a wastewater treatment plant;

  2. The nearest existing or future grave site in cemeteries;

  3. Wastewater treatment plant effluent pipe;

  4. Buried pressurized sewer having pipe not conforming to ch. SPS 384; or

  5. Manure loading area.

Note: The minimum separating distance between a well or reservoir and a lift station is based on the presence of a sewer force main at the lift station.

(d) One hundred feet between a well or reservoir and a:

  1. Bulk surface storage tank with a capacity greater than 1,500 gallons or any bulk buried storage tank regardless of capacity, including, for both surface or buried tanks, associated buried piping for any solid, semi-solid or liquid product but not including those regulated under par. (b) 12. This subdivision includes, but is not limited to petroleum product tanks, waste oil tanks and pesticide or fertilizer storage tanks not regulated under par. (a) 11. This subdivision does not include septic, holding and manure reception tanks, or liquefied petroleum gas tanks as specified in ch. SPS 311.

Note: Chapters SPS 311, 312 and as they existed on October 31, 1999 were repealed and a new chapter SPS 340 was created effective November 1, 1999.

  1. Liquid-tight, fabricated manure or silage storage structure, in ground or at ground surface;

  2. Wastewater treatment plant structure, conveyance or treatment unit; or

  3. Dry fertilizer or pesticide storage building or area when more than 100 pounds of either or both materials are stored;

  4. Well, drillhole or water system used for the underground placement of any waste, surface or subsurface water or any substance as defined in s. 160.01 (8), Stats.;

  5. Stormwater infiltration basin;

  6. Uncovered storage of silage on the ground surface;

  7. Water-tight silage storage trench or pit; or

  8. Lift station.

(e) Two hundred feet between a school well and a soil absorption unit receiving less than 8,000 gallons per day, existing or abandoned.

(ee) One hundred fifty feet between a well or reservoir and a temporary manure stack.

(f) Two hundred fifty feet between a well or reservoir and a:

  1. Manure stack.

  2. Earthen or excavated manure storage structure.

Note: Variances from the separating distances may be granted as specified in s. NR 812.43 for earthen storage and manure stacks constructed and maintained to the specifications of Soil Conservation Standards No. 425 or 312, respectively.

  1. Soil absorption unit receiving 8,000 or more gallons per day, existing, abandoned, or alternate.

  2. Sludge landspreading or drying area.

  3. An earthen silage storage trench or pit.

  4. Liquid waste disposal system including, but not limited to a treatment pond or lagoon, ridge and furrow system and spray irrigation system.

Note: Variance from this separating distance may be granted for treatment ponds or lagoons constructed and maintained to an approval granted under ch. NR 213.

  1. Salvage yard.

  2. A salt or deicing material storage area including the building structure and the surrounding area where the material is transferred to vehicles. This subdivision does not include bagged deicing material.

  3. Solid waste processing facility.

  4. Solid waste transfer facility.

  5. The boundaries of a landspreading facility for spreading of petroleum-contaminated soil regulated under ch. NR 718 while that facility is in operation.

(g) Twelve hundred feet between a well or reservoir and:

  1. The nearest edge of the limits of filling of an existing, proposed or abandoned landfill, measured to the nearest fill area of abandoned landfills, if known. Otherwise measured to the nearest property line where the landfill is located. The department may require, as part of a variance request, a land survey map, a scaled diagram of the landfill and the well location, or another accurate measurement method to determine and demonstrate the distance between the landfill and the well;

  2. The nearest edge of a coal storage area in excess of 500 tons; or

  3. A hazardous waste treatment facility regulated by the department.

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

  • See PDF for table

A-382.30 (11) (f) CONNECTION TO PRESSURIZED PUBLIC SEWER.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (4)-1. WHERE A VENT STACK AND STACK VENT ARE REQUIRED.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (4)-2. INSTALLATION OF VENT STACK AND STACK VENT.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (5) (a) VENTING OFFSETS OF 30 TO 45 DEGREES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (5) (b) VENTS FOR OFFSETS OF MORE THAN 45 DEGREES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (7) RELIEF VENTS FOR BUILDING DRAINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (9) FIXTURE VENTS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (10)-1. CIRCUIT VENTING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (10)-2. CIRCUIT VENTING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (10)-3. CIRCUIT VENTING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (10)-4. CIRCUIT VENTING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (11) (a) COMMON VENTS, VERTICAL, SERVING ANY TWO FIXTURES.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (11) (b) COMMON VENTS, HORIZONTAL DRAINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (12) RETURN VENTS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (13) (a) VERTICAL WET VENTS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (13)-1. HORIZONTAL WET VENTS.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (13)-2. WET VENTING – FLOOR OUTLET FIXTURES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (14) (a) and (b) SIZING VENT STACKS AND STACK VENTS

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (14) (c) SIZING BRANCH VENTS SERVING A WET VENT.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (14) (d) SIZING INDIVIDUAL VENTS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (15) (a) VENT GRADES AND CONNECTIONS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (15) (b) VENT GRADES AND CONNECTIONS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (16) VENT TERMINALS.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

VENTS TERMINATING THROUGH WALLS

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (17) (a) COMBINATION DRAIN AND VENT STACKS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (17) (b) COMBINATION DRAIN AND VENT BUILDING DRAIN.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.31 (17) (c) COMBINATION DRAIN AND VENT LABORATORY SINK VENTING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.32 (4) (b) INSTALLATION OF TRAPS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (6)-1. INDIRECT WASTE PIPING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (6)-2. LOCAL WASTE PIPING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (7) AIR-GAPS AND AIR-BREAKS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (a) WASTE SINKS AND STANDPIPES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (b) FLOOR SINKS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (b) FLOOR SINK WITH GRATE OPENING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (c)–1. LOCAL WASTE PIPING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (c)-2. LOCAL WASTE PIPING

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (d)-1. LOCAL WASTE PIPING SERVING WATER HEATER TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (8) (d)-2. LOCAL WASTE PIPING SERVING WATER HEATER TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (c) COMMERCIAL GRAVITY DISCHARGE-TYPE CLOTHES WASHERS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (d)-1. RESIDENTIAL-TYPE CLOTHES WASHERS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (d)-2. RESIDENTIAL-TYPE DISHWASHERS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (d)-3. RESIDENTIAL-TYPE DISHWASHERS

  • See PDF for diagram

KITCHEN SINK WITH OR WITHOUT FOOD WASTE GRINDER

A-382.33 (9) (d)-4. COMMERCIAL DISHWASHERS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (f)-1. ELEVATOR PIT SUBSOIL AND FLOOR DRAINS. Drains and sumps complying with ss. SPS 382.33 and 382.36 shall be provided.

Note: Section SPS 362.3004 (2) (b) includes requirements for the installation of drains and sumps. Section SPS 362.3004 (2) (b) reads: “1. Except as provided in subd. 2., a drain or sump complying with ss. SPS 382.33 and 382.36 shall be provided in an elevator pit. Connection of the drain or sump to a sanitary system is prohibited.

  1. An elevator pit is exempt from the sump or drain requirement under subd. 1. for any of the following situations:

a. The floor of an elevator walk-in pit is level with the adjacent floor.

b. The elevator does not extend to the building’s lowest floor level and the pit floor is not in contact with the earth.

c. The pit floor is above adjacent grade where the elevator hoistway shaft has one or more exterior walls.

  1. The aggregate capacity for drainage from the pit shall be at least one of the following:

a. 30 gpm in a hoistway with one elevator.

b. 50 gpm in a hoistway with two or three elevators.

c. 80 gpm in a hoistway with four elevators.

Note: Note: See s. SPS 382.36 for the width or diameter and depth of a sump pump located in an elevator pit.”

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (f)-2. ELEVATOR PIT SUBSOIL AND FLOOR DRAINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (g) 1. BAR AND SODA FOUNTAIN SINKS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (g) 2. BEER TAPS, COFFEE MAKERS, GLASS FILLERS AND SODA DISPENSERS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (g) 3. NOVELTY BOXES AND ICE COMPARTMENTS AND ICE CREAM DIPPER WELLS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (g) 4. REFRIGERATED FOOD STORAGE ROOMS, COMPARTMENTS AND DISPLAY CASES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.33 (9) (g) 5. MISCELLANEOUS FOOD HANDLING EQUIPMENT.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-1. GARAGE CATCH BASINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-2. TRAPPED FIXTURES DISCHARGING TO CATCH BASIN.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-3. TRAPPED FIXTURE DISCHARGING INTO GARAGE CATCH BASIN.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-4. FIXTURES WITHOUT TRAPS DISCHARGING TO CATCH BASIN.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-5. GARAGE CATCH BASIN WITH FIXTURES ON SEPARATE FLOOR LEVELS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (4)-6. GARAGE CATCH BASIN RECEIVING PRESSURIZED DRAINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (5) (b)-1. EXTERIOR GREASE INTERCEPTORS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (5) (b)-2. EXTERIOR GREASE INTERCEPTORS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (5) (c) INTERIOR GREASE INTERCEPTORS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–382.34 (6) AUTOMATIC CAR WASHES.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (7) COMMERCIAL LAUNDRIES. See also A-382.33 (9)-4. for trench type interceptors.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (8) OIL AND FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS INTERCEPTOR. Vents as shown must terminate independently.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (13) PLASTER AND HEAVY SOLIDS TRAP TYPE INTERCEPTORS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.34 (14) CHEMICAL DILUTION AND NEUTRALIZING BASINS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.35 (3) CLEANOUTS SERVING HORIZONTAL DRAINS WITHIN OR UNDER A BUILDING.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.35 (5) (a) CLEANOUT EXTENSION TO GRADE.

  • See PDF for diagram - See PDF for diagram

A-382.35 (8) OUTSIDE DROP INTO AN EXISTING MANHOLE.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.36 (3) SOURCES OF POLLUTANTS IN WISCONSIN STORMWATER.

SOURCES OF POLLUTANTS IN WISCONSIN STORMWATER

Geometric Mean Concentrations of Contaminants in Runoff from Source-Area and Storm-Sewer Outfalls

  • See PDF for table

Source: Bannerman, R.T.; Owens D.W.; Dodds, R.B.; and Hornewer, N.J., 1993, Sources of Pollutants in Wisconsin Stormwater: Water Science Technology, v.28, nos. 3-5, pp. 241-259.

Note: Single dash indicates source area is not in the land use; double dash indicates insufficient data; and triple dash indicates values are shared with those above for the same source area. The relatively large concentrations of zinc in roof runoff indicate that galvanized roofing materials were a source of the zinc. One-third of the residential roofs had galvanized downspouts. Roofing materials also might be a source of copper and lead in the runoff from residential roofs. Concentrations of dissolved copper and total recoverable copper and lead were slightly larger in the residential roof runoff than in runoff from driveways and lawns.

Note: The department has accepted that a “visible sheen” is defined as 15 mg/L grease and oil.

A-382.36 (3)-1. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPs). A description of the proposed best management practices to be used for stormwater management in the protection of water quality include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Detention, retention and sedimentation facilities, including plans for discharges from the facilities, maintenance plans and predictions of water quality.

b. Areas of the site to be used or reserved for infiltration including a prediction of the impact on groundwater quality.

c. Any other relevant volume controls or measures.

d. Any other relevant source control practices not described.

e. Any treatment device, including plans for discharges from the facilities, maintenance plans and predictions of water quality.

Note: Section NR 151.002 (4) reads: “‘Best management practices’ or ‘BMPs’ means structural or non-structural measures, practices, techniques or devices employed to avoid or minimize soil, sediment or pollutants carried in runoff to waters of the state.”

A-382.36 (4)-1. RATIONAL METHOD. The equation procedure for using the rational method formula is as follows:

Q = Aci (in cubic feet per second)

Where: Q = Runoff (in cubic feet per second)

A = Drainage area (in acres)

c = Coefficient of runoff (a dimensionless number)

i = Intensity of rainfall (in inches per hour)

Q = (0.0104)ciA (in gallons per minute)

(1/96)ciA

Where: Q = Runoff (in gallons per minute)

c = Coefficient of runoff (a dimensionless number)

i = Intensity of rainfall (in inches per hour)

A = Drainage area (in square feet)

A-382.36 (4)-2. RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS. Tables Detail A and B are for using the rational formula.

DETAIL A: RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS (C), RATIONAL FORMULA

  • See PDF for table

Source: Wisconsin department of transportation (WDOT), Facilities Development Manual (July 2, 1979), Procedure 13-10-5.

DETAIL B: RUNOFF COEFFICIENTS (C), FOR SPECIFIC LAND USE

  • See PDF for table

Source: Wisconsin department of transportation (WDOT), Facilities Development Manual (July 2, 1979), Procedure 13-10-5.

Note: The lower “C” values in each range should be used with the relatively low intensities associated with 2- to 10-year design recurrence intervals whereas the higher “C” values should be used for intensities associated with the longer 25- to 100-year design recurrence intervals.

Note: In parking lot runoff, visible sheen has been accepted as having an oil concentration of 15 mg/L.

A-382.36 (4)-3. OTHER METHODS OR MODELS. A model that calculates peak flow such as TR-55, P8 or an equivalent methodology may be used.

Information on how to access P8 is available at the department of natural resources webpage: http://dnr.wi.gov/runoff/models/ or contact the stormwater coordinator in the runoff management section of the bureau of watershed management at the department of natural resources at phone 608-267-7694.

A simplified TR-55 approach, TR-55 (210-vf-TR-55, second edition, June 1986), may be obtained by accessing the USDA NRCS webpage: http://dnr.wi.gov/runoff/models/.

A-382.36 (6)-1. THE FORMULA FOR SOLVING FOR DIAMETER, D FOR ROOF CONDUCTORS.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for table

A-382.36 (9) (b) AREA DRAIN INLETS.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.36 (9) (b) 3. INLET GRATES.

  • See PDF for diagram

GRATES FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING

  • See PDF for diagram

GRATES FOR VERTICAL PIPING

FORMULA TO CALCULATE CAPACITY, IN CUBIC FEET PER SECOND:

Q = 2/3 A C (2gh)1/2

Where: Q = the capacity of the inlet, cfs

2/3 = a factor to correct for assumed blockage of 1/3 of the inlet’s net open area

A = the net open area of the inlet, sq. ft

C = an orifice coefficient, usually taken as 0.60

G = a constant, 32.2 ft/sec/sec

H = the head, in feet on the inlet, or the depth of water on top of the inlet, usually not more than two or three inches.

A-382.365 (1) CLASS V INJECTION WELLS. An injection well is described as being any well, drilled or dug hole, used to inject fluids into the subsoil. A stormwater collection well may be a class V injection well.

Federal regulations (40 CFR 144.26) require that all injection wells be reported to the state underground injection control (UIC) program authority for the purpose of developing a state inventory of injection practices. In Wisconsin, the department of natural resources, bureau of drinking water and groundwater, maintains this inventory and registration program, form 3300-253. For more information, refer to www.dnr.state.wi.us/.

A-382.37 (3) CAMPSITE RECEPTORS AND WATER SUPPLY

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.40 (4) CONTROL VALVES.

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.40 (7) (a) METHODOLOGY.

Where equipment such as an instantaneous or tankless water heater, water treatment device, water meter, and backflow preventer is provided in the design, the friction loss in such equipment, corresponding to the GPM demand, should be determined from the manufacturer or other reliable source.

Where a direct fired pressurized tank type water heater is provided in the design, the friction loss for such equipment can be assumed as part of the pressure losses due to flow through piping, fittings, valves and other plumbing appurtenances when the developed length of piping is multiplied by 1.5.

The pressure losses due to flow friction through displacement type cold-water meters may be calculated from Graph A-382.40 (7)-1.

Graph A-382.40 (7)-1

PRESSURE LOSS IN COLD-WATER METERS, DISPLACEMENT TYPE

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-2

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Copper Tube-Type K, ASTM B88; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-3

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Copper Tube-Type L, ASTM B88; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-4

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Galvanized Steel Pipe-Schedule 40, ASTM A53, ASTM A120; (C = 125)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-5

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Polybutylene Tubing, ASTM D3309; or CPVC Tubing, ASTM D2846; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-6

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing, ASTM F876; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-7

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Polyethylene Tubing, Copper Tube Size, ASTM D2737; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-8

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: ABS Pipe-Schedule 40; ASTM D1527; or CPVC Pipe-Schedule 40; ASTM F441; or PE Pipe-Schedule 40; ASTM D2104; ASTM D2447; or PVC Pipe-Schedule 40; ASTM D1785; ASTM D2672; (C =150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-9

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Copper Tube-Type M, ASTM B88; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-10

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: Polyethylene Aluminum Polyethylene Tubing (PexAlPex), ASTM F1281; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

Graph A-382.40 (7)-11

PRESSURE LOSSES DUE TO FLOW FRICTION

Material: CPVC Tubing, SDR 13.5; ASTM F442; (C = 150)

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.41 (3) CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL HISTORY.

  • See PDF for table

A-382.41 (5) (a) AIR-GAP. An air-gap for cross connection control for water supply systems conforming to ASME 112.1.2.

Section SPS 381.01 (7) reads: “‘Air-gap, water supply system,’ means the unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe or faucet supplying water to a tank or plumbing fixture and the flood level rim or spill level of the receptacle.”

A pipe/spout that terminates with its outlet above the flood level rim of a receptacle/fixture:

  1. Shall terminate a minimum of one inch above the flood level rim of the receptacle/fixture, or

  2. Shall terminate a minimum distance of two times the diameter of the effective opening from the end of the pipe/spout to the flood level rim of the receptacle/fixture.

Note: In any case, regardless if the end of the pipe/spout is cut square or at an angle, the air-gap is the distance between the lowest end of the pipe/spout and the flood level rim of the receptacle/fixture.

The following water supply air-gap, although the least desirable, is acceptable to the ASME 112.1.2 standard. A pipe/spout that terminates with its outlet completely below the flood level rim of a receptacle/fixture:

  1. Must have an opening in the receptacle/fixture that discharges to the atmosphere through an air-gap.

  2. This air-gap must be located as close as possible to the receptacle/fixture.

  3. The rate of discharge through this opening as compared to the rate of water entering the receptacle/fixture establishes a “spill level” that is the level at which water entering the receptacle/fixture seeks a balance and does not raise any higher. (A level is established where the flow of water entering equals the flow of water exiting.)

  4. The distance then, between this established “spill level” and the end of the lowest water supply pipe/spout, is the air-gap.

  5. The minimum air-gap (“Y”) is the distance between the supply pipe/spout and the “spill level” established in the receptacle/fixture.

  6. The “spill level” shall be a distance no greater that one half of the distance measured as “Y,” (½ “Y”) above the discharge opening in the receptacle/fixture. Therefore, the air-gap between the supply pipe/spout and the highest portion of the opening that discharges to the atmosphere shall be a distance no greater than one and one half “Y” (1 ½ “Y”).

Note: In any case, regardless if the end of the pipe/spout is cut square or at an angle, the air-gap is the distance between the lowest end of the pipe/spout and the “spill level” of the receptacle/fixture.

The measurement for this air-gap, however, could be as much as 3 times the diameter of the pipe/spout depending upon the number of near walls. The distance of a near wall is a relationship to the diameter of the pipe/spout and the measurement from the wall to the closest side of the pipe/spout:

  1. If there is one near wall, and the distance between that near wall and the closest edge of the supply pipe/spout is greater than 3 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout, then the minimum air-gap is 2 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout.

  2. If there is one near wall, and the distance to the closest edge of the supply pipe/spout is less than 3 times the diameter of the pipe/spout, then the minimum air-gap is 3 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout.

  3. If there are 2 near walls, and the distance between the near wall(s) and closest edge of the supply pipe/spout is greater than 4 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout, then the minimum air-gap is 2 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout.

  4. If there are 2 near walls, and the distance to the closest edge of the supply pipe/spout is less than 4 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout, then the minimum air-gap is 3 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout.

It has been determined that 2 or more near walls generally have little effect on the need to increase the air-gap to more than 3 times the diameter of the supply pipe/spout.

Note: See the following sketches as examples of an air-gap with pipe/spouts terminating above the flood level rim of the receptacle/fixture, of an air-gap with pipe/spouts terminating below the flood level rim of the receptacle/fixture and of an air-gap with pipe/spouts when terminating by one near wall.

A-382.41 (5)-1. AIR-GAP WITH PIPE/SPOUT(S) ABOVE FLOOD LEVEL RIM OF RECEPTACLE/FIXTURE.

  • See PDF for diagram

WATER SUPPLY AIR-GAP ASME 112.1.2

A-382.41 (5)-2. AIR-GAP WITH PIPE/SPOUT(S) BELOW FLOOD LEVEL RIM OF RECEPTACLE/FIXTURE.

  • See PDF for diagram

A PARTIAL TABLE FOR THE SELECTION OF BACKFLOW PROTECTION *

  • See PDF for table

*Any situation may be subject to an alternate approval.

1 If less than 15 pounds steam or 30 pounds water and nontoxic chemicals.

2 If greater than 15 pounds steam or 30 pounds water and toxic chemicals.

3 Requires backflow protection even if there is a plain end spout.

4 Requires separate water supply terminating without a hose thread, or the manufacturer must provide a bleed device to connect to the janitor sink faucet spout.

5 Or, provide bottled water conversion unit.

6 For outlets other than the required ASSE 1019 hydrants.

7 If provided with hose threads or serrated nipple.

8 Faucet meeting ASME A112.18.1M that includes backflow protection requirements.

9 Hydrants that bleed into the ground and hydrants that are flush with the grade are prohibited.

A-382.41 (5) (f)-1. CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.41 (5) (f)-2. CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.41 (5) (f)-3. CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.41 (5) (f)-4. CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.

  • See PDF for diagram - See PDF for diagram

A-382.41 (5) (f)-5. CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.50 (3) (b) 5. OPTIONS FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL IN HEALTH CARE FACILITIES. The following sketches provide options for fail safe installations at the bathing and shower fixture and temperature control at handwashing fixtures.

Option 1. Fail safe solenoid provided at main mixer meeting ASSE 1017, pressure balanced tub/shower valve meeting ASSE 1016 and limit stop faucets at lavatory and kitchen sink.

  • See PDF for diagram

Option 2. Fail safe solenoid provided at main mixer meeting ASSE 1017, pressure balanced tub/shower valve meeting ASSE 1016 and thermostatic mixer meeting ASSE 1016 at lavatory and kitchen sink faucets.

  • See PDF for diagram

Option 3. Fail safe solenoid provided at main mixer meeting ASSE 1017, thermostatic tub/shower valve meeting ASSE 1016 and limit stop faucets at lavatory and kitchen sink.

  • See PDF for diagram

Option 4. Fail safe solenoid provided at main mixer meeting ASSE 1017, combination thermostatic/pressure balance mixing valve meeting ASSE 1016 and limit stop faucets at lavatory and kitchen sink.

  • See PDF for diagram

Option 5. Fail safe solenoid, combination pressure balanced/thermostatic tub/shower valve meeting ASSE 1016 and thermostatic mixer meeting ASSE 1016 at lavatory and kitchen sink faucets.

  • See PDF for diagram

A-382.51 (3) MOBILE HOME SITES AND PARKS. Mobile home building sewer and water service connections.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 383 PRIVATE ONSITE WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS

Subchapter I Scope and Application

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish uniform standards and criteria for the design, installation, inspection and management of a private onsite wastewater treatment system, POWTS, so that the system is safe and will protect public health and the waters of the state.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.02 Scope {#sec-sps-383.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.02}

(1) Wastewater generation. Except as delineated in sub. (2), this chapter applies to all of the following:

(a) A situation where domestic wastewater is collected and conducted by means of plumbing drain systems and is not conveyed to a wastewater treatment facility regulated by the department of natural resources.

(b) A POWTS where domestic wastewater is treated and dispersed to the subsurface.

(c) A holding tank that is utilized as a POWTS or as part of a POWTS to collect and hold domestic wastewater for transport and treatment elsewhere.

Note: Section SPS 382.10 (2) (d) states that where plumbing fixtures exist in a building which is not connected to a public sewer system, suitable provision shall be made for treating, recycling, dispersing, or holding the wastewater in a manner satisfactory to the department.

Note: The department of natural resources is responsible for establishing, administering and enforcing standards relative to domestic wastewater treatment systems which either disperse to the surface or to surface waters. The department of natural resources also establishes effluent limitations and monitoring requirements where the design daily influent wastewater flow to a POWTS exceeds 12,000 gallons per day for the purpose of fulfilling WPDES permit requirements under ch. 283, Stats.

Note: Pursuant to s. 281.17 (5), Stats., the department of natural resources may also restrict or specify the type of wastewater treatment necessary.

(2) Exemptions. This chapter does not apply to:

(a) A POWTS owned by the federal government and located on federal lands; and

(b) A POWTS located or to be located on land held in trust by the federal government for Native Americans.

(3) Subdivision standards. This chapter does not establish minimum lot sizes or lot elevations under s. 145.23, Stats., for the purpose of the department reviewing proposed subdivisions which will not be served by public sewers under s. 236.12, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.03 Application {#sec-sps-383.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.03}

(1) Installations.

(a) New POWTS installations. The design, installation and management of a new POWTS shall conform with this chapter.

Note: Pursuant to s. 145.19 (3m) (b), Stats., the approval of a sanitary permit is based on the rules in effect on the date of the permit approval.

(b) Modifications to existing POWTS. A modification to an existing POWTS, including the replacement, alteration or addition of materials, appurtenances or POWTS components, shall require that the modification conform to this chapter.

Note: The modification of one part of a POWTS may affect the performance or the operation of other parts of the POWTS thereby necessitating further modifications for the ‘other parts’ to be or remain compliant with the appropriate edition of the state plumbing code; see sub. (2) (b) 1.

(c) Modifications to existing structures served by existing POWTS. When an addition or alteration is proposed to an existing building, structure or facility that is served by an existing POWTS and the proposed addition or alteration will result in a change that affects the wastewater flow or wastewater contaminant load beyond the minimum or maximum capabilities of the existing POWTS, the POWTS shall be modified to conform to the rules of this chapter.

Note: See s. SPS 383.25 (2) relating to the issuance of building permits.

(2) Retroactivity.

(a) This chapter does not apply retroactively to an existing POWTS installed prior to July 1, 2000, or for which a sanitary permit has been issued prior to July 1, 2000, except as provided in ss. SPS 383.32 (1) (a) and (c) to (g), 383.54 (4) and 383.55 (1) (b).

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2. and ss. SPS 383.32 (1) (a) and (c) to (g), 383.54 (4) and 383.55 (1) (b), an existing POWTS installed prior to July 1, 2000, shall conform to the siting, design, construction and maintenance rules in effect at the time the sanitary permit was obtained or at the time of installation, if no permit was issued.

a. An existing POWTS installed prior to December 1, 1969 with an infiltrative surface of a treatment and dispersal component that is located 2 feet or more above groundwater or bedrock shall be considered to discharge final effluent that is not sewage, unless proven otherwise.

b. An existing POWTS installed prior to December 1, 1969 with an infiltrative surface of a treatment and dispersal component that is located less than 2 feet above groundwater or bedrock shall be considered to discharge final effluent that is sewage, unless proven otherwise.

(c) An existing POWTS which conforms with this chapter shall be permitted to remain as installed.

(3) Plat restrictions. The department shall consider a restriction or a prohibition placed on a lot or an outlot prior to July 1, 2000, as a result of its plat review authority under s. 236.12, Stats., waived, if a POWTS proposed for the lot complies with this chapter.

Note: The waiving of a restriction or prohibition placed on a lot or outlot by the department is a review action. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.635, a fee is needed to initiate the review action.

Note: Under the provisions of ch. 236, Stats., the department of administration and local municipalities have review authority over lots in subdivisions not served by public sewers. A written release of a restriction or prohibition may be required by the department of administration and local municipality. A Correction Instrument may be required under the provisions of s. 236.295, Stats.

(4) Groundwater standards.

(a) Pursuant to s. 160.255, Stats., the design, installation, use or maintenance of a POWTS is not required to comply with the nitrate standard specified in ch. NR 140 Table 1, except as provided under sub. (5).

(b) Pursuant to s. 160.19 (2) (a), Stats., the department has determined that it is not technically or economically feasible to require that a POWTS treat wastewater to comply with the preventative action limit for chloride specified in ch. NR 140 Table 2 as existed on June 1, 1998.

Note: The prevention action limit for chloride as a performance standard relative to the design and management of a POWTS has been determined to be unfeasible because anion exchange is the only chemical process capable of removing chloride from water. The physical processes of removing chloride, such as through evaporation and reverse osmosis, would separate feedwater into two streams, one with a reduced chloride content and the other with an increased chloride content, and result in still having to treat and dispose of chloride contaminated wastewater. The design and management practice to address the enforcement standard for chloride as it relates to a POWTS is addressed under s. SPS 382.40 (8) (j).

(5) Local ordinances.

(a) Pursuant to ss. 59.70 (5) (a) and 145.02 (2), Stats., this chapter is uniform in application and a governmental unit may not enact an ordinance for the design, installation, inspection and management of a POWTS which is more or less stringent than this chapter, except as specifically permitted by rule.

(b) Except as provided in s. SPS 383.25 (1) (b), a governmental unit shall submit to the department any proposed ordinance or proposed ordinance revision relating to POWTS. The proposed ordinance or revision shall be submitted for review a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the first scheduled public hearing date regarding the ordinance.

Note: Pursuant to ss. 59.69, 60.62, 61.35 and 62.23, Stats., this chapter does not affect municipal authority for zoning, including establishing nitrate standards as part of a zoning ordinance to encourage the protection of groundwater resources.

(6) Department authority. A department interpretation of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by a lower level jurisdiction. A department decision on the application of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing decision by a lower level jurisdiction.

Note: A decision of the department may be appealed. Section 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., outlines the procedure for submitting requests to the department for appeal hearings and the department procedures for hearing appeals.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (2) (b) 1., r. and recr. (5) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (5) to be (5) (a), cr. (5) (b) and (6) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (2) (a), (b), (5) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (5) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.04 Implementation {#sec-sps-383.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.04}

(1) For the purpose of facilitating inspection responsibilities and services, a governmental unit may not issue a sanitary permit for the construction or use of a POWTS that utilizes any of the technologies, designs or methods delineated in Table 383.04-1 and that has been recognized under s. SPS 384.10 (3) or 383.22, unless the governmental unit utilizes one or more individuals, who have obtained approved training under s. SPS 383.05 for the POWTS technology, design or method, to provide the inspections under s. SPS 383.26 (2) to (4), except as provided in sub. (2).

(2) A governmental unit may issue a sanitary permit for the construction or use of a POWTS that utilizes any of the technologies, designs or methods delineated in Table 383.04-1 and that has not been recognized under s. SPS 384.10 (3), but has been approved by the department under s. SPS 383.22, provided that governmental unit has arranged with the department to provide the inspections under s. SPS 383.26 (2) to (4).

Note: The provisions of this section relating to a governmental unit’s ability to limit the issuance of sanitary permits for new development does not dictate a specific strategy as to the scope of the limitation. Therefore, limitation options include, but are not limited to, a prohibition for all new development or in certain geographical areas, a quota system for new development, a requirement for a permit to operate for a specific POWTS method or technology, or a service/performance bond for a specific POWTS method or technology.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. Table 83.04-1 footnote a, r. (2) and Table 83.04-2, renum. (3) to be (2) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (1) (a) and (b) to be (1) and (2), r. (2) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2008 No. 633; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.05 Installation and inspection training {#sec-sps-383.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.05}

(1) Program specifications. Only courses, programs and seminars approved in writing by the department shall be used to fulfill the required training for the POWTS technologies and methods under ss. SPS 383.04 (1) and 383.21 (2) (c) 4.

(2) Evidence of compliance. An individual who has completed the installation and inspection training shall be responsible for retaining evidence of achieving the training in order to fulfill the obligations under ss. SPS 383.04 (1) and 383.21 (2) (c) 4.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: renum. (1) (a) to be (1) and am., r. (1) (b) to (e) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter II Administration and Enforcement

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.20 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.20}

(1) This subchapter establishes the following:

(a) Regulatory processes and procedures which are to be followed when designing, installing or maintaining a POWTS; and

(b) Responsibilities and actions of the various governmental agencies involved with the administration and enforcement of this chapter.

Note: Section 145.20 (1) (a), Stats., states that the governing body of the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private onsite wastewater treatment systems may assign the duties of administering the private onsite wastewater treatment system program to any office, department, committee, board, commission, position or employee of that governmental unit.

(2) Except as provided in this chapter nothing shall limit the authority and power of a governmental unit in exercising administration and enforcement responsibilities regarding a POWTS, including requiring and issuing other types of permits for activities not covered under this subchapter relating to sanitary permits.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: am. (2) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 17-065: am. (1) (b) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.21 Sanitary permits {#sec-sps-383.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.21}

(1) General.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.19, Stats., the installation or construction of a POWTS may not commence or continue unless all of the following have been fulfilled:

  1. The owner of the property on which the POWTS is to be installed possesses a valid sanitary permit.

  2. Plan approval for the POWTS has been obtained in accordance with s. SPS 383.22.

(b) The modification of an existing POWTS may not commence or continue unless the owner of the property on which the POWTS is located possesses a valid sanitary permit and has obtained plan approval for the modification under s. SPS 383.22, if the modification involves the addition or replacement of any of the following:

  1. A POWTS holding component.

  2. A POWTS treatment component.

  3. A POWTS dispersal component.

(2) Application.

(a) The application for a sanitary permit shall be made in a format prescribed by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available on the Department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the application for a sanitary permit shall be submitted to the appropriate governmental unit where the POWTS is located or will be located.

  2. The application for a sanitary permit shall be submitted to the department for a POWTS that is located or will be located on property owned by the state.

Note: Section 145.20 (2) (b), Stats., states that the governmental unit responsible for regulation of private onsite wastewater treatment systems shall approve or disapprove applications for sanitary permits and assist applicants in preparing an approvable application.

(c) The application for a sanitary permit to the governmental unit shall be accompanied by all of the following:

  1. At least one set of clear and legible plans and specifications delineating the information under s. SPS 383.22 (2) (a) 3. and (c).

  2. A set of plans bearing the department’s conditional approval and the approval letter issued by the department, if required to be reviewed by the department under s. SPS 383.22 (1).

Note: Nothing in this chapter is intended to prohibit the submission and acceptance of planning documents in an electronic or digital media.

  1. Sufficient supporting information to determine whether the proposed design, installation, and management of the POWTS or the proposed modification to an existing POWTS conforms with this chapter.

  2. Documentation that the master plumber or the master plumber-restricted service who is to be responsible for the installation or modification of the POWTS has completed approved training or has documentation that approved training will be provided during the installation of the POWTS, if the application for the sanitary permit involves one or more of the technologies or methods specified in s. SPS 383.04 (1).

  3. Documentation that maintenance requirements for the proposed POWTS technology or method have been recorded with the deed for the property, if the management plan for the installation or modification under s. SPS 383.54 (1) involves one or more of the following:

a. Evaluating or monitoring any part of the system at an interval of 12 months or less.

b. Servicing or maintaining any part of the system at an interval of 12 months or less.

  1. Any other information as specified by local ordinance relating to POWTS installations.

  2. A fee as specified by the governmental unit.

Note: See s. 145.19 (2) to (6), Stats., for more information relative to fees.

(3) Processing.

(a) A sanitary permit may not be issued until the plans and specifications have been approved by the department or governmental unit having jurisdiction.

(b) A governmental unit may not issue a sanitary permit for the installation or modification of the POWTS that involves one or more of the technologies or methods specified in s. SPS 383.04 (1) unless the master plumber or the master plumber-restricted who is to be responsible for the installation or modification has completed approved training or has documentation that approved training will be provided during the installation of the POWTS.

(c) A governmental unit shall review and make a determination on the submission of an application for a sanitary permit within 30 days after receiving all the required information and fees under sub. (2) (c).

(d)

  1. If upon review of the application and the supporting information, the governmental unit or the department determines that the proposed design, installation and management of the POWTS or the proposed modification of an existing POWTS conforms with this chapter, a sanitary permit shall be issued.

a. If upon review of the application and the supporting information, the governmental unit or the department determines that the proposed design, installation and management of the POWTS or the proposed modification of an existing POWTS does not conform with this chapter, a sanitary permit may not be issued.

b. When the issuance of a sanitary permit is denied, the governmental unit or department reviewing the application shall provide in writing to the applicant the reasons for denial, a notice for the right to appeal and the procedures for appeal.

c. An applicant denied a sanitary permit by a governmental unit may appeal the decision in accordance with ch. 68, Stats.

d. The appeal of the denial by the department for a sanitary permit shall be made in writing within 30 days from the date of the decision.

(e) A sanitary permit shall be issued by the appropriate governmental unit or the department in a format prescribed by the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for further information relative to the permit format.

(f) A governmental unit may deny the issuance of a sanitary permit if the application does not comply with the requirements of chs. SPS 383, 384 or 385 or when an existing POWTS is determined to be failing, and a municipal or public sewer system is readily available.

(4) Transfers. A sanitary permit may be transferred from an owner to a subsequent owner, pursuant to s. 145.19 (8), Stats.

(5) Expiration. Pursuant to s. 145.19 (1b), Stats., a sanitary permit shall expire 2 years from the date of issuance unless renewed in accordance with sub. (6).

(6) Renewals.

(a)

  1. The application for renewal of a sanitary permit shall be made in a format prescribed by the department.

  2. The application for renewal of a sanitary permit shall be submitted to the department or the appropriate governmental unit in accordance with sub. (2) (b).

(b) The renewal of a sanitary permit shall be contingent upon the proposed POWTS or the proposed modification of an existing POWTS conforming with the rules of this chapter in effect at the time the sanitary permit is renewed.

(6m) Suspension.

(a) A governmental unit may temporarily suspend a sanitary permit issued under this section if it is determined prior to construction that a POWTS cannot be installed based on the information that was available when the permit was issued.

(b) The suspension of the sanitary permit shall terminate no later than the date the sanitary permit expires.

(7) Revocation.

(a) The department may revoke a sanitary permit issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the sanitary permit was issued.

(b) A governmental unit may revoke a sanitary permit that the governmental unit has issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the sanitary permit was issued.

(c) The revocation of a sanitary permit and the reasons for revocation shall be conveyed in writing to the individual to whom the sanitary permit was issued or transferred.

(d) If a sanitary permit is revoked, the installation or modification of a POWTS may not commence or continue until another sanitary permit is obtained.

(8) Posting. When a sanitary permit is obtained under sub. (2), the sanitary permit shall comply with all of the following:

(a) The sanitary permit shall be posted in such a location and manner on the proposed site where the POWTS is to be installed or modified so that the information on the permit is visible for inspection.

(b) The sanitary permit shall be posted until a POWTS installation or modification is completed and an opportunity for a final inspection occurs in accordance with s. SPS 383.26.

(9) Permit storage. A governmental unit shall maintain a permanent record of each sanitary permit and permit application supporting information listed in s. SPS 383.21 (2) (c) until the property is no longer served by a POWTS.

(10) Permit summary reporting.

(a) A governmental unit shall submit a periodic summary of the permits it has issued to the department in a format acceptable to the department.

(b) At a minimum the summary shall contain the following information:

  1. Identification number for each permit issued.

  2. Fee associated with each permit issued.

  3. Identification showing each permit as issued for a new or replacement POWTS.

(c) At a minimum the permit summary information shall be submitted to the department on a quarterly calendar schedule.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (2) (c) 4., (3) (b) and (c) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (2) (c) 4., cr. (3) (f), (6m) and (9) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (a) 2., (b) (intro.), (2) (c) 1., 2., 4., 5., (3) (b), (f), (8) (b) 2., (9) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: cr. (10) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; corrections in (1) (a), (4), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., correction in (10) (title) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 2., Stats., Register June 2013 No. 690; CR 17-065: am. (2) (c) 3., (8) (intro.), (a), r. (8) (b) (intro.), consol. (8) (b) 1. and 2. and renum. to (8) (b) and am. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; CR 26-019: am. (3) (f) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.22 Plan review and approval {#sec-sps-383.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.22}

(1) Submission of plans.

(a) Plans shall be submitted to the department, a designated agent, or the governmental unit in accordance with this section for all of the following types of installations or modifications:

  1. The installation or construction of a POWTS.

  2. The replacement or addition of a POWTS treatment component.

  3. The replacement or addition of a POWTS holding component.

  4. The replacement or addition of a POWTS dispersal component.

(b) Plans for the types of POWTS delineated in Table 383.22-1 shall be submitted to the department for review.

(c) Plans for the types of POWTS delineated in Table 383.22-2 shall be submitted for review to the department or a designated agent.

Note: See s. SPS 383.23 for more information relative to designated agents.

(d) Plans for the types of POWTS delineated in Table 383.22-3 shall be submitted for review to the appropriate governmental unit where the POWTS is located or will be located.

Note: Pursuant to s. 145.19 (2), Stats., governmental units may require separate plan examination fees or include these fees in the cost of the sanitary permit.

Note: Pursuant to s. 145.19 (2), Stats., governmental units may require separate plan examination fees or include these fees in the cost of the sanitary permit.

(2) Plans and specifications.

(a)

  1. When plans are submitted to the department for review, at least 3 sets of plans and one set of specifications shall be provided.

Note: Specifications for a project do not have to be a separate document but may be delineated on the plans.

  1. When plans are submitted to a designated agent or governmental unit for review, at least 2 sets of plans and one set of specifications shall be provided.

  2. Plans and specifications submitted for review shall be clear, legible, and permanent copies.

  3. Plans submitted for review shall include all of the following:

a. Details and configuration layouts depicting how the design is to be constructed and how the design is to accomplish the treatment in accordance with ss. SPS 383.43 and 383.44 and dispersal that is claimed or the holding of wastewater.

b. Specifications, including a description of the materials for the project and the installation or construction practices and methods to be employed.

c. A site plan with a bench mark either scaled or dimensioned, delineating all treatment and dispersal components and their relationship to any items listed in Table 383.43-1.

(b)

  1. All plans submitted for review shall be accompanied by sufficient data and information to determine if the proposed POWTS or modification of an existing POWTS and their performance will conform with chs. SPS 382 to 384 including all of the following:

a. A plan review application form specified by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

b. The minimum and maximum wastewater flow and load of the proposed project and the method or rationale for determining the flow and load.

c. Documentation to support treatment and dispersal claims.

d. A management plan for the proposed design reflecting conformance to subch. V.

e. A soil and site evaluation report in accordance with s. SPS 385.40 for those POWTS components that consist in part of in situ soil.

f. A description of a contingency plan in the event the proposed POWTS fails and cannot be repaired.

g. Other information requested by the department.

  1. In addition to the information required under subd. 1., plans for one or more holding tanks serving a large commercial, industrial, recreational, or residential development with an estimated daily wastewater flow of 3,000 gallons or more shall include information pursuant to s. NR 113.07 (1) (e).

  2. In addition to the information required under subd. 1., plans for a POWTS that is to serve a dwelling where the design of the POWTS is not based upon the number of bedrooms within the dwelling shall be accompanied by information documenting that design condition on the deed for the property.

  3. In addition to the information required under subd. 1., plans for an experimental POWTS shall be accompanied by information required under s. SPS 383.27 (3).

  4. In addition to the information required under subd. 1., plans for a POWTS which is to serve more than one structure or building, other than two one- or 2-family dwellings and their accessory buildings located on a single parcel of land, shall be accompanied by information that does all of the following:

a. Describes the legal entity, public or private, that has responsibility for the operation and maintenance of the POWTS.

b. Includes a copy of a recorded legal document that identifies all the parties that have ownership rights and are responsible for the operation and maintenance of the POWTS.

a. In addition to the information required under subd. 1., plans for a POWTS with a design wastewater flow exceeding 12,000 gallons per day shall not be approved until documentation has been submitted to the department indicating that the department of natural resources has concurred with the design of the POWTS.

Note: The Wisconsin department of natural resources requires that a Wisconsin Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (WPDES) permit must be obtained prior to the start of operation for a POWTS with a design flow exceeding 12,000 gallons per day pursuant to ch. 283, Stats.

b. Solely for the purpose of determining the applicability of subd. 6. a., the design wastewater flow of 12,000 gpd shall be deemed equivalent to 85 bedrooms for residential dwellings, including one- and 2-family dwellings, multi-family dwellings and mobile homes.

c. Solely for the purpose of determining the applicability of subd. 6. a., the design wastewater flow of 12,000 gpd for commercial facilities shall be calculated using the estimated wastewater flows specified in A-383.43 (6) of ch. SPS 383 Appendix.

d. Solely for the purpose of determining the applicability of subd. 6. a., for residential dwellings combined with commercial facilities the design wastewater flow of 12,000 gpd shall be calculated by prorating the number of bedrooms on the basis of 85 bedrooms equaling 12,000 gpd for the residential dwellings and using the estimated flow under s. SPS 383.43 (3) (a) and A-383.43 (6) of ch. SPS 383 Appendix to calculate the design flow for the commercial facilities.

e. For the purpose of determining the applicability of subd. 6. a., the design wastewater flow of 12,000 gpd shall include the design wastewater flow of all POWTS that are located on the same property or on properties under the same ownership and where the perimeter of a distribution cell of a POWTS dispersal component for one POWTS is less than 1,500 feet from the perimeter of a distribution cell of a POWTS dispersal component of any other POWTS under the same ownership.

f. For the purpose of determining the applicability of subd. 6. a., the combined design wastewater flow shall include that of any existing POWTS which falls within the parameters of subd. 6. e.

g. Under subd. 6. a., the same ownership is defined to be a person, group of persons or a corporation which owns a majority interest in the properties where majority ownership is based upon a majority of the issued voting stock, a majority of the members if no voting stock is issued, a majority of the board of the directors or comparable governing body or participation of each general partner in the profits of a partnership.

(c) Plans and specifications which are required to be submitted for review under sub. (1) shall be one of the following:

  1. Signed and sealed in accordance with s. A-E 2.02 by an individual who is registered by the department as an architect, engineer, designer of plumbing systems, or designer of private onsite wastewater treatment systems.

  2. Signed, including license number, and dated by an individual who is responsible for the installation of the POWTS and who is licensed by the department as a master plumber or master plumber-restricted service.

(d) Plans submitted to the department for review shall be accompanied by a fee in accordance with ss. SPS 302.61 and 302.65.

Note: Nothing in this chapter is intended to prohibit the submission and acceptance of planning documents in an electronic or digital media.

(3) Plan review process.

(a) Time limits. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

(b) Conditional approval.

  1. If, upon review, the applicable reviewing agency determines that the plans conform to chs. SPS 382 to 384, a conditional approval shall be granted in writing.

  2. All conditions indicating nonconformance to chs. SPS 382 to 384 shall be corrected before or during installation.

(c) Denial of approval. If, upon review, the applicable reviewing agency determines that the plans do not conform to chs. SPS 382 to 384, the request for conditional approval shall be denied in writing.

(4) Revisions.

(a) A modification to the design of a POWTS for which a plan has been previously granted approval under sub. (3) (b) shall be submitted to the applicable reviewing agency for review in accordance with this section, if the proposed modification involves any of the following:

  1. A change in wastewater flow or contaminant load.

  2. The replacement or addition of a POWTS component listed in Table 383.04-1.

  3. The addition of a POWTS dispersal component.

  4. A change to one or more dispersal components involving any of the following:

a. Location outside suitable evaluated areas or proposed depths or elevations.

b. Dimensions of any distribution cell or basal area.

c. Type of dispersal component.

d. Design of a pressure distribution component, except for changes to pumps, forcemain lengths, total dynamic head, (TDH), or pump control settings.

(b) A modification to the design of a POWTS for which a plan has been previously granted approval under sub. (3) (b) may be submitted to the governmental unit which issued the sanitary permit, if the proposed modification involves a change which is not listed in par. (a) and if the governmental unit agrees to review the proposed minor revision.

(c) The installer of a POWTS may not implement or undertake the proposed revisions under par. (a) or (b) until written approval is obtained from the applicable reviewing agency.

(d) Revisions to previously approved plans shall be reviewed in accordance with sub. (3).

(e) If revisions under par. (a) are submitted to and approved by the department, the owner of the site for the POWTS or the owner’s agent shall file the revisions with the governmental unit which issued the sanitary permit.

(5) Limitation of responsibility. A conditional approval of a plan by the department may not be construed as an assumption by the department of any responsibility for the design of the POWTS or any component of the system. The department does not hold itself liable for any defects in construction, or for any damages that may result from a specific installation.

(6) Revocation of approval.

(a) The department may revoke any plan approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(b) The designated agent or governmental unit may revoke any plan approval issued by the designated agent or governmental units for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(c) The revocation of a plan approval and the reasons for revocation shall be conveyed in writing to the submitter of the plans as noted on the application.

(d) If a plan approval is revoked, the installation or alteration of a POWTS may not continue until another plan approval is obtained.

(7) Evidence of approval.

(a) When plans are required to be approved by the department, designated agent, or governmental unit under sub. (1), the plumber responsible for the installation of a POWTS or the modification of an existing POWTS shall keep at the construction site at least one set of plans bearing evidence of approval by the department, designated agent, or governmental unit and at least one copy of specifications.

(b) The plans and specifications shall be maintained at the construction site until the POWTS installation or modification is completed and an opportunity for a final inspection occurs in accordance with s. SPS 383.26.

(c) The plans and specifications shall be made available to the department or the governmental unit upon request.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (2) (b) 6. a. and e. and (4) (a) (intro.), r. (4) (a) 4. c., renum. and am. (4) (a) 4. d. to be (4) (a) 4. c., cr. (4) (e) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 06-119: am. (3) (a) Register July 2007 No. 619, eff. 8-1-07; CR 07-100: am. Tables 83.22-1 to 3, (2) (a) 1., (b) 5. (intro.), (4) (a) and (7) (a), renum. (2) (a) 2. and 3. and (4) (b) to (d) to be (2) (a) 3. and 4. and (4) (c) to (e) and am. (4) (c) and (e), cr. (2) (a) 2. and (4) (b), r. (4) (e) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (b), (c), (d), (2) (a) 4. a., c., (b) 1. (intro.), e., 4., 6. c., d., (c) 1., (d), (3) (a), (b) 1., 2., (c), (4) (a) 2., (7) (b), Table 383.22-1, Table 383.22-2, Table 383.22-3 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (2) (b) 6. c., d. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2013 No. 690; CR 17-065: am. (1) (a) (intro.), (2) (a) 3., (b) 1. (intro.), cr. (2) (b) 1. g., am. (2) (b) 2., (c) 1., (3) (b) 1., 2., (c), (7) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.23 Review agent status {#sec-sps-383.23 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.23}

(1) Upon request from a governmental unit, the department may delegate to the governmental unit the responsibility to review plans for one or more of the types of POWTS delineated in Table 383.22-2 which are to be or are located within the jurisdiction of that governmental unit.

(2) A request by a governmental unit to review plans for the types of POWTS delineated in Table 383.22-2 shall be made in writing. The request shall include all of the following:

(a) The types of POWTS for which delegation is desired.

(b) Information delineating how the plans are to be processed and reviewed.

(c) Information on how plan review decisions are to be recorded and maintained.

(3) The delegation of plan review by the department shall be contingent upon a governmental unit’s request demonstrating sufficient capabilities to complete the reviews, including all of the following:

(a) The utilization of one or more individuals who are certified by the department as a POWTS inspector to perform the plan review.

(b) The utilization of one or more individuals, who are certified soil testers, to provide assistance in the plan review process.

Note: The requirements of this subsection do not require the utilization of 2 individuals to perform plan review. A single individual who holds a certification as a certified POWTS inspector and as a certified soil tester may fulfill the requirements under pars. (a) and (b).

(4)

(a) The department shall provide the governmental unit with a written decision of delegation or denial of delegation relative to a request under this section concerning plan review.

(b) The department may deny a request for plan review delegation, if the governmental unit has not completed a POWTS inventory or is not operating a maintenance program required under s. SPS 383.255.

(c) The delegation for plan review shall be contingent upon the governmental unit acknowledging that the submission and review of plans under s. SPS 383.22 (1) may, at the discretion of the submitter, be made to the department or the designated agent.

(5) The department shall include as part of governmental unit audits conducted under s. 145.20 (3) (b), Stats., an evaluation of the plan review functions which are delegated to a governmental unit under this section.

(6) A governmental unit that wishes to discontinue the delegated plan review function under this section shall notify the department in writing at least 30 days prior to the discontinuance.

(7)

(a) The recognition as a review agent may be revoked by the department in accordance with s. 145.20 (3) (a) 2., Stats.

(b) The department may revoke the delegation as a plan review agent, if the governmental unit has not completed a POWTS inventory or is not operating a maintenance program required under s. SPS 383.255.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (3) (a) and (b) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (4) (b) and (7) to be (4) (c) and (7) (a), cr. (4) (b) and (7) (b) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (2) (intro.), (4) (b), (c), (7) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.24 Petitions for variance {#sec-sps-383.24 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.24}

(1) The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303.

Note: The petition for variance process is to allow the owner of a proposed or existing POWTS to ask the department’s recognition of an alternative method or means for complying with the intent of a specific rule.

(2)

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.24, Stats., the department may not approve a petition for variance for an existing POWTS which is determined to be a failing private onsite wastewater treatment system.

(b) For the purposes of this subsection, the department shall consider a petition for variance if the existing POWTS is not considered a failing private onsite wastewater treatment system.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.25 Governmental programs {#sec-sps-383.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.25}

(1) Delegation of responsibilities.

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.20 (1) (am), Stats., the delegation by a governmental unit of the administration and enforcement of this chapter to a town sanitary district or public inland lake protection and rehabilitation district shall be by ordinance.

(b) A copy of an ordinance delegating administration and enforcement of this chapter to a town sanitary district or public inland lake protection and rehabilitation district shall be forwarded to the department at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the ordinance.

(2) Issuance of building permits.

(a) General. Pursuant to s. 145.195, Stats., the issuance of building permits by a municipality for unsewered properties shall be in accordance with this subsection.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for a reprint of s. 145.195, Stats.

(b) New construction. A municipality may not issue a building permit to commence construction or installation of a structure that necessitates the use of a POWTS to serve the structure unless one of the following conditions apply:

  1. The owner of the property possesses a sanitary permit for the installation of a POWTS in accordance with s. SPS 383.21.

Note: Section SPS 383.21 outlines the procedures for the issuance of sanitary permits. Section 145.19, Stats., mandates that no private sewage system may be installed unless the owner of the property holds a valid sanitary permit.

  1. A POWTS of adequate capability and capacity to accommodate the wastewater flow and contaminant load already exists to serve the structure.

Note: See ss. SPS 383.02 and 383.03 concerning the application of current code requirements to existing POWTS.

(c) Construction affecting wastewater flow or contaminant load.

  1. A municipality may not issue a building permit to commence construction of any addition or alteration to an existing structure when the proposed construction will modify the design wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both, to an existing POWTS, unless the owner of the property complies with at least one of the following:

a. Possesses a sanitary permit to either modify the existing POWTS or construct a POWTS to accommodate the modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both.

b. Provides documentation to verify that the existing POWTS is sufficient to accommodate the modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both.

  1. For the purpose of this paragraph, a modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load shall be considered to occur for both of the following:

a. For commercial facilities, public buildings, and places of employment, when there is a proposed change in occupancy of the structure; or the proposed modification affects either the type or number of plumbing appliances, fixtures or devices discharging to the system.

b. For dwellings, when there is an increase or decrease in the number of bedrooms.

(d) Documentation of existing capabilities. Documentation to verify whether an existing POWTS can accommodate a modification in wastewater flow or contaminant load, or both, shall include at least one of the following:

  1. A copy of the plan for the existing POWTS that delineates minimum and maximum performance capabilities and which has been previously approved by the department or the governmental unit.

  2. Information on the performance capabilities for the existing POWTS that has been recognized through a product approval under ch. SPS 384.

  3. A written investigative report prepared by an architect, engineer, designer of plumbing systems, designer of private onsite wastewater treatment systems, master plumber, master plumber-restricted service or certified POWTS inspector analyzing the proposed modification and the performance capabilities of the existing POWTS.

(e) Where the performance capability of the existing POWTS serving a dwelling is not based on the number of bedrooms within the dwelling, information documenting that design condition shall be recorded as a covenant running with the deed for the property.

(f) Setbacks.

  1. A municipality may not issue a building permit for construction of any structure or addition to a structure on a site where there exists a POWTS, unless the proposed construction conforms to the applicable setback limitations under s. SPS 383.43 (8) (i).

  2. The applicant for a building permit shall provide documentation to the municipality issuing the building permit showing the location and setback distances for the proposed construction relative to all of the following:

a. Existing POWTS treatment components.

b. Existing POWTS holding components.

c. Existing POWTS dispersal components.

Note: A municipality that issues building permits may delegate to the governmental unit responsible for issuing sanitary permits the determination of whether the proposed construction will affect or interfere with an existing POWTS relating to capability or location of the existing POWTS.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for further information regarding setbacks.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (2) (a) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (2) (e) to be (2) (f), cr. (2) (e) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (2) (b) 1., (d) 2., (f) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (2) (b) (intro.), 1., (c) 1. (intro.), a., 2. (intro.), a., (d) 3. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.255 Governmental inventory and maintenance program {#sec-sps-383.255 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.255}

(1)

(a)

  1. A governmental unit shall maintain an inventory of all POWTS located in its jurisdictional area.

  2. The inventory shall be updated as existing POWTS are identified and new POWTS are installed or constructed.

(b) At a minimum, a POWTS inventory shall consist of all of the following elements:

  1. Legal description of all properties including tax parcel number where a POWTS is located within the governmental unit jurisdictional area.

  2. Name and address of the owner of each POWTS located within the governmental unit jurisdictional area.

Note: The inventory does not require site visits, identification of the type of POWTS or an evaluation of the POWTS.

(2)

(a) A governmental unit shall be responsible for administering a POWTS maintenance program.

(b) At a minimum, a POWTS maintenance program shall consist of all of the following elements:

  1. An inventory of all POWTS located within the governmental unit jurisdictional area.

  2. A process that accepts and records inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing reports submitted by the POWTS owner or the owner’s agent for POWTS listed in the governmental unit inventory.

  3. A process that accepts and creates a record for each inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing report for a POWTS within the governmental unit jurisdictional area but not listed in the governmental unit inventory that is submitted by the POWTS owner or the owner’s agent.

  4. A process that notifies POWTS owners that are delinquent in submitting reports for inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing activities listed in ss. SPS 383.54 (3) and (4) and 383.55.

  5. A process that includes measures meant to ensure that required inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing is performed and the results are reported to the governmental unit.

  6. Reports summarizing the results of the maintenance program on an annual basis in a format requested by the department.

(3) A governmental unit shall make available to the department, upon request, any and all records necessary to ascertain compliance with this chapter and the provisions as specified in s. 145.20 (2) (i), Stats.

History

  • CR 07-100: cr. Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (2) (b) 4. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (1) (a) 1., (2) (a) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; CR 17-065: am. (1) (a) 1. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18, am. (2) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 10-1-19.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.26 Inspections and testing {#sec-sps-383.26 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.26}

(1)

(a) Pursuant to s. 145.02 (3) (c), Stats., the department or governmental unit may inspect the construction, installation, operation or maintenance of a POWTS to ascertain whether the POWTS conforms to plans approved by the department or governmental unit, the conditions of approval and this chapter.

(b) The department may issue an order directing an immediate cessation of the installation of a POWTS or the modification to an existing POWTS for failure to comply with a corrective order.

(c) Pursuant to ss. 145.02 (3) (f) and 145.20 (1) (a) and (2) (f), Stats., an individual authorized by the department or a governmental unit to administer and enforce this chapter may issue orders to abate human health hazards relating to this chapter.

Note: Section SPS 305.66 delineates qualifications and responsibilities for POWTS inspectors.

(d) Pursuant to s. 145.20 (2) (e) and (g), Stats., nothing in this chapter shall limit a governmental unit’s authority and power to inspect or require an evaluation of a POWTS, including an existing POWTS at times or for activities not covered under this section.

(2)

(a) When a sanitary permit is required under s. SPS 383.21 (1), no part of a POWTS component may be covered nor any POWTS component put into service until the governmental unit or the department has had an opportunity to inspect the system in accordance with this subsection.

Note: Pursuant to s. 145.20 (2), Stats., an individual authorized by a governmental unit to administer and enforce the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 387 relative to POWTS is required to be a certified POWTS inspector under s. SPS 305.66.

(b) The master plumber or the master plumber-restricted service responsible for the installation of a POWTS or the modification to an existing POWTS shall notify the governmental unit when the work will be or is ready for inspection. The notification shall be in person, in writing or by telephone or other electronic communication in a format acceptable to the governmental unit performing the inspection.

(c) The master plumber or the master plumber-restricted service responsible for the installation of a POWTS or the modification shall maintain records of the inspection notifications. The records shall include the date and time of notification and the name of the person contacted.

(d) The master plumber or master plumber-restricted service responsible for the POWTS installation or modification shall provide the necessary equipment and properly licensed personnel required for the inspection as requested by the governmental unit or department.

(e) If an inspection is not made by the end of the next workday, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, after the requested inspection day, the master plumber or the master plumber-restricted service may proceed with the installation of the POWTS, including backfilling and covering.

(3) Pursuant to s. 145.20 (2) (g), Stats., a governmental unit by ordinance may require other inspections in addition to that specified under this section.

(4) A governmental unit shall maintain a written record of each inspection conducted for a POWTS. The record shall include information relative to all of the following:

(a) The location of the POWTS.

(b) The date of the inspection.

(c) The nature and findings of the inspection.

(5) Before being put into service, components of a POWTS shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications or as specified as a condition of approval under ss. SPS 383.22 and 384.10.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (2) (a), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.27 Experiments {#sec-sps-383.27 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.27}

(1) The provisions of this chapter or ch. SPS 384 are not intended to prevent the design and use of an innovative method or concept for the treatment or dispersal of domestic wastewater which is not specifically addressed by this chapter, provided the experiment has been first approved by the department in accordance with s. SPS 384.50 (3).

(2) The department shall review a submittal of an experiment under this section with input from the technical advisory committee assembled under s. SPS 384.10 (3) (d).

(3) The protocol for a proposed experiment submitted to the department for consideration shall include all of the following:

(a) The experiment shall be supervised by a professional who has experience in small-scale wastewater treatment.

(b) The professional shall submit a vita of training and experience relative to small-scale wastewater treatment along with the application for the experiment.

(c) A proposal shall be submitted for the experiment that includes at least all of the following:

  1. The purpose of the experiment.

  2. The theory and science behind the proposed experiment including a description of the systems or processes to be used as part of the experiment.

  3. The number of systems or components to be installed or modified as part of the experiment.

  4. The identification of the initial sites, if known, that will take part in the experiment.

  5. A letter of comment from the governmental unit or units where the experiment is to be conducted.

  6. The data to be collected and the method to be employed to collect the data.

  7. The duration of the proposed experiment.

(d) The experiment may not involve less than 5, and not more than 50 individual installations.

(e) An experiment shall be designed to provide definitive results within 5 years from the start of the experiment.

(f) An experiment on a site not previously developed shall include a contingency plan that provides for a code complying replacement POWTS, if the experiment fails to meet the required performance standards of this chapter.

(g) If the experiment is approved, the experimenter shall execute a signed agreement with the department setting forth the obligations of the parties.

(h) Within 6 months of the completion of the experiment, the results or conclusions shall be forwarded to the department.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.28 Penalties {#sec-sps-383.28 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.28}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 145.12, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.29 Range of responses {#sec-sps-383.29 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.29}

(1)

(a) Pursuant to s. 160.21, Stats., the department shall respond with any one or more of the actions delineated under Table 383.29 if the preventive action limits or enforcement standards enumerated in ch. NR 140 Tables 1 and 2 are exceeded at a point of standards application as a result of the performance of a POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, except as provided in par. (b).

(b) Pursuant to s. 160.255, Stats., the design, installation, use or maintenance of a POWTS is not required to comply with the nitrate standard specified in ch. NR 140 Table 1, except as provided under s. SPS 383.03 (5).

(2) Pursuant to s. 160.21 (2), Stats., the point of standards application relative to the performance of POWTS shall be:

(a) Any point of present groundwater use for potable water supply; and

(b) Any point beyond the boundary of the property on which the facility, practice or activity is located.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (1) (a) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; correction in (1) (a), (b), Table 383.29 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III General Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.30 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.30}

This subchapter establishes parameters for the types of POWTS that may be used and how a POWTS may be used.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.31 Principles {#sec-sps-383.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.31}

A POWTS shall be operated and used in such a manner so as not to render the POWTS inoperative or beyond its capabilities, and thereby, create a human health hazard.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.32 Prohibitions and limitations {#sec-sps-383.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.32}

(1) Prohibitions.

(a) Except as provided in s. SPS 383.03 (4), the introduction of wastewater or substances in such quantities or concentrations to a POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, that results in exceeding the enforcement standards and preventive action limits specified in ch. NR 140 Tables 1 and 2 at a point of standards application shall be prohibited.

Note: Section SPS 383.03 (4) reads:

(4) Groundwater standards. (a) Pursuant to s. 160.255, Stats., the design, installation, use or maintenance of a POWTS is not required to comply with the nitrate standard specified in ch. NR 140 Table 1, except as provided under sub. (5).

(b) Pursuant to s. 160.19 (2) (a), Stats., the department has determined that it is not technically or economically feasible to require that a POWTS treat wastewater to comply with the preventive action limit for chloride specified in ch. NR 140, Table 2, as existed on June 1, 1998.

(c) Substances deleterious to a POWTS shall be intercepted, diluted or treated in accordance with s. SPS 382.34 prior to the substance discharging into a POWTS.

(d) The use of a cesspool as a POWTS is prohibited, including any cesspool existing prior to July 1, 2000.

(e) The final discharge of domestic wastewater or POWTS effluent to open bodies of water is prohibited, including by means of plumbing outfall pipes existing prior to July 1, 2000.

(f) The final discharge of domestic wastewater or POWTS effluent to the ground surface is prohibited, including by means of plumbing outfall pipes existing prior to July 1, 2000.

(g) The infiltrative surface of a treatment or dispersal component of a POWTS existing prior to December 1, 1969, which consists in part of soil may not be located in bedrock or groundwater.

(h) The use of RV transfer tanks shall be restricted to any of the following sites:

  1. Campgrounds permitted by the department of health services under ch. ATCP 79.

  2. Properties where the use of the RV transfer tank is permitted by an adopted governmental unit ordinance and monitored by the governmental unit.

(i) The use of camping unit transfer tanks shall be restricted to campgrounds permitted by the department of agriculture, trade and consumer protection under ch. ATCP 79.

(2) Local prohibitions.

(a) A municipality may by ordinance prohibit or limit the installation and use of the following technologies, designs or methods as POWTS components:

  1. A holding tank.

  2. A constructed wetland as a POWTS treatment component.

  3. An evapotranspiration bed as a POWTS treatment component.

(b) A municipality may enact ordinances that are more restrictive than the applicable state minimum standards for those POWTS existing prior to December 1, 1972, except as provided in s. SPS 383.03 (2) (b) 2.

Note: The date, December 1, 1972, reflects the point in time at which the state plumbing code became a state-wide uniformly applied code rather than just a minimum standard. Since December 1, 1969 to July 1, 2000, the state plumbing code required 36 inches of soil between the infiltrative surface of a POWTS and high groundwater or bedrock.

(c) A municipality may by ordinance restrict the ownership of a POWTS to a governmental entity or agency when the POWTS is to serve 2 or more structures or buildings that are located on more than one property.

(3) Limitations.

(a) Industrial wastes and wastewater may not, unless approved by the department of natural resources, be introduced into a POWTS.

Note: The department of natural resources regulates the discharge of industrial wastes to land treatment systems under ch. NR 214. Section NR 214.02 reads in part:

“This chapter applies to those discharges of industrial wastes to land treatment systems not regulated under ch. NR 518. This includes but is not limited to liquid wastes, by-product solids and sludges generated by: fruit and vegetable processing, dairy products processing, meat, fish and poultry products processing, mink raising operations, aquaculture, commercial laundromat and motor vehicle cleaning operations and any other industrial, commercial or agricultural operation which results in a point source discharge that has no detrimental effects on the soils, vegetation or groundwater of a land treatment system.”

(b) A POWTS may accept wastewater permitted under s. SPS 382.38 (3) (a) and Table 382.38–1.

(c) Except as provided in ss. NR 116.12 (1) (e) and 116.15 (2) (b), no part of a POWTS may be installed in a floodway.

Note: See s. SPS 383.45 (6) for installations in a floodfringe.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (1) (e) and (f), (3) (a) and (b) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (1) (h) to be (1) (h) (intro.) and am., cr. (1) (h) 1. and 2., am. (3) (c) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (h) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register September 2008 No. 633; correction in (1) (h) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2010 No. 660; correction in (1) (a), (c), (2) (b), (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (1) (h), (3) (b) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; correction in (1) (h) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734; EmR1707: emerg. cr. (1) (i), eff. 2-6-17; CR 17-017: cr. (1) (i) Register March 2018 No. 747, eff. 4-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.33 Abandonment {#sec-sps-383.33 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.33}

A subsurface tank or pit that is no longer used as a POWTS component shall be abandoned by complying with all of the following:

(1) Disconnecting all piping to the tanks and pits.

(2) Sealing all disconnected piping to the tanks and pits.

(3) Pumping and disposing of the contents from all tanks and pits.

Note: The removal and disposal of the contents from treatment tanks, distribution tanks, seepage pits, and holding components is addressed in ch. NR 113 which is administered by the department of natural resources.

(4) Removing all tanks or removing the covers of the tanks or pits and filling the tanks and pits with soil, gravel or an inert solid material.

Note: Pursuant to s. 281.45, Stats., municipalities and sanitary districts may determine the availability of, and require connection to, public sewers. Section 281.45, Stats., reads in part:

“HOUSE CONNECTIONS. To assure preservation of public health, comfort and safety, any city, village or town or town sanitary district having a system of waterworks or sewerage, or both, may by ordinance require buildings used for human habitation and located adjacent to a sewer or water main, or in a block through which one or both of these systems extend, to be connected with either or both in the manner prescribed. If any person fails to comply for more than 10 days after notice in writing the municipality may impose a penalty or may cause connection to be made, and the expense thereof shall be assessed as a special tax against the property.”

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (2) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13.

Subchapter IV Design and Installation

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.40 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.40}

This subchapter establishes minimum parameters for the design and installation of a POWTS for the purpose of:

(1) Safeguarding public health;

(2) Minimizing the level of substances which have a reasonable probability of entering waters of the state; and

(3) Delineating measures, conditions and performance standards by which to evaluate designs.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.41 Principles {#sec-sps-383.41 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.41}

(1) A POWTS shall be designed to hold wastewater or reduce the contaminant load and disperse the flow of wastewater as specified in this subchapter.

Note: See s. SPS 382.34 (15) for requirements relating to special wastewater or mixed wastewater treatment or containment devices.

(2) A POWTS shall be designed to have sufficient capacity to accommodate the anticipated quantities of wastewater that will be discharged into the system.

(3) A POWTS intended to treat and disperse wastewater shall be designed to have sufficient ability to treat or separate out the anticipated types, quantities and concentrations of wastewater contaminants to be discharged into the system so that the dispersed wastewater will not create a human health hazard.

(4) A POWTS shall be designed to disperse wastewater below the surface of the ground at a rate that promotes long term assimilation into the soil and limits the possibility of surfacing.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.42 Application {#sec-sps-383.42 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.42}

(1) Design basis. The design of a POWTS shall be based on the methods and limitations outlined in this subchapter or on other documented data acceptable to the department.

(2) Design relation to actual flows and contaminant loads. For any situation where it is known that the wastewater flow or contaminant load exceeds the parameters of this subchapter, the POWTS shall be designed in relation to the known flow or load.

(3) Design considerations. The evidence to support assertions relative to contaminant reduction and hydraulic dispersal shall include at least all of the following:

(a) The flow and contaminant load of the influent wastewater.

(b) The ability of all treatment and dispersal components to reduce contaminant load and disperse hydraulic flow into the environment.

(c) The flow velocities and friction losses throughout the system based upon accepted engineering practice.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.43 General requirements {#sec-sps-383.43 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.43}

(1) Materials. The components of a POWTS shall be constructed of materials and products that are of a type recognized under this chapter or ch. SPS 384.

(2) Design flow. In order to accommodate peak wastewater flow, the design wastewater flow of a POWTS shall equal at least 150% of the estimated daily flow generated from the source or sources, unless otherwise approved by the department.

(3) Estimated daily combined flow for a POWTS serving a dwelling. The estimated daily wastewater flow of combined graywater, clear water and blackwater from a dwelling shall be based on one or more of the following:

(a) The following equation:

(b) A detailed estimate of wastewater flow based upon per capita occupancy or usage of the dwelling or per function occurrence within the dwelling.

(4) Estimated daily segregated graywater flow for a POWTS serving a dwelling. The estimated daily wastewater flow of graywater and clear water from a dwelling shall be based on one or more of the following:

(a) The following equation:

(b) A detailed estimate of graywater flow based upon per capita occupancy or usage of the dwelling or per function occurrence within the dwelling.

(5) Estimating segregated blackwater flow for a POWTS serving a dwelling. The estimated daily wastewater flow of blackwater from a dwelling shall be based on one or more of the following:

(a) The following equation:

(b) A detailed estimate of blackwater flow based upon per capita occupancy or usage of the dwelling or per function occurrence within the dwelling.

(6) Estimating wastewater flow for commercial facilities. The estimated daily wastewater flow of clear water, graywater, blackwater, or combined graywater-blackwater flow from public buildings and places of employment shall be based on one or more of the following:

(a) Measured daily wastewater flow over a period of time representative of the facility’s use or occupancy.

(b) A detailed estimate of wastewater flow based upon per capita occupancy or usage of the facility or per function occurrence within the facility.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for further information.

(7) Estimating contaminant loads. Estimates of contaminant loads from dwellings and public facilities shall be based on a detailed analysis including all contaminants listed in s. SPS 383.44 (2) (a).

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for further information.

Note: See Note under s. SPS 383.32 (3) for information relative to industrial wastes.

(8) General design requirements.

(a) Flow velocity.

  1. Piping within a POWTS shall be designed and installed to supply wastewater to POWTS treatment and dispersal components while maintaining the velocity required to ensure operation of the POWTS.

  2. Gravity flow piping between POWTS components shall be installed at a pitch that produces a computed flow velocity of at least one foot per second when flowing half full.

  3. Pressurization equipment or devices and piping to be utilized upstream of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall be designed and installed to produce a computed velocity of at least 2 feet per second.

  4. Gravity piping within a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall be installed level or pitched downstream a maximum 4 inches per 100 feet.

(b) Distribution and drain pipe sizing. The piping within a POWTS shall be of a diameter to permit the operation of the POWTS.

(c) Frost protection. All POWTS components shall be protected from freezing temperatures that could detrimentally affect component operation to provide wastewater conveyance, treatment or dispersal.

(d) Component placement. The orientation of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall take into account landscape variations in elevation, slope orientation, and other conditions that could affect component performance relative to dispersal or aeration.

(e) Alarms or warning systems.

a. A POWTS component utilizing a mechanical device to treat wastewater or to distribute effluent shall be provided with an automatic visual or audible means of notifying the user of the POWTS of the failure of the mechanical device.

Note: In accordance with s. SPS 316.300 (1) (a), an alarm that is electrically powered is to be on a separate circuit from the circuit supplying power to the mechanical device.

b. An alarm indicating the failure of a pump shall remain audible or visible until manually turned off.

c. Where duplex pumping equipment is employed to provide continuous component operation in the event that one pump fails, the pumps shall be installed in such a manner so as to provide the continuous operation automatically.

  1. A POWTS holding tank shall be provided with an automatic visual or audible means of notifying the user of the POWTS of the necessity for servicing.

(f) Accessibility. The design of a POWTS shall include provisions to provide access to all components that require maintenance or observation.

(g) Anchoring system components. An exterior subsurface POWTS treatment tank or POWTS holding component to be installed in an area subject to saturated conditions shall be installed so as to prevent flotation of the tank or component.

Note: See ch. SPS 383 Appendix for further information.

(h) Treatment byproducts.

  1. All treatment byproducts discharged from or as a result of operating a POWTS shall be disposed of so as not to create a human health hazard.

Note: The disposal of the contents of holding tanks and the sludge, scum, and contaminated liquids from treatment tanks and components is regulated by the department of natural resources under chs. NR 113 and NR 204.

  1. Deleterious or hazardous materials segregated out from effluent flows shall be disposed of in a manner conforming with the rules of the state agency having jurisdiction.

  2. Effluent from a POWTS shall be dispersed so as not to create a human health hazard.

  3. All POWTS components within a building or structure shall be gas tight unless provisions are made assuring the safety of individuals entering the building or structure.

(i) Site parameters and limitations. POWTS treatment, holding and dispersal components shall be located so as to provide the minimum horizontal setback distances as outlined in Table 383.43-1 as safety factors for public health, waters of the state and structures in the event of component failure.

Note: Chapter NR 812 establishes upslope location criteria for wells relative to contamination sources.

Note: See s. SPS 382.365, Table 382.365-4 relative to horizontal setback distances to subsurface infiltrative systems.

Note: The department of transportation under s. Trans 233.08 establishes setback limits from the centerline of state trunk highways or connecting highways to structures and improvements which include septic systems.

(j) Service suction and discharge lines.

  1. A suction line or discharge line serving a holding tank for servicing purposes shall comply with all of the following:

a. A pipe serving as the suction or discharge line shall be of an acceptable type in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

b. A suction or discharge line shall terminate with a service port consisting of a quick disconnect fitting with a removable plug.

c. The service port of a suction or discharge line shall terminate at least 2 feet above final grade.

d. The service port of a suction or discharge line shall be identified as such with a permanent sign with lettering at least - See PDF for diagram inch in height.

e. The service port of a suction or discharge line shall be secured to a permanent support that is capable of withstanding the loads and forces placed on the port.

f. A suction or discharge line shall be at least 3 inches in diameter.

  1. A suction line serving a holding tank may not be installed in such a manner or arrangement that the tank can be drained by gravity or siphonic action.

  2. Where a lift station is employed for servicing a holding tank, the pump discharge line shall conform with subd. 1., except as provided in subd. 3. a. and b.

a. A discharge line from the lift station shall be at least 2 inches in diameter.

b. The lift station pump shall be activated by means of a keyed-switch at the service port.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (2), (6) (intro.), and Table 83.43-1 Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. Table 83.43-1 Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (7), (8) (i), (j) 1. a., Table 383.43-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. Table 383.43-1 Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.44 Parameters for POWTS components consisting of in situ soil {#sec-sps-383.44 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.44}

(1) Evaluation. POWTS treatment and dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil shall be evaluated in accordance with ch. SPS 385.

(2) Influent quality.

(a) The quality of influent discharged into a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall be equal to or less than all of the following:

  1. A monthly average of 30 mg/L fats, oil and grease.

  2. A monthly average of 220 mg/L BOD5.

  3. A monthly average of 150 mg/L TSS.

(b) The monthly average under par. (a) shall be calculated as the sum of all measurements taken over 30 consecutive days, with at least 6 measurements occurring on 6 separate days, and divided by the number of measurements taken during that period.

(c) Influent discharged to a POWTS treatment or dispersal component that consists in part of unsaturated soil may not contain any solid or suspended solid exceeding 1/8 inch in diameter.

Note: Under s. SPS 383.03 (1) (b), the replacement of a POWTS anaerobic treatment tank (septic tank) in conjunction with this rule would limit any solids within the effluent leaving the tank to a maximum of 1/8-inch diameter.

(d) The department may designate a new facility as “at-risk” if the department determines that the facility may generate waste with influent quality in excess of the parameters under par. (a). A facility designated as “at-risk” shall submit additional testing data as specified in par. (b) to the department and the governmental unit within one year of installation of the POWTS components. A facility that continues to produce influent with parameters above the limits in par. (a) or the approved design shall reduce wastewater strength according to the facility’s management plan required under s. SPS 383.54 (1).

(3) Infiltrative surface.

(a) The infiltrative surface of unsaturated soil to which influent is discharged shall be located at least 24 inches above the estimated highest groundwater elevation and bedrock.

(b)

  1. A POWTS designed utilizing a component manual recognized under s. SPS 383.60 (1) shall have at least 6 inches of the soil separation required under par. (a) consisting of an in situ soil type for which soil treatment capability has been credited under Table 383.44-3.

  2. The purpose of the 6 inches of in situ soil under subd. 1. shall be to assure that the influent will be assimilated into the original subsurface soils without ponding on the ground surface.

(c) The infiltrative surface of unsaturated soil to which influent is discharged shall be located at least one inch below the finished grade.

(4) Capabilities.

(a)

a. Except as provided under subd. 2., the dispersal capability of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of unsaturated soil shall be limited to that specified in Table 383.44-2 based upon the influent quality concentrations being applied.

b. Under subd. 1. a., the influent quality parameter with the highest concentration shall determine the maximum application rate.

c. Except as provided in par. (c), the soil conditions at the infiltrative surface of unsaturated soil to which influent is to be discharged shall be used to establish the maximum application rate for a POWTS dispersal design.

d. The moist soil consistence of the soil horizon in which the infiltrative surface of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component will be located may not be stronger than firm or any cemented classification.

e. The maximum soil application for soil with moderate to strong platy structure shall not exceed 0.2 gals./sq. ft./day for effluent concentrations of ≤30 mg/L BOD5 and TSS and shall be 0.0 gals./sq. ft./day for effluent concentrations of > 30 mg/L BOD5 and TSS.

  1. Maximum soil application rates other than those specified in Table 383.44-2 may be employed for the design of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil if documentation is submitted and approved under s. SPS 383.22 and is based on soil permeability and evapotranspiration estimates correlated to specific soil characteristics described in a detailed morphological soil evaluation.

(b) The treatment capability of a POWTS treatment component consisting of unsaturated soil shall be limited to that specified in Table 383.44-3, unless otherwise approved by the department.

(c) The design of a treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall reflect restrictive soil horizons that affect treatment or dispersal.

(5) Effluent distribution.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the distribution of effluent to a treatment or dispersal component shall be by means of pressure distribution as specified in Tables 383.44-2 and 383.44-3.

  2. Pressure distribution is not required when rehabilitating an existing non-pressurized in situ soil treatment or dispersal component that is persistently ponded and that has at least 24 inches of unsaturated soil beneath the infiltrative surface of the component.

(b) Each dose of effluent by means of pressurized distribution into a treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil may not be less than 5 times the void volume of the POWTS distribution laterals.

(6) Orientation.

(a)

  1. The infiltrative surface of a distribution cell within a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil and located in fill material above original grade shall be level.

  2. The longest dimension of a POWTS treatment or dispersal component located at or above the original grade shall be oriented within 1 percent of the surface contour unless otherwise approved by the department.

(b) The infiltrative surface of a distribution cell within a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil and located below the surface of the original grade shall be level.

(c) POWTS treatment or dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil shall be so located as to minimize the infiltration of storm water into the component.

(7) Geometry. The geometry of a subsurface treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of the in situ soil shall take into account linear loading rates that are based on soil texture, structure, consistence and distance to seasonal soil saturation and restrictive soil horizons.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: (3) (b) and (4) (c), r. and recr. (5) (a) and Tables 83.44-2 and 83.44-3 Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (3) (b) 1. and Tables 83.44-2 and 3, r. (5) (b), renum. (5) (c) to be (5) (b) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (3) (b) 1., (4) (a) 1. a., f., 2., (b), (5) (a) 1., Table 383.44-3 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: cr. (2) (d), r. (4) (a) 1. f., Table 383.44-1, am. (6) (a) 2. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; correction in (4) (a) 1. a., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.45 Installation {#sec-sps-383.45 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.45}

(1) General. A POWTS shall be constructed and installed in such a manner to hold wastewater or reduce the contaminant load and disperse the flow of wastewater in accordance with this subchapter and the plan approval under s. SPS 383.22.

(2) Frozen soil. POWTS treatment and dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil may not be installed if the soil is frozen at or below the infiltrative surface of the component.

(3) Snow cover. Snow cover shall be removed before excavating or installing POWTS treatment and dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil.

(4) Moisture. The soil moisture content for a POWTS treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall be evaluated immediately prior to installation of the component. If the soil at the infiltrative surface can be rolled into a ¼-inch wire, the installation may not proceed.

(5) Bedding. All vessels and pipes of a POWTS shall be bedded in accordance with a product approval under s. SPS 384.10 or a plan approval under s. SPS 383.22.

(6) Floodplain.

(a) All POWTS treatment tanks, holding and dispersal tanks that are located in floodplain areas shall be made and maintained watertight to prevent infiltration.

(b) Vent pipes serving POWTS components that are located in floodplain areas shall terminate at least 2 feet above regional flood levels.

(7) Minimum depth. The top of the effluent lines and forcemains shall be covered by a minimum of 12 inches of soil.

Note: See s. SPS 383.43 (8) (g) relative to anchoring provisions.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: am. (6) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (2), (6) (b), cr. (7) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.

Subchapter V Management

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.50 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.50}

The purpose of this subchapter is to accomplish all of the following:

(1) Establish monitoring, inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing requirements for all POWTS, in order to ensure that the POWTS will operate as designed and thereby protect the public health and waters of the state.

(2) Establish maintenance programs operated by governmental units to ensure that all POWTS will be inspected, evaluated, maintained and serviced so that the POWTS will operate as designed and thereby protect the public health and waters of the state.

(3) Provide the department with data by which to make regulatory decisions.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: r. and recr. Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.51 Principles {#sec-sps-383.51 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.51}

(1) A POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall be maintained at all times so as not to create a human health hazard.

(2) When upon inspection of a POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, any part of the system that is found to be defective in conformance with the applicable provisions of this chapter, the installation or modification plan, or the approvals, the part shall be repaired, renovated, replaced or removed.

Note: Section SPS 387.04 (2) (a) to (e) also establishes management and maintenance requirements for a POWTS that is located in a governmental unit which participates in the replacement and rehabilitation program under s. 145.245, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.52 Responsibilities {#sec-sps-383.52 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.52}

(1)

(a)

  1. The owner of a POWTS shall be responsible for ensuring that the operation and maintenance of the POWTS occurs in accordance with this chapter and the approved management plan under s. SPS 383.54 (1).

  2. The owner of a POWTS shall be responsible for ensuring that access opening covers remain locked or secured except for inspection, evaluation, maintenance or servicing purposes.

(b) The owner of a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall be responsible for ensuring that the maintenance of the POWTS occurs in accordance with s. SPS 383.54 (4).

(c)

  1. The owner of a POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall maintain a maintenance contract with a POWTS maintainer or a business utilizing a POWTS maintainer for the POWTS as long as the POWTS is utilized and, if the management plan for the POWTS under s. SPS 383.54 (1) involves one or more of the following:

a. Evaluating or monitoring any part of the system at an interval of 12 months or less.

b. Maintaining any part of the system at an interval of 12 months or less.

  1. The owner of a POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall maintain a maintenance or service contract with a certified septage servicing operator under ch. NR 114 for the POWTS as long as the POWTS is utilized and, if the management plan for the POWTS under s. SPS 383.54 (1) involves the servicing of any holding, treatment or dispersal component at an interval of 12 months or less.

(2) A POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, that is not maintained in accordance with the approved management plan or as required under s. SPS 383.54 (4) shall be considered a human health hazard.

(3) The activities relating to evaluating, monitoring and maintaining POWTS components after the initial installation of the POWTS in accordance with an approved management plan or as required by s. SPS 383.54 (4) (c) shall be conducted by a person who holds registration issued by the department as a registered POWTS maintainer.

Note: See s. SPS 305.36 concerning the application and qualification requirements to become a registered POWTS maintainer.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (3) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: renum. (1) (a) to be (1) (a) 1., cr. (1) (a) 2., am (1) (b), (c) 1. (intro.) and (3) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (a) 1., (b), (c) 1. (intro.), 2., (2), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.53 General {#sec-sps-383.53 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.53}

(1) No product for chemical or physical restoration or chemical or physical procedures for POWTS, including a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, may be used unless approved by the department in accordance with ss. SPS 384.10 and 384.14.

(2) Nothing in this subchapter shall limit a governmental unit’s authority and power in establishing a mandatory POWTS maintenance program that is more restrictive than what is specified in this subchapter, including management or maintenance undertaken by the governmental unit.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: am. Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.54 Management requirements {#sec-sps-383.54 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.54}

(1) Management plan.

(a) The management plan for each POWTS shall include information and procedures for maintaining the POWTS to operate and function within the standards of this chapter and as designed and approved.

(b) The management plan for a POWTS shall be a part of the plan submittal under s. SPS 383.22 or 384.10.

(c) The management plan for POWTS shall specify all necessary maintenance and servicing information which may include, but is not limited to all of the following:

  1. Accumulated solids or byproduct removal requirements.

  2. Influent quantities and qualities and effluent quantities and qualities.

  3. Metering, sampling and monitoring schedules and requirements.

  4. Load and rest schedules.

  5. Servicing frequency requirements.

  6. Installation and inspection checklists.

  7. Evaluation, monitoring and maintenance schedules for mechanical POWTS components.

  8. Start up and shutdown procedures.

  9. Procedure for abandonment.

(d) If the owner of the POWTS wishes to operate or maintain a POWTS differently than that specified in the approved management plan, a written request for approval to amend the management plan shall be submitted to the agency that initially reviewed the installation plan under s. SPS 383.22.

(e) The management plan for a POWTS shall specifically address the servicing mechanics of an aerobic or anaerobic treatment tank or a holding tank where either of the following conditions exist:

  1. The bottom of the tank is located more than 15 feet below the elevation where the servicing pad is located.

  2. The bottom of the tank is located more than 150 feet horizontally from where the servicing pad is located.

(2) Metering and monitoring.

(a) General. The management plan specified in sub. (1) shall include procedures for metering or monitoring POWTS influent or effluent as specified in this subsection.

(b) Department option. The department may require the metering or monitoring of any POWTS to evaluate the operation of the POWTS.

(c) Governmental unit option. A governmental unit may require the metering or monitoring of a POWTS holding component as part of a maintenance and monitoring tracking program.

(d) Metering influent flows.

  1. When and where the metering of a POWTS is required, influent flows to POWTS shall be metered by one of the following methods:

a. Installing event counters and elapsed time meters.

b. Installing water meters to meter the water distribution system flow to the POWTS.

c. Metering wastewater flow from all parts of the plumbing system discharging to the POWTS.

d. Metering the water distribution system and metering exterior hydrant use, except as provided in subd. 2.

  1. Where meters are installed on water distribution systems existing prior to July 1, 2000, the entire water distribution system may be metered and the exterior hydrant usage estimated and subtracted from the total flow to meet the requirements of this paragraph.

(e) Monitoring influent and effluent loads.

  1. When and where the monitoring of groundwater is required, groundwater monitoring wells constructed in accordance with ch. NR 141 shall be utilized.

  2. When influent or effluent contaminants are to be monitored, samples shall be collected in accordance with the requirements of the approved management plan or, where no procedures are specified, in accordance with published sampling procedures accepted by the department.

Note: Acceptable sampling procedures include those contained in the following sources:

“Procedures Manual for Ground Water Monitoring at Solid Waste Disposal Facilities,” EPA SW-611, Office of Water and Waste Management, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, December 1980, Washington, D. C.

“Techniques of Water Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Survey, Guidelines for Collection and Field Analysis of Ground Water Samples for Selected Unstable Constituents,” Book I, Chapter D2, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.

“Procedures for the Collection of Representative Water Quality Data from Monitoring Wells,” Cooperative Groundwater Report 7, Illinois State Water Survey, 1981, Champaign, Illinois.

“Manual of Ground Water Sampling Procedures,” NWWA/EPA Series, Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory, 1981, Ada, Oklahoma.

“Groundwater Sampling Desk Reference – Parts 1 and 2,” Wisconsin DNR, PUBL-DG-037 96, September 1996.

“Groundwater Sampling Field Manual,” Wisconsin DNR, PUBL-DG-038 96, September 1996.

  1. All groundwater samples collected to evaluate influent or effluent quality, except samples collected for total coliform bacteria analysis and the field analyses for pH, specific conductance and temperature, shall be analyzed by a laboratory certified under s. 299.11, Stats., and rules adopted under that section.

  2. The results of the analysis required under subd. 2. shall be maintained and reported as required in the approved management plan and in accordance with s. SPS 383.55 (1) (a).

(3) Servicing requirements.

(a) The management plan specified in sub. (1) shall reflect the servicing schedules of POWTS components as specified in this subsection

(b) The servicing frequency of an anaerobic treatment tank for a POWTS shall occur at least when the combined sludge and scum volume equals 1/3 of the tank volume.

(c) The servicing frequency of a holding tank for a POWTS shall occur at least when the wastewater of the tank reaches a level of one foot below the inlet invert of the tank.

Note: The servicing of POWTS holding and treatment components, including septic tanks and holding tanks, is required to be performed by licensed pumpers under chs. NR 113 and NR 114.

(d) The servicing of a RV transfer tank shall be performed in a manner to prevent the discharge of wastewater into the surrounding soil or onto the ground surface.

Note: Section NR 113.03 (57) defines “servicing” as “…removing the scum, liquid, sludge, or other wastes from a private sewage system such as septic or holding tanks, dosing chambers, grease interceptors, seepage beds, seepage pits, seepage trenches, privies, or portable restrooms and properly disposing or recycling of the contents as provided in this chapter.”

(4) Existing POWTS.

(a) The servicing frequency of an anaerobic treatment tank for a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall occur at least when the combined sludge and scum volume equals 1/3 of the tank volume.

(b)

  1. The servicing of a holding tank for a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall occur at least when the wastewater of the tank reaches a level of one foot below the inlet invert of the tank.

  2. The servicing of a RV transfer tank shall be performed in a manner to prevent the discharge of wastewater into the surrounding soil or onto the ground surface.

Note: Section NR 113.03 (57) defines “servicing” as “…removing the scum, liquid, sludge or other wastes from a private sewage system such as septic or holding tanks, dosing chambers, grease interceptors, seepage beds, seepage pits, seepage trenches, privies, or portable restrooms and properly disposing or recycling of the contents as provided in this chapter.”

(c) The inspection, evaluation, or maintenance or servicing of POWTS treatment components other than those under pars. (a) and (b) existing prior to July 1, 2000, shall be provided in accordance with the requirements specified by the manufacturer or designer of the component.

(d)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 3., a POWTS that exists prior to July 1, 2000, and that utilizes a treatment or dispersal component consisting in part of in situ soil shall be visually inspected at least once every 3 years to determine whether wastewater or effluent from the POWTS is ponding on the surface of the ground.

  2. The inspection required by subd. 1. shall be performed by one of the following:

a. A licensed master plumber.

b. A licensed master plumber-restricted service.

c. A licensed journeyman plumber.

d. A licensed journeyman plumber-restricted service.

e. A certified POWTS inspector.

f. A certified septage servicing operator under ch. NR 114.

g. A registered POWTS maintainer.

  1. A governmental unit that has completed the inventory required under s. SPS 383.255 (1) (a) may, by ordinance, extend the visual inspection interval required under subd. 1., to a maximum period of 5-years for a POWTS serving an occasionally occupied structure or facility.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: cr. (1) (e) and (4) (d) 2. e., r. and recr. (2) (c), am. (2) (d) 1. (intro.) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (4) (c) and (d) 1., cr. (4) (d) 3. Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (b), (d), (2) (e) 4., (4) (d) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (3) (c), cr. (3) (d), renum. (4) (b) to (4) (b) 1. and am., cr. (4) (b) 2., renum. (4) (d) 2. c. to e. to (4) (d) 2. e. to g., cr. (4) (d) 2. c., d. Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; CR 17-065: am. (2) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.55 Reporting requirements {#sec-sps-383.55 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.55}

(1)

(a) The owner of a POWTS or the owner’s agent shall report to the governmental unit or designated agent at the completion of each inspection, evaluation, maintenance, or servicing event specified in the approved management plan.

(b) The owner of a POWTS existing prior to July 1, 2000, or the owner’s agent shall report to the governmental unit or designated agent at the completion of each inspection, evaluation, maintenance or servicing event required under s. SPS 383.54 (4).

(c) The owner of a POWTS is responsible for fulfillment of the reporting requirements under this section.

(2) The inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing reports required under sub. (1) shall be submitted to the governmental unit or designated agent in accordance with all of the following:

(a) In a manner specified by the governmental unit or designated agent.

(b) Within 30 calendar days from the date of inspection, evaluation, maintenance or servicing.

(c) By the owner or the owner’s agent.

(3) The inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing reports required under sub. (1) shall include the following information:

(a) A POWTS identifying number.

(b) The location of the POWTS.

(c) The date of inspection, evaluation, maintenance or servicing.

(d) The license, certification or registration number of the individual performing the inspection, evaluation, maintenance or servicing.

(e) Other information required by the approved management plan.

(4) The department, governmental unit or designated agent may require verification of any information contained in an inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing report.

Note: This subsection does not require the maintaining of test data which is collected voluntarily and which is not being collected to determine compliance with this chapter.

(5)

(a) The governmental unit or designated agent shall maintain records relating to the inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing of POWTS as specified in this section for a period of not less than 6 years.

(b) Upon request by a governmental unit and the agreement of the department, the governmental unit may delegate to the department the responsibility to maintain records relating to the inspection, evaluation, maintenance and servicing of POWTS as specified in this section.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (1), (2), and (5) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (1), (2) (intro.), (b), (3) (intro.), (c), (d), (4) and (5), cr. (1) (c) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (1) (a), (b) Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13.

Subchapter VI Recognized Methods and Technologies

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.60 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.60}

(1) Specific types of methods and technologies may be recognized by the department under the voluntary product approval process in s. SPS 384.10 (3) as conforming with subchs. IV and V and may be utilized in the design of POWTS for a specific project.

Note: Subsection SPS 384.10 (3) delineates a process for the voluntary submittal of specific methods and technologies that are proposed to be utilized as POWTS holding, treatment or dispersal components and for the department’s evaluation of such submittals. Methods and technologies recognized under this process may be utilized in any POWTS within the specifications and parameters of the method or technology. Methods and technologies recognized under this process do not require the submittal of data at the time of plan review and approval process under s. SPS 383.22 to substantiate the performance of the specific method or technology.

Note: Information regarding recognized methods and technologies may be downloaded at: dsps.wi.gov.

(2) This subchapter does not limit the use of other methods and technologies for POWTS or POWTS components the performance of which has been recognized under the plan review and approval process of s. SPS 383.22 or the voluntary product approval process of s. SPS 384.10 (3) or both.

Note: Section SPS 383.22 delineates the process for the submittal of a plan for a POWTS design to be utilized for a specific project at a specific site. Under this section methods and technologies for POWTS holding, treatment or dispersal components that have not been recognized under s. SPS 384.10 (3), require the submittal to the department of data or information to substantiate performance claims. The approval of a POWTS plan by the department under this section covers only a specific project at a specific site, and does not constitute the recognition of a method or technology for other projects or sites.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: am. (1) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.61 Parameters for using acceptable methods and technologies {#sec-sps-383.61 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.61}

When a design of a POWTS for a specific project utilizes a method or technology recognized under s. SPS 384.10 (3), a deviation from the specifications and limitations relative to the installation and maintenance of that method or technology shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: renum. from Comm 83.62 Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter VII Department Performance Monitoring

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.70 Purpose {#sec-sps-383.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.70}

(1) To address the desire for an ongoing source of information on the performance of POWTS system designs, the department shall maintain an ongoing performance-monitoring program for the various POWTS methods and technologies. The monitoring program shall be in addition to the periodic inspection and monitoring of POWTS under subch. V. The monitoring program shall be coordinated by the department in conjunction with the ongoing POWTS experimental and research program.

(2) The purpose of the performance monitoring program is to:

(a) Provide additional information on the long-term performance of the various POWTS methods and technologies, to confirm their reliability, and to provide data for improvements; and

(b) Monitor the various methods and technologies relative to long-term compliance with the groundwater standards.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 383.71 Department procedures {#sec-sps-383.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 383.71}

(1) Both currently installed POWTS and newly installed POWTS may be included in the performance monitoring program conducted by the department.

(2) The department may include both the performance of individual POWTS treatment components as well as the output of components at the edge of the design treatment zone as part of the monitoring program.

(4) The department shall utilize the technical advisory committee assembled under s. SPS 384.10 (3) (c) 2. to advise the department on the performance-monitoring program. The committee shall advise the department in at least the following areas:

(a) Development of performance monitoring protocols.

(b) Selection of the POWTS methods and technologies to be monitored.

(c) Identification of funding sources.

(d) The interpretation of the results of the monitoring program.

(5) The decision by the department on the number, types and locations of methods and technologies to be monitored shall take into consideration at least the following factors:

(a) The availability of other scientific data on the performance of a specific method or technology.

(b) The number times of each method or technology may be utilized annually.

(c) The likelihood that the method or technology will be adapted for soil and site conditions not previously utilized.

(e) The risk factors associated with public health concerns and groundwater and surface water standards.

(6) The initial performance monitoring program undertaken by the department shall emphasize at least the following two circumstances:

(a) Monitoring where there is a high density of systems.

Note: The initial focus would be on subdivisions with lots of 1.5 acres or less.

(b) Monitoring where the depth of suitable in situ soil is near the minimum 6 inches specified under s. SPS 383.44 (3) (b) 1.

(7)

(a) The department shall prepare an annual written report of performance-monitoring activities undertaken and the results of those activities.

(b) The report under par. (b) shall be prepared annually and provided to the groundwater coordinating council assembled under s. 160.50, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (4) (intro.), (6) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: r. (3), (5) (d), (7) (c) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.

Chapter SPS 383 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 383 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-383 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 383}

The material and information contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only. Appendix material and information are numbered to correspond to the rule number as it appears in the text of the code. Material and information included in this appendix is subject to change without notice, including names, addresses, phone numbers and forms, and reflects information known at the time of publication.

A-383.21 (3) PROCESSING. The specific format of a sanitary permit application is specified by the department and may change depending on the data tracking needs of the department. The uniform application form issued by the department is to be used by all permit issuing agents. It may consist of a paper or electronic format, or both. The sanitary permit application form will require the applicant to report information pertinent to the ownership, use, location, system type, maintenance schedule, and responsible installer. Additionally, plans and specifications for the project must also be submitted with, and are part of, the permit application. Fees for the sanitary permit are based on a statutory minimum as cited in s. 145.19 (2), Wis. Stats., and any additional costs levied by the issuing agent.

The state sanitary permit is issued when evidence and documentation is presented by the owner of the property that minimum code standards have been or will be met.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter 145 Wisconsin Statutes provides some direction as to the issuance of sanitary permits as follows:

145.135 Sanitary permits.

(1) Validity. In this section, “sanitary permit” means a permit issued by the department or any governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems for the installation of a private sewage system. No person may install a private sewage system unless the owner of the property on which the private sewage system is to be installed holds a valid sanitary permit. A sanitary permit is valid for 2 years from the date of issue and renewable for similar periods thereafter. A governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems may not charge more than one fee for a sanitary permit or the renewal of a sanitary permit in any 12-month period. A sanitary permit shall remain valid to the end of the established period, notwithstanding any change in the state plumbing code or in any private sewage system ordinance during that period. A sanitary permit may be transferred from the holder to a subsequent owner of the land, except that the subsequent owner must obtain a new copy of the sanitary permit from the issuing agent. The results of any percolation test or other test relating to the disposal of liquid domestic wastes into the soil shall be retained by the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems where the property is located. The governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems shall make the test results available to an applicant for a sanitary permit and shall accept the test results as the basis for a sanitary permit application unless the soil at the test site is altered to the extent that a new soil test is necessary.

(2) Notice. A sanitary permit shall include a notice displayed conspicuously and separately on the permit form, to inform the permit holder that:

(a) The purpose of the sanitary permit is to allow installation of the private sewage system described in the permit.

(b) The approval of the sanitary permit is based on regulations in force on the date of approval.

(c) The sanitary permit is valid and may be renewed for a specified period.

(d) Changed regulations will not impair the validity of a sanitary permit.

(e) Renewal of the sanitary permit will be based on regulations in force at the time renewal is sought, and that changed regulations may impede renewal.

(f) The sanitary permit is transferable.

145.19 Sanitary permit.

(1) Requirement; information; forms. No septic tank may be purchased and no private sewage system may be installed unless the owner of the property on which the private sewage system is to be installed holds a valid sanitary permit from the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems in which the property is located. The department shall prescribe the information to be included in the sanitary permit and furnish sanitary permit forms to the governmental unit. The applicant shall submit the completed sanitary permit to the governmental unit. The governmental unit shall approve or disapprove the sanitary permit according to the rules promulgated by the department under this chapter. No person may sell at retail, as defined under s. 100.201 (1) (d), a septic tank for installation in this state unless the purchaser holds a valid sanitary permit issued under this section.

(2) Fee. No fee for a sanitary permit may be less than $61, or the amount determined under department rule. The governing body for the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems may establish a fee for a sanitary permit which is more than $61, or the amount determined under department rule.

(3) Copy of permit forwarded to the department. The governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems shall forward a copy of each valid sanitary permit and $20, or the amount determined under department rule, of the fee to the department within 90 days after the permit is issued.

(4) Use of fee. The portion of this fee retained by the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems shall be used for the administration of private sewage system programs.

(5) Fee adjustment. The department, by rule promulgated under ch. 227, may adjust the minimum permit fee under sub. (2) and the fee portion forwarded under sub. (3).

(6) Groundwater fee. In addition to the fee under sub. (2), the governmental unit responsible for the regulation of private sewage systems shall collect a groundwater fee of $25 for each sanitary permit. The governmental unit shall forward this fee to the department together with the copy of the sanitary permit and the fee under sub. (3). The moneys collected under this subsection shall be credited to the environmental fund for environmental management.

A-383.22 (3) PLAN REVIEW PROCESS. All proposed POWTS installations require plan review prior to sanitary permit issuance. Projects subject to department review include all projects under Table 383.22-1, and many of the projects under Table 383.22–2. Designated agents may review projects included in Table 383.22-2.

A-383.25 (2) ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMITS. A building permit is defined in s. SPS 381.01 (43), Wis. Adm. Code, as any written permission from a municipality that allows construction to commence on a structure. In effect, this means that land use and zoning permits, as well as other similar permits that constitute permission to construct are considered building permits.

Prior to building permit issuance, the issuing agent has a statutory responsibility, under s. 145.195, Wis. Stats., to consider whether or not the proposed structure requires connection to a private onsite wastewater treatment system (POWTS), or if the construction will interfere with the operation of an existing POWTS.

Section 145.195, Stats. Building on unsewered property. (1) No county, city, town or village may issue a building permit for construction of any structure requiring connection to a private domestic sewage treatment and disposal system unless a system satisfying all applicable regulations already exists to serve the proposed structure or all permits necessary to install such a system have been obtained.

(2) Before issuing a building permit for construction on any structure on property not served by a municipal sewage treatment plant, the county, city, town or village shall determine that the proposed construction does not interfere with a functioning private domestic sewage treatment and disposal system. The county, city, town or village may require building permit applicants to submit a detailed plan of the owner’s existing private domestic sewage treatment and disposal system.

A-383.25 (2) (f) Setbacks. Horizontal setbacks from encumbrance for new POWTS installations are in conformance with Table 383.43-1 or the rules in effect at the time the system was installed, which ever is less. For setback distances associated with previous administrative codes refer to the previous code issue or the following table.

  • See PDF for diagram

Footnotes: a. Includes water-tight cesspools, sewage tanks, septic tanks, dosing chambers.

b. Lake category includes lakes, streams or other watercourses.

c. Lake category includes lakes, streams, rivers, ponds, flowages and reservoirs.

d. The code required 5 feet of soil over GW or BR. It is assumed that a 3 foot separation was maintained.

e. Seepage pits shall not extend into creviced rock formations.

f. May be reduced to 50 feet if well is drilled and cased to 100 ft.

g. Means a dwelling.

h. Refers to habitable or occupied bldg with below grade foundation/habitable bldg on slab/uninhabited bldg on slab.

I. Refers to habitable buildings/uninhabited buildings.

j. Refers to below ground/above ground swimming pools.

k. Refers to normal soil/very coarse textured soil.

l. Distance listed is an example typical for residential application. Code references NR 811 and NR 812.

m. Code references Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM) of navigable waters

n. Distance listed is an example of a typical setback. Code references NR 811.

A-383.43 (6) COMMERCIAL FACILITIES. Table A-383.43-1 may be used to estimate wastewater flows from a commercial building.

  • See PDF for table

a Expected to be high in biological oxygen demand (BOD), total suspended solids (TSS), or fats, oils, and grease (FOG).

b At-risk system (potentially high in biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), total suspended solids (TSS), or fats, oils, and grease (FOG)).

A-383.43 (6) (a) Actual meter readings may be used to calculate the combined estimated design wastewater flow from a dwelling. To calculate the estimated design wastewater flow use the following formula and compare the answer to the peak metered flow. Choose the larger of the two estimated design flows.

(total meter flow/number of readings)(1.5) = estimated design wastewater flow

The frequency of meter readings should be daily for commercial.

A-383.43 (6) (b) A detailed per capita and per function flow may be established for commercial facilities. The per function flow ratings shall be substantiated by manufactures data of the per function flow and detailed use data from the facility in question or a similar facility under similar conditions of use. Estimated design wastewater flow shall be at least 1.5 times the total estimated daily flow calculated from the per capita and per function flow information.

A-383.43 (7) ESTIMATING CONTAMINANT LOADS.

Pathogenic contaminant load may be estimated based on data collected by a reputable testing or research facility.

Typical Data on the Unit Loading Factors and Expected Wastewater Contaminant Loads from Individual Residences

  • See PDF for table

A-383.43 (8) (g) ANCHORING SYSTEM COMPONENTS.

The anchoring of components to counter buoyant forces due to saturated soil conditions can be determined using the following formula:

  • See PDF for table

Chapter SPS 384 PLUMBING PRODUCTS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.01 Scope {#sec-sps-384.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.01}

(1) The provisions of this chapter govern the quality and installation of materials, fixtures, appliances, appurtenances, and equipment relating to plumbing.

(2) A department interpretation of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by a lower level jurisdiction. A department decision on the application of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing decision by a lower level jurisdiction.

Note: A decision of the department may be appealed. Section 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., outlines the procedure for submitting requests to the department for appeal hearings and the department procedures for hearing appeals.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; CR 07-100: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.02 Penalties {#sec-sps-384.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.02}

Penalties for violations of this chapter shall be assessed in accordance with s. 145.12, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, July, 2000, No. 535.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.10 Department approval {#sec-sps-384.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.10}

No fixture, appliance, appurtenance, material, device or product may be sold for use in a plumbing system or may be installed in a plumbing system, unless it is of a type conforming to the standards or specifications of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

(1) Alternate or experimental product approval. If it is alleged that the approval of a fixture, appliance, appurtenance, material, device or product under this section would result in an adverse health effect or potentially adverse health effect on the waters of the state, the department may require an alternate or experimental product approval under s. SPS 384.50.

(2) Product review and approval.

(a)

  1. Each type of plumbing product which falls into one of the categories specified in Table 384.10 shall be approved by the department in accordance with this subsection before the product may be sold for use in a plumbing system or installed in a plumbing system.

  2. Specifications and plans or drawings for each type of product shall be submitted to the department for review. The submittal shall be accompanied by sufficient data and information to determine if the product and its performance comply with the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

(b)

  1. The department may require that a submitter of a product for review have the product tested and its performance certified by an approved testing laboratory.

  2. The department may consult with the technical advisory committee for guidance in the review of submittals under this subsection.

(c) If, upon review, the department determines that a product conforms to the provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats., the department shall issue an approval in writing. The department may impose specific conditions in granting an approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is granted shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

(d) If, upon review, the department determines that a product does not conform to provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats., the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(e) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for a product approval within 40 business days of receipt of all fees, plans, drawings, specifications and other information required to complete the review.

(f) If an approved plumbing product is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the change is submitted to the department for review and the approval is reaffirmed.

(g) Approvals for plumbing products issued by the department prior to November 1, 1985, shall expire 30 months after the effective date of this section.

(h) Approvals for plumbing products issued by the department after November 1, 1985, shall expire at the end of the 60th month after the date of approval issuance.

Note: More information about the certification bodies accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), such as the National Sanitation Foundation, is available at the ANSI website at www.ansi.org; or at 1899 L Street, NW, 11th Floor Washington, DC, 20036; or at telephone 202.293.8020.

(3) Voluntary POWTS component manual review.

(a) The department may issue an approval, upon request and review, for specific methods or technologies that are proposed to be utilized as POWTS holding, treatment or dispersal components which conform to the standards or specifications referenced in chs. SPS 381to 384, but do not require approval under sub. (2) or s. SPS 384.50.

(b) Each request for approval shall be made on a form provided by the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for a reprint of the form and addresses of the department where the form may be obtained.

(c) The submittal shall be accompanied by sufficient data and information to determine if the method or technology complies with the provisions of chs. SPS 381 to 384. The submittal shall include all of the following:

  1. Plans and specifications.

  2. Theory of operation.

  3. Testing protocol.

  4. Testing data.

  5. Limits of reliable operation.

  6. Installation requirements and procedures.

  7. Inspection checklist and worksheet.

  8. Inspection requirements and procedures.

  9. Operation and maintenance requirements.

  10. Operation and maintenance schedule.

  11. Operation and maintenance checklist and worksheet.

  12. Other information requested by the department.

(d)

  1. The department shall review an initial application submitted under this subsection with input from a technical advisory committee.

  2. The members on the technical advisory committee under subd. 1. shall be appointed by the department for staggered 3-year terms and shall include representatives of all of the following groups or organizations:

a. A representative of the department of natural resources familiar with large scale POWTS systems to serve as a nonvoting member.

b. A representative of a governmental unit responsible for the regulation of POWTS.

c. A POWTS designer.

d. A member of the academic or scientific community.

e. A journeyman or master plumber involved in POWTS installation.

f. A professional soil scientist or certified soil tester.

g. A POWTS component manufacturer.

h. An at-large member.

i. A representative from the department of safety and professional services familiar with POWTS approval to serve as a nonvoting member.

(e)

  1. After review by the technical advisory committee under par. (d) but prior to issuing an approval under par. (f), the department shall seek public comments on new submittals under this subsection.

  2. The department shall provide an opportunity for public comment under subd. 1. for a minimum of 14 days.

Note: Notices to seek public comment are posted on the department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

  1. If the department receives a significant amount of public comment under subd. 2., the department may elect to recognize the specific method or technology through the rule-making process under ch. 227, Stats.

(f)

  1. If, upon review, the department determines that the method or technology conforms to the provisions of chs. SPS 381 to 384, the department shall issue an approval in writing.

  2. The department may impose specific conditions in granting an approval, including a provision to provide training to POWTS installers and POWTS inspectors.

  3. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is granted shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

(g) If, upon review, the department determines that the method or technology does not conform to the provisions of chs. SPS 381 to 384, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(h) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for a method or technology approval within 3 months of receipt of all fees, plans, drawings, specifications and other information required to complete the review, unless the department elects to review the method or technology as part of the rule-making process under ch. 227, Stats.

(i) If an approved method or technology is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the change is submitted to the department for review and the approval is reaffirmed.

(4) Revocation. The department may revoke any approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based, or as a result of the product’s failure, or if data indicate a health hazard or threat to the waters of the state.

(5) Limitations. An approval of a plumbing product by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of any product nor for any damages that may result. All products shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and as specified in chs. SPS 382 to 384. If there is a conflict between the manufacturer’s printed instructions and requirements of chs. SPS 382 to 384, the requirements of chs. SPS 382 to 384 shall take precedence.

(6) Fees. Fees for product approval review shall be submitted in accordance with s. SPS 302.66.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction made in (6) under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; emerg. am. Table 84.10, (2) (a) (intro.), r. (2) (a) 2., eff. 5-12-94; renum. (2) (a) (intro.), 1. and 2. to be 1., 2. and 3., r. (2) (a) 3., am. Table 84.10, Register, October, 1994, No. 466, eff. 11-1-94; am. Table 84.10 and r. and recr. (3), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; r. (2) (a) 2., renum. (2) (a) (intro.) and 1. to be (2) (a) 1. and 2. and am. (2) (a) 2., am. (5), (6) and Table 84.10, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; am. (4) and (5), Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. Table Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am. Table 84.10 Register November 2004, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. Table 84.10 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (intro.), (1), (2) (a) 1., 2., (c), (d), (3) (a), (c) (intro.), (e) 3., (f) 1., (g), (5), (6), Table 384.10 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 11-031: am. (3) (e) 3. Register June 2013 No. 690, eff. 7-1-13; EmR1423: emerg. renum. Table 84.10 rows 1 to 5 and 6 to 2 to 6 and 8 and am. 8, cr. Table rows 1 and 9, eff. 9-27-14; CR 14-056: renum. Table 84.10 rows 1 to 5 and 6 to 2 to 6 and 8 and am. 8, cr. Table rows 1 and 9 Register July 2015 No. 715, eff. 8-1-15; CR 17-065: am. (intro.), (2) (a) 2., renum. (2) (b) to (2) (b) 1., cr. (2) (b) 2., am. (2) (c), (d), (3) (title), (a), (c) (intro.), cr. (3) (c) 12., am. (3) (d), cr. (3) (d) 2. h., i., am. (3) (e) 1., renum. (3) (e) 2. a. to (3) (d) 2. and am., r. (3) (e) 2. b., am. (3) (f) 1., (g) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; CR 23-006: am. Table 384.10 line 3. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.11 Appurtenance, device, fixture, material, and method listings {#sec-sps-384.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.11}

Appurtenances, devices, fixtures, materials, and methods shall be listed by a nationally recognized, ANSI accredited, third party agency acceptable to the department. Appurtenances, devices, fixtures, materials, and methods that do not conform to the listed standards may achieve code compliance via Alternate or Experimental approvals in accordance with s. SPS 384.50.

Note: See s. SPS 381.20 for complete standard designations and ch. SPS 384 Appendix for acceptable listing agencies.

History

  • Cr. Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 02-002: am. Table Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 04-035: am. Table 84.11 Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. Table 84.11 Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 23-006: r. and recr. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: am., r. Table 384.11 Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.12 Identification {#sec-sps-384.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.12}

Each length of pipe and each pipe fitting, trap, fixture, material, device, and product to be used in plumbing shall be marked as required by the applicable standard specified by reference in this chapter or as specified by rule in chs. SPS 381 to 387.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; renum. from s. Comm 84.11, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 23-006: am. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.13 Penetrations of fire-resistive assemblies {#sec-sps-384.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.13}

Penetrations of fire-resistive assemblies, such as walls and floor-ceiling systems, by plumbing systems or plumbing materials shall be protected in accordance with requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats.; renum. from s. Comm 84.12, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.14 Chemical or biochemical treatments for private sewage systems {#sec-sps-384.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.14}

Chemical or biochemical treatments for private sewage systems shall function and perform in accordance with the assertions submitted to the department. Chemical or biochemical treatments for private sewage systems may not directly or indirectly adversely affect bacterial action in the systems, soil hydraulic conductivity in the absorption areas, or groundwater quality beneath the systems.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; renum. from s. Comm 84.13, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.15 Health care plumbing appliances {#sec-sps-384.15 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.15}

Health care plumbing appliances shall function and perform in accordance with the drain, vent, water supply and backflow protection requirements of ch. SPS 382.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; renum. from s. Comm 84.14, Register, July, 2000, No. 535, eff. 9-1-00; CR 02-002: am. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.20 Plumbing fixtures, appliances and equipment {#sec-sps-384.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.20}

(1) Design and construction. All plumbing fixtures, appliances and equipment shall be designed and constructed to:

(a) Ensure durability, proper service and sanitation;

(b) Be free from defects;

(c) Be free from concealed fouling surfaces;

(d) Not require undue efforts in cleaning and operating; and

(e) Prevent nonpotable liquids, solids or gasses from being introduced into a potable water supply system through cross-connections.

(2) Materials.

(a) Plumbing fixtures shall have smooth surfaces that are impervious to water.

(b) All plumbing fixture fittings which are end-point devices, covered by the scope of NSF/ANSI/CAN 61, section 9 and installed to supply water intended for human ingestion, shall conform to NSF/ANSI/CAN 61, section 9.

Note: The scope of NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 defines which devices are intended for use for human ingestion in response to Section 1417 of the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended.

(3) Water conserving faucets, spouts and plumbing fixtures. Water conserving faucets, spouts and plumbing fixtures which meet or exceed the water conservation requirements established in par. (b) shall be installed as specified in par. (a).

(a)

  1. All lavatory faucets, shower heads, urinals, urinal flushing devices, water closets and water closet flushing devices shall conform to par. (b).

  2. All faucets installed on kitchen sinks of dwelling units and living units shall conform to par. (b) 4.

(b)

  1. ‘General.’ Flow control or flow restricting devices shall be installed on the water inlet side or shall be an integral part of the faucet, spout or fixture. A flow controlling or restricting aerator shall be considered to be an integral part of a faucet or spout.

  2. ‘Lavatory faucet.’

a. The maximum discharge rate of lavatory faucets shall be 2.2 U.S. gallons per minute at a 60 psig flowing supply pressure.

b. Lavatory faucets that are of the metering type shall allow a maximum of 0.25 U.S. gallon per metering cycle at an 80 psig flowing supply pressure.

  1. ‘Shower heads.’ The maximum discharge rate of shower heads shall be 2.5 U.S. gallons per minute at an 80 psig flowing supply pressure.

  2. ‘Sink faucets.’ The maximum discharge rate of sink faucets shall be 2.2 U.S. gallons per minute at 80 psig flowing supply pressure.

  3. ‘Urinals.’ Urinals shall function properly with a maximum of one U.S. gallon per flush at an 80 psig flowing supply pressure.

  4. ‘Urinal flushing devices.’ The flushing cycle for urinal flushing devices shall discharge a maximum of one U.S. gallon per flush per fixture use at static test pressure of 20 psig and 80 psig.

  5. ‘Water closets.’ Water closets shall function properly with a maximum of 1.6 U.S. gallons per flush over the range of static test pressure specified in Table 384.20.

  6. ‘Water closet flushing devices.’ The flushing cycle for water closet flushing devices shall discharge a maximum of 1.6 U.S. gallons over the range of static test pressures specified in Table 384.20.

(4) General requirements.

(a) Fixture outlets.

  1. The outlet passageway of a fixture shall be free from impairments and of sufficient size to insure proper discharge of the fixture contents under normal conditions.

  2. The outlet connection of a fixture which directly connects to the drain system shall be an air and watertight joint.

(b) Installation of fixtures.

  1. ‘Access for cleaning.’ Plumbing fixtures shall be so installed as to afford easy access for cleaning both the fixture and the area around it.

  2. ‘Securing wall mounted fixtures.’ Wall mounted fixtures shall be rigidly supported by a hanger which is attached to structural members so that the load is not transmitted to the fixture drain connection or any other part of the plumbing system.

a. When a floor-affixed support is used for off-the-floor fixtures, the support shall conform to ASME A112.6.1M.

b. When a carrier style manufactured framing-affixed support is used for off-the-floor fixtures, the support shall conform to ASME A112.6.2.

Note: The adoption of these standards is intended for "carrier" style, manufactured supports. It is not intended to prohibit the use of other acceptable methods of hanging fixtures.

  1. ‘Water supply protection.’ The water supply pipes and fittings within every plumbing fixture shall be so installed as to prevent backflow.

  2. ‘Design of overflow.’ A fixture which is provided with an overflow outlet shall be designed and installed so that standing water in the fixture cannot rise in the overflow when the fixture’s stopper is closed, and so that no water remains in the overflow when the fixture is empty.

  3. ‘Connection of overflows.’ The overflow from any fixture shall discharge into the drain system on the inlet or fixture side of the trap.

  4. ‘Overflows in flush tanks.’ Flush tanks shall be provided with overflows discharging to the fixture served and shall be of sufficient size to prevent flooding the tank at the maximum rate at which the tanks are supplied with water.

  5. ‘Strainers.’ All plumbing fixtures other than water closets, clinic sinks, trap standard service sinks with flush rims, urinals, standpipes and waste sinks shall be provided with strainers, cross bars or pop-up stoppers which restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

  6. ‘Flushometer valves.’ Flushometer valves shall be equipped with vacuum breakers which conform to ASSE 1001. Flushometer valves may not be used where the water pressure is insufficient to properly operate them. When the valve is operated, it shall complete the cycle of operation automatically, opening fully and closing positively under the water supply pressure. Each flushometer shall be provided with a means for regulating the flow through it.

  7. ‘Safing.’

a. The floor of all site-constructed shower stalls and shower rooms shall be protected with a safing material installed beneath the finished floor of the entire enclosure or room and upward along the sides to a minimum of 6 inches above the curb or maximum water level of the room or enclosure. The corners of the enclosure or room shall be safed to a height of 6 feet and at least 3 inches in each direction from the corners.

b. All floor drains or other similar fixtures shall be installed with a safing material extending a minimum of 12 inches from the fixture.

c. The safing material shall conform to s. SPS 384.30 (6).

d. The safing material shall be properly drained.

e. All installations directly over an unexcavated portion of a building are exempt from this subdivision.

Note: Chapters SPS 361 to 366 and 390 contain provisions for toilet rooms and sanitary facilities for public buildings and places of employment, including provisions concerning toilet facilities for people with disabilities, fixture compartments, number of fixtures for the different types of occupancies, and toilet room finishes.

(5) Plumbing fixtures and plumbing appliances.

(a) Automatic clothes washers. Residential type automatic clothes washers shall be provided with an integral air gap or an approved cross connection method, device, or assembly outlined in Table 382.41-1 shall be installed. Air gaps shall comply with ASME A112.1.2 or A112.1.3.

(am) Automatic ice making equipment. Automatic ice making equipment shall conform to NSF/ANSI 12.

(b) Bathtubs.

a. Enameled cast iron bathtubs shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

b. Porcelain enameled formed steel bathtubs shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

c. Plastic bathtubs shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  1. Bathtubs shall have waste outlets and overflows at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter. A closing device shall be provided on the waste outlet.

  2. All whirlpool piping for bathtubs shall drain by gravity to the trap serving the bathtub.

  3. All waterways of the whirlpool pump for a bathtub shall drain by gravity to the trap serving the bathtub.

(c) Bidets. Vitreous and non-vitreous china bidets shall conform to the material requirements in ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

  1. A bidet may not be located closer than 15 inches from its center to any side wall, partition, vanity or other obstruction, nor closer than 30 inches center to center from a water closet.

  2. Bidets with submerged inlet fittings shall be protected by vacuum breakers which conform to ASSE 1001 or CAN/CSA B64.1.1.

(d) Chemical dispensing systems. Chemical dispensing systems shall conform to ANSI/CAN/ASSE/IAPMO 1055.

(dm) Clothes dryers. Clothes dryers shall be provided with an integral air gap or an approved cross connection method, device, or assembly outlined in Table 382.41-1 shall be installed. Air gaps shall comply with ASME A112.1.2 or A112.1.3.

(e) Dishwashing machines.

  1. Residential type dishwashing machines shall be provided with an integral air gap or an approved cross connection method, device, or assembly outlined in Table 382.41-1 shall be installed. Air gaps shall comply with ASME A112.1.2 or A112.1.3.

  2. Commercial type dishwashing machines shall conform to ASSE 1004.

(f) Drinking fountains.

  1. Drinking fountains and water coolers shall conform to ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4.

  2. Drinking fountains may not be installed in toilet rooms.

  3. The water supply for drinking fountains shall be provided with an adjustable valve fitted with a loose key or an automatic self-closing valve permitting regulation of the rate of flow of water. The water supply issuing from the nozzle shall be of sufficient volume and height so that persons using the fountain need not come in direct contact with the nozzle or orifice.

  4. A drinking fountain may not have a waste outlet less than 1-1/4 inches in diameter.

(fm) Emergency fixtures. Emergency showers, eyewashes, eye/face washes, and combination units shall conform to ANSI/ISEA Z358.1.

(g) Floor and trench drains.

  1. Floor and trench drains shall be provided with removable strainers of sufficient strength to carry the anticipated loads.

  2. The floor or trench drain shall be so constructed that it can be cleaned, and the drain inlet shall be accessible at all times.

  3. Floor and trench drains shall be of a size to efficiently serve the intended purpose. The floor or trench drain outlet may not be less than 2 inches in diameter.

  4. Floor and trench drains shall conform to ASME A112.6.3.

(h) Food waste grinders.

  1. Residential type food waste grinders shall conform to ASSE 1008. Commercial type food waste grinders shall conform to an approved cross connection method, device, or assembly outlined in Table 382.41-1.

  2. Food waste grinders shall be connected to a drain of sufficient size to serve the unit, but not less than 1 ½ inches in diameter.

  3. All food waste grinders shall be provided with an adequate supply of cold water at a sufficient flow rate to insure proper functioning of the unit.

(i) Laundry trays. Each compartment of a laundry tray shall be provided with a waste outlet not less than 1 ½ inches in diameter.

(j) Lavatories.

a. Enameled cast iron lavatories shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

b. Vitreous china lavatories shall conform to ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

c. Stainless steel lavatories shall conform to ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4.

d. Porcelain enameled formed steel lavatories shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

e. Plastic lavatories shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  1. Cultured marble vanity tops with an integral lavatory shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  2. Lavatories shall have waste outlets not less than 1¼ inches in diameter.

(k) POWTS design packages and POWTS components. POWTS design packages and POWTS components shall function and perform in accordance with assertions submitted to and approved by the department under s. SPS 384.10.

(L) Showers.

  1. Prefabricated plastic showers and shower compartments shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124. Manufactured shower receptors and shower bases shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2, ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1, ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4, or CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  2. Except for combination bathtub-shower units, waste outlets serving showers shall be at least 2 inches in diameter and shall have removable strainers of sufficient strength for the anticipated loads.

  3. Where a waste outlet serves more than one shower space or shower head, the waste outlet shall be at least 2 inches in diameter and the waste outlet shall be so located and the floor so pitched that waste water from one shower does not flow over the floor area serving another shower.

Note: Chapters SPS 361 to 366 specify slip-resistant requirements for shower rooms and compartments in public buildings and places of employment.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 5., all shower compartments, regardless of shape, shall have a minimum finished interior of 900 square inches and shall be capable of encompassing a circle with a diameter of 30 inches. The minimum required area and dimension shall be measured in a horizontal plane 24 inches above the top of the threshold and may not extend beyond the centerline of the threshold. The minimum area and dimensions shall be maintained to a point 70 inches above the shower waste outlet with no protrusions other than the fixture valve or valves, showerheads, soap dishes, retractable seats and safety grab bars or rails.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for further explanatory materials.

  1. Shower compartments, regardless of shape, not capable of encompassing a circle with a diameter of 30 inches shall be capable of encompassing a circle with a diameter of not less than 25 inches, provided the shower compartment has not less than 1,300 square inches of cross sectional area. The minimum area and dimensions shall be maintained to a point 70 inches above the shower waste outlet with no protrusions other than the fixture valve or valves, showerheads, soap dishes, retractable seats and safety grab bars or rails.

(m) Sinks.

a. Enameled cast iron sinks shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

b. Vitreous china sinks shall conform to ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

c. Stainless steel sinks shall conform to ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4.

d. Porcelain enameled formed steel sinks shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2.

e. Plastic sinks shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  1. Sinks shall be provided with waste outlets not less than 1½ inches in diameter.

(n) Urinals.

a. Vitreous china urinals shall conform to ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

b. Plastic urinals shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  1. A urinal may not be located closer than 15 inches from its center to any side wall, partition, vanity or other obstruction, nor closer than 30 inches center to center, between urinals.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. Stall type urinals shall be set into the floor and the floor shall be pitched toward the fixture.

  2. Automatic siphon urinal flush tanks may not be installed.

  3. Pressurized flushing devices to serve urinals shall conform to ASSE 1037/ASME A112.1037/CSA B125.37.

(o) Water closets.

a. Vitreous china water closets shall conform to ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

b. Plastic water closets shall conform to CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124.

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 3., all water closets required to be provided in public buildings and places of employment shall be of an elongated bowl type, and provided with either:

a. Hinged, open-front seats without covers; or

b. Hinged, closed-front seats, without covers, which are encased with a continuous plastic sleeve capable of providing a clean surface for every user.

a. Water closets provided in day care centers, individual living units or sleeping units of residential occupancies may be of a round-bowl type with a hinged, closed front seat with or without a cover.

b. Water closets provided in prisons or correctional institutions may be of a round-bowl type, with or without a seat or cover.

  1. A water closet may not be located closer than 15 inches from its center to any side wall, partition, vanity, or other obstruction, nor closer than 30 inches center to center, between water closets. There shall be at least 24 inches clearance in front of a water closet to any wall, fixture or door.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. No person may install or maintain pan, plunger, offset washout, washout, long hopper, frostproof and other types of water closets having invisible seals or unventilated spaces or walls not thoroughly cleansed at each flushing.

  2. Each water closet shall be individually equipped with a flushing device. Pressurized flushing devices shall conform to ASSE 1037/ASME A112.1037/CSA B125.37. All flushing devices shall be readily accessible for maintenance and repair. Fill valves shall be of the anti-siphon type and shall conform to ASSE 1002/ASME A112.1002/CSA B125.12. The critical level mark on the anti-siphon fill valve shall be located at least one inch above the full opening of the overflow pipe.

  3. Personal hygiene devices installed on water closets shall conform to ASME A112.4.2/CSA B45.16.

(p) Water heaters.

  1. All water heating equipment shall be tested and listed by a nationally recognized, ANSI accredited, third party listing agency acceptable to the department under the appropriate standard listed in Table 384.20-1m.

  2. If a dual use (combined potable water and space heating) system requires water for space heating > 125°F, then an ASSE 1017 compliant thermostatic mixing valve shall be installed to limit the initial temperature of water supplied to the potable hot water distribution system to ≤ 125°F.

  3. Drain valves equal to or larger than 3/4 inch NPS with male GHT outlets, shall be installed at the lowest point of each water heater and hot water storage tank.

  4. Water heaters shall be accessible for inspection, service, maintenance, and replacement.

  5. Water heaters shall be indelibly labeled as required by the applicable standard listed in Table 384.20-1m.

  6. The initial temperature of water from instantaneous water heaters installed for one- and 2-family dwelling use shall be ≤125°F.

  7. Water heaters and storage tanks installed for residential hot water shall have the maximum working pressure indelibly marked on the tank exterior, so it is easily visible after installation.

  8. Hot water supply systems shall be equipped with automatic temperature controls capable of adjustments from the lowest to the highest acceptable temperature settings for the intended use.

(q) Water meters. A water meter which is used pursuant to s. SPS 383.54 (2) shall conform to AWWA C700, AWWA C701, AWWA C702, AWWA C704, AWWA C707, AWWA C708, or AWWA C710.

(r) Water treatment devices, chemicals, and components.

  1. Water treatment devices, chemicals, and components shall conform to a standard in Table 384.20-2.

Note: See s. SPS 382.40 for limitations as to the types of water treatment devices which may discharge to a POWTS.

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., water treatment devices shall function and perform in accordance with the assertions submitted to the department under s. SPS 384.10, relating to rendering inactive or removing contaminants.

b. A water treatment device which injects a water treatment compound into a water supply system shall maintain the compound concentration in the system over the working flow rate range and pressure range of the device.

  1. Except as specified in subd. 4., water treatment compounds introduced into the water supply system by a water treatment device shall be listed as an acceptable drinking water additive by a listing agency approved by the department. Listing agencies approved by the department shall include:

a. United States environmental protection agency;

b. United States food and drug administration; and

c. National sanitation foundation.

  1. A water supply system shall be protected from backflow when unlisted water treatment compounds, which may affect the potability of the water, are introduced into the system. The department shall determine the method of backflow protection. Water supply outlets for human use or consumption may not be installed downstream of the introduction of an unlisted water treatment compound.

  2. Water treatment devices designed for contaminated water supplies shall be labeled to identify the following information:

a. The name of the manufacturer of the device;

b. The device’s trade name; and

c. The device’s model number.

(s) Other plumbing fixtures, appliances and equipment. Plumbing fixtures, appliances and equipment not specifically covered in this subsection shall conform to the applicable performance standards of chs. SPS 382 to 384.

(6) Faucets, spouts and fixture supply connectors.

(a) All faucets and showerheads shall conform to ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1.

(c) Flexible fixture supply connectors shall conform to ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6 and all of the following:

  1. Be installed only in locations accessible for service and replacement pursuant to s. SPS 381.01 (2).

  2. Be permanently and legibly marked with the following information:

a. Manufacturer’s name or trademark.

b. “For use with water in accessible locations only.” This requirement is not applicable to flexible connectors integral to an ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 compliant faucet.

c. Flexible connectors intended only for cold water applications shall include “Only for use with cold water.” This requirement is not applicable to flexible connectors integral to an ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 compliant fixture.

(d) Hand-held showers, faucets, and fixture fittings with integral backflow protection hose connection outlets shall conform to ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 or shall have an ASME A112.18.3 backflow prevention device.

(7) Wastewater treatment components and methods. Wastewater treatment components and methods, other than POWTS, shall conform to the applicable standard in Table 384.20-3.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; r. (5) (m) 2. to 5., cr. (5) (m) 2. and 3., renum. (5) (m) 7. and 8. to be (5) (m) 4. and 5., Register, March, 1991, No. 423, eff. 4-1-91; am. (5) (l) 1. and (m) 1. a., Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; renum. (5) (o) and (p) to be (5) (p) and (q), cr. (5) (l) 5., (n) 1. d. and (o), am. (5) (m) 6., (n) 1. b. and c., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; emerg. r. (3) (a) 3., eff. 5-12-94; r. (3) (a) 3., Register, October, 1994, No. 466, eff. 11-1-94; correction in (5) (m) 3. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats; renum. (5) (j) to (q) to be (5) (k) to (r) and cr. (5) (j), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; renum. (2) to be (2) (a) and am., (5) (d) to (r) to be (5) (e) to (s) and am. (5) (f), (j) 1. a. to d., (m) 1. and 2., (n) 1. and 2., (o) 1. a., (6) (a) and (b), (r) 1., (5) (L) 2. and renum. 3. to 5. to be 2. to 4.; am. (4) (b) 2., cr. (2) (b), (5) (d), (m) 1. e., (n) 1. b.; r. and recr. (4) (b) 9., Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 01-139: am. (5) (o) 2. b. and 3. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (5) (q) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register June 2002 No. 558; CR 02-002: am. (5) (n) 2., r. and recr. (6) (c) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: r. (5) (h) 3., renum. (5) (h) 4. to be 3. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: am. (5) (p) 1. Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 08-055: am. (3) (b) 2. to 8., (5) (b) 1. c., (n) 1. a., b., (o) 1. a., 2. b. and (p) 2. c., r. and recr. (5) (o) 3. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 10-064: am. (5) (f) 1., (L) 1., (m) 1. b., (n) 1. a., (o) 1. a., (6) (a), (b), r. (6) (d), renum. (6) (e) to be (6) (d) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (3) (b) 7., 8., (4) (b) 9. c., (5) (k), (q), (r) 2. a., (s) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (5) (s) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; CR 23-006: am. (5) (a), (b) 1., (c), (e) 1., (h) 1., r. and recr. (5) (p), cr. Table 384.20-1m, r. and recr. (6) (c), am. (6) (d) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; correction in (5) (p) 6., made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register September 2023 No. 813; CR 26-019: am. (2) (b), renum. (4) (b) 2. to (4) (b) 2. (intro.) and am., cr. (4) (b) 2. a., b., am. (5) (a), cr. (5) (am), am. (5) (b) 1. b., (d), cr. (5) (dm), am. (5) (e) 1., (f) 1., cr. (5) (fm), am. (g) (title), 1. to 3., cr. (5) (g) 4., am. (5) (h) 1., (j) 1. a. to e., 2., (L) 1., 4., cr. (5) (L) 5., am. (5) (m) 1. a. to e., (n) 1. a., b., 5., (o) 1. a., b., 6., cr. (5) (o) 7., am. (5) (p) 6., (q), (r) (title), 1., cr. Table 384.20-2, am. (6) (a), r. (6) (b), am. (6) (c) (intro.), 2. b., c., cr. (7), Table 384.20-3 Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.25 POWTS holding components or treatment components {#sec-sps-384.25 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.25}

(1) General. All POWTS holding components or treatment components shall conform to the requirements of this section.

(2) Water tightness.

(a) General. Tank assemblies, including fittings and access openings, shall be manufactured to be water tight as required under this subsection.

(b) Concrete tanks.

  1. Where concrete tanks are required to have covers, the tanks shall meet one of the following requirements:

a. Withstand a vacuum of at least 2 inches of mercury for 60 minutes, without loss of pressure.

b. Hold water for one hour, without leakage after the tank has been filled with water to the top of the cover and let stand for 24 hours, then refilled to the top of the cover.

  1. Concrete tanks that are not required to have a cover shall hold water for one hour, without leakage after the tank has been filled with water and let stand for 24 hours, then refilled to the highest liquid level required to be held in the tank.

(c) Steel tanks.

  1. Steel tanks that are required to have a cover shall be capable of withstanding one of the following requirements:

a. An internal air pressure of at least 5 psig for 15 minutes, without loss of pressure.

b. An internal water pressure of at least 5 psig for 60 minutes, without loss of pressure.

  1. Steel tanks that are not required to have a cover shall be capable of holding water after being filled to their inlet or outlet, whichever is higher, for 24 hours without loss of water.

(d) Tanks constructed of materials other than concrete or steel.

  1. Tanks constructed of materials other than concrete or steel that are required to have a cover shall be capable of withstanding one of the following requirements:

a. A vacuum of at least 2 inches of mercury for 60 minutes, without loss of pressure.

b. An internal air pressure of at least 5 psig for 15 minutes, without loss of pressure.

c. An internal water pressure of at least 5 psig for 60 minutes, without loss of pressure.

  1. Tanks constructed of materials other than concrete or steel that are not required to have a cover shall be capable of holding water after being filled to their inlet or outlet, whichever is higher, for one hour without loss of water.

(3) Strength. Tank assemblies, including fittings and access openings, shall be capable of withstanding loads and pressures that the tanks are intended to encounter and remain watertight.

(4) Protection from elements.

(a) Concrete tanks.

  1. The interior of a concrete tank assembly, including fittings and access openings, shall have a protective coating or be constructed of material, above the lowest liquid level expected in the tank, that will inhibit the deterioration of the concrete due to internal environmental effects.

  2. Under subd. 1., concrete with a water cement ratio not exceeding 0.45 shall be considered resistant to deterioration due to internal environmental effects.

(b) Steel tanks.

  1. Steel tank assemblies, including fittings and access openings, shall have a protective coating that will inhibit the deterioration of the steel due to internal and external environmental effects.

  2. Steel tank assemblies, including fittings and access openings, installed underground shall be provided with cathodic protection in accordance with UL Standard 1746 or STI-P3.

(c) Tanks constructed of materials other than concrete or steel. Tank assemblies, including fittings and access openings, constructed of materials other than concrete or steel shall be protected against deterioration due to internal and external environmental effects.

(5) Venting.

(a) Each tank, except camping unit transfer containers, shall be provided with a means of venting gases formed inside of the tank to the atmosphere.

(b) The tank vent shall terminate in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (16).

(6) Pipe connection. All pipe connection openings to a tank shall be designed to allow connections in accordance with s. SPS 384.40.

(7) Access.

(a) Each covered tank shall be provided with one or more openings of sufficient size and located in such a manner to provide a means for inspection or required servicing or maintenance of the tank.

(b) Manhole openings shall be at least 23 inches in the least dimension.

(c) Anaerobic treatment tanks located below ground shall have a manhole opening over the inlet of the most upstream compartment, in each compartment, and over all treatment apparatuses and pumps.

(d)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., manhole openings for anaerobic treatment tanks located below ground shall extend to a distance not greater than 6 inches below finished grade.

  2. Manhole openings over all anaerobic treatment apparatuses and pumps shall extend to at least 4 inches above finished grade.

(e) Servicing and maintenance openings for holding components shall comply with all of the following:

  1. Extend to at least 4 inches above finished grade.

  2. Be at least 23 inches in the least dimension and be located above pumps or siphons located in the holding component.

(f) Inspection openings for tanks located below ground shall extend at least to the finished grade.

(g) Inspection, servicing and maintenance openings shall terminate with a means that prevents entrance of deleterious materials.

(h) Covers located at or above ground for openings larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be provided with locking devices or other effective measures to prevent unauthorized access.

(8) Warning label.

(a) Covers for all tank openings larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be provided with a permanent warning label indicating the dangers of entering the tank, in accordance with this subsection.

(b) The warning label shall be securely attached and made of a noncorrosive metal or plastic bearing the legend “DO NOT ENTER WITHOUT PROPER EQUIPMENT” or “DANGEROUS GASES EXIST IN TANK” or similar language.

(c) The label shall be rectangular in shape with minimum dimensions of 4 by 5 inches.

(d) The wording on the label shall be a minimum of ½ inch in height and be either indented or raised.

(9) Dosing apparatus.

(a) Pumps for POWTS used to disperse air, treated wastewater or final effluent shall be rated by the pump manufacturer for such use.

(b) Siphons for POWTS shall be rated by the siphon manufacturer for wastewater use.

(c) All other dosing apparatus for POWTS shall be constructed of corrosive resistant materials and designed to perform as intended.

(10) Alarm system. All pump and alarm controls for POWTS shall be specifically designed by the manufacturer for such use.

(11) Tank label.

(a) Anaerobic treatment tanks. Each treatment tank which has an anaerobic treatment compartment shall be labeled with a permanent label located near an inlet or outlet opening of the tank. The label shall be embossed, impressed, or securely attached to the tank. The label shall include all of the following information:

  1. Name or trademark of the manufacturer.

  2. Capacity of each compartment of the tank or the manufacturer’s model number.

(b) Aerobic treatment tanks.

  1. Each aerobic treatment tank complying with NSF Standard 40 and listed by a nationally recognized ANSI accredited third party certified listing agency acceptable to the department shall be provided with 2 label plates. The labels shall conform with all of the following:

a. Label plates shall be inscribed to be easily read and understood, and be securely attached.

b. One label plate shall be attached to the front of the electrical control box and the second label plate shall be attached to the aeration equipment assembly, tank, or riser at a location normally subject to access during inspection of the unit.

c. Each label plate shall include name or trademark of the manufacturer, model number, and rated daily flow capacity of the unit.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix section A-384.11 for acceptable listing agencies.

(c) Other treatment, holding and combination treatment-holding tanks. Except as required in par. (a) or (b), each treatment tank and holding tank shall be labeled with a permanent label located near an inlet or outlet opening. The label shall be embossed, impressed, or securely attached to the tank. The label shall include all of the following information:

  1. Name or trademark of the manufacturer.

  2. Capacity of each compartment of the tank or the manufacturer’s model number.

(12) Other treatment components. A treatment component not specifically covered in this section may not be sold for use in a POWTS or may not be installed in a POWTS, unless it has received department approval and conforms to the applicable performance standards of chs. SPS 382 to 384, and ch. 145, Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: r. and recr. (7) and (11) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (7) (h), renum. (10) (a) to be (10), r. (10) (b) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (5) (b), (6), (12) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (12) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.30 Plumbing materials {#sec-sps-384.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.30}

(1) General. When designing a plumbing system, due consideration shall be given to sizing, working pressure, temperature and material, compatibility of a plumbing system with the water and wastewater to be conveyed, and the environment in which the plumbing system is to be installed.

(a) The bending or offsetting of flexible or annealed pipe or tubing shall be in accordance with the applicable material standard or the instructions of the manufacturer of the pipe or tubing.

(b) Pipe or tubing with gouges, cuts or deep scratches may not be installed.

(c) Pipe or tubing which has been kinked may not be installed.

(d) The bending or offsetting of rigid pipe shall be prohibited.

(e) Plastic pipe or tubing and copper pipe or tubing penetrating building framing members within 1 inch of the framing edge shall be protected by steel plates not less than no. 18 gauge in thickness. The steel nail plate shall extend along the building framing member not less than 1 1/2 inches beyond the outside diameter of the pipe or tubing.

(f) Pipe and tubing for water distribution systems downstream of treatment devices designed to serve fixtures, appliances and devices that provide < 1 gpm at each outlet shall be sleeved when penetrating a wall, floor or structural member.

(1m) Lead-free materials.

(a) Definitions. In this subsection:

  1. “Coating” means a thin layer of material such as paint, epoxy, zinc galvanization, or other material usually applied by spraying or in liquid form to coat internal surfaces of pipes, fittings, or fixtures.

  2. “Liner” means a rigid lining such as a plastic or copper sleeve that is sealed with a permanent barrier to exclude lead-bearing surfaces from water contact and of sufficient thickness and otherwise having physical properties necessary to prevent erosion and cracking for the expected useful life of the product.

  3. “Public water system” has the meaning provided in 40 CFR 141.2.

(b) Water supply systems. Except as provided in par. (c) and notwithstanding the provisions of sub. (4), no person may use any pipe, any pipe or plumbing fitting or fixture, any solder or any flux that is not lead-free as defined in s. SPS 381.01 (141) in the installation or repair of:

  1. Any public water system.

  2. Any plumbing in a residential or nonresidential facility providing water for human consumption.

(c) Repair of cast iron pipes. The requirements of par. (b) shall not apply to leaded joints necessary for the repair of cast iron pipes.

(d) Calculation. Calculations to determine the lead content of a material, pipe, pipe fitting, plumbing fitting, or fixture shall comply with all of the following:

  1. The weighted average lead content of a pipe, pipe fitting, plumbing fitting, or fixture is calculated by using the following formula: For each wetted component, the percentage of lead in the component is multiplied by the ratio of the wetted surface area of that component to the total wetted surface area of the entire product to arrive at the weighted percentage of lead of the component. The weighted percentage of lead of each wetted component is added together, and the sum of these weighted percentages constitutes the weighted average lead content of the product. The lead content of the material used to produce wetted components is used to determine if a material is lead-free. For lead content of materials that are provided as a range, the maximum content of the range must be used.

  2. If a coating is applied to the internal surfaces of a pipe, fitting or fixture component, the maximum lead content of both the coating and the alloy must be used to calculate the lead content of the component.

  3. If a liner is manufactured into a pipe, fitting or fixture, the maximum lead content of the liner must be used to calculate the lead content of the component.

  4. If a fixture contains any media contained in filters, for example, activated carbon or ion exchange resin, the media are not to be used in determining the “total wetted surface area of the entire product” in subd. 1. of this paragraph.

  5. In addition to the definition of “lead-free” in s. SPS 381.01 (141) and the requirements of this subsection, no drinking water cooler, which contains any solder, flux, or storage tank interior surface, which may come into contact with drinking water, is lead-free if the solder, flux, or storage tank interior surface contains more than 0.2 percent lead. Drinking water coolers must be manufactured such that each individual part or component that may come in contact with drinking water shall not contain more than 8 percent lead while still meeting the maximum 0.25 percent weighted average lead content of the wetted surfaces of the entire product.

(2) Sanitary drain and vent systems and POWTS inspection and observation piping. Sanitary drain systems and vent systems and POWTS inspection and observation piping shall be of such material and workmanship as set forth in this subsection.

(a) Above ground drain and vent pipe. Except as provided in s. SPS 382.33 (2), drain pipe and vent pipe installed above ground shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-1.

(b) Underground drain and vent pipe. Except as provided in par. (d), drain pipe and vent pipe installed underground shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-2.

(c) Sanitary building sewer pipe. Sanitary building sewer pipe shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-3.

(d) Treated wastewater piping.

  1. Nonpressurized, nonperforated drain piping conveying treated wastewater from a POWTS treatment or holding component to a POWTS treatment or holding component, distribution cell or dispersal zone shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-3.

  2. Nonpressurized perforated drain piping conveying treated wastewater in a POWTS soil treatment or dispersal component shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-4.

  3. Pressurized perforated drain piping conveying treated wastewater in a POWTS treatment or dispersal component shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-5 and shall be perforated in accordance with the POWTS design.

(e) Pressurized drain pipe. Except as provided in par. (d) 3., pressurized drain pipe shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-5 and shall be rated for the working pressure and temperature to which it will be subjected for a specific installation.

(f) Chemical drain and vent pipe. Drain systems and vent systems for chemical wastes shall be of approved corrosion resistant material. The manufacturer of the pipe shall indicate to the department the material’s suitability for the concentrations of chemicals involved.

(g) Catch basins, interceptors and sumps. Catch basins, interceptors and sumps shall be constructed in a watertight manner of precast reinforced concrete, reinforced monolithic concrete, cast iron, coated 12-gauge steel, vitrified clay, fiberglass, plastic or other approved materials.

(h) Manholes. Manholes shall be constructed in a watertight manner of precast reinforced concrete, reinforced monolithic concrete, brick or block, fiberglass or other approved materials. Fiberglass manholes may be approved for use in traffic areas if the top section of the manhole is not made of fiberglass.

(i) Service suction lines. A service suction line or pump discharge line serving a holding tank for cleaning purposes shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-5. Joints and connections for suction lines shall conform to s. SPS 384.40. The use of mechanical joints shall be in accordance with the recommendations and instructions specified by the manufacturer.

(j) POWTS inspection and observation pipe. A POWTS inspection and observation pipe shall conform to at least one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-1.

a. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

b. Limited to pipe with a SDR of 26 or less.

c. Limited to pipe weight of schedule 40.

a. Thermoplastic sewer pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2321.

b. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

a. The pipe shall have 2 rows, and only 2 rows, of perforations parallel to the axis of the pipe and 120° + 5° apart. The perforations shall be at the nominal 4 and 8 o’clock positions when the pipe is installed.

a. Thermoplastic sewer pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2774.

b. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

(3) Storm and clear water drain and vent systems. Storm and clear water drain and vent systems shall be of such material and workmanship as set forth in this subsection.

(a) Above ground drain and vent pipe. Drain pipe and vent pipe installed above ground and inside a building shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-1, except black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 may be used for storm water conductors. Black steel conductors may not be embedded in concrete or masonry.

(b) Underground drain and vent pipe. Drain pipe and vent pipe installed underground shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-2.

(c) Storm building sewer pipe. Storm building sewer pipe shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-6.

(d) Subsoil drain pipe. Subsoil drains shall be open jointed, horizontally split, or perforated pipe conforming to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-4.

(e) Roof drains.

  1. Roof drains shall be provided with removable strainers of sufficient strength to carry the anticipated loads.

  2. Roof drains shall be so constructed that the drains can be cleaned and the drain inlets accessible at all time.

  3. Roof drains shall be sized in accordance with s. SPS 382.36 and the drain outlet may not be less than 2 inches in diameter.

Note: See s. SPS 382.36 (10) for additional roof drain requirements.

(f) Area drain inlets. Area drain inlets shall be constructed in a watertight manner of precast concrete, reinforced monolithic concrete, brick or block, cast iron, coated 12 gauge steel, vitrified clay, fiberglass or other approved materials.

a. Thermoplastic sewer pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2774.

b. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

(4) Water supply systems. Water supply systems shall be of such material and workmanship as set forth in this subsection. All materials in contact with water, in a water supply system, shall be suitable for use with the water within the system. All pipes and pipe fittings for water supply systems shall be made of a material that contains a weighted average of not more than 0.25 percent lead in the wetted surface material.

(a) Water quality. A water supply system shall be resistive to corrosive action and degrading action from the water being conveyed. Potable water storage tanks shall conform to s. NR 812.33.

(b) Soil and groundwater. The installation of water supply systems shall be prohibited in soil and groundwater that is contaminated with solvents, fuels, organic compounds or other detrimental materials which will cause permeation, corrosion, degradation, or structural failure of the piping material.

  1. Where detrimental conditions are suspected, a chemical analysis of the soil and groundwater conditions shall be required to ascertain the acceptability of the proposed water supply system materials for the specific installation.

  2. Where a detrimental condition exists, no underground water supply system may be installed until the detrimental condition can be:

a. Eliminated and the source of the condition can be eliminated;

b. Identified and the pipe and joining method can be proven resistant to the detrimental condition; or

c. Avoided by choosing an alternate route that will not be affected by the detrimental condition.

(c) Certification of plastic pipe. Plastic pipe for a water supply system shall be certified for potable water contact by a nationally recognized listing agency acceptable to the department.

Note: For a listing of nationally recognized agencies acceptable to the department, see ch. SPS 384 Appendix A-384.11.

(d) Water services and private water mains.

  1. Water service pipe and private water mains shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-7. Pipe and tubing for water services and private water mains shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psig at 73.4°F.

  2. A local governmental unit may by ordinance restrict the types of materials for water services and private water mains which are to be located within or beneath an area subject to an easement for a highway, street or public service right-of-way. Before adopting an ordinance restricting the types of materials for water services, the local governmental unit shall submit a copy of the proposed ordinance to the department for review and approval.

  3. Materials for combination water services and combination private water mains shall comply with NFPA 24 and the provisions specified in par. (d).

(e) Water distribution pipe.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2. or 3., water distribution pipe shall have a minimum working pressure of 100 psig at 180°F and shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-8

  2. Cold water distribution pipe installed underground shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psig at 73.4°F and shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-7 or 384.30-8.

Note: Portions of a water supply system that supply water to a water-based fire protection system are to also conform to chs. SPS 361 to 365.

Note: See ch. SPS 384 Appendix for further explanation.

  1. Pipe and tubing for cold water distribution systems downstream of water treatment devices designed to serve fixtures, appliances and devices that provide <1 gpm at each outlet shall conform to one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-8 or 384.30-11, and shall have a minimum working pressure of 100 psig at 73.4°F.

  2. Plastic pipe and tubing for water distribution systems downstream of water treatment devices designed to serve fixtures, appliances and devices that provide <1 gpm at each outlet shall be marked at intervals not to exceed 4 feet with the following information:

a. The manufacturer’s name.

b. The trade designation of the pipe or tubing.

c. The type of material.

d. The minimum working temperature and pressure of the pipe or tubing.

e. The mark of the certifying agency.

(f) Used piping. Piping which has been used for any other purpose than conveying potable water may not be used for water supply systems.

a. Plastic water service systems shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2774.

b. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

c. Copper pipe or tubing shall not be installed if the pH of the water to be conveyed is 6.5 or less.

e. Type 304 may not be installed underground.

a. Plastic pipe and tubing installed underground shall be in accordance with ASTM D2774.

b. Copper tubing, type M, may not be installed underground.

c. Use is limited to pipe 21/2 inches or less in diameter for sch 80 and 1 inch or less in diameter for sch 40.

d. Use is limited to pipe with a SDR 11 or less.

e. Copper pipe or tubing shall not be installed if the pH of the water to be conveyed is 6.5 or less.

h. Type 304 may not be installed underground.

(5) Pipe fittings and valves.

(a) Fittings. Pipe fittings shall conform to the pipe material standards listed in this chapter or one of the standards listed in Table 384.30-9. Threaded drain pipe fittings shall be of the recessed drainage type.

(b) Water supply valves.

  1. Control valves for water services and private water mains shall be designed and constructed to withstand a minimum pressure of 125 psig at 73.4°F.

  2. Control valves for water distribution systems shall be designed and constructed to withstand a minimum pressure of 100 psig at 180°F.

  3. Except for a valve integral to a device, a control valve which serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures shall have, with the valve in a fully open position, a flow through passageway of not less than one nominal pipe size smaller than the nominal size of the piping connecting to the valve.

  4. A control valve which serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures may not be a globe type valve.

(bm) Cross connection control. A cross connection control method, device, or assembly shall conform to a referenced standard in Table 384.30-10 and listed by a nationally recognized listing agency acceptable to the department.

Note: See SPS 384 Appendix for a list of nationally recognized listing agencies acceptable to the department.

(c) Special fittings and valves.

  1. Water hammer arrestors shall conform to ASSE 1010.

  2. Relief valves and automatic gas shutoff devices for hot water supply systems shall conform to ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4.

  3. Backwater valves shall conform to ASME A112.14.1 or CSA B1800.

  4. Water pressure reducing valves and strainers for water pressure reducing valves for domestic water supply systems shall conform to ASSE 1003.

  5. Trap seal primer valves, water fed shall conform to ASSE 1018.

  6. Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, freeze resistant automatic draining type shall conform to ASSE 1019, types A, or B, or C.

  7. Dual check backflow preventers in freeze resistant types of wall hydrants shall conform to ASSE 1053.

  8. Trap seal primer valves, drainage and electric types, shall conform to ASSE 1044.

  9. Yard hydrants shall conform to ASSE 1057 for freeze resistant sanitary yard hydrants with backflow prevention.

  10. Stack air admittance valves for sanitary drainage shall conform to ASSE 1050.

  11. Individual and branch type air admittance valves for sanitary drainage systems shall conform to ASSE 1051.

  12. Valves for crosslinked polyethylene (PEX) water distribution tubing systems shall conform to NSF 359.

  13. Automatic temperature control mixing valves shall conform to ASSE 1069.

  14. Water temperature limiting devices shall conform to ASSE 1070/ASME A112.1070/CSA B125.70.

(d) Pipe saddles in drainage systems. Pipe saddles shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the saddle manufacturer and conform to all of the following limitations:

  1. Pipe saddles may be installed on sewers, underground drain and vent pipe and tubing, and where otherwise approved by the department.

  2. A saddle for drain piping shall have a radius in accordance with s. SPS 382.30 (8) (a).

  3. The material of the saddle shall be compatible with the materials of the pipes which are to be connected to the saddle.

  4. The hole in the pipe which is to receive the saddle shall be drilled or cored to match the saddle outlet.

  5. Straps or clamps which wrap around the pipe and saddle shall be provided by the manufacturer of the saddle.

  6. Saddles shall be installed with straps or clamps which wrap around the pipe and saddle.

  7. Proper hangers or bedding shall be provided to maintain alignment between the opening in the pipe and the saddle.

a These materials are approved for cold water use only.

b Copper tubing, Type M, shall not be installed underground.

c Copper pipe or tubing shall not be installed if the pH of the water to be conveyed is 6.5 or less.

(6) Special materials.

(a) Sheet lead. Sheet lead for the following uses may not weigh less than indicated in subds. 1. and 2.

  1. Site-fabricated flashings for vent pipes, 3 pounds per square foot; and

  2. Prefabricated flashings for vent pipes, 2½ pounds per square foot.

(b) Traps and fixture drain connection fittings.

  1. Copper or tubular brass traps and fixture drain connection fittings shall be at least of 20 gage material.

  2. Plastic tubular traps, continuous wastes, and trap adapters shall comply with s. SPS 384.40 (1) (a).

(c) Sheet copper. Sheet copper for the following uses may not weigh less than indicated in subds. 1. and 2. and shall conform to ASTM B152/B152M.

  1. Flashing for vent pipes, 8 ounces per square foot; and

  2. Flush tank linings, 10 ounces per square foot.

(d) Cleanout plugs. Cleanout plugs shall be of brass or plastic. Brass cleanout plugs shall be used with metallic piping only and shall conform to ASTM A74. Plastic cleanout plugs shall conform to the requirements of sub. (5) (a).

(e) Flush pipes and fittings. Flush pipes and fittings shall be of nonferrous material and shall conform to ASME A112.19.5/CSA B45.15.

(f) Safing material. Safing materials shall be waterproof when subjected to 2 feet of hydrostatic head when tested in accordance with ASTM C1306/C1306M or ASTM D4068. The material shall be recognized by the manufacturer for use as a safing material.

(g) Geotextile fabrics. Geotextile fabric used in a POWTS to prevent backfill material from entering the distribution cell shall meet the requirements listed in Table 384.30-12.

(h) Leaching chambers. Leaching chambers for distribution cell components of POWTS or stormwater subsurface infiltration systems shall meet all of the following requirements:

  1. Constructed of corrosion resistant materials.

  2. Designed to prevent soil surrounding the chamber from entering the chamber.

  3. Capable of withstanding pressures that the leaching chamber is intended to encounter.

  4. Leaching chambers shall conform to ASTM F2418, ASTM F2787, ASTM F2922, or ASTM F3430.

(i) Stone aggregate. Stone aggregate which is used as a filtering medium or to create a distribution cell in a treatment or dispersal component of a POWTS or stormwater subsurface infiltration system shall meet all of the following requirements:

  1. Conform to ASTM C33/C33M for coarse aggregate prior to washing.

  2. Be washed to remove fine material.

  3. Be ½ to 2½ inch in size.

  4. Have a hardness value of at least 3 on Moh’s Scale of Hardness.

Note: Stone that can scratch a copper penny without leaving any residual stone material on the penny has a hardness value of at least 3 on Moh’s Scale of Hardness.

(j) Sand. Sand that is placed as a filtering medium in a stormwater subsurface infiltration system shall conform to ASTM C33/C33M for fine aggregate.

(k) Synthetic aggregate. Synthetic aggregate that is used as a filtering medium or to create a distribution cell in a treatment or dispersal component of a POWTS or stormwater subsurface infiltration system shall meet all of the following requirements:

  1. Be made from inert materials.

  2. Be ½ inch to 2½ inches in size.

  3. Be made of material that will not contaminate groundwater.

  4. Be recognized by the manufacturer for use as a filtering media or a material to create a distribution cell.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (4) (intro.), Register, August, 1988, No. 392, eff. 9-1-88; renum. (2) (e) to (g) to (f) to (h), cr. (2) (e), am. Table 84.30-4, r. and recr. Table 84.30-5, Register, August, 1991, No. 428, eff. 9-1-91; am. (2) (c), (d) 1. and (e), r. (2) (d) 3., renum. (2) (d) 4. to be (2) (d) 3., cr. (2) (i), Register, April, 1992, No. 436, eff. 5-1-92; am. (3) (a), Tables 1, 3 to 9, 10 and 11, Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 10-1-92; am. Table 84.30-9, cr. (4) (g), Register, September, 1993, No. 453, eff. 10-1-93; am. Tables 84.30-2, 84.30-3, 84.30-6, 84.30-8 and 84.30-9, r. Table 84.30-10a, (6) (a) 1. and (c) 1., cr. (4) (h) and (5) (b) 4., r. and recr. (5) (b) 3., (c) and (6) (f), renum. (6) (a) 2. and 3. and (c) 2. and 3. to be (6) (a) 1. and 2. and (c) 1. and 2., Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; correction in (6) (a) (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7, Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; am. Table 84.30-1, (5) (c) 7., 11., 12., 13, 14., cr. (5) (c) 16., 17., Register, February, 1997, No. 494, eff. 3-1-97; am. Tables 84.30-5 and 84.30-9, cr. (6) (g) to (j) and Table 84.30-12 and r. and recr. (2) (d), Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00 except Table 84.30-9, eff. 5-1-00; cr. (5) (c) 10., renum. (5) (c) 10. to 17., to be (5) (c) 11. to 18. and am. (5) (c) 1., 3., 4., 6. to 9., am. Tables 84.30-3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 11; Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; reprinted to correct printing error in Table 84.30-1, Register, April, 2001, No. 544; CR 02-002: r. and recr. (1) (intro.), cr. (1) (f), (2) (j), (4) (i), and Table 84.30-11, am. (2) (intro.), (4) (c) to (e), (f) 2. a., (5) (a), (b) 3., (d) and Tables 84.30-1 to 6, r. Tables 84.30-7 and 10, renum. Tables 84.30-8 to 9m and 11 to be Tables 84.30-7 to 10 and am., Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 02-129: am. (2) (j) and (4) (e) 2., renum. (4) (d) to be (4) (d) 1., cr. (4) (d) 2. and (4) (e) 4., r. and recr. (4) (e) 3., r. (4) (i) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 04-035: cr. (4) (d) 3. and (6) (k), am. (5) (c) 8., (6) (h) (intro.), (i) (intro.) and (j) (intro.) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (6) (j) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; CR 08-055: cr. (5) (c) 20., am. (4) (e) 2., Tables 84.30-2, 84.30-5 to 84.30-8 and 84.30-10, r. (4) (f) and (g), renum. (4) (h) to be (4) (f) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; CR 10-064: am. (4), Tables 84.30-7 and 84.30-8 Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (2) (a), (b), (c), (d) 1., 2., 3., (e), (i), (j), (3) (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) 3., (4) (d), (e) 1., 2., 3., (5) (a), (d) 2., (6) (g), Table 384.30-1, Table 384.30-10 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-062: am. (4) (intro.) Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; CR 17-065: am. (4) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; CR 23-006: r. and recr. (1), am. Table 384.30-1 to Table 384.30-5, (3) (e) 3., Table 384.30-6, (4) (a), Table 384.30-7, 384.30-8, r. Table 384.30-9, am. 384.30 (5) (a), (c) 4., 7., 12., cr. (5) (c) 21., am. (5) (d) (title), r. Table 384.30-10, renum. (6) (b) to (b) (b) 1. and am., cr. (6) (b) 2. Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: cr. (1) (a) to (f), (1m), am. Table 384.30-1, Table 384.30-2, Table 384.30-3, Table 384.30-4, Table 384.30-5, (3) (d), Table 384.30-6, .Table 384.30-7, Table 384.30-8, (5) (a), cr. Table 384.30-9, (5) (bm), Table 384.30-10, am. (5) (c) 1. to 3., r. (5) (c) 4., 6. to 10., 13. to 19., cr. (5) (c) 22. to 27., am. (5) (d) 1., (6) (c) (intro.), (e), (f), cr. (6) (h) 4., am. (6) (i) 1., (j) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26; correction in (1m) (a) 3., (6) (f) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register June 2026 No. 846.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.40 Joints and connections {#sec-sps-384.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.40}

(1) General.

(a) Tightness. Joints and connections in the plumbing system shall be watertight and gastight as required by test or system design, whichever is greater, or as required by the adopted product standard or department approval.

Note: The testing requirements for tightness are in s. SPS 382.21.

(b) Preparation of pipe ends. Pipe ends shall be prepared in accordance with the applicable pipe standard or the pipe or fitting manufacturer’s instructions.

(c) Prohibited joints and connections. Unless otherwise permitted in this chapter or ch. SPS 382 or 383, all of the following types of joints and connections shall be prohibited:

  1. Cement or concrete joints.

  2. Mastic or hot poured bituminous joints.

  3. Elastomeric rolling o-rings between different diameter pipes.

  4. Solvent cement joints between different types of plastic pipe other than ABS and PVC in non-pressurized systems.

  5. Roll grooving of galvanized steel pipe.

(2) ABS Plastic pipe. Joints between acrylonitrile butadiene styrene plastic pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  1. ‘Drain and vent systems.’ Mechanical push-on joints for drain and vent systems shall conform to ASTM D3212.

(b) Solvent cemented joints. Solvent cemented joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D2235 and its appendix, ASTM D2661 or ASTM F628.

  1. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture.

  2. Solvent cement conforming to ASTM D2235 shall be applied to all joint surfaces and the joint shall be made while the cement is wet.

  3. Solvent cement shall be handled in accordance with ASTM F402.

(c) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall only be used on pipes of schedule 80 or heavier. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. The pipe shall be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant or tape approved for such use shall be applied to the male threads only.

(3) Black steel pipe. Joints between black steel pipe or fittings shall be in accordance with pars. (a) to (d).

(a) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(b) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(c) Caulked joints. Caulked joints shall only be used for drain or vent piping. Caulked joints for hub and spigot piping and fittings shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp. Molten lead shall be poured in one operation not less than one inch deep and not to extend more than 1/8 inch below the rim of the pipe, and caulked tight. Paint, varnish or other coatings may not be used on the joining material until after the joint has been tested and approved.

  1. Caulked joints for drain piping shall be used only in a vertical position.

  2. Caulked joints for vent piping may be used for piping in a vertical or horizontal position.

(d) Welded joints. Joints between black steel pipe or fittings may be welded.

(4) Brass pipe. Joints between brass pipe or fittings shall be in accordance with the provisions of pars. (a) to (d).

(a) Brazed joints. All joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by other than chemical means. Brazing filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8 or other approved material shall be used. The joining of water supply piping shall be made with lead-free materials. Solders and fluxes containing in excess of 0.2% lead shall not be used.

(b) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water.

(c) Soldered joints. All joint surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned bright by other than chemical means. A nontoxic flux shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Solder conforming to ASTM B32 or other approved material shall be used. The joining of water supply piping shall be made with lead-free materials. Solders and fluxes containing in excess of 0.2% lead shall not be used.

(d) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(5) Cast iron pipe. Joints between cast iron pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with pars. (a) and (b).

(a) Caulked joints.

  1. ‘Drain and vent systems.’ Caulked joints for hub and spigot pipe of drain and vent systems shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp. Molten lead shall be poured in one operation not less than one inch deep and not to extend more than 1/8 inch below the rim of the pipe, and caulked tight. Paint, varnish or other coatings may not be used on the joining material until after the joint has been tested and approved.

  2. ‘Water supply systems.’ Joints for bell and spigot pipe of water supply systems shall be firmly packed with treated paper rope. Molten lead shall be poured in one operation to a depth of 2½ inches.

(b) Mechanical joints.

  1. ‘Drain and vent systems.’

a. Mechanical push-on joints for drain and vent systems shall have gaskets which conform to ASTM C564.

b. Mechanical sleeve joints for drain and vent systems shall have a rubber sealing sleeve conforming to ASTM C564, CISPI 310 or FM 1680. Where a stainless steel band assembly is used, the band assembly shall conform to CISPI 310 or FM 1680. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  1. ‘Water supply systems.’ Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11. Lead tipped gaskets may not be used.

(c) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(6) CPVC plastic pipe. Joints between chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical push-on type joints which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water and conform to ASTM D3139.

(b) Solvent cemented joints. Solvent cemented joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D2846, ASTM F493, or ASTM F3328.

  1. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. Cleaner, primer and cement shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions for use of the solvent cement.

  2. Solvent cement conforming to ASTM F493 shall be applied to all joint surfaces and the joint shall be made while the cement is wet.

  3. Solvent cement shall be handled in accordance with ASTM F402.

  4. Primer and solvent cement used on pipes and fittings of a water supply system shall conform to NSF 14 and shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing agency as to conforming to NSF 14. The containers for the primer and the solvent cement shall bear the certification mark of the testing agency.

(c) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall only be used on pipes of schedule 80 or heavier. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. The pipe shall be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant or tape approved for such use shall be applied to the male threads only.

(7) Concrete pipe.

(a) Circular pipe. Joints between circular concrete pipe or fittings shall be made by use of an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM C443, ASTM C443M, ASTM C990, or ASTM C990M. Joints using rubber gaskets for concrete gravity flow sewer pipe shall conform to ASTM C1628.

(b) Elliptical pipe. Joints between elliptical concrete pipe or fittings shall be made by use of materials conforming to ASTM C887 Type II, ASTM C990, or ASTM C990M.

(8) Copper pipe and tubing. Joints between copper pipe, tubing or fittings shall be installed in accordance with pars. (a) to (e).

(a) Brazed joints. All joint surfaces to be brazed shall be cleaned bright by other than chemical means. Brazing filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8, NSF/ANSI/CAN 61, or other approved material shall be used. The joining of water supply piping shall be made with lead-free materials.

(b) Flared joints. Flared joints may be used on annealed tubing for water supply systems and shall be made by the use of a tool designed for that operation.

(c) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water.

(d) Soldered joints. All joint surfaces to be soldered shall be made in accordance with ASTM B828. Flux approved by NSF for use in potable water systems shall be applied to all joint surfaces. Solder conforming to ASTM B32, NSF/ANSI/CAN 61, or other approved material shall be used. The joining of water supply piping shall be made with lead-free materials.

(e) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(9) Ductile iron pipe.

(a) Mechanical joints. Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11. Lead tipped gaskets may not be used.

(b) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(10) Galvanized steel pipe. Joints between galvanized steel pipe or fittings or between galvanized steel pipe and cast iron fittings shall be installed in accordance with pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(b) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water.

(c) Caulked joints. Caulked joints shall only be used for drain or vent piping. Caulked joints for hub and spigot piping and fittings shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp. Molten lead shall be poured in one operation not less than one inch deep and not to extend more than 1/8 inch below the rim of the pipe, and caulked tight. Paint, varnish or other coatings may not be used on the joining material until after the joint has been tested and approved.

  1. Caulked joints for drain piping shall be used only for piping in a vertical position.

  2. Caulked joints for vent piping may be used for piping in a vertical or horizontal position.

(11) Lead pipe. Joints between lead pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with pars. (a) and (b).

(a) Burned joints. Burned joints shall be uniformly fused together into one continuous piece. The thickness of the joint shall be at least as thick as the lead being joined. The filler metal shall be of the same material as the pipe.

(b) Wiped joints. A wiped joint shall be full wiped, having an exposed surface on each side of the joint not less than 3/4 inch and shall be at least 3/8 inch thick at the thickest point.

(12) PE Plastic pipe and tubing. Joints between polyethylene plastic pipe, tubing or fittings shall be in accordance with pars. (b) and (c).

(b) Heat fusion joints. Heat fusion joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F2620.

  1. Joint surfaces to be fused shall be clean and free of moisture.

  2. All joint surfaces shall be heated to the temperature recommended by the pipe or fitting manufacturer and joined.

  3. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool.

(c) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints may be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water and conform to ASTM D3139.

(12m) Polyolefin pipe and tubing. Excluding polyethylene pipe and fittings, heat fusion joints between polyolefin pipe and tubing shall be made in accordance with ASTM D2657.

(13) PEX plastic tubing. Joints between crosslinked polyethylene plastic pipe, tubing or fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(14) PVC plastic pipe. Joints between polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe or fittings shall be in accordance with pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

  1. ‘Drain and vent systems.’ Mechanical push-on joints for drain and vent systems shall conform to ASTM D3212.

  2. ‘Water supply systems.’ Mechanical push-on joints and mechanical compression type joints for water supply systems which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water and conform to ASTM D3139.

(b) Solvent cemented joints. Solvent cemented joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D2855 or ASTM F3328.

  1. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture. A primer conforming to ASTM F656 shall be applied to all joint surfaces.

  2. Solvent cement conforming to ASTM D2564 shall be applied to all joint surfaces and the joint shall be made while the cement is wet.

  3. Solvent cement shall be handled in accordance with ASTM F402.

  4. Primer and solvent cement used on pipes and fittings of a water supply system shall conform to NSF 14 and shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing agency as to conforming to NSF 14. The containers for the primer and the solvent cement shall bear the certification mark of the testing agency.

(c) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall only be used on pipes of schedule 80 or heavier. Threaded joints shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. The pipe shall be threaded with dies specifically designed for plastic pipe. Thread lubricant or tape approved for such use shall be applied to the male threads only.

(15) Stainless steel. Joints between stainless steel pipe or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of pars. (a) to (c).

(a) Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Mechanical push-on type joints which use flexible elastomeric seals shall be suitable for potable water.

(b) Threaded joints. Threaded joints shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Pipe joint compound or tape shall be used on the male threads only.

(c) Welded joints. Joints between stainless steel pipe or fittings may be welded.

(16) Joints between pipe and fittings of different materials. Connections between pipes of different materials shall be made with mechanical compression type joints, installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions or as specified in pars. (a) to (e). Dissimilar pipe materials shall be protected to prevent the flow of galvanic current or to isolate sections of pipe from stray currents which could cause accelerated corrosion and premature failure of plumbing components and associated piping. Dielectric nipples shall conform ASME B1.20.1 or ASTM A53. Dielectric unions shall conform to ASSE 1079. Dielectric flanges shall conform to ASME B16.24. Dielectric transitions fittings shall conform to ANSI/NSF-61 and NSF 372.

(a) Copper to cast iron. Connections between copper pipe or tube and cast iron pipe shall be by means of either caulked joints in accordance with sub. (5) (a) or threaded fittings in accordance with sub. (5) (c).

(b) Cast iron to steel or brass pipe. Connections between cast iron pipe and galvanized or black steel or brass pipe shall be by means of any of the following:

  1. Caulked joints in accordance with sub. (5) (a).

  2. Threaded joints in accordance with sub. (5) (c).

(c) Plastic to other materials.

  1. Connections between plastic pipe and cast iron pipe shall be by means of any of the following:

a. Caulked joints in accordance with sub. (5) (a).

b. Threaded joints in accordance with sub. (5) (c).

  1. Except as provided in par. (e), connections between different types of plastic pipe or between plastic pipe and other piping materials other than cast iron shall be by means of threaded joints in accordance with sub. (14) (c).

(d) Lead to other piping materials. Connections between lead pipe and other piping materials shall be by use of an adapter fitting conforming to s. SPS 384.30 (5) (a). The lead pipe shall be caulked or burned to the adapter fitting in accordance with sub. (11).

(e) ABS plastic to PVC plastic. For solvent-cemented connections between ABS and PVC piping in non-pressurized systems, all of the following shall apply:

  1. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of moisture.

  2. Primer conforming to ASTM F656 shall be applied to all PVC joint surfaces.

  3. Solvent conforming to ASTM D3138 shall be applied to all joint surfaces and the joint shall be made while the cement is wet.

  4. Solvent shall be handled in accordance with ASTM F402.

(17) Connection of fixtures. Flanged fixtures which have integral traps shall be mechanically fastened to the drain piping by means of a compatible fitting. The joint between the fixture and the fitting shall be sealed with a watertight gasket or setting compound.

(18) Connection of pipe to concrete structures. Joints between concrete structures and piping or fittings shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of pars. (a) to (e) or as otherwise permitted by local authority.

(a) Resilient connectors between reinforced concrete manhole structures, pipes, and laterals shall conform to ASTM C923/C923M.

(b) Rubber gaskets for cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C564. Openings to cast iron soil pipe shall have an inside diameter of that required for cast iron pipe in conformance with ASTM A74.

(c) Resilient connectors between reinforced concrete manhole structures and corrugated dual- and triple-wall polyethylene and polypropylene pipes shall conform to ASTM F2510/F2510M.

(d) Resilient connectors between reinforced concrete on-site wastewater tanks and pipes shall conform to ASTM C1644.

(e) Storm drain resilient connectors between reinforced concrete storm sewer structures, pipes, and laterals shall conform to ASTM C1478/C1478M.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; am. (5) (b) 1. b., Register, September, 1992, No. 441, eff. 10-1-92; am. (1) (a) and cr. (13m), Register, February, 1994, No. 458, eff. 3-1-94; am. (2) (c), (3) (a), (4) (a), (c) and (d), (8) (a), (d), (9) (b), (10) (a) and (14) (c), renum. (7) to be (7) (a), cr. (7) (b); Register, December, 2000, No. 540, eff. 1-1-01; CR 02-002: am. (1) (c) 1. to 4., (6) (b) (intro.) and 1., (8) (d), (17) (d) 2., r. (6) (b) 4., renum. (6) (b) 5. to be (6) (b) 4., cr. (17) (f) and (19), Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 08-055: am. (2) (a) 2., (4) (b), (6) (a), (8) (c), (9) (a), (10) (b), (14) (a) 2. and (15) (a), r. (12) and (16), renum. (13), (13m) and (17) to (19) to be (12), (13) and (16) to (18) and am. (12) (c) Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction to renumbering of (13) to (18) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; CR 10-064: am. (5) (c), (6) (c), (8) (e) Register December 2010 No. 660, eff. 1-1-11; correction in (1) (c), (16) (e) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 13-062: am. (8) (a), (d) Register February 2014 No. 698, eff. 3-1-14; CR 23-006: am. (6) (b) (intro.), (14) (b) (intro.), r. and recr. (16) Register September 2023 No. 813, eff. 10-1-23; CR 26-019: r. (2) (a) 2., (b) 4., am. (6) (a), (b), (7) (a), (b), (8) (a), (d), (9) (a), (12) (intro.), r. (12) (a), am. (12) (b) (intro.), (c), cr. (12m), am. (14) (a) 2., (b), renum. (16) to (16) (intro.) and am., cr. (16) (a) to (e), renum. (18) to (18) (intro.) and am., cr. (18) (a) to (e) Register June 2026 No. 846, eff. 9-1-26.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 384.50 Alternate approvals and experimental approvals {#sec-sps-384.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 384.50}

(1) General. The provisions of chs. SPS 382 to 384 are not intended to prevent the use of a plumbing material or product not specifically addressed therein if the plumbing material or product has been approved by the department.

(2) Alternate approval.

(a) Plumbing materials or products determined by the department to comply with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats., and not approved under s. SPS 384.10, shall be issued an alternate approval. Alternate approvals shall be issued by the department in writing.

(b) The department may require the submission of any information deemed necessary for review. Sufficient evidence shall be submitted to the department to substantiate:

  1. Assertions of function and performance; and

  2. Compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

(c) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for alternate approval within 3 months of receipt of all information and fees required to complete the review.

(d) The department may impose specific conditions in issuing an alternate approval, including an expiration date for the alternate approval. Violations of the conditions under which an alternate approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

(e) If, upon review, the department determines that a plumbing material or product does not comply with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats., the request for alternate approval shall be denied in writing.

(3) Experimental approval.

(a) The department may allow the installation of a plumbing material or product for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats.

(b) An experimental approval shall be required for each plumbing material or product to be installed for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats. A separate experimental approval shall be obtained for each project where such a product is to be used. Experimental approvals shall be issued by the department in writing. Experimental approvals shall be denied by the department in writing.

(c) The department may require the submission of any information deemed necessary for review.

(d) The department may limit the number of applications it will accept for experimental approval of products.

(e) The department shall review and make a determination on an application for experimental approval within 6 months of receipt of all information and fees required to complete the review.

(f) The department may impose specific conditions in issuing an experimental approval. Violations of the conditions under which an experimental approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

(g) If the department issues an experimental approval:

  1. Plans detailing the installation of the plumbing material or product shall be submitted to the department in accordance with s. SPS 382.20 (4) or 383.22.

  2. A copy of the experimental approval shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans.

  3. A letter of consent from the owner of the installation shall be attached to the submitted plans and approved plans. The letter shall acknowledge that the owner has received and read a copy of the experimental approval and s. SPS 384.50.

  4. The completed installation shall be inspected for compliance with the approved plans by the department. A report on the completed installation shall be written by the department.

  5. A written report, from the party who was issued the experimental approval, shall be submitted to the department detailing the function and performance of the installed plumbing material or product. The report shall be completed at time intervals specified by the department, but not less than once a year.

  6. On-site inspections shall be performed by the department at time intervals specified by the department, but not less than once a year. A report on the inspection shall be written by the department. The department may assess a fee for the inspection.

  7. Five years after the date of the completed installation the department shall within 6 months order the removal of the plumbing material or product, issue an approval, or renew the experimental approval for another 5-year period to obtain additional information to determine the result of the experiment.

(h) If chs. SPS 382 to 384 or ch. 145, Stats., are revised to include or permit an experimental plumbing material or product to conform with the intent of chs. SPS 382 to 384 and ch. 145, Stats., the department shall waive the requirements of par. (f) as to that material or product.

(4) Modifications. If a plumbing material or product with an alternate or experimental approval or the installation of an experimentally approved plumbing material or product is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the alternate or experimental approval shall be considered null and void, unless the product is resubmitted to the department for review and the approval is reaffirmed.

(5) Revocation. The department may revoke an alternate or experimental approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts or data on which the alternate or experimental approval was based or as a result of product failure.

(6) Limitations. An alternate or experimental approval of a plumbing material or product issued by the department may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction, or performance of any plumbing material or product nor for any damages that may result.

(7) Fees. Fees for the review of a plumbing material or product under this section and any required on-site inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302.

History

  • Cr. Register, May, 1988, No. 389, eff. 6-1-88; correction in (7) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, August, 1988, No. 392; correction in (7) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; am. (3) (g) 1. and 7., Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (1), (2) (a), (b) 2., (e), (3) (a), (b), (g) 1., 3., (h), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 384 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 384 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-384 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 384}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only. The notes, illustrations, etc., are numbered to correspond to the number of the rule as it appears in the text of the code.

A-384.10 (3) (b) Request forms for voluntary POWTS product approval may be obtained at the following location:

Department of Safety and Professional Services

Madison Office

1400 E. Washington Ave.

PO Box 7162

Madison, WI 53703-7162

Phone (608) 266-6742 Web Page http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services

A-384.11-Nationally Recognized Listing Agencies Acceptable to the Department

American Gas Association (AGA) 400 N. Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 Phone (202) 824-7000 Web Page www.aga.org

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Three Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5990 Phone (212) 524-4990 Web Page www.asme.org

American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) 901 Canterbury, Suite A Westlake, OH 44145-1166 Phone (440) 835-3040 Web Page www.asse-plumbing.org

Canadian Standards Association International (CSA) 178 Rexdale Blvd. Toronto, ON CANADA M9W 1R3 Phone (800) 463-6727 Web Page www.csa-international.org

IAPMO Research and Testing, Inc. (IAPMO) 5001 E. Philadelphia St. Ontario, CA 91761 Phone (909) 472-4100 Web Page http://www.iapmo.org/Pages/IAPMOgroup.aspx

ICC Evaluation Services, LLC. 3060 Saturn Street, Ste. 100 Brea, CA 92821 Phone (800) 423-6587 Web Page https://icc-es.org/

ETL Intertek Testing Services NAE, Inc. (ITS) 3233 US Route 11 Cortland, NY 13045 Phone (607) 753-6711 Web Page http://www.intertek.com Web Page http://www.intertek.com/marks/etl

NSF International (NSF) 789 Dixboro Rd. Ann Arbor, MI 48105-9723 Phone (800) 673-6275 Web Page www.nsf.org

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 Phone (847) 272-8800 Web Page www.ul.com

Water Quality Association (WQA) 2375 Cabot Dr. Lisle IL 60532-3696 Phone (630) 505-0160 Web Page https://wqa.org/

The listing agencies list products to a specific national standard and have labeling requirements in addition to those requirements of the standard., i.e., ASSE requires that their seal with the standard number be on the device.

A-384.20 (5) SPACING OF PLUMBING FIXTURES

  • See PDF for diagram

Figure A-384.20-1. Spacing between water closets.

  • See PDF for diagram

Figure A-384.20-2. Spacing between stall type urinals.

A-384.20 (5) SPACING OF PLUMBING FIXTURES (Continued)

  • See PDF for diagram

Figure A-384.20-3. Spacing between water closet and tub.

A-384.30 (4) (e) 2. TURF SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING MATERIAL.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 385 SOIL AND SITE EVALUATIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-385.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish the minimum requirements for evaluating and reporting soil and site characteristics that may affect treatment or dispersal of wastewater, treated wastewater, final effluent or nonwater-carried human wastes.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.02 Scope {#sec-sps-385.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.02}

(1) Pursuant to s. 145.02, Stats., this chapter applies to all soil and site evaluations conducted relative to the treatment or dispersal of wastewater, treated wastewater, final effluent or nonwater-carried human wastes into soil.

(2) A department interpretation of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing interpretation by a lower level jurisdiction. A department decision on the application of the requirements in this chapter shall supersede any differing decision by a lower level jurisdiction.

Note: A decision of the department may be appealed. Section 101.02 (6) (e), Stats., outlines the procedure for submitting requests to the department for appeal hearings and the department procedures for hearing appeals.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 07-100: renum. to (1), cr. (2) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.10 Qualifications {#sec-sps-385.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.10}

(1) Soil evaluation. A soil evaluation for treatment or dispersal of wastewater, treated wastewater, final effluent or nonwater-carried human wastes regulated by chs. SPS 383 and 391 shall be performed by an individual who is a certified soil tester. A soil evaluation for the treatment or dispersal of stormwater regulated under ch. SPS 382 shall be performed by an individual who is either a certified soil tester or one who holds a professional soil scientist license under ch. GHSS 4.

Note: Section SPS 305.33 delineates the qualifications and certification procedures for certified soil testers.

(2) Site evaluation. A site evaluation, relative to the installation of a POWTS treatment, holding or dispersal component location, or to determine land slope or setback distances to topographic or other site features shall be performed by a Wisconsin registered architect, professional engineer, designer of plumbing systems, designer of private sewage systems or land surveyor; a certified soil tester or POWTS inspector; or a licensed master plumber or master plumber-restricted service.

(3) Soil saturation determinations. Soil saturation determinations may only be conducted and reported by an individual who is a certified soil tester.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 04-035: am. (1) Register November 2004 No. 587, eff. 12-1-04; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.20 Soil evaluations {#sec-sps-385.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.20}

(1) General.

(a) Soil boring methods and procedures shall comply with this section.

(b) Maximum soil application rates shall be determined relative to the soil texture, structure and consistence for each soil horizon or layer.

Note: Section SPS 383.44 establishes maximum soil application rates and soil treatment capability for the design of POWTS treatment or dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil.

(2) Number, type and depth of evaluations.

(a) General. The number, type, depth and location of soil profile evaluations shall be sufficient to delineate the area under investigation and to assure consistency of the data within that area.

(b) Number and area.

a. Except as provided in subd. 1. d. and subd. 2., a minimum of 3 soil profile evaluation excavations shall be used to delineate a site within which POWTS treatment or dispersal components consisting in part of in situ soil are to be located.

b. For estimated daily flows of 1,000 gallons per day or less, at least one soil profile evaluation excavation per treatment or dispersal site shall be constructed as a soil pit, and described in accordance with s. SPS 385.30 (1) (c).

c. For estimated daily flows greater than 1,000 gallons per day, at least 3 soil profile evaluations per treatment or dispersal site shall be constructed as soil pits, and described in accordance with s. SPS 385.30 (1) (c).

d. The department or governmental unit may require additional soil profile evaluation excavations to be constructed where soil variability considerations may not be adequately addressed. The department or governmental unit may specify that soil profile descriptions in accordance with s. SPS 385.30 (1) (c) be conducted for any additional soil profile evaluation excavations.

  1. At least one soil pit or soil boring shall be used to establish soil suitability for a pit privy.

Note: Sections SPS 383.44 (3) and 391.12 (1) (b) 1. contain further information regarding privy siting and soil requirements.

(c) Type.

  1. Soil profile evaluations used to determine soil application rates shall be conducted using soil pits.

  2. Soil profile evaluations used to determine or identify soil horizon depths, soil color, soil texture, redoximorphic feature colors or depth to groundwater or bedrock shall be conducted using either soil pits or soil borings.

(d) Depth. Soil profile evaluations shall extend an adequate depth below the land surface to identify soil properties critical to soil treatment or dispersal of wastewater, treated wastewater, final effluent or nonwater-carried human waste.

(3) Excavation methods.

(a) Soil profile excavations. A soil profile excavation shall be of such size and construction to allow accurate determination of soil characteristics.

(b) Soil borings.

  1. Soil borings shall be created by means of a soil bucket auger, soil probe, split-spoon sampler or Shelby tube having at least a 2 inch diameter.

  2. A soil boring may not be created by means of a power auger.

(c) Soil pits. A soil pit shall be of adequate size, depth and construction to enable a person to safely enter and exit the pit and to complete a morphological soil profile description.

Note: Occupational safety and health administration regulations (29 CFR 1926, Subpart P) apply to certain types of excavations, and the persons entering such excavations need to be familiar with those regulations.

(4) Soil evaluation conditions.

(a) Soil color evaluations shall be performed on days when light conditions permit accurate color determinations.

(b) Frozen soil material shall be thawed prior to conducting evaluations for soil color, texture, structure and consistence.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (2) (b) 1. b., c., d. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.30 Soil profile description and interpretations {#sec-sps-385.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.30}

(1) General.

(a) A soil profile description shall be prepared for each soil profile excavation constructed.

(b) Soil profile descriptions shall be written in accordance with the descriptive procedures, terminology and interpretations found in Chapter 3 of the Soil Survey Manual, USDA, October, 1993, except where modified by, or in conflict with, this chapter.

(c) A soil profile description to substantiate soil application rates shall include at least all of the following morphological information for each soil horizon or layer:

  1. Thickness in inches or decimal feet.

  2. Munsell soil color notation.

  3. Soil mottle or redoximorphic feature color, abundance, size and contrast.

  4. United States Department of Agriculture, USDA, soil textural class with rock fragment modifiers.

  5. Soil structure grade, size and shape.

  6. Soil consistence.

  7. Root abundance and size.

  8. Soil boundary.

  9. Occurrence of saturated soil, groundwater, bedrock or disturbed soil.

(d) A soil profile description to substantiate soil characteristics other than for application rates shall include the information specified in par. (c) 1. to 4. and 9.

(2) Soil interpretations.

(a) Redoximorphic features or mottles shall be interpreted as zones of seasonal or periodic soil saturation or groundwater, except as provided under sub. (3).

(b) Unless otherwise determined under s. SPS 385.60, the highest elevation of seasonal soil saturation shall be the ground surface where redoximorphic features are present within 4 inches of any of the following:

  1. An A horizon that extends to the ground surface.

  2. The lower boundary of overlying fill material where no buried A horizon exists.

  3. An A horizon buried by overlying fill material.

(3) Soil color pattern exemptions.

(a) Without filing a report under s. SPS 385.60 (2), a certified soil tester may discount the following conditions, not limited by enumeration, as indicators of seasonally saturated soil:

  1. Fossilized soil color patterns formed by historic periodic soil saturation.

  2. A soil profile where redoximorphic features are confined within 12 inches of tension saturated silt loam or finer textured soil immediately overlying unsaturated coarse sandy loam or coarser textured soil that has a depth in the coarser material adequate to accommodate a distribution cell and dispersal zone.

  3. A soil profile where redoximorphic features are confined within 24 inches of tension saturated silt loam or finer textured soil immediately overlying unsaturated coarse loamy sand or coarser textured soil that has a depth in the coarser material adequate to accommodate a distribution cell and dispersal zone.

  4. Residual sandstone colors.

  5. Unevenly weathered glacially deposited material, glacially deposited material naturally gray in color, or concretionary material in various stages of decomposition.

  6. Deposits of lime.

  7. Light colored silt or fine sand coatings on soil ped surfaces.

(b) Without filing a report under s. SPS 385.60 (2) for a specific site, the department may accept the results of soil saturation determinations or of the hydrograph procedure under s. SPS 385.60 previously conducted for areas adjacent to the site, provided that the soil profile descriptions and interpretations confirms that the soil and site conditions are similar for the specific site and the adjacent areas.

(4) Soil color pattern reports. The certified soil tester shall report and describe any soil color pattern exemptions encountered.

(5) Determination requests. A certified soil tester may request assistance by the governmental unit or department staff in evaluating the significance of unusual soil color patterns as indicators of soil saturation that may not indicate saturated soil conditions. The governmental unit or department may decline to provide such assistance, and defer to the use of soil saturation determinations pursuant to s. SPS 385.60 or some other method.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: r. and recr. (2) (b) and (3) (a) 2. and 3. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; CR 07-100: am. (5) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (2) (b) (intro.), (3) (a) (intro.), (b), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.40 Evaluation reports {#sec-sps-385.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.40}

(1) General. A soil evaluation report shall be prepared and submitted to the governmental unit having jurisdiction upon the completion of the evaluation and associated report form.

(2) Soil report certification and format.

(a) Soil evaluation reports. Soil evaluation reports shall be prepared in a format specified by the department and this chapter.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(b) Certification.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., each page of a soil evaluation report shall bear:

a. The signature of the certified soil tester who collected the data;

b. The certified soil tester’s identification number; and

c. The date the report is signed.

  1. When more than one sheet of a soil evaluation report is bound together into one volume, only the title sheet shall:

a. Be required to be signed, dated and bear the identification number of the certified soil tester who collected the data; and

b. Clearly identify all other sheets comprising the bound volume.

Note: Nothing in this chapter is intended to prohibit the submission and acceptance of planning documents in an electronic or digital media.

(3) Report contents.

(a) Site report. A site evaluation report shall include at least all of the following:

  1. The site’s legal description to within 40 acres.

  2. The date the data was collected.

  3. A legible and permanent site plan that complies with all of the following:

a. Is presented on paper no smaller than 8 ½ inches by 11 inches in size.

b. Is drawn to scale or fully dimensioned.

c. Shows the extent of the site evaluated for soil dispersal or treatment.

  1. Location information for all points under investigation including structures, property lines and other encumbrances to the treatment or dispersal component placement on the site.

  2. Pertinent elevation data, such as:

a. A reference to, and description of, a permanent vertical and horizontal reference point or bench mark from which all distances and elevations are delineated on the site plan;

b. The natural, undisturbed surface grade elevation for all soil profile excavations;

c. The percent and direction of land slope for the site under evaluation;

d. Ground surface contour lines at an interval appropriate for the conditions present;

e. The floodplain elevation, if established, and current surface elevation of any adjacent navigable waters or reservoir; and

f. The existing grade adjacent to the groundwater elevation observation pipe, the top of the observation pipe, and the bottom of the observation pipe.

(b) Soil report. A soil evaluation report shall include at least all of the following:

  1. A site evaluation report pursuant to par. (a).

  2. The date soil evaluations were conducted.

  3. The site’s legal description to within 40 acres.

  4. Soil profile descriptions pursuant to s. SPS 385.30 for all soil profile evaluation excavations.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: am. (3) (a) 3. (intro) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; correction in (3) (b) 4. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (2) (b) 1. a. Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.50 Governmental unit review {#sec-sps-385.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.50}

(1) General.

(a) A governmental unit shall review all soil evaluation reports and site evaluation reports within 6 months of receipt.

(b) Upon completing the review of a soil evaluation report a governmental unit shall accept the report, reject the report, request additional information or clarification, or require verification under sub. (2).

(c) When a report is deemed acceptable, a governmental unit shall so indicate on the report and file the report for future reference.

(d) If the report is not acceptable, a governmental unit shall notify the submitter in writing and shall state the deficiencies or actions, or both, necessary to bring the report into compliance with this chapter or ch. SPS 383.

(2) Verification.

(a) Soil.

  1. The governmental unit or the department may require the property owner or the certified soil tester to provide soil pits in accordance with s. SPS 385.20 (3) for verification of soil profile evaluation data.

  2. The certified soil tester who is responsible for the soil report shall be present at the site during the verification of soil profile evaluation data if so requested by the governmental unit or the department.

  3. Soil verifications may not be conducted under adverse weather or light conditions that may lead to inaccurate results.

(b) Site.

  1. The governmental unit or the department may require the property owner or certified individual who prepared the site report to provide assistance and equipment to verify site conditions.

  2. The certified individual who is responsible for the site report shall be present at the site during the verification of site conditions if so requested by the governmental unit or department.

(c) Report. The governmental unit or the department shall complete a written report for each soil or site verification completed, and the results or findings of the report shall be filed with the soil and site evaluation report for future reference.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (1) (d), (2) (a) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 385.60 Soil saturation determinations {#sec-sps-385.60 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 385.60}

(1) General.

(a) A property owner, or the owner’s agent, may submit documentation to prove that redoximorphic features, or other soil color patterns, at a particular site are not indicative of periodically saturated soil conditions or high groundwater elevation.

(b) Documentation shall be in the form of an interpretive determination, soil saturation determination, hydrograph procedure or artificially controlled navigable water determination pursuant to this section.

(2) Interpretive determinations.

(a) A written report by a certified soil tester evaluating and interpreting redoximorphic soil features, or other soil color patterns, may be submitted to the department in lieu of high groundwater determination data. The written report shall conclusively determine current conditions of periodic soil saturation and assess their effect upon the operation of a POWTS.

(b) The department shall make a determination on the validity of the data, results and conclusions set forth in the report.

(c) The written report shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following information:

  1. A soil evaluation report pursuant to s. SPS 385.40.

  2. An interpretive review of the site including, but not limited to, all of the following:

a. Local hydrology.

b. A historical interpretation of the local geomorphology.

c. Soil disturbance and hydraulic modification.

d. The landscape position and local topography in the area under investigation.

  1. Soil series and mapping units, if available, for the immediate area, as listed in the USDA soil survey.

  2. Data, if any, from previous soil saturation determinations in similar soil conditions and landscape position.

  3. Any written reports, comments or recommendations by the governmental unit or department staff.

(3) Soil saturation determination.

(a) General. Actual elevations of soil saturation may be determined at specific sites in accordance with the soil saturation determination procedures in par. (c).

(c) Precipitation.

  1. Precipitation data reported for soil saturation determination purposes shall include monthly totals for September through May, and daily totals for February through May.

  2. Precipitation data totals under subd. 1. shall be from either the closest local station to the site where the observation pipe is installed, or the average from the 3 closest local stations to the site. If averaging is used, the totals under subd. 1. shall be submitted for all 3 stations.

(d) Regional water tables.

  1. Where sites are subject to a broad, relatively uniform, regional water table, the fluctuation observed over a several year cycle shall be considered.

  2. At such sites, and where free water levels are more than 5 feet below grade, determinations shall be made using the hydrograph procedures contained in sub. (4).

  3. Areas affected by a regional water table shall be delineated by the department in consultation with the affected counties and the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey.

(e) Fine textured soil.

  1. The department may prohibit soil saturation determinations in fine textured soil with high matric potentials where determination results may be inconclusive.

  2. In such cases, the department may approve alternative methods to address the direct determination of saturated or near saturated soil conditions not enumerated in this section.

(f) Groundwater elevation observation pipe installation and construction.

  1. Number of observation pipes.

a. At least 3 groundwater elevation observation pipes shall be installed to delineate the area under investigation.

b. The governmental unit or department may require more than 3 observation pipes to adequately evaluate potential soil saturation conditions.

  1. Observation pipe depth.

a. At the request of the department or governmental unit, at least one observation pipe shall be constructed to a depth of 15 feet below the ground surface to determine if high groundwater elevation conditions are due to a perched water table and the possible extent of the saturated zone.

b. Other observation pipes shall terminate at specific depths below grade that will serve to evaluate where shallow perched zones of soil saturation occur within the soil profile.

c. The governmental unit or department may designate specific observation pipe depths and locations based on soil and site conditions, or experience in a particular geographic area or topographic position.

d. An observation pipe may not be less than 24 inches deep.

  1. Observation pipe construction. The direct observation of soil saturation conditions shall be accomplished by means of observation pipes conforming to this subdivision and Figure 385.60-1.

a. The observation pipe shall be of a material meeting the standards in s. SPS 384.30 Table 384.30-1, except that lead pipe may not be used.

b. The inside diameter of an observation pipe may not be less than 2 inches or more than 4 inches nominal size.

c. The borehole diameter shall be 2 to 4 inches larger than the outside diameter of the observation pipe.

d. The top of the observation pipe shall terminate at least 18 inches above grade and be provided with a vented cap.

e. The bottom of the observation pipe shall terminate with a slotted, or screened pipe. The slots or screen shall extend 6 to 18 inches above the bottom of the pipe and be at least 4 inches below the filter pack seal. The slots or screen shall not be hand cut and shall be designed to retain soil particles with a diameter of greater than 0.02 inch.

f. Except for the vented end cap, joints between lengths of pipe and fittings shall conform to s. SPS 384.40.

g. Finished grade around the observation pipe shall be sloped away from the observation pipe using soil material.

h. At a minimum, the upper 12 inches of annular space surrounding the observation pipe shall be sealed by puddled clay, bentonite, or an equal-parts mixture of soil, bentonite and cement. A surface seal may not be necessary if the entire soil profile is sand.

i. The annular space seal below 12 inches and to the top of the filter pack seal may be of unspecified soil material.

j. A filter pack seal shall be installed above the filter pack to prevent soil migration downward into the filter pack.

k. The observation pipe shall be set on at least 2 inches of pea gravel that extends 4 to 6 inches above the top of the screen or highest slot. The gravel filter pack is not necessary if the natural soil is coarse sand or coarser.

(g) Observations.

  1. Observation period. The observation period for soil saturation determinations shall begin on or before the appropriate date specified in Figure 385.60-2, and end June 1.

  2. Alternate observation period. The department may approve an alternate observation period if the data presented conclusively demonstrates equivalency to conditions encountered during a normal spring observation period.

  3. Minimum frequency. Observations shall be made on the first day of the observation period and at least every 7 days thereafter until the observation period is complete.

(h) Conclusions.

  1. The highest level of soil saturation shall be considered the highest level of free water observed in an observation pipe on 2 occasions 7 days apart during the observation period.

  2. The results of soil saturation determinations under this section shall be considered inconclusive if the precipitation totals under par. (c) do not equal or exceed:

a. 8.5 inches from September 1 through the last day of February; and

b. 7.6 inches from March 1 through May 31.

(i) Reporting data.

  1. Within 180 days of the completion of the observations, 3 copies of the following data shall be submitted to the department for review:

a. A soil and site evaluation report pursuant to s. SPS 385.40.

b. Observation pipe installation, depth, location and elevation information.

c. Precipitation data and name of any local station used.

d. Observation dates.

e. Current and any prior observation results.

f. Any governmental unit observations or reports pertaining to the soil saturation determination observations, observation pipe construction or soil/site conditions.

  1. Within 180 days of the completion of the observations, one copy of the data specified in subd. 1. shall be filed with the governmental unit having jurisdiction.

(j) Report forms. Soil saturation determination results shall be reported on forms specified by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(k) Failure to report. Failure to file soil saturation determination results with the governmental unit and department within 60 days may disqualify the site from future soil saturation or interpretive determinations.

(4) Hydrograph procedure.

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 3., where regional water table fluctuations are considered in deep sandy soil, the predicted high groundwater elevation shall be established using hydrograph documentation.

  2. Except as provided in subd. 3., the highest groundwater elevation shall be determined by direct observation during the soil profile evaluation or by one of the hydrograph methods outlined in pars. (b) to (d), whichever is highest.

  3. The department or governmental unit may accept use of the hydrograph procedure to predict regional water table levels on sites where inclusions of sandy loam or finer soil material, or massive conditions exist.

(b)

  1. If there is less than 5 feet to free water below original grade, the procedures detailed in sub. (2) or (3) shall be used to determine the highest predicted groundwater elevation at the site.

  2. If there is 5 feet or more to free water below original grade, the hydrograph procedure may be used to determine the highest predicted groundwater elevation at the site.

(c) When free water at the site is 5 to 10 feet below grade, all of the following procedures apply:

  1. A completed soil and site evaluation report pursuant to s. SPS 385.40 that confirms the elevation of free water, if observed, shall be prepared.

a. A slotted or screened groundwater elevation observation pipe shall be installed at the proposed system location to a depth of at least 12 inches below the free water elevation.

b. The observation pipe shall be installed pursuant to sub. (3) (f) 3.

a. The water level in the observation pipe shall be recorded after completion of the observation pipe installation and 7 days later.

b. The highest of the 2 water levels shall be used to complete the hydrograph procedure.

  1. The permanent USGS groundwater elevation well or wells as assigned by the governmental unit or department shall be read within 24 hours of establishing the actual free water elevation at the site.

  2. The hydrograph procedure shall be completed and the results shall be submitted for review to the governmental unit having jurisdiction in a format specified by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(d) When free water at the site is more than 10 feet below grade, all of the following procedures apply:

  1. A completed soil and site evaluation report pursuant to s. SPS 385.40 that confirms the elevation of free water, if observed, shall be prepared.

  2. The permanent USGS groundwater elevation well or wells assigned to the project by the governmental unit or department shall be read within 24 hours of the actual free water determination at the site.

  3. The hydrograph procedure shall be completed and the results shall be submitted for review to the governmental unit having jurisdiction in a format specified by the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(e) The governmental unit or the department may request more than one USGS groundwater well or other wells assigned by the governmental unit or the department be used to complete the hydrograph procedure.

(f) The governmental unit or the department may reject or suspend use of the hydrograph procedure when erratic groundwater tables are present due to recent, significant recharge events.

(5) Artificially controlled navigable waters determination.

(a) If the groundwater elevation at a site is influenced by the artificial control of navigable waters by a recognized management entity, all of the following conditions shall be addressed:

  1. If loamy sand or coarser soil textures prevail at a site, the groundwater elevation at the site shall be compared to the current and highest controlled navigable water elevation.

  2. The highest normal groundwater elevation at such sites shall be the higher of either the observed elevation or an adjusted elevation based on the controlled water.

(b) An artificially controlled navigable waters determination report shall be prepared and submitted for review to the governmental unit having jurisdiction upon completion of the determination and associated report.

(6) Soil saturation observation pipe removal. The following requirements shall apply to all groundwater elevation observation pipes installed pursuant to this section:

(a) Removal timeline. Unless specifically approved by the governmental unit or department, all groundwater elevation observation pipes shall be removed within 60 days after the completion of soil saturation determination.

(b) Contamination conduit. Any groundwater elevation observation pipe found by the department or governmental unit to be acting as a conduit for groundwater contamination shall be ordered removed immediately.

(7) Verification.

(a) Verification.

  1. The governmental unit or department may request verification of soil saturation determinations pursuant to s. SPS 385.50 (2), and proper observation pipe installation pursuant to this section.

  2. The governmental unit or the department may require any groundwater elevation observation pipe deemed by the governmental unit or the department to be in poor contact with the surrounding soil to be reinstalled pursuant to this section.

(b) On-site visits.

  1. The governmental unit or department may visit sites during soil saturation determination periods or at other reasonable times to determine the accuracy of data.

  2. A written record of on-site visits in subd. 1. shall be maintained by the agency conducting the visits.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 02-129: r. and recr. (1) and (3) (h) 1., am. (2) (c) (intro.), (2) (c) 2. b., (3) (i) 1. (intro.) and 2., (4) (a) 1. and 2., (4) (c) (intro.), 2. b., 5., (d) (intro.) and 3., r. (3) (b), cr. (4) (a) 3., (4) (e) and (f), and (5), renum. (5) and (6) to be (6) and (7) Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; corrections in (3) (a) and (h) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2004 No. 577; CR 07-100: am. (4) (c) 5., (d) 3. and (5) (b) Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction (2) (c) 1., (f) 3. (intro.), a., f., (g) 1., (i) 1. a., (4) (c) 1., (d) 1., (7) (a) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (2) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.

Chapter SPS 386 BOAT AND ON-SHORE SEWAGE FACILITIES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.01 Applicability {#sec-sps-386.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.01}

This chapter as authorized by s. 30.71, Stats., for the abatement of water pollution through control of the discharge of sewage from boats maintained or operated at any time upon the inland or outlying waters of the state, defined in s. 29.001 (45) and (63), Stats., shall be applicable to any boat which is equipped with a toilet.

Note: Section 29.001 (45) and (63), Stats., provides: All waters within the jurisdiction of the state are classified as follows: Lakes Superior and Michigan, Green Bay, Sturgeon Bay, Sawyer’s harbor and the Fox river from its mouth up to the dam at De Pere are outlying waters. All other waters, including the bays, bayous, and sloughs of the Mississippi river bottoms, are inland waters.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.01, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458; corrections made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-386.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.02}

The following definitions shall apply in the interpretation and enforcement of this chapter.

(1) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(2) “Approved” means written approval from the department.

(3) “Boat” means every description of watercraft, other than a seaplane, on the water, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on water, s. 30.50 (2), Stats.

(4) “Deodorant” means a substance or process which masks or destroys offensive odor.

(5) “Holding tank” means a permanently installed container which receives the discharge from one toilet or more and retains the sewage for shore disposal.

(6) “Maintain and operate” means to moor and occupy or to navigate, steer, sail, row or otherwise to exercise physical control over the use or movement of a boat.

(7) “Owner” means the person who has lawful possession of a boat by virtue of legal title or equitable interest therein which entitles that person to such possession.

(8) “Portable toilet” means a self-contained unit with a flushing device which retains sewage in a holding tank for disposal to a sewage system acceptable to the department.

(9) “Recirculating system” means a holding tank with all necessary appurtenances to provide for the recirculation of flushing liquid and for the receiving, venting and shore removal of sewage.

(10) “Sealed” means making a toilet incapable of discharging sewage into the waters upon which a boat is operated or moored.

(11) “Sewage” means human body wastes.

(12) “Toilet” means any device, facility or installation designed or constructed for use as a place for receiving sewage directly from the human body.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.02 and am. (1) Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83; correction in (3) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.03 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-386.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.03}

(1) Procedure. The department shall consider and may grant a variance to an administrative rule upon receipt of a fee and a completed petition for variance form from the owner, provided an equivalent degree of safety is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. The department may impose specific conditions in a petition for variance to promote the protection of the health, safety and welfare of the employees or the public. Violation of those conditions under which the petition is granted constitutes a violation of these rules.

(2) Petition processing time. Except for priority petitions, the department shall review and make a determination on a petition for variance within 30 business days of receipt of all calculations, documents and fees required to complete the review. The department shall process priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Copies of the petition for variance form (SBD-9890) may be downloaded at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.03, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83; r. and recr. Register, October, 1984, No. 346, eff. 11-1-84; cr. (2), Register, February, 1985, No. 350, eff. 3-1-85.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.04 Contract applicability {#sec-sps-386.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.04}

Applicable provisions of this regulation shall be construed to be a part of any order or agreement, written or verbal, for the installation of a holding tank, recirculating system, provisions of a portable toilet or shore disposal facility or appurtenances thereto.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.04, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.05 Approval required {#sec-sps-386.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.05}

(1) General. Any prefabricated tank, portable toilet or toilet proposed for installation in boats used upon the inland or outlying waters of the state shall receive the approval of the department. The manufacturer of any prefabricated tank, portable toilet or toilet shall submit, in duplicate, plans and specifications showing construction details for such facility. The owner of a custom built tank or toilet shall similarly submit such details in duplicate for approval prior to installation. The department may require the submission of other information or the unit itself, in the case of a portable toilet, to complete its review.

(2) Approved unit listing. The department shall keep a current list of approved prefabricated tanks, portable toilets and toilets for installation on boats and shall provide a copy of such current list to the bureau of law enforcement, department of natural resources.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.05, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.06 Holding tank, toilet and appurtenances {#sec-sps-386.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.06}

(1) Material. Each holding tank and toilet shall be constructed of a plastic which is resistant to acid, alkali and water; stainless steel with comparable resistance or other approved material. Metal combinations shall be galvanically compatible.

(2) Holding tank strength. A holding tank, with all openings sealed, shall show no signs of deformation, cracking or leakage when subjected to a combined suction and external pressure head of 5 pounds per square inch. It shall be designed and installed so as not to become permanently distorted with a static top load of 200 pounds.

(3) Temperature resistance. All materials used shall be capable of withstanding a temperature range of from -22º F. (winter storage) to the maximum operating temperature obtainable when operating in an ambient temperature of 140º F.

(4) Mounting. The tank and toilet shall be rigidly and permanently secured in place in such manner that the tank, toilet and piping will not fall.

(5) Capacity. The capacity shall be sufficient to receive the waste from the maximum number of persons that may be on board during an 8-hour period. The passenger rating shall be that indicated on the boat’s capacity plate or that of a boat of similar size should the plate be illegible or missing.

(a) Holding tank. The capacity shall be determined on the basis of contribution of 41⁄2 gallons per person per 8-hour day for a toilet of the hand pump type. If standard waterflush toilets are installed, the minimum capacity shall be at 131⁄2 gallons per person per 8-hour day.

(b) Recirculating toilet. The capacity of the tank of a recirculating type unit shall be determined on the basis of a contribution of one-quarter gallon per person per 8-hour day.

(6) Controls. Each holding tank shall contain a sewage level device which actuates a warning light or other visible gauge when the tank becomes three-fourths full. The light or other device shall be located so that it can be readily observed. The sewage level device shall be in operable condition at any time the boat is used. Such water level indicator shall be installed so as to be removable and be of such design and of such size as to make a watertight seal with a tank opening that is sufficiently large to accommodate the sewage level device.

(7) Maintenance.

(a) A separate manhole shall be provided in the top of the tank for maintenance purposes. A plate or cap capable of making a watertight seal shall be provided on the opening which shall be of sufficient size to readily permit cleaning and maintenance.

(b) Deodorant. Any deodorant used in a holding tank, approved portable toilet or recirculating toilet shall be easily obtainable and constitute a minimum hazard when handled, stored and used according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and form no dangerous concentration of gases nor react dangerously with other chemicals used for the same purpose.

(8) Openings for piping. Openings shall be provided in each holding tank for inlet, outlet and vent piping. The openings and pipe fittings shall be so designed as to provide watertight joints between the tank and the piping. Plastic opening fittings shall be of the rigid serrated type. Inlet openings should preferably be such that they could accommodate fittings that would be connected to piping of a minimum nominal inside diameter (I.D.) of 11⁄2 inches. Outlet openings shall be such as to accommodate at least 11⁄2 inch I.D. piping. Vent pipe openings shall be able to accommodate fittings for at least a one-half inch I.D. pipe, and should preferably be located at the top of a conical frustum or cylindrical vertical extension of the tank which is at least 2 inches in diameter at the base and 2 inches or more in height.

(9) Piping and fittings.

(a) Size. The piping from a toilet to the holding tank shall be at least as large as the trap of the toilet fixture. The piping from the holding tank or toilet to the pumpout connection shall have a nominal inside diameter of at least one and one-half inches.

(b) Material. All waste and venting piping shall be made of galvanized steel, wrought iron or yoloy pipe; lead; brass; type M copper; or flexible or rigid plastic pipe. Assembly shall be made with threaded fittings in the case of ferrous or brass pipe; lead or solder type fittings in the case of lead and copper pipe; and with threaded fittings, insertable clamp type fittings, or weldable fittings in the case of plastic pipe. Clamps, usable only with plastic pipe, shall be made of stainless steel. All piping materials and fittings shall be capable of withstanding a pressure of at least 75 pounds per square inch and a combined maximum suction and external pressure head equivalent to 50 feet of water.

(c) Location. No piping, other than that for venting, associated with the boat sewage system shall pass through the hull. The vent pipe shall terminate with an inverted U-bend, the opening of which shall be above the maximum water level in the toilet or holding tank. At least one vent terminal shall be constantly open to the atmosphere. The terminal of the outlet pipe shall be of the female connection type and be located above the holding tank in a manner that makes gravity discharge of the contents impractical. It shall have an airtight capping device marked “WASTE” and the cap and flange shall be embossed with the word “WASTE”.

(10) Electrical system. The electrical system associated with the boat holding tank or toilet system shall conform to accepted practice and create no hazards.

(11) Portable toilet. Each portable toilet shall meet the material requirements and temperature resistance requirements of subs. (1) and (3). Exposed surfaces shall be of reasonably smooth and cleanable material. Capacity of the flush tank and holding tank shall be adequate for the intended use. Portable toilets shall be designed to prevent spillage of contents of the holding tank when the toilet is tipped or portable toilets shall be secured on board.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.06, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.07 Overboard discharge inactivation {#sec-sps-386.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.07}

No boat equipped with a means of discharging sewage directly from a toilet or holding tank into the water upon which the boat is moored or is moved shall enter inland or outlying waters of the state until such means of discharge is inactivated. An owner or operator of a boat equipped with such means of discharge shall contact a representative of the department of natural resources or a local law enforcement official with respect to inactivation before entering state waters. Overboard discharge inactivation shall include as a minimum either disconnection of the toilet piping, removal of the pumping device, securely plugging the discharge outlet, sealing of the toilet bowl with wax or other method approved by the official contacted. The inspecting official shall provide the boat owner or operator with a signed written statement as to the method of inactivation accepted. The owner or operator shall give information as to the inland or outlying waters he or she plans to navigate and as to the time of stay on such waters.

Note: Discharge of wastes from boats in any form would be contrary to s. 29.601 (3), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.07, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83; correction made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 5., Stats., Register, February, 1994, No. 458.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.08 On-shore disposal facilities {#sec-sps-386.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.08}

(1) Pump. A self-priming pump, suitable for pumping sewage, shall be provided for the on-shore removal of sewage from boat holding tanks and toilets; the installation of which shall be in accord with the appropriate state and local regulations. Head characteristics and capacity shall be based on installation needs for the site. The pump may be either fixed in position or portably mounted.

(2) Suction hose. The suction hose shall be of non-collapsible quality, preferably made with reinforcement. A quick-connect dripproof connector shall be fitted to the end of the hose that is attached to the boat piping outlet.

(3) Discharge hose. Quality flexible hose, compatible with the pump characteristics, may be used. All permanent piping shall conform to the state plumbing regulations. [ chs. SPS 382 and 384]

(4) Sewage disposal requirements.

(a) Public facilities. When connection to a public sanitary sewer is economically feasible, the disposal piping shall be designed to discharge thereto. [ ch. SPS 384]

(b) Private facilities. When a public sewer is not available, a private sewage disposal system installed in compliance with applicable state plumbing regulations shall be provided unless adequate private treatment and disposal facilities are already available. [ chs. SPS 382 and 383]

(5) Water supply requirements. The on-shore disposal facility shall be served by a water supply piping system to permit flushing of the facilities serviced. If a potable water supply is the source for flushing, the distribution piping shall be protected from backsiphonage and backpressure.

(6) Plan approval. Every owner, personally or through an authorized representative, shall obtain written approval from the department prior to award of any new or modified construction of shore disposal facilities set forth in this section. Three sets of plans and specification of such new or modified shore disposal facilities to be constructed for the purpose of pumping out boat holding tanks and toilets, receiving sewage from portable toilets, and disposing of the sewage shall be submitted to the department for review as to acceptability. Plans and specifications shall cover in detail the materials to be used, the pump characteristics, the water supply system, and when applicable, the size and construction of the septic or holding tank, results of soil percolation and boring tests and layout of the soil absorption system. Location of all wells within 50 feet of the absorption system, the surface water high water level and the general topography of the area shall be shown on the plans.

(7) Disposal of portable toilet wastes. Sewage from portable toilets shall be discharged into an approved fixture or other approved device designed to receive sewage.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.08, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83; correction in (3), (4) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.09 Alternate facilities {#sec-sps-386.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.09}

(1) Chemical type toilets. Nonrecirculating chemical toilets may be used in lieu of a toilet flushed by water provided the container is not portable and the use of on-shore pumping facilities is provided for in the design of the unit. The design of the toilet and on-shore disposal adaptation shall be approved.

(2) Incinerator type toilets. An approved incinerator type toilet may be used in lieu of a toilet flushed by water provided it is of adequate capacity to handle the passenger load. Equipment for on-shore removal and disposal of resulting ash shall be kept on board.

(3) Portable toilets. An approved portable toilet may be used in lieu of a permanently installed toilet provided it is of adequate capacity to handle the passenger load. Sewage in the holding tank shall be properly disposed of on shore. Units shall be temporarily secured on board, if necessary, to prevent spillage of contents.

History

  • Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.09, Register, May 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.10 Operation and maintenance {#sec-sps-386.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.10}

All facilities controlled by this chapter shall be maintained in good operating condition at all times. All necessary tools for repair and maintenance shall be kept on board or on dock, as the case may be, and shall be properly stored when not in use. Extra fuses for electrical equipment and extra indicator lights shall be on hand. Pump-out suction hoses should be adequately drained through the pump before disconnection and then properly stored or capped. Pumping equipment shall be shut off before the hose is disengaged from the boat outlet pipe. Any equipment on board shall not be used or operated to allow discharge of sewage to surface waters.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.10, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 386.11 Prohibited facilities {#sec-sps-386.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 386.11}

No person shall use or permit to be used as a holding facility for sewage a pail, plastic bag or any other type of portable, semiportable or disposal receptacle aboard boats not specifically permitted by the provisions of this chapter.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1980, No. 297, eff. 10-1-80; renum. from H 80.11, Register, May, 1983, No. 329, eff. 6-1-83.

Chapter SPS 387 PRIVATE ONSITE WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM REPLACEMENT OR REHABILITATION FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-387.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.01}

The purpose of this chapter is to establish rules under s. 145.245, Stats., for the implementation and administration of a financial assistance program to reimburse eligible property owners a portion of the cost of replacing or rehabilitating failing private onsite wastewater treatment systems (POWTS).

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.02 Applicability {#sec-sps-387.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.02}

For applications received under the provisions of this chapter, subs. (1) and (2) shall apply. For date of installation of existing systems, sub. (3) shall apply.

(1) This chapter applies to applications received by the department on or after February 1, 2005.

(2) Applications received by the department prior to February 1, 2005 are governed by the rules as they existed on or before January 31, 2005.

(3) This chapter applies to existing failing POWTS installed prior to July 1, 1978.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) and (2), cr. (3) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-387.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.03}

The following definitions apply to this chapter.

(5) “Owner”, for the purposes of this chapter, means the person that owns the structure that is served by a failing POWTS.

(7) “Person” means any one of the following:

(a) Any individual including the estate of an individual.

(b) Two or more individuals having a joint or common interest in a principal residence, as defined in s. 145.245 (1) (c), Stats., which uses a POWTS.

(c) A nonprofit corporation as defined in s. 181.0103 (17), Stats.

(9) “Project period” means any of the following:

(a) For applications submitted to the department for installations of replacement of private onsite wastewater treatment systems, project period means the period of time beginning on February 1 and ending on December 31 of the following year.

(b) For applications submitted to the department for annual costs of monitoring replacement experimental sewage systems, project period means the period beginning on February 1 and ending on December 31 of the 5th year after the date of installation.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (7) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 04-068: am. (5), (7) (b) and (9) (intro.), cr. (7m) and (9)(c) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (7m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register September 2008 No. 633; correction in (1), (7m) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: r. (1) to (4), (6), (7m), (8), am. (9) (a), r. (9) (c), (10) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.04 Application by governmental units to participate {#sec-sps-387.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.04}

An application by a governmental unit to participate in this program shall include at least all of the following:

(1) Certified copies of the following approved resolutions of the governing body of the governmental unit as follows:

(a) A resolution designating an authorized representative and authorizing such representative to apply for a grant under s. 145.245, Stats., and this chapter on behalf of the governmental unit. The authorized representative shall be an official or employee of the governmental unit.

(b) A resolution certifying that grants will be used for rehabilitation or replacement of a POWTS for a principal residence or small commercial establishment owned by a person who meets the eligibility requirements of s. 145.245 (5), Stats., that the funds will be used as provided under s. 145.245 (6), Stats., and that the maximum allowable amount of financial assistance will not exceed the amount permitted under s. 145.245 (7), Stats., and Tables 387.30-1 to 387.30-6.

(c) A resolution certifying that grants will be used for replacement or rehabilitation of POWTS which will be properly installed and maintained.

(d) A resolution certifying that financial assistance provided to the governmental unit will be disbursed to eligible owners, as specified in s. SPS 387.30 and s. 145.245, Stats.

(2) Documentation of a regulatory program to insure proper installation and maintenance of all new or replacement POWTS constructed in the area of jurisdiction of the governmental unit. An approvable regulatory program shall include the following:

(a) Adoption of an ordinance that specifically requires compliance with the maintenance program set forth in par. (d). and that specifically grants enforcement authority to the governmental unit.

(b) A system for providing written notice of the maintenance program requirements to each owner applying for a sanitary permit.

(c) An inspection program, that includes at least one inspection during installation of a POWTS.

(d) A maintenance program in effect.

Note: For additional maintenance program requirements, refer to ch. SPS 383.

(e) A central record keeping system, capable of maintaining records for a period of not less than six years from the date of a POWTS installation and capable of providing evidence that the governmental unit is administering the program as specified in this chapter.

(f) Where considered appropriate by the governmental unit, a system of user charges and cost recovery that assures that each recipient of service under this program will pay a proportionate share of the program costs. User charges and cost recovery may include the cost of the grant application fee and the cost of supervising and maintaining an installation and maintenance program.

(3) Other information as requested by the department.

History

  • CR 04-068: cr. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) (b), (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.05 Grant application by participating governmental units {#sec-sps-387.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.05}

(1)

(a) The participating governmental unit shall review information received from owners and determine eligibility under s. 145.245, Stats., and this chapter, except for applications for monitoring as specified in s. SPS 387.31.

(b) In order to receive an allocation of financial assistance, the participating governmental unit shall prepare and submit an application to the department. The application shall be on forms acceptable to the department.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

(2) An application from a participating governmental unit for financial assistance to replace or rehabilitate a POWTS shall include all of the following:

(a) A list of owners approved as eligible by the participating governmental unit. The list shall include, at a minimum, the name of each owner and the maximum allowable amount of financial assistance as determined under s. SPS 387.30 or 387.31.

(b) Other information as requested by the department.

(3) Governmental units may request pre-application assistance including technical assistance from the department.

(4) Applications for grants from participating governmental units shall be postmarked no later than January 31 for consideration in the following project period. Participating governmental units may request in writing to the department prior to December 31, a six-month extension to the project period.

History

  • CR 04-068: cr. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) (a), (2) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.10 Categories of POWTS {#sec-sps-387.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.10}

The department and the participating governmental unit shall use the following categories of failing POWTS to determine financial assistance eligibility under s. 145.245 (5), Stats., and s. SPS 387.20, to financial assistance under s. 145.245 (7), Stats., and ss. SPS 387.30 and 387.31:

(1) Eligible for financial assistance award. As specified in s. 145.245 (5), Stats., only category 1 or category 2 failing POWTS are eligible for assistance under this chapter.

Note: Section 145.245 (5), Stats., defines failure for two categories which are eligible for grant awards — Category 1, failing private sewage system as defined in s. 145.245 (4) (a) to (c), Stats.; Category 2, failing private sewage system as defined in s. 145.245 (4) (d), Stats.

(2) Ineligible for financial assistance award. As specified in s. 145.245 (5), Stats., those systems that fail as a result of back up of sewage into the structure served, are not eligible for assistance under this chapter.

Note: Section 145.245 (5), Stats., defines Category 3, failing private sewage system as defined in s. 145.245 (4) (e), Stats., as ineligible for a grant award.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (intro.), (1) and (2) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.20 Eligibility of owners {#sec-sps-387.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.20}

(1) General. A person who owns a principal residence served by a category 1 or 2 failing POWTS installed prior to July 1, 1978 or a business which owns a small commercial establishment served by a category 1 or 2 failing POWTS installed prior to July 1, 1978 is eligible for financial assistance under this chapter if the person or business:

(a) Meets the eligibility requirements set forth in s. 145.245, Stats., and this chapter.

Note: Section 145.245 (5) (c) 1., Stats., specifies that to be eligible for grant awards under this section, the annual family income of the person who owns the principal residence may not exceed $45,000. Section 145.245 (5) (d) 1., Stats., specifies that to be eligible for grant awards under this section, the annual gross revenue of the business that owns the small commercial establishment may not exceed $362,500.

(b) Submits an application to the participating governmental unit in which the failing POWTS is located.

(c) Has completed all rehabilitation or replacement work in accordance with the enforcement order and the state plumbing code, chs. SPS 382 to 384. Any variances or petitions to modify specific state plumbing code requirements shall be approved in writing by the department prior to the installation of the system.

(d) Owned the principal residence or small commercial establishment which is served by the category 1 or 2 failing POWTS. A person does not meet this condition if he or she did not own the property at the time the POWTS was failing and subject to a determination of failure. The buyer of the property is not eligible if the failing POWTS was replaced prior to the date of sale. The seller of the property is not eligible if the determination of failure was made after the date of sale.

(2) Private nonprofit entities. For the purposes of this chapter a small commercial establishment may be owned by a private nonprofit corporation as defined in s. 181.0103 (17), Stats.

(3) Ineligible entities. Structures owned by any of the following entities are not eligible for financial assistance awards:

(a) The state.

(b) An office, department, independent agency, institution of higher education, association, society or other body in state government.

(c) An authority created under ch. 231 or 234, Stats.

(d) A city, village, town or county.

(e) A federal agency, department or instrumentality.

(f) An interstate agency.

(4) Replacement and existing structures.

(a) For a principal residence or small commercial establishment that meets all of the requirements of s. 145.245, Stats., the maximum allowable financial assistance amount shall be limited to the minimum POWTS capacity that would have been necessary to serve the original structure. Any increase in capacity required to serve a larger replacement structure shall not be eligible.

Note: An example where par. (a) applies would be a POWTS that once served a 3-bedroom structure and the replacement structure is 4 or more bedrooms; the financial assistance would be based on the maximum allowable amount for a POWTS sized for 3-bedrooms.

(b) For a principal residence or small commercial establishment that meets all of the requirements of s. 145.245, Stats., the maximum allowable financial assistance amount shall be limited to the minimum POWTS capacity that would have been necessary to serve the existing structure. Any increase in capacity required to serve the existing structure may be eligible.

Note: An example where par. (b) applies would be a POWTS that once served a 2-bedroom structure and such POWTS was later determined to be acceptable for a 3-bedroom structure. The existing structure served by such POWTS contains 3 bedrooms; the financial assistance would be based on the maximum allowable amount for a POWTS sized for 3-bedrooms.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 04-068: am. (1) (intro.), (1) (b), (d) and (3) (intro.), r. and recr. (4) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.21 Ineligibility of owners {#sec-sps-387.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.21}

(1) As specified under s. 145.245 (5m) (b), Stats., the department shall notify a governmental unit if it receives a certification under s. 49.855 (3), Stats., that an individual is delinquent in child support or maintenance payments or owes past support, medical expenses or birth expenses.

(2) The department or a governmental unit shall deny an application under sub. (1) if the department receives a certification under s. 49.855 (3), Stats., that the owner or an individual who would directly benefit by the financial assistance is delinquent in child support or maintenance payments or owes past support, medical expenses or birth expenses.

(3) The department or a governmental unit shall deny an application if a financial assistance amount under this chapter has been previously awarded for rehabilitation or replacement work at the same site, except for financial assistance awarded on an annual basis for monitoring of approved experimental POWTS, as specified in s. SPS 387.31.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (2) and (3) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) and (2) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2005 No. 589; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.30 Maximum allowable financial assistance amount {#sec-sps-387.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.30}

(1) Eligible rehabilitation or replacement work. Except as provided under sub. (5) and s. SPS 387.72, POWTS work eligible for financial assistance awards shall be limited to those activities listed in the financial assistance awards under sub. (3), and Tables 387.30-1 to 387.30-6 and the maximum amount specified in s. 145.245 (7) (c), Stats.

Note: Section 145.245 (7) (c), Stats., limits the state grant share to $7,000.

(2) Least costly methods. As specified in s. 145.245 (7) (b), Stats., costs allowable in determining financial assistance funding under this section may not exceed the costs of rehabilitating or replacing a POWTS by the least costly methods. Only eligible work necessary to meet the minimum requirements of the state plumbing code by the least costly methods may be allowed in determining financial assistance awards under this chapter.

(3) Financial assistance awards. Financial assistance awards shall be determined by calculating the maximum allowable financial assistance amount by type of system, system component, or service provided.

(a) Site evaluation and soil testing. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for site evaluation and soil testing is $250.

(b) Installation of a replacement or additional POWTS anaerobic treatment component. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for installation of a replacement POWTS anaerobic treatment component is listed in Table 387.30-1.

(c) Installation of a POWTS dosing component and lift pump or siphon. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for installation of a POWTS dosing component and lift pump or siphon is listed in Table 387.30-2.

(d) Installation of a non-pressurized and in-ground pressure POWTS treatment or dispersal component. The maximum financial assistance amount for installation of non-pressurized and in-ground pressure POWTS treatment or dispersal component is listed in Table 387.30-3.

(e) Installation of an at-grade or mound POWTS treatment or dispersal component. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for installation of at-grade or mound POWTS treatment or dispersal component is listed in Table 387.30-4.

(f) Installation of a POWTS holding tank component. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for installation of a POWTS holding tank component is listed in Table 387.30-5.

(g) Replacement exterior grease interceptor. The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for installation of a replacement exterior grease interceptor is listed in Table 387.30-6.

(5) Exceptions to the financial assistance award tables.

(a) The department may determine on a case-by-case basis the maximum allowable financial assistance amount for types of POWTS which are not covered under sub. (3) and Tables 387.30-1 to 387.30-6.

(b) The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for POWTS work done on property owned by a licensed plumber or contractor engaged in the business of installing POWTS shall be limited to two-thirds of the financial assistance amount or $4,667, whichever is less.

(c) The maximum allowable financial assistance amount for each principal residence or small commercial establishment shall be limited to 60% of the total cost of replacement or the amount determined under sub. (3) and Tables 387.30-1 to 387.30-6, whichever is less.

Note: Under s.145.245 (7) (d), Stats., if the income of the person who owns a principal residence exceeds $32,000 and the residence is served by a category 1 or category 2 failing private sewage system, the amount of the grant award under this section is limited to the amount determined in par. (c) less 30% of the amount which the person’s income exceeds $32,000.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; CR 07-100: am. (1) and Tables 87.30-3 to 5 Register September 2008 No. 633, eff. 10-1-08; correction in (1), (3) (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (4), (5) (a), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: r. and recr. Tables 387.30-1 to 387.30-6, r. (4) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.31 Maximum allowable financial assistance amount for experimental POWTS {#sec-sps-387.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.31}

(1) Pursuant to s. 145.245 (7) (e), Stats., this section establishes the parameters for allocating the maximum allowable state financial assistance award for experimental POWTS.

(2) The department may determine on a case-by-case basis the maximum allowable financial assistance amount for the installation and monitoring of an experimental POWTS installed under s. 145.02 (3) (b), Stats.

(3) As specified in s. 145.245 (11m) (d), Stats., the department may prorate available funds for the installation and monitoring of an experimental POWTS.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.32 Ineligible rehabilitation or replacement work {#sec-sps-387.32 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.32}

For the purposes of establishing work which is not eligible for a financial assistance award under this chapter, the following items or projects are considered ineligible work:

(1)

(a) Rehabilitation or replacement of a failing POWTS conducted before the date on which the governmental unit adopts this program.

(b) Rehabilitation or replacement of a failing POWTS with an experimental POWTS conducted without department pre-approval as specified under s. SPS 387.40 (1) (b).

(2) Except for site evaluation, soil testing under s. SPS 387.30 (3) (a) and issuing the sanitary permit, rehabilitation or replacement of a failing POWTS done before the determination of failure was made.

(3) Rehabilitation or replacement of a failing POWTS where a determination is made that public sewer is available to the property as determined by the municipality that owns or operates the public sewer.

(4) Connection to a municipal sewage treatment works.

(5) Installation of a small sewage treatment plant with a surface discharge.

(6) Installation of a POWTS to replace a privy.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) to (3) and (6) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) (b), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.40 Application by owners {#sec-sps-387.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.40}

(1) Contents.

(a) In order to be eligible to receive a financial assistance award under this chapter, the owner of a failing POWTS shall submit an application to the participating governmental unit in which the POWTS is located. The application shall be made on forms that are acceptable to the department.

(b) In order to be eligible to receive a financial assistance award for experimental systems under this chapter, an owner shall receive written pre-approval for such system from the department and submit information, in addition to those items specified in par. (a), that:

  1. Documents that the experimental system is being conducted by an individual or entity as a research project under the management of the department.

  2. Indicates the objectives of the experiment relative to treatment capabilities.

  3. Delineates proposed sampling protocols of influent and effluent loads and flows.

  4. Includes a proposed schedule for the installation, monitoring, reporting and conclusion.

  5. Includes a copy of the monitoring contract with an estimate of the costs of monitoring for the project period.

  6. Provides other documentation as requested by the department or participating governmental unit.

(2) Principal residence. The application by the owner of a principal residence shall be made on forms acceptable to the department and shall include all of the following:

(a) Evidence of annual family income. A person who owns a principal residence shall provide the evidence of income required under s. 145.245 (5) (c) 2. and 3., Stats., or the alternative evidence of income required under s. 145.245 (5) (c) 4., Stats., and s. SPS 387.50.

(b) Sanitary permit number and date of issuance. A legible copy of the application for the sanitary permit issued by the governmental unit in which the POWTS is located.

(c) Additional information. If within three years of the date in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made, the applicant has bought or sold the principal residence served by a failing POWTS, the person shall provide the following additional information:

  1. A copy of the closing statement, the sale contract, escrow agreement or other documentation which shows the date of sale of the property.

  2. A copy of the closing statement, sale contract, escrow agreement or other documentation which shows that the cost of replacing the failing POWTS has or will be incurred at the owner’s expense.

(3) Small commercial establishments. The application for eligible owners of small commercial establishments, as specified in s. 145.245 (5) (a) 2., Stats., shall be made on forms acceptable to the department and shall include all of the following:

(a) Evidence of annual business income. As specified in s. 145.245 (5) (d) 2., Stats., a business which owns a small commercial establishment shall provide one of the following as evidence of annual gross revenue:

  1. A copy of the federal income tax return filed by the business for the tax year prior to the year in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made or for the tax year in which the determination of failure was made.

  2. If the small commercial establishment is owned by a private nonprofit corporation as defined in s. 181.0103 (17), Stats., the nonprofit corporation shall provide a profit and loss statement for the commercial establishment for the tax year prior to the year in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made or for the tax year in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made.

Note: As specified in s. 145.245 (11) (d), Stats., the department may not allocate more than 10% of the funds available under this subsection each fiscal year for grants for small commercial establishments.

Note: As specified in s. 145.245 (5) (a) 2., Stats., a business must own the small commercial establishment in order to be eligible for a grant amount. A business which leases a small commercial establishment is not eligible. Therefore, the application and income eligibility requirements must be met by the owners of the property served by the failing private sewage system.

(b) Sanitary permit number and date of issuance. A legible copy of the application for the sanitary permit issued by the county in which the POWTS is located.

(c) Additional information. If within 3 years of the date that the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made, and an owner has bought or sold the small commercial establishment served by a failing POWTS, the person shall provide the following additional information:

  1. A copy of the closing statement, sale contract, escrow agreement or other documentation which shows the date of sale of the property.

  2. A copy of the closing statement, sale contract, escrow agreement or other documentation which shows that the cost of replacing the failing POWTS has or will be incurred at the owner’s expense.

(d) Other information. Any other information that may be requested by the department or participating governmental unit.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; correction in (3) (a) 2., made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Register, April, 2000, No. 532; CR 04-068: am. (1) (a), (b), (2), (3) (a) 1., 2., (b) and (c) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (2) (a), (3) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.50 Alternate evidence of income {#sec-sps-387.50 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.50}

A participating governmental unit may consider any of the following criteria as satisfactory evidence of income:

(1) A copy of the owner’s federal income tax return or federal income tax forms for the taxable year in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made and, if married and filing separately, a copy of the federal income tax return or federal income tax forms for that same year for the owner’s spouse.

(2) In conjunction with the evidence of income required under sub. (1), an affidavit from the owner. The affidavit shall state the reason that a reduction in net income or adjusted gross income is expected in the year in which the enforcement order was issued or determination of failure was made, and the estimated amount of that reduction, for the taxable year in which the enforcement order is issued or determination of failure is made.

(3) An affidavit from the owner of the principal residence or small commercial establishment stating the reason that he or she was not required to file a federal income tax return or federal income tax forms in the year prior to the year in which the enforcement order was issued or for the year in which the determination of failure was made.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.70 Allocation of funds and financial assistance awards {#sec-sps-387.70 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.70}

(1) General. The department shall allocate funds available for financial assistance awards to participating governmental units as provided in s. 145.245 (11), Stats., except for funds so specified in s. SPS 387.72.

(2) Proration.

(a) If available funds are not sufficient to fully fund all applications, the department shall prorate available funds under s. 145.245 (11m), Stats. A prorated payment shall be deemed full payment of the financial assistance.

(b) A financial assistance application denied under s. 145.245 (11m) (c), Stats., is not eligible for awards in a later fiscal year.

(3) Revision of allocation or award.

(a) If the department finds that an owner listed in the application of a governmental unit does not meet the eligibility requirements under s. 145.245 (5), Stats., the department may reduce an allocation to the governmental unit in the current or in a following fiscal year.

(b) The department may withhold funds allocated to a governmental unit and initiate enforcement under s. SPS 387.80, if a governmental unit does not meet the conditions specified under s. 145.245 (9), Stats.

(c) The department may reallocate any withheld or recovered funds in the following fiscal year.

(4) Experimental systems. The allocation and payment of financial assistance awards for experimental POWTS shall be in accordance with ss. SPS 387.31 and 387.72.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1), (2) and (4) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1), (3) (b), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.71 Payments to participating governmental units {#sec-sps-387.71 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.71}

(1) Except as provided in s. SPS 387.72, financial assistance payments shall be made to the participating governmental unit which shall be responsible for disbursing all funds received from the department for the purposes for which the financial assistance award was made.

(2) A participating governmental unit shall request payment on forms acceptable to the department and shall include such information as required by the department to document satisfactory completion of eligible work. Payments shall be requested in accordance with the payment schedule included in the financial assistance award conditions.

(3) The total financial assistance amount payable to a participating governmental unit is limited to the amount of funds awarded to the participating governmental unit under this chapter. The specific financial assistance amount for individual owners of a POWTS is limited to the maximum allowable financial assistance amount under s. SPS 387.30. Payment based on a prorated financial assistance amount shall constitute a complete payment for that owner.

(4) At any time before final payment of the financial assistance, the department may review and audit any request for payment. Based on the review or audit, any payment may be reduced for prior overpayment or increased for prior underpayment.

(5) The participating governmental unit shall return to the department any funds, including any interest derived therefrom, received under this chapter which are not disbursed to eligible owners.

(6) The department may authorize the withholding of a financial assistance payment where it determines in writing that a participating governmental unit has failed to comply with program objectives, financial assistance award conditions, or reporting requirements. Such withholding shall be limited to only that amount necessary to assure compliance.

(7) The department shall withhold a financial assistance payment to the extent of any indebtedness, relating to the provisions of this chapter, of the participating governmental unit to the state of Wisconsin, unless it determines that collection of the indebtedness will impair accomplishment of the program objectives and that continuation of the specific project is in the best interest of the state of Wisconsin.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) to (4), (6) and (7) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1), (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.72 Payments for monitoring of experimental systems {#sec-sps-387.72 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.72}

(1) Except as provided in ss. SPS 387.70 and 387.71, the department shall make financial assistance payments for monitoring of experimental POWTS to the individual or entity performing the monitoring for the maximum allowable amount on an annual basis up to the approved estimated costs for monitoring for eligible work for a project period.

(2)

(a) The individual or entity performing the monitoring shall request payment on forms acceptable to the department and shall provide such information as required by the department to document satisfactory completion of eligible work. Subsequent annual payments for monitoring shall be requested in accordance with the payment schedule included in the financial assistance award conditions as approved by the department.

(b) The individual or entity performing the monitoring shall make a request to the department for payment of monitoring costs on an annual basis by submitting paid invoices documenting the eligible work provided as included in the financial assistance award conditions. Payments shall be awarded to the eligible individual or entity in accordance with the payment schedule included in the conditions of the financial assistance, the maximum allowable financial assistance amount, and usual and customary costs for monitoring of an experimental POWTS.

(c) A direct payment of monitoring costs shall be made to the individual or entity in accordance with this section.

(3) The total financial assistance amount payable to the individual or entity for monitoring shall be limited to the amount of funds available for allocation in the project period for experimental systems under this chapter.

(4) At any time before final payment of the approved financial assistance amount, the department may review and audit any request for payment. Based on the review or audit, any payment may be reduced for prior overpayment or increased for prior underpayment.

(5) The department may authorize the withholding of a financial assistance payment where it determines in writing that an owner has failed to comply with program objectives, financial assistance award conditions, or reporting requirements. Such withholding shall be limited to only that amount necessary to assure compliance.

(6) The department shall withhold a financial assistance payment to the extent of any indebtedness, relating to the provisions of this chapter, unless it determines that collection of the indebtedness will impair accomplishment of the program objectives and that continuation of the specific project is in the best interest of the state of Wisconsin.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1), (2) (a), (b) and (3) to (6) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.80 Program enforcement {#sec-sps-387.80 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.80}

If the department has reason to believe that a violation of the provisions of this chapter or of any financial assistance award or financial assistance award amendment made under this chapter has occurred, the department may take any of the following actions:

(1) Under s. 145.245 (14), Stats., the department may cause written notice to be served upon the alleged violator, and in conjunction with that notice may either:

(a) Issue an order that corrective action be taken by the alleged violator within a reasonable time.

(b) Require that the alleged violator appear before the department for a hearing to answer the charges that a violation has occurred.

(2) Under s. 145.245 (14), Stats., the department may terminate or annul financial assistance made under this section and seek recovery of some or all financial assistance funds previously paid to the participating governmental unit or owner, if an order issued under s. 145.02 (3) (f), Stats., is violated.

(3) Under s. 145.245 (14) (d), Stats., the department may suspend or terminate additional financial assistance awards made under this chapter if the department finds that a POWTS previously funded by the participating governmental unit with financial assistance awarded under this chapter is not being or has not been properly rehabilitated, constructed, installed or maintained.

(4) The department may declare as ineligible project costs directly related to the violation.

(5) The department may seek an injunction or other appropriate relief under s. 145.02 (3) (f), Stats.

(6) The department may seek the imposition of a forfeiture for each violation, pursuant to s. 145.245 (15), Stats.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (intro.), (2) and (3) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.81 Program audit {#sec-sps-387.81 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.81}

(1) A governmental unit, owner or any other individual or entity receiving financial assistance award under this chapter shall make available to the department, upon request, any and all records necessary to ascertain compliance with this chapter and the provisions as specified in s. 145.245, Stats.

(2) The department may require documentation of monitoring and an audit of the individual or entity providing monitoring.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.90 Petition for variance {#sec-sps-387.90 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.90}

(1) Procedure. Under ch. SPS 303, the department shall consider and may grant a variance to an administrative rule upon receipt of a fee, a completed petition for variance form from the owner, and a completed municipal recommendation from the participating governmental unit having responsibility and an interest in the rule, provided an equivalency is established in the petition for variance which meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. The department may impose specific conditions in granting a variance to promote the protection of the health, safety or welfare of employees or the public. Violation of those conditions under which the variance is granted constitutes a violation of these rules.

(2) Petition processing time. Except for priority petitions, the department shall review and make a determination on a petition for variance within 30 business days of receipt of all calculations, documents and fees required to complete the review. The department shall process priority petitions within 10 business days.

Note: Form SBD-9890-X is available on the Department’s website at dsps.wi.gov.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) and (2) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 387.91 Process for appeal {#sec-sps-387.91 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 387.91}

(1) Determination of ineligibility by a participating governmental unit. When a decision by a participating governmental unit is that the applicant does not meet the eligibility criteria as established in this chapter and s. 145.245, Stats., the owner may appeal the decision of the governmental unit in accordance with ch. 68, Stats.

(2) Determination of ineligibility by the department. When a decision by the department is that the applicant does not meet the eligibility criteria as established in this chapter and s. 145.245, Stats., the owner may appeal the decision of the department in writing within 30 days from the date of said decision in accordance with s. 227.42, Stats.

Note: Section 101.02 (6), Stats., outlines the procedure for submitting requests to the department for appeal hearings and the department procedures for hearing appeals.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1998, No. 516, eff. 2-1-99; CR 04-068: am. (1) and (2) Register January 2005 No. 589, eff. 2-1-05.

Chapter SPS 390 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER ATTRACTIONS

Subchapter I Administration

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.01 Authority and purpose {#sec-sps-390.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.01}

This chapter is promulgated under the authority of ss. 101.02 and 145.26, Stats., to regulate the design and construction, alteration or reconstruction of public swimming pools, water attractions and associated equipment in order to protect the health and safety of the public.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.02 Application {#sec-sps-390.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.02}

(1) Applicability. This chapter applies to the design and construction of all public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides, and to the reconstruction or alteration of all public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides.

Note: Also refer to administrative rules administered by the department of Health Services, specifically ch. ATCP 76, for additional requirements regarding public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides.

Note: For accessibility information, refer to the final accessibility guidelines for recreational facilities, Federal Register, Vol. 67, No. 170, as published Tuesday September 3, 2002. Requirements relating to swimming pools, wading pools and spas are found under ADAAG 15.8.

(2) Retroactivity. A rule of this chapter does not apply retroactively to public swimming pools, water attractions and associated slides existing prior to the effective date of the rule unless specifically stated in the rule.

(3) Local ordinances. A county, city, village or town or local board of health may enact ordinances for pools, water attractions and associated slides, provided the standards are not in conflict with this code.

(4) Petition for variance. The department shall consider and may grant a variance to a provision of this chapter in accordance with ch. SPS 303.

Note: Chapter SPS 303 requires the submittal of a petition for variance form (SBD-9890) and a fee, and that an equivalency is established in the petition for variance that meets the intent of the rule being petitioned. Form SBD-9890 is available at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-390.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Accessible” means easily and readily exposed for inspection and the replacement of materials or parts with the use of tools.

(2) “ANSI” means the American National Standards, Institute, Inc.

(3) “Approved” means acceptable to the department based on its determination of conformance with this chapter and good public health practices.

(4) “ASME” means the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

(5) “Basin” means any vessel constructed of manmade materials and designed to hold water to be used as a public swimming pool or water attraction.

(6) “Bed and breakfast establishment” has the meaning found in s. 97.01 (1g), Stats.

Note: Section 97.01 (1g), Stats., reads: “Bed and breakfast establishment” means any place of lodging that satisfies all of the following:

(a) Provides 8 or fewer rooms for rent to no more than a total of 20 tourists or transients.

(b) Provides no meals other than breakfast and provides the breakfast only to renters of the place.

(c) Is the owner’s personal residence.

(d) Is occupied by the owner at the time of rental.

(e) Was originally built and occupied as a single-family residence, or, prior to use as a place of lodging, was converted to use and occupied as a single-family residence.

(7) “Breakpoint” means the line of separation between the shallow portion and the deep portion of a pool, defined by a sharp change in the slope of the pool bottom.

(8) “Children’s slide” means a slide that has a maximum height of 4 feet as measured vertically from the slide entrance to the slide terminus and terminating in less than 24 inches of water.

(9) “Circulation system” means the outlets, inlets, equipment and piping of pools and water attractions designed to circulate water at a predetermined quantity and velocity in order to treat and purify the water, but does not include backwash piping.

(10) “Common wall” means a partition separating two pools, water attractions or whirlpools, or any combination of the aforementioned.

(11) “Contrasting color” means a variance from a color of 2 steps or more in value and less than 6.5 in value on the Munsell color-order system.

Note: Contrasting colors may cross hue and chroma lines.

(12) “Deck” means the unobstructed walking surface immediately adjacent to the pool or water attraction.

(13) “Deep portion” means that portion of a pool having a design water depth greater than 5 feet.

(14) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(15) “Drop slide” means a pool slide or water slide where the terminus is 20 inches or more above the water level.

(16) “Flume” means that part of a slide within which sliding takes place.

(17) “Interactive play attraction” means a water attraction, including but not limited to manufactured devices using sprayed, jetted or other water sources with a flow rate of more than 50,000 gallons per day or a circulation system with water contacting the users and not incorporating standing or captured water as part of the user activity area.

Note: Splash pads and spray pads are examples of interactive play attractions.

(18) “NSF” means the National Sanitation Foundation.

(19) “Open swim” means a period of time when persons, other than those residing in living units associated with the pool or water attraction, are permitted to use the pool or water attraction.

(20) “Owner” or “operator” means a municipality, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership or individual owning, controlling or operating any public swimming pool.

(21) “Patron” means a user of the pool.

(22) “Play feature” means a physical object installed in a pool or water attraction that is intended for recreational use.

(23) “Pool” or “public swimming pool” has the meaning found in s. 145.26 (1), Stats. Public swimming pools include all of the following:

(a) “Cold soak pool” means a public swimming pool containing water colder than 72°F that is commonly used in conjunction with therapy or training.

(b) “Combination pool” means a public swimming pool used for swimming and diving.

(c) “Competition pool” means any pool intended for use by accredited competitive aquatic events.

Note: Accredited organizations may include U.S. Swimming, U.S. Diving, National Collegiate Athletic Association, National Federation of State High Schools Association, or Wisconsin Interscholastic Athletic Association.

(d) “Diving pool” means a public swimming pool used exclusively for diving.

(e) “Exercise pool” means a public swimming pool of shallow depth usually associated with a health spa and which may or may not have a current.

(f) “Limited purpose pool” means a public swimming pool used for a purpose not otherwise defined, such as for apparatus swimming, underwater photography training or another special use by the public.

(g) “Mobile pool” means a public swimming pool constructed on a mobile structure that is capable of being transported from place to place.

(h) “Therapy pool” means a public swimming pool used exclusively for medically administered therapy.

Note: Note: Medically administered may be demonstrated by showing that a Department licensed therapist is responsible for the pool.

(i) “Wading pool” means a shallow public swimming pool having a maximum depth of 24 inches and intended for children’s play.

Note: A zero-depth entry wading pool is an example of a wading pool.

(j) “Whirlpool” means a relatively small public swimming pool that uses high temperature water (greater than 93oF) and that may include a water agitation system. A whirlpool may also be referred to as a spa.

Note: Section 145.26 (1), Stats., reads:

“Public swimming pool” means a fixed or mobile structure, basin, chamber or tank and appurtenant buildings and equipment that serve or are installed for use by the state, a political subdivision of the state, a motel, a hotel, a resort, a camp, a club, an association, a housing development, a school, a religious, charitable or youth organization, an educative or rehabilitative facility or another entity. “Public swimming pool” does not mean a fixed or mobile structure, basin, chamber or tank that only serves fewer than 3 individual residences.

(24) “Pool slide” means a slide where the drop from the slide terminus to water is less than 20 inches and the flume carries less than 100 gallons per minute of water.

(25) “Private guest room” means a room or rooms that provide sleeping accommodation offered for pay to tourists or transients.

(26) “Reconstructed or altered pool” means a pool construction project where replacement of or modification to the pool shell, circulation system and appurtenances occur. It does not include the replacement of equipment or piping previously approved by the department, provided that the type and size of equipment are not changed, nor does it include normal maintenance or repair.

Note: See listing in ch. SPS 390 Appendix A-390.03 (26).

(27) “Run-out slide” means a waterslide where the rider does not enter into a plunge pool, but has a deceleration area that permits the rider to come to a stop before exiting the slide flume.

(28) “Shallow portion” means the portion of a pool having a design water depth of 5 feet or less.

(29) “Skimmer” means a device installed in a pool wall at the water level that is connected to the circulation piping and is intended to skim debris from the surface of a pool.

(30) “Slip-resistant” means a material that when wet has a coefficient of friction greater than 0.5.

(31) “Splash zone” means the area where water falls on the floor of an interactive play attraction.

(32) “Spray feature” means equipment that produces a flow of water on the patrons as part of a recreational experience.

Note: Spray features include geysers, water cannons and dumping buckets.

(33) “Swimming pool complex” means two or more pools that are located within the same enclosure or room.

(34) “Swimout” means an underwater seat area that has a floor that is higher than the floor of the pool and has walls that are recessed within the main pool wall.

(35) “Suction outlet” means a discharge port installed in the wall or floor of a pool that connects by way of piping to a pump.

(36) “Tourist rooming house” has the meaning found in s. 97.01 (15k), Stats.

Note: Section 97.01 (15k), Stats., reads: “Tourist rooming house” means any lodging place or tourist cabin or cottage where sleeping accommodations are offered for pay to tourists or transients. “Tourist rooming house” does not include:

(a) A private boarding or rooming house, ordinarily conducted as such, not accommodating tourists or transients.

(b) A hotel.

(c) Bed and breakfast establishments.

(37) “Turnover rate” means the time for a given volume of water to pass through the circulation system. The volume of water is generally the basin volume and the time is usually expressed in hours.

(38) “Water attraction” means a public facility with design and operational features that provide patron recreational water activity other than conventional swimming and involves partial or total immersion of the body. Types of water attractions include:

(a) “Activity pool” means a water attraction with a depth of greater than 24 inches designed primarily for play activity that uses constructed features and devices including, but not limited to, pad walks, multiple flotation devices and similar attractions.

Note: The installation of a single basketball hoop, single flotation device or a single volleyball net does not transform a pool into a water attraction.

(b) “Leisure river” means a stream of near-constant depth in which the water is moved by pumps or other means of propulsion to provide a river-like flow that transports users over a defined path. A leisure river may include play features and devices. A leisure river may also be referred to as a tubing pool or a current channel.

(c) “Plunge pool” means a pool with a depth of greater than 24 inches, located at the exit end of a waterslide flume and intended and designed to receive slide users emerging from the flume.

(d) “Vanishing edge pool” means a water attraction where the top of one or more of the basin walls are submerged with no accompanying decks.

(e) “Vortex pool” means a circular pool that is equipped with a method of transporting water in the pool for the purpose of propelling users at speeds dictated by the velocity of the moving stream.

(f) “Wave pool” means a water attraction designed to simulate breaking or cyclical waves for the purposes of surfing or general play.

(g) “Zero-depth entry pool” means a water attraction having a sloped entrance to where the water depth is zero inches at the shallowest point.

(39) “Water attraction complex” means an enclosure or room where there are two or more water attractions or a water attraction and any number of public swimming pools.

(40) “Waterslide” means a slide where a water flow of 100 gallons per minute or more is intended to carry a rider down a flume.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; renumbering of (39) and (40) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (14) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (6), (36) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.04 Plan review and approval {#sec-sps-390.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.04}

(1) Review.

(a) Review requirements. All designs under the scope of this chapter shall be submitted to the department for review and receive approval from the department prior to the start of construction in accordance with this section.

Note: The Department forms required in this chapter are available for a nominal fee at telephone 800-DOC-SALE or 411 (Telecommunications Relay) or at docsales@doa.state.wi.us, or at no charge at the Department’s Web site at http://dsps.wi.gov through links to Division of Industry Services forms.

Note: For submittal of plumbing plans, see s. SPS 382.20.

(b) Plans and specifications.

  1. At least 4 and no more than 5 complete sets of plans and one copy of specifications for the public swimming pool or water attraction design shall be submitted for review. These sets of plans and copies shall be clear, legible and permanently marked.

  2. Plans submitted for review shall be accompanied by sufficient information for the department to determine if the installation and its performance will meet the requirements of this chapter.

Note: Sufficient information may include the diving board manufacturer’s installation requirements and skimmer NSF/ANSI 50 ratings.

a. Plans and specifications, including adequate supporting design data, shall be prepared by a Wisconsin registered architect or professional engineer and bear that person’s seal and signature.

b. Structural review of pool slides shall be based on conformance with the design requirements of slides and tower structures under ch. SPS 362.

  1. The design for and extent of replaced or altered equipment and piping shall be included on the submittal of reconstructed or altered swimming pools or water attractions.

  2. Pursuant to s. SPS 302.07 (3), the department shall review and make a determination on an application for plan review within 15 business days.

(c) Revised submittals. All changes or modifications, involving the provisions of this chapter, shall be approved in writing by the department prior to installation.

(d) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke any approval, issued under the provisions of this chapter, for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts on which the approval was based.

(e) Expiration of approval. Plans approved by the department shall expire 2 years after the date indicated on the approval letter, if construction has not commenced within that 2-year period.

(f) Limitations. A conditional approval of a plan by the department shall not be construed as an assumption by the department of any responsibility for the design. The department does not hold itself liable for any defects in construction or for any damages that may result from the specific installation.

(g) Fees. Fees for plan review submittals shall be as specified in ch. SPS 302.

(2) Details.

(a) General.

  1. The name and address of the owner shall be included on the plans or in a separate report.

  2. A map indicating the exact location of the facility with street address shall be included on the plans or in a separate report.

(b) Site. Site information shall be included on the plans indicating at least the location of all wells and utilities, topography and natural water features.

(c) Plot plan.

  1. A general map and detailed scaled drawings shall be submitted showing the site plan or floor plan of pertinent portions of the public swimming pool or water attraction structure, public swimming pool or water attraction orientation, including the location of all slides, interactive play attractions and play features. The designed pool water elevation shall be shown on the detailed drawing.

  2. All water supply facilities, sources of drinking water, public or private sewers and relative elevations of paved or other walkways and the equipment room floor shall be shown on the plans.

  3. When public water and sewer systems are proposed to serve the public swimming pool or water attraction, the elevations of storm and sanitary sewer inverts and street grade shall be shown on the plans.

(d) Construction plans. Detailed scaled and dimensional drawings for each individual pool or water attraction shall include at least all of the following:

  1. A layout plan showing dimensioned longitudinal and transverse cross sections of the public swimming pool or water attraction. Include location and type of inlets, overflows, pool drains, suction outlets, deck drains, drinking fountains or sources of drinking water, piping, entries and exits, hosebibbs, fences, telephones, design of deck, curb or walls enclosing the pool, paved walkways, overflow gutters or devices, ladders, stairs, diving boards, slides and play features.

  2. A flow diagram showing the location, plan, elevation and isometrics of filters, pumps, chemical feeders, ventilation devices, heaters, surge tanks including operating levels, backflow preventers, valves, piping, flow meters, gauges, thermometers, test cocks, sight glasses and the drainage system for the disposal of pool and filter wastewater.

  3. The plan drawings for all available sanitary facilities and any bathhouse facilities provided including dressing rooms, lockers and basket storage, showers and all other plumbing fixtures.

  4. A single table with the specifications for the pool or water attraction and all associated equipment.

  5. The design information used to determine the surface area and volume of the pool or water attraction.

(e) Specifications. Complete technical specifications for the construction of the pool or water attraction and all appurtenances to accompany the drawings under par. (d), shall include at least all of the following:

  1. All construction details not shown on the plans.

  2. Detailed requirements for the type, size, operating characteristics and rating of all mechanical and electrical equipment.

  3. Number and location of plumbing fixtures and piping associated with the pool.

  4. The sources of all water supplies.

  5. Filter media such as diatomaceous earth, sand, gravel or other approved material.

  6. Any information related to the project requested on the plan submittal application.

  7. Any other information necessary to determine compliance with this chapter.

(3) Alternate public swimming pool or water attraction design review.

(a) Innovation. The provisions of this chapter are not intended to prevent innovative designs for public swimming pools or water attractions. The department may issue an approval of an alternate design if the design complies with the intent of this chapter.

(b) Alternate designs.

  1. For an alternate public swimming pool or water attraction design, an approval shall be required before statewide installation and use.

  2. Alternate designs submitted for review shall be accompanied by sufficient information for the department to determine if the design and its performance will meet the requirements of this chapter.

  3. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for an alternate design submittal within 90 days of receipt of all information and fees required for completion of the review.

  4. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval for an alternate design, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

  5. If, upon review, the department determines that an alternate design does not comply with the intent of this chapter, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

  6. If a design receives alternate approval, a plan for the site-specific public swimming pool or water attraction complying with the alternate design approval shall be submitted in accordance with sub. (1).

(c) Revisions. If an approved alternate design is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the design is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(d) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke an approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts or data on which the approval was based, or as a result of design failure.

(e) Limitations. An approval issued by the department for an alternate design may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of any installation or for any damages that may result.

(f) Fees. Fees for the review of an alternate design under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302. Fees for any miscellaneous inspections shall be as specified in s. SPS 302.04 (2).

(4) Experimental public swimming pool or water attraction design review.

(a) Experimental review. The provisions of this chapter are not intended to prevent innovative designs for public swimming pools or water attractions. The department may issue an approval of an experimental public swimming pool or water attraction design for the purpose of proving compliance with the intent of this chapter.

(b) Experimental designs.

  1. Experimental public swimming pool or water attraction designs submitted for review shall be accompanied by sufficient information as requested by the department.

  2. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for an experimental submittal within 120 days of receipt of all information and fees required for completion of the review.

  3. The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval for an experimental design, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this chapter.

  4. If, upon review, the department determines that an experimental design is not acceptable, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

  5. If a design receives experimental approval, a plan for the site-specific public swimming pool complying with the experimental design approval shall be submitted in accordance with sub. (1).

  6. The department may limit the number of applications for review of experimental systems.

(c) Revisions. If an approved experimental design is modified or additional assertions of function or performance are made, the approval shall be considered null and void, unless the design is resubmitted to the department for review and approval is granted.

(d) Revocation of approval. The department may revoke an approval issued under this section for any false statements or misrepresentation of facts or data on which the approval was based, or as a result of design failure.

(e) Limitations. An approval issued by the department for an experimental design may not be construed as an assumption of any responsibility for defects in design, construction or performance of any installation or for any damages that may result.

(f) Fees. Fees for the review of an experimental design under this section and any onsite inspections shall be submitted in accordance with ch. SPS 302. Fees for any miscellaneous inspections shall be as specified in s. SPS 302.04 (2).

Note: Plans and specifications are to be submitted to the Department’s Division of Industry Services, P.O. Box 7162, Madison, WI 53707-7162 or to 1400 East Washington Avenue, Madison, WI 53703.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (b) 3. b., 5., (g), (3) (f), (4) (f) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.05 Construction {#sec-sps-390.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.05}

(1) Construction supervision.

(a) Options.

  1. The installation, alteration or reconstruction of any public swimming pool or water attraction shall be under the supervision of a construction contractor pursuant to s. 443.14 (6), Stats., or a Wisconsin registered architect or engineer.

Note: Section 443.14 (6), Stats., reads: Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, contractors, subcontractors or construction material or equipment suppliers are not required to register under this chapter to perform or undertake those activities which historically and customarily have been performed by them in their respective trades and specialties, including, but not limited to, the preparation and use of drawings, specifications or layouts within a construction firm or in construction operations, superintending of construction, installation and alteration of equipment, cost estimating, consultation with architects, professional engineers or owners concerning materials, equipment, methods and techniques, and investigations or consultation with respect to construction sites, provided all such activities are performed solely with respect to the performance of their work on buildings or with respect to supplies or materials furnished by them for buildings or structures or their appurtenances which are, or which are to be, erected, enlarged or materially altered in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by architects or professional engineers, or by persons exempt under subs. (1) to (5) while practicing within the scope of their exemption.

  1. The supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer shall be responsible for the public swimming pool or water attraction being in conformance with this chapter and the plans and specifications approved by the department.

  2. At the time of the arranging the first inspection, the owner or the owner’s authorized agent shall designate to the department the name and address of the supervising construction contractor or the name and certification number of the supervising architect or engineer.

(b) Operation and maintenance instructions. Upon completion of any public swimming pool or water attraction, the owner or owner’s agent shall be given complete written instructions concerning operation of the pool or water attraction, all equipment, the circulation system, and the maintenance of the water quality.

(c) Certification of compliance.

  1. Prior to the completion of the final inspection of any public swimming pool or water attraction, the supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer shall provide to the department a compliance statement.

  2. The compliance statement shall certify that the installation is in compliance with this chapter.

  3. The compliance statement shall be in a format acceptable to the department.

(2) Construction inspection.

(a) Every new installation, alteration or reconstruction of a public swimming pool or water attraction shall be inspected as required in this section.

(b) The construction, alteration or reconstruction of any public swimming pool or water attraction shall be inspected by an authorized representative of the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix A-390.05 (3) for listing of additional authorized representatives of the department.

(c)

  1. A rough-in inspection shall be conducted when the piping system is installed and before the piping system is covered.

  2. The supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer shall notify the department’s authorized representative by telephone when underground work is complete and ready for an inspection to be scheduled.

  3. Except as provided under subd. 3., work may not proceed until the inspection has been completed.

  4. If the inspection is not made by the end of the normal business day following the day of notification, not including Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, the installation work may proceed.

(d)

  1. A final inspection shall be made when the construction, alteration or reconstruction is complete.

Note: A final inspection includes, but is not limited to, sanitary facilities, pools, fences and decks.

  1. The supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer shall notify the department’s authorized representative by telephone when all work is complete and ready for an inspection to be scheduled.

  2. A request for the final inspection shall be made at least 24 hours prior to the requested time for the inspection.

  3. The final inspection shall be completed within 5 business days of the requested inspection date.

Note: Inspections are only available during standard business hours.

(e) The supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer shall provide the necessary equipment and personnel required for the inspection as requested by the authorized representative of the department.

(f) If the authorized representative of the department finds that the installation does not comply with this chapter, necessary corrections shall be made to achieve compliance. The authorized representative of the department shall be notified by the supervising construction contractor, architect or engineer when the corrections are completed.

(3) Authorized inspection agent.

(a) Upon request from a governmental unit, the department may delegate to the governmental unit the responsibility to conduct construction inspections of any public swimming pool or water attraction in accordance with this section.

(b) The delegation of inspection authority by the department shall be contingent upon a request by the governmental unit demonstrating sufficient capabilities to complete the construction inspections.

(c) The department shall provide the governmental unit with a written decision of authorization or denial relative to the request under this subsection concerning construction inspection.

(d) The department shall monitor and periodically evaluate the construction inspection functions that are authorized to the governmental unit under this section.

(e) If a governmental unit wishes to discontinue the authorized construction inspection function under this section, written notification shall be made to the department at least 30 days prior to the discontinuance.

(f) The authorization to conduct construction inspections may be revoked by the department at the department’s sole discretion.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.07 Fines {#sec-sps-390.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.07}

Any person who violates this chapter or any plan or specification included as part of an approval that is issued under this chapter shall be fined pursuant to s. 145.26 (6), Stats., not less than $100 nor more than $5,000 for each violation. Each day of continued violation is a separate offense.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09.

Subchapter II The Design of Public Swimming Pool and Water Attractions

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.10 Minimum design requirements {#sec-sps-390.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.10}

(1) General requirements.

(a) Any construction or alteration of a pool or water attraction shall be designed and installed as specified under this subchapter.

(b) The design of pools and water attractions shall be based on generally accepted engineering practices. Some of the details of design, construction and installation may vary from the specifications of this code, but the basic engineering principles desirable and necessary to protect the health and safety of pool users and patrons shall be used by the department for situations not addressed in this subchapter.

(2) Location. Pools and water attractions shall be located on a site conducive to proper operation, maintenance and safety of the pool or water attraction. The site shall be well drained.

(3) Structural stability. All pools and water attractions shall be designed and installed to be structurally sound.

(4) Materials.

(a) Pools and water attraction surfaces shall be impervious, easy to clean, inert and nontoxic to humans.

(b) Pools and water attractions shall be constructed of materials that do not create a toxic condition in the environment.

(5) Freezing. Where subject to freezing temperatures, the basin and appurtenances, piping, filter system, pump and motor and other components shall be designed and constructed to facilitate protection from damage due to freezing.

(6) Equipment and material approval. All material and equipment used in the operation of a pool or water attraction within the scope of ANSI/NSF 50 shall conform to ANSI/NSF 50 or the equivalent.

(7) Ventilation. Ventilation shall be provided for all indoor pools and water attractions.

Note: See ch. SPS 364 for requirements for ventilation.

(8) Slip resistance.

(a) The surfaces intended to provide patron footing within the pool enclosure or on the deck shall have a slip-resistant surface.

(b) The surfaces intended to provide patron footing include patron walkways, deck, stair treads, zero-depth entries and water levels less than 24 inches in depth.

Note: Slide flume surfaces are not intended to provide patron footing.

(9) Construction tolerances. Construction tolerances may not exceed the applicable design dimensions beyond those designated in Table 390.10.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (9) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.11 Basin design {#sec-sps-390.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.11}

(1) General.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b) or (c), pool and water attraction basins shall conform to all of the requirements in this section.

(b) Therapy pool basin designs shall comply with the basic principles in s. SPS 390.10 (1) (b).

(c) Competition pool basins may be designed in accordance with the standards of the sanctioning organization.

(d) Competition pool basins that do not comply with s. SPS 390.10 (8) and made available for open swim shall be permitted only where another pool or water attraction that complies with s. SPS 390.10 (8) is available at the site for open swim.

(2) Stress relief. Provision shall be made for the relief of stress to basin walls and floors which may occur as a result of unbalanced hydrostatic pressures.

(3) Diving areas.

(a) Basins that include diving apparatus shall conform to one of the following:

  1. The basin shall comply with the standards in this subsection.

  2. The basin shall comply with the standards of a sanctioning organization acceptable to the department.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further information.

(b) The design of a basin that includes a diving area shall comply with the profiles in Figure 390.11-1 and Table 390.11-1.

(4) Basin obstructions.

(a)

  1. Protrusions, extensions and other functional elements within a basin may not create a safety hazard.

  2. Protrusions, extension and other functional elements may not negatively impact the circulation system.

  3. When an obstruction is a recreational object in water of 24 inches or more in depth, the obstruction shall be a color that contrasts with the color of the basin.

  4. Basin obstructions in public swimming pools shall be no more than 2 feet in diameter, protrude undiminished in diameter to at least 5 feet above the pool floor and no less than 3 feet above the water level.

  5. Obstructions including handrails, exercise equipment and therapy structures may only be installed in therapy pools.

(b) Stair and ladder handrails are not considered basin obstructions when installed in accordance with s. SPS 390.12.

(5) Walls and bulkheads.

(a) Basin walls.

  1. Basin walls shall be vertical.

  2. Except for vanishing edge designs, basin walls shall extend above the highest water level at all times during operation.

  3. Protruding corners shall be rounded so as to protect users from lacerations.

(b) Interior walls and common walls. In addition to the requirements in par. (a), interior walls and common walls may not exceed 18 inches in width.

(c) Bulkheads. Bulkheads may be installed only in pools with a department of health services-approved lifeguard staffing plan that addresses supervision of the bulkhead.

(6) Colors and finishes.

(a) All pool interiors shall be light in color, having a value of 6.5 or greater on the Munsell color-order system.

(b) All colors, patterns or demarcation lines may not negatively impact observer’s visualization of bathers.

(c) All demarcation lines shall be of contrasting color to the pool interior.

(7) Floor slope.

(a) Basin floors shall slope to drain.

(b) Basin floor slopes may not exceed 1:12 in water depths less than 5 feet.

(8) Transitional radius.

(a) Basin walls shall be joined to the floor with a tangent radius.

(b) For areas less than 5 feet in depth, the maximum radius between the floor and the basin wall shall be 6 inches.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for information on measuring the radius dimension.

(9) Water depths.

(a) Basin depths for diving areas shall comply with Table 390.11-1.

(b) Basin depths for slide installations shall comply with Table 390.31-1.

(c) Except as permitted for wading pools in s. SPS 390.20, the shallowest water depth of the shallow end of pools shall be a minimum of 30 inches and a maximum of 42 inches.

(d) The water depth at the breakpoint in a combination pool shall be no less than 4.5 feet and no more than 5.5 feet.

(10) Vanishing edges. A single vanishing edge basin wall occupying a maximum of 50% of the basin perimeter may be included within a water attraction when all of the following are included in the design:

(a) The vanishing edge is located adjacent to water that is at least 5 feet deep.

(b) A catch ledge, a minimum of 3 feet in width or equivalent protection, is included on the dry side of the basin wall.

(c) The catch ledge shall be located outside of the basin within 3 feet vertically from the top of the basin wall.

(d) The catch ledge shall be designed to prevent a patron from rolling off the catch ledge.

(e) The catch ledge surface shall be constructed of materials that will not cause injury from abrasions or lacerations.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further information on the design of vanishing edge basin walls.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (b), (d), (3) (b), (4) (b), (9) (a), (b), (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.12 Entries and exits, stairs, ladders, swimouts and benches {#sec-sps-390.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.12}

(1) Entries and exits. The minimum number, type and location of entries and exits shall be in accordance with Table 390.12-1.

(2) Zero-depth and shallow entries.

(a) Except as permitted in par. (b) stairs, ladders, recessed treads and swimouts may serve as acceptable entries and exits.

(b) Where the distance from the pool floor to deck surface is 24 inches or less, such areas shall be considered as providing their own natural mode for entry and exit.

(3) Stairs and handrails.

(a) Stairways.

  1. Stairways shall be located only in areas of the basin with less than 5 feet of water depth.

  2. Stairways shall be recessed so as not to protrude onto the basin floor.

  3. All risers at the centerline shall have a maximum uniform height of 10 inches.

  4. All treads shall have a minimum depth of 10 inches.

  5. Stairways shall have a minimum width of 17 inches.

  6. All treads shall have a minimum unobstructed surface area of 240 square inches.

  7. Except as permitted in subd. 8., treads may not project beyond the face of the riser.

  8. The maximum cantilevered coping at the deck level is one inch.

a. Except as required in subd. 9. b., stairways shall extend to the basin floor.

b. When stairways are located in a water depth over 4 feet, the lowest tread shall not be more than 4 feet below the deck.

  1. The bottom riser height shall be allowed to vary from the other risers as may be required to meet the floor.

  2. The leading edge of all steps shall be distinguished by a color contrasting with the color of the steps and pool floor.

  3. All step corners shall be rounded to a radius of 1/2 inch.

(b) Handrails.

  1. Handrails shall be provided for all stairways and ramps.

  2. Handrails shall be located between 30 and 34 inches above the ramp surface or nosing of the stair treads.

  3. Handrails shall be a maximum of 8 feet apart at deck level.

  4. Handrails shall return to the pool wall, guard or deck or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair.

  5. Handrails shall be made of corrosion resistant materials.

  6. Handrails shall be securely anchored.

  7. Handrails shall be installed so they cannot be removed without the use of tools.

  8. The leading edge of stair tread-mounted handrails shall be located on the bottom tread.

  9. The leading edge of entirely deck-mounted handrails shall be located so as to extend to within 3 inches of the vertical plane of the bottom riser.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further clarification of deck-mounted handrail installation.

  1. The outside diameter of handrails shall be a minimum of 1-1/4 inches and may not exceed 1-15/16 inches.

  2. There shall be at least 3 inches but not more than 6 inches clearance between the pool wall and the handrail.

(4) Ladders.

(a) Ladders shall be provided with two handrails.

(b) There shall be at least 3 but not more than 6 inches clearance between the basin wall and the ladder.

(c) The distance between ladder handrails shall be 17 inches minimum and 24 inches maximum.

(d) There shall be a uniform distance between ladder treads with a 7-inch minimum distance and 12-inch maximum distance.

(e) Ladder treads shall have a minimum horizontal uniform depth of 2 inches.

(5) Recessed treads.

(a) Recessed treads in a basin wall shall have a uniform vertical spacing of no less than 7 inches and no greater than 12 inches measured at the centerline.

(b) The vertical distance between the pool coping edge, deck or step surface and the uppermost recessed tread shall be 12 inches maximum.

(c) Recessed treads shall have a depth of no less than 5 inches and width of no less than 12 inches.

(d) Recessed treads shall drain into the pool.

(e) Recessed treads shall be provided with a handrail on each side of the treads.

(6) Swimouts.

(a) The horizontal surface of a swimout may not be greater than 20 inches below the waterline.

(b) A minimum unobstructed surface equal to that required for a stair under sub. (5) shall be provided in a swimout.

(c) The leading edge of a swimout shall be visually set apart with a marking color to contrast with the swimout.

(d) A swimout may occupy no more than 20 percent of the perimeter of the basin.

(e) The horizontal surface of a swimout may extend no further than 48 inches from the main basin wall.

(7) Underwater seats and benches.

(a) Underwater seats and benches shall be located in a recessed area to eliminate any protrusion beyond the main basin wall except in whirlpools and cold soak pools.

(b)

  1. The width of the bench seat may not exceed 18 inches.

  2. The depth of the water above the bench seat may not exceed 20 inches.

(c) The surface of all underwater seats and benches shall be of a color in distinct contrast to the color of the surrounding basin or have a 2-inch leading edge of contrasting boundary line.

(d) The words “bench below” shall be placed on the deck at the edge of the basin at the bench area in a color in distinct contrast to the deck background.

(e) Underwater seats and benches may not be considered an entry or exit.

(8) Lift chairs. Water supply outlets serving lift chairs shall terminate within 18 inches of the chair’s support post.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1), Table 390.12-1 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.13 Deck {#sec-sps-390.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.13}

(1) Minimum deck.

(a) Except as permitted in pars. (b) to (e), deck shall extend around the entire perimeter of all basins within the same enclosure.

(b) A water attractions shall be provided with deck immediately adjacent to a basin where patrons are allowed to walk.

(c) A wading pool shall be provided with deck around at least 50 percent of the basin perimeter.

(d) A whirlpool shall be provided with deck around at least 50 percent of the basin perimeter.

(e) A therapy pool shall be provided with deck at all entry and exit points.

(2) Deck width.

(a) Except as required in pars. (b) to (e), deck shall extend for at least 6 feet from all basins.

(b) Deck shall extend for at least 5 feet from a whirlpool basin.

(c) Deck shall extend for at least 3 feet around deck obstructions and equipment.

(d) Deck shall extend for at least 12 feet from a basin with a water depth exceeding 24 inches to a basin with a water depth less than 30 inches or an interactive play attraction.

(e) Deck shall extend for a minimum 15 feet from a basin to locker or shower room doors where the basin meets all of the following criteria:

  1. The basin consists of 3,500 square feet of water surface.

  2. The basin has a water depth exceeding 24 inches.

(f) Deck required in par. (e) shall extend for at least 12 feet wide at all locker or shower room doors.

(g) Deck areas that do not provide the minimum deck required in pars. (b) to (f) shall be installed so as to permanently prohibit public access from the deck.

(3) Deck obstructions.

(a) Except as permitted in par. (c), deck obstructions, including roof support columns, may be no greater than 2 feet in diameter and of contrasting color so as to provide adequate clearance, safety, visibility and access where a department of health services-approved lifeguard staffing plan is not required.

Note: Deck obstructions include pillars, play equipment and themeing. Equipment includes but is not limited to ladders, life guard chairs, lift chairs and handrails.

(b) Deck obstructions shall extend a minimum of 3 feet above the deck so as not to create a tripping hazard.

(c) Deck obstructions may occupy a maximum of 10 percent of the pool perimeter for basins where a lifeguard staffing plan is not required.

(4) In-deck ventilation systems.

(a) Ventilation registers in decks shall be installed so that water flowing from the surrounding pool deck will not enter the registers, but will flow to the deck drains serving the deck.

(b) Ventilation registers in decks shall be installed so that the registers are one inch higher than the deck drain grating.

(c) Where ventilation registers are installed in decks, the owner of the facility shall obtain approval from the department of health services for their means of deck maintenance.

(5) Deck slopes.

(a) Except as permitted in subds. 2. and 3., interior decks shall be sloped so as to effectively drain to deck drains.

  1. The maximum slope of interior decks shall be ½ inch per foot.

  2. A maximum of 6 feet of deck adjacent to a plunge pool exit, stairway or runout slide terminal section may discharge to the surge tank.

  3. A maximum width of 20 inches of deck between a wall and a basin may discharge to the basin.

(b)

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 2., exterior decks shall be sloped a maximum of ½ inch per foot as to effectively drain to deck drains, perimeter areas or to the plumbing storm system.

Note: See s. SPS 382.36 for plumbing storm system design information.

  1. Exterior elevated decks may be drained to underlying soils to infiltrate.

(c) Decks shall be constructed so that standing water shall be no deeper than 1/8 inch, 20 minutes after the cessation of the addition of water to the deck.

Note: Two USA quarters may be stacked in order to test the standing water depth.

(6) Decks, ramps and walking and step surfaces.

(a)

  1. Decks, ramps walking and step surfaces shall be nontoxic.

  2. Surfaces shall be slip resistant.

  3. Surfaces shall be easily cleanable.

  4. Surfaces shall not cause injury to user’s feet under normal conditions.

(b) The deck edge that pool patrons may come in contact with shall be radiused, tapered or otherwise relieved to minimize sharpness.

(7) Joints.

(a) The maximum joint width between pool decks and other decks or walkways, including joint material, shall be 3/8 inch of horizontal clearance with a maximum difference in vertical elevation of ¼ inch.

Note: This section refers to joint widths between the pool deck and other adjacent decks.

(b) Construction joints between pools and concrete decks shall be watertight.

(8) Deck stairs.

(a) Exterior deck stair risers shall be uniform and have a minimum height of 4 inches and a maximum height of 7 inches.

(b) Exterior deck stair treads shall be uniform and have a minimum depth of 11 inches.

(c) A handrail shall be provided along both sides of stairs having more than one riser including the riser to the deck.

(d) The height of the handrail shall be at least 34 inches but not more than 38 inches above the nosing of the tread.

(e) Handrails shall return to the pool wall, guard or deck or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair.

(f) Handrails shall be located at the outside edge of stairs.

Note: Interior deck stairs shall comply with the requirements in chs. SPS 361 to 366, the Commercial Building Code.

(9) Service equipment.

(a) Access to valves.

  1. Valves installed in or under any deck shall have access provided for operation, service and maintenance.

  2. Access covers shall be provided for valve pits.

(b) Cleaning.

  1. One hose bibb shall be provided in each public swimming pool or water attraction equipment room.

  2. Additional hose bibbs shall be provided as necessary, and at intervals so as to permit adequate cleaning of the deck and toilet facilities using a maximum of 100 feet of hose when laid across the deck surface.

(10) Landscaping.

(a) Landscaping within the barrier required in s. SPS 390.18 (4) shall comply with at least one of the following:

  1. Organic material and inorganic pervious material shall be separated from the otherwise required deck by an additional 5 feet of deck.

  2. Organic material and inorganic pervious material shall be installed in a 4-inch depression surrounded by a 42-inch high barrier.

(b) Sand play areas may not be located within a pool enclosure unless all of the following are met:

  1. The sand play area is separated from the deck by a 42-inch high rope and bollard or other fence barrier.

  2. Foot or body showers shall be provided at any entrances to the deck from the sand play area.

  3. Sand play areas shall be located outside the deck required in sub. (2).

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction to numbering of (8) (f) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (10) (a) (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.14 Circulation systems {#sec-sps-390.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.14}

A water circulation system consisting of pumps, piping return inlets and suction outlets, filters and other necessary equipment shall be provided that complies with all of the following requirements:

(1) Turnover rate. Circulation system equipment shall be designed to produce a turnover rate as specified in Table 390.14-1 or Table 390.14-2.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further information.

Note: A therapy area within a multi-section pool having a temperature of < 93 oF is considered to be an activity pool.

(2) Separate systems. The circulation system shall be separate for each public swimming pool or water attraction.

(3) Separation from slides and play features.

(a) Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), public swimming pool or water attraction circulation systems may not serve slide or spray features.

(b) A maximum of 10 percent of the required circulation system rate may be provided for the lubrication of slides or to spray features.

(c) Flow in excess of the required circulation rate may serve slides and spray features.

(4) Accessibility. Circulation system equipment, including but not limited to pumps, skimmers, filters, gauges, meters and thermometers, shall be readily accessible for inspection, repair or replacement.

(5) Component standards. Equipment that is within the scope of ANSI/NSF 50, circulation system components and related materials, shall be listed by an acceptable listing agency to meet ANSI/NSF 50 or equivalent.

(6) Installation.

(a) Pool equipment and related piping shall be supported to prevent damage from misalignment and settling.

(b) Pool equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions and as specified in this chapter. If there is a conflict between the manufacturer’s printed instructions and requirements of this chapter, the requirements of this chapter shall take precedence.

(7) Velocities and pipe sizing requirements.

(a) Velocities in the circulation system may not exceed:

  1. Ten feet per second in discharge piping other than copper.

  2. Eight feet per second in copper discharge piping.

  3. Six feet per second in suction piping.

  4. One and one-half feet per second through suction grates.

(b) Pool piping shall be sized to permit the rated flows for filtering and cleaning without exceeding the maximum design head of the pump.

(8) Gauges and flow meters.

(a) A pump suction compound gauge shall be included in all circulation systems.

(b) A pump discharge gauge shall be located upstream of all throttling valves.

(c) A filter pressure gauge shall be included serving all filters in circulation systems.

(d) A flow meter capable of displaying flow during filtration shall be included in all circulation systems.

(9) Testing. Circulation system piping that is installed onsite shall be subjected to an induced static hydraulic pressure test at 25 pounds per square inch for at least one hour.

(10) Filters.

(a) Design. Filters shall be specified so that when operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, the system provides the water clarity required in ch. ATCP 76.

(b) Maximum flow rate.

  1. Filters other than high rate sand filters shall be specified so that the maximum flow rate does not exceed those under ANSI/NSF 50.

  2. High rate sand filters shall be specified so that the maximum flow rate does not exceed 15 gallons per minute per square foot or bed surface area.

(c) Pressure release.

  1. Pressure-type filters shall be provided with a means to permit the release of internal pressure.

  2. Filters incorporating an automatic air vent as the principal means of air release shall have a lid that provides a slow and safe release of pressure as a part of the design and have manual air release in addition to the automatic release.

  3. Separation tanks used in conjunction with a filter tank shall comply with subd. 2.

  4. The following statement shall be placed within the area of the air release so as to be clearly visible: “WARNING. DO NOT START UP THE SYSTEM AFTER MAINTENANCE WITHOUT FIRST OPENING THE AIR RELEASE AND PROPERLY ASSEMBLING THE FILTER AND SEPARATION TANK.”

(11) Circulation piping.

(a) Circulation piping shall be listed as meeting one of the following methods:

  1. ANSI/NSF 50 by a listing agency acceptable to the department.

  2. Chapter SPS 384.

(b) All circulation piping shall be listed to withhold a pressure 50 percent greater than the maximum design pressure.

(12) Pumps and motors.

(a) All circulation pumps shall be capable of providing the design flow rates at one of the following minimum total dynamic heads:

  1. Eighty feet for diatomaceous earth filters.

  2. Seventy feet for sand or cartridge filters.

  3. Fifty feet for vacuum filters.

  4. A maximum total dynamic head value recommended by the filter manufacturer that allows the filter to function under all operating conditions.

(b) Pumps located below the waterline of a basin shall have isolation valves installed on suction and discharge lines.

(c) Pumps located above the waterline of the pool shall be self-priming or the system shall be designed to provide a means for priming.

(d) Intake strainers shall be provided upstream of all circulations pumps on pressure filter systems.

(e) Mechanical seals shall be corrosion resistant.

(13) Return inlets and suction outlets.

(a) Inlets and outlets shall be provided and arranged to produce a uniform circulation of water and maintain the distribution of sanitizer residual throughout the pool.

(b) Return inlets.

  1. Return inlets shall be designed and installed so as to not constitute a hazard to the patron.

Note: An example of an inlet installation constituting a hazard to a patron is an inlet installed on a racing lane cross.

  1. There shall be at least 2 inlets per circulation system.

  2. Except as provided in subd. 4., the velocity of flow through any inlet orifice shall be in the range of 5 to 20 feet per second

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for inlet velocity information.

  1. For pools equipped with skimmers the velocity of flow through any inlet orifice shall be in the range of 10 to 20 feet per second.

  2. Except for leisure rivers, the minimum number of return inlets shall be based on at least one additional inlet per 300 square feet of pool surface area or fraction thereof.

  3. There shall be at least one wall return inlet for each 10 feet of stairway width, recessed bench length or swimout length or width or fraction thereof.

  4. Bottom return inlets shall be flush with the basin floor.

  5. Bottom return inlets shall be considered to have an area of influence of a radius of 10 feet.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further explanatory material.

  1. Wall return inlets may not extend more than one inch into a basin.

  2. Except for leisure rivers, there shall be a wall return inlet within 5 feet of each corner of a basin wall.

(c) Suction outlets.

  1. Suction system flow through main drains shall be designed to accommodate 100 percent of the circulation flow rate in accordance with all of the following:

a. All basins shall be provided with a suction outlet in the lowest point of the basin in the floor or the wall.

Note: For main drains installed in diving wells, see Figure 390.11-1 and Table 390.11-1.

b. Where 2 or more drains connect within the circulation system, all drains minus any one in the set shall be designed to collectively convey 100 percent of the circulation flow rate.

c. The distance between the bottom of the suction outlet grate and the opening of the suction pipe shall equal or exceed at least 1.5 times the inside diameter of the suction pipe.

  1. Suction outlet grates shall comply with at least one of the following requirements:

a. A single grate having at least one dimension of length, width, diagonal or diameter that is at least 36 inches.

b. Two or more grates of any size separated from other suction outlets by at least 3 feet.

  1. Suction systems shall be designed so that the maximum flow rates are not exceeded under operating conditions.

  2. Suction grates and covers shall be listed as conforming to ASME/ANSI A112.19.8.

  3. The maximum opening of any suction grate shall prevent the passage of a ½-inch sphere.

a. Barriers shall be provided on all wave pool caisson walls.

b. Openings in caisson barriers shall prevent the passage of a 4-inch sphere.

  1. Vacuum fittings are not permitted within public swimming pools or water attractions.

(d) Surface skimming systems.

  1. Surface skimming systems shall be included in the design of and installed to serve all basins.

  2. Surface skimming systems shall be designed and constructed to skim the basin surface when the water level is maintained within the operational parameters of the system’s rim or weir device.

  3. Skimmers shall be located so as to maintain effective skimming action.

  4. Skimmer covers located on a walking surface shall be designed and installed to comply with all of the following requirements:

a. The skimmer cover shall be appropriately seated.

b. The skimmer cover shall be slip resistant.

c. The skimmer cover shall be sufficiently strong so as to withstand normal use.

d. The skimmer cover may not create a tripping hazard.

  1. Equalizer lines shall have an anti-entrapment cover or other entrapment protection in accordance with ASME/ANSI A112.19 when suction fittings are located in the wall of a basin.

  2. Where automatic skimming devices are used as the sole overflow system, at least one surface skimming device shall be provided for each 500 square feet or fraction thereof of water surface area.

  3. Circulation systems shall be designed to carry 100 percent of the rated circulation volume through the skimmers.

  4. The flow rate through automatic skimmers shall be no less than 3 gallons per minute per inch of skimmer weir width.

Note: The maximum flow rate through skimmers is determined by the ANSI/NSF 50 rating.

  1. Acceptable options for surface skimming systems shall be in accordance with Table 390.14-3.

  2. When a gutter skimming system is used, the system shall be connected to a circulation system with an adequate surge capacity to permit all phases of operation.

a. Except as provided in subd. 11. b., a zero-depth trench shall extend continuously from within 3 feet of one wall of the basin to within 3 feet of the opposite wall of the basin.

b. Where the entire perimeter of the basin consists of a zero-depth entry, 50 percent shall be evenly-distributed zero-depth trench.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (10) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (1), (11) (a) 2., (13) (d) 9. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (10) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.16 Mechanical systems {#sec-sps-390.16 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.16}

(1) Electrical. Electrical components shall comply with the requirements of ch. SPS 316.

(2) Water heaters.

(a) Water heating equipment shall comply with chs. SPS 364 and 365.

(b) A thermometer accurate to within plus or minus 2°F of the operating range shall be installed in the circulation piping.

(c) The thermometer required in par. (b) shall be accessible for reading.

(d) The use of a toxic solution, such as, but not limited to, heat transfer fluid in a single-wall heat exchanger, is prohibited.

(e) Water heaters and hot water storage tanks shall be equipped with temperature and pressure relief valves in accordance with ch. SPS 384.

(3) Illumination.

(a) Artificial lighting shall be provided so that all areas of the pool, including the bottom, shall be visible when the pool or water attraction is used during periods of low illumination.

(b) For outdoor facilities, overhead lighting shall provide a minimum of 3 footcandles of illumination at the water surface and on the deck.

(c) For indoor facilities, overhead lighting shall provide a minimum of 10 footcandles at the water surface and on the deck.

(d)

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 2., underwater lighting shall provide a minimum of ½-watt incandescent light per square foot of water surface area or equivalent.

  2. If overhead lighting provides a minimum of 15 footcandles illumination at the water surface, no underwater lighting is required.

(e) For exterior facilities, areas that are designed to operate during periods of low illumination shall be provided with sufficient emergency lighting to permit evacuation of the facility.

(f) For exterior facilities, emergency lighting shall activate within 10 seconds of lighting failure.

(4) Water supply.

(a) Water quality. The water supply for all public swimming pools and water attractions shall meet the water quality requirements as listed in ch. SPS 382, Table 382.70-1.

Note: Refer to Appendix A-390.16 (4) for s. SPS 382.70 Table 382.70-1.

(b) Cross connection control. Protection of the potable water supply shall comply with s. SPS 382.41.

(c) Makeup water quality. Makeup water to maintain the water level in all public swimming pools and water attractions and water used as a vehicle for disinfectants or other pool chemicals, for pump priming or for other such additions, shall meet the requirements listed in ch. SPS 382, Table 382.70-1.

Note: Refer to Appendix A-390.16 (4) for s. SPS 382.70 Table 382.70-1.

(d) Spray feature water. Water used for spray features or water falling onto patrons shall be disinfected if supplied from a whirlpool or wading pool basin.

(5) Wastewater disposal. Wastewater discharges shall be in accordance with ss. SPS 382.38 Table 382.38-1 and 382.33.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for a reprint of Table 382.38-1.

(6) Equipment room.

(a) An equipment room or equipment enclosure shall be provided to serve all public swimming pools and water attractions.

  1. An equipment room shall be ventilated in accordance with ch. SPS 364.

  2. An equipment room shall be drained.

  3. An equipment room shall be accessible for operation and maintenance of equipment.

(b) The doors to all rooms in which a chlorine gas feeder is located or a cylinder of compressed chlorine gas is located or stored shall be labeled “DANGER-CHLORINE GAS” in clearly readable letters.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1), (2) (a), (e), (4) (a), (b), (c), (5), (6) (a) 1. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.17 Sanitizing equipment {#sec-sps-390.17 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.17}

(1) Equipment standards.

(a) Sanitizing equipment shall be certified to comply with the requirements of NSF/ANSI 50.

(b) A chemical system that provides the residual required by ch. ATCP 76 shall be installed when an alternative means of disinfection is proposed.

Note: Alternative disinfection systems include ultraviolet light, ozone and electrolytic chlorine generation, but are not limited to those systems.

(c) Sanitizing equipment shall be capable of introducing a sufficient quantity of a U.S. EPA-approved sanitizer for normal operating procedures.

Note: See ch. ATCP 76 for disinfectant concentration and efficacy requirements.

(d) Sanitizing equipment shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(2) Sanitizing equipment.

(a) Skimmer baskets may not be used as chemical feeders.

(b) An automatic controller for controlling the sanitizing equipment shall be installed on all public swimming pools and water attractions.

(c) The automatic controller shall include a flow sensor installed so that the chemical feed pump will not operate without a return flow to disburse the chemical.

(d) The automatic controller shall be electrically interlocked with the circulation pump control circuit.

Note: Pool operation requirements are found in ch. ATCP 76, Wis. Adm. Code.

(e) The automatic controller and circulation pump shall have separate disconnect switches.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.18 Safety features {#sec-sps-390.18 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.18}

(1) Rope and float lines.

(a)

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 2., a rope and float line shall be provided in all basins:

a. To separate activity areas, such as plunge areas, climbing walls, pad walks and other areas where patron activity may harm others.

b. To restrict access to the caisson wall in wave pools.

c. To identify water depth greater than 5.5 feet in combination pools and activity pools.

  1. Rope and float lines are not required in areas where the department determines that the installation of the rope and float line would constitute a safety hazard.

(b) For water depth, the rope and float line shall be located one foot toward the shallow end for each location where the purpose of the rope and float line is to mark a depth change.

(c) A 4-inch-wide boundary line of contrasting color shall be installed on the basin walls and floor corresponding to the location of the rope and float line.

(d) For wave generators, the rope and float line shall be located a minimum of 5 feet from the caisson wall.

(e) The rope and float lines shall be securely fastened to wall anchors.

(f) Rope and float lines shall be of sufficient size and strength so as to provide temporary support for a pool patron in the water.

(g) Rope and float lines shall be installed with limited slack so as to provide temporary support for a pool patron in the water.

(2) Depth markers.

(a) Depth markers shall be installed on all public swimming pools and water attractions that incorporate a water depth over 6 inches.

(b) Depth markers shall be installed at the maximum and minimum water depths and at all points of slope change.

(c)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., water depth markers shall be installed around the perimeter of the basin at intervals no greater than 25 feet and at lesser intervals when indicating a change in water depth not to exceed 2 feet.

  2. Water depth markers for leisure rivers shall be located every 25 feet on alternate side walls and at all entry points.

(d)

  1. Depth markers shall be indicated in feet, inches or feet and inches and when abbreviated so indicated as “FT” or “IN.”

  2. Depth markers shall be plainly and conspicuously installed at all of the following locations:

a. On the vertical basin wall except where no portion of the basin wall is visible and above the waterline.

b. On the top of the coping or edge of the deck next to the basin.

Note: Additional depth markings may also be indicated in metric.

(e) When additional depth markers are indicated in metric, “meters” shall be abbreviated as “M.”

(f) All water depths indicated on depth markers shall be the depth at the location of the depth marker.

(g) All depth markers installed on vertical basin walls shall be located so as to be read from the waterside.

(h) Depth markers installed on decks shall be located no greater than 18 inches from the basin edge and positioned so as to be read while standing on the deck facing the water along the affected perimeter.

(i) All depth markers installed on decks shall be of slip resistant materials.

(j) The minimum height of depth marker characters shall be 4 inches. Characters shall be clearly visible and of permanent contrasting color to the background on which applied.

(k) Depth markers for water deeper than 5 feet shall indicate the maximum basin depth.

(3) Warning markers.

(a) Pools or water attractions having water depths of 5 feet or less shall be provided with diving prohibition markers located on the deck at intervals of no more than 25 feet.

(b) Diving prohibition markers shall be printed with the text, “No Diving.”

(c) The “No Diving” text shall be at least 4 inches in height.

(d) Diving prohibition markers shall include the international “No Diving” symbol.

(e) “No Diving” text and the “No Diving” symbol shall be clearly visible and of a contrasting color to that of the marker background.

(4) Barriers.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), public swimming pools, water attractions and water attraction complexes shall be separated from surrounding property by a barrier consisting of a fence, wall or building.

(b) Independent interactive play attractions are not required to be surrounded by a barrier.

(c) A fence or wall shall be constructed so as to afford no external handholds or footholds.

(d) The barrier shall be at least 5 feet in height.

(e) Gates in the barrier shall be equipped with a self-closing, lockable closure mechanism at a height of at least 54 inches from the bottom of the gate.

(f) Fences serving as barriers shall have no opening greater than 4 inches in width or diameter.

(g) The bottom of a fence or wall shall be a maximum of 4 inches from grade.

(h) Doors in fences and walls shall be self-closing and lockable.

(5) Emergency stop buttons. Wave action pools, vortex pools, water slides and leisure rivers shall have emergency stop buttons accessible to designated staff as outlined in a staffing plan for the purpose of stopping the propulsion system.

Note: See the electrical code, ch. SPS 316, for location and installation requirements.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.19 Toilet room and sanitary facilities {#sec-sps-390.19 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.19}

(1) General requirements.

(a) Toilet and handwash facilities, and public drinking fountains shall be located so to be accessible by a length of paved walking surface no greater than 300 feet from the nearest rim of the most distant public swimming pool or water attraction.

(b) Showers and dressing facilities shall be provided and located on the premises and accessible by a length of paved walking surface.

Note: All applicable building requirements of chs. SPS 361 to 366 shall apply to the construction of bathhouses.

(c)

  1. The floors of toilet rooms and dressing areas serving public swimming pools or water attractions shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent, slip-resistant surface.

  2. A smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface shall extend upward on the walls at least 6 inches.

  3. Junctions between walls and floors shall be coved.

  4. When floor drains are installed, drain openings shall be ¼ inch or less in width or diameter.

(2) Drainage of covered areas.

(a) Floor drains shall be installed in toilet rooms and locker rooms where sanitary fixtures are located and where the room door is adjacent to the deck or adjacent to the impervious walkway draining to the deck.

(b) Floor drain openings shall be ¼ inch or less in width or diameter.

(c) Floors shall be pitched to drain.

(3) Walls. Toilet room and locker room walls shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface to a height of at least 4 feet above the floor.

(4) Lockers. Lockers shall be set either on solid masonry bases at least 4 inches high or on legs extending at least 10 inches above the floor.

(5) Required number of sanitary fixtures.

(a) The required minimum number of toilets, lavatories and showers shall be provided in accordance with Table 390.19.

(b)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., the minimum number of drinking fountains shall be provided adjacent to the required deck in accordance with Table 390.19.

  2. For bed and breakfast establishments, tourist rooming houses or private guest rooms, a source of potable drinking water shall be provided in the enclosure by a fixture installed as per ch. SPS 382 or by providing commercially bottled drinking water.

(6) Diaper changing station.

(a) Except as permitted in par. (b), all toilet rooms providing the required sanitary fixtures shall be equipped with a diaper changing station.

(b) Diaper changing stations are not required in toilet rooms exclusively serving therapy pools.

(7) Spectator access. Spectator walkways, restrooms, dressing rooms and seating areas shall be separated from pool patron required deck.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (5) (a), (b) 1., 2., Table 390.19 made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter III Wading Pools, Whirlpools, Interactive Play Attractions and Cold Soak Pools — Special Requirements

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.20 Wading pools {#sec-sps-390.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.20}

Wading pools shall be in compliance with the applicable requirements of ss. SPS 390.04 to 390.19 and with this section:

(1) The maximum depth of water in a wading pool may not exceed 24 inches.

(2) The maximum depth of water at the accessible perimeter of a wading pool may not exceed 18 inches.

(3) A piping system may be used to allow a wading pool to be filled using pool water from an adjacent basin, other than a whirlpool, when the water quality meets the requirements in ch. ATCP 76 prior to use.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for filling options.

(4) Obstructions extending from the walls or bottom of the wading pool are not permitted except with the approval of the department based on design safety.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.21 Whirlpools and cold soak pools {#sec-sps-390.21 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.21}

Whirlpools and cold soak pools shall be in compliance with the applicable requirements of ss. SPS 390.04 to 390.19 and with this section:

(1) All walls within 5 feet of the whirlpool or cold soak pool shall be constructed of impervious material to a height of at least 3 feet above the deck.

(2)

(a)

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2. or 3., an observation window shall be provided if a whirlpool is located in a separate, enclosed room to allow the owner or operator a clear observation of the whirlpool or cold soak pool from outside the room.

  2. A private guest room equipped with a telephone.

  3. A whirlpool or cold soak pool room where a camera and remote observed monitor is provided.

(b) Where a camera is provided as in par. (a) 3., signage shall be installed to notify patrons of the camera’s use.

(3)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), whirlpools or cold soak pools may not be located:

  1. Within 11 feet of a basin where the water exceeds 5 feet in depth.

  2. Within 11 feet of a basin whose water depth is 6 inches deeper than that of the whirlpool or cold soak pool.

(b) Whirlpools or cold soak pools may be located adjacent to a pool or water attraction basin if a common wall constructed in accordance with s. SPS 390.11 (5) separates the two basins.

(4) The maximum water depth of a whirlpool or cold soak pool shall be 4 feet measured from the water line.

(5) If the water depth exceeds 24 inches in a whirlpool or cold soak pool, stairs shall be provided.

(a) Stairways shall be recessed and may not extend past a bench installed in the basin.

(b) Recessed stairways shall have a minimum unobstructed horizontal tread depth of 10 inches, with a riser height no greater than 12 inches, and shall be uniform except that when the bottom tread is used for a seat, the bottom riser may be a maximum of 14 inches above the whirlpool floor.

(c) The minimum width of the stairways shall be 15 inches.

(d) Handrails shall be securely mounted on each side of stairways.

(e) The leading edge of deck-mounted handrails shall be located within 3 inches horizontally measured from the vertical plan of the bottom riser.

(f) The two handrails shall be separated a maximum of 3 feet.

(6) A whirlpool water agitation system shall be separate from the water circulation system.

(7) A manually controlled, 15-minute maximum, agitation system timer shall be provided within the pool enclosure.

(8) An emergency stop shall be provided that is tied to the agitation system and circulation system.

Note: See the electrical code for installation and locating requirements.

(9)

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), the coping around the perimeter of the whirlpool or cold soak pool may extend vertically a maximum height of 3 inches.

(b)

  1. Transfer walls may extend 16 to 19 inches above the deck.

  2. Transfer wall widths shall be 12 to 16 inches measured at the top of the wall.

(10) A piping system may be used to allow a whirlpool or cold soak pool to be filled using pool water from an adjacent basin, other than a whirlpool when the water quality meets the requirements in s. ATCP 76.14 (4) prior to use.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (10) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2009 No. 638; correction in (intro.), (3) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; correction in (10) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register February 2017 No. 734.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.22 Interactive play attractions {#sec-sps-390.22 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.22}

Interactive play attractions shall be in compliance with the applicable requirements of ss. SPS 390.04 to 390.19 and with this section.

(1) Design and materials.

(a) All materials for walking surfaces on an interactive play attraction shall be slip-resistant.

(b)

  1. A splash zone of an interactive play attraction shall be sloped to drain to the surge tank or pool within the same basin.

  2. All exterior walking surfaces shall be sloped to drain away from the splash zone.

(2) Water supply, piping, circulation and filtration.

(a) The circulation system of an interactive play attraction may not be connected with the feature pump system unless otherwise approved by the department.

(b) All nozzles that spray from the ground shall be flush with the floor so as to not create a tripping hazard.

(c) The total water volume of a balance tank, including associated piping, shall be at a minimum of 4 times the combined flow rate of all the attraction pumps and of a sufficient volume so as to allow operation through all cycles of filtration operation.

(d) All aboveground piping shall automatically drain. Gravity drains shall be of a capacity of at least 125 percent of the discharge.

(e) The suction intake of the circulation pump shall be located in the lowest point of the balance tank.

(3) Vegetation. Plants or vegetation may not be located in the splash zone area.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter IV Play Features and Slides

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.30 Play features {#sec-sps-390.30 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.30}

(1) General. Structures and devices not intended for patron activities such as climbing, walking and hanging shall be either designed or supervised to prevent such action.

(2) In-water play features.

(a) In-water play features installed shall be subject to this subsection.

Note: Examples of in-water play features include, but are not limited to, floating boats and trucks, floatable walks, floatables, spray pad features not in conjunction with a pool or water attraction with a circulation system and other permanently installed features.

(b)

  1. Floating play features may not be installed in pools with water depths of less than 36 inches.

a. Except as provided in subd. 2. b., a minimum 3 feet of water depth shall be maintained at least 6 feet in every direction from any tethered play feature.

b. A tethered play feature may be located within 6 feet of a wall when that portion of the wall is padded to a point 6 feet from the play feature.

Note: Padding need only cover the wall above the waterline.

(c) The means of anchoring of tethered play features shall be configured in such a manner as to minimize circumstances of possible entrapment of patrons, bodies, hair, limbs or appendages when in contact with any element of the play feature or its anchors.

Note: The use of jacketed chains or cables meets this requirement.

(d) All in-water play features shall be designed and installed to prevent injury to the user and constructed so as not to create a safety hazard.

(e)

  1. Except as permitted in subd. 2., the length and width of a tethered, in-water play feature shall not exceed 42 inches.

  2. A tethered, in-water play feature may exceed 42 inches in length when the width, excluding appendages, does not exceed 24 inches.

  3. The height of a tethered, in-water play feature shall not exceed 20 inches.

(f)

  1. When more than one pad walk is located in the same pool basin, a minimum separation of 10 feet between pad walks shall be provided.

  2. All deck or basin obstructions within 6 feet of a pad walk shall be padded or encased so as to protect users from abrasion, laceration or contusion.

(g) Two floatables, other than two pads within a pad walk, shall be separated by a minimum of 10 feet.

(3) On-deck play features.

(a) Play features permanently installed on decks shall be designed and installed to minimize injury to the user and constructed so as not to create a safety hazard.

Note: Examples of on-deck play features include basketball hoops, volleyball nets and other water games.

(b) Spray features may not be located so as to spray on the required deck area of a basin.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.31 Slides {#sec-sps-390.31 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.31}

(1) General. All slides installed as an appurtenance to a public swimming pool or water attraction shall be designed, manufactured and permanently installed so as to provide a safe and healthy environment for the rider and other occupants of the facility.

Note: For accessibility information, refer to the final accessibility guidelines for recreational facilities, Federal Register, Vol. 67, No. 170, as published Tuesday, September 3, 2002.

(2) Design and manufacturing.

(a) The total water volume of a separate balancing tank serving runout slides shall be a minimum of 2 times the combined flow rate of the pumps or of a sufficient volume based on velocity and time of the propulsion system and backwash requirements.

(b) Pool slides, drop slides and waterslides shall be so designed that parts with external surfaces that may come in contact with a person using the slide are assembled, arranged and finished so that they are smooth and continuous with and will not cut, pinch, puncture or cause an abrasion to any person.

(c) All slide flumes shall be designed and constructed so as each person using the waterslide remains inside the flume path during normal use.

(d) All curves, turns and tunnels on the path of a flume shall be designed and constructed so as not to present a hazard to any person using the slide under normal use.

(e) Pool slides, drop slides and waterslides shall be designed to support the intended use.

(f) On-site constructed towers, stairs, platforms and elevated decks providing access to slides shall conform to chs. SPS 361 and 362.

(g)

  1. Slides installed in facilities without a lifeguard staffing plan shall occupy no more than 10 percent of the pool perimeter.

  2. Slide structures shall have a maximum individual obstruction width of 20 feet.

(h) For waterslides and runout slides, all closed curved flumes shall be a minimum of 32 inches in diameter.

(i) For all other slides listed in Table 390.31-1, the slide terminus shall be designed to not allow riders to cross into the path of another rider.

(3) Installation.

(a) All slide installations shall comply with the parameters as specified in Table 390.31-1.

(b) Except where a lifeguard staffing plan has been approved by the department of health services, children’s slide obstructions shall comply with all of the following requirements:

  1. The side view of the obstruction, as viewed from any point, shall be less than 50 square feet.

  2. The square footage of the obstruction shall be measured to a height of 6 feet above the water line.

  3. Individual obstructions shall have at least a 10-foot horizontal separation.

  4. No more than 20 percent of the pool basin shall be occupied by obstructions.

Note: See ch. SPS 390 Appendix for further explanation.

(4) Slide flume water.

(a) Except for waterslides, water for flume lubrication shall be a maximum of 10 percent of the circulation flow.

(b) The balance tank for runout slide flume lubrication systems shall be at a minimum of 2 times the combined flow rate of the water attraction pump and of a sufficient volume to allow operation through all cycles of filtration operation.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2) (f), (i), (3) (a) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Subchapter V Incorporation of Standards

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 390.40 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-390.40 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 390.40}

(1) Consent. Pursuant to s. 227.21 (2), Stats., the attorney general has consented to the incorporation by reference of the standards listed in sub. (3).

Note: Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the department and the Legislative Reference Bureau. Copies of the standards may be purchased through the respective organizations listed in Tables 390.40-1 to 390.40-2.

(2) Alternate standards.

(a)

  1. Alternate standards that are equivalent to or more stringent than the standards referenced in this code may be used in lieu of the referenced standards when approved by the department or if written approval is issued by the department in accordance with par. (b).

  2. Upon receipt of a fee as specified in ch. SPS 302 and a written request, the department may issue an approval for the use of the alternate standard.

  3. The department shall review and make a determination on an application for approval within 40 business days of receipt of all forms, fees and documents required to complete the review.

(b) Determination of approval shall be based on an analysis of the alternate standard and the standard referenced in this code, prepared by a qualified party.

(c) The department may include specific conditions in issuing an approval, including an expiration date for the approval. Violations of the conditions under which an approval is issued shall constitute a violation of this code.

(d) If the department determines that the alternate standard is not equivalent to or more stringent than the referenced standard, the request for approval shall be denied in writing.

(e) The department may revoke an approval for any false statements or misrepresentations of facts on which the approval was based.

(f) The department may reexamine an approved alternate standard and issue a revised approval at any time.

(3) Adoption of standards. The standards referenced in Tables 390.40-1 to 390.40-2 are hereby incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Note: The tables in this section provide a comprehensive listing of all of the standards adopted by reference in this code. For requirements or limitations in how these standards are to be applied, refer to the code section that requires compliance with the standard.

History

  • CR 08-056: cr. Register February 2009 No. 638, eff. 3-1-09; correction in (2) (a) 2., (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.

Chapter SPS 390 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 390 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-390 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 390}

The material contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only. The notes, illustrations, etc., are numbered to correspond to the number of the rule as it appears in the text of the code.

A–390.03 (26) Plan submittal and fees. The following is a listing of when the department may waive submittal of pool plans and fees for the reconstruction and alteration of existing pools.

  1. A disinfection system equipped with a positive displacement pump is replaced by an approved pass-through (erosion) type systema or vise versa, the replacement of a gas chlorine system with a positive displacement pump or approved pass-through feedera.

Note: The installation of a gas chlorine system will require plan submittal and a fee.

  1. A circulation pump is replaced by another pump from a different manufacturer provided that the new pump is the same make and model or equivalenta.

  2. A filter is replaced with an approved filter of the same make and model or equivalenta.

  3. The replacement of metal piping and fittings with the same size PVC piping and fittings used to repair a small section of the circulation system (less than 10 feet).

  4. A supplemental disinfecting systema is installed (e.g., Ozone, Ultraviolet Light, etc.) provided that the halogen residual is maintained as stated in ch. ATCP 76 and that there is no decrease in the required water circulation flow rate.

  5. For the installation of a slide 6-foot or less in height, a slide structural plan review in accordance with ch. SPS 361 is not required. Such slides shall meet the guidelines listed in Table 390.30–1.

  6. Minor repair of basin or deck.

a All equipment under the scope of NSF 50 must be listed to comply with NSF 50.

A–390.05 (2) Authorized inspection agents. In addition to department staff, the department has authorized representatives to conduct inspections of construction or modification of any public swimming pool or water attraction that require approval under s. SPS 390.04. The cities of Madison, Milwaukee and Racine do inspections for those installations located within their jurisdiction.

Note: The Department maintains a list on the Division of Industry Services Web page at http://dsps.wi.gov/programs/industry-services that is subject to change.

A–390.11 (8) Measuring the transitional radius between the wall and floor of a basin in less than 5 feet of water.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–390.11 (10) Design of the vanishing edge basin.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–390.12 (3) Deck-mounted hand rail installations.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–390.13 (5) Outdoor pool deck drain storm sewer connection.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–390.14 (1) Turnover rate calculation for water slides.

Imaginary Plunge Pool (IPP) = 6,700 gallons that requires one turnover recirculation.

(15 ft · 20 ft · 3 ft = 900 cu ft = 6,700 gallons)

The concept of the imaginary plunge pool is applied to a single waterslide or runout slide that is associated with a pool and uses water from the associated pool for its operation. When more than one waterslide or runout slide is associated with a pool, each additional runout slide or waterslide contributes 4,500 gallons to the imaginary plunge pool quantity of water.

(10 ft · 20 ft · 3 ft = 600 cu ft = 4,500 gallons)

Calculation examples using the IPP concept:

  1. Addition of one waterslide or runout slide to a 70,000 gallon pool

70,000 gal pool = 6,700 gal 1hr IPP + 63,300 gal 6hr pool

6,700 gal ÷ 60 min = 112 gpm recirculation

63,300 gal ÷ 360 min = 176 gpm recirculation

288 gpm total recirculation requirement

70,000 gal ÷ 288 gpm = 4 hr turnover for addition of one waterslide or runout slide

  1. Addition of one waterslide or runout slide to a 170,000 gallon pool

170,000 gal pool = 6,700 gal 1hr IPP + 163,300 gal 6hr pool

6,700 gal ÷ 60 min = 112 gpm recirculation

163,300 gal ÷ 360 min = 454 gpm recirculation

566 gpm total recirculation requirement

170,000 gal ÷ 566 gpm = 5 hr turnover for addition of one waterslide or runout slide

  1. Addition of two waterslides or runout slides to a 170,000 gallon pool

170,000 gal pool = 11,200 gal 1hr IPP + 158,800 gal 6hr pool

11,200 gal ÷ 60 min = 187 gpm recirculation

158,800 gal ÷ 360 min = 441 gpm recirculation

628 gpm total recirculation requirement

170,000 gal ÷ 628 gpm = 4.5 hr turnover for addition of one waterslide or runout slide

A–390.14 (13) Flows carried by inlets.

  • See PDF for table

A–390.14 (13) Influence of radius illustrated.

  • See PDF for diagram - See PDF for diagram

A–390.16 (4) Water quality requirements.

Table 382.70–1

(Partial)

Plumbing Treatment Standards

  • See PDF for table

f For stormwater, the plumbing treatment standards are based on an annual average. Evaluation of research to prove compliance with this table is based on the geometric mean of the data acceptable to the department or an equivalent method.

A–390.16 (5) Wastewater discharge points and requirements.

SPS 382.33 (9) (k)

(k) Swimming pools. 1. The backwash and drain wastewater from a swimming pool, wading pool or whirlpool shall discharge in accordance with Table 382.38–1.

  1. The discharge from deck drains serving indoor pools shall be directed to the sanitary sewer via an air-gap.

  2. The discharge from deck drains serving outdoor pools shall be directed to the storm sewer by way of an air-gap or to grade.

  3. The requirements for sewer connections as specified in ch. SPS 390 applies to all public swimming pools.

Note: An alternate system approval exists to allow backwash discharge via air break.

Table 382.38–1

(Partial)

Allowable Discharge Points by Fixture or Specific Use

  • See PDF for table

a Allowed when the POWTS is designed to include designated wastewater.

b Unless prohibited by local municipality and when no nuisance is created.

c A discharge permit may be required by the department of natural resources.

g Fifty gallons per day.

i Subsurface dispersal must comply with s. SPS 382.365.

A–390.20 Filling options for wading pools and whirlpools from other basins using a 3-way valve.

  • See PDF for diagram

A–390.31 (3) Children’s slide obstructions in wading pools.

The square footage of the obstruction between the water level to a height of 6 feet for the obstruction shown is 48 square feet. This obstruction is code compliant without a lifeguard staffing plan.

  • See PDF for diagram

Chapter SPS 391 SANITATION

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.01 Purpose {#sec-sps-391.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.01}

This chapter has the following purposes:

(1) This chapter establishes minimum standards and criteria for the design, installation and maintenance of sanitation systems and devices which are alternatives to water-carried waste plumbing fixtures and drain systems so that these sanitation systems and devices are safe and will safeguard public health and the waters of the state.

(2) This chapter establishes criteria for equal speed of access to toilets for each gender in restrooms serving an amusement facility and a specialty event center where the public congregates.

Note: Chapter SPS 361 to 366 relating to commercial buildings and structures specifies the minimum number of toilet facilities for women and men.

Note: Chapter SPS 390 relating to swimming pools and water attractions contains minimum number of toilet facilities for women and men.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 04-072: am. Register July 2005 No. 594, eff. 1-1-06.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.02 Scope {#sec-sps-391.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.02}

(1) This chapter has the following applications:

(a) This chapter applies to all composting toilet systems, incinerating toilets, pit privies and vault privies installed or constructed on or after the effective date of this chapter.

(b) This chapter applies to separate-gender restrooms serving an amusement facility and a specialty event center where the public congregates that are constructed or altered as specified in s. SPS 391.14.

(2) The provisions of this chapter are not retroactively applied to existing installations unless specifically stated in the administrative rule.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 04-072: am. (1) Register July 2005 No. 594, eff. 1-1-06; correction in (1) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.03 Definitions {#sec-sps-391.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.03}

In this chapter:

(1) “Amusement facility” has the meaning given in s. 101.128 (1) (a), Stats.

(2) “Composting toilet system” means a method that collects, stores and converts by bacterial digestion nonliquid-carried human wastes or organic kitchen wastes, or both, into humus.

(3) “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(4) “Facility where the public congregates” has the meaning given in s. 101.128 (1) (b), Stats.

(5) “Incinerating toilet” means a self-contained device for the treatment of nonliquid carried wastes that deposits the wastes directly into a combustion chamber, reduces the solid portion to ash and evaporates the liquid portion.

(6) “Pit privy” means an enclosed nonportable toilet into which nonwater-carried human wastes are deposited to a subsurface storage chamber that is not watertight.

(7) “Portable restroom” means a self-contained portable unit that includes fixtures, incorporating holding tank facilities, designed to receive human excrement.

(8) “Specialty event center” has the meaning given in s. 101.128 (1) (g), Stats.

(9) “Vault privy” means an enclosed nonportable toilet into which nonwater-carried human wastes are deposited to a subsurface storage chamber that is watertight.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 04-072: renum. (1) to (6) to be (2), (3), (5) to (7) and (9), cr. (1), (4) and (8), Register July 2005 No. 594, eff. 1-1-06; correction in (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.04 Registrations {#sec-sps-391.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.04}

The installation of a vault privy or a pit privy to serve a state-owned facility shall be registered with the department prior to installation. The registration of a vault privy shall be accompanied by sufficient information to determine compliance with s. SPS 384.25. The registration of a pit privy shall be accompanied by sufficient soil information to determine compliance with s. SPS 383.44 (4) (b).

History

  • CR 02-129: cr. Register January 2004 No. 577, eff. 2-1-04; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.10 Composting toilet systems {#sec-sps-391.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.10}

(1) The materials, design, construction and performance of a composting toilet system shall conform to NSF Standard 41.

(2) All composting toilet systems shall be listed by a testing agency acceptable to the department.

Note: Listing agencies acceptable to the department include the American Gas Association; Canadian Standards Association; NSF International; Underwriter’s Laboratories; and Warnock Hersey.

(3)

(a) Components for the storage or treatment of wastes shall be continuously ventilated.

(b) Ventilation ducts or vents for the composting toilet system shall conform to s. SPS 382.31 (16).

Note: See appendix for a reprint of portions of s. SPS 382.31 (16).

(4)

(a) The disposal of the compost shall be in accordance with 40 CFR part 503.

(b) The disposal of any liquid from a composting toilet system shall be either to a public sanitary sewer system or a POWTS conforming to ch. SPS 383.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (3) (b), (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (4) (a) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.11 Incinerating toilets {#sec-sps-391.11 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.11}

(1) The design, construction and installation of a gas-fired incinerating toilet shall conform to ANSI Z21.61.

(2) The materials, design, construction, and performance of an electric-fired incinerating toilet shall conform to NSF Protocol P157.

(3) All electric and gas-fired incinerating toilets shall be listed by a testing agency acceptable to the department.

Note: Listing agencies acceptable to the department include the American Gas Association, Canadian Standards Association, NSF International, Underwriter’s Laboratories, and Warnock Hersey.

(4)

(a) The disposal of the end product shall be of in accordance with 40 CFR Part 503, Standards for the Use or Disposal of Sewage Sludge.

Note: Materials relating to 40 CFR part 503, including, “Domestic Septage Regulatory Guidance: A Guide to the EPA 503 Rule”, are available at epa.org.

(b) The disposal of any liquid from an incinerating toilet shall be either to a public sanitary sewer system or a POWTS conforming to ch. SPS 383.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (4) (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (2) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.12 Privies {#sec-sps-391.12 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.12}

(1)

(a) The storage chamber of a vault privy shall conform with the requirements of s. SPS 384.25 relating to holding tanks, and shall have a minimum storage capacity of 200 gallons or one cubic yard.

(b)

  1. The storage chamber of a pit privy shall be sited and located in soil recognized to provide treatment and dispersal in accordance with s. SPS 383.44 (4) (b).

Note: Chapter SPS 385 establishes procedures for conducting soil evaluations and preparing soil evaluation reports. Section SPS 305.33 delineates the qualifications and certification procedures for individuals who conduct soil evaluations.

  1. Governmental units may set standards for the structure above the vault or pit for one- and two-family dwellings.

  2. Privies for public use shall meet the requirements of this section and chs. SPS 361 to 366.

Note: Chapters NR 811 and 812 establish minimum separation distances between a pit or vault privy and a potable well. Chapters NR 811 and 812 are administered by the department of natural resources.

(c) The storage chamber of a vault privy shall be anchored to prevent flotation caused by saturated soil conditions.

(2)

(a) The storage chamber of a pit or vault privy shall be provided with a vent for the purpose of relieving explosive gases.

(b) The vent serving the storage chamber of a privy shall be:

  1. At least 3 inches in diameter;

  2. Installed in accordance with s. SPS 382.31 (16) (a) to (f); and

  3. Fabricated or provided with screening to prevent insects from entering the storage chamber.

(3) The servicing of a vault privy relative to the pumping, transporting and disposal of the contents shall be in accordance with ch. NR 113.

(4) The abandonment of a vault privy shall be accomplished by:

(a) Having the contents of the storage chamber pumped and disposed of in accordance with ch. NR 113;

(b) Removing the entire top of the chamber; and

(c) Filling the remaining portion of the emptied storage chamber with soil or other inert material to an elevation equal to or above the surrounding grade.

(5) The abandonment of a pit privy shall be accomplished by filling the storage chamber with soil or other inert material to an elevation equal to the surrounding grade.

Note: The requirements of the commercial building code, chs. SPS 361 to 366, apply to the structures built over those privies serving public buildings and places of employment.

(6)

(a) A privy may not be installed in a floodway.

(b) A privy may be installed in the floodfringe provided that the area is filled to remove it from the floodfringe designation or the vault is flood-proofed.

Note: The department of natural resources determines if filling or flood-proofing is in accordance with current rules in effect for development in a floodfringe area.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; CR 01-139: am. (1) (b) 3. Register June 2002 No. 558, eff. 7-1-02; correction in (1) (a), (b) 1., 3., (2) (b) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.13 Portable restrooms {#sec-sps-391.13 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.13}

(1) The storage chamber of a portable restroom into which human waste is to be deposited shall be watertight.

(2) The entire floor and the side walls to a height of not less than 4 inches of a portable restroom shall be of a material impervious to water.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.14 Equal speed of access to toilets {#sec-sps-391.14 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.14}

(1) Application. This section applies to the toilet fixtures in separate-gender restrooms serving an amusement facility and a specialty events center where the public congregates that are constructed or renovated on or after January 1, 2006 only if one of the following occurs:

(a) New separate-gender restrooms are constructed or separate-gender toilets are provided, in which case this section applies only to the new restrooms.

(b) More than 50 percent of the square footage of an existing separate-gender restroom is renovated, in which case this section applies only to the renovated portion.

Note: Under section 101.128 (1) (d), Stats., “ ‘renovation’ means any structural remodeling, improvement or alteration of an existing facility where the public congregates. ‘Renovation’ does not include any of the following:

1. Reroofing.

2. Cosmetic remodeling, including painting or the installation of wall covering, of paneling, of floor covering or of suspended ceilings.

3. An alteration to an electrical or mechanical system.”

(2) Number of toilet facilities. When separate public restrooms or other toilet facilities are provided for males and females at an amusement facility and a specialty event center where the public congregates, the number of toilets for the females shall be provided at a ratio of 2 for every toilet and every urinal provided for the males.

History

  • CR 04-072: cr. Register July 2005 No. 594, eff. 1-1-06; CR 17-065: am. (1) (b) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 391.20 Incorporation of standards by reference {#sec-sps-391.20 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 391.20}

(1) Consent. Pursuant to s. 227.21, Stats., the attorney general has consented to the incorporation by reference of the standards listed in sub. (3).

(2) Copies. Copies of the adopted standards are on file in the offices of the department and the legislative reference bureau. Copies of the standards may be purchased through the respective organizations listed in sub. (3).

(3) Adoption of standards. The standards referenced in pars. (a) to (c) are incorporated by reference into this chapter.

(a) ANSI Z21.61-1983: Gas-Fired Toilets, American National Standard Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

(b) NSF 41-2016: Non-Liquid Saturated Treatment Systems, NSF International, 6300 Interfirst Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48108.

(c) NSF Protocol P157-2014: Electrical Incinerating Toilets – Health and Sanitation, NSF International, 6300 Interfirst Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48108.

History

  • Cr. Register, April, 2000, No. 532, eff. 7-1-00; correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register December 2011 No. 672; CR 17-065: am. (1), (2), (3) (intro.), r. and recr. (3) (a), (b), cr. (3) (c) Register June 2018 No. 750, eff. 7-1-18; correction in (3) (intro.) made under s. 35.17, Stats., Register June 2018 No. 750.

Chapter SPS 391 Appendix APPENDIX

Wis. Admin. Code § Chapter SPS 391 APPENDIX {#sec-chapter-sps-391 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--Chapter SPS 391}

The material and information contained in this appendix is for clarification purposes only. Appendix material and information are numbered to correspond to the rule number as it appears in the text of the code. Material and information included in this appendix is subject to change without notice, including names, addresses, phone numbers and forms, and reflects information known at the time of publication.

A-391.10 (3) (b) Section SPS 382.31 (16) (a) to (f) reads as follows:

382.31 (16) VENT TERMINALS. All vents and vent systems shall terminate in the open air in accordance with this subsection.

(a) Extension above roofs. Extensions of vents through a roof shall terminate at least 8 inches above the roof. Where the roof is to be used for any purpose other than weather protection, the vents shall extend at least 7 feet above the roof.

(b) Waterproof flashings. The penetration of a roof system by a vent shall be made watertight with an approved flashing.

(c) Prohibited uses. Vent terminals shall not be used as flag poles, support for antennas or other similar purposes.

(d) Location of vent terminals. 1. A vent shall not terminate under the overhang of a building.

  1. All vent terminals shall be located:

a. At least 10 feet from an air intake;

b. At least 5 feet from a power exhaust vent;

c. At least 10 feet horizontally from or 2 feet above roof scuttles, doors and openable windows; and

d. At least 5 feet from or 2 inches above parapet walls.

  1. Where a structure has an earth covered roof extending from surrounding grade, the vent extension shall run at least 7 feet above grade and terminate with an approved vent cap. The portion of vent pipe outside the structure shall be without joints, except one fitting may be installed where the pipe leaves the top or side of the structure.

(e) Extension through wall. Where approved by the department, a vent may terminate through an exterior wall. Such a vent shall terminate at least 10 feet horizontally from any lot line and shall terminate downward. The vent shall be screened and shall comply with par. (d).

(f) Extensions outside buildings. Drain or vent pipe extensions shall not be located or placed on the outside of an exterior wall of any new building, but shall be located inside the building.

Chapter SPS 401 DEFINITIONS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 401.01 Definitions {#sec-sps-401.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 401.01}

In chs. SPS 401 to 411:

(1) Adjusted gross annual school revenues. “Adjusted gross annual school revenues” means the amount remaining after subtracting from gross annual school revenues the amount of refunds actually made to Wisconsin students or their sponsors during the same fiscal year for which the school reported the gross annual school revenues.

(3) Constructive notice. “Constructive notice” means the period of time, designated by the school, after which a student will be considered withdrawn by the school, because the student failed to attend classes, utilize instructional facilities or submit lessons without providing, prior to or during that period, an explanation to the school regarding the inactivity.

(4) Degree. “Degree” means a designation, including associate, bachelor, master or doctor which signifies satisfactory completion of a program of study beyond the secondary school level, but does not include a certificate or diploma.

(5) Degree credit. “Degree credit” means a quarter or semester credit awarded for completion of a subject satisfying a portion of the requirements for the award of a degree by the school.

(5m) Department. “Department” means the department of safety and professional services.

(6) Diploma. “Diploma” means a written and dated statement, made over the seal of the granting school and the signature of one or more school officers, certifying that a student has satisfactorily completed a program leading to an occupational, vocational, or educational objective.

(7) Distance Learning. “Distance learning” means instruction provided by means other than face–to–face student to teacher interaction; including video, computer–based, and correspondence instruction.

(8) Enrollment agreement. “Enrollment agreement” means a document by which a student contracts to enroll in a school or program.

(9) Enrollment application. “Enrollment application” means a non-contractual document by which a student applies for admission to a subject or program.

(10) Gross annual school revenues. “Gross annual school revenues” means the total revenues recognized in the school’s method of accounting during the past fiscal year from the sale of goods and services to Wisconsin students, unreduced by any costs of the sales. It includes all revenues from tuition, fees, books, supplies and equipment and includes revenues from room and board charges to Wisconsin students required to use room and board facilities which the school provided. It also includes all revenues from contracts with third parties to provide school goods and services to Wisconsin students or groups of Wisconsin students, such as workforce investment act contracts, or contracts with employers to provide training to their employees.

(11) Hour. “Hour” means either 50 or 60 minutes as determined by a school’s policies.

(12) Inactive. “Inactive” means the status of a school which is not currently soliciting enrollments, advertising for students, or providing instruction.

(13) Laboratory. “Laboratory” means a setting, usually with equipment, where under supervision a student acquires knowledge and understanding of the physical properties of materials or the principles underlying the operations of machines, appliances, and the like.

(14) Lecture. “Lecture” means a setting, usually in a classroom, where a teacher instructs a student in the theory, principles or history of an academic or vocational subject.

(15) Lesson. “Lesson” means a single unit in a program.

(16) Past fiscal year. “Past fiscal year” means a 12-month period ending on a date no earlier than 15 months before the date of the submission of the financial information requested on the application.

(17) Person. “Person” means any individual, partnership, association, or corporation or any combination thereof.

(18) Program. “Program” means an organized unit of subject matter in which instruction is offered within a given time and which leads to a certificate, diploma or degree, or to an occupational, educational or vocational objective.

(19) Quarter credit. “Quarter credit” means a unit by which a school operating on a quarter calendar measures its programs.

(19m) Recognized accrediting body. “Recognized accrediting body” means a regional, national, or specialized accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. department of education under 20 USC 1099b for the purposes of federal Title IV funding under the higher education act of 1965.

(20) Representative. “Representative” means an individual employed by or representing a school who, in places other than the school, attempts to secure enrollment agreements.

(21) Resident instruction. “Resident instruction” means a program which a school offers at a teaching location.

(22) Revised program. “Revised program” means any approved program in which the school proposes to increase or decrease the hours or credits by more than 25% from the approved length of the program, change more than 25% of the approved content of the program, or change the content of the program as the result of changes to the occupational licensing requirements of an agency of this state.

(23) School. “School” means any person, located within or outside this state, maintaining, advertising or conducting a program for profit or a tuition charge not exempted under s. 440.52 (1) (e), Stats.

(24) Semester credit. “Semester credit” means a unit by which a school operating on a semester calendar measures its programs.

(25) Shop. “Shop” means a setting, usually with prescribed equipment and tools, in which a student develops under supervision the skill necessary for the construction, maintenance, operation, repair or use of machines, appliances, tools and materials.

(26) Sponsor. “Sponsor” includes any person or government agency who makes a payment on behalf of a student or awards a loan, grant or scholarship to a student.

(27) Student. “Student” means an individual who has pursued, is pursuing, or has stated an intent to pursue any program which a school offers.

(28) Subject. “Subject” means instructional material in a program.

(29) Teaching location. “Teaching location” means the area and facilities, including any office, classroom, meeting room, laboratory, shop or range, used or designated for instructional use by a school.

(29m) Teach-out. “Teach-out” means an arrangement for the completion of a department-approved program in which a student is enrolled in the event of a school’s closure or a school’s failure to perform its contractual obligations.

(30) Term. “Term” means a regularly established division of the school year which is no more than 19 weeks long.

(31) Total cost of the program. “Total cost of the program” means the sum of all charges which the school makes for tuition, books, materials, and supplies plus any other charges which the school requires the student to pay as the result of enrollment in a specific program. The school shall include room and board charges in the total cost of the program only if the school requires the student to utilize room or board facilities which the school provides. Finance charges are not part of the total cost of the program.

(32) Total cost of the term. “Total cost of the term” means the sum of all charges which the school requires the student to pay as the result of enrollment for a specific term. It does not include a one-time application fee not exceeding $30 or a term registration fee not exceeding $20. The school shall include room and board charges in the total cost of the term only if the school requires the student to utilize room or board facilities which the school provides. Finance charges are not part of the total cost of the term.

(33) Unearned tuition. “Unearned tuition” means that portion of tuition, fees and other charges paid to a school for which a student has not yet received instruction.

(34) Vocational credit. “Vocational credit” means a quarter or semester credit awarded for completion of a subject;

(a) Which does not satisfy a portion of the requirements for the award of a degree in a program which the department has approved for the school, or

(b) Which is part of a program at a school which does not have approval from the department to offer a degree.

(35) Wisconsin student. “Wisconsin student” means:

(a) A student (regardless of stated permanent residence) at any Wisconsin location of a school.

(b) A student at a school location outside Wisconsin or enrolled in a correspondence program if the student:

  1. Listed Wisconsin as state of residence at the time of enrollment.

  2. Indicated since initial enrollment that Wisconsin is the student’s state of residence.

History

  • Renum. (1) to (3) from EAB 1.02, 1.03, 1.10, (5) and (6) from EAB 1.17 and 1.18, (8) to (10) from EAB 1.19, 1.20 and 1.24, (12) to (19) from EAB 1.26, 1.27, 1.28, 1.29, 1.33, 1.34, 1.36, 1.38, 1.39, (21) to (32) from EAB 1.39, 1.40, 1.42, 1.44, 1.46, 1.47, 1.48, 1.49, 1.50, 1.51, 1.52, (34) and (35) from EAB 1.54 and 1.55, cr. (4), (7), (11), (20) and (33), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (23) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 02-135: cr. (intro.), (19m) and (29m), r. and recr. (3) and (23), am. (7), (10), (20) and (26) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (23) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; renum. (2) to (5m) under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 1., Stats., corrections in (5m), (34) (a), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and corrections in (intro.), (23) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: am. (29m) Register June 2020 774, eff. 7-1-20.

Chapter SPS 404 APPROVAL OF SCHOOLS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.01 Approval of schools and courses of instruction {#sec-sps-404.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.01}

(1) Approval required. A school shall not operate, conduct business, offer any program, advertise or enroll students unless it has been approved or determined to be exempt under s. 440.52 (1) (e), Stats. The department may issue a cease and desist order to any school that is in violation of this subsection.

(2) Investigation and inspection. Upon application, the department shall investigate and evaluate schools doing business within this state, whether located within or outside this state, and programs offered by these schools, and approve schools and programs including schools with branches in more than one location.

(2m) Denial of approval.

(a) The department may deny an initial request for school or program approval if the school fails to provide the information required under s. SPS 404.03 or fails to meet the criteria under s. SPS 404.04, as determined by the department.

(b) A decision to deny initial school approval shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last address of record.

(3) Compliance. After a school is approved, it shall immediately report any significant changes in its program, facilities, finances or personnel.

(4) Renewal of approval.

(a) Except as provided in par. (b), a school approved to operate or do business in this state shall, after June 30 but no later than September 1 of each year, apply for renewal of approval on department forms and submit the appropriate fee.

(b) A school need not apply for renewal of approval for the calendar year in which the school paid in full the fees which s. SPS 404.10 (1) requires.

(4m) Intermediate sanctions. If a school fails to comply with the provisions under chs. SPS 404 to 411, the department may progressively impose one or more of the following sanctions.

(a) Require the submission and implementation of a school improvement plan to address or correct problems identified by the department.

(b) Suspend the ability of a school to enroll students for one or more of the approved programs offered by the school.

(5) Revocation of approval.

(a) Failure to maintain the standards or to comply with chs. SPS 404 to 411 or meet the requirements for approval shall result in revocation of either school or program approval, or both.

(b) Refusal by a school to allow reasonable inspection or to supply information after written request therefor or failure to comply with chs. SPS 404 to 411 shall be grounds for revocation of approval.

(5m) Notice.

(a) Except as provided under par. (b), an action to revoke a school’s approval as provided under sub. (5) shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last address of record, 20 days prior to the date on which the revocation is to be effective.

(b) The department may revoke a school’s approval without notice if it determines that the health, safety, or financial welfare of any person is at risk.

(6) Hearing. A school whose approval has been denied or revoked as provided under sub. (2m) or (5) may request a hearing in conformance with the procedures in chs. SPS 1 to 9.

(7) Appeal. Any school who has contested an action under sub. (6) may appeal the decision of the department before an administrative law judge. A request for such a hearing must be requested within 10 days of the effective date of the action taken. Notice of such hearing shall be sent to the school 10 days prior to the date of such hearing, giving the school notice of date, time and place.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), Register, June, 1984, No. 342, eff. 7-1-84; r. and recr. (3), Register, May, 1987, No. 377, eff. 7-1-87; emerg. am. (3), eff. 8-4-87; reprinted to correct error in (3), Register, October, 1987, No. 382; am. (3), Register, January, 1988, No. 385, eff. 2-1-88; cr. (1) (f), am. (3), (1) (e) renum. from EAB 4.06 (2) and am., Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (3), Register, March, 1993, No. 447, eff. 4-1-93; renum. from EAB 5.02, r. (1), (5), (7), cr. (1) and (3), renum. (3) and (4) to be (4) and (5) and am. (4) (a) and (5), am. (6), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (1), (2), (5) and (6), cr. (2m), (4m), (5m), (6) (b) and (7), Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2006 No. 604; correction in (1), (2), (2m), (4), (4m) (intro.), (a), (5m) (b), (6), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (1), (2m), (4) (b), (4m) (intro.), (5) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: r. and recr. (6) Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.02 Approval of schools prior to operation {#sec-sps-404.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.02}

(1) Criteria. Schools planned or proposed for operation can be approved upon application as provided by s. SPS 404.03 which gives evidence that the planned or proposed school meets approval requirements.

(2) Period of initial approval. A school not yet in operation may be approved for a period of operation not to exceed 6 months. Prior to beginning the second month of operation, the school shall submit to the department full descriptions of physical space, materials, and equipment in use and qualifications of instructional staff currently employed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 5.03, am. (1), r. (3), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (1) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., and correction in (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.03 Application for approval {#sec-sps-404.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.03}

(1) No school shall be approved unless it makes application, through its officers or an owner, upon department forms. An application for approval shall include, at a minimum:

(a) Mission of the school.

(b) Bylaws and regulations established for the school’s governance and operation.

(c) A description of the degrees and programs offered, including learning outcomes.

(d) A copy of the enrollment agreement, if any, the school anticipates using in Wisconsin; meeting the requirements of ch. SPS 406.

(e) A statement of its cancellation policy meeting the minimum requirements set out in ch. SPS 408.

(f) A description of the school’s placement services.

(g) A copy of all advertising recently used or reasonably expected to be used in Wisconsin by the school.

(h) A current balance sheet and income statement using department forms.

(i) A surety bond as required by s. SPS 404.06.

(j) A description of the school’s location, buildings, and equipment.

(k) A list of faculty members indicating their education, preparation and experience.

(L) Documentation that applicable fire, safety, and health codes are met at schools and teaching locations (except for public school buildings).

(m) A statement that the school provides equal opportunity for all persons regardless of age, race, creed, disability, sex, religion, sexual preference, or political affiliation.

(n) Any other information so that the school and its programs may be evaluated according to the criteria set forth in s. SPS 404.04.

(2) Each application shall be accompanied by a school catalog or bulletin containing at a minimum:

(a) Volume number and date of publication.

(b) Name of school and its governing body and officials.

(c) A calendar showing holidays, vacation periods, and the beginning and ending date of each term or semester.

(d) A mission statement.

(e) A description of the educational program, listing degrees and majors offered and a brief description of entrance and completion requirements.

(f) School policy and regulations regarding attendance, leave, absences, tardiness, standards of progress policy, grading policy, rules of conduct and a policy for handling student complaints.

(g) A description of the school’s self-evaluation process.

(h) A schedule of tuition, fees, other charges and refund policy.

(i) A description of the school’s placement services.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1) (a), (b), (c) 9. and 10., (g) and (j), cr. (1) (c) 11., Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 5.05 and r. and recr. (1) and (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (1) (i) and (n) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) (intro.), (h) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (1) (d), (e), (i), (n) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.04 Criteria for approval of schools and programs of instruction {#sec-sps-404.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.04}

(1) Content and instruction.

(a) The program, curriculum and instruction must be of such quality, content and length as may reasonably and adequately achieve the stated objective for which offered and comparable to similar programs in approved schools.

(b) The administrators and instructors of the school shall have suitable educational qualifications and experience, and be of good reputation and character.

(c) The school shall have a sufficient number of instructors to provide adequate student-teacher ratios.

(cm) The school shall demonstrate that its instructors have the occupational, academic and teaching qualifications needed for the programs they teach.

(d) The approval of programs, which are innovative and not comparable to currently approved private or public programs, shall be based on demonstrable quality and documented labor market needs, a description of the program development process and evidence of third-party review.

(2) Facilities. The school shall have adequate space, suitable and sufficient equipment, and sufficient and appropriate instructional materials to carry out its program.

(3) Advertising. All advertising and promotional materials shall be consistent with the requirements set forth in ch. SPS 405.

(4) Refund policy. The school shall have a policy for refund of unused portions of tuition, fees and other charges at least equal to the established minimum standards as set forth in ch. SPS 408.

(5) Access.

(a) A school may not deny enrollment to any student, or make any distinction or classification of students, solely on account of sex, race or creed.

(b) A school must make reasonable accommodations for students and employees with disabilities.

(6) The school must be shown to be in sound financial condition.

(7) Outcomes and evaluation.

(a) A school shall have procedures to evaluate its educational programs, improve instruction and review overall operations.

(b) Evaluations shall include student, alumni and employer feedback on the effectiveness of the curriculum.

(c) The school shall provide annual enrollment information, using its definitions, delineating number of dropouts, completers, graduates and employed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (3) (a) and (5), cr. (8), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 5.06, am. (1) (a), (b), (c), (2), r. (1) (d), (3), (6) and (8), cr. (1) (d), (5), (7) and (8), renum. (4), (5) and (7) to be (3), (4) and (6) and am., Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: r. (8) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 03-126: cr. (1) (cm) Register May 2004 No. 581, eff. 6-1-04; correction in (3), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.05 Approval of subjects and programs on a credit basis {#sec-sps-404.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.05}

(1) A school may measure a program in degree credits if:

(a) The program was approved as a degree program.

(2) A school may measure a program in vocational credits if the program was approved in vocational credits.

(3) A school which seeks approval to offer a new or revised program on a credit basis shall:

(a) Pay the fee specified in s. SPS 404.10 (3);

(b) Specify on the application for approval whether the school uses quarter or semester credits;

(c) Specify on the application for approval whether the school desires to use degree credits or vocational credits; and

(d) Meet the requirements of ss. SPS 404.05, 404.06, 404.07 and 404.08.

(4) A school which seeks approval to convert an approved program from hours to credits shall:

(a) Pay the fee specified in s. SPS 404.10 (3);

(b) Specify on the application for approval whether the school uses quarter or semester credits;

(c) Specify on the application for approval whether the school desires to use degree credits or vocational credits; and

(d) Meet the requirements of ss. SPS 404.05, 404.06, 404.07 and 404.08.

(5) In addition to meeting the requirements in sub. (3) or (4) as appropriate, a school which seeks approval of a program measured on a quarter credit basis shall:

(a) Award one quarter credit for no fewer than 10 hours of lecture, plus 20 hours of outside preparation or the equivalent.

(b) Award one quarter credit for no fewer than 20 hours of laboratory work plus necessary outside preparation.

(c) Award one quarter credit for no fewer than 30 hours of shop.

(d) Award one quarter credit for no fewer than 30 hours of off-campus practical training such as a residency, externship, internship, or practicum.

(6) In addition to meeting the requirements in sub. (3) or (4) as appropriate, a school which seeks approval of a program measured on a semester credit basis shall:

(a) Award one semester credit for no fewer than 15 hours of lecture, plus 30 hours of outside preparation or the equivalent.

(b) Award one semester credit for no fewer than 30 hours of laboratory work plus necessary outside preparation.

(c) Award one semester credit for no fewer than 45 hours of shop.

(d) Award one semester credit for no fewer than 45 hours of off-campus practical training such as a residency, externship, internship, or practicum.

History

  • Cr. Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (3) (intro.), (a), (4) (intro.) and (5) (intro.), cr. (3m), Register, March, 1993, No. 447, eff. 4-1-93; renum. from EAB 5.065, am. (1) (a), (2), (3), r. (1) (b), renum. (3m), (4), (5) to be (4), (5), (6) and am., Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (3) (a), (d), (4) (a), (d) Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.06 Financial stability and student protection {#sec-sps-404.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.06}

(1) Surety bonds.

(a) As a condition of obtaining and retaining approval, a school shall provide a surety bond on a form specified by the department. Except as provided in pars. (b) and (c), the amount of surety shall be the lesser of $25,000 or 125% of unearned tuition.

(b) No surety bond may be less than $1,000 or an amount equal to $2,000 for each representative the school employs.

(c) The bonding requirements set forth in this section may be reduced upon a determination that they are excessive in relation to the risk of economic loss to which Wisconsin residents are exposed in the case of any particular school, based upon evidence of a stable fiscal history, satisfactory completion and placement rates, accreditation by a recognized accrediting body or other stability criteria the schools may offer for department review.

(d) The bond shall be executed by the school as principal and by a surety company qualified and authorized to do business in the state of Wisconsin as a surety.

(e) A surety on a bond may be released after the surety has provided written notice directed to the department at least 30 days prior to the release.

(2) Student protection fee.

(a) Except as provided under par. (e), in addition to the fees under s. SPS 404.10, a school shall pay a student protection fee.

(b) The fee shall be established as follows.

  1. Except as provided in subd. 2., at a rate of $0.50 per $1,000 of adjusted gross annual school revenue as reported in accordance with ss. SPS 404.01 (4) and 404.10 (2) (d).

  2. If at any time the appropriation balance of s. 20.165 (1) (jr), Stats., is less than $500,000, at a rate determined by the department based on a multiplier equal to the percentage of all schools’ total adjusted gross annual revenue needed to bring the appropriation under s. 20.165 (1) (jr), Stats., to $500,000, but not to exceed $10,000 for an individual school.

(c) The fee shall paid at the same time the school makes its second payment annual renewal fee as required under s. SPS 404.10 (2) (d) and is due no later than March 1 of the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal.

(d) A school that makes the student protection fee payment required after March 1, shall pay for each month or part of a month the payment is late, a late fee of $50 or 1.5% of the student protection fee payment, whichever is greater.

(e) The department shall discontinue collecting student protection fees under this subsection during the period that the balance of the appropriation under s. 20.165 (1) (jr), Stats., exceeds $1,000,000.

(3) Use of surety bonds and student protection funding.

(a) The department may use a surety bond on which it has collected to provide indemnification to any student, parent, guardian, or sponsor suffering loss or damage as a result of the following.

  1. Fraud or false representation used in procuring a student’s enrollment.

  2. A violation of chs. SPS 404 to 408.

  3. A student being unable to complete the program or programs because the school failed to perform its contractual obligations.

  4. The refusal of a school to issue a refund to which a student is entitled under ch. SPS 408.

(b) Indemnification under this section may not exceed the advanced tuition, book fees, supply fees, or equipment fees paid or liable to be paid for regardless of the number of years that a school’s bond is in force. The aggregate liability of the surety bond may not exceed the penal sum of the bond. The surety bond may be continuous.

(c) To the extent that the surety bond is unable to fully cover the losses incurred by a student, parent, guardian, or sponsor when a school closes, the department may authorize the full or partial payment of those losses from the student protection appropriation under s. 20.165 (1) (jr), Stats.

(d) The department may use a surety bond on which is has collected or funds from the student protection appropriation to arrange for a teach–out of students.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (2), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 5.07, am. (1) and (5), renum. (2) to be (3) and am., cr. (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (1), (3) and (5), cr. (6) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 03-126: r. and recr. Register May 2004 No. 581, eff. 6-1-04; CR 05-112: am. (2) (b) (intro.), cr. (2) (b) 1. and 2. Register April 2006 No. 604, eff. 5-1-06; corrections in (2) (e) and (3) (c) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2006 No. 604; correction in (1) (a), (c), (e), (2) (b) 2., (e), (3) (a), (c), (d) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (2) (a), (b) 1., 2., (c), (e), (3) (a) 2., 4., (c) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; correction in (3) (a) 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register December 2018 No. 756.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.07 Agent for service of process {#sec-sps-404.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.07}

(1) All schools seeking approval must provide the name and Wisconsin address of a designated agent upon whom any process, notice, or demand may be served.

(2) If during any period a school fails to appoint or maintain in this state an agent for service of process, such failure shall be cause for revocation of approval.

(3) Nothing herein contained shall limit or affect the right to serve any process, notice or demand required or permitted by law to be served upon a foreign corporation in any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.08 and am. (1) and (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: am. (1) Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.08 Investigation and review {#sec-sps-404.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.08}

(1) Periodic Review. The department shall investigate and evaluate all approved schools and programs. The method of review shall include:

(a) Information from the following: federal trade commission, better business bureaus, the Wisconsin department of justice, other state or other official approval agencies, local school officials or interested persons.

(b) Review of reports and statements from the school involved.

(c) Conferences with officials or representatives of the school involved or with interested persons including former students or parents of former students.

(d) Investigation by visitation of the school involved.

(2) Complaints. In addition to investigation upon its own initiative, the department may investigate any school and its programs upon receipt of a complaint from an interested person.

(a) A student with a complaint against a school shall make a reasonable effort to resolve the complaint directly with the school.

(b) The department shall conduct an investigation upon receipt of a written complaint filed within one year after the student’s last recorded date of attendance;

  1. If preliminary findings indicate a violation of s. 440.52, Stats., or chs. SPS 404 to 411, or of an established school policy, the department shall attempt, through mediation to bring about a settlement.

  2. If a settlement proposed by the department is rejected by a school, the department may conduct a hearing and impose any of the intermediate sanctions under s. SPS 404.01 (4m) or subject the school to a summary suspension of its approval.

  3. If a complaint charging fraud or false representation used in procuring a student’s enrollment is upheld and if a settlement cannot be reached, the department shall make a demand upon the schools bond and if not paid shall bring action in any court in the state of Wisconsin.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (2) (b) 1. and r. and recr. (2) (b) 2. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (2) (b) 1. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2006 No. 604; correction in (1), (2) (intro.), (b) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (2) (b) 1., 2. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.09 List of approved schools and courses of instruction {#sec-sps-404.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.09}

A directory of approved schools and programs shall be distributed to all approved schools and to others upon request.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.10, am. (1), r. (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 404.10 Fees {#sec-sps-404.10 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 404.10}

(1) Fees for initial school approval.

(a) A school which is not approved to operate or do business in this state and which is applying for approval shall pay a fee of:

  1. $2,000, if the school is applying for approval of one program which does not lead to a degree.

  2. $2,500, if the school is applying for approval of one program which leads to an associate degree.

  3. $3,300, if the school is applying for approval of one program which leads to a baccalaureate degree.

  4. $3,900, if the school is applying for approval of one program which leads to a master’s degree.

  5. $5,100, if the school is applying for approval of one program which leads to a doctoral degree.

(b) If the school is applying for approval of more than one program, the school shall pay the highest applicable fee specified in par. (a), plus the fee specified in sub. (3) for each additional program for which the school requests approval.

(c) If the school is applying for approval of additional teaching locations, the school shall pay, in addition to the fee specified in par. (a), the fee specified in sub. (4) for each teaching location.

(d) The fees specified in par. (a) shall be reduced by 50% of the program fee specified in sub. (3) for a program of the same level if all of the following conditions are met:

  1. The school making application for approval of the program is incorporated in a state other than Wisconsin, has its main campus outside Wisconsin, and offers in Wisconsin only programs leading to a baccalaureate or higher degree.

  2. The school presents written evidence of authorization from its home state to offer the program and degree which it desires to offer to Wisconsin residents. The evidence which the school submits to meet this requirement shall include unabridged copies of all findings and program reviews which the home state authorizing agency completed regarding the program.

  3. If the school is requesting authorization to enroll Wisconsin residents in a program which it offers in a state other than its home state, the school presents written evidence of program and degree authorization from the state in which the program is offered. The evidence which the school submits to meet this requirement shall include unabridged copies of all findings and program reviews which the state authorizing agency completed regarding the program.

  4. The school presents written evidence that it is accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U. S. department of education to offer the program and degree which it desires to offer to Wisconsin residents. The evidence which the school submits to meet this requirement shall include unabridged copies of all self-studies which the school submitted to the accrediting agency and unabridged copies of all findings and reviews which the accrediting agency completed regarding the program.

  5. The school presents written evidence that its home state gives similar Wisconsin schools at least an equivalent fee reduction in comparable licensing and oversight fees. The evidence which the school submits to meet this requirement shall include a copy of the applicable statutory and regulatory language from the home state.

(e) If the department denies an initial school approval under s. SPS 404.01 (2m), the fees collected under this subsection shall be returned.

(2) Fees for renewal of school approval.

(a) Renewal of approval shall not be for not more than one calendar year. Except as provided in par. (b), a school applying for renewal of approval shall pay renewal fees as provided in pars. (c) and (d).

(b) A school that has not violated s. 440.52 (10), Stats., prior to the effective date of approval need not pay the first payment in the calendar year in which the school paid in full the fees required by sub. (3), but may defer that payment until March 1 of the following year.

(c) A school requesting inactive status shall make a first payment in the amount of $100, no later than September 1 prior to the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal of approval and shall make a second payment, in the amount determined as provided in par. (d), no later than March 1 of the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal of approval. If the school resumes active status during the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal of approval, the school shall make a third payment. The third payment shall be in the amount of $100 for each full calendar month and any portion of a calendar month which is remaining in the calendar year as of the date of resumption of active status, and shall be due by the date of resumption of active status.

(d) Approved schools shall pay annual renewal fees in 2 parts.

  1. Each approved school shall make a first payment, in the amount of $500, no later than September 1 prior to the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal of approval. Each approved school shall make a second renewal payment, in the amount determined as provided in subds. 2. through 4. no later than March 1 of the calendar year for which the school is applying for renewal of approval.

  2. The department shall levy a second renewal fee based on the approved school’s adjusted gross annual revenues and set the fee multiplier for 2 year periods at a time.

  3. The fee shall be in the form of multiplier equal to the percentage of all schools’ total adjusted gross annual revenue needed to equal the cost of regulating schools subject to s. 440.52 (10), Stats., less revenue from all other fees.

  4. The multiplier derived in subd. 3. shall be applied to each school’s adjusted gross annual revenue to determine its second renewal payment.

(e) If a school fails or refuses to provide reliable financial information with which to determine the amount of the second payment, the department may revoke the approval of the school or may use other means to compare the school with other schools by size, estimate the adjusted gross annual revenues of the school and require a second payment based on the estimated adjusted gross annual revenues of the school. The department may also request the department of justice or any district attorney to take action under any other applicable provision of law.

(f) A school which submits an application for renewal of approval or makes the first payment required under par. (c) or (d) after September 1, or which makes the second payment required under par. (c) or (d) after March 1, shall pay, for each month or part of a month the application or payment is late, a fee of $50 or 1.5% of any late first or second payment, whichever is greater, in addition to the fees specified in par. (c) or (d).

(g) The department may waive a fee under this subsection if it is less than $50.

(3) Fees for approval of new or revised programs.

(a) When applying for approval of a new or revised program, a school shall pay the following fee:

  1. $1,500, if the program for which the school seeks approval does not lead to a degree.

  2. $2,000, if the program for which the school seeks approval leads to an associate degree.

  3. $3,000, if the program for which the school seeks approval leads to a baccalaureate degree.

  4. $3,500, if the program for which the school seeks approval leads to a master’s degree.

  5. $4,500, if the program for which the school seeks approval leads to a doctoral degree.

(b) If a school’s ongoing program modifications result in more than a 50% change in program content within 3 years, it shall pay the fee specified in par. (a).

(c) The fees specified in par. (a) shall be reduced by 25% if the program for which the school requests approval meets all of the following conditions:

  1. The program prepares students to meet the occupational licensing requirements of an agency of this state.

  2. The agency to which subd. 1. refers has reviewed the program.

  3. The agency to which subd. 1. refers has notified the department in writing that successful completion of the program will meet the educational requirements for initial licensure in the occupation.

(4) Fee for approval of teaching locations. A school shall pay a fee of $200 when applying for approval of a teaching location.

(5) Change of ownership or control.

(a) Approval of a school terminates at the time when the ownership or control of the school changes from that indicated on the school’s most recent application unless the school files within 10 business days after the change of ownership or control a complete application for approval after a change of ownership or control under par. (c).

(b) An approved school shall notify the department of any anticipated change of ownership or control at least 30 days prior to the change of ownership or control.

(c) Except as provided under par. (f), the school shall submit to the department within 10 business days after the change of ownership or control an application reflecting the change of ownership or control and a fee of $1,000.

(d) If a school files an application requesting approval of a change of ownership or control more than 10 business days after the change of ownership or control takes effect, such an application will be considered as an application for initial approval, and the school shall pay the fees specified in sub. (1).

(e) If a school makes any changes to programs or locations of the school as a result of the change of ownership, the school shall submit an application separate from the change of ownership application for each changed program or location and shall pay the fees required under this section.

(f) The fee charged under this subsection may be waived if it is determined that no work will be required to process the change of ownership.

(6) Amending fee. A school shall pay a fee when an application submittal requires amendment or correction. The fee shall be $200 for errors which require less than 4 hours of staff work and $1,000 for corrections which require a day or more of staff work.

(7) Fees not refundable. The fees paid under this section are not refundable unless the department determines that the fees were paid in error.

(8) Reapplications. A school which reapplies for approval of the school, a new or revised program, a change in school name, or a teaching location which was denied approval shall again pay the fees specified in this section.

(9) Waiver of fees. Fees otherwise payable by schools for reinstatement of approval which has been revoked or has expired, may be waived upon determination that a staff re-evaluation of the school’s programs is unnecessary.

History

  • Cr. Register, September, 1976, No. 249, eff. 10-1-76; am. Register, November, 1980, No. 299, eff. 12-1-80; am. (1), renum. (4) to be (6) and (7) and am., renum. (5) to be (8), (6) to be (5) and am., cr. (4), Register, June, 1984, No. 342, eff. 7-1-84; renum. (6) to (8) to be (7) to (9), am (1) to (5), Register, May, 1987, No. 377, eff. 7-1-87; emerg. renum. (1) to (9) to be (2) to (10) and am. (2) to (7), cr. (1), eff. 8-4-87; renum. (1) to (9) to be (2) to (10) and am. (2) to (7), cr. (1), Register, January, 1988, No. 385, eff. 2-1-88; am. (2) (a) and (b), (3) (intro.), (4) (c), (5) (a) 1. to 3., (6) and (7) (c) (intro.), Register, November, 1988, No. 395, eff. 12-1-88; am. (4) (e) (intro.), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; r. (1) (intro.), renum. (1) (a) to (d) to be EAB 1.02, 1.24, 1.26 and 1.33 and am. 1.33, renum. (2) to (5) and (8) to (10) to be (1) to (4) and (11) to (13) and am. (1), (2) (intro.), (a), (3) (a), (c) to (e) (intro.), 2., (g), (4) and (12); cr. (3) (i), (5) and (8) to (10); am. (6) and (7), Register, March, 1993, No. 447, eff. 4-1-93; am. (1) (a) to (d), (3) (i), (4) (a) 1. to 3., (b) (intro.), (5) (a), (b) (intro.), (7) (c), (9) (a) to (e), (10) (a) to (d), r. and recr. (2), (10) (f), cr. (4) (a) 4., 5., (c), (5) (a) 4., 5., (c), (7) (e), r. (9) (f) to (i), (10) (e), (g) to (i), renum. (9) (j) and (10) (j) to be (9) (f) and (10) (e) and am., Register, March, 1996, No. 483, eff. 4-1-96; renum. from EAB 5.11, r. (1), renum. (2) and (3) to be (1) and (2) and am., renum. (4) to be (3) and am., cr. (3) (b), renum. (6) and (7) to be (4) and (5) and am. (5), renum. (7) (c) and (d) to be (5) (c) and (d) and am., r. (8), renum. (9) to be (6) and am.; r. (6) (a) to (f) and (10), renum. (11) and (12) to be (7) and (8) and am. (8), (13) to be (9) and am., r. (12), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; corrections in (2) (b) and (d) 3. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 453; CR 02-135: cr. (1) (e), (2) (g) and (5) (f), am. (5) (c) and (d) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; CR 03-126: am. (2) (b) Register May 2004 No. 581, eff. 6-1-04; corrections in (2) (b) and (d) 3. made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register April 2006 No. 604; correction in (1) (e), (2) (b), (d) 3. made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., and correction in (1) (e), (2) (d) 2., (e), (g), (3) (c) 3., (5) (b), (c), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: am. (1) (b), (2) (d) (intro.), 1., 2. Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.

Chapter SPS 405 UNFAIR TRADE PRACTICES IN ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.01 General principles {#sec-sps-405.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.01}

Each school shall maintain high ethical standards in the conduct of its operations, solicitation of its students, and in its advertising and promotional material. The use of any unfair, substandard, fraudulent or deceptive trade practice or making any false, misleading or deceptive statements in any advertising or promotional material shall be cause for the refusal or revocation of approval.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.015 Definition {#sec-sps-405.015 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.015}

Within this chapter, “school” includes the school and its officers, agents and representatives.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.09 and am., Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.02 Deceptive trade or business names {#sec-sps-405.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.02}

(1) No school shall use a trade or business name which may mislead or deceive prospective students.

(2) A school shall not falsely represent that:

(a) It is a part of or connected with the federal or state government.

(b) It is connected with public or private religious or charitable organizations or any public or private university, college or other institution of higher learning.

(c) It is an employment agency or an employment agent or authorized training facility for an industry or member of such industry, or otherwise conceal the fact that it is a school.

(3) If a school conducts its instruction wholly by correspondence or home study, it shall disclose that it is a correspondence or home study school.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.03 Misrepresentation of extent or nature of accreditation or approval {#sec-sps-405.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.03}

(1) A school shall not falsely represent any approval it may have received from a state agency or the extent or nature of its accreditation.

(2) A school shall not falsely represent that students successfully completing a program may transfer credit therefor to an accredited institution of higher education.

(3) A school shall not falsely represent that a program has been approved by a particular industry, or that successful completion thereof qualifies the student for admission to a labor union, similar organization, or apprenticeship program, or for the receipt of a state or federal license to perform certain functions.

(4) A school shall not falsely represent that its programs are recommended by a third-party.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), r. (2), renum. (3) to (5) to be (2) to (4) and am., Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.04 Misrepresentation of facilities, services, qualifications of instructors and status {#sec-sps-405.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.04}

(1) A school shall not falsely represent in its advertising materials its size, location, facilities, equipment, or the number of years of educational experience and the qualifications of its faculty.

(2) A school shall not represent that it is a nonprofit organization unless it submits evidence that it has secured status as a non-profit organization from the United States internal revenue service.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1) (intro.) and (2), r. (1) (a) to (f) and (3), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.05 Misrepresentation of enrollment qualifications or limitations {#sec-sps-405.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.05}

(1) A school shall not falsely represent its prerequisites for enrollment in a program.

(2) A school shall not represent that the lack of a high school education or prior training or experience will not reduce the likelihood of successful completion of a program.

(3) A school shall not enroll a student when it is clear that the student is unlikely to complete a program of study, or is unlikely to qualify for employment in the field for which the education is designed, unless this fact is disclosed to the student in the writing.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am (3), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (1) (intro.), (2) and (3), r. (1) (a) to (d), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.06 Deceptive use of diplomas, degrees or certificates {#sec-sps-405.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.06}

(1) A school’s degree, diploma, certificate, or any similar document must accurately describe the subject matter, substance or content of the program for which it was awarded.

(2) A school shall not offer or confer a high school diploma.

(3) A school shall only offer high school courses if such courses are equivalent to those offered by a secondary school approved by the state superintendent of public instruction, and the student is informed in writing prior to the student’s enrollment, that the school cannot guarantee or otherwise control the recognition which will be accorded such programs by other schools or prospective employers.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. (2) to be EAB 5.02 (1) (e), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (1), renum. (3) and (4) to be (2) and (3) and am., Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.07 Deceptive sales practices {#sec-sps-405.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.07}

(1) Deceptive “help wanted”advertising. A school shall not use “help wanted” advertising, or other techniques to conceal that it is an educational institution.

(2) Blind advertising. A school shall not use “blind” advertisements or sales literature which conceals the fact that a program for fee is being offered to attract prospective students.

(3) False representation as to earnings. A school shall not make false or deceptive statements which have the tendency to mislead regarding earnings or opportunities in any vocation or field of activity.

(4) False representation of opportunity. A school shall not make false or deceptive statements which have the tendency to mislead regarding any opportunities in any vocation or field of activity as a result of the completion of a program.

(5) A school shall not falsely claim that it is conducting a talent hunt, contest, or similar test.

(6) False representations as to the student’s obligation to pay. A school shall not make false or deceptive statements regarding the amount or nature of the student’s financial obligation to the school or to third parties.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; cr. (8), Register, November, 1976, No. 251, eff. 12-1-76; am. (1), (2), (3) (intro.) and (4), r. (3) (a) and (b), (5), (7), (8) (a) and (b), renum. (6) and (8) (intro.) to be (5) and (6) and am., Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 405.08 Required disclosures {#sec-sps-405.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 405.08}

A school shall disclose in all advertising and promotional material used in Wisconsin:

(1) The school name and address and, if different from the address, the teaching location of the school.

(2) The fact that the school is offering educational services or vocational training for sale.

(3) The total cost of the program or term, if the school makes in that material any representations as to the cost of the program or term.

(4) Whether any endorsements or recommendations in that material are paid testimonials.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), cr. (5), Register, June, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (2) and (4), r. (5), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.

Chapter SPS 406 ENROLLMENT

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 406.01 Enrollment agreements {#sec-sps-406.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 406.01}

If a school chooses to use an enrollment agreement it shall contain the following: (s. 440.52 (7) (f), Stats.)

(1) The name and address of the school;

(2) Disclosure that the enrollment agreement is a legally binding contract upon acceptance of the student by the school unless the student cancels the enrollment agreement within 3-business days of acceptance by the school day cancellation period;

(3) Disclosure of the 3-business-day cancellation privilege;

(4) The total cost of the program;

(5) The name of the program, the number of hours or units of instruction or lessons and the date the program is to begin and end;

(6) Whether the school offers any placement service, and the nature and extent of the service;

(7) The school’s refund policy in compliance with ch. SPS 408; and,

(8) A clear and conspicuous disclosure of truth-in-lending requirements where the tuition is paid in installments.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.01 and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. (4), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 6.02, am. (intro.), (2), (4) to (8), r. (9), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (intro.) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; correction in (1) (intro.), (7) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 406.02 Enrollment applications {#sec-sps-406.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 406.02}

(1) A school may use an enrollment application in lieu of an enrollment agreement. (s. 440.52 (7) (f), Stats.)

(2) If a school uses an enrollment application, it must include language providing equal opportunity for all persons regardless of age, race, creed, disability, sex, religion, sexual preference, or political affiliation.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. (2) (intro.), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 6.03, am. (2) (intro.), r. (2) (a) to (e), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 406.03 Cancellation privilege {#sec-sps-406.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 406.03}

(1) A student shall have the right to cancel enrollment for a program not exempted by sub. (8), until midnight of the third business day as defined by s. 421.301 (6), Stats., after receipt of notice of acceptance. (s. 440.52 (7) (e), Stats.)

(2) A typed or printed notice of the cancellation privilege shall be given to the student. The notice must read as follows:

(3) Except in those cases where the student is granted written acceptance at the time of application, the school shall send to each student written notice upon the acceptance of the student by the school.

(4) The student may cancel enrollment during the 3-business-day period by delivering or mailing a signed written notice to the school at the address set forth in the notice of cancellation privilege.

(5) The notice of cancellation privilege required by sub. (2) shall be attached to, and easily detachable from, the enrollment agreement.

(6) Notice of cancellation need not take any particular form.

(7) The school shall, within 10 business days after receiving notice of cancellation from the student, make any refund owing as a result of the cancellation and arrange for a termination of the student’s obligation to pay any sum.

(8) This section shall not be construed to apply to any program for which the total cost is less than $150 and which is offered in less than 6 class days, provided that the program is not one of a sequence.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.02 and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; renum. from EAB 6.04, am. (1), (2) (intro.), (3) to (5), r. (2) (a) to (c), (6) and (7), renum. (8) to (10) to be (6) to (8), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 406.04 Claims and defenses {#sec-sps-406.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 406.04}

(1) Every assignee of an enrollment agreement takes it subject to all claims and defenses of the student or successors in interest under the enrollment agreement. (s. 440.52 (7) (d), Stats.)

(2) No school may enter into any enrollment agreement in which the student waives the right to assert against the school or any assignee any claim or defense the student may have against the school arising under the enrollment agreement. Any provision in an enrollment agreement by which the student agrees to a waiver is void.

(3)

(a) No school may use a promissory note or instrument, other than a check, unless it bears the following statement in contrasting boldface type: This is an enrollment agreement instrument and is non-negotiable. Every holder takes it subject to all other claims and defenses of the maker or obligor.

(b) Compliance with requirements of federal and state statutes, regulations and rules governing the form of notice of preservation of consumers’ claims and defenses shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of par. (a).

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 5.03 and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; renum from 6.05, Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.

Chapter SPS 407 RECORDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 407.01 Student records {#sec-sps-407.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 407.01}

A school shall keep records of attendance, progress and grades. A school shall periodically report progress to each student.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 407.02 Records retention {#sec-sps-407.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 407.02}

Each school shall maintain, for a minimum of 6 years from graduation or last date of attendance, student records that shall include at least the following:

(1) A copy of the enrollment agreement and other instruments relating to payment for educational services.

(2) Student information, including student name; permanent or other address at which the student may be reached; records relating to financial payments and refunds; and, record of attendance.

(3) Date of completion or termination and the reason(s) thereof.

(4) Record of any student grievance and subsequent resolution.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (intro.) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 407.03 Transcripts {#sec-sps-407.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 407.03}

Each school shall provide upon request a transcript to the student who has satisfied all financial obligations currently due and payable to the school. A school shall permanently retain original transcripts for all students. The transcript must provide at least the following:

(1) Name of the student.

(2) Title of the program, including total number of credit or hours of instruction received and dates of enrollment.

(3) Grade record for each course, lesson or unit of instruction and the cumulative grade for the program.

(4) Explanation of the grading system on the transcript.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (intro.) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 407.04 Change in status {#sec-sps-407.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 407.04}

(1) In the event of merger, consolidation, change of ownership, or dissolution of a school, the school owner or designee shall:

(a) Notify the department at the time the decision is made to merge, consolidate, sell, or close, but at a minimum, seventy-two hours before such action.

(b) Submit a plan to provide for the retention and disposition of records. If necessary, the department may seize the records and negotiate for assignment of said records to another school or agency.

(c) Provide a record of the names, addressees and financial records of students currently enrolled whose programs have not been completed.

(d) Surrender the school’s SPS certificate of approval.

(2) In the event it appears that the official records of a school discontinuing its operation are in danger of being destroyed, secreted, mislaid or otherwise made unavailable, the department may seek a court order to take possession of the records.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) (a), (b), (d), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: am. (1) (d) Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 407.05 Access to records {#sec-sps-407.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 407.05}

The department shall maintain and make available records in its possession in accordance with retention and disposition authorization procedures established by the public records board and the federal family educational rights and privacy act (FERPA) of 1974 under 34 CFR Part 99.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.

Chapter SPS 408 REFUND STANDARDS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.01 Philosophy and principles {#sec-sps-408.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.01}

(1) The department shall approve only those schools which publish and adhere to refund provisions consistent with the standards below.

(2) The refund standards required by this rule are based upon these principles:

(a) Students make numerous “false starts” in their education. It is important to preserve for the student the right to a change of mind (recognition of a false start) without too serious a penalty, since this action itself may be important in the student’s growth, maturation and learning.

(b) It is the responsibility of the school, through pre-enrollment counseling, to make reasonably certain before enrollment is completed that the student has the ability to profit from the program under consideration.

(c) Since it is the responsibility of the school to select its students carefully, charges to the student upon cancellation or withdrawal before the program begins should be a smaller portion of the total cost of the course of instruction than upon withdrawal after partial completion.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. (1), (2) (a), to (c), r. (2) (d), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.02 Definition {#sec-sps-408.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.02}

“Unit” means credits, hours, class days, correspondence lessons, or other approved instructional time periods.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; r. and recr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.03 Full refund {#sec-sps-408.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.03}

A school’s refund policy shall provide for a full refund of all money paid by the student if:

(1) The student cancels enrollment within 3 business days under s. SPS 406.04;

(2) The student accepted was unqualified, and the school did not secure a disclaimer under s. SPS 409.04;

(3) The school procured the student’s enrollment as the result of any false representations in the written materials used by the school or in oral representations made by or on behalf of the school.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 7.02 and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. (1) and (2), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (1) and (3), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1), (2) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.04 No refund in programs which have fixed class schedules, are shorter than 6 class days and cost less than $150 {#sec-sps-408.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.04}

If for any reason a student withdraws or is dismissed by the school from a program which has a fixed class schedule, is shorter than 6 class days, is less than $150 in total cost and is not one of a sequence of programs, the student is not entitled to any refund, except that the student is entitled to a full refund in the following instances:

(1) The student accepted was unqualified, and the school did not secure a disclaimer under s. SPS 408.04;

(2) The student’s enrollment was procured as the result of false representations.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; am. (1), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (intro.), (1) and (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.05 Partial refunds {#sec-sps-408.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.05}

A student who withdraws or is dismissed after the period of time identified under s. SPS 408.03 (1) has passed, but before completing 60% of the potential units of instruction in the current enrollment period, shall be entitled to a pro rata refund, as calculated below, less any amounts owed by the student for the current enrollment period, less a one–time application fee of $100.

(1) Pro rata refund shall be determined as the number of units remaining after the last unit completed by the student, divided by the total number of units in the enrollment period, rounded downward to the nearest ten percent. Pro rata refund is the resulting per cent applied to the total tuition and other required costs paid by the student for the current enrollment period.

(2) All efforts will be made to refund prepaid amounts for books, supplies and other charges unless the student has consumed or used those items and they can no longer be used or sold to new students, or returned by the school to the supplier.

(3) Refunds shall be paid within 40 days after the effective date of termination.

(4) After the student’s first period of enrollment, if a student withdraws or is dismissed in a subsequent enrollment period, the school may also retain an administrative fee of 15% of the total cost of a resident program, or $400, whichever is less.

(5) No refund is required for any student who withdraws or is dismissed after completing 60% of the potential units of instruction in the current enrollment period unless a student withdraws due to mitigating circumstances, which are those that directly prohibit pursuit of a program and which are beyond the student’s control.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: am. (intro.) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.06 Good faith effort {#sec-sps-408.06 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.06}

A school is considered to have made a good faith effort to make a refund, if the student’s file contains evidence of the following attempts:

(1) Certified mail to student’s last known address;

(2) Certified mail to the student’s permanent address;

(3) Certified mail to the address of the student’s parent or listed next of kin, if different from the permanent address.

History

  • Cr. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.07 Notice of withdrawal {#sec-sps-408.07 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.07}

(1) A school may not require that notice of withdrawal be in writing, on or in any particular form, or delivered in a specific manner.

(2) The school shall honor any valid notice of withdrawal given after the 3-business-day cancellation period and, within 30 calendar days after dismissal of the student or receipt of notice of withdrawal, shall refund to the student any amounts due and arrange for a termination of the student’s obligation to pay any sum in excess of that permitted under the refund standards.

(2m) All schools shall have a constructive notice of an intention to withdraw policy.

(3) For students receiving funds under Title IV, schools shall comply with applicable federal guidelines for providing constructive notice of an intention to withdraw.

History

  • Cr. (1), (3) and (4) and renum. EAB 7.03 (7) to be (2) and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; renum. from EAB 8.12, , r. and recr. (3) and (4), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; CR 02-135: cr. (2m), am. (3) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.08 Refund not conditional on compliance with school regulations {#sec-sps-408.08 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.08}

A school may not make its refund policy conditional upon compliance with the school’s rules of conduct or other regulations.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; renum. from EAB 7.04 and am., Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; renum. from EAB 8.13, Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 408.09 Distribution of refunds to financial aid sponsors {#sec-sps-408.09 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 408.09}

All or a portion of any refunds due may be paid to sponsors furnishing grants, loans, scholarships or other financial aids to students, in conformity with federal and state laws, regulations and rules and requirements of financial aid sponsors. After any disbursements to financial aid sponsors have been made, the student shall receive the balance, if any, of the amount due under the school’s refund policy.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1980, No. 300, eff. 1-1-81; renum. from EAB 8.14, Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.

Chapter SPS 409 PLACEMENT SERVICES

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 409.01 General philosophy {#sec-sps-409.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 409.01}

The placement methods define the school’s placement function. The offer of placement services to students is optional but when made, standards of performance on the part of the school will be required.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 409.02 Minimum requirements {#sec-sps-409.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 409.02}

When a placement service is offered or advertised by a school, the following minimum requirements must be observed:

(1) Student referrals must result from direct contact between the school placement service and prospective employer representatives.

(2) Documented evidence of student referrals must be maintained and should include, but not be limited to the following:

(a) Number of referrals by company per individual student.

(b) The results of referrals.

(c) Final placement.

(d) Percent of graduates placed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), (2) (c), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 409.03 Student understanding of placement service representations {#sec-sps-409.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 409.03}

(1) No communications, either oral or written, between school representatives and prospective students shall state or imply job guarantees as a result of any placement service offered.

(2) It must be made clear to the student that the placement service provided by the school is offered as an assistance in working out the student’s placement, but is not offered as an assumption of the responsibility for finding the student a job.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 409.04 Disclaimer {#sec-sps-409.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 409.04}

(1) Whenever a school knows or has reason to know that a prospective student is unlikely to successfully complete a program or is unlikely to qualify for employment in the vocation or field for which the training is designed to prepare a student, this fact must be disclosed to the prospective student. If a prospective student expresses a desire to enroll after such disclosure, a disclaimer may be obtained by the school. A valid disclaimer shall only consist of a statement, separately signed by the student, that the student is fully aware that it is unlikely he or she will be able to successfully complete the program and/or fully aware of the improbability or impossibility that he or she will qualify for employment in the vocation or field for which the program was designed to prepare the student.

(2) This waiver provision does not alleviate a school’s responsibility to make reasonable accommodations consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (intro.), cr. (1), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 409.05 Employment advisory services {#sec-sps-409.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 409.05}

Whenever a school offers employment counseling or placement services not meeting the minimum requirements of s. SPS 409.02 or furnishes employment referrals not the result of direct contact between the school and prospective employer representatives, such counseling shall only be designated as “Employment Advisory Services.”

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; r. (2), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2014 No. 743.

Chapter SPS 410 REPRESENTATIVES’ PERMITS

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 410.01 Permit necessary {#sec-sps-410.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 410.01}

No individual representing any school shall secure enrollment of students in this state for a consideration or remuneration, except upon the actual business premises of the school, unless he or she first secures a permit. If the individual represents more than one school, a separate permit shall be obtained for each school. A permit shall be valid for one year from the date issued.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, September, 1976, No. 249, eff. 10-1-76; am. Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 410.02 Application for permit {#sec-sps-410.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 410.02}

(1) Original application. An individual shall apply for a permit on department forms and shall submit with the application a $200 fee and evidence of coverage for that representative of $2,000 denoted on the school’s bond. The school for which the individual requests a permit shall concur in the individual’s application.

(2) Renewal applications. An individual shall apply for renewal of a permit on department forms and shall submit with the application a $200 fee and evidence of coverage for that representative of $2,000 denoted on the school’s bond.

(3) Approval required. Before any permit shall be issued, the school to be represented and the program to be sold must be approved by the department.

(4) Issuance. Where the application requirements set forth above have been met and there is no showing that any of the grounds for refusal or revocation as set forth in s. 440.52 (8) (c), Stats., exist, the permit shall be issued.

(5) Revised applications. An individual or school shall pay a fee of $75 each time a submittal requires revision or amending.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (1) and (2), Register, September, 1976, No. 249, eff. 10-1-76; am. (1) and (2), Register, November, 1980, No. 299, eff. 12-1-80; renum. (1) to (4) to be (2) to (5) and am. (2) and (3), cr. (1), Register, May, 1987, No. 377, eff. 7-1-87; am. (1) to (3), cr. (6), Register, March, 1993, No. 447, eff. 4-1-93; r. (1), renum. (2) to (6) to be (1) to (5) and am. (1), (2), (3) and (5). Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; correction in (4) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; correction in (1) to (3) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 410.03 Enrollment agreement {#sec-sps-410.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 410.03}

(1) Information required. Every enrollment agreement used by a representative shall conform to the requirements of the ch. SPS 406.

(2) Copy to student. Every representative shall deliver a copy of the enrollment agreement and 2 copies of the Notice of Cancellation to each student at the time the agreement is signed.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; am. (1) and (2), r. (3), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register ovember 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 410.04 Refusal or revocation of a permit {#sec-sps-410.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 410.04}

(1) Grounds. The department may refuse to issue or renew, or may revoke any permit upon one or any combination of the grounds set forth in s. 440.52 (8) (c), Stats.

(2) Notice. Notice of refusal to issue or renew a permit or of the revocation of a permit shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last address of the applicant or permit holder shown in the records of the department. Revocation of a permit shall be effective 10 days after notice of revocation has been mailed to the permit holder.

(3) Request for appearance. Within 20 days of the receipt of notice of the department’s refusal to issue or renew a permit or of the revocation of a permit, the applicant or holder of the permit may request to appear before the department in person, with or without counsel, to present reasons why the permit should be issued or reinstated. Upon receipt of such request, the department shall grant a hearing to the applicant or holder of the permit within 30 days, giving the person at least 10 days notice of the date, time and place.

(4) Issuance or reinstatement. The department may, upon hearing and after any further investigation it deems necessary, issue, renew or reinstate a permit which it refused to issue or renew or which it revoked, where it determines that all of the requirements for permit set forth in s. SPS 410.02 have been complied with.

History

  • Cr. Register, December, 1972, No. 204, eff. 1-1-73; am. (4), Register, June, 1990, No. 414, eff. 7-1-90; renum. from EAB 10.05, am. (1), Register, October, 1997, No. 502, eff. 12-1-97; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register, March, 2001, No. 543; CR 02-135: am. (3) Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., and correction in (1), (4) made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.

Chapter SPS 411 DISTANCE LEARNING

Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 411.01 Principles {#sec-sps-411.01 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 411.01}

(1) The department acknowledges that distance learning, especially via the Internet, presents a materially new context for the state’s responsibility to protect consumers by regulating private, postsecondary schools.

(2) The department believes the following principles should guide its regulation of private, postsecondary schools offering programs primarily through distance learning:

(a) The department’s regulatory process ought to encourage schools offering programs through distance learning to become approved since the department’s consumer protection role works best when schools are approved.

(b) The department’s regulatory process must be rigorous and standards-based so only quality schools are approved to provide options to Wisconsin residents.

(c) While the department’s regulatory process must be rigorous and consistent with the basic school approval process, it should also be user-friendly to schools using distance learning and honor other rigorous state approval processes so schools do not have to duplicate effort and incur unreasonable costs.

(d) The department’s regulatory process should include a fee structure that pays for itself, is fair to the other approved schools, and is not cost prohibitive to schools using distance learning.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 411.02 Definitions {#sec-sps-411.02 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 411.02}

In this chapter, “distance learning program” means that a school uses distance learning to deliver more than 50 percent of a program.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 411.03 Standards for distance learning programs {#sec-sps-411.03 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 411.03}

A private, postsecondary school delivering distance learning programs shall meet the following standards:

(1) The program shall be consistent with the school’s mission.

(2) The learning outcomes promised to students shall be achievable with the technology used.

(3) The school shall use appropriate and effective instructional materials and teaching methods to ensure active student involvement.

(4) The program shall be developed by qualified faculty, administrators and technologists.

(5) Accepted students shall have the background, knowledge and technical skills needed to complete the program.

(6) The school shall provide for assessment and documentation of student achievement during the program and at its completion.

(7) The school shall ensure appropriate learning resources are available to students.

(8) The school shall provide adequate support services for students.

(9) The school shall demonstrate it has adequate financial resources to support the program.

(10) The school shall demonstrate the educational effectiveness of its programs including assessment of student learning outcomes, student retention, student completion, and student and employer satisfaction, where relevant.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 411.04 Application for approval {#sec-sps-411.04 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 411.04}

(1) Except as provided under s. 440.52 (1) (e) 8., Stats., a school that delivers a distance learning program shall apply for approval upon department forms meeting the requirements of s. SPS 404.03.

(2) If a school has approval from another state, which is substantially equivalent to the requirements of s. SPS 404.03 and meets the standards of s. SPS 411.03, the department may accept that state’s approval as fulfilling all or parts of the approval process.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction in (1) made under s. 13.93 (2m) (b) 7., Stats., Register January 2013 No. 685; corrections made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 6. and 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743; CR 20-004: am. (1) Register June 2020 No. 774, eff. 7-1-20.
Wis. Admin. Code § SPS 411.05 Fees {#sec-sps-411.05 omnilex-key=us-wi-regs-official--agency-sps--SPS 411.05}

(1) For a school that delivers a distance learning program, it shall pay the highest applicable fee specified in s. SPS 404.10 (1) (a) 1. to 5. and $500 for each additional or new program.

(2) Except as provided for in sub. (1), schools approved under this section shall be subject to all other fees under s. SPS 404.10.

History

  • CR 02-135: cr. Register April 2003 No. 568, eff. 5-1-03; correction made under s. 13.92 (4) (b) 7., Stats., Register November 2017 No. 743.

Continua la tua ricerca in ChatGPT o Claude

Collega Omnilex per cercare nel corpus legale dal tuo assistente IA.